Table of contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 29, 2020
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
_______________________________
FORM 20-F
¨
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended 30 June 2020
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
¨
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report
For the transition period from___ to___
Commission file number: 001 — 31545
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
RANDFONTEIN OFFICE PARK, CNR WARD AVENUE AND MAIN REEF ROAD,
RANDFONTEIN, SOUTH AFRICA, 1759
(Address of principal executive offices)
Shela Mohatla, Group Company Secretary
Tel: +27 11 411 2359, shela.mohatla@harmony.co.za, fax: +27 11 696 9734,
Randfontein Office Park, CNR Ward Avenue and Main Reef Road, Randfontein, South Africa, 1759
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Ordinary shares, with no par value per share*
n/a*
New York Stock Exchange*
American Depositary Shares (as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts), each representing one ordinary share
HMY
New York Stock Exchange

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
The number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the last full fiscal year covered by this Annual Report was 603,142,706 ordinary shares, with no par value per share
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES x  NO ¨
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   YES x  NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   YES x  NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    YES x  NO ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨
Emerging growth company ¨
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   YES x  NO ¨
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
US GAAP ¨
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board x
Other ¨
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:    Item 17 ¨ Item 18 ¨
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    YES ¨ NO x
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. YES ¨ NO ¨
 


Table of contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
1
 
1
 
1
 
28
 
51
 
72
 
73
 
73
 
75
 
76
 
82
 
84
 
 
 
86
 
86
 
86
 
86
 
86
 
87
 
87
 
87
 
87
 
87
 
88
 
 
 
92
 
92
 
93
 
 
This document comprises the annual report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2020 (“Harmony 2020 Form 20-F”) of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (“Harmony” or the “Company”). Certain of the information in the Harmony Integrated Annual Report 2020 included in Exhibit 15.1 (“Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020”) is incorporated by reference into the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F, as specified elsewhere in this report, in accordance with Rule 12b-23(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). With the exception of the items so specified, the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is not deemed to be filed as part of the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F.
Only (i) the information included in the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F, (ii) the information in the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 that is expressly incorporated by reference in the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F and (iii) the exhibits to the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F that are required to be filed pursuant to the Form 20-F (the “Exhibits”), shall be deemed to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for any purpose. Any information in the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 which is not referenced in the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F or filed as an Exhibit, shall not be deemed to be so incorporated by reference.
Financial and other material information regarding Harmony is routinely posted on and accessible at the Harmony website, www.harmony.co.za. No material referred to in this annual report as being available on our website is incorporated by reference into, or forms any part of, this annual report. References herein to our website shall not be deemed to cause such incorporation.

- i -

Table of contents

USE OF TERMS AND CONVENTIONS IN THIS ANNUAL REPORT
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited is a corporation organized under the laws of the Republic of South Africa. As used in this Harmony 2020 Form 20-F, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Harmony” and “Company” refer to Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited; the term “South Africa” refers to the Republic of South Africa; the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Harmony and, as applicable, its direct and indirect subsidiaries as a “Group”.
In this annual report, references to “R”, “Rand” and “c”, “cents” are to the South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa, “A$” and “Australian dollars” refers to Australian dollars, “K” or “Kina” refers to Papua New Guinean Kina and references to “$”, “US$” and “US dollars” are to United States dollars.
This annual report contains information concerning our gold reserves. While this annual report has been prepared in accordance with the regulations contained in the SEC’s Industry Guide 7, it is based on assumptions which may prove to be incorrect. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Estimations of Harmony’s reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production, exchange rates, and relevant commodity prices. As a result, metals produced in future may differ from current estimates.”
This annual report contains descriptions of gold mining and the gold mining industry, including descriptions of geological formations and mining processes. We have explained some of these terms in the Glossary of Mining Terms included in this annual report. This glossary may assist you in understanding these terms.
All references to websites in this annual report are intended to be inactive textual reference for information only and information contained in or accessible through any such website does not form a part of this annual report.
PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual financial statements are prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). This annual report includes our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS presented in the functional currency of the Company, being South African Rand. All financial information, except as otherwise noted, is stated in accordance with IFRS.
In this annual report, we also present “cash costs”, “cash costs per ounce”, “cash costs per kilogram” “all-in sustaining costs”, “all-in sustaining costs per ounce” and “all-in sustaining costs per kilogram”, which are non-GAAP measures. An investor should not consider these items in isolation or as alternatives to production costs, cost of sales or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with IFRS. The calculation of cash costs, cash costs per ounce/kilogram, all-in sustaining costs and all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram may vary significantly among gold mining companies and, by themselves, do not necessarily provide a basis for comparison with other gold mining companies. For further information, see Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Costs - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures”. We have included the US dollar equivalent amounts of certain information and transactions in Rand, Kina and A$. Unless otherwise stated, we have translated assets and liabilities at the spot rate for the day, while the US$ equivalents of cash costs and all-in sustaining costs have been translated at the average rate for the year (R15.66 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2020, R14.18 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2019 and R12.85 per US$1.00 for fiscal 2018). By including these US dollar equivalents in this annual report, we are not representing that the Rand, Kina and A$ amounts actually represent the US dollar amounts, as the case may be, or that these amounts could be converted at the rates indicated.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This annual report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Exchange Act and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business strategies, operating efficiencies, competitive positions, growth opportunities for existing services, plans and objectives of management, markets for stock and other matters.
These forward-looking statements, including, among others, those relating to our future business prospects, revenues, and the potential benefit of acquisitions (including statements regarding growth and cost savings) wherever they may occur in this annual report and the exhibits to this annual report, are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of our senior management and involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those suggested by the forward-looking statements. As a consequence, these forward-looking statements should be considered in light of various important factors, including those set forth in this annual report. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation:
overall economic and business conditions in South Africa, Papua New Guinea, Australia and elsewhere (including as a result of the coronavirus disease ("COVID-19") pandemic);
estimates of future earnings, and the sensitivity of earnings to gold and other metals prices;
estimates of future gold and other metals production and sales;
estimates of future cash costs;
estimates of future cash flows, and the sensitivity of cash flows to gold and other metals prices;
estimates of provision for silicosis settlement and the spread of other contagious diseases, such as COVID-19;
estimates of future tax liabilities under the Carbon Tax Act (as defined below);

- ii -

Table of contents

statements regarding future debt repayments;
estimates of future capital expenditures;
the success of our business strategy, exploration and development activities and other initiatives;
future financial position, plans, strategies, objectives, capital expenditures, projected costs and anticipated cost savings and financing plans;
estimates of reserves statements regarding future exploration results and the replacement of reserves;
the ability to achieve anticipated efficiencies and other cost savings in connection with past and future acquisitions, as well as at existing operations;
fluctuations in the market price of gold;
the occurrence of hazards associated with underground and surface gold mining;
the occurrence of labor disruptions related to industrial action or health and safety incidents;
power cost increases as well as power stoppages, fluctuations and usage constraints;
supply chain shortages and increases in the prices of production imports and the availability, terms and deployment of capital;
our ability to hire and retain senior management, sufficiently technically-skilled employees, as well as our ability to achieve sufficient representation of historically disadvantaged persons in management positions;
our ability to comply with requirements that we operate in a sustainable manner and provide benefits to affected communities;
potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases;
changes in government regulation and the political environment, particularly tax and royalties, mining rights, health, safety, environmental regulation and business ownership including any interpretation thereof; court decisions affecting the mining industry, including, without limitation, regarding the interpretation of mining rights;
our ability to protect our information technology and communication systems and the personal data we retain;
risks related to the failure of internal controls;
the outcome of pending or future litigation or regulatory proceedings;
fluctuations in exchange rates and currency devaluations and other macroeconomic monetary policies;
the adequacy of the Group’s insurance coverage;
any further downgrade of South Africa's credit rating; and
socio-economic or political instability in South Africa, Papua New Guinea and other countries in which we operate.
The foregoing factors and others described under “Risk Factors” should not be construed as exhaustive.
We undertake no obligation to update publicly or release any revisions to these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. All subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to Harmony or any person acting on its behalf are qualified by the cautionary statements herein.

- iii -

Table of contents

PART I
ITEM 1. IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2. OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3. KEY INFORMATION
A. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The selected consolidated financial data below should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified in their entirety by reference to, our consolidated financial statements, and the notes thereto, set forth beginning on page F-1, and with Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors” and Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.
Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data
We are a South African company and the majority of our operations are located in our home country. Accordingly, our books of account are maintained in South African Rand and our annual financial statements are prepared in accordance with IFRS. This annual report includes our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS, presented in the functional currency of the Company, being South African Rand. The selected historical consolidated income statement and balance sheet data for the last five fiscal years are, unless otherwise noted, stated in accordance with IFRS, and have been extracted from the more detailed information and financial statements prepared in accordance with IFRS. The financial data as at June 30, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2020 should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our audited consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1. Financial data as at June 30, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and for the years ended June 30, 2017 and 2016 have been derived from our consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this document.
On July 1, 2019, IFRS 16 Leases became effective. See note 2 "Accounting Policies" and note 28 "Leases" in our consolidated financial statements beginning on page F-1.

1


 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
 
(Rand in millions, except per share amounts, cash costs per kilogram and ounce and all-in sustaining costs per kilogram and ounce)
Income Statement Data
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
29,245

26,912

20,452

19,494

18,667

(Impairment)/reversal of impairment of assets

(3,898
)
(5,336
)
(1,718
)
43

Operating profit/(loss)
(358
)
(2,538
)
(4,660
)
(944
)
1,592

Gain on bargain purchase



848


Profit/(loss) from associates
94

59

38

(22
)
7

Profit/(loss) before taxation
(595
)
(2,746
)
(4,707
)
(148
)
1,581

Taxation
(255
)
139

234

510

(632
)
Net profit/(loss)
(850
)
(2,607
)
(4,473
)
362

949

Basic earnings/(loss) per share (SA cents)
(164
)
(498
)
(1,003
)
82

218

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share (SA cents)
(166
)
(500
)
(1,004
)
79

213

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of basic earnings/(loss) per share
535,336,337

523,808,934

445,896,346

438,443,540

435,738,577

Weighted average number of shares used in the computation of diluted earnings/(loss) per share
547,193,989

533,345,964

465,319,405

459,220,318

446,398,380

Dividends per share (SA cents)1


35

100


Other Financial Data
 
 
 
 
 
Total cash costs per kilogram of gold (R/kg)2
553,513

439,722

421,260

436,917

392,026

Total cash costs per ounce of gold ($/oz)2
1,099

965

1,018

1,000

841

All-in sustaining costs per kilogram of gold (R/kg)2
651,356

550,005

508,970

516,687

467,611

All-in sustaining costs per ounce of gold ($/oz)2
1,293

1,207

1,231

1,182

1,003

Balance Sheet Data
 
 
 
 
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
29,186

27,749

30,969

30,044

29,919

Total assets
44,692

36,736

39,521

38,883

37,030

Net assets
23,375

22,614

25,382

29,291

28,179

Equity and liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Share capital
32,937

29,551

29,340

28,336

28,336

Total equity
23,375

22,614

25,382

29,291

28,179

Borrowings (current and non-current)
7,718

5,915

5,614

2,133

2,339

Other liabilities
13,599

8,207

8,525

7,459

6,512

Total equity and liabilities
44,692

36,736

39,521

38,883

37,030


1 
Dividends per share relates to the dividends recorded and paid during the fiscal year.
2 
Cash costs per ounce and per kilogram and all-in sustaining costs per ounce and per kilogram are non-GAAP measures. Cash costs per ounce/kilogram and all-in sustaining cost per ounce/kilogram have been calculated on a consistent basis for all periods presented. Changes in cash costs per ounce/kilogram and all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram are affected by operational performance, as well as changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar for the US$/ounce measures. Because cash cost per ounce/kilogram and all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram are non-GAAP measures, these measures should therefore not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. The calculation of cash costs, cash costs per ounce and per kilogram, all-in sustaining costs and all-in sustaining costs per ounce and per kilogram may vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. For further information, see Item 5:“Operating and Financial Review and Prospects-Costs-Reconciliation of Non-GAAP measures”.
B. CAPITALIZATION AND INDEBTEDNESS
Not applicable.

2


C. REASONS FOR THE OFFER AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
D. RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information included in this annual report and the exhibits, you should also carefully consider the following factors related to our ordinary shares and ADSs. There may be additional risks that we do not currently know of or that we currently deem immaterial based on information currently available to us. Although Harmony has a formal risk policy framework in place, the maintenance and development of which is undertaken on an ongoing basis so as to help management address systematic categories of risk associated with its business operations, any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations, leading to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares or our ADSs. The risks described below may, in retrospect, turn out to be incomplete and therefore may not be the only risks to which we are exposed. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we now believe are immaterial (and have therefore not been included), could also adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. The order of presentation of the risk factors below does not indicate the likelihood of their occurrence or the magnitude or the significance of the individual risks.
The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations
Substantially all of Harmony’s revenues come from the sale of gold. Historically, the market price for gold has fluctuated widely and has been affected by numerous factors, over which Harmony has no control, including:
demand for gold for industrial uses, jewelry and investment;
international or regional political and economic events and trends;
strength or weakness of the US dollar (the currency in which gold prices generally are quoted) and of other currencies;
monetary policies announced or implemented by central banks, including the US Federal Reserve;
financial market expectations on the rate of inflation;
changes in the supply of gold from production, divestment, scrap and hedging;
interest rates;
speculative activities;
gold hedging or de-hedging by gold producers;
actual or expected purchases and sales of gold bullion held by central banks or other large gold bullion holders or dealers; and
production and cost levels for gold in major gold-producing nations, such as South Africa, China, the United States and Australia.
In addition, current demand and supply affects the price of gold, but not necessarily in the same manner as current demand and supply affect the prices of other commodities. Historically, gold has retained its value in relative terms against basic goods in times of inflation and monetary crisis. As a result, central banks, financial institutions and individuals hold large amounts of gold as a store of value and production in any given year constitutes a very small portion of the total potential supply of gold. However, as gold has historically been used as a hedge against unstable or lower economic performance, improved economic performance may have a negative impact on the price for gold. Since the potential supply of gold is large relative to mine production in any given year, normal variations in current production will not necessarily have a significant effect on the supply of gold or its price. Uncertainty in global economic conditions has impacted the price of gold significantly since fiscal 2013 and continued to do so in fiscal 2020, and is still relevant as is evidenced by the strategic risk profile of Harmony. COVID-19 has resulted, and may continue to result, in increased volatility.
The volatility of gold prices is illustrated in the table, which shows the annual high, low and average of the afternoon London bullion market fixing price of gold in US dollars for each of the past ten years:

3


Annual gold price: 2010 - 2020
 
Price per ounce (US$)
Calendar year
High

Low

Average

2010
1,421

1,058

1,225

2011
1,895

1,319

1,572

2012
1,792

1,540

1,669

2013
1,694

1,192

1,411

2014
1,385

1,142

1,266

2015
1,296

1,049

1,160

2016
1,366

1,077

1,251

2017
1,346

1,151

1,253

2018
1,355

1,178

1,268

2019
1,546

1,270

1,393

2020
2,067

1,474

1,749

There was a substantial increase in the price of gold following the outbreak of COVID-19. See "- HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and other contagious diseases, such as COVID-19, pose risks to us in terms of productivity and costs". On October 22, 2020, the afternoon fixing price of gold on the London bullion market was US$1,901/oz.
While the price volatility is difficult to predict, if gold prices should fall below Harmony’s cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production and remain at these levels for any sustained period, Harmony may record losses and be forced to curtail or suspend some or all of its operations, which could materially adversely affect Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, Harmony would also have to assess the economic impact of low gold prices on its ability to recover any losses that may be incurred during that period and on its ability to maintain adequate reserves. The use of lower gold prices in reserve calculations and life of mine plans could also result in material impairments of Harmony’s investment in gold mining properties or a reduction in its reserve estimates and corresponding restatements of its reserves and increased amortization, reclamation and closure charges.
The current COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the global economy and markets over the past several months and may continue to do so, which could adversely affect our business or the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs
Since the end of 2019, COVID-19, has spread throughout the world, and the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic in March 2020. No fully effective treatments or vaccines have been developed as of the date of this annual report, and such development of treatments or vaccines may take a significant amount of time. The COVID-19 pandemic and associated governmental responses have adversely affected workforces, consumer sentiment, economies and financial markets. Such adverse effects, along with decreased consumer spending, have led to a global economic downturn. 
The global economy, metal prices, and financial markets have experienced significant volatility and uncertainty due to COVID-19. Our revenue is directly related to the market price of gold and other metals. Metal price volatility causes our revenue to fluctuate from period to period. This price volatility could also cause operators or developers to defer or forgo projects, which could adversely impact our future revenue. Moreover, in the ordinary course of business, we review opportunities to acquire selected precious metal producing companies or assets. Reduced economic and travel activities or illness among our management team as a result of COVID-19 could limit or delay acquisition opportunities or other business activities. In addition, economic volatility, disruptions in the financial markets, or severe price declines for gold or other metals could adversely affect our ability to obtain future debt or equity financing for acquisitions on acceptable terms. Government efforts to counter the economic effects of COVID-19 through liquidity and stimulus programs may be insufficient or ineffective in preventing or reducing the effects of a recession. It is difficult to determine the extent of the economic and market impacts from COVID-19 and the many ways in which they may negatively affect our business and the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs.
Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition
Gold is priced throughout the world in US dollars and, as a result, Harmony’s revenue is realized in US dollars, but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-US currencies, including the Australian dollar and Kina. From time to time, Harmony may implement currency hedges intended to reduce exposure to changes in the foreign currency exchange, which it started doing in fiscal 2016 and will continue as long as it is strategically viable. Such hedging strategies may not however be successful, and any of Harmony’s unhedged exchange payments will continue to be subject to market fluctuations. Any significant and sustained appreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the dollar will materially reduce Harmony’s Rand revenues and overall net income, which could materially adversely affect Harmony’s operating results and financial condition. See Item 11: "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk".

4


Harmony's inability to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting may have an adverse effect on investors' confidence in the reliability of its financial statements
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB. Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Harmony has invested in resources to facilitate the documentation and assessment of its system of disclosure controls and its internal control over financial reporting. However, a control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance with respect to the reliability of financial reporting and financial statement preparation. If Harmony were unable to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the reliability of its financial statements and this may have an adverse impact on investors’ abilities to make decisions about their investment in Harmony. See Item 15: "Controls and Procedures".
Harmony is exposed to the impact of any significant decreases in the commodity prices on its production. This is mitigated by commodity derivatives and hedging arrangements, but as Harmony has limitations for the volume of forward sales, commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements it may enter into for its future production, it is exposed to the impact of decreases in the commodity prices on the remainder of its unhedged production
As a rule, Harmony sells its gold and silver at the prevailing market price. In fiscal 2017, however, Harmony started a commodity derivative program. These contracts manage variability of cash flows for approximately 20% of the Group’s total production over a two-year period for gold and 50% for silver. These limits can be amended from time to time. Derivative instruments that protect against the market price volatility of gold and silver may prevent us from realizing the full benefit from subsequent decreases in market prices with respect to gold and silver, however, which could cause us to record a mark-to-market loss, thus decreasing our profits. See Item 11: "Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk".
Harmony’s remaining uncovered future production may realize the benefit of any short-term increase in the commodity prices, but is not protected against decreases; if the gold or silver price should decrease significantly, Harmony’s revenues may be materially adversely affected, which could materially adversely affect Harmony’s operating results and financial condition.
Global economic conditions could adversely affect the profitability of Harmony’s operations
Harmony’s operations and performance depend on global economic conditions. Global economic conditions remain fragile with significant uncertainty regarding recovery prospects, level of recovery and long-term economic growth effects, and have been further adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic. A global economic downturn may have follow-on effects on our business. These could include:
key suppliers or contractors becoming insolvent, resulting in a break-down in the supply chain;
a reduction in the availability of credit which may make it more difficult for Harmony to obtain financing for its operations and capital expenditures or make that financing more costly;
exposure to the liquidity and insolvency risks of Harmony’s lenders and customers; or
the availability of credit being reduced-this may make it more difficult for Harmony to obtain financing for its operations and capital expenditure or make financing more expensive.
Coupled with the volatility of commodity prices as well as the rising trend of input costs, such factors could result in initiatives relating to strategic alignment, portfolio review, restructuring and cost-cutting, temporary or permanent shutdowns and divestments. Further, sudden changes in a life-of-mine plan or the accelerated closure of a mine may result in the recognition of impairments and give rise to the recognition of liabilities that are not anticipated.
In addition to the potentially adverse impact on the profitability of Harmony’s operations, any uncertainty on global economic conditions may also increase volatility or negatively impact the market value of Harmony’s securities. Any of these events could materially adversely affect Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition.
A further downgrade of South Africa’s credit rating may have an adverse effect on Harmony’s ability to secure financing
The slowing economy, rising sovereign debt, escalating labor disputes and the structural challenges facing the mining industry and other sectors have resulted in the downgrading of South Africa’s sovereign credit ratings. At the beginning of fiscal 2018, two of the three international ratings agencies, Standard & Poor’s and Fitch Ratings, rated South Africa’s long-term sovereign credit rating as non-investment grade at BB+, and the third, Moody’s, maintained an investment grade rating on South Africa's sovereign at Baa3. On November 24, 2017, Standard & Poor's downgraded South Africa's sovereign credit rating to BB with a stable outlook. In July 2019, Fitch Ratings affirmed its BB+ rating, but the outlook was downgraded to negative. In November 2019, Moody’s affirmed its Baa3 rating, but downgraded the outlook to negative. Later that month Standard & Poor’s affirmed its BB rating, but downgraded the outlook to negative. On March 27, 2020, Moody's downgraded South Africa's sovereign credit rating to non-investment grade, Ba1, maintaining a negative outlook, citing the unprecedented deterioration in the global economic outlook caused by the rapid spread of COVID-19, which is expected to exacerbate South Africa’s economic and fiscal challenges and will complicate the emergence of effective policy responses. On April 3, 2020, Fitch Ratings downgraded South Africa's sovereign credit rating to BB-, maintaining a negative outlook. On April 29, 2020 Standard & Poor's downgraded South Africa's sovereign credit rating to BB-, albeit with a stable outlook. Further downgrading of South Africa’s credit ratings by any of these agencies may adversely affect the South African mining industry and Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition by making it more difficult to obtain external financing or

5


could result in any such financing being available only at greater cost or on more restrictive terms than might otherwise be available.
Estimations of Harmony’s reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production, exchange rates, and the relevant commodity prices. As a result, metals produced in future may differ from current estimates
The mineral reserve estimates in this annual report are estimates of the mill-delivered quantity and grade of metals in Harmony’s deposits and stockpiles. They represent the amount of metals that Harmony believes can be mined, processed and sold at prices sufficient to recover its estimated future cash costs of production, remaining investment and anticipated additional capital expenditures. Harmony’s mineral reserves are estimated based on a number of factors, which have been stated in accordance with the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (“SAMREC Code”) and the SEC's Industry Guide 7. Calculations of Harmony’s mineral reserves are based on estimates of:
future cash costs;
future commodity prices;
future currency exchange rates; and
metallurgical and mining recovery rates.
These factors, which significantly impact mineral reserve estimates, are beyond Harmony’s control. As a result, reserve estimates in this annual report should not be interpreted as assurances of the economic life of Harmony’s gold and other precious metal deposits or the future profitability of operations.
Since these mineral reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to factors detailed above, should there be changes to any of these assumptions, we may in future need to revise these estimates. In particular, if Harmony’s cash operating and production costs increase or the gold price decreases, recovering a portion of Harmony’s mineral reserves may become uneconomical. This will lead, in turn, to a reduction in estimated reserves. Any reduction in our mineral reserves estimate could materially adversely affect Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition.
Harmony’s operations have limited proved and probable reserves. Exploration for additional resources and reserves is speculative in nature, may be unsuccessful and involves many risks
Harmony’s operations have limited proved and probable reserves, and exploration and discovery of new resources and reserves are necessary to maintain current gold production levels at these operations. Exploration for gold and other precious metals is speculative in nature, may be unsuccessful and involves risks including those related to:
locating orebodies;
geological nature of the orebodies;
identifying the metallurgical properties of orebodies;
estimating the economic feasibility of mining orebodies;
developing appropriate metallurgical processes;
obtaining necessary governmental permits; and
constructing mining and processing facilities at any site chosen for mining.
Harmony’s exploration efforts might not result in the discovery of mineralization, and any mineralization discovered might not result in an increase in resources or proved and probable reserves. To access additional resources and reserves, Harmony will need to complete development projects successfully, including extensions to existing mines and, possibly, establishing new mines. Development projects would also be required to access any new mineralization discovered by exploration activities around the world. Harmony typically uses feasibility studies to determine whether to undertake significant development projects. These studies often require substantial expenditure. Feasibility studies include estimates of expected or anticipated economic returns, which are based on assumptions about:
future gold and other metal prices;
anticipated tonnage, grades and metallurgical characteristics of ore to be mined and processed;
anticipated recovery rates of gold and other metals from the ore; and
anticipated total costs of the project, including capital expenditure and cash costs.
All projects are subject to project study risk. There is no certainty or guarantee that a feasibility study, if undertaken, will be successfully concluded or that the project the subject of the study will satisfy Harmony’s economic, technical, risk and other criteria in order to progress that project to development.
A failure in our ability to discover new resources and reserves, enhance existing resources and reserves or develop new operations in sufficient quantities to maintain or grow the current level of our resources and reserves could negatively affect our results, financial condition and prospects.

6


The risk of unforeseen difficulties, delays or costs in implementing Harmony’s business strategy and projects may lead to Harmony not delivering the anticipated benefits of our strategy and projects. In addition, actual cash costs, capital expenditure, production and economic returns may differ significantly from those anticipated by feasibility studies for new development projects
The successful implementation of Harmony’s business strategy and projects depends upon many factors, including those outside our control. For example, the successful management of costs will depend on prevailing market prices for input costs. The ability to grow our business will depend on the successful implementation of our existing and proposed projects and continued exploration success, as well as on the availability of attractive acquisition opportunities, all of which are subject to the relevant mining and company specific risks as outlined in these risk factors.
It can take a number of years from the initial feasibility study until development of a project is completed and, during that time, the economic feasibility of production may change. In addition, there are a number of inherent uncertainties in developing and constructing an extension to an existing mine or a new mine, including:
availability and timing of necessary environmental and governmental permits;
timing and cost of constructing mining and processing facilities, which can be considerable;
availability and cost of skilled labor, power, water, fuel, mining equipment and other materials;
accessibility of transportation and other infrastructure, particularly in remote locations;
availability and cost of smelting and refining arrangements;
availability of funds to finance construction and development activities; and
spot and expected future commodity prices of metals including gold, silver, copper, uranium and molybdenum.
All of these factors, and others, could result in our actual cash costs, capital expenditures, production and economic returns differing materially from those anticipated by feasibility studies.
Competition with other mining companies and individuals for specialized equipment, components and supplies necessary for exploration and development, for mining claims and leases on exploration properties and for the acquisition of mining assets also impact existing operations and potential new developments. Competitors may have greater financial resources, operational experience and technical capabilities - all of which could negatively affect the anticipated costs, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.
Harmony currently maintains a range of focused exploration programs, concentrating mainly on a number of prospective known gold and copper mineralized areas in the Independent State of Papua New Guinea (“PNG”) and the Kalgold open pit operation in South Africa.
In order to maintain or expand our operations and reserve base, Harmony has sought, and may continue to seek to enter into joint ventures or to make acquisitions of selected precious metal producing companies or assets. For example, in 2018 Harmony acquired AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s Moab Khotsong and Great Noligwa mines together with other assets and related infrastructure (the "Moab Acquisition"), and in February 2020 we announced that we would acquire the remainder of AngloGold Ashanti Limited's South African business, including the Mponeng mine and Mine Waste Solutions (Pty) Limited (the "Mponeng Acquisition") with an effective date from October 1, 2020. See below under "We may experience problems in identifying, financing and managing new acquisitions or other business combination transactions and integrating them with our existing operations. We may not have full management control over future joint venture partners". However, there is no assurance that any future development projects will extend the life of our existing mining operations or result in any new commercial mining operations. Unforeseen difficulties, delays or costs may adversely affect the successful implementation of our business strategy and projects, and such strategy and projects may not result in the anticipated benefits, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Risks associated with pumping water inflows from closed mines adjacent to our operations could adversely affect Harmony’s operational results
Certain of our mining operations are adjacent to the mining operations of other companies. A mine closure can affect continued operations at an adjacent mine if appropriate preventative steps are not taken. In particular, this could include the ingress of underground water when pumping operations at the closed mine are suspended. This can result in damage to property, operational disruptions and additional pumping costs, which could adversely affect any one of our adjacent mining operations and, in turn could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
With the Moab Acquisition, Harmony inherited a two-thirds interest in the Margaret Water Company for all pumping and water related infrastructure at its Margaret Water Shaft. The shaft operates for the purpose of de-watering the Klerksdorp, Orkney, Stilfontein, Hartbeesfontein ("KOSH") basin groundwater in order for Moab Khotsong operations and the mine operated by Kopanang Gold Mining Company Proprietary Limited (the mining company holding the remaining one–third interest in Margaret Water Company) (the only other mining company continuing operating) to remain dry and to prevent flooding of operational areas. Therefore, it remains imperative for the shaft to continue pumping water. Flooding in the future resulting from a failure in pumping and water related infrastructure could pose an unpredicted "force majeure" type event, which could result in financial liability for us, and could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. For instance, Harmony has also conducted assessments at its Doornkop and Kusasalethu operation and the assessments conclude that there is a risk of decant post closure. Due to the interconnectivity, any long term water management solution would have to be a regional solution. Although, Harmony has installed water treatment plants at both sites for current treatment needs, which could serve as water plants for final decant should the situation arise, there can be no assurance that such plants will be sufficient to address such risks. There is also a flooding risk at operations acquired as

7


part of the Mponeng Acquisition requiring the continuous pumping arrangement with Covalent Water Company (Pty) Limited to stay in place.
Infrastructure constraints and aging infrastructure could adversely affect Harmony’s operations
Mining, processing, development and exploration activities depend on adequate infrastructure. Reliable rail, ports, roads, bridges, power sources, power transmission facilities and water supply are critical to the Company’s business operations and affect capital and operating costs. The infrastructure and services are often provided by third parties whose operational activities are outside the control of the Company.
Interference to the maintenance or provision of infrastructure, including by extreme weather conditions, sabotage or social unrest, could impede our ability to deliver products on time and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Once a shaft or a processing plant has reached the end of its intended lifespan, higher than normal maintenance and care is required. Maintaining this infrastructure requires skilled human resources, capital allocation, management and planned maintenance. Although Harmony has implemented a comprehensive maintenance strategy, incidents resulting in production delays, increased costs or industrial accidents may occur. Such incidents may have an adverse effect on Harmony’s operating results and financial condition.
Fluctuations in input production prices linked to commodities may adversely affect Harmony’s operational results and financial condition
Fuel, energy and consumables, including diesel, heavy fuel oil, chemical reagents, explosives, tires, steel and mining equipment consumed in mining operations, form a relatively large part of the operating costs and capital expenditure of a mining company. Harmony has no control over the costs of these consumables, many of which are linked to some degree to the price of oil and steel.
Fluctuations in oil and steel prices have a significant impact on operating cost and capital expenditure estimates and, in the absence of other economic fluctuations, could result in significant changes in the total expenditure estimates for new mining projects or render certain projects non-viable, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Disruptions to the supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition
In South Africa, each of our mining operations depends on electrical power generated by the South African state utility, Eskom Limited ("Eskom"), which holds a monopoly in the South African market. Electricity supply in South Africa has been constrained over the past decade and there have been multiple power disruptions. Although during fiscal 2018, the electricity supply in South Africa had seen less pressure than in previous years, Eskom began stage 4 load shedding (the national grid was short of 4,000 MW) again in March 2019. Under Stage 4 load shedding, approximately 80% of the country’s demand is met through scheduled load shedding 12 times over a four-day period for two hours at a time, or twelve times over an eight-day period for four hours at a time. In December 2019, following breakdowns in Eskom’s generating plants, load shedding rose to stage 6 (the national grid was short of 6,000 MW) and load curtailment was elevated to “essential load requirement”, resulting in Harmony having to stop production and withdrawing people from underground. The situation was remedied the following day, but Harmony lost a full day's production as a result of this. Eskom’s inability to fully meet the country’s demand has led and may continue to lead to rolling blackouts, unscheduled power cuts and surveillance programs to ensure non-essential lighting and electricity appliances are powered off. There is no assurance that Eskom’s efforts to protect the national electrical grid will prevent a complete national blackout.
Eskom's aging infrastructure, its need to replace or upgrade its power generation fleet and its deferral of routine maintenance due to financial constraints, may adversely affect electricity supply in South Africa. In addition, Eskom's ability to undertake necessary infrastructure and fleet upgrades, on commercially acceptable terms or otherwise, may be limited by the amount of debt it has outstanding, which has increased from R389 billion in fiscal 2018 to R441 billion on August 1, 2019. Any blackouts or other disruptions to power supply could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Although management has been able to comply with the curtailment requirements in response to the load curtailment events experienced in our 2020 fiscal year and the first quarter of fiscal 2021 without incurring material production losses (the losses suffered were limited to our surface waste rock dump mining volumes), there can be no guarantee that we will be able to comply with such curtailment requirements without incurring material production losses in the future. During the period of load shedding, Eskom used a significant amount of diesel to run its gas turbines and called on large power users to curtail their power demand. In addition, although Eskom applied to the National Energy Regulator of South Africa (“NERSA”), which regulates tariffs, for a 19.9% average increase in electricity tariffs for Eskom’s 2018/2019 financial year, NERSA granted Eskom a 5.2% electricity tariff increase for this period. Eskom has expressed concern that this increase may not be adequate to prevent future electricity interruptions and indicated that it intends to challenge NERSA’s decision not to grant the requested 19.9% tariff increase.
In addition to supply constraints, labor unrest in South Africa has before, and may in future, disrupt the supply of coal to power stations operated by Eskom, or the operation of the power stations directly, and result in curtailed supply. For example, in June 2018, during wage negotiations with the National Union of Mines ("NUM"), workers embarked on an illegal strike which resulted in power constraints and load curtailment. Despite the fact that Eskom has adopted a policy of asking households to reduce usage before asking industrial users to do so in order to reduce the economic impact of such disruptions, Eskom has warned that power constraints will continue.

8


In February 2019, the President of South Africa announced the vertical unbundling of Eskom. While full-state ownership will be maintained, the unbundling is expected to result in the separation of the Eskom’s generation, transmission and distribution functions into separate entities, which may require legislative and/or policy reform. It is expected that this process will take time to implement, causing continued poor reliability of the supply of electricity and an instability in prices and a possible tariff increase above inflation, which are expected to continue through the unbundling process. Should Harmony experience further power tariff increases, its business operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
Eskom tariffs are determined through a consultative multi-year price determination application ("MYPD") process, with occasional tariff increase adjustments under the Regulatory Clearing Account ("RCA") mechanism. In the most recent MYPD process, NERSA granted Eskom tariff increases of 9.4% (later adding an additional 4.4%) for the period 2019 to 2020, 8.1% for the period 2020 to 2021 and 5.22% for the period 2021 to 2022. These increases are subject to multiple adjustments and challenge by NERSA, any of which could result in higher tariffs. For instance, in the latest case, NERSA appealed in August 2020 an earlier court ruling requiring R23 billion in revenue to be added to the 2021/2022 increase, and leave to appeal was granted in October 2020. In addition, NERSA also announced the approval of R3.869 billion from the RCA in costs incurred by Eskom over and above the previously regulated costs. The recovery period from the consumer is yet to be determined. On the basis of external economic advice, Harmony planning for 10% increases in both 2022/2023 and 2023/2024, but there can be no assurance that this will be adequate to meet Harmony's obligations under the tariffs as finally approved.
The South African government provided Eskom with an additional R69 billion bailout over a three-year period, from 2019 to 2021. Eskom subsequently challenged the MYPD, RCA and NERSA’s treatment of the bailout as a tariff subsidy in South African court. The South African court dismissed the urgent nature of the Eskom submission, but has not decided on the merits of the case. Should we experience further power tariff increases, our business operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
PNG has limited power generation and distribution capacity, supplied by the state utility, PNG Power. This capacity is increasing but it is subject to disruptions in electrical power supply. Currently, Harmony mines and projects receive 100% of their daily demand from PNG Power, but have the capacity to self-generate by means of own diesel-generated power when required. The cost of this power will fluctuate with changes in the oil price. Disruptions in electrical power supply or substantial increases in the cost of oil could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Also, see Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Electricity in South Africa.” and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138.
We may experience problems in identifying, financing and managing new acquisitions or other business combination transactions and integrating them with our existing operations. We may not have full management control over future joint venture partners
In order to maintain or expand our operations and reserve base, Harmony has sought, and may continue to seek to enter into joint ventures or other business combination transactions or to make acquisitions of selected precious metal producing companies or assets. For example, in 2018 Harmony acquired AngloGold Ashanti Limited’s Moab Khotsong and Great Noligwa mines together with other assets and related infrastructure in the Moab Acquisition and in February 2020 announced that it would acquire the remainder of AngloGold Ashanti Limited's South African business, including the Mponeng mine and Mine Waste Solutions (Pty) Limited with effect from October 1, 2020.
Acquiring new gold mining operations or entering into other business combination transactions involves a number of risks including:
our ability to identify appropriate assets for acquisition and/or to negotiate an acquisition or combination on favorable terms;
obtaining the financing necessary to complete future acquisitions;
difficulties in assimilating the operations of the acquired business;
the changing regulatory environment as it relates to the Mining Charter (as defined below) and the general policy uncertainty in South Africa;
difficulties in maintaining our financial and strategic focus while integrating the acquired business;
problems in implementing uniform quality, standards, controls, procedures and policies;
management capacity, and skills to supplement that capacity, to integrate new assets and operations;
increasing pressures on existing management to oversee an expanding company; and
to the extent we acquire mining operations or enter into another business combination transaction outside South Africa, Australia or PNG, encountering difficulties relating to operating in countries in which we have not previously operated.
Any such acquisition or joint venture may change the scale of our business and operations and may expose us to new geographic, geological, political, social, operating, financial, legal, regulatory and contractual risks. Our ability to make successful acquisitions and any difficulties or time delays in achieving successful integration of any of such acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, to the extent that Harmony participates in the development of a project through a joint venture or other multi-party commercial structure, there could be disagreements, legal or otherwise or divergent interests or goals among the

9


parties, which could jeopardize the success of the project, particularly if Harmony does not have full management control over the joint venture. There can be no assurance that any joint venture will achieve the results intended and, as such, any joint venture could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, cash and other operating costs. See Item 5. "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Investing."
Certain factors may affect our ability to support the carrying value of our property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other assets on our balance sheet, resulting in impairments
Harmony reviews and tests the carrying value of its assets when events or changes in circumstances suggest that this amount may not be recoverable and impairments may be recorded as a result of testing performed.
Our market capitalization on any reporting date is calculated on the basis of the price of our shares and ADSs on that date. Our shares and ADSs may trade in a wide range through the fiscal year depending on the changes in the market, including trader sentiment on various factors including gold price. Therefore, there may be times where our market capitalization is greater than the value of our net assets, or “book value”, and other times when our market capitalization is less than our book value. Where our market capitalization is less than our net asset or book value, this could indicate a potential impairment and we may be required to record an impairment charge in the relevant period.
At least on an annual basis for goodwill, and when there are indications that impairment of property, plant and equipment and other assets may have occurred, estimates of expected future cash flows for each group of assets are prepared in order to determine the recoverable amounts of each group of assets. These estimates are prepared at the lowest level at which identifiable cash flows are considered as being independent of the cash flows of other mining assets and liabilities. Expected future cash flows are inherently uncertain, and could materially change over time. Such cash flows are significantly affected by reserve and production estimates, together with economic factors such as spot and forward gold prices, discount rates, currency exchange rates, estimates of costs to produce reserves and future capital expenditures.
As at June 30, 2020, Harmony had substantial amounts of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other assets on its consolidated balance sheets. Impairment charges of R3,898 million relating to property, plant and equipment and other assets were recorded in fiscal 2019. If management is required to recognize further impairment charges, this could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s results of operations and financial condition. See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment” and “- Carrying Value of Goodwill.”
Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution compliance breaches
The business of gold mining involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards and industrial accidents. In particular, hazards associated with underground mining include:
rock bursts;
seismic events;
underground fires;
cave-ins or fall-of-ground;
discharges of gases and toxic chemicals;
release of radioactive hazards;
flooding;
mining of pillars (integrity of shaft support structures may be compromised and cause increased seismicity);
processing plant fire and explosion;
critical equipment failures;
accidents and fatalities; and
other conditions resulting from drilling, blasting and the removal and processing of material from a deep-level mine.
Hazards associated with opencast mining (also known as open-pit mining) include:
flooding of the open-pit;
collapse of open-pit walls or slope failures;
processing plant fire and explosion;
accidents associated with operating large open-pit and rock transportation equipment;
accidents associated with preparing and igniting of large-scale open-pit blasting operations; and
major equipment failures.
Hazards associated with construction and operation of waste rock dumps and tailings storage facilities include:
accidents associated with operating a waste dump and rock transportation;

10


production disruptions caused by natural phenomena, such as floods and droughts and weather conditions, potentially exacerbated by climate change;
dam, wall or slope failures; and
contamination of ground or surface water.
We are at risk from any or all of these environmental and industrial hazards. In addition, the nature of our mining operations presents safety risks. Harmony’s operations are subject to health and safety regulations, which could impose additional costs and compliance requirements. Harmony may face claims and liability for breaches, or alleged breaches, of such regulations and other applicable laws. Any legislative changes relating to financial provisions could add to the costs. The occurrence of any of these events could delay production, increase cash costs and result in financial liability to Harmony, which, in turn, may adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.
The nature of our mining operations presents safety risks
The environmental and industrial risks identified above also present safety risks for Harmony’s operations and our employees and could lead to the suspension and potential closure of operations for indeterminate periods. Safety risks, even in situations where no injuries occur, can have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s results of operations and financial condition. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Regulation - Health and Safety - South Africa” and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58.
Illegal and artisanal mining, including theft of gold and copper bearing material, and other criminal activity at our operations could pose a threat to the safety of employees, result in damage to property and could expose the Company to liability
The activities of illegal and artisanal miners, which include theft and shrinkage, could cause damage to Harmony’s properties, including by way of pollution, underground fires, operational disruption, project delays or personal injury or death, for which Harmony could potentially be held responsible. Illegal and artisanal mining could result in the depletion of mineral deposits, potentially making the future mining of such deposits uneconomic.
Illegal and artisanal mining (which may be by employees or third parties) is associated with a number of negative impacts, including environmental degradation and human rights abuse. Effective local government administration is often lacking in the locations where illegal and artisanal miners operate because of rapid population growth and the lack of functioning structures, which can create a complex social and unstable environment.
Criminal activities such as trespass, illegal and artisanal mining, sabotage, theft and vandalism could lead to disruptions at certain of our operations.
Rising gold and copper prices may result in an increase in gold and copper thefts. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s financial condition on results of its operations.
Harmony’s insurance coverage may prove inadequate to satisfy future claims against it
Harmony has third-party liability coverage for most potential liabilities, including environmental liabilities. Harmony may be subject to liability for pollution (excluding sudden and accidental pollution) or other hazards against which we have not insured or cannot insure, including those for past mining activities. Harmony also maintains property and liability insurance consistent with industry practice, but this insurance contains exclusions and limitations on coverage. In addition, there can be no assurance that insurance will be available at economically acceptable premiums. As a result, Harmony’s insurance coverage may not cover the claims against it, including for environmental or industrial accidents, pollution or public health emergencies and other events that could disrupt our operations, such as COVID-19, which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s financial condition.
Harmony’s operations may be negatively impacted by inflation
Harmony’s operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa has fluctuated in a narrow band in recent years, remaining within or just outside the inflation range of 3% - 6% set by the South African Reserve Bank. At the end of fiscal 2018, 2019 and fiscal 2020, inflation was 4.6%, 4.5% and 2.2%, respectively. However, working costs, in particular electricity costs and wages have increased at a rate higher than inflation in recent years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. See Item 5: "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results - Electricity in South Africa - Tariffs". Should Harmony experience further electricity or wage increases, its business, operating results and financial condition may be adversely impacted.
The inflation rate in PNG ended at 4.7% in fiscal 2018 and at 3.7% in fiscal 2019, while the annualized inflation stood at 4.7% at the end of fiscal 2020.
Harmony’s results of operations, profits and financial condition could be adversely affected to the extent that cost inflation is not offset by devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of gold.
The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates may have an adverse effect on its operations and profits
Harmony has operations in South Africa and PNG. As a result, changes to or instability in the economic or political environment in either of these countries or in neighboring countries could affect an investment in Harmony. These risks could include terrorism, civil unrest, nationalization, political instability, change in legislative, regulatory or fiscal frameworks, renegotiation or nullification of existing contracts, leases, permits or other agreements, restrictions on repatriation of earnings or capital and changes in laws and policy, as well as other unforeseeable risks. The impact of COVID-19 may heighten social

11


tensions and demands, especially near our mines in South Africa, as individuals look to the mining industry for job creation opportunities and other resources and benefits.
It is difficult to predict the future political, social and economic environment in these countries, or any other country in which Harmony operates, and the impact government decisions may have on our business, results of operations and our financial condition.
Actual and potential shortages of production inputs and supply chain disruptions may affect Harmony’s operations and profits
Harmony’s operational results may be affected by the availability and pricing of consumables such as fuel, chemical reagents, explosives, tires, steel and other essential production inputs. Issues with regards to availability of consumables may result from shortages, long lead times to deliver and supply chain disruptions, which could result in production delays and production shortfalls.
These shortages and delayed deliveries may also be experienced where industrial action affects Harmony’s suppliers. These issues could also affect the pricing of the consumables, especially if shortages are experienced. The price of consumables may be substantially affected by changes in global supply and demand, along with natural disasters such as earthquakes, climate change, extreme weather conditions, governmental controls, industrial action and other factors. A sustained interruption to the supply of any of these consumables would require Harmony to find acceptable substitute suppliers and could require it to pay higher prices for such materials. A sustained interruption might also adversely affect Harmony’s ability to pursue its development projects.
Any significant increase in the prices of these consumables would increase operating costs and adversely affect profitability, which could adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.
Harmony’s ability to service its debt will depend on its future financial performance and other factors
Harmony’s ability to service its debt depends on its financial performance, which in turn will be affected by its operating performance as well as by financial and other factors, and in particular the gold price, certain of which are beyond the control of the Company. Various financial and other factors may result in an increase in Harmony’s indebtedness, which could adversely affect the Company in several respects, including:
limiting its ability to access the capital markets;
hindering its flexibility to plan for or react to changing market, industry or economic conditions;
limiting the amount of cash flow available for future operations, acquisitions, dividends, or other uses, making it more vulnerable to economic or industry downturns, including interest rate increases;
increasing the risk that it will need to sell assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations; or
increasing the risk that it may not meet the financial covenants contained in its debt agreements or timely make all required debt payments.
The occurrence of any of these events could adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.
Harmony’s ability to service its debt also depends on the amount of its indebtedness. In order to fund the Mponeng Acquisition, Harmony completed the a placing (the "Placing") pursuant to which it issued new ordinary shares for cash which had the effect of reducing net debt at year end. After the end of fiscal 2020, on September 30, 2020, the Mponeng Acquisition closed and the purchase price was paid, which increased the net debt level again. While the COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in higher gold prices and improved cash flow as a result, it also disrupted operations and may continue to do so, which could impact on our ability to repay our debts. In order to conclude the Moab Acquisition in 2018, Harmony increased its indebtedness. In August 2019 Harmony entered into a US$400 million syndicated term and revolving credit facility, with a three year term, that was extended by a further year after the end of fiscal 2020. At June 30, 2020, US$350 million was drawn against this facility. See Item 5: "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Financing" and "- Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings".
In the near term, Harmony expects to manage its liquidity needs from cash generated by its operations, cash on hand, committed and underutilized facilities, as well as additional funding opportunities. However, if Harmony’s cost of debt were to increase or if it were to encounter difficulties in obtaining financing in the future, its sources of funding may not match its financing needs, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.
Uncertainty relating to the nature and timing of the potential phasing out of LIBOR, and agreement on any new alternative reference rates may adversely impact our borrowing cost
LIBOR, the London Interbank Offered Rate, is widely used as a reference for setting interest rates on loans globally. We have used LIBOR as a reference rate on our US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility, as well as our US$24 million four-year loan. Combined we had R6,356 million (US$367 million) outstanding on these facilities at year-end.
On July 27, 2017, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, or FCA, which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it intends to stop encouraging or requiring banks or submit LIBOR rates after the end of 2021. There is therefore no guarantee the LIBOR reference rate will continue in its current form post 2021. Various alternative reference rates are being considered in the financial community. The Secured Overnight Financing Rate, has been proposed by the Alternative Reference Rate Committee, a committee convened by the US Federal Reserve that includes major market participants and on which regulators participate, as an alternative rate to replace US dollar LIBOR.

12


On August 19, 2019, Harmony and a syndicate of local and international lenders entered into a loan facility agreement, pursuant to which Harmony and the lenders agreed that a new reference rate will be agreed upon by mutual consent. However there is no guarantee that a transition from LIBOR to a new reference rate will not result in market disruptions, and possibly result in increases to our borrowing costs, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition. See Item 5: "Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources".
Mining companies face strong competition
The mining industry is competitive in all of its phases. Harmony competes with other mining companies and individuals for specialized equipment, components and supplies necessary for exploration and development, for mining claims and leases on exploration properties and for the acquisition of mining assets. These competitors may have greater financial resources, operational experience and technical capabilities than Harmony. Competition may increase Harmony’s cost of acquiring suitable claims, properties and assets, which could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition.
We also compete with mining and other companies for key human resources
The risk of losing senior management or being unable to hire and retain sufficient technically skilled employees or sufficient representation by Historically Disadvantaged South Africans ("HDSAs") in management positions, may materially impact on Harmony's ability to achieve their objectives.
Harmony competes with mining and other companies globally to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating its business. The need to recruit, develop and retain skilled employees is particularly critical with HDSAs and women in mining in South Africa, and the global shortage of key mining specialists, including geologists, mining engineers, mechanical and electrical engineers, metallurgists and skilled artisans has been exacerbated by increased mining activity across the globe. There can be no assurance that Harmony will attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should Harmony lose any of its key personnel, its business may be harmed and its operational results and financial condition could be adversely affected. See Item 4. “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Regulation - Labor Relations” and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - employee relations” on pages 58 to 71.
In PNG, the PNG government ("PNG Government") is considering revisions of its local content policy which will severely restrict the utilization of offshore-based "Fly-In, Fly Out" expatriate employees, and prescribe increased levels of participation by locally-owned businesses in the provision of goods and services. If introduced, this will adversely affect the ability of Harmony to engage and retain appropriately skilled human resources, and manage the costs of goods and services to its operations. It will also necessitate the application of additional resources to the construction or provision of housing for residential employees, and the recruiting and training of local landowners and landowner businesses.
Since Harmony’s labor force has substantial trade union participation, Harmony faces the risk of disruption from labor disputes and non-procedural industrial action resulting in loss of production and increased labor costs impacting negatively on production and financial results
Despite a history of constructive engagement with labor unions, there are periods when various stakeholders are unable to agree on dispute resolution processes. Disruptive activities on the part of labor, which normally differ in intensity, then become unavoidable. Due to the high level of union membership, which is about 93% among our employees, we are at risk of production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other disputes, especially wildcat strikes. Inter-union rivalry may increase the risk of labor relations instability. In addition, in South Africa, a variety of legacy issues such as housing, migrant labor, education, poor service delivery and youth unemployment can lead to communities and unions working together to create instability in and around mining operations. During 2020, one of our mines based in the Free State, known as Unisel, will reach the end of its economic and operating life which will result in the discontinuation of mining operation on the mine. The mine employs about 850 employees most of whom are expected to be absorbed into other Harmony operations.
In October 2018, Harmony concluded a three year wage agreement with unions representing the majority of the Company’s employees. This agreement was extended to all employees irrespective of union affiliation. The Company has experienced a relatively peaceful labor environment since the conclusion and implementation of the said wage agreement. However we are not able to predict whether we will experience significant labor disputes in future, or what the financial impact of any such disputes may be. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Regulation - Labor Relations”, “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - employee relations” on pages 58 to 71. South African employment law sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees. Although these may be improved by agreements between us and the trade unions, prescribed minimum terms and conditions form the benchmark for all employment contracts. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Our business context - Stakeholder engagement and material issues” on pages 31 to 36.
We are required to submit a report under South African employment law detailing the progress made towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. If this report is not submitted, we could incur substantial penalties.
Developments in South African employment law may increase our cash costs of production or alter our relationship with our employees and trade unions, which may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
In PNG, the workforce is not significantly unionized. However, operations are subject to disruption as a result of actions taken by landowners and occupants of the land within the area of impact of such operations, including the blockading of access routes to the operations. These disruptions generally arise as a result of grievances with regard to the non-distribution

13


by the PNG Government to local communities of mine-derived royalties and other benefits, or in relation to the participation of local businesses in the provision of goods and services to the operations.
In the event that Harmony experiences industrial relations related interruptions at any of its operations or in other industries that impact its operations, or increased employment-related costs due to union or employee activity, these may have a material adverse effect on our business, production levels, operating costs, production targets, operating results, financial condition, reputation and future prospects. In addition, mining conditions can deteriorate during extended periods without production, such as during and after strikes; lower levels of mining activity can have a longer term impact on production levels and operating costs, which may affect our mines' operating life, which could have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results and financial condition.
HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and other contagious diseases, such as COVID-19, pose risks to us in terms of productivity and costs
The prevalence of HIV/AIDS and other contagious diseases, including COVID-19, in South Africa and PNG poses risks to us in terms of potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical and other costs.
The continued spread of COVID-19 could result in serious illness (including incapacity) or quarantine of Harmony’s employees and contractors, which may be exacerbated by employees and contractors working in close proximity to each other in underground and surface mines and living in close quarters. In addition, certain underlying health conditions including conditions which compromise the immune system, such as HIV/AIDS, may worsen the outcomes among the individuals infected with COVID-19. Employee or contractor absences due to COVID-19 or other contagious diseases could lead to labor shortages or instability, which could result in disruptions to Harmony’s production (including potential temporary cessation) and increased operational costs. In addition, any action taken by governments or regulators in response to the spread of contagious diseases such as COVID-19 could have a material impact on our operations and lead to an increase in our costs. For example, many countries, including the countries where we operate, have imposed strict travel-related measures such as travel restrictions and have introduced indefinite border closures, lock-downs, bans on public gatherings, curfews and business shutdowns following the global spread of COVID-19. In response to the outbreak, Harmony has taken steps aimed at protecting employees and contractors, including implementing certain travel restrictions.
In line with the directive by the South African government on March 23, 2020, Harmony implemented measures to place its South African operations under temporary care and maintenance during the resultant 21-day lock-down in South Africa (which has been extended beyond its original end date). On April 16, 2020, the South African government published a notice amending certain regulations previously issued in terms of Section 27(2) of the Disaster Management Act, 57 of 2002 (the "Disaster Management Act"). The amendments allowed South African mining operations to be conducted at a reduced capacity of not more than 50% during the lock-down and at increasing capacity as determined by directives to be issued by the Minister of Mineral Resources and Energy thereafter. Subsequently, Harmony announced a set of risk-based safety measures designed to resume operations to the prescribed 50% production capacity. Such measures included arranging transport for South African-based employees from their homes in remote areas to their respective areas of work, the implementation of rigorous screening and testing programs as employees return to work, the provision of quarantine facilities for employees who may test positive for COVID-19 and the submission of data collected during screening and testing to the relevant authority.
In PNG, the identification of a positive case at the Hidden Valley mine resulted in the quarantine lockdown of the Hidden Valley mine site and the implementation of a revised roster for its workforce to enable the continuation of site operations. In line with directives issued by the Controller under the PNG National Pandemic Act 2020, Harmony implemented a set of risk-based safety measures designed to enable the safe continuation of operations, including the management of the international and local/regional travel of its workforce, the establishment of three "entry point center" quarantine facilities to manage the safe change-over of rostered staff, the implementation of rigorous screening and testing programs, the provision of personal protective equipment, and the submission of data collected during screening and testing to the relevant authorities.
The continuation of existing measures, or the introduction of additional travel-related restrictions, could result in the inability of Harmony’s suppliers to deliver components or raw materials on a timely basis and may limit or prevent Harmony’s management and employees and other important third-parties from traveling to, or visiting, Harmony’s operations. Further, any lock-downs or mandatory business shutdowns could result in a suspension of Harmony’s operations and could bring its business to a standstill. The full extent to which COVID-19 impacts Harmony’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Any disruption to production or increased operational costs as a result of the spread of contagious diseases, such as COVID-19, HIV/AIDS or tuberculosis, could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s business, operating results and financial condition. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58.
The cost of occupational health care services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may increase in future and may be substantial
Harmony’s operations are subject to health and safety regulations which could impose significant cost burdens. In South Africa, the present Mine Health and Safety Act, 29 of 1996 ("MHSE") imposes various duties on mines and grants the authorities broad powers to, among others, close mines which are unsafe or hazardous to the health of persons and order corrective action on health and safety matters. Operations in PNG are subject to similar duties and powers, including under the following laws and regulations: PNG Industrial Safety, Health and Welfare Act 1961, PNG Industrial Safety, Health and Welfare Regulations 1965, PNG Mining Act 1992 (the "PNG Mining Act"), PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977, PNG Mining Safety Regulation 1935 (updated 2006) and PNG Environment Act 2000.

14


There is a risk that the cost of providing health services, complying with applicable regulations, including the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act, 130 of 1993 (“COIDA”) and the Occupational Diseases in Mines and Works Act, 78 of 1973 (“ODMWA”), and implementing various programs could increase in future, depending on changes to underlying legislation, legal claims and the profile of our employees. This increased cost, should it transpire, could be substantial, but is currently indeterminate.
Harmony has been subject to numerous claims, including class actions or similar group claims relating to silicosis and other occupational lung diseases, and could be subject to similar claims in the future. For instance, in May 2016, the South Gauteng High Court certified a class action by current and former mineworkers against gold mining companies in South Africa, including Harmony. The action consists of two classes: the silicosis class and the tuberculosis (“TB”) class. Each class includes mineworkers and dependents whose parents died after contracting silicosis and/or TB while working at the mines. The certification of the class means that the claimants were able to sue the mining companies as a class. While issues, such as negligence and causation, need to be proved by the claimant on a case-by-case basis, such a ruling could expose Harmony to claims related to occupational hazards and diseases (including silicosis and TB, which may be in the form of an individual claim, a class action or a similar group claim). The Supreme Court of Appeal granted the mining companies leave to appeal against all aspects of the class May 2016 judgment. The appeal hearing before the Supreme Court of Appeal was scheduled to be heard in March 2018. However, the parties agreed to postpone the matter to conclude settlement negotiations. The matter was subsequently settled in May 2018. The terms of the settlement are available on the Harmony website. The settlement was subject to certain conditions, including that an unconditional order of court, sanctioning the settlement agreement to make the settlement agreement an order of court, is obtained from the High Court. Such an order was obtained on July 26, 2019, subject to certain conditions which were subsequently fulfilled, and the settlement became effective on December 10, 2019. Accordingly, the Tshiamiso Trust was created for purposes of administering the settlement funds, with all trustees having been appointed by February 6, 2020. See Item 8: "Financial Information - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Legal Proceedings” and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58 for further information. See note 26 “Provision for silicosis settlement” to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
The Occupational Lung Disease Working Group ("Working Group"), was formed in fiscal 2014 to address issues relating to compensation and medical care for occupational lung disease in the South African gold mining industry. The Working Group, made up of African Rainbow Minerals Limited, Anglo American SA, AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Harmony and Sibanye Gold Limited, has had extensive engagements with a wide range of stakeholders since its formation, including government, organized labor, other mining companies and the legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal actions against the companies.
The members of the Working Group are among respondent companies in a number of legal proceedings related to occupational lung disease, including the class action referred to above. The Working Group is however of the view that achieving a comprehensive settlement which is both fair to past, present and future employees and sustainable for the sector, is preferable to protracted litigation. On July 26, 2019, the Johannesburg High Court approved a R5.2 billion settlement of the silicosis and TB class action suit between the Working Group and lawyers representing affected mineworkers and the settlement became effective on December 10, 2019.
As a result of the ongoing work of the Working Group and engagements with affected stakeholders since December 31, 2016, Harmony provided for its share of the estimated cost in relation to the Working Group of a settlement of the class action claims and related costs. At June 30, 2020 the provision in Harmony's statement of financial position was R892 million. Harmony believes that this remains a reasonable estimate of its share of the estimated cost in relation to the Working Group of the settlement of the class action claims and related costs. The final settlement costs and related expenditure may, however, be higher than the recorded provision depending on various factors, such as, among other things, differences in the number and profile of eligible claimants actually compensated compared to current estimates and fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.
If Harmony or any of its subsidiaries were to face a significant number of additional such claims and the claims were suitably established against it, the payments of compensation to the claimants could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s results of operations and financial condition. In addition, Harmony may incur significant additional costs, including costs relating to the payment of fees, levies or other contributions in respect of compensatory or other funds established (if any), and expenditures arising out of its efforts to resolve any such claims or other potential actions.
Harmony is subject to the imposition of various regulatory costs, such as mining taxes and royalties, changes to which may have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operations and profits
In recent years, governments, communities, non-government organizations and trade unions in several jurisdictions have sought and, in some cases, have implemented greater cost imposts on the mining industry, including through the imposition of additional taxes and royalties. Such resource nationalism, whether in the form of cost imposts, interference in project management, mandatory social investment requirements, local content requirements or creeping expropriation could impact the global mining industry and Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
South Africa
In December 2017, during its national conference, the African National Congress ("ANC") resolved that as a matter of policy, the ANC should pursue the expropriation of land without compensation, provided that such expropriation is carried out without destabilizing the agricultural sector, endangering food security or undermining economic growth and job creation. In February 2018, the National Assembly assigned the Constitutional Review Committee ("CRC"), to review section 25 of South Africa’s Constitution and other relevant clauses to make it possible for the state to expropriate land in the public interest without compensation. On December 4, 2018, South Africa’s Parliament adopted the CRC’s report dated November 15, 2018 in which it recommended that section 25 of South Africa’s Constitution be amended to make explicit

15


that expropriation of land without compensation is a legitimate option for land reform. While the CRC’s report recommended that such amendment to South Africa’s Constitution be tabled and passed before the South African general elections in May 2019, the ad hoc committee responsible for preparing the bill to amend South Africa’s Constitution has not yet submitted a timeline for meetings or public hearings. On March 13, 2019, the CRC announced that the work to amend section 25 of South Africa’s Constitution would not be finished before the South African general elections in May 2019 and that consequently the matter would be taken up by Parliament after the elections. In the event that the CRC recommends a Constitutional amendment in favor of expropriation, various procedural milestones would need to occur, including a bill amending section 25 of the Constitution approved by a majority of the National Assembly as well as six of the nine provinces of the National Council of Provinces ("NCOP") and signed by the President, among others. The legislative process to give effect to the proposed Constitutional amendment, has not yet been finalized. The National Assembly agreed to re-establish the Ad-Hoc Committee tasked with initiating and introducing the legislation required to amend Section 25 of the Constitution. The Draft Constitution Eighteenth Amendment Bill was published for comment at the end of 2019. The aim of the Draft Bill is to amend the Constitution of the Republic of South-Africa, 1996 so as to provide that where land and any improvements thereon are expropriated for the purpose of land reform, the amount of compensation payable may be nil. The Ad-Hoc Committee needs to report back to the National Assembly by December 31, 2020.
While the South African government has stated that it does not intend to nationalize mining assets or mining companies, certain political parties have stated publicly and in the media that the government should embark on a program of nationalization. For instance, the ANC has adopted two recommended approaches to interacting with the mining industry. While the ANC has rejected the possibility of mine nationalization for now, the first approach contemplates, among other things, greater state intervention in the mining industry, including the revision of existing royalties, the imposition of new taxes and an increase in the South African government’s holdings in mining companies. The second approach contemplates the South African government taking a more active role in the mining sector, including through the introduction of a state mining company to be involved in new projects either through partnerships or individually.
The proposed amendment to section 25 of South Africa’s Constitution or any legislation resulting in the expropriation of land or greater government intervention could disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
The former President, Jacob Zuma, appointed the Davis Tax Committee to look into and review the current South African tax regime, including the mining tax regime. The committee’s first interim report on mining, which was released for public comment on August 13, 2015, proposed no changes to the royalty regime but recommended the discontinuation of the upfront capital expenditure write-off regime in favor of an accelerated capital expenditure depreciation regime. In addition, the report recommended retaining the so called "gold formula" for existing gold mines only, as new gold mines would be unlikely to be established in circumstances where profits are marginal or where gold mines would conduct mining of the type intended to be encouraged by the formula. The committee also recommended the phasing out of additional capital allowances available to gold mines in order to bring the gold mining corporate income tax regime in line with the tax system applicable to all taxpayers. In December 2016, following a period of public comment, the committee issued its second and final report to the Minister of Finance, which largely reaffirmed the committee's initial recommendations. The final reports were published in November 2017. The South African National Treasury will continue to consider the committee’s final recommendations. It is not clear at this stage which, if any, of the recommendations will be adopted as legislation. Such legislation could, however, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Papua New Guinea
In PNG, Mining Lease holders must pay royalties to the PNG Government based on production (currently 2%). In addition to the PNG Government's entitlement to royalties, PNG exploration licenses each contain a condition that the PNG Government may, at any time prior to the commencement of mining, acquire a participating interest of up to 30% in any mineral discovery at historical exploration cost. This condition confers on the PNG Government or its nominee the option to take up a direct equity participation in a mining project. The PNG Government has indicated that it intends to exercise its option in full in respect of the Wafi-Golpu project.
The mining regime in PNG is the subject of a comprehensive ongoing review involving various PNG Government agencies. The review includes possible increases to the royalty rate, and the PNG Government's right to acquire an interest in a mine discovery, the percentage extent of such right, the consideration payable for it and the contributions to be made pursuant to it. Harmony, via the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum, has submitted comments on aspects of the review.
In 2014, the PNG Government initiated a review of the tax regime, with a final report issued by the PNG Tax Review Committee in October 2015. Pursuant to the tax regime review, certain adverse changes to the fiscal regime were introduced with effect from January 1, 2017, with the main changes being the introduction of an additional profit tax, the cessation of the double deduction allowance for exploration expenditure, and an increase in the rates of interest withholding and dividend withholding taxes. Further changes, including a capital gains tax, were initially proposed to be introduced from January 1, 2020 and draft legislation has been issued for discussion, however, the PNG Treasury has indicated that no capital gains tax will be introduced before 2022. Harmony, via the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum, has submitted comments on aspects of the draft legislation. Any legislation resulting for such review and any changes to the PNG tax regine could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Laws governing mineral rights affect our business and could impose significant costs and burdens. Mineral rights in the countries in which we operate could be altered, suspended or canceled for a variety of reasons, including breaches in its obligations in respect of such mining rights
Our operations in South Africa and PNG are subject to legislation regulating mineral rights. Certain of the Company’s properties may be subject to the rights or the asserted rights of various community stakeholders, including indigenous

16


people. The presence of those stakeholders may therefore have an impact on Harmony’s ability to develop or operate its mining interests.
South Africa
In South Africa, we are governed by the South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 28 of 2002 (“MPRDA”). See Item 4: “Information on the Company - Business Overview - Regulation - Mineral Rights - South Africa - MPRDA” for a description of the principal objectives set out in the MPRDA.
The MPRDA was promulgated as effective legislation on May 1, 2004 and transferred ownership of mineral resources to the South African people, with the South African government acting as custodian in order to, among other things, promote equitable access to the nation’s mineral resources by South Africans, expand opportunities to HSDAs who wish to participate in the South African mining industry and advance socio-economic development. We currently continue to comply with the requirements of the MPRDA. Any failure to comply with the conditions of our mining rights, whether intentional or unintentional, could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition and could result in the cancellation or suspension of our mining rights.
On June 21, 2013, the Minister of Mineral Resources and Energy ("Minister") introduced the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Amendment Bill, 2013 (the “MPRDA Bill”) into Parliament. The South African Department of Mineral Resources (as it then was known, but now is referred to as the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy ("DMRE")) briefed the National Assembly's Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources in July 2013. The MPRDA Bill was passed by both the National Assembly and the NCOP on March 27, 2014. In January 2015, the former President, Jacob Zuma, referred the MPRDA Bill back to Parliament for reconsideration and on November 1, 2016, the Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources tabled non-substantial revisions to the MPRDA Bill in the National Assembly and a slightly revised version of the MPRDA Bill was passed by the National Assembly and referred to the NCOP. On March 3, 2017, the National Assembly passed certain minor amendments to the MPRDA Bill. The National Assembly has referred the MPRDA Bill to the NCOP where the Select Committee has received comments on the draft legislation. The chairperson of the Select Committee had targeted January or February of 2018 to pass the legislation. On February 16, 2018, the President of South Africa, Cyril Ramaphosa, announced that the MPRDA Bill was at an advanced stage in Parliament. However, in August 2018, the Minister announced that, given certain concerns with the MPRDA Bill, his recommendation would be to withdraw it entirely. The South African Cabinet has subsequently supported its withdrawal. While the MPRDA Bill was not formally withdrawn by Parliament, it lapsed on March 28, 2019. Although Parliament has the ability to revive a lapsed Bill, it seems unlikely that it will revive the MPRDA Bill given both the Minister's and Cabinet's support for its withdrawal.
There is a large degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that will be brought about should the MPRDA Bill be revived and made law. Among other things, the MPRDA Bill provides that applicants will no longer be able to rely on the "first come, first served" principle when submitting an application for a right, it seeks to require the consent of the Minister for the transfer of any interest in an unlisted company or any controlling interest in a listed company where such companies hold a prospecting right or mining right and to give the Minister broad discretionary powers to prescribe the levels of minerals required to be offered to domestic beneficiators for beneficiation. We cannot yet determine the full impact that the MPRDA Bill may have on our business and there can be no assurance that such changes will not have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition.
Regulations under the MPRDA

On March 27, 2020 the Minister published for implementation amendments to the regulations promulgated pursuant to the MPRDA in 2004 (the "MPRDA Regulations” and as amended the "Amended Regulations"). The Amended Regulations include the following notable changes:
Mining right applicants must “meaningfully consult” with landowners, lawful occupiers and interested and affected parties in accordance with the procedures contemplated under the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014 (the "EIA Regulations”). The office of the Regional Manager is permitted to participate as an observer in these processes.
Mining right holders must, pursuant to their social and labor plans ("SLPs"), contribute to the socio-economic development in the areas in which they operate and labor sending areas (i.e. a local municipality from which a majority of mineworkers are from time to time permanently resident). This requirement may impose obligations on mining right holder to effect measures in communities that are located far away from the mine and / or could give rise to some social issues.
Although most of the provisions regulating environmental matters have been deleted from the Amended Regulations, those sections dealing with mine closure have been retained but have been amended to state that mine closure must be regulated in terms of the NEMA, the EIA Regulations and the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015. It is anticipated that the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 will be replaced by a revised regulations following further engagement with the mining industry.
The appeal process in the MPRDA Regulations has been replaced with a more comprehensive procedure that includes specific time periods within which appellants, respondents and the competent authority must submit appeals, responses or consider appeals (as the case may be). Although there is no guarantee that the parties will comply with these time periods, the time periods intend to hold the parties accountable and to ensure that appeals are resolved in a timely manner.

Mining Charter
On September 27, 2018, the Minister published the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the Mining and Minerals Industry, 2018 ("Mining Charter III"), on which date it also became effective, as amended by the notice

17


published in the Government Gazette on December 19, 2018 and read with the Implementation Guidelines for the Broad Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the Mining and Minerals Industry, 2018 ("Implementation Guidelines") published on the same date. It replaces, in their entirety, the original Mining Charter negotiated in 2002 and gazetted in 2004 (the "Original Charter") and the "amended" Charter gazetted in September 2010 (the "Amended Charter"). Mining Charter III imposes new obligations and increased participation by HSDAs in relation to a mining company's ownership, procurement of goods and services, enterprise and supplier development, human resource development and employment equity requirements. The first annual reporting for compliance with Mining Charter III was on or before March 31, 2020, although on April 11, 2020, the Minister gazetted Directions under the regulations of the Disaster Management Act as part of the measures to address, prevent and combat the spread of COVID-19, which extended the date for submission of the first annual report to June 1, 2020.
While the HDSA ownership requirement in relation to existing mining rights has not increased (provided that Harmony met the 26 percent requirement under the Amended Charter), Harmony may be required to comply with new HDSA ownership requirements in relation to any renewals, consolidations and transfers of its existing rights and any applications for new mining rights. The increased HDSA requirements in relation to employment equity, procurement of goods and services and enterprise and supplier development may result in additional costs being incurred by Harmony, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
While Mining Charter III was effective from September 27, 2018, many of its provisions are vague and untested despite the publication of the Implementation Guidelines. See Item 4: "Information on the Company - Business Overview - Regulation - Mineral Rights - South Africa - The Mining Charter".
On March 26, 2019, the Minerals Council South Africa (previously the Chamber of Mines) ("MCSA") filed an application for the judicial review and setting aside of certain clauses of Mining Charter III. The MCSA had engaged in ongoing attempts to reach a compromise with the Minister on certain provisions that are problematic for the industry, and which would be detrimental to its sustainability.
The application aligns with the MCSA’s previously stated view that most aspects of Mining Charter III represent a reasonable and workable framework. However, the MCSA’s application contends that Mining Charter III does not fully recognize the continuing consequences of previous empowerment transactions, particularly in relation to mining right renewals and transfers of such rights. In August 2020, the current Minister, Gwede Mantashe, withdrew his notice of appeal to the Supreme Court of Appeal in respect of the declaratory order issued in April 2018 by the High Court of South Africa (Gauteng Division). The declaratory order held that black economic empowerment ("BEE") ownership transactions should continue to be recognized for regulatory certainty purposes and for the duration of the mining right – even where the BEE partner has sold or transferred part of or all its equity. Harmony cannot guarantee that it will meet all the targets set out by Mining Charter III. Should Harmony breach its obligations in complying with the MPRDA or Mining Charter III, its existing mining rights in South Africa could be suspended or canceled by the Minister in accordance with the provisions of the MPRDA. It may also influence our ability to obtain any new mining rights. Any such suspension or cancellation could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Papua New Guinea
In PNG, mining is governed by the PNG Mining Act. All minerals are owned by the PNG Government, which grants rights to explore for or mine such minerals under a concessionary tenement system. Types of tenement include: exploration license; mining lease; special mining lease; alluvial mining lease; lease for mining purpose; and mining easement.
Since 2009, the mining regime in PNG has been the subject of a comprehensive ongoing review involving various PNG Government agencies. The legislation being reviewed includes the PNG Mining Act, PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977 and applicable regulations. PNG mineral policy and mining-specific sector policies including biodiversity offsets, offshore mining policy, sustainable development policy, involuntary relocation policy and mine closure policy.
Over that period, various draft revisions of the PNG Mining Act have been circulated and submitted to the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum for its comments, most recently in 2018 and 2020. The most recent draft revisions include an increase in the royalty rate, changes to the terms of the PNG Government's right to acquire an interest in a mine discovery, the introduction of a development levy and a waste fee, the introduction of an obligation to maintain production at minimum prescribed levels, a prohibition on non-local “Fly-In, Fly-Out” employment practices, and the introduction of downstream processing obligations. If introduced, and applied to Harmony's operations and projects in PNG, the changes will potentially affect those operations and projects and could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
In May 2019, the Honourable James Marape was appointed Prime Minister of PNG following a vote of no confidence in the previous Government. He committed his Government to a review and restructuring of resource laws, signaling the possible introduction of a new mining act and associated mining and related policies intended to increase the PNG Government's benefits share in mining.
On June 26, 2020 a Mining (Amendment) Act was enacted to require the real-time provision of production and mineral sales data of the PNG Government. On July 16, 2020 a proposed Organic Law on Ownership and Development of Hydrocarbons and Minerals and the Commercialization of State Businesses (the "PNG Organic Law") was tabled for reading in Parliament. The PNG Organic Law (if adopted) will materially alter the legislative and regulatory regime governing mining in PNG, including the transfer of ownership of minerals from the State to a State-Owned Entity ("SOE") not subject to the PNG Mining Act or the regulation of the Mineral Resources Authority, and the transformation of the methodology of its participation in mining operations from a concessionary to a production sharing regime. The proposed PNG Organic Law is silent on the form and content of the production sharing regime to be entered into, which arrangements it is envisaged will be negotiated by the SOE on a case by case basis.

18


It is presently uncertain if the PNG Organic Law will be adopted, of (if adopted) whether or how the PNG Organic Law will be applied to Harmony's current operations and projects in PNG. Due to this uncertainty, Harmony is unable to express a view on the likely accounting impact of the changes, save to state that, if the PNG Organic Law is adopted and applied, Harmony's operations and projects in PNG will potentially be affected by the changes, which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
Laws governing health and safety affect our business and could impose significant costs and burdens
In South Africa, the MHSA requires that employers implement various measures to ensure the safety and health of persons working at a mine as far as reasonably practicable. This obligation is extended to any contractor employees that may be working at a mine. These obligations include the identification and assessment of risk, implementation of codes of practice and standards setting out safe work procedures, proper and appropriate training, supervision, medical surveillance and the provision of safe equipment and personal protective equipment. Further, Harmony must ensure compliance with various licenses, permissions or consents that have been issued to it in terms of the various pieces of applicable legislation.
An employer may be subjected to significant penalties and/or administrative fines for non-compliance under the MHSA and other applicable legislation. Depending on the particular circumstances, litigation (criminal and/or civil) may be instituted against the employer in respect of an accident or incident which has resulted in the injury, death or occupational disease contracted by an employee (or contractor employee). In some of the jurisdictions in which Harmony operate, the regulatory authority also issues closure notices for the operation or parts thereof, following the occurrence of an injury or death threat. In the past, certain of our operations have also been temporarily suspended for safety reasons. Such closure notices or suspensions, if of sufficient magnitude, could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
Any further changes to the health and safety laws which increase the burden of compliance on the employer and impose higher penalties for non-compliance may result in Harmony incurring further significant costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, our reputation could be damaged by any significant governmental investigation or enforcement of health and safety laws, regulations or standards, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
In PNG, the safety of employees and contractors at Harmony’s mining operations is regulated by the PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977 and the Regulations issued thereunder. In terms of section 6(1)(e)(i) of the Act, the inspector has the power to order the cessation of any part of the operations for such (unlimited) time as he or she considers may be necessary to satisfy the safety provisions of the Act. Such order for cessation can often result in lower or a total stoppage of production resulting in significant financial losses during the cessation.
The mining regime in PNG is the subject of comprehensive ongoing review, including the Mining (Safety) Act and Regulations. Harmony's operations and projects in PNG may be affected by changes to PNG mining safety regime, and the company continues to engage with the PNG Government and relevant regulators on these matters through the offices of the Chamber of Mines and Petroleum, and directly with the PNG Mineral Resources Authority ("MRA") and the Chief Inspector of Mines.
We are subject to extensive environmental regulations
As a gold mining company, Harmony is subject to extensive environmental regulation. We expect the trend of rising production costs due to compliance with South African and PNG environmental laws and regulations to continue.
South Africa
In South Africa, the MPRDA and the National Environmental Management Act, 107 of 1998 (the “NEMA”), along with various other environmental statutes, regulations and standards regulate the impact of the Company’s prospecting and mining operations on the environment. These statutes, regulations and standards are regularly updated, amended and supplemented, imposing additional obligations on mining companies to, among other things, minimize emissions, reduce, re-use and recycle waste and improve the quality of effluent and wastewater discharged from the operations.
Under the MPRDA, a mining holder remains responsible for any environmental liability, pollution, ecological degradation, the pumping and treatment of extraneous water and the sustainable closure of mining operations until such time as the Minister issues a closure certificate. Notwithstanding this, the NEMA states that a mining right holder will remain responsible for these obligations even after a closure certificate is issued.
In South Africa, until such time as a closure certificate is issued, a mining right holder is required to assess annually the environmental liabilities associated with the mining operation (including the pumping and treatment of extraneous water) and put up financial provision for the rehabilitation, closure and ongoing post decommissioning management of negative environmental impacts. This financial provision may be released when the Minister issues a closure certificate. However, he or she may retain a portion of the financial provision in perpetuity for any residual and latent environmental liabilities.
The manner in which the amount of the financial provision is calculated will be regulated under the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015. Prior to this, the amount of financial provision has been calculated pursuant to the DMRE's Guideline Document for the Evaluation of the Quantum of Closure-related Financial Provision Provided by a Mine (the “DMRE Guidelines”). The DMRE Guidelines were criticized for undervaluing the costs of environmental rehabilitation thus exposing the DMRE to potential liability in the event that the mining right holder was unable to fulfill its environmental obligations. The proposed Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 place an emphasis on post-closure water pumping and treatment and the need for upfront provision to be set aside for the management of these types of impacts.
The Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 sought to rectify this deficiency by, among other things, including preliminary and general costs in the financial provision calculations, imposing VAT (at 15%) on the total amount, prohibiting the

19


withdrawal of trust funds for concurrent rehabilitation (even in circumstances where the financial provision exceeds the evaluated environmental liability) and ceding a portion of the funds the Minister as security for possible latent and residual post-closure environmental impacts.
Compliance with these obligations would result in a significant increase in the required financial provision and, consequently has been strongly opposed by the mining industry. In response to this opposition, the Department of Environment, Forestry and Fisheries (the competent authority for drafting the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015) ("DEFF") undertook to engage further with mining industry and other stakeholders to amend or develop new financial provision regulations. In light of this on-going consultation, the date by which mining companies are required to align their financial provision with the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 has been extended on three occasions. The most recent extension is until June 2021. As revised draft regulations have not been published in the last year, it is possible that the June 2021 date may be extended further. However, even if new regulations are finalized before that date, it is likely that the financial provision calculation will be more stringent than the calculations under the DMRE Guidelines and the Company will be required to increase its financial provision.
In addition, the Company may also face increased environmental costs should other mines in the vicinity fail to meet their obligations on the pumping or treatment of water. The Company believes that it will realize an additional liability of R37 million for the final closure solution to close the KOSH basin safely and sustainably.
The adoption of these or additional or more comprehensive and stringent requirements, particularly for the management of hazardous waste, pollution of ground and groundwater systems and duty to rehabilitate closed mines, may result in additional costs and liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
Harmony continues to engage with DEFF and the DMRE regarding matters relating to financial provision including the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015, as well as the adjustment of financial provision in respect of the mining operations. There is concern about the ambiguity of the provisions and how they can be operationalized with the prescribed transitional time frames, which may result in misinterpretation, mis-application and potential disputes with DEFF any of which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition. See note 25 "Provision for environmental rehabilitation" to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
Papua New Guinea
Harmony’s PNG operations are subject to the PNG Environment Act 2000, which governs the environmental permitting and regulatory aspects of mining projects. An environmental impact statement is required when projects are likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment. This statement must be lodged with the PNG Conservation and Environment Protection Authority where, for large projects, it may be forwarded to the PNG Environment Council for review. Public consultation is an integral part of this review.
Compliance with existing or new environmental legislation, which increases the burden of compliance or the penalties for non-compliance may cause Harmony to incur further significant costs and could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
A process of legislative review is underway and a number of environmental matters are under consideration. These include a Mine Closure Policy, which contains a mechanism for the provision of financial assurance for mine closure and rehabilitation costs; a Biodiversity Offsets Policy, which includes a mechanism for biodiversity offsets payments to support biodiversity initiatives; and a National Oceans Policy, which considers issues associated with offshore mining and extractive industries and deep sea tailings placement.
Harmony's operations and projects in PNG will be affected by changes to PNG environmental laws, and the company continues to engage with the PNG Government and relevant regulators on these matters through the offices of the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum, and directly with the Conservation and Environment Protection Authority, any of which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship on pages 121 to 138 for further discussion on the applicable legislation and our policies on environmental matters.
We face public scrutiny and are under pressure to demonstrate that we pursue sustainable development that benefits the communities and countries in which they operate
As a result of public concern about the perceived ill effects of economic globalization, businesses in general and large international companies such as Harmony, in particular, face increasing public scrutiny of their activities.
Like other mining companies, Harmony is under pressure to demonstrate that while it seeks a satisfactory return on investment for shareholders, other stakeholders including employees, communities surrounding the operations and the countries in which they operate, also benefit from their commercial activities. Such pressures tend to be particularly focused on companies whose activities are perceived to have a high impact on their social and physical environment. The potential consequences of these pressures include reputational damage, legal suits and social spending obligations and investor withdrawal.
Existing and proposed mining operations are often located at or near existing towns and villages, natural water courses and other infrastructure. Mining operations must therefore be designed to mitigate and/or manage their impact on such communities and the environment. As the impacts of dust generation, waste storage, water quality or shortages may be immediate and directly adverse to those communities, poor environmental management practices, or, in particular, adverse changes in the supply or quality of water can result in community protest, regulatory sanctions or ultimately in the withdrawal

20


of community and government support for company operations. Mining operations must therefore be designed to minimize their impact on such communities and the environment, including by changing mining plans, by modifying operations or by relocating the affected people to an agreed location. Responsive measures may also include restoration of the livelihoods of those impacted. In addition, we are obliged to comply with the terms and conditions of all the mining rights we hold.
At our PNG operations, we are required under the PNG Mining Act and PNG Environment Act 2000 to pay landowners regulated levels of compensation for any loss or damage sustained by them arising from our exploration or mining activities. In addition, under a negotiated Memorandum of Agreement ("MOA") with the national and provincial government and landowner organizations in 2005, an agreed share of the royalties paid by us to the PNG Government in respect of our mining operation is allocated among local government and landowner groups. Also, the MOA contains agreed national content, localization and social performance plans, which address various aspects of procurement, business development, employment and training and other community support.
Delays in projects attributable to a lack of community support or community-related disruptions or delays can translate directly into a decrease in the value of a project or into an inability to bring the project to, or maintain, production. The cost of implementing these and other measures to support sustainable development could increase capital expenditure and operating costs and therefore adversely impact Harmony’s reputation, business, operational results and financial condition.
Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate change may present physical risks to our operations
Climate change is expected to have financial and operational impacts on the Company. Increased global awareness that greenhouse gases (“GHG”) contribute to climate change has resulted in legislative mechanisms obliging companies to report GHG emissions and implement measures to reduce GHG emissions, and imposing penalties or taxes on GHG emissions. The manner in which these legislative mechanisms will affect the Company are set out in more detail below.
In addition, the Company’s operations could be exposed to a number of physical risks from climate change, such as changes in rainfall rates, rising sea levels, reduced water availability, higher temperatures and extreme weather events. Events or conditions such as flooding or inadequate water supplies could disrupt the Company’s mining and transport operations, mineral processing and rehabilitation efforts, create resource or energy shortages, damage property or equipment and increase health and safety risks. Such events or conditions could have other adverse effects on our workforce and on the communities around our mines, such as an increased risk of food insecurity, water scarcity and prevalence of disease, all of which could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s operations, financial condition and reputation.
Reporting GHG Emissions
In South Africa, the National Greenhouse Gas Emission Reporting Regulations require that the Company register its operations that involve fuel combustion activities associated with mining and quarrying in excess of 10MW(th) and certain other activities associated with the mineral industry. The Company must report its GHG emissions and activity data in respect of these operations in accordance with the Technical Guidelines for Monitoring, Reporting and Verification of Greenhouse Gas Emissions by Industry for each of the relevant GHGs and the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, or IPCC, emission sources by March 31st of each year.
Reduction in GHG
GHGs are emitted directly by Harmony’s operations and indirectly as a result of consuming electricity generated by external utilities. Emissions from electricity consumption are indirectly attributable to Harmony’s operations.
A number of international measures seeking to mitigate or limit GHG emissions have been ratified by South Africa and PNG, including the Paris Agreement, a treaty negotiated at the Conference of the Parties of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change in Paris in December 2015 (the "Paris Agreement"), pursuant to which member countries set out the manner and period in which they plan to reduce emissions. This commitment or “nationally-determined contribution” is informed by each member countries’ circumstances.
Pursuant to South Africa’s nationally-determined contribution, GHG emissions will peak in 2020 to 2025, plateau from 2025 to 2035 and decline from 2036 onwards.
PNG’s GHG emissions have historically been negligible. However, according to PNG’s nationally-determined contribution, economic development in PNG will see an increased reliance on fuel. The PNG Government therefore plans to reduce fossil fuel emissions in the electricity generation sector and transition to 100% renewable energy by 2030, provided that funding is available.
The Carbon Tax Act, 15 of 2019 (the “Carbon Tax Act”) was enacted to assist South Africa in meeting its objectives under its nationally-determined contribution.
The Carbon Tax Act came into effect on June 1, 2019 notwithstanding that the regulations required for implementation had not then been promulgated. Pursuant to the Carbon Tax Act, a party is liable to pay a carbon tax if it conducts an activity in South Africa resulting in GHG emissions above the threshold set out in Schedule 2 to the Carbon Tax Act. The tax is charged at a rate of R120 per tonne of GHG emissions generated by burning fossil fuels, unintentionally emitting GHGs during the extraction, processing, delivery and burning of fossil fuels for energy production, including from industrial plant and pipelines, and conducting manufacturing processes that chemically and physically transform materials.
The tonnage of GHG in respect of these activities is determined by multiplying GHG emission factors contained in the Schedules to the Carbon Tax Act by the mass of fossil fuels or raw materials used or product produced, as the case may be. Until December 31, 2022 the tax rate will be increased annually by the consumer price inflation ("CPI") plus 2%. Thereafter, the rate will increase annually by CPI.

21


In order to reduce the significant tax that results by multiplying the total tonnage of GHG by R120, the Carbon Tax Act makes provision for various "allowances" which could result in a decrease of the carbon tax payable by up to 95%. These allowances include:
allowance for fossil fuel combustion;
allowance for industrial process emissions;
allowance in respect of fugitive emissions;
a trade exposure allowance;
a performance allowance;
a carbon budget allowance; and
an offset allowance.
These allowances reduce the effective carbon tax rate to between R6 and R48 per tonne of GHG.
Pursuant to section 19 of the Carbon Tax Act, the Minister of Finance must make regulations regarding:
the sub-sector GHG emissions intensity benchmark required in order to calculate the performance allowance;
the manner in which the trade exposure allowance must be determined; and
carbon offsets.
To date, only the carbon offset regulations have been promulgated. The intensity benchmark regulations and trade exposure regulations are still only in draft form. In respect of carbon budgets, the South African government has undertaken to consult with industry to ensure an “optimal combination” of mitigation actions that strike a balance between South Africa’s socio-economic imperatives, especially creating and preserving jobs, as well as the need to manage climate change impacts and contribute to global efforts to stabilize GHG concentrations. The carbon budgeting system under the Carbon Tax Act and the proposed Climate Change Bill published by DEFF on June 8, 2018 (the "2018 Climate Change Bill"), however, are at odds with one another and will need to be resolved before the 2018 Climate Change Bill is finalized.
The first carbon tax payment for the period from June 1, 2019 to December 31, 2019 was originally due on July 31, 2020, but has been extended to October 31, 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.
Harmony’s tax liability due to the carbon tax has been provisionally estimated. However, at this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate impact of the Carbon Tax Act on the Company. Nevertheless, the Company has set its internal carbon price (for the South African operations) to match that of the carbon tax. The Company may also be liable for potential pass through costs from its suppliers in the short term from increased fuel prices. The carbon tax on liquid fuels will be imposed at the source. It is estimated that the increased fuel price would be R0.13/liter. This will have an impact on the Company’s operational expenses.
Currently, the carbon tax poses a relatively low cost to the Company until December 31, 2022 after which it is anticipated that the “allowances” discussed above will be reduced and the tax increased. It is also anticipated that carbon taxes will be imposed on electricity usage generated from fossil fuels. The impact of the carbon tax on the Company arising from electricity usage after December 31, 2022 is currently unknown but it is anticipated that it may be between R100 million to R500 million per year from fiscal year 2023 to fiscal year 2030.
The largest portion of GHG emissions is predominantly electricity-related, with electricity expenditure amounting to approximately 15% of the Company’s cash costs in South Africa. While cost management is clearly a strategic issue for the Company, of even greater importance is that energy supply be constant and reliable, given the implications of loss of energy on both production and health and safety. Additional taxes on energy will affect the Company significantly as will regulation that stipulates may include, among others, emission measurement and reduction, audit processes and human resource costs.
Assessments of the potential impact of future climate change regulation are still uncertain, given the wide scope of potential regulatory change in South Africa. Such regulatory initiatives and related costs could have a material adverse effect on the business, operating results and financial condition.
Climate Change legislation and policy
As mentioned above, DEFF published the 2018 Climate Change Bill for public consultation in response to the international commitments made under the Paris Agreement. It aims to address climate change in the long-term by aiming for a climate resilient and low carbon economy in South Africa. Following substantial comments, the 2018 Climate Change Bill is being revised. It is unclear when a new draft will be made available.
PNG’s national Office of Climate Change and Environmental Sustainability is studying the potential for future economic growth to be driven by renewable energy. PNG has adopted a climate change policy but implementation actions to date have been very limited. The implications of the climate change policy on the Company's operations in PNG have not yet been established and while they are not expected to have significant impacts in the near term, there can be no assurance that they will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138 for disclosure regarding our GHG emissions.

22


Our operations in South Africa are subject to water use licenses, which could impose significant costs
Under the South African National Water Act, 36 of 1998 (“NWA”), a person may only undertake a "water use" subject to a water use license (and the conditions contained therein) issued under the NWA, a general authorization issued by the Minister of Water and Sanitation or in terms of a prior existing water use, such as a water permit issued under the NWA’s predecessor, Water Act, 54 of 1954 ("Water Act"). Persons undertaking water use under a general authorization or prior existing water use are required to register this use with the Department of Water and Sanitation and are required to comply with the conditions contained in the published general authorization or any conditions contained in any prior existing water use (to the extent there are any).
Our South African operations are predominantly regulated under water permits issued pursuant to the Water Act, with some having been converted to water use licenses under the NWA. Notwithstanding this, the South African operations have elected to convert all prior existing water uses into water use licenses under the NWA to ensure these operations act in accordance with current best practice and water quality standards. Submissions were made as early as 2003 and Harmony has been working closely with the regional directors in the review process.
Some operations have received draft licenses for review and comment before finalization by the regional directors at the Department of Water and Sanitation. Kusasalethu and Kalgold received their final water use licenses. These licenses, however, contain conditions that are impossible to meet and, as a result, we have applied to amend the relevant conditions.
In future, when new water licenses are issued, the Company may need to implement alternate water management measures that may require significant cost implication for our business. We intend to work collaboratively with the regional departments and catchment management agencies to reach a sustainable outcome for both the Company and the water resource.
Failing to comply with the conditions of a water use license may result in the competent authority issuing a compliance notice or directive to the Company instructing it to take measures to correct the non-compliance and, in some instances, to cease operations pending the resolution of the non-compliance. In addition, failing to comply with a water use license is an offense that may result in prosecution. If the Company is successfully prosecuted, the court may impose fines, damages, director and employee liability and imprisonment.
Any of these could have a material effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition to the licensing requirements mentioned above, the NWA imposes a duty of care on the Company to take reasonable measures to prevent pollution or contamination of water resources. The nature and extent of the reasonable measures will depend on the circumstances of each case. If the Company fails to implement the measures required of it, a directive may be issued by the competent authority instructing the Company to implement certain measures within a prescribed period. Failing to comply with a directive is an offense and may result in prosecution and the penalties contemplated above. In addition, the competent authority could implement the necessary measures and recoup the costs from the Company.
There is a possibility of the South African National Treasury and Department of Water and Sanitation instituting an environmental levy for the management of acid mine drainage (“AMD”) in future. AMD is a common occurrence on the gold mines of the Witwatersrand Basin. AMD is caused by the exposure of sulfide-rich ore to oxygen and water during the processes of mining, crushing, mineral recovery, and storage of the various waste streams. Any such environmental levy could have a material effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the occurrence of AMD at any of Harmony’s mines could affect its ability to comply with its water use license requirements.
Obligations in respect of the pumping and treatment of extraneous water must also be addressed in connection with the Company’s final closure plans for each of its operations and the Company is responsible for these liabilities until a closure certificate is issued pursuant to the MPRDA and possibly thereafter under the NEMA. This liability is discussed in more details in Item 4: "Regulation - Law and Regulations Pertaining to Environmental Protections in South Africa - NEMA”.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138.
We may have exposure to rehabilitate potential groundwater pollution, which may include salination, and radiation contamination that may exist where we have operated or continue to operate; implementation of the financial provision regulations may require us to include provision in our financial statements for rehabilitation
Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations at Doornkop, Kusasalethu and Moab Khotsong, any proposed solution for potential flooding and decant risk posed by deep groundwater needs to comprise a regional solution supported by all mines located in the goldfields and the government in the event of legacy issues. As a result, the DMRE and affected mining companies are involved in developing a regional mine closure strategy. In view of limited current information, no reliable estimate can be made for any possible obligations or liabilities for Harmony, which could be material and have an adverse impact on Harmony’s financial condition.
See above under "We are subject to extensive environmental regulations".
Harmony is implementing the following steps to ensure that funds are available to top up its financial provision, if necessary:
facilitating concurrent rehabilitation;
re-purposing infrastructure; and
accelerated mine closure rehabilitation where operations have reached the end of its geological life.

23


Should the regulator require the financial provision regulations be implemented in 2021 and/or should the financial provision regulations, as they may be amended, remain onerous, MCSA has indicated that it will exercise its legal options on these regulations on behalf of the mining industry.
Currently, no provision for any potential liability has been made in our financial statements under the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015. If provision needs to be made, and is substantial, this could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138.
The use of contractors at certain of Harmony's operations may expose Harmony to delays or suspensions in mining activities and increases in mining costs
Harmony uses contractors at certain of its operations to mine and deliver ore to processing plants as well as for other purposes. At mines employing mining contractors, contracting costs represent a significant proportion of the total operating costs of these operations and the Company does not own all of the mining equipment.
Harmony’s operations could be disrupted, resulting in additional costs and liabilities, if the mining contractors at affected mines have financial difficulties, if a dispute arises in renegotiating a contract, or if there is a delay in replacing an existing contractor and its operating equipment to meet business needs at expected cost levels. Increases in contract mining rates, in the absence of associated productivity increases, will also have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, Harmony’s reduced control over those aspects of operations which are the responsibility of contractors, their failure to comply with applicable legal, human rights and regulatory requirements, or their inability to manage their workforce or provide high quality services or a high level of productivity could adversely affect Harmony’s reputation, results of operations and financial condition, and may result in the Company incurring liability to third parties due to the actions of contractors, which could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
Our jointly-controlled assets may not comply with our standards
Harmony does not have full management control over some of its assets, which are controlled and managed by joint operation participants in accordance with the provisions of their joint arrangements. The control environment of these assets may not align with our management and operating standards, controls and procedures. Failure to adopt equivalent standards, controls and procedures could lead to higher costs and reduced production, which could adversely affect our results of operations and reputation.
Harmony is subject to the risk of litigation, the causes and costs of which are not always known
Harmony is subject to litigation, arbitration and other legal proceedings arising in the normal course of business and may be involved in disputes that may result in litigation. The causes of potential future litigation cannot be known and may arise from, among other things, business activities, environmental and health and safety concerns, share price volatility or failure to comply with disclosure obligations. The results of litigation cannot be predicted with certainty but could include costly damage awards or settlements, fines, and the loss of licenses, concessions, or rights, among other things.
In the event of a dispute, Harmony may be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of foreign courts or may not be successful in subjecting foreign persons to the jurisdiction of courts in South Africa. An adverse or arbitrary decision of a foreign court could have a material adverse impact on Harmony's financial performance, cash flow and results of operations.
Harmony is subject to numerous claims, including class actions or similar group claims relating to silicosis and other occupational health diseases, and could be subject to similar claims in the future. A settlement in the silicosis class action claims has been reached and a provision for silicosis has been made. A provision of R892 million has been recognized at June 30, 2020 for Harmony’s potential cost to settle the silicosis and TB class actions that have been instituted against it in South Africa. Significant judgment was applied in estimating the costs that will be incurred to settle the silicosis class action claims and related expenditure and the final costs may differ from current cost estimates. Management believes the assumptions are appropriate, however changes in the assumptions may materially affect the provision and final costs of settlement. There can be no assurance that the ultimate resolution of this matter will not result in losses in excess of the recorded provision and the ultimate settlement may have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s financial position. For further information, see Item 8: "Financial Information - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information - Legal Proceedings" and "Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health" on pages 41 to 58 for further information. See note 26 "Provision for silicosis settlement" to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
It is possible that additional class actions and/or individual claims relating to silicosis and/or other occupational health diseases will be filed against Harmony in the future. Harmony will defend all and any subsequent claims as filed on their merits. Should Harmony be unsuccessful in defending any such claims, or in otherwise favorably resolving perceived deficiencies in the national occupational disease compensation framework that were identified in the earlier decision by the Constitutional Court, such matters would have an adverse effect on its financial position, which could be material.
Should Harmony be unable to resolve disputes favorably or to enforce its rights, this may have a material adverse impact on our financial performance, cash flow and results of operations.

24


Breaches in our information technology security processes and violations of data protection laws may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities (national and international)
Harmony maintains global information technology (“IT”) and communication networks and applications to support our business activities. Our extensive IT infrastructure and network may experience service outages that may adversely impact the conduct of our business activities. This includes potential cybercrime and disruptive technologies. Harmony's vulnerability to such cyber-attacks could also be increased due to a significant proportion of its employees working remotely during the course of the COVID-19 pandemic. The information security management system, or ISMS, protecting Harmony’s IT infrastructure and network may not prevent future malicious action, including denial-of-service attacks, or fraud by individuals, groups or organizations resulting in the corruption of operating systems, theft of commercially sensitive data, including commercial price outlooks, mergers and acquisitions and divestment transactions, misappropriation of funds and disruptions to our business operations, the occurrence of any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The interpretation and application of consumer and data protection laws in South Africa, the United States and elsewhere are ambiguous and evolving. It is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with Harmony’s data practices. Complying with these various laws is difficult and could cause the company to incur substantial costs or require it to change its business practices in a manner adverse to its business.
It was announced that South Africa’s comprehensive privacy law known as the Protection of Personal Information Act, 4 of 2013 (the “POPIA”) has become effective on July 1, 2020. All processing of personal information must conform with the POPIA’s provisions within one year after its commencement - organizations have a 12-month period to be POPIA-compliant by July 1, 2021. Failure to comply with POPIA may lead to penalties and fines between R1 million - R10 million.
On May 25, 2018 the General Data Protection Regulation ("GDPR") came into force. The GDPR is an EU-wide framework for the protection of personal data of EU based individuals. The GDPR enhances existing legal requirements through several new rules, including stronger rights for data subjects and mandatory data breach notification requirements, and increases penalties for non-compliance. Failure to comply with the GDPR may lead to a fine of up to four percent of a company’s worldwide turnover or up to €20 million.
The failure of a tailings storage facility could negatively impact Harmony’s business, reputation, operating results and financial condition
Mining companies face inherent risks in their operation of tailings storage facilities. Tailings storage facilities are engineered structures built for the containment of the uneconomical milled ore residue and water, known as tailings. The use of tailings storage facilities exposes Harmony to certain risks, including the failure of a tailings dam due to events such as high rainfall, overtopping of the dam, piping or seepage failures. The potential occurrence of a dam failure at one of Harmony's tailings storage facilities could lead to the loss of human life and extensive property and environmental damage.
Harmony maintains measures to manage its dams' safety, including compliance with the International Council on Mining and Metals’ Tailings Governance Position Statement, Harmony's Code of Practice and undertakes routine reviews by independent consulting companies. Although Harmony has a tailings storage facility management system, the effectiveness of its designs, construction quality or regular monitoring cannot be guaranteed throughout its operations and it cannot be guaranteed that these measures will prevent the failure of one or more of its tailings dams or that such potential failure will be detected in advance. In addition, although Harmony generally requires its partners to maintain such systems, we cannot guarantee that our partners maintain similar safety precautions or monitoring systems on their tailings storage facilities. There is no assurance that any safety measures implemented will prevent the failure of any tailings storage facility.
The failure of a tailings storage facility will lead to multiple legal proceedings and investigations, which could include securities class actions, criminal proceedings and public civil actions (against Harmony or individuals) for significant amounts of damages. Furthermore, the elimination of the "conventional" practice of storing wet tailings (e.g. alternatively filtering, "dry" stacking and compacting the tailings) could require the research and development of new technologies, which could lead to additional large expenditures. As a result of the dam failure in Brazil in 2015 and 2019, and Canada in 2014 (neither of which are associated with Harmony) or as a result of future dam failures, additional environmental and health and safety laws and regulations may be forthcoming globally, including in jurisdictions where Harmony operates, which may ban the storage of wet tailings completely. In addition, changes in laws and regulations may impose more stringent conditions in connection with the construction of tailings dams, particularly with respect to upstream tailings dams which could also be made illegal, the licensing process of projects and operations and increased criminal and civil liability for companies, officers and contractors.
Furthermore, the unexpected failure of a dam at a tailings storage facility could lead to the need for a large expenditure on contingencies and on recovering the regions and people affected, extensive and permanent environmental damage and the payment of penalties, fines or other money damages. The occurrence of any of such risks could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition. More information about Harmony's management of tailings and waste generally may be found at https://www.harmony.co.za/responsibility/environment/tailings-management.
The upgrade of an integrated Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) system and Human Resources (HR) system could have an adverse effect on Harmony’s results of operations and financial condition
The upgrade and operation of an ERP system as well as the upgrade of the HR system are inherently high-risk initiatives due to the potential for cost and time overruns. In addition, if Harmony experiences difficulties with the upgrade and operation of the systems, the company’s ability to pay its employees and to report and manage technical and financial information could be compromised, which could have an adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition. Harmony is currently in the project initiation phase with go-live planned towards the end of the 2022 calendar year.

25


Compliance with new and changing corporate governance and public disclosure requirements adds uncertainty to our compliance policies and increases our costs of compliance
Laws, regulations and standards relating to accounting, corporate governance and public disclosure, “conflict minerals” and “responsible” gold, new SEC regulations and other listing regulations applicable to us are subject to change and can create uncertainty for companies like us. New or changed laws, regulations and standards could lack specificity or be subject to varying interpretations. Their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty on compliance matters and higher costs of compliance as a result of ongoing revisions to such governance standards.
In terms of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. The report in this annual report contains, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the end of the fiscal year, including a statement as to whether or not our internal controls over financial reporting are effective. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The requirement to evaluate and report on our internal controls also applies to companies that we may acquire and therefore, this assessment may be complicated by any future acquisitions. While we continue to dedicate resources and management time to ensuring that we have effective controls over financial reporting, failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on the market’s perception of our business and our stock price. See Item 15: “Controls and Procedures” for management’s assessment as of June 30, 2020. In addition to management’s assessment of internal controls over financial reporting, we are required to have our independent registered public accounting firm publicly disclose their conclusions regarding the effectiveness of Harmony’s internal controls over financial reporting.
We are committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards in this regard have resulted in, and are likely to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Failure to comply with laws, regulations, standards, contractual obligations whether following a breach or breaches in governance processes or fraud, bribery and corruption may lead to regulatory penalties, loss of licenses or permits, negative effects on our reported financial results, and adversely affect our reputation
Harmony operates in multiple jurisdictions, including those with less developed political and regulatory environments, and within numerous and complex frameworks. Our governance and compliance processes may not prevent potential breaches of law, accounting principles or other governance practices.
Harmony’s Code of Conduct and Behavioral Code, among other policies, standards and guidance, and training thereon may not prevent instances of unethical or unlawful behavior, including bribery or corruption, nor do they guarantee compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and breaches may not be detected by management.
Sanctions for failure by the Company or others acting on its behalf to comply with these laws, regulations, standards and contractual obligations could include fines, penalties, imprisonment of officers, litigation, and loss of operating licenses or permits, suspensions of operations, negative effects on Harmony’s reported financial results and may damage the Company’s reputation. Such sanctions could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Compliance with "conflict minerals" and "responsible" legislation and standards could result in significant costs
Stringent standards relating to "conflict minerals" and "responsible" gold that include the US Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, EU Regulation 2017/821 on supply chain due diligence obligations for self-certification for EU importers of gold originating from conflict-affected and high-risk areas, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development Due Diligence Guidelines for Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected and High-Risk Areas, the World Gold Council Conflict Free Gold Standard and the London Bullion Market Association Responsible Gold Guidance have been introduced.
Any such legislation and standards may result in significant costs to ensure and demonstrate compliance (particularly where standards change rapidly or lack certainty due to court challenges), and may complicate the sale of gold emanating from certain areas. The complexities of the gold supply chain, especially as they relate to "scrap" or recycled gold, and the fragmented and often unregulated supply of artisanal and small-scale mined gold are such that there may be significant uncertainties at each stage in the chain as to the provenance of the gold. As a result of the uncertainties in the process, the costs of due diligence and audit, or the reputational risks of defining their product or a constituent part as containing a "conflict mineral" may be too burdensome for the company’s customers. Accordingly, manufacturers may decide to switch supply sources or to substitute gold with other minerals not covered by the initiatives. This could have a material negative impact on the gold industry, including on our results of operations and financial condition.
Investors in the United States may have difficulty bringing actions, and enforcing judgments, against us, our directors and our executive officers based on the civil liabilities provisions of the federal securities laws or other laws of the United States or any state thereof
We are incorporated in South Africa. Each of our directors and executive officers (and our independent registered public accounting firm) resides outside the United States. Substantially all of the assets of these persons and substantially all our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to enforce a judgment against these persons or ourselves obtained in a court of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities or other laws of the United States or any state thereof. A foreign judgment is not directly enforceable in South Africa, but constitutes a cause of action which may be enforced by South African courts provided that:

26


the court that pronounced the judgment had jurisdiction to entertain the case according to the principles recognized by South African law with reference to the jurisdiction of foreign courts;
the judgment is final and conclusive;
the judgment has not lapsed;
the recognition and enforcement of the judgment by South African courts would not be contrary to public policy, including observance of the rules of natural justice which require that the documents initiating the United States proceeding were properly served on the defendant and that the defendant was given the right to be heard and represented by counsel in a free and fair trial before an impartial tribunal;
the judgment does not involve the enforcement of a penal or revenue law; and
the enforcement of the judgment is not otherwise precluded by the provisions of the Protection of Business Act 99 of 1978, as amended, of the Republic of South Africa.
Investors may face liquidity risk in trading our ordinary shares on the JSE Limited
The primary listing of our ordinary shares is on the JSE Limited. Historically, the trading volumes and liquidity of shares listed on the JSE have been low relative to other major markets. The ability of a holder to sell a substantial number of our ordinary shares on the JSE in a timely manner, especially in a large block trade, may be restricted by this limited liquidity. See Item 9: “The Offer and Listing - Markets - The Securities Exchange in South Africa.
Sales of large quantities of our ordinary shares and ADSs, or the perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of such securities
The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could fall if large quantities of ordinary shares or ADSs are sold in the public market, or there is a perception in the marketplace that such sales could occur. Subject to applicable securities laws, holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may decide to sell them at any time. The market price of our ordinary shares or ADSs could also fall as a result of any future offerings it makes of ordinary shares, ADSs or securities exchangeable or exercisable for its ordinary shares or ADSs, or the perception in the marketplace that these sales might occur. We may make such offerings of additional ADS rights, letters of allocation or similar securities from time to time in the future.
Shareholders outside South Africa may not be able to participate in future issues of securities (including ordinary shares) carried out by or on behalf of Harmony
Securities laws of certain jurisdictions may restrict Harmony’s ability to allow participation by certain shareholders in future issues of securities (including ordinary shares) carried out by or on behalf of Harmony. In particular, holders of Harmony securities who are located in the United States (including those who hold ordinary shares or ADSs) may not be able to participate in securities offerings by or on behalf of Harmony unless a registration statement under the Securities Act is effective with respect to such securities or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. Securities laws of certain other jurisdictions may also restrict Harmony’s ability to allow the participation of all holders in such jurisdictions in future issues of securities carried out by Harmony. Holders who have a registered address or are resident in, or who are citizens of, countries other than South Africa should consult their professional advisors as to whether they require any governmental or other consents or approvals or need to observe any other formalities to enable them to participate in any offering of Harmony securities.
US securities laws do not require Harmony to disclose as much information to investors as a US issuer is required to disclose, and investors may receive less information about the company than they might otherwise receive from a comparable US company
Harmony is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the SEC and the NYSE that apply to "foreign private issuers". The periodic disclosure required of foreign private issuers under applicable rules is more limited than the periodic disclosure required of US issuers. Investors may receive less timely financial reports than they otherwise might receive from a comparable US company or from certain of the Company’s peers in the industry. This may have an adverse impact on investors’ abilities to make decisions about their investment in Harmony.
As we have a significant number of shares that may be issued in terms of the employee share schemes, our ordinary shares are subject to dilution
We have an active employee share plan that came into effect in 2006. Our shareholders have authorized up to 60,011,669 of the issued share capital to be used for this plan. We have recently approved a Deferred Share Plan as part of our new Total Incentive Plan that came into effect in 2020. Our shareholders have authorized up to 25,000,000 shares of the issued share capital to be used for this plan.
As a result, shareholders’ equity interests in us are subject to dilution to the extent of the potential future exercises of the options through these share plans.
We may not pay dividends or make similar payments to our shareholders in the future
Harmony’s dividend policy is to pay cash dividends only if funds are available for that purpose. Whether funds are available depends on a variety of factors, including the amount of cash available, our capital expenditures and other current or future anticipated cash requirements existing at the time. Under South African law, we are only entitled to pay a dividend or similar payment to shareholders if we meet the solvency and liquidity tests set out in the Companies Act 71 of 2008 (as amended) including its Regulations (the “Companies Act”) and our current Memorandum of Incorporation. Cash dividends or other similar payments may not be paid in the future.

27


On April 1, 2012, a dividends tax (“Dividends Tax”) was introduced at a rate of 15% (increased to 20% effective from February 22, 2017) on dividends declared by South African companies to beneficial shareholders borne by the shareholder receiving the dividend. This replaced Secondary Tax on Companies. Although the substitution of Secondary Tax on Companies with Dividends Tax may reduce the tax payable on our South African operations, thereby increasing distributable earnings, the withholding tax will generally reduce the amount of dividends or other distributions received by shareholders.
In addition, Harmony’s foreign shareholders face investment risk from currency exchange rate fluctuations affecting the market value of any dividends or distributions paid by the Company.

ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A. HISTORY AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE COMPANY
The information set forth under the headings:
“-About this report” on page 4;
“-Corporate profile” on page 6;
“-Business model - how we create value” on page 8;
“-Delivering on our strategy” on page 11;
“-Our business context” on page 25;
“-Delivering profitable ounces - Operational performance” on pages 72 to 103; and
“-Delivering profitable ounces - Exploration and projects” on pages 104 to 107;
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 20 “Investments in Associates” and note 21 “Investment in Joint Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
In the 2020 fiscal year, we did not receive any public takeover offers by third parties or make any public takeover offers in respect of other companies’ shares.
The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (www.sec.gov). As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act that prescribe the furnishing and content of proxy statements to shareholders. Our corporate website is www.harmony.co.za.
Recent Developments
Developments since June 30, 2020
On July 2, 2020 a payment of US$20 million (R340 million) was made on the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility.
On July 6, 2020 a payment of R300 million was made on the R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving facility.
On July 6, 2020 Harmony canceled the US$200 million bridge loan facility it had entered into with a syndicate of lenders on June 16, 2020. No draw-down had been made on the facility at the time of its cancellation.
On July 8, 2020 a payment of US$20 million (R339 million) was made on the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility.
During July 2020, the initial three year term of the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility was extended by one year.
On September 14, 2020, the last condition precedent for the Mponeng Acquisition was fulfilled and closing of the Mponeng Acquisition occurred with effect on October 1, 2020.
On October 6, 2020 a payment of R600 million was made on the R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving facility.
On October 8, 2020 a payment of US$30 million or R497 million was made on the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving facility.
B. BUSINESS OVERVIEW
The information set forth under the headings:
“-About this report” on page 4;
"-Business model - how we create value" on page 8;
"-Delivering on our strategy" on page 11;
"-Our business context" on page 25;
"-Stakeholder engagement and material issues" on page 31;

28


“-Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58;
“-Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Employee relations” on pages 58 to 71;
“-Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship- Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138;
“-Delivering profitable ounces - Operational performance” on pages 72 to 103; and
“-Delivering profitable ounces - Exploration and projects” on pages 104 to 107;
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
Covid-19
On March 18, 2020, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Harmony announced steps aimed at protecting employees and contractors, including implementing certain travel restrictions. In line with the directive by the South African government on March 23, 2020, Harmony implemented measures to place its South African underground operations under temporary care and maintenance during the resultant 21-day lock-down in South Africa (which has been extended beyond its original end date). On April 16, 2020, the South African government published a notice amending certain regulations previously issued pursuant to Section 27(2) of the Disaster Management Act. The amendments which were effective on May 1, 2020, allowed South African mining operations to be conducted at a reduced capacity of not more than 50% during the lock-down and at increasing capacity as determined by directives to be issued by the Minister thereafter. Subsequently, Harmony announced on April 20, 2020 a set of risk-based standard operation procedure ("SOP") designed to resume operations to the prescribed 50% production capacity. The SOP included arranging transport for South African-based employees from their homes in remote areas to their respective areas of work, the implementation of rigorous screening and testing programs as employees return to work, the provision of quarantine facilities for employees who may test positive for COVID-19 and the submission of data collected during screening and testing to the relevant authority. As of June 1, 2020, operational restrictions were lifted further to allow the South African mining industry to operate at 100% of its labor capacity. Return to work has progressed smoothly albeit slowly, with the return of foreign nationals to South Africa taking longer than anticipated.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the PNG Government initially declared a State of Emergency (subsequently uplifted) and thereafter enacted the PNG National Pandemic Act 2020 on June 12, 2020. The Act amalgamates existing Acts (e.g. the PNG Public Health Act 1973 and the PNG Quarantine Act 1951) into one overarching piece of legislation to contain and prevent the spread of COVID-19 and other future pandemics. Pursuant to the identification of a positive case in March 2020, Harmony’s Hidden Valley mine in Papua New Guinea was temporarily placed in quarantine lockdown, but continued to operate without interruption by the adoption of strict isolation and quarantine control measures at various entry point centers established near the mine. Protocols have been developed to facilitate the safe movement of personnel to and from site during this period.
The future impact of COVID-19 remains uncertain and forecasting Harmony’s operating outlook has been complicated by the uncertainty relating to the extent of the COVID-19-related restrictions and the rates at which production may resume at Harmony’s operations. For more information on the potential impact of COVID-19 on Harmony’s operations, see Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors - Risks Relating to Our Business and the Gold Mining Industry - HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and other contagious diseases, such as COVID-19, pose risks to us in terms of productivity and costs" and "Key Information - Risk Factors -The current COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the global economy and markets over the past several months and may continue to do so, which could adversely affect our business or the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs."
Capital Expenditures
Capital expenditures for all operations and capitalized exploration incurred for fiscal 2020 amounted to R3,610 million, compared with R5,037 million in fiscal 2019 and R4,571 million in fiscal 2018. During fiscal 2020, capital at PNG accounted for 28% of the total, with Tshepong operations accounting for 26%, Moab Khotsong for 14%, Target 1 for 10%, Doornkop for 8%, Kusasalethu for 5% and Joel accounting for 4% of the total. During fiscal 2019, capital at PNG accounted for 39% of the total, with Tshepong operations accounting for 22%, Moab Khotsong for 11%, Target 1, Doornkop and Kusasalethu each accounting for 6% and Joel accounting for 4% of the total.
The focus of our capital expenditures in recent years has been underground development and plant improvement and upgrades. During fiscal 2020, the capital expenditure was funded from the Company’s cash generated by operation. See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
We have budgeted approximately R5,057 million for capital expenditures in fiscal 2021. We currently expect that our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations and new borrowings as needed. Details regarding the capital expenditure for each operation is included in the table below.

29


 
Capital expenditure budgeted for fiscal 2021

 
(R’million)

South Africa
 
Kusasalethu
262

Doornkop
476

Tshepong operations
1,174

Moab Khotsong
746

Masimong
41

Target 1
443

Bambanani
72

Joel
178

Unisel

Other - surface
235

International
 
Hidden Valley1
1,376

Total operational capital expenditure
5,003

Wafi-Golpu
50

Other international
4

Total capital expenditure
5,057

1     Includes R913 million related to capitalized deferred stripping.
Reserves
As at June 30, 2020, we have declared attributable gold equivalent proved and probable reserves of 36.5 million ounces: 17.4 million ounces gold in South Africa and 19.1 million gold and gold equivalent ounces in PNG. In instances where individual deposits may contain multiple valuable commodities with a reasonable expectation of being recovered (for example gold and copper in a single deposit) Harmony computes a gold equivalent to more easily assess the value of the deposit against gold-only mines. Harmony does this by calculating the value of each of the commodity, then dividing the product by the price of gold. For example, the gold equivalent of a gold and copper deposit would be calculated as follows: ((gold ounces x gold price per ounce) + (copper pounds x copper price per pound)) / gold price per ounce. All calculations are done using metal prices as stipulated in the discussion below. Harmony assumes a 100% metallurgical recovery in its calculations unless otherwise stated. The year-on-year negative variance in mineral reserves is due to the following reasons:
normal depletion of 1.3 million ounces; and
a net increase of 0.04 million ounces in reserves.
We use the SAMREC Code, which sets out the internationally recognized procedures and standards for reporting of mineral resources and mineral reserves. We use the term “mineral reserves” herein, which has the same meaning as “ore reserves”, as defined in the SAMREC Code. In reporting of reserves, we have complied with the SEC's Industry Guide 7.
For the reporting of mineral reserves the following parameters were applied:
a gold price of US$1,350per ounce;
an exchange rate of R14.51per US dollar;
the above parameters resulting in a gold price of R630,000/kg for the South African assets;
the Hidden Valley operation and Wafi-Golpu project used prices of US$1,350/oz gold (“Au”), US$17.00/oz silver (“Ag”), US$10.00/lb molybdenum (“Mo”) and US$3.00/lb copper (“Cu”) at an exchange rate of US$0.72 per A$;
gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1,350/oz Au, US$ 3.00/lb Cu and US$17.00/oz Ag with 100% recovery for all metals. These assumptions are based on those used in the 2016 feasibility study; and
“gold equivalent” is computed as the value of the Company’s gold, silver and copper from all mineral resources/reserves classifications divided by the price of gold. All calculations are done using metal prices as stipulated.

30


In order to define the proved and probable mineral reserve at our underground operations, we apply the concept of a cut-off grade. At our underground operations in South Africa, this is done by defining the optimal cut-off grade as the lowest grade at which an orebody can be mined such that the total profits, under a specified set of mining parameters, are maximized. The cut-off grade is determined using our Optimizer computer program which requires the following as input:
the database of measured and indicated resource blocks (per operation);
an assumed gold price which, for this mineral reserve statement, was taken as R630,000 per kilogram (gold price of US$1,350 per ounce and an exchange rate of R14.51 per US dollar);
planned production rates;
the mine recovery factor which is equivalent to the mine call factor (“MCF”) multiplied by the plant recovery factor; and
planned cash costs (cost per tonne).
Rand per tonne cash costs of the mines are historically based, but take into account distinct changes in the cost environment, such as the future production profile, restructuring, right-sizing, and cost reduction initiatives.
For the block cave reserve at Golpu (PNG), we used our consultants’ proprietary tool called “Block Cave mine optimizing software computer program” to define the optimal mine plan and sequencing.
The open pit reserve at Hidden Valley (PNG) is defined by a pit design based on the optimal output from Whittle open pit optimization software.
See the table below in this section for the cut-off grades and cost per tonne for each operation.
The mineral reserves represent that portion of the measured and indicated resources above cut-off in the life-of-mine plan and have been estimated after consideration of the factors affecting extraction, including mining, metallurgical, economic, marketing, legal, environmental, social and governmental factors. A range of disciplines which includes geology, survey, planning, mining engineering, rock engineering, metallurgy, financial management, human resources management and environmental management have been involved at each mine in the life-of-mine planning process and the conversion of resources into reserves. The oreflow-related modifying factors used to convert the mineral resources to mineral reserves through the life-of-mine planning process are stated for each individual operation. For these factors, historical information is used, except if there is a valid reason to do otherwise. Owing to depth and rock engineering requirements at our underground mines, some mines design stope support pillars into their mining layouts which accounts for approximately 7% to 10% discounting. Further discounting relates to the life-of-mine extraction to provide for geological losses.
Our standard for narrow reef sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserve calculations for underground mining operations in South Africa is generally applied on a 6 meter by 6 meter grid. Average sample spacing on development ends is at 2 meter intervals in development areas. For the massive mining at the Target 1 operation, our standard for sampling with respect to both proved and probable reserves are fan drilling with “B” sized diamond drill holes (43mm core) sited at 50 meter spaced sections along twin access drives. The Kalgold opencast operations are sampled on diamond drill and reverse circulation drill spacing of no more than 25 meters on average. Surface mining at South African operations other than Kalgold involves recovering gold from areas previously involved in mining and processing, such as metallurgical plants, waste rock dumps and tailing dams (slimes and sand) for which random sampling is used.
The PNG resources are hosted in large mineralized porphyry intrusions or manifest as higher-level deposits that are related to mineralised porphyry intrusions. Data is gained through diamond drilling using PQ (85.0 mm diameter) down to NQ (47.6 mm diameter) sized core. The core is cut in half, one half sampled at a maximum of 2 meter intervals and the other half stored in designated core storage facilities. Drill spacing at our Hidden Valley operations is typically on less than 20 meter centers for measured category, 20 to 40 meter centers for the indicated category and greater than 40 meters for inferred category material. Due to the nature of the Golpu porphyry mineralization, drill spacing is increased to 100 to 200 meters for indicated and greater for inferred. Assaying for gold is by fire assay and various methods are used for copper and other elements. All assays informing the resource calculation are analyzed at a National Association of Testing Authorities (“NATA”) accredited commercial laboratory. Extensive quality assurance/quality control work is undertaken and data is stored in an electronic database.

31


Our mining operations’ reported total proved and probable reserves as of June 30, 2020 are set out below:
 
 
Mineral Reserves statement (Metric) as at June 30, 2020
Operations Gold
 
PROVED RESERVES
PROBABLE RESERVES
TOTAL RESERVES
 
 
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
 
 
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
South Africa Underground
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bambanani
 
0.6

10.99

6




0.6

10.99

6

Joel
 
2.9

4.85

14

1.4

4.68

7

4.3

4.80

21

Masimong
 
0.8

4.26

3

0.0

2.95

0

0.8

4.23

3

Unisel
 


















Target 1
 
3.3

4.31

14

1.9

4.23

8

5.2

4.28

22

Tshepong Operations
 
22.2

5.87

130

4.5

5.48

25

26.7

5.80

155

Doornkop
 
5.2

5.33

28

4.6

5.03

23

9.8

5.19

51

Kusasalethu
 
1.8

6.92

13

1.3

7.68

10

3.1

7.24

23

Moab Khotsong
 
3.1

7.93

25

3.3

8.57

28

6.4

8.26

53

Total South Africa Underground
 
39.9

5.85

233

17.0

5.92

101

56.9

5.88

334

 
 
Mineral Reserves statement (Metric) as at June 30, 2020
Operations Gold
 
PROVED RESERVES
PROBABLE RESERVES
TOTAL RESERVES
 
 
Tons

Grade

Gold1

Tons

Grade

Gold1

Tons

Grade

Gold1

 
 
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
South Africa Surface
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kalgold
 
6.7

0.93

6

13.2

1.14

15

19.9

1.07

21

Free State Surface-Phoenix
 
48.7

0.28

14




48.7

0.28

14

St Helena
 
108.6

0.27

29




108.6

0.27

29

Central Plant
 



55.4

0.27

15

55.4

0.27

15

WRD and Tailings
 



568.5

0.23

128

568.5

0.23

128

Total South Africa Surface
 
164.0

0.30

49

637.1

0.25

158

801.1

0.26

207

Total South Africa
 
203.9

 
282

654.1

 
259

858.0

 
541

Papua New Guinea2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hidden Valley
 
2.3

1.32

3

14.2

1.61

23

16.5

1.57

26

Hamata
 
0.0

2.64

0

0.3

1.65

0

0.3

1.65

0

Golpu
 



200.0

0.86

171

200.0

0.86

171

Total Papua New Guinea
 
2.3

1.32

3

214.5

0.91

194

216.8

0.91

197

Total
 
206.2

 
285

868.6

 
453

1,074.8

 
738

1 
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
2  
Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.
Note: 1 tonne = 1,000 kg = 2,204 lbs.
In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our gold equivalents for reserves for silver and copper from our PNG operations. Gold equivalent ounces are calculated assuming a US$1,350/oz for gold, US$3.00/lb copper and US$17,00/oz for silver with 100% recovery for all metals.

Gold Equivalents 2 
Silver
 
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total reserves
 
 
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
 
 
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
Hidden Valley
 
2.3
1
14.2
6
16.5
7

32


Copper
 
Proved reserves
Probable reserves
Total reserves
 
 
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
Tonnes
Gold
Equivalents
 
 
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
(millions)
(kg)1 (000)
Golpu
 
200.0
390
200.0
390
Total Gold Equivalents
 
2.3
1
214.2
396
216.5
397
Total Harmony including gold equivalents
 
206.2
286
868.6
849
1,074.8
1,135
In addition to the gold reserves, we also report our attributable reserves for silver and copper from our PNG operations. Metal prices are assumed at US$17.00/oz for silver, US$3.00/lb for copper, and molybdenum at US$10.00/lb.

Papua New Guinea: Other2 
Silver
 
Proved Reserves
Probable Reserves
Total Reserves
 
 
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
Tonnes
Grade
Gold1
 
 
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
(millions)
(g/t)
(000 kg)
Hidden Valley
 
2.3

27.37

63

14.2

24.83

352

16.5

25.18

415

 
 
Tonnes
Grade
Cu1
Tonnes
Grade
Cu1
Tonnes
Grade
Cu1
Copper
 
(millions)
(%)
(000 t)
(millions)
(%)
(000 t)
(millions)
(%)
(000 t)
Golpu2
 


200.0

1.23
2,450

200.0

1.23
2,450

South Africa: Other
 
 
Tonnes
Grade
U3082
Tonnes
Grade
U3082
Tonnes
Grade
U3082
Uranium
 
(millions)
(kg/t)
(Mkg)
(millions)
(kg/t)
(Mkg)
(millions)
(kg/t)
(Mkg)
Moab Khotsong Underground
 


6.5

0.23
1

6.5

0.23
1

1 
Metal figures are fully inclusive of all mining dilutions and gold losses, and are reported as mill delivered tons and head grades. Metallurgical recovery factors have not been applied to the reserve figures.
2 
Represents Harmony’s attributable interest of 50%.
Note: 1 tonne = 1,000 kg = 2,204 lbs.
Our methodology for determining our reserves is subject to change and is based upon estimates and assumptions made by management regarding a number of factors as noted above in this section. Cost per tonne and cut-off grade per operation are as follows.
Operations gold
 
Underground Operations
Surface and Massive Mining
 
 
Cut-off grade

Cut-off cost

Cut-off grade

Cut-off cost

 
 
(cmg/t)

(R/Tonne)

(g/t)

(R/Tonne)

South Africa Underground
 
 
 
 
 
Bambanani
 
2,303

5,047



Joel
 
898

2,500



Masimong
 
1,021

2,309



Phakisa
 
790

3,114



Target 1
 


3.80

2,250

Tshepong
 
650

2,826



Unisel
 
1,163

2,483



Doornkop
 
800

2,408



Kusasalethu
 
1,100

3,265



Moab Khotsong
 
1,801

4,234



South Africa Surface
 
 
 

 
 
Kalgold
 


0.58

479

Free State Surface
 


0.15

48

 
 
Cut-off grade

Cut-off cost

Cut-off grade

Cut-off cost

 
 
(%Cu) 

(A$/Tonne) 

(g/t) 

(A$/Tonne)

Papua New Guinea
 
 
 
 
 
Hidden Valley
 


0.65

34.08

Hamata
 


0.65

34.08

Golpu
 
0.3

26




33


Operations silver and copper
 
Underground Operations
Surface and Massive Mining
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cut-off grade
Cut-off cost

Cut-off grade

Cut-off cost

 
 
(%Cu)
(A$/Tonne)

(g/t)

(A$/Tonne)

SILVER
 
 
 
 
 
Papua New Guinea
 
 
 
 
 
Hidden Valley
 

0.65

44.18

COPPER
 
 
 
 
 
Papua New Guinea
 
 
 
 
 
Golpu
 
0.3
26



Notes on Cut-off:
1)
Surface and massive mining are stated in g/t (g/t is grams of metal per tonne of ore).
2)
All SA underground operations are stated in cmg/t (cmg/t is the Reef Channel width multiplied by the g/t which indicates the gold content within the Reef Channel).
Notes on Cut-off cost:
1)
Cut-off cost refers to the cost in R/Tonne or A$/Tonne to mine and process a tonne of ore.
Notes on Copper:
1)
Cut-off is stated in % Cu.
Notes on Golpu:
1)
Cut-off is based on 0.2% copper; molybdenum and gold mined as by-product.

The plant recovery factors for our operations and projects are stated below:
 
Plant Recovery Factor (%)

Gold
 
Operations
 
South Africa Undergound
 
Bambanani
95

Joel
95

Masimong
95

Target 1
95

Tshepong Operations
95

Doornkop
96

Kusasalethu
93

Moab Khotsong
97

 
 
South Africa Surface
 
Kalgold
84

Free State Surface - Phoenix
45

St Helena
45

Central Plant
52

WRD and Tailings
51

 
 
Papua New Guinea


Hidden Valley
88

Hamata
88

Golpu
61

 
 
Silver
 
Papua New Guinea
 
Hidden Valley
61

 
 
Copper
 
Papua New Guinea
 
Golpu
92



34


Worldwide Operations
The following is a map of our worldwide operations.
SA2020.JPG


35


PAPUANEWGUINEA2020.JPG
Geology
The major portion of our South African gold production is derived from mines located in the Witwatersrand Basin in South Africa. The Witwatersrand Basin is an elongated structure that extends approximately 300 kilometers in a northeast-southwest direction and approximately 100 kilometers in a northwest-southeast direction. It is an Archean sedimentary basin containing a six kilometer thick stratigraphic sequence consisting mainly of quartzites and shales with minor volcanic units. The majority of production is derived from auriferous placer reefs situated at different stratigraphic positions and at varying depths below the surface in three of the seven defined goldfields of the Witwatersrand Basin.
During fiscal 2018 a feasibility study was completed for Target 3, which remains under care and maintenance. The study will be used in conjunction with our other projects for future decision making on capital allocation and prioritization in Harmony.
Our Papua New Guinean gold production is derived exclusively from our Hidden Valley operation in the Morobe Province of PNG. The Hidden Valley deposit comprises low sulphidation carbonate-base metal-gold epithermal deposits within the Morobe Goldfield. In the mine area, a batholith of Morobe Granodiorite (locally a coarse grained monzogranite) is flanked by fine metasediments of the Owen Stanley Metamorphics. Both are cut by dykes of Pliocene porphyry ranging from

36


hornblende-biotite to feldspar-quartz porphyries. A number of commonly argillic altered and gold anomalous breccias are known, including both hydrothermal and over printing structural breccias. Gold and silver mineralization is contained within carbonate-adularia-quartz sulphide veins, which occur typically as steeply to moderately dipping sheeted vein swarms associated with an underlying thrust in the host .
Our Wafi-Golpu project (also in the Morobe Province of PNG) encompasses the Wafi epithermal gold and the Nambonga and Golpu deposits. The Wafi gold deposit is largely hosted in sedimentary/volcaniclastic rocks of the Owen Stanley Formation adjacent to the Wafi Diatreme. Gold mineralization occurs associated with an extensive zone of pervasive high-sulphidation epithermal alteration distributed around the margin of the Wafi Diatreme. The Nambonga deposit is a mineralized gold-copper quartz vein array and is located approximately one kilometer north of the Golpu deposit. The Golpu deposit is a porphyry (diorite) copper-gold deposit, and is located about one kilometer northeast of the Wafi deposit. The host lithology is a diorite that exhibits a typical zoned porphyry copper alteration halo together with mineralization in the surrounding metasediment. The mineralized body can be described as a porphyry copper-gold “pipe”. The Wafi gold mineralization and alteration partially overprints the upper levels of the Golpu porphyry copper-gold mineralization.
Our Kili Teke deposit is an advanced exploration proposition located in the Hela Province of PNG. The Kili Teke deposit comprises porphyry style copper-gold mineralization hosted in a multiphase calc-alkaline dioritic to monzonitic intrusive complex. Host rocks comprise interbedded siliciclastics and limestone of the Papuan Fold Belt. Uranium-lead zircon age dating highlight Pliocene age dates in the range of 3.5 ± 0.04 Ma (million year) to 3.59 ± 0.07 Ma for emplacement of the mineralized porphyry phases. Late-mineral porphyry phases have been identified in the drilling and impact grade continuity within the deposit, where they intrude and stope out the earlier more mineralized phases. Overall the geometry of the deposit reflects a relatively steeply plunging, pipe like body, with mineralization decreasing away from the central high grade stockwork zones of copper gold mineralization. Intense marbleization and copper-gold skarn mineralization is developed around the peripheral contact with the host sequence, and variably developed skarn mineralization also occurs along internal structural and contact zones within the complex.
Mining and Exploration - Papua New Guinea
Harmony's wholly-owned subsidiary, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, is the 100% owner of the Hidden Valley mine in Morobe Province. Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited has obligations under compensation agreements with landowners, and various employment and training, local business development and supply and procurement obligations under the Hidden Valley MOA entered into with the PNG Government, provincial and local governments and the landowner association in August 2005.
Harmony’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Wafi Mining Limited, holds a 50% interest in the Wafi-Golpu project, through its equal share in various exploration licenses, held together with its co-participant in the WGJV, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited. Both of these companies have obligations under compensation agreements with landowners.
As at June 30, 2020, Harmony’s tenement portfolio in PNG totaled 752.5 square kilometers (all titles excluding mining easements and ancillary mining purpose leases). The tenements form three main project areas: (i) Kili Teke in the Hela Province (Harmony 100% owned), (ii) a package of tenements encompassing the Hidden Valley District in the Morobe Province (Harmony 100% owned) and (iii) a contiguous package of Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture tenure (Harmony 50% owned) in the vicinity of the Wafi and Golpu deposits, also in the Morobe Province.
Harmony, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Harmony Gold (PNG) Exploration Limited, manages the exploration activities on the tenement holdings mentioned above. Prior to commencement of exploration work programs, the relevant exploration tenement holder(s) enter(s) into compensation agreements with landowners on the relevant exploration licenses, in accordance with the PNG Mining Act.
Permitting the Wafi-Golpu Project
On August 25, 2016, the WGJV submitted an application for a Special Mining Lease (SML 10) under section 35 of the PNG Mining Act, and various other associated mining tenements. A feasibility study update and revised proposals for development was lodged with the MRA on March 20, 2018, and on June 25, 2018 an Environment Impact Study was submitted to the Conservation and Protection Authority under the PNG Environment Act 2000. The feasibility study update provides greater clarity around the infrastructure which will be associated with development of the Wafi-Golpu project, including the recommended use of deep sea tailings placement as the preferred tailings management solution and the construction of a modular designed power plant.
The WGJV continue to engage with the PNG Government to take forward the permitting and approvals process for SML 10 and its other associated tenements in accordance with PNG law. In December 2018, the WGJV participants entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (the "Wafi-Golpu MOU") with the State of PNG outlining a negotiation framework, but further e engagement was delayed by an injunction arising from an application for judicial review of the MOU instituted by the Governor of the Morobe Province in which the Wafi-Golpu project is situated. In January 2020, the PNG Government withdrew from the Wafi-Golpu MOU,and consequently the judicial review proceedings brought by the Governor of Morobe Province were dismissed by the PNG National Court and the injunction lifted.
In June 2020, the Prime Minister, the Minister for Mining and the Governor of the Morobe Province publicly announced their commitment to a recommenced permitting process. Since this time, the MRA has convened a development forum between State and Morobe Provincial Government representatives and landowners and local communities, but there has been no engagement with the WGJV. The WGJV participants remain ready to engage with the PNG Government and the relevant regulators. However, at this stage the permitting time line and road map are still to be redefined.


37


Regulation
Mineral Rights - South Africa
MPRDA
The MPRDA was promulgated as effective legislation on May 1, 2004 and is the primary legislation regulating the mining industry in South Africa. Pursuant to the MPRDA, the South African government is the custodian of South Africa’s mineral and petroleum resources and has a duty to administer these resources for the benefit of all South Africans. As a consequence, an owner of the surface rights has no claim to the minerals found in, on or under the surface of his or her land. The MPRDA extinguished private ownership of minerals. The DMRE (previously the Department of Mineral Resources) is the government body which, through its regional offices, implements and administers the MPRDA.
Any person (including the owner of the surface rights) who wishes to exploit mineral resources in South Africa is required to first apply for and obtain the appropriate right under the MPRDA. The Minister is authorized to grant or refuse applications for rights under the MPRDA. Provided that an applicant meets all the requirements relating to the right for which the applicant has applied, the Minister is obliged to grant the right. Once the right is granted in terms of the MPRDA and registered in terms of the Mining Titles Registration Act, 16 of 1967, the holder holds a limited real right in respect of the mineral and the land to which such right relates.
In accordance with the MPRDA, the holder of a mining right must comply with the terms of the right, the provisions of the MPRDA, the environmental authorization (issued under the NEMA), the mining work program and the SLP approved as part of the right. The SLP relates to the obligations placed on the mining right holder to, among other things, train employees of the mine in accordance with prescribed training methodologies, achieve employment equity and human resource development in the mining company, improve housing and living conditions of employees and set up local economic development projects. Compliance with each of the provisions of the MPRDA, environmental authorization, mining work program and SLP is monitored by submission of monthly, bi-annual and annual returns and reports by the holder of the right to the DMRE in accordance with the provisions of the MPRDA and the right. A prospecting or mining right can be suspended or canceled if the holder conducts mining operations in breach of the MPRDA, a term or condition of the right or an environmental management plan, or if the holder of the right submits false, incorrect or misleading information to the DMRE. The MPRDA sets out a process which must be followed before the Minister is entitled to suspend or cancel the prospecting or mining right.
We have been working on our program of licensing since 2004, which involved the compilation of a mineral assets register and the identification of all of our economic, mineral and mining rights. We actively carry out mining and exploration activities in all of our material mineral rights areas in South Africa. In the period following the MPRDA taking effect, we applied for and were granted conversion of all of our "old order" mining rights into "new order" mining rights in terms of the MPRDA.
Our strategy has been to secure all strategic mining rights on a region-by-region basis, which we have achieved as we have secured all “old order" mining rights and validated existing mining authorizations. All mining operations have valid mining rights in terms of the MPRDA and we now have to continue complying with the required monthly, annual and bi-annual reporting obligation to the DMRE.
On June 21, 2013, the Minister introduced the MPRDA Bill into Parliament. The DMRE briefed the National Assembly's Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources in July 2013. The MPRDA Bill was passed by both the National Assembly and the NCOP on March 27, 2014. In January 2015, the former President, Jacob Zuma, referred the MPRDA Bill back to Parliament for reconsideration and on November 1, 2016, the Portfolio Committee on Mineral Resources tabled non-substantial revisions to the MPRDA Bill in the National Assembly and a slightly revised version of the MPRDA Bill was passed by the National Assembly and referred to the NCOP. On March 3, 2017, the National Assembly passed certain minor amendments to the MPRDA Bill. The National Assembly referred the MPRDA Bill to the NCOP where the Select Committee received comments on the draft legislation. The chairperson of the Select Committee had targeted January or February of 2018 to pass the legislation. On February 16, 2018, the current President of South Africa, Cyril Ramaphosa, announced that the MPRDA Bill was at an advanced stage in Parliament. However, in August 2018, the Minister announced that, given certain concerns with the MPRDA Bill, his recommendation would be to withdraw it entirely. The South African Cabinet subsequently supported the Minister's proposal to withdraw the MPRDA Bill. While the MPRDA Bill was not formally withdrawn by Parliament, it lapsed on March 28, 2019. Although Parliament has the ability to revive a lapsed Bill, it seems unlikely that it will revive the MPRDA Bill given both the Minister's and Cabinet's support for its withdrawal.
Among other things, the MPRDA Bill would:
Concentration of rights
The MPRDA Bill seeks to introduce a system whereby the Minister invites applications for prospecting rights, exploration rights, mining rights, technical co-operation permit, production rights and mining permits in respect of any area of land. Applicants for rights will no longer be able to rely on the "first come, first served" principle when submitting an application.
Ownership of tailings created before May 1, 2004
The MPRDA provides that historic tailings are not regulated in terms of the MPRDA; however, the MPRDA Bill purports to amend the MPRDA so as to render historic tailings subject to regulation under the MPRDA, resulting in the South African government gaining custodianship of historic tailings.

38


Transfers in interests in companies
The MPRDA Bill seeks to require the consent of the Minister for the transfer of any interest in an unlisted company or any controlling interest in a listed company where such companies hold a prospecting right or mining right.
Mineral beneficiation
A key change is that the MPRDA Bill seeks to make it mandatory for the Minister to “initiate or promote the beneficiation of minerals and petroleum resources in the Republic of South Africa”. The MPRDA Bill affords the broad discretion over beneficiation, without providing any criteria under which such discretion should be exercised.
Issue of a closure certificate
The MPRDA Bill envisages that a rights holder will remain liable for any latent or residual environmental and associated damage caused by prospecting and mining operations, even after (and notwithstanding) the issue of a closure certificate by the Minister. This means that a rights holder will no longer be indemnified from liability after the issue of a closure certificate.
There is a large degree of uncertainty regarding the changes that will be brought about in the unlikely event that the MPRDA Bill is revived and made law.
The Mining Charter
The South African government has identified the South African mining industry as a sector in which significant participation by HDSAs is required. One of the objects of the MPRDA is to substantially and meaningfully encourage HDSAs to enter the mineral and petroleum industries and to benefit from the exploitation of the nation’s mineral and petroleum resources. In terms of section 100 of the MPRDA, the Minister was empowered to develop a broad-based socio-economic charter in order to set the framework for targets and time periods for giving effect to these objectives.
Among other things, the Original Charter stated that mining companies agreed to achieve 26% HDSA ownership of South African mining industry assets within 10 years (i.e. by the end of 2014). Ownership could comprise active involvement, through HDSA-controlled companies (where HDSAs own at least 50% plus one share of the company and have management control), strategic joint ventures or partnerships (where HDSAs own at least 25% plus one vote of the joint venture or partnership interest and there is joint management and control) or collective investment vehicles, the majority ownership of which is HDSA based, or passive involvement, particularly through broad-based vehicles such as employee stock option plans.
The Original Charter was subsequently amended by the Amended Charter which included targets and timelines for HDSA participation in procurement and enterprise development, beneficiation, employment equity, human resources development, mine community development, housing and living conditions, sustainable development and growth of the mining industry and reporting (monitoring and evaluation). It required mining companies to achieve the following, among others, by no later than December 31, 2014:
have a minimum effective HDSA ownership of 26%;
procure a minimum of 40% of capital goods, 70% of services and 50% of consumer goods from HDSA suppliers (i.e. suppliers in which a minimum of 25% + one vote of their share capital must be owned by HDSAs) by 2014 (exclusive of non-discretionary procurement expenditure);
ensure that multinational suppliers of capital goods contribute a minimum of 0.5% of their annual income generated from South African mining companies into a social development fund from 2010 towards the socio-economic development of South African communities;
achieve a minimum of 40% HDSA demographic representation at executive management (board) level, senior management (executive committee) level, core and critical skills, middle management level and junior management level;
invest up to 5% of annual payroll in essential skills development activities; and
implement measures to improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mineworkers by converting or upgrading mineworkers’ hostels into family units, attaining an occupancy rate of one person per room and facilitating home ownership options for all mineworkers in consultation with organized labor.
In addition, mining companies were required to monitor and evaluate their compliance with the Amended Charter and submit annual compliance reports to the DMRE. The "scorecard" attached to the Amended Charter made provision for a phased-in approach for compliance with the above targets over the five year period ending on December 31, 2014. For measurement purposes, the scorecard allocated various weightings to the different elements of the Amended Charter. Failure to comply with the provisions of the Amended Charter would, according to its provisions, ostensibly amount to a breach of the MPRDA and could have resulted in the cancellation or suspension of a mining company’s mining rights.
Harmony believes that it had complied with the requirements of the Amended Charter by the December 31, 2014 deadline. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing Our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Mining Charter III Compliance Scorecard” on pages 138 to 141.
In March 2015, the DMRE prepared an interim report of consolidated results of the self-assessment by reporting companies of compliance with the Amended Charter, reporting relatively broad compliance with the non-ownership

39


requirements of the Amended Charter. However, the DMRE did not report the results of compliance with the HDSA ownership guidelines of the Amended Charter and noted that there was no consensus on certain principles applicable to the interpretation of the ownership element.
On March 31, 2015, the MCSA and the DMRE jointly agreed to approach the North Gauteng High Court to seek a declaratory order that would provide a ruling on the relevant legislation and the status of the Original Charter and the Amended Mining Charter, including clarity on the status of previous empowerment (i.e., HDSA ownership) transactions concluded by mining companies and a determination on whether the ownership element of the Original Charter and the Amended Charter should be a continuous compliance requirement for the duration of the mining right as argued by the DMRE, or a once-off requirement as argued by the MSCA, on the “once empowered always empowered” principle. The MCSA and the DMRE filed papers in court (the "Main Application") and the matter was placed on the roll to be heard on March 15, 2016. On February 16, 2017, the High Court postponed the hearing of the application indefinitely to allow the MCSA and the South African government to engage in further discussion on this matter.
The Minister published the Broad-Based Black Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry, 2017 ("2017 Mining Charter") which came into effect on June 15, 2017. The MCSA launched an urgent application in the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Division, Pretoria to interdict the implementation of the 2017 Mining Charter (the "Interdict Application") pending a judicial review application on the basis that it was unilaterally developed and imposed on the industry and that the process that was followed by the DMRE in developing the 2017 Mining Charter had been seriously flawed (the "2017 Review Application"). However, the Minister and the MCSA reached an agreement on September 13, 2017 under which the Interdict Application did not proceed as the Minister undertook to suspend the 2017 Mining Charter pending the outcome of the 2017 Review Application by the MCSA. The 2017 Review Application was subsequently indefinitely postponed by agreement between the DMRE and the MCSA on the basis that the MCSA had entered into a new round of discussions with the President of South Africa, Cyril Ramaphosa, and the Minister. On February 19, 2018, the Gauteng Division High Court ordered that the DMRE and the MCSA also involve communities affected by mining activities in these new discussions relating to the 2017 Mining Charter.
When the 2017 Mining Charter was published, the MCSA re-enrolled the Main Application for hearing and the High Court hearing was held in December 2017.
On April 4, 2018, the North Gauteng High Court delivered the 2018 Judgement. The effect of the 2018 Judgment is that mining companies are not required to re-empower themselves after their HDSA shareholders have sold out and that the DMRE cannot rely on the provisions of the MPRDA to enforce compliance with the Amended Charter, unless the provisions which the DMRE seeks to enforce were made a term or condition of the mining right. The Court also held that the Minister's promulgation of the Amended Charter did not occur in terms of or in compliance with the duty imposed in terms of section 100(2) of the MPRDA and, as such, the terms of the Amended Charter can have legal consequences or significance only insofar as they are, by any means, reflected in the terms of conditions subject to which the Minister grants a mining right. It also brings the validity and enforceability of any subsequent mining charter into question unless it is legislatively authorized. On April 19, 2018, the DMRE filed a notice of intention to appeal the Gauteng Division High Court’s Judgment but later withdrew its appeal during August 2020.
On September 27, 2018, the Minister published the Mining Charter III on which date it also became effective, as amended by the notice published in the Government Gazette on December 19, 2018 and read with the Implementation Guidelines. It replaces, in their entirety, the Original Charter and the Amended Charter. Mining Charter III imposes new obligations and increased participation by HDSAs in relation to a mining company's ownership, procurement of goods and services, enterprise and supplier development, human resource development and employment equity requirements. The first annual reporting for compliance with Mining Charter III is on or before March 31, 2020, although on April 11, 2020, the Minister gazetted Directions under the regulations of the Disaster Management Act as part of the measures to address, prevent and combat the spread of COVID-19, which extended the date for submission of the first annual report to June 1, 2020.
Some of the material changes introduced by Mining Charter III include:
in relation to existing mining rights, the continuing consequences of historical black economic empowerment transactions will be recognized and existing right holders will not be required to increase their HDSA shareholding for the duration of their mining right in circumstances where they either achieved and maintained 26% HDSA ownership or where they achieved the 26% HDSA ownership but their HDSA shareholder has since exited;
in relation to the renewal and transfer of existing mining rights, historical BEE credentials will not be recognized and mining companies will be required to comply with the ownership requirements in relation to new mining rights (see below);
in relation to new mining rights (granted after September 27, 2018) mining companies must have a minimum of 30% BEE shareholding distributed as follows: a minimum of 5% non-transferable carried interest to qualifying employees; a minimum of 5% non-transferable carried interest to host communities, or a minimum 5% equity equivalent benefit; and a minimum of 20% to a BEE entrepreneur, 5% of which must preferably be for women; "carried interest" is defined as "shares issued to qualifying employees and host communities at no cost to them and free of any encumbrances. The cost for the carried interest shall be recovered by a right holder from the development of the asset";
applications for mining rights lodged and accepted prior to September 27, 2018, will be processed in terms of the Amended Charter (i.e. with a 26% HDSA ownership requirement) but with a further obligation to increase their HDSA shareholding to 30% within five years of the granting of the right;

40


BEE shareholding may be concluded at holding company level, mining right level, on units of production, shares or assets and where is concluded at any level other than mining right level, the flow-through principle will apply;
the permitted beneficiation off-set of up to 11% against the HDSA ownership requirement contained in the Original Charter and Amended Charter has been reduced to 5% unless it was "claimed" prior to September 27, 2018;
a minimum of 70% of total mining goods procurement spend (including non-discretionary expenditure) must be on South African manufactured goods, allocated amongst HDSA owned and controlled companies, women and youth owned and controlled companies and BEE compliant companies;
a minimum of 80% of the total spend on services (including non-discretionary expenditure) must be sourced from South African companies, allocated among HDSA owned and controlled companies, women and youth owned and controlled companies and BEE compliant companies;
mining companies must achieve a minimum representation of HDSAs in the following management positions: 50% on the Board of directors (20% of which must be women), 50% in executive (20% of which must be women), 60% in senior management (25% of which must be women); 60% in middle level (25% of which must be women); 70% in junior level (30% of which must be women) and 60% in core and critical skills. In addition; HDSAs with disabilities must constitute 1.5% of all employees.
the Minister may, by notice in the Government Gazette, review Mining Charter III;
the ownership and mine community development elements are ring-fenced and require 100% compliance at all times; and
a mining right holder that has not complied with the ownership element and falls between levels 6 and 8 of the Mining Charter scorecard shall be in breach of the MPRDA and its mining right may be suspended or canceled in accordance with the provisions of the MPRDA.
While Mining Charter III is now effective, there are transitional arrangements in relation to compliance with the procurement and the employment equity element targets.
On March 26, 2019, the MCSA instituted judicial review proceedings in High Court of South Africa for an order reviewing and setting aside certain provisions of Mining Charter III. The provisions challenged by the MCSA relate to those which, among other things:
provide that mining right holders must at all times comply with the ownership requirements imposed under Mining Charter III;
stipulate that the continuing consequences of historic empowerment transactions will not be recognized if existing mining rights are renewed or transferred to third parties;
impose the procurement thresholds for goods and services; and
indicate that the Minister may invoke the sanctions prescribed under the MPRDA, if a mineral right holder fails to comply with the threshold requirements imposed under the Charter.
The application aligns with the MCSA’s previously stated view that most aspects of the Mining Charter III represent a reasonable and workable framework. However, the MCSA’s application contends that Mining Charter III does not fully recognize the continuing consequences of previous empowerment transactions, particularly in relation to mining right renewals and transfers of such rights. According to the MCSA, this constitutes a breach of the declaratory order on the matter issued by the North Gauteng High Court in April 2018. On June 30, 2020, the Court ordered that various mine-affected communities and trade unions are joined as parties to the MCSA's application. This is likely to further delay a decision in the matter, the outcome of which remains uncertain.
On March 27, 2020 the Minister published for implementation the Amended Regulations. The Amended Regulations include the following notable changes:
Mining right applicants must "meaningfully consult" with landowners, lawful occupiers and interested and affected parties in accordance with the procedures contemplated under the EIA Regulations). The office of the Regional Manager is permitted to participate as an observer in these processes.
Mining right holders must pursuant to their SLPs contribute to the socio-economic development in the areas in which they operate and labor sending areas (i.e. a local municipality from which a majority of mineworkers are from time to time permanently resident). This requirement may impose obligations on mining right holder to effect measures in communities that are located far away from the mine and / or could give rise to some social issues.
Although most of the provisions regulating environmental matters have been deleted from the Regulations, those sections dealing with mine closure have been retained but have been amended to state that mine closure must be regulated in terms of the NEMA, the EIA Regulations and the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015. It is anticipated that the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 will be replaced by a revised regulations following further engagement with the mining industry.
The appeal process in the MPRDA Regulations has been replaced with a more comprehensive procedure that includes specific time periods within which appellants, respondents and the competent authority must submit appeals, responses or consider appeals (as the case may be). Although there is no guarantee that the parties will comply with these time periods, the time periods intend to hold the parties accountable and to ensure that appeals are resolved in a timely manner.

41


The Royalty Act
The Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Act 28 of 2008 and the Mineral and Petroleum Royalty Administration Act 29 of 2008 were assented to on November 21, 2008 with the commencement date set as May 1, 2009. However, the date on which royalties became payable was deferred to March 1, 2010. Royalties are payable by the holders of mining rights to the government according to formula based on a defined earnings before interest and tax. This rate is then applied to a defined gross sales leviable amount to calculate the royalty amount due, with a minimum of 0.5% and a maximum of 5% for gold. For 2020, the average royalty rate for our South African operations was 0.97% of the gross sales leviable amount.
The BBBEE Act and the BBBEE Amendment Act
The BBBEE Act, 53 of 2003 (the "BBBEE Act"), which came into effect on April 21, 2004, established a national policy on broad-based black economic empowerment with the objective to (i) remedy historical racial imbalances in the South Africa economy and (ii) achieve economic transformation, by increasing the number of black people who participate in the mainstream South African economy. The BBBEE Act provides for various measures to promote BEE participation, including empowering the Minister of Trade and Industry to issue Codes of Good Practice (the "BBBEE Codes"), with which organs of state and public entities and parties interacting with them or obtaining rights and licenses from them would be required to comply. The BBBEE Codes were first published in 2007, and were revised in 2013 (although the revisions only came into effect in 2015). The BBBEE Codes sought to provide a standard framework, in the form of a "generic scorecard", for the measurement of BBBEE across all sectors and industries operating within the South African economy and sought to regularize such sectors and industries by providing clear and comprehensive criteria for the measurement of BBBEE.
On October 24, 2014, the BBBEE Amendment Act, 46 of 2013 (the “BBBEE Amendment Act”) came into effect. The BBBEE Amendment Act inserted a new provision in the BBBEE Act, whereby the BBBEE Act would trump the provisions of any other law in South Africa which conflicts with the provisions of the BBBEE Act, provided such conflicting law was in force immediately prior to the effective date of the BBBEE Amendment Act. The BBBEE Amendment Act also stipulates that this provision would only be effective one year after the BBBEE Amendment Act is brought into effect, on October 24, 2015. On October 27, 2015, the Minister of Trade and Industry published a government gazette notice declaring an exemption in favor of the DMRE from applying the requirements contained in section 10(1) of the BBBEE Act for a period of 12 months.
There has been some debate as to whether or to what extent the mining industry was subject to the BBBEE Act and the policies and codes provided for thereunder. The BBBEE Codes apply in the absence of sector specific codes which have been agreed to by interested and affected parties active within a specific sector. By way of background, various sectors within the South African economy may negotiate and agree Codes of Good Practice which would govern transformation in that specific sector. In addition, certain codes fall outside of the regulatory framework established by the BBBEE Act and BBBEE Codes promulgated by the Minister of Trade and Industry thereunder. One such sector is the mining industry, where the Original Mining Charter, the Amended Mining Charter and Mining Charter III, which we refer to generally in this section as the "Mining Charter")) govern the implementation of BBBEE, among other things, within the mining industry.
For purposes of the BBBEE Act, the Mining Charter is not a "sector code". It is not clear at this stage how the Mining Charter and BBBEE Codes relate to each other. The government may designate the Mining Charter as a sector code, in which case it will be under the auspices of the BBBEE Act. On the other hand, the Mining Charter may remain a stand-alone document under the auspices of the MPRDA and may be subject to the trumping provision, discussed above, to the extent that there is a conflict between the two. This uncertainty may be resolved through either government clarification or judicial attention. The exemption by the Minister of Trade and Industry can be read as confirmation that the Department of Trade and Industry regards the BBBEE Codes as “applicable” to the Mining Industry after the exemption is lifted on October 27, 2016.
On February 17, 2016, the Minister of Trade and Industry published a gazette notice which repealed and confirmed the validity of a number of sector codes. The omission of the Mining Charter from the notice can be interpreted as confirmation that the Mining Charter is not contemplated as a sector code. This supports the interpretation BBBEE Act did not intend to trump the Mining Charter. While it remains to be seen how this will be interpreted, it appears that the BBBEE Act and the BEE Codes will not overrule the Mining Charter in the future and, in any event, our view is that the DMRE is likely to continue implementing the Mining Charter and it is unlikely that the DMRE will begin applying the BBBEE Act and BBBEE Codes in administering the MPRDA, since in order to do so will potentially require an amendment of the MPRDA.
Housing and Living Standards
On December 11, 2019 the Minister published the Housing and Living Conditions Standard for the Minerals Industry (the "Standard"). The purpose of the Standard is to ensure that mine employees are provided with adequate housing, healthcare services, balanced nutrition and water. The Standard repeals the previous iteration of the Standard from 2009 and applies to existing and new mining right holders. The underlying purpose of the Standard is to develop decent single and family housing units for mine employees and their families.
Mining right holders are required to develop a housing and living conditions plan taking into account various principles in giving effect to the above objectives including, engaging with all relevant stakeholders, ensuring equity in the implementation and administration of the housing of employees, providing employees with a range of housing options (such as subsidized rental, private ownership, living out allowances and government subsidized ownership) and ensuring that all housing facilities are developed or redeveloped with access to electricity, water and ablutions in accordance with the requisite norms and standards.
Mining right holders have twelve months in which to engage with organized labor, relevant municipalities and the Department of Water and Sanitation regarding mine employee housing and the living conditions that need to be addressed.

42


Draft Resettlement Guidelines
The Minister published the Draft Mine Community Resettlement Guidelines, 2019 ("Resettlement Guidelines") for public comment on December 4, 2019. The Resettlement Guidelines apply to applicants and holders of mining rights, prospecting rights and mining permits pursuant to the MPRDA, which result in the displacement of parties. Resettlement is guided by several fundamental principles including meaningful consultation, gender equality, the avoidance of resettlement, where possible, rules concerning meetings and the protection of existing rights.
Applicants and holders will need to make provision for a Resettlement Plan, Resettlement Action Plan and a Resettlement Agreement. The Resettlement Plan sets out the nature of the project, its expected impacts, the manner in which consultation will be implemented and the various cost implications for the resettlement. The Resettlement Action Plan sets out the specific steps that the holder will need to meet to implement the Resettlement Plan and the Resettlement Agreement records the commitments made by the holder. There are no specific requirements in the Resettlement Guidelines regarding the content of these agreements. However, all stakeholders should be engaged and commit to their respective obligations.
No mining activities may commence until such time as the Resettlement Agreement has been concluded. This includes agreement on the compensation that should be paid to affected parties. Any disputes between the parties regarding the Resettlement Agreement or associated plans, should be resolved between the parties. To the extent that the parties are unable to reach an amicable solution, only then should the Regional Manager-led process in section 54 of the MPRDA be invoked.
Mineral Rights - Papua New Guinea
Mining in PNG is governed by the PNG Mining Act. The Act stipulates that all minerals are the property of the State of PNG and, subject to the Act, all land is available for exploration and mining. The issuance and administration of mining tenements under the PNG Mining Act is effected through the offices of the MRA established under the PNG Mineral Resources Authority Act 2018, and mining operations are administered by the Chief Inspector of Mines under the PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977. Mineral policy is administered by the Department of Mineral Policy and Geohazards Management, all three branches falling within the PNG Department of Mining.The permitting process can be very time consuming, and (subject to the applicable legislation) there is no assurance that a mining tenement will be granted or extended.
Mining tenements include:
exploration licenses, issued for a term not exceeding two years, renewable on application for further two year terms subject to compliance with expenditure and other conditions. Each license contains a condition conferring on the PNG Government the right to make a single purchase up to 30% equitable interest in any mineral discovery under the license at a price pro rata to the accumulated exploration expenditure;
mining leases, issued for a term not exceeding 20 years, renewable on application for up to ten years at the discretion of the PNG Minister for Mining after considering PNG Mining Advisory Board recommendations;
special mining leases, issued for a term not exceeding 40 years, renewable on application for up to twenty years at the discretion of the PNG Minister for Mining after considering PNG Mining Advisory Board recommendations and subject to the provisions of any mining development contract which may have been entered into between the PNG Government and the tenement holder;
mining easements; and
leases for mining purposes.
These tenements generally confer exclusive rights on the holder to exercise their rights thereunder. However, in PNG, citizens have the right to carry out non-mechanized mining of alluvial minerals on land owned by them, provided that an alluvial mining lease is obtained and provided there is not already a mining lease or special mining lease over the subject land.
Almost all land in PNG is owned by a person or group of persons under customary ownership, and is not generally overlaid by landowner title. The customary owners of the land have in some instances been formally identified through the work of the Land Titles Commission. However, there is often considerable difficulty in identifying landowners of a particular area of land because land ownership may arise from both contract and inheritance, and because of the absence of a formal written registration system.
Along with standard corporate and other taxes and levies, mining companies must pay royalties to the State and a levy to the MRA, based on production. Prior to commencing exploration, compensation for loss or damage must be agreed with the landowners. Prior to commencing mining, written agreements must be entered into with landowners dealing with compensation and, in company with the PNG Government as a party, a memorandum of agreement dealing with such other matters as the sharing of royalties and other mining benefits among and between landowner groups and Provincial and local government entities.
Potential Changes to PNG Mining Laws
Since 2009, the mining regime in PNG has been the subject of a comprehensive ongoing review involving various PNG Government agencies. The legislation being reviewed includes the PNG Mining Act, PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977 and applicable regulations. Mineral Policy and mining-specific sector policies including biodiversity offsets, offshore mining policy, sustainable development policy, involuntary relocation policy and mine closure policy.
Over that period, various draft revisions of the PNG Mining Act have been circulated and submitted to the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum for its comments, most recently in 2018 and 2020. The most recent draft revisions include

43


an increase in the royalty rate, changes to the terms of the PNG Government's right to acquire an interest in a mine discovery, the introduction of a development levy and a waste fee, the introduction of an obligation to maintain production at minimum prescribed levels, a prohibition on non-local “Fly-In, Fly-Out” employment practices, and the introduction of downstream processing obligations. If introduced, these changes will potentially affect Harmony's operations and projects in PNG, in the form of additional restrictions, obligations, operational costs, taxes, levies, fees and royalty payments, and could have a material adverse effect on Harmony's business, operating results and financial condition.
On June 26, 2020 a Mining (Amendment) Act was enacted to require the real-time provision of production and mineral sales data to the State. On July 16, 2020 the proposed PNG Organic Law was tabled for reading in Parliament. The Organic Law (if adopted) will materially alter the legislative and regulatory regime governing mining in PNG, including the transfer of ownership of minerals from the PNG Government to a SOE not subject to the PNG Mining Act of the regulation of the Mineral Resources Authority and the transformation of the methodology of its participation in mining operations from a concessionary to a production sharing regime.The proposed PNG Organic Law is silent on the form and content of the production sharing regime to be entered into, which arrangements it is envisaged will be negotiated by the SOE on a case by case basis.
It is presently uncertain if the PNG Organic Law will be adopted, or (if adopted) whether or how the PNG Organic Law will be applied to Harmony's current operations and projects in PNG. Due to this uncertainty, Harmony is unable to express a view on the likely impact of the changes at the present time. See Item 3. "Key Information - Risk Factors - Laws governing mineral rights affect our business and could impose significant costs and burdens. Mineral rights in the countries in which we operate could be altered, suspended or canceled for a variety of reasons, including breaches in its obligations in respect of such mining rights".
The PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum, as the representative industry body, has been collating information from industry participants and engaging with the PNG Government as part of the industry’s response to the review proposals. Harmony is a member of the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum and is represented on the sub-committee of the Chamber.
Health and Safety - South Africa
For many years, the safety of persons working in South African mines and quarries was controlled by the Mines and Works Act, 27 of 1956 and then by the Minerals Act, 50 of 1991, which was replaced by the MHSA. The objectives of the MHSA are:
to protect the health and safety of persons at mines;
to require employers and employees to identify hazards and eliminate, control and minimize the risks relating to health and safety at mines;
to give effect to the public international law obligations of South Africa that concern health and safety at mines;
to provide for employee participation in matters of health and safety through health and safety representatives and the health and safety committees at mines;
to provide effective monitoring of health and safety measures at mines;
to provide for enforcement of health and safety conditions at mines;
to provide for investigations and inquiries to improve health and safety at mines;
to promote a culture of health and safety in the mining industry;
to promote training in health and safety in the mining industry; and
to promote co-operation and consultation on health and safety matters between the South African, employers, employees and their representatives.
One of the most important objectives of the MHSA is to protect the health and safety of all persons at mines and not merely the health and safety of employees. An employer is obliged, in terms of the MHSA and the regulations binding in terms thereof, to protect, as far as reasonably practicable, the health and safety of non-employees (such as visitors to a mine and the public who live in close proximity to the mine) and employees (which includes employees of independent contractors) performing work at a mine. The word “employer” in section 102 of the MHSA is defined as the owner of the mine. In turn, an “owner” of a mine is defined to include: (i) the holder of the prospecting permit or mining authorization issued under the MPRDA; (ii) if a prospecting permit or mining authorization does not exist, the person for whom the activities in connection with the winning of a mineral are undertaken, but excluding an independent contractor; or (iii) the last person who worked the mine or that person’s successor in title.
The aforesaid subsection was amended by section 30(f) of the Mine Health and Safety Amendment Act, 74 of 2008 by substituting the term “Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act” for the term “Minerals Act.” Under the new system, mining authorizations do not exist. However, taking into account section 12 of the Interpretation Act 33 of 1957, the word “authorisation” must be substituted by the words “mining right or mining permit.” Accordingly, the holder of the “mining right or mining permit” is regarded as the employer for the purposes of the MHSA and the regulations binding thereunder. The employer therefore remains responsible to ensure that applicable provisions of the MHSA and the regulations binding in terms thereof, are complied with to ensure the health and safety of persons, as far as reasonably practicable and to prevent damage to property.
The MHSA prescribes general and specific duties for employers and others, determines penalties and a system of administrative fines, and provides for employee participation by requiring the appointment of health and safety

44


representatives and the establishment of health and safety committees. It also entrenches the right of employees to refuse to work in dangerous conditions.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58.
The Mine Health and Safety Inspectorate ("MHSI") within the DMRE is responsible for the enforcement of the MHSA and the regulations binding in terms thereof and it also plays an important role in the promotion of health and safety at mines. The MHSI comprises of a Chief Inspector of Mines, Principal Inspectors of Mines for each region and various Inspectors of Mines for each region. Should employers or employees fail to comply with their obligations under the MHSA, the MHSI may take a number of enforcement measures which include the following:
the issuing of statutory instructions (for example notices in terms of section 54 or section 55 of the MHSA) if an Inspector of Mines has reason to believe that any occurrence, practice or condition at a mine endangers the health and safety of any person at a mine, or alternatively if an Inspector of Mines has reason to believe that a provision of the MHSA has not been complied with. A notice in terms of section 54 of the MHSA may halt all mining operations undertaken at a mine or part thereof. If a mine receives notices in terms of section 54 of the MHSA regularly, the production stoppages and the additional costs incurred as a result thereof, will not only affect the production results of a mine but also the reputation and business of a mine. If, however, a notice in terms of section 54 of the MHSA has been issued unlawfully, the mine may appeal the said notice to the Chief Inspector of Mines. It must be noted that the aforesaid appeal does not suspend the operation of the notice issued in terms of section 54 of the MHSA. To suspend the operation of the notice in the above instance, a mine must lodge an urgent application to the Labour Court (being the court with jurisdiction) requesting the suspension of the operation of the notice issued in terms of section 54 of the MHSA pending the outcome of the appeal to the Chief Inspector of Mines;
the Chief Inspector of Mines may suspend or cancel certificates of competency issued in terms of the MHSA if the holder of that certificate is guilty of gross negligence or misconduct or has not complied with the MHSA or the regulations binding thereunder;
a Principal Inspector of Mines may recommend prosecution to the National Director of Public Prosecutions if satisfied that there is sufficient admissible evidence that an offense has been committed. Any person convicted of an offense in terms of the MHSA may be sentenced to a fine or imprisonment as may be prescribed; and
a Principal Inspector of Mines may, after considering the recommendation of an Inspector of Mines and the written representations of the employer, impose an administrative fine for the failure to comply with, amongst others, the provisions of the MHSA and the regulations binding thereunder. In terms of Table 2 of Schedule 8 to the MHSA, the maximum administrative fine which may be imposed on an employer is one million Rand per transgression. The MHSA does not make provision for any internal appeal against an administrative fine which has been issued unlawfully. However, if a mine receives an administrative fine which has been issued unlawfully, the mine may lodge an application in the Labour Court (being the court with jurisdiction) to review the decision of the Chief Inspector of Mines to impose an administrative fine.
Over and above the aforesaid, investigation and/or inquiry proceedings in terms of the MHSA are instituted by the MHSI following an accident or occurrence at a mine, which results in the death of any person.
In South Africa the COIDA and ODMWA established two statutory systems for the payment of compensation for occupationally related injuries and certain occupationally related diseases. COIDA applies to the compensation of all occupational injuries (including payment of compensation in the event of the death of the injured employee), whether or not it occurs in or outside the mining industry. ODMWA applies to diseases which are defined as “compensatable diseases”, being primarily occupationally related lung diseases like silicosis. COIDA indemnifies the employer against claims by the employee or his/her dependents for damages incurred as a result of occupational injuries and diseases. However, the Constitutional Court held in Mankayi v AngloGold Ashanti Limited 2011 (3) SA 237 (CC) that although COIDA applies to occupational diseases in general, COIDA does not apply in instances where the disease in question is a compensatable disease in terms of ODMWA and which was contracted as a result of the performance of “risk work” at a “controlled mine”. The Court further held that if an employee contracts a compensatable disease as defined in ODMWA, the employee would still be entitled to claim common law damages from the employer.
Health and Safety - Papua New Guinea
PNG has a significant mining industry, and a developing system of occupational health and safety. The PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977 is the principal legislation, which addresses a range of issues such as working hours, minimum safety and reporting requirements. Other legislation and regulations also apply.
The PNG Mining (Safety) Act 1977 and the Regulations issued thereunder are currently under review as part of the overall review of mining legislation in PNG. See above under "- Regulation - Mineral Rights - Papua New Guinea". Harmony continues to engage with the PNG Government through the offices of the Chamber of Mines and Petroleum of PNG, and directly with the PNG Minister for Mining and the Managing Director of the MRA.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Safety and health” on pages 41 to 58.
Laws and Regulations pertaining to Environmental Protection - South Africa
In South Africa, environmental matters are regulated by national, provincial and municipal laws based on the competencies afforded to each of these spheres of government under South Africa's Constitution and relevant legislation. As

45


a result, there are many statutes and by-laws that are applicable to construction, operation, decommissioning and closure of mining operations. The key legislation includes the NEMA, the NWA, the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act, 39 of 2004, the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 59 of 2008 (the "Waste Act"), the National Nuclear Regulator Act, 47 of 1999, the National Environmental Management: Biodiversity Act, 10 of 2004, the National Heritage Resources Act, 25 of 1999, the Carbon Tax Act and the MPRDA.
This legislation commonly requires businesses whose operations may have an impact on the environment to obtain permits, authorizations and other approvals for those operations. The rationale behind this is to ensure that companies with activities that are reasonably expected to have environmental impacts, can initially assess the extent of the environmental impacts from such activities, as well as to put reasonable and practicable mitigation measures in place to manage these impacts. In addition, businesses and authorities must monitor compliance to ensure that the requirements under the relevant permits, authorization and other approvals are achieved. In addition, the legislation may require compliance with standards or levels for which authorization is not required and impose a duty of care on businesses to ensure that reasonable measures are implemented to prevent pollution or environmental degradation from occurring, continuing or recurring.
NEMA
Section 24 of South Africa's Constitution is the cornerstone of South African environmental law. It affords every person the right to an environment that promotes their health and well-being and places an obligation on the state to create legislation and other instruments to give effect to this right taking into consideration the principles of sustainable development.
In accordance with this obligation, the Minister of Environmental Affairs and Tourism (as he was then) introduced the NEMA. The NEMA is “framework legislation”, that is, it provides the core principles and structures in terms of which all environmental legislation and decisions are interpreted, administered and applied. These principles include (but not limited to) the principles of inter-generational equity, the polluter pays principles, the cradle to grave principle and the principle of sustainable development (the “Section 2 Principles”).
The NEMA introduces environmental management tools aimed at ensuring that the Section 2 Principles are incorporated into all decisions that have an effect on the environment. Chief among these tools is the environmental authorization process. Under section 24(1) of the NEMA, the Minister of Environment, Forestry and Fisheries may identify activities that may not commence without an environmental authorization (the “Listed Activities”).
The Minister of Environmental Affairs published the EIA Regulations and three lists of Listed Activities (the "Listing Notices"). The EIA Regulations contemplate two application processes for an environmental authorization: a "basic assessment" process and a "scoping and environmental impact assessment". The basic assessment is an abridged assessment process that considers the impacts of the proposed activity on the environment, while the scoping and environmental impact assessment is a much more detailed assessment that is reserved for those activities that are expected to have a greater impact on the environment. The activities listed in Listing Notices 1 and 3 trigger a basic assessment process and the activities contained in Listing Notice 2 require the applicant to complete a scoping and environmental impact assessment. The period from the date of application until the granting or refusal of an environmental authorization should take no more than 300 days, excluding any appeal processes that suspends the environmental authorization for the duration of the appeal.
The most recent iteration of EIA Regulations and Listing Notices was published with effect from December 8, 2014, along with various amendments to the NEMA and the MPRDA pursuant to an agreement (referred to as the "One Environmental System”) concluded between the Minister of Environmental Affairs, the Minister of Mineral Resources and the Minister of Water and Sanitation (as such ministries were then called). In terms of the One Environment System, the DEFF is responsible for the creation of all legislation and regulation relating to the environment. The DMRE however, will be the competent authority responsible with implementing and enforcing this legislation as far as it directly relates to prospecting and mining activities, including the granting of environmental authorization for these activities.
Prior to the One Environmental System, the powers and responsibilities of the DEFF and DMRE overlapped. Any person applying for a prospecting right, mining permit or mining right was required under the MPRDA to conduct an environmental impact assessment and obtain approval (referred to as an Environmental Management Programme or "EMPr") from the DMRE. To the extent that the proposed prospecting or mining activities also triggered any listed activities under NEMA and prior versions of the EIA Regulations, an environmental authorization was required from the provincial environmental authorities. In practice, applicants for an EMPr and environmental authorization would conduct one environmental impact assessment and submit the final report to both the DMRE and provincial authority for their respective approvals. This dual system resulted in conflicting conditions with which the applicants were required to comply.
With effect from December 8, 2014, the DMRE became the competent authority in relation to all environmental matters directly related to prospecting, extraction and primary processing of mineral resources, including those ancillary listed activities associated with prospecting and mining operations previously governed by the provincial environmental authorities. Today, any person that seeks to obtain a prospecting right, mining permit or mining right must apply for an environmental authorization from the DMRE. This environmental authorization must be granted before a prospecting right, mining permit or mining right may be granted.
While the One Environmental System has streamlined the environmental authorization process, uncertainty exists (in limited instances) as to whether the DMRE or the environmental authorities are the competent to consider and grant environmental authorizations.
The NEMA requires applicants for environmental authorizations in respect of prospecting and mining to assess the environmental liabilities arising from their mining operations and to put up financial provision (in the form of cash, guarantees or certain insurance policies) to the satisfaction of the Minister. The amount of financial provision is assessed annually and, to the extent necessary, the financial provision is adjusted to the satisfaction of the Minister. If, at any point, the holder of

46


environmental authorization fails to fulfill its obligations under the authorization or in terms of environmental laws, the Minister may call upon the financial provision to implement any necessary measures.
Prior to September 2, 2014, financial provision was regulated under section 41 of the MPRDA read with regulation 53 and 54 of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Regulations (the “MPRDA Regulations”). These sections and regulations required that a mining right applicant make financial provision for the rehabilitation of negative environmental impact arising from their mining activities. The initial amount and subsequent increases thereof were determined in accordance with the DMRE Guidelines. Pursuant to the DMRE Guidelines and the MPRDA Regulations, the selected financial provision must cater for the actual costs associated with the premature closing, decommissioning and final closure and post closure management of residual and latent environmental impacts.
With effect from September 2, 2014, section 41 of the MPRDA was deleted and replaced with section 24P of the NEMA. Like section 41 of the MPRDA, section 24P of the NEMA states that the prospecting / mining right holder must annually assess their environmental liability in the prescribed manner and increase the financial provision to the satisfaction of the Minister. The only material difference between section 41 of the MPRDA and section 24P of NEMA is that, in terms of the latter, the prospecting or mining right holder is required to maintain financial provision notwithstanding the issuing of a closure certificate by the Minister, while the former stated that the holder would be absolved of environmental liability once a closure certificate is used.
From September 2, 2014 until November 20, 2015, the amount of financial provision was calculated in accordance with the DMRE Guidelines as the Minister of Environmental Affairs (as she was then) had not published regulations in support of section 24P. The DMRE Guidelines were criticized for undervaluing the costs of environmental rehabilitation thus exposing the DMRE to potential liability in the event that the mining right holder was unable to fulfill its environmental obligations.
On November 20, 2015, the Minister of Environmental Affairs published the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015. The Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 sought to rectify the inadequacies of the DMRE Guidelines by, among other things, including preliminary and general costs in the financial provision calculations, imposing VAT (at 15%) on the total amount, prohibiting the withdrawal of trust funds for concurrent rehabilitation (even in circumstances where the financial provision exceeds the evaluated environmental liability) and ceding a portion of the funds the Minister as security for possible latent and residual post-closure environmental impacts.
Compliance with these obligations would have resulted in a significant increase in the required financial provision and, consequently were strongly opposed by the mining industry. In response to this opposition, the DEFF undertook to engage further with mining industry and other stakeholders to amend or develop new financial provision regulations. In light of this on-going consultation, the date by which mining companies are required to align their financial provision with the Financial Provision Regulations, 2015 has been extended on three occasions. The most recent extension is until June 2021. As revised draft regulations have not been published in the last year, it is possible that the June 2021 date may be extended further. However, even if new regulations are finalized before that date, it is likely that the financial provision calculation will be more stringent than the calculations under the DMRE Guidelines and the Company will be required to increase its financial provision.
Upon the suspension, cancellation, termination or lapsing of a prospecting or mining right, Harmony will have to comply with various regulatory requirements including applying for a closure certificate and will remain liable for compliance with the provisions of various relevant regulations, including any latent significant environmental impacts manifesting post-closure, notwithstanding the issuance of a closure certificate by the DMRE.
Until a closure certificate is granted, the Company is required to obtain and maintain financial provision for rehabilitation. The financial provision quantum is currently determined in accordance with a legal framework that may change materially. Upon the issuing of a closure certificate, the Minister may retain a portion of the financial provision for future latent and residual environmental liabilities.
The commencement of a listed activity without an environmental authorization is an offense but could possibly be corrected by submitting an application in terms of section 24G of the NEMA. There is no guarantee that the competent authority will grant an environmental authorization in terms of this process. They may instruct the applicant to rehabilitate the environment or take any other measures to rectify the unlawful conduct. Even if the authority agrees to grant an environmental authorization, it may only do so after the applicant has paid and an administrative fine. The granting of an environmental authorization under section 24G does not absolve the applicant of potential criminal liability for commencing with an activity without the requisite authorization.
NEMA imposes a statutory obligation on every person who has caused or is likely to cause significant contamination to take reasonable measures in relation thereto. This duty applies retrospectively to contamination caused prior to 1998.
A failure to comply with this duty failing to obtain or comply with an environmental authorization and other offenses may, upon successful prosecution result in significant fines of up to R10 million and/or 10 years imprisonment being imposed. In addition, it may result in damages claims, obligations to rehabilitate the environment, paying the costs of the prosecution and even direction and employee liability.
Waste management
Pursuant to section 19 of the Water Act, the Minister is authorized to publish a list of waste management activities that are likely to have detrimental effect on the environment. No one may commence or undertake a waste management activity except in accordance with the norms and standards created in terms of section 19(3) of the Water Act or a waste management license. The list of waste management activities that have, or are likely to have, a detrimental effect on the environment set out the various activities for which a waste management license is required. A basic assessment is required in respect of those activities listed in Category A and a scoping and environmental impact assessment is required in respect of Category B listed activities.

47


In respect of those activities listed in Category C, an waste management license is not required but the person seeking to undertake those activities must comply with published norms and standards.
Regulatory uncertainty exists regarding the management and re-processing of residue stockpiles and residue deposits created prior to May 1, 2004. These residue deposits and residue stockpiles fall outside the scope of the MPRDA (and therefore outside the jurisdiction of the DMRE) and, as such, it is not possible to obtain a mining right or a mining permit over such residue stockpiles or deposits. Amendments were included in 2014 that sought to incorporate the reclamation of residue stockpiles and residue deposits within the scope of the Waste Act and within the jurisdiction of the DMRE. The amendments, however, are unclear and it rendering it uncertain whether the DMRE or the DEFF is the competent authority in respect of these residue stockpiles and deposits. This may lead to possible legal challenge in circumstances where waste management licenses are obtained from the incorrect authority.
Other waste management facilities constructed and/or operated by our operations may also be subject to licensing requirements, including hazardous waste disposal sites and central salvage yards.
In addition to licensing, mines must also comply with the management measures prescribed for residue stockpiles and deposits in the Regulations for Residue Stockpiles and Residue Deposits from a Prospecting, Mining, Exploration or Production Operation in GNR 632 of July 24, 2015. These regulations do not retrospectively apply to the management of existing stockpiles and deposits, so long as they are in an approved EMPR. These regulations have notable cost implications for new residue stockpiles and deposits established after this date as they impose certain liner/barrier requirements for them.
The Waste Act also regulates contaminated land, whether or not the contamination occurred before the commencement of the Waste Act or at a different time from the actual activity that caused the contamination. Consequently, historic, as well as present or future arising, contaminated land which is identified as an investigation area by the environmental authorities or which is notified as being contaminated by the landowner must be assessed and reported on. The direction of taking monitoring and management measures, or of undertaking site remediation, may follow depending on the level of risk associated with the contamination.
Failure to comply with the provisions of the Waste Act may result in penalties similar to those discussed under the NEMA above.
Water use and pollution
The NWA regulates the management and water quality of water resources, including watercourses, surface water, estuaries and aquifers to ensure the sustainability of all water resources in the interests of all water users.
The NWA defines a water use as:
taking water from a water resource;
storing water;
impeding or diverting the flow of water in a watercourse;
engaging in a stream flow activities contemplated in the NWA;
engaging in a controlled activity identified in terms of s37(1) of the NWA or declared in terms of s38(1);
discharging waste or water containing waste into a water resource through a pipe, canal, sewer, sea outfall or other conduit;
disposing of waste in a manner which may detrimentally impact on a water resource;
disposing in any manner of water which contains waste from, or which has been heated in, any industrial or power generation process;
altering the bed, banks, course or characteristics of a watercourse;
removing, discharging or disposing of water found underground if it is necessary for the efficient continuation of an activity or for the safety of people; and
using water for recreational purposes.
From a permitting perspective, water resources are regulated through the issuing of water use licenses, publishing of general authorizations and / or permitting persons to continue undertaking water uses that they were undertaking when the NWA came into effect.
Most mining operations require a water use license in order to conduct their operations, particularly for activities relating to water abstraction, storage, effluent discharge, diversions, and facilities which have the potential to pollute groundwater resources. Water use licenses are difficult to obtain and usually involve a lengthy and delayed application process. Mines are also required to comply with the regulations which were specifically published for the use of water for mining and related activities in GN 704 of June 4, 1999. These regulations provide for limitations on the location of mining infrastructure and requirements for separation of dirty and clean water systems and the design of certain water management infrastructure.
In addition to the permitting requirements, the NWA includes a duty of care similar to that discussed in the section above in respect of NEMA. Failure to comply with the NWA will result in penalties similar to those set out above in respect of NEMA.

48


Emissions
See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate change may present physical risks to our operations” for a discussion regarding the laws governing GHG emissions.
Laws and Regulations pertaining to Environmental Protection - Papua New Guinea
The PNG Environment Act 2000 regulates the impact of industry and other activities on the environment and sets out the environmental permitting requirements for developments, including mining projects. An environmental impact statement is required when projects are likely to have a significant adverse impact on the environment and other social or cultural heritage aspects. This statement must be lodged with the PNG Conservation and Environment Protection Authority (previously the Department of Environment and Conservation) for assessment, which includes a public review and referral phase. For large projects, the review process may also involve an independent peer review.
The ultimate grant of an environmental permit occurs after the endorsement of the environment impact statement by the PNG Environment Council and approval of the proposed activities by the PNG Minister for Environment, Conservation and Climate Change.
Potential Changes to PNG Environment Laws
A process of legislative review is underway and a number of environmental matters are under consideration. This includes a mine closure policy, which contains a mechanism for the provision of financial assurance for mine closure and rehabilitation costs; a biodiversity offset policy, which includes a mechanism for biodiversity offset payments to support biodiversity incentives; and a national oceans policy, which considers issues associated with offshore mining and extractive industries and deep sea tailings placement.
Harmony's operations and projects in PNG will be affected by any changes to PNG environmental laws, and the Company continues to engage with the PNG Government on these matters through the offices of the Chamber of Mines and Petroleum of PNG, and directly with the PNG Conservation and Environment Protection Authority and relevant PNG ministers.
Labor Relations
South Africa
Employee relations in South Africa are guided by the Labour Relations Act 66 of 1995 as well as by the Employee Relations Framework Policy and mine-based recognition agreements. In South Africa, Harmony recognizes four labor unions (save for the Moab Khotsong and Target Operations where the National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa ("NUMSA") is also recognized). As at financial year-end, these unions and their corresponding representation were as follows, namely the National Union of Mineworkers (at 58%); the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (at 23%); the United Association of South Africa (at 5%) National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa (5%) and Solidarity (at 2%). About 94% of our South African workforce is unionized, with the balance not belonging to a union. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being - Employee relations” on pages 58 to 71.
Australia
Employee relations in Australia are regulated by a combination of federal and state statutes that stipulate minimum standards and provide for collective bargaining and action. All employment contracts are based on the Australian Fair Work Act, 28 of 2009 and the National Employment Standards. Our Australian workforce is not unionized.
Papua New Guinea
Employee relations in PNG are regulated by the PNG Employment Act of 1978 and the PNG Employment of Non-Citizens Act 1978. Individual contracts are entered into, and the workforce is not unionized.
In PNG, wages are guided by independent market research that compares mining, oil and gas companies in the region. Industrial relations at Hidden Valley have been established through regular dialogue between management and employees via the Employee Relations Committee.
In addition, Hidden Valley mine employment is guided by the Employment and Training Plan appended to the Memorandum of Agreement (“MOA”) dated August 2005 between the company, the PNG Government, provincial and local governments and the Landowner Association. The MOA requires that, as far as is reasonably possible, preference in training and employment is given to local and landowner candidates before individuals from other provinces or countries. Compliance with this agreement is a critical issue in maintaining Hidden Valley mine’s license to operate.
C. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Corporate profile” on page 6
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 2.1 “Consolidation” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
D. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The information set forth under the headings:

49


“- Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138;
“- Delivering profitable ounces - Operational performance” on pages 72 to 103;
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference. Also see note 13 “Property, Plant and Equipment” and note 31 “Cash Generated by Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
Also see Item 4: “Information on the Company - Business Overview -- Reserves”, “- Geology” and “- Capital Expenditures” and Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations”.

ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.

50


ITEM 5. OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
You should read the following discussion and analysis together with our consolidated financial statements, including the related notes, set forth beginning on page F-1.
A discussion of the changes in our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2019 and 2018, has been omitted from this Harmony 2020 Form 20-F, but may be found in Item 5, Operating and Financial Review, of the Harmony 2019 Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2019, filed with the SEC on October 24, 2019, which is available free of charge on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and our website at www.harmony.co.za.
A. OPERATING RESULTS
Overview
Harmony is currently the largest producer of gold in South Africa and is furthermore an important producer in PNG. Our gold sales for fiscal 2020 were 38,481 kilograms of gold (1.24 million ounces of gold) and in fiscal 2020 we processed approximately 25.4 million tonnes of ore. As at June 30, 2020, our mining operations and projects reported total proved and probable reserves of approximately 36.5 million gold equivalent ounces.
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”). The CODM has been identified as the CEO's office consisting of the chief executive officer, financial director, executive director: new business development, executive director: corporate affairs, chief operating officer: new business development, corporate strategy and projects, chief executive officer: South-east Asia and chief operating officer: South Africa operations. During 2020, the executive: business development was added to the CEO's office, following the appointment of a new financial director.

For segment purposes, management distinguishes between “Underground” and “Surface”, with each shaft or group of shafts or open-pit mine managed by a team (headed by a single general manager) being considered to be an operating segment.
Our reportable segments are as follows:
Bambanani, Doornkop, Joel, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Moab Khotsong, Target 1, Tshepong Operations, Unisel and Hidden Valley; and
all other shafts and surface operations, including those that treat historic sand dumps, waste rock dumps and tailings dams, are grouped together under “All other surface operations”.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently adopted accounting policies, as well as recent accounting pronouncements with the potential for impact on the consolidated financial statements, are described in note 2 “Accounting Policies” to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
COVID-19
On March 27, 2020, South Africa was placed under national lockdown, to curb the spread of COVID-19 and allow the country time in which to prepare for the demands the pandemic would have on its health care system. All of Harmony’s underground operations were placed on care and maintenance, with the surface operations permitted to continue working at close to full capacity.
On May 1, 2020, South African underground operations were granted concessions to start producing at a maximum capacity of 50% and as of June 1, 2020, operational restrictions were lifted further to allow the mining industry to operate at 100% of its labor capacity. Harmony’s SOP was adopted and rolled out, ensuring a safe return to work for each of its employees. Harmony’s SOP was informed by guidelines provided by the DMRE, the National Council for Infectious Diseases and the World Health Organization.
The SOP included the transport of South African employees from remote labor-sending areas back to the Company's mines. All requisite staffing, facilities and equipment were put in place to ensure rigorous screening as employees return to work and when at work, as well as isolate or quarantine employees infected by or exposed to COVID-19, with subsequent testing and treatment. Return to work has progressed smoothly albeit slowly, with the return of foreign nationals to South Africa taking longer than anticipated.
The effects of COVID-19 and other macro developments have increased financial risks such as exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price volatility, while also impacting on liquidity and credit risk. Management has put various measures in place to mitigate and/or manage the risks and continues monitoring the situation closely. See Item 3: "Key - Information - Risk Factors -The current COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the global economy and markets over the past several months and may continue to do so, which could adversely affect our business or the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs", and Note 4 "COVID-19 Impact" and Note 37 "Financial Risk Management" of our consolidated financial statements for further details.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported results of our operations. Actual results may differ from those estimates. We have identified the most critical accounting policies upon which our financial results depend. Some of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment and estimates by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and are

51


based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, management’s view on trends in the gold mining industry and information from outside sources.
Our significant accounting policies and critical accounting estimates and judgments are described in more detail in note 2 “Accounting Policies” and note 3 “Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments”, respectively, to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with such consolidated financial statements and the relevant notes. Management has identified the following as critical accounting policies because estimates used in applying these policies are subject to material risks and uncertainties. Management believes the following critical accounting policies, together with the other significant accounting policies discussed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements and could potentially impact our financial results and future financial performance.
Gold Mineral Reserves
Gold mineral reserves are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the Group’s properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.
Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves requires the size, shape and depth of the orebodies to be determined by analyzing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgments and calculations to interpret the data. These reserves are determined in accordance with the SAMREC Code and SEC Industry Guide 7.
Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable reserves may affect the Group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, for example, depreciation and amortization charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method.
The estimate of the total expected future lives of our mines could be materially different from the actual amount of gold mined in the future. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Estimations of Harmony’s reserves are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and recovery factors, future cash costs of production, exchange rates, and the relevant commodity prices. As a result, metals produced in future may differ from current estimates”.
Depreciation of Mining Assets
Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units-of-production method over the life of mine, based on estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits.
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in compliance with IFRS requires management to assess the useful life of each of its operations separately based on the characteristics of each deposit and select the reserve/resource base that best reflects the useful life of the operation. In most instances, management considers the use of proved and probable reserves for the calculation of depreciation and amortization expense to be the best estimate of the life of the respective mining operation. Therefore, for most of the Company’s operations, we use proved and probable reserves only, excluding all inferred resources as well as any indicated and measured resources that have not yet been deemed economically recoverable.
In some instances, proved and probable reserves alone may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of mine and related assets. In these instances, management may be confident that certain inferred resources will eventually be classified as measured and indicated resources, and if economically recoverable, they will be included in proved and probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting the mine on this basis, but has not yet done the necessary development and geological drill work to improve the confidence to the required levels to designate them formally as reserves. In these cases, management, in addition to proved and probable reserves, may also include certain, but not all, of the inferred resources associated with these properties as the best estimate of the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed by the entity.

52


RESOUCESV2A02.JPG
Management only includes the proved and probable reserves and the inferred resources that have been included in the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by management, which means that the resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This consistent systematic method for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes management’s view of the gold price, exchange rates as well as cost inflation into account. The board of directors and management approach economic decisions affecting these operations based on the life-of-mine plans that include such resources. In declaring the resource, management would have had to obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as required by the SAMREC Code. For further discussion on mineral reserves, see “- Gold Mineral Reserves” above.
In fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company added the inferred resources that were included in the life-of-mine plans at Doornkop to the proved and probable reserves in order to calculate the depreciation expense. The depreciation calculation for all other operations was done using only the proved and probable reserves.
At Doornkop, there has been a steady conversion of the inferred mineral resources included in the life-of-mine plan into indicated and measured mineral resources that are classified as proven and probable reserves if economically viable. In addition, there have been no instances during the period presented where subsequent geological drilling or underground development indicated instances of inappropriate inclusion of inferred mineral resources in the life-of-mine plan. As such, management is confident that the inclusion of the inferred mineral resources in the life-of-mine plan when calculating the depreciation charge is a more realistic reflection of the pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits of these assets than would be achieved by excluding them.

Management’s confidence in the economical recovery of these inferred mineral resources is based on historical experience and available geological information. The surface drilling spread (surface boreholes) and underground Long Inclined Borehole ("LIB") drilling at Doornkop has indicated that the portion of the inferred mineral resources included in the life-of-mine plan exist and can be economically mined with a high level of confidence for the South Reef ore body. The surface boreholes and LIB drilling have been used to determine the existence and mineralogy of the South Reef as well as the location of major geological structures. However, further geological drilling and underground development is required to upgrade the confidence classification from inferred mineral resources to indicated and measured mineral resource. Underground geological LIB drilling is currently being done and planned to continue as and when the underground infrastructure is in place

Additional confidence in existence and commercial viability is obtained from the fact that the South Reef at the surrounding operations have already been mined over many years in the past. Doornkop mines the continuation of the South Reef that these mined-out operations exploited. At Doornkop the geological setting of the South Reef ore body is such that there is an fairly even distribution of the mineralized content within the identified channels, and reliance can be placed on the comparable results of the surrounding mines. As these results are already known, extrapolations of the expected mineable channels can be done with a reasonable degree of accuracy. Although the current information does not allow the classification of inferred mineral resources as indicated or measured mineral resources, it does provide management with valuable information and increases the level of confidence in the existence and grade expectation of the South Reef at Doornkop.

Future capital expenditure necessary to access these inferred resources, such as costs to complete a decline or a level, has also been included in the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plan and have been taken into account when determining the pattern of depreciation charge for these operations.
Due to the fact that the economic assumptions used to estimate the proved and probable reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the resources and proved and probable reserves may change from year to year. Changes in the proved and probable reserves and the inferred resource base used in the life-of-mine plan may affect the calculation of depreciation and amortization. The change is recognized prospectively.

53


The relevant statistics for Doornkop have been included below.
 
 
Applicable to the Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
Doornkop
2020
2019
2018
A
Years (life-of-mine plan)
16

16

18

B
Reserves (Tonnes million)
9.8

7.0

4.6

B
Resources (Tonnes million)
12.8

12.0

16.9

D
Total inferred resources (Tonnes million)
4.3

5.2

10.6

E
Inferred resources included in life-of-mine plan (Tonnes million)
4.6

5.6

9.5

F
Future development costs (Rand million)
1,034

519

494

G
Depreciation expense for the fiscal year
 
 
 
 
As reported (Rand million)
175

258

185

 
Excluding inferred resources (Rand million)
200

320

336

Doornkop’s inferred resources included in the life-of-mine plan is based on the tonnage milled which includes all dilution factors. The tonnes included in life-of-mine plan exceeds the declared inferred resource values as the mineral resource tons does not include any dilution and only reflects the in situ on reef tons.
Impairment of Property, Plant and Equipment
We review and evaluate our mining assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the related carrying amounts may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets.
Future cash flows are estimated based on estimated quantities of recoverable minerals, expected commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production levels and cash costs of production, capital and reclamation costs, all based on detailed life-of-mine plans. The significant assumptions in determining the future cash flows for each individual operating mine at June 30, 2020, apart from production cost and capitalized expenditure assumptions unique to each operation, included gold price, silver price and exchange rate assumptions. These are as follows:

Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
 
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Long Term
US$ gold price per ounce
1,610

1,558

1,469

1,350

US$ silver price per ounce
17.00

17.00

17.00

17.00

Rand/gold price (R/kg)
865,000

775,000

722,000

630,000

Rand/US$ exchange rate
16.72

15.47

15.29

14.51

US$/Kina exchange rate
3.45

3.45

3.45

3.45

 
South Africa
Hidden Valley
US dollar per ounce
2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Measured
25.00

25.00

25.00

n/a

n/a

n/a

Indicated
8.00

8.00

8.00

8.00

8.00

5.84

Inferred
2.80

2.80

2.80

n/a

n/a

5.84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from proved and probable reserves and related exploration stage mineral interests, except for other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below, after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such exploration stage mineral interests are risk adjusted based on management’s relative confidence in such materials. With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an "area of interest" basis, which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex. In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties.

54


As discussed above under “- Gold Mineral Reserves”, various factors could impact our ability to achieve our forecasted production schedules from proved and probable reserves. Additionally, commodity prices, capital expenditure requirements and reclamation costs could differ from the assumptions used in the cash flow models used to assess impairment. The ability to achieve the estimated quantities of recoverable minerals from exploration stage mineral interests involves further risks in addition to those factors applicable to mineral interests where proved and probable reserves have been identified, due to the lower level of confidence that the identified mineralized material can ultimately be mined economically. Assets classified as other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential have the highest level of risk that the carrying value of the asset can be ultimately realized, due to the still lower level of geological confidence and economic modeling. 
Management performed an assessment for impairment triggers as well as indications of reversal of previously recorded impairment losses at June 30, 2020. Due to the uncertainty of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the South African national lockdown would have on the South African underground operations, as well as the increase in the short-term gold price, the recoverable amounts for these cash-generating units ("CGUs") were calculated.
Due to the volatilities experienced in the markets and the uncertainty in forecasting future cash flows due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, management has used various probability scenarios in determining the recoverable amounts for the CGUs at June 30, 2020.

The following were factored into management's judgments:
infection rates and the timing of the expected peaks in the provinces that Harmony's operations are situated in, based on models prepared by the South African government;
expected disruptions to production together with the mitigation strategies management has in place;
potential duration of the impact of the virus and the related restrictions in operations; and
potential changes of the timing of various cash flows due to shortened production breaks.

Management included estimates of the staffing costs for screening and monitoring employees at work as well as those that are in quarantine. The cost estimates also include the accommodation expenses for employees in quarantine or isolation as well as the treatment cost for those with mild symptoms and those with severe symptoms that need to be hospitalized. These estimates were based on actual costs incurred for the period March to June 2020.

In preparing the various scenarios, management considered and varied:
the potential impact on production and therefore on the revenue cash flows, based on historical trends that have been extrapolated to account for varying disruption levels;
the duration of potential disruptions to production, ranging from 12 months to 24 months; and
the infection rates and associated costs. Where infections were assumed to continue into Year 2, the rate was dependent on the assumed infections in Year 1, with a higher rate in Year 1 resulting in a lower rate in Year 2, and vice versa.
Management assumed that the production costs would be largely unaffected as employees would either be at work or on sick leave, while the strategy of moving crews around would ensure production carried on without undue disruption and therefore would not impact on costs such as consumables and electricity.

The calculated cash flows were then weighted based on management's expectation of each of the scenarios occurring. The resulting amounts were discounted using the specific discount rate for each operation in order to determine the recoverable amount.

Based on the impairment tests performed, no impairments were recorded in fiscal 2020. Where CGUs had previously been impaired, management considered whether the impairment loss (or the contributors to the previously recognized impairment loss) no longer exists or might have decreased. Management considered general and specific factors for each CGU and concluded that although overall the gold price had improved from the time that the impairment losses had been recognized, the specific circumstances that led to the original impairments had not reversed.  Management also considered the level of uncertainty of the impact of COVID-19 on production and therefore on the cash flows. Due to the volatility embedded in the potential upside driven by the higher gold prices in the short to medium term, coupled with the fact that the factors resulting in the previously recognized impairment losses had not reversed, management resolved it to be appropriate for no reversal of previously recognized impairment losses to be recorded for the period under review.

During fiscal 2019 we recorded an impairment of R3.9 billion as well as an impairment of R5.3 billion in 2018. Material changes to any of these factors or assumptions discussed above could result in future impairment charges, particularly around future commodity price assumptions. A 10% decrease in commodity price assumptions at June 30, 2020 would have resulted in impairments as follows:

55


 
(R millions)

Tshepong Operations
3,352

Target 1
804

Joel
716

Kusasalethu
441

Bambanani*
94

Other Freegold assets
20

Moab Khotsong*
15

Unisel
6

*The goodwill balance attributed to this cash generating unit would be reduced first. See “- Carrying Value of Goodwill” below.
A 10% increase would result in no impairment being recorded. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
Carrying Value of Goodwill
We evaluate, at least on an annual basis, the carrying amount of goodwill to determine whether current events and circumstances indicate that such carrying amount may no longer be recoverable. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating units). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent of the cash flows of other shafts and assets. To accomplish this, we compare the recoverable amounts of our cash generating units to their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. If the carrying value of a cash generating unit were to exceed its recoverable amount at the time of the evaluation, an impairment loss is recognized by first reducing goodwill, and then the other assets in the cash generating unit on a pro rata basis. Assumptions underlying fair value estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties. If these assumptions change in the future, we may need to record impairment charges on goodwill not previously recorded.
As at June 30, 2020 our goodwill related to the Moab Khotsong and Bambanani cash generating units. No impairment on goodwill was recorded in fiscal 2020 as the recoverable amounts exceeded the carrying values.
As at June 30, 2019, our goodwill related to the Moab Khotsong and Bambanani cash generating units. Goodwill of R302 million was recognized on acquisition of the Moab Khotsong operations during fiscal 2018. Refer to note 12 "Acquisitions and Business Combinations" of our consolidated financial statements for further details. An impairment of R6 million on goodwill relating to Bambanani, was recorded in fiscal 2019. Impairment on goodwill of R367 million was recorded during fiscal 2018 of which the Tshepong Operations amounted to R326 million and R41 million related to Joel.
Derivatives and Hedging Activities
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.
The difference between the fair value of the derivative at initial recognition and expected forward transaction price is deferred and recognized as a day one gain or loss. The day one gain or loss is amortized over the derivative contract period and recognized in profit or loss in gains/losses on derivatives.
The full fair value of a derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is less than 12 months.
Cash flow hedge
The Group designates, as cash flow hedges, certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of highly probable forecast transactions. The Group documents at the inception of the hedging transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items.
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in profit or loss within gains/losses on derivatives.
Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place and affects profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the Rand gold forward sales contracts is recognized in profit or loss within revenue.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction that was hedged is ultimately recognized in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

56


Derivatives not designated for hedge accounting purposes
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value as well as gains and losses on expiry, disposal or termination of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in profit or loss and are included in gains/losses on derivatives.
Provision for Environmental Rehabilitation
Our mining and exploration activities are subject to various laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment. Estimated long term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the Group’s environmental management plans. Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created is capitalized to mining assets against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. The mining asset is depreciated as discussed above. Rehabilitation projects undertaken, included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of ongoing current programs to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - We are subject to extensive environmental regulations”.
Provision for Silicosis Settlement
The Group’s portion of the potential cost of settling the silicosis and TB class actions that have been instituted against it in South Africa has been provided for. The expected contributions (cash flows) to the Tshiamiso Trust, which will manage the settlement process have been discounted over the expected period of time during which contributions will be made. Annual changes in the provision consists of the time value of money (recognized as finance cost) and changes in estimates (recognized as other operating expenses).
See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - The cost of occupational healthcare services and the potential liabilities related to occupational health diseases may increase in future and may be substantial”.
Deferred Taxes
The taxable income from gold mining at our South African operations was subject to a formula to determine the taxation expense. The tax rate calculated using the formula was capped to a maximum mining statutory rate of 34% for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. Taxable income is determined after the deduction of qualifying mining capital expenditure to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as unredeemed capital expenditure and is eligible for deduction in future periods, taking the assessed loss criteria into account. Further to this, mines are ring-fenced and are treated separately for tax purposes, with deductions only being available to be claimed against the mining income of the relevant ring-fenced mine.
In terms of IAS 12 - Income Taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, and at our South African operations, such average tax rates are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant ring-fenced mine. The deferred tax rate is therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at balance sheet date.
The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation. The life-of-mine plan is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information.
We do not recognize a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that the asset will not be utilized. Assessing recoverability of deferred tax assets requires management to make significant estimates related to expectation of future taxable income. Estimates of future taxable income are based on forecasted cash flows from operations, reversals of deferred tax liabilities and the application of existing tax laws in each jurisdiction. To the extent that future taxable income differs significantly from estimates, our ability to realize the net deferred tax assets recorded at the balance sheet date could be impacted. Additionally, future changes in tax laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate could limit our ability to obtain the future tax benefits represented by deferred tax assets recorded at the balance sheet date.
Revenue
Most of our revenues are derived from the sale of gold. As a result, our operating results are directly related to the price of gold. Historically, the price of gold has fluctuated widely. The gold price is affected by numerous factors over which we do not have control. See Item 3:“Key Information - Risk Factors - The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations”. As a general rule, we sell our gold produced at market prices to obtain the maximum benefit from increases in the prevailing gold price.
Since fiscal 2017, Harmony entered into derivative contracts to manage the variability in cash flows from the Group’s production, in order to create cash certainty and protect the Group against lower commodity prices. At year end the limits set by the Board were for 20% of the production from gold over a 24-month period. The limit set by the Board for silver is 50% of the exposure over a 24-month period. Management continues to top up these programs as and when opportunities arise to lock in attractive margins for the business, but are not required to maintain hedging at these levels.

57


A portion of the production of the South African operations is linked to Rand gold forward sale contracts. The majority of the Rand gold forward contracts have been designated as cash flow hedging instruments and hedge accounting is applied on these contracts. In addition, during 2019 US$ gold forward sale contracts were entered into for the production of the Hidden Valley operation and have been designated as cash flow hedging instruments. Contracts entered before January 1, 2019 were not designated as hedging instruments and the gains/losses are accounted for in profit or loss.
Significant changes in the price of gold over a sustained period of time may lead us to increase or decrease our production in the near term.
Harmony’s Realized Gold Price
In fiscal 2020, the average gold price received by us was R735,569 per kilogram or $1,461/oz. This average gold price includes the realized gains on the hedging instruments, where hedge accounting was applied. The market price for gold (and, accordingly, the price received by us) is affected by numerous factors over which we have no control. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations”.
Gold prices have rallied to an all-time high following the global economic fallout of COVID-19 and ongoing geopolitical uncertainty supporting its safe haven status with investors. The price of gold in US$ terms increased significantly over the period, closing at US$1,781/oz on June 30, 2020. This is a 26% increase from the closing price of US$1,410/oz on June 30, 2019. The average spot gold price received (that is, excluding the impact of hedging gains or losses) for the 2020 year was 21% higher at US$1,529/oz than in 2019 (US$1,263/oz), contributing approximately R5.2 billion to the increase in revenue year on year. This was calculated by multiplying actual kilograms sold by the variance in the average US$ gold price year on year and the average Rand/US$ exchange rate in fiscal 2020.

Harmony is exposed to the impact of any significant decreases in the commodity prices on its production. This is mitigated by commodity derivatives and hedging arrangements, but as Harmony has limitations for the volume of forward sales, commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements it may enter into for its future production, it is exposed to the impact of decreases in the commodity prices on the remainder of its unhedged production. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Harmony is exposed to the impact of any significant decreases in the commodity prices on its production. This is mitigated by commodity derivatives and hedging arrangements, but as Harmony has limitations for the volume of forward sales, commodity derivatives or hedging arrangements it may enter into for its future production, it is exposed to the impact of decreases in the commodity prices on the remainder of its unhedged production".
In addition to the US$ gold price, the gold price received is impacted by the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US$ currencies to the US dollar. An appreciation of the Rand and other non-US$ currencies against the US dollar will result in a decrease in the revenue recorded, without considering the impact of the hedging instruments. Conversely, a depreciation of these currencies against the US dollar would result in an increase of revenue recorded. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”. During fiscal 2020, the depreciation of the exchange rate from R14.18/US$1 in fiscal 2019 to R15.66/US$1 in fiscal 2020 increased the average Rand gold price received. See "- Exchange Rates" below for a further discussion.
The following table sets out the average, the high and the low London Bullion Market price of gold and our average sales price during the past three fiscal years:
 
Fiscal Year Ended June 30,
 
2020
 
2019
 
2018
 
 
Average (US$/oz)
1,562
 
1,291
 
1,297
High (US$/oz)
1,781
 
1,540
 
1,355
Low (US$/oz)
1,384
 
1,178
 
1,211
Harmony’s average sales price1 (US$/oz))
1,461
 
1,287
 
1,380
Average exchange rate (R/US$)
15.66
 
14.18
 
12.85
Harmony’s average sales price1 (Rand/kilogram)
735,569
 
586,653
 
570,709
1Our average sales price differs from the average gold price due to the timing of our sales of gold within each year. In addition, the effect of hedge accounting i.e. realized gains/losses from the cash flow hedges have been included in revenue.
Costs
Our cash costs typically make up between 70% and 80% of our total costs (excluding impairments and disposal/loss on scrapping of assets). The remainder of our total costs consists primarily of exploration costs, employment termination costs, corporate and sundry expenditure, and depreciation and amortization. Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs. Production costs are incurred on labor, equipment, consumables and utilities. Labor costs are the largest component and typically comprise between 45% and 50% of our production costs.
Our US dollar translated costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar. See "- Exchange Rates" below. Depreciation of the Rand and other non-US currencies against the US dollar decreases working costs at our operations when those costs are translated into US dollars. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”.

58


All-in sustaining unit costs for the Group increased by 18% to R651,356 per kilogram in fiscal 2020 mainly due to inflationary increases in wages and salaries, as well as electricity tariff increases. Royalties also increased due to higher profitability on the back of stronger gold prices. Also impacting on the unit costs is the decrease in kilograms produced mainly due to the impact of electricity constraints during the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the COVID-19 national lockdown and the phased recovery in South Africa.
In US dollar terms, all-in sustaining unit costs increased by 7% to US$1,293 per ounce due to the reduction in gold produced, offset by the depreciation of the Rand.
Our cash costs have increased from R439,722 per kilogram in fiscal 2019 to R553,513 per kilogram in fiscal 2020, mainly due to the impact of COVID-19 which led to reduced production levels, increased labor and energy costs, royalty expenses and inflationary pressures on supply contracts. In US dollar terms, cash costs increased from US$965 per ounce in fiscal 2019 to US$1,099 per ounce in fiscal 2020 due to the reduction in kilograms produced, offset by the depreciation of the Rand.
Management conducts a thorough review of costs at all operations to ensure that costs are properly managed and within budget. However, it should be noted that there are risks beyond our control such as safety stoppages, which would result in production being negatively affected while certain costs would still be incurred. This is discussed in more detail in Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Given the nature of mining and the type of gold mines we operate, we face a material risk of liability, delays and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and pollution compliance breaches” and “- The nature of our mining operations presents safety risks”. We are also exposed to price increases on electricity, which is regulated as well as the implementation of other levies such as carbon tax. See Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors - Disruptions to the supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition" and "- Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate change may present physical risks to our operations".
We remain vulnerable to risks related to the volatility of commodity prices, as well as potential shortage of supply and disruptions of supply chain due to the ongoing geopolitical instability caused by COVID-19 and the related lockdowns experience worldwide. See Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors -The current COVID-19 pandemic has significantly impacted the global economy and markets over the past several months and may continue to do so, which could adversely affect our business or the trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs", "- Fluctuations in input production prices linked to commodities may adversely affect Harmony’s operational results and financial condition" and - Actual and potential shortages of production inputs and supply chain disruptions may affect Harmony’s operations and profits".
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures
The World Gold Council (“WGC”) published industry guidance in June 2013 on the calculation of “all-in sustaining costs” and “all in cost” non-GAAP measures, developed to create a better understanding of the overall costs associated with producing gold. Although Harmony is not a member of the WGC, we started disclosing all-in sustaining costs in fiscal 2014. The all-in sustaining cost measure is an extension of the existing cash cost measure (refer below) and incorporates costs related to sustaining production.
All-in sustaining costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, costs associated with movements in production inventories, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs, transfers for stripping activities and costs associated with royalties. Employee termination costs are included, however employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The following costs are also included: local economic development (“LED”) expenditure for continuing operations, corporate costs, sustaining exploration costs and sustaining capital expenditure including ongoing capital development (“OCD”) expenditure and rehabilitation accretion and amortization for continuing operations. Gold ounces/kilograms sold are used as the denominator in the all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram calculation.
Our cash costs consist primarily of production costs and are expensed as incurred. The cash costs are incurred to access ore to produce current mined reserves. Cash costs do not include capital development costs, which are incurred to allow access to the orebody for future mining operations and are capitalized and amortized when the relevant reserves are mined.
Total cash costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers for stripping activities and costs associated with royalties. Employee termination cost is included, however employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The costs associated with movements in production inventories are excluded from total cash costs. Gold ounces/kilograms produced are used as the denominator in the total cash costs per ounce/kilogram calculation.
Changes in all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram and cash costs per ounce/kilogram are affected by operational performance. In US dollar terms, these measures are also affected by the changes in the currency exchange rate between the Rand and the US dollar and, in the case of the Papua New Guinean operations, the Kina. All-in sustaining costs, all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram, total cash costs and total cash costs per ounce/kilogram are non-GAAP measures. These measures should not be considered by investors in isolation or as an alternative to production costs, cost of sales, or any other measure of financial performance calculated in accordance with IFRS. In addition, the calculation of these measures may vary from company to company and may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies. However, we believe that all-in sustaining costs per ounce/kilogram and cash costs per ounce/kilogram are useful indicators to investors and management of a mining company’s performance as they provide (i) an indication of the cash generating capacities of our mining operations, (ii) the trends in all-in sustaining costs and cash costs as the Company’s operations

59


mature, (iii) a measure of a company’s performance, by comparison of cash costs per ounce/kilogram to the spot price of gold and (iv) an internal benchmark of performance to allow for comparison against other companies.
While recognizing the importance of reducing all-in sustaining costs and cash costs, our chief focus is on controlling and, where possible, reducing total costs, including overhead costs. We aim to control total unit costs per ounce/kilogram produced by maintaining our low total cost structure at our existing operations. We have been able to reduce total costs by implementing a management structure and philosophy that is focused on reducing management and administrative costs.
The following is a reconciliation of total all-in sustaining costs, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales:
 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
2019
2018
 
(in R millions, except for ounce/kilogram amounts)
Total cost of sales - under IFRS
25,908

28,869

23,596

Depreciation and amortization expense
(3,508
)
(4,054
)
(2,570
)
Rehabilitation costs
(47
)
(33
)
(67
)
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
(146
)
(134
)
(128
)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
(40
)
(242
)
(208
)
Share-based payments
(130
)
(155
)
(244
)
Impairment

(3,898
)
(5,336
)
By-products credits
(938
)
(766
)
(93
)
Other
157

33

63

Capitalized stripping
675

1,197

167

LED costs
136

99

62

Corporate, administration and other expenditure costs
529

603

582

Capital expenditure (OCD)
1,709

1,893

1,561

Capital expenditure (Exploration, abnormal expenditure and shaft capital)
760

1,101

771

 


 
 
Total all-in sustaining costs
25,065

24,513

18,156

 
 
 
 
Per kilogram calculation:
 
 
 
Kilogram sold1
38,481

44,568

35,671

Total all-in sustaining costs per kilogram
651,356

550,005

508,970

 
 
 
 
Total all-in sustaining costs (US$ million)
1,600

1,729

1,412

Per ounce calculation:
 

 

 

Ounces sold1
1,237,187

1,432,890

1,146,850

Total all-in sustaining costs per ounce
1,293

1,207

1,231

1 No production for Hidden Valley was capitalized during fiscal 2019 and 2020. Excludes gold sold of 2,021 kilograms (64,976 ounces) that was capitalized in fiscal 2018 from Hidden Valley that have been credited against the capitalized costs as part of the pre-stripping of stages 5 and 6.

60


The following is a reconciliation of total cash costs, as a non-GAAP measure, to the nearest comparable GAAP measure, cost of sales under IFRS:
 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
2019
2018
 
(in R millions, except for ounce/kilogram amounts)
Total cost of sales - under IFRS
25,908

28,869

23,596

Depreciation and amortization expense
(3,508
)
(4,054
)
(2,570
)
Rehabilitation costs
(47
)
(33
)
(67
)
Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
(146
)
(134
)
(128
)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
(40
)
(242
)
(208
)
Share-based payments
(130
)
(155
)
(244
)
Impairment

(3,898
)
(5,336
)
By-product revenue
(938
)
(766
)
(93
)
Other

(29
)
52

Gold and uranium inventory movement
(151
)
112

216

 
 
 
 
Total cash costs
20,948

19,670

15,218

 
 
 
 
Per kilogram calculation:
 
 
 
Kilograms produced1
37,863

44,734

36,125

Total cash costs per kilogram
553,513

439,722

421,260

 
 
 
 
Total cash costs (US$)
1,338

1,387

1,184

 
 
 
 
Per ounce calculation:
Ounces produced1
1,217,323

1,438,231

1,161,435

Total cash costs per ounce
1,099

965

1,018

1 No production for Hidden Valley was capitalized during fiscal 2019 and 2020. Excludes gold sold of 2,068 kilograms (6,499 ounces) that was capitalized in fiscal 2018 from Hidden Valley that have been credited against the capitalized costs as part of the pre-stripping of stages 5 and 6.
Within this report, our discussion and analysis is focused on the all-in sustaining costs and total cash costs measure.
Exchange Rates
Our revenues are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar.
Currently, the majority of our earnings are generated in South Africa. Since gold is generally sold in US dollars, most of our revenues are received in US dollars. The average gold price received by us during fiscal 2020 before including the effect of the cash flow hedges increased by R148,916 per kilogram to R735,569 per kilogram from R586,653 per kilogram during fiscal 2019. Appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar decreases our revenues, which serves to reduce operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar increases the revenue, which serves to increase operating margins and net income from our South African operations. Accordingly, strengthening of the Rand generally results in poorer earnings for us if there is not a similar increase in the gold price.
The exchange rates obtained when converting US dollars to Rand are determined by foreign exchange markets, over which we have no control. The spot rate as at June 30, 2020 was R17.32 per US$1.00, compared with R14.13 per US$1.00 as at June 30, 2019, reflecting a depreciation of 23% of the Rand against the US dollar. The average exchange rate for fiscal 2020 was R15.66 per US$1.00, reflecting depreciation of 10% of the Rand against the US dollar when compared with fiscal 2019.
Harmony has entered into foreign exchange derivative contracts in the form of zero cost collars, which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) Rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to Rand. The Group also uses forward exchange contracts to manage the risks. At June 30, 2020, the nominal amount of the derivative contracts was  US$511 million and is over a 24-month period with a weighted average cap price of US$1=R17.09 and weighted average floor price of US$1=R15.81. Additionally, at June 30, 2020 Harmony had open forward exchange forward contracts which had a nominal amount of US$183 million spread over a 24-month period at an average exchange rate of US$1 = R16.38.
Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Rand has weakened significantly from the beginning of the 2020 calendar year, which was at levels of around R14.00/US$1.00, to its weakest level at the beginning of April 2020 of R19.05. The Rand recovered through May and June and the Rand closed at R17.32 on June 30, 2020. The Rand started weakening against the Australian dollar in April 2020 and closed at R11.96/A$1 on June 30, 2020, a 21% decrease in value. These movements in the currencies expose the group's operations to foreign currency gains and losses on foreign-denominated receivables and liabilities, including derivatives, and also impact the group’s translation of its International operating results and net assets into its Rand presentation currency, which resulted in a foreign exchange translation movement of R1.2 billion.


61


The majority of our working costs are incurred in Rand and, as a result of this, any appreciation of the Rand against the US dollar would increase our working costs when translated into US dollars. Depreciation of the Rand against the US dollar would cause a decrease in our costs in US dollar terms. Similarly, at our international operations, appreciation of the Australia dollar or Kina against the US dollar would cause an increase in our costs in US dollar terms. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Foreign exchange fluctuations could have a material adverse effect on Harmony’s operational results and financial condition”.
We have several credit facilities and loans denominated in US dollars. This exposes us to the changes in the Rand and Kina against the US dollar, which would affect the borrowing amount as well as the interest recognized. This will also affect the cash flows when the borrowings are raised and repaid as well as the payments of the interest.
The Bank of Papua New Guinea has been systematically weakened the Kina against the US dollar over several years and during fiscal 2019, the Kina weakened by 1%. In fiscal 2020, the Kina weakened further by 2.6%. Since the introduction of the trading band in June 2014 the Kina weakened by 43.06% against the US dollar as at June 30, 2020. Should the trading band continue and depending on the level the exchange rate is set at, it could have a negative impact on the results of the Hidden Valley operation, as well as the cost of development at Wafi-Golpu and other PNG exploration sites.

Inflation
Our operations have been materially affected by inflation. Inflation in South Africa was 2.2% at the end of fiscal 2020, 4.5% at the end of fiscal 2019 and 4.6% at the end of fiscal 2018. This is mainly due to the lower fuel price and lower consumer demand brought on by the COVID-19 national lockdown. Working costs have increased considerably over the past several years resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry. In addition, the effect on inflation of the increase in electricity tariffs of 9.4% in fiscal 2020, 4.4% in fiscal 2019 and 5.2% in fiscal 2018, together with an increase that is yet to be determined by Eskom in fiscal 2021, will have a negative effect on the profitability of our operations.
The inflation rate in PNG ended fiscal 2018 at 4.7% and 2019 at 3.7%, while the annualized inflation stood at 4.7% at the end of fiscal 2020.
Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected if the cost inflation is not offset by a concurrent devaluation of the Rand and other non-US currencies and/or an increase in the price of gold. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Harmony’s operations may be negatively impacted by inflation”.
South African Socio-Economic Environment
We are domiciled and listed in South Africa and the majority of our operations are in South Africa. As a result, we are subject to various economic, fiscal, monetary and political policies and factors that affect South African companies generally. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - The socio-economic framework in the regions in which Harmony operates may have an adverse effect on its operations and profits”.
South African companies are subject to exchange control limitations. While exchange controls have been relaxed in recent years, South African companies remain subject to restrictions on their ability to deploy capital outside of the Southern African Common Monetary Area. See Item 10: “Additional Information - D. Exchange Controls”.
SLPs have been developed for each of our South African operations. These SLPs are prepared in line with legislation governing the participation of HDSAs in mining assets.
We have been granted all of our mining licenses under the MPRDA. We have therefore already started to incur expenses relating to HDSA participation. We believe the biggest challenge will lie in maintaining these licenses, as we will have a responsibility in respect of human resource development, procurement and local economic development. We are unable, however, to provide a specific amount of what the estimated cost of compliance will be but we will continue to monitor these costs on an ongoing basis.
Electricity in South Africa
South African state utility, Eskom, generates approximately 90% of the electricity used in South Africa and approximately 40% of the electricity used in Africa. Eskom generates, transmits and distributes electricity to industrial, mining, commercial, agricultural and residential customers and redistributors. Although during fiscal 2018, the electricity supply in South Africa had seen less pressure than the previous years, with reduced power interruptions (also referred to as load shedding), Eskom began load shedding again in March 2019. Load shedding continued during 2019 and into 2020, although it ended at the end of March 2020 with the lower demand brought on by the COVID-19 national lockdown.
The supply and demand for electricity is still very tight especially during the evening peak periods between 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 p.m. Harmony participates voluntarily in the Eskom Demand response program to reduce their demand during the said periods. Harmony has renewed its contract agreement with an Energy Service Company (“ESCO”) to ensure that the various load clipping and load shifting projects savings are sustained. They will also assist with the implementation of new energy saving initiatives at the South African operations to reduce the electricity demand during morning and evening peaks. Harmony also benefits financially from this as the Eskom tariffs are more expensive during that period. We have been advised that the risk of having power outages will be mainly limited to the evening peak periods in the current situation.
The South African government remains committed to ensuring energy security for the country, through the roll-out of the independent power producer program as an integral part of the energy mix. It remains committed to ensuring the provision of reliable and sustainable electricity supply, as part of mitigating the risk of carbon emissions. See Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors - Disruptions to the supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition".

62


Renewable energy
Energy is the critical component of the country’s future policy mix. Future supply of electricity will be influenced by the extent to which renewables, primarily wind, are efficient, sustainable and ensure security of electricity supply at a competitive economic prices.
Forecasts predict that renewable energy technologies, predominantly solar- and wind-based systems, will further grow in the coming decades, overcoming coal-based electricity around 2030 (IEA, 2015). South Africa is no exception and renewable energy has entered the country’s electricity landscape as a significant trend.
Discussions around other technologies, such as gas-to-power and nuclear energy, are also adding to this dynamic. Significant vested interests are still at play alongside substantial state support to maintain the domination of the coal industry over the electricity supply industry in South Africa.
See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Social and ethics committee chairperson’s report” on pages 189 to 191 and “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138.
Tariffs
As a major electricity consumer and mostly being supplied by Eskom, Harmony is exposed to significant electricity costs as a result of rising electricity tariffs. Electricity tariffs have more than doubled over the last decade and the short term outlook does not look promising. In April 2020, NERSA awarded Eskom with a tariff increase of 8.76% and for the following three years indicate increases of 5.10%, 5.86% and 3.50%, respectively. However, there are multiple adjustments and court cases that will likely push prices higher. External economic advice led to Harmony planning for 10.00% increases in both the 2023 and 2024 fiscal years. See Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors - Disruptions to the supply of electricity and increases in the cost of power may adversely affect the results of our operations and our financial condition".

Energy efficiency
Harmony has worked closely with Eskom to manage electricity use and peak demand, underlining our commitment to reduce energy consumption. This includes demand-side management (“DSM”) strategies to reduce electricity consumption in peak periods; timing our pumping to coincide with cheaper off-peak periods, making more efficient use of Eskom tariffs that reward load-shifting, and improving the efficiency of pumping operations.
In 2016 Harmony contracted an ESCO to improve its energy management practices and aggressively mitigate the impact of higher-than-inflation electricity price increases on its operational costs. Energy management has not only contributed to the significant reduction in electricity cost, but also assists in maintaining the performance of implemented initiatives. This way Harmony focuses on continuously implementing new initiatives and technologies, while eliminating the risk of forfeiting the benefit of completed projects.

For the 2020 financial year Harmony realized a 37 GWh energy saving (R38 million) on newly implemented projects at a capital expenditure of R19 million. Furthermore, additional energy savings of 203 GWh (R204 million) was realized in the form of maintaining previously implemented projects. For the 2021 financial year a target of 1.5% reduction in total energy demand was set, which is approximated at an energy saving of 46 GWh. This will result in an additional cost saving of R50 million over and above the savings from maintained initiatives. Furthermore, Harmony aligns the implementation of these initiatives with advanced industry 4.0 and digital twin technologies.

Improved energy management practices were also deployed during the nation’s COVID-19 lockdown, resulting in an additional energy reduction of 25 GWh. Advanced simulation technologies were used to develop strategic start-up procedures to ensure cost-effective and safe restarting of underground operations. This related to an additional cost reduction of R25 million during a 3-week period when none of the underground South African operations were allowed to operate.

We have implemented various energy efficiency projects in recent years. See “Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 - Managing our Social and Environmental Stewardship - Environmental management and stewardship” on pages 121 to 138.
Carbon tax
On June 1, 2019 the Carbon Tax Act became effective. The carbon tax has been designed to fix liability on the person who conducts an activity in South Africa that results in GHG emissions above a certain threshold. The carbon tax design requires the calculation of liability to be based on the sum of GHG emissions, which result from fuel combustion, industrial processes and fugitive emissions. Taxpayers must determine emissions in accordance with the reporting methodology approved by DEFF. The tax will be phased in over time. The first phase, which ends in 2022, is designed to largely be revenue-neutral in terms of its aggregated impact, given the complementary tax energy incentives and reduction or credit for the current electricity levy.
Based on published legislation, commentary and governmental information, carbon tax poses a low cost to Harmony until December 31, 2022. Gas emissions reported to the DEFF for a company’s National Greenhouse Gas Emission Reporting submission will be taxed at a base value of R120 per tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent before allowances making effective tax rate R48 per tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent. From phase 2 onwards, carbon tax might also affect the price of electricity. The impact of the carbon tax on the Company arising from electricity usage after December 31, 2022 has been modeled to grow over time as allowances are anticipated to fall away therefore progressively increasing from approximately R70m to R160m for fiscal year 2023 to fiscal year 2030.

63


At this time it is not possible to determine the ultimate impact of the Carbon Tax Act on the Company. Nevertheless, Harmony has set its internal carbon price (for the South African operations) to match that of the proposed carbon tax. Harmony is at risk due to potential pass through costs from its suppliers in the short term from increased fuel prices. The carbon tax on liquid fuels will be imposed at the source. It is estimated that the increased fuel price would be R0.13/liter. This will have an impact on the Company’s operational expenses.
Estimates have been included in the life-of-mine plans and resource base models used for impairments since fiscal 2019 and affected the profitability of all operations, and in some cases, the impact was significant.
See Item 3: "Key Information - Risk Factors - Compliance with emerging climate change regulations could result in significant costs for Harmony, and climate change may present physical risks to our operations" for further discussion on the potential impact.
Results of Operations
Years Ended June 30, 2020 and 2019
Revenues
Revenue increased by R2,333 million mainly due to a 25.4% increase in the average gold price received from R586,653 per kilogram in fiscal 2019 to R735,569 per kilogram.
Overall gold production at all the operations decreased by 18.1% mainly due to the impact of electricity constraints during the third quarter of fiscal 2020, the COVID-19 national lockdown and the phased recovery in South Africa in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2020. All of Harmony’s underground operations were placed on care and maintenance, with the surface operations permitted to continue working at close to 100% capacity.

On May 1, 2020, South African underground operations were granted concessions to start producing at a maximum capacity of 50% and as of 1 June 2020, operational restrictions were lifted further to allow the mining industry to operate at 100% of its labor capacity. Return to work has progressed smoothly, albeit slowly, with the return of foreign nationals to South Africa taking longer than expected.

At Kusasalethu, gold sold decreased by 39.6% to 3,085 kilograms mainly due to the lockdown as well as a 37.1% decrease in recovered grade due to unexpected complex geology as well as seismic risk in high grade areas.

At Hidden Valley, gold sold decreased by 20.1% from 6,192 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 4,949 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to lower recovered grade.

At Unisel, gold sold decreased by 17.6% from 1,207 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 994 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown.

At Target 1, gold sold decreased by 16.7% from 2,685 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 2,237 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown.

At Bambanani, gold sold decreased by 13.3% from 2,495 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 2,162 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown.

At Moab Khotsong, gold sold decreased by 12.8% from 7,794 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 6,799 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown. This was offset by an increase in recovery grade of 8.2%.

At Joel, gold sold decreased by 12.4% from 1,612 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 1,412 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown. This was offset by an increase in recovery grade of 9.3%.

At Masimong, gold sold decreased by 11.5% from 2,291 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 2,027 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the COVID-19 national lockdown.

At Phoenix and CPR, gold sold increased by 7.1% from 4,087 kilograms in fiscal 2019 to 4,379 kilograms during fiscal 2020, mainly due to higher volumes processed and higher than expected recovered grade.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes production costs, depreciation and amortization, impairment of assets and share-based payments.
(a) Production costs (cash costs/all-in sustaining costs)
The following table sets out our total kilograms produced and weighted average cash costs per kilogram and total kilograms sold and weighted average all-in sustaining costs per kilogram for fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2020:

64


 
Year Ended June 30, 2020
Year Ended June 30, 2019
Percentage
(increase)/decrease
 
Cash costs
All-in sustaining
costs 
Cash costs
All-in sustaining
costs 
Cash
costs
per
kg
All-in
sustain-ing
costs per
kg
 
(kg
pro-duced) 
(R/kg)
(kg sold)
(R/kg)
(kg
pro-duced) 
(R/kg)
(kg sold)
(R/kg)
South Africa
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Kusasalethu
3,015

849,782

3,085

923,054

4,989

476,417

5,028

556,621

(78
)
(66
)
Doornkop
2,994

567,632

3,038

649,041

3,273

486,795

3,255

572,132

(17
)
(13
)
Tshepong Operations
7,293

583,018

7,399

713,202

7,967

503,033

7,922

636,281

(16
)
(12
)
Moab Khotsong
6,592

497,953

6,799

566,942

7,928

399,414

7,794

477,581

(25
)
(19
)
Masimong
1,999

620,804

2,027

655,888

2,309

525,703

2,291

593,408

(18
)
(11
)
Target 1
2,244

670,647

2,237

817,066

2,653

557,264

2,685

662,816

(20
)
(23
)
Bambanani
2,132

480,620

2,162

522,990

2,515

391,550

2,495

441,226

(23
)
(19
)
Joel
1,391

718,024

1,412

826,970

1,567

617,116

1,612

701,644

(16
)
(18
)
Unisel
982

583,274

994

613,382

1,212

469,108

1,207

523,823

(24
)
(17
)
Other - surface
4,349

488,329

4,379

519,293

4,099

473,954

4,087

500,426

(3
)
(4
)
International
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hidden Valley
4,872

348,054

4,949

562,648

6,222

220,323

6,192

497,399

(58
)
(13
)
Total kg
37,863

 
38,481

 
44,734

 
44,568

 
 
 
Weighted average(1)
 
553,513

 
651,356

 
439,722

 
550,005

(26
)
(18
)
1The offsetting of the by-product income for management's reporting purposes has the effect of decreasing the cash costs and the all-in sustaining costs.
For further information about the use of Non-GAAP measures, see “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Costs - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures” above.
The South African underground operations produced lower levels of gold as a result of the impact of the national lockdown relating to COVID-19.
Our average cash costs increased by 25.9%, or R113,791 per kilogram, from R439,722 per kilogram in fiscal 2019 to R553,513 per kilogram in fiscal 2020. Cash costs per kilogram vary with the working costs per tonne (which are, in turn, affected by the number of tonnes processed) and grade of ore processed. Production costs increased by 6.6% from R19.7 billion in fiscal 2019 to R21.0 billion in fiscal 2020 which was in line with expectations apart from royalties which increased due to higher profitability on the back of stronger gold prices.
At Kusasalethu, cash cost per kilogram increased by 78.4% from R476,417 per kilogram to R849,782 per kilogram while all-in sustaining cost also increased significantly by 66% during fiscal 2020 as a result of unexpected complex geology as well as seismic risk in high grade areas.
At Hidden Valley cash costs and all-in sustaining costs per kilogram increased significantly by reduction in the grade due to its transition from stage 5 to stage 6 in mining the pit, which affected kilograms produced.
At Target 1, all-in sustaining cost increased by 23.3% from R662,816 per kilogram in fiscal 2019 to R817,066 per kilogram in fiscal 2020, mainly due to a decrease in recovered grade.
At Joel, all-in sustaining cost increased by 17.9% from R701,644 per kilogram in fiscal 2019 to R826,970 per kilogram in fiscal 2020, mainly due to lower production.
(b) Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization decreased from R4.1 billion in fiscal 2019 to R3.5 billion in fiscal 2020 year due to the impact that the South African national lockdown had on production levels. The completion of the mining of Stage 5 at Hidden Valley during the December 2019 quarter also contributed to the decrease. The impairments recognised on certain operations in South Africa during the 2019 year significantly impacted on the base which depreciation is calculated on and the lower carrying values contributed to the lower total compared to the comparative period.

65


(c) Impairment of assets
No impairment was recorded in fiscal 2020, whereas an impairment charge of R3.9 billion was recorded in fiscal 2019. No reversals were recorded in fiscal 2020 or 2019.
In fiscal 2019 assets of R2.3 billion were impaired on Tshepong Operations which had a recoverable amount of         R5.9 billion. The impairment was due to the increased costs to exploit the resource base as well as a lower expected recovered grade.
Kusasalethu recorded an impairment of R690 million and had a recoverable amount of R1.3 billion. A decrease in grade and increased estimated costs in the resource base resulted in a lower recoverable amount.
Target 1 recorded an impairment of R312 million and had a recoverable amount of R1.1 billion. Increased costs and decrease in grade in the resource base together with the estimated impact of carbon tax resulted in a lower recoverable amount. The increase in discount rate due to increased risk factors also negatively impacted on the recoverable amount.
Joel had a recoverable amount of R852 million. The increased capital costs in the resource base together with carbon tax negatively impacted the net present value of expected cash flows which resulted in an impairment of R198 million being recorded.
Bambanani had a recoverable amount of R763 million in fiscal 2019. The impairment of goodwill of R6 million reduced the carrying amount of intangible assets. As goodwill is not depreciated, it results in an impairment of R182 million as the life of the operation shortens.
Target 3 remained under care and maintenance in fiscal 2019. A change in valuation method from discounted cash flow model to resource multiple approach which reduced the recoverable amount to R182 million. An impairment of R318 million was recorded.
Other mining assets recorded an impairment of R120 million. The updated life-of-mine plans for the cash generating units in Freegold and Avgold resulted in the impairment of other mining assets.
Gains/(losses) on derivatives
Gains on derivatives amounted to R484 million in fiscal 2019, compared to a loss of R1,678 million in fiscal 2020. Gains and losses on derivatives include the fair value movements of derivatives which have not been designated as hedging instruments for hedge accounting purposes or where hedge accounting has been discontinued, the amortization of day one gains and losses for derivatives and the hedging ineffectiveness. The day one adjustment arises from the difference between the contract price and market price on the day of the transaction.
(a) Foreign exchange derivatives
Harmony maintains a foreign exchange derivative program in the form of zero cost collars, which establish a floor and cap US$/Rand exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to Rand, and forward exchange contracts. As hedge accounting is not applied, the resulting gains and losses have been recorded in the income statement. These gains amounted to R554 million in fiscal 2019 compared to a loss of R1,235 million in fiscal 2020.
(b) US$ commodity contracts
Harmony maintains a derivative program for Hidden Valley by entering into commodity derivative contracts. The contracts comprise US$ gold forward sale derivative contracts as well as silver zero cost collars which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) silver sales price. Hedge accounting has been applied to US$ gold contracts entered into after January 1, 2019. A loss of R134 million was recognized in revenue for fiscal 2020 (2019: Rnil). The unamortized portion of day one loss was R8 million in fiscal 2020, compared with a loss of R5 million in fiscal 2019. For all other contracts, the resulting gains and losses are recorded in gains/losses on derivatives in the income statement. The gain amounted to R13 million in fiscal 2019 compared to a gain of R8 million in fiscal 2020.
(b) Rand gold contracts
Harmony entered into Rand gold forward sale derivative contracts to hedge the risk of lower rand/gold prices. Cash flow hedge accounting is applied to the majority of these contracts, resulting in the effective portion of the unrealized gains and losses being recorded in other comprehensive income (other reserves). The contracts that matured realized a gain of R453 million in fiscal 2019 compared to a loss of R1,263 million in fiscal 2020 (largely attributable to the weakening of the Rand exchange rate and an increase in the US$ gold price), which has been included in revenue.
During fiscal 2020 and 2019 a negligible amount of ineffectiveness was experienced. The unamortized portion of the day one loss amounted to R36 million in fiscal 2019 and R18 million in fiscal 2020. Losses from non-hedge accounted Rand gold contracts amounted to R51 million in fiscal 2019 and R174 million in fiscal 2020 and are included in losses on derivatives.
(i) Discontinuance of hedge accounting
As a result of the original 21-day lockdown announced in South Africa, effective March 27, 2020, aimed to slow the spread of COVID-19, Harmony closed all deep-level underground mines in South Africa. As a result of the closure, a significant volume of the underlying exposure that was originally intended to be hedged was delayed.
A total of 63,400 ounces of gold forwards were originally set to mature in the months of April and May 2020. After assessing forecasts of gold production at April 1, 2020, the hedged items, being the sales of gold, relating to 30,500 ounces of gold forwards were assessed to no longer be probable. The hedged items relating to the remaining balance of gold forwards were still considered to be highly probable.

66


Due to the fact that the occurrence of the forecast transactions/hedged items were no longer considered probable, there was no longer an effective hedging relationship and therefore hedge accounting for these hedges was discontinued. Unrealised losses relating to the hedges amounting to R48 million and R187 million of restructured contracts discussed below, previously recognized in other comprehensive income, were immediately reclassified to profit or loss and disclosed under gains/losses on derivatives.
(ii) Restructuring of contracts
In response to the gold forwards’ hedged items no longer being probable and in order to better match the cash flows relating to the underlying exposure, certain of the Rand gold forwards with maturities between April 15, 2020 and May 31, 2020 were effectively extended to mature between the periods July 2020 and March 2021.
The restructured gold forwards retained the pricing of the original forwards. They were not designated as hedging instruments as the difference in the costing structure would have required a different effectiveness assessment than currently used by management. Unrealized losses relating to the hedges amounting to R187 million, previously recognized in other comprehensive income, were immediately reclassified to profit or loss and disclosed under gains/losses on derivatives. All future gains and losses on the restructured hedges will be recognized in profit or loss. These contracts are included in Other derivative contracts.
Subsequently, losses of R70 million have been recognized in profit and loss.
Other operating expenses
(a) Foreign exchange translation
A foreign exchange translation loss of R86 million was recorded during fiscal 2019 compared to a loss of R892 million in fiscal 2020. The change in fiscal 2019 and 2020 is driven primarily by the prevailing exchange rates at the draw-down and repayment dates of the US$ denominated loans as well as the exchange rate movements during the year. The US$/Rand exchange ended at US$/R17.32 for fiscal 2020 whereas for fiscal 2019 the rate was US$/R14.13.
(b) Silicosis settlement provision
During fiscal 2019 the provision for Harmony’s potential cost to settle the silicosis and TB class actions decreased by R62 million as a result of changes in estimates, compared with an increase of R36 million in 2020.
Finance costs
Finance costs increased by R86 million from R575 million in fiscal 2019 to R661 million during fiscal 2020, mainly due to the interest capitalized decreasing by R79 million to R54 million as a result of Joel reaching commercial levels of production during fiscal 2020 and cessation of interest capitalization on Wafi-Golpu.
Income and mining taxes
In fiscal 2019 and 2020, the tax rates for companies were 34% for mining income and 28% for non-mining income for South African companies and 30% for Australian companies and PNG mining companies.
 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
Income and mining tax
2020
2019
Effective income and mining tax rate
(43)%
5%
The effective tax rate for fiscal 2020 was lower than the mining statutory tax rate of 34% for Harmony and our subsidiaries as a whole, mainly due to non-mining losses resulting from the derivatives in the South African entities. An increase in the short-term gold price assumption used resulted in an increase in the estimated profitability and consequently higher rates than in the prior year. Refer to note 8 for the assumptions used. These changes, together with changes in the temporary differences, had the following impacts:
The change in rates on temporary differences, other than hedge accounted derivatives, resulted in an increase in the deferred tax expense and liability of R493 million.
Unwinding of temporary differences related to unredeemed capital expenditure balance resulted in an increase of R298 million in the deferred tax expense.
The weakening of the Rand against the US$ and the increase in the commodity prices negatively impacted on the valuation of the derivative financial instruments. The temporary differences related to the Rand gold derivatives changed from taxable temporary differences (i.e. resulting in a deferred tax liability) to deductible temporary differences (resulting in a deferred tax asset). Management assessed the rates at which the temporary differences are expected to reverse and as the expected non-mining losses can be set off against the mining profits, the rates have been revised from the non-mining tax rate of 28% to the weighted average deferred tax rate. This accounts for R510 million of the deferred tax credit directly charged to other comprehensive income.
The net deferred tax positions for each of the group's entities are assessed separately. Two companies (Harmony Company and Randfontein Estates) have net deferred tax asset positions and therefore recoverability of these assets was considered. At June 30, 2020, management considered whether the unrecognized deferred tax asset ("DTA") related to the Harmony Company should be recognized, partially or in full. A portion of the DTA relates to a tax loss of R574 million, which arose due to the foreign exchange translation losses and the losses on derivatives recorded during fiscal 2020. The company's operations include the Central Plant Reclamation ("CPR"), a tailings retreatment facility. As a low cost producer, its profit margins are highly sensitive to fluctuations in the gold price. In addition, the higher short-term gold price also significantly benefits Masimong's profitability, which following the revision of its life-of-mine at June 30, 2020 has two years

67


remaining of its life. Due to the significant expected increase in the short-term Rand gold price used in the estimation of future taxable profits for the mining operations owned by Harmony Company, it is considered probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available against which the aforementioned tax loss and the current deductible temporary differences existing at the reporting date can be utilized. Consequently, a deferred tax asset of R492 million has been recognized, consisting of R171 million relating to the tax loss and R321 million relating to deductible temporary differences. Management believes there will be sufficient future taxable income from the operations owned by Randfontein Estates and therefore the entire balance of R39 million was recognized at June 30, 2020.

Deferred tax rates for the South African operations are calculated based on estimates of the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine when temporary differences will reverse. The future profitability of each ring-fenced mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation, which is based on parameters such as the Group’s long term view of the US$ gold price and the Rand/US$ exchange rate, as well as the reserves declared for the operation. As some of these parameters are based on market indicators, they differ from one year to the next. In addition, the reserves may also increase or decrease based on updated or new geological information. Changes in the future profitability of each ring-fenced mine impact the deferred tax rates used to recognize temporary differences at these operations. See “-Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Deferred taxes” above. The increase in deferred tax on temporary differences due to changes in estimated effective tax rates results primarily from an increase in the effective deferred tax rate at Freegold (includes the Bambanani, Joel and Tshepong operations), Harmony (includes the Masimong and Unisel operations), Randfontein Estates (includes Doornkop and Kusasalethu) and Moab Khotsong. The deferred tax rate at Freegold increased from 8.1% in fiscal 2019 to 11.4% in fiscal 2020, Harmony increased from 25.7% to 29.8% in fiscal 2020, Randfontein Estates increased from 4.4% to 10.1% in fiscal 2020, Moab Khotsong increased from 4.7% to 17.3% in fiscal 2020.These increases are mainly due to higher estimated profitability from the positive gold price received.
South Africa. Generally, South Africa imposes tax on worldwide income (including capital gains) of all our South African incorporated tax resident entities at a rate of 28% on non-mining income. The South African entities pay taxes separately on mining income and non-mining income. The amount of our South African mining income tax is calculated on the basis of a gold mining formula that takes into account our total revenue and profits from, and capital expenditure for, mining operations in South Africa. 5% of total mining revenue is exempt from taxation in South Africa as a result of the application of the gold mining formula. The amount of revenue subject to taxation is calculated by deducting qualifying capital expenditures from taxable mining income. The amount by which taxable mining income exceeds 5% of mining revenue constitutes taxable mining income. We and our subsidiaries account for taxes separately that are determined in respect of each entity. Hence, South Africa does not make use of any group basis of taxation.
South Africa has a Controlled Foreign Company regime which effectively attributes certain types of passive income derived by offshore subsidiaries and imputes that income in taxable income as if it had been derived in South Africa under South African tax rules.
Australia. Generally, Australia also imposes tax on the worldwide income (including capital gains) of all of our Australian incorporated and tax resident entities. The current income tax rate for companies is 30%.
Harmony Gold (Australia) Proprietary Limited ("Harmony Gold Australia") and its wholly-owned Australian subsidiary companies are recognized and taxed as a single entity, called a consolidated group. Under the Australian Tax Consolidation rules all of the Australian subsidiary companies are treated as divisions of the Head Company, Harmony Gold Australia. As a result, inter-company transactions between group members are generally ignored for tax purposes. This allows the group to transfer assets between group members without any tax consequences, and deems all tax losses to have been incurred by Harmony Gold Australia.
PNG. PNG mining projects are taxed on a project basis. Therefore, each project is taxed as a separate entity, even though it may be one of a number of projects carried on by the same company. Capital development and exploration expenditure incurred in PNG is capitalized for tax purposes and can be deducted at 25% per annum on a diminishing value basis against project income, with the deduction being limited to the lesser of 25% of the diminished value or the income of the project for the year.
PNG mining companies are taxed at a rate of tax of 30%. Mining operations in PNG are subject to a 2% royalty and 0.5% Production Levy which are payable to the PNG Government.
Export Sales
All of our gold produced in South Africa during fiscal 2018 to 2020 was refined by Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited ("Rand Refinery"). Rand Refinery is owned by a consortium of the major gold producers in South Africa and Harmony holds a 10.38% interest at June 30, 2020. Until March 31, 2019, all of our gold and silver produced in PNG was sold to The Perth Mint Australia, a Perth-based refinery. Since February 14, 2019, the metals have been sold to the Australian Bullion Corporation.
Recent Developments
See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments - Developments since June 30, 2020”.
B. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
We centrally manage our funding and treasury policies. There are no legal or economic restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries to transfer funds to us. We have generally funded our operations and our short-term and long-term liquidity requirements from: (i) cash generated from operations; (ii) credit facilities and other borrowings; and (iii) sales of equity securities.

68


 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
2019
2018
 
(R in millions)
Operating cash flows
4,723

4,679

3,884

Investing cash flows
(3,558
)
(4,797
)
(8,075
)
Financing cash flows
4,305

380

3,723

Foreign exchange differences
(106
)
25

(72
)
Total cash flows
5,364

287

(540
)
Operations
Net cash provided by operations is primarily affected by the quantities of gold sold, the gold price, the Rand/US$ exchange rate, cash costs per ounce and, in the case of the International operations, the Australian dollar and PNG Kina versus US dollar exchange rate. A significant adverse change in one or more of these parameters could materially reduce cash provided by operations as a source of liquidity. Net cash generated by operations remained fairly stable at R4.7 billion in fiscal 2019 and 2020.
Investing
Net cash utilized by investing activities was R3.6 billion in fiscal 2020, a decrease from R4.8 billion in fiscal 2019. This is mainly due to a reduction in property, plant and equipment additions due to the lockdown imposed on the South African operations, as well as cost-saving measures implemented during the last quarter of fiscal 2020.
Financing
Financing activities generated R4.3 billion in fiscal 2020, an increase from R380 million in fiscal 2019. In fiscal 2020 we completed the Placing in respect of 60,278,260 new ordinary shares with existing and new institutional investors at a price of R57.50 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately US$200 million (R3.5 billion). The shares issued represented, in aggregate, approximately 11.1% of Harmony’s issued ordinary share capital before the Placing. The proceeds of the Placing were used by the company to discharge the US$200 million cash consideration for the Mponeng Acquisition. Shares issued during fiscal 2019 raised R211 million.
The net of borrowings drawn (R6.5 billion) and borrowings repaid (R5.7 billion) during fiscal 2020 was R880 million whereas the net of borrowings drawn (R1.5 billion) and borrowings repaid (R1.4 billion) during fiscal 2019 was R169 million.
Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
Harmony entered into a US$200 million bridge loan facility with a syndicate of lenders on June 16, 2020 in order to fund the acquisition of assets from AngloGold Ashanti Limited. No draw-down was made on the facility as at June 30, 2020 and the facility was subsequently canceled on July 6, 2020. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments - Developments since June 30, 2020.”

The key terms of the US$200 million bridge loan facility were:
Term facility:        $200 million
Margin on term facility:    1.8% over first 6 months LIBOR
2.4% over next 3 months LIBOR
3.0% for the last 3 months LIBOR
Maturity            1 year
Security            Certain shares and claims
On September 26, 2019, Harmony and a syndicate of local and international lenders, which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited and ABSA Bank Limited, concluded a US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility. The initial term of three years was extended by one year in July 2020. US$300 million (R4,541 million) was drawn down on the syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility in October 2019 and a further US$50 million (R900 million) was drawn down in April 2020 and remained outstanding on June 30, 2020. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments - Developments since June 30, 2020.”
The key terms of the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility are:
Term facility:        $200 million
Margin on term facility:    3.1% over 3 month LIBOR
Revolving facility:        $200 million
Margin on revolving facility:    2.9% over 3 month LIBOR
Maturity:            Three years, extendable by 1 year
Security:            Certain shares and claims


69


On July 9, 2018, we entered into a four-year loan with Westpac - Bank - PNG - Limited for the amount of US$24 million (R322 million) to finance the acquisition of fleet equipment for the Group's Papua New Guinea operations. The US$24 million four-year loan is repayable in quarterly installments. During fiscal 2020, US$6 million (R96 million) was repaid on the loan. On June 30, 2020, US$14 million (R237 million) remained outstanding.
The key terms of the US$24 million four-year loan are:
Facility:            $24 million
Margin on term facility:    3.2% over 3 month LIBOR
Maturity:            Four years
Security:            Certain vehicles and machinery

On November 8, 2018, Harmony concluded a four-year R2 billion facility with Nedbank and ABSA which consists of a R600 million term facility and a R1.4 billion revolving credit facility to replace the R1 billion revolving credit facility. As at June 30, 2020, R500 million (US$29 million) was available on the revolving credit facility and Rnil was available on the term facility. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments - Developments since June 30, 2020.”
The key terms of the R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility are:
Term facility:        R600 million
Margin on term facility:    2.9% over 3 month JIBAR
Revolving facility:        R1.4 billion
Margin on revolving facility:    2.8% over 3 month JIBAR
Maturity            Four years from close
Security            Certain shares and claims

We need to comply with certain debt covenants for the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility and the R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility.
The debt covenant tests are as follows:
The Group’s interest cover ratio shall not be less than five (EBITDA1/Total interest paid).
Tangible net worth2 to total net debt ratio shall not be less than 4 times or 6 times when dividends are paid.
Leverage3 shall not be more than 2.5 times.
1 
EBITDA as defined in the agreement excludes unusual items such as impairment and restructuring cost.
2 
Tangible net worth is defined as total equity less intangible assets.
3 
Leverage is defined as total net debt to EBITDA.
With the refinancing of the R1 billion revolving credit facility in November 2018, the tangible net worth to total net debt ratio was set at 4.5 times and subsequently set at 4 times or from 8 to 6 times when dividends are paid at the start of the US$ facility refinancing process in May 2019. In June 2020, lenders agreed to relax the tangible net worth to total net debt covenant from four times to two times until December 2020, in order to provide flexibility to the group following the disruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic. See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments - Developments since June 30, 2019. No breaches of the covenants were identified during the tests in the 2019 and 2020 financial years.

Recently Retired Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings
On October 18, 2017, we entered into a syndicated bridge facility agreement in the amount of up to US$200 million with UBS Limited, Nedbank Limited, Absa Bank Limited and JP Morgan Securities Plc, with Nedbank Limited acting as facility agent. The syndicated bridge facility had a term of one year. Harmony drew down US$200 million (R2.3 billion) on this facility in February 2018. Harmony repaid US$50 million (R596 million) of the bridge facility in April 2018 from operating cash flows. A further US$100 million (R1.3 billion) of the bridge facility was repaid in June 2018 from the proceeds of an issue of new ordinary share and operating cash flows. Harmony repaid the final US$50 million (R670 million) from the proceeds of a placing of new ordinary shares to African Rainbow Minerals Limited as well as internal cash resources in July 2018. Margin on the facility was 2.5% - 3.5% over 3 month LIBOR.
On July 28, 2017, we entered into a syndicated term loan and revolving credit facilities agreement in the amount of up to US$350 million, with Nedbank Limited, Absa Bank Limited, JP Morgan Chase Bank N.A, Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation, HSBC Bank Plc, State Bank of India, The Bank of China and Citibank N.A, with Nedbank Limited and Absa Bank Limited acting as arrangers, and Nedbank Limited acting as facility agent. The facility agreement allowed the lenders to transfer their facility commitments. Margin on the US$175 million revolving credit facility was 3% over a 3 month LIBOR and 3.15% over a 3 month LIBOR for the US$175 million term loan. R4.4 billion was subsequently repaid in October 2019 from drawings under the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility, thereby settling the loan.
On February 20, 2017, we entered into the R1 billion revolving credit facility with Nedbank Limited. Interest accrued at JIBAR plus a margin of 3.15% per annum, with a quarterly commitment fee of 0.95%. The R1 billion revolving credit facility

70


was to mature in February 2020. R500 million was drawn down in April 2018 and during fiscal 2019, the remaining R500 million on this facility was also drawn down. The loan was subsequently refinanced with the R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility, therefore being settled in November 2018.
Capital Expenditures
Total budgeted capital expenditures for fiscal 2021 are R5.1 billion. See Item 4: “Information On The Company - Business Overview - Capital Expenditures” for details regarding the budgeted capital expenditures for each operation. We currently expect that our planned operating capital expenditures will be financed from operations, including use of our current facilities, as described in “-Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings” above, and new borrowings as needed.
The following table sets forth our authorized capital expenditure as of June 30, 2020:
 
R’million
 
 
Authorized and contracted for1
368

Authorized but not yet contracted for
1,314

Total
1,682

1 Including our share of the PNG joint operation's capital expenditure of R106 million.
Working Capital and Anticipated Financing Needs
The board believes that our working capital resources, by way of cash generated from operations, borrowings and existing cash on hand, are sufficient to meet our present working capital needs. The South African operations are generally expected to fund their capital internally. The Wafi-Golpu project in PNG is, however, expected to require additional capital expenditure over the next two to five years to complete construction, some of which will be funded from cash generated by operations and the balance by debt. We may also consider other options or structures to finance Harmony's portion of the Wafi-Golpu project. For more information on our planned capital expenditures, see “-Capital Expenditure” above. Also see Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - Harmony’s operations have limited proved and probable reserves. Exploration for additional resources and reserves is speculative in nature, may be unsuccessful and involves many risks”. Our board believes that we will have access to adequate financing on reasonable terms given our cash-based operations and modest leverage. Our ability to generate cash from operations could, however, be materially adversely affected by increases in cash costs, decreases in production, decreases in the price of gold and appreciation of the Rand and other non-US dollar currencies against the US dollar. In addition, South African companies are subject to significant exchange control limitations, which may impair our ability to fund overseas operations or guarantee credit facilities entered into by overseas subsidiaries. See Item 10: “Additional Information - D. Exchange Controls”.
The information set forth under the heading:
“- Delivering profitable ounces - Operational performance” on page 72 to 103
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
C: RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT, PATENTS AND LICENSES, ETC.
Not applicable.
D. TREND INFORMATION
The information set forth under the heading:
“- Delivering profitable ounces - Operational performance” on pages 72 to 103 of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
E. OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases in PNG amount to R19 million at June 30, 2020.
F. TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
Our contractual obligations and commercial commitments consist primarily of credit facilities, post-retirement health care and environmental obligations.
Contractual Obligations on the Balance Sheet
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2020:

71


 
Payments Due by Period
 
Total
Less Than 12 Months July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2021
12-36 Months July 1, 2021 to June 30, 2023
36-60 Months July 1, 2023 To June  30, 2025
After 60 Months Subsequent June 30, 2025
 
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bank facilities1
8,971

656

2,206

6,109


Post-retirement health care2
193




193

Environmental obligations3
3,408




3,408

Total contractual obligations
12,572

656

2,206

6,109

3,601

1 
See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Outstanding Credit Facilities and Other Borrowings”. The amounts include the interest payable over the terms of the facilities. Where a variable rate is applicable, the rate at the reporting date has been used for the future periods.
2 
This liability relates to post-retirement medical benefits of Freegold and Moab Khotsong employees at the time of acquisition as well as for former employees who retired prior to December 31, 1996 and is based on actuarial valuations conducted during fiscal 2020.
3 
We make provision for environmental rehabilitation costs and related liabilities based on management’s interpretations of current environmental and regulatory requirements. See Item 5: “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects - Operating Results - Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates - Provision for environmental rehabilitation”.
Commercial Commitments
The following table provides details regarding our commercial commitments as of June 30, 2020:
 
Amount of Commitments Expiring by Period
 
Total
Less Than 12 Months July 1, 2019 to June 30, 2020
12-36 Months July 1, 2020 to June 30, 2022 
36-60 Months July 1, 2022 To June  30, 2024
After 60 Months Subsequent June 30, 2024
 
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
(R’million)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees1
622




622

Capital commitments2
1,682

1,682




Total commitments expiring by period
2,304

1,682



622

1    R479 million of these guarantees relate to our environmental and rehabilitation obligation.
2 
Capital commitments consist only of amounts committed to external suppliers, although a total of R3.6 billion has been approved by the board for capital expenditures.
G. SAFE HARBOR
The information set forth under the heading “Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements” on page iii is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 6. DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A. DIRECTORS AND SENIOR MANAGEMENT
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Our leadership” on pages 15 to 18
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
B. COMPENSATION
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Remuneration report” on pages 168 to 184
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
C. BOARD PRACTICES
The information set forth under the headings:
“-Corporate governance” on pages 142 to 167;
“-Remuneration report” on pages 168 to 184; and
“-Audit and risk committee chairperson’s report” on pages 185 to 188.

72


of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
D. EMPLOYEES
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being” on pages 41 to 71
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
E. SHARE OWNERSHIP
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Remuneration report” on pages 168 to 184
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
A. MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS
We are an independent gold producer, with no single shareholder exercising control. As of October 22, 2020, our issued share capital consisted of 603,652,853 ordinary shares. To our knowledge, (a) we are not directly or indirectly owned or controlled: (i) by another corporation; or (ii) by any foreign government, and (b) there are no arrangements (including any announced or expected takeover bid), the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in our control.
The voting rights of our major shareholders do not differ from the voting rights of other holders of the same class of shares.
A list of the beneficial holders that hold 5% or more of our securities as of September 25, 2020 is set forth below:
Holder
Number of shares
Percentage

 
 
 
African Rainbow Minerals Limited1
74,665,545
12.38
%
Van Eck Global Associates Corporation
52,090,455
8.64
%
Government Employees Pension Fund (PIC) 
44,335,097
7.35
%
Fairtree Asset Management (Pty) Ltd
33,436,082
5.54
%
1
Patrice Motsepe, our Chairman, has an indirect holding in African Rainbow Minerals Limited.
The table below shows the significant changes in the percentage ownership held by major shareholders, to the knowledge of Harmony's management, during the past three years.
 
Beneficial ownership as of 30 June 2020
 
2020
2019
2018
 
%
%
%
African Rainbow Minerals Limited
12.38
13.89
12.72
VanEck Associates Corporation
10.11
12.21
11.58
Fairtree Capital
5.40
4.01
2.88
Public Investment Corporation of South Africa
4.85
3.93
4.34
B. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
See note 35Related Parties”, note 17 (b) “Other non-current assets”, note 20 “Investments in Associates” and note 21 “Investment in Joint Operations” of our consolidated financial statements, set forth beginning on page F-1.
C. INTERESTS OF EXPERTS AND COUNSEL
Not applicable.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS AND OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Please refer to Item 18: “Financial Statements and Item 3: “Key Information - Selected Financial Data”.
Legal Proceedings
None of our properties is the subject of pending material legal proceedings. We have been involved in a number of claims and legal and arbitration proceedings incidental to the normal conduct of our business, such as the ones described below.

73


Silicosis (and other occupational diseases)
Consolidated class action
On August 23, 2012, Harmony and certain of its subsidiaries (Harmony defendants) were served with court papers in terms of which three former employees made application to the South Gauteng High Court to certify a class action for purposes of instituting action against the Harmony defendants. In essence, the applicants want the court to declare them as suitable members to represent a class of current and former mineworkers who have contracted occupational lung diseases for purposes of instituting a class action for certain relief, and to obtain directions from the court as to what procedure to follow in pursuing the relief required against the Harmony defendants. Similar applications were also brought against various other gold mining companies for similar relief during August 2012.
On January 8, 2013, the Harmony defendants, alongside other gold mining companies operating in South Africa (collectively the respondents), were served with another application to certify another class action. In this application, two classes of persons were sought to be established representing, firstly, a class of current and former mine workers who have silicosis (whether or not accompanied by any other disease) and who work or have worked on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the respondents, and secondly, a class of dependents of mine workers who have died as a result of silicosis (whether or not accompanied by any other disease) and who worked on gold mines owned and/or controlled by the respondents. The Harmony defendants opposed both applications.
Following receipt of the aforesaid application in 2013, the Harmony defendants were advised that there was a potential overlap between the application of August 23, 2012 and the application of January 8, 2013. On October 17, 2013, the five certification applications were consolidated by order of court.
The consolidated application was heard in October 2015. On May 13, 2016, the Gauteng Local Division of High Court, Johannesburg, ordered the certification of a class action consisting of current and former underground mineworkers who have contracted silicosis and dependents of underground mineworkers who have died of silicosis (the silicosis class), and current and former underground mineworkers who have contracted TB, and the dependents of deceased underground mineworkers who died of TB (the TB class), which classes are to proceed as a single class action against the mining companies cited in the consolidated application. The High Court also ordered that any claimant who has a claim for general damages, and who dies before the finalization of his case, will have such general damages transmitted to the estate of the deceased claimant. The High Court did not make an order on the merits of the claimants' cases or any potential claims to be instituted by the mineworkers or their dependents.
On June 24, 2016, the High Court granted leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Appeal against the order of transmissibility of general damages. The Harmony defendants submitted their notice of appeal in respect of the transmissibility of the general damages order to the Supreme Court of Appeal on July 25, 2016.
The mining companies, including the Harmony defendants, also requested leave to appeal from the Supreme Court of Appeal against the balance of the judgment and orders of the High Court certifying the class action in respect of the silicosis class and TB class. Leave to appeal to the Supreme Court of Appeal was granted on September 13, 2016. The Harmony defendants submitted their notice of appeal in respect of the remainder of the order certifying a class action in respect of the silicosis class and the TB class to the Supreme Court of Appeal on September 27, 2016.
The matter was set down to be argued in the Supreme Court of Appeal on March 19, 2018 to March 23, 2018. However, the parties agreed to postpone the matter to conclude settlement negotiations. The matter was subsequently settled on May 3, 2018. The terms of the settlement agreement are available on Harmony's website. The settlement agreement must be made an order of court before it can be given effect to. The settlement was subject to certain conditions, including that an unconditional order of court, sanctioning the settlement agreement to make the settlement agreement an order of court, is obtained from the High Court. Such an order was obtained on July 26, 2019, subject to certain conditions which were subsequently fulfilled, and the settlement became effective on December 10, 2019.
Much of the remainder of 2018 was spent with the companies’ and the claimants’ legal representatives developing the comprehensive set of papers required for the court approval application. The application was to be dealt with in two stages. The first stage was an ex parte application which was heard on December 13, 2018. Following that hearing, the court issued an order setting out how members of the settling classes and other interested parties should be informed of the proposed settlement and how they may make representations to the Court regarding the settlement, should they wish.
The second stage of the approval application made provision for members of the settling classes and interested parties to make submissions to the Court, if they so wished, on the settlement. The hearing of the second stage of the approval application took place at the end of May 2019, where there were no notifications of objections to the settlement.
On July 26, 2019 the High Court granted an order approving the settlement agreement in terms of the draft order which the parties submitted to the Court on May 30, 2019. The settlement became effective on December 10, 2019. The parties underwent a period whereby members of the settlement classes could have indicated whether they wished to opt out of the settlement. The threshold required for the opt out notices was not met, and consequently the settlement agreement provides that any member of the settlement classes who did not opt out is automatically eligible to submit a claim in terms of the settlement.
Pursuant to the settlement, the Tshiamiso Trust was established comprising three company nominees, two claimants’ attorney nominees, one government nominee and an independent trustee to be nominated jointly by the mining companies and the claimants’ attorneys. The independent trustee will chair the trust for at least the first two years. The distribution of claims and the administrative functions, including the tracking and tracing of eligible claimants and the facilitating of benefit medical examinations will be overseen by a board of trustees, which was appointed on February 6, 2020.

74


One of the Tshiamiso Trust's initiatives will be to facilitate the establishment of an advisory committee through which, it is envisaged, representatives of government, trade unions, NGOs, community leaders and others will be able to provide their expertise to the work of the trust.
The Working Group
The Working Group was formed in fiscal 2014 to address issues relating to compensation and medical care for occupational lung disease in the South African gold mining industry. The Working Group, made up of African Rainbow Minerals Limited, Anglo American SA, AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Harmony and Sibanye Gold Limited, has had extensive engagements with a wide range of stakeholders since its formation, including government, organized labor, other mining companies and the legal representatives of claimants who have filed legal actions against the companies.
Whereas the settlement agreement and the deed that constitutes the Tshiamiso Trust have afforded the six mining companies comprising the Working Group certain rights and obligations, the companies have agreed to appoint an agent to represent them in relation to certain matters contemplated in the settlement agreement and the deed that constitutes the Tshiamiso Trust. As such, the Working Group will dissolve as the work of that group ends and the responsibilities of the companies' agent will commence.
The Working Group has paid the legal costs of the claimants’ attorneys and other initial amounts as set out in the settlement agreement. On January 31, 2020, the Working Group commenced the payment of their quarterly administration and benefit contributions to the Tshiamiso Trust to enable the trustees to settle benefits of eligible workers. Harmony has provided for the estimated cost of the settlement based on actuarial assessments in the amount of R1.14 billion.
Provision for silicosis settlement
A provision of R917 million was recognized during fiscal 2017 for Harmony’s potential cost to settle the silicosis and TB class actions that have been instituted against it in South Africa. At June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 the provision was R892 million and R942 million respectively, primarily due to the time value of money accretion. This was offset by the change in estimate due to the timing of cash flows.
The provision recorded in the financial statements is subject to adjustment or reversal in the future, depending on a number of factors, including changes in benefit take-up.
See to Note 26Provision for silicosis settlement” of our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
B. SIGNIFICANT CHANGES
See Item 4: “Information on the Company - History and Development of the Company - Recent Developments -Developments since June 30, 2020.”
ITEM 9 THE OFFER AND LISTING
A. OFFER AND LISTING DETAILS
The principal trading market for our ordinary shares is the JSE, where they trade under the symbol "HAR". Our ordinary shares trade on the NYSE in the form of ADSs, under the symbol "HMY".
B. PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Not applicable.
C. MARKETS
The Securities Exchange in South Africa
The JSE is the premier stock exchange in Africa and is based in South Africa where it has operated as a marketplace for the trading of financial products for 130 years.
The JSE connects buyers and sellers in a variety of financial markets that include equities and equity derivatives, commodity derivatives, currency derivatives and interest rate instruments. It is one of the top 20 exchanges in the world in terms of market capitalization and a member of the World Federation of Exchanges.
The market capitalization of the JSE equities index (FTSE/JSE Africa All Shares Index) was R14,043 billion (US$808 billion) at June 30, 2020. The JSE mining index (FTSE/JSE Africa Mining Index) market capitalization was R2,852 billion (US$164 billion)1 at June 30, 2020, 20.3% of the overall JSE market capitalization.
1 Source: Bloomberg
Strate Settlement
Under Strate, South Africa’s Central Securities Depository (“CSD”), there are essentially two types of clients: controlled and non-controlled. A controlled client is one who elects to keep his shares and cash with his broker and these shares are held in custody at the broker’s chosen Custodian Bank, the CSD Participant (“CSDP”). A non-controlled client is one who appoints his own CSDP to act as custodian on his behalf. Equity settlements take place on a contractual T+3 (where T= trade date) settlement cycle. Securities and funds become due for settlement three business days after the trade. Contractual settlement is a market convention embodied in the rules of the JSE which states that a client has a contractual obligation to cause a JSE trade to settle on settlement day. The JSE, in its capacity as Settlement Authority, ensures that all on-market trades entered into by two JSE member firms settle three days after the trade date.

75


D. SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
Not applicable.
E. DILUTION
Not applicable.
F. EXPENSES OF THE ISSUE
Not applicable.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
A. SHARE CAPITAL
Not applicable.
B. MEMORANDUM OF INCORPORATION
Information on our Memorandum of Incorporation can be found in Exhibit 1.1 filed with this Harmony 2020 Form 20-F.
Voting Rights
There are no limitations imposed by South African law or by our charter on the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote our ordinary shares.
C. MATERIAL CONTRACTS
US$200 Million Bridge Loan
On June 16, 2020, Harmony entered into a bridge loan facility of US$200 million with a syndicate of lenders in order to provide financing the Mponeng Acquisition.
The US$200 million bridge loan bore interest of 1.8% over LIBOR for the first six months, 2.4% over LIBOR for the next three months and 3.0% over LIBOR for the last three months.
The US$200 million bridge loan is secured by a cessation and a pledge over all the shares and claims in certain operating subsidiaries in the Group.
No draw-down was made on the facility as at June 30, 2020.
US$400 Million Syndicated Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
On September 26, 2019, Harmony and a syndicate of local and international lenders, which was jointly arranged by Nedbank Limited and ABSA Bank Limited, concluded a US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility. The US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility initially matured in September 2022, but its term was extended to September 2023 in July 2020.
Under the terms of the US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility Harmony agreed to apply all amounts borrowed by it in repayment of the US$350 million three-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility and for exploration activities, feasibility costs, capital costs, operational costs, other corporate expenses and other strategic objectives relating to the Group outside of South Africa.
The term loan bears interest of 3.1% over three month LIBOR; the revolving facility bears interest of 2.9% over three month LIBOR.
The US$400 million syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility is secured by a cessation and a pledge over all the shares and claims in certain operating subsidiaries in the Group.
US$300 million (R4,541 million) was drawn down on the syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility in October 2019 and remained outstanding on June 30, 2020.
R2 Billion Four-year Syndicated Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility
On November 8, 2018, Harmony, as borrower, entered into a R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility with Nedbank Limited and ABSA Bank Limited. The R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility matures in November 2022.
The term facility bears interest at 2.90% over three month JIBAR; the revolving facility bears interest at 2.80% over three month JIBAR.
The R2 billion four-year syndicated term loan and revolving credit facility is secured by a cession and pledge over all the shares and claims in certain operating subsidiaries in the Group.
The outstanding balance under the term facility at June 30, 2020 was R1 billion. The outstanding balance under the revolving facility at June 30, 2020 was R500 million.
US$24 Million Four-year Loan
On July 9, 2018, Harmony, as a borrower, entered into a loan to finance its new fleet in Hidden Valley with Westpac - Bank - PNG - Limited. The loan is repayable in quarterly installments and matures in July 2022.

76


The US$24 million four-year loan bears interest at 3.20% over three month LIBOR. The loan is secured by a cession and pledge of vehicles and machinery purchased. The outstanding balance under the loan at June 30, 2020 was R237 million.
Sale Agreement
On February 12, 2020, the Company announced an agreement to purchase the remaining South African producing assets and related liabilities of AngloGold Ashanti Limited pursuant to the Mponeng Acquisition. The Mponeng Acquisition includes the following assets and liabilities:
the Mponeng mine and its associated assets and liabilities;
the Tau Tona and Savuka mines and associated rock-dump and tailings storage facility reclamation sites, mine rehabilitation and closure activities located in the West Wits region and their associated assets and liabilities;
First Uranium (Pty) Limited which owns Mine Waste Solutions (Pty) Limited and Chemwes (Pty) Limited as well as associated tailings assets and liabilities (the FUSA Group);
Covalent Water Company (Pty) Limited, AngloGold Security Services (Pty) Limited and Masakhisane Investments (Pty) Limited; and
certain rock-dump reclamation, mine rehabilitation and closure activities located in the Vaal River region and their associated assets and liabilities (the VR Remaining assets).
Consideration for the Mponeng Acquisition was a cash payment of US$200 million, due on the closing date, and contingent consideration subject to the following criteria:
US$260 per ounce payable on all underground production from the Mponeng, Savuka and Tau Tona mines in excess of 250,000 ounces per year for six years commencing January 1, 2021; and
US$20 per ounce payable on underground production from the Mponeng, Savuka and Tau Tona mines sourced from levels developed in the future below the current infrastructure.
The agreement is subject to certain conditions precedent, the last of which was fulfilled in September 2020. Closing of the Mponeng Acquisition occurred with effect on October 1, 2020.
D. EXCHANGE CONTROLS
Introduction
The following is a general outline of South African exchange controls. Investors should consult a professional adviser pertaining to the exchange control implications of their particular investments.
The Republic of South Africa’s exchange control regulations provide for restrictions on the exportation capital from a Common Monetary Area member, consisting of South Africa, the Republic of Namibia and the Kingdoms of Lesotho and Eswatini. Transactions between South African residents (including corporations) and foreigners are subject to these exchange controls, which are administered by the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank (“SARB”).
Since 1995 a number of exchange control regulations have been relaxed with regard to both residents and non-residents. Following the initial reforms, ongoing relaxations have been introduced with the aim of achieving a macroprudential risk based approach to the management of foreign exchange. The reforms are being made to, among other things, enable international firms to make investments through South Africa to the rest of Africa and to further enhance opportunities for offshore portfolio diversification for resident investors. In addition, the relaxations have also significantly raised the size of the discretionary allowances available to residents for overseas transactions.
A considerable degree of flexibility is built into the system of exchange controls, and the SARB possesses substantial discretionary powers in approving or rejecting the applications that fall outside the authority granted to authorized dealers.
These comments relate to exchange controls in force at June 30, 2020. These controls are subject to change at any time, however, the government has previously announced most changes during the annual budget statement in February. It is not possible to predict whether existing exchange controls will be changed or relaxed by the South African government in the future.
Government Regulatory Considerations
Shares
A foreign investor may invest freely in shares in a South African company, whether listed on the JSE or not, through normal banking channels against settlement in foreign currency or Rand from a non-resident Rand account. A foreign investor may also sell his or her share investment in a South African company and transfer the proceeds out of South Africa without restriction. However, when the Company is not listed on the JSE, the SARB must be satisfied that the sale price of any shares reflects fair market value.
Under present South African exchange control regulations, our ordinary shares and ADSs are freely transferable outside the Common Monetary Area between non-residents of the Common Monetary Area. No prior SARB approval is required for the transfer of proceeds to South Africa, in respect of shares listed on the JSE, provided these funds enter the country through the normal banking channels. In addition, the proceeds from the sale of ordinary shares on the JSE on

77


behalf of those holders of ordinary shares who are not residents of the Common Monetary Area are freely remittable to those holders. Share certificates and warrant certificates held by non-residents will be endorsed with the words “non-resident.”
Loans
Generally, the granting of loans to us or our subsidiaries, and our ability to borrow from non-South African sources and the repatriation of dividends, interest and royalties by us will be regulated by the Exchange Control Department of the SARB. If a foreign investor wishes to lend capital to a South African company, the prior approval of the SARB must be sought mainly in respect of the interest rate and terms of repayment applicable to such loan.
Interest on foreign loans is subject to a withholding tax of 15% and freely remittable abroad, provided the loans received prior approval from the SARB. However, this rate may be reduced depending on the applicability of a double taxation treaty.
Investments
We are required to seek approval from the SARB to use funds held in South Africa to make investments outside of South Africa.
Dividends
Dividends declared by a listed company are subject to a withholding tax of 20% and freely transferable out of South Africa from both trading and non-trading profits earned in South Africa through a major bank as agent for the SARB to non-resident shareholders. However, this rate may be reduced depending on the applicability of a double taxation treaty.
Where 75% or more of a South African company’s capital, voting power, power of control or earnings is directly or indirectly controlled by non-residents, such a company is designated an “affected person” by the SARB, and certain restrictions are placed on its ability to obtain local financial assistance. We are not, and have never been, designated an “affected person” by the SARB.
If an affected entity made use of local borrowing facilities, the affected entity must apply for SARB approval prior to remitting dividends offshore. As a general rule, an affected entity that has accumulated historical losses may not declare dividends out of current profits unless and until such time that the affected entity’s local borrowings do not exceed the local borrowing limit.
E. TAXATION
Certain South African Tax Considerations
The summary set out in this section is based on current law and our interpretation thereof. Amendments to the law may change the tax treatment of acquiring, holding or disposing of our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, which changes may possibly occur on a retrospective basis. The following summary is not a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase, own or dispose of our ordinary shares or ADSs, and does not cover the tax consequences that depend upon your particular tax circumstances. This summary is not intended to constitute tax advice. This summary does not address the foreign tax consequences for person that are not residents of South Africa and specifically excludes the tax consequences for persons who are not residents of South Africa whose holding of shares or ADSs is effectively connected with a permanent establishment in South Africa through which the holder carries on business activities, or who is not the beneficial recipient of the dividends, or where the source of the transaction or dividends is deemed to be in South Africa. In addition, it does not cover the tax consequences for a holder that is not entitled to the benefits of the double taxation agreement concluded between the Republic of South Africa and the United States of America signed on February 17, 1997 (“US Treaty”). It also assumes that the holders hold the ordinary shares or ADSs on capital account (that is, for investment purposes) as opposed to on revenue account (that is for speculative purposes or as trading stock). The Supreme Court of Appeal in South Africa indicated that gains will be on revenue account if they are derived as part of a business in carrying out a scheme of profit making. We recommend that you consult your own tax adviser concerning the consequences of holding our ordinary shares or ADSs, as applicable, in your particular situation.
Dividends
With effect from April 1, 2012, South Africa introduced a Dividends Tax, which is a withholding tax on dividends borne by the shareholder receiving the dividend. The rate at which Dividends Tax is levied is 20% effective from February 22, 2017 (previously 15%). Dividends Tax is imposed on, amongst others, non-resident shareholders, and it is withheld by the company declaring and paying the dividend to its shareholders or the regulated intermediary, as the case may be, as a withholding agent. Dividends tax is not payable to the extent that the recipient is, amongst others, a South African resident company that has provided the relevant declaration and undertaking to the company declaring and paying the dividend.
Article 10 of the US Treaty provides that a dividend paid by a company that is a resident of South Africa for tax purposes to a resident of the US for tax purposes may be taxed in the US. Article 10 of the US Treaty further provides that such a dividend may also be taxed in South Africa. However, the tax charged in South Africa may not exceed 5% of the gross amount of the dividends if the beneficial owner is a company that holds directly at least 10% of the voting stock of the South African company paying the dividends. In all other cases, the US Treaty provides for a withholding tax of 15% of the gross amount of the dividends.
With effect from January 1, 2012 it is deemed that an amount will be derived by a person from a source within South Africa if the amount constitutes a dividend received by or accrued to that person. Residents of the US can make use of the lower rate as provided for in the US Treaty if the relevant declaration and undertaking are provided to Harmony beforehand. It was recently enacted that the declaration and undertaking should be renewed after a five-year period effective from July 1, 2020. No time limitation will be imposed on the validity of the declarations and undertakings if a regulated intermediary

78


applies the Financial Intelligence Centre legislation, the common reporting standard regulations in relation to the declarations or the agreement between the Government of South Africa and the Government of the US to improve International Tax Compliance and to Implement the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.
Capital Gains Tax
Capital Gains Tax (“CGT”) was introduced in South Africa with effect from October 1, 2001. In the case of an individual, 40% in respect of years of assessment commencing 1 March 2016 (previously 33.3%) of the capital gain is included in the individual’s taxable income (effectively 18%) should the individual pay tax at the marginal rate of 45% from March 1, 2017. In the case of a corporate entity or trust, 80% in respect of years of assessment commencing March 1, 2016 of such gain is included in its taxable income (effectively a rate of 22.4% for a corporate entity and 36% for a trust). CGT is only applicable to non-residents if the proceeds from the sale are sourced in South Africa or are attributable to a permanent establishment of the non-resident shareholder. The US Treaty (which will prevail in the event of a conflict) provides that the US holder of ordinary shares or ADSs will not be subject to CGT if the assets have been held as capital assets, unless they are linked to a permanent establishment of such non-resident shareholder in South Africa. To the extent that shares or ADSs are held on revenue account, a similar principle applies with reference to the payment of income tax. Subject to Article 13 of the US Treaty (as indicated below) income tax is only payable to the extent that the gain is attributable to the carrying on of a business in South Africa through a permanent establishment situated in South Africa. The current corporate rate is equal to 28%. Any gains realized on the disposal of equity shares are automatically deemed to be of a capital nature if the equity shares have been held for a continuous period of at least three years. Such provision applies automatically and is not elective. However, this deeming provision does not include an ADS.
Generally the domestic laws of South Africa provide that an amount received or accrued in respect of the disposal of an asset that constitutes immovable property held by that person or any interest or right of whatever nature of that person to or in intellectual property where that property is situated in South Africa is deemed to have been sourced in South Africa and be subject to South African tax. It includes the disposal of any equity shares held by a person in a company if:
80% or more of the market value of the equity shares, ownership or right to ownership or vested interest, as the case may be, at the time of disposal thereof is attributable directly or indirectly to immovable property held otherwise than as trading stock. It was recently announcement that this requirement will include rights to variable or fixed payments as consideration for the working of, or the right to work mineral deposits, sources and other natural resources in the Republic; and
the person directly or indirectly holds at least 20% of the equity shares in the company or ownership or right to ownership of the other entity.
The provisions of the US Treaty override the deemed source rules to the extent applicable. Article 13 of the US Treaty provides that South Africa is entitled to tax a gain that is attributable to the alienation of real property situated in South Africa, which concept includes the equivalent of a US real property interest, even if held through means of shares.
Securities Transfer Tax
Securities Transfer Tax (“STT”) is payable in respect of the transfer of any security issued by a South African company. STT is levied at a rate of 0.25% of the taxable amount of the security concerned (generally the market value). A security is defined to include a depository receipt in a company, in addition to shares in a company. STT is not payable on the issue of any security.
Although ADSs in respect of our shares are not listed on the JSE, reference is specifically made in the legislation to the transfer of depository receipts in a South African company. As a consequence, STT will therefore be payable on the transfer of ADSs. In addition, the process of depositing shares listed on the JSE in return for ADSs, or withdrawing such shares from the deposit facility, will attract STT as and when the shares are transferred to or from the depository institution.
STT is payable by the broker or participant if a transaction is effected through a stockbroker or an exchange participant, but it may be recovered from the person acquiring the beneficial ownership of the rights concerned. In other instances, STT is payable by the person acquiring beneficial ownership.
STT is also payable on the subsequent redemption or cancellation of shares or ADSs.
Interest
South Africa has imposed a withholding tax on interest paid by any person to or for the benefit of any foreign person to the extent that the interest is regarded as having been received or accrued from a source within South Africa at the rate of 15% with effect from March 1, 2015. In terms of the US Treaty this rate is reduced to zero. However, the rate may change to 5% or 10% once the US Treaty is renegotiated. US residents can only make use of the lower rate as provided for in the US Treaty if the relevant declaration and undertaking are provided to the company paying the interest. It was recently enacted that the declaration and undertaking should be renewed after a five-year period effective from July 1, 2020. No time limitation will be imposed on the validity of the declarations and undertakings if a regulated intermediary applies the Financial Intelligence Centre legislation, the common reporting standard regulations in relation to the declarations or the agreement between the Government of South Africa and the Government of the US to improve International Tax Compliance and to Implement the US Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.
Withholding tax on Service Fees
There is no separate withholding tax on service fees. The monitoring of service fees is now dealt with on the basis that these types of arrangements must be reported to SARS. Transactions between residents and non-residents must thus be reported if they relate to consultancy, construction, engineering, installation, logistical, managerial, supervisory, technical or

79


training services, in circumstances where the expenditure exceeds or is anticipated to exceed R10 million in aggregate and does not otherwise qualify as remuneration.
Capitalization Shares
Capitalization shares issued to holders of shares in lieu of cash dividends do not constitute dividends and are currently not subject to Dividends Tax. However, these shares have a base cost of zero for income tax purposes.
Certain Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
The following is a discussion of certain material US federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the ordinary shares (for purposes of this summary, references to the ordinary shares include the ADSs, unless the context otherwise requires).
You will be a “US holder” if you are a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and you are:
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or
a trust if: (i) a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable US Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person.
This summary only applies to US holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This summary is based on the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, (the “Code”), its legislative history, existing and proposed US Treasury regulations, published Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") rulings, the US Treaty and court decisions that are now in effect, any and all of which are subject to differing interpretations and which could be materially and adversely changed. Any such change could apply retroactively and could affect the continued validity of this summary. This summary does not consider the potential effects, both adverse and beneficial, of any proposed legislation which, if enacted, could be applied, possibly on a retroactive basis, at any time.
This summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a decision to purchase the ordinary shares. In particular, this summary deals only with US holders that will hold the ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not address considerations that may be relevant to you if you are an investor that is subject to special tax rules, such as a bank, real estate investment trust, regulated investment company, insurance company, dealer in securities or currencies, trader in securities or commodities that elects mark-to-market treatment, person that will hold the ordinary shares as a hedge against currency risk or as a position in a “straddle” or conversion transaction, tax-exempt organization, person whose “functional currency” is not the US dollar, person liable for alternative minimum tax, person required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to shares or ADSs as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement or a person who owns directly, indirectly or by attribution, at least 10% of our stock. This summary also does not address any aspect of US federal non-income tax laws, such as gift or estate tax laws, or state, local, or non-US tax laws, or, except as discussed below, any tax reporting obligations of a holder of our ordinary shares.
If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the ordinary shares, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A holder of the ordinary shares that is a partnership and partners in such a partnership should consult their own tax advisors about the US federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding, and disposing of the ordinary shares.
We believe that we will not be a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), for US federal income tax purposes for the current taxable year. However, we cannot assure you that we will not be considered a PFIC in the current or future years. The determination whether or not we are a PFIC is a factual determination that is based on the types of income we earn and the value of our assets and cannot be made until the close of the applicable tax year. In addition, this determination is based in part upon certain US Treasury regulations proposed in June 2019 that are not yet in effect (the "Proposed Regulations") and are subject to change in the future. If Harmony were to be treated as a PFIC, US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs would be required (i) to pay a special US addition to tax on certain distributions and gains on sale and (ii) to pay tax on any gain from the sale of ordinary shares or ADSs at ordinary income (rather than capital gains) rates in addition to paying the special addition to tax on this gain. Such holder may also be required to file IRS Form 8621. Additionally, dividends paid by Harmony would not be eligible for the reduced rate of tax described below under "- Taxation of Dividends". Although we believe we have adopted a reasonable interpretation of the Proposed Regulations and administrative pronouncements, there can be no assurance that the IRS will follow the same interpretation. The remainder of this discussion assumes that Harmony is not a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes. You should consult your own tax advisers regarding the potential application of the PFIC regime.
Each prospective purchaser should consult his or her tax advisor with respect to the US federal, state, local and non-US tax consequences of acquiring, owning, or disposing of shares or ADSs.
US holders of ADSs
For US federal income tax purposes, a US holder of ADSs generally will be treated as the owner of the corresponding number of underlying ordinary shares held by the Depositary for the ADSs, and references to ordinary shares in the following discussion refer also to ADSs representing the ordinary shares.

80


Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by US holders in exchange for ADSs will in general not result in the realization of gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes. Your tax basis in withdrawn ordinary shares will be the same as your tax basis in the ADSs surrendered, and your holding period for the ordinary shares will include the holding period of the ADSs.
Taxation of Dividends
Distributions paid out of Harmony’s current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes), before reduction for any South African withholding tax paid by Harmony with respect thereto, will generally be taxable to you as dividend income, and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations. Distributions that exceed Harmony’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of your basis in the ordinary shares and thereafter as capital gain. However, we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax accounting principles. You should therefore assume that any distribution by us with respect to the shares will be reported as ordinary dividend income. You should consult your own tax advisers with respect to the appropriate US federal income tax treatment of any distribution received from us.
Dividends paid by Harmony generally will be taxable to non-corporate US holders at the reduced rate normally applicable to long-term capital gains, provided that either (i) Harmony qualifies for the benefits of the US Treaty, or (ii) with respect to dividends paid on the ADSs, the ADSs are considered to be "readily tradable" on the NYSE, and certain other conditions are met. You will be eligible for this reduced rate only if you are an individual, and have held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121 day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date.
For US federal income tax purposes, the amount of any dividend paid in Rand will be included in income in a US dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividends are received by you or the depositary (in the case of ADSs), regardless of whether they are converted into US dollars at that time. If you or the Depositary, as the case may be, convert dividends received in Rand into US dollars on the day they are received, you generally will not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of this dividend income.
Effect of South African Withholding Taxes
As discussed above in "- Taxation - Certain South African Tax Considerations - Dividends", under current law, South Africa imposes a withholding tax of 20% on dividends paid by Harmony. A US holder will generally be entitled, subject to certain limitations, to a foreign tax credit against its US federal income tax liability, or a deduction in computing its US federal taxable income, for South African income taxes withheld by Harmony.
US holders that receive payments subject to this withholding tax will be treated, for US federal income tax purposes, as having received the amount of South African taxes withheld by Harmony, and as then having paid over the withheld taxes to the South African taxing authorities. As a result of this rule, the amount of dividend income included in gross income for US federal income tax purposes by a US holder with respect to a payment of dividends may be greater than the amount of cash actually received (or receivable) by the US holder from Harmony with respect to the payment.
The rules governing foreign tax credits are complex. You should consult your tax adviser concerning the foreign tax credit implications of the payment of South African withholding taxes.
Taxation of a Sale or other Disposition
Upon a sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, other than an exchange of ADSs for ordinary shares and vice versa, you will generally recognize US source capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs. Your tax basis in an ordinary share or ADS will generally be its US dollar cost. This capital gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period in the ordinary shares or ADSs exceeds one year. However, regardless of your actual holding period, any loss may be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent you receive a dividend that qualifies for the reduced rate described above under " - Taxation of Dividends" and also exceeds 10% of your basis in the ordinary shares. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to significant limitations.
Foreign currency received on the sale or other disposition of an ordinary share will have a tax basis equal to its US dollar value on the settlement date. Foreign currency that is purchased will generally have a tax basis equal to the US dollar value of the foreign currency on the date of purchase. Any gain or loss recognized on a sale or other disposition of a foreign currency (including its use to purchase ordinary shares or upon exchange for US dollars) will be US source ordinary income or loss.
To the extent you incur STT in connection with a transfer or withdrawal of ordinary shares as described under "-Certain South African Tax Considerations - Securities Transfer Tax" above, such securities transfer tax will not be a creditable tax for US foreign tax credit purposes.
Information with Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
US holders of “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 at the end of the taxable year, or US$75,000 at any time during the taxable year, are generally required to file an information report with respect to such assets with their tax returns. “Specified foreign financial assets” may include financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (i) stocks and securities issued by non-United States persons, (ii) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-United States issuers or counter parties and (iii) interests in foreign entities. US holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of this reporting requirement to their ownership of the ordinary shares.

81


US Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Rules
Payments of dividends and other proceeds with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs by US persons will be reported to you and to the IRS as may be required under applicable regulations. Backup withholding may apply to these payments if you fail to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fail to comply with applicable certification requirements. Some holders are not subject to backup withholding. You should consult your tax adviser as to your qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.
F. DIVIDENDS AND PAYING AGENTS
Not applicable.
G. STATEMENT BY EXPERTS
Not applicable.
H. DOCUMENTS ON DISPLAY
Our current Memorandum of Incorporation may be examined at our principal place of business at: Randfontein Office Park, Corner of Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759, South Africa.
We file annual reports on Form 20-F with, and furnish periodic reports on Form 6-K to, the SEC. You can obtain access to the documents filed via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
This Harmony 2020 Form 20-F reports information primarily regarding Harmony’s business, operations and financial information relating to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. For more recent updates regarding Harmony, you may inspect any reports, statements or other information that Harmony files with the SEC.
No material referred to in this annual report as being available on our website is incorporated by reference into, or forms any part of, this annual report. References herein to our website shall not be deemed to cause such incorporation.
I. SUBSIDIARY INFORMATION
Not applicable.
ITEM 11 QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information set forth under the heading “Cautionary statement about forward-looking statements” on the inside front cover is incorporated herein by reference.
General
We are exposed to market risks, including credit risk, foreign currency risk, commodity price risk and interest rate risk associated with underlying assets, liabilities and anticipated transactions. Following periodic evaluation of these exposures, we may enter into derivative financial instruments to manage these exposures. We have policies in areas such as counterparty exposure and hedging practices, which have been approved by our audit committee. We do not hold or issue derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
We did not apply hedge accounting to incidental hedges held in the past.
In accordance with IFRS 9 - Financial Instruments, we account for our derivative financial instruments as hedging transactions if the following criteria are met:
in the case of a hedge of an anticipated future transaction, there is a high probability that the transaction will occur, and
in the case of a cash flow hedge, the hedging instrument is expected to be highly effective.
During fiscal 2020 and 2019, we designated the majority of the gold forward sales contracts as cash flow hedging instruments and applied hedge accounting to these transactions. See ‘- Commodity Price Sensitivity’ below.
Foreign Currency Sensitivity
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into transactions denominated in foreign currencies (primarily US dollars, Australian dollars and PNG Kina). In addition, we incur investments and liabilities in US dollars, Australian dollars and PNG Kina from time to time. As a result, we are subject to transaction and translation exposure from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
Harmony enters into foreign exchange hedging contracts to manage these risks. This can take the form of zero cost collars, which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) Rand/US dollar exchange rate at which to convert the US dollars we receive on our gold sales to Rand or outright forward contracts that fix the forward exchange rate. At June 30, 2020, the nominal amount of the zero cost collars is US$511 million spread over a 24-month period with a weighted average cap price of US$1=R17.09 and weighted average floor price of US$1=R15.81. Additionally, at June 30, 2020 Harmony had open foreign exchange forward contracts which had a nominal amount of US$183 million spread over a 24-month period at an average exchange rate of US$1 = R16.38.

82


Commodity Price Sensitivity
General
Our revenues and costs are very sensitive to the exchange rate of the Rand and other non-US currencies to the US dollar because our gold is sold in US dollars, but most of our operating costs are incurred in Rand and other non-US currencies. During fiscal 2020 and 2019, Harmony entered into forward sales to establish the sales price in advance of its future gold production, which includes the foreign exchange rate. See "- Foreign Currency Sensitivity" above.  
The market price of gold has a significant effect on our results of operations, our ability to pay dividends and undertake capital expenditures, and the market price of our ordinary shares.
Gold prices have historically fluctuated widely and are affected by numerous industry factors over which we do not have any control. See Item 3: “Key Information - Risk Factors - The profitability of our operations, and cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the price of gold. A fall in the gold price below our cash cost of production and capital expenditure required to sustain production for any sustained period may lead to losses and require Harmony to curtail or suspend certain operations”. The aggregate effect of these factors, all of which are beyond our control, is impossible for us to predict.
Harmony’s Hedging Policy
As a general rule, we sell our gold production at market prices. However, commencing in fiscal 2017, Harmony entered into derivative contracts to manage the variability in cash flows from the Group’s production, in order to create cash certainty and protect the Group against lower commodity prices. The limits set by the Board are for 20% of the Group’s total production for gold and 50% for silver over a 24-month period. Management continues to top up these programs as and when opportunities arise to lock in attractive margins for the business, but are not required to maintain hedging at these levels. In addition, Harmony's derivative policy permitted up to 25% of US$/Rand exposure to be covered over 24 months.
Harmony has designated the majority of the Rand gold forward sale contracts as cash flow hedging instruments and applied hedge accounting to these transactions as we believe they are effective hedges. In addition, from January 2, 2019, Harmony entered into US$ gold forward contracts that were designated as cash flow hedging instruments. The effective unrealized portion of the gains and losses before maturity are recorded in other comprehensive income. The realized gains and losses of the matured contracts are recorded in revenue. The US$ gold forward sale contracts entered into before January 1, 2019 and the silver zero cost collars have not been designated as hedging instruments and the gains and losses from these transactions are recorded in profit or loss.
Commodity Sales Agreements
At June 30, 2020, the open Rand gold forward sale contracts amounted to 470,000 ounces spread over 24 months at an average of R743,000/kg. The open US$ gold forward contracts amounted to 87,000 ounces spread over 24 months at an average of US$1,543/oz. The open US$ silver zero cost collars amounted to 1,600,000 ounces spread over 15 months with a weighted average floor of US$17.91/oz and a weighted average cap of US$19.41/oz.
At June 30, 2019, the open Rand gold forward sale contracts amounted to 626,500 ounces spread over 24 months at an average of R659,523/kg. The open US$ gold forward contracts amounted to 66,000 ounces spread over 24 months at an average of US$1,368/oz. The open US$ silver zero cost collars amounted to 90,000 ounces spread over 3 months with a weighted average floor of US$17.40/oz and a weighted average cap of US$18.40/oz.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
Our interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. We have variable interest rate borrowings. Variable rate borrowings expose us to cash flow interest rate risk. Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings is offset by cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates.
Sensitivity analysis-borrowings
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on borrowings at June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.
 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
 
2019
 
2018
 
(R in millions)
Increase in 100 basis points
(77)
 
(59)
 
(56)
Decrease in 100 basis points
77
 
59
 
56
Sensitivity analysis - financial assets
A change of 100 basis points in interest rates on financial assets at June 30, 2020, 2019 and 2018 would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant.

83


 
Fiscal year ended June 30,
 
2020
 
2019
 
2018
 
(R in millions)
Increase in 100 basis points(a)
58
 
44
 
32
Decrease in 100 basis points(a)
(58)
 
(44)
 
(32)
(a) The computed sensitivity analysis permissibly excludes cash received on June 30, 2020 as a result of the the equity raise in note 12.

For further information on sensitivities, see note 37 “Financial Risk Management” to our consolidated financial statements set forth beginning on page F-1.
ITEM 12. DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES 
A. DEBT SECURITIES
Not applicable.
B. WARRANTS AND RIGHTS
Not applicable.
C. OTHER SECURITIES
Not applicable.
D. AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
On October 7, 2011, Harmony appointed Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas in place of The Bank of New York Mellon as its Depositary for the ADSs evidenced by ADRs. A copy of our form of amended and restated deposit agreement (the “Deposit Agreement”) among the Depositary, owners and beneficial owners of ADRs and Harmony was filed with the SEC as an exhibit to our Form F-6 filed on September 30, 2009.
The Depositary collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The Depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of the distributable property to pay the fees.
The principal terms regarding fees and charges that an ADS holder might have to pay, as well as any fee and other payments made by the Depositary to us as part of the Deposit Agreement, are summarized below:

Fees and Expenses
Persons depositing shares or withdrawing shares holders must pay:
 
For:
 
 
 
$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)
 
The execution and delivery of ADRs
 
 
The surrender of ADRs
 
 
 
$.02 (or less) per ADS
 
Any cash distribution to you
 
 
 
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs
 
Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities which are distributed by the depositary to ADR holders
 
 
 
Registration or transfer fees
 
Transfer and registration of equity shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
 
 
 
Expenses of the depositary
 
Cable, telex and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the Deposit Agreement)
 
 
Converting foreign currency
 
 
 
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian have to pay on any ADR or share underlying an ADR, for example, stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes
 
As necessary
 
 
 
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities
 
As necessary

84


In addition, ADR holders must pay any tax or other governmental charge payable by the Depositary or its custodian on any ADS or ADR, deposited security or distribution. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may:
refuse to effect any transfer of such ADRs or any withdrawal of ADSs;
withhold any dividends or other distributions; or
sell part or all of the ADSs evidenced by such ADR,
and may apply dividends or other distributions or the proceeds of any sale in payment of the outstanding tax or other governmental charge. The ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall.
Fees and payments made by the Depositary
The Depositary has agreed to reimburse Harmony for expenses Harmony incurs that are related to the maintenance expenses of our ADR facility. The Depositary has agreed to pay the standard out-of-pocket maintenance costs for the ADRs, which consist of the expenses of printing and distributing dividend checks, electronic filing of US federal tax information, mailing required tax forms, stationery, postage, facsimile, and telephone calls. The amount of reimbursement available to Harmony is not necessarily tied to the amount of fees the Depositary collects from investors.
During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, Harmony received net direct and indirect payments of R8,395,778.97 from the Depositary.

85


PART II
ITEM 13 DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES
Not applicable.
ITEM 14 MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS
Not applicable.
ITEM 15 CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
A. DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
As of June 30, 2020, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), carried out an evaluation, pursuant to Rule 13a-15 promulgated under the Exchange Act of the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures”. Based on the foregoing, our management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of June 30, 2020.
B. MANAGEMENT’S ANNUAL REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in "Internal Control -Integrated Framework (2013 Framework) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Management has assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as of June 30, 2020, and has concluded that such internal control over financial reporting was effective based upon those criteria.
PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2020.
C. ATTESTATION REPORT OF THE REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
See report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., an independent registered public accounting firm, which is included on page F-2 of exhibit 99.1. The consolidated financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., are incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 and shall be deemed filed as part of the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F.
D. CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
There has been no change in Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during fiscal 2020 that has materially affected or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Harmony’s internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
Ms. Fikile De Buck, independent non-executive chairman of the audit and risk committee, is regarded as being the Company’s “audit committee financial expert” as defined by the rules of the SEC.
In addition, the audit committee members through their collective experience meet a majority of the definitions of the SEC for an “audit committee financial expert” in both the private and public sectors. The members have served as directors and officers of numerous public companies and have over the years developed a strong knowledge and understanding of IFRS, overseeing the preparation, audit and evaluation of financial statements. We believe that the combined knowledge, skills and experience of the Audit Committee, and their authority to engage outside experts as they deem appropriate to provide them with advice on matters related to their responsibilities, enable them, as a group and under the guidance of Ms. De Buck, to act effectively in the fulfillment of their tasks and responsibilities required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.


86


ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The information set forth under the heading:
“-Corporate governance” on pages 142 to 167
of the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
A. AUDIT FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed for each of the two past fiscal years for professional fees to our principal accountants for the audit of the annual financial statements or for services normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements for those fiscal years.
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
Rand
30.3 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
Rand
33.7 million
B. AUDIT-RELATED FEES
The following sets forth additional aggregate fees to those reported under “Audit Fees” in each of the last two fiscal years that were provided by the principal accountant that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
Rand
4.5 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
Rand
4.8 million
Fees related to interim reviews.
C. TAX FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
Rand
0.8 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
Rand
0.4 million
Services comprised advice on disclosure for completion of certain tax returns.
D. ALL OTHER FEES
The following sets forth the aggregate fees billed in each of the last two fiscal years for products and services provided by the principal accountant not described above:
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2019
Rand
1.2 million
Fiscal year ended June 30, 2020
Rand
1.1 million
E. AUDIT COMMITTEE PRE-APPROVAL POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Our audit committee pre-approves our engagement of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc. to render audit or non-audit services in terms of its non-audit services policy. All of the services described above were approved in terms of the Company’s delegation of authority framework and the audit committee’s policy on non-audit services.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
Not applicable.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASE OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
None.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Significant ways in which Harmony’s corporate governance practices differ from practices followed by US domestic companies under the listing standards of the NYSE.
Foreign private issuers, such as Harmony, must briefly highlight any significant ways in which their corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies subject to the listing standards of the NYSE. Set out below is a brief summary of the significant differences.

87


US domestic companies are required to have a nominating/corporate governance committee and all members of this committee must be non-executive directors. The JSE Listing Requirements also require the appointment of such a committee, and stipulate that all members of this committee must be non-executive directors, the majority of whom must be independent. Harmony has a Nomination Committee comprised of five non-executive board members, three of whom are independent. The lead independent non-executive director serves as chairman of the Nomination Committee. For US domestic companies, all members of this committee are required to be independent. The current chairman of our board of directors, Dr Patrice Motsepe, is a member of the Nomination Committee and is also chairman of one of Harmony’s largest shareholders, African Rainbow Minerals Limited, and is thus not independent. He is, however, in terms of South African governance practices, permitted to be a member of the Nomination Committee.
US domestic companies are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Harmony has appointed a Remuneration Committee, comprised of five board members, all of whom are non-executive and four of whom are independent. Andre Wilkens holds 101,303 shares in Harmony and is an executive manager of African Rainbow Minerals Limited. Consequently, he is not independent under NYSE listing rules. He is, however, in terms of South African governance practices, permitted to be a member of the Remuneration Committee.
The non-executive directors of US domestic companies must meet at regularly scheduled executive sessions without management. Although the JSE Listing Requirements do not require such meetings, the board meets without executives after each board meeting. The board also has unrestricted access to all company information, records, documents and property. Directors may, if necessary, take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense and non-executive directors have access to management and may meet separately with management, without the attendance of executive directors.

ITEM 16H. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not applicable.
GLOSSARY OF MINING TERMS
The following explanations are not intended as technical definitions, but rather are intended to assist the general reader in understanding certain terms as used in this annual report.
Alluvial: the product of sedimentary processes in rivers, resulting in the deposition of alluvium (soil deposited by a river).
All-in sustaining costs: all-in sustaining costs include mine production costs, transport and refinery costs, applicable general and administrative costs, costs associated with movements in production inventories, ore stockpiles, as well as ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs as well as transfers for stripping activities and costs associated with royalties. Employee termination costs are included, however employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures are excluded. The following costs are also included: LED expenditure for continuing operations, share-based payments for continuing operations, corporate costs, sustaining exploration costs and sustaining capital expenditure including OCD expenditure and rehabilitation accretion and amortization for continuing operations. Depreciation costs are excluded. All-in sustaining costs per ounce and per kilogram are attributable all-in sustaining costs divided by attributable ounces or kilograms of gold sold.
Auriferous: a substance that contains gold (Au).
Beneficiation: the process of adding value to gold products by transforming gold bullion into fabricated gold products.
By-products: Any products emanating from the core process of producing gold, including silver and uranium in South Africa and copper, silver and molybdenum in Papua New Guinea.
Carbon in leach (CIL): Gold is leached from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks and adsorbed on to carbon granules in the same circuit. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove the gold.
Carbon In Pulp (CIP): Gold is leached conventionally from a slurry of gold ore with cyanide in agitated tanks. The leached slurry passes into the CIP circuit where carbon granules are mixed with the slurry and gold is absorbed onto the carbon. Granules are separated from the slurry and treated to remove gold.
Carbon In Solution (CIS): a process similar to CIP except that the gold, which has been leached by the cyanide into solution, is separated by the process of filtration (solid/liquid separation). The solution is then pumped through six stages where the solution comes into contact with the activated carbon granules.
Cash costs: total cash costs include site costs for all mining, processing and administration, reduced by contributions from by-products and include royalties and production taxes. Depreciation, rehabilitation, corporate administration, retrenchment, capital and exploration costs are excluded. Total cash costs per ounce and per kilogram are attributable total cash costs divided by attributable ounces or kilogram of gold produced.
Conglomerate: a coarse-grained classic sedimentary rock, composed of rounded to sub-angular fragments larger than 2mm in diameter (granules, pebbles, cobbles, boulders) set in a fine-grained matrix of sand or silt, and commonly cemented by calcium carbonate, iron oxide, silica or hardened clay.
Cut-off grade: minimum grade at which a unit of ore will be mined to achieve the desired economic outcome.
Decline: an inclined underground access way.
Depletion: the decrease in quantity of ore in a deposit or property resulting from extraction or production.
Development: process of accessing an orebody through shafts or tunneling in underground mining.

88


Electro-winning: the process of removing gold from solution by the action of electric currents.
Elution: removal of the gold from the activated carbon before the zinc precipitation stage.
Exploration: activities associated with ascertaining the existence, location, extent or quality of mineralized material, including economic and technical evaluations of mineralized material.
Fabricated gold: gold on which work has been performed to turn it into a product, such as jewelry, which differs from a pure investment product, such as a gold bullion bar.
Footwall: the underlying side of a fault, orebody or stope.
Forward sale: the sale of a commodity for delivery at a specified future date and price.
Gold reserves: the gold contained within proved and probable reserves on the basis of recoverable material (reported as mill delivered tons and head grade).
Gold produced: refined gold derived from the mining process, measure in ounces or kilograms in saleable form.
Grade: quantity of gold contained in a unit weight of gold-bearing material, generally expressed in ounces per short ton of ore or in kilograms per metric tonne.
Greenfield: a potential mining site of unknown quality.
Head grade: the grade of the ore as delivered to the metallurgical plant.
Indicated mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a reasonable level of confidence. It is based on exploration, sampling and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. The locations are too widely or inappropriately spaced to confirm geological and/or grade continuity but close enough for continuity to be assumed.
Inferred mineral resource: Part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a low level of confidence. It is inferred from geological evidence and assumed but not verified geological and/or grade continuity. It is based on information gathered through appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes that may be limited or of uncertain quality and reliability.
Leaching: dissolution of gold from crushed or milled material, including reclaimed slime, prior to absorption on to activated carbon.
Level: the workings or tunnels of an underground mine that are on the same horizontal plane.
Measured mineral resource: part of a mineral resource for which tonnage, densities, shape, physical characteristics, grade and mineral content can be estimated with a high level of confidence. It is based on detailed and reliable exploration, sampling and testing information using appropriate techniques from outcrops, trenches, pits, workings and drill holes. The locations are spaced closely enough to confirm geological and grade continuity.
Measures: conversion factors from metric units to US units are provided below.
Metric unit
 
US equivalent
1 tonne
= 1 t
= 1.10231 short tons
1 gram
= 1 g
= 0.03215 ounces
1 gram per tonne
= 1 g/t
= 0.02917 ounces per short ton
1 kilogram per tonne
= 1 kg/t
= 29.16642 ounces per short ton
1 kilometer
= 1 km
= 0.621371 miles
1 meter
= 1 m
= 3.28084 feet
1 centimeter
= 1 cm
= 0.3937 inches
1 millimeter
= 1 mm
= 0.03937 inches
1 hectare
= 1 ha
= 2.47105 acres
Metallurgical plant: a processing plant used to treat ore and extract the contained gold.
Mill delivered tons: a quantity, expressed in tons, of ore delivered to the metallurgical plant.
Milling/mill: the comminution of the ore, although the term has come to cover the broad range of machinery inside the treatment plant where the gold is separated from the ore.
Mineralization: the presence of a target mineral in a mass of host rock.
Mineralized material: a mineralized body that has been delineated by appropriately spaced drilling and/or underground sampling to support a sufficient tonnage and average grade of metals to warrant further exploration. Such a deposit does not qualify as a reserve until a comprehensive evaluation based upon unit cost, grade, recoveries, and other material factors conclude legal and economic feasibility.

89


Mineral reserves: that part of mineralized material which at the time of the reserve determination could be economically and legally extracted or produced. Mineral reserves are reported as general indicators of the life-of-mineralized materials. Changes in reserves generally reflect:
development of additional reserves;
depletion of existing reserves through production;
actual mining experience; and
price forecasts.
Grades of ore actually processed may be different from stated reserve grades because of geologic variation in different areas mined, mining dilution, losses in processing and other factors. Recovery rates vary with the metallurgical characteristics and grade of ore processed. Neither reserves nor projections of future operations should be interpreted as assurances of the economic life-of-mineralized material nor of the profitability of future operations.
Open-pit/Opencast/Open cut: mining in which the ore is extracted from a pit. The geometry of the pit may vary with the characteristics of the orebody.
Ore: a mixture of mineralized material from which at least one of the contained minerals can be mined and processed at an economic profit.
Ore grade: the average amount of gold contained in a ton of gold bearing ore expressed in ounces per ton or grams per tonne.
Orebody: a well-defined mass of mineralized material of sufficient mineral content to make extraction economically viable.
Ounce: one Troy ounce, which equals 31.1035 grams.
Overburden: the soil and rock that must be removed in order to expose an ore deposit.
Overburden tons: tons that need to be removed to access an ore deposit.
Placer: a sedimentary deposit containing economic quantities of valuable minerals mainly formed in alluvial environments.
Precipitate: the solid product of chemical reaction by fluids such as the zinc precipitation referred to below.
Probable reserves: reserves for which quantity and grade and/or quality are computed from information similar to that used for proved reserves, but the sites for inspection, sampling, and measurement are farther apart or are otherwise less adequately spaced. The degree of assurance, although lower than that for proved reserves, is high enough to assume continuity between points of observation.
Prospect: an area of land with insufficient data available on the mineralization to determine if it is economically recoverable, but warranting further investigation.
Prospecting license: an area for which permission to explore has been granted.
Proved reserves: (i) quantity is computed from dimensions revealed in outcrops, trenches, workings or drill holes; grade and/or quality are computed from the results of detailed sampling; and (11) the sites for inspection, sampling and measurement are spaced so closely and the geologic character is so well defined that size, shape, depth and mineral content of reserves are well-established.
Pyrite: a brassy-colored mineral of iron sulphide (compound of iron and sulfur).
Quartz: a mineral compound of silicon and oxygen.
Recovery grade: the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Reef: a gold-bearing sedimentary horizon, normally a conglomerate band, which may contain economic levels of gold.
Refining: the final stage of metal production in which final impurities are removed from the molten metal by introducing air and fluxes. The impurities are removed as gases or slag.
Rehabilitation: the process of restoring mined land to a condition approximating its original state.
Sampling: taking small pieces of rock at intervals along exposed mineralization for assay (to determine the mineral content).
Shaft: a shaft provides principal access to the underground workings for transporting personnel, equipment, supplies, ore and waste. A shaft is also used for ventilation and as an auxiliary exit. It is equipped with a surface hoist system that lowers and raises conveyances for men, materials and ore in the shaft. A shaft generally has more than one conveyancing compartment.
Slimes: the finer fraction of tailings discharged from a processing plant after the valuable minerals have been recovered.
Slurry: a fluid comprising fine solids suspended in a solution (generally water containing additives).
Smelting: thermal processing whereby molten metal is liberated from beneficiated mineral or concentrate with impurities separating as lighter slag.
Spot price: the current price of a metal for immediate delivery.
Stockpile: a store of unprocessed ore.

90


Stope: the underground excavation within the orebody where the main gold production takes place.
Stripping: the process of removing overburden to expose ore.
Sulphide: a mineral characterized by the linkages of sulfur with a metal or semi-metal, such as pyrite, FeS.
Syncline: a basin-shaped fold.
Tailings: finely ground rock from which valuable minerals have been extracted by milling.
Tailings dam (slimes dam): Dam facilities designed to store discarded tailings.
Ton: one ton is equal to 2,000 pounds (also known as a “short” ton).
Tonnage: quantities where the ton or tonne is an appropriate unit of measure. Typically used to measure reserves of gold-bearing material in situ or quantities of ore and waste material mined, transported or milled.
Tonne: one tonne is equal to 1,000 kilograms (also known as a “metric” tonne).
(in this Annual Report we have used metric tonnes unless specified otherwise and we may have used Ton(s) and Tonne(s) interchangeably)
Trend: the arrangement of a group of ore deposits or a geological feature or zone of similar grade occurring in a linear pattern.
Unconformity: the structural relationship between two groups of rock that are not in normal succession.
Waste: ore rock mined with an insufficient gold content to justify processing.
Waste rock: the non-mineralized rock and/or rock that generally cannot be mined economically that is hoisted to the surface for disposal on the surface normally close to the shaft on an allocated dump.
Yield: the actual grade of ore realized after the mining and treatment process.
Zinc precipitation: a chemical reaction using zinc dust that converts gold solution to a solid form for smelting into unrefined gold bars.

91


PART III
ITEM 17 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 18 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following consolidated financial statements, together with the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc., are incorporated by reference to exhibit 99.1 and shall be deemed filed as part of the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F:
Index to Financial Statements;
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm; and
Consolidated Financial Statements.

92


ITEM 19. EXHIBITS
1.1
Amended Memorandum of Incorporation of Harmony dated February 1, 2018 http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828019012525/exhibit1amendedmoi.htm

2.1

2.2
Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement among Harmony, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Limited, as Depositary, and owners and holders of American Depositary Receipts, dated as of October 7, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312511278584/d242812dex22.htm

2.3
Form of ADR (included in Exhibit 2.2) (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2011, filed on October 24, 2011) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312511278584/d242812dex22.htm

4.1
Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty (Wafi-Golpu Project) dated February 16, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009, filed on October 26, 2009) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000095012309053204/u07679exv4w25.htm

4.2
Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex423.htm

4.3
First Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex424.htm

4.4
Second Addendum to the Subscription, Sale and Shareholders’ Agreement dated July 10, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the Harmony Gold Community Trust (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex425.htm

4.5
Contractor Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited and ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex427.htm

4.6
Services Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex428.htm

4.7
Sale of Property Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex429.htm

4.8
Agreement of Lease dated March 20, 2013 between ARMGold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company (Proprietary) Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex430.htm 


93


4.9
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex431.htm

4.10
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex432.htm

4.11
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex433.htm

4.12
Borrower Pledge and Cession Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex434.htm

4.13
Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex435.htm

4.14
Addendum to the Cashflow Waterfall Agreement dated May 28, 2013 between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1692 Proprietary Limited, Histopath Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited, Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex436.htm 

4.14
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex437.htm

4.15
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 23, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex438.htm 

4.16
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex439.htm

4.16
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1677 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex440.htm

4.17
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex441.htm 

4.18
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex442.htm


94


4.18
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex443.htm

4.19
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1687 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex444.htm

4.20
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex445.htm

4.21
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex446.htm 

4.22
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex447.htm 

4.23
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Business Venture Investments No. 1688 Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex448.htm

4.24
Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex449.htm

4.25
Addendum to the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated May 24, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex450.htm 

4.26
Waiver letter dated June 24, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex451.htm

4.27
Extension letter dated May 10, 2013 in respect of the Term Loan Facility Agreement dated March 20, 2013 between Histopath Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2013, filed on October 25, 2013) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312513411617/d612311dex452.htm

4.28
First Addendum to the Exchange and Sale of Mining Right Portions Agreement dated April 16, 2014 between Armgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited and Sibanye Gold Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000119312514379647/d804845dex453.htm 

4.29
Reinstatement and Second Addendum to the Exchange and Sale of Mining Right Portions Agreement dated May 6, 2014 between Armgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited and Sibanye Gold Limited (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2014, filed on October 23, 2014)

4.31
Loan Agreement between Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and the Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust, dated March 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, filed on October 26, 2016) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000120561316000327/ex4_63.htm


95


4.32
Intercreditor agreement between African Rainbow Minerals Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, dated March 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, filed on October 26, 2016) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000120561316000327/ex4_64.htm

4.33
Second Amendment and Restatement Agreement amongst Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) (as Original Lender, Arranger and Facility Agent), the Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust (as Borrower), African Rainbow Minerals Limited (as Guarantor) and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (as Guarantor), dated March 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, filed on October 26, 2016) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000120561316000327/ex4_67.htm 

4.34
Subordination Agreement between Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division), the Trustees for the time being of the ARM Broad-Based Economic Empowerment Trust, African Rainbow Minerals Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, dated March 1, 2016 (incorporated by reference to Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2016, filed on October 26, 2016) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000120561316000327/ex4_68.htm

4.38
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited 2006 Share Plan as amended and approved November 25, 2016 (incorporated by reference to /Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, filed on October 26, 2017) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828017010249/exhibit438harmonygold2006s.htm

4.39
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement, dated May 22, 2008 between Wafi Mining Limited, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited and Wafi-Golpu Services Limited (incorporated by reference to /Harmony’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2017, filed on October 26, 2017) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828017010249/exhibit439wafi-golpujointv.htm

4.48

4.50
ZAR2,000,000,000 Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement dated November 8, 2019 for Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited arranged by Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) and ABSA Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) with Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) and ABSA Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828019012525/exhibit450termrcfr2billion.htm

4.51
Facility Agreement dated July 9, 2018 among into between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Harmony Gold (Australia) Proprietary Limited and Westpac Bank - PNG - Limited http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828019012525/exhibit451morobewestpacloan.htm

4.52
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited Deferred Share Plan 2018 Scheme Rules http://www.sec.gov/Archives/edgar/data/1023514/000162828019012525/exhibit452deferredsharepla.htm

4.53

4.54

4.55

8.1

†12.1


96


This certification will not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), except to the extent that the Registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
††
Certain of the information included in Exhibit 15.1 is incorporated by reference into the Harmony 2020 Form 20-F, as specified elsewhere in this report, in accordance with Rule 12b-23(a) of the Exchange Act. With the exception of the items so specified, the Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 is not deemed to be filed as part of Harmony 2020 Form 20-F.
101.INS

XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Linkbase Document

101.CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



97


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act, we hereby certify that we meet all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that we have duly caused this annual report to be signed on our behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer
Date: October 29, 2020

S-1

NOTICE OF ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING

Notice is hereby given to shareholders that the annual general meeting (“AGM”) of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (“Company”) of “Harmony”) will, as contemplated by section 63(2)(a) of the Companies Act 71 of 2008, as amended (“Act”) and clause 19 of the Company’s memorandum of incorporation (“MOI”), be held entirely by electronic communication on Friday, 20 November 2020 at 14:00 (SA time) to conduct the business set out below and to consider, and adopt, if deemed fit, with or without modification, the ordinary and special resolutions set out in this Notice of AGM.

The reason for the holding of the AGM entirely by way of electronic communication is as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and restrictions on public gatherings. For more information about the online facility and the prescribed procedures and means of connecting thereto, please see the section titled “Electronic Participation” below and in this Notice of AGM.
In terms of section 59(1)(a) and (b) of the Act, the board of directors of the Company (“Board”) has set the record date for the purpose of determining which shareholders of the Company are entitled to:
receive the Notice of AGM (being the date on which a shareholder must be registered in the Company’s securities register to receive this Notice of AGM) as 16 October 2020; and
participate in and vote at the AGM (being the date on which a shareholder must be registered in the Company’s securities register to participate in and vote at the AGM) as 13 November 2020.
As the AGM will cater for Electronic Participation only, it will not be desirable nor practical for voting to take place by way of show of hands. Accordingly, the chairperson has already determined that all voting will be by way of poll through the facility provided by the electronic online facilities. See further the section set forth at the end of this Notice of AGM under the title: “Electronic Participation”.

PRESENTATION OF ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Company, incorporating the reports of the auditors, the audit and risk committee, and the directors for the year ended 30 June 2020 will be presented to the shareholders of the Company as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act, read with section 61(8)(a) of the Act.
The complete audited consolidated annual financial statements of the Company are available on Harmony’s website at www.har.co.za.

PRESENTATION OF GROUP SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE REPORT
In accordance with regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act, the social and ethics committee’s report in the Integrated Annual Report 2020 (available at www.har.co.za) will be presented to shareholders at the AGM.

RESOLUTIONS FOR CONSIDERATION AND ADOPTION
1. Ordinary Resolution Number 1:
Election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Boipelo Lekubo be and is hereby elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Boipelo Lekubo’s resumé below).

Boipelo was appointed financial director on 3 March 2020, having joined Harmony on 1 June 2017 as chief financial officer. She is a chartered accountant (SA) by profession with extensive experience in group financial management and reporting within the mining industry. Her previous roles include that of chief financial officer of Atlatsa Resources Corporation and financial manager of Northam Platinum Limited. She served as an independent non-executive director of Trans Hex Group Limited from August 2013 until March 2017 and currently serves as an independent non-executive director on the boards of African Rainbow Capital Proprietary Limited and UBI General Partner Proprietary Limited, where she was appointed on 7 June 2018.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 1 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 1.




2. Ordinary Resolution Number 2:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Dr Patrice Motsepe, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the Company’s MOI, and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Dr Patrice Motsepe's resumé below).

Dr Patrice Motsepe was elected chairman of the Harmony board in 2004 following the merger of ARMgold/Harmony and Avmin. In 1994, Dr Motsepe founded Future Mining which grew rapidly to become a successful contract mining company. He then formed ARMgold in 1997 which listed on the JSE in 2002.
In 2003 Dr Motsepe led ARMgold into a merger with Avmin and Harmony. Following the merger Avmin changed its name to African Rainbow Minerals (ARM) and he became the founder and Executive Chairman of ARM.
Dr Motsepe was a partner in one of the largest law firms in South Africa, Bowmans and was also a visiting attorney in the USA with the law firm, McGuireWoods.
In 2002 Dr Motsepe was voted South Africa’s Business Leader of the Year by the chief executive officers of the top 100 companies in South Africa. In the same year, he was the winner of the Ernst & Young Best Entrepreneur of the Year Award.
In 2017 Forbes Magazine commemorated its 100th Anniversary and honoured Dr Motsepe as one of the “100 Greatest Living Business Minds” in the world alongside many prominent global business leaders. He is the only person living on the African continent to be recognized and honoured as one of the “100 Greatest Living Business Minds” in the world.
Dr Motsepe is also the founder and Chairman of Ubuntu-Botho Investments, African Rainbow Capital (ARC), African Rainbow Energy and Power (AREP) and UBI General Partner Pty Ltd. He is also the Deputy Chairman of Sanlam, Chairman of Harmony Gold and President of Mamelodi Sundowns Football Club.
Dr Motsepe is a member Board of Trustees of the World Economic Forum (WEF), the Global Network Advisory Board of the WEF Centre for the Fourth Industrial Revolution and the WEF International Business Council (IBC) which is made up of 100 of the most highly respected and influential chief executives from all industries. He is also a member of the Harvard Global Advisory Council and the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM).
His past business responsibilities include being the President of National African Federated Chamber of Commerce and Industry (NAFCOC) from 2002 to 2006, Founding President of Business Unity South Africa (BUSA) from January 2004 to May 2008, Founding President of Chambers of Commerce and Industry South Africa (CHAMSA), President of the Black Business Council (BBC), and the Founding Chairman of the BRICS (Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa) Business Council in March 2013.
Dr Motsepe is a recipient of numerous business and leadership awards and recognitions including:
Sunday Times Lifetime Achiever Award, 2017;
Harvard University Veritas Award for Excellence in Global Business and Philanthropy, 2014;
BRICS Business Council, Outstanding Leadership Award, 2014;
The Black Management Forum (BMF) Presidential Award for Business Excellence, 2010;
McGuireWoods Outstanding Alumnus Awards, 2009;
African Business Roundtable, USA, Entrepreneur & Freedom of Trade Award, 2009;
South African Jewish Report, Special Board Members Award for Outstanding Achievement, 2004;
Afrikaanse Handelsinstituut, MS Louw Award for Exceptional Business Achievement, 2003; and
World Economic Forum Global Leader of Tomorrow, 1999.
In January 2013 Dr Motsepe and his wife, Dr Precious Moloi-Motsepe joined the Giving Pledge which was started by Warren Buffett and Bill and Melinda Gates. Dr Motsepe committed to give half of the wealth, which is owned by the Motsepe family to the poor and for philanthropic purposes during his lifetime and that of his wife and beyond. In April 2019, Forbes Magazine stated that US$500 million was donated by the Motsepe family to the poor and for philanthropic purposes.
Dr Motsepe announced on 28 March 2020 that his family, in partnership with companies and organisations that they are associated with, including ARM, pledge R1 billion to assist with South Africa and Africa’s response to the challenges presented by the COVID-19 pandemic.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 2 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 2.




3. Ordinary Resolution Number 3:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT John Wetton, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the Company’s MOI, and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See John Wetton’s resumé below).

John was appointed to the board on 1 July 2011. He spent his professional career with Ernst & Young mainly in corporate audit. John also had a business development role across Africa and was part of the team that led the strategic integration of Ernst & Young’s practices throughout sub Saharan Africa. For a number of years he led Ernst & Young’s mining group and acted as senior partner for many of the firm’s major mining and construction clients. He was a member of Ernst & Young’s executive management committee and was, until retirement, a member of the Ernst & Young Africa governance board.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 3 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 3.

4. Ordinary Resolution Number 4:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Joaquim Chissano, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the Company’s MOI, and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Joaquim Chissano’s resumé below).

Joaquim was appointed to the board on 20 April 2005. A former president of Mozambique (1986-2005), he also served as chairman of the African Union for 2003-2004. On leaving the presidency, he established the Joaquim Chissano Foundation for Peace Development and Culture, and has led various international peace initiatives on behalf of the United Nations, the African Union and the Southern African Development Community to Guinea-Bissau, the Democratic Republic of the Congo, Uganda and Madagascar. In 2006, he was awarded the annual Chatham House prize for significant contributions to improving international relations, and, in 2007, he received the inaugural Mo Ibrahim Prize for Achievement in African Leadership. Joaquim was appointed to the global development programme advisory panel of the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation in December 2009. In 2016, he was awarded the 2015 North-South Prize by the Council of Europe for his contribution to human rights, democracy and world peace, thus promoting global interdependence and solidarity. Recently, in 2018,
he received the Companions of Oliver R. Tambo award for his contribution to the eradication of apartheid and the City of Athens Democracy award for his commitment to the advancement of democracy in the world.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 4 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 4.

5. Ordinary Resolution Number 5:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Modise Motloba, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the Company’s MOI, and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Modise Motloba’s resumé below).

Modise was appointed to the board on 30 July 2004. He is the Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Tysys Capital Group Proprietary Limited, a 100% black-owned, managed and controlled niche financial services and investment group with expertise in corporate financial advisory, fund management, wealth, SMME development and finance and principal investments. He has more than 26 years’ working experience in the financial sector both in South Africa and the United States.
He has extensive experience in board leadership of listed and non-listed companies spanning more than 15 years in major sectors and areas such as banking (investment banking and development finance institutions), fund management, insurance, mining, business strategy, governance, transformation, banking regulation, non-banking regulation, business



leadership and business organisations leadership.
Modise has also held the following positions:
Chairman of Land Bank Insurance
Non-executive director of RMB Structured Insurance
Member of the South African Financial Markets Advisory Board of the Financial Services Board
Non-executive director of Deutsche Bank Securities
Non-executive director of Deutsche Bank Securities South Africa
Non-executive director of Land Bank
Member of the South Africa Reserve Bank’s committee on the revision of the Banks Act
President of the Association of Black Securities and Investment Professionals (ABSIP)
Executive member of the Black Business Council (BBC)
President of Nafcoc/Johannesburg Chamber of Commerce and Industry
Non-executive director of the Small Enterprise Foundation

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 5 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 5.

6. Ordinary Resolution Number 6:
Re-election of director
“RESOLVED THAT Mavuso Msimang, who retires by rotation at this AGM in accordance with the Company’s MOI, and who is eligible and available for re-election, be and is hereby re-elected as a director of the Company with immediate effect.” (See Mavuso Msimang’s resumé below).

Mavuso was appointed to the board on 26 March 2011. He has 28 years’ experience in management at executive level and was involved in the successful transformation and restructuring of various state-owned entities over a period of 16 years until 2010.
Mavuso held several senior positions in public sector organisations, including South African Tourism, South African National Parks and the State IT Agency (SITA), where he successively served as chief executive officer. He retired from the civil service in 2010 following a three-year stint as Director-General at the Department of Home Affairs. He has also worked for international development agencies such as the World University Service of Canada and CARE International in Ethiopia and Kenya. He also held senior management positions with the United Nations Children’s Fund and the World Food Programme. Msimang currently serves on various civic society, environmental management and private sector boards. He is also chairman of Corruption Watch and is an outspoken critic of public sector corruption and maladministration.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 6 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 6.

7. Ordinary Resolution Number 7:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Fikile De Buck, who is a non-executive director of the company, be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee, with immediate effect, to hold office until the next annual general meeting.” (See Fikile De Buck’s resumé below).

Fikile was appointed to the board on 30 March 2006. A chartered certified accountant, she was the second person to obtain this qualification in Botswana. She was awarded the Stuart Crystal Prize for Best Accounting Student at Birmingham Polytechnic (UK), now Birmingham University, the first black overseas student to be awarded this prize.
Fikile is a fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants United Kingdom. From 2000 to 2008, she worked in various capacities, including as chief financial officer and chief operations officer, at the Council for Medical Schemes in South Africa. Prior to that, she worked in various capacities at the Botswana Development Corporation and was its first



treasurer. She also served on various boards representing the corporation’s interests, and was the founding chairman of the Credit Guarantee Insurance Corporation of Africa Limited.
She has 24 years’ experience in financial reporting at executive level. Fikile is a director of D&D Company Proprietary Limited, and a non- executive director of Mercedes Benz South Africa Ltd, where she is chairman of the audit committee and a member of the social and ethics committee. She was also appointed a non-executive director of AECI Limited on 1 June 2019. Fikile is the South Africa Chapter President of the Global Forum of Women Entrepreneurs. She was included in the coffee table book, “South Africa’s Most Inspirational Women” (2011). Fikile mentors a number of young people, mostly women. She is also a member of Women in Mining South Africa.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 7 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 7.

8. Ordinary Resolution Number 8:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Karabo Nondumo, who is a non-executive director of the company, be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee, with immediate effect, to hold office until the next annual general meeting.” (See Karabo Nondumo’s resumé below).

Karabo was appointed to the board on 3 May 2013. She is an executive director of KM Capital, an investment holding company with interests in the supply of products and services to the mining, engineering and manufacturing industries. She has held various roles at Vodacom Group Limited including that of executive head of Vodacom Business as well as of Vodacom Group’s mergers and acquisitions. She was inaugural chief executive officer of AWCA Investment Holdings Limited and former head of global market operations at Rand Refinery Proprietary Limited. She was an associate and executive assistant to the former executive chairman at Shanduka Group. She was seconded to Shanduka Coal, where she was a shareholder representative, and also served on various boards representing Shanduka’s interests. She is a qualified chartered accountant, a member of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants and of African Women Chartered Accountants.
She is an independent non-executive director of Sanlam Limited and Richards Bay Coal Terminal. She is on the advisory board of Senatla Capital, a Trustee of Ubuntu-Botho Women’s Trust and Mabindu Trust.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 8 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 8.

9. Ordinary Resolution Number 9:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Dr Simo Lushaba, who is a non-executive director of the company, be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee, with immediate effect, to hold office until the next annual general meeting.” (See Dr Simo Lushaba’s resumé below).

Simo joined the board on 18 October 2002. He was previously a general manager at Spoornet (Rail and Terminal Services division), was vice president of Lonmin Plc and chief executive of Rand Water. He is a non-executive director on the board of Cashbuild Limited. He facilitates programmes on corporate governance for the Institute of Directors (South Africa), of which he is a member. He was also appointed as an administrator of the South African Post Office in November 2014 to stabilise the organisation and develop a strategic turnaround plan following the resignation of its board. He later became chairman of the board of directors of the South African Post Office, a position he held until December 2016. Previously, he was chairman of the boards of Spescom Limited and Pikitup (Johannesburg), and a director of the Trans-Caledon Tunnel Authority, the Water Research Commission, Rand Water and a member of council for the University of Johannesburg.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 9 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 9.




10. Ordinary Resolution Number 10:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT, subject to ordinary resolution number 3 being passed, John Wetton, who is a non-executive director of the Company, be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee with immediate effect to hold office until the next annual general meeting.” (See John Wetton’s resumé under ordinary resolution number 3).
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 10 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 10.

11. Ordinary Resolution Number 11:
Re-election of audit and risk committee member
“RESOLVED THAT Given Sibiya, who is a non-executive director of the company, be and is hereby re-elected as a member of the Company’s audit and risk committee, with immediate effect, to hold office until the next annual general meeting.” (See Given Sibiya’s resumé below).

Given was appointed to the board on 13 May 2019. She is a Chartered Accountant and until 31 August 2014 was Head: Internal Audit at SekelaXabiso (Pty) Ltd. She has over 29 years’ experience in internal and external auditing, risk management, management consulting, corporate governance and forensic auditing. Prior to joining SekelaXabiso, she spent nine years at SizweNtsaluba VSP where she was
Director: Forensics and where in 2005 she was transferred to the firm’s Corporate Governance Services Division. She also worked for Anglo American Corporation as an internal auditor in the Group Audit Services Department from April 1994 to May 1996. Prior to that, she served articles at KPMG Aiken & Peat from 1991 to early 1994. She has served as a member of the audit & risk committee for a number of entities, including as chairperson of the audit committee for Basil Read Holdings Ltd, South African Express Airways SOC Ltd and Brand South Africa. She currently serves as a non-executive board member of Ithala SOC Ltd, and is an audit committee chairperson of The Presidency and the National Bargaining Council for Rail, Freight and Logistics Industry (NBCRFLI), among others.

The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 11 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 11.

12. Ordinary Resolution Number 12:
Re-appointment of external auditors
“RESOLVED THAT PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated be and is hereby reappointed as the external auditor of the Company to hold office from this annual general meeting until conclusion of the next annual general meeting.”
The percentage of voting rights required for ordinary resolution number 12 to be adopted: more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the annual general meeting or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 12.

13. Ordinary Resolution Number 13:
Approval of remuneration policy
“RESOLVED, as a non-binding advisory vote in accordance with the recommendations of King IV, that the remuneration policy of the Company, as set out in the Integrated Annual Report 2020 (available at www.har.co.za) be and is hereby approved.”
As this matter is non-binding, no minimum voting threshold is needed. However, if 25% (twenty five percent) or more of the voting rights exercised on ordinary resolution number 13 are against such resolution, the Board will commit to implementing the measures set out in the remuneration policy read with King IV.




14. Ordinary Resolution Number 14:
Approval of the implementation report
“RESOLVED, as a non-binding advisory vote in accordance with the recommendations of King IV, that the implementation report of the Company, as set out in the Integrated Annual Report 2020 (available at www.har.co.za) be and is hereby approved.”
As this matter is non-binding, no minimum voting threshold is needed. However, if 25% (twenty five percent) or more of the voting rights exercised on ordinary resolution number 14 are against such resolution, the Board will commit to implementing the measures set out in the implementation report read with King IV.

15. Ordinary Resolution Number 15:
General authority to issue shares for cash
“RESOLVED THAT the Board be and is hereby authorised as a general authority to issue the authorised but unissued shares in the capital of the Company (including the grant or issue of options or convertible securities that are convertible into an existing class of equity securities) for cash (or the extinction of a liability, obligation or commitment, restraint or settlement of expenses) on such terms and conditions
as the Board may, from time to time, in its sole discretion deem fit, subject to the Act and the Listings Requirements of the JSE Limited (“JSE Listings Requirements” and “JSE” respectively), provided that:
(a)
the equity securities which are the subject of the issue for cash must be of a class already in issue, or where this is not the case, must be limited to such securities or rights that are convertible into a class already in issue;
(b)
the equity securities must be issued to public shareholders, as defined in the JSE Listings Requirements, and not to related parties;
(c)
securities which are the subject of general issues for cash in the aggregate may not exceed 5% (five percent) of the Company’s shares in issue as at the date of this Notice of AGM, excluding treasury shares - the number of shares available for the issue of shares for cash will therefore be limited to 29 862 526 shares;
(d)
this authority shall be valid until the Company’s next annual general meeting or for 15 (fifteen) months from the date on which this resolution is passed, whichever period is shorter, subject to the requirements of the JSE and any other restrictions set out in this authority;
(e)
the calculation of the Company’s listed equity securities must be a factual assessment of the Company’s listed equity securities as at the date of this Notice of AGM, excluding treasury shares;
(f)
any equity securities issued for cash during the period contemplated in (d) shall be deducted from the number set out in (c);

(g)
in the event of sub-division or consolidation of issued equity securities during the period contemplated in (d), the existing authority will be adjusted accordingly to represent the same allocation ratio;
(h)
the maximum discount at which equity securities may be issued is 10% (ten percent) of the weighted average traded price of such equity securities measured over the 30 (thirty) business days prior to the date that the price of the issue is agreed between the Company and the party subscribing for the securities - the JSE will be consulted for a ruling if the Company’s securities have not traded in such 30 (thirty) business day period; and
(i)
equity securities (of any class) which are the subject of the issue for cash in terms of this general authority, will be aggregated with any securities that are compulsorily convertible into securities of that class and, in the case of the issue of compulsory convertible securities, aggregated with the securities of that class into which they are convertible.”

In terms of the JSE Listings Requirements, the passing of ordinary resolution number 15 requires the approval of at least a 75% (seventy five percent) majority of the votes cast by shareholders of the Company present at the AGM or represented by proxy at the AGM, and entitled to exercise voting rights on ordinary resolution number 15.

16. Special Resolution Number 1:
Pre-approval of non-executive directors’ remuneration
“RESOLVED, as a special resolution in terms of section 66(8), read with section 66(9) of the Act, that the Company be and is hereby authorised to pay the following annual remuneration to its non-executive directors for their services as non-executive directors (together with the value added tax thereon, if applicable) for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of this AGM or until the non-executive directors’ remuneration is amended by way of special resolution of the shareholders of the Company, whichever comes first:



Directors’ remuneration (R’000)
 
Board
Committee
Annual Retainer
 
Atten- dance Fee*
Audit and risk
Social and ethics
Remuneration
Nomination
Investment
Technical
Chairman
Deputy chair
LID** Member Member
Chair Member
Chair Member
Chair Member
Chair Member
Chair Member
Chair Member
Current
1 195.8
518.2
392.9
274.5
21.6
301.6
151.9
231.5
120.3
231.5
120.3
231.5
120.3
231.5
120.3
231.5
120.3
Proposed
1 249.6
541.5
410.6
286.9
22.6
315.2
158.7
241.9
125.7
241.9
125.7
241.9
125.7
241.9
125.7
241.9
125.7
* Only payable per board meeting attended
**Lead independent director
Ad hoc fees: R19 124 ad hoc meeting/attendance to company business per day.

The directors’ remuneration set out above excludes value added tax which the Company is authorised to pay, in addition to the above directors’ remuneration, to those non-executive directors who are obliged to charge value added tax on their directors’ remuneration.
The percentage of voting rights required for special resolution number 1 to be adopted: at least 75% (seventy five percent) of the voting rights exercised on the resolution by shareholders of the Company present at the AGM or represented by proxy and entitled to exercise voting rights on special resolution number 1.

ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION
In light of the restrictions on public gatherings arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, and in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the MOI, the AGM will be conducted entirely through electronic communication. The electronic meeting facilities will permit all participants to be able to communicate concurrently with each other without an intermediary, and to participate reasonably effectively in the meeting. Voting via the electronic facility will be the only method available to shareholders to vote their shares at the AGM.
Shareholders who wish to electronically participate in and/or vote at the AGM are required to complete the Electronic Participation Application Form attached hereto and email same to The Meeting Specialist (Proprietary) Limited (“TMS”) at proxy@tmsmeetings.co.za or contact them on +27 11 520 7950/1/2 as soon as possible, but in any event no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 18 November 2020.
If shareholders wish to participate in the AGM, they should instruct their Central Securities Depository Participant (“CSDP”) or Broker to issue them with the necessary letter of representation to participate in the AGM, in the manner stipulated in their Custody Agreement. These instructions must be provided to the CSDP or Broker by the cut-off time and date advised by the CSDP or Broker, to accommodate such requests.
TMS will assist shareholders with the requirements for electronic participation in, and/or voting at the AGM. TMS is further obliged to validate (in correspondence with Harmony and, in particular, the transfer secretaries and Shareholders’ CSDPs) each such shareholder’s entitlement to participate in and/or vote at the AGM, before providing it with the necessary means to access the AGM and/or the associated voting platform.
Shareholders will be liable for their own network charges in relation to electronic participation in and/ or voting at the AGM. Any such charges will not be for the account of the JSE, Harmony, the Transfer Secretaries and/or TMS.
None of the JSE, Harmony, the Transfer Secretaries or TMS can be held accountable in the case of loss of network connectivity or other network failure due to insufficient airtime, internet connectivity, internet bandwidth and/or power outages which prevents any such Shareholder from participating in and/or voting at the AGM.
Shareholders are strongly encouraged to have a stable internet connection with sufficient bandwidth capabilities to participate in the AGM. Shareholders are strongly encouraged to submit their proxies beforehand, even if they intend to attend the AGM, to ensure that their votes are counted in the event of any delays or disruptions to the shareholder’s network connectivity and/or loss of network connectivity by such shareholder during any part of the AGM.

IDENTIFICATION, PROXIES AND VOTING
Shareholders are reminded that:
a shareholder eligible to attend and vote at the AGM is entitled to appoint a proxy (or proxies) to attend, participate in and vote at the AGM in place of the shareholder - shareholders are referred to the proxy form attached to this Notice of AGM in this regard;
a proxy need not also be a shareholder of the Company;
in terms of section 63(1) of the Act, any person attending or participating in a meeting of shareholders must present reasonably satisfactory identification and the person presiding at the general meeting must be reasonably satisfied that



the right of any person to participate in and vote (whether as shareholder or as proxy for a shareholder) has been reasonably verified - acceptable forms of verification include a green bar-coded or smart card identification document issued by the South African Department of Home Affairs, a South African driver’s licence or a valid passport; and
this Notice of AGM includes the attached form of proxy.

All beneficial owners whose shares have been dematerialised through a central securities depository participant or broker, other than with “own name” registration, must provide the central securities depository participant or broker with their voting instructions in terms of their custody agreement should they wish to vote at the AGM. Alternatively, they may request the central securities depository participant or broker to provide them with a letter of representation, in terms of their custody agreements, should they wish to attend the AGM.
Unless you advise your central securities depository participant or broker, in terms of your agreement, by the cut-off time stipulated therein, that you wish to attend the AGM or send a proxy to represent you, your central securities depository participant or broker may assume that you do not wish to attend the AGM or send a proxy.

Forms of proxy attached hereto must be dated and signed by the shareholder of the Company appointing a proxy and, for the sake of good order, are urged (but not required) to be submitted to the offices of the transfer secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 18 November 2020.
In compliance with section 58(8)(b)(i) of the Act, a summary of the rights of a shareholder to be represented by proxy is set out immediately below:
An ordinary shareholder entitled to attend and vote at the AGM may appoint any individual (or individuals) as a proxy or proxies to attend, participate in and vote at the AGM in the place of such shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company.
A proxy appointment must be in writing, dated and signed by the shareholder of the Company appointing a proxy and, subject to the rights of a shareholder to revoke such appointment (as set out below), remains valid only until the end of the AGM.
A proxy may delegate its authority to act on behalf of a shareholder of the Company to another person, subject to any restrictions set out in the instrument appointing the proxy.
Irrespective of the form of instrument used to appoint a proxy, the appointment of a proxy is suspended at any time and to the extent that the shareholder of the Company who appointed such proxy chooses to act directly and in person in exercising any rights as a shareholder of the Company.
Unless the proxy appointment expressly provides otherwise, the appointment of a proxy is revocable by the shareholder of the Company in question cancelling it in writing, or making a later inconsistent appointment of a proxy, and delivering a copy of the revocation instrument to the proxy and to the Company. The revocation of a proxy appointment constitutes a complete and final cancellation of the proxy’s authority to act on behalf of the shareholder of the Company as of the later of (a) the date stated in the revocation instrument, if any; and (b) the date on which the revocation instrument is delivered to the Company as required in the first sentence of this paragraph.
If the instrument appointing the proxy or proxies has been delivered to the Company, as long as that appointment remains in effect, any notice required by the Act or the Company’s MOI to be delivered by the Company to the shareholder of the Company, must be delivered by the Company to (a) the shareholder of the Company, or (b) the proxy or proxies, if the shareholder of the Company has (i) directed the Company to do so in writing; and (ii) paid any reasonable fee charged by the Company for doing so.
Attention is also drawn to the notes to the form of proxy.

Completing a form of proxy does not preclude any shareholder of the Company from attending the AGM.
By order of the Board


Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited S Mohatla
Company secretary
Randfontein

23 October 2020



ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING EXPLANATORY NOTES
Presentation of annual financial statements
At the AGM, the directors must present the annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020 to shareholders as required in terms of section 30(3)(d) of the Act, together with the reports of the directors, audit and risk committee and the auditors. These are included in the Integrated Annual Report 2020.

Presentation of group social and ethics committee report
At the AGM, the social and ethics committee must report, through one of its members, on matters within its mandate as required in terms of Regulation 43(5)(c) of the Act.

Ordinary Resolution Number 1:
Election of a director
In accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements, the Company’s MOI, section 68(1) read with section 70(3)(b)(i) of the Act, Boipelo Lekubo’s appointment by the Board as a director of the Company must be confirmed at this AGM of the Company by a new election. (See Boipelo Lekubo’s resumé under ordinary resolution number 1).

Ordinary Resolutions Number 2 to 6:
Re-election of directors
In accordance with the Company’s MOI, one third of directors are required to retire at each annual general meeting and may offer themselves for re-election.
The following directors are eligible and available for re-election:

Dr Patrice Motsepe
John Wetton
Joaquim Chissano
Modise Motloba
Mavuso Msimang

See their resumés in this notice.

Ordinary Resolutions Number 7 to 11:
Re-election and election of audit and risk committee
In terms of section 94(2) of the Act, a public company must, at each annual general meeting, elect an audit committee comprising at least 3 (three) members who are directors and who meet the criteria of section 94(4) of the Act. Regulation 42 to the Act specifies that one third of the members of the audit committee must have appropriate academic qualifications or experience in the areas as listed in the regulation.
The Board is satisfied that the proposed members of the audit and risk committee meet all relevant requirements.

Ordinary Resolution Number 12:
Re-appointment of external auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated has indicated its willingness to continue in office and ordinary resolution 12 proposes the reappointment of that firm as the Company’s auditors. Section 90(3)of the Act requires the designated audit partner to meet the criteria as set out in section 90(2) of the Act.
The Board is satisfied that both PricewaterhouseCoopers Incorporated and the designated audit partner meet all relevant requirements.

Ordinary Resolution Number 13:
Remuneration policy
King IV recommends that the remuneration policy of the Company be submitted to shareholders for consideration and for an advisory, non-binding vote to give shareholders an opportunity to indicate their support for or opposition to the material provisions of the remuneration policy.




Ordinary Resolution Number 14:
Approval of Implementation report
King IV recommends that the implementation report of the Company be submitted to shareholders for consideration and for an advisory, non-binding vote to give shareholders an opportunity to indicate their support for or opposition to the material provisions of the implementation of the remuneration policy.

Ordinary Resolution Number 15:
General authority to issue shares for cash
Ordinary resolution number 15 seeks to give the directors authority to issue the Company’s listed securities for cash as permitted by the Act, the Company’s MOI and the JSE Listings Requirements.
The Board confirms that there is no specific intention to use this authority as at the date of this Notice of AGM, but considers it advantageous to have the flexibility to take advantage of any business opportunity that may arise in future.

Special Resolution Number 1:
Pre-approval of non-executive directors’ remuneration
In terms of section 66(8) read with section 66(9) of the Act, companies may pay remuneration to directors for their services as directors unless otherwise provided by the MOI and on approval of shareholders by way of a special resolution. Executive directors are not specifically remunerated for their services as directors but as employees of the Company and, as such, the resolution, as included in this Notice of AGM, requests approval only for the remuneration paid to non- executive directors for their service as directors of the Company.
The proposed fees are recommended for approval for a period of 2 (two) years from the date of this AGM or until such time as the
non-executive directors’ remuneration is amended by way of special resolution of shareholders, whichever comes first.

Shareholders and proxies attending the AGM are reminded that section 63(1) of the Act requires that reasonably satisfactory identification be presented for such shareholder or proxy to be allowed to attend or participate in the meeting.





NOTICEOFAGM2020IMAGE1.GIF
FORM OF PROXY

To be completed by certificated
shareholders and dematerialised
shareholders with ‘own name’
registration only

For use by certificated shareholders and dematerialised shareholders with “own-name” registration who are unable to attend and vote at the AGM of Harmony to be held entirely by electronic communication on Friday, 20 November 2020 at 14:00 (South African Standard Time) or at any adjournment thereof.
Dematerialised Shareholders without “own-name” registration must not complete this Form of Proxy but should timeously inform their nominee, or, if applicable, their CSDP or stockbroker of their intention to attend the AGM electronically and request such nominee, CSDP or stockbroker to issue them with the necessary letter of representation to attend or provide such nominee, CSDP or stockbroker with their voting instructions should they not wish to attend the AGM electronically but wish to be represented by proxy at such meeting. Such shareholders must not return this Form of Proxy to the Transfer Secretaries.
Each Shareholder is entitled to appoint a proxy (who need not be a member of the Company) to attend, speak and vote in place of that Shareholder at the AGM. Please read the notes to this form of proxy below.

I/We (please print names in full)
of (address)
being the holder/s of
shares in the Company, do hereby appoint:
1
or, failing him/her
2
or, failing him/her

The chairman of the annual general meeting, as my/our proxy to attend, speak and, on a poll or ballot, vote on my/our behalf at this annual general meeting of members or at any adjournment, and to vote or abstain from voting as follows on the ordinary and special resolutions to be proposed at such meeting:



ORDINARY RESOLUTIONS
FOR
AGAINST
ABSTAIN
Ordinary Resolution Number 1: To appoint Boipelo Lekubo as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 2: To re-elect Dr Patrice Motsepe as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 3: To re-elect John Wetton as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 4: To re-elect Joaquim Chissano as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 5: To re-elect Modise Motloba as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 6: To re-elect Mavuso Msimang as a director
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 7: To re-elect Fikile De Buck as a member of the audit and risk committee
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 8: To re-elect Karabo Nondumo as a member of the audit and risk committee
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 9: To re-elect Dr Simo Lushaba as a member of the audit and risk committee
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 10: To re-elect John Wetton as a member of the audit and risk committee
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 11: To elect Given Sibiya as a member of the audit and risk committee
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 12: To reappoint the external auditors
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 13: To approve the remuneration policy
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 14: To approve the implementation report
 
 
 
Ordinary Resolution Number 15: To give authority to issue shares for cash
 
 
 
SPECIAL RESOLUTION
 
 
 
Special Resolution Number 1: To pre-approve non-executive directors’ remuneration
 
 
 

Please indicate with an ‘X’ in the appropriate spaces above how you wish your vote to be cast. If no indication is given, the proxy may vote or abstain as he/she sees fit.
Signed at this day of 2020


Signature
Assisted by me, where applicable (name and signature)
 

Completed Forms of Proxy must be dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and must be lodged electronically with Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited. Shareholders are urged to electronically deliver their completed Form of Proxy by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 18 November 2020 to meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za.

Please read the notes and instructions on the reverse side.




NOTES TO FORM OF PROXY

1.
A Form of Proxy is only to be completed by those shareholders who are:
registered holders of shares in certificated form; or
holders of dematerialised shares of the Company in their own name.
2.
If you have already dematerialised your shares through a CSDP or broker and wish to attend the AGM, you must request your CSDP or broker to provide you with a letter of representation or instruct your CSDP or broker to vote by proxy on your behalf in terms of the agreement entered into between yourself and your CSDP or broker.
3.
A shareholder may insert the name of a proxy or the names of two alternative proxies of the Shareholder’s choice in the space provided. The person whose name stands first on the Form of Proxy and who is present at the AGM will be entitled to act to the exclusion of those whose names follow.
4.
On a poll, a shareholder who is present or represented by proxy will be entitled to that proportion of the total votes in the Company which the aggregate amount of the nominal value of the shares held by him/her bears to the aggregate amount of the nominal value of all the shares issued by the Company.
5.
A shareholder’s instructions to the proxy must be indicated by inserting the relevant numbers of votes exercisable by the shareholder in the appropriate box. Failure to comply will be deemed to authorise the proxy to vote or to abstain from voting at the AGM as he/ she deems fit in respect of all the shareholder’s votes exercisable. A shareholder or the proxy is not obliged to use all the votes exercisable by the shareholder or by the proxy, but the total of votes cast and in respect of which abstention is recorded may not exceed the total of votes exercisable by the shareholder or by the proxy.
6.
Forms of Proxy (enclosed) must be dated and signed by the shareholder appointing a proxy and must be lodged electronically with Link Market Services South Africa Proprietary Limited. Shareholders are urged to electronically deliver their completed Form of Proxy by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on Wednesday, 18 November 2020 to the offices of the Transfer Secretaries, Link Market Services South Africa
Proprietary Limited, 13th Floor, Rennie House, 19 Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein, Johannesburg, 2001 (PO Box 4844, Johannesburg, 2000, fax number: +27 86 674 2450, email meetfax@linkmarketservices.co.za).
7.
Completing and lodging this Form of Proxy will not preclude the relevant shareholder from electronically attending the AGM and speaking and voting electronically to the exclusion of any proxy appointed in terms hereof.
8.
Documentary evidence establishing the authority of a person signing this Form of Proxy in a representative capacity or other legal capacity must be attached to this Form of Proxy, unless previously recorded by the transfer secretaries or waived by the chairman of the AGM.
9.
The completion of blank spaces overleaf need not be initialled. Any alteration or correction made to this Form of Proxy must be initialled by the signatory/ies.
10.
Despite the aforegoing, the chairman of the AGM may waive any formalities that would otherwise be a prerequisite for a valid proxy.
11.
If any shares are jointly held, all joint shareholders must sign this Form of Proxy. If more than one of those shareholders is present at the AGM either electronically or by proxy, the person whose name appears first in the Register will be entitled to vote






Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
(Incorporated in South Africa)
(Registration number: 1950/038232/06)JSE share code: HAR ISIN: ZAE000015228 JSE share code: HAR NYSE: HMY
(“Harmony” or the “Company”)


ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION FORM


ELECTRONIC PARTICIPATION IN THE HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED ELECTRONIC ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING TO BE HELD ON 20 NOVEMBER 2020
Shareholders or their proxies who wish to participate in the annual general meeting via electronic communication (“Participants”), must apply to the Company’s meeting scrutineers to do so by e-mailing the form below (“the application”) to the e-mail address of the Company’s meeting scrutineers, The Meeting Specialist (Proprietary) Ltd (“TMS”), by no later than 11:00 (SA time) on 18 November 2020. The e-mail address is as follows: proxy@tmsmeetings.co.za
Shareholders who have dematerialised their shares, other than those shareholders who have dematerialised their shares with ‘own name’ registration, should contact their Central Securities Depository Participant (“CSDP”) or broker in the manner and time stipulated in their agreement with their CSDP or Broker:
to furnish them with their voting instructions; and
in the event that they wish to participate in the meeting, to obtain the necessary authority to do so.
Participants will be able to vote during the annual general meeting through an electronic participation platform. Such participants, should they wish to have their vote(s) counted at the annual general meeting, must provide TMS with the information requested below.
Each shareholder, who has complied with the requirements below, will be contacted between 19 and 20 November 2020 via email/mobile with a unique link to allow them to participate in the electronic annual general meeting.
The cost of the participant’s phone call or data usage will be at his/her own expense and will be billed separately by his/her own telephone service provider.
The cut-off time, for administrative purposes, to participate in the meeting will be 11:00am (SA time) on 20 November 2020.
The participant’s unique access credentials will be forwarded to the email/mobile telephone provided below.


APPLICATION FORM

Name and surname of shareholder

Name and surname of shareholder representative (if applicable)

ID number of shareholder or representative Email address
Mobile/cell number Telephone number
Name of CSDP or Broker
(if shares are held in dematerialised format) SCA number/Broker account number or Own name account number
Number of shares

Signature Date
By signing this form, I agree and consent to the processing of my personal information above for the purpose of participation in the general meeting.




TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR PARTICIPATION AT THE HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING TO BE HELD ON 20 NOVEMBER 2020 VIA ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION
The cost of dialling in using a telecommunication line/webcast/web-streaming to participate in the annual general meeting is for the expense of the participant and will be billed separately by the participant’s own telephone service provider.
The participant acknowledges that the telecommunication lines/webcast/web-streaming are provided by a third party and indemnifies Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the JSE Limited and TMS and/or their third party service providers against any loss, injury, damage, penalty or claim arising in any way from the use or possession of the telecommunication lines/webcast/web-streaming, whether or not the problem is caused by any act or omission on the part of the participant or anyone else. In particular, but not exclusively, the participant acknowledges that he/she will have no claim against Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, the JSE Limited and TMS and/or its third party service providers, whether for consequential damages or otherwise, arising from the use of the telecommunication lines/webcast/web-streaming or any defect in it or from total or partial failure of the telecommunication lines/webcast/web-streaming and connections linking the telecommunication lines/ webcast/web-streaming to the annual general meeting.
Participants will be able to vote during the annual general meeting through an electronic participation platform. Such participants, should they wish to have their vote(s) counted at the annual general meeting, must act in accordance with the requirements set out above.
Once the participant has received the link, the onus to safeguard this information remains with the participant.
The application will only be deemed successful if this application form has been fully completed and signed by the participant and delivered or e-mailed to TMS at proxy@tmsmeetings.co.za

Shareholder name:

Signature:

Date:

Important: You are required to attach a copy of your identity document/driver’s licence/passport when submitting the application.



DIRECTORATE AND ADMINISTRATION

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited was incorporated and registered as a public company in South Africa on 25 August 1950
Registration number: 1950/038232/06

Corporate office
Randfontein Office Park
PO Box 2, Randfontein 1760, South Africa Corner Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759, South Africa
Telephone: +27 11 411 2000
Website: www.harmony.co.za
DIRECTORS
PT Motsepe* (chairman)
JM Motlaba* (deputy chairman)
M Msimang*^ (lead independent director) PW Steenkamp** (chief executive officer) BP Lekubo** (financial director)
HE Mashego** (executive director) JA Chissano*#^
FFT De Buck*^
Dr DSS Lushaba*^ HG Motau*^
KT Nondumo*^ VP Pillay*^
GR Sibiya*^ JL Wetton*^ AJ Wilkens*
* Non-executive
** Executive
^ Independent
# Mozambican

INVESTOR RELATIONS
E-mail: HarmonyIR@harmony.co.za
Telephone: +27 11 411 2314 or +27 82 759 1775
Website: www.harmony.co.za
GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY
Shela Mohatla
E-mail: companysecretariat@harmony.co.za

TRANSFER SECRETARIES
Link Market Services South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
(Registration number 2000/007239/07)
13th Floor, Rennie House, Ameshoff Street, Braamfontein Johannesburg, South Africa
PO Box 4844, Johannesburg, 2000, South Africa E-mail: info@linkmarketservices.co.za
Telephone: +27 861 546 572 (South Africa)
Fax: +27 86 674 2450

ADR* DEPOSITARY
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas
c/o American Stock Transfer and Trust Company
Operations Centre, 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY11219, United States
E-mail queries: db@astfinancial.com
Toll free (within US): +1-886-249-2593 Int: +1-718-921-8137
Fax: +1-718-921-8334
*ADR: American Depositary Receipts

SPONSOR
JP Morgan Equities South Africa (Proprietary) Ltd
1 Fricker Road, corner Hurlingham Road, Illovo Johannesburg, 2196, South Africa
Private Bag X9936, Sandton, 2146, South Africa
Telephone: +27 11 507 0300
Fax: +27 11 507 0503




TRADING SYMBOLS
JSE: HAR NYSE: HMY
ISIN: ZAE 000015228


EXECUTION VERSION











THE AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED OF THE HARMONY ESOP TRUST



Deed of trust made and entered into by and between


HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LTD
(Founder)


and


RIANA BISSCHOFF
(Trustee)



























ESOPTRUSTDEEDEXECVERC_IMAGE1.GIF





CONTENTS

1.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    2
PART A: ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST8
2.OBJECT    8
3.ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST    8
4.DONATION    9
PART B: TRUSTEES9
5.TRUSTEES    9
6.PROCEEDINGS OF TRUSTEES    11
7.POWERS OF TRUSTEES    13
8.DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES    14
9.BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND AUDITORS    15
10.PRIVILEGES OF THE TRUSTEES    16
PART C: RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES17
11.ALLOCATION OF PARTICIPATION UNITS TO BENEFICIARIES    17
12.RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF UNITS    18
13.EMPLOYMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS    18
14.TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT    19
15.VOTING OF SHARES    21
PART D: DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND CAPITAL TO BENEFICIARIES21
16.DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME    21
17.DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AFTER EXPIRY OF THE LOCK-IN PERIOD    22
PART E: GENERAL23
18.CHANGE OF CONTROL    23
19.MANDATORY SALE    23
20.VARIATION OF RIGHTS    23
21.COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXATION    24
22.ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST    24
23.AMENDMENTS TO THIS TRUST DEED    24
24.TERM OF THE TRUST AND THE WINDING UP OF THE TRUST    25
25.ARBITRATION    25
26.ADDRESSES FOR LEGAL PROCESS AND NOTICES    26


PARTIES:

This Agreement is made between:

(1)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, a public company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa under registration number 1950/038232/06 (Harmony/the Company); and

(2)
Riana Bisschoff, an individual acting in her capacity as trustee for the time being of the Harmony ESOP Trust.


IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1
Definitions

For the purposes of this Trust Deed, unless the context requires otherwise:

1.1.1
Act means the Trust Property Control Act 57 of 1988 (as amended or substituted from time to time);

1.1.2
Administrator means the administrator of the Trust appointed in terms of clause 22;

1.1.3
Allocation Criteria means the criteria determined for the Allocation of the Participation Units to Eligible Employees being:

1.1.3.1
initially, each Eligible Employee upon the formation of the Trust, including any Eligible Employee that joins/qualifies within 6 (six) months after the formation of the Trust, to receive an equal number of Participation Units resulting in each Eligible Employee being vested with 225 (two hundred and twenty five) Participation Units; and

1.1.3.2
thereafter following the expiration of the 6 (six) month period referred to clause 1.1.3.1 above, provided that there are Pool Shares available in the Trust, Eligible Employees that join/qualify after the initial vesting of Participation Units, shall be vested with Participation Units attributable to the Pool Shares on a pro rata basis depending on the time such persons join/qualify as Eligible Employees in accordance with the formula below (and as illustrated by way of the examples contained in Schedule 1) and upon Allocation, such shares shall no longer constitute Pool Shares:

X = (A ÷ B) x C     

Where:
“X”
represents the number of Participation Units that shall be vested (rounded off to the nearest whole number);
“A”
represents the number of whole/complete months remaining in the Lock-in Period at the time of the vesting;
“B”
equals 36 (thirty-six) months being the duration of the Lock-in Period; and
“C”
represents the number of Participation Units vested in each Eligible Employee during the initial vesting of Participation Units upon the inception of the scheme as set out in clause 1.1.3.1 above.

1.1.4
Allocate/Allocated/Allocation means the vesting of Participation Units;

1.1.5
Allocation Date means the date stipulated in the Allocation Notice;

1.1.6
Allocation Notice means a written notice sent by Harmony to Eligible Employees in terms of clause 11, in terms of which each Eligible Employee is vested with Participation Units in the Trust and becomes a vested Beneficiary of this Trust;

1.1.7
Auditors means the auditors appointed in terms of clause 9, and holding office as the auditors of this Trust from time to time;

1.1.8
Bad Leaver means a Beneficiary who leaves the employ of Harmony such that he/she no longer constitutes an employee of Harmony, by reason of resignation, abscondment, dismissal for poor work performance, misconduct or any other form of lawful dismissal such that his/her termination of employment is regarded as a “Fault Termination” as contemplated in terms of clause 14.2;

1.1.9
Beneficiaries means Eligible Employees who acquire vested rights in the Trust through their receipt of the Participation Units by way of the Allocation Notice issued by Harmony in terms of clause 11, and “Beneficiary” shall have a corresponding meaning;

1.1.10
Board of Trustees means the board of trustees of the Trust constituted as set out in clause 5.2.1 of this Trust Deed;

1.1.11
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or statutory public holiday in the Republic of South Africa;

1.1.12
CSDP means a person that holds in custody and administers securities or an interest in securities and that has been accepted in terms of section 34 of the Securities Services Act 36 of 2004 as a participant;

1.1.13
Companies Act means the Companies Act 71 of 2008, including any regulations published in terms thereof, as amended or substituted from time to time;

1.1.14
Control means:

1.1.14.1
the holding of shares or the aggregate of holdings of shares or other securities in a company entitling the holder thereof to exercise, or cause to be exercised, more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights at shareholders meetings of a company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control; or

1.1.14.2
the holding or control by a shareholder or member alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members of more than 50% (fifty percent) of the voting rights in a company; or

1.1.14.3
the ability to appoint the majority of the directors of a company

and “Controlled” shall have a corresponding meaning;

1.1.15
Dispute has the meaning given under clause 25;

1.1.16
Dividend means each interim and final ordinary cash dividend, declared and paid in respect of each of the Trust Shares;

1.1.17
Eligible Employee means current or future permanent employees employed by Harmony, as selected by Harmony to obtain vested rights in the Trust, (specifically excluding employees on fixed term contracts, independent contractors or any person who renders services at any time through the involvement of a labour brokerage or otherwise by way of a temporary contract other than as a permanent employee of Harmony, and/or specifically excluding any employee whose prior participation in the Trust as a Beneficiary terminated on grounds of having constituted a Good Leaver), who furthermore:
1.1.17.1
are at all relevant times hereto employed by Harmony in the Republic of South Africa;
1.1.17.2
fall below the level of “Management” in accordance with the Company’s recognised employment/occupational levels, as ordinarily understood and applied by the Company including those employees who become eligible by reason of being demoted to below level of Management; and

1.1.17.3
who do not participate in any of the other share incentive schemes offered by the Company;

1.1.18
Encumber means to pledge, mortgage, charge, cede in security or out-and-out, create a lien over, subordinate, grant an option over, grant a right of retention over, or otherwise encumber, or hedge, or lend, and "Encumbered" and "Encumbrance" shall have corresponding meanings;

1.1.19
First Trustee shall have the meaning given thereto in clause 5.1;

1.1.20
Good Leaver means a Beneficiary who leaves the employ of Harmony such that he/she no longer constitutes an employee of Harmony, by reason of retirement, early retirement, death, dismissal for operational reasons (retrenchment or voluntary retrenchment), dismissal for permanent ill-health, permanent injury or disability; or where such Beneficiary remains employed by Harmony but is promoted to a level of “Management”, or due to the fact he/she is no longer employed by Harmony by reason of being transferred along with a mine or mining operation sold or transferred by Harmony as a going concern, such that his/her termination of employment or promotion (as the case may be) is regarded as a “No Fault Termination” as contemplated in terms of clause 14.1;

1.1.21
Harmony Shares means all the ordinary shares in the issued share capital of the Company;

1.1.22
Independent Person means any natural person who is generally considered to be independent and specifically excludes any person who is a Beneficiary of the Trust, or any person who is employed by Harmony or the Trust or directly or indirectly benefits from the Trust or Harmony, including any relative of such aforementioned persons;

1.1.23
Independent Trustee means an Independent Person who has been appointed as a Trustee of the Trust, in terms of clause 5.2.1.3;

1.1.24
Lock-in Period means the period commencing on the date of the subscription by the Trust for the Trust Shares and ending at midnight, 36 (thirty six) months after such subscription by the Trust for the Trust Shares or such date as determined by Harmony in the event of a change of Control, as determined in terms of clause 18;

1.1.25
Master of the High Court means the Master of the High Court, Johannesburg, or any other person, body or authority provided for in the Act;

1.1.26
MPRD Act means the Minerals and Petroleum Resources Development Act 28 of 2002 (as amended or substituted from time to time);

1.1.27
Participation Units means the vested rights of a Beneficiary to:

1.1.27.1
a number of Trust Shares held by the Trust;
 
1.1.27.2
a distribution of the income of the Trust based on such attributable Trust Shares in terms of clause 16; and

1.1.27.3
any other ancillary assets and/or distributions that may be made in respect of the Trust Shares;

For the avoidance of doubt, Participation Units constitute the vested rights of a Beneficiary. Participation Units are merely used as a mechanism to establish a Beneficiary’s vested rights in the Trust. Participation Units are vested rights used to facilitate and simplify for Beneficiaries, an understanding of their rights and obligations in terms of the Trust Deed, proportionate to the other Beneficiaries and such Participation Units (being a representation of a Beneficiary’s proportionate vested rights/interest in the Trust) derive their value with reference to the Trust Shares held by the Trust. Each Participation Unit that is created is attributable to 1 (one) Trust Share (and ancillary assets), and a Participation Unit is created for an Allocation or vesting made in terms of clause 11;

1.1.28
Parties means Harmony and the Trustees, and shall include the Beneficiaries only for the purposes of clause 25 and the notice provisions in clause 26 and “Party” shall mean any one of them as the context requires;

1.1.29
Pool Shares means:

1.1.29.1
initially, 1 809 000 (one million eight hundred and nine thousand) of the Trust Shares that are subscribed for by the Trust which shall not, upon the formation of the Trust, be directly attributable to specific Allocated Participation Units and/or any additional Trust Shares which may be acquired by the Trust from time to time which are not immediately directly attributable to specific Allocated Participation Units; and

1.1.29.2
subsequently, any Trust Shares that are not directly attributable to Participation Units as a result of the Participation Units being cancelled in terms of the provisions contained in the Trust Deed;

1.1.30
Secretary means the secretary of the Trust as contemplated in terms of clause 6.8;

1.1.31
Sell means sell, transfer, alienate, donate, distribute, exchange, grant an option over, otherwise dispose of, realise value in respect of, or to enter into any arrangement or transaction which may have the same or similar effect as any of the aforementioned sale, transfer, alienation, donation, distribution, exchange, granting an option over or disposal (including but not limited to the cession of any rights which would have the same or similar economic effect) or realisation of value in respect of and "Sale" shall have a corresponding meaning;

1.1.32
Statutes means the Act and any other statute affecting the performance by the Trustees of their duties or functions;

1.1.33
this/the Trust means the Harmony ESOP Trust, as constituted in terms of this Trust Deed;

1.1.34
this Trust Deed means this document as a whole, as amended from time to time;

1.1.35
Trustees means all the Trustees holding office as such in terms of this Trust Deed;

1.1.36
Trust Shares means the 6,700,000 (six million seven hundred thousand) Harmony Shares acquired by the Trust and any additional shares in the issued share capital of the Company which may be acquired by the Trust which shares, upon issue, shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Trust Deed until such time as the Trust Shares are distributed after expiry of the Lock-in period in clause 17;

1.1.37
UNCITRAL means the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law; and

1.1.38
Unions means the National Union of Mine Workers (NUM), UASA Trade Union (UASA), Trade Union Solidarity (Solidarity), the Association of Mineworkers and Construction Union (AMCU), National Union of Metalworkers of South Africa (NUMSA) and such other unions as may be recognised by Harmony from time to time.

1.2
General Interpretation

For the purposes of this Trust Deed, the following rules of construction shall apply, unless the context requires otherwise:

1.2.1
a reference to any one gender, whether masculine, feminine or neuter, includes the other two;

1.2.2
any reference to a person includes, without being limited to, any individual, body corporate, unincorporated association or other entity recognised under any law as having a separate legal existence or personality;

1.2.3
any word or expression defined in, and for the purposes of, this Trust Deed shall, if expressed in the singular, include the plural and vice versa, and a cognate word or expression shall have a corresponding meaning;

1.2.4
if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring a right or imposing an obligation on any Party then, notwithstanding that it is only in a definition, effect shall be given to that provision as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Trust Deed;

1.2.5
unless otherwise provided, any number of days prescribed shall mean Business Days and shall be determined by excluding the first and including the last day or, where the last day falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day;

1.2.6
references to a statutory provision include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that provision and references to a statutory provision include that provision as from time to time modified or re-enacted as far as such modification or re-enactment applies, or is capable of applying, to this Trust Deed or any transaction entered into in accordance with this Trust Deed; and

1.2.7
references in this Trust Deed to "clauses" are to clauses of this Trust Deed.

1.3
Headings and Sub-headings

All the headings and sub-headings in this Trust Deed are for convenience only and are not to be taken into account for the purpose of interpreting it.

PART A: ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST

2.
OBJECT

The object of this Trust is to facilitate beneficial interest and ownership by each Beneficiary of Harmony Shares on the terms of this Trust Deed in order to:

2.1
facilitate economic empowerment of Harmony’s employees;

2.2
incentivise Harmony’s employees, so as to promote the shared interests of employees and shareholders in the value growth of Harmony; and

2.3
further align the interests of the Harmony shareholders and those of the employees of Harmony.

3.
ESTABLISHMENT OF THE TRUST

3.1
A trust to be known as the Harmony ESOP Trust is hereby constituted.

3.2
The Trust shall be administered by the Trustees for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and in the manner and upon the terms and conditions set out in this Trust Deed.

4.
DONATION

Harmony irrevocably donates the sum of R100.00 (one hundred Rand) to the Trust, which donation the Trustees accept on the terms of this Trust Deed.

PART B: TRUSTEES

5.
TRUSTEES

5.1
First Trustee

5.1.1
The First Trustee is Riana Bisschoff (the First Trustee). The First Trustee is hereby appointed and accepts her appointment as Trustee of this Trust.

5.1.2
Subject to clause 5.2.2, the First Trustee shall resign if any new Trustees are appointed by Harmony in accordance with the provisions of clause 5.2.1.1, and such resignation shall take effect from the day on which letters of authority are issued to the new Trustees by the Master of the High Court, otherwise the First Trustee shall remain in office until such time as she is unable to do so in terms of clause 5.3, clause 5.4 or any other provision of this Trust Deed.

5.2
Appointment of the Board of Trustees

5.2.1
The Board of Trustees shall be constituted as follows within a reasonable period from the date of registration of the Trust Deed with the Master:

5.2.1.1
4 (four) Trustees appointed by Harmony;

5.2.1.2
6 (six) Trustees appointed by the Unions, to be appointed as follows;

5.2.1.2.1
2 (two) nominated by NUM;

5.2.1.2.2
1 (one) nominated by UASA;

5.2.1.2.3
1 (one) nominated by Solidarity;

5.2.1.2.4
1 (one) nominated by AMCU;

5.2.1.2.5
1 (one) nominated by NUMSA; and

5.2.1.3
1 (one) Independent Trustee initially jointly appointed by Harmony and the Unions.

5.2.2
Harmony and the Unions shall have the right for the duration of this Trust to appoint the Trustees provided for in 5.2.1 and to remove and replace such Trustees at any time. In respect of the Trustees appointed by Harmony in terms of clause 5.2.1.1, the First Trustee may be appointed by Harmony for this purpose, and in that instance the First Trustee shall not be required to resign in terms of clause 5.1.2.

5.2.3
No Trustee shall commence performance of his duties until a letter of authority is issued to him by the Master of the High Court.

5.3
Disqualification of Trustees

The following persons shall be disqualified from acting as Trustee:

5.3.1
any person who would be disqualified from acting as a director of a company in terms of section 69(8)(a) of the Companies Act;

5.3.2
any person to whom the Master of the High Court refuses to grant letters of authority or who the Master of the High Court requires to provide security as a Trustee;

5.3.3
any person removed from an office of trust on account of misconduct or dishonesty;

5.3.4
any person who ceases to be employed by Harmony if such person was an employee of Harmony at the time of their appointment as Trustee;

5.3.5
any person whose estate has been sequestrated and has not yet been rehabilitated;

5.3.6
any person who has been declared by a competent court to be mentally ill or incapable of managing his own affairs or who is by virtue of the Mental Health Act, 18 of 1973 (as amended), detained as a patient in an institution or as a State patient;

5.3.7
any person who has been convicted in the Republic of South Africa or elsewhere of any offence of which dishonesty is an element or of any other offence for which he has been sentenced to either imprisonment without the option of a fine or a fine in excess of R5 000.00 (five thousand Rand); or

5.3.8
any director of Harmony.

5.4
Vacation of Office of Trustee

5.4.1
The office of a Trustee shall be vacated if:

5.4.1.1
he becomes disqualified in terms of clause 5.3 above;

5.4.1.2
he resigns his office by not less than 60 (sixty) days (or such shorter period as the remaining Trustees or Trustee may agree to) written notice to the remaining Trustees or Trustee;

5.4.1.3
the Unions or Harmony (individually or jointly as the case may be) remove their respective appointed Trustees at their own discretion; or

5.4.1.4
he dies.

5.4.2
In the event that the office of a Trustee is vacated, a Trustee shall be appointed in his stead, provided that:

5.4.2.1
if the vacating Trustee is a Trustee appointed by Harmony, Harmony shall have the right to appoint another Trustee in his stead in accordance with the provisions of clause 5.2.1.1 above;

5.4.2.2
if the vacating Trustee is a Trustee appointed by the Unions, the Unions shall have the right to appoint another Trustee in his stead in accordance with the provisions of clause 5.2.1.2; and

5.4.2.3
if the vacating Trustee is an Independent Trustee, Harmony and the Unions shall have the right to jointly appoint another Trustee in his stead in accordance with the provisions of clause 5.2.1.3 above.

5.4.3
No Trustee shall have the right during his lifetime or by his last will to appoint his successor, an alternative Trustee, or any other person to serve as Trustee in his place and stead.

5.5
Number of Trustees

Save for the First Trustee and following the expiry of the 6 (six) month period referred to in clause 5.2.1 there shall at all times be at least 11 (eleven) Trustees in office for the valid exercise of the powers and discharge of the duties of the Trustees in terms of this Trust Deed, provided that pending the appointment of new Trustees in terms of clause 5.2 or clause 5.4.2, the Trustees remaining in office shall be empowered to act in the preservation and necessary formal administration of the Trust capital and/or income.

6.
PROCEEDINGS OF TRUSTEES

In respect of all meetings of the Trustees:

6.1
any Trustee is at all times entitled to convene a meeting of the Trustees by giving 14 (fourteen) days written notice to all Trustees, or such shorter notice as may be agreed by all the Trustees in writing. The Trustees shall meet at least once a year;
 
6.2
the Trustees shall meet together for the dispatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their meetings as they deem fit;

6.3
the Trustees may participate in a meeting of the Trustees by means of conference telephone or similar equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and any such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting;

6.4
the Trustees shall from time to time, elect a chairman of the Trustees to hold office for such period/s as they may determine. Such chairman shall chair all meetings of Trustees. However, if for any reason the chairman is not able to attend a meeting, the Trustees present at that meeting may elect a Trustee from their number as chairman for that meeting;

6.5
save for the First Trustee, a majority of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum at meetings of the Trustees provided that such majority of Trustees includes 1 (one) Trustee appointed in terms of clause 5.2.1.1 and 1 (one) Trustee appointed in terms of 5.2.1.2;

6.6
save as may be expressly provided otherwise in this Trust Deed or the Statutes, decisions to be taken by the Trustees present at a meeting of Trustees shall take place by majority vote;

6.7
a resolution in writing signed by all the Trustees shall be valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Trustees duly called and constituted, and such resolution may be signed in counterparts;

6.8
Harmony’s company secretary will act as the Secretary of the Trust who shall keep written minutes of the Trustee meetings and to minute all resolutions passed by the Trustees; and

6.9
the Trustees are entitled to authorise 1 (one) Trustee or the Secretary of the Trust to sign on behalf of the Trustees all documents for official purposes which are necessary for the administration of the Trust and for the execution of any transaction concerned with the affairs of the Trust, and any resolution which is certified by 1 (one) Trustee or the Secretary of the Trust, as a true extract from the minutes of a particular resolution of all the Trustees, has in every respect the legal validity of a resolution signed by all the Trustees.

7.
POWERS OF TRUSTEES

The Trustees shall only have such powers as may be necessary for or incidental to the carrying out of their duties as set out in this Trust Deed. Without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, the Trustees shall have the following specific powers:

7.1
subject to the Statutes, to open and operate (either themselves or by a person/s authorised by them) a banking account or facility or transaction platform with any registered bank or financial body or institution or registered lender in terms of the National Credit Act, 34 of 2005 (as amended or substituted from time to time);

7.2
to enter into, negotiate and execute any documents/agreements and any addenda thereto, and to do all things necessary to give effect to the subscription for and issue of the Trust Shares;

7.3
to exercise the voting powers attached to the Trust Shares in accordance with clause 15 below;

7.4
to distribute Trust Shares or sell Trust Shares and distribute their attributable sale proceeds to the Beneficiaries in accordance with their vested rights in terms of this Trust Deed following the expiry of the Lock-in Period;

7.5
to borrow or raise money, with the prior written consent of Harmony;

7.6
to appoint an Administrator for the Trust in accordance with clause 22 and to delegate any of their rights, obligations, functions and powers set out in this Trust Deed to that Administrator;

7.7
to employ, with the prior written consent of Harmony, any professional or other person to provide professional services to the Trust;

7.8
to adopt such further procedures and do such further things as the Trustees deem necessary or advisable for the due and proper administration of this Trust, including all things necessary to pay any relevant taxes (including any dividend withholding tax or any other taxes that may be required by law to be withheld and paid) timeously, in order to achieve the object of this Trust;

7.9
to exercise each and every power which they may or could require for the due and proper administration of this Trust, in order to achieve all of the intents and object of this Trust;

7.10
to invest any surplus monies of the Trust;
7.11
to defray expenses of the Trust in accordance with clause 21 below;
7.12
to deal with the Pool Shares at the expiry of the Lock-in Period in accordance with clause 17 below; and
7.13
to exercise rights associated with corporate action attaching to the Trust Shares, including to attend meetings of shareholders of the Company.

8.
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEES

8.1
The Trustees shall establish a Beneficiary register in which they shall record the following:

8.1.1
the number of Participation Units Allocated to each Beneficiary as set out in the Allocation Notice;

8.1.2
the Allocation Date in respect of each Beneficiary; and

8.1.3
all distributions of income and/or capital made to Beneficiaries in terms of this Trust Deed.

8.2
The Trustees shall procure that all shares owned by the Trust are registered in the name of the Trust or its nominee.

8.3
The Trustees shall not incur liabilities other than as specifically permitted by this Trust Deed.

8.4
The Trustees shall not, prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period be entitled to:

8.4.1
Encumber any Trust Shares;

8.4.2
Sell any Trust Shares;

8.4.3
enter into any agreement in respect of any votes attached to any Trust Shares or enter into any derivative transaction in respect of any Trust Shares; or

8.4.4
agree, whether or not subject to any suspensive or resolutive condition, to do any of the foregoing;

other than as specifically permitted by this Trust Deed;

8.5
The Trustees shall not make any distribution of capital or income from the assets of this Trust to the Beneficiaries or otherwise in a manner other than that specified in this Trust Deed.

8.6
The Trustees shall make a copy of the Trust Deed available to the Beneficiaries upon request.

8.7
The Trustees shall procure that any employees’ tax as provided for in the Fourth Schedule of the Income Tax Act, 58 of 1962 (as amended), which is payable by Harmony or the Trust in relation to the benefits received by the Beneficiaries in terms of this Trust Deed, is timeously collected by Harmony or the Trust from the relevant Beneficiary and paid to the South African Revenue Service. For the avoidance of doubt, any employees’ tax payable by Harmony or the Trust:

8.7.1
will be deducted from any remuneration payable to the Beneficiary; or

8.7.2
will be withheld from the proceeds of the sale of any Harmony Shares held for the Beneficiary’s benefit which are to be distributed to the Beneficiary following the expiry of the Lock-in Period.

8.8
Each Beneficiary appoints the Trustees as his agent and authorizes the Trustees to dispose of sufficient Trust Shares in accordance with clause 8.7 in order to settle any employees’ tax due.

9.
BOOKS OF ACCOUNT AND AUDITORS

9.1
The Trustees shall keep true and correct records and books of account of their administration of the Trust in such manner and form that the records and books of account shall at all times reflect the financial position of the Trust.

9.2
There shall be recorded in such records and books of account, inter alia, any change to the Trust assets from time to time and the income and/or the expenses applicable to the administration of the Trust.

9.3
Such records and books of account, together with all other papers and documents connected with or relating to the Trust, shall be kept at a place under the control of the Trustees.

9.4
The Trustees shall appoint the South African auditors of Harmony from time to time as the Auditors of this Trust. The financial year end of the Trust shall be the financial year end of Harmony, which is currently 30 June of each year.

9.5
The Trustees shall ensure that the books of account are audited, and shall ensure that the Auditors prepare annual financial statements.

9.6
The Auditors shall have the right of access at all times to the records and books of account of the Trust, and shall be entitled to demand from the Trustees such information and explanations as may be necessary for the performance of their duties as Auditors.

10.
PRIVILEGES OF THE TRUSTEES

10.1
The Trustees shall be exempt from any obligation to furnish security in connection with their appointment and/or for the due administration of the Trust to the Master of the High Court or any other person, body or authority as provided for in the Statutes or any other law. The Master of the High Court and any such other person is hereby directed to dispense with and not to require security.

10.2
Subject to the Statutes:

10.2.1
no Trustee shall be liable to make good to the Trust or any Beneficiary any loss occasioned or sustained by any cause, howsoever arising, except such losses as may arise from or be occasioned by his own personal dishonesty or other wilful misconduct or gross negligence;

10.2.2
no Trustee shall be liable for any act of dishonesty or other misconduct committed by any other Trustee unless he knowingly allowed it or was an accessory to such dishonesty or other misconduct;

10.2.3
the Trustees shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Trust against all claims and demands of whatsoever nature that may be made upon them arising out of the exercise or purported exercise of any of the powers hereby conferred upon them;

10.2.4
if the Trustees bona fide make any payment to any person whom they assume to be entitled thereto under the terms of this Trust Deed and it is subsequently found that the recipient was not entitled thereto hereunder, the Trustees shall nevertheless not be responsible for the monies so paid; and

10.2.5
the Trustees may rely, and shall not incur any liability as a consequence of relying, on any document, resolution or the like (or any copy thereof) which they reasonably believe to be authentic.

10.3
The Trustees shall be reimbursed for all reasonable and necessary expenses incurred by them on behalf of, or for the benefit of the Trust, including taxes.

10.4
The Trustees shall not be remunerated for their services as Trustees.


PART C: RIGHTS OF BENEFICIARIES

11.
ALLOCATION OF PARTICIPATION UNITS TO BENEFICIARIES

11.1
As soon as reasonably possible following the registration of the Trust, applying the Allocation Criteria, the Trustees shall send/deliver a once-off Allocation Notice to each selected Eligible Employee (whether electronically or otherwise), specifying, inter alia, the number of Participation Units that are to be vested in the Eligible Employee and the number of Trust Shares which are attributable to those Participation Units and the relevant Allocation Date applicable to those Participation Units.

11.2
Upon the Trustees sending/delivering such Allocation Notice, each Eligible Employee shall be deemed to have accepted such Allocation and the terms of the Trust Deed and shall immediately become a Beneficiary of this Trust. Should any Eligible Employee choose not to accept such Allocation they will be advised in the Allocation Notice of a contact number which they can call in order to formally reject the Allocation made in terms of the Allocation Notice. Any Eligible Employee who fails to follow such procedure within a period of 10 (ten) days from the Allocation Date stipulated in the Allocation Notice, shall be deemed to have accepted the Allocation and the terms of this Trust Deed and shall automatically become a Beneficiary of the Trust.

11.3
For the avoidance of doubt, the Allocation of Participation Units to a Beneficiary in terms of this clause 11 is subject to the employment service requirements contained in clause 13, and to the restrictions on transferability of those Participation Units until the expiry of the Lock-in Period, as set out in clause 12 below.

11.4
The Trust Shares that are attributable to the Participation Units that have been Allocated to a Beneficiary in terms of this clause 11, shall be registered in the name of this Trust to be held by this Trust on behalf of the Beneficiary concerned until the expiry of the Lock-in Period.

11.5
In the event of the cancellation of Participation Units in terms of this Trust Deed, the Trustees shall adjust the Beneficiary register referred to in clause 8.1 to reflect this. The Trust Shares that were attributable to those Participation Units that were cancelled shall then form part of the Pool Shares.

11.6
The Trustees shall Allocate Participation Units resulting in a vesting of the Pool Shares in terms of this Trust Deed, at any point in time prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, in accordance with and in the same manner set out in this clause 11. Accordingly, applying the Allocation Criteria, The Trustees shall send Allocation Notices to Eligible Employees that join/qualify after the initial Allocation of Participation Units for purposes of Allocating the Pool Shares provided that this takes place no later than the end of the month following the month during which such Eligible Employee qualified for participation in terms of this Trust.

12.
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY OF UNITS

12.1
Prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period no Beneficiary shall be entitled to:

12.1.1
Encumber his Participation Units;

12.1.2
Sell his Participation Units;

12.1.3
enter into any agreement in respect of any votes attached to his Participation Units or enter into any derivative transaction in respect of his Participation Units;

12.1.4
agree, whether or not subject to any suspensive or resolutive condition, to do any of the foregoing; or

12.1.5
Sell or Encumber any Harmony Shares or enter into any agreement in respect of any votes attached to his Harmony Shares or enter into any derivative transaction in respect of his Harmony Shares.

12.2
In the event that a Beneficiary purports to do or does anything listed in clause 12.1 at any time prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, the Participation Units of the defaulting Beneficiary will be cancelled for no consideration, and he shall cease to be a Beneficiary of this Trust. The attributable Trust Shares in respect of such cancelled Participation Units shall thereafter form part of the Pool Shares and the Trustees shall adjust the Beneficiary register referred to in clause 8.1 to reflect this.

13.
EMPLOYMENT SERVICE REQUIREMENTS

13.1
If a Beneficiary ceases to remain in the employ of Harmony prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, his Participation Units shall be cancelled on the terms and subject to the conditions of this clause 13.

13.2
In cases where the Beneficiary ceases to remain in the employ of Harmony and is regarded as a Good Leaver in terms of clause 14.1, the full number of the Beneficiary’s Participation Units will forthwith be cancelled for consideration (less any transaction costs and taxes), being the proceeds from the sale of the attributable Trust Shares as set out in clause 14.1.2, and he will thereafter cease to be a Beneficiary of the Trust.

13.3
In the event that a Beneficiary ceases to be an employee of Harmony prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, and that Beneficiary is a Bad Leaver in terms of clause 14.2, all of that Beneficiary’s Participation Units will forthwith be cancelled for no consideration, and he will cease to be a Beneficiary of the Trust.

14.
TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

14.1
Good Leaver / No Fault Termination

14.1.1
For the purposes of clause 13, if a Beneficiary leaves the employ of Harmony by reason of:

14.1.1.1
retirement, if such retirement takes place on or after the “Normal Retirement Age” in accordance with the rules applicable to Harmony;

14.1.1.2
termination of employment for operational requirements (retrenchment);

14.1.1.3
termination of employment for permanent ill-health, permanent injury or disability, as determined to the satisfaction of Harmony and in accordance with the rules applicable to the Company;

14.1.1.4
the Beneficiary leaving the employ of Harmony due to his death at any point prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period;

14.1.1.5
the Beneficiary remaining in the employ of Harmony but no longer qualifying as an Eligible Employee by reason of being promoted to “Management” (in accordance with Company’s recognised employment/occupational levels, as ordinarily understood and applied by the Company); or

14.1.1.6
due to the fact he/she is no longer employed by Harmony by reason of being transferred along with a mine or mining operation sold or transferred by Harmony as a going concern, then

that Beneficiary’s termination of employment or promotion (as the case may be) will be regarded as a “No Fault Termination” and the Beneficiary will qualify as a “Good Leaver” for purposes of the Trust.

14.1.2
Where the Beneficiary is a Good Leaver as contemplated in clause 14.1.1, the Beneficiary shall retain his full number of Participation Units until such time as his attributable Trust Shares are sold in terms of the bulk sale contemplated in terms of clause 14.1.3. The Beneficiary’s Participation Units shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in clause 12 until the last Business Day immediately prior to the date on which such bulk sale commences.
 
14.1.3
On any Business Day following the 23rd of each month a bulk sale of all Trust Shares attributable to all Good Leavers (whose termination of employment or promotion, as the case may be, took place from the 24th of the prior month to the 23rd of the current month), shall take place. Immediately prior to the bulk sale, the Beneficiary’s Participation Units shall be cancelled, the attributable Trust Shares shall then be sold per the bulk sale, and the proceeds derived from such sale shall be distributed to the Beneficiary (or his estate as the case may be), less any transaction costs and less any amounts required to be withheld for tax purposes. In calculating the amount of proceeds to be distributed to each Beneficiary, the Trustees shall apply an average amount attributable to each Trust Share sold in the bulk sale, determined in accordance with the formula contained in clause 17.2.3. The Beneficiary will also receive any accumulated Dividends, which have accrued to him in accordance with clause 16.1. For the avoidance of any doubt, the taxing event in respect of each Good Leaver shall be the volume weighted average price of the last Business Day immediately prior to the date on which the bulk sale commences.

14.2
Bad Leaver / Fault Termination

14.2.1
For the purposes of clause 13, if a Beneficiary leaves the employ of Harmony by reason of:

14.2.1.1
being lawfully dismissed, whether on grounds of termination of employment for poor performance, misconduct, or otherwise; or

14.2.1.2
resignation;

that Beneficiary’s termination of employment (as the case may be) will be regarded as a “Fault Termination” and the Beneficiary will qualify as a “Bad Leaver” for purposes of the Trust.

14.2.2
Where the Beneficiary is a Bad Leaver as contemplated in clause 14.2.1, all of that Beneficiary’s Participation Units shall forthwith be cancelled for no consideration, in terms of clause 13 and he shall cease to be a Beneficiary of this Trust and shall forfeit any future beneficial interest in the Trust. The attributable Trust Shares in respect of such cancelled Participation Units shall thereafter form part of the Pool Shares. The Beneficiary will however, receive any accumulated Dividends which have accrued to him in accordance with clause 16.1.

14.2.3
In the event that a Beneficiary is a Bad Leaver on the grounds set out in clause 14.2.1 and is however subsequently lawfully reinstated back to the employ of Harmony at any time prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, such person’s Participation Units shall be re-allocated in accordance with clause 11 and such person shall be re-instated as a Beneficiary of the Trust and be placed in the same position as he/she would have been as though he had not previously left Harmony’s employ.

14.2.4
In the event that a Beneficiary is a Bad Leaver on the grounds set out in clause 14.2.1 and is however subsequently lawfully reinstated back to the employ of Harmony after the expiry of the Lock-in Period, Harmony shall make a compensatory payment to such employee calculated with reference to the value of all benefits that they would have received had such employee remained a Beneficiary of the Trust as from the date of their initial termination of employment, provided that such employee provides proof to Harmony of the dispute (which gave rise to their reinstatement) having been formally lodged with the CCMA and/or the Labour Court either prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, or at least within 14 (fourteen) days thereafter.

15.
VOTING OF SHARES

The Trustees shall be entitled to vote or abstain from voting the Trust Shares at any general meeting of Harmony in their discretion and in the best interests of the Beneficiaries provided that the Trustees appointed in terms of clause 5.2.1.1 shall recuse themselves at such meeting. In the event of a deadlock between the Trustees regarding the voting of the Trust Shares, the Independent Trustee shall have the casting vote.

PART D: DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME AND CAPITAL TO BENEFICIARIES

16.
DISTRIBUTION OF INCOME

16.1
All Dividends received by the Trust in respect of the Trust Shares held on behalf of Beneficiaries attributable to their Participation Units shall immediately vest in the Beneficiary concerned. The Dividends shall however be retained and held in Trust by the Trustees on the Beneficiary’s behalf, and thereafter such Dividends accumulated on the Beneficiary’s behalf shall be paid by the Trustees to the Beneficiary less any relevant taxes applicable (including any dividend withholding tax that may have been payable), either upon the Beneficiary’s termination of employment, if such Beneficiary ceases to remain in the employ of Harmony prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, or upon the expiry of the Lock-in Period. Any dividends accumulated on the Beneficiaries’ behalf in terms of this clause 16.1 shall not accrue any interest and shall be held by the Trust in an appropriate bank account/facility for such purpose. For the purposes of determining a Beneficiary’s liability for dividend withholding tax imposed in terms of section 64E of the Income Tax Act, 58 of 1962 (as amended), the Trustees shall notify the relevant regulated intermediary that the Beneficiary concerned is the beneficial owner of the dividend and the Trustees shall ensure that all the appropriate documentation required for dividend withholding tax purposes has been obtained.

16.2
All Dividends received by the Trust in respect of the Pool Shares held by the Trust shall vest in and be paid to the Trust less any relevant taxes applicable (including any dividend withholding tax that may be payable). The amount received shall be used to defray any costs incidental to the administration of the Trust (including any taxes, costs and liabilities of the Trust) in accordance with clause 21.

17.
DISTRIBUTION OF SHARES AFTER EXPIRY OF THE LOCK-IN PERIOD

17.1
Upon the expiry of the Lock-in Period, each Beneficiary shall be entitled to such number of Trust Shares (excluding any Pool Shares), which are directly attributable to the number of Participation Units held by each Beneficiary and their vested rights derived therein.
 
17.2
Unless the Trustees receive a written notice from a Beneficiary at least 60 (sixty)days prior to the expiry of the Lock-in Period, indicating:

17.2.1
that he/she wishes to receive the Trust Shares;

17.2.2
how he/she intends to settle any attributable taxes if receiving the actual Trust Shares;

17.2.3
as well as providing details of their nominated or appointed broker/CSDP account into which those shares must be transferred to;

upon the expiry of the Lock-in Period, the Trustees shall sell on the Beneficiaries’ behalf each Beneficiary’s attributable Trust Shares determined in accordance with clause 17.1, and shall within a reasonable period thereafter distribute the proceeds from the sale of the Trust Shares to the Beneficiary concerned (net any amounts required to be withheld for tax purposes, whether by reason of employees’ tax or otherwise and any attributable transaction costs). For the avoidance of doubt, the Trust Shares sold for purposes of this clause 17.2, shall be sold as part of bulk sale and in calculating the amount of proceeds to be distributed to each Beneficiary the Trustees shall apply an average amount attributable to each Trust Share sold in the bulk sale, determined in accordance with the following formula:

Y = (E - F) / G     

Where:
“Y”
represents the average amount of proceeds per Trust Share sold as part of the bulk sale;
“E”
represents the total proceeds from the bulk sale of the Trust Shares (specifically excluding any Pool Shares);
“F”
represents the total amount of costs and securities transfer taxes that are attributable to the bulk sale; and
“G”
represents the total Trust Shares sold as part of the bulk sale (specifically excluding any Pool Shares).

17.3
With respect to the unallocated Pool Shares held by the Trust upon the expiry of the Lock-in Period, the Trustees shall at their discretion, be entitled to transfer the Pool Shares to any other Harmony trust with similar objectives to the Trust, or be entitled to sell such Pool Shares and pay over the proceeds from the sale of such Pool Shares to Harmony (provided the proceeds will ultimately benefit its employees), or any other Harmony trust with similar objectives to the Trust (net of any taxes or costs).

PART E: GENERAL

18.
CHANGE OF CONTROL

In the event of a change of Control of Harmony, the board of directors of Harmony shall be entitled to determine that the Lock-in Period will be deemed to expire on the date of the event which causes such change of Control, that the employment service requirements outlined in clause 13 will be deemed to be fulfilled, and that the Trustees shall transfer/distribute the Trust Shares to the Beneficiaries in terms of clause 17.

19.
MANDATORY SALE

19.1
Should the Trustees receive a written offer to purchase all or any of the Trust Shares held by the Trust (the Offer), before the expiry of the Lock-in Period, the Trustees shall not be entitled to sell those shares unless:

19.1.1
there is an order in terms of section 155 of the Companies Act requiring them to do so; or

19.1.2
there is an invocation of section 124 of the Companies Act and in such event only so many shares as are proportionate to offers accepted by the Beneficiaries in terms of section 124 of the Companies Act.

19.2
Should a sale referred to in clause 19.1 take place, the Trustees shall distribute the proceeds (net of any taxes or costs) in accordance with clause 17.
 
20.
VARIATION OF RIGHTS

20.1
For purposes of this clause, “Variation” shall mean, in relation to the issued share capital of Harmony, a capitalisation issue, a rights issue, a dividend in specie, an offer or invitation made by way of rights, a subdivision, a consolidation or a reduction, or any other variation which Harmony believes justifies an adjustment to a Beneficiary’s Participation Units.

20.2
In the event of a Variation, the number of Trust Shares stipulated in the Beneficiary register against the name of the Beneficiaries will be adjusted in proportion to each Beneficiary’s Participation Units in the manner that Harmony considers appropriate to take account of the Variation, provided that the Auditors shall certify that as far as possible in the circumstances the Beneficiaries are placed in a substantially similar position as they were before the Variation.

21.
COSTS, EXPENSES AND TAXATION

21.1
Until the expiry of the Lock-in Period, the Trust shall where possible, bear the reasonable costs, expenses and taxes of the Trust, using Dividends received by the Trust from the Pool Shares.

21.2
If the Trust has insufficient funds to pay costs, expenses, taxes or any amounts incurred by and/or due and payable by the Trust in accordance with the terms of this Trust Deed, these shall be borne by Harmony with no recourse against the Trust, the Trustees or the Beneficiaries.

22.
ADMINISTRATION OF THE TRUST

22.1
The Trustees shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of this Trust Deed and any applicable law, to make and establish such rules and regulations, and to amend same from time to time, as they may deem necessary or expedient for the proper implementation and administration of this Trust.

22.2
Harmony shall be entitled to select an Administrator for this Trust and shall be entitled to instruct the Trustees to appoint the selected Administrator to administer this Trust. The Trustees shall procure that the Administrator enters into a written administration agreement on terms and conditions approved by Harmony, in respect of the administration of this Trust. In the event that the Trustees wish to amend the terms of the administration agreement or terminate the administration agreement with the appointed Administrator in order to appoint another administrator, the prior written consent of Harmony shall be obtained.

23.
AMENDMENTS TO THIS TRUST DEED

23.1
The Trustees shall be entitled to amend this Trust Deed with the prior written consent of Harmony, provided that the amendment is in accordance with the object of the Trust. The Trustees shall not be required to obtain consent of the Beneficiaries in respect of any amendment to this Trust Deed, other than in respect of a proposed amendment which adversely affects or impacts any of the vested rights which the Beneficiaries (current or existing Beneficiaries at the time of the proposed amendment) have in the Trust.

24.
TERM OF THE TRUST AND THE WINDING UP OF THE TRUST

24.1
This Trust shall terminate if Harmony and the Trustees so resolve after a period of at least 3 (three) months following the distribution to the Beneficiaries in accordance with the provisions of clause 17.

24.2
Upon termination of this Trust, if for any reason the Trustees are still unable to distribute the share proceeds to a Beneficiary in accordance with clause 17, that Beneficiary’s Participation Units shall forthwith be cancelled for no consideration and the Beneficiary shall cease to be a Beneficiary of this Trust. The Trustees shall thereafter pay over such proceeds to Harmony (provided the proceeds will ultimately benefit its employees) or any other Harmony trust with similar objectives to the Trust (net of any taxes or costs).

25.
ARBITRATION

25.1
In the event of any dispute, difference, controversy or claim (a Dispute) arising out of or relating to this Trust Deed, or the breach, termination or invalidity hereof, then any Party may give written notice to the other Parties to initiate the procedure set out below.

25.2
The Dispute shall be finally settled by arbitration.

25.3
The arbitration shall take place in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) Arbitration Rules (as revised in 2010), which rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference into this clause.

25.4
The appointing authority in terms of the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules shall be the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa).

25.5
The number of arbitrators shall be 1 (one) who shall be appointed by the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa).

25.6
Unless agreed otherwise by the Parties in writing:

25.6.1
the arbitration shall be administered by the Trustees and Harmony;

25.6.2
the arbitration shall be held in Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa;

25.6.3
the arbitration shall be conducted in the English language;

25.6.4
the governing procedural law of the arbitration shall be the laws of the South Africa;

25.6.5
the arbitrators referred to in clause 25.5 shall have the same remedial powers as a court of law in the South Africa would have were it adjudicating the dispute; and

25.6.6
the Trustees and Harmony shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that the arbitrators shall deliver an award together with written reasons within 60 (sixty) days from the date after completion of the arbitration hearing and service of any post-hearing briefs or submissions.

25.7
Save and to the extent that disclosure may be required of a Party by legal duty or to protect or pursue a legal right or to enforce or challenge an award rendered in any arbitration commenced pursuant to this clause 25 each Party hereby agrees to keep confidential the existence of any arbitration that may be commenced pursuant to this clause 25 and to keep confidential all awards, all materials created for purposes of the arbitration proceedings in question and all other documents produced by a party in the arbitration proceedings and which are not otherwise already in the public domain.

25.8
Nothing in this clause 25 shall preclude any Party from seeking interim and/or urgent relief from a Court of competent jurisdiction and to this end the Parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (South Gauteng High Court, Johannesburg).

26.
ADDRESSES FOR LEGAL PROCESS AND NOTICES

26.1
The Parties choose for the purposes of this Trust Deed the following addresses and email addresses:

26.1.1
Harmony and the Trustees:
Physical Address:    Harmony Randfontein Office Park,
Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue,
Randfontein,
1759
Postal Address:        PO Box 2, Randfontein, 1760        
Telephone No.:        011 - 411 6020
E-mail:            companysecretariat@harmony.co.za
For Attention:         The Company Secretary

26.1.2
Beneficiaries:
The chosen address and/or email address of each Beneficiary shall be the address and/or email address of that Beneficiary reflected in the records of Harmony from time to time.

26.2
Any legal process to be served on any of the Parties may be served at the physical address specified in clause 26 and each Party chooses that address as its domicilium citandi et executandi for all purposes under this Trust Deed.

26.3
A Party who gives a notice or other communication to any other Party in terms of this Trust Deed shall simultaneously give a copy of such notice or other communication to the other Party to this Trust Deed; provided that if a Beneficiary gives notice or other communication to the Trustees / a Trustee in terms of this Trust Deed he shall not be required to give a copy of such notice or other communication to the other Beneficiaries.

26.4
Any notice or other communication to be given to any of the Parties in terms of this Trust Deed shall be valid and effective only if it is given in writing, which for purposes of communication with the Beneficiaries shall be deemed to include electronic communication.

26.5
A notice to any Party which is sent by registered post in a correctly addressed envelope to the postal address specified for it in clause 26.1 shall be deemed to have been received (unless the contrary is proved) within 14 (fourteen) days from the date it was posted, or which is delivered to a Party by hand at that address shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery, provided it was delivered to a responsible person during ordinary business hours (being 09h00 – 17h00).

26.6
Each notice by email to a Party at the email address specified in clause 26.1, shall be deemed to have been received (unless the contrary is proved) within 24 (twenty four) hours of transmission if it is transmitted during normal business hours of the receiving Party or within 24 (twenty four) hours of the beginning of the next Business Day at the destination after it is transmitted, if it is transmitted outside those business hours.

26.7
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause 26, a written notice or other communication actually received by any Party shall be adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that the notice was not sent to or delivered at its chosen address.

26.8
Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its address or email address for the purposes of clause 26.1 to any other address (other than in the case of the physical address to a post office box number) provided that the change shall become effective on the 7th (seventh) day after the receipt of the notice.



SIGNED at _________________ on this the _________ day of _____________2019.

 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED


____________________________
Signatory: Peter Steenkamp and Frank Abbott
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer and Financial Director
Who warrants their authority hereto



SIGNED at _________________ on this the _________ day of _____________2019.

 


____________________________
RIANA BISSCHOFF


SCHEDULE 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee who joins after month 3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X = ( A / B ) * C
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A = (36 - 0) = 36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B = 36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C = 225
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X =
225
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As this is within the initial 6 months "grace period" Employee is deemed to receive full number of units
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee who joins after month 8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X = ( A / B ) * C
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A = (36 - 8) = 28
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B = 36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C = 225
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X =
175
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employee who joins after month 15
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X = ( A / B ) * C
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A = (36 - 15) = 21
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B = 36
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C = 225
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X =
131
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


1 –
PROJECTPRISMSALEAGREE_IMAGE1.JPG


 
 
EXECUTION VERSION

SALE AGREEMENT
entered into between
ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LIMITED
(Registration No. 1944/017354/06)
and
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
(Registration No. 1950/038232/06)
and
HARMONY MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(Registration No. 2006/039120/07)
and
GOLDEN CORE TRADE AND INVEST PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(Registration No. 2019/547039/07)



 
law | tax | forensics | IP       Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Incorporated registration number 2006/018200/21  
 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

Clause number and description    Page

Part A.INTERPRETATION AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    7
1.INTERPRETATION    7
2.CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    47
3.MERGER NOTIFICATION TO COMPETITION AUTHORITIES    49
4.SECTION 11 APPLICATION AND GENERAL CONDUCT IN RELATION TO REGULATORY ATTENDANCES    52
5.CONVEYANCER    55
6.COVALENT WATER DIRECTIVE    55
7.MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE    56
Part B.WW PACKAGE    58
Part B1: WW SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW) AND WW MINING BUSINESS58
8.SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW)    58
9.SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE WW MINING BUSINESS    59
Part B2: WW DELIVERY AND IMPLEMENTATION60
10.DELIVERY OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW)    60
11.DELIVERY OF THE WW MINING BUSINESS    64
12.GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS    94
13.EMPLOYEES (WW)    100
14.ELECTRICITY SUPPLY    104
15.WATER SUPPLY    105
Part B3: WW PURCHASE CONSIDERATION106
16.CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT    106
17.VALUE ADDED TAX    109
18.MINERAL ROYALTY    110
Part B4: WW WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS, INDEMNITIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY110
19.INTERIM PERIOD    110
20.PURCHASER WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS    120

    

3


21.RELEASE FROM GUARANTEES, SURETYSHIPS AND INDEMNITIES    120
22.WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS    120
23.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY    122
24.INDEMNITIES    124
25.STEP IN RIGHTS    127
Part C.VR PACKAGE    129
Part C1: VR SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY AND VR REMAINING BUSINESS129
26.SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY    129
27.SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE VR REMAINING BUSINESS    129
Part C2: VR DELIVERY AND IMPLEMENTATION130
28.DELIVERY OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY    130
29.DELIVERY OF THE VR REMAINING BUSINESS    135
30.GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS    163
31.EMPLOYEES (VR)    168
32.ELECTRICITY SUPPLY    172
33.WATER SUPPLY    173
Part C3: VR PURCHASE CONSIDERATION174
34.CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT    174
35.VALUE ADDED TAX    177
36.MINERAL ROYALTY    177
Part C4: VR WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS, INDEMNITIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY178
37.INTERIM PERIOD    178
38.PURCHASER WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS    187
39.RELEASE FROM GUARANTEES, SURETYSHIPS AND INDEMNITIES    187
40.WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS    188
41.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY    190
42.INDEMNITIES    192
43.STEP IN RIGHTS    194
Part D.GENERAL PROVISIONS    196
44.GENERAL WARRANTIES    196



4


45.PAYMENTS AND INTEREST    197
46.SECTION 34 NOTICE    197
47.INDIVISIBILITY    198
48.PARENT COMPANY GUARANTEE    198
49.EXPERT DETERMINATION    199
50.BREACH AND TERMINATION    199
51.ARBITRATION    201
52.CONFIDENTIALITY    202
53.DOMICILIA CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI    204
54.GOVERNING LAW    205
55.COSTS    205
56.SEVERABILITY    205
57.WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT    205
58.NO CESSION OR ASSIGNMENT    206
59.STIPULATIO ALTERI    206
60.FURTHER ASSURANCES    207
61.REMEDIES    207
62.COUNTERPARTS    207

Annexure AWarranties (WW)    212
Annexure BWarranties (VR)    247
Annexure CLimitations of Liability    280
Annexure DDisclosure Schedule (WW)    283
Annexure EDisclosure Schedule (VR)    296
Annexure FWW Mining Sale Assets    309
Annexure GVR Remaining Sale Assets    312
Annexure HSLAs (VR)    313
Annexure IContracts (WW)    314
Annexure JContracts (VR)    316
Annexure KLease Agreements (WW)    318



5


Annexure LLease Agreements (VR)    319
Annexure MMOD (WW)    320
Annexure NMOD (VR)    321
Annexure OTransferring Employees (WW)    322
Annexure PTransferring Employees (VR)    323
Annexure QImmoveable Properties (WW)    324
Annexure RImmoveable Properties (VR)    325
Annexure SServitudes (WW)    326
Annexure TServitudes (VR)    327
Annexure USale Liabilities (WW)    328
Annexure VSale Liabilities (VR)    330
Annexure WWW Region Plan    332
Annexure XVR Region Plan    333
Annexure YSurface Right Permits (WW)    334
Annexure ZSurface Right Permits (VR)    341
Annexure AAWW Mining Business Purchase Price    352
Annexure BBVR Remaining Business Purchase Price    353
Annexure CCTemplate Share Transfer Form    354
Annexure DDTemplate Director Resignation Letter    355
Annexure EETemplate trustee resignation letter    356
Annexure FFTemplate Board of Directors Resolution    357
Annexure GGTemplate Shareholder Resolution    360
Annexure HHTemplate Trustee Resolution    362
Annexure IIRemaining Employees (VR)    364
Annexure JJRemaining Employees (WW)    365
Annexure KKIndex of Data Room Document    366






6


RECORDAL
WHEREAS:
1.
All capitalised terms in this recordal shall have the meaning attributed thereto in clause 1 of the agreement which follows this recordal (the "Agreement").
2.
AngloGold’s principal operating assets in South Africa comprise of the WW Package and the VR Package.
3.
The WW Package comprises of shares in and claims against certain entities and various other businesses, assets and liabilities (further detailed in paragraphs 6 and 7 below). The primary provisions pertaining to the sale of the WW Package are set out under Part B of this Agreement.
4.
The VR Package comprises of shares in and claims against certain entities and various other businesses, assets and liabilities (further detailed in paragraphs 8 and 9 below). The primary provisions pertaining to the sale of the VR Package are set out under Part C of this Agreement.
5.
AngloGold wishes to sell the Sale Package, comprising the WW Package and the VR Package, to the Purchaser, who wishes to purchase the same, on the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
WW Package
6.
The WW Package is comprised primarily of –
6.1.
the Covalent Sale Equity;
6.2.
the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares;
6.3.
the Masakhisane Sale Shares; and
6.4.
the WW Mining Business as a going concern.
7.
The WW Mining Business comprises the Sale Assets (WW), Sale Liabilities (WW) and Environmental Obligations (WW). In relation to the Environmental Obligations (WW), the Parties record and agree that the Environmental Obligations (WW) are not a separate and distinct existing liability, but a future unquantified cost inextricably linked with ownership of the Sale Assets (WW) and Sale Equity (WW) and therefore it would not be included in the Sale Liabilities (WW). The Parties further record and agree that, by virtue of the fact that the Purchaser is acquiring the Sale Assets (WW) and Sale Equity (WW), the Purchaser will become liable for the embedded Environmental Obligations (WW) in relation thereto in accordance with Environmental Law.  
VR Package
8.
The VR Package is comprised primarily of –
8.1.
the FUSA Sale Equity; and
8.2.
the VR Remaining Business as a going concern.
9.
The VR Remaining Business comprises the Sale Assets (VR), Sale Liabilities (VR) and Environmental Obligations (VR). In relation to the Environmental Obligations (VR), the Parties record and agree that the Environmental Obligations (VR) are not a separate and distinct existing liability, but a future unquantified cost inextricably linked with ownership of the Sale Assets (VR) and FUSA Sale Equity and therefore it would not be included in the Sale Liabilities (VR). The Parties further record and agree that, by virtue of the fact that the Purchaser is acquiring the Sale Assets (VR) and FUSA Sale Equity, the Purchaser will become liable for the embedded Environmental Obligations (VR) in relation thereto in accordance with Environmental Law.
10.
Accordingly the Parties wish to record in writing their agreement in respect of the above and matters ancillary thereto, which the Parties do in the Agreement hereunder.

    

7



WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:



8


Part A.
INTERPRETATION AND CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
1.
INTERPRETATION
In this Agreement, clause headings are for convenience and shall not be used in its interpretation and, unless the context clearly indicates a contrary intention -
1.1.
an expression which denotes -
1.1.1.
any gender includes the other genders;
1.1.2.
a natural person includes an artificial or juristic person and vice versa; and
1.1.3.
the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
1.2.
the definitional style used endeavours to use similar terminology for both of the WW Package and the VR Package, but in the case of the WW Package various defined terms incorporate the suffix "(WW)" and in the case of the VR Package various defined terms incorporate the suffix "(VR)".
1.3.
the following expressions shall bear the meanings assigned to them below and cognate expressions bear corresponding meanings -
1.3.1.
"1991 Agreement" means the agreement (included in the Data Room under folder 1.2.5.8.0.1 of the Data Room) concluded between Driefontein Consolidated Limited, Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited, and Western Deep Levels Limited in 1991, and as referred to in Annexure I;
1.3.2.
"Affiliate" means, in relation to any Party, any person Controlled by that Party, or which Controls that Party, or which is Controlled by a person which also Controls that Party, in each case, directly or indirectly and from time to time;
1.3.3.
"AFSA" means the Arbitration Foundation of South Africa (or its successor-in-title);
1.3.4.
"AGA Accounts" means the consolidated financial statements of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses, Chemwes Trust, the WW Businesses and the AngloGold Enviro Trust as at and in respect of the 1 (one) year period ended 31 December 2019, unaudited copies of which have been provided to the Purchaser;
1.3.5.
"Aggrieved Party" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 50.1;
1.3.6.
"Agreement" means this sale agreement and includes its annexures, as amended from time to time;



9


1.3.7.
"AngloGold" means AngloGold Ashanti Limited (Registration No. 1944/017354/06), a limited liability public company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.8.
"AngloGold Enviro Trust" means the AngloGold Environmental Trust registered at the Master’s Office with IT number 2191/91;
1.3.9.
"AngloGold Indemnified Persons (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 42.1.3;
1.3.10.
"AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 24.1.3;
1.3.11.
"AngloGold Security Services" means AGA Security Services Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2016/085046/07), a private company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.12.
"AngloGold Security Services Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of AngloGold Security Services for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;
1.3.13.
"AngloGold Security Services Business" means the business operated by AngloGold Security Services as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the business of holding non-lethal weapons and armoured security vehicles which are used by AngloGold in the WW Region and the VR Region and matters related thereto;
1.3.14.
"AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares" means 1 (one) ordinary no par value share in the issued share capital of AngloGold Security Services;
1.3.15.
"Authorised Employees" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 4.6;
1.3.16.
"Authorised Representatives (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.7.2;
1.3.17.
"Authorised Representatives (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.7.2;
1.3.18.
"BEE" means broad-based black economic empowerment as contemplated in the BEE Act;
1.3.19.
"BEE Act" means the South African Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, No.53 of 2003;



10


1.3.20.
"BEE Amendment Application" means the application in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA lodged by AngloGold at the DMRE on or about 7 March 2019, in terms of which AngloGold has applied for the Minister's consent to amend clause 17 of WW Mining Right 01 MR and WW Mining Right 11 MR to read as set out in the said application and simultaneously to discharge a directive issued in terms of section 93 of the MPRDA and dated 25 February 2019;
1.3.21.
"BEE Amendment Ministerial Consent" means the consent of the Minister in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA to amend clause 17 of WW Mining Right 01 MR and WW Mining Right 11 MR as set out in the BEE Amendment Application;
1.3.22.
"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or official public holiday in South Africa;
1.3.23.
"Cash Portion (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 34.1.1;
1.3.24.
"Cash Portion (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 16.1.1;
1.3.25.
"CAWMS" means continuation and widow members;
1.3.26.
"CAWMS Liability" means amounts owed by AngloGold required to fund membership contributions and other liabilities in respect of CAWMS in the relevant healthcare schemes in relation to employees of the WW Businesses and/or VR Businesses, who have retired or will retire on or before the Closing Date;
1.3.27.
"Chemwes" means Chemwes Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 1964/002378/07), a private company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.28.
"Chemwes Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of Chemwes for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;
1.3.29.
"Chemwes Business" means the business operated by Chemwes as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the business of processing of tailings storage facilities and matters related thereto in the VR Region;  
1.3.30.
"Chemwes Property" means all of the immoveable property owned by Chemwes;
1.3.31.
"Chemwes Trust" means the Chemwes Rehabilitation Trust, registered at the Master’s Office with IT number 2999/97;



11


1.3.32.
"Chemwes Trust Money" means all money and any other assets held by the Chemwes Trust as at the Closing Date (including all interest accrued on such money during the Interim Period), the value of which amounted to approximately R89 619 474 (eighty nine million six hundred and nineteen thousand and four hundred and seventy four Rand) as at 31 December 2019;
1.3.33.
"Claim" means any claims, actions, demands, proceedings, litigation, audit, citation, summons, subpoena or investigations of any nature (whether civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory or otherwise) which may be instituted, made, threatened, established or alleged against or otherwise involving a Party;
1.3.34.
"Claim Notice" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1.1.1 of Annexure C;
1.3.35.
"Closing" means the completion of all of the matters contemplated in clauses 11, 16, 29 and 34 in accordance with this Agreement on the Closing Date;
1.3.36.
"Closing Date" means:
1.3.36.1.
if the CP Fulfilment Date is on or before the 20th (twentieth) calendar day in any calendar month, the last Business Day of such month; or
1.3.36.2.
if the CP Fulfilment Date is after the 20th (twentieth) calendar day in any calendar month, the last Business Day of the month immediately following the month in which the CP Fulfilment Date occurs,
or such other date as may be agreed in writing between the Parties;
1.3.37.
"Companies Act" means the Companies Act No. 71 of 2008;
1.3.38.
"Competition Act" means the Competition Act, 1998;
1.3.39.
"Competition Authorities" means the Competition Commission established pursuant to Chapter 4, Part A of the Competition Act, the Competition Tribunal established pursuant to Chapter 4, Part B of the Competition Act or the Competition Appeal Court established pursuant to Chapter 4, Part C of the Competition Act, as the case may be;
1.3.40.
"Compliance Certificate (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.17;
1.3.41.
"Compliance Certificate (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.17;



12


1.3.42.
"Conditions Precedent" means the conditions precedent set out in clauses 2.1.1 to 2.1.7 (inclusive);
1.3.43.
"Confidential Contracts (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.5.4;
1.3.44.
"Confidential Contracts (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.5.4;
1.3.45.
"Consenting Parties (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.1.1.3;
1.3.46.
"Consenting Parties (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.1.1.3;
1.3.47.
"Consolidation Application" means the application in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA to be lodged by the WW Purchaser at the DMRE in accordance with clause 4.9 in terms of which the WW Purchaser applies for the Minister's consent to amend WW Mining Right 01 MR in order inter alia to incorporate the WW Mining Right 11 MR into WW Mining Right 01 MR together with such consequential and other amendments, as the WW Purchaser may require to the relevant social and labour plans; mining work programmes and environmental management programme;
1.3.48.
"Consolidation Application Ministerial Consent" means the consent of the Minister granted in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA to amend WW Mining Right 01 MR in accordance with the Consolidation Application;
1.3.49.
"Consumable Stores (VR)" means: (a) the consumable stores dedicated to the VR Remaining Sale Assets as listed in folder 1.3.10.6.0.1/2 of the Data Room; and (b) all other consumable stores related to the VR Remaining Sale Assets and/or VR Remaining Business as at the Closing Date, all of which are located on the Consumable Stores Sites (VR);
1.3.50.
"Consumable Stores (WW)" means: (a) the consumable stores dedicated to the WW Mining Sale Assets as listed in folder 1.2.10.5.0.1 of the Data Room; and (b) all other consumable stores related to the WW Mining Sale Assets and/or the WW Mining Business as at the Closing Date, all of which are located on areas of the Immoveable Properties (WW);
1.3.51.
"Consumable Stores Sites (VR)" means, in respect of the Consumable Stores (VR), those areas in the Kopanang Gold Plant located on the VMR Portions in which the Consumable Stores (VR) in question are situated;



13


1.3.52.
"Contracts (VR)" means, collectively: (a) the contracts listed in Annexure J; the (b) Lease Agreements (VR); and (c) the contracts (and any rights and obligations contained therein) determined in accordance with clause 37.5 to be ceded, assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred to Harmony Moab (in whole or in part);
1.3.53.
"Contracts (WW)" means, collectively: (a) the contracts listed in Annexure I; (b) the Lease Agreements (WW); and (c) the contracts (and any rights and obligations contained therein) determined in accordance with clause 19.5 to be ceded, assigned, delegated or otherwise transferred to the WW Purchaser (in whole or in part);
1.3.54.
"Control" has the meaning given to it in section 2(2) of the Companies Act and "Controlling" and "Controlled" shall be construed accordingly;
1.3.55.
"Conveyancer" means Norton Rose Fulbright South Africa Inc. and/or such other conveyancers as may be appointed by AngloGold from time to time with the prior written consent of Harmony (acting reasonably);
1.3.56.
"COP" means AngloGold's code of practice in relation to mine residue management as listed in folders 1.2.2.7.1, 1.3.2.7.1 and 1.3.2.7.2 of the Data Room;
1.3.57.
"Covalent" means Covalent Water Company Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2014/039793/07), a company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.58.
"Covalent Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of Covalent for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;
1.3.59.
"Covalent Business" means the business operated by Covalent as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the business of water pumping activities and matters related thereto;
1.3.60.
"Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 24.3.1;
1.3.61.
"Covalent Sale Claims" means 100% (one hundred percent) of AngloGold's claims on loan account against Covalent as at the Closing Date;
1.3.62.
"Covalent Sale Equity" means, collectively, the Covalent Sale Claims and the Covalent Sale Shares;



14


1.3.63.
"Covalent Sale Shares" means 25 (twenty five) ordinary no par value shares in the issued share capital of Covalent;
1.3.64.
"Covalent Water Directive" means the directive dated 25 November 2014, issued to AngloGold and Covalent by the Acting Provincial Head: Gauteng in terms of section 19 and 20 of the NWA in regard to the dewatering and discharge of water in the Blyvooruitzicht mine shafts 4 and 6;
1.3.65.
"CP Fulfilment Date " means the date on which all of the Conditions Precedent have been fulfilled, or waived, as the case may be;
1.3.66.
"Critical Spares (VR)" means (a) all critical spares dedicated to the VR Remaining Sale Assets, as listed in folder 1.3.2.4.5.0.3 of the Data Room and (b) all other critical spares related to the VR Remaining Sale Assets and/or VR Remaining Business as at the Closing Date, all of which are located on the Critical Spares Sites (VR);
1.3.67.
"Critical Spares (WW)" means (a) all critical spares dedicated to the WW Mining Sale Assets, as listed in folder 1.2.2.4.5.0.3 of the Data Room and (b) all other critical spares related to the WW Mining Sale Assets and/or the WW Mining Business as at the Closing Date, all of which are located on areas of the Immoveable Properties (WW);
1.3.68.
"Critical Spares Sites (VR)" means, in respect of the Critical Spares (VR), those areas situated in the Kopanang Gold Plant located on the VMR Portions in which the Critical Spares (VR) in question are situated;
1.3.69.
"Data Room" means: (a) the electronic data rooms compiled by AngloGold and hosted by: (i) CapLinked Inc. via their website address https://secure.caplinked.com/workspaces/project-prism; and (ii) FileZilla via their website address http://www.filezilla@anglogoldashanti.com (Project Prism folder); and (b) the physical data room, access to which was made available to the Purchasers at 76 Rahima Moose Street, Newtown, Johannesburg, the index of which is uploaded under folders 1.2.9.1.0.1, 1.2.9.1.0.2, 1.3.9.1.0.1, 1.3.9.1.0.2 and 1.3.9.1.0.3, for the purposes of the Due Diligence Investigation, containing the Data Room Documents;
1.3.70.
"Data Room Documents" means the documents in the Data Room as at 05:00 (South African time) on 12 February 2020, an index of which is set out in Annexure KK;
1.3.71.
"Deeds Registry" means the public office responsible for the registration, management and maintenance of the property registry of South Africa;



15


1.3.72.
"Defaulting Party" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 50.1;
1.3.73.
"Designated Party" means: any person or organization (a) whose name is specified in, or a list issued pursuant to, any resolution or legislation of the United Nations, South Africa, United Kingdom or United States relating to the designation of a person as a terrorist or terrorist organisation or blocking any assets of such person; (b) in respect of whom a party to this Agreement has received notice that all financial transactions involving the assets of such person have been, or are to be, blocked under legal authority; or (c) who is or was convicted, found guilty or against whom a judgment or order was entered in a court of competent jurisdiction in any proceedings for violating bribery, money laundering or terrorist financing laws;
1.3.74.
"DG Valuation (VR)" has the meaning set out in clause 34.3.1;
1.3.75.
"DG Valuation (WW)" has the meaning set out in clause 16.3.1;
1.3.76.
"Director General" has the meaning set out in clause 16.3.1;
1.3.77.
"Disclosure Schedule (VR)" means the disclosure schedule set out in Annexure E hereto;
1.3.78.
"Disclosure Schedule (WW)" means the disclosure schedule set out in Annexure D hereto;
1.3.79.
"Dispose" means sell, transfer, assign, cede, make over, give, donate, exchange, dispose of, unbundle, distribute or otherwise alienate or agree to do any of the aforegoing, and "Disposal" shall be construed accordingly;
1.3.80.
"Disputed Claim" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1.2 of Annexure C;
1.3.81.
"DMRE" means the South African Department of Mineral Resources and Energy;
1.3.82.
"Dollars" means USD;
1.3.83.
"Due Diligence Investigation" means the due diligence investigation conducted in respect of the Sale Package by the Purchaser and/or the Purchaser's Representative;
1.3.84.
"DWS" means the South African Department of Water, Sanitation and Human Settlements;
1.3.85.
"EIA Regulations" means the Environmental Impact Assessment Regulations, 2014 published under Government Notice No 982 in Gazette No 3822 of 4



16


December 2014 (as amended) and the National Environmental Management Act, 1998;
1.3.86.
"Encumbrance" means any claim, charge, mortgage, lien, option, equity, power of sale, hypothecation, usufruct, retention of title, right of pre-emption, suretyship, cession in security, assignment, notarial bond, encumbrance, pledge, right of first refusal or security interest of any kind or an agreement, arrangement or obligation to create any of the foregoing;
1.3.87.
"ENSafrica" means Edward Nathan Sonnenbergs Inc. (Registration No. 2006/018200/21), a law firm conducting business as such in South Africa;
1.3.88.
"Environment" means the environment as defined in section 1 of NEMA and the term "Environmental" and other cognate terms shall be construed accordingly;
1.3.89.
"Environmental Approvals (VR)" means registrations, licences, permits, authorisations, exemptions, permissions, directives, entitlements, consents, waivers and approvals issued by any Environmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Laws (including environmental authorisations and environmental management programmes) with respect to the VR Remaining Business, FUSA, MWS and Chemwes, including all amendments, variations, modifications or transfers relating thereto from time to time;
1.3.90.
"Environmental Approvals (WW)" means registrations, licences, permits, authorisations, exemptions, permissions, directives, entitlements, consents, waivers and approvals issued by any Environmental Authority pursuant to any Environmental Laws (including environmental authorisations and environmental management programmes) with respect to the WW Mining Business and Covalent, including all amendments, variations, modifications or transfers relating thereto from time to time;
1.3.91.
"Environmental Authority" means any legal person or body of persons (including any Governmental Entity or court or tribunal) having jurisdiction to determine any matter arising under Environmental Laws and/or relating to the Environment;
1.3.92.
"Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 42.1.3;
1.3.93.
"Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 24.1.3;



17


1.3.94.
"Environmental Laws" means all applicable Laws (including general remedies under the common law), statutes, regulations, statutory guidance notes and final and binding court and other tribunal decisions whose purpose is:
1.3.94.1.
to protect, or prevent pollution of, or to remedy damage to, the Environment;
1.3.94.2.
to protect or prevent or compensate harm to human health and safety;
1.3.94.3.
to regulate emissions, discharges or releases of Hazardous Substances into the Environment; or
1.3.94.4.
to regulate the use, treatment, storage, burial, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Substances,
and all by laws, codes, regulations, decrees or orders issued or promulgated or approved thereunder for such purposes to the extent that the same have force of law;
1.3.95.
"Environmental Obligations (VR)" means all past, present and future embedded Environmental obligations and liabilities of AngloGold, under Environmental Laws relating to the VR Package, whether caused by AngloGold or not and whether known or unknown, including (without limitation) obligations and liabilities of AngloGold relating to such VR Package:
1.3.95.1.
under, in relation to or arising as a consequence of negligence or breach of or liability under Environmental Law, including without limitation all such obligations and liabilities in respect of the rehabilitation of the VR Region (notwithstanding the transfer, cession or delegation from AngloGold to, or appropriation by, the Purchaser of any prescribed financial provision made for the rehabilitation and remediation of any Environmental impacts), including without limitation any and all claims against AngloGold in respect of non-point sources of significant contamination as a result of transboundary migration of significant contamination from the VR Region;
1.3.95.2.
involving any Hazardous Substance, damage or harm to the Environment (irrespective of whether it is actual, latent or residual or whether it arises or is likely to arise at a different time from the actual activity that causes the contamination or whether it arises through an act or activity of any person that results in a change to the pre-existing contamination), site assessment or characterisation, remediation (including operation and maintenance), mine closure, treatment,



18


containment, mitigation, removal, monitoring, assessing, resource damage, harm to a resource, enforcement proceedings, directives, compliance notices, other remediation or administrative orders, citizen suits, property damage, economic loss, personal injury or death of any employee or other individual, occupational or other exposure or actions whether claimed or instituted by one or more private parties (including the Parties hereto) or Governmental Entities);
1.3.95.3.
in relation to the management, pumping and treatment of water in the VR Region, including AngloGold’s obligations arising from any directive issued by the DWS in respect of water pumping costs in the VR Region;
1.3.95.4.
relating to Environmentally related impacts on human health,
and/or all Taxes in relation to the aforegoing;
1.3.96.
"Environmental Obligations (WW)" means all past, present and future embedded Environmental obligations and liabilities of AngloGold, under Environmental Laws relating to the WW Package, whether caused by AngloGold or not and whether known or unknown, including (without limitation) any obligations and liabilities of AngloGold relating to such WW Package:
1.3.96.1.
under, in relation to or arising as a consequence of negligence or breach of or liability under Environmental Law, including without limitation all such obligations and liabilities in respect of the rehabilitation of the WW Region (notwithstanding the transfer, cession or delegation from AngloGold to, or appropriation by, the Purchaser of any prescribed financial provision made for the rehabilitation and remediation of any Environmental impacts), including without limitation any and all claims against AngloGold in respect of non-point sources of significant contamination as a result of transboundary migration of significant contamination from the WW Region;
1.3.96.2.
involving any Hazardous Substance, damage or harm to the Environment (irrespective of whether it is actual, latent or residual or whether it arises or is likely to arise at a different time from the actual activity that causes the contamination or whether it arises through an act or activity of any person that results in a change to the pre-existing contamination), site assessment or characterisation, remediation (including operation and maintenance), mine closure, treatment, containment, mitigation, removal, monitoring, assessing, resource



19


damage, harm to a resource, enforcement proceedings, directives, compliance notices, other remediation or administrative orders, citizen suits, property damage, economic loss, personal injury or death of any employee or other individual, occupational or other exposure or actions whether claimed or instituted by one or more private parties (including the Parties hereto) or Governmental Entities);
1.3.96.3.
in relation to the management, pumping and treatment of water in the WW Region, including AngloGold’s obligations arising from any directive issued by the DWS (including the Covalent Water Directive) in respect of water pumping costs in the WW Region;
1.3.96.4.
relating to Environmentally related impacts on human health,
and/or all Taxes in relation to the aforegoing;
1.3.97.
"Eskom" means Eskom Holdings SOC (Registration No. 2002/015527/30), a limited liability public company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.98.
"Eskom Agreements" means:
1.3.98.1.
in relation to the VR Package: (a) the electricity supply agreement dated 4 November 1994 entered into between AngloGold and Eskom; and (b) the electricity supply agreement dated 28 February 2018 entered into between AngloGold and Eskom;; and
1.3.98.2.
in relation to the WW Package, the electricity supply agreement dated 6 August 2007 entered into between AngloGold and Eskom;;
1.3.99.
"Exchange Control Regulations" means the Exchange Control Regulations, 1961, as amended (including any applicable directive and rulings of the FSD and the National Treasury of South Africa);
1.3.100.
"Excluded Accounts Payable" means all claims by trade creditors of the VR Remaining Business and/or the WW Mining Business against AngloGold as at the Closing Date relating to the period prior to the Closing Date;
1.3.101.
"Excluded Liabilities" means:  
1.3.101.1.
the Excluded Accounts Payable;
1.3.101.2.
all Tax obligations and liabilities of AngloGold or any of its Affiliates (excluding the Transferring Affiliates) relating to any of the VR Remaining Business and/or WW Mining Business which arise or are



20


incurred as a result of any matter occurring on or prior to the Closing Date;
1.3.101.3.
all liabilities and obligations arising from, or relating to, any share or security related options or plans, share appreciation rights, performance share rights, retention bonus arrangements, or similar type incentive arrangements or benefits to which any employee of AngloGold or any of its Affiliates is a party or which is otherwise held by or owing to any such employees at any time on or prior to the Closing Date;
1.3.101.4.
all liabilities and obligations (including any related severance payment obligations) arising from, or relating to, any retrenchments or dismissals of employees of AngloGold on or prior to the Closing Date;
1.3.101.5.
all assessment rates, taxes, levies, endowments and/or other municipal charges payable by AngloGold to the relevant local authority or council in connection with either the VR Region and/or WW Region, and all charges and fees payable to the relevant local authority or council for electricity, water, gas, refuse removal, sanitation and domestic and industrial effluent, or any of them, consumed in or at the VR Region and/or WW Region, in each case arising on or prior to the Closing Date;
1.3.101.6.
all liabilities and obligations arising from, or relating to, any debt, borrowing, lending or other financing facilities or commitments to which AngloGold or any of its Affiliates (excluding the FUSA Sale Claims and the Covalent Sale Claims) is a party or otherwise bound, including under or relating to the RCF Agreements;
1.3.101.7.
all liabilities and obligations arising from, or relating to, the CAWMS Liability; and
1.3.101.8.
all liabilities for which AngloGold is liable under the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement;
1.3.102.
"Excluded Matter" means any one or more of the following:
1.3.102.1.
the entering into, compliance with or implementation of this Agreement;
1.3.102.2.
any act or omission of any member of the Group at the written request or with the written consent of the Purchaser;



21


1.3.102.3.
the Purchaser's failure to enter into an electricity and/or water supply agreement;
1.3.102.4.
any act or omission by the Purchaser;
1.3.102.5.
the operational performance of the Sale Package;
1.3.102.6.
any political event, circumstances, facts or matters;
1.3.102.7.
the effect of any change in:
1.3.102.7.1.
South African or international economic conditions (including specifically metal prices and exchange rates), credit markets, capital markets, macroeconomic factors, interest rates or financial markets in general;
1.3.102.7.2.
South African political environment;
1.3.102.7.3.
Laws (including without limitation any changes to the MPRDA);
1.3.102.7.4.
the Mining Charter;
1.3.102.8.
any war, act of terrorism, civil unrest or similar event which affects the Sale Package;
1.3.102.9.
any effect, circumstances or matters arising or resulting from any act performed or procured in terms of any one or more of the following:
1.3.102.9.1.
service delivery protests;
1.3.102.9.2.
community embargo/s; and/or
1.3.102.9.3.
illegal mining; and
1.3.102.10.
any effect, circumstances, facts or matters arising or resulting from any condition or restriction imposed by any Governmental Entity for the purpose of implementing any of the transactions set out in this Agreement;
1.3.103.
"Expert" means a person appointed in accordance with the provisions of clause 49;
1.3.104.
"FSD" means the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank, responsible for the administration of exchange control on behalf of the



22


Minister of Finance or an officer of the National Treasury of South Africa who, by virtue of the division of work in the National Treasury of South Africa, deals with the matter on the authority of the Minister of Finance;
1.3.105.
"FUSA" means First Uranium Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2005/033680/07), a private company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.106.
"FUSA Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of FUSA for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;  
1.3.107.
"FUSA Business" means the business operated by FUSA as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the business of an investment holding company and matters related thereto;
1.3.108.
"FUSA Sale Claims" means 100% (one hundred percent) of AngloGold's claims on loan account against each of FUSA, MWS and Chemwes, as at the Closing Date;
1.3.109.
"FUSA Sale Equity" means, collectively, the FUSA Sale Claims and the FUSA Sale Shares;
1.3.110.
"FUSA Sale Shares" means 1 633 (one thousand six hundred and thirty three) ordinary shares having a par value of R 1 (one Rand) per share in the issued share capital of FUSA;
1.3.111.
"Gold In Process (VR)" means, in relation to the Kopanang Gold Plant and the MWS Plant, the gold in process as at the Closing Date relating to the Kopanang Gold Plant and the MWS Plant and includes all material in such plants that can still be converted to gold that can be sold, which includes the gold associated with:
1.3.111.1.
the ore in the silos;
1.3.111.2.
the slime in the thickeners;
1.3.111.3.
the pulp in the leach and CIP (carbon in pulp) circuits; and
1.3.111.4.
carbon in the CIP (carbon in pulp) and elution circuits;
1.3.112.
"Gold In Process (WW)" means, in relation to the Mponeng Mine, WW Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant, the gold in process as at the Closing Date relating to the Mponeng Mine, the WW Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant and includes all material in the Mponeng Mine, the WW Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant



23


that can still be converted to gold that can be sold, which includes the gold associated with:
1.3.112.1.
the broken ore underground that is still to be hoisted to surface;
1.3.112.2.
the ore in the silos;
1.3.112.3.
the slime in the thickeners;
1.3.112.4.
the pulp in the leach and CIP (carbon in pulp) circuits; and
1.3.112.5.
carbon in the CIP (carbon in pulp) and elution circuits;
1.3.113.
"Gold In Lock Up (VR)" means, in relation to the Kopanang Gold Plant and the MWS Plant the gold that, as at the Closing Date, can be recovered after the end of operations of the Kopanang Gold Plant and the MWS Plant and when such plants are demolished;
1.3.114.
"Gold In Lock Up (WW)" means, in relation to the WW Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant the gold that, as at the Closing Date, can be recovered after the WW Mines life of mine when the WW Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant are demolished;
1.3.115.
"Governmental Approval" means, as applicable, registrations, licenses, permits, authorisations, exemptions, waivers, permissions, directives, entitlements, consents and approvals from any Governmental Entity, including Environmental Approvals;
1.3.116.
"Governmental Entity" means any supra-national, national, state, municipal or local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof), or any governmental department, or any agency, regulator, court, entity, commission, board, ministry, bureau, locality or authority of any of the foregoing, or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or function;
1.3.117.
"Government Official" means:
1.3.117.1.
any official, officer, employee, director, principal, consultant, agent or representative of any government, ministry, body, department, agency, instrumentality or part thereof, any public international organisation (including the United Nations, the International Monetary Fund, the International Finance Corporation and the World Bank), any state-



24


owned or state-controlled entity, agency or enterprise, or of any political party;
1.3.117.2.
any person acting in an official capacity or exercising a public function for and on behalf of any of the foregoing;
1.3.117.3.
any candidate for political office; and
1.3.117.4.
where the UK Bribery Act 2010 applies, shall include foreign public officials as defined in sections 6(5) and 6(6) of the UK Bribery Act 2010;
1.3.118.
"Group" means AngloGold and its Subsidiaries;
1.3.119.
"Harmony" means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (Registration No. 1950/038232/06), a public company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.120.
"Harmony Moab" means Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2006/039120/07) (previously named Coreland Property Investment Company Proprietary Limited), a private company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.121.
"Harmony Sale Agreement" means the agreement entered into between AngloGold, Harmony and Harmony Moab on or about 18 October 2017, as amended from time to time;
1.3.122.
"Harmony Servitudes" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.20.1;
1.3.123.
"Hazardous Substances" means any wastes, pollutants, contaminants and any other natural, radioactive or artificial substance (whether in the form of a solid, liquid, gas or vapour) which is capable of causing harm or damage to the Environment;
1.3.124.
"Hotel School Deed of Donation" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.22.1;
1.3.125.
"Hotel School Properties" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.22.1;
1.3.126.
"IFRS" means the International Financial Reporting Standards formulated by the International Accounting Standards Board for the preparation of financial statements, together with any authoritative interpretations issued by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee;



25


1.3.127.
"Immoveable Property Period (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.3;
1.3.128.
"Immoveable Property Period (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.3;
1.3.129.
"Immoveable Properties (VR)" means the properties listed in Annexure R;
1.3.130.
"Immoveable Properties (WW)" means the properties listed in Annexure Q;
1.3.131.
"Income Tax Act" means the Income Tax Act, No. 58 of 1962;
1.3.132.
"Independent Valuer" has the meaning set out in clause 16.3.3;
1.3.133.
"Indemnified Claim (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 43.1;
1.3.134.
"Indemnified Claim (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 25.1;
1.3.135.
"Indemnified Liability Loss (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 42.2.1;
1.3.136.
"Indemnified Liability Loss (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 24.2.1;
1.3.137.
"Indemnified Party (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 43.1;
1.3.138.
"Indemnified Party (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 25.1;
1.3.139.
"Indemnifying Party (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 43.1;
1.3.140.
"Indemnifying Party (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 25.1;
1.3.141.
"Information Requests (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.8.9;
1.3.142.
"Information Requests (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.7.9;
1.3.143.
"Infrastructure (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1 of Annexure G;
1.3.144.
"Infrastructure (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 4 of Annexure F;



26


1.3.145.
"Infrastructure Period (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.4.1;
1.3.146.
"Infrastructure Period (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.4.1;
1.3.147.
"Insolvency Act" means the Insolvency Act No. 24 of 1936;
1.3.148.
"Integration Meeting (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.8.4;
1.3.149.
"Integration Meeting (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.7.4
1.3.150.
"Integration Work Stream (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.8.4;
1.3.151.
"Integration Work Stream (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.7.4
1.3.152.
"Interim Payment Arrangement" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.5;
1.3.153.
"Interim Period" means the period commencing on the Signature Date and ending on the Closing Date (both dates inclusive);
1.3.154.
"Interim Period Contracts (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.5.2;
1.3.155.
"Interim Period Contracts (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.5.2;
1.3.156.
"Interim Period Undertakings" means the undertakings and obligations of AngloGold contained in clauses 19.1.1 to 19.1.24 (both inclusive) and 37.1.1 to 37.1.24 (both inclusive);
1.3.157.
"Kopanang Gold Plant" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 2 of Annexure G;
1.3.158.
"Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.4.3;
1.3.159.
"Law" means any law (including all statutes and subordinated legislation), constitution, treaty, regulation, rule, directive, rulings, standards, ordinance, by-laws, principle of common law, order or decree of any Governmental Entity



27


(including any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof) in force, and having the force of law, from time to time;
1.3.160.
"Lease Agreements (VR)" means the lease agreements listed in Annexure L;
1.3.161.
"Lease Agreements (WW)" means the lease agreements listed in Annexure K;
1.3.162.
"Long Stop Date" means 30 September 2020, as may be extended in accordance with clause 2.7;
1.3.163.
"Losses" means all losses, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), costs (including reasonable legal costs and experts', advisers’ and consultants' reasonable fees and expenses), charges, expenses, claims, fees, fines, penalties, damages, demands, reasonable amounts paid in settlement, and Taxes, in each case excluding all indirect, special or consequential losses;
1.3.164.
"LRA" means the Labour Relations Act No. 66 of 1995;
1.3.165.
"MAC Notice" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 7.1;
1.3.166.
"MAC Termination Notice" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 7.3;
1.3.167.
"Masakhisane" means Masakhisane Investment Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 1998/002655/07), a private company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.168.
"Masakhisane Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of Masakhisane for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;
1.3.169.
"Masakhisane Business" means the business operated by Masakhisane as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the business of investing in small and medium enterprises and matters related thereto;
1.3.170.
"Masakhisane Sale Shares" means 100 (one hundred) ordinary shares with a par value of R1 (one Rand) per share in the issued share capital of Masakhisane;
1.3.171.
"Master’s Office" means the relevant office of the Master of the High Court of South Africa;
1.3.172.
"Material Adverse Change" means any adverse event (including, without limitation, a fire, a seismic event and/or any event that materially affects the ability to use any mine shaft or any of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) or Tailings Storage Facilities (VR)), circumstance, effect, occurrence or state of affairs (the



28


"Event") (other than to the extent caused by or resulting from any Excluded Matter), occurring during the Interim Period, which upon the occurrence thereof will, or is reasonably likely to, at any time on or after the Closing Date:
1.3.172.1.
permanently prevent access to the 123 level and/or 126 level production area of the Mponeng Mine;
1.3.172.2.
result in a loss of gold production of 20% (twenty percent) or more over a period of 12 (twelve) months, measured against AngloGold's aggregate forecasted gold production, in respect of the VR Businesses and the WW Businesses, for such 12 (twelve) month period as declared in AngloGold's business plan which may be in force at the time of the relevant Event;
1.3.172.3.
result in the Purchasers (individually or collectively in aggregate) incurring direct capital costs, in respect of the VR Businesses and/or the WW Businesses, in excess of USD60 000 000 (sixty million Dollars) (such excess hereinafter being the "Excess Amount") to remedy any deficiencies caused by the relevant Event, provided that in such instances:
1.3.172.3.1.
AngloGold shall have the option to provide the relevant Purchaser/s with the Excess Amount, which option may be exercised by AngloGold within 20 (twenty) Business Days after the relevant Event (or, if the relevant Event occurs within 20 (twenty) Business Days before the Closing Date, then within 2 (two) Business Days before the Closing Date) by providing the relevant Purchaser/s with written notice of its intention to provide the Excess Amount, in which case, AngloGold shall promptly, upon written demand by the relevant Purchaser/s from time to time, make payment of the Excess Amount as and when it falls due for payment; and
1.3.172.3.2.
if AngloGold has made payment of the Excess Amount and if:
1.3.172.3.2.1.
any of the Purchasers receives the benefit of any amount in terms of any insurance contract in respect of such Event, the relevant Purchaser must



29


promptly reimburse AngloGold for all amounts paid by AngloGold to the relevant Purchaser up to (and capped at) an amount equal to the Excess Amount from the proceeds it receives in respect of such insurance contract in relation to the relevant Event. In this regard, the relevant Purchaser undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to lodge and procure a claim from its insurer in respect of such Event and to keep AngloGold informed of the progress in relation to such claim;
1.3.172.3.2.2.
AngloGold receives the benefit of any amount in terms of any insurance contract in respect of such Event, AngloGold shall promptly provide the Purchaser with all amounts in excess of the Excess Amount (and capped at the direct capital costs incurred by the Purchaser to remedy any deficiencies caused by the relevant Event less the Excess Amount already paid by AngloGold) from the proceeds it receives in respect of any insurance contract in relation to such Event;
1.3.172.4.
result in a reduction of the outstanding unutilised tailings storage capacity (as measured as at the Signature Date) in respect of:
1.3.172.4.1.
the following Tailings Storage Facilities (WW): the tailings storage facilities known as New North TSF and/or Mponeng TSF respectively, such that the aggregate outstanding unutilised tailings storage capacity (as measured as at the Signature Date) of the 2 (two) aforesaid Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) decreases by 20% (twenty percent) or more; and/or



30


1.3.172.4.2.
the Kareerand Tailings Storage Facility, such that the outstanding unutilised tailings storage capacity (as measured as at the Signature Date) of such Kareerand Tailings Storage Facility decreases by 20% (twenty percent) or more,
provided that the following shall be deemed to be an "Event", namely a collapse or any failure or rupture of (a) any of the following Tailings Storage Facilities (WW), namely the tailings storage facilities known as New North TSF and/or Mponeng TSF respectively; and/or (b) the Kareerand Tailings Storage Facility, if it meets the requirements of one or more of clauses 1.3.172.1 to 1.3.172.3 (inclusive) above;
1.3.173.
"Matlosana Municipality" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.25.1;
1.3.174.
"Merafong Municipality" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.1.1;
1.3.175.
"Merafong Trust Money" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.5.2;
1.3.176.
"Merger Notification" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 3.1;
1.3.177.
"Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act" means the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, No. 28 of 2008;
1.3.178.
"Mining Charter" means the Broad-Based Black Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry, 2004 read with the Amendment of the Broad-Based Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry, 2010 and the Broad-Based Black Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry 2018 gazetted by the Minister on 27 September 2018 under Gazette No. 41934 and all and any codes, documentation and/or guidelines related thereto;
1.3.179.
"Mining Titles Office" means the Mineral and Petroleum Titles Registration Office contemplated in section 2 of the MTRA;
1.3.180.
"Minister" means the Minister of Mineral Resources and Energy, and includes any person to whom the Minister has delegated powers and functions in terms of section 103 of the MPRDA;
1.3.181.
"MOD (VR)" means the marginal ore dumps situated on the MOD Sites (VR) labelled MOD 1, MOD 2 pre-sinking, MOD 3, MOD 3 pre-sinking, MOD 4, MOD



31


4 pre-sinking, MOD 5, MOD 5 pre-sinking, Harties 2 MOD, Harties 2 pre-sinking, Harties 7 MOD, Harties 7 pre-sinking, and Buffels MODs in Annexure N;
1.3.182.
"MOD (WW)" means the marginal ore dumps situated on the MOD Sites (WW) labelled Savuka MOD, TauTona pre-sinking and Mponeng MOD in Annexure M;
1.3.183.
"MOD Sites (VR)" means those areas on the properties on which the MODs (VR) are located as depicted in Annexure N and shown and outlined in Annexure X;
1.3.184.
"MOD Sites (WW)" means those areas on the properties on which the MODs (WW) are located as depicted in Annexure M and shown and outlined in Annexure W;
1.3.185.
"Motor Vehicles (VR)" means: (a) the vehicles listed in folder 1.3.11.2.2.0.11 of the Data Room; and (b) all vehicles used in or otherwise related to the VR Remaining Business as at the Closing Date and which are owned by AngloGold;
1.3.186.
"Motor Vehicles (WW)" means: (a) the vehicles listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.7 of the Data Room; and (b) all vehicles used in or otherwise related to the WW Mining Business as at the Closing Date and which are owned by AngloGold;
1.3.187.
"Mponeng Mine" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1.1 of Annexure F;
1.3.188.
"MPRDA" means the South African Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, No. 28 of 2002;
1.3.189.
"MTRA" means the Mining Titles Registration Act, No 16 of 1967;
1.3.190.
"Municipal Appeals (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.25.1;
1.3.191.
"Municipal Appeals (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.1.3;
1.3.192.
"Municipal New Values (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.25.1;
1.3.193.
"Municipal New Values (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.1.1;
1.3.194.
"Municipal Objections (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.25.1;



32


1.3.195.
"Municipal Objections (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.1.2;
1.3.196.
“Municipal Properties and Infrastructure” shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.21.1.2;
1.3.197.
"MWC" means Margaret Water Company NPC (Registration No. 2007/017805/08), a non-profit company duly incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.198.
"MWS" means Mine Waste Solutions Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2000/001443/07), a private company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.199.
"MWS Accounts" means all of the unaudited management accounts of MWS for and during the financial year ended 31 December 2019, copies of which have been provided via the Data Room to the Purchaser prior to the Signature Date;
1.3.200.
"MWS Business" means the business operated by MWS as at the Closing Date being, among other things, the holding of the issued share capital of Chemwes, the holding of the various licences, permits and authorisations required for the operation of the business of MWS and the Chemwes Business (including the NNRA Certificate, water use licences issued in terms of NWA, an atmospheric emissions licence issued in terms of NEMAQA and the authorisations issued in terms of NEMA) and the management of property and buildings and matters related thereto;
1.3.201.
"MWS Plant" means, as depicted as such in Annexure X, and all other fixed and movable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by Chemwes or MWS in or in connection with the MWS Plant, as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.3.11.2.2.0.9 of the Data Room;
1.3.202.
"NEMA" means the National Environmental Management Act, No. 107 of 1998;
1.3.203.
"NEMAQA" means the National Environmental Management: Air Quality Act No. 39 of 2004;
1.3.204.
"NEMWA" means the National Environmental Management: Waste Act No. 59 of 2008;
1.3.205.
"Net Purchase Price (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in Annexure BB;
1.3.206.
"Net Purchase Price (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in Annexure AA;



33


1.3.207.
"NNRA" means the National Nuclear Regulator Act, No. 47 of 1999;
1.3.208.
"Non-Transferable Permits (VR)" means all Permits (VR), other than the Transferable Permits (VR), including (without limitation), the certificate of registration COR-2 dated 20 June 2006 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NNRA, which relates to the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.209.
"Non-Transferable Permits (WW)" means all Permits (WW), other than the Transferable Permits (WW), including (without limitation), the certificate of registration COR-3 dated 24 April 2002 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NNRA, which relates to the WW Mining Business;
1.3.210.
"Notarial Deeds of Cession" means the notarial deeds of cession required for the cession of the WW Mining Rights in the Mining Titles Office from AngloGold to the Purchaser;
1.3.211.
"Notice Period" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 50.1;
1.3.212.
"NWA" means the National Water Act, No. 36 of 1998;
1.3.213.
"Observers (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.7;
1.3.214.
"Observers (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.6;
1.3.215.
"Original Closing Date" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 7.1;
1.3.216.
"Operative Provisions" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 2.1;
1.3.217.
"Parties" means collectively AngloGold, Harmony, Harmony Moab and the WW Purchaser;
1.3.218.
"Pending Applications" means:
1.3.218.1.
the application in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA lodged by AngloGold at the DMRE on or about 28 March 2017 in relation to the consolidation of WW Mining Right 01 MR, a copy of which is listed under folder 1.2.12.2.1 of the Data Room; and
1.3.218.2.
the application in terms of section 24 of the MPRDA lodged by AngloGold at the DMRE on or about 14 April 2016 in relation to the renewal of WW Mining Right 11 MR, a copy of which is listed under folder 1.2.12.2.5.2 of the Data Room;
1.3.219.
"Permits (VR)" means all Governmental Approvals held by AngloGold which are required for or otherwise relate to the operation of the VR Remaining Business;  



34


1.3.220.
"Permits (WW)" means all Governmental Approvals held by AngloGold which are required for or otherwise relate to the operation of the WW Mining Business;  
1.3.221.
"PFA" means Pension Funds Act No. 24 of 1956;
1.3.222.
"Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (VR)" means the post-retirement medical aid promise that was made by AngloGold to certain employees of the VR Package before the Closing Date, who have not retired on or before the Closing Date, to subsidise those employees’ post-retirement medical aid membership contributions and other liabilities after retirement;
1.3.223.
"Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (WW)" means the post-retirement medical aid promise that was made by AngloGold to certain employees of the WW Package before the Closing Date, who have not retired on or before the Closing Date, to subsidise those employees’ post-retirement medical aid membership contributions and other liabilities after retirement;
1.3.224.
"Prime Rate" means the publicly quoted basic rate of interest, compounded monthly in arrears and calculated on a 365 (three hundred and sixty five) day year irrespective of whether or not the year is a leap year, from time to time published by The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited at the relevant point in time as being its prime overdraft rate, as certified by any representative of that bank whose appointment and designation it shall not be necessary to prove;
1.3.225.
"Proposed Contracts (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.5.1;
1.3.226.
"Proposed Contracts (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.5.1;
1.3.227.
"Purchase Price" means, collectively, the Purchase Price (VR) and the Purchase Price (WW);
1.3.228.
"Purchase Price (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 34.1.1;
1.3.229.
"Purchase Price (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 16.1.1;
1.3.230.
"Purchasers" means, collectively, Harmony, Harmony Moab and the WW Purchaser;
1.3.231.
"Purchaser Claim" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1.1 in Annexure C;



35


1.3.232.
"Purchaser Financial Guarantee" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.5.4.1;
1.3.233.
"Purchasers' Counsel" means Bowman Gilfillan Inc. (Registration No. 1998/021409/21), a law firm conducting business as such in South Africa;
1.3.234.
"Purchaser’s Group" means Harmony, Harmony Moab, the WW Purchaser and their Subsidiaries for the time being;
1.3.235.
"Purchaser's Integration Representatives (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.8;
1.3.236.
"Purchaser's Integration Representatives (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.7;
1.3.237.
"Purchaser's Integration Work Stream Representatives (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.9.1;
1.3.238.
"Purchaser's Integration Work Stream Representatives (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.8.1;
1.3.239.
"Purchaser RCF Agreements" means:
1.3.239.1.
the USD400 000 000 (four hundred million Dollars) term and revolving credit facilities agreement dated 20 August 2019, entered into between Harmony, ABSA Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited, as may be amended from time to time; and
1.3.239.2.
the ZAR2 000 000 000 (two billion Rand) term and revolving credit facilities agreement dated 8 November 2018, entered into between Harmony, ABSA Bank Limited and Nedbank Limited, as may be amended from time to time;
1.3.240.
"Purchaser's Representatives" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 22.3.4;
1.3.241.
"Qualifying Employees" means, in respect of a particular entity and a particular business/es, collectively, all employees of such entity (and which includes those persons that are deemed in law to be employees of such entity) who are dedicated or significantly connected to, or employed or used significantly, primarily or exclusively in (or in connection with), such business/es;
1.3.242.
"Rand" or "R" means Rand, the official currency of South Africa;
1.3.243.
"Rates Act" means the Local Government: Municipal Property Rates Act 6 of 2004;



36


1.3.244.
"Rates Clearance Certificate (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.8;
1.3.245.
"Rates Clearance Certificate (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.8;
1.3.246.
"Rates Clearance Figures (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.5.1;
1.3.247.
"Rates Clearance Figures (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.5.1;
1.3.248.
"RCF Agreements" means collectively:
1.3.248.1.
the revolving credit facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, AngloGold, Nedbank Limited (acting through its corporate banking division as Agent and Original Bank) and ABSA Bank Limited (as Original Bank) with a maturity date of July 2020;
1.3.248.2.
the revolving credit facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, AngloGold, Nedbank Limited (acting through its corporate banking division as Agent and Original Bank) and ABSA Bank Limited (as Original Bank) with a maturity date of December 2021; and
1.3.248.3.
the revolving credit facility agreement entered into between, inter alia, AngloGold and The Standard Bank Limited (acting through its corporate banking division as Agent and Arranger) with a maturity date of November 2022;
1.3.249.
"Recommendation (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 43.2.6;
1.3.250.
"Recommendation (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 25.2.6;
1.3.251.
"Refining Licence (VR)" the refining licence AP06789 dated 27 October 2009 issued to AngloGold in terms of the Precious Metals Act No. 2005 in so far as it relates to the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.252.
"Refining Licence (WW)" the refining licence AP06789 dated 27 October 2009 issued to AngloGold in terms of the Precious Metals Act No. 2005 which relates to the WW Mining Business;
1.3.253.
"Regional Director" means the DWS Provincial Head: Gauteng;



37


1.3.254.
"Relevant Liabilities (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 42.2.3;
1.3.255.
"Relevant Liabilities (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 24.4;
1.3.256.
"Relevant Party/ies" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 52.2.1;
1.3.257.
"Remaining Employees (VR)" means the employees listed in Annexure II, being those of the Qualifying Employees in respect of the VR Businesses, which the Parties intend to remain in the employ of AngloGold after the Closing Date;
1.3.258.
"Remaining Employees (WW)" means the employees listed in Annexure JJ, being those of the Qualifying Employees in respect of the WW Businesses, which the Parties intend to remain in the employ of AngloGold after the Closing Date;
1.3.259.
"Response Notice" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 1.2 of Annexure C;
1.3.260.
"s37 Supporting Valuation (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 34.3.3;
1.3.261.
"s37 Supporting Valuation (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 16.3.3;
1.3.262.
"s37 Valuation Property (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 34.3.1;
1.3.263.
"s37 Valuation Property (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 16.3.1;
1.3.264.
"Sale Assets (VR)" means collectively:
1.3.264.1.
the Consumable Stores (VR);
1.3.264.2.
the Contracts (VR), and all benefits and rights of AngloGold under each of the Contracts (VR) which shall transfer to Harmony Moab. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforegoing does not include any debtors under such Contracts (VR) as at the Closing Date;
1.3.264.3.
the Critical Spares (VR);
1.3.264.4.
all Gold In Lock Up (VR);
1.3.264.5.
all Gold in Process (VR);



38


1.3.264.6.
the Immoveable Properties (VR) subject to all registered servitudes, Surface Right Permits (VR) and Encumbrances;
1.3.264.7.
all Infrastructure (VR);
1.3.264.8.
the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude;
1.3.264.9.
the MOD (VR);  
1.3.264.10.
the Motor Vehicles (VR);
1.3.264.11.
the Servitudes (VR);
1.3.264.12.
the Surface Right Permits (VR);
1.3.264.13.
Tailings Storage Facilities (VR);  
1.3.264.14.
all Transferable Permits (VR);
1.3.264.15.
the VR Remaining Sale Assets;
1.3.264.16.
all geological and engineering information in whatsoever form related to the VR Remaining Sale Assets;
1.3.264.17.
all medical records, medical information and other employee records relating to the Transferring Employees (VR); and
1.3.264.18.
all other assets owned by AngloGold and servitudes and surface right permits held by AngloGold, in each case which are primarily used in connection with the other items listed in clauses 1.3.264.1 to 1.3.264.18 (inclusive);
1.3.265.
"Sale Assets (WW)" means collectively:
1.3.265.1.
the Contracts (WW), and all benefits and rights of AngloGold under each of the Contracts (WW) which shall transfer to the WW Purchaser. For the avoidance of doubt, the aforegoing does not include any debtors under such Contracts (WW) as at the Closing Date;
1.3.265.2.
all Consumable Stores (WW);
1.3.265.3.
the Critical Spares (WW);
1.3.265.4.
all Gold In Lock Up (WW);
1.3.265.5.
all Gold In Process (WW);



39


1.3.265.6.
the Immoveable Properties (WW) subject to all registered servitudes, Surface Right Permits (WW) and Encumbrances;
1.3.265.7.
all Infrastructure (WW);
1.3.265.8.
the MOD (WW);  
1.3.265.9.
the Motor Vehicles (WW);
1.3.265.10.
the Servitudes (WW);
1.3.265.11.
the Surface Right Permits (WW);
1.3.265.12.
the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW);  
1.3.265.13.
all Transferable Permits (WW);
1.3.265.14.
the WW Core;
1.3.265.15.
the WW Mining Rights;  
1.3.265.16.
the WW Mining Sale Assets;  
1.3.265.17.
all geological and engineering information in whatsoever form related to the WW Mining Sale Assets;
1.3.265.18.
all medical records, medical information and other employee records relating to the Transferring Employees (WW);
1.3.265.19.
the tailings storage facilities which qualify as residue stockpiles as defined in the MPRDA which by law transfer with the WW Mining Rights; and
1.3.265.20.
all other assets owned by AngloGold and servitudes and surface right permits held by AngloGold, in each case which are primarily used in connection with the other items listed in clauses 1.3.265.16 to 1.3.265.19 (inclusive);
1.3.266.
"Sale Equity (WW)" means, collectively, the Covalent Sale Equity, the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares and the Masakhisane Sale Shares;
1.3.267.
"Sale Liabilities (VR)" means all obligations and liabilities (whether actual or contingent) in respect of the Sale Assets (VR) (other than Environmental Obligations (VR), which are dealt with separately in clause 42.1 of this Agreement), including without limitation, the liabilities set out in Annexure V but in each case specifically excluding the Excluded Liabilities;



40


1.3.268.
"Sale Liabilities (WW)" means all obligations and liabilities (whether actual or contingent) in respect of the Sale Assets (WW) (other than Environmental Obligations (WW), which are dealt with separately in clause 24.1 of this Agreement), including without limitation, the liabilities set out in Annexure U but in each case specifically excluding the Excluded Liabilities;
1.3.269.
"Sale Package" means, collectively, the WW Package and the VR Package;
1.3.270.
"SANRAL" means the South African National Roads Agency SOC Limited (Registration No. 1998/009584/30), a limited liability company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.271.
"SANRAL Portions (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 11.6.20.1;
1.3.272.
"SANRAL Portions (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.21.1;
1.3.273.
"SARS" means the South African Revenue Service established in terms of the South African Revenue Service Act No. 34 of 1997;
1.3.274.
"Savuka Gold Plant" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 3 of Annexure F;
1.3.275.
"Section 102 Application" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 4.9.2;
1.3.276.
"Section 197(6) Agreements" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 13.2.1;
1.3.277.
"Section 11 Application" means the application by AngloGold and the WW Purchaser to the Minister in terms of section 11 of the MPRDA to grant the Section 11 Ministerial Consent;
1.3.278.
"Section 11 Ministerial Consent" means the consent of the Minister in terms of section 11 of the MPRDA for the transfer of the WW Mining Rights from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser;
1.3.279.
"Seller's Integration Representatives (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.8.2;
1.3.280.
"Seller's Integration Representatives (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.7.2;
1.3.281.
"Seller's Integration Work Stream Representatives (VR)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 37.9.2;



41


1.3.282.
"Seller's Integration Work Stream Representatives (WW)" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 19.8.2;
1.3.283.
"Servitudes (VR)" means the notarial deeds of servitude reflected in Annexure T;  
1.3.284.
"Servitudes (WW)" means the notarial deeds of servitude reflected in Annexure S;  
1.3.285.
"Signature Date" means the date of signature of this Agreement by the last Party to do so;
1.3.286.
"Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement" means the agreement titled “Gold Mineworkers’ Class Action Settlement Agreement” entered into on or about 3 May 2018 by AngloGold, African Rainbow Minerals Limited, Anglo American South Africa Limited, Avgold Limited, Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited, Free State Consolidated Gold Mines (Operations) Limited, Gold Fields Limited, Gold Fields Operations Limited, Newshelf 899 Proprietary Limited, Beatrix Mines Limited, Farworks/682 Limited, Driefontein Consolidated Proprietary Limited, GFL Mining Services Limited, GFI Joint Venture Holdings Proprietary Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Unisel Gold Mines Limited, Loraine Gold Mines Limited, Randfontein Estates Limited, Sibanye Gold Limited, Leslie Gold Mines Limited, Bracken Mines Limited, K2018259017 (South Africa) Proprietary Limited, Richard Spoor Inc. Attorneys, Richard Spoor, Abrahams Kiewitz Incorporated, Charles Abrahams, Legal Resources Centre, Motley Rice LLC, Hausfeld LLP and the Persons Listed in Schedule 1 to the agreement which agreement was approved in the judgment handed down on 26 July 2019 by the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division under case number 44060/2018 in terms of which, inter alia, the parties thereto settled, inter alia, the class action litigation as defined in the agreement;
1.3.287.
"SLAs (VR)" means the service agreements listed under Annexure H;
1.3.288.
"South Africa" means the Republic of South Africa;
1.3.289.
"Spot Rate" means, in relation to any day, the average of Reuters’ published spot rate of exchange for the sale of USD for the purchase of ZAR in the Johannesburg foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. (South African time) on each of the 3 (three) Business Days immediately prior to the relevant day;
1.3.290.
"Subsidiary" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto it in section 3 of the Companies Act, save that all references in section 3 of the Companies Act to “company” shall include an entity incorporated outside of South Africa that, save



42


for its country of incorporation, would also satisfy the definition of "Subsidiary" set out in the Companies Act (as the case may be);
1.3.291.
"Substitutionary Permits (VR)" means the equivalent of the Non-Transferable Permits (VR) to be obtained by Harmony Moab in its own name in relation to the VR Remaining Business, as contemplated in clause 30;
1.3.292.
"Substitutionary Permits (WW)" means the equivalent of the Non-Transferable Permits (WW) to be obtained by the WW Purchaser in its own name in relation to the WW Mining Business, as contemplated in clause 12;
1.3.293.
"Surface Right Permits (VR)" means the surface right permits listed in Annexure Z;  
1.3.294.
"Surface Right Permits (WW)" means the surface right permits listed in Annexure Y;  
1.3.295.
"Tailings Storage Facilities (VR)" means the tailings storage facilities known as South East, Sulphur Paydam, East TSF, West Extension and West Complex (including comp 4), situated on the Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (VR) as depicted in Annexure X, together with all tailings contained on and all minerals deposited at such facilities, and all related infrastructure and equipment including, but not limited to, all pipelines interlinking the Chemwes Business and the Kopanang Gold Plant, as applicable as at the Closing Date;
1.3.296.
"Tailings Storage Facilities (WW)" means the tailings storage facilities known as New North TSF, Old North TSF and Mponeng TSF, situated on the Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (WW) as depicted in Annexure W, together with all tailings contained on and all minerals deposited at such facilities (whether or not such tailings relate to the WW Mines and their operations), and all related infrastructure and equipment including, but not limited to, all pipelines interlinking the Mponeng Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant, as applicable as at the Closing Date, but excluding tailings storage facilities which qualify as residue stockpiles as defined in the MPRDA which by law transfer with the WW Mining Rights;
1.3.297.
"Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (VR)" means, in respect of each Tailings Storage Facility (VR), those areas on the properties on which the Tailings Storage Facility (VR) in question is situated, all of which areas are shown and outlined in Annexure X and labelled with reference to each Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) in question;
1.3.298.
"Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (WW)" means, in respect of each Tailings Storage Facility (WW), those areas on the properties on which the Tailings Storage



43


Facility (WW) in question is situated, all of which areas are shown and outlined in Annexure W and labelled with reference to each Tailings Storage Facility (WW) in question;
1.3.299.
"Tax" means all income tax, capital gains tax, dividends tax, mineral royalties tax, carbon tax, securities transfer tax, PAYE, donations tax, customs duty, levies, assessments, deductions, charges, interest, penalties and withholdings whatsoever in terms of any South African tax legislation and the terms "Taxes" and "Taxation" and other cognate terms shall have corresponding meanings;
1.3.300.
"Transactions" means, collectively, the WW Transaction and VR Transaction;
1.3.301.
"Transfer" means, collectively, Transfer (VR) and Transfer (WW);
1.3.302.
"Transfer (VR)" means the registration of transfer in the relevant Deeds Registry of Immoveable Properties (VR), or any one of them, in the name of Harmony Moab;
1.3.303.
"Transfer (WW)" means the registration of transfer in the relevant Deeds Registry of Immoveable Properties (WW), or any one of them, in the name of the WW Purchaser;
1.3.304.
"Transfer Date" means in respect of a particular Transfer, the date of that Transfer;
1.3.305.
"Transferable Permits (VR)" means those Permits (VR) which are identified as a "Transferable Permit (VR)" in terms of clause 30.3, including (without limitation):
1.3.305.1.
water use licence no. 01/C24J/BFJ/2000 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NWA in so far as it relates to the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.305.2.
the atmospheric emissions license reference FDDM-MQQ-2013-16 dated July 2014 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NEMAQA in so far as it relates to the VR Remaining Business; and
1.3.305.3.
the atmospheric emission licence AEL NWPG/ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI/ AEL 4.13/FEB 14 dated 27 February 2014 issued to AngloGold in terms of NEMAQA in so far as it relates to the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.306.
"Transferable Permits (WW)" means those Permits (WW) which are identified as a "Transferable Permit (WW)" in terms of clause 12.1, including (without limitation):
1.3.306.1.
the water use licence 08/C23E/AEFGJ/1250 dated 8 September 2011 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NWA;



44


1.3.306.2.
the water use licence 10/C23E/AFJ/4787 dated 1 December 2016 issued to AngloGold in terms of the NWA;
1.3.306.3.
the atmospheric emissions licence WR/ 16-17/AEL9/3 dated 2 October 2018 issued to AngloGold in terms of NEMAQA;
1.3.307.
"Transferring Affiliates" means, collectively, the WW Companies, the VR Companies, the AngloGold Enviro Trust, the Wonderfontein Trust and the Chemwes Trust;
1.3.308.
"Transferring Employees (VR)" means all those Qualifying Employees (but specifically excluding the Remaining Employees (VR)) of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses and who, as at the Signature Date, are listed in Annexure P and who still are Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses as at the Closing Date, as well as all other persons: (a) who become Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses, in the ordinary course thereof during the Interim Period, and who still are Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses as at the Closing Date; and (b) who are reinstated after the Closing Date as a Qualifying Employee of the VR Businesses by virtue of any order of a competent employment tribunal or court ; 
1.3.309.
"Transferring Employees (WW)" means all those Qualifying Employees (but specifically excluding the Remaining Employees (WW)) of AngloGold in respect of the WW Businesses and who, as at the Signature Date, are listed in Annexure O and who are Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the WW Businesses as at the Closing Date, as well as all other persons : (a) who become Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the WW Businesses, in the ordinary course thereof during the Interim Period, and who still are Qualifying Employees of AngloGold in respect of the WW Businesses as at the Closing Date; and (b) who are reinstated after the Closing Date as a Qualifying Employee of the WW Businesses by virtue of any order of a competent employment tribunal or court;
1.3.310.
"Traxtion" means Traxtion Sheltam Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2004/028215/07), a private company incorporated in accordance with the laws of South Africa;
1.3.311.
"Traxtion Agreement" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.23.1;
1.3.312.
"Traxtion Rail Link Servitude" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.24.1;



45


1.3.313.
"Traxtion Rail Link Servitude Properties" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.24.1;
1.3.314.
"Traxtion Railway Workshop Property" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.3.23.1;
1.3.315.
"Trust Money" means all money, equities, bonds and any other assets held by the AngloGold Enviro Trust as at the Closing Date in relation to AngloGold's rehabilitation obligations in respect of the WW Mining Business and the VR Remaining Business (including all interest accrued on such money during the Interim Period), the value of which amounted to approximately R1,156,226,541.25 (one billion one hundred and fifty six million two hundred and twenty six thousand and five hundred and forty one Rand and twenty five cents) as at 31 December 2019;
1.3.316.
"USD" or "US$" means United States dollars, the official currency of the United States of America;
1.3.317.
"VAT" means value - added tax in terms of the VAT Act;
1.3.318.
"VAT Act" means the Value-Added Tax Act, No. 89 of 1991;
1.3.319.
"VMR" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.4.2; 
1.3.320.
"VMR Portions" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 29.4.2;
1.3.321.
"VR Businesses" means, collectively, the VR Sale Equity Businesses and the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.322.
"VR Companies" means, collectively, FUSA, MWS and Chemwes;
1.3.323.
"VR Companies Accounts" means, collectively, the FUSA Accounts, the MWS Accounts and the Chemwes Accounts;
1.3.324.
"VR EA Application" means, collectively, an application to be submitted, after the Closing Date, by MWS under regulation 31 of the EIA Regulations to include the Sale Assets (VR) within the scope of one of MWS’s environmental authorisations; a new environmental authorisation application to be submitted by MWS, after the Closing Date, under the EIA Regulations in respect of the Sale Assets (VR); or any other application to be submitted by MWS, after the Closing Date, as may be required by the competent authority in respect of the Sale Assets (VR); and/or or any studies, filings, reports, submissions, applications or other documents which are required as part of, or in connection with, the VR EA Application;



46


1.3.325.
"VR Package" means collectively the FUSA Sale Equity and the VR Remaining Business;
1.3.326.
"VR Region" means the areas over which the VR Remaining Business, the FUSA Business, the MWS Business or the Chemwes Business (as the case may be) are conducted, which include (without limitation) the Immoveable Properties (VR), the Chemwes Property and the areas covered by the Surface Right Permits (VR), the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and Servitudes (VR);
1.3.327.
"VR Remaining Business" means the business being sold, transferred and ceded to Harmony Moab in terms of this Agreement, comprising the Sale Assets (VR) and Sale Liabilities (VR);
1.3.328.
"VR Remaining Sale Assets" means the assets listed in Annexure G;
1.3.329.
"VR Sale Equity Businesses" means, collectively, the FUSA Business, the MWS Business and the Chemwes Business;
1.3.330.
"VR Transaction" means the sale, purchase, cession and assignment of the VR Package, as set out in Part C of this Agreement (as read with the provisions of Part A and Part D of this Agreement, as applicable);
1.3.331.
"Warranties (VR)" means, collectively, the warranties in Annexure B1, Annexure B2, Annexure B3 and Annexure B4;
1.3.332.
"Warranties (WW)" means, collectively, the warranties in Annexure A1, Annexure A2, Annexure A3 and Annexure A4;
1.3.333.
"Warranties" means, collectively, the Warranties (VR) and Warranties (WW);
1.3.334.
"Water Supplier (VR)" means Midvaal Water Company NPC;
1.3.335.
"Water Supplier (WW)" means Rand Water Board;
1.3.336.
"Wonderfontein Trust" means the Wonderfontein Trust registered at the Master’s Office with IT number IT2607/2009;
1.3.337.
"WW Businesses" means, collectively, the WW Equity Businesses and the WW Mining Business;
1.3.338.
"WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreement" means the agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between Harmony, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold in terms of which, inter alia, the application and determination of that portion of the Purchase Price (WW) which results from future gold production from



47


the WW Mines by the WW Purchaser is agreed between the WW Purchaser and AngloGold, on the further terms and conditions set out therein;
1.3.339.
"WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreements" means, collectively, the WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreement and the WW Business Deferred Consideration Extension Agreement;
1.3.340.
"WW Business Deferred Consideration Extension Agreement" means the agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between Harmony, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold in terms of which, inter alia, the application and determination of that portion of the Purchase Price (WW) which results from future gold production from the extension of the WW Mines by the WW Purchaser is agreed between the WW Purchaser and AngloGold, on the further terms and conditions set out therein;
1.3.341.
"WW Deferred Consideration" shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in clause 16.1.1;
1.3.342.
"WW Companies" means, collectively, Covalent, AngloGold Security Services and Masakhisane;
1.3.343.
"WW Core" means the portions of the geological core relating to Mponeng Mine, Savuka Mine and the Tau Tona Mine stored, as at the Closing Date, at Mponeng Mine;
1.3.344.
"WW Equity Businesses" means, collectively, the AngloGold Security Services Business, the Covalent Business and the Masakhisane Business;
1.3.345.
"WW Financial Guarantees" means the financial guarantee/s in place in relation to AngloGold's rehabilitation obligations in respect of the WW Mining Business as at the Closing Date;
1.3.346.
"WW Gold Plant" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 2 of Annexure F;
1.3.347.
"WW Mines" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in paragraph 1 of Annexure F;
1.3.348.
"WW Mining Areas" shall bear the meaning ascribed thereto in section 1 of the MPRDA in respect of the WW Mining Rights and WW Mining Right 11 MR;
1.3.349.
"WW Mining Business" means the business being sold, transferred and ceded to the WW Purchaser in terms of this Agreement, comprising the Sale Assets (WW) and Sale Liabilities (WW);



48


1.3.350.
"WW Mining Rights" means, collectively, WW Mining Right 01 MR and WW Mining Right 248 MR;
1.3.351.
"WW Mining Right 01 MR" means the mining right (DMRE reference: GP 30/5/1/2/2/01 MR) converted in terms of Item 7 of Schedule II to the MPRDA, held in respect of gold in respect of the portions of the farm Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom; Elandsfontein 135 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Elandsfontein 144 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Elandsfontein 146 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Elandsfontein 147 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Buffelsdoorn 143 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Oog van Elandsfontein 114 IQ, District Potchefstroom; Driefontein 113 IQ, District Oberholzer and Blyvooruitzicht 116, IQ, District Oberholzer, Gauteng Province measuring 5 289,7537 hectares (five thousand two hundred and eighty nine point seven five three seven hectares) in extent, amended by notarial deed of amendment MPT No. 04/2012 to include silver, nickel and uranium in the description of mineral and to extent the mining area to include various portions of the farms Elandsfontein 115 IQ; Elandsfontein 135 IQ; Elandsfontein 140 IQ; Elandsfontein 144 IQ; Elandsfontein 145 IQ, the additional areas measuring 1187,5940 hectares (one thousand one hundred and eighty seven point five nine four zero hectares) in extent, registered in the Mining Titles Office on 14 February 2006 under MPT No. 10/2006;
1.3.352.
"WW Mining Right 11 MR" means the mining right (DMRE reference: GP 30/5/1/2/2/11 MR) granted in terms of section 23 of the MPRDA, held in respect of gold in respect of the Mineral Area No. 5 on the Remaining Extent of the Farm Oog van Elandsfontein 114 IQ and Mineral Area No. 11 of the Remaining Extent of Portion 2 of the Farm Driefontein 113 IQ, in the magisterial district of Oberholzer and Potchefstroom, Gauteng Province measuring 30,9283 hectares (thirty point nine two eight three hectares) in extent, amended by notarial deed of amendment MPT No. 15/2011 to include silver, nickel and uranium in the description of mineral, registered in the Mining Titles Offices on 18 July 2006 under MPT No. 30/2006;
1.3.353.
"WW Mining Right 248 MR" means the mining right (DMRE reference: GP 30/5/1/2/2/248 MR) converted in terms of Item 7 of Schedule II to the MPRDA, held in respect of sand in respect of the remaining extent of portions 12 and 13 of the farm Doornfontein (Magnum Farm) IQ, in the magisterial district of Oberholzer, Gauteng Province measuring 195,8147 hectares (one hundred and ninety five point eight one four seven hectares) in extent, registered in the Mining Titles Office on 6 December 2012 under MPT No. 169/2012;
1.3.354.
"WW Mining Sale Assets" means the assets listed in Annexure F;  



49


1.3.355.
"WW Package" means collectively the Sale Equity (WW) and the WW Mining Business;
1.3.356.
"WW Purchaser" means Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited (Registration No. 2019/547039/07), a company incorporated under the laws of South Africa;
1.3.357.
"WW Region" means the areas over which the WW Mining Business and the Covalent Business are conducted which include (without limitation) the WW Mining Areas, the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the areas covered by the Surface Right Permits (WW) and the Servitudes (WW);
1.3.358.
"WW Transaction" means the sale, purchase, cession and assignment of the WW Package, as set out in Part B of this Agreement (as read with the provisions of Part A and Part D of this Agreement, as applicable); and
1.3.359.
"ZAR" or "R" or "Rand" means South African rand, the official currency of South Africa;
1.4.
if any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring a right or imposing an obligation on any Party then, notwithstanding that it is only in a definition, effect shall be given to that provision as if it were a substantive provision in the body of this Agreement;
1.5.
any reference to any statute, regulation, rules or other legislation shall be a reference to that statute, rules, regulation or other legislation as at the Signature Date, and as amended or substituted from time to time and any reference to a statute or legislation shall include a reference to any regulations or rules promulgated thereunder;
1.6.
if any term is defined within the context of any particular clause in this Agreement, the term so defined, unless it is clear from the clause in question that the term so defined has limited application to the relevant clause, shall bear the meaning ascribed to it for all purposes in terms of this Agreement, notwithstanding that that term has not been defined in this interpretation clause;
1.7.
where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as excluding such particular day and commencing on the next day. If the last day of such number so calculated falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the last day shall be deemed to be the next succeeding day which is a Business Day;
1.8.
any reference to days (other than a reference to Business Days), months or years shall be a reference to calendar days, months or years, as the case may be;
1.9.
expressions defined in this Agreement shall bear the same meanings in schedules or annexures to this Agreement which do not themselves contain their own conflicting definitions;



50


1.10.
the use of any expression in this Agreement covering a process available under South African law such as winding up (without limitation eiusdem generis) shall, if any of the Parties is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous proceedings under the law of such defined jurisdiction;
1.11.
the expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not affect such of the provisions of this Agreement as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiration or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiration or termination, notwithstanding that the clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this;
1.12.
any reference in this Agreement to a Party shall include a reference to that Party’s assigns expressly permitted under this Agreement and, if such Party is liquidated or sequestrated or placed under Business Rescue in terms of Chapter 6 of the Companies Act, be applicable also to and binding upon that Party’s liquidator, trustee or Business Rescue practitioner, as the case may be;
1.13.
any reference in this Agreement to any other agreement or document shall be construed as a reference to such other agreement or document as same may have been, or may from time to time be, amended, varied, novated or supplemented;
1.14.
any term in this clause 1 that is defined using the word "collectively" in regard to a list of two or more items, shall include a reference to any one or more of such items as the context may require;
1.15.
the words "include", "including" and "in particular" shall be construed as being by way of example or emphasis only and shall not be construed, nor shall they take effect, as limiting the generality of any preceding word/s;
1.16.
any reference in this Agreement to an amount shall be construed as excluding VAT unless specified otherwise; and
1.17.
the terms of this Agreement having been negotiated, the contra proferentem rule shall not be applied in the interpretation of this Agreement.
2.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
2.1.
The whole of this Agreement, save for the provisions of Part A, clauses 12 (save for 12.4, 12.5 and 12.6), 13, 14.1, 15.1, 17, 18, 19, 22, 23, 30 (save for 30.4, 30.5 and 30.6), 31, 32.1, 33.1, 35, 36, 37, 40, 41 and Part D (the "Operative Provisions") which shall be of immediate force and effect on the Signature Date, is subject to the following conditions precedent (as read with clause 2.10):



51


2.1.1.
by not later than 30 April 2020 (or such other date as may be agreed in writing by AngloGold and the Purchasers), all necessary consents for the sale by the Group of the Sale Package under the RCF Agreements shall have been obtained;
2.1.2.
by not later than 30 April 2020 (or such other date as may be agreed in writing by AngloGold and the Purchasers), Harmony having obtained all consents and waivers under the Purchaser RCF Agreements necessary for each of the Purchasers and/or all of their relevant Affiliates (as applicable): (a) to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (b) to use the funds available in terms of the Purchaser RCF Agreements to make the payments contemplated under clauses 16 and 34;
2.1.3.
by no later than 15 May 2020 (or such other date as may be agreed in writing by AngloGold and the Purchasers), the FSD providing in writing in accordance with all applicable legal requirements any and all exchange control approvals required in terms of the Exchange Control Regulations for each of the Purchasers and/or all of their relevant Affiliates (as applicable): (a) to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and (b) to use the funds available in terms of the Purchaser RCF Agreements to make the payments contemplated under clauses 16 and 34;
2.1.4.
by no later than the Long Stop Date, the Regional Director takes such decision and/or actions in relation to the Covalent Water Directive (including by way of a waiver, amendment, substitution, new directive or otherwise) such that AngloGold ceases (from no later than the Closing Date) to have any obligation or liability in terms of the Covalent Water Directive (whether such obligation or liability arises prior to or after the Closing Date);
2.1.5.
on or prior to the date on which the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.6 below is fulfilled, the BEE Amendment Ministerial Consent is granted either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the relevant Parties to whom such conditions apply may agree in writing are acceptable to them, provided that no Party may withhold its agreement unreasonably;
2.1.6.
by not later than the Long Stop Date, the Section 11 Ministerial Consent is granted either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the relevant Parties to whom such conditions apply may agree in writing are acceptable to them, provided that no Party may withhold its agreement unreasonably; and
2.1.7.
by not later than the Long Stop Date, the relevant Competition Authorities approve, in writing, the implementation of the Transactions contemplated in this Agreement either unconditionally or subject to such conditions as the relevant Parties to whom



52


such conditions apply may agree in writing are acceptable to them, provided that no Party may withhold its agreement unreasonably.
2.2.
In relation to the Section 11 Ministerial Consent, the Purchasers confirm that they are aware of the requirements stipulated in the MPRDA for the grant of the Section 11 Ministerial Consent.
2.3.
Each of the Parties shall use their respective reasonable endeavours and co-operate in good faith and do everything reasonably required of it, including the furnishing of all such information as may be so required, to procure the fulfilment of the Conditions Precedent, to the extent that it is within their power to do so, as expeditiously as reasonably possible; provided that if any Party designates that any information to be provided in terms of this clause 2.3 or clause 3 is confidential or otherwise proprietary to such Party or any of its Affiliates, such information may be disclosed to the other Parties’ attorneys but may not be shared by such attorneys with the other Parties themselves. Without limiting anything in this clause 2.3, the Parties undertake to use their respective reasonable endeavours to obtain, as soon as practicable following the Signature Date, all regulatory inputs, guidance, consents, approvals or authorisations that may be required in connection with the implementation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.
2.4.
The Conditions Precedent contained in clauses 2.1.6 and 2.1.7 may not be waived.
2.5.
Each of the Conditions Precedent set out in clauses 2.1.1 and 2.1.4have been inserted for the sole benefit of AngloGold and, accordingly, AngloGold shall be entitled to unilaterally waive fulfilment of any one or more of the aforesaid Conditions Precedent (in whole or in part), by written notice to the Purchasers prior to the expiry of the relevant time period set out in such clauses for fulfilment of the relevant Condition Precedent (or such extended time period as may be agreed in writing between AngloGold and the Purchaser).
2.6.
Each of the Conditions Precedent set out in clauses 2.1.2, 2.1.3 and 2.1.5have been inserted for the sole benefit of the Purchasers and, accordingly, the Purchasers shall be entitled to unilaterally waive fulfilment of any one or more of the aforesaid Conditions Precedent (in whole or in part), by written notice to AngloGold prior to the expiry of the relevant time period set out in such clauses for fulfilment of the relevant Condition Precedent (or such extended time period as may be agreed in writing between AngloGold and the Purchasers).
2.7.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties agree that the Long Stop Date can be extended at any time prior to the expiry thereof:
2.7.1.
once, by AngloGold unilaterally on written notice to the Purchasers, to 31 December 2020;
2.7.2.
once, by any one (but not more than one) of the Purchasers unilaterally on written notice to AngloGold, to 31 December 2020; and



53


2.7.3.
by AngloGold and the Purchasers expressly agreeing to any extension of the Long Stop Date in writing (on one or more occasions) prior to the lapsing thereof, to such later date/s as AngloGold and the Purchasers agree.
2.8.
For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree and acknowledge that in the event that the Long Stop Date is extended under clause 2.7.1 and/or 2.7.2 to 31 December 2020, then the Long Stop Date shall not be capable of further extension under clause 2.7.1 or 2.7.2 and thereafter will only be capable of being extended by the written agreement of AngloGold and the Purchasers in accordance with clause 2.7.2.
2.9.
On the CP Fulfilment Date, all of the provisions of this Agreement (other than the Operative Provisions which shall take effect as at the Signature Date in terms of clause 2.1) shall take effect and become operative.
2.10.
Unless each of the Conditions Precedent has been fulfilled or waived by not later than the relevant date for fulfilment thereof set out in clause 2.1 (or such later date or dates as may be agreed in writing between AngloGold and the Purchasers, or as may be extended in accordance with clause 2.7, on or before the aforesaid date or dates): (a) the provisions of this Agreement (save for clause 2, clause 1, and clauses 50 to 62 (both inclusive), which will remain of full force and effect and binding on the Parties) will never become of any force or effect; (b) the provisions of this Agreement (save for clause 2, clause 1 and clauses 50 to 62 (both inclusive)), shall terminate (with each Party being relieved of its duties and obligations arising in terms of all such provisions of this Agreement from and after the relevant date); (c) the status quo ante in respect of the Transactions will be restored by the Parties as near as may be possible; and (d) none of the Parties will have any claim against any other in terms hereof or arising from the failure of the Conditions Precedent, save for any claims arising from a breach of any of the Operative Provisions.
3.
MERGER NOTIFICATION TO COMPETITION AUTHORITIES
3.1.
It is recorded that both of the Transactions will result in an acquisition of control as contemplated by Chapter 3 of the Competition Act, which requires the approval of the relevant Competition Authorities prior to this Agreement being implemented.
3.2.
Harmony shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, instruct the Purchasers’ Counsel for the purpose of preparing, in reasonable consultation with ENSafrica (acting on behalf of AngloGold), all submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished to the relevant Competition Authorities in order to obtain the approval for the Transactions (the "Merger Notification") as contemplated in clause 3.1 and for the purpose of the presentation and argument of any such application. In this regard, the Parties shall co-operate with each other and timeously provide the aforesaid advisors with all documents and information as the advisors may reasonably require.



54


3.3.
AngloGold and Harmony shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that the Merger Notification is submitted to the relevant Competition Authorities by no later than 30 (thirty) calendar days after the Signature Date.
3.4.
The Purchasers agree, and will procure, that neither the Merger Notification nor any other submissions, applications or documents which are required to be furnished to the relevant Competition Authorities will be submitted to the relevant Competition Authorities without AngloGold first having approved of such filing, submission, application or document (as applicable), in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the Competition Authorities shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis.
3.5.
The Purchasers shall, and shall procure that the Purchasers’ Counsel shall, ensure that AngloGold is promptly provided with copies of any and all notices and correspondence received from the Competition Authorities which relate to the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.
3.6.
Each of AngloGold and the relevant Purchaser shall –
3.6.1.
sign all documents and expeditiously provide all necessary information upon being required to do so for the purposes of completing and submitting the Merger Notification;
3.6.2.
use its reasonable endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance as may be reasonably necessary to procure that the Merger Notification is properly prepared and duly submitted; and
3.6.3.
provide all such assistance to the Competition Authorities as may be required including providing all information and responding to all queries in order for the Merger Notification to be dealt with,
in each case, to procure that the Merger Notification is properly prepared and duly submitted within the time period specified in clause 3.3.
3.7.
Pending the decision of the Competition Authorities pursuant to the submission of the Merger Notification, no Party shall –
3.7.1.
directly or indirectly, perform or fail to perform any act which will or is likely to diminish the prospects of success of the Merger Notification; or
3.7.2.
lodge, or authorise any other Party to lodge, any further information or documents required by the Competition Authorities as contemplated in clause 3.4, pertaining



55


to the sale contemplated in any of the Transactions, without the prior written consent of the other Parties, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, unless the Competition Authorities make a specific request to a specific Party that requires a response or the lodging of information only from that specific Party, in which case, such Party shall notify the other Parties after it has provided its response to or lodged information with the Competition Authorities.
3.8.
If either the Competition Authorities and/or the Purchasers’ Counsel request any further information or documents in respect of the Merger Notification, the Party to or on behalf of whom such request is addressed shall use its reasonable endeavours to respond fully thereto to the Purchasers’ Counsel (or through the Purchasers’ Counsel), as the case may be, as soon as is reasonably practicable after the request is received by or on behalf of such Party.
3.9.
If the Competition Tribunal prohibits the implementation of any of the Transactions or approves the implementation of one of the Transactions and not the other or approves the implementation of any of the Transactions subject to a condition or conditions, neither AngloGold nor Harmony shall be entitled to appeal and/or review the Competition Tribunal’s decision to the Competition Appeal Court unless AngloGold and Harmony both agree in writing prior thereto within the time period set out in clause 3.10. In the event of such agreement within such time period, either AngloGold or the Purchasers may appeal and/or review the Competition Tribunal’s decision to the Competition Appeal Court. Each Party shall bear its own costs for any appeal or review proceedings against a decision of any Competition Authority.
3.10.
In the event that AngloGold and Harmony are unable to agree in writing to appeal and/or review the Competition Tribunal’s decision to the Competition Appeal Court within 10 (ten) Business Days after a written request by either of them to reach such agreement and the Party affected by a condition imposed by the Competition Authorities does not (as contemplated in clause 2.1.7) accept such condition, then the Condition Precedent referred to in clause 2.1.7 will fail.
3.11.
The Parties shall bear their own costs in relation to the merger proceedings, including all costs associated with the preparation and filing of the proposed merger application (including but not limited to such costs incurred prior to the Signature Date), save that the statutory merger filing fee payable to the Competition Authorities associated with the submission of the Merger Notification will be shared equally between AngloGold and Harmony.
3.12.
The Parties shall, with reasonable notice, invite the other of them (and the advisors appointed by the Parties) to all meetings with, or hearings in front of, the Competition Authorities (to the extent requested) for purposes of obtaining approval from the Competition Authorities.
3.13.
For the purposes of this clause 3 only, if in terms of this clause 3 the written consent, approval or agreement of any of the Parties is required, or there is an obligation to provide any document, notice or correspondence to any of the Parties, then the: (a) written consent, approval or



56


agreement provided by ENSafrica (in the case of AngloGold) or the Purchasers’ Counsel (in the case of any of the Purchasers) shall constitute the written consent, approval or agreement of the Party in question; or (b) delivery of the document, notice or correspondence to ENSafrica (in the case of AngloGold) or the Purchasers’ Counsel (in the case of any of the Purchasers) shall constitute the delivery to the Party in question.
4.
SECTION 11 APPLICATION AND GENERAL CONDUCT IN RELATION TO REGULATORY ATTENDANCES
4.1.
AngloGold shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, instruct ENSafrica, for the purpose of preparing, in consultation with the Purchasers’ Counsel (acting on behalf of the Purchasers), all submissions, applications and documents (including the Section 11 Application) which are required to be furnished to the DMRE in order to obtain the Section 11 Ministerial Consent. In this regard, the Parties shall co-operate with each other and timeously provide ENSafrica with all documents and information as ENSafrica may reasonably require.
4.2.
It is agreed that AngloGold shall at all times permit Harmony to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents (including the Section 11 Application to be made to the DMRE and any responses to correspondence or DMRE queries regarding the BEE Amendment Application currently being processed by the DMRE). AngloGold agrees, and will procure, that no submissions, applications and documents (including the Section 11 Application and any representations, comments, submissions or responses which are required to be furnished to the DMRE in order to obtain the Section 11 Ministerial Consent and/or the BEE Amendment Ministerial Consent) in respect of the WW Mining Rights will be submitted to the DMRE without Harmony first having approved of such filing, submission, application or document (as applicable), in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the DMRE in connection with the Section 11 Application and/or the BEE Amendment Application shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis.
4.3.
The Section 11 Application shall be submitted by AngloGold to the DMRE on the basis that the means of submission may include submission electronically via the website of the DMRE and/or manual lodgement, together with any further documents as may be required to be submitted in connection with the Section 11 Application.
4.4.
Harmony shall use its reasonable endeavours to prepare and deliver to AngloGold, within 20 (twenty) calendar days after the Signature Date, such documents which are required to support the Section 11 Application. AngloGold and Harmony shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that the Section 11 Application is submitted to the DMRE within 30 (thirty) calendar days after the Signature Date.



57


4.5.
Each of AngloGold and the relevant Purchaser shall –
4.5.1.
sign all documents and expeditiously provide all necessary information upon being required to do so;
4.5.2.
use its reasonable endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance to each other as may be reasonably necessary from a process point of view; and
4.5.3.
do everything reasonably required by the DMRE from a process point of view,
in each case, to procure that the Section 11 Application is properly prepared and duly submitted within the time period specified in clause 2.1.
4.6.
Harmony and AngloGold will each nominate appropriate employees (the "Authorised Employees") to jointly act on behalf of Harmony and AngloGold and to make all representations to the Minister and/or the DMRE solely for the purpose of obtaining the Section 11 Ministerial Consent under the Section 11 Application and the BEE Amendment Ministerial Consent under the BEE Amendment Application. For purposes of this clause 4.6 "jointly" shall mean one or more of the Authorised Employees of AngloGold acting together with one or more of the Authorised Employees of Harmony. The Parties shall be entitled to substitute their Authorised Employees if necessary and the initial Authorised Employees of each Party shall be:
4.6.1.
in the case of AngloGold, Nicki Strydom and Moses Madondo; and
4.6.2.
in the case of Harmony, Neil Terblanche and Phillip Tobias.
4.7.
At least one of the Authorised Employees of each of AngloGold and Harmony shall be invited by the Parties to attend all meetings in connection with procuring the Section 11 Ministerial Consent and BEE Amendment Ministerial Consent between any of the Parties respectively and any Party and the Minister and/or the DMRE.
4.8.
Harmony and AngloGold shall bear the filing fees payable to the DMRE in connection with the submission of the Section 11 Application in equal shares. Save for the aforegoing, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the preparation and submission of the Section 11 Application, including the legal fees and costs of its advisors in the preparation of the Section 11 Application and engagement with the DMRE (including but not limited to such costs incurred prior to the Signature Date).
4.9.
The Parties agree that:
4.9.1.
the WW Purchaser shall take transfer of the WW Mining Rights pursuant to the Section 11 Ministerial Consent and in accordance with AngloGold’s relevant social and labour plans, mining work programmes and environmental management



58


programme. It is recorded that, after the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser shall be entitled but not obliged, whether as part of any Consolidation Application or otherwise, to apply in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA to amend the aforementioned plans and programmes;
4.9.2.
in respect of the social and labour plans, mining work programmes and environmental management programmes relating to the WW Mining Rights, the WW Purchaser may after Signature Date prepare draft application/s in terms of section 102 of the MPRDA to amend or consolidate the social and labour plans, mining work programmes and environmental management programmes relating to the WW Mining Rights (the "Section 102 Application"). However, the WW Purchaser shall only be entitled to lodge the Section 102 Application after Closing (whether on a stand-alone basis or as part of the Consolidation Application);
4.9.3.
the WW Purchaser shall be obliged to make a Consolidation Application after Closing on or after the Closing Date (but shall not make a Consolidation Application before the Closing Date) and as the holder of the WW Mining Rights in accordance with the provisions of clause 11.4.2. The WW Purchaser shall be solely responsible for paying all costs of and incidental to the lodgement of any such Consolidation Application (including but not limited to the compilation of any relevant plans and programmes) and the execution and registration of the deeds of amendment. The WW Purchaser shall use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Consolidation Application is approved and implemented as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date; and
4.9.4.
AngloGold, on the request from the WW Purchaser from time to time, shall cooperate and use its reasonable endeavours to assist the WW Purchaser in making the Section 102 Application or the Consolidation Application.
4.10.
AngloGold shall only withdraw the Pending Applications on the earlier of: (a) a written request of the WW Purchaser; or (b) the Consolidation Application Ministerial Consent having been granted by the DMRE. AngloGold shall be solely responsible for paying all costs of and incidental to the withdrawal of the Pending Applications including but not limited to any correspondence, documents or notices that AngloGold may be required to submit to the DMRE in relation to the Pending Applications until the withdrawal of the Pending Applications.
4.11.
For the purposes of this clause 4 only, if in terms of this clause 4 the written consent, approval or agreement of any of the Parties is required, or there is an obligation to provide any document, notice or correspondence to any of the Parties, then the: (a) written consent, approval or agreement provided by ENSafrica (in the case of AngloGold) or the Purchasers’ Counsel (in the case of any of the Purchasers) shall constitute the written consent, approval or agreement of the Party in question; or (b) delivery of the document, notice or correspondence to ENSafrica



59


(in the case of AngloGold) or the Purchasers’ Counsel (in the case of any of the Purchasers) shall constitute the delivery to the Party in question.
5.
CONVEYANCER
5.1.
AngloGold shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, instruct the Conveyancer, for the purpose of preparing, in consultation with the Purchaser's Counsel (acting on behalf of the Purchasers), all registrations, submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished, on or after the Closing Date, to any Deeds Registry or Governmental Entity to procure the: (a) Transfer of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and Immoveable Properties (VR); (b) registration in the Deeds Registry of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and each of the notarial deeds of cession of servitude in respect of the Servitudes (WW) and Servitudes (VR); and (c) registration of the consents or deeds of transfer of the Surface Right Permits (WW) and Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office, in the name of the relevant Purchaser. In this regard the Parties shall co-operate with each other and timeously provide the Conveyancer, in consultation with the Purchaser's Counsel (acting on behalf of the Purchasers), with all documents and information as the Conveyancer may reasonably require.
5.2.
AngloGold shall, and shall procure that the Conveyancer shall, ensure that the Purchasers are promptly provided with copies of any and all notices and correspondence received from the relevant Governmental Entity and/or Deed Registry which relate to the Transfers and registrations contemplated in clause 5.1.
6.
COVALENT WATER DIRECTIVE
6.1.
AngloGold shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, prepare all submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished to the Regional Director and arrange all meetings as may be necessary in order to reasonably attempt to procure the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.4.
6.2.
It is agreed that AngloGold shall at all times permit Harmony to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents to be made to the Regional Director. AngloGold agrees, and will procure, that no submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished to the Regional Director in order to procure the fulfilment of the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.4 will be submitted to the Regional Director without Harmony first having approved of such filing, submission, application or document (as applicable), in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (it being agreed that written approval provided by the Purchasers' Counsel, on behalf of Harmony, shall also constitute the aforesaid written approval). Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the Regional Director in connection with the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.4 shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after



60


consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis.
6.3.
AngloGold and Harmony shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure that all submissions, applications and documents which are required to be submitted to the Regional Director are submitted by no later than 30 (thirty) calendar days after the Signature Date.
6.4.
AngloGold shall ensure that Harmony is promptly provided with copies of any and all notices and correspondence received from the Regional Director which relate to the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.4.
6.5.
Each of AngloGold and the relevant Purchaser shall –
6.5.1.
sign all documents and expeditiously provide all necessary information upon being required to do so;
6.5.2.
use its reasonable endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance as may be reasonably necessary from a process point of view; and
6.5.3.
do everything reasonably required by the Regional Director from a process point of view,
in each case, to procure the release of AngloGold from all past, present and future obligations and liabilities in terms of the Covalent Water Directive (including that the relevant Purchaser shall, if the Regional Director so requires, agree to be bound by the Covalent Water Directive or any amended or substituted version thereof whether to replace AngloGold or otherwise).
6.6.
If the Condition Precedent in clause 2.1.4 is waived by AngloGold in terms of clause 2.5, then the WW Purchaser and AngloGold hereby agree that, with effect from the Closing Date, as between them, all benefit and risk of the Covalent Water Directive that would (but for this clause 6.6) vest in and be borne by AngloGold shall vest in and be borne by the WW Purchaser and, as a result: (a) the WW Purchaser shall be obliged, at its cost, but (to the extent necessary) in AngloGold’s name to discharge on the respective due dates therefore AngloGold’s obligations under the Covalent Water Directive after the Closing Date; and (b) (without derogating from the provisions of clause 24.3) the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold against any Loss which may arise as a result of the WW Purchaser failing to comply with its obligations under this clause 6.6.
7.
MATERIAL ADVERSE CHANGE
7.1.
At any time after the Signature Date, but prior to the earlier of the date on which the Closing Date would occur but for this clause 7 (the "Original Closing Date") and the 10th (tenth) Business Day after either Harmony or AngloGold (as applicable) becomes aware of a Material Adverse Change, Harmony or AngloGold, as the case may be, shall, upon becoming aware of



61


a Material Adverse Change, notify the other in writing (the "MAC Notice") that it is of the view that a Material Adverse Change has occurred. The MAC Notice shall contain a detailed description of the alleged Material Adverse Change, as well as all such details as Harmony or AngloGold, as the case may be, is in possession of or has access to relating to the effect of such Material Adverse Change.
7.2.
AngloGold and Harmony shall meet within 10 (ten) Business Days after the delivery of any such MAC Notice in order to attempt to agree whether a Material Adverse Change has occurred, provided that if AngloGold and Harmony are unable to agree within 10 (ten) Business Days after such first meeting, the matter shall be referred to an Expert for determination in accordance with clause 49.
7.3.
If AngloGold and Harmony agree (or the Expert determines) that a Material Adverse Change has occurred, Harmony shall have the right to terminate the Transactions by giving written notice (a "MAC Termination Notice") of same to AngloGold within 10 (ten) Business Days after such agreement (or determination), provided that if Harmony does not so timeously deliver a MAC Termination Notice, the Purchasers shall have no Claim of any nature whatsoever against AngloGold in relation to the subject matter of the Material Adverse Change. Upon timeous delivery of any MAC Termination Notice, the Transactions and this Agreement shall immediately terminate, and AngloGold and the Purchasers shall have no claim of whatsoever nature against each other as a result thereof.
7.4.
In the event that a MAC Notice has been delivered and the subsequent process contemplated in this clause 7 has not been completed in accordance therewith prior to the date falling 5 (five) Business Days prior to the Original Closing Date, the Closing Date shall be postponed from the Original Closing Date and shall occur (unless the Transactions are terminated in accordance with clause 7.3): (a) if such process is completed on or before the 20th (twentieth) calendar day in any subsequent calendar month, on the last Business Day of such month; or (b) if such process is completed after the 20th (twentieth) calendar day in any subsequent calendar month, on the last Business Day of the month immediately following the month in which such process is completed.
7.5.
If the Closing Date is postponed in accordance with clause 7.4, and pursuant to the process contemplated in this clause 7, the Expert determines (or AngloGold and Harmony agree) that a Material Adverse Change has not occurred, the relevant Purchasers shall be liable for interest on all amounts of which they are required to make payment on the Closing Date at the Prime Rate plus 200 basis points and capitalised monthly in arrears, from the Original Closing Date to the date of the actual Closing Date, both dates inclusive.
7.6.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if and to the extent that AngloGold has, in respect of a particular Material Adverse Change, exercised its option contemplated in clause 1.3.172.3.1 and provided the relevant Purchaser/s with written notice of its intention to



62


provide the Excess Amount then, (i) irrespective of whether or not AngloGold has made payment of the Excess Amount prior to the Closing Date, the Purchasers shall not be entitled to terminate this Agreement in terms of this clause 7 (as read with clause 50.4.1) as a result of the aforesaid Material Adverse Change, but (ii) AngloGold shall remain at all times (including after the Closing Date) liable to promptly, upon written demand by the relevant Purchaser/s from time to time, make payment of the Excess Amount.
7.7.
For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that a MAC Notice has not been delivered by either Harmony or AngloGold in accordance with clause 7.1 prior to the Original Closing Date, this clause 7 shall cease to be of any force and effect and no Party shall be entitled to allege the occurrence of a Material Adverse Change.
Part B.
WW PACKAGE
Part B1: WW SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW) AND WW MINING BUSINESS
8.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW)
8.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold hereby sells and cedes to:
8.1.1.
the WW Purchaser, and the WW Purchaser hereby purchases and accepts such cession as an indivisible transaction, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, the Covalent Sale Shares and the Covalent Sale Claims; and
8.1.2.
Harmony, and Harmony hereby purchases and accepts such cession as an indivisible transaction, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement:
8.1.2.1.
the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares; and
8.1.2.2.
the Masakhisane Sale Shares.
8.2.
The Covalent Sale Shares, AngloGold Securities Services Sale Shares and Masakhisane Sale Shares, as applicable, shall be sold free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, with all rights attaching to them at the Closing Date, including the right to receive all distributions and dividends declared, paid or made in respect of the Covalent Sale Shares, the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares and the Masakhisane Sale Shares at or after the Closing Date. The aforegoing sentence applies mutatis mutandis to the Covalent Sale Claims.



63


8.3.
Notwithstanding the Signature Date (or anything to the contrary contained herein), the sales and cessions referred to in clause 8.1.1 will take place on the Closing Date and ownership of and risk in, and benefit attaching to:
8.3.1.
the Sale Equity (WW) (except the Covalent Sale Equity) will, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, pass to Harmony; and
8.3.2.
the Covalent Sale Equity will, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, pass to the WW Purchaser,
as applicable, on the Closing Date.
9.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE WW MINING BUSINESS
9.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold hereby sells, transfers and cedes to the WW Purchaser, and the WW Purchaser hereby purchases and accepts such transfer and cession, the WW Mining Business, as an indivisible transaction and as a going concern, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and excluding the Excluded Liabilities.
9.2.
Notwithstanding the Signature Date (or anything to the contrary contained herein) –
9.2.1.
the risk in and benefit attaching to the WW Mining Business shall vest in the WW Purchaser with effect on and as from the Closing Date and AngloGold shall cease to have operational control of the WW Mining Business on and as from the Closing Date;
9.2.2.
subject to clause 9.2.6, ownership of the WW Mining Business (other than the WW Mining Rights and the WW Mining Right 11 MR, the Immoveable Properties (WW), the Servitudes (WW), the Infrastructure (WW) and the Surface Right Permits (WW)) shall pass to the WW Purchaser on and with effect from the Closing Date;
9.2.3.
ownership of the WW Mining Rights shall pass to the WW Purchaser upon notarial execution of the Notarial Deeds of Cession in respect of the WW Mining Rights (as contemplated in clause 11.3);
9.2.4.
ownership of the WW Mining Right 11 MR shall pass to the WW Purchaser upon the Consolidation Application Ministerial Consent being granted (as contemplated in clause 11.4);
9.2.5.
ownership of each of the Immoveable Properties (WW) shall pass to the WW Purchaser on and with effect from the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (WW) (as contemplated in clause 11.6) and ownership of the Servitudes (WW) shall pass upon the date of registration in the Deeds Registry



64


of each of the notarial deeds of cession of servitude in respect of the Servitudes (WW) (as contemplated in clause 11.7);
9.2.6.
if the Infrastructure (WW): (a) accedes to the Immoveable Properties (WW), then ownership of such Infrastructure (WW) shall pass to the WW Purchaser on and with effect from the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (WW); or (b) does not accede to the Immoveable Properties (WW), then ownership of such Infrastructure (WW) shall pass to the WW Purchaser on and with effect from the Closing Date (as contemplated in clause 11.6); and
9.2.7.
ownership of the Surface Right Permits (WW) shall pass to the WW Purchaser upon registration of the consents or deeds of transfer of the Surface Right Permits (WW) in the Mining Titles Office (as contemplated in clause 11.8).
Part B2: WW DELIVERY AND IMPLEMENTATION
10.
DELIVERY OF THE SALE EQUITY (WW)
10.1.
On the Closing Date the representatives of AngloGold, Harmony and the WW Purchaser shall meet at 10h00 at the offices of ENSafrica at 129 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa, or at such other time and/or place as AngloGold, Harmony and the WW Purchaser may agree, where AngloGold shall, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, deliver to Harmony and the WW Purchaser, as applicable –
10.1.1.
the original share certificates in respect of the Covalent Sale Shares, AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares and the Masakhisane Sale Shares, together with duly executed cession and transfer forms (in a form attached hereto as Annexure CC) for the transfer of ownership in respect thereof (blank as to the transferee);
10.1.2.
all of the books, records, documents and assets of the WW Companies in the possession of AngloGold and/or under its control immediately before the Closing Date (including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the certificates of incorporation, memoranda of incorporation, minute books, tax records, securities register and other registers of the WW Companies), or alternatively place Harmony in effective control of such books, records, documents and assets;
10.1.3.
(a) the written resignation/s (in a form attached hereto as Annexure DD), with effect from the Closing Date, of all of the directors of each of the WW Companies, together with (b) an originally certified copy of the South African identity document (if South African) or valid passport (if not South African) of each resigning director, in each case certified within the 2 (two) months prior to the Closing Date;



65


10.1.4.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure FF) of the board of directors of:     
10.1.4.1.
Covalent: (a) approving the transfer of the Covalent Sale Shares to the WW Purchaser; (b) noting the cession of the Covalent Sale Claims to the WW Purchaser; (c) approving the issue of appropriate new share certificates in respect of the Covalent Sale Shares to the WW Purchaser which reflect the WW Purchaser as the registered owner of the Covalent Sale Shares; (d) directing the company secretary or any one director of Covalent to cancel the existing share certificate/s, which reflect AngloGold as the registered owner of the Covalent Sale Shares, and issue new share certificate/s to the WW Purchaser which reflect the WW Purchaser as the registered owner of the Covalent Sale Shares and to update the securities register of Covalent to reflect the WW Purchaser as the registered holder of the Covalent Sale Shares; (e) approving the appointment of the WW Purchaser's nominees to the board of directors of Covalent (provided that the WW Purchaser provides the names and identity/passport (as applicable) numbers of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (f) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 10.1.3;
10.1.4.2.
AngloGold Security Services: (a) approving the transfer of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares to Harmony; (b) approving the issue of appropriate new share certificates in respect of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares; (c) directing the company secretary or any one director of AngloGold Security Services to cancel the existing share certificate/s, which reflect AngloGold as the registered owner of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares, and issue new share certificate/s to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares and to update the securities register of AngloGold Security Services to reflect Harmony as the registered holder of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares; (d) approving the appointment of Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of AngloGold Security Services (provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date), subject to the terms and conditions of this



66


Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (e) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 10.1.3; and
10.1.4.3.
Masakhisane: (a) approving the transfer of the Masakhisane Sale Shares to Harmony; (b) approving the issue of appropriate new share certificates in respect of the Masakhisane to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the Masakhisane Sale Shares; (c) directing the company secretary or any one director of Masakhisane to cancel the existing share certificate/s, which reflect Masakhisane as the registered owner of the Masakhisane Sale Shares, and issue new share certificate/s to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the Masakhisane Sale Share and to update the securities register of Masakhisane to reflect Harmony as the registered holder of the Masakhisane Sale Shares; (d) approving the appointment of Harmony nominees to the board of directors of Masakhisane (provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (e) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 10.1.3;
10.1.5.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure GG) of AngloGold appointing Harmony and the WW Purchaser's nominees to the board of directors of each of the WW Companies, as applicable, provided that Harmony and the WW Purchaser provides the name and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees, as applicable, to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and
10.1.6.
the documents, in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust, referred to in clause 10.2.2.
10.2.
Wonderfontein Trust
10.2.1.
It is recorded that: (a) the Wonderfontein Trust was established (inter alia) for purposes of acquiring, procuring the transfer of and holding property, transferring property to any public benefit organisation established in terms of section 30 of the Income Tax Act and to undertake such environmental rehabilitation of Farm Adma No. 354 and the Adma Dam as determined by the trustees of the Wonderfontein Trust, in their sole discretion; and (b) the property so held by the Wonderfontein Trust is the Farm Adma No 354 Registration Division I.Q, Province of Gauteng.



67


10.2.2.
In accordance with (and subject to) clauses 10.1 and 10.1.6, the following documents, in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust, shall be delivered to the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date, namely –
10.2.2.1.
all of the books, records, documents and assets of the Wonderfontein Trust in the possession of AngloGold and/or under its control immediately before the Closing Date in relation to the Wonderfontein Trust (including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, minute books, tax records, and other registers of the Wonderfontein Trust), or alternatively place the WW Purchaser in effective control of such books, records, documents and assets (it being recorded that AngloGold is not aware of any such books, records, documents and assets being in its possession or under its control);
10.2.2.2.
copies of the trust deed and letters of authority and affidavits which are required to be submitted to the Master of the High Court in place of the aforesaid original trust deed and letters of authority of the Wonderfontein Trust;
10.2.2.3.
the original written resignation/s of AngloGold’s appointees to the board of trustees of the Wonderfontein Trust (in a form attached hereto as Annexure EE), with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 10.2.3;
10.2.2.4.
the original resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure HH) of the trustees of the Wonderfontein Trust authorising and approving (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date):
10.2.2.4.1.
the appointment of the WW Purchaser's nominees to the board of trustees of the Wonderfontein Trust with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 10.2.3, provided that the WW Purchaser provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date; and
10.2.2.4.2.
the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 10.2.2.3.



68


10.2.3.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser shall do all such things as may be necessary to procure the issuance of new letters of authority to effect the resignation and appointments contemplated in clauses 10.2.2.3 and 10.2.2.4 in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust and AngloGold shall use all reasonable endeavours to assist the WW Purchaser to obtain such new letters of authority and any other amendments to the deed of trust of the Wonderfontein Trust as reasonably requested by the WW Purchaser.
10.2.4.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates all of its rights and obligations in relation to the Wonderfontein Trust (if any) including such obligations as are recorded in the trust deed of the Wonderfontein Trust and any obligations that AngloGold may have undertaken by virtue of its nominee/s being trustees of the Wonderfontein Trust, in relation to or in connection with the Wonderfontein Trust, which cession, assignment and delegation the WW Purchaser accepts.
10.2.5.
If and to the extent that AngloGold is unable to cede, assign and delegate all of its rights and obligations in relation to the Wonderfontein Trust to the WW Purchaser as contemplated in clause 10.2.4 above, then the WW Purchaser and AngloGold hereby agree that, with effect from the Closing Date, as between them, all benefit arising from or relating to the Wonderfontein Trust that (but for this clause 10.2.5) would vest in and be borne by AngloGold shall vest in and be borne by the WW Purchaser and, as a result: (a) the WW Purchaser shall be obliged, at its cost, but (to the extent necessary) in AngloGold’s name to discharge AngloGold’s obligations in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust after the Closing Date; and (b) the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold against any Loss which may arise as a result of the WW Purchaser failing to comply with its obligations under this clause 10.2.5.
10.2.6.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall, to the extent required, use their reasonable endeavours to attend to any necessary updates (including, if applicable, the contact, address, banking and trustee details) of the Wonderfontein Trust where required on the Registration, Amendments and Verification Form (RAV01) and that, if required, a IT77TR is duly completed and timeously submitted with SARS).
10.3.
AngloGold and Harmony may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Closing Date and may instead provide for the delivery of the documents referred to in clause 10 in such other manner as they may agree.



69


11.
DELIVERY OF THE WW MINING BUSINESS
11.1.
Primary Delivery Provisions
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, AngloGold shall attend to the following:
11.1.1.
The Contracts (WW):
11.1.1.1.
AngloGold hereby assigns, cedes and delegates (with effect from the Closing Date) to the WW Purchaser all of its rights, title and interests in and to all prospective obligations in respect of the Contracts (WW), and the WW Purchaser hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to the Contracts (WW) consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to the Contracts (WW) are not required. AngloGold undertakes (subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 11.1.1) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Signature Date (and, to the extent not completed on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date) the assignment of the Contracts (WW), and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to the WW Purchaser as aforesaid with effect on and from the Closing Date, including to obtain all consents, approvals and waivers that may be required from any third parties for such assignment.
11.1.1.2.
If the WW Purchaser identifies any material Contract (WW) which, in the reasonable opinion of the WW Purchaser, necessarily requires an amendment (which amendment shall take effect on or after the Closing Date) in order for such Contract (WW) to be valid and binding and/or to properly serve the legitimate and reasonable requirements of the WW Purchaser in operating the WW Businesses after the Closing Date, then AngloGold shall: (a) co-operate with the WW Purchaser; and (b) (to the extent that AngloGold is in possession or control of same) provide any documentation, information and support, at the WW Purchaser's cost, to assist the WW Purchaser in endeavouring to procure the amendment in question, provided that compliance with such request shall not require AngloGold to act in any manner contrary to its interests nor to expend material time and resources.
11.1.1.3.
To the extent that the consent of any other third parties to any of the Contracts (WW) is required to effect the assignment, cession and



70


delegation contemplated in this clause 11.1.1 (the "Consenting Parties (WW)"), then –
11.1.1.3.1.
at the cost of the WW Purchaser and for a period of 4 (four) calendar months following the later of: (a) the Closing Date; and (b) the date on which a copy of the Contract (WW) is provided to the WW Purchaser in terms of this Agreement (provided that this item (b) shall apply only to Confidential Contracts (WW) (only to the extent that AngloGold has obtained approval from the relevant third party to disclose the relevant Confidential Contract (WW) to the WW Purchaser, as contemplated in clause 19.5.4), Proposed Contracts (WW) and Interim Period Contracts (WW) (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing), AngloGold shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the aforesaid consent of the relevant Consenting Parties (WW) for such Contract (WW). On termination of the aforesaid 4 (four) calendar month period, and to the extent that a Consenting Party (WW) fails to provide their aforesaid consent in relation to the relevant Contract (WW), AngloGold shall be entitled, in its sole and absolute discretion, in respect of such Contract (WW), to: (a) use its reasonable endeavours (for so long, and from time to time, as AngloGold may choose) to procure the aforesaid consent of such Consenting Party (WW); (b) exercise any rights that it has under such Contract (WW), to terminate such Contract (WW) in respect of which the consent of the Consenting Parties (WW) has not yet been obtained (WW) (whereafter AngloGold shall forthwith notify the WW Purchaser in writing thereof); and/or (c) terminate the provisions of clause 11.1.1.3.2 on written notice to the Purchaser insofar as they relate to such Contract (WW) named in such notice; and
11.1.1.3.2.
in respect of each such Contract (WW), from the Closing Date until the earlier of the date on which: (a) all Consenting Parties (WW) (whose consent is so required) provide their consent to the assignment,



71


cession and delegation of such Contract (WW) to the WW Purchaser and such assignment, cession and delegation is implemented; (b) such Contract (WW) is terminated (as contemplated in and in accordance with clause 11.1.1.3.2(b)); and/or (c) AngloGold terminates the provisions of this clause 11.1.1.3.2 (as contemplated in clause 11.1.1.3.1(c)) in respect of such Contract (WW), the WW Purchaser and AngloGold reciprocally undertake the following obligations for such period –
11.1.1.3.2.1.
as between the WW Purchaser and AngloGold, the benefit and risk of such Contracts (WW) shall vest in and be borne by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date and by the WW Purchaser from the Closing Date and thereafter. In particular but without limiting the aforegoing, if the Consenting Parties (WW) do not perform their obligations under such Contracts (WW) after the Closing Date, AngloGold shall take all such reasonable steps, at the cost of the WW Purchaser, as shall be available to enforce such obligations;
11.1.1.3.2.2.
AngloGold shall exercise all its rights under such Contracts (WW) for the benefit, at the direction and for the cost of the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall collect and pay to the WW Purchaser promptly all amounts due to be paid to AngloGold under such Contracts (WW);
11.1.1.3.2.3.
AngloGold shall be obliged, at its cost, to discharge on the respective due dates therefor any obligations under such Contracts (WW) in



72


respect of the period prior to the Closing Date;
11.1.1.3.2.4.
the WW Purchaser shall be obliged, at its cost, but in AngloGold's name to discharge on the respective due dates therefor AngloGold's obligations under such Contracts (WW) after the Closing Date; and
11.1.1.3.2.5.
the Parties hereby indemnify each other against any Loss which may arise as a result of the other of them failing to comply with their obligations under this clause 11.1.1,
provided that, if the terms of any Contract (WW) do not permit the above provisions of this clause 11.1.1.3.2 to be carried into effect, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall co-operate with each other in good faith to enable the object of this clause 11.1.1.3.2 to be achieved in relation to such Contract (WW) insofar as it is possible to do so lawfully.
11.1.1.4.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this clause 11.1.1 or the provisions of clause 19.5, the following provisions shall apply in regard to the 1991 Agreement: (a) it is recorded: (i) by AngloGold that based solely on correspondence received from Sibanye Gold Limited t/a Sibanye Stillwater dated 5 July 2019 and on the information which has been made available to AngloGold which has been disclosed to the Purchasers, AngloGold believes that the reference to “5 Shaft-west” in the 1991 Pumping Agreement refers to the mine shaft complex now known as Driefontein 10 shaft complex and is not aware of any information that contradicts this view ; and (ii) that AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers that AngloGold disputes that the 1991 Agreement is valid and binding at all, or alternatively disputes that the 1991 Agreement is valid and binding on AngloGold; (b) nevertheless, whilst AngloGold continues to dispute as aforesaid, AngloGold and the WW Purchaser agree that the provisions of clauses 11.1.1.1 to 11.1.1.3 shall apply to the 1991 Agreement and that AngloGold hereby assigns, cedes and delegates to the WW Purchaser, in terms of



73


clauses 11.1.1.1 to 11.1.1.3, such of the rights and obligations of AngloGold, under, to, in respect of and/or relating to the 1991 Agreement, as AngloGold may have (if any); (c) AngloGold contends that the 1991 Agreement shall only have any valid and binding effect if and when it is finally determined to be valid and binding by a court of competent jurisdiction and/or under the provisions of the Arbitration Act, No. 42 of 1965; and (d) nothing in this clause 11.1.1.4 shall be construed as an admission by AngloGold that the 1991 Agreement is valid and binding generally or on AngloGold in whole or in part. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph a, c and d of this clause 11.1.1.4, nothing in such paragraphs shall be construed as a confirmation or acceptance by any of the Purchasers regarding the accuracy of the recordal and statements contained in such paragraphs.
11.1.2.
The Sale Assets (WW): Subject to clause 11.2, AngloGold shall deliver to the WW Purchaser the Sale Assets (WW) by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, with the intent that legal title to all such Sale Assets (WW) shall pass by and upon such mode of delivery. AngloGold shall sign and execute, promptly upon receiving a written request from the WW Purchaser, all documents as may be reasonably required to procure the delivery and transfer, and to the extent necessary or possible, the registration of the transfer, of the Sale Assets (WW) into the name of the WW Purchaser;
11.1.3.
The Motor Vehicles (WW): AngloGold shall deliver to the WW Purchaser all such documents, duly completed, as may be necessary to enable the Motor Vehicles (WW) to be registered in the name of the WW Purchaser and to enable the WW Purchaser to obtain the necessary certificate of roadworthiness in respect thereof (provided that any costs having been incurred in obtaining such certificates shall be paid by the WW Purchaser);
11.1.4.
The books and records:
11.1.4.1.
AngloGold shall place the WW Purchaser in possession of the originals of all books, documents (including Contracts (WW), engineering manuals, drawings and designs) and records to the extent that it is in possession of same (irrespective of the medium in which such records are stored) which relate to the WW Package; provided that to the extent that AngloGold is required by law to retain any such original AngloGold shall instead be entitled to deliver a true and accurate copy thereof, and to the extent that any such records are kept on computer hardware which is not included within the WW Package, AngloGold



74


shall instead be required to deliver electronic copies thereof (in a format acceptable to the WW Purchaser, acting reasonably) or allow reasonable access to such computer hardware in order to enable the WW Purchaser to make electronic copies thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that any documents or records also relate to operations other than the Sale Package, then: (a) if such documents or records are material to the Sale Package, such documents or records shall (if AngloGold so requires) be redacted so as to remove all references and information in relation to such other operations, prior to the WW Purchaser being placed in possession of same on the Closing Date or within a reasonable period after the Closing Date; (b) if such documents or records are immaterial to the Sale Package, the WW Purchaser shall not be placed in possession of same; and (c) to the extent that the WW Purchaser receives possession of documents or records which relate to operations other than the Sale Package, the WW Purchaser shall make such documents or records available for collection by AngloGold for a period of 90 (ninety) calendar days following the Closing Date; and
11.1.4.2.
the WW Purchaser acknowledges that AngloGold may: (a) be requested by a Government Entity to provide such entity with; or (b) require, for the purposes of any litigation proceedings, an original or copy of any of the books, documents and/or records delivered to the WW Purchaser by AngloGold under this clause 11.1.4. Accordingly, AngloGold may request access to and/or copies of all books, documents and records delivered to the WW Purchaser under this clause 11.1.4 from time to time and at any time. The WW Purchaser shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide AngloGold with access to and/or copies of such records and documents within 20 (twenty) Business Days after written notice thereof by AngloGold, at the cost of AngloGold. AngloGold irrevocably undertakes to the WW Purchaser it shall treat all such records and documents as private, strictly confidential and safeguard them accordingly, and to use each and every effort (including, without limitation, at least those steps as it applies in protecting its own proprietary, secret and confidential information) to ensure that such records and documents are protected against theft and/or unauthorised access and that no-one receives such records and documents unless authorised by the WW Purchaser in writing (which authorisation shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).



75


11.1.5.
The Sale Liabilities (WW):
11.1.5.1.
AngloGold hereby delegates to the WW Purchaser, to the extent that the creditors concerned consent thereto, and the WW Purchaser hereby accepts such delegation of the Sale Liabilities (WW). To the extent applicable, AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the delegation of the Sale Liabilities (WW) to the WW Purchaser as aforesaid with effect from the Closing Date. To the extent that any such creditor does not agree thereto, the WW Purchaser shall be obliged after the Closing Date to discharge the Sale Liabilities (WW) on behalf of AngloGold on the respective due dates therefor and indemnifies AngloGold against any Claims of whatsoever nature that may be made against AngloGold in respect of the Sale Liabilities (WW) or the WW Purchaser’s failure to comply with its obligations in terms of this clause 11.1.5. The Parties record and agree that the WW Purchaser shall, with effect from the Closing Date, duly assume or punctually pay, satisfy, discharge, perform or fulfil (as the case may be) all of the Sale Liabilities (WW).
11.1.5.2.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties record and agree that AngloGold shall remain fully and solely liable and responsible for all Excluded Liabilities.
11.2.
Additional Delivery Provisions
In addition to the provisions of clause 11.1, AngloGold and the WW Purchaser agree that, on the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2:
11.2.1.
in respect of the WW Mining Rights, the provisions of clause 4 and clause 11.3 below shall apply;
11.2.2.
in respect of the WW Mining Right 11 MR, the provisions of clause 4 and clause 11.4 below shall apply;
11.2.3.
in respect of the Wonderfontein Trust, the AngloGold Enviro Trust (and the Trust Money) and the WW Financial Guarantees, the provisions of clause 10.2 and 11.4 below shall apply;
11.2.4.
in respect of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and Infrastructure (WW) the provisions of clause 11.6 below shall apply;
11.2.5.
in respect of the Servitudes (WW), the provisions of clause 11.7 below shall apply;



76


11.2.6.
in respect of the Surface Right Permits (WW), the provisions of clause 11.8 below shall apply;
11.2.7.
in respect of the Consumable Stores (WW), the provisions of clause 11.9 below shall apply;
11.2.8.
in respect of the Critical Spares (WW), the provisions of clause 11.10 below shall apply;
11.2.9.
in respect of the WW Core, the provisions of clause 11.11 below shall apply;
11.2.10.
in respect of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) and the Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (WW), the provisions of clause 11.12 below shall apply;
11.2.11.
in respect of the MOD (WW), the provisions of clause 11.13 below shall apply;
11.2.12.
in respect of the Gold in Lock Up (WW) and Gold In Process (WW), the provisions of clause 11.14 below shall apply;
11.2.13.
in respect of AngloGold’s rights under all Permits (WW), the provisions of clause 12 below shall apply; and
11.2.14.
in respect of the Environmental Obligations (WW), the provisions of clause 24.1 below shall apply.
11.3.
WW Mining Rights
11.3.1.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2 and to the extent that it has not already done so:
11.3.1.1.
AngloGold shall deliver to the WW Purchaser: (a) the originals or certified copies of such board resolution/s and other documents, in its possession or under its control, as may be necessary in order to procure the transfer of the WW Mining Rights from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser; and (b) copies of (or to the extent that AngloGold is in possession of same on the Closing Date, the originals of) the WW Mining Rights and Section 11 Ministerial Consent; and
11.3.1.2.
the parties shall execute the Notarial Deeds of Cession.
11.3.2.
The WW Purchaser shall lodge or procure the lodgement of the Notarial Deeds of Cession, for registration at the Mining Titles Office in terms of the MTRA, within the 60‑day period contemplated in section 11(4) of the MPRDA.



77


11.3.3.
AngloGold shall, upon written request by the WW Purchaser, give all reasonable assistance and take all such action as may be reasonably required by the WW Purchaser to give effect to the provisions of this clause 11.3.
11.3.4.
The Parties record that some of the Infrastructure (WW) has been valued and rated by the local authority in terms of Section 17(1)(f) of the Rates Act as part of the WW Mining Rights, in respect of which no clearance certificates may be issued and to which the Interim Payment Arrangement referred to in clause 11.6.21.5 applies. The WW Purchaser shall, subject to AngloGold providing the WW Purchaser with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by the WW Purchaser, refund AngloGold in respect of that part of any payment made by AngloGold to the local authority that relates to the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of the Notarial Deeds of Cession in the Mining Titles Office, and in relation to the period after the relevant date of registration of the Notarial Deeds of Cession in the Mining Titles Office, to the extent that the WW Purchaser is credited with such advance payments by the relevant local authority concerned and such amounts are not refunded by the relevant local authority concerned to AngloGold.
11.3.5.
In relation to the period from the Closing Date until the date of registration of the Notarial Deeds of Cession in the Mining Titles Office (both dates inclusive), the WW Purchaser shall, without limitation, be liable for:
11.3.5.1.
all costs of water, electricity, gas, refuse removal, sewage and any other services provided in respect of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the WW Mining Rights areas (including any deposits payable in connection therewith);
11.3.5.2.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the WW Mining Rights areas; and
11.3.5.3.
all rates and taxes and other imposts levied by any Governmental Entity in respect of the WW Mining Rights areas;
and the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of the Notarial Deeds of Cession in the Mining Titles Office, against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto.



78


11.3.6.
With effect from the Closing Date the WW Purchaser shall be responsible for taking out any insurance it requires in relation to the buildings and infrastructure erected on the WW Mining Areas.
11.3.7.
The Parties record that the buildings constructed within the WW Mining Areas were constructed for mining purposes and that there are no approved building plans or electricity compliance certificates in respect thereof.
11.4.
WW Mining Right 11 MR
11.4.1.
The WW Mining Right 11 MR shall be delivered to the WW Purchaser by virtue of AngloGold providing the WW Purchaser with the assistance contemplated in clause 4.9, and the WW Purchaser being granted the Consolidation Application Ministerial Consent.
11.4.2.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, AngloGold will use its reasonable endeavours to prepare and deliver to Harmony, on the Closing Date (failing which as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date), such documents which are required to support the Consolidation Application, including but not limited to a conditional deed of abandonment of the WW Mining Right 11 MR specifying that AngloGold abandons the WW Mining Right 11 MR on condition that the Consolidation Application Ministerial Consent is obtained in order to inter alia incorporate it into WW Mining Right 01.
11.5.
AngloGold Enviro Trust (and the Trust Money) and the WW Financial Guarantees
11.5.1.
It is recorded that AngloGold has made provision for the rehabilitation of the WW Mining Areas in the amounts and by way of the methods detailed below:
11.5.1.1.
a contribution to the AngloGold Enviro Trust of the Trust Money. It is recorded that contributions made by AngloGold to the AngloGold Enviro Trust are in respect of AngloGold’s rehabilitation obligations for both the WW Mining Areas and the VR Region; and
11.5.1.2.
the provision of the WW Financial Guarantees.
11.5.2.
It is recorded that the AngloGold Enviro Trust is a trust registered for purposes of section 37A of the Income Tax Act.
11.5.3.
The AngloGold Enviro Trust and Trust Money
11.5.3.1.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2 and to the extent that it has not already done so, AngloGold shall deliver to the WW Purchaser:



79


11.5.3.1.1.
all of the books, records, documents and assets of the AngloGold Enviro Trust in the possession of AngloGold and/or under its control immediately before the Closing Date in relation to the AngloGold Enviro Trust (including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, minute books, tax records, and other registers of the AngloGold Enviro Trust), or alternatively place the WW Purchaser in effective control of such books, records, documents and assets;
11.5.3.1.2.
the original trust deed and letters of authority in respect of the AngloGold Enviro Trust;
11.5.3.1.3.
the original written resignation/s of AngloGold’s appointees to the board of trustees of the AngloGold Enviro Trust (in a form attached hereto as Annexure EE), with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the AngloGold Enviro Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 11.5.3.2;
11.5.3.1.4.
the original resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure HH) of the trustees of the AngloGold Enviro Trust authorising and approving (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date):
11.5.3.1.4.1.
the appointment of the WW Purchaser’s nominees to the board of trustees of the AngloGold Enviro Trust with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the AngloGold Enviro Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 11.5.3.2, provided that the WW Purchaser provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date; and



80


11.5.3.1.4.2.
the resignations of the persons referred in clause 11.5.3.1.3.
11.5.3.2.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser shall do all such things as may be necessary to procure the issuance of new letters of authority in respect of the AngloGold Enviro Trust and AngloGold shall use all reasonable endeavours to assist the WW Purchaser to obtain such new letters of authority and any other amendments to the deed of trust of the AngloGold Enviro Trust as reasonably requested by the WW Purchaser.
11.5.3.3.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates all of its rights and obligations in relation to the AngloGold Enviro Trust (if any) including such obligations as are recorded in the trust deed of the AngloGold Enviro Trust and any obligations that AngloGold may have undertaken by virtue of its nominee/s being trustees of the AngloGold Enviro Trust, in relation to or in connection with the AngloGold Enviro Trust, which cession, assignment and delegation the WW Purchaser accepts.
11.5.3.4.
If and to the extent that AngloGold is unable to cede, assign and delegate all of its rights and obligations in relation to the AngloGold Enviro Trust to the WW Purchaser as contemplated in clause 11.5.3.3 above, then the WW Purchaser and AngloGold hereby agree that, with effect from the Closing Date, as between them, all benefit arising from or relating to the AngloGold Enviro Trust that (but for this clause 11.5.3.4) would vest in and be borne by AngloGold shall vest in and be borne by the WW Purchaser and, as a result: (a) the WW Purchaser shall be obliged, at its cost, but (to the extent necessary) in AngloGold’s name to discharge AngloGold’s obligations in respect of the AngloGold Enviro Trust after the Closing Date; and (b) the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold against any Loss which may arise as a result of the WW Purchaser failing to comply with its obligations under this clause 11.5.3.4.
11.5.3.5.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall attend to the necessary updates (including, the contact, address, banking and trustee details) of the AngloGold Enviro Trust where required on the Registration, Amendments and Verification Form (RAV01) and that the IT77TR is duly completed and timeously submitted with SARS.



81


11.5.4.
WW Financial Guarantees
11.5.4.1.
On the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser shall deliver to ENSafrica, the original financial guarantee/s it intends to submit at the Gauteng Regional Office of the DMRE for the rehabilitation of the WW Mining Areas, which are consistent with the Minister's requirements in terms of the Section 11 Ministerial Consent (the "Purchaser Financial Guarantee"), which Purchaser Financial Guarantee ENSafrica shall hold in escrow until such time as the WW Purchaser and AngloGold attend the Gauteng Regional Office of the DMRE.
11.5.4.2.
As soon as reasonably possible (and no later than 2 (two) Business Days) after the Closing Date, ENSafrica shall release the Purchaser Financial Guarantee from escrow and the WW Purchaser and AngloGold will attend at the Gauteng Regional Office of the DMRE to uplift the original WW Financial Guarantees and replace them with the original Purchaser Financial Guarantee, after which AngloGold shall cancel the WW Financial Guarantees. If AngloGold is unable to uplift the original WW Financial Guarantees:
11.5.4.2.1.
the WW Purchaser shall nevertheless submit the original Purchaser Financial Guarantee at the Gauteng Regional Office of the DMRE; and
11.5.4.2.2.
with effect from the Closing Date and until such time as the original WW Financial Guarantees are uplifted, the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the DMRE bringing a claim against AngloGold and/or enforcing the WW Financial Guarantees but only to the extent that such claim and/or enforcement relates to any portion of the WW Financial Guarantees that relates to the WW Mining Business.
11.5.4.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, AngloGold shall use all reasonable endeavours to procure the upliftment of the original WW Financial Guarantees and the WW Purchaser shall provide all assistance required by AngloGold in this regard.



82


11.6.
Immoveable Properties (WW) and Infrastructure (WW)
11.6.1.
Occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW) will be provided to the WW Purchaser by AngloGold on the Closing Date against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2.
11.6.2.
All risk in and benefit attaching to such Immoveable Property (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW) shall vest in the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date against payment of the Cash Portion in terms of clause 16.2.2.
11.6.3.
The WW Purchaser shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 11.6, and be entitled to use and occupy the Immoveable Properties (WW) from the Closing Date until the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (WW) (both dates inclusive) (the "Immoveable Property Period (WW)").
11.6.4.
To the extent that the Infrastructure (WW):
11.6.4.1.
accedes to immoveable property which forms part of the Immoveable Properties (WW), then such Infrastructure (WW) shall transfer to the WW Purchaser with each respective Immoveable Property (WW) on the Transfer Date of such Immoveable Properties (WW) and the WW Purchaser shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 11.6, and be entitled to use and occupy such Infrastructure (WW) from the Closing Date until the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (WW) (both dates inclusive) (the "Infrastructure Period (WW)"); or
11.6.4.2.
does not accede to immoveable property which forms part of the Immoveable Properties (WW), then AngloGold shall on the Closing Date deliver such Infrastructure (WW) to the WW Purchaser by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, with the legal intent that legal title to all such Infrastructure (WW) shall pass by and upon such mode of delivery on the Closing Date. AngloGold shall sign and execute, upon receiving a written request from the WW Purchaser, all documents as may be reasonably required to procure the delivery and transfer, and to the extent necessary or possible, the registration of the transfer, of such Infrastructure (WW) into the name of the WW Purchaser.
11.6.5.
It is the intention of the Parties that the Transfer (WW) of each Immoveable Property (WW) takes place as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. To give



83


effect to this intention, the Parties agree that the Conveyancer is hereby authorised on behalf of all of the Parties to and shall during the Interim Period and after the Closing Date, if necessary:
11.6.5.1.
take all steps as may be necessary to apply to the relevant local authority for rates clearance figures in respect of each of the Immoveable Properties (WW) (the "Rates Clearance Figures (WW)"); and
11.6.5.2.
prepare all documents necessary for lodgement of the Transfers (WW) in the relevant Deeds Registry as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
11.6.6.
The Parties undertake that they shall do all such things as may be necessary to give effect to the intention of the Parties as set out in clause 11.6.4, including but not limited to providing and signing the relevant documentation to authorise the Conveyancer to apply to the relevant local authority for the Rates Clearance Figures (WW) and providing such documentation to the Conveyancer which is necessary to prepare all documents to give effect to the Transfers (WW). All costs associated with the applications for Rates Clearance Figures (WW) shall be for the account of the WW Purchaser.
11.6.7.
On the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2:
11.6.7.1.
and to the extent that it has not already done so, AngloGold shall hand over to the Conveyancer all the original title deeds in its possession or under its control in respect of the Immoveable Properties (WW), alternatively, the particulars of title deeds that have been permanently filed at the Deeds Registry, in respect of the Immoveable Properties (WW), alternatively signed applications for the issue of substituting copies of all lost deeds, and all other documentation, as requested by the Conveyancer, to give effect to the provisions of this clause 11.6; and
11.6.7.2.
the Parties shall each nominate 2 (two) or more appropriate representatives employed by AngloGold and the WW Purchaser (or any of its Affiliates) respectively (the "Authorised Representatives (WW)") to act on their behalf to complete and/or sign all documents necessary to effect the Transfers (WW) and the execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) and registration of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) in the



84


relevant Deeds Registry, or the notarial execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW), as applicable, as contemplated in clause 11.7. The Parties will on the Closing Date each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (WW) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the Transfers (WW) and the execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitude (WW) and registration of the cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW), or the notarial execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitude (WW), as applicable in the relevant Deeds Registry. The Authorised Representative (WW) of each Party shall be:
11.6.7.2.1.
in the case of AngloGold, Lizelle Marwick or Ryan Webb; and
11.6.7.2.2.
in the case of the WW Purchaser, Neil Terblanche or Phillip Tobias.
11.6.8.
AngloGold shall, on request by the Conveyancer, pay in full the relevant Rates Clearance Figures (WW) in respect of the period up to and including the Closing Date, in order for a rates clearance certificate to be issued to the Conveyancer, in respect of each of the Immoveable Properties (WW) as well as the Infrastructure (WW) (if necessary), in terms of section 118 of the Local Government: Municipal Systems Act, No. 32 of 2000 (the "Rates Clearance Certificate (WW)"). AngloGold undertakes to the WW Purchaser that when obtaining the Rates Clearance Figures (WW) for the period up to and including the Closing Date, from the relevant local authority for purposes of the Transfer (WW), it shall effect payment of the full debt due (in respect of the aforesaid period) to the relevant local authority as at such date and shall not limit this to the 2 (two) years preceding the issue of the relevant Rates Clearance Certificate (WW).
11.6.9.
The WW Purchaser shall, on request by the Conveyancer, pay the relevant Rates Clearance Figures (WW) that relate to the period after the Closing Date, in order for the Rates Clearance Certificate to be issued to the Conveyancer.  
11.6.10.
The WW Purchaser shall, subject to AngloGold providing the WW Purchaser with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by the WW Purchaser in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (WW) paid by AngloGold, refund AngloGold in respect of that part of any payment made by AngloGold to the local authority that relates to the period between the Closing Date and the relevant Transfer Date, and only in relation to the period after the relevant Transfer



85


Date to the extent that the WW Purchaser is credited with such advance payments by the relevant local authority concerned and such amounts are not refunded by the relevant local authority concerned to AngloGold. AngloGold shall, subject to the WW Purchaser providing AngloGold with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by AngloGold in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (WW) paid by the WW Purchaser, refund the WW Purchaser in respect of that part of any payment made by the WW Purchaser in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (WW) that relates to the period between the Closing Date and the relevant Transfer Date, to the extent that , after the relevant Transfer Date, AngloGold is refunded such amounts by the relevant local authority and such amounts are actually received by AngloGold.
11.6.11.
The WW Purchaser shall, on written request by AngloGold refund AngloGold for any and all deposits made by AngloGold in relation to the Immoveable Properties (WW) and/or the Infrastructure (WW), to the extent that WW Purchaser is credited with and has received such deposits by the relevant local authority concerned and such amounts are not refunded by the relevant local authority concerned to AngloGold.
11.6.12.
AngloGold undertakes to the WW Purchaser that it shall, at its cost, do all such things as may be necessary (including providing relevant documentation for the Transfer (WW)) to obtain all consents and/or approval, as registered owner of the Immoveable Properties (WW), that are required to give effect to the Transfers (WW) contemplated in this clause 11.6, including (without limitation), procuring the consent and/or approval of the relevant local authority or any third party to the Transfers (WW).
11.6.13.
The Parties undertake in favour of each other that:
11.6.13.1.
the Parties shall procure that 1 (one) of their Authorised Representatives (WW) signs all documents required to give effect to the Transfer (WW) without delay and to provide all documents and information and do all things necessary in order to effect the Transfer (WW); and
11.6.13.2.
each Party shall take all steps, pay all amounts and do and procure the doing of all such things as are reasonable in the circumstance so as to place the Conveyancer in a position to, and to ensure that the Conveyancer, effect Transfer (WW) in the relevant Deed Registry without unnecessary delay or hindrance.



86


11.6.14.
All costs, taxes, fees and disbursements (including transfer duty and VAT, if any) incurred to effect the transfer of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and Infrastructure (WW) to the WW Purchaser shall be paid by the WW Purchaser within 7 (seven) calendar days after being requested to do so by the Conveyancer in writing and on receipt of a VAT invoice from the Conveyancers.
11.6.15.
Subject to the Warranties, the Parties agree that the Immoveable Properties (WW), as well as the Infrastructure (WW), are sold to the extent as they now lie, voetstoots, subject to all conditions, servitudes, Surface Right Permits (WW) and any Encumbrances, and further subject to the provisions of clause 11.6.20 in relation to the subdivision and transfer of the SANRAL Portions (WW) to SANRAL .
11.6.16.
The Parties record that the Infrastructure (WW) was erected for mining purposes pursuant to surface right permits and/or mining rights granted to AngloGold and that there are no approved building plans or electricity compliance certificates in terms of the Electrical Installation Regulations promulgated under the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 in respect thereof.
11.6.17.
AngloGold shall be obliged to procure the issue of a valid and up to date certificate of compliance in respect of each of the freehold residential properties included in the Immovable Properties (WW) as referred to in Annexure Q as contemplated in terms of the Electrical Installation Regulations 2009 promulgated under the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993, (the "Compliance Certificate (WW)") (to the extent that AngloGold is not already in possession of a valid Compliance Certificate (WW) which is less than 2 (two years old)) and deliver the valid and up to date Compliance Certificates (WW) for each such freehold residential property to the WW Purchaser on or before the Closing Date (and, to the extent not delivered on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date but before the respective Transfer Date). AngloGold shall be liable for the cost of procuring the issue of the said Compliance Certificates (WW) (to the extent that it is necessary to procure the issue of an updated Compliance Certificate (WW)), including without limitation the cost of any necessary electrical work.
11.6.18.
In relation to the Immoveable Property Period (WW), the WW Purchaser shall, without limitation, be liable for:
11.6.18.1.
all costs of water, electricity, gas, refuse removal, sewage and any other services provided in respect of the: (a) Immoveable Properties (WW), for the Immoveable Property Period (WW); and (b) Infrastructure (WW), for the Infrastructure Period (WW), (including any deposits payable in connection therewith);



87


11.6.18.2.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of: (a) the Infrastructure (WW), for the Infrastructure Period (WW); and (b) all other improvements and structures on the Immoveable Properties (WW), for the Immoveable Property Period (WW), to the extent that such maintenance and upkeep is required by the WW Purchaser; and
11.6.18.3.
all rates and taxes and other imposts levied by any local authority in respect of the: (a) Immoveable Properties (WW), for the Immoveable Property Period (WW); and (b) Infrastructure (WW), for the Infrastructure Period (WW),
and the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the Immoveable Property Period (WW), against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.
11.6.19.
During the Immovable Property Period (WW), the WW Purchaser shall be responsible for taking out any insurance it requires in relation to the Immoveable Properties (WW) or the Infrastructure (WW) with effect from the Closing Date.
11.6.20.
SANRAL:
11.6.20.1.
AngloGold concluded an agreement with SANRAL on or about 10 September 2018 to transfer at no consideration to SANRAL the subdivided portions, namely:
11.6.20.1.1.
Portion 107 (a portion of Portion 62) Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ; and
11.6.20.1.2.
Portion 29 (a portion of Portion 12) Elandsfontein 115 IQ,
on which the national road is located, (the "SANRAL Portions (WW)").
11.6.20.2.
The WW Purchaser acquires the Remainder of Portion 62 Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Remainder of Portion 12 Elandsfontein 115 IQ, as two of the Immovable Properties (WW), subject to AngloGold’s agreement with SANRAL in relation to the SANRAL Portions (WW), the subdivision to create the SANRAL Portions (WW) and subsequent registration of transfer by AngloGold of the SANRAL Portions (WW) into the name of SANRAL. The Parties agree that registration of



88


transfer of the SANRAL Portions (WW) to SANRAL shall be registered before or simultaneously with the registration of transfer in the name of the WW Purchaser of the Remainder of Portion 62 Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Remainder of Portion 12 Elandsfontein 115 IQ as contemplated in this clause 11.6 and that all costs and disbursements associated with the subdivision and transfer of the SANRAL Portions (WW) to SANRAL shall be borne by AngloGold or SANRAL as agreed between them.
11.6.20.3.
AngloGold shall pay in full the relevant rates clearance figures in order for a rates clearance certificate to be issued to the conveyancer attending to the transfer of the SANRAL Portions (WW) to SANRAL, in respect of Portion 62 Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Portion 12 Elandsfontein 115 IQ, in terms of section 118 of the Local Government: Municipal Systems Act, No. 32 of 2000 and the WW Purchaser shall refund AngloGold, subject to AngloGold providing the WW Purchaser with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by the WW Purchaser, in respect of any payment made as aforesaid that relates to the Remainder of Portion 62 Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Remainder of Portion 12 Elandsfontein 115 IQ as from the Closing Date and the period thereafter.
11.6.21.
Municipal Valuations, Objections and Appeals
11.6.21.1.
The Parties record that:
11.6.21.1.1.
the Merafong City Local Municipality ("Merafong Municipality") has published a general municipal valuation roll effective from 1 July 2019, and may thereafter cause and may publish (or may have caused and published since) supplementary valuation rolls, in which new municipal values have been, or may be, accorded to the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW) (all such new municipal values published at any time up to the Closing Date are hereinafter referred to as the "Municipal New Values (WW)");
11.6.21.1.2.
AngloGold has lodged, or may in the future lodge, in terms of section 50 of the Rates Act, objections against the Municipal New Values (WW) (the "Municipal Objections (WW)"). It is recorded that



89


AngloGold has already lodged the following Municipal Objections (WW), namely those published: (a) against 14 (fourteen) of the mining properties comprising the Immoveable Properties (WW); and (b) against certain of the Infrastructure (WW) valued as part of the WW Mining Rights and WW Mining Right 11 MR (collectively, the "Municipal Properties and Infrastructure"); and
11.6.21.1.3.
AngloGold may already have lodged, or may in the future lodge, an appeal in terms of section 54(1)(a) of the Rates Act to the valuation appeal board against any decision of the municipal valuer regarding the Municipal Objections (WW) (the "Municipal Appeals (WW)").
11.6.21.2.
With effect from the Closing Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any period on and after the Transfer (WW)), in respect of all Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal Appeals (WW), the following provisions shall apply:
11.6.21.2.1.
the WW Purchaser shall, from the Closing Date, if in its sole discretion it so chooses (but without limiting the rights of AngloGold under clause 11.6.21.2.2): (a) lodge all and any Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal Appeals (WW) that have not yet been lodged; and (b) diligently prosecute, administer and pursue (in all respects) all and any Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal Appeals (WW) to finality, at its cost, until no further objections, reviews and appeals are possible. The aforegoing actions by the WW Purchaser shall be performed in its own name or, in those cases where AngloGold has already lodged Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal Appeals (WW), operating under power of attorney granted by AngloGold where applicable; and
11.6.21.2.2.
notwithstanding the foregoing, and whilst AngloGold shall have no obligation to do so whatsoever, AngloGold shall be entitled (but not obliged), during the Immoveable Property Period, to: (a) lodge all and any Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal



90


Appeals (WW) as it may, in its sole discretion, so choose; and (b) prosecute, administer and pursue (in all or any respects) all or any Municipal Objections (WW) and Municipal Appeals (WW) to finality, at its cost, until no further objections, reviews and appeals are possible.
11.6.21.3.
The WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to legal costs and costs awarded against it), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands arising after the Closing Date in relation to any Municipal Objections (WW) and/or Municipal Appeals (WW) (and the processes relating thereto) contemplated in clause 11.6.21.2.1 which are incurred by AngloGold during the Immoveable Property Period (WW) as a result of any action pursued after the Closing Date by the WW Purchaser as contemplated in clause 11.6.21.2.1 from the Closing Date, whether under power of attorney granted by AngloGold or in its own name.
11.6.21.4.
The WW Purchaser shall provide AngloGold with, or will procure that AngloGold is promptly provided with, copies of any and all notices and correspondence received from the relevant Government Entity which relate to any Municipal Objections (WW) and/or Municipal Appeals (WW) (and the processes relating thereto) contemplated in clause 11.6.21.2.2 which are received by the WW Purchaser after the Closing Date.
11.6.21.5.
It is recorded that AngloGold and Merafong Municipality entered into an interim payment arrangement (the "Interim Payment Arrangement") with effect from 1 July 2019 in terms whereof:
11.6.21.5.1.
AngloGold pays rates in a sum of ZAR8 128 686 (eight million one hundred and twenty eight thousand six hundred and eighty six Rand) per annum (being an amount of ZAR677 390 (six hundred and seventy seven thousand three hundred and ninety Rand) monthly) in respect of the Municipal Properties and Infrastructure categorised as mining properties;
11.6.21.5.2.
50% (fifty percent) of the aforesaid monthly rates payments in the sum of ZAR338 695 (three hundred



91


and thirty eight thousand six hundred and ninety five Rands) is to be paid by AngloGold to the Merafong Municipality and held in an interest bearing trust investment by the duly appointed attorney of the Merafong Municipality (the "Merafong Trust Money") pending final determinations of values in the appeal processes, whereupon the rates obligation of AngloGold in accordance with the rulings will be calculated, and the Merafong Trust Money be utilised towards its rates payment obligations for such period, and any balance to be refunded to AngloGold; and
11.6.21.5.3.
the interest on the Merafong Trust Money will accrue to Merafong Municipality, but be taken into account as payment by AngloGold towards its rates obligations in respect of the rates on the Municipal Properties and Infrastructure.
11.6.21.6.
As contemplated in clause 11.6.21.7 AngloGold undertakes (subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 11.6) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure in writing from the Merafong Municipality, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Signature Date (and, to the extent not completed on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date) the cession and assignment of the Interim Payment Arrangement, and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to the WW Purchaser as aforesaid with effect on and from the Closing Date, including to obtain all consents, approvals and waivers that may be required from the Merafong Municipality for such assignment.
11.6.21.7.
Without derogating from any other provisions in this Agreement, if and to the extent that any Municipal Objection (WW) or Municipal Appeal (WW) is successful and the result thereof is that any portion of any rates or taxes paid by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date are to either be reimbursed by the relevant Governmental Entity and/or are to be refunded to AngloGold in terms of the Interim Payment Arrangement and/or are to result in a credit or set off (in an amount equal to such portion) being granted by the relevant Government Entity, then: (a) the WW Purchaser shall, forthwith upon the Municipal Objection (WW) or Municipal Appeal (WW) (as the case may be) being successful as aforesaid, pay, provided such amount has been paid to and actually



92


received by the WW Purchaser, an amount equal to the aforesaid portion to AngloGold; and (b) AngloGold hereby, with effect from the date of receipt of the aforesaid payment, cedes and assigns to the WW Purchaser all and any rights which AngloGold may have to recover such portion from the Governmental Entity (and the WW Purchaser hereby accepts such cession and assignment).
11.6.22.
Merafong Litigation
11.6.22.1.
In relation to the litigation under case numbers 23558/2011 and 47019/2014, copies of which are filed under folder 1.2.12.1.2 of the Data Room, (the "Merafong Litigation"), AngloGold shall notify the WW Purchaser in writing no later than the Closing Date, whether or not the WW Purchaser must pursue the Merafong Litigation. Should AngloGold elect that the WW Purchaser must pursue the Merafong Litigation then in order to give effect to the aforesaid AngloGold will either grant the WW Purchaser a power of attorney to conduct the Merafong Litigation in AngloGold’s name, in which case AngloGold shall provide such power of attorney to the WW Purchaser or the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall bring an application to the relevant Governmental Entity for substitution of AngloGold with the WW Purchaser in respect of the Merafong Litigation, in which case the WW Purchaser shall do all such things as AngloGold may reasonably require in order to achieve the aforesaid substitution.
11.6.22.2.
Should AngloGold elect as aforesaid that the WW Purchaser shall pursue the Merafong Litigation , the WW Purchaser shall, at its own cost, diligently administer and pursue (in all respects) the Merafong Litigation to finality until no further applications, actions, reviews and/or appeals are possible.
11.6.22.3.
The WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to legal costs and costs awarded against it), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands arising after the Closing Date in relation to the Merafong Litigation (and the processes relating thereto) and pursued after the Closing Date by the WW Purchaser.
11.6.22.4.
The WW Purchaser shall provide AngloGold with, or will procure that AngloGold is promptly provided with, copies of any judgements and/



93


or awards which relate to the Merafong Litigation which are received by the WW Purchaser after the Closing Date.
11.6.22.5.
Without derogating from any other provisions in this Agreement, if and to the extent that the Merafong Litigation is successful and the result thereof is that any portion of any costs (including, but not limited to, legal costs), surcharges, rates or taxes paid by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date are either reimbursed by the relevant Governmental Entity and/or result in a credit or set off (in an amount equal to such portion) being granted by the relevant Government Entity, then the WW Purchaser shall, forthwith upon the Merafong Litigation being successful as aforesaid, pay an amount equal to the aforesaid portion to AngloGold.
11.7.
Servitudes (WW)
11.7.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates, to the extent that it has not already occurred, to the WW Purchaser all of its rights, title and interests in and to and all prospective obligations in respect of the Servitudes (WW), and the WW Purchaser hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to such Servitudes (WW) consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to such Servitudes (WW) are not required. AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the registration in the Deeds Registry of the notarial deeds of cession of servitudes in respect of the Servitudes (WW), and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to the WW Purchaser as aforesaid as well as registration thereof in the Deeds Registry.
11.7.2.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, occupation and possession of the servitude areas of the Servitudes (WW) shall be granted by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser to the extent that it has not already done so. From the Closing Date until the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment in the relevant Deeds Registry in respect of each of the respective Servitudes (WW) (both dates inclusive), all risk in and benefit attaching to such Servitudes (WW) shall vest in the WW Purchaser and the WW Purchaser shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions of the respective servitudes as well as those terms and conditions set out in this clause 11.7.2, to use and occupy the servitude areas of the Servitudes (WW).



94


11.7.3.
It is the intention of the Parties that the registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of Servitudes (WW) in the relevant Deeds Registry takes place as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. To give effect to this intention, the Parties agree that the Conveyancer is hereby authorised on behalf of both Parties to and shall during the Interim Period prepare all documents necessary for the notarial execution and lodgement of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of Servitudes (WW) in the relevant Deeds Registry as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
11.7.4.
On the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2:
11.7.4.1.
and to the extent that it has not already done so, AngloGold shall hand over to the Conveyancer all the original notarial deeds of servitude in respect of the Servitudes (WW), or signed applications for substituting copies in respect of all lost deeds and all other documentation, as requested by the Conveyancer, to give effect to the provisions of this clause 11.7.4; and
11.7.4.2.
the Parties shall each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (WW) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) and registration thereof in the relevant Deeds Registry.
11.7.5.
AngloGold shall furnish to the registered landowner/s of the servient properties under the Servitudes (WW) the required notices of cession and assignment, to the extent required in terms of the provisions of the relevant deeds of servitude of the Servitudes (WW).
11.7.6.
The Parties undertake in favour of each other that:
11.7.6.1.
the Parties shall procure that 1 (one) of their Authorised Representatives (WW) signs all documents required to give effect to the cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) without delay and to provide all documents and information and do all things necessary in order to effect the registration thereof in the relevant Deeds Registry; and
11.7.6.2.
each Party shall take all steps, pay all amounts and do and procure the doing of all such things as are reasonable in the circumstance so as to place the Conveyancer in a position to, and to ensure that the



95


Conveyancer, effect registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) in the relevant Deeds Registry without unnecessary delay or hindrance.
11.7.7.
All costs, taxes, fees and disbursements (including transfer duty and VAT, if any) incurred in order to effect the execution and registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (WW) in the relevant Deeds Registry to the WW Purchaser shall be paid by the WW Purchaser within 7 (seven) calendar days after being requested to do so by the Conveyancer in writing and on receipt of a VAT invoice from the Conveyancers.
11.7.8.
In relation to the period from the Closing Date until the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment in the relevant Deeds Registry for each of the respective Servitudes (WW) (both dates inclusive), the WW Purchaser shall, without limitation, be liable for:
11.7.8.1.
all cost of compliance with the obligations of AngloGold in terms of the deeds of servitude of the Servitudes (WW);  
11.7.8.2.
all costs of any services provided in respect of the Servitudes (WW); and
11.7.8.3.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of the improvements and structures, to the extent that such maintenance and upkeep is required by the WW Purchaser, on the servitude areas of the Servitudes (WW),
and the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment in the relevant Deeds Registry for each of the respective Servitudes (WW), against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.
11.8.
Surface Right Permits (WW)
11.8.1.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2 and to the extent that it has not already done so:
11.8.1.1.
AngloGold shall provide the WW Purchaser with all documents, in its possession or under its control or, alternatively, signed applications



96


for the issue of substituting guarantee copies of all lost Surface Right Permits (WW), necessary in order to procure the transfer of the Surface Right Permits (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser; and
11.8.1.2.
the Parties will on the Closing Date each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (WW) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the transfer of the Surface Right Permits (WW) in the Mining Titles Office.
11.8.2.
Within 30 (thirty) Business Days after the Closing Date or as soon as possible thereafter, the Conveyancer shall on behalf of the WW Purchaser, at the WW Purchaser’s cost, lodge, or procure the lodgement of, all necessary documents to procure the registration of such transfers at the Mining Titles Office within the 90‑day period contemplated in item 9(3) to Schedule II of the MPRDA.
11.8.3.
AngloGold shall, upon written request by the WW Purchaser, give all reasonable assistance and take all such action as may be reasonably required by the WW Purchaser to give effect to the provisions of this clause 11.8.
11.8.4.
Occupation and possession of the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas will be provided to the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2. From the Closing Date until the date of registration of transfer of the Surface Right Permits (WW) in the Mining Titles Office (both dates inclusive), all risk in and benefit attaching to the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas and all and any structures erected pursuant thereto (inclusive of the Environmental Obligations (WW)), shall vest in the WW Purchaser and the WW Purchaser shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 11.8, to use and occupy the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas and the structures erected pursuant thereto.
11.8.5.
In relation to the period from the Closing Date until the date of registration of transfer of each of the Surface Right Permits (WW) in the Mining Titles Office (both dates inclusive), the WW Purchaser shall, without limitation, be liable for–
11.8.5.1.
all costs of water, electricity, gas, refuse removal, sewage and any other services provided in respect of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas (including any deposits payable in connection therewith);
11.8.5.2.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas; and



97


11.8.5.3.
all rates and taxes and other imposts levied by any Governmental Entity in respect of the Surface Right Permits (WW),
and the WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of transfer of each of the Surface Right Permits (WW) in the Mining Titles Office, against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.
11.8.6.
With effect from the Closing Date the WW Purchaser shall be responsible for taking out any insurance it requires in relation to the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas.
11.8.7.
The Parties record that the buildings constructed within the Surface Right Permit (WW) areas were constructed for mining purposes and that there are no approved building plans or electricity compliance certificates in respect thereof.
11.9.
Consumable Stores (WW)
Ownership and possession in respect of all Consumable Stores (WW) shall transfer to and be acquired by the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of the WW Purchaser taking occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW).
11.10.
Critical Spares (WW)  
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, ownership and possession in respect of all Critical Spares (WW) shall transfer to and be acquired by the WW Purchaser by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of the Purchaser taking occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW).
11.11.
WW Core
Ownership and possession in respect of the WW Core shall transfer to and be acquired by the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2. AngloGold shall deliver the WW Core to the WW Purchaser by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of the WW Purchaser taking occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (WW) and the Infrastructure (WW).



98


11.12.
Tailings Storage Facilities (WW)
11.12.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16 to the extent that it has not already occurred, ownership and possession in respect of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) shall transfer to and be acquired by the WW Purchaser and accordingly, AngloGold shall deliver the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) to the WW Purchaser by constructive delivery, by providing the WW Purchaser with ongoing access to and use of the Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (WW) (including by providing the WW Purchaser with a key, if any, to gain such access and continued use), and, thereby, ownership and possession of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) shall pass from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser.
11.12.2.
The Parties hereby record and agree that the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) constitute moveable property in that:
11.12.2.1.
the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) are clearly identifiable;
11.12.2.2.
the Parties intention is to deliver the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser by means of constructive delivery as contemplated in clause 11.12.1; and
11.12.2.3.
with effect from the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser will be capable of exercising physical control over the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) and has the intention to be the owner of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW).
11.13.
MOD (WW)  
11.13.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, ownership and possession in respect of the MOD (WW) shall transfer to and be acquired by the WW Purchaser. AngloGold shall deliver the MOD (WW) to the WW Purchaser by constructive delivery, by providing the WW Purchaser with ongoing access to the MOD (WW) Sites (including by providing the WW Purchaser with a key, if any, to gain such access), and, thereby, ownership and possession of the MOD (WW) shall pass from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser.
11.13.2.
The Parties hereby record and agree that the MOD (WW) constitute moveable property in that:
11.13.2.1.
the MOD (WW) are clearly identifiable;



99


11.13.2.2.
the Parties intention is to deliver the MOD (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser by means of constructive delivery as contemplated in clause 11.13.1; and
11.13.2.3.
with effect from the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser will be capable of exercising physical control over the MOD (WW) and has the intention to be the owner of the MOD (WW).
11.14.
Gold In Lock Up (WW) and Gold In Process (WW)
Ownership of all Gold In Lock Up (WW) and Gold In Process (WW) shall transfer to the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (WW) in terms of clause 16.2.2, by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of the WW Purchaser taking occupation and possession of the WW Gold Plant and Savuka Gold Plant.
11.15.
Wrong Pockets
11.15.1.
If, after the Closing Date, any person makes any payment to: (a) AngloGold and if the payment is in respect of any amount due to the relevant Purchaser in terms of this Agreement relating to the WW Package, AngloGold shall, as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, notify the relevant Purchaser thereof and transfer an amount equal to such payment into a bank account to be nominated by the relevant Purchaser in writing; or (b) the relevant Purchaser and if the payment is in respect of any amount due to AngloGold in terms of this Agreement relating to the WW Package, then the relevant Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, notify AngloGold thereof and transfer an amount equal to such payment into a bank account to be nominated by AngloGold in writing.
11.15.2.
Without derogating from the generality of clause 11.15.1, if AngloGold: (a) has paid to any municipality (or other Governmental Entity) any amount prior to the Closing Date which pertains to a period after the Closing Date, then the relevant Purchaser shall reimburse AngloGold an amount limited to the pro rata portion for the period after the Closing Date; or (b) has overpaid any amount to any municipality (or other Governmental Entity) prior to the Closing Date, then the relevant Purchaser shall reimburse AngloGold an amount limited to any such excess payment, in each case on written demand by AngloGold.
11.16.
Remaining Delivery
11.16.1.
If any of the Parties at any time after the Closing Date, becomes aware that any Sale Asset (WW) (including any books, documents and records in relation to the WW Mining Business), Sale Liability (WW) or Environmental Obligation (WW) has



100


not been duly transferred to the WW Purchaser for whatsoever reason, such Party shall be entitled (but not obliged) to notify the other Parties in writing accordingly and, upon delivery of any such written notice, the Parties undertake to use their respective reasonable endeavours to procure the due and valid transfer of the relevant Sale Asset (WW) (as well as all books, documents and records in relation thereto in the manner contemplated in clause 11.1.4.1), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW), to the WW Purchaser, at no additional cost over and above what would have been payable by the WW Purchaser in terms of this Agreement had the relevant Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) duly transferred to the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably practicable following the delivery of such written notice; provided that no such written notice may be delivered by any Party later than the date falling: (a) 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar days following the Closing Date in the case of Surface Right Permits (WW) and Servitudes (WW) held by AngloGold; and (b) 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar days following the Closing Date in respect of all other Sale Assets (WW), Sale Liabilities (WW) or Environmental Obligations (WW) not contemplated in (a) above.
11.16.2.
If AngloGold at any time after the Closing Date becomes aware that any Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW), or Environmental Obligation (WW) has not been duly transferred to the WW Purchaser for whatsoever reason, AngloGold shall be required to notify the WW Purchaser promptly in writing accordingly within the aforementioned 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period, or 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar day period, as the case may be, as referred to clause 11.16.1 above, to enable, amongst other things, the WW Purchaser to exercise its rights under this clause 11.16.
11.16.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Parties are unable to procure the due and valid transfer of the relevant Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) (as applicable) to the WW Purchaser, the Parties undertake to meet and negotiate in good faith to determine a mechanism in terms of which the risk and benefit in respect of the relevant Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) vests in the WW Purchaser.
11.16.4.
Without limiting anything in clause 11.16.3, in the event that: (a) any Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) has not been duly transferred to the WW Purchaser for whatsoever reason on and with effect from the Closing Date, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement; and (b) AngloGold intends to Dispose of such Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/



101


or Environmental Obligation (WW) to any third party at any time during the 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period, or 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar day period, as the case may be, as referred to in clause 11.16.2 above, AngloGold shall not be entitled to Dispose of the relevant Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) without obtaining the WW Purchaser’s prior written consent and in such circumstances AngloGold shall be required to notify the WW Purchaser promptly in writing of the intended Disposal.
11.16.5.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if no written notice is delivered by the WW Purchaser or AngloGold, as contemplated in clause 11.16.2 above, during the aforementioned 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period or 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar day period (as the case may be) as contemplated in clause 11.16.2, the provisions of clause 11.16.2 shall cease to apply and the WW Purchaser shall have no claims against AngloGold as a result of any Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (WW) and/or Environmental Obligation (WW) that has not been duly transferred to the WW Purchaser for whatsoever reason.
11.16.6.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that the transfer and/or use of any Environmental Approvals (WW) in respect of the WW Mining Business has not expressly been dealt with in this Agreement, AngloGold shall have no liability in respect of this Agreement as a result of the Purchaser requiring the transfer and/or use of such Environmental Approvals (WW) and such Environmental Approvals (WW) not being valid and subsisting in full force and effect or having been suspended, cancelled, revoked, varied or surrendered in favour of any third party.
12.
GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS
12.1.
As soon as reasonably possible (and no later than 20 (twenty) Business Days) following the Signature Date, the WW Purchaser shall provide AngloGold with a detailed list of all Permits (WW) it requires to operate the WW Mining Business and AngloGold will use all reasonable endeavours to assist the WW Purchaser with preparing such list and provide copies of such Permits (WW) to the WW Purchaser. The WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall work together in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to determine and agree in writing as soon as reasonably possible (and no later than 20 (twenty) Business Days) after the Signature Date whether each such Permit (WW) is legally capable of being transferred (whether by endorsement or otherwise) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser and, therefore, constitutes as a: (a) "Transferable Permit (WW)" failing which it shall be deemed to constitute a (b) "Non-Transferable Permit (WW)".



102


12.2.
Non-Transferable Permits (WW)
12.2.1.
The WW Purchaser (or any agent appointed by it) shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, prepare with the assistance and cooperation of AngloGold (or any agent appointed by AngloGold), all submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished to the relevant Governmental Entities, in order to obtain Substitutionary Permits (WW) with effect from or after the Closing Date for each of the Non-Transferable Permits (WW), in regard to which the WW Purchaser may procure the assistance of any technical consultants where required at the WW Purchaser's expense.
12.2.2.
The WW Purchaser shall at all times permit AngloGold to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents (including the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (WW)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with obtaining the Substitutionary Permits (WW). Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with the Non-Transferable Permits (WW) and/or the related Substitutionary Permits (WW) shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis, which shall include the submission of letters of partial and conditional surrenders of the Non-Transferable Permits (WW) by AngloGold, with effect from the Closing Date, to the relevant Government Entities; in order to facilitate the WW Purchaser obtaining the Substitutionary Permits (WW).
12.2.3.
All filing fees payable in connection with the submission of the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (WW) shall be borne by the WW Purchaser. Save for the aforegoing, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the preparation and submission of the applications, including the legal fees and costs of its advisors in the preparation of the applications and engagement with the relevant Governmental Entities.
12.2.4.
AngloGold undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to provide all such documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same), sign all documents and to do everything that may be required from time to time to facilitate the compilation, lodgement, registration and implementation of the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (WW) to be obtained by the WW Purchaser in relation to the Non-Transferable Permits (WW), as soon as reasonably required after the Signature Date.
12.2.5.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser shall use their reasonable endeavours to:



103


12.2.5.1.
procure that all written submissions, applications and documents to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with any Substitutionary Permits (WW) are submitted to the relevant Governmental Entity as soon as possible after the Signature Date, but no later than 80 (eighty) Business Days after the Signature Date; and
12.2.5.2.
do everything reasonably required by the relevant Governmental Entities in order to enable the applications in respect of the Substitutionary Permits (WW) to be dealt with as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, to the extent that it is within their power to do so.
12.2.6.
The WW Purchaser agrees to keep AngloGold informed of the progress in relation to the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (WW) in relation to the WW Mining Business and to provide updates as and when reasonably requested by AngloGold or its representatives.
12.2.7.
Upon any Substitutionary Permit (WW) being issued to the WW Purchaser in relation to any of the Non-Transferable Permits (WW), the WW Purchaser shall immediately inform AngloGold thereof in writing, at which point AngloGold may deal with the relevant Non-Transferable Permit (WW) as it pleases.



104


12.3.
Transferable Permits (WW)
12.3.1.
The WW Purchaser (or any agent appointed by it) shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, prepare in consultation with AngloGold (or any agent appointed by it) all submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for any new Governmental Approvals) which are required to be furnished to the relevant Governmental Entities in order to transfer each Transferable Permit (WW) (and its associated rights) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser (including, if applicable, by way of endorsement) with effect from the Closing Date (such rights being hereby agreed to be transferred to the WW Purchaser at no additional cost). In this regard, the Parties shall co-operate with each other and AngloGold shall timeously provide the WW Purchaser with all documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same), as the WW Purchaser may reasonably require. To the extent that any technical experts are reasonably required for purposes of transferring any of the Transferable Permits (WW) to the WW Purchaser, such technical experts shall be appointed by the WW Purchaser and any fees or costs charged by any such technical expert shall be paid by the WW Purchaser.
12.3.2.
The WW Purchaser shall at all times permit AngloGold to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (WW)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with transferring each Transferable Permit (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date. Each of the WW Purchaser and AngloGold agrees, and shall procure, that no submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (WW)) which are required to be furnished to any Governmental Entity in order to transfer each Transferable Permit (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 12.3.1 will be submitted to any Governmental Entity without both the WW Purchaser and AngloGold first having approved of such filing, submission, application or document (as applicable), in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
12.3.3.
Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with the Transferable Permits (WW) and the transfer thereof shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis.



105


12.3.4.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that all written submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment, endorsement and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (WW)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with transferring each Transferable Permit from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 12.3.1 are submitted to the relevant Governmental Entity as soon as possible after the Signature Date, but no later than 80 (eighty) Business Days after the Signature Date.
12.3.5.
All filing fees payable in connection with the submission of the applications for transferring each Transferable Permit (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 12.3.1 shall be borne by the WW Purchaser. Save for the aforegoing, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the preparation and submission of the applications, including the legal fees and costs of its advisors in the preparation of the applications and engagement with the relevant Governmental Entities.
12.3.6.
Each of AngloGold and the relevant Purchaser shall –
12.3.6.1.
provide all such documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same), sign all documents and do everything that may be required from time to time;
12.3.6.2.
use its reasonable endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance to each other as may be reasonably necessary from a process point of view; and
12.3.6.3.
do everything reasonably required by any relevant Governmental Entity from a process point of view,
in each case, to procure that (a) all necessary approvals and consents required for the transfer of each Transferable Permit (WW) from AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 12.3.1 are obtained from each relevant Governmental Entity and (b) all such transfers are duly implemented and (if applicable) registered (with effect from the Closing Date), in each case as soon as reasonably possible following the Signature Date.
12.4.
It is recorded and agreed that in the event that: (a) any application for, or granting of, any Substitutionary Permit (WW) has not been granted or obtained (as applicable) prior to the Closing Date; and/or (b) any transfer of any Transferable Permit (WW) to the WW Purchaser and/or transfer or endorsement of the Refining Licence (WW) (as applicable), has not been duly implemented and (if applicable), registered prior to the Closing Date; and/or (c) AngloGold



106


and the WW Purchaser have been unable in terms of clause 12.1 to agree and determine whether any Permit (WW) is (and should be treated for purposes of this clause 12 as) a Non-Transferrable Permit (WW) or Transferrable Permit (WW)), then for the relevant period of time from the Closing Date until such time as the earlier of: (a) the WW Purchaser being granted the relevant Substitutionary Permit (WW) and/or new refining licence (as applicable); or (b) the transfer of the relevant Transferable Permit (WW) and/or the transfer or endorsement of the Refining Licence (WW) (as applicable) has been duly implemented and (if applicable) registered, provided that the aforesaid period shall not be longer than:
12.4.1.
in the event that the WW Purchaser has not obtained, prior to the Closing Date, a new water use licence/s to the extent required to operate the WW Mining Business, the 2nd (second) anniversary of the Closing Date; or
12.4.2.
in relation to the Refining Licence (WW), the 1st (first) anniversary of the Closing Date; or
12.4.3.
in every other case, the 1st (first) anniversary of the Closing Date,
the WW Purchaser shall (and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the WW Purchaser is entitled to) operate the WW Mining Business under the relevant Non-Transferable Permit (WW) or Transferable Permit (WW) (as applicable) held by AngloGold, provided that the aforegoing shall only apply to the extent that: (a) the WW Purchaser is lawfully entitled to operate the WW Mining Business under the relevant Permit (WW) held by AngloGold; and (b) the WW Purchaser's operations of the WW Mining Business under the relevant Permit (WW) held by AngloGold is consistent with the manner in which the WW Mining Business operated under the relevant Permit (WW) held by AngloGold as at the Closing Date and in accordance with Law. For the aforesaid relevant period of time, during which period of time the WW Purchaser is entitled to operate the WW Mining Business after the Closing Date under the applicable Permit (WW) held by AngloGold, AngloGold shall not be entitled to give effect to any statutory surrender of such Permit (WW) at any time or to allow such Permit (WW) to lapse, provided that (a) the WW Purchaser shall be primarily responsible for, as duly authorised by AngloGold, and AngloGold undertakes (at the cost of the WW Purchaser) to reasonably co-operate with the WW Purchaser (and AngloGold hereby duly authorises and directs the WW Purchaser, in the name of AngloGold) to take any actions reasonably necessary to maintain the validity, currency and good standing of such Permit (WW); and (b) AngloGold shall at the cost of the WW Purchaser) co-operate with the WW Purchaser in good faith and use its reasonable endeavours to facilitate the WW Purchaser to take such actions. After the aforesaid relevant period of time prescribed has lapsed, AngloGold reserves the right to give effect to any statutory surrender of such Permit (WW) at any time or to allow such Permit (WW) to lapse.
12.5.
To the extent (and for the period) that the WW Purchaser after the Closing Date operates the WW Mining Business under any Permit (WW) held by AngloGold (as contemplated in clause



107


12.4), and provided the WW Purchaser is given a copy of such Permit (WW) (together with all related amendments, rulings and conditions) in accordance with clause 12.1, the WW Purchaser hereby undertakes that it shall, in all respects, adhere to and comply with the provisions of such Permit (WW) and any related Environmental Law, and if the WW Purchaser breaches such undertaking, and does not remedy such breach within: (a) any reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) in the case of a material breach; or (b) 30 (thirty) Business Days (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) in the case of a non-material breach, after AngloGold delivers written notice thereof, AngloGold shall be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 12.4 in relation to the relevant Permit (WW) without further action or liability to AngloGold and the WW Purchaser hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
12.6.
The WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with any breach of the WW Purchaser’s undertaking in clause 12.5. Subject to the Warranties, it is recorded and agreed that the WW Purchaser shall have no claim against AngloGold on the basis that the Permits (WW) issued to AngloGold in relation to the WW Mining Business do not adequately cover the operations conducted by the WW Mining Business or the operations to be conducted by the WW Purchaser.
13.
EMPLOYEES (WW)
13.1.
It is hereby recorded and agreed that the Transferring Employees (WW) are dedicated to, primarily employed by or significantly connected to the WW Businesses. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge that because the sale of the WW Mining Business (and the indirect sale of the WW Equity Businesses, through the sale of the Sales Equity (WW)) by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser constitutes the transfer of the whole or part of a business, trade or undertaking as a going concern, as defined in section 197(1) of the LRA, the provisions of section 197 of the LRA apply to the Transferring Employees (WW).
13.2.
Remaining Employees (WW)
13.2.1.
Notwithstanding clause 13.1, AngloGold shall, prior to the Closing Date, utilise its reasonable endeavours to conclude agreements, in terms of section 197(2) read with section 197(6) of the LRA (the "Section 197(6) Agreements"), with the Remaining Employees (WW) and in terms of which (inter alia) –
13.2.1.1.
the WW Purchaser will not be substituted in the place of AngloGold in respect of the Remaining Employees' (WW) contracts of employment and the Remaining Employees' (WW) employment will



108


not transfer to the WW Purchaser on the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the LRA; and
13.2.1.2.
the Remaining Employees (WW) will remain employed by AngloGold after the Closing Date.
13.2.2.
If AngloGold is unable to conclude a Section 197(6) Agreement with any of the Remaining Employees (WW) prior to the Closing Date, then the WW Purchaser shall automatically be substituted as the employer of those Remaining Employees (WW) on the Closing Date and the provisions of clause 13.3 below shall then apply thereto.
13.3.
Transferring Employees (WW)
13.3.1.
It is recorded and agreed that those Remaining Employees (WW) that concluded Section 197(6) Agreements will remain employees of AngloGold after the Closing Date (as contemplated in clause 13.2). Those Remaining Employees (WW) who do not conclude Section 197(6) Agreements prior to the Closing Date will then transfer with the Transferring Employees (WW) on the basis contemplated in this clause 13.3 and shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be dealt with as "Transferring Employees (WW)").
13.3.2.
The WW Purchaser and AngloGold therefore acknowledge and agree that with effect from the Closing Date –
13.3.2.1.
the WW Purchaser shall be automatically substituted in the place of AngloGold in respect of the Transferring Employees (WW) contracts of employment in existence immediately prior to the Closing Date;
13.3.2.2.
all the rights and obligations between AngloGold and the Transferring Employees (WW) as at the Closing Date shall continue in force as if they had been rights and obligations between the WW Purchaser and the Transferring Employees (WW);
13.3.2.3.
anything done before the transfer by AngloGold in relation to a Transferring Employee (WW), including the dismissal of any Transferring Employee (WW) or the commission of any unfair labour practice or act of unfair discrimination in respect of a Transferring Employee (WW), will be considered to have been done by or in relation to the WW Purchaser.
13.3.2.4.
the transfer does not interrupt the Transferring Employees (WW) continuity of employment and the Transferring Employees (WW)



109


contracts of employment continue with the WW Purchaser as if with AngloGold;
13.3.2.5.
the WW Purchaser shall employ the Transferring Employees (WW) on terms and conditions of employment that are on the whole not less favourable to the Transferring Employees (WW) than those on which they were employed by AngloGold. If any Transferring Employee’s (WW) terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective agreement, then the WW Purchaser shall comply with the terms of that collective agreement; and
13.3.2.6.
no agreement as contemplated in section 197(6) of the LRA has been concluded in respect of the Transferring Employees (WW).
13.3.3.
The WW Purchaser shall honour the terms of and be bound by all collective agreements to which AngloGold is, immediately before the Closing Date and in respect of the Transferring Employees (WW), bound in terms of section 23 of the LRA and/or in terms of section 32 of the LRA, unless a commissioner acting in terms of section 62 of the LRA decides otherwise.
13.3.4.
On or before the Closing Date, AngloGold shall prepare a schedule reflecting the number of years of service of the Transferring Employees (WW) as at the Closing Date, annual leave pay accrued to the Transferring Employees (WW) at the Closing Date, the estimated value of the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (WW) of the Transferring Employees (WW) at the Closing Date, the hypothetical severance pay amounts that would have been payable to the Transferring Employees (WW) had they been retrenched by AngloGold on the Closing Date and any other amounts accrued to the Transferring Employees (WW) as at the Closing Date which have not been paid to the Transferring Employees (WW) by AngloGold on the Closing Date.
13.3.5.
The Parties agree that, pursuant to section 197(7)(b)(i) of the LRA, the WW Purchaser shall be solely liable to the Transferring Employees (WW) for the payment of all and any amounts referred to in clause 13.3.4 (other than any Excluded Liabilities) with effect from the Closing Date and shall pay those amounts as and when they fall due for payment to the Transferring Employees (WW). For the sake of clarity, AngloGold has no obligation to pay any amount contemplated in clause 13.3.4 to the Transferring Employees (WW) or the WW Purchaser in respect of any of the Transferring Employees (WW) other than in respect of any Excluded Liabilities.



110


13.3.6.
AngloGold undertakes to discharge its obligations to the Transferring Employees (WW) up to the Closing Date. Without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, AngloGold shall, after the Closing Date, remain responsible for ensuring that all share or security related options and plans, share appreciation rights, performance share rights, retention bonus arrangements, or similar arrangements or benefits to which any employee of AngloGold is a party or which is otherwise held by or owing to any such employees at any time on or prior to the Closing Date are dealt with in accordance with the rules and terms applicable to such options, plans, rights and arrangements (as applicable), and the WW Purchaser shall have no obligations or liability for or in connection with the aforegoing.
13.3.7.
The Parties record that the Transferring Employees (WW) are in service and contributing members of either the MineWorkers Provident Fund, the Sentinel Retirement Fund or the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund.
13.3.8.
Subject to the rules of the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the MineWorkers Provident Fund, those Transferring Employees (WW) who are members of these funds shall remain members thereof on and after the Closing Date and the WW Purchaser shall pay the required contributions to these funds on behalf of those Transferring Employees (WW).
13.3.9.
Subject to the rules of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund, AngloGold shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Transferring Employees (WW) who are members of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund as at the Closing Date become members of a retirement fund registered in terms of the PFA nominated by the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date, and as soon as practically possible after the Closing Date. AngloGold undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund permits the Transferring Employees (WW) to remain members of it pending the commencement of their membership in the fund nominated by the WW Purchaser.
13.3.10.
AngloGold undertakes to cooperate with the WW Purchaser and to do all such things and to sign and provide all such documents as may reasonably be required by the WW Purchaser to: (a) ensure the continuous membership of the Transferring Employees (WW) who are members of the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the Mineworkers Provident Fund; and (b) to use its reasonable endeavours to procure, if applicable, the transfer after the Closing Date of all the Transferring Employees (WW) who are members of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund to the retirement fund nominated by the WW Purchaser and to ensure their continuous membership of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund until such time as the Transferring Employees (WW) are transferred to the retirement fund nominated by the WW Purchaser, as the case may be.



111


13.3.11.
The Parties record that certain of the Transferring Employees (WW) are members of the Discovery Health Medical Scheme. Subject to the rules of the Discovery Health Medical Scheme, such Transferring Employees (WW) will remain members thereof on and after the Closing Date and the WW Purchaser shall pay the required contributions to the Discovery Health Medical Scheme on behalf of the Transferring Employees (WW), if any.
13.3.12.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser shall, during the Interim Period, inform and consult with the Transferring Employees (WW) and/or their representative bodies (if any), as may be required in terms of the LRA.
13.3.13.
The WW Purchaser indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless against any and all Claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands which AngloGold may suffer or incur arising out of or in connection with:
13.3.13.1.
any claim by any Transferring Employee (WW) (whether in contract or in delict or under statute for any remedy including, without limitation, for breach of contract, unfair dismissal, equal pay, unfair discrimination, deduction of wages, or of any other nature) as a result of the liability contemplated in clause 13.3.4;
13.3.13.2.
anything done or omitted to be done by the WW Purchaser in relation to the Transferring Employees (WW) employment on and as from the Closing Date; or
13.3.13.3.
a breach of any employment legislation after the Closing Date.
14.
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
14.1.
The WW Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, use its reasonable endeavours to negotiate and enter into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom for the supply of electricity. AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours in supporting the WW Purchaser to conclude such electricity supply agreement with Eskom.
14.2.
It is recorded and agreed that, in the event that the WW Purchaser has not entered into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom by the Closing Date, then, subject to the prior written consent of Eskom being obtained, for a period of 3 (three) months from the Closing Date or until such time as the WW Purchaser has entered into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom, whichever is the earlier, AngloGold shall supply the WW Purchaser, at cost, with such quantity of electricity as the WW Purchaser may reasonably require, provided that AngloGold shall not be required to provide the WW Purchaser with any quantity in excess of that which it



112


receives in respect of the WW Businesses in the ordinary and regular course prior to the Closing Date, from the electricity AngloGold receives in terms of the Eskom Agreements. AngloGold hereby undertakes to use reasonable endeavours to obtain and/or procure the consent of Eskom in this regard as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, provided that any terms and conditions imposed by Eskom shall be for the WW Purchaser's account and cost, including the cost of electricity. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that Eskom's consent is subject to the provision of an additional guarantee or the like, the WW Purchaser shall be required to provide same.
14.3.
AngloGold shall supply the WW Purchaser with electricity on the same terms and conditions contained in the Eskom Agreements (the provisions of which apply to the supply of electricity by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser mutatis mutandis) as well as on any additional terms and conditions imposed by Eskom. The WW Purchaser hereby warrants, represents and undertakes that it is aware of the provisions of the Eskom Agreements and that it will, at all times in all respects: (a) adhere to and comply with the provisions of such Eskom Agreements; and (b) if AngloGold has breached a provision of the Eskom Agreements as a result of any action or omission of the WW Purchaser, that it will rectify and cure such breach within: (i) a reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a material breach; or (ii) 20 (twenty) Business Days of its occurrence, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a non-material breach, failing which AngloGold will be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 14.2 above without further action or liability to AngloGold and the WW Purchaser hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
14.4.
Upon receipt by AngloGold of an invoice from Eskom pursuant to the Eskom Agreements in relation to the WW Businesses, AngloGold shall provide a valid tax invoice to the WW Purchaser for all costs incurred by AngloGold in relation to the supply of electricity to the WW Purchaser in relation to the WW Businesses, including without limitation, the WW Purchaser's pro rata portion of the cost of electricity plus VAT at the applicable rate. The WW Purchaser undertakes to settle such invoice within 7 (seven) Business Days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded and agreed that AngloGold supplies the WW Purchaser with electricity under the Eskom Agreements at cost and AngloGold and/or its Affiliate charge no additional margin for this service.
14.5.
The WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the supply by AngloGold of electricity to the WW Purchaser from the electricity AngloGold receives in terms of the Eskom Agreement in relation to the WW Businesses.
15.
WATER SUPPLY



113


15.1.
The WW Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, use its reasonable endeavours to negotiate and enter into a water supply agreement for the supply of water to the WW Businesses and for such water supply agreement to take effect on or as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
15.2.
It is recorded and agreed that, in the event that the WW Purchaser has not entered into a water supply agreement by the Closing Date, then, subject to the prior written consent of the Water Supplier (WW) being obtained, for a period of 3 (three) months from the Closing Date or until such time as the WW Purchaser has entered into a water supply agreement with the Water Supplier (WW) or any other water supplier, whichever is the earlier, AngloGold shall supply the WW Purchaser, at cost, with such quantity of water as the WW Purchaser may reasonably require, provided that AngloGold shall not be required to provide the WW Purchaser with any quantity in excess of that which it receives in respect of the WW Businesses in the ordinary and regulator prior to the Closing Date, from the water AngloGold receives in terms of its existing water supply agreements. AngloGold hereby undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent of the Water Supplier (WW) in this regard as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, provided that any terms and conditions imposed by the Water Supplier (WW) shall be for the WW Purchaser's account and cost, including the costs of water. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Water Supplier's (WW) consent is subject to the provision of an additional guarantee or the like, the WW Purchaser shall be required to provide same.
15.3.
AngloGold shall supply the WW Purchaser with water on the same terms and conditions contained in its water supply agreement with the Water Supplier (WW) (the provisions of which apply to the supply of water by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser mutatis mutandis) as well as on any additional terms and conditions imposed by the Water Supplier (WW). The WW Purchaser hereby warrants, represents and undertakes that it is aware of the provisions of the relevant existing water supply agreements between AngloGold and the Water Supplier (WW) and that it will, at all times in all respects: (a) adhere to and comply with the provisions of such agreements; and (b) if AngloGold has breached a provision of such agreements as a result of any action or omission of the WW Purchaser, that it will rectify and cure such breach within: (i) a reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a material breach; or (ii) 20 (twenty) Business Days of its occurrence, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a non-material breach, failing which AngloGold will be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 15.2 above without further action or liability to AngloGold and the WW Purchaser hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
15.4.
Upon receipt by AngloGold of an invoice from the Water Supplier (WW), AngloGold shall provide a valid tax invoice to the WW Purchaser for all costs incurred by AngloGold in relation to the



114


supply of water to the WW Purchaser in relation to the WW Businesses, including without limitation, the WW Purchaser's pro rata portion of the cost of water plus VAT at the applicable rate. The WW Purchaser undertakes to settle such invoice within 7 (seven) Business Days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded and agreed that AngloGold supplies the WW Purchaser with water under the existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier (WW) cost and AngloGold charge no additional margin for this service.
15.5.
The WW Purchaser hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold, harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the supply by AngloGold of water to the WW Purchaser from the water AngloGold receives in terms of its existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier (WW) in relation to the WW Businesses.
Part B3: WW PURCHASE CONSIDERATION
16.
CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT
16.1.
Purchase Price (WW)
16.1.1.
The aggregate purchase price (the "Purchase Price (WW)") payable by Harmony and the WW Purchaser for the WW Package is: (a) an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$180 000 000 (one hundred and eighty million Dollars) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date) (the "Cash Portion (WW)"); plus (b) an amount equal to the face value of the Sale Liabilities (WW) (or as such Sale Liabilities (WW) are otherwise accounted for in accordance with IFRS) (the "Sale Liability Portion (WW)"); plus (c) an amount equal to the deferred consideration (if any), which deferred consideration will be calculated, and discharged by the WW Purchaser, in accordance with the provisions of the WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreements (the "WW Business Deferred Consideration").
16.1.2.
The aggregate of the Cash Portion (WW) and the Sale Liability Portion (WW), will be apportioned as follows:
16.1.2.1.
to the Covalent Sale Claims, the face value thereof as at the Closing Date;
16.1.2.2.
to the Covalent Sale Shares, an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$1 (one Dollar) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date);



115


16.1.2.3.
to the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares, an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$1 (one Dollar) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date);
16.1.2.4.
to the Masakhisane Sale Shares, an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$1 (one Dollar) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date); and
16.1.2.5.
to the Sale Assets (WW), the aggregate of the Cash Portion (WW) and the Sale Liability Portion (WW) of the Purchase Price (WW) less the aggregate of the amounts contemplated in clauses 16.1.2.1 to 16.1.2.4 (inclusive) (the "Remaining Purchase Price"),
provided that if the face value of the Covalent Sale Claims is equal to or exceeds the aggregate of the Cash Portion (WW) and the Sale Liability Portion (WW), then an amount equal to US$1 (one Dollar) of the aggregate of the Cash Portion (WW) and the Sale Liability Portion (WW) shall be attributable to each of the Covalent Sale Shares, the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares, the Masakhisane Sale Shares and the Sale Assets (WW) and the remaining balance of the aggregate of the Cash Portion (WW) and the Sale Liability Portion (WW) shall be allocated to the Covalent Sale Claims.
16.1.3.
The WW Business Deferred Consideration will only be apportioned to the relevant Sale Assets (WW) and in the same proportions as the Net Purchase Price (WW) has been apportioned to those relevant Sale Assets (WW) in Annexure AA.
16.1.4.
No amount will be allocated to the unknown and non-quantifiable Sale Liabilities (WW) or for other rights acquired, or obligations assumed, by the WW Purchaser under this Agreement.
16.2.
Discharge of the Purchase Price (WW)
The Purchase Price (WW) shall be discharged as follows by Harmony and the WW Purchaser (as applicable):
16.2.1.
in respect of the Sale Liability Portion (WW), the WW Purchaser shall assume the Sale Liabilities (WW) in accordance with the provisions of clause 11.1.5. It is specifically recorded that in consideration for assuming the Sale Liabilities (WW) by the WW Purchaser, AngloGold transfers an equal amount of Sale Assets (WW) to the WW Purchaser;



116


16.2.2.
in respect of the Cash Portion (WW), Harmony and the WW Purchaser shall pay an amount equal to the Cash Portion (WW) in ZAR on the Closing Date, by electronic funds transfer of same day immediately available funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, into a ZAR denominated bank account in South Africa nominated in writing by AngloGold no later than 5 (five) Business Days prior to the Closing Date; and
16.2.3.
in respect of the balance of the Purchase Price (WW), being the WW Business Deferred Business Consideration, same shall be paid in accordance with the WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreements.
16.3.
DMRE Effective Valuation
16.3.1.
The WW Purchaser and AngloGold acknowledge that, given the nature of the WW Mining Business, the Director General: Mineral Resources and Energy (the "Director General") will be required, pursuant to the provisions of section 37 of the Income Tax Act, to determine the values as at the Closing Date (such valuation, the "DG Valuation (WW)") for the mining property and capital assets (as defined in section 37 of the Income Tax Act) forming part of the WW Mining Business (the "s37 Valuation Property (WW)") and that this process will take place after the Closing Date.
16.3.2.
The Parties agree and acknowledge that the valuation of the s37 Valuation Property (WW) and related allocation, in each case as reflected in Annexure AA, is as at the Closing Date. The Parties agree and acknowledge that the aforesaid values and allocations, as they relate to the s37 Valuation Property (WW), are for purposes of assisting the Parties to calculate any amount of Tax in the event that the DG Valuation (WW) is not finalised by the time that the Parties need to pay any amount of Tax following the Closing Date. The Parties acknowledge that these values will be updated to accord with the decision of the Independent Valuer.
16.3.3.
In order to assist with obtaining the DG Valuation (WW), the WW Purchaser and AngloGold hereby agree to appoint, as soon as possible after the Signature Date, George Lennox, or, if George Lennox is not willing or is unable to accept the mandate, another suitably qualified independent valuer (agreed between the WW Purchaser and AngloGold or failing such agreement, within 10 (ten) Business Days after the WW Purchaser or AngloGold requests such agreement on written notice to the other of them, selected and appointed by the auditor of AngloGold on written request by the WW Purchaser and AngloGold, as an independent valuer in respect of the valuation of mining property and associated capital assets (the "Independent Valuer") to undertake a valuation of the s37 Valuation Property(WW) (the "s37 Supporting Valuation (WW)") as at the Closing Date for



117


purposes of allocation of the Net Purchase Price (WW). The Independent Valuer shall determine the s37 Supporting Valuation (WW) and such allocation in the Independent Valuer’s discretion duly exercised and his determination shall be final and binding on the Parties. The WW Purchaser and AngloGold undertake to use their reasonable endeavours to assist the Independent Valuer in this regard.
16.3.4.
Once the s37 Supporting Valuation (WW) and allocation is complete, and following the Closing Date, the WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall apply to the Director General for the DG Valuation (WW) and will provide the s37 Supporting Valuation (WW) to the Director General. The WW Purchaser and AngloGold undertake to use their reasonable endeavours to assist the Director General in this regard and shall make appropriate submissions to the effect that the effective value of the s37 Valuation Property is as determined by the Independent Valuer in terms of clause 16.3.3.
16.3.5.
The DG Valuation (WW) will be final and binding on the WW Purchaser and AngloGold for the purposes of section 37 of the Income Tax Act. If the DG Valuation (WW) results in allocations which differ from those allocated in Annexure AA, the relevant amounts and percentages allocated in Annexure AA will be adjusted automatically to accord with those in the DG Valuation (WW), and Annexure AA updated accordingly.
16.3.6.
To the extent that applicable Law requires that: notice of the s37 Supporting Valuation (WW) and the DG Valuation (WW) must be provided to SARS; approval must be obtained from SARS or SARS must be consulted in relation to anything set out in this clause 16.3, then AngloGold and the WW Purchaser shall comply with such requirement.
16.4.
Securities Transfer Tax
The WW Purchaser shall be liable for any securities transfer tax which arises as a consequence of the transactions contemplated in clause 8.1.1 of this Agreement.
17.
VALUE ADDED TAX
17.1.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser agree that the WW Mining Business is disposed of as a going concern and, for the purposes of section 11(1)(e) of the VAT Act, agree that:
17.1.1.
the WW Mining Business constitutes, as at the Signature Date, and will constitute as at the Closing Date, an income-earning activity and will be transferred as such;
17.1.2.
the transfer of the WW Mining Business constitutes the sale of an enterprise which is capable of separate operation;



118


17.1.3.
the assets which are necessary for carrying on such WW Mining Business have been disposed of by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser in terms of this Agreement; and
17.1.4.
the Purchase Price (WW) payable in respect of the WW Mining Business (including the WW Business Deferred Consideration), as contemplated in clause 16.1.2.5, is inclusive of VAT at the rate of 0% (zero per cent).
17.2.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser each warrant that they will, at the Closing Date, be registered vendors under the VAT Act.
17.3.
If, notwithstanding the aforegoing or for any other reason, VAT is payable in respect of the WW Business or any of the assets sold in terms hereof at a rate exceeding 0%, then the Purchase Price (WW) (including the WW Business Deferred Consideration) in respect of the WW Mining Business (or any of the assets sold in terms hereof) shall be deemed to be exclusive of VAT and the WW Purchaser shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days after receiving a written demand from AngloGold for payment, pay such VAT to AngloGold.
17.4.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser undertake to furnish all such information as the Commissioner for SARS may require in terms of section 9(15) of the Transfer Duty Act No. 40 of 1949 in order to ensure that the disposal of the Sale Assets (WW) in respect of the WW Mining Business is exempt from transfer duty.
18.
MINERAL ROYALTY
18.1.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser agree that the WW Mining Business is disposed of as a going concern for the purposes of section 9(1) of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act.
18.2.
AngloGold and the WW Purchaser agree that they are each "extractors" and are registered for royalties’ tax in accordance with the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act.
Part B4: WW WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS, INDEMNITIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
19.
INTERIM PERIOD
19.1.
AngloGold shall procure during the Interim Period: (a) that it shall, and shall procure that the WW Companies shall, carry on the WW Businesses in the ordinary and regular course of business in a manner consistent with past practice; and (b) that it shall not, in relation to the WW Companies and/or the WW Businesses, enter into any contract or commitment, whether or not conditional, or do anything (including as set out in this clause 19.1) which, in any such case, is out of the ordinary course of business. In particular, but without limitation to the generality of the aforegoing, and subject to clause 19.2, AngloGold undertakes that during the Interim



119


Period it shall, and shall procure that the WW Companies shall, save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as required to comply with applicable Laws:
19.1.1.
continue to maintain the WW Businesses as a going concern, without materially altering the nature or scope of any such businesses;
19.1.2.
preserve ownership of those Sale Assets (WW) which it owns as at the Signature Date (other than Sale Assets (WW) Disposed of in the ordinary and regular course) and continue to maintain development and capital expenditure levels in the ordinary and regular course so as to maintain a level of development mineable ore reserves consistent with past practice, at all times in compliance with all material applicable Laws;
19.1.3.
procure that existing insurance policies in relation to the WW Businesses shall be maintained (without material adverse or prejudicial modification) in force at all times, and not do or allow to be done anything which would render such insurance void or voidable;
19.1.4.
preserve ownership of the Sale Assets (WW) that it owns as at the Signature Date and use reasonable endeavours to: (a) maintain the Sale Assets (WW) in accordance with reasonable standards, in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) as required in the ordinary and regular course of business; and (b) remedy any structural or other material deficiencies or failings in any of the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) to the extent that such Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) are in breach of any applicable Law and the COP;
19.1.5.
continue to manage the WW Businesses in accordance with its business and trading policies and practices up to the Signature Date, except as may be necessary to comply with any changes in Law;
19.1.6.
pay all creditors and Taxes of the WW Businesses in the ordinary course of business;
19.1.7.
maintain and/or use its reasonable efforts to apply for, obtain, amend or renew (as applicable) any and all material Governmental Approvals which the WW Businesses are obliged to have in place from time to time (including without limitation, the WW Mining Rights, WW Mining Rights 11 MR, Permits (WW), Surface Right Permits (WW) and all Environmental Approvals (WW)) and act promptly to rectify any non-compliance with any applicable Laws;
19.1.8.
not create, or agree or permit to be created, any Encumbrance over the whole or any part of the WW Businesses or any of the Sale Assets (WW);



120


19.1.9.
not alter any of the constitutional documents of any of the WW Companies in a manner prejudicial to the Purchaser’s Group;
19.1.10.
incur or assume, or agree to incur or assume, any new or increased material Sale Liabilities (WW), other than in the ordinary and regular course of business;
19.1.11.
not alter any of the rights attaching to the Sale Equity (WW);
19.1.12.
not alter the number of any of the authorised or issued shares of any of the WW Companies, or create any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so;
19.1.13.
not, in respect of the WW Companies, acquire or enter into any agreement to acquire (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions) the whole or a substantial or material part of the business, undertaking or assets of any other persons if and to the extent that such business, undertaking or asset would be material to the WW Companies;
19.1.14.
not Dispose of (or remove from the WW Mining Areas or any Immoveable Properties (WW), as applicable) or enter into any agreement to Dispose of (or remove from the WW Mining Areas or any Immoveable Properties (WW), as applicable) (whether by one transaction or by a series of transactions) any Sale Assets (WW) (other than, in relation to such Disposals, in the ordinary and regular course) or the whole or any substantial or material part of any of the WW Businesses;
19.1.15.
not incur or agree to incur any capital or operational expenditure other than in the normal and ordinary course of business of the WW Businesses in a manner consistent with past practice;
19.1.16.
not waive any material rights under any of the Contracts (WW);
19.1.17.
not enter into or commit to entering into any material transaction, agreement or arrangement in connection with the WW Businesses other than on arms' length terms and for full and proper consideration;
19.1.18.
(i) procure that each of the Transferring Employees (WW) transfers to the WW Purchaser as at the Closing Date (other than in circumstances where such Transferring Employee (WW) resigns, or are dismissed with cause, during the Interim Period); and (ii) not terminate the employment of any Transferring Employees (WW) without cause, or otherwise change the terms of employment, remuneration or benefits of any of the Transferring Employees (WW);
19.1.19.
not enter into or agree to enter into any new death, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, share option, share incentive or other scheme for the benefit of any of the



121


Transferring Employees (WW) or make any amendment (including, but without limitation, any increase in the rates of contribution) to any such existing scheme;
19.1.20.
not clean any of the mills or replace any of the liners used in or relating to any Sale Assets (WW) or any of the WW Businesses, other than in accordance with existing schedules in the ordinary and regular course of business;
19.1.21.
commence, compromise, discontinue, settle or agree to settle any Claim (other than routine debt collection) in connection with any Sale Assets (WW) or any of the Businesses;
19.1.22.
incur any new, additional or increased debt, borrowing, lending or other financing facilities or commitments (or similar arrangements) in whatsoever form, relating to any of the WW Companies, other than in accordance with the ordinary and regular course of business;
19.1.23.
not make any changes to the accounting policies and procedures of the WW Companies, unless required to do so under any applicable Laws or applicable accounting rules; and
19.1.24.
not declare, authorise, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) by any of the WW Companies, or reduce, purchase or redeem any share capital of any of the WW Companies.
19.2.
Clause 19.1 shall not apply in respect of and shall not operate so as to restrict or prevent:
19.2.1.
any act which relates to "Project Omega" as referred to in page 20 and 21 of the management presentation provided to Harmony by AngloGold on or about 10 July 2019 and 25 October 2019;
19.2.2.
any act or omission or other matter as may be required to give effect to any provision of this Agreement or otherwise provided for in this Agreement;
19.2.3.
any action taken to comply with any order or obligation of any Governmental Entity;
19.2.4.
any act or matter listed in and/or ancillary to the matters listed in the business plan included in the Data Room under folders 1.2.1.1 and 1.2.1.2;
19.2.5.
any action taken to comply with AngloGold’s health, environmental or safety related legal obligations; or
19.2.6.
any other matter that is outside of the ordinary and regular course of business in respect of which the relevant Purchaser has given its prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that prior to seeking



122


any written consent from the relevant Purchaser, AngloGold shall obtain advice from South African legal counsel that the relevant action will not result in any Party acting in a manner which is contrary to Chapter 3 of the Competition Act,
and as such, for the avoidance of doubt, any act or omission referred to in this clause 19.2 shall not constitute a breach of clause 19.1.
19.3.
Nothing in this clause 19 will compel or be construed as compelling AngloGold to do anything, or refrain from doing anything, which AngloGold may be advised by its legal advisors constitutes any act or omission in contravention of any anti-trust or competition legislation and, to the extent that AngloGold’s legal advisors do so advise, such provision in this clause 19 will be deemed to be pro non scripto.
19.4.
During the Interim Period, and without limiting the generality of clause 19.1, AngloGold shall:
19.4.1.
provide Harmony promptly with monthly management accounts in respect of each of the WW Businesses, provided that, to the extent that any of these documents and information referred to in this clause 19.4 contains any competitively sensitive and/or legally privileged information, such information will be redacted prior to such documents and information being provided to Harmony and its authorised representatives; and
19.4.2.
prepare (or cause to be prepared) and deliver to the WW Purchaser as soon as possible following the Signature Date and no later than the Closing Date: (a) the unaudited financial statements of AngloGold Security Services as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 Decemebr 2019; (b) the unaudited financial statements of Masakhisane as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2019; and (c) the unaudited financial statements of Covalent as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 Decemebr 2019.
19.5.
Contracts (WW)
19.5.1.
Within a period of, and not later than, 5 (five) Business Days after the Signature Date, AngloGold (to the extent not already provided) shall provide to the WW Purchaser, in addition to the contracts listed in Annexure I, a detailed list and copies of all contracts concluded by AngloGold on or before the Signature Date which, in AngloGold's opinion (acting reasonably), are material to the WW Businesses (and any other contracts relating to the WW Businesses which AngloGold would prefer the WW Purchaser to take assignment of) (the "Proposed Contracts (WW)"), including without limitation all utility contracts and all material lease agreements which relate to any immovable property owned or used in connection with the WW Businesses (in each case, to the extent permitted under the Competition Act). The WW Purchaser agrees that it shall be obliged to take



123


assignment of all Contracts (WW) listed in Annexure I and all Lease Agreements (WW) listed in Annexure K and that the provisions of clause 11.1.1 shall apply thereto and that the remaining provisions of this clause 19.5 shall not apply thereto. The WW Purchaser and AngloGold shall work together in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to:
19.5.1.1.
determine and agree in writing, in respect of each Proposed Contract (WW) to be provided to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 19.5.1, within a period of 40 (forty) Business Days following the later of: (a) the Signature Date; and (b) the date on which a copy of such contract is provided to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 19.5.1, whether such Proposed Contract (WW) (and the rights and obligations contained therein) will: (i) be retained by AngloGold; or (ii) be ceded, assigned and transferred to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date; provided that (save for the Contracts (WW) listed in Annexure I) none of the Purchasers shall be required to accept any cession, assignment, delegation or transfer of any contract (or any rights or obligations relating thereto) unless it has expressly agreed in writing to such cession, assignment, delegation or transfer (as applicable); and
19.5.1.2.
implement the actions determined by: (a) the WW Purchaser and AngloGold in accordance with clause 19.5.1.1; and (b) the WW Purchaser in accordance with clause 19.5.2 (including in such circumstances to procure the assignment, cession and delegation of such contracts to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date, in which case the provisions of clause 11.1.1.1 shall apply), in each case as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.
19.5.2.
Notwithstanding the aforegoing, in relation to any contracts which are material to the WW Businesses, the WW Purchaser shall be entitled in its discretion, by notice in writing to AngloGold within 40 (forty) Business Days following the later of: (a) the Signature Date; and (b) the date on which the last of the copies of contracts to be provided to the WW Purchaser in terms of clause 19.5.1 has been received by the WW Purchaser, to determine whether such material contracts will be ceded, assigned and delegated to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date.
19.5.3.
AngloGold shall notify the WW Purchaser, and provide the WW Purchaser with a copy, of any new contract entered into by AngloGold during the Interim Period which relates to the WW Businesses (each an "Interim Period Contract (WW)") (such copy to be provided within 10 (ten) Business Days after such Interim Period Contract (WW) has been entered into by AngloGold), and the Parties agree that



124


clauses 19.5.1 and 19.5.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis; provided that no Purchaser shall be required to accept any cession, assignment, delegation or transfer of any Interim Period Contract (WW) (or any rights or obligations relating thereto) unless it has expressly agreed in writing to such cession, assignment, delegation or transfer (as applicable).
19.5.4.
Notwithstanding any provision in this clause 19.5, should any contract to which this clause 19.5 relates contain a confidentiality undertaking such that AngloGold is only entitled to disclose such contract to the WW Purchaser following obtaining approval from any third party (a "Confidential Contract (WW)"), AngloGold will use reasonable endeavours to obtain all such approvals as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.
19.6.
Observer
Subject to all applicable Laws, Harmony shall, during the Interim Period, be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony (the "Observers (WW)"), who have the authority, right and power to act for and on its behalf, to observe the affairs and the day‑to‑day activities of the WW Businesses in order to plan the integration of the WW Businesses into the Purchaser’s Group after the Closing Date, and to monitor compliance with the obligations of AngloGold contained in this Agreement. Those Observers (WW) shall:
19.6.1.
be entitled to conduct telephone discussions and/or hold meetings with the management of AngloGold in respect of the WW Businesses on a monthly basis; and
19.6.2.
be entitled, upon reasonable written request, to have reasonable access (during normal business hours) to, ‑
19.6.2.1.
and retain copies of, any and all documents and information relating to the WW Businesses and their affairs provided that, in the event that the WW Transaction lapses due to the non-fulfilment of any Condition Precedent or is cancelled or terminated for any other reason whatsoever, Harmony shall destroy and/or erase or procure the destruction and/or erasing of all electronic and/or printed versions or copies of any information in its possession or control pursuant to this clause 19.6.2, and shall not retain any copies, extracts or other reproductions, in whole or in part, of such information;
19.6.2.2.
the premises and areas on which the WW Businesses are conducted, subject at all times to AngloGold policies and procedures; and
19.6.2.3.
the officers and senior employees of the WW Businesses,



125


provided that the Observers (WW) shall not be entitled to receive commercially sensitive or legally privileged information if such information cannot be shared with Harmony prior to the Closing Date in compliance with applicable Law.
19.7.
Integration Meetings
19.7.1.
Subject to all applicable Laws, Harmony shall be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony ("Purchaser's Integration Representatives (WW)"), who each have the authority, right and power to act for and on Harmony's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under clauses 19.7.1 to 19.7.10 (both inclusive).
19.7.2.
AngloGold shall be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony ("Seller's Integration Representatives (WW)") who each have the authority, right and power to act for and on AngloGold's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under clauses 19.7.1 to 19.7.10 (both inclusive).
19.7.3.
Harmony or AngloGold may change their respective representatives at any time and from time to time provided (a) it gives prior written notice to the other Party of such change and (b) such change is acceptable to the other Party (acting reasonably).
19.7.4.
During the Interim Period until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) shall meet once each calendar month, or at any other time as reasonably requested by any Purchaser’s Integration Representative (WW) (on an exception only basis), (each an "Integration Meeting (WW)") with the Seller’s Integration Representatives (WW) (or other appropriate persons) at which meetings AngloGold and Harmony shall co-operate and work together in good faith, and provide the necessary resources, to agree, oversee and manage the preparation of an overall operational migration plan and timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables) to enable the complete implementation of the overall integration, migration and transition of the WW Mining Business to the relevant Purchasers, by no later than the Closing Date, limited to the following operational migration work streams (each an "Integration Work Stream (WW)"): operational finance; human resources and payroll (including administration); procurement and logistics (including warehousing); information technology (all systems, hardware and software); mining, metallurgy, reserves, resources and engineering (underground and surface); transport; financial and management accounting; taxation; legal and regulatory; electricity access and supply; water access and supply; communication; health, safety and medical; environmental; social and



126


labour; and housing and accommodation, as well as any additional operational migration work streams AngloGold agrees to, acting reasonably.
19.7.5.
The first Integration Meeting (WW) shall be held within 14 (fourteen) calendar days following the Signature Date. The Parties hereby agree that no competitively sensitive information and/or legally privileged information will be shared with the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) at any Integration Meeting (WW).
19.7.6.
To the extent that Harmony requires AngloGold's assistance with the preparation and implementation of the operational migration plan and the Integration Work Streams (WW), AngloGold undertakes to use reasonable endeavours, at Harmony's cost, to provide any assistance reasonably requested by Harmony, provided that such assistance does not place any unreasonable resource constraints on AngloGold’s ability to run its business and operations during the Interim Period.
19.7.7.
To the extent that AngloGold incurs any costs in this regard, not relating to time spent, it will provide a valid tax invoice to Harmony for such costs plus VAT at the applicable rate. Harmony undertakes to settle such invoice within 30 (thirty) calendar days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice.
19.7.8.
Each request for an Integration Meeting (WW) will be accompanied by a clear and ascertainable agenda that will be delivered to AngloGold at least 10 (ten) Business Days prior to the relevant Integration Meeting (WW). For the avoidance of doubt, Harmony shall not be entitled to materially deviate from the agenda for each Integration Meeting (WW) once same has been delivered to AngloGold.
19.7.9.
The Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) may from time to time ask the Seller's Integration Representatives (WW) questions in relation to, or request information from the Seller's Integration Representatives (WW) regarding matters related to the WW Mining Business to the extent that it reasonably requires same in order to plan the integration of the WW Mining Business into the Purchaser's Group with effect from the Closing Date by submitting such requests in writing to the Seller's Integration Representatives (the "Information Requests (WW)").
19.7.10.
The Seller's Integration Representatives (WW) shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain responses to any Information Request (WW) as soon as practicable and such responses shall be forwarded to the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) as soon as practicable, provided that no competitively sensitive and/or legally privileged information will be shared with the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) or with any other representatives of Harmony.



127


19.7.11.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Harmony acknowledges that AngloGold has a business to conduct and agree that Information Requests (WW) shall be reasonable and shall not be unnecessarily overbearing or frequent.
19.8.
Integration Work Streams
19.8.1.
Harmony shall nominate 1 (one) person as its representative for each Integration Work Stream (WW) (each a "Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW)") who shall each have the authority, right and power to act for and on Harmony's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under this clause 19.8 in relation to such Integration Work Stream (WW).
19.8.2.
AngloGold shall nominate 1 (one) person as its representative for each Integration Work Stream (WW) (each a "Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW)") who each have the authority, right and power to act for and on AngloGold's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under this clause 19.8 in relation to such Integration Work Stream (WW).
19.8.3.
Harmony or AngloGold may change their respective representatives at any time and from time to time provided (a) it gives prior written notice to the other Party of such change; and (b) such change is acceptable to the other Party (acting reasonably).
19.8.4.
Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW) nominated for each Integration Work Stream shall meet every two weeks during the Interim Period or more frequently subject to AngloGold's consent (which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and use reasonable endeavours to oversee, manage, prepare and effect the implementation of the components of the operational migration plan and timetable that relate to the relevant Integration Work Stream (WW) (including where appropriate, by conducting a gaps analysis and assessment of AngloGold’s systems against those of Harmony and the relevant Purchaser, implementing a solution to address any such gaps identified and installing any systems to the extent reasonably required to ensure a smooth transition with effect from the Closing Date, and provide regular updates to the Seller’s Integration Representatives (WW) and the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (WW) (including by providing formal feedback at each Integration Meeting (WW)) in reasonable detail such that such Persons can reasonably monitor and oversee the implementation of the relevant Integration Work Stream (WW) against the



128


overall operational migration plan and timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables) agreed in terms of clause 19.7.4.
19.8.5.
Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that, as soon as reasonably possible following the Signature Date, but in no event later than 1 (one) calendar month following the Signature Date, the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative of each Integration Work Stream (WW) have (a) agreed on a transition plan (including a timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables)) setting out all of the material steps necessary to ensure the complete integration and transition of the WW Mining Business to the relevant Purchasers, by no later than the Closing Date, with respect to the specific responsibilities of the respective Integration Work Stream (WW). Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure the complete and timely implementation of the relevant transition plan for each Integration Work Stream (WW), as may be amended jointly from time to time in writing by the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (WW) relating to such Integration Work Stream (WW), by no later than the Closing Date.
20.
PURCHASER WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS
The Purchasers hereby warrant, represent and undertake in favour of AngloGold that they shall not, without AngloGold's prior written consent, amend any of the Purchasers’ names in such a manner so as to incorporate any, or a combination, of the following words: "AngloGold Ashanti", "Ashanti", "Anglo" and/or "AngloGold".
21.
RELEASE FROM GUARANTEES, SURETYSHIPS AND INDEMNITIES
21.1.
Save in respect of the release of the WW Financial Guarantees which shall be released in accordance with clause 11.4, the relevant Purchaser shall, as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, procure the release of AngloGold as well as any of its Affiliates (as applicable), from their obligations under all of the guarantees, suretyships and indemnities given by AngloGold and/or its relevant Affiliates (as applicable) for, or in relation to, the WW Package. Without limiting anything in this clause 21, the relevant Purchaser shall furnish any substitute guarantees, suretyships, indemnities and undertakings necessary or reasonably required to procure such release and discharge of AngloGold and its Affiliates.
21.2.
The relevant Purchaser shall indemnify AngloGold and each of its Affiliates, with effect from the Closing Date, against:
21.2.1.
any liabilities which AngloGold or the relevant Affiliate may incur under any such guarantee, suretyship or indemnities in question; and



129


21.2.2.
all costs, losses, liabilities, Claims, demands, damages, fines and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by AngloGold and/or the relevant Affiliate in connection with any such liability or Claim, including costs awarded against it.
21.3.
This clause 21 constitutes a stipulatio alteri in favour of each relevant Affiliate of AngloGold capable of acceptance in writing at any time by such Affiliate on written notice to the relevant Purchaser.
22.
WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS
22.1.
AngloGold gives to each of the Purchasers:
22.1.1.
the Warranties in Annexure A1 in respect of the Covalent Sale Equity;
22.1.2.
the Warranties in Annexure A2 in respect of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares;
22.1.3.
the Warranties in Annexure A3 in respect of the Masakhisane Sale Shares; and
22.1.4.
the Warranties in Annexure A4 in respect of the WW Mining Business.
in each case on the basis that each such Warranty –
22.1.1.
is a separate Warranty and is not limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other Warranty;
22.1.2.
save where any Warranty is expressly limited to a particular date, is given, as at the Signature Date, CP Fulfilment Date and Closing Date; and
22.1.1.
shall continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of one or more of the Transactions.
22.2.
Any Warranty given in terms of this Agreement as at the Signature Date or the CP Fulfilment Date (as the case may be) which is breached as at the Signature Date or the CP Fulfilment Date (as the case may be) shall (subject to, and without limiting, the rights of the Purchasers at any time (whether before or after the CP Fulfilment Date) to terminate in terms of clause 50.4.3), nevertheless be deemed not to have been breached if it is not breached as at the Closing Date.
22.3.
AngloGold’s liability for any Claim by any of the Purchasers in respect of any Warranty under this Agreement, is limited and qualified to the extent to which disclosure of any fact or circumstance concerning such Claim has been made in –
22.3.1.
this Agreement;



130


22.3.2.
the Data Room Documents;
22.3.3.
the Disclosure Schedule (WW) in Annexure D;
22.3.4.
any other document or written material provided by AngloGold, any member of the Group, and/or any of their officers, employees, representatives, agents or advisers to any of the Purchasers or any of the Purchasers' Affiliates, officers, employees, directors, representatives, agents or advisers (the "Purchaser's Representatives") before 05h00 (South African time) on 12 February 2020, or that forms part of the Data Room Documents;
22.3.5.
any written presentation made to Harmony or any of the Purchaser’s Representatives before the Signature Date; and
22.3.6.
any written responses provided by AngloGold, any member of the Group, and/or any of their officers, employees, agents or advisers to any queries raised by Harmony or any of the Purchaser’s Representatives during the course of the Due Diligence Investigation (WW),
provided that, in each case, no fact, circumstance or information disclosed as referred to in any of the clauses 22.3.1 to 22.3.6 (both inclusive) shall be regarded as constituting an exception to, or limitation or qualification of, any of the Warranties under this Agreement, unless it is sufficiently detailed in such manner and detail so as to enable a reasonable buyer to make an informed and accurate assessment (from the information being disclosed and not form other sources) of the matter concerned.
22.4.
AngloGold’s liability in respect of any Warranty (WW) under this Agreement is further limited and qualified by -
22.4.1.
anything which arises as a result of any change in any applicable Law or its interpretation; and/or
22.4.2.
anything to the extent that it is within the actual knowledge of Harmony, the relevant Purchaser and/or any of the Purchaser's Representatives as at the Signature Date.
22.5.
Save for those warranties or indemnities expressly given or made by AngloGold in this Agreement or in Annexure A1, Annexure A2, Annexure A3 or Annexure A4 hereto; (a) no other warranties or indemnities and no representations whatsoever are given or made by AngloGold in respect of the WW Package or otherwise, whether express, tacit or implied, and; (b) the WW Package is sold on a voetstoots basis.
23.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY



131


23.1.
In addition to the limitations set out below and elsewhere in this Agreement, AngloGold's liability in respect of a Warranty (WW) is further limited by the limitations set out in Annexure C in respect of the WW Transaction and the WW Package.
23.2.
Reductions
Any Claim by any of the Purchasers in respect of a Warranty (WW) under this Agreement shall be reduced by the aggregate of –
23.2.1.
any amount recovered by the Purchasers, the Purchasers’ Affiliates and/or the WW Companies from any third party in respect thereof, less (a) any portion thereof that the WW Companies, the Purchasers and/or the Purchasers’ Affiliates may, in terms of any insurance contract, be obliged to pay to any insurer, (b) any reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Purchasers, the Purchasers’ Affiliates, and/or the WW Companies in recovering the sum and (c) any Tax attributable to or suffered in respect of the sum recovered; and
23.2.2.
any amount by which the Purchasers, the Purchasers’ Affiliates or the WW Companies have otherwise been compensated for without cost to the Purchasers, the Purchasers’ Affiliates or the WW Companies.
23.3.
Contingent liabilities
AngloGold shall not be liable for any Claim in respect of a Warranty (WW) which is contingent unless and until such contingent claim becomes an actual Claim and is due and payable provided that any of the Purchasers shall not be precluded by anything in this clause 23 or Annexure C if any Purchaser has: (a) prior to the expiry of the relevant Claims period referred to in paragraph 1.1 of Annexure C given AngloGold written notice of the existence of such potential Claim; and (b) instituted legal or arbitration proceedings in respect of such Claim within 6 (six) months of providing written notice of the existence of such potential Claim.
23.4.
Losses
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty (WW) under this Agreement in respect of any indirect, special or consequential losses.



132


23.5.
Matters Arising
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty under this Agreement in respect of any matter, act, omission or circumstance (or any combination thereof), including the aggravation of a matter or circumstance or any losses arising therefrom, to the extent that it is a result of:
23.5.1.
any matter or thing done or omitted to be done pursuant to and in compliance with this Agreement or otherwise at the request in writing or with the approval in writing of the Purchasers;
23.5.2.
any act, omission or transaction of the Purchasers or the WW Companies or each of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents or successors in title, after the Closing Date;
23.5.3.
the passing of, or any change in, after the Signature Date, any Law or administrative practice of any Governmental Entity (and in the case of any Environmental Law or mining Law, any change in any generally accepted interpretation or application thereof) including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any increase in the rates of Taxation or any imposition of Taxation or any withdrawal of relief from Taxation not actually (or prospectively) in effect at the Signature Date; or
23.5.4.
any change in internationally accepted accounting policy, bases or practice introduced or having effect after the Signature Date.
23.6.
Mitigation of losses
Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way diminish the Purchasers’ common law obligation to mitigate its loss.
23.7.
No double recovery
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Claim by a Purchaser arising out of any breach by AngloGold of any of the Warranties given by it shall not entitle the Purchasers to make a Claim against AngloGold in respect of more than one such breach where such additional breach or Claim arises from or is attributable to the same cause of action, such that no Purchaser shall obtain reimbursement or restitution from AngloGold more than once in respect of the same breach or Claim.
23.8.
Fraud
None of the limitations contained in this clause 23 or in Annexure C shall apply to any Claim in respect of a Warranty (WW) under this Agreement to the extent that the Claim (or the delay in discovery of it) arises from or is the consequence of, or is increased as a consequence of,



133


any fraud by AngloGold. For the avoidance of doubt, where a Claim is increased as a consequence of any fraud, the relevant Purchaser will only be entitled to a Claim in respect of such increase.
23.9.
Projections, Forward Looking Statements and Financial Estimates
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty (WW) under this Agreement for any projections, forward looking statements or financial estimates provided.
23.10.
Financial provisions
AngloGold shall not be liable under this Agreement for failing to make adequate financial provisions for the remediation of any Environmental damage to the Immoveable Properties (WW) or arising from the conduct of the WW Businesses or the construction and maintenance of the Infrastructure (WW).
23.11.
Environmental Approvals
Subject to the Warranties, AngloGold shall not be liable under this Agreement:
23.11.1.
if the WW Purchaser requires the transfer and/or use of any Environmental Approvals (WW) in respect of the WW Mining Business which has not been dealt with in this Agreement and such Environmental Approval (WW) is not valid and subsisting in full force and effect or has been suspended, cancelled, revoked, varied or surrendered in favour of any third party; or
23.11.2.
on the basis that the Environmental Approvals (WW) issued to AngloGold in relation to the WW Businesses do not adequately cover the operations conducted by the WW Businesses or the operations to be conducted by the relevant Purchaser.
24.
INDEMNITIES
24.1.
Environmental Obligations (WW)
24.1.1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, AngloGold, Harmony and the WW Purchaser record and agree that, by virtue of the fact that Harmony and the WW Purchaser are acquiring the WW Package, Harmony or the WW Purchaser, as applicable, shall become liable for the embedded Environmental Obligations (WW) in relation thereto in accordance with Environmental Law.
24.1.2.
The Parties record and agree that Harmony and the WW Purchaser, as applicable, shall, with effect from the Closing Date, duly assume or punctually pay, satisfy, discharge, perform or fulfil (as the case may be) all of the Environmental Obligations



134


(WW) and that AngloGold shall have no further obligation in respect of the Environmental Obligations (WW).
24.1.3.
Harmony hereby, with effect from the Closing Date, indemnifies AngloGold (and any of its Affiliates, directors and/or employees) (collectively the "AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW)") against and holds them harmless from any and all: (a) Claims of whatsoever nature (including legal costs on the scale as between attorney and own client) that may be made against the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW) as a result of Harmony or the WW Purchaser’s failure, as applicable, to comply with their obligations in terms of this clause 24.1; and (b) Environmental Obligations (WW), as applicable (an "Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW)").
24.1.4.
Harmony shall be obliged to pay the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) the amount of any Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW), as applicable, suffered or incurred by such AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) as soon as: (a) the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) which involves a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW) to any third party) or the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) incurs the Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) (in the case of an Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) which does not involve a payment by the AngloGold Person (WW) to any third party) and (b) Harmony has received a written notice from the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) demanding payment with respect to an Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (WW).
24.2.
Sale Liabilities (WW) indemnity by the WW Purchaser
24.2.1.
The WW Purchaser hereby, with effect from the Closing Date, indemnifies each of the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW) and holds it harmless against all Sale Liabilities (WW) and all and any Losses incurred or suffered by such AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)) (including all reasonable disbursements and fees of legal advisors incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for, defence and/or settlement of, any pending or threatened claim and any litigation or other proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) is a party) by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the Sale Liabilities (WW) (the "Indemnified Liability Loss (WW)").
24.2.2.
The WW Purchaser shall be obliged to pay to the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) the amount of any Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) incurred or suffered by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) as soon as: (a) the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any



135


Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) that involves a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)), or as soon as the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) incurs or suffers the Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) (in the case of an Indemnified Liability Loss (WW) that does not involve a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)) and (b) the Purchaser has received a written notice from the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) demanding payment with respect to an Indemnified Liability Loss (WW).
24.3.
Covalent indemnity by the WW Purchaser
24.3.1.
The WW Purchaser hereby, with effect from the Closing Date, indemnifies each of the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW) and holds them harmless against all and any Losses incurred or suffered by such AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) (including all disbursements and fees of legal advisors incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for, defence and/or settlement of, any pending or threatened claim and any litigation or other proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) is a party) by reason of, or arising out of, or in connection with Covalent and/or the operations of the Covalent Business (including without limitation any obligation to pay an amount of money relating to the Covalent Business and/or implementation of the Covalent Water Directives or any amendment, revision or reissuance thereof or subsequent Covalent Water Directive) (the "Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss").
24.3.2.
The WW Purchaser shall be obliged to pay to the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) the amount of any Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss incurred or suffered by such AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) as soon as: (a) AngloGold is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss that involves a payment by any AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)), or as soon as any AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW) incurs or suffers the Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss (in the case of a Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss that does not involve a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)); and (b) the WW Purchaser has received a written notice from AngloGold demanding payment with respect to a Covalent Indemnified Liability Loss.
24.4.
Should any Party fail to discharge any of the liabilities for which it indemnifies any other Party in terms of clause 24.1, 24.2 or 24.3 (as applicable) (the "Relevant Liabilities (WW)") as and when they fall due for payment and the other indemnified Party is held liable therefor, such indemnified Party shall, when it becomes aware thereof, without prejudice to its other rights in applicable Law or in terms of this Agreement, be entitled ‑
24.4.1.
to require the relevant indemnifying Party which will be obliged, to immediately settle such Relevant Liabilities (WW); or



136


24.4.2.
should the relevant indemnifying Party fail to settle any of the Relevant Liabilities (WW), to settle such Relevant Liabilities (WW) and to recover the amount of any such Relevant Liabilities (WW) so settled on behalf of the indemnified Party, and all reasonable costs incurred in so doing, from the relevant indemnifying Partying in terms of clause 24.1, 24.2 or 24.3 (as the case may be).
24.5.
The provisions of this clause 24 shall constitute a stipulatio alteri in favour of each of the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW), which shall be capable of acceptance by the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (WW) at any time on written notice to the WW Purchaser.
25.
STEP IN RIGHTS
25.1.
AngloGold shall, in respect of any Claim by it (of any other person constituting an AngloGold Indemnified Person (WW)) under any of the indemnities in clauses 24.1, 24.2 or 24.3, and each of the Purchasers shall, in respect of any Claim by it or under a breach of any of the Warranties contemplated in this Agreement, (AngloGold or the relevant Purchaser, as aforesaid, being the "Indemnified Party (WW)") shall promptly notify the other of AngloGold or the relevant Purchaser (as the case may be) (the "Indemnifying Party (WW)") in writing of the Claim in question (the "Indemnified Claim (WW)") within a reasonable time of the Indemnified Party (WW) becoming aware thereof, to enable the Indemnifying Party (WW) to take steps to contest it.
25.2.
The Indemnifying Party (WW) shall have the right, at its sole option and expense, within 10 (ten) Business Days after the receipt of written notice under clause 25.1, to elect in writing to contest (which shall include an appeal) any Indemnified Claim (WW) and shall be entitled to control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with the Indemnified Claim (WW) provided that: 
25.2.1.
it delivers a written indemnity to the Indemnified Party (WW), indemnifying the Indemnified Party (WW) against all charges and all legal costs which may be incurred or awarded as a consequence of such steps;
25.2.2.
the Indemnifying Party (WW) shall defend the Indemnified Claim (WW) on the same basis as it would act in circumstances where it were defending a dispute in its own name and shall at all stages and in all respects act in the best interests of the Indemnified Party (WW) (as if the relevant indemnity contemplated in this clause 25 did not exist) when defending the Indemnified Claim (WW), taking into account, without limitation, the effect of the dispute on the Indemnified Party (WW), the Indemnified Party’s (WW) reasonable input and the advice of the Indemnified Party’s (WW) and the Indemnifying Party’s (WW) professional advisers;
25.2.3.
the Indemnified Party (WW) shall give all reasonable assistance and information to the Indemnifying Party (WW) in the efforts of the Indemnifying Party (WW) to



137


defend the Indemnified Claim (WW). The Indemnified Party (WW) will allow the Indemnifying Party’s (WW) authorised representatives reasonable access to its accounts, documents and records limited to the issues concerned to the extent that they are available, on the basis that all relevant copies may be made by the Indemnifying Party (WW) of the documents concerned so as to enable it to pursue any course of action appropriately;
25.2.4.
the Indemnifying Party (WW) shall deliver to the Indemnified Party (WW) all correspondence and court documents relating to the dispute prior to submitting same and shall consider all reasonable comments of the Indemnified Party (WW) in relation to the content and sending of any written communications in respect of the Indemnified Claim (WW);
25.2.5.
the Indemnified Party (WW) shall be entitled on reasonable notice to meet or have calls with the Indemnifying Party (WW) and its professional advisers when it deems fit in order to obtain an update on the progress in respect of the Indemnified Claim (WW);
25.2.6.
the Indemnifying Party (WW) may not concede, settle, compromise and/or abandon the Indemnified Claim (WW) without the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party (WW) (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that where: (a) the Indemnifying Party (WW) has recommended that the Indemnified Party (WW) concede, settle, compromise and/or abandon the Indemnified Claim (the "Recommendation (WW)"); and (b) the Indemnified Party (WW) does not approve the Recommendation (WW), and thereafter the matter proceeds, the liability of Indemnifying Party (WW) in respect of the Indemnified Claim (WW) shall be proportionately reduced in respect of any amount of actual Loss suffered by the Indemnified Party (WW) which it can be established would not have been suffered had the Indemnified Party (WW) approved the Recommendation (WW); and
25.2.7.
the Indemnifying Party (WW) shall not be liable to the extent that the relevant liability arises as a result of or is increased by any action or omission by the Indemnified Party (WW) or the management of the Indemnified Party (WW). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the relevant liability does not arise as a result of any action or omission by the Indemnified Party (WW) or the management of the Indemnified Party (WW) and is only increased by such action or omission, the Indemnifying Party (WW) shall remain liable in respect of the relevant liability but shall not be liable in respect of such increase.
25.3.
If the Indemnifying Party (WW) elects not to control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnified Claim (WW) (including by not delivering to the Indemnified



138


Party (WW) the necessary written election within the 10 (ten) Business Day period contemplated in clause 25.2), which relates to any matter indemnified against by it or any matter in relation to which it has provided any Warranties under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party (WW) may control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnified Claim (WW), provided that the Indemnified Party (WW) shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that: (a) any such defence, negotiation, settlement or other dealings shall be conducted at all times by the Indemnified Party (WW) in joint consultation with the Indemnifying Party (WW); and that (b) all material decisions and actions in relation to any such defence, negotiation, settlement or other dealings are taken with the prior consent of the Indemnifying Party (WW) (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If the Indemnified Party (WW) elects in such circumstances to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnified Claim (WW), the Indemnified Party (WW) shall deal with all such matters as expeditiously as is reasonably practicable. The Indemnifying Party’s (WW) election not to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnified Claim (WW), shall not absolve the Indemnifying Party (WW) from its liability in respect of any such Indemnified Claim (WW).
Part C.
VR PACKAGE
Part C1: VR SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY AND VR REMAINING BUSINESS
26.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY
26.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold hereby sells and cedes to Harmony, and Harmony hereby purchases and accepts such cession of the FUSA Sale Shares and the FUSA Sale Claims as an indivisible transaction subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement.
26.2.
The FUSA Sale Shares, as applicable, shall be sold free and clear of any and all Encumbrances, with all rights attaching to them at the Closing Date, including the right to receive all distributions and dividends declared, paid or made in respect of the FUSA Sale Shares at or after the Closing Date. The aforegoing sentence applies mutatis mutandis to the FUSA Sale Claims.
26.3.
Notwithstanding the Signature Date (or anything to the contrary contained herein), the sales and cessions referred to in clause 26.1 will take place on the Closing Date and ownership of and risk in, and benefit attaching to, the FUSA Sale Equity will, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, pass to Harmony.
27.
SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE VR REMAINING BUSINESS
27.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold hereby sells, transfers and cedes to Harmony Moab, and Harmony Moab hereby purchases and accepts such transfer and cession, the VR Remaining Business as an indivisible transaction and as a going concern, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and excluding the Excluded Liabilities.



139


27.2.
Notwithstanding the Signature Date (or anything to the contrary contained herein) –
27.2.1.
the risk in and benefit attaching to the VR Remaining Business shall vest in Harmony Moab with effect on and as from the Closing Date and AngloGold shall cease to have operational control of the VR Remaining Business on and as from the Closing Date;
27.2.2.
subject to clause 27.2.4, ownership of the VR Remaining Business (other than the Immoveable Properties (VR), the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude, the Servitudes (VR), Infrastructure (VR) and the Surface Right Permits (VR)) shall pass to Harmony Moab on and with effect from the Closing Date;
27.2.3.
ownership of each of the Immoveable Properties (VR) shall pass to Harmony Moab on and with effect from the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (VR) and ownership of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and the Servitudes (VR) shall pass upon the date of registration in the Deeds Registry of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and each of the notarial deeds of cession of servitudes in respect of the Servitudes (VR) (as contemplated in clauses 29.3 and 29.4 respectively);
27.2.4.
if the Infrastructure (VR): (a) accedes to the Immoveable Properties (VR), then ownership of such Infrastructure (VR) shall pass to Harmony Moab on and with effect from the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (VR); or (b) does not accede to the Immoveable Properties (VR), then ownership of such Infrastructure (VR) shall pass to Harmony Moab on and with effect from the Closing Date (as contemplated in clause 29.3); and
27.2.5.
ownership of the Surface Right Permits (VR) shall pass to Harmony Moab upon registration of the consents or deeds of transfer of the Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office (as contemplated in clause 29.5).
Part C2: VR DELIVERY AND IMPLEMENTATION
28.
DELIVERY OF THE FUSA SALE EQUITY
28.1.
On the Closing Date the representatives of AngloGold and Harmony shall meet at 10h00 at the offices of ENSafrica at 129 Rivonia Road, Sandton, Johannesburg, South Africa, or at such other time and/or place as AngloGold and Harmony may agree, where AngloGold shall, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, deliver to Harmony –
28.1.1.
the original share certificates in respect of the FUSA Sale Shares, together with duly executed cession and transfer forms (in a form attached hereto as Annexure CC) for the transfer of ownership in respect thereof (blank as to the transferee);



140


28.1.2.
the original title deeds and original notarial deeds of servitude in respect of the Chemwes Property;
28.1.3.
all of the books, records, documents and assets of the VR Companies in the possession of AngloGold and/or under its control immediately before the Closing Date (including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, the certificates of incorporation, memoranda of incorporation, minute books, tax records, securities register and other registers of the VR Companies), or alternatively place Harmony in effective control of such books, records, documents and assets;
28.1.4.
(a) the written resignation/s (in a form attached hereto as Annexure DD), with effect from the Closing Date, of all of the directors of each of the VR Companies, together with (b) an originally certified copy of the South African identity document (if South African) or valid passport (if not South African) of each resigning director in each case certified within the 2 (two) months prior to the Closing Date;
28.1.5.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure FF) of the board of directors of:
28.1.5.1.
FUSA: (a) approving the transfer of the FUSA Sale Shares; (b) noting the cession of that portion of the FUSA Sale Claims which AngloGold has on loan account against FUSA to Harmony; (c) approving the issue of appropriate new share certificates in respect of the FUSA Sale Shares to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the FUSA Sale Shares; (d) directing the company secretary or any one director of FUSA to cancel the existing share certificate/s, which reflect AngloGold as the registered owner of the FUSA Sale Shares and issue new share certificate/s to Harmony which reflect Harmony as the registered owner of the FUSA Sale Shares and to update the securities register of FUSA to reflect Harmony as the registered holder of the FUSA Sale Shares; (e) approving the appointment of Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of FUSA, provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (f) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 28.1.4;
28.1.5.2.
MWS: (a) noting the cession of that portion of the FUSA Sale Claims which AngloGold has on loan account against MWS to Harmony; (b) approving the appointment of Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of MWS, provided that Harmony provides the names and



141


identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (c) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 28.1.4; and
28.1.5.3.
Chemwes: (a) noting the cession of that portion of the FUSA Sale Claims which AngloGold has on loan account against Chemwes to Harmony; (b) approving the appointment of Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of Chemwes, provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and (c) noting the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 28.1.4;
28.1.6.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure GG) of AngloGold appointing Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of FUSA, provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date;
28.1.7.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure GG) of FUSA appointing Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of MWS, provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to FUSA at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date;
28.1.8.
certified copies of duly passed resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure GG) of MWS appointing Harmony's nominees to the board of directors of Chemwes, provided that Harmony provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to MWS at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date; and
28.1.9.
the documents, in respect of the Chemwes Trust, referred to in clause 28.2.2.



142


28.2.
Chemwes Trust (and the Chemwes Trust Money)
28.2.1.
It is recorded that: (a) FUSA; and (b) AngloGold have made contributions to the Chemwes Trust by way of, inter alia, the Chemwes Trust Money.
28.2.2.
It is recorded that the Chemwes Trust is a trust registered for purposes of section 37A of the Income Tax Act.
28.2.3.
In accordance with (and subject to) clauses 28.1 and 28.1.7, the following documents, in respect of the Chemwes Trust, shall be delivered to Harmony Moab on the Closing Date, namely –
28.2.3.1.
all of the books, records, documents and assets of the Chemwes Trust in the possession of AngloGold and/or under its control immediately before the Closing Date in relation to the Chemwes Trust (including, without limiting the generality of the aforegoing, minute books, tax records, and other registers of the Chemwes Trust), or alternatively place the WW Purchaser in effective control of such books, records, documents and assets;
28.2.3.2.
the original trust deed and letters of authority in respect of the Chemwes Trust;
28.2.3.3.
the original written resignation/s of AngloGold’s appointees to the board of trustees of the Chemwes Trust (in a form attached hereto as Annexure EE), with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Chemwes Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 28.2.4;and
28.2.3.4.
the original resolutions (in a form attached hereto as Annexure HH) of the trustees of the Chemwes Trust authorising and approving (subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and with effect from the Closing Date):
28.2.3.4.1.
the appointment of Harmony Moab's nominees to the board of trustees of the Chemwes Trust with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Chemwes Trust are to be issued as contemplated in clause 28.2.4, provided that Harmony Moab provides the names and identity/passport numbers (as applicable) of such nominees to AngloGold at least 15 (fifteen) Business Days before the Closing Date; and



143


28.2.3.4.2.
the resignations of the persons referred to in clause 28.2.3.3.
28.2.4.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, Harmony Moab shall do all such things as may be necessary to procure the issuance of new letters of authority to effect the resignations and appointments contemplated in clauses 28.2.3.3 and 28.2.3.4 in respect of the Chemwes Trust and AngloGold shall use all reasonable endeavours to assist Harmony Moab to obtain such new letters of authority and any other amendments to the deed of trust of Chemwes Trust as reasonably requested by Harmony Moab.
28.2.5.
With effect from the Closing Date, AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates all of its rights and obligations in relation to the Chemwes Trust (if any) including such obligations as are recorded in the trust deed of the Chemwes Trust and any obligations that AngloGold may have undertaken by virtue of its nominee/s being trustees of the Chemwes Trust, in relation to or in connection with the Chemwes Trust, which cession, assignment and delegation Harmony Moab accepts.
28.2.6.
If and to the extent that AngloGold is unable to cede, assign and delegate all of its rights and obligations in relation to the Chemwes Trust to Harmony Moab as contemplated in clause 28.2.5 above, then Harmony Moab and AngloGold hereby agree that, with effect from the Closing Date, as between them, all benefit arising from or relating to the Chemwes Trust that (but for this clause 28.2.6) would vest in and be borne by AngloGold shall vest in and be borne by Harmony Moab and, as a result: (a) Harmony Moab shall be obliged, at its cost, but (to the extent necessary) in AngloGold’s name to discharge AngloGold’s obligations in respect of the Chemwes Trust after the Closing Date; and (b) Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies AngloGold against any Loss which may arise as a result of Harmony Moab failing to comply with its obligations under this clause 28.2.6.
28.2.7.
The Parties record and agree that, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date, Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall attend to the necessary updates (including, the contact, address, banking and trustee details) of the Chemwes Trust where required on the Registration, Amendments and Verification Form (RAV01) and that the IT77TR is duly completed and timeously submitted with SARS.
28.3.
AngloGold and Harmony may, by agreement in writing, dispense with a meeting on the Closing Date and may instead provide for the delivery of the documents referred to in clause 28.1 in such other manner as they may agree.
28.4.
MWC / Chemwes Water Offtake Agreement



144


It is recorded and agreed that the agreement entered into between Chemwes and MWC on or about 25 November 2008 in terms of which, inter alia, Chemwes undertakes to take a minimum quantity of water from MWC of approximately 9Ml/day at an agreed price, will remain in operation and be maintained in accordance with its terms and that neither MWS nor any member of the Group will enter into any agreements with MWC as part of the transaction contemplated in this Agreement.
29.
DELIVERY OF THE VR REMAINING BUSINESS
29.1.
Primary Delivery Provisions
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, AngloGold shall attend to the following:
29.1.1.
The Contracts (VR):
29.1.1.1.
AngloGold hereby assigns, cedes and delegates (with effect from the Closing Date) to Harmony Moab all of its rights, title and interests in and to all prospective obligations in respect of the Contracts (VR), and Harmony Moab hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to the Contracts (VR) consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to the Contracts (VR) are not required. AngloGold undertakes (subject to the remaining provisions of this clause 29.1.1) to use all reasonable endeavours to procure, as soon as reasonably practicable following the Signature Date (and, to the extent not completed on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date) the assignment of the Contracts (VR), and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to Harmony Moab as aforesaid) the assignment of the Contracts (VR), and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to Harmony Moab as aforesaid with effect on and from the Closing Date, including to obtain all consents, approvals and waivers that may be required from any third parties for such assignment.
29.1.1.2.
If Harmony Moab identifies any material Contract (VR) which, in the reasonable opinion of Harmony Moab, necessarily requires an amendment (which amendment shall take effect on or after the Closing Date) in order for such Contract (VR) to be valid and binding and/or to properly serve the legitimate and reasonable requirements of Harmony Moab in operating the VR Businesses after the Closing Date, then AngloGold shall: (a) co-operate with Harmony Moab; and (b) (to



145


the extent that AngloGold is in possession or control of same) provide any documentation, information and support, at Harmony Moab's cost, to assist Harmony Moab in endeavouring to procure the amendment in question, provided that compliance with such request shall not require AngloGold to act in any manner contrary to its interests nor to expend material time and resources.
29.1.1.3.
To the extent that the consent of any other third parties to any of the Contracts (VR) is required to effect the assignment, cession and delegation contemplated in this clause 29.1.1 (the “Consenting Parties (VR)”) then –
29.1.1.3.1.
at the cost of Harmony Moab and for a period of 4 (four) calendar months following the later of: (a) the Closing Date; and (b) the date on which a copy of the Contract (VR) is provided to Harmony Moab in terms of this Agreement (provided that this item (b) shall apply only to Confidential Contracts (VR) (only to the extent that AngloGold has obtained approval from the relevant third party to disclose the relevant Confidential Contract (VR) to Harmony Moab, as contemplated in clause 37.5.4),Proposed Contracts (VR) and Interim Period Contracts (VR) (or such longer period as the Parties may agree in writing), AngloGold shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure the aforesaid consent of the relevant Consenting Parties (VR). On termination of the aforesaid 4 (four) calendar month period, and to the extent that a Consenting Party (VR) fails to provide their aforesaid consent in relation to the relevant Contract (VR), AngloGold shall be entitled, in its sole and absolute discretion, in respect of such Contract (VR), to: (a) use its reasonable endeavours (for so long, and from time to time, as AngloGold may choose) to procure the aforesaid consent of such Consenting Party (VR); (b) exercise any rights that it has under such Contract (VR), to terminate such Contract in respect of which the consent of the Consenting Parties (VR) has not yet been obtained (whereafter AngloGold shall forthwith notify Harmony Moab in writing thereof); and/or (c) terminate the



146


provisions of clause 29.1.1.3.2 on written notice to the Purchaser insofar as they relate to such Contract (VR) named in such notice and
29.1.1.3.2.
in respect of such Contract (VR), from the Closing Date until the earlier of the date on which: (a) all Consenting Parties (VR) (whose consent is so required) provide their consent to the assignment, cession and delegation of such Contract (VR) to Harmony Moab and such assignment, cession and delegation is implemented; (b) such Contract (VR) is terminated (as contemplated in and in accordance with clause 29.1.1.3.2 (b)); and/or (c) AngloGold terminates the provisions of this clause 29.1.1.3.2 (as contemplated in clause 29.1.1.1(c)) in respect of such Contract (VR), Harmony Moab and AngloGold reciprocally undertake the following obligations for such period –
29.1.1.3.2.1.
as between Harmony Moab and AngloGold, the benefit and risk of such Contracts (VR) shall vest in and be borne by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date and by Harmony Moab from the Closing Date and thereafter. In particular but without limiting the aforegoing, if the Consenting Parties (VR) do not perform their obligations under such Contracts (VR) after the Closing Date, AngloGold shall take all such reasonable steps, at the cost of Harmony Moab, as shall be available to enforce such obligations;
29.1.1.3.2.2.
AngloGold shall exercise all its rights under such Contracts (VR) for the benefit, at the direction and for the cost of Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall collect and pay to



147


Harmony Moab promptly all amounts due to be paid to AngloGold under such Contracts (VR);
29.1.1.3.2.3.
AngloGold shall be obliged, at its cost, to discharge on the respective due dates therefor any obligations under such Contracts (VR) in respect of the period prior to the Closing Date;
29.1.1.3.2.4.
Harmony Moab shall be obliged, at its cost, but in AngloGold's name to discharge on the respective due dates therefor AngloGold's obligations under such Contracts (VR) after the Closing Date; and
29.1.1.3.2.5.
the Parties hereby indemnify each other against any Loss which may arise as a result of the other of them failing to comply with their obligations under this clause 29.1.1.3.2,
provided that, if the terms of any Contract (VR) do not permit the above provisions of this clause 29.1.1.3.2 to be carried into effect, Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall co-operate with each other in good faith to enable the object of this clause 29.1.1.3.2 to be achieved in relation to such Contract (VR) insofar as it is possible to do so lawfully;
29.1.2.
The SLAs (VR): The provisions of clause 29.1.1 shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to each of the SLAs; 
29.1.3.
The Sale Assets (VR): Subject to clause 29.2, AngloGold shall deliver, or shall procure the delivery of, the Sale Assets (VR) to Harmony Moab by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, with the intent that legal title to all such Sale Assets (VR) shall pass by and upon such mode of delivery. AngloGold shall, promptly upon receiving a written request from Harmony Moab, sign and execute (or procure the signature and execution of) all



148


documents as may be reasonably required to procure the delivery and transfer, and to the extent necessary or possible, the registration of the transfer, of the Sale Assets (VR) into the name of Harmony Moab;
29.1.4.
The Motor Vehicles (VR): AngloGold shall deliver to Harmony Moab all such documents, duly completed, as may be necessary to enable the Motor Vehicles (VR) to be registered in the name of Harmony Moab and to enable Harmony Moab to obtain the necessary certificate of roadworthiness in respect thereof (provided that any costs having been incurred in obtaining such certificates shall be paid by Harmony Moab). AngloGold shall deliver to Harmony Moab all such documents, duly completed, as may be necessary to enable any aircraft included in the Sale Assets (VR) to be registered in the name of Harmony Moab;
29.1.5.
The books and records:
29.1.5.1.
AngloGold shall place Harmony Moab in possession of the originals of all books, documents (including Contracts (VR) engineering manuals, drawings and designs) and records to the extent that it is in possession of same (irrespective of the medium in which such records are stored) which relate to the VR Package; provided that to the extent that AngloGold is required by law to retain any such original AngloGold shall instead be entitled to deliver a true and accurate copy thereof, and to the extent that any such records are kept on computer hardware which is not included within the VR Package, AngloGold shall instead be required to deliver electronic copies thereof (in a format acceptable to Harmony Moab, acting reasonably) or allow reasonable access to such computer hardware in order to enable Harmony Moab to make electronic copies thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that any documents or records also relate to operations other than the Sale Package, then: (a) if such documents or records are material to the Sale Package, such documents or records shall (if AngloGold so requires) be redacted so as to remove all references and information in relation to such other operations, prior to Harmony Moab being placed in possession of same on the Closing Date or within a reasonable period after the Closing Date; (b) if such documents or records are immaterial to the Sale Package, Harmony Moab shall not be placed in possession of same; and (c) to the extent that Harmony Moab receives possession of documents or records which relate to operations other than the Sale Package, Harmony Moab shall make such documents or records



149


available for collection by AngloGold for a period of 90 (ninety) calendar days following the Closing Date by AngloGold; and
29.1.5.2.
Harmony Moab acknowledges that AngloGold may: (a) be requested by a Government Entity to provide such entity with; or (b) require, for the purposes of any litigation proceedings, an original or copy of any of the books, documents and/or records delivered to Harmony Moab by AngloGold under this clause 29.1.5. Accordingly, AngloGold may request access to and/or copies of all books, documents and records delivered to Harmony Moab under this clause 29.1.5 from time to time and at any time. Harmony Moab shall use its reasonable endeavours to provide AngloGold with access to and/or copies of such records and documents within 20 (twenty) Business Days after written notice thereof by AngloGold, at the cost of AngloGold. AngloGold irrevocably undertakes to Harmony Moab it shall treat all such records and documents as private, strictly confidential and safeguard them accordingly, and to use each and every effort (including, without limitation, at least those steps as it applies in protecting its own proprietary, secret and confidential information) to ensure that such records and documents are protected against theft and/or unauthorised access and that no-one receives such records and documents unless authorised by Harmony Moab in writing (which authorisation shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
29.1.6.
The Sale Liabilities (VR):
29.1.6.1.
AngloGold hereby delegates to Harmony Moab, to the extent that the creditors concerned consent thereto, and Harmony Moab hereby accepts such delegation of the Sale Liabilities (VR). To the extent applicable, AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the delegation of the Sale Liabilities (VR) to Harmony Moab as aforesaid with effect from the Closing Date. To the extent that any such creditor does not agree thereto, Harmony Moab shall be obliged after the Closing Date to discharge the Sale Liabilities (VR) on behalf of AngloGold on the respective due dates therefor and indemnifies AngloGold against any Claims of whatsoever nature that may be made against AngloGold in respect of the Sale Liabilities (VR) or Harmony Moab’s failure to comply with its obligations in terms of this clause 29.1.6. The Parties record and agree that Harmony Moab shall, with effect from the Closing Date, duly assume or punctually pay, satisfy,



150


discharge, perform or fulfil (as the case may be) all of the Sale Liabilities (VR).
29.1.6.2.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties record and agree that AngloGold shall remain fully and solely liable and responsible for all Excluded Liabilities.
29.2.
Additional Delivery Provisions
29.2.1.
In addition to the provisions of clause 29.1, AngloGold and Harmony Moab agree that, on the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2:
29.2.1.1.
in respect of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR), the provisions of clause 29.3 below shall apply;
29.2.1.2.
in respect of the Servitudes (VR) and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude, the provisions of clause 29.4 below shall apply;
29.2.1.3.
in respect of the Surface Right Permits (VR), the provisions of clause 29.5 below shall apply;
29.2.1.4.
in respect of the Consumable Stores (VR), the provisions of clause 29.6 below shall apply;
29.2.1.5.
in respect of the Critical Spares (VR), the provisions of clause 29.7 below shall apply;
29.2.1.6.
in respect of the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) and the Tailings Storage Facilities Sites (VR), the provisions of clause 29.8 below shall apply;
29.2.1.7.
in respect of the MOD (VR), the provisions of clause 29.9 below shall apply;
29.2.1.8.
in respect of the Gold in Lock Up (VR) and Gold In Process (VR), the provisions of clause 29.10 below shall apply;
29.2.1.9.
in respect of AngloGold’s rights under all Permits (VR), the provisions of clause 30 below shall apply; and
29.2.1.10.
in respect of the Environmental Obligations (VR), the provisions of clause 42.1 below shall apply.



151


29.3.
Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR)
29.3.1.
Occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and the Infrastructure (VR) will be provided to Harmony Moab by AngloGold on the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2.
29.3.2.
All risk in and benefit attaching to such Immoveable Property (VR) and Infrastructure (VR) shall vest in Harmony Moab on the Closing Date against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2.
29.3.3.
Harmony Moab shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 29.3, and be entitled to use and occupy the Immoveable Properties (VR) from the Closing Date until the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (VR) (both dates inclusive) (the "Immoveable Property Period (VR)").
29.3.4.
To the extent that the Infrastructure (VR):
29.3.4.1.
accedes to immoveable property which forms part of the Immoveable Properties (VR), then such Infrastructure (VR) shall transfer to Harmony Moab with each respective Immoveable Property (VR) on the Transfer Date of each such Immoveable Properties (VR) and Harmony Moab shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 29.3, and be entitled to use and occupy such Infrastructure (VR) from the Closing Date until the Transfer Date of each of the respective Immoveable Properties (VR) (both dates inclusive) (the "Infrastructure Period (VR)"); or
29.3.4.2.
does not accede to immoveable property which forms part of the Immoveable Properties (VR), then AngloGold shall on the Closing Date deliver such Infrastructure (VR) to Harmony Moab by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, with the legal intent that legal title to all such Infrastructure (VR) shall pass by and upon such mode of delivery on the Closing Date. AngloGold shall sign and execute, upon receiving a written request from Harmony Moab, all documents as may be reasonably required to procure the delivery and transfer, and to the extent necessary or possible, the registration of the transfer, of such Infrastructure (VR) into the name of Harmony Moab.
29.3.5.
It is the intention of the Parties that the Transfer (VR) of each Immoveable Property (VR) takes place as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. To give



152


effect to this intention, the Parties agree that the Conveyancer is hereby authorised on behalf of all of the Parties to and shall during the Interim Period and after the Closing Date, if necessary:
29.3.5.1.
take all steps as may be necessary to apply to the relevant local authority for rates clearance figures in respect of each of the Immoveable Properties (VR) (the "Rates Clearance Figures (VR)"); and
29.3.5.2.
prepare all documents necessary for lodgement of the Transfers (VR) in the relevant Deeds Registry as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
29.3.6.
The Parties undertake that they shall do all such things as may be necessary to give effect to the intention of the Parties as set out in clause 29.3.5, including but not limited to providing and signing the relevant documentation to authorise the Conveyancer to apply to the relevant local authority for the Rates Clearance Figures (VR) and providing such documentation to the Conveyancer which is necessary to prepare all documents to give effect to the Transfers (VR). All costs associated with the applications for Rates Clearance Figures (VR) shall be for the account of Harmony Moab.
29.3.7.
On the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2:
29.3.7.1.
and to the extent that it has not already done so, AngloGold shall hand over to the Conveyancer all the original title deeds in its possession or under its control in respect of the Immoveable Properties (VR) alternatively, the particulars of title deeds that have been permanently filed at the Deeds Registry, in respect of the Immoveable Properties (VR), alternatively signed applications for the issue of substituting copies of all lost deeds, and all other documentation, as requested by the Conveyancer, to give effect to the provisions of this clause 29.3; and
29.3.7.2.
the Parties shall each nominate 2 (two) or more appropriate representatives employed by AngloGold and Harmony Moab (or any of its Affiliates) respectively (the "Authorised Representatives (VR)") to act on their behalf to complete and/or sign all documents necessary to effect the Transfers (VR) and the execution of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) and registration of Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude



153


and cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) in the relevant Deeds Registry, or the notarial execution of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) in respect of the cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR), as applicable, as contemplated in clause 29.4. The Parties will on the Closing Date each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (VR) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the Transfers (VR) and the execution of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) and registration of Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and the cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) in the relevant Deeds Registry, or the notarial execution of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR), as applicable. The Authorised Representative (VR) of each Party shall be:
29.3.7.2.1.
in the case of AngloGold, Lizelle Marwick or Ryan Webb; and
29.3.7.2.2.
in the case of Harmony Moab, Neil Terblanche or Phillip Tobias.
29.3.8.
AngloGold shall, on request by the Conveyancer, pay in full the relevant Rates Clearance Figures (VR) in respect of the period up to and including the Closing Date, in order for a rates clearance certificate to be issued to the Conveyancer, in respect of each of the Immoveable Properties (VR) as well as the Infrastructure (VR) (if necessary), in terms of section 118 of the Local Government: Municipal Systems Act, No. 32 of 2000 (the "Rates Clearance Certificate (VR)"). AngloGold undertakes to Harmony Moab that when obtaining the Rates Clearance Figures (VR) for the period up to and including the Closing Date, from the relevant local authority for purposes of the Transfer, it shall effect payment of the full debt due (in respect of the aforesaid period) to the relevant local authority as at such date and shall not limit this to the 2 (two) years preceding the issue of the relevant Rates Clearance Certificate (VR).
29.3.9.
Harmony Moab shall, on request by the Conveyancer, pay the relevant Rates Clearance Figures (VR) that relate to the period after the Closing Date in order for the Rates Clearance Certificates (VR) to be issued to the Conveyancer.



154


29.3.10.
Harmony Moab shall, subject to AngloGold providing Harmony Moab with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by Harmony Moab in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (VR) paid by AngloGold, refund AngloGold in respect of that part of any payment made by AngloGold to the local authority that relates to the period between the Closing Date and the relevant Transfer Date, and only in relation to the period after the relevant Transfer Date to the extent that Harmony Moab is credited with such advance payments by the relevant local authority concerned and such amounts are not refunded by the relevant local authority concerned to AngloGold. AngloGold shall, subject to Harmony Moab providing AngloGold with such documentation evidencing amounts that may be due and payable by Harmony Moab in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (VR) paid by Harmony Moab, shall refund Harmony Moab in respect of that part of any payment made by Harmony Moab in respect of the Rates Clearance Figures (VR) that relates to the period between the Closing Date and the relevant Transfer Date, to the extent that, after the relevant Transfer Date, AngloGold is refunded such amounts by the relevant local authority and such amounts are actually received by AngloGold.
29.3.11.
Harmony Moab shall, on written request by AngloGold, refund AngloGold for any and all deposits made by AngloGold in relation to the Immoveable Properties (VR) and/or the Infrastructure (VR) to the extent that Harmony Moab is credited with and has received such deposits by the relevant local authority concerned and such amounts are not refunded by the relevant local authority concerned to AngloGold.
29.3.12.
AngloGold undertakes to Harmony Moab that it shall, at its cost, do all such things as may be necessary (including providing relevant documentation for the Transfer (VR)) to obtain all consents and/or approval, as registered owner of the Immoveable Properties (VR), that are required to give effect to the Transfers (VR) contemplated in this clause 29.3, including (without limitation), procuring the consent and/or approval of the relevant local authority or any third party to the Transfers (VR).
29.3.13.
The Parties undertake in favour of each other that:
29.3.13.1.
the Parties shall procure that 1 (one) of their Authorised Representatives (VR) signs all documents required to give effect to the Transfer (VR) without delay and to provide all documents and information and do all things necessary in order to effect the Transfer (VR); and
29.3.13.2.
each Party shall take all steps, pay all amounts and do and procure the doing of all such things as are reasonable in the circumstance so



155


as to place the Conveyancer in a position to, and to ensure that the Conveyancer, effect Transfer (VR) in the relevant Deed Registry without unnecessary delay or hindrance.
29.3.14.
All costs, taxes, fees and disbursements (including transfer duty and VAT, if any) incurred to effect the transfer of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR) to Harmony Moab shall be paid by Harmony Moab within 7 (seven) calendar days after being requested to do so by the Conveyancer in writing and on receipt of a VAT invoice from the Conveyancers.
29.3.15.
Subject to the Warranties, the Parties agree that the Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR) are sold to the extent as they now lie, voetstoots, subject to all conditions, servitudes, Surface Right Permits (VR) and any Encumbrances mentioned or referred to in the current and/or prior title deeds of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and any town planning scheme applicable thereto and further, without limitation, subject to –
29.3.15.1.
all rights that Harmony Moab or Harmony already have to, in respect of or affecting the Immovable Properties (VR), whether pursuant to the Harmony Sale Agreement or otherwise;
29.3.15.2.
the subdivision and transfer to SANRAL of the SANRAL Portions (VR) for purposes of the national road as more fully dealt with in clause 29.3.20 hereof;
29.3.15.3.
the subdivision and transfer to the North West Tourism Board of the Hotel School Property as more fully dealt with in clause 29.3.22 hereof;
29.3.15.4.
the subdivision and transfer to Traxtion of the Traxtion Railway Workshop as more fully dealt with in clause 29.3.23 hereof;
29.3.15.5.
the execution of the notarial deed of servitude and registration of the Traxtion Rail Link Servitude as more fully dealt with in clause 29.3.24 hereof.
29.3.15.6.
the execution of the notarial deeds of servitude and registration of the Harmony Servitudes as more fully dealt with in clause 29.3.20 hereof.
29.3.16.
The Parties record that the Infrastructure (VR) was erected for mining purposes pursuant to surface right permits and/or mining rights granted to AngloGold and that there are no approved building plans or electricity compliance certificates in terms of the Electrical Installation Regulations promulgated under the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 in respect thereof.



156


29.3.17.
AngloGold shall be obliged to procure the issue of a valid and up to date certificate of compliance in respect of each of the freehold residential properties included in the Immoveable Properties (VR) referred to in Annexure Pas contemplated in terms of the Electrical Installation Regulations 2009 promulgated under the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993, (the "Compliance Certificate (VR)") (to the extent that AngloGold is not already in possession of a valid Compliance Certificate (VR) which is less than 2 (two) years old)) and deliver the valid and up to date Compliance Certificates (VR) for each such freehold residential property to Harmony Moab on or before the Closing Date (and, to the extent not delivered on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date but before the respective Transfer Date). AngloGold shall be liable for the cost of procuring the issue of the said Compliance Certificates (VR) (to the extent that it is necessary to procure the issue of an updated Compliance Certificate (VR)), including without limitation the cost of any necessary electrical work.
29.3.18.
In relation to the Immoveable Property Period (VR), Harmony Moab shall, without limitation, be liable for:
29.3.18.1.
all costs of water, electricity, gas, refuse removal, sewage and any other services provided in respect of: (a) the Immoveable Properties (VR), for the Immoveable Property Period (VR); and (b) Infrastructure (VR), for the Infrastructure Period (VR), (including any deposits payable in connection therewith);
29.3.18.2.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of: (a) the Infrastructure (VR), for the Infrastructure Period (VR); and (b) all other improvements and structures on the Immoveable Properties (VR), for the Immoveable Properties Period (VR), to the extent that such maintenance and upkeep is required by Harmony Moab; and
29.3.18.3.
all rates and taxes and other imposts levied by any local authority in respect of the: (a) Immoveable Properties (VR) for the Immoveable Property Period (VR); and (b) Infrastructure (VR), for the Infrastructure Period (VR),
and Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the Immoveable Property Period (VR), against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.



157


29.3.19.
During the Immovable Property Period (VR), Harmony Moab shall be responsible for taking out any insurance it requires in relation to the Immoveable Properties (VR) or the Infrastructure (VR) with effect from the Closing Date.
29.3.20.
Harmony Servitudes
29.3.20.1.
The Parties record that AngloGold has pursuant to the Harmony Sale Agreement granted to Harmony Moab the following servitudes (the "Harmony Servitudes"):
29.3.20.1.1.
a perpetual right of use and access servitude for core yard purposes over Portion 200 of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP on the terms and conditions set out in the draft deed of servitude with draft servitude diagram, filed under folder 1.3.9.6.2.0.4 in the Data Room;
29.3.20.1.2.
a perpetual right of use and access servitude for transport yard purposes over RE Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP on the terms and conditions set out in the draft deed of servitude with draft servitude diagram, filed under folder 1.3.9.6.2.0.8 in the Data Room;
29.3.20.1.3.
a perpetual right of use and access servitude for mine garage purposes over RE Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP on the terms and conditions set out in the draft deed of servitude with draft servitude diagram, filed under folder 1.3.9.6.2.0.5 in the Data Room;
29.3.20.1.4.
a perpetual right of use and access servitude for waste disposal site purposes over RE Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP and RE Portion 4 of the farm Modderfontein 440 IP on the terms and conditions set out in the draft deed of servitude with draft servitude diagram, filed under folder 1.3.9.6.2.0.6 in the Data Room; and
29.3.20.1.5.
a perpetual right of use and access servitude for mining purposes over RE Portion 4 of the farm Modderfontein 440 IP on the terms and conditions set out in the draft deed of servitude with draft servitude



158


diagram, filed under folder 1.3.9.6.2.0.7 in the Data Room.
29.3.20.2.
It is recorded that:
29.3.20.2.1.
the Harmony Servitudes are awaiting registration in the Deeds Registry; and
29.3.20.2.2.
upon registration of transfer of the relevant properties set out in clause 29.3.20.1.1 to 29.3.20.1.5 which are included in the Immovable Properties (VR), in the name of Harmony Moab, the Harmony Servitudes will lapse by merger.
29.3.20.3.
The Parties agree that, whilst the Harmony Servitudes should be registered without unreasonable delay, in the event that any of the Harmony Servitudes fail to be registered before the registration of transfer in the name of Harmony Moab of the relevant properties reflected in clauses 29.3.20.1.1 to 29.3.20.1.5, it will not be possible, nor feasible, to proceed with the registration of the Harmony Servitudes as the aforesaid properties will be registered in the name of Harmony Moab pursuant to this Agreement.
29.3.21.
SANRAL Portions (VR):
29.3.21.1.
AngloGold concluded agreements with SANRAL to transfer at no consideration to SANRAL the following subdivided portions on which the national road is located:
29.3.21.1.1.
Portion 224 (a portion of Portion 39) of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP;
29.3.21.1.2.
Portion 226 (a portion of Portion 41) of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP;
29.3.21.1.3.
Portion 227 (a portion of Portion 42) of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP;
29.3.21.1.4.
Portion 228 (a portion of Portion 40) of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP; and
29.3.21.1.5.
Portion 229 (a portion of Portion 216) of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP;



159


(the "SANRAL Portions (VR)").
29.3.21.2.
Harmony Moab acquires the Remainder of Portion 39, 41, 42, 40 and Portion 216 of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP, which are included in the Immoveable Properties (VR), subject to AngloGold’s agreement with SANRAL in relation to the SANRAL Portions (VR), the subdivisions to create the SANRAL Portions (VR) and the subsequent registration of transfer by AngloGold of the SANRAL Portions (VR) into the name of SANRAL. The Parties agree that registration of transfer of the SANRAL Portions (VR) to SANRAL shall be registered before or simultaneously with the registration of transfer in the name of Harmony Moab of Remainder of the farm Nooitgedacht 434 IP as contemplated in this clause 29.3 and that all costs and disbursements associated with the subdivisions and transfers of the SANRAL Portions (VR) to SANRAL shall be borne by AngloGold or SANRAL as agreed between them.
29.3.22.
North West Tourism Board:
29.3.22.1.
AngloGold concluded a deed of donation with the North West Tourism Board and the Provincial Government: North West Province Department: Tourism, filed under folder 1.3.9.11.0.1 in the Data Room (the "Hotel School Deed of Donation"), in terms whereof AngloGold, together with other property, donated to the North West Tourism Board:
29.3.22.1.1.
Portion 2 of the Remaining Extent of Erf 1290 Orkney Township, Registration Division IP;
29.3.22.1.2.
Portion 3 of Erf 2 Orkney Township, Registration Division IP; and
29.3.22.1.3.
Portion 105 (a portion of Portion 2) of Erf 2 Orkney Township, Registration Division IP as more fully reflected on subdivision diagram SG No 38/2019 hereto filed under folder 1.3.9.11.0.1 in the Data Room,
(the "Hotel School Properties").
29.3.22.2.
Harmony Moab acquires the Remaining Extent of Erf 1290 Orkney Township, Portion 3 of Erf 2 Orkney Township and Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney Township, which are included in the Immoveable Properties (VR), subject to the disposal of the Hotel School Properties to the North West Tourism Board and the obligation to subdivide the



160


aforesaid properties to create the said Portion 2 of Erf 1290 Orkney Township and Portion 105 (a portion of Portion 2) of Erf 2 Orkney Township.
29.3.22.3.
With effect from the Closing Date AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates to Harmony Moab all of its rights, title and interests in and to and all prospective obligations in respect of the Hotel School Deed of Donation, and Harmony Moab hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to the Hotel School Deed of Donation consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to the Hotel School Deed of Donation are not required. AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the assignment of the Hotel School Deed of Donation, and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to Harmony Moab as aforesaid.
29.3.22.4.
The Parties:
29.3.22.4.1.
record that the Provincial Government: North West Province Department: Tourism has at its cost obtained the required consents to subdivision and approved subdivisional diagrams;
29.3.22.4.2.
record that the Provincial Government: North West Province Department: Tourism shall be liable for all costs relative to the subdivision and registration of transfer of the Hotel School Properties in the name of the North West Tourism Board, all arrear rates, municipal water and electricity accounts and all sums required to obtain the relevant rates clearance certificates from the local authority;
29.3.22.4.3.
record that registration of transfer of the Hotel School Properties will be effected as soon as practicable after the North West Tourism Board (as assisted by the North West Province Department of Tourism) at their sole cost: (a) have secured the direct supply by relevant local municipality of all external bulk services, including water, electricity and sewer to the Hotel School Properties; (b) have secured the required municipal connections of all services to the Hotel School Properties; and (c) installed or arranged



161


for the use of an additional mini sub-station to re-route electrical supply so that the electrical supply to the Hotel School Properties will no longer feed through the existing substation of AngloGold; and
29.3.22.4.4.
agree that Harmony Moab shall, to the extent that the registration of the Hotel School Properties has not occurred prior to the Closing Date, effect registration of transfer of the Hotel School Properties in the name of the North West Tourism Board after or simultaneously with the registration of transfer in the name of Harmony Moab of Erf 1290 Orkney Township, Portion 3 of Erf 2 Orkney Township and Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney Township.
29.3.23.
Traxtion Railway Workshop:
29.3.23.1.
AngloGold concluded a sale agreement with Traxtion on or about 27 November 2018 (the "Traxtion Agreement"), filed under folder 1.3.12.4.5 in the Data Room, in terms of which, inter alia, AngloGold sold a portion of the Remaining Extent of Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP, which is still to be subdivided, as depicted on the sketch plan annexed to the Traxtion Agreement (the "Traxtion Railway Workshop Property").
29.3.23.2.
Harmony Moab acquires Remaining Extent of Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP, which is included in the Immoveable Properties (VR), subject to the disposal thereof to Traxtion and the obligation to subdivide it to create the Traxtion Railway Workshop Property.
29.3.23.3.
With effect from the Closing Date AngloGold cedes, assigns and delegates to Harmony Moab all of its rights, title and interests in and to and all prospective obligations in respect of the Traxtion Agreement, and Harmony Moab hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to the Traxtion Agreement consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to the Traxtion Agreement are not required. AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the assignment of the Traxtion Agreement, and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to Harmony Moab as aforesaid.
29.3.23.4.
The Parties:



162


29.3.23.4.1.
record that Traxtion has already been placed in occupation of the Traxtion Railway Workshop Property;
29.3.23.4.2.
record that registration of transfer of the Traxtion Railway Workshop Property in the name of Traxtion will be effected as soon as practicable after the approval by the local authority of the subdivision, the fulfilment of all conditions of subdivision and the approval by the Surveyor General of the subdivision diagram;
29.3.23.4.3.
agree that registration of transfer of the Traxtion Railway Workshop Property shall be registered simultaneously with or after the registration of transfer in the name of Harmony Moab of the remainder of the Remaining Extent of Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439 IP; and
29.3.23.4.4.
if the local authority does not approve of the aforesaid subdivision, Traxtion is entitled to conclude a long term lease in respect of the Traxtion Railway Workshop Property.
29.3.24.
Traxtion Rail Link Servitude:
29.3.24.1.
AngloGold has, by virtue of the Traxtion Agreement referred to in clause 29.3.23.1, granted to Traxtion a perpetual right of way, use and access servitude not exceeding 15 (fifteen) metres in width, for purposes of a railway line along the existing location of the railway line (the "Traxtion Rail Link Servitude") over:
29.3.24.1.1.
Portion 200 of the farm Nooitgedacht 434, Registration Division IP;
29.3.24.1.2.
Remaining Extent of Portion 1 of the farm Witkop 438, Registration Division IP;
29.3.24.1.3.
Remaining Extent of Portion 2 of the farm Witkop 438, Registration Division IP;
29.3.24.1.4.
Remaining Extent of Portion 4 (a portion of Portion 1) of the farm Witkop 438, Registration Division IP;



163


29.3.24.1.5.
Remaining Extent of the farm Vaalkop 439, Registration Division IP;
29.3.24.1.6.
Remaining Extent of Portion 3 of the farm Vaalkop 439, Registration Division IP; and
29.3.24.1.7.
Remaining Extent of Portion 4 of the farm Modderfontein 440, Registration Division IP,
(the "Traxtion Rail Link Servitude Properties").
29.3.24.2.
Harmony Moab shall take transfer of the Traxtion Rail Link Servitude Properties, which are included in Immovable Properties (VR), subject to the grant of the Traxtion Rail Link Servitude, which servitude is still to be registered in the Deeds Registry. The Parties agree that registration of the Traxtion Rail Link Servitude shall be registered before or simultaneously with the registration of transfer in the name of Harmony Moab of the Traxtion Rail Link Servitude Properties.
29.3.25.
Municipal Valuations, Objections and Appeals
29.3.25.1.
In the event that the City of Matlosana Local Municipality ("Matlosana Municipality") publishes a general municipal valuation roll, and thereafter causes and publishes supplementary valuations, in which new municipal values may be accorded to the Immoveable Properties (VR), Surface Right Permits (VR) and/or the Infrastructure (VR) (all such new municipal values are hereinafter referred to as the "Municipal New Values (VR)") AngloGold in respect of Municipal New Values (VR) accorded before Closing Date may lodge in terms of section 50 of the Rates Act objections against the Municipal New Values (VR) (the "Municipal Objections (VR)") and may lodge an appeal, in terms of section 54(1)(a) of the Rates Act, to the valuation appeal board against any decision of the municipal valuer regarding the Municipal Objections (VR) (the "Municipal Appeals (VR)").
29.3.25.2.
With effect from the Closing Date (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any period on and after the Transfer (VR)), in respect of all Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR), the following provisions shall apply:
29.3.25.2.1.
Harmony Moab shall, from the Closing Date if in its sole discretion it so chooses (but without limiting the rights of AngloGold under clause 29.3.25.2.2),:



164


(a) lodge all and any Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR) that have not yet been lodged; and (b) diligently prosecute, administer and pursue (in all respects) all and any Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR) to finality, at its cost, until no further objections, reviews and appeals are possible. The aforegoing actions by Harmony Moab shall be performed in its own name or, in those cases where AngloGold has already lodged Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR), operating under power of attorney granted by AngloGold where applicable; and
29.3.25.2.2.
notwithstanding the foregoing, and whilst AngloGold shall have no obligation to do so whatsoever, AngloGold shall be entitled (but not obliged), during the Immoveable Property Period (VR) to: (a) lodge all and any Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR) as it may, in its sole discretion, so choose; and (b) prosecute, administer and pursue (in all or any respects) all or any Municipal Objections (VR) and Municipal Appeals (VR) to finality, at its cost, until no further objections, reviews and appeals are possible.
29.3.25.3.
Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to legal costs and costs awarded against it), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands arising after the Closing Date in relation to any Municipal Objections (VR) and/or Municipal Appeals (VR) (and the processes relating thereto) contemplated in clause 29.3.25.2 which are incurred by AngloGold during the Immovable Property Period (VR) as a result of any action pursued after the Closing Date by Harmony Moab as contemplated in clause 29.3.25.2from the Closing Date, whether under power of attorney granted by AngloGold or in its own name.
29.3.25.4.
Without derogating from any other provisions in this Agreement, if and to the extent that any Municipal Objection (VR) or Municipal Appeal (VR) is successful and the result thereof is that any portion of any



165


rates or taxes paid by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date are to either be reimbursed by the relevant Governmental Entity and/or are to result in a credit or set off (in an amount equal to such portion) being granted by the relevant Government Entity, then: (a) Harmony Moab shall, forthwith upon the Municipal Objection (VR) or Municipal Appeal (VR) (as the case may be) being successful as aforesaid, pay, provided such amount has been paid to and actually received by Harmony Moab, an amount equal to the aforesaid portion to AngloGold; and (b) AngloGold hereby, with effect from the date of receipt of the aforesaid payment, cedes and assigns to Harmony Moab all and any rights which AngloGold may have to recover such portion from the Governmental Entity (and Harmony Moab hereby accepts such cession and assignment).
29.4.
Servitudes (VR)
29.4.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, AngloGold hereby cedes, assigns and delegates, to the extent that it has not already occurred, to Harmony Moab all of its rights, title and interests in and to and all prospective obligations in respect of the Servitudes (VR), and the Purchaser hereby accepts such assignment, cession and delegation, to the extent that: (a) the other parties to such Servitudes (VR) consent thereto; or (b) the consents of the other parties to such Servitudes (VR) are not required. AngloGold undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to procure the registration in the Deeds Registry of the notarial deeds of cession of servitude in respect of the Servitudes (VR), and the related cession and delegation of rights, title, interests and obligations, to Harmony Moab as aforesaid as well as registration thereof in the Deeds Registry.
29.4.2.
AngloGold concluded an agreement with Kopanang Gold Mining Company Proprietary Limited (the "VMR") to sell and transfer a portion of Portion 27 Pretorius Kraal 53 Viljoenskroon RD Free State (the "VMR Portions") to VMR subject to simultaneously granting to AngloGold rights of use and access to those parts of the VMR Portions, on which, amongst others, the Kopanang Gold Plant, the Consumable Stores (VR) and the Critical Spares (VR) are located.
29.4.3.
The Parties agree that AngloGold shall on registration of transfer the VMR Portions to VMR ensure that, as a condition of transfer of the VMR Portions to VMR, VMR simultaneously grants, and registers in the Deeds Registry, in favour of Harmony Moab a perpetual right of use and access servitude over the VMR Portions (the "Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude"). The Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude shall grant to Harmony Moab, its employees, agents, contractors and other invitees the



166


right in perpetuity to use and access the VMR Portions for any purpose related, directly or indirectly, to the VR Remaining Business, and such ancillary rights for reasonable access to, the use of and the right to enter and be upon the VMR Portions and the right to use existing roads giving access to the VMR Portions for any purpose related, directly or indirectly, to the VR Remaining Business.
29.4.4.
It is the intention of the Parties that the registration of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude in the Deeds Registry takes place as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. To give effect to this intention, the Parties agree that the Conveyancer is hereby authorised on behalf of both Parties to and shall immediately after the Signature Date prepare the notarial deed of servitude in respect of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude on terms and conditions consistent with this clause 29.4.12 and all other documents necessary for the lodgement of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude in the relevant Deeds Registry as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
29.4.5.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, occupation and possession of the servitude areas of the Servitudes (VR) and the VMR Portions will be granted by AngloGold to Harmony Moab on the Closing Date, to the extent that it has not already occurred. From the Closing Date until the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment in respect of each of the respective Servitudes (VR) and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude in the relevant Deeds Registry (both dates inclusive), all risk in and benefit attaching to such Servitudes (VR) and the VMR Portions shall vest in Harmony Moab and Harmony Moab shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions of the respective servitudes as well as those terms and conditions set out in this clause 29.4 to use and occupy the servitude areas of the Servitudes (VR) and the VMR Portions.
29.4.6.
It is the intention of the Parties that the registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitude (VR) in the relevant Deeds Registry takes place as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date. To give effect to this intention, the Parties agree that the Conveyancer is hereby authorised on behalf of all of the Parties to and shall during the Interim Period prepare all documents necessary for the notarial execution and lodgement of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitude (VR) in the relevant Deeds Registry as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
29.4.7.
On the Closing Date and against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2:



167


29.4.7.1.
and to the extent that it has not already done so, AngloGold shall hand over to the Conveyancer all the original notarial deeds of servitude in respect of the Servitudes (VR) and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude, or signed applications for substituting copies in respect of all lost deeds and all other documentation, as requested by the Conveyancer, to give effect to the provisions of this clause 29.3.20; and
29.4.7.2.
AngloGold and Harmony shall each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (VR) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the execution of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude and registration thereof in the relevant Deeds Registry.
29.4.8.
As soon as possible after the Closing Date, AngloGold shall furnish to
the registered landowner/s of the servient properties under the Servitudes (VR) the required notices of cession and assignment, to the extent required in terms of the provisions of the relevant deeds of servitude of the Servitudes (VR);
29.4.9.
VMR the required notices under its agreement with VMR in relation to the VMR Portions to procure the notarial execution and registration of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude.
29.4.10.
AngloGold and Harmony undertake in favour of each other that:
29.4.10.1.
each of them shall procure that 1 (one) of their Authorised Representatives (VR) signs all documents required to give effect to the cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) and the registration of the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude without delay and to provide all documents and information and do all things necessary in order to effect the registration thereof in the relevant Deeds Registry; and
29.4.10.2.
each of them shall take all steps, pay all amounts and do and procure the doing of all such things as are reasonable in the circumstance so as to place the Conveyancer in a position to, and to ensure that the Conveyancer, effect registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude in the relevant Deeds Registry without unnecessary delay or hindrance.



168


29.4.11.
All costs, taxes, fees and disbursements (including transfer duty and VAT, if any) incurred in order to effect the execution and registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment of the Servitudes (VR) and the Kopanang Gold Plant Servitude in the relevant Deeds Registry to Harmony Moab shall be paid by Harmony Moab within 7 (seven) calendar days after being requested to do so by the Conveyancer in writing and on receipt of a VAT invoice from the Conveyancers.
29.4.12.
In relation to the period from the Closing Date until the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment for each of the respective Servitudes (VR) (both dates inclusive), Harmony Moab shall, without limitation, be liable for:
29.4.12.1.
all cost of compliance with the obligations of AngloGold in terms of the deeds of servitude of the Servitudes (VR);
29.4.12.2.
all costs of any services provided in respect of the Servitudes (VR); and
29.4.12.3.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of the improvements and structures, to the extent that such maintenance and upkeep is required by Harmony Moab, on the servitude areas of the Servitudes (VR);
and Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of the notarial deeds of cession and assignment in the relevant Deeds Registry for each of the respective Servitudes (VR), against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.
29.5.
Surface Right Permits (VR)
29.5.1.
On the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, to the extent that it has not already done so:
29.5.1.1.
AngloGold shall provide Harmony Moab with all documents, in its possession or under its control or, alternatively, signed applications for the issue of substituting guarantee copies of all lost Surface Right Permits (VR), necessary in order to procure the transfer of the Surface Right Permits (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab; and



169


29.5.1.2.
the Parties will on the Closing Date each provide their respective Authorised Representatives (VR) with a power of attorney or delegation of authority to act on their behalf for purposes of completing and/or signing all documents necessary to effect the transfer of the Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office.
29.5.2.
Within 30 (thirty) Business Days after the Closing Date or as soon as possible thereafter,, the Conveyancer shall on behalf of Harmony Moab, at Harmony Moab’s cost, lodge, or procure the lodgement of, all necessary documents to procure the registration of such transfers at the Mining Titles Office within the 90‑day period contemplated in item 9(3) to Schedule II of the MPRDA.
29.5.3.
AngloGold shall, upon written request by Harmony Moab, give all reasonable assistance and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Harmony Moab to give effect to the provisions of this clause 29.5.
29.5.4.
Occupation and possession of the Surface Right Permits (VR) areas will be provided to Harmony Moab on the Closing Date against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2. From the Closing Date until the date of registration of transfer of the Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office (both dates inclusive), all risk in and benefit attaching to the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas and all and any structures erected pursuant thereto (inclusive of the Environmental Obligations (VR)), shall vest in Harmony Moab and Harmony Moab shall, free of rental cost, have full and unfettered rights, subject to the terms and conditions set out in this clause 29.5, to use and occupy the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas and the structures erected pursuant thereto.
29.5.5.
In relation to the period from the Closing Date until the date of registration of transfer of each of the Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office (both dates inclusive), Harmony Moab shall, without limitation, be liable for–
29.5.5.1.
all costs of water, electricity, gas, refuse removal, sewage and any other services provided in respect of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas (including any deposits payable in connection therewith);
29.5.5.2.
all costs in relation to the maintenance and upkeep of the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas; and
29.5.5.3.
all rates and taxes and other imposts levied by any Governmental Entity in respect of the Surface Right Permits (VR).



170


and Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless for the period between the Closing Date and the date of registration of transfer of each of the Surface Right Permits (VR) in the Mining Titles Office, against any and all claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands in relation thereto provided that such cost, charge or liability did not arise prior to the Closing Date.
29.5.6.
With effect from the Closing Date Harmony Moab shall be responsible for taking out any insurance it requires in relation to the buildings and infrastructure erected on the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas.
29.5.7.
The Parties record that the buildings constructed within the Surface Right Permit (VR) areas were constructed for mining purposes and that there are no approved building plans or electricity compliance certificates in respect thereof.
29.6.
Consumable Stores (VR)
Ownership and possession in respect of all Consumable Stores (VR) shall transfer to and be acquired by Harmony Moab on the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of Harmony Moab taking occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and the Infrastructure (VR).
29.7.
Critical Spares (VR)
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, ownership and possession in respect of all Critical Spares (VR) shall transfer to and be acquired by Harmony Moab by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of Harmony Moab taking occupation and possession of the Immoveable Properties (VR) and the Infrastructure (VR).
29.8.
Tailings Storage Facilities (VR)
29.8.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2 to the extent that it has not already occurred, ownership and possession in respect of the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) shall transfer to and be acquired by Harmony Moab and accordingly, AngloGold shall deliver the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) to Harmony Moab by constructive delivery, by providing Harmony Moab with ongoing access and use of to the VR Storage Facilities Sites (including by providing Harmony Moab with a key, if any, to gain such access and continued use), and, thereby, ownership and possession of the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) shall pass from AngloGold to Harmony Moab.



171


29.8.2.
The Parties hereby record and agree that the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) constitute moveable property in that:
29.8.2.1.
the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) are clearly identifiable;
29.8.2.2.
the Parties intention is to deliver the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab by means of constructive delivery as contemplated in clause 29.8.1; and
29.8.2.3.
with effect from the Closing Date, Harmony Moab will be capable of exercising physical control over the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) and has the intention to be the owner of the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR).
29.9.
MOD (VR)
29.9.1.
With effect from the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, ownership and possession in respect of the MOD (VR) shall transfer to and be acquired by Harmony Moab. AngloGold shall deliver the MOD (VR) to Harmony Moab by constructive delivery, by providing Harmony Moab with ongoing access to the MOD (VR) Sites (including by providing Harmony Moab with a key, if any, to gain such access), and, thereby, ownership and possession of the MOD (VR) shall pass from AngloGold to Harmony Moab.
29.9.2.
The Parties hereby record and agree that the MOD (VR) constitute moveable property in that:
29.9.2.1.
the MOD (VR) are clearly identifiable;
29.9.2.2.
the Parties intention is to deliver the MOD (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab by means of constructive delivery as contemplated in clause 29.9.1; and
29.9.2.3.
with effect from the Closing Date, Harmony Moab will be capable of exercising physical control over the MOD (VR) and has the intention to be the owner of the MOD (VR).
29.10.
Gold In Lock Up (VR) and Gold In Process (VR)
29.10.1.
Ownership of all Gold In Lock Up (VR) and Gold In Process (VR) shall transfer to Harmony Moab on the Closing Date, against payment of the Cash Portion (VR) in terms of clause 34.2.2, by such mode of actual or constructive delivery as shall be appropriate in the circumstances, including by virtue of Harmony Moab taking occupation and possession of the Kopanang Gold Plant.



172


29.11.
Wrong Pockets
29.11.1.
If, after the Closing Date, any person makes any payment to: (a) AngloGold and if the payment is in respect of any amount due to the relevant Purchaser in terms of this Agreement relating to the VR Package, AngloGold shall, as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, notify the relevant Purchaser thereof and transfer an amount equal to such payment into a bank account to be nominated by the relevant Purchaser in writing; or (b) the relevant Purchaser and if the payment is in respect of any amount due to AngloGold in terms of this Agreement relating to the VR Package, then the relevant Purchaser shall, as soon as reasonably possible thereafter, notify AngloGold thereof and transfer an amount equal to such payment into a bank account to be nominated by AngloGold in writing.
29.11.2.
Without derogating from the generality of clause 29.11.1, if AngloGold: (a) has paid to any municipality (or other Governmental Entity) any amount prior to the Closing Date which pertains to a period after the Closing Date, then the relevant Purchaser shall reimburse AngloGold an amount limited to the pro rata portion for the period after the Closing Date; or (b) has overpaid any amount to any municipality (or other Governmental Entity) prior to the Closing Date, then the relevant Purchaser shall reimburse AngloGold an amount limited to any such excess payment, in each case on written demand by AngloGold.
29.12.
Remaining Delivery
29.12.1.
If any of the Parties at any time after the Closing Date, becomes aware that any Sale Asset (VR) (including any books, documents and records in relation to the VR Remaining Business), Sale Liability (VR) or Environmental Obligation (VR) has not been duly transferred to Harmony Moab for whatsoever reason, such Party shall be entitled (but not obliged) to notify the other Parties in writing accordingly and, upon delivery of any such written notice, the Parties undertake to use their respective reasonable endeavours to procure the due and valid transfer of the relevant Sale Asset (VR) (as well as all books, documents and records in relation thereto in the manner contemplated in clause 29.1.5), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR), to Harmony Moab, at no additional cost over and above what would have been payable by Harmony Moab in terms of this Agreement had the relevant Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) duly transferred to Harmony Moab on the Closing Date, as soon as reasonably practicable following the delivery of such written notice; provided that no such written notice may be delivered by any Party later than the date falling: (a) 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar days following the Closing Date in the case of Surface Right Permits (VR) and Servitudes (VR) held by AngloGold; and (b) 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar days following the Closing Date



173


in respect of all other Sale Assets (VR), Sale Liabilities (VR) or Environmental Obligations (VR) not contemplated in (a) above.
29.12.2.
If AngloGold at any time after the Closing Date becomes aware that any Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR), or Environmental Obligation (VR) has not been duly transferred to Harmony Moab for whatsoever reason, AngloGold shall be required to notify Harmony Moab promptly in writing accordingly within the aforementioned 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period, or 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar day period, as the case may be, as referred to clause 29.12.1 above, to enable, amongst other things, Harmony Moab to exercise its rights under this clause 29.12.
29.12.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Parties are unable to procure the due and valid transfer of the relevant Sale Asset (VR), the Sale Liabilities (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) to Harmony Moab, the Parties undertake to meet and negotiate in good faith to determine a mechanism in terms of which the risk and benefit in respect of the relevant Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) vests in Harmony Moab.
29.12.4.
Without limiting anything in clause 29.12.3, in the event that: (a) any Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) has not been duly transferred to Harmony Moab for whatsoever reason on and with effect from the Closing Date, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement; and (b) AngloGold intends to Dispose of such Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) to any third party at any time during the 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period, or 180 (one hundred and eighty) calendar day period, as the case may be, as referred to clause 29.12.1 above, AngloGold shall not be entitled to Dispose of the relevant Sale Asset (WW), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) without obtaining Harmony Moab’s prior written consent and in such circumstances AngloGold shall be required to notify Harmony Moab promptly in writing of the intended Disposal.
29.12.5.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if no written notice is delivered by Harmony Moab or AngloGold as contemplated in clause 29.12.1 during the aforementioned 180 (one hundred and eighty) or 365 (three hundred and sixty five) calendar day period (as the case may be) as contemplated in clause 29.12.1, the provisions of clause 29.12.1 will cease to apply and Harmony Moab shall have no claims against AngloGold as a result of any Sale Asset (VR), Sale Liability (VR) and/or Environmental Obligation (VR) that has not been duly transferred to Harmony Moab for whatsoever reason.



174


29.12.6.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, to the extent that the transfer and/or use of any Environmental Approvals (VR) in respect of the VR Remaining Business has not expressly been dealt with in this Agreement, AngloGold shall have no liability in respect of this Agreement as a result of the Purchaser requiring the transfer and/or use of such Environmental Approvals (VR) and such Environmental Approvals (VR) not being valid and subsisting in full force and effect or having been suspended, cancelled, revoked, varied or surrendered in favour of any third party.
30.
GOVERNMENTAL PERMITS
30.1.
As soon as reasonably possible (and no later than 20 (twenty) Business Days) following the Signature Date, Harmony Moab shall provide AngloGold with a detailed list of all Permits (VR) it requires to operate the VR Remaining Business and AngloGold will use all reasonable endeavours to assist Harmony Moab with preparing such list and provide copies of such Permits (VR) to Harmony Moab. Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall work together in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to determine and agree in writing as soon as reasonably possible (and no later than 20 (twenty) Business Days) after the Signature Date whether each such Permit (VR) is legally capable of being transferred (whether by endorsement or otherwise) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab and, therefore, constitutes as a: (a) "Transferable Permit (VR)" failing which it shall be deemed to constitute a (b) a "Non-Transferable Permit (VR)".
30.2.
Non-Transferable Permits (VR)
30.2.1.
Harmony Moab (or any agent appointed by it) shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, prepare with the assistance and cooperation of AngloGold (or any agent appointed by AngloGold), all submissions, applications and documents which are required to be furnished to the relevant Governmental Entities in order to obtain Substitutionary Permits (VR) with effect from or after the Closing Date for each of the Non-Transferable Permits (VR), in regard to which Harmony Moab may procure the assistance of any technical consultants where required at Harmony Moab's expense.
30.2.2.
Harmony Moab shall at all times permit AngloGold to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents (including the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (VR)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with obtaining the Substitutionary Permits (VR). Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with the Non-Transferable Permits (VR) and/or the related Substitutionary Permits (VR) shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint



175


basis, which shall include the submission of letters of partial and conditional surrenders of the Non-Transferable Permits (VR) by AngloGold with effect from the Closing Date, to the relevant Government Entities; in order to facilitate Harmony Moab obtaining the Substitutionary Permits (VR).
30.2.3.
All filing fees payable in connection with the submission of the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (VR) shall be borne by Harmony Moab. Save for the aforegoing, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the preparation and submission of the applications, including the legal fees and costs of its advisors in the preparation of the applications and engagement with the relevant Governmental Entities.
30.2.4.
AngloGold undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to provide all such documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same), sign all documents and to do everything that may be required from time to time to facilitate the compilation, lodgement, registration and implementation of the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (VR) to be obtained by Harmony Moab in relation to the Non-Transferable Permits (VR), as soon as reasonably required after the Signature Date.
30.2.5.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab shall use their reasonable endeavours to:
30.2.5.1.
procure that all written submissions, applications and documents to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with any Substitutionary Permits (VR) are submitted to the relevant Governmental Entity, as soon as possible after the Signature Date, but no later than 80 (eighty) Business Days after the Signature Date; and
30.2.5.2.
do everything reasonably required by the relevant Governmental Entities in order to enable the applications in respect of the Substitutionary Permits (VR) to be dealt with as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, to the extent that it is within their power to do so.
30.2.6.
Harmony Moab agrees to keep AngloGold informed of the progress in relation to the applications for the Substitutionary Permits (VR) in relation to the VR Remaining Business and to provide updates as and when reasonably requested by AngloGold or its representatives.
30.2.7.
Upon any Substitutionary Permit (VR) being issued to Harmony Moab in relation to any of the Non-Transferable Permits (VR), Harmony Moab shall immediately



176


inform AngloGold thereof in writing at which point AngloGold may deal with the relevant Non-Transferable Permit (VR) as it pleases.
30.3.
Transferable Permits (VR)
30.3.1.
Harmony Moab (or any agent appointed by it) shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, prepare in consultation with AngloGold (or any agent appointed by it) all submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for any new Governmental Approvals) which are required to be furnished to the relevant Governmental Entities in order to transfer each Transferable Permit (VR) (and its associated rights) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab (including, if applicable, by way of endorsement) with effect from the Closing Date (such rights being hereby agreed to be transferred to Harmony Moab at no additional cost). In this regard, the Parties shall co-operate with each other and AngloGold shall timeously provide Harmony Moab with all documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same) as Harmony Moab may reasonably require. To the extent that any technical experts are reasonably required for purposes of transferring any of the Transferable Permits (VR) to Harmony Moab, such technical experts shall be appointed by Harmony Moab and any fees or costs charged by any such technical expert shall be paid by Harmony Moab.
30.3.2.
Harmony Moab shall at all times permit AngloGold to review and comment on any written submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (VR)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with transferring each Transferable Permit (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date. Each of Harmony Moab and AngloGold agrees, and shall procure, that no submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (VR)) which are required to be furnished to any Governmental Entity in order to transfer each Transferable Permit (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 30.3.1 will be submitted to any Governmental Entity without both Harmony Moab and AngloGold first having approved of such filing, submission, application or document (as applicable), in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
30.3.3.
Any approaches to, liaison with, or documents filed with, the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with the Transferable Permits (VR) and the transfer thereof shall, to the extent permitted by Law, take place or be submitted or filed, as the



177


case may be, only after consultation between the Parties, in a coordinated fashion and, as far as reasonably practicable, on a joint basis.
30.3.4.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab shall use their reasonable endeavours to procure that all written submissions, applications and documents (including any applications for the cession, assignment, endorsement and/or transfer of any rights held by AngloGold under any of the Transferable Permits (VR)) to be made to the relevant Governmental Entities in connection with transferring each Transferable Permit from AngloGold to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 30.3.1 are submitted to the relevant Governmental Entity within as soon as possible after the Signature Date, but no later than 80 (eighty) Business Days after the Signature Date.
30.3.5.
All filing fees payable in connection with the submission of the applications for transferring each Transferable Permit (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 30.3.1 shall be borne by Harmony Moab. Save for the aforegoing, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the preparation and submission of the applications, including the legal fees and costs of its advisors in the preparation of the applications and engagement with the relevant Governmental Entities.
30.3.6.
Each of AngloGold and Harmony Moab shall –
30.3.6.1.
provide all such documents and information (to the extent that it is in possession or control of same), sign all documents and do everything that may be required from time to time;
30.3.6.2.
use its reasonable endeavours and shall take all such steps and render all such assistance to each other as may be reasonably necessary from a process point of view; and
30.3.6.3.
do everything reasonably required by any relevant Governmental Entity from a process point of view,
in each case, to procure that (a) all necessary approvals and consents required for the transfer of each Transferable Permit (VR) from AngloGold to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date as contemplated in clause 30.3.1 are obtained from each relevant Governmental Entity and (b) all such transfers are duly implemented and (if applicable) registered (with effect from the Closing Date), in each case as soon as reasonably possible following the Signature Date).
30.4.
It is recorded and agreed that, in the event that: (a) any application for, or granting of, any Substitutionary Permit (VR) has not been granted or obtained (as applicable) prior to the Closing



178


Date; and/or (b) any transfer of any Transferable Permit (VR) to Harmony Moab and/or transfer or endorsement of the Refining Licence (VR) (as applicable), registered prior to the Closing Date; and/or (c) AngloGold and Harmony Moab have been unable in terms of clause 30.1 to agree and determine whether any Permit (VR) is (and should be treated for purposes of this clause 30 as) a Non-Transferrable Permit (VR) or Transferrable Permit (VR)), then for a period from the Closing Date until such time as the earlier of: (a) Harmony Moab being granted the relevant Substitutionary Permit (VR) and/or new refining licence (as applicable); or (b) the transfer of the relevant Transferable Permit (VR) and/or the transfer or endorsement of the Refining Licence (VR) (as applicable) has been duly implemented and (if applicable) registered, provided that the aforesaid period shall not be longer than:
30.4.1.
in the event that Harmony Moab has not obtained, prior to the Closing Date, a new water use licence/s to the extent required to operate the VR Remaining Assets, the 2nd (second) anniversary of the Closing Date; or
30.4.2.
in relation to the Refining Licence (VR), the 1st (first) anniversary of the Closing Date; or
30.4.3.
in every other case, the 1st (first) anniversary of the Closing Date,
Harmony Moab shall (and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that Harmony Moab is entitled to) operate the VR Remaining Business under the relevant Non-Transferable Permit (VR) or Transferable Permit (VR) (as applicable) held by AngloGold, provided that the aforegoing shall only apply to the extent that: (i) Harmony Moab is lawfully entitled to operate the VR Remaining Business under the relevant Permit (VR) held by AngloGold; and (ii) Harmony Moab's operations of the VR Remaining Business under the relevant Permit (VR) held by AngloGold is consistent with the manner in which the VR Remaining Business operated under the relevant Permit (VR) held by AngloGold as at the Closing Date and in accordance with Law. For the aforesaid relevant period of time, during which period of time, Harmony Moab is entitled to operate the VR Remaining Business after the Closing Date under the applicable Permit (VR) held by AngloGold, AngloGold shall not be entitled to give effect to any statutory surrender of such Permit (VR) at any time or to allow such Permit (VR) to lapse, provided that: (a) Harmony Moab shall be primarily responsible for, as duly authorised by AngloGold, and AngloGold undertakes (at the cost of Harmony Moab) to reasonably co-operate with Harmony Moab (and AngloGold hereby duly authorises and directs the Harmony Moab, in the name of AngloGold) to take any actions reasonably necessary to maintain the validity, currency and good standing of such Permit (VR); and (b) AngloGold shall (at the cost of Harmony Moab) co-operate with Harmony Moab in good faith and use its reasonable endeavours to facilitate Harmony Moab to take such actions. After the aforesaid relevant period of time prescribed has lapsed, AngloGold reserves the right to give effect to any statutory surrender of such Permit (VR) at any time or to allow such Permit (VR) to lapse.



179


30.5.
To the extent (and for the period) that Harmony Moab after the Closing Date operates the VR Remaining Business under any Permit (VR) held by AngloGold (as contemplated in clause 30.4), and provided Harmony Moab is given a copy of such Permit (VR) (together with all related amendments, rulings and conditions) in accordance with clause 30.1, Harmony Moab hereby undertakes that it shall, in all respects, adhere to and comply with the provisions of such Permit (VR) and any related Environmental Law (VR), and if Harmony Moab breaches such undertaking, and does not remedy such breach within: (a) any reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) in the case of a material breach; or (b) 30 (thirty) Business Days (or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing) in the case of a non-material breach, after AngloGold delivers written notice thereof, AngloGold shall be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 30.4 in relation to the relevant Permit (VR) without further action or liability to AngloGold and Harmony Moab hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
30.6.
Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with any breach of Harmony Moab’s undertaking in clause 30.5. Subject to the Warranties, it is recorded and agreed that Harmony Moab shall have no claim against AngloGold on the basis that the Permits (VR) issued to AngloGold in relation to the VR Remaining Business do not adequately cover the operations conducted by the VR Remaining Business or the operations to be conducted by Harmony Moab.
31.
EMPLOYEES (VR)
31.1.
It is hereby recorded and agreed that the Transferring Employees (VR) are dedicated to, primarily employed by or significantly connected to the VR Businesses. Accordingly, the Parties acknowledge that because the sale of the VR Remaining Business (and the indirect sale of the VR Equity Businesses, through the sale of the FUSA Equity) by AngloGold to Harmony Moab constitutes the transfer of the whole or part of a business, trade or undertaking as a going concern, as defined in section 197(1) of the LRA, the provisions of section 197 of the LRA apply to the Transferring Employees (VR).
31.2.
Remaining Employees (VR)
31.2.1.
Notwithstanding clause 31.2, AngloGold shall, prior to the Closing Date, utilise its reasonable endeavours to conclude Section 197(6) Agreements, with the Remaining Employees (VR) and in terms of which (inter alia) –
31.2.1.1.
Harmony Moab will not be substituted in the place of AngloGold in respect of the Remaining Employees' (VR) contracts of employment and the Remaining Employees' (VR) employment will not transfer to



180


Harmony Moab Purchaser on the Closing Date in accordance with the provisions of section 197 of the LRA; and
31.2.1.2.
the Remaining Employees (VR) will remain employed by AngloGold after the Closing Date.
31.2.2.
If AngloGold is unable to conclude a Section 197(6) Agreement with any of the Remaining Employees (VR) prior to the Closing Date, then Harmony Moab shall automatically be substituted as the employer of those Remaining Employees (VR) on the Closing Date and the provisions of clause 31.2 below shall then apply thereto.
31.3.
Transferring Employees (VR)
31.3.1.
It is recorded and agreed that those Remaining Employees (VR) that concluded Section 197(6) Agreements will remain employees of AngloGold after the Closing Date (as contemplated in clause 13.2). Those Remaining Employees (VR) who do not conclude Section 197(6) Agreements prior to the Closing Date will then transfer with the Transferring Employees (VR) on the basis contemplated in this clause 31.3.1 and shall, for the purposes of this Agreement, be dealt with as "Transferring Employees (VR)").
31.3.2.
Harmony Moab and AngloGold therefore acknowledge and agree that with effect from the Closing Date –
31.3.2.1.
Harmony Moab shall be automatically substituted in the place of AngloGold in respect of the Transferring Employees (VR) contracts of employment in existence immediately prior to the Closing Date;
31.3.2.2.
all the rights and obligations between AngloGold and the Transferring Employees (VR) as at the Closing Date shall continue in force as if they had been rights and obligations between Harmony Moab and the Transferring Employees (VR);
31.3.2.3.
anything done before the transfer by AngloGold in relation to a Transferring Employee (VR), including the dismissal of any Transferring Employee (VR) or the commission of any unfair labour practice or act of unfair discrimination in respect of a Transferring Employee (VR), will be considered to have been done by or in relation to Harmony Moab;
31.3.2.4.
the transfer does not interrupt the Transferring Employees (VR) continuity of employment and the Transferring Employees (VR)



181


contracts of employment continue with Harmony Moab as if with AngloGold;
31.3.2.5.
Harmony Moab shall employ the Transferring Employees (VR) on terms and conditions of employment that are on the whole not less favourable to the Transferring Employees (VR) than those on which they were employed by AngloGold. If any Transferring Employee’s (VR) terms and conditions of employment are governed by a collective agreement, then Harmony Moab shall comply with the terms of that collective agreement; and
31.3.2.6.
no agreement as contemplated in section 197(6) of the LRA has been concluded in respect of the Transferring Employees (VR).
31.3.3.
Harmony Moab shall honour the terms of and be bound by all collective agreements to which AngloGold is, immediately before the Closing Date and in respect of the Transferring Employees (VR), bound in terms of section 23 of the LRA and/or in terms of section 32 of the LRA, unless a commissioner acting in terms of section 62 of the LRA decides otherwise.
31.3.4.
On or before the Closing Date, AngloGold shall prepare a schedule reflecting the number of years of service of the Transferring Employees (VR) as at the Closing Date, annual leave pay accrued to the Transferring Employees (VR) at the Closing Date, the estimated value of the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (VR) of the Transferring Employees (VR) at the Closing Date, the hypothetical severance pay amounts that would have been payable to the Transferring Employees (VR) had they been retrenched by AngloGold on the Closing Date and any other amounts accrued to the Transferring Employees (VR) as at the Closing Date which have not been paid to the Transferring Employees (VR) by AngloGold on the Closing Date.
31.3.5.
The Parties agree that, pursuant to section 197(7)(b)(a) of the LRA, Harmony Moab shall be solely liable to the Transferring Employees (VR) for the payment of all and any amounts referred to in clause 31.3.4 (other than any Excluded Liabilities) with effect from the Closing Date and shall pay those amounts as and when they fall due for payment to the Transferring Employees (VR). For the sake of clarity, AngloGold has no obligation to pay any amount contemplated in clause 31.3.4 to the Transferring Employees (VR) or Harmony Moab in respect of any of the Transferring Employees (VR) (other than in respect of any Excluded Liabilities).
31.3.6.
AngloGold undertakes to discharge its obligations to the Transferring Employees (VR) up to the Closing Date. Without limiting the generality of the aforegoing,



182


AngloGold shall, after the Closing Date, remain responsible for ensuring that all share or security related options and plans, share appreciation rights, performance share rights, retention bonus arrangements, or similar arrangements or benefits to which any employee of AngloGold is a party or which is otherwise held by or owing to any such employees at any time on or prior to the Closing Date are dealt with in accordance with the rules and terms applicable to such options, plans, rights and arrangements (as applicable), and Harmony Moab shall have no obligations or liability for or in connection with the aforegoing.
31.3.7.
The Parties record that the Transferring Employees (VR) are in service and contributing members of either the MineWorkers Provident Fund, the Sentinel Retirement Fund or the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund.
31.3.8.
Subject to the rules of the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the MineWorkers Provident Fund, those Transferring Employees (VR) who are members of these funds shall remain members thereof on and after the Closing Date and Harmony Moab shall pay the required contributions to these funds on behalf of those Transferring Employees (VR).
31.3.9.
Subject to the rules of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund, AngloGold shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Transferring Employees (VR) who are members of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund as at the Closing Date become members of a retirement fund registered in terms of the PFA nominated by Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date, and as soon as practically possible after the Closing Date. AngloGold undertakes to use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund permits the Transferring Employees (VR) to remain members of it pending the commencement of their membership in the fund nominated by Harmony Moab.
31.3.10.
AngloGold undertakes to cooperate with Harmony Moab and to do all such things and to sign and provide all such documents as may reasonably be required by Harmony Moab to: (a) ensure the continuous membership of the Transferring Employees (VR) who are members of the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the Mineworkers Provident Fund; and (b) to use its reasonable endeavours to procure, if applicable, the transfer after the Closing Date of all the Transferring Employees (VR) who are members of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund to the retirement fund nominated by Harmony Moab and to ensure their continuous membership of the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund until such time as the relevant Transferring Employees (VR) are transferred to the retirement fund nominated by Harmony Moab, as the case may be.



183


31.3.11.
The Parties record that certain of the Transferring Employees (VR) are members of the Discovery Health Medical Scheme. Subject to the rules of the Discovery Health Medical Scheme, such Transferring Employees (VR) will remain members thereof on and after the Closing Date and Harmony Moab shall pay the required contributions to the Discovery Health Medical Scheme on behalf of the Transferring Employees (VR), if any.
31.3.12.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab shall, during the Interim Period, inform and consult with the Transferring Employees (VR) and/or their representative bodies (if any), as may be required in terms of the LRA.
31.3.13.
Harmony Moab indemnifies AngloGold and holds AngloGold harmless against any and all Claims, losses, damages, proceedings, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to reasonable legal costs), charges, compensation, awards, fines, actions and demands which AngloGold may suffer or incur arising out of or in connection with:
31.3.13.1.
any claim by any Transferring Employee (VR) (whether in contract or in delict or under statute for any remedy including, without limitation, for breach of contract, unfair dismissal, equal pay, unfair discrimination, deduction of wages, or of any other nature) as a result of the liability contemplated in clauses 31.3.5;
31.3.13.2.
anything done or omitted to be done by Harmony Moab in relation to the Transferring Employees (VR) employment on and as from the Closing Date; or
31.3.13.3.
a breach of any employment legislation after the Closing Date.
32.
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY
32.1.
Harmony Moab shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, use its reasonable endeavours to negotiate and enter into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom for the supply of electricity. AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours in supporting Harmony Moab to conclude such electricity supply agreement with Eskom.
32.2.
It is recorded and agreed that, in the event that Harmony Moab has not entered into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom by the Closing Date, then, subject to the prior written consent of Eskom being obtained, for a period of 3 (three) months from the Closing Date or until such time as Harmony Moab has entered into an electricity supply agreement with Eskom, whichever is the earlier, AngloGold shall supply Harmony Moab, at cost, with such quantity of electricity as which Harmony Moab may reasonably require, provided that AngloGold shall not be required to provide Harmony Moab with any quantity in excess of that which it receives in respect of the



184


VR Businesses in the ordinary and regular course prior to the Closing Date, from the electricity AngloGold receives in terms of the Eskom Agreements. AngloGold hereby undertakes to use reasonable endeavours to obtain and/or procure the consent of Eskom in this regard as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, provided that any terms and conditions imposed by Eskom shall be for Harmony Moab's account and cost, including the cost of electricity. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that Eskom's consent is subject to the provision of an additional guarantee or the like, Harmony Moab shall be required to provide same.
32.3.
AngloGold shall supply Harmony Moab with electricity on the same terms and conditions contained in the Eskom Agreements (the provisions of which apply to the supply of electricity by AngloGold to Harmony Moab mutatis mutandis) as well as on any additional terms and conditions imposed by Eskom. Harmony Moab hereby warrants, represents and undertakes that it is aware of the provisions of the Eskom Agreements and that it will, at all times in all respects: (a) adhere to and comply with the provisions of such Eskom Agreements; and (b) if AngloGold has breached a provision of the Eskom Agreements as a result of any action or omission of Harmony Moab, that it will rectify and cure such breach within: (i) a reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a material breach; or (ii) 20 (twenty) Business Days of its occurrence, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a non-material breach, failing which AngloGold will be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 14.2 above without further action or liability to AngloGold and Harmony Moab hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
32.4.
Upon receipt by AngloGold of an invoice from Eskom pursuant to the Eskom Agreements in relation to the VR Businesses, AngloGold shall provide a valid tax invoice to Harmony Moab for all costs incurred by AngloGold in relation to the supply of electricity to Harmony Moab in relation to the VR Businesses, including without limitation, Harmony Moab's pro rata portion of the cost of electricity plus VAT at the applicable rate. Harmony Moab undertakes to settle such invoice within 7 (seven) Business Days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded and agreed that AngloGold supply Harmony Moab with electricity under the Eskom Agreements at cost and AngloGold charge no additional margin for this service.
32.5.
Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the supply by AngloGold of electricity to Harmony Moab from the electricity AngloGold receives in terms of the Eskom Agreement in relation to the VR Businesses.
33.
WATER SUPPLY



185


33.1.
Harmony Moab shall, as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, use its reasonable endeavours to negotiate and enter into a water supply agreement for the supply of water to Harmony Moab and for such water supply agreement to take effect on or as soon as reasonably possible after the Closing Date.
33.2.
It is recorded and agreed that, in the event that Harmony Moab has not entered into a water supply agreement by the Closing Date, then, subject to the prior written consent of the Water Supplier (VR) being obtained, for a period of 3 (three) months from the Closing Date or until such time as Harmony Moab has entered into a water supply agreement with the Water Supplier (VR), or any other water supplier, whichever is the earlier, AngloGold shall supply Harmony Moab, at cost, with such quantity of water as Harmony Moab may reasonably require, provided that AngloGold shall not be required to provide Harmony Moab with any quantity in excess of that which it receives in respect of the VR Businesses in the ordinary and regulator prior to the Closing Date, from the water AngloGold receives in terms of existing water supply agreements. AngloGold hereby undertakes to use all reasonable endeavours to obtain the consent of the Water Supplier (VR) in this regard as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date, provided that any terms and conditions imposed by such the Water Supplier (VR) shall be for Harmony Moab's account and cost, including the costs of water. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the Water Supplier's (VR) consent is subject to the provision of an additional guarantee or the like, Harmony Moab shall be required to provide same.
33.3.
AngloGold shall supply Harmony Moab with water on the same terms and conditions contained in its existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier (VR) (the provisions of which apply to the supply of electricity by AngloGold to Harmony Moab mutatis mutandis) as well as on any additional terms and conditions imposed by the Water Supplier (VR). Harmony Moab hereby warrants, represents and undertakes that it is aware of the provisions of the relevant existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier (VR) and that it will, at all times in all respects: (a) adhere to and comply with the provisions of such agreements; and (b) if AngloGold has breached a provision of such agreements as a result of any action or omission of Harmony Moab, that it will rectify and cure such breach within: (i) a reasonable time period stipulated by AngloGold, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a material breach; or (ii) 20 (twenty) Business Days of its occurrence, or such later date as the Parties may agree in writing, in the case of a non-material breach, failing which AngloGold will be entitled to immediately withdraw the right granted to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 33.2 above without further action or liability to AngloGold and Harmony Moab hereby waives any and all other remedies, rights, claims and causes of action (including a claim for damages) which it may have against AngloGold in this regard.
33.4.
Upon receipt by AngloGold of an invoice from the Water Supplier (VR), AngloGold shall provide a valid tax invoice to Harmony Moab for all costs incurred by AngloGold in relation to the supply of water to Harmony Moab in relation to the VR Businesses, including without limitation,



186


Harmony Moab's pro rata portion of the cost of water plus VAT at the applicable rate. Harmony Moab undertakes to settle such invoice within 7 (seven) Business Days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, it is recorded and agreed that AngloGold supplies Harmony Moab with water under the existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier (VR) at cost and AngloGold charge no additional margin for this service.
33.5.
Harmony Moab hereby indemnifies and holds AngloGold, harmless against all and any losses incurred or suffered by AngloGold by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the supply by AngloGold of water to Harmony Moab from the water AngloGold receives in terms of its existing water supply agreements with the Water Supplier in relation to the VR Businesses.
Part C3: VR PURCHASE CONSIDERATION
34.
CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT
34.1.
Purchase Price (VR)
34.1.1.
The aggregate purchase price (the "Purchase Price (VR)") payable by Harmony and Harmony Moab for the VR Package is: (a) an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$20 000 000 (twenty million Dollars) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date) (the "Cash Portion (VR)"); plus (b) an amount equal to the face value of the Sale Liabilities (VR) (or as such Sale Liabilities (VR) are otherwise accounted for in accordance with IFRS) (the "Sale Liability Portion (VR)"), which Purchase Price (VR) will be apportioned as follows:
34.1.1.1.
to the FUSA Sale Claims, an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$1 (one Dollar) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date);
34.1.1.2.
to the FUSA Sale Shares, an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of US$1 (one Dollar) (calculated in terms of the Spot Rate as at the date falling 2 (two) Business Days immediately prior to the Closing Date); and
34.1.1.3.
to the VR Remaining Business, the Purchase Price (VR) less the aggregate of the amounts contemplated in clauses 34.1.1.1 and 34.1.1.2 (the "Remaining Purchase Price (VR)").
34.1.2.
No amount will be allocated to the unknown and non-quantifiable Sale Liabilities (VR) or for other rights acquired, or obligations assumed, by Harmony Moab under this Agreement.



187


34.2.
Discharge of the Purchase Price (VR)
The Purchase Price (VR) shall be discharged as follows by Harmony and Harmony Moab (as applicable):
34.2.1.
in respect of the Sale Liability Portion, Harmony Moab shall assume the Sale Liabilities (VR) in accordance with the provisions of clause 29.1.6. It is specifically recorded that in consideration for assuming the Sale Liabilities (VR) by Harmony Moab, AngloGold transfers an equal amount of Sale Assets (VR) to Harmony Moab; and
34.2.2.
in respect of the balance of the Purchase Price (VR), being an amount equal to the ZAR equivalent of the Cash Portion (VR), shall be paid in ZAR on the Closing Date, by electronic funds transfer of same day immediately available funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, into a ZAR denominated bank account in South Africa nominated in writing by AngloGold no later than 5 (five) Business Days prior to the Closing Date.
34.3.
DMRE Effective Valuation
34.3.1.
Harmony Moab and AngloGold acknowledge that, given the nature of the VR Remaining Business, the Director General will be required, pursuant to the provisions of section 37 of the Income Tax Act, to determine the values as at the Closing Date (such valuation, the "DG Valuation (VR)") for the mining property and capital assets (as defined in section 37 of the Income Tax Act) forming part of the VR Remaining Business (the "s37 Valuation Property (VR)") and that this process will take place after the Closing Date.
34.3.2.
The Parties agree and acknowledge that the valuation of the s37 Valuation Property (VR) and related allocation, in each case as reflected in Annexure BB, is as at the Closing Date. The Parties agree and acknowledge that the aforesaid values and allocations, as they relates to the s37 Valuation Property (VR), are for purposes of assisting the Parties to calculate any amount of Tax in the event that the DG Valuation (VR) is not finalised by the time that the Parties need to pay any amount of Tax following the Closing Date. The Parties acknowledge that these values will be updated to accord with the decision of the Independent Valuer.
34.3.3.
In order to assist with obtaining the DG Valuation (VR), Harmony Moab and AngloGold hereby agree to appoint, as soon as possible after the Signature Date, George Lennox, or, if George Lennox is not willing or is unable to accept the mandate, another suitably qualified independent valuer (agreed between Harmony Moab and AngloGold or failing such agreement, within 10 (ten) Business Days after Harmony Moab or AngloGold requests such agreement on written notice to



188


the other of them, selected and appointed by the auditor of AngloGold on written request by Harmony Moab and AngloGold) as an independent valuer in respect of the valuation of mining property and associated capital assets (the "Independent Valuer") to undertake a valuation of the s37 Valuation Property (VR)     (the "s37 Supporting Valuation (VR)") as at the Closing Date for purposes of allocation of the Net Purchase Price (VR). The Independent Valuer shall determine the s37 Supporting Valuation (VR) and such allocation in the Independent Valuer’s discretion duly exercised and his determination shall be final and binding on the Parties. Harmony Moab and AngloGold undertake to use their reasonable endeavours to assist the Independent Valuer in this regard.
34.3.4.
Once the s37 Supporting Valuation (VR) and allocation is complete, and following the Closing Date, Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall apply to the Director General for the DG Valuation (VR) and will provide the s37 Supporting Valuation (VR) to the Director General. Harmony Moab and AngloGold undertake to use their reasonable endeavours to assist the Director General in this regard and shall make appropriate submissions to the effect that the effective value of the s37 Valuation Property is as determined by the Independent Valuer in terms of clause 34.3.3.
34.3.5.
The DG Valuation (VR) will be final and binding on Harmony Moab and AngloGold for the purposes of section 37 of the Income Tax Act. If the DG Valuation (VR) results in allocations which differ from those allocated in Annexure BB, the relevant amounts and percentages allocated in Annexure BB will be adjusted automatically to accord with those in the DG Valuation (VR), and Annexure BB updated accordingly.
34.3.6.
To the extent that applicable Law requires that: notice of the s37 Supporting Valuation (VR) and the DG Valuation (VR) must be provided to SARS; approval must be obtained from SARS or SARS must be consulted in relation to anything set out in this clause 34.3.6, then AngloGold and Harmony Moab shall comply with such requirement.
34.4.
Securities Transfer Tax
Harmony shall be liable for any securities transfer tax which arises as a consequence of the transactions contemplated in clause 26.1 of this Agreement.
35.
VALUE ADDED TAX
35.1.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab agree that the VR Remaining Business is disposed of as a going concern and, for the purposes of section 11(1)(e) of the VAT Act, agree that:



189


35.1.1.
the VR Remaining Business constitutes, as at the Signature Date, and will constitute as at the Closing Date, an income-earning activity and will be transferred as such;
35.1.2.
the transfer of the VR Remaining Business constitutes the sale of an enterprise which is capable of separate operation;
35.1.3.
the assets which are necessary for carrying on such VR Remaining Business have been disposed of by AngloGold to Harmony Moab in terms of this Agreement; and
35.1.4.
the Purchase Price (VR) payable in respect of the VR Remaining Business as contemplated in clause 34.1.1.3 is inclusive of VAT at the rate of 0% (zero per cent).
35.2.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab each warrant that they will, at the Closing Date, be registered vendors under the VAT Act.
35.3.
If, notwithstanding the aforegoing or for any other reason, VAT is payable in respect of the VR Remaining Business or any of the assets sold in terms hereof at a rate exceeding 0% then the Purchase Price (VR) in respect of the VR Remaining Business (or any of the assets sold in terms hereof) shall be deemed to be exclusive of VAT and Harmony Moab shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days after receiving a written demand from AngloGold for payment, pay such VAT to AngloGold.
35.4.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab undertake to furnish all such information as the Commissioner for SARS may require in terms of section 9(15) of the Transfer Duty Act No. 40 of 1949 in order to ensure that the disposal of the Sale Assets (VR) in respect of the VR Remaining Business is exempt from transfer duty.
36.
MINERAL ROYALTY
36.1.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab agree that the VR Remaining Business is disposed of as a going concern for the purposes of section 9(1) of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act.
36.2.
AngloGold and Harmony Moab agree that they are each "extractors" and are registered for royalties tax in accordance with the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act.
Part C4: VR WARRANTIES, UNDERTAKINGS, INDEMNITIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
37.
INTERIM PERIOD
37.1.
AngloGold shall procure during the Interim Period: (a) that it shall, and shall procure that the VR Companies shall, carry on the VR Businesses in the ordinary and regular course of business



190


in a manner consistent with past practice; and (b) that it shall not, in relation to the VR Companies and/or the VR Businesses, enter into any contract or commitment, whether or not conditional, or do anything (including as set out in this clause 37.1) which, in any such case, is out of the ordinary course of business. In particular, but without limitation to the generality of the aforegoing, and subject to clause 37.2, AngloGold undertakes that during the Interim Period it shall, and shall procure that the VR Companies shall, save as otherwise provided in this Agreement or as required to comply with applicable Laws:
37.1.1.
continue to maintain the VR Businesses as a going concern, without materially altering the nature or scope of any such businesses;
37.1.2.
preserve ownership of those Sale Assets (VR) which it owns as at the Signature Date (other than Sale Assets (VR) Disposed of in the ordinary and regular course) and continue to maintain development and capital expenditure levels in the ordinary and regular course so as to maintain a level of development mineable ore reserves consistent with past practice, at all times in compliance with all material applicable Laws;
37.1.3.
procure that existing insurance policies in relation to the VR Businesses shall be maintained (without material adverse or prejudicial modification) in force at all times, and not do or allow to be done anything which would render such insurance void or voidable;
37.1.4.
preserve ownership of the Sale Assets (VR) that it owns as at the Signature Date and use reasonable endeavours to: (a) maintain the Sale Assets (VR) in accordance with reasonable standards, in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) as required in the ordinary and regular course of business; and (b) remedy any structural or other material deficiencies or failings in any of the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) to the extent that such Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) are in breach of any applicable Law and the COP;
37.1.5.
continue to manage the VR Businesses in accordance with its business and trading policies and practices up to the Signature Date, except as may be necessary to comply with any changes in Law;
37.1.6.
pay all creditors and Taxes of the VR Businesses in the ordinary course of business;
37.1.7.
maintain and/or use its reasonable efforts to apply for, obtain, amend or renew (as applicable) any and all material Governmental Approvals which the VR Businesses are obliged to have in place from time to time (including without limitation, Permits (VR), Surface Right Permits (VR) and all Environmental Approvals (VR)) and act promptly to rectify any non-compliance with any applicable Laws;



191


37.1.8.
not create, or agree or permit to be created, any Encumbrance over the whole or any part of the VR Remaining Businesses or any of the Sale Assets (VR);
37.1.9.
not alter any of the constitutional documents of any of the VR Companies in a manner prejudicial to the Purchaser’s Group;
37.1.10.
incur or assume, or agree to incur or assume, any new or increased material Sale Liabilities (VR), other than in the ordinary and regular course of business;
37.1.11.
not alter any of the rights attaching to any of the FUSA Sale Equity;
37.1.12.
not alter the number of any of the authorised or issued shares of any of the VR Companies, or create any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so;
37.1.13.
not, in respect of the VR Companies, acquire or enter into any agreement to acquire (whether by one transaction or a series of transactions) the whole or a substantial or material part of the business, undertaking or assets of any other persons if and to the extent that such business, undertaking or asset would be material to the VR Companies;
37.1.14.
not Dispose of (or remove from the VR Region or any Immoveable Properties (VR), as applicable) or enter into any agreement to Dispose of (or remove from the VR Region or any Immoveable Properties (VR), as applicable) (whether by one transaction or by a series of transactions) any Sale Assets (VR) (other than, in relation to such Disposals, in the ordinary and regular course) or the whole or any substantial or material part of any of the VR Remaining Business;
37.1.15.
not incur or agree to incur any capital or operational expenditure other than in the normal and ordinary course of business of the VR Businesses in a manner consistent with past practice;
37.1.16.
not waive any material rights under any of the Contracts (VR);
37.1.17.
not enter into or commit to entering into any material transaction, agreement or arrangement in connection with the VR Businesses other than on arms' length terms and for full and proper consideration;
37.1.18.
(i) procure that each of the Transferring Employees (VR) transfers to Harmony Moab as at the Closing Date (other than in circumstances where such Transferring Employee (VR) resigns, or are dismissed with cause, during the Interim Period); and (ii) not terminate the employment of any Transferring Employees (VR) without cause, or otherwise change the terms of employment, remuneration or benefits of any of the Transferring Employees (VR);



192


37.1.19.
not enter into or agree to enter into any new death, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, share option, share incentive or other scheme for the benefit of any of the Transferring Employees (VR) or make any amendment (including, but without limitation, any increase in the rates of contribution) to any such existing scheme;
37.1.20.
not clean any of the mills or replace any of the liners used in or relating to any Sale Assets (VR) or any of the VR Businesses other than in accordance with existing schedules in the ordinary and regular course of business;
37.1.21.
commence, compromise, discontinue, settle or agree to settle any Claim (other than routine debt collection) in connection with any Sale Assets (VR) or any of the Businesses;
37.1.22.
incur any new, additional or increased debt, borrowing, lending or other financing facilities or commitments (or similar arrangements) in whatsoever form, or relating to any of, the VR Companies, other than in accordance with the ordinary and regular course of business;
37.1.23.
not make any changes to the accounting policies and procedures of the VR Companies, unless required to do so under any applicable Laws or applicable accounting rules; and
37.1.24.
not declare, authorise, make or pay any dividend or other distribution (as such term is defined in the Companies Act) by any of the VR Companies, or reduce, purchase or redeem any share capital of any of the VR Companies.
37.2.
Clause 37.1 shall not apply in respect of and shall not operate so as to restrict or prevent:
37.2.1.
any act which relates to "Project Omega" as referred to in pages 16 and 18 of the management presentation provided to Harmony by AngloGold on or about 10 July 2019 and 25 October 2019;
37.2.2.
any act or omission or other matter as may be required to give effect to any provision of this Agreement or otherwise provided for in this Agreement;
37.2.3.
any action taken to comply with any order or obligation of any Governmental Entity;
37.2.4.
any act or matter listed in and/or ancillary to the matters listed in the business plan included in the Data Room under folders 1.3.1.1 and 1.3.1.2;
37.2.5.
any action taken to comply with AngloGold’s health, environmental or safety related legal obligations; or



193


37.2.6.
any other matter that is outside of the ordinary and regular course of business in respect of which the relevant Purchaser has given its prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that prior to seeking any written consent from the relevant Purchaser, AngloGold shall obtain advice from South African legal counsel that the relevant action will not result in any Party acting in a manner which is contrary to Chapter 3 of the Competition Act,
and as such, for the avoidance of doubt, any act or omission referred to in this clause 37.2 shall not constitute a breach of clause 37.1.
37.3.
Nothing in this clause 37 will compel or be construed as compelling AngloGold to do anything, or refrain from doing anything, which AngloGold may be advised by its legal advisors constitutes any act or omission in contravention of any anti-trust or competition legislation and, to the extent that AngloGold’s legal advisors do so advise, such provision in this clause 37 will be deemed to be pro non scripto.
37.4.
During the Interim Period, and without limiting the generality of clause 37.1, AngloGold undertakes to and shall:
37.4.1.
provide Harmony promptly with monthly management accounts in respect of each of the VR Businesses, provided that, to the extent that any of these documents and information referred to in this clause 37.3 contains any competitively sensitive and/or legally privileged information, such information will be redacted prior to such documents and information being provided to Harmony and its authorised representatives;
37.4.2.
prepare (or cause to be prepared) and deliver to Harmony Moab as soon as possible following the Signature Date and no later than the Closing Date: (a) the audited financial statements of Chemwes as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2019; (b) the unaudited financial statements of MWS as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 December 2019; and (c) the unaudited financial statements of FUSA as at and in respect of the financial year ended 31 Decemeber 2019.
37.5.
Contracts (VR)
37.5.1.
Within a period of, and not later than, 5 (five) Business Days after the Signature Date, AngloGold (to the extent not already provided) shall provide to Harmony Moab, in addition to the contracts listed in Annexure J, a detailed list and copies of all contracts concluded by AngloGold on or before the Signature Date which, in AngloGold's opinion (acting reasonably) are material to the VR Businesses (and any other contracts relating to the VR Businesses which AngloGold would prefer Harmony Moab to take assignment of) (the "Proposed Contracts (VR)"), including



194


without limitation all utility contracts and all material lease agreements which relate to any immovable property owned or used in connection with the VR Businesses (in each case, to the extent permitted under the Competition Act). Harmony Moab agrees that it shall be obliged to take assignment of all Contracts (VR) listed in Annexure J and all of the Lease Agreements listed in Annexure L and that the provisions of clause 29.1.1 shall apply thereto and that the remaining provisions of this clause 37.5 shall not apply thereto. Harmony Moab and AngloGold shall work together in good faith and use reasonable endeavours to:
37.5.1.1.
determine and agree in writing, in respect of each Proposed Contract (VR) contract to be provided to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 37.5.1, within a period of 40 (forty) Business Days following the later of: (a) the Signature Date; and (b) the date on which a copy of such contract is provided to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 37.5.1, whether Proposed Contract (VR) (and the rights and obligations contained therein) will: (i) be retained by AngloGold; (ii) be ceded, assigned and transferred to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date; provided that (save for the Contracts (VR) listed in Annexure J) none of the Purchasers shall be required to accept any cession, assignment, delegation or transfer of any contract (or any rights or obligations relating thereto) unless it has expressly agreed in writing to such cession, assignment, delegation or transfer (as applicable); and
37.5.1.2.
implement the actions determined by: (a) Harmony Moab and AngloGold in accordance with clause 37.5.1.1; and (b) by Harmony Moab in accordance with clause 37.5.2 (including in such circumstances to procure the assignment, cession and delegation of such contracts to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date, in which case the provisions of clause 29.1.1.1 shall apply), in each case as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.
37.5.2.
Notwithstanding the aforegoing, in relation to any contracts which are material to the VR Businesses, Harmony Moab shall be entitled in its discretion, by notice in writing to AngloGold within 40 (forty) Business Days following the later of: (a) the Signature Date; and (b) the date on which the last of the copies of contracts to be provided to Harmony Moab in terms of clause 37.5.1 has been received by Harmony Moab, to determine whether such material contracts will be ceded, assigned and delegated to Harmony Moab with effect from the Closing Date.
37.5.3.
AngloGold shall notify Harmony Moab, and provide Harmony Moab with a copy, of any new contract entered into by AngloGold during the Interim Period which



195


relates to the VR Businesses (each an "Interim Period Contract (VR)") (such copy to be provided within 10 (ten) Business Days after such Interim Period Contract (VR) has been entered into by AngloGold), and the Parties agree that clauses 37.5.1 and 37.5.2 shall apply mutatis mutandis; provided that no Purchaser shall be required to accept any cession, assignment, delegation or transfer of any Interim Period Contract (VR) (or any rights or obligations relating thereto) unless it has expressly agreed in writing to such cession, assignment, delegation or transfer (as applicable).
37.5.4.
Notwithstanding any provision in this clause 37.5, should any contract to which this clause 37.5 relates contain a confidentiality undertaking such that AngloGold is only entitled to disclose such contract to Harmony Moab following obtaining approval from any third party (a "Confidential Contract (VR)"), AngloGold will use reasonable endeavours to obtain all such approvals as soon as reasonably possible after the Signature Date.
37.6.
VR Environmental Authorisation Application
37.6.1.
At any time during the Interim Period, AngloGold shall co-operate and use its reasonable endeavours to assist Harmony to procure the appointment by MWS of an environmental assessment practitioner ("EAP") nominated in writing by Harmony and at Harmony’s cost to prepare the VR EA Application.
37.6.2.
AngloGold and Harmony acknowledge that, pursuant to clause 37.6.1, AngloGold shall co-operate and use its reasonable endeavours to procure that, at any time during the Interim Period, MWS allows the EAP to access the relevant sites and locations in order to prepare the VR EA Application for submission after the Closing Date.
37.6.3.
The Parties agree that neither AngloGold nor MWS is required to, nor shall (without Harmony Moab’s prior written consent), file the VR EA Application at any time prior to the Closing Date.
37.6.4.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause 37.6above, AngloGold undertakes in consultation with Harmony to engage with the Chief Director: Mineral Regulation, Western Regions and, in consultation with Harmony, take all reasonable measures necessary to uplift or withdraw, prior to the Closing Date, the approval granted on 24 May 2018 by the Chief Director to AngloGold in respect of the Sale Assets (VR).
37.7.
Observer



196


Subject to all applicable Laws, Harmony shall, during the Interim Period, be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony (the "Observers (VR)"), who have the authority, right and power to act for and on its behalf, to observe the affairs and the day‑to‑day activities of the VR Businesses in order to plan the integration of the VR Businesses into the Purchaser’s Group after the Closing Date, and to monitor compliance with the obligations of AngloGold contained in this Agreement. Those Observers (VR) shall:
37.7.1.
be entitled to conduct telephone discussions and/or hold meetings with the management of AngloGold in respect of the VR Businesses on a monthly basis; and
37.7.2.
be entitled, upon reasonable written request, to have reasonable access (during normal business hours) to, ‑
37.7.2.1.
and retain copies of, any and all documents and information relating to the VR Businesses and their affairs; provided that, in the event that the VR Transaction lapses due to the non-fulfilment of any Condition Precedent or is cancelled or terminated for any other reason whatsoever, Harmony shall destroy and/or erase or procure the destruction and/or erasing of all electronic and/or printed versions or copies of any information in its possession or control pursuant to this clause 19.6.2, and shall not retain any copies, extracts or other reproductions, in whole or in part, of such information;
37.7.2.2.
the premises and areas on which the VR Businesses are conducted, subject at all times to AngloGold policies and procedures; and
37.7.2.3.
the officers and senior employees of the VR Businesses,
provided that the Observers (VR) shall not be entitled to receive commercially sensitive or legally privileged information if such information cannot be shared with Harmony prior to the Closing Date in compliance with applicable Law.
37.8.
Integration Meetings
37.8.1.
Subject to all applicable Laws, Harmony shall be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony ("Purchaser's Integration Representatives (VR)"), who each have the authority, right and power to act for and on Harmony's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under clauses 37.8.1 to 37.8.10 (both inclusive).
37.8.2.
AngloGold shall be entitled to appoint 2 (two) appropriate representatives employed by Harmony ("Seller's Integration Representatives (VR)") who each



197


have the authority, right and power to act for and on AngloGold's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under clauses 37.8.1 to 37.8.10 (both inclusive).
37.8.3.
Harmony or AngloGold may change their respective representatives at any time and from time to time provided (a) it gives prior written notice to the other Party of such change and (b) such change is acceptable to the other Party (acting reasonably).
37.8.4.
During the Interim Period until the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) shall meet once each calendar month, or at any other time as reasonably requested by any Purchaser’s Integration Representative (VR) (on an exception only basis), (each an "Integration Meeting (VR)") with the Seller’s Integration Representatives (VR) (or other appropriate persons) at which meetings AngloGold and Harmony shall co-operate and work together in good faith, and provide the necessary resources, to agree, oversee and manage the preparation of an overall operational migration plan and timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables) to enable the complete implementation of the overall integration, migration and transition of the VR Remaining Business to the relevant Purchasers, by no later than the Closing Date, limited to the following operational migration work streams (each an "Integration Work Stream (VR)"): operational finance; human resources and payroll (including administration); procurement and logistics (including warehousing); information technology (all systems, hardware and software); mining, metallurgy, reserves, resources and engineering (underground and surface); transport; financial and management accounting; taxation; legal and regulatory; electricity access and supply; water access and supply; communication; health, safety and medical; environmental; social and labour; and housing and accommodation, as well as any additional operational migration work streams AngloGold agrees to, acting reasonably.
37.8.5.
The first Integration Meeting (VR) shall be held within 14 (fourteen) calendar days following the Signature Date. The Parties hereby agree that no competitively sensitive information and/or legally privileged information will be shared with the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) at any Integration Meeting (VR).
37.8.6.
To the extent that Harmony requires AngloGold's assistance with the preparation and implementation of the operational migration plan and the Integration Work Streams (VR), AngloGold undertakes to use reasonable endeavours, at Harmony's cost, to provide any assistance reasonably requested by Harmony, provided that such assistance does not place any unreasonable resource constraints on AngloGold’s ability to run its business and operations during the Interim Period.



198


37.8.7.
To the extent that AngloGold incurs any costs in this regard, not relating to time spent, it will provide a valid tax invoice to Harmony for such costs plus VAT at the applicable rate. Harmony undertakes to settle such invoice within 30 (thirty) calendar days upon receipt from AngloGold of such invoice.
37.8.8.
Each request for an Integration Meeting (VR) will be accompanied by a clear and ascertainable agenda that will be delivered to AngloGold at least 10 (ten) Business Days prior to the relevant Integration Meeting (VR). For the avoidance of doubt, Harmony shall not be entitled to materially deviate from the agenda for each Integration Meeting (VR) once same has been delivered to AngloGold.
37.8.9.
The Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) may from time to time ask the Seller's Integration Representatives (VR) questions in relation to, or request information from the Seller's Integration Representatives (VR) regarding matters related to the VR Remaining Business to the extent that it reasonably requires same in order to plan the integration of the VR Remaining Business into the Purchaser's Group with effect from the Closing Date by submitting such requests in writing to the Seller's Integration Representatives ("Information Requests (VR)").
37.8.10.
The Seller's Integration Representatives (VR) shall use reasonable endeavours to obtain responses to any Information Request (VR) as soon as practicable and such responses shall be forwarded to the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) as soon as practicable, provided that no competitively sensitive and/or legally privileged information will be shared with the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) or with any other representatives of Harmony.
37.8.11.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Harmony acknowledges that AngloGold has a business to conduct and agree that Information Requests (VR) shall be reasonable and shall not be unnecessarily overbearing or frequent.
37.9.
Integration Work Streams
37.9.1.
Harmony shall nominate 1 (one) person as its representative for each Integration Work Stream (VR) (each a "Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR)") who shall each have the authority, right and power to act for and on Harmony's behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under this clause 37.9 in relation to such Integration Work Stream (VR).
37.9.2.
AngloGold shall nominate 1 (one) person as its representative for each Integration Work Stream (VR) (each a "Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR)") who each have the authority, right and power to act for and on AngloGold's



199


behalf in respect of all the matters contemplated under this clause 37.9 in relation to such Integration Work Stream (VR).
37.9.3.
Harmony or AngloGold may change their respective representatives at any time and from time to time provided (a) it gives prior written notice to the other Party of such change; and (b) such change is acceptable to the other Party (acting reasonably).
37.9.4.
Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR) nominated for each Integration Work Stream shall meet every two weeks during the Interim Period or more frequently subject to AngloGold's consent (which consent cannot be unreasonably withheld or delayed) and use reasonable endeavours to oversee, manage, prepare and effect the implementation of the components of the operational migration plan and timetable that relate to the relevant Integration Work Stream (VR) (including where appropriate, by conducting a gaps analysis and assessment of AngloGold’s systems against those of Harmony and the relevant Purchaser, implementing a solution to address any such gaps identified and installing any systems to the extent reasonably required to ensure a smooth transition with effect from the Closing Date, and provide regular updates to the Seller’s Integration Representatives (VR) and the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) (including by providing formal feedback at each Integration Meeting (VR)) in reasonable detail such that such Persons can reasonably monitor and oversee the implementation of the relevant Integration Work Stream (VR) against the overall operational migration plan and timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables) agreed in terms of clause 37.8.4.
37.9.5.
Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure that, as soon as reasonably possible following the Signature Date, but in no event later than 1 (one) calendar month following the Signature Date, the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative of each Integration Work Stream (VR) have (a) agreed on a transition plan (including a timetable (with appropriate milestone deliverables)) setting out all of the material steps necessary to ensure the complete integration and transition of the VR Remaining Business to the relevant Purchasers, by no later than the Closing Date, with respect to the specific responsibilities of the respective Integration Work Stream (VR) and (b) provided such agreed transition plan to the Purchaser’s Integration Representatives (VR) and the Seller’s Integration Representatives (VR). Harmony and AngloGold shall use reasonable endeavours to ensure the complete and timely implementation of the relevant



200


transition plan for each Integration Work Stream (VR), as may be amended jointly from time to time in writing by the Purchaser’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR) and the Seller’s Integration Work Stream Representative (VR) relating to such Integration Work Stream (VR), by no later than the Closing Date.
38.
PURCHASER WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERTAKINGS
The Purchasers hereby warrant, represent and undertake in favour of AngloGold that it shall not, without AngloGold's prior written consent, amend any of the Purchasers’ names in such a manner so as to incorporate any, or a combination, of the following words: "AngloGold Ashanti", "Ashanti", "AngloGold" and/or "Anglo".
39.
RELEASE FROM GUARANTEES, SURETYSHIPS AND INDEMNITIES
39.1.
The relevant Purchaser shall, as soon as practicable after the Closing Date, procure the release of AngloGold as well as any of its Affiliates (as applicable), from their obligations under all of the guarantees, suretyships and indemnities given by AngloGold and/or its relevant Affiliates (as applicable) for, or in relation to, the VR Package. Without limiting anything in this clause 39, the relevant Purchaser shall furnish any substitute guarantees, suretyships, indemnities and undertakings necessary or reasonably required to procure such release and discharge of AngloGold and its Affiliates.
39.2.
The relevant Purchaser shall indemnify AngloGold and each of its Affiliates, with effect from the Closing Date, against:
39.2.1.
any liabilities which AngloGold or the relevant Affiliate may incur under any such guarantee, suretyship or indemnities in question; and
39.2.2.
all costs, losses, liabilities, Claims, demands, damages, fines and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred by AngloGold and/or the relevant Affiliate in connection with any such liability or Claim, including costs awarded against it.
39.3.
This clause 39 constitutes a stipulatio alteri in favour of each relevant Affiliate of AngloGold capable of acceptance in writing at any time by such Affiliate on written notice to the relevant Purchaser.
40.
WARRANTIES AND UNDERTAKINGS
40.1.
AngloGold gives to each of the Purchasers:
40.1.1.
the Warranties in Annexure B1 in respect of the FUSA Sale Equity;
40.1.2.
the Warranties in Annexure B2 in respect of the Chemwes;



201


40.1.3.
the Warranties in Annexure B3 in respect of the MWS; and
40.1.4.
the Warranties in Annexure B4 in respect of the VR Remaining Business,
in each case on the basis that each Warranty –
40.1.5.
is a separate Warranty and is not limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of any other Warranty;
40.1.6.
save where any Warranty is expressly limited to a particular date, is given as at the Signature Date, CP Fulfilment Date and Closing Date.
40.1.7.
shall continue and remain in force notwithstanding the completion of one or more of the Transactions.
40.2.
Any Warranty given in terms of this Agreement as at the Signature Date or the CP Fulfilment Date (as the case may be) which is breached as at the Signature Date or the CP Fulfilment Date (as the case may be) shall (subject to and without limiting, the rights of the Purchaser at any time (whether before or after the CP Fulfilment Date) to terminate in terms of clause 50.4.3), nevertheless, be deemed not to have been breached if it is not breached as at the Closing Date,
40.3.
AngloGold’s liability for any Claim by any of the Purchasers in respect of any Warranty under this Agreement, is limited and qualified to the extent to which disclosure of any fact or circumstance concerning such Claim has been made in –
40.3.1.
this Agreement;
40.3.2.
the Data Room Documents;
40.3.3.
the Disclosure Schedule (VR) in Annexure E;
40.3.4.
any other document or written material provided by AngloGold, any member of the Group, any of the Purchasers and/or any of the Purchaser's Representatives before 05:00 (South African time) on 12 February 2020, that forms part of the Data Room Documents;
40.3.5.
any written presentation made to Harmony or any of the Purchaser’s Representatives before the Signature Date; and
40.3.6.
any written responses provided by AngloGold, any member of the Group, and/or any of their officers, employees, agents or advisers to any queries raised by Harmony or any of the Purchaser’s Representatives during the course of the Due Diligence Investigation (VR),



202


provided that, in each case, no fact, circumstance or information disclosed as referred to in any of the clauses 40.3.1 to 40.3.6 (both inclusive) shall be regarded as constituting an exception to, or limitation or qualification of, any of the Warranties under this Agreement, unless it is sufficiently detailed in such manner and detail so as to enable a reasonable buyer to make an informed and accurate assessment (from the information being disclosed and not form other sources) of the matter concerned..
40.4.
.AngloGold’s liability in respect of any Warranty (VR) under this Agreement is further limited and qualified by -
40.4.1.
anything which arises as a result of any change in any applicable Law or its interpretation; and/or
40.4.2.
anything to the extent that it is within the actual knowledge of Harmony, the relevant Purchaser and/or any of the Purchaser's Representatives as at the Signature Date.
40.5.
Save for those warranties or indemnities expressly given or made by AngloGold in this Agreement or in Annexure B1, Annexure B2, Annexure B3 or Annexure B4 hereto, (a) no other warranties or indemnities and no representations whatsoever are given or made by AngloGold in respect of either the VR Package or otherwise, whether express, tacit or implied, and (b) the VR Package is sold on a voetstoots basis.
41.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
41.1.
In addition to the limitations set out below and elsewhere in this Agreement, AngloGold's liability is in respect of a Warranty (VR) is further limited by the limitations set out in Annexure C in respect of the VR Transaction and the VR Package.
41.2.
Reductions
Any Claim by any of the Purchasers in respect of a Warranty (VR) under this Agreement shall be reduced by the aggregate of –
41.2.1.
any amount recovered by the Purchasers, the Purchaser's Affiliates and/or the VR Companies from any third party in respect thereof, less: (a) any portion thereof that the VR Companies, the Purchasers and/or the Purchaser's Affiliates may, in terms of any insurance contract, be obliged to pay to any insurer; (b) any reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Purchasers, the Purchaser's Affiliates and/or the VR Companies in recovering the sum; and (c) any Tax attributable to or suffered in respect of the sum recovered; and
41.2.2.
any amount by which the Purchasers, the Purchaser’s Affiliates or the VR Companies have otherwise been compensated for without cost to the Purchasers, the Purchaser's Affiliates and/or the VR Companies.



203


41.3.
Contingent liabilities
AngloGold shall not be liable for any Claim in respect of a Warranty (VR) which is contingent unless and until such contingent claim becomes an actual Claim and is due and payable provided that the Purchasers shall not be precluded by anything in this clause 41 or Annexure C if any Purchaser has: (a) prior to the expiry of the relevant Claims period referred to in paragraph 1.1 of Annexure C given AngloGold written notice of the existence of such potential Claim; and (b) instituted legal or arbitration proceedings in respect of such Claim within 6 (six) months of providing written notice of the existence of such potential Claim.
41.4.
Losses
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty (VR) under this Agreement in respect of indirect, special or consequential losses.
41.5.
Matters Arising
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty (VR) under this Agreement in respect of any matter, act, omission or circumstance (or any combination thereof), including the aggravation of a matter or circumstance or any losses arising therefrom, to the extent that it is a result of:
41.5.1.
any matter or thing done or omitted to be done pursuant to and in compliance with this Agreement or otherwise at the request in writing or with the approval in writing of the Purchasers;
41.5.2.
any act, omission or transaction of the Purchasers or the VR Companies or each of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents or successors in title, after the Closing Date;
41.5.3.
the passing of, or any change in, after the Signature Date, any Law or administrative practice of any Governmental Entity (and in the case of any Environmental Law or mining Law, any change in any generally accepted interpretation or application thereof) including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) any increase in the rates of Taxation or any imposition of Taxation or any withdrawal of relief from Taxation not actually (or prospectively) in effect at the Signature Date;
41.5.4.
any change in internationally accepted accounting policy, bases or practice introduced or having effect after the Signature Date.



204


41.6.
Mitigation of losses
Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way diminish the Purchasers’ common law obligation to mitigate its loss.
41.7.
No double recovery
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, a Claim by a Purchaser arising out of any breach by AngloGold of any of the Warranties given by it shall not entitle the Purchasers to make a Claim against AngloGold in respect of more than one such breach where such additional breach or Claim arises from or is attributable to the same cause of action, such that no Purchaser shall obtain reimbursement or restitution from AngloGold more than once in respect of the same breach or Claim.
41.8.
Fraud
None of the limitations contained in this clause 41 or in Annexure C shall apply to any Claim in respect of a Warranty (VR) under this Agreement to the extent that the Claim (or the delay in discovery of it) arises from or is the consequence of, or is increased as a consequence of, any fraud by AngloGold. For the avoidance of doubt, where a Claim is increased as a consequence of any fraud, the relevant Purchaser will only be entitled to a Claim in respect of such increase.
41.9.
Projections, Forward Looking Statements and Financial Estimates
AngloGold shall not be liable in respect of a Warranty (VR) under this Agreement for any projections, forward looking statements or financial estimates provided.
41.10.
Financial provisions
AngloGold shall not be liable under this Agreement for failing to make adequate financial provisions for the remediation of any Environmental damage to the Immoveable Properties (VR) or arising from the conduct of the VR Businesses or the construction and maintenance of the Infrastructure (VR).
41.11.
Environmental Approvals (VR)
Subject to the Warranties, AngloGold shall not be liable under this Agreement:
41.11.1.
if the relevant Purchaser requires the transfer and/or use of any Environmental Approvals (VR) in respect of the VR Businesses which has not been dealt with in this Agreement and such Environmental Approval (VR) is not valid and subsisting in full force and effect or has been suspended, cancelled, revoked, varied or surrendered in favour of any third party; or



205


41.11.2.
on the basis that the Environmental Approvals (VR) issued to AngloGold in relation to the VR Businesses do not adequately cover the operations conducted by the VR Businesses or the operations to be conducted by the relevant Purchaser.
42.
INDEMNITIES
42.1.
Environmental Obligations (VR)
42.1.1.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, AngloGold, Harmony and Harmony Moab record and agree that, by virtue of the fact that Harmony and Harmony Moab are acquiring the VR Package, Harmony or Harmony Moab as applicable, shall become liable for the embedded Environmental Obligations (VR) in relation thereto in accordance with Environmental Law.
42.1.2.
The Parties record and agree that Harmony and Harmony Moab shall, as applicable, with effect from the Closing Date, duly assume or punctually pay, satisfy, discharge, perform or fulfil (as the case may be) all of the Environmental Obligations (VR) and that AngloGold shall have no further obligation in respect of the Environmental Obligations (VR).
42.1.3.
Harmony hereby, with effect from the Closing Date, indemnifies AngloGold (and any of its Affiliates, directors, and/or senior management) (collectively the "AngloGold Indemnified Persons (VR)") against and holds it harmless from any and all: (a) Claims of whatsoever nature (including legal costs on the scale as between attorney and own client) that may be made against the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (VR) as a result of Harmony or Harmony Moab’s failure, as applicable, to comply with its obligations in terms of clause 42.1.2; and (b) Environmental Obligations (VR) , as applicable (an "Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR)").
42.1.4.
Harmony shall be obliged to pay the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) the amount of any Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR), as applicable, suffered or incurred as soon as: (a) the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) which involves a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) to any third party) or the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) incurs the Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) (in the case of an Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) which does not involve a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) to any third party); and (b) Harmony has received a written notice from the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) demanding payment with respect to an Environmental Indemnified Liability Loss (VR).



206


42.2.
Sale Liabilities (VR) indemnity by Harmony Moab
42.2.1.
Harmony Moab hereby, with effect from the Closing Date, indemnifies each of the relevant AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) and holds them harmless against all Sale Liabilities (VR) and all and any Losses incurred or suffered by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) (including all reasonable disbursements and fees of legal advisors incurred in connection with the investigation of, preparation for, defence and/or settlement of, any pending or threatened claim and any litigation or other proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) is a party) by reason of, or arising directly or indirectly out of, or in connection with the Sale Liabilities (VR) (the "Indemnified Liability Loss (VR)").
42.2.2.
Harmony Moab shall be obliged to pay to the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) the amount of any Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) incurred or suffered by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) as soon as: (a) the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) is obliged to pay the amount thereof (in the case of any Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) that involves a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR)), or as soon as the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) incurs or suffers the Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) (in the case of an Indemnified Liability Loss (VR) that does not involve a payment by the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR)); and (b) the Purchaser has received a written notice from the AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) demanding payment with respect to an Indemnified Liability Loss (VR).
42.2.3.
Should any Party fail to discharge any of the liabilities for which it indemnifies any other Party in terms of clause 42.1 or 42.2 (as applicable) (the "Relevant Liabilities (VR)") as and when they fall due for payment and the other indemnified Party is held liable therefor, such indemnified Party shall, when it becomes aware thereof, without prejudice to its other rights in applicable Law or in terms of this Agreement, be entitled ‑
42.2.3.1.
to require the relevant indemnifying Party, which will be obliged, to immediately settle such Relevant Liabilities (VR); or
42.2.3.2.
should the relevant indemnifying Party fail to settle any of the Relevant Liabilities (VR), to settle such Relevant Liabilities (VR) and to recover the amount of any such Relevant Liabilities (VR) so settled on behalf of the indemnified Party, and all reasonable costs incurred in so doing, from the relevant indemnifying Party in terms of clause 42.1 or 42.2 (as the case may be).



207


42.2.4.
The provisions of this clause 42 shall constitute a stipulatio alteri in favour of each of the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (VR), which shall be capable of acceptance by the AngloGold Indemnified Persons (VR) at any time on written notice to Harmony Moab.
43.
STEP IN RIGHTS
43.1.
AngloGold shall, in respect of any Claim by it (of any other person constituting an AngloGold Indemnified Person (VR) under any of the indemnities in clauses 42.1 or 42.2, and each of the Purchasers shall, in respect of any Claim by it or under a breach of any of the Warranties contemplated in this Agreement, (AngloGold or the relevant Purchaser, as aforesaid, being the "Indemnified Party (VR)") shall promptly notify the other of AngloGold or the relevant Purchaser (as the case may be) (the "Indemnifying Party (VR)") in writing of the Claim in question (the "Indemnified Claim (VR)") within a reasonable time of the Indemnified Party (VR) becoming aware thereof, to enable the Indemnifying Party (VR) to take steps to contest it.
43.2.
The Indemnifying Party (VR) shall have the right, at its sole option and expense, within 10 (ten) Business Days after the receipt of written notice under clause 43.1, to elect in writing to contest (which shall include an appeal) any Indemnified Claim (VR) and shall be entitled to control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with the Indemnified Claim (VR) provided that: 
43.2.1.
it delivers a written indemnity to the Indemnified Party (VR), indemnifying the Indemnified Party (VR) against all charges and all legal costs which may be incurred or awarded as a consequence of such steps;
43.2.2.
the Indemnifying Party (VR) shall defend the Indemnified Claim (VR) on the same basis as it would act in circumstances where it were defending a dispute in its own name and shall at all stages and in all respects act in the best interests of the Indemnified Party (VR) (as if the relevant indemnity contemplated in this clause 43 did not exist) when defending the Indemnified Claim (VR), taking into account, without limitation, the effect of the dispute on the Indemnified Party (VR), the Indemnified Party’s (VR) reasonable input and the advice of the Indemnified Party’s (VR) and the Indemnifying Party’s (VR) professional advisers;
43.2.3.
the Indemnified Party (VR) shall give all reasonable assistance and information to the Indemnifying Party (VR) in the efforts of the Indemnifying Party (VR) to defend the Indemnified Claim (VR). The Indemnified Party (VR) will allow the Indemnifying Party’s (VR) authorised representatives reasonable access to its accounts, documents and records limited to the issues concerned to the extent that they are available, on the basis that all relevant copies may be made by the Indemnifying



208


Party (VR) of the documents concerned so as to enable it to pursue any course of action appropriately;
43.2.4.
the Indemnifying Party (VR) shall deliver to the Indemnified Party (VR) all correspondence and court documents relating to the dispute prior to submitting same and shall consider all reasonable comments of the Indemnified Party (VR) in relation to the content and sending of any written communications in respect of the Indemnified Claim (VR);
43.2.5.
the Indemnified Party (VR) shall be entitled on reasonable notice to meet or have calls with the Indemnifying Party (VR) and its professional advisers when it deems fit in order to obtain an update on the progress in respect of the Indemnified Claim (VR);
43.2.6.
the Indemnifying Party (VR) may not concede, settle, compromise and/or abandon the Indemnified Claim (VR) without the prior written approval of the Indemnified Party (VR) (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that where: (a) the Indemnifying Party (VR) has recommended that the Indemnified Party (VR) concede, settle, compromise and/or abandon the Indemnified Claim (the "Recommendation (VR)"); and (b) the Indemnified Party (VR) does not approve the Recommendation (VR), and thereafter the matter proceeds, the liability of Indemnifying Party (VR) in respect of the Indemnified Claim (VR) shall be proportionately reduced in respect of any amount of actual Loss suffered by the Indemnified Party (VR) which it can be established would not have been suffered had the Indemnified Party (VR) approved the Recommendation (VR); and
43.2.7.
the Indemnifying Party (VR) shall not be liable to the extent that the relevant liability arises as a result of or is increased by any action or omission by the Indemnified Party (VR) or the management of the Indemnified Party (VR). For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent that the relevant liability does not arise as a result of any action or omission by the Indemnified Party (VR) or the management of the Indemnified Party (VR) and is only increased by such action or omission, the Indemnifying Party (VR) shall remain liable in respect of the relevant liability but shall not be liable in respect of such increase.
43.3.
If the Indemnifying Party (VR) elects not to control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnified Claim (VR) (including by not delivering to the Indemnified Party (VR) the necessary written election within the 10 (ten) Business Day period contemplated in clause 43.2), which relates to any matter indemnified against by it or any matter in relation to which it has provided any Warranties under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party (VR) may control the defence against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnified Claim (VR), provided that the Indemnified Party (VR) shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that:



209


(a) any such defence, negotiation, settlement or other dealings shall be conducted at all times by the Indemnified Party (VR) in joint consultation with the Indemnifying Party (VR); and that (b) all material decisions and actions in relation to any such defence, negotiation, settlement or other dealings are taken with the prior consent of the Indemnifying Party (VR) (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If the Indemnified Party (VR) elects in such circumstances to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with such Indemnified Claim (VR), the Indemnified Party (VR) shall deal with all such matters as expeditiously as is reasonably practicable. The Indemnifying Party’s (VR) election not to defend against, negotiate, settle or otherwise deal with any Indemnified Claim (VR), shall not absolve the Indemnifying Party (VR) from its liability in respect of any such Indemnified Claim (VR).
Part D.
GENERAL PROVISIONS
44.
GENERAL WARRANTIES
Each of the Parties represents and warrants to the other Parties that as at the Signature Date and the Closing Date:
44.1.
it has the necessary power and legal capacity to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement and all matters contemplated herein, to sue and be sued in its own name, to carry on the business which it conducts and to own its assets;
44.2.
it has taken all necessary corporate and/or internal action to authorise the execution and performance of this Agreement;
44.3.
the provisions of this Agreement are and shall remain legally binding on it and the obligations imposed on it pursuant to this Agreement constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms; and
44.4.
the execution of this Agreement and performance of its obligations hereunder does not and shall not:
44.4.1.
contravene any Law or regulation to which it is subject; or
44.4.2.
contravene any provision of its constitutional documents; or
44.4.3.
conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms of, or constitute a default under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party, or any licence or other authorisation to which it is subject, or by which it or any of its property or revenues are bound,
so as to prevent it from performing its obligations under this Agreement.
45.
PAYMENTS AND INTEREST



210


All payments due by one Party to another Party in terms of or arising out of this Agreement shall be made by electronic funds transfer in immediately available funds, free of any deductions or set-off whatsoever, in ZAR, into a ZAR denominated bank account in South Africa nominated in writing by the Party receiving payment and, unless paid on the due date therefor, shall bear interest from the due date to the date of payment. Such interest shall be calculated at the Prime Rate plus 200 basis points and capitalised monthly in arrears on the balance due.
46.
SECTION 34 NOTICE
46.1.
The Parties hereby agree that notice of the sale of the Sale Package contemplated in this Agreement will not be published in terms of section 34 of the Insolvency Act. In consideration for the Purchasers agreeing to this, AngloGold hereby indemnifies the Purchasers and holds them harmless against any loss or damage of whatsoever nature which may be sustained or incurred by the Purchasers as a result of the provisions of section 34 of the Insolvency Act being invoked by any creditor of AngloGold.
46.2.
AngloGold hereby, in addition to any other warranties given by AngloGold under this Agreement, warrants in favour of the Purchasers that –
46.2.1.
as at the Signature Date, so far as AngloGold is aware, no person has instituted any proceedings of whatsoever nature against AngloGold as contemplated in section 34(3)(b) of the Insolvency Act; and
46.2.2.
as at the Signature Date, so far as AngloGold is aware, no such proceedings are proposed to be instituted against AngloGold during the Interim Period and, so far as AngloGold is aware, if any such proceedings are instituted during the Interim Period, they will not be in respect of any valid or legitimate claim.
46.3.
AngloGold undertakes, in the event that proceedings contemplated in clause 46.2 are instituted against AngloGold during the Interim Period, as soon as reasonably practicable to furnish the Purchasers with written details of –
46.3.1.
the name of the party instituting such proceedings ("Claimant");
46.3.2.
the nature and basis of the Claimant's claim;
46.3.3.
the name, address and telephone number of the Claimant's attorney;
46.3.4.
the case number applicable to the proceedings; and
46.3.5.
copies of any and all court and other papers served on AngloGold in respect of such claim and/or in terms of which such claim has been instituted,



211


together with any other information or further documents reasonably requested by the Purchasers (which other information and/or documents will be furnished by AngloGold as soon as reasonably practicable after same are requested by the Purchasers).
46.4.
If any proceedings contemplated in section 34(3) of the Insolvency Act are instituted against AngloGold before the Closing Date, then AngloGold hereby agrees and undertakes to: (a) discharge the claim/s made against it in those proceedings; or (b) if AngloGold wishes to defend those proceedings, it shall make such arrangements as may be reasonably required by the Purchasers in all the circumstances to secure the payment of the claim/s in question, in either case so as to ensure that this Agreement shall not become void against the claimant/s in those proceedings.
47.
INDIVISIBILITY
The Transaction (and for the avoidance of doubt, the sales and cession referred to in clauses 8.1 9.1, 10.1, 26.1 and 27.1) shall constitute one indivisible transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Parties agree that all of the matters to be completed pursuant to clauses 10.1, 10.2, 11.1 to 11.14 (both inclusive) and 16.2 (in relation to the WW Transaction) and pursuant to clauses 26.1, 27.1, 28.1, and 29.1 to 29.10 (both inclusive) and 34.2 (in relation to the VR Transaction), shall be deemed to have been completed simultaneously and none of them shall be deemed to have been completed unless all of them have been completed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, unless it is specifically provided in the aforegoing clauses that such matters are to be completed post the Closing Date, in which case such matters shall be deemed to have been completed simultaneously in the Closing Date for the purposes of this clause 47.
48.
PARENT COMPANY GUARANTEE
Harmony hereby irrevocably and unconditionally and on AngloGold’s first demand guarantees (as a principal and primary obligation, and not as surety) to AngloGold the due and punctual observance and performance by each of the Purchasers (other than Harmony) of all of its obligations under this Agreement and promises to pay to AngloGold on first demand any amounts due and payable (but unpaid) by such Purchaser under or pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, or on account of any breach thereof or event of default (howsoever described or defined) occurring thereunder, including without limitation, all and any damages and losses payable to AngloGold in terms thereof.
49.
EXPERT DETERMINATION
Where certification or determination is required by any Expert under clause 7 of this Agreement, the matter shall be referred to an Expert on the following basis:
49.1.
the Expert shall be Marsh, or if Marsh is not willing or able to accept the mandate, Snowdon Consulting Limited or if the Snowden Consulting Limited is not willing or able to accept the mandate such other expert agreed in writing by AngloGold and the Purchaser, or, failing such



212


agreement (within 5 Business Days after either of them requesting such agreement in writing), such expert as is selected and appointed (on written request of AngloGold or the Purchaser) by the President for the time being of the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants;
49.2.
the Expert shall act as an expert and not as an arbitrator;
49.3.
the Expert shall be entitled to determine the quantum of his charges, which quantum shall be paid on demand, in the amounts and manner determined by the Expert;
49.4.
the Expert shall be entitled to determine such methods and processes as he may, in his sole discretion, deem appropriate in the circumstances;
49.5.
the Expert shall consult with the Parties prior to rendering a determination. The Expert shall afford the Parties the opportunity to make such written, or at its discretion, oral representations as the Parties wish, subject to such reasonable time and other limits as the Expert may prescribe and the Expert shall have regard to any such representations but not be bound by them;
49.6.
the Parties shall fully co-operate with the Expert and do all such things as may be necessary to assist the Expert with his determination;
49.7.
having regard to the sensitivity of any confidential information, the Expert shall be entitled to take advice from any person considered by him to have expert knowledge with reference to the matter in question;
49.8.
having considered the Parties’ respective representations as contemplated in clause 49.5, the Expert shall make his determination in as short a time as is reasonably possible in the circumstances and further must acknowledge that he will do so in his mandate; and
49.9.
in the absence of manifest error, the Expert’s determination will be final and binding on the Parties.
50.
BREACH AND TERMINATION
50.1.
If a Party (the "Defaulting Party") commits any breach of this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach (subject to clause 50.2) within 20 (twenty) Business Days (the "Notice Period") of written notice requiring the breach to be remedied by the expiry of the Notice Period, then the Party giving the notice (the "Aggrieved Party") will be entitled, at its option, to:
50.1.1.
claim immediate specific performance by the Defaulting Party of the obligations which it has breached, with or without claiming damages; or
50.1.2.
subject to clause 50.4, cancel this Agreement, with or without claiming damages, in which case written notice of the cancellation shall be given to the Defaulting Party, and the cancellation shall take effect on the date on which the notice is



213


given, provided that no Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement unless the breach is a breach of a material term going to the root of this Agreement.
50.2.
If the Notice Period would, but for this clause 50.2, expire after the Closing Date, then the Closing Date shall be extended to the last Business Day of the month immediately succeeding the month in which the Closing Date would have occurred but for this clause 50.2.
50.3.
The Aggrieved Party’s remedies in terms of this clause 50 are, subject to the other provisions of this clause 50, without prejudice to any other remedies to which the Aggrieved Party may be entitled in Law.
50.4.
This Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing Date by any of the Purchasers:
50.4.1.
in accordance with clause 7;
50.4.2.
if AngloGold, any of the WW Companies or any of the VR Companies is provisionally or finally liquidated or becomes subject to any other statutory business rescue process (or any application is launched in that regard, save for frivolous or vexatious applications);
50.4.3.
if the Purchasers become aware that there is a breach of any one or more of the Warranties given by AngloGold under this Agreement, or any combination of them, provided that it is reasonably likely that the Purchasers (individually or collectively, in aggregate) will suffer a Loss, in aggregate, of at least USD60 000 000 (sixty million Dollars) if the transactions contemplated under this Agreement were implemented on the Closing Date, and AngloGold does not cure such breach or breaches within the Notice Period.
50.5.
This Agreement may be terminated by AngloGold prior to the Closing Date if:
50.5.1.
any of the Purchasers are provisionally or finally liquidated or becomes subject to any other statutory business rescue process (or any application is launched in that regard, save for frivolous or vexatious applications); or
50.5.2.
AngloGold becomes aware that there is a breach of any one or more of the warranties given by the Purchasers under this Agreement, or any combination of them, provided that it is reasonably likely that AngloGold will suffer a Loss, in aggregate, of at least USD60 000 000 (sixty million Dollars) if the transactions contemplated under this Agreement were implemented on the Closing Date, and the Purchasers do not cure such breach or breaches within the Notice Period.
50.6.
At any time prior to the Closing Date, any Party shall inform the other of the happening of any matter, thing or event which occurs or arises, or may become known to it which is, or could



214


reasonably result in, a termination event as contemplated in clauses 50.4.3 or 50.5.2 within 10 (ten) Business Days from becoming aware of same.
50.7.
In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to clause 7.3, 50.4 or 50.5 by the Purchasers or AngloGold, as the case may be, written notice thereof shall forthwith be given to the other Party, and this Agreement shall terminate, and the purchase of the Sale Package hereunder shall be abandoned, without further action by the Purchasers or AngloGold.
50.8.
In the event that this Agreement is validly terminated in accordance with clause 7.3, 50.4 or 50.5, each of the Parties shall be relieved of its respective duties and obligations arising under this Agreement from and after the date of such termination, and such termination shall be without liability to the Purchasers or AngloGold; provided that no such termination shall relieve any Party from liability (including any liability for damages) for any breach of this Agreement or other liability arising prior to termination hereof; and provided further that the provisions and obligations of the Parties set out in clauses 1, 2 and 50 to 62 (both inclusive) shall survive any such termination and shall be enforceable under this Agreement.
50.9.
Notwithstanding the aforegoing, no Party shall be entitled to cancel this Agreement after Closing on the Closing Date.
50.10.
No Purchaser shall be entitled to any remedies under or in respect of this Agreement as a result of a breach by the other of them.
51.
ARBITRATION
51.1.
Save as specifically provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any disputes or claims arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or its subject matter, formation or validity (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be submitted to and decided by arbitration in accordance with the commercial rules of AFSA.
51.2.
That arbitration shall be held in Sandton, South Africa.
51.3.
It is the intention that the arbitration shall, where possible, be held and concluded as soon as reasonably possible after it has been demanded. The Parties shall use their best endeavours to procure the expeditious completion of the arbitration.
51.4.
There shall be 3 (three) arbitrators who shall, if the question in issue is:
51.4.1.
primarily an accounting matter, each be an independent chartered accountant with not less than 10 (ten) years’ experience as a chartered accountant;
51.4.2.
primarily a legal matter, each be a practising senior counsel or, alternatively, a retired judge; or



215


51.4.3.
any other matter, suitably qualified persons,
provided that, if there is any dispute as to the nature of the question in issue, that question shall be deemed to be a legal matter.
51.5.
The Parties shall agree the appointment of the arbitrators in writing or, failing agreement by the Parties within 5 (five) Business Days after the request for arbitration, the arbitrators shall be appointed in accordance with the commercial rules of AFSA.
51.6.
The Parties shall keep the evidence in the arbitration proceedings and any award made by the arbitrators confidential save only to the extent necessary to enable that award to be made an order of any court of competent jurisdiction.
51.7.
The arbitrators shall be obliged to give their award in writing supported by reasons.
51.8.
The Parties irrevocably agree that the decision of the arbitrators shall be final and binding on the Parties to the dispute, shall be carried into effect and may be made an order of any court of competent jurisdiction.
51.9.
No Party to the arbitration may appeal the decision of the arbitrators.
51.10.
The provisions of this clause are severable from the rest of this Agreement and shall remain in effect even if this Agreement is terminated or declared invalid for any reason.
51.11.
Nothing in this clause shall preclude any Party from applying to a duly constituted court of competent jurisdiction for urgent interim relief (including but not limited to): (a) to compel arbitration; (b) to obtain interim measures of protection prior to or pending arbitration; (c) to seek such injunctive relief as may be necessary and appropriate, and to this end, the Parties hereby consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (Gauteng, Local Division)
52.
CONFIDENTIALITY
52.1.
Any information obtained by any Party in terms, or arising from the implementation, of this Agreement as well as the existence and terms of this Agreement shall be treated as confidential by the Parties and shall not be used, divulged or permitted to be divulged to any person not being a Party to this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other Party save that:
52.1.1.
each Party shall be entitled to disclose such information to its employees, and to its directors, shareholders, professional advisors and funders, in each case who have a need to know for purposes of implementing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and who have been directed by the disclosing Party to keep such information confidential and have undertaken to keep such information confidential;



216


52.1.2.
each Party shall be entitled to disclose any information which is required to be furnished by Law or regulation or by any recognised stock exchange (in the case of a recognised stock exchange, the provisions of clause 52.3 shall apply);
52.1.3.
no Party shall be precluded from using or divulging such information in order to pursue any legal remedy available to it;
52.1.4.
each Party shall be entitled to disclose such information if such information is or becomes generally available to the public other than by the negligence or default of such Party or by the breach of this Agreement by such Party;
52.1.5.
each Party shall be entitled to disclose such information if the Party which disclosed same confirms in writing that it is disclosed on a non-confidential basis;
52.1.6.
each Party shall be entitled to disclose such information if such information has lawfully become known by or come into the possession of such Party on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Party having the legal right to disclose same.
52.2.
In the event that a Party is required to disclose information as contemplated in clause 52.1.2, such Party will:
52.2.1.
advise any Party/ies in respect of whom such information relates (the "Relevant Party/ies") in writing prior to disclosure, if possible;
52.2.2.
take such steps to limit the disclosure to the minimum extent required to satisfy such requirement and to the extent that it lawfully and reasonably can;
52.2.3.
afford the Relevant Party/ies a reasonable opportunity, if possible, to intervene in the proceedings;
52.2.4.
comply with the Relevant Party/ies’ reasonable requests as to the manner and terms of such disclosure; and
52.2.5.
notify the Relevant Party/ies of the recipient of, and the form and extent of, any such disclosure or announcement immediately after it was made.
52.3.
The Parties understand and agree that Parties are listed on one or more recognised stock exchanges and may be required, in terms of the laws of South Africa and/or the requirements of any such stock exchange, as applicable, to issue a public announcement outlining the terms of this Agreement following the Signature Date, and that the transactions contemplated in this Agreement will be made public. Each Party shall make a copy of such public announcement available to the other Party prior to making such announcement with a view to the Parties



217


agreeing the content of same within 3 (three) Business Days after receipt of same, or such shorter period as may be required by the relevant Law or the relevant listing requirements.
52.4.
The Parties shall use reasonable endeavours to procure that their respective directors, employees, shareholders, professional advisors and funders observe a corresponding obligation of confidence to that set out in clauses 52.1 to 52.3 (both inclusive) in relation to the Parties themselves.
53.
DOMICILIA CITANDI ET EXECUTANDI
53.1.
The Parties choose as their domicilia citandi et executandi for all purposes under this Agreement, whether in respect of court process, notices or other documents or communications of whatsoever nature (including the exercise of any option), the following addresses:
53.1.1.
the Purchasers:
Physical:
Randfontein Office Park
Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue
Randfontein
Email:        companysecretariat@harmony.co.za
 
For the attention of the Company Secretary
53.1.2.
AngloGold:
Physical:
76 Rahima Moosa Street
Newtown
Johannesburg
2001
Email:    rsanz@anglogoldashanti.com
 
For the attention of: Ria Sanz

53.2.
Any notice or communication required or permitted to be given in terms of this Agreement shall be valid and effective only if in writing, provided that:
53.2.1.
it shall not be competent to give notice by email only, unless receipt of such email has been acknowledged by the recipient thereof (it being recorded and agreed that an automatic email response shall not be deemed to be acknowledged); and
53.2.2.
in respect of any notice delivered by hand, an email is also sent to the chosen email address stipulated in clause 53.1 relating to the subject matter thereof, irrespective of whether or not such email has been received or acknowledged by the recipient thereof.
53.3.
Each Party may by notice to the other Parties change the physical address or email address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi vis-à-vis that Party to another physical address or email address, provided that the change shall become effective vis-à-vis that addressee on the 10th (tenth) Business Day from the receipt of the notice by the addressee.



218


53.4.
Any notice to a Party delivered by hand to a responsible person during ordinary business hours at the physical address chosen as its domicilium citandi et executandi shall be deemed to have been received on the day of delivery.
53.5.
Any notice to a Party sent by email to the chosen email address stipulated in clause 53.1 shall (subject to clause 53.2) be deemed to have been received on the date of dispatch (unless the contrary is proved).
53.6.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained a written notice or communication actually received by a Party shall be an adequate written notice or communication to it notwithstanding that it was not sent to or delivered at its chosen domicilium citandi et executandi.
54.
GOVERNING LAW
54.1.
This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall in all respects (including its existence, validity, interpretation, implementation, termination and enforcement) be governed by the law of South Africa.
54.2.
For purposes of applying for urgent relief and in respect of any matters which cannot be resolved in accordance with clause 51, the Parties hereby consent and submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa (Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg) in any dispute arising from or in connection with this Agreement.
55.
COSTS
Otherwise than as provided elsewhere in this Agreement, each Party shall bear its own costs of and incidental to the negotiation, preparation and execution of this Agreement.
56.
SEVERABILITY
Any provision in this Agreement which is or may become illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction affected by this Agreement shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability and shall be treated as if it had never been written (pro non scripto) and severed from the balance of this Agreement, without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement or affecting the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
57.
WHOLE AGREEMENT, NO AMENDMENT
57.1.
This Agreement, together with the WW Business Deferred Consideration Agreements, constitutes the whole agreement between the Parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any other discussions, agreements and/or understandings regarding the subject matter hereof.



219


57.2.
No addition to, novation, amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement or any provision or term hereof or of any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement and no settlement of any disputes arising under this Agreement and no extension of time, waiver, relaxation or suspension of or agreement not to enforce or to suspend or postpone the enforcement of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or of any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement shall be binding unless recorded in a written document signed by the Parties (or in the case of an extension of time, waiver or relaxation or suspension, signed by the Party granting such extension, waiver, relaxation or suspension). Any such extension, waiver or relaxation or suspension which is so given or made shall be strictly construed as relating strictly to the matter in respect whereof it was made or given. The Parties agree that email correspondence between them shall not give effect to any addition to, novation, amendment or consensual cancellation of this Agreement.
57.3.
No oral pactum de non petendo shall be of any force or effect.
57.4.
No extension of time or waiver or relaxation of any of the provisions or terms of this Agreement or any agreement, bill of exchange or other document issued or executed pursuant to or in terms of this Agreement, shall operate neither as an estoppel against any Party in respect of its rights under this Agreement, nor so as to preclude such Party (save as to any extension, waiver or relaxation actually given) thereafter from exercising its rights strictly in accordance with this Agreement.
57.5.
To the extent permissible by law no Party shall be bound by any express or implied or tacit term, representation, warranty, promise or the like not recorded herein, whether it induced a Party to enter into the Agreement and/or whether it was negligent or not.
58.
NO CESSION OR ASSIGNMENT
Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, no Party shall be entitled to cede, assign, transfer or delegate all or any of its rights, obligations and/or interest in, under or in terms of this Agreement to any third party without the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
59.
STIPULATIO ALTERI
59.1.
Without derogating from any other provisions in this Agreement which expressly provide that they constitute a stipulatio alteri in favour of any persons who are not a Party to this Agreement (the "Grantees"), the provisions of clauses 21 and 39 shall constitute a stipulatio alteri to and in favour of Affiliates of each member of the Purchaser’s Group and AngloGold, respectively, who are not a Party which shall be capable of express acceptance at a time, in writing, by any such Affiliate who may then enforce the relevant provisions of this Agreement as though it were a signatory hereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the consent of any Grantee or any Affiliate



220


of each member of the Purchaser’s Group or AngloGold who is not a Party shall not be needed in respect of any amendment or termination of this Agreement.
59.2.
Subject to clause 59.1, no part of this Agreement shall constitute a stipulatio alteri in favour of any person who is not a Party unless the provision in question expressly provides that it does constitute a stipulatio alteri.
60.
FURTHER ASSURANCES
The Parties shall co-operate with each other and execute and deliver to the other Party’s such other instruments and documents and take such other actions as may be reasonably requested from time to time in order to carry out, evidence and confirm their rights.
61.
REMEDIES
Unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, no remedy conferred by this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy which is otherwise available at Law. Each remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at Law. The election of any one or more remedy by any of the Parties shall not constitute a waiver by such Party of the right to pursue any other remedy.
62.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different Parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
SIGNED by the Parties on the following dates and at the following places respectively:
Remainder of page intentionally left blank – signature page follows


{Signature page to the Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited}

For:

ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LIMITED
Signature:
/s/ Pierre Chenard
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Pierre Chenard
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 







{Signature page to the Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited}

For:

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED
Signature:
/s/ Peter Steenkamp
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Peter Steenkamp
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 



Signature:
/s/ Frank Abbott
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Frank Abbott
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 








{Signature page to the Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited}

For:

HARMONY MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
Signature:
/s/ Herman Perry
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Herman Perry
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 



Signature:
/s/ Phillip Tobias
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Phillip Tobias
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 







{Signature page to the Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited}

For:

GOLDEN CORE TRADE AND INVEST PROPRIETARY LIMITED 
Signature:
/s/ Neil Terblanche
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Neil Terblanche
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 



Signature:
/s/ Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak
 
 
who warrants that he / she is duly authorised thereto
Name:
Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak
 
Date:
12/2/2020
 
Place:
Sandton
 






224






225


Annexure A
Warranties (WW)
Introduction
For purposes of this Annexure A, unless the context indicates differently or otherwise stated:
1.
references to “the Agreement” shall be references to the sale agreement to which this Annexure A is attached;
2.
words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall bear the same meaning in this Annexure A;
3.
the warranties contained in this Annexure A are given by AngloGold in relation to the WW Package on the basis set out in clause 22 of the Agreement; and
4.
where a warranty is qualified with "so far as {an entity} is aware", or any similar expression (whether that entity is AngloGold or any of the WW Companies), it shall mean the actual knowledge of each or any of the following persons in relation to the relevant Warranties: Cindy Chater, Shawn Snell, Johann Snyman, Yusuf Kharbhai, Charl Human, Durant Archery, Raymond Ranta, Moses Modondo, George Trollipe, Gelishan Naidoo, Richard Mack and Vaughn Chamberlain.



226



Annexure A1: Covalent Warranties
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Covalent Sale Shares and the Covalent Sale Claims and is reflected as the sole registered holder of the Covalent Sale Shares in the securities register of Covalent, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register;
1.1.2.
is entitled to Dispose of the Covalent Sale Shares and the Covalent Sale Claims to the Purchaser; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the Covalent Sale Shares.
1.2.
Covalent is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
Covalent has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The Covalent Sale Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of Covalent, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of Covalent, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right over, or an interest in, Covalent under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the Covalent Sale Shares or the Covalent Sale Claims.
1.7.
Covalent has no Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity in any other entity.



227


2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of Covalent in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by Covalent of its constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the Covalent Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by Covalent under applicable Law are, in all material respects, up to date; in the possession of Covalent in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and are properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by Covalent in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the Covalent Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of Covalent's trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
Covalent does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the Covalent Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items
The results shown by the profit and loss account of Covalent for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of Covalent have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.
6.
Financial Obligations



228


Other than in the ordinary and regular course, including for financial provision for the rehabilitation of the Environment, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by Covalent and Covalent is not party to any loans (other than Covalent Sale Claims), overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.
7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by Covalent from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of Covalent.
7.3.
Covalent is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
All assets included or reflected in the Covalent Accounts:
8.1.1.
are legally (save to the extent otherwise indicated in the Covalent Accounts) and beneficially owned by Covalent; and
8.1.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of Covalent and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.
8.2.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.1.1 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.3.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the Covalent Business.
8.4.
The assets relating to the Covalent Business and reflected in the Covalent Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by Covalent and used in the Covalent Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by Covalent or no longer material for the Covalent Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the Covalent Business as it is carried on by Covalent and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The Covalent Business does not materially



229


depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.
8.5.
The material assets, as reflected in the Covalent Accounts, or to the extent replaced, an equivalent asset, relating to the Covalent Business, have been maintained in accordance with reasonable standards, are in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) and are used exclusively in connection with the WW Businesses.
9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to Covalent and/or the Covalent Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
Covalent is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$1 000 000 (one million Dollars).
10.2.
Covalent is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
There are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Covalent on the other.
10.4.
Covalent is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
Covalent is not a party to any forward sale agreements which endure for a period longer than 12 (twelve) months.
10.6.
For so long as AngloGold has held an equity interest in Covalent, no other material contracts are required for the running of the Covalent Business other than the contracts to which Covalent is a party.
11.
Joint Ventures etc.
Covalent is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which Covalent has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the Covalent Business.
12.
Covalent Employees



230


12.1.
The spreadsheet contained in folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.5 of the Data Room contains materially complete, accurate and up to date details of –
12.1.1.
the total number of Covalent’s employees including those who are on maternity or other statutory leave or other long-term leave of absence and who have or may have a right to return to work for Covalent;
12.1.2.
the name, date of start of employment, period of continuous employment, salary, bonus entitlements, grade, age of each of Covalent’s employees, and the immigration controls applicable to each of Covalent’s employees;
12.1.3.
the leave pay accrued to each of Covalent’s employees at the Closing Date; and
12.1.4.
the hypothetical severance pay amounts that would have been payable to Covalent’s employees had they been retrenched by AngloGold on the Closing Date.
12.2.
No Covalent employee is subject to any secondment arrangements.
12.3.
No Covalent employee is employed by any Affiliate of AngloGold or any third party.
12.4.
None of Covalent’s employees will become entitled by virtue of their contract of service to any enhancement in or improvement to their remuneration, benefits or terms and conditions of service only by reason of the execution of this Agreement or the completion of the sale and purchase of the Covalent Sale Equity under or pursuant to this Agreement.
12.5.
Covalent owes no amount to any of its employees which has not been disclosed in the spreadsheet listed in folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.5 of the Data Room.
12.6.
Covalent has maintained up to date, full and accurate records regarding employment of each of its employees (including, without limitation, details of terms of employment, training records, payments of statutory or other payments, income tax and other contributions, disciplinary, grievance, medical or health records and health and safety matters) and termination of employment and all such records will be delivered in accordance with clause 10.1.2 on or before the Closing Date.



231


12.7.
Termination of Employment
12.7.1.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, Covalent has not received written notice of the intention of any employee of Covalent who holds the role of head of department or any more senior position in respect of the Covalent Business (the "Covalent Key Employees") to terminate his or her employment or provision of services.
12.7.2.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, Covalent has not issued written notification to terminate the employment or provision of services of any Covalent Key Employees.
12.8.
Employee Representative Bodies
12.8.1.
The Data Room lists all trade unions and employee representative bodies with which Covalent habitually deals and formally recognises in respect of the Covalent Business.
12.8.2.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold is not involved in and, so far as AngloGold is aware, no fact or circumstance exists which is likely to give rise to a dispute with a trade union or employee representative body representing any of Covalent’s employees.
12.9.
Collective Bargaining Agreements etc.
Other than national collective bargaining agreements or industry wide collective agreements, the union recognition agreements, collective agreements and other relevant agreements forming part of the Data Room Documents are the only material agreements between Covalent and any trade unions or representative bodies in respect of the Covalent Business.
12.10.
Bonus or other Profit-related Schemes
All share incentive, share option, profit sharing, bonus or other incentive arrangements applicable to Covalent’s employees form part of the Data Room Documents.
12.11.
Compliance with Employment Laws
12.11.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, there is no investigation or enquiry outstanding by any Governmental Entity or regulatory body in connection with Covalent’s employees or any former employees or consultants of the Covalent Business.
12.11.2.
Covalent, in connection with the Covalent Business, is not involved in any active, pending or threatened court, tribunal or arbitration proceedings in respect of any of its employees or their dependants other than in the ordinary course of business or in relation to the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement.



232


12.12.
Employee Benefits
12.12.1.
Covalent has made all contributions which it is obliged to make in respect of the MineWorkers Provident Fund, the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund as the case may be ("Retirement Funds") in respect of Covalent’s employees. In respect of those Covalent employees that are primary members of a medical scheme arising out of their employment with Covalent (but specifically excluding those of Covalent’s employees that are dependants belonging to their spouses’ medical scheme), Covalent has made all contributions which it is obliged to make to the Discovery Health Medical Scheme or Bonitas Medical Fund, as the case may be ("Medical Funds").
12.12.2.
All Covalent employees are members of at least one of the Retirement Funds.
12.12.3.
The Retirement Funds and the Medical Funds (collectively referred to as the "Funds") are the only schemes to which Covalent makes, or is liable to make, payments of contributions or premiums for providing retirement, death, disability or life assurance benefits or medical benefits in respect of Covalent’s employees and Covalent has not provided or promised to provide any such benefits in respect of any such employees except under the Funds.
12.12.4.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no pending, existing or threatened disputes, actions, claims or litigation against Covalent regarding any actual or alleged non-compliance with applicable Law or actual or alleged breach of contract in respect of any benefit payable under the Funds in respect of any Covalent employees and there are no circumstances known to AngloGold which might give rise to any such dispute, action, claims or litigation.
12.12.5.
Except for the CAWMS Liability and the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise:
12.12.5.1.
as at the Closing Date there is no unfunded deficit in respect of any future liability of the Funds or any other contractual or post termination benefits to which an employee or former employee of Covalent is entitled;
12.12.5.2.
Covalent has no obligation to pay or contribute towards or otherwise fund in any way the payment of post-retirement medical aid benefits for any of the Covalent employees nor will this transaction trigger or vest any such obligation; and
12.12.5.3.
no Covalent employee is entitled or may become entitled before the Closing Date to any form of subsidisation of medical aid contributions



233


or medical expenses upon the termination of their employment for any reason whatsoever.
12.13.
Outstanding undischarged liabilities in relation to Covalent employees
12.13.1.
There is no outstanding undischarged liability to pay any Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction any contribution, taxation or other duty arising in connection with the employment or engagement of any of Covalent’s employees, other than in the ordinary and regular course.
12.13.2.
As at the Signature Date, Covalent has, in connection with the Covalent Business, no outstanding liability for breach or termination of an employment contract between it and Covalent employees.
12.14.
Employee Loans
Save for loans granted in terms of the policies relating to pay advances and study loans, as disclosed in the Data Room, there are no loans owed by Covalent’s employees to Covalent as at the Signature Date.
13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which Covalent is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the Covalent Business;
13.2.
Covalent is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the Covalent Business; and
13.3.
Covalent has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of Covalent, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the Covalent Business.
14.
Environment
So far as AngloGold is aware –
14.1.
Covalent has not received written notice from any Environmental Authority during the 12 (twelve) calendar month prior to the Signature Date of any material non-compliance (including, without limitation, conduct or incidents that potentially threatened, in a significant manner, the



234


Environment or human health or safety) with Environmental Law that is outstanding as at the Signature Date; and
14.2.
all material Environmental Approvals required by Covalent for the carrying on or conduct of the Covalent Business (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such material Environmental Approvals (WW) have been and are complied with by Covalent, and, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why, any Environmental Approval (WW) should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.
15.
Insurance
15.1.
As at the Signature Date, all insurance policies in respect of Covalent have been uploaded to the Data Room.
15.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
16.
Litigation
16.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Covalent is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on Covalent.
16.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, Covalent is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on Covalent.
16.3.
Covalent is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
16.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Covalent has not been charged with, nor has Covalent committed, any crime (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
16.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 16.1, 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against Covalent.
17.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any



235


compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning Covalent.
18.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to Covalent, which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise) of the Purchasers, of the Covalent Sale Equity.

Annexure A2: AngloGold Security Services Warranties
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares and is reflected as the sole registered holder of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares in the securities register of AngloGold Security Services, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register;
1.1.2.
is entitled to Dispose of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares to the Purchaser; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares.
1.2.
AngloGold Security Services is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
AngloGold Security Services has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of AngloGold Security Services, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of AngloGold Security Services, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right



236


over, or an interest in, AngloGold Security Services under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares.
1.7.
AngloGold Security Services has no Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity in any other entity.
2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of AngloGold Security Services in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by AngloGold Security Services of its constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the AngloGold Security Services Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by AngloGold Security Services under applicable Law are, in all material respects, up to date; in the possession of AngloGold Security Services in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and are properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by AngloGold Security Services in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the AngloGold Security Services Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of AngloGold Security Services' trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
AngloGold Security Services does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the AngloGold Security Services Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items



237


The results shown by the profit and loss account of AngloGold Security Services for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of AngloGold Security Services have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.
6.
Financial Obligations
Other than in the ordinary and regular course, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by AngloGold Security Services and AngloGold Security Services is not party to any loans, overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.
7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by AngloGold Security Services from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of AngloGold Security Services.
7.3.
AngloGold Security Services is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
All assets included or reflected in the AngloGold Security Services Accounts:
8.1.1.
are (save to the extent otherwise indicated in the AngloGold Security Services Accounts) legally and beneficially owned by AngloGold Security Services; and
8.1.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of AngloGold Security Services and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.
8.2.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.1.1 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.3.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the AngloGold Security Services Business.



238


8.4.
The assets relating to the AngloGold Security Services Business and reflected in the AngloGold Security Services Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by AngloGold Security Services and used in the AngloGold Security Services Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by AngloGold Security Services or no longer material for the AngloGold Security Services Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the AngloGold Security Services Business as it is carried on by AngloGold Security Services and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The AngloGold Security Services Business does not materially depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.
8.5.
The material assets, as reflected in the AngloGold Security Services Accounts, or to the extent replaced, an equivalent asset, relating to the AngloGold Security Services Business, have been maintained in accordance with reasonable standards, are in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) and are used exclusively in connection with the WW Businesses.
9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to AngloGold Security Services and/or the AngloGold Security Services Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
AngloGold Security Services is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$5 000 000 (five million Dollars).
10.2.
AngloGold Security Services is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
There are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and AngloGold Security Services on the other.
10.4.
AngloGold Security Services is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
AngloGold Security Services is not a party to any forward sale agreements which endure for a period longer than 12 (twelve) months.
10.6.
No other material contracts are required for the running of the AngloGold Security Services Business other than the contracts to which AngloGold Security Services is a party.



239


11.
Joint Ventures etc.
AngloGold Security Services is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which AngloGold Security Services has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the AngloGold Security Services Business.
12.
AngloGold Security Services Employees
AngloGold Security Services currently has no employees. Those employees of the Group working in the AngloGold Security Services Business are AngloGold employees.
13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which AngloGold Security Services is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the AngloGold Security Services Business;
13.2.
AngloGold Security Services is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the AngloGold Security Services Business;
13.3.
AngloGold Security Services has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of AngloGold Security Services, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the AngloGold Security Services Business; and
13.4.
save for the Government Approvals uploaded to the Data Room, there are no other Government Approvals required by AngloGold Security Services for the carrying on or conduct of the AngloGold Security Services Business.
14.
Litigation
14.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold Security Services is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on AngloGold Security Services.
14.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold Security Services is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on AngloGold Security Services.



240


14.3.
AngloGold Security Services is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
14.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold Security Services has not been charged with, nor has AngloGold Security Services committed, any crime (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
14.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 16.1, 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against AngloGold Security Services.
15.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning AngloGold Security Services.
16.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to AngloGold Security Services which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise) of the Purchasers, of the AngloGold Security Services Sale Shares.




241



Annexure A3: Masakhisane Warranties
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Masakhisane Sale Shares and is reflected as the sole registered holder of the Masakhisane Sale Shares in the securities register of Masakhisane, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register;
1.1.2.
is entitled to Dispose of the Masakhisane Sale Shares to the Purchaser; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the Masakhisane Sale Shares.
1.2.
Masakhisane is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
Masakhisane has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The Masakhisane Sale Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of Masakhisane, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of Masakhisane, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right over, or an interest in, Masakhisane under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the Masakhisane Sale Shares.
1.7.
Masakhisane has no Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity in any other entity.
2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of Masakhisane in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of



242


the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by Masakhisane of its constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the Masakhisane Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by Masakhisane under applicable Law are, in all material respects, up to date; in the possession of Masakhisane in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by Masakhisane in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the Masakhisane Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of Masakhisane's trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
Masakhisane does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the Masakhisane Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items
The results shown by the profit and loss account of Masakhisane for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of Masakhisane have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.
6.
Financial Obligations
Other than in the ordinary and regular course, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by Masakhisane and Masakhisane is not party to any loans, overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.



243


7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by Masakhisane from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of Covalent.
7.3.
Masakhisane is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
All assets included or reflected in the Masakhisane Accounts:
8.1.1.
are (save to the extent otherwise indicated in the Masakhisane Accounts) legally and beneficially owned by Masakhisane; and
8.1.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of Masakhisane and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.
8.2.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.1.1 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.3.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the Masakhisane Business.
8.4.
The assets relating to the Masakhisane Business and reflected in the Masakhisane Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by Masakhisane and used in the Masakhisane Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by Masakhisane or no longer material for the Masakhisane Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the Masakhisane Business as it is carried on by Masakhisane and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The Masakhisane Business does not materially depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.



244


9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to Masakhisane and/or the Masakhisane Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
Masakhisane is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$1 000 000 (one million Dollars).
10.2.
Masakhisane is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
Other than in the ordinary and regular course of business, there are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Masakhisane on the other.
10.4.
Masakhisane is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
No other material contracts are required for the running of the Masakhisane Business other than the contracts to which Masakhisane is a party.
11.
Joint Ventures etc.
Masakhisane is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which Masakhisane has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the Masakhisane Business.
12.
Masakhisane Employees
Masakhisane currently has no employees. Those employees of the Group working in the Masakhisane Business are AngloGold employees.
13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which Masakhisane is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the Masakhisane Business;



245


13.2.
Masakhisane is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the Masakhisane Business;
13.3.
Masakhisane has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of Masakhisane, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the Masakhisane Business; and
13.4.
no Government Approvals are required by Masakhisane for the carrying on or conduct of the Masakhisane Business.
14.
Litigation
14.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Masakhisane is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on Masakhisane.
14.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, Masakhisane is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on Masakhisane.
14.3.
Masakhisane is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
14.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Masakhisane has not been charged with, nor has Masakhisane committed, any crime or been subject to any criminal investigation (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
14.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 14.1, 14.2, 14.3 and 14.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against Masakhisane.
15.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning Masakhisane.



246


16.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to Masakhisane which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise) of the Purchasers, of the Masakhisane Sale Shares.

Annexure A4: WW Mining Business Warranties
1.
Title
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Assets (WW); and
1.1.2.
has full and unrestricted right, title and authority to Dispose of all of the full legal and beneficial rights, title and interests of and to the Sale Assets (WW) to the Purchaser, to the exclusion of all others, on and with effect from the Closing Date.
1.2.
No person has any present or future right or option or right of first refusal over all or any part of the WW Mining Business other than the WW Mining Sale Assets.
1.3.
No person has any present or future right or option or right of first refusal over all or any part of the material WW Mining Sale Assets.
1.4.
As at Closing Date, there will not be any Encumbrance over all or substantially all of the Sale Assets (WW);
1.5.
None of the Sale Assets (WW), other than the WW Mining Sale Assets, are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale or credit agreement.
1.6.
None of the material WW Mining Sale Assets is the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale or credit agreement.
1.7.
All material Sale Assets (WW) are free of any and all Encumbrances.
1.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the Disposal of the WW Mining Business, any of the material Sale Assets (WW) (other than the WW Mining Sale Assets) or any other security giving rise to a right or Encumbrance over, or an interest in, the assets of the WW Mining Business other than the WW Mining Sale Assets under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).



247


1.9.
So far as AngloGold is aware, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the Disposal of any of the material WW Mining Sale Assets or any other security giving rise to a right or Encumbrance over, or an interest in, any of the material WW Mining Sale Assets under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.10.
As at the Signature Date, there are no Claims pending or, so far as AngloGold is aware, threatened that are reasonably likely to prohibit or restrain the ability of AngloGold to enter into this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
2.
Accounts
The AGA Accounts in accordance with the basis of preparation as stated therein:
2.1.
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the WW Mining Business and of the profit and loss of the WW Mining Business for the period to which the AGA Accounts relate; and
2.2.
have been prepared in accordance with SAICA Financial Reporting Guides as issued by the Accounting Practices Committee and Financial Reporting Pronouncements as issued by the Financial Reporting Standards Council.
3.
Books and records
The accounting and other records of the WW Mining Business –
3.1.
have been prepared and maintained as required by Law, and will be so kept to the Closing Date, in all material respects;
3.2.
are accurate in all material respects;
3.3.
in respect of the accounting records, show a true and fair view of its trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position; and
3.4.
are in the possession or under the control of AngloGold.
4.
Taxes
No Encumbrance in favour of SARS or any Taxation authority is outstanding over all or any part of the WW Mining Business, and no circumstances exist which allow, or could allow, any Tax authority to exercise any power of sale, mortgage, confiscation, compulsory transfer or other appropriation in respect of all or any part of the WW Mining Business or which could lead to any such charge or security arising in the future.
5.
Financial Obligations



248


As at the Closing Date and other than in the ordinary course of business and those listed in the AGA Accounts, the Data Room and the Disclosure Schedule, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by AngloGold in respect of the WW Mining Business.
6.
Business and Assets
6.1.
General
6.1.1.
The Sale Assets (WW) include all rights (including without limitation, real rights, limited real rights, personal or contractual rights, or otherwise), properties, assets, facilities and services which are held by AngloGold, or to which AngloGold is entitled if and to the extent that they are: (a) used in the WW Mining Business; and (b) necessary for the effective carrying on and continuation of the WW Mining Business as it is carried on by AngloGold as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date.
6.1.2.
Following Closing, AngloGold will have no rights or interests in any contract with any Qualifying Employee in respect of the WW Package.
6.1.3.
None of the Immoveable Properties (WW) are subject to, nor is there agreement to create, any Encumbrance apart from the servitudes, real rights, personal rights and restrictive conditions of title registered against the title deeds of the Immoveable Properties (WW) on Signature Date, and the surface right permits registered in the Mining Titles Office that pertains to the Immoveable Properties (WW) on Signature Date.
6.1.4.
As at the Signature Date, no notice has been received by AngloGold of the intention of any Governmental Entity to expropriate any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or any portion/s thereof nor, so far as AngloGold is aware, is there any intention to expropriate any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or any portion/s thereof by any such Governmental Entity.
6.1.5.
So far as AngloGold is aware, as at the Signature Date, no claims are pending, nor are any claims intended, under the Restitution of Land Rights Act, No. 22 of 1944, as amended, against any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or any portion/s thereof.
6.1.6.
The Sale Assets (WW) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable standards, are in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) and are used exclusively or primarily in connection with the WW Mining Business.
6.1.7.
AngloGold has not for the period of 12 (twelve) months prior to the Signature Date, other than in the ordinary and regular course of business, sold or otherwise



249


Disposed of any asset owned or held by AngloGold which is critical to the operation of the WW Mining Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset.
6.1.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, the Immoveable Properties (WW) and Infrastructure (WW) comprise of all the land and buildings owned by AngloGold in respect of the WW Mining Business.
6.1.9.
The MOD (WW) and the Tailings Storage Facilities (WW) were created prior to 1 May 2004.
6.2.
Title to the Immoveable Properties (WW) and Sale Assets (WW)
6.2.1.
AngloGold is the registered owner of and is entitled to occupy the Immoveable Properties (WW), save in relation to land and buildings forming part of the Immoveable Properties (WW) which are leased to third parties in terms of the lease agreements uploaded to the Data Room and in respect of which the relevant third parties to such lease agreements have the right to occupy same. All lease agreements to which AngloGold is a party as at the Signature Date in respect of the Immoveable Properties (WW) form part of the Data Room Documents.
6.2.2.
None of the Sale Assets (WW) are owned by any Affiliate of AngloGold or any third party.
6.2.3.
AngloGold has not Disposed of any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or Sale Assets (WW), nor has it granted to any third party the right to acquire, either by way of option or right of pre-emption, any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or Sale Assets (WW) or any right or interest therein.
6.2.4.
The Immoveable Properties (WW) are not subject to any servitude, whether personal or praedial, other than the servitudes recorded against the title deeds of the relevant Immoveable Properties (WW), and no agreement will have been entered into whereby any restrictive condition or servitude is to be attached to any of the Immoveable Properties (WW), excluding any servitudes, rights of way, access or similar rights granted in favour of the Purchaser and/or as may be granted by the Purchaser or provided for pursuant to the Agreement or an SLA (WW).
6.2.5.
The use of the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure Q are not subject to any restrictions imposed as a result of the presence of a major hazard installation (as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, No 85 of 1993).



250


6.2.6.
AngloGold has in a manner consistent with past practice, and/or in accordance with the terms and conditions of any settlement, set off or other payment arrangements entered into with the relevant local authority, made all payments in respect of municipal and/or other assessment rates, taxes and other imposts of whatsoever nature in respect of the Immoveable Properties (WW), and all charges in respect of water, sewerage, gas and electricity supplied to or consumed on the Immoveable Properties (WW).
6.2.7.
No person has any right (including any option, preferential right or right of first refusal) to acquire or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of any of the Immoveable Properties (WW) or Sale Assets (WW) other than in terms of the Lease Agreements (WW).
6.2.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure Q and all buildings and erections thereon comply in every material respect with all material Governmental Entities’ requirements relating thereto. So far as AngloGold is aware, it is not under any obligation in terms of any Laws or Governmental Entities' requirements to make any alterations, repairs or additions to the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure Q or to any buildings or erections thereon.  
6.2.9.
AngloGold is the owner of and is entitled to occupy the Immoveable Properties (WW); and sell the Immoveable Properties (WW) to the Purchaser under the Agreement.
7.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to the WW Mining Business is, at the time being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
8.
Contracts
8.1.
AngloGold is not in breach of any material terms of any material contract in respect of the WW Mining Business.
8.2.
AngloGold is not bound to any exclusivity, right of first refusal, restraint of trade or similar arrangement in respect of any contract in respect of the WW Mining Business.
9.
WW Mining Business employees and employee benefits
9.1.
Transferring Employees (WW)



251


9.1.1.
As at the Signature Date, the spreadsheet contained in folders 1.2.3.2.11.0.2 and 1.2.3.2.11.0.3 of the Data Room contains materially complete, accurate and up to date details of –
9.1.1.1.
the total number of the Transferring Employees (WW) including those who are on maternity or other statutory leave or other long-term leave of absence and who have or may have a right to return to work in the WW Mining Business;
9.1.1.2.
the name, date of start of employment, period of continuous employment, salary, bonus entitlements, grade, age of each Transferring Employee (WW), and the immigration controls applicable to each Transferring Employee (WW);
9.1.1.3.
the leave pay accrued to the Transferring Employees (WW) at the Closing Date; and
9.1.1.4.
the hypothetical severance pay amounts that would have been payable to the Transferring Employees (WW) had they been retrenched by AngloGold on the Closing Date.
9.1.2.
All contracts of service of any of the Transferring Employees (WW) are terminable on not more than 3 (three) months’ notice without compensation, other than compensation payable in accordance with the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, No. 75 of 1997, as amended.
9.1.3.
No Transferring Employee (WW) is subject to any secondment arrangements.
9.1.4.
No Transferring Employee (WW) is employed by any Affiliate of AngloGold or any third party.
9.1.5.
None of the Transferring Employees (WW) will become entitled by virtue of their contract of service to any enhancement in or improvement to their remuneration, benefits or terms and conditions of service only by reason of the execution of this Agreement or the completion of the sale and purchase of the VR Remaining Business under or pursuant to this Agreement.
9.1.6.
As at 3 February 2020, AngloGold owes no amount to any of the Transferring Employees (WW) which has not been disclosed in the spreadsheet contained in folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.7.
9.1.7.
AngloGold has maintained up to date, full and accurate records regarding employment of each of the Transferring Employees (WW) (including, without limitation, details of terms of employment, training records, payments of statutory



252


or other payments, income tax and other contributions, disciplinary, grievance, medical or health records and health and safety matters) and termination of employment and all such records will be delivered in accordance with clause 11.1.4 on or before the Closing Date.
9.1.8.
As at the Signature Date: (a) all of the persons listed in Annexure O are Qualifying Employees in respect of the WW Businesses; and (b) there are no Qualifying Employees in respect of the WW Businesses who are not listed in Annexure O and Annexure JJ.
9.2.
Termination of Employment
9.2.1.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, AngloGold has not received written notice of the intention of any employee of AngloGold who holds the role of head of department or any more senior position in respect of the WW Mining Business (the "Key Employees (WW)") to terminate his or her employment or provision of services.
9.2.2.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, AngloGold has not issued written notification to terminate the employment or provision of services of any Key Employees (WW).
9.3.
Employee Representative Bodies
9.3.1.
The Data Room lists all trade unions and employee representative bodies with which AngloGold habitually deals and formally recognises in respect of the WW Mining Business.
9.3.2.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold is not involved in and, so far as AngloGold is aware, no fact or circumstance exists which is likely to give rise to a dispute with a trade union or employee representative body representing any of the Transferring Employees (WW).
9.4.
Collective Bargaining Agreements etc.
Other than national collective bargaining agreements or industry wide collective agreements, the union recognition agreements, collective agreements and other relevant agreements forming part of the Data Room Documents are the only material agreements between AngloGold and any trade unions or representative bodies in respect of the WW Mining Business.
9.5.
Bonus or other Profit-related Schemes



253


All share incentive, share option, profit sharing, bonus or other incentive arrangements applicable to the Transferring Employees (WW) of the WW Mining Business form part of the Data Room Documents.
9.6.
Employee Benefits
9.6.1.
AngloGold has made all contributions which it is obliged to make in respect of the MineWorkers Provident Fund, the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the Old Mutual Superfund Pension Fund ("Retirement Funds") in respect of the Transferring Employees (WW). In respect of those Transferring Employees (WW) that are primary members of a medical scheme arising out of their employment with AngloGold (but specifically excluding those Transferring Employees (WW) that are dependants belonging to their spouses’ medical scheme), AngloGold has made all contributions which it is obliged to make to the Discovery Health Medical Scheme or Bonitas Medical Fund, as the case may be ("Medical Funds").
9.6.2.
All Transferring Employees (WW) are members of at least one of the Retirement Funds.
9.6.3.
The Retirement Funds and the Medical Funds (collectively referred to as the "Funds") are the only schemes to which AngloGold makes, or is liable to make, payments of contributions or premiums for providing retirement, death, disability or life assurance benefits or medical benefits in respect of the Transferring Employees and AngloGold has not provided or promised to provide any such benefits in respect of any such Transferring Employees (WW) except under the Funds.
9.6.4.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no pending, existing or threatened disputes, actions, claims or litigation against AngloGold regarding any actual or alleged non-compliance with applicable Law or actual or alleged breach of contract in respect of any benefit payable under the Funds in respect of any Transferring Employee (WW) and there are no circumstances known to AngloGold which might give rise to any such dispute, action, claims or litigation.
9.6.5.
Save as disclosed under Annexure D and except for the CAWMS Liability and the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise:
9.6.5.1.
as at the Closing Date, there is no unfunded deficit in respect of any future liability of the Funds or any other contractual or post termination benefits to which an employee or former employee of AngloGold is entitled;



254


9.6.5.2.
AngloGold has no obligation to pay or contribute towards or otherwise fund in any way the payment of post-retirement medical aid benefits for any of the Transferring Employees (WW) nor will this transaction trigger or vest any such obligation; and
9.6.5.3.
no Transferring Employee (WW) is entitled or may become entitled before the Closing Date to any form of subsidisation of medical aid contributions or medical expenses upon the termination of their employment for any reason whatsoever.
9.7.
Outstanding undischarged liabilities in relation to the Transferring Employees (WW)
9.7.1.
There is no outstanding undischarged liability to pay any Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction any contribution, taxation or other duty arising in connection with the employment or engagement of any of the Transferring Employees (WW), other than in the ordinary and regular course.
9.7.2.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold has no outstanding liability for breach or termination of an employment contract between it and the Transferring Employees (WW).
9.8.
Employee Loans
Save for loans granted in terms of the policies relating to pay advances and study loans, as disclosed in the Data Room, there are no loans owed by the Transferring Employees (WW) to AngloGold as at the Signature Date.
9.9.
Compliance with employment Laws
9.9.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, there is no investigation or enquiry outstanding by any Governmental Entity or regulatory body in connection with the Transferring Employees (WW) or any former employees or consultants of the WW Mining Business.
9.9.2.
AngloGold, in connection with the WW Mining Business, is not involved in any active, pending or threatened court, tribunal or arbitration proceedings in respect of the Transferring Employees (WW) or any former employees or consultants of AngloGold or their dependants other than in the ordinary and regular course or in relation to the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement and so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no facts or circumstances that are likely to give rise to such proceedings, save as aforesaid.



255


10.
WW Mining Rights
10.1.
On the Closing Date, AngloGold is the lawful holder and sole beneficial owner of the WW Mining Rights which is duly executed, have been registered in the Mining Titles Office, is valid, enforceable and in good standing.
10.2.
No other person has claimed to be entitled to a mining right in respect of all or part of the areas covered by the WW Mining Rights and there is no dispute between AngloGold, the DMRE or Minister or any third party regarding the grant of any of the WW Mining Rights. AngloGold knows no reason that would make the Mining Titles Office refuse to register the Notarial Deeds of Cession.
10.3.
None of the WW Mining Rights have been offered as security to any person nor are they the subject of an Encumbrance which would in any way limit the ability of AngloGold to enter into this Agreement.
10.4.
AngloGold is not aware of, nor has any notice been given of, any actions, suits or legal, administrative or other proceedings or investigations, pending or threatened before any court, agency or other tribunal in respect of the WW Mining Areas or the WW Mining Rights which might adversely affect the WW Mining Areas or the WW Mining Rights.
10.5.
AngloGold is not aware of any pending or contemplated or threatened suspension or cancellation of the WW Mining Rights and is not aware of any facts or circumstances which may give rise to a suspension or cancellation of the WW Mining Rights.
10.6.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold is not aware of any pending or contemplated or threatened suspension or cancellation of the WW Mining Rights and is not aware of any facts or circumstances which may give rise to a suspension or cancellation of the WW Mining Rights.
10.7.
No notice to suspend, cancel or revoke the WW Mining Rights has been received by AngloGold.
11.
Surface Right Permits
So far as AngloGold is aware, no landowner of any property over which the Surface Right Permits (WW) are held, has denied access to AngloGold to conduct the WW Mining Business, or to construct any structures or buildings necessary to carry out these operations and related activities and to carry on and continue the WW Mining Business.
12.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
12.1.
AngloGold has filed all reports and returns which it is required to submit in terms of the MPRDA or in terms of the conditions of the WW Mining Rights and is not in any breach of any condition



256


or requirements of the WW Mining Rights, the MPRDA and the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty (Administration) Act, 2008, among others;
12.2.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which AngloGold is defendant and which is outstanding, and which will have a material adverse effect upon the WW Mining Business;
12.3.
as at the Signature Date, AngloGold does not know of any material non-compliances with, or material contraventions of, nor has it received during the 24 (twenty four) months period prior to the Signature Date written notice from any regulatory authority or Governmental Entity that the premises on and from which AngloGold carries on the WW Mining Business does not materially comply with, any material applicable Laws;
12.4.
AngloGold is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material in respect of the WW Mining Business;
12.5.
no written notice to suspend or revoke any of AngloGold’s Governmental Approvals in respect of the WW Mining Business has been received by AngloGold;
12.6.
AngloGold has not received any written notice during the 12 (twelve) month period preceding the Signature Date from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law, regulation or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case would have a material adverse effect on the WW Mining Business;
12.7.
neither AngloGold nor any member of the Group is a party to any agreement, arrangement, understanding or practice in respect of the WW Mining Business, whether or not legally enforceable which infringes, or has infringed, any applicable competition Law; and
12.8.
no bribe or other corrupt payment was made by any member of the Group or any other Affiliate to any Government Official or any other person during the course of the conduct of the WW Mining Business.
13.
Environment
13.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold has not received written notice from any Environmental Authority during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, of any material non-compliance with Environmental Law in respect of the WW Mining Business that is outstanding as at the Signature Date.
13.2.
AngloGold is conducting the WW Mining Business in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and in particular, AngloGold:



257


13.2.1.
has taken all reasonable measures to prevent and/or remediate any significant pollution or significant degradation of the Environment occurring as a result of the mining operations or emanating from the WW Region; and
13.2.2.
other than closure rehabilitation obligations, does not have any outstanding obligations under any Environmental Law to remedy any Environmental harm, remediate any land, demolish any buildings or structures or to make any alterations, repairs or additions to any immovable property.
13.2.3.
all Environmental Approvals (WW): (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such licences, certificates and permits have been and are complied with by AngloGold and AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why any of them should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.
14.
Insurance
14.1.
All insurance policies in respect of the WW Mining Business have been uploaded to the Data Room.
14.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
15.
Litigation
15.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold is not a party to any litigation, mediation, expropriation or arbitration proceedings (other than as a claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the WW Mining Business.
15.2.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold has not been charged with, nor has AngloGold committed, any crime or been subject to any criminal investigation which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on the WW Mining Business.
15.3.
AngloGold is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
15.4.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such litigation, mediation, expropriation or arbitration that would fall within paragraph 14.1 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against all or any part of the WW Mining Business.
16.
Insolvency



258


The WW Mining Business is not subject to any proceedings in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning the WW Mining Business.
17.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to the WW Mining Business, which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position of (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise of) the Purchasers, of the WW Mining Business.



259






260


Annexure B
Warranties (VR)
Introduction
For purposes of this Annexure B, unless the context indicates differently or otherwise stated:
1.
references to “the Agreement” shall be references to the sale agreement to which this Annexure B is attached;
2.
words and expressions defined in the Agreement shall bear the same meaning in this Annexure B;
3.
the warranties contained in this Annexure B are given by AngloGold in relation to the VR Package on the basis set out in clause 40 of the Agreement; and
4.
where a warranty is qualified with "so far as {an entity} is aware", or any similar expression (whether that entity is AngloGold or any of the WW Companies), it shall mean the actual knowledge of each of any of the following persons in relation to the relevant Warranties: Cindy Chater, Shawn Snell, Johann Snyman, Yusuf Kharbhai, Charl Human, Durant Archery, Raymond Ranta, Moses Modondo, George Trollipe, Gelishan Naidoo, Richard Mack and Vaughn Chamberlain.



261



Annexure B1: FUSA Warranties
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the FUSA Sale Shares and the FUSA Sale Claims and is reflected as the sole registered holder of the FUSA Sale Shares in the securities register of FUSA, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register;
1.1.2.
is entitled to Dispose of the FUSA Sale Shares and the FUSA Sale Claims to the Purchaser; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the FUSA Sale Shares.
1.2.
FUSA is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
FUSA has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The FUSA Sale Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of FUSA, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of FUSA, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right over, or an interest in FUSA under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the FUSA Sale Shares or the FUSA Sale Claims.
2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of FUSA in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by FUSA of its constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the FUSA Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by FUSA under applicable Law are, in all material respects, up to are up to date; in the



262


possession of FUSA in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by FUSA in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the FUSA Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of FUSA's trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
FUSA does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the FUSA Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items
The results shown by the profit and loss account of FUSA for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of FUSA have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.
6.
Financial Obligations
Other than in the ordinary and regular course, including for financial provision for the rehabilitation of the Environment, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by FUSA and FUSA is not party to any loans (other than FUSA Sale Claims), overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.



263


7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by FUSA from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of FUSA.
7.3.
FUSA is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
All assets included or reflected in the FUSA Accounts:
8.1.1.
are (save to the extent otherwise indicated in the FUSA Accounts) legally and beneficially owned by FUSA; and
8.1.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of FUSA and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.
8.2.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.1.1 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.3.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the FUSA Business.
8.4.
The assets relating to the FUSA Business and reflected in the FUSA Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by FUSA and used in the FUSA Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by FUSA or no longer material for the FUSA Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the FUSA Business as it is carried on by Covalent and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The FUSA Business does not materially depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.



264


9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to FUSA and/or the FUSA Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
FUSA is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$5 000 000 (five million Dollars).
10.2.
FUSA is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
There are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and FUSA on the other.
10.4.
FUSA is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
FUSA is not a party to any forward sale agreements which endure for a period longer than 12 (twelve) months.
10.6.
No other material contracts are required for the running of the FUSA Business other than the contracts to which FUSA is a party.
11.
Joint Ventures etc.
FUSA is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which FUSA has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the FUSA Business.
12.
FUSA Employees
FUSA currently has no employees. Those employees of the Group working in the FUSA Business are AngloGold employees.
13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which FUSA is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or



265


review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the FUSA Business;
13.2.
FUSA is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the FUSA Business;
13.3.
FUSA has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) months period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of FUSA, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the FUSA Business; and
13.4.
all material Governmental Approvals required by FUSA for the carrying on or conduct of the FUSA Business: (i) have been duly obtained and continue to be held by FUSA in accordance with all applicable Laws; and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect.
14.
Insurance
14.1.
As at the Signature Date, all insurance policies in respect of FUSA have been uploaded to the Data Room.
14.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
15.
Litigation
15.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, FUSA is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on FUSA.
15.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, FUSA is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on FUSA.
15.3.
FUSA is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
15.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, FUSA has not been charged with, nor has FUSA committed, any crime or been subject to any criminal investigation (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.



266


15.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 16.1, 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against FUSA.
16.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning FUSA.
17.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to FUSA and which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position of (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise of) the Purchasers, of the FUSA Sale Equity.




267



Annexure B2: MWS
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
FUSA –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of MWS, which have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid (the "MWS Shares");
1.1.2.
is reflected as the sole registered holder of the MWS Shares in the securities register of MWS, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the MWS Shares.
1.2.
MWS is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
MWS has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The MWS Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of MWS, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of MWS, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right over, or an interest in MWS under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the MWS Shares.
1.7.
Other than Chemwes, MWS has no Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity interest in any other entity.



268


2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of MWS in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by MWS of its constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the MWS Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by MWS under applicable Law are, in all material respects, up to date, in the possession of MWS in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by MWS in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the MWS Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of MWS's trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
MWS does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the MWS Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items
The results shown by the profit and loss account of MWS for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of MWS have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.



269


6.
Financial Obligations
Other than in the ordinary and regular course, including for financial provision for the rehabilitation of the Environment, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by MWS and MWS is not party to any loans (other than FUSA Sale Claims), overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.
7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by MWS from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) years period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of MWS.
7.3.
MWS is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) years period prior to the Signature Date been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, MWS’s only assets are the shares it holds in Chemwes and the following licences (the "MWS Licences"), namely:
8.1.1.
the NEMA Authorisation, as amended, contained in folder 1.3.5.4.1 of the Data Room; and
8.1.2.
the NNRA Certificate contained in folder 1.3.5.6.2 of the Data Room.
8.2.
The MWS Licences: (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws; and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such licences, certificates and permit have been and are complied with by AngloGold and AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why, any of them should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.
8.3.
All assets included or reflected in the MWS Accounts:
8.3.1.
are legally and beneficially owned by MWS; and
8.3.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of MWS and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.



270


8.4.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.3 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.5.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the MWS Business.
8.6.
The assets relating to the MWS Business and reflected in the MWS Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by MWS and used in the MWS Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by MWS or no longer material for the MWS Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the MWS Business as it is carried on by MWS and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The MWS Business does not materially depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.
9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to MWS and/or the MWS Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
MWS is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$5 000 000 (five million Dollars).
10.2.
MWS is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
There are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and MWS on the other.
10.4.
MWS is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
MWS is not a party to any forward sale agreements which endure for a period longer than 12 (twelve) months.
10.6.
No other material contracts are required for the running of the MWS Business other than the contracts to which MWS is a party.



271


11.
Joint Ventures etc.
MWS is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which MWS has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the MWS Business.
12.
MWS Employees
MWS currently has no employees. Those employees of the Group working in the MWS Business are AngloGold employees.
13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which MWS is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the MWS Business;
13.2.
MWS is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the MWS Business;
13.3.
MWS has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of MWS, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the MWS Business; and
13.4.
all material Governmental Approvals (including, without limitation, from DWS) required by MWS for the carrying on or conduct of the MWS Business (i) have been duly obtained and continue to be held by MWS in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect.
14.
Environment
So far as AngloGold is aware –
14.1.
MWS has not received written notice from any Environmental Authority during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date of any material non-compliance (including, without limitation, conduct or incidents that potentially threatened, in a significant manner, the Environment or human health or safety) with Environmental Law that is outstanding as at the Signature Date; and



272


14.2.
all material Environmental Approvals required by MWS for the carrying on or conduct of the MWS Business (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such material Environmental Approvals (VR) have been and are complied with by MWS, and, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why, any Environmental Approval (VR) should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.
15.
Insurance
15.1.
As at the Signature Date, all insurance policies in respect of MWS have been uploaded to the Data Room.
15.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
16.
Litigation
16.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, MWS is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on MWS.
16.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, MWS is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on MWS.
16.3.
MWS is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
16.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, MWS has not been charged with, nor has MWS committed, any crime or been subject to any criminal investigation (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
16.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 16.1, 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against MWS.
17.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning MWS.
18.
Disclosure



273


AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to MWS which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position of (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise of) the Purchasers, of the MWS Shares.





274



Annexure B3: Chemwes
1.
Corporate Information
1.1.
MWS –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of Chemwes, which have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid (the "Chemwes Shares");
1.1.2.
is reflected as the sole registered holder of the Chemwes Shares in the securities register of Chemwes, and no person has any right to obtain an order for the rectification of such register; and
1.1.3.
has the right to exercise all voting and other rights over the Chemwes Shares.
1.2.
Chemwes is duly incorporated in South Africa as a profit company with limited liability, and no steps have been taken in respect of its deregistration in terms of section 82(3) of the Companies Act.
1.3.
Chemwes has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as presently conducted.
1.4.
The Chemwes Shares comprise 100% (one hundred percent) of the total issued and allotted shares of Chemwes, have been properly and validly issued and allotted and are each fully paid.
1.5.
Other than as set out in the memorandum of incorporation of Chemwes, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the allotment, conversion, issue, registration, sale or transfer, amortisation, redemption or repayment of any share or loan capital or any other security giving rise to a right over, or an interest in, the capital of Chemwes under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.6.
There are no Encumbrances on the Chemwes Shares.
1.7.
Chemwes has no Subsidiaries and does not hold any equity in any other entity.
2.
Constitutional Documents, Corporate Registers and Minute Books
2.1.
The memorandum of incorporation, certificate to commence business and certificate of incorporation of Chemwes in the Data Room are true, accurate and up to date copies and include all amendments thereto to date, all of which amendments were duly made in terms of the Companies Act and there have not been and are not any breaches by Chemwes of its



275


constitutional documents which would have a material adverse effect on the Chemwes Business.
2.2.
The registers, statutory books, minute books and books of account required to be maintained by Chemwes under applicable Law, in all material respects, are up to date, in the possession of Chemwes in terms of section 25 of the Companies Act; and properly completed in accordance with the applicable Law.
2.3.
All filings, publications, registrations and other formalities required by applicable Law to be delivered or made by Chemwes in South Africa have been duly delivered.
3.
Accounts
As at the Signature Date, the Chemwes Accounts –
3.1.
show a true and fair view of Chemwes's trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position;
3.2.
comply with the requirements of the Companies Act, to the extent applicable to management accounts; and
3.3.
are accurate in all material respects.
4.
No Undisclosed Liabilities
Chemwes does not have any material liabilities of any kind (including, for the avoidance of doubt, off statement of financial position liabilities) that would have been required to be reflected in, reserved against or otherwise described in the Chemwes Accounts in accordance with IFRS and were not so reflected, reserved against or described.
5.
Extraordinary and exceptional items
The results shown by the profit and loss account of Chemwes for each of the past 3 (three) financial years of Chemwes have not (except as disclosed in those accounts) been affected by an extraordinary, exceptional or non-recurring item or by another fact or circumstance making the profit or loss for a period covered by any of those accounts unusually high or low.
6.
Financial Obligations
Other than in the ordinary and regular course, including for financial provision for the rehabilitation of the Environment, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by Chemwes and Chemwes is not party to any loans (other than FUSA Sale Claims), overdraft, indebtedness or other financial facilities.



276


7.
Taxes
7.1.
All returns that may have become due by Chemwes from time to time under any Law administered by the SARS Commissioner have been duly made.
7.2.
During the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, the SARS Commissioner has not reopened any existing Tax assessment in respect of Chemwes.
7.3.
Chemwes is not: (i) and has not at any time during the 3 (three) year period prior to the Signature Date, been in material breach of any Law relating to Tax; or (ii) liable to pay any penalty or interest in connection with any claim for Tax.
8.
Assets
8.1.
All assets included or reflected in the Chemwes Accounts:
8.1.1.
are legally (save to the extent otherwise indicated in the Chemwes Accounts) and beneficially owned by Chemwes; and
8.1.2.
are, where capable of possession, in the possession or under the control of Chemwes and, so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no circumstances which might result in any Governmental Entity expropriating any such assets.
8.2.
None of the assets contemplated in paragraph 8.1.1 are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale, instalment, lease, hire-purchase or credit agreement and all such assets are free of any and all Encumbrances.
8.3.
No person has any right (whether pursuant to any option, preferential right or right of first refusal or otherwise) to purchase or acquire (whether as security or otherwise) or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of or used in any of the assets of the Chemwes Business.
8.4.
The assets relating to the Chemwes Business and reflected in the Chemwes Accounts comprise all the assets which: (i) are owned by Chemwes and used in the Chemwes Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset owned by Chemwes or no longer material for the Chemwes Business, and (ii) are necessary to carry on and continue the Chemwes Business as it is carried on by Chemwes and AngloGold, as applicable, as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date. The Chemwes Business does not materially depend on the use of any assets owned by, or facilities provided by, AngloGold or any Affiliate, or any other third party, which are not being acquired by the Purchasers under this Agreement.
8.5.
The material assets, as reflected in the Chemwes Accounts, or to the extent replaced, an equivalent asset, relating to the Chemwes Business have been maintained in accordance with



277


reasonable standards, are in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) and are used exclusively in connection with the Chemwes Business.
9.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all material information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to Chemwes and/or the Chemwes Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
10.
Contracts
10.1.
Chemwes is not a party to or subject to any contract in respect of which the consideration payable or receivable will exceed US$5 000 000 (five million Dollars).
10.2.
Chemwes is not a party to or subject to any contract, agreement, dealings or similar arrangements with a Designated Party.
10.3.
There are no agreements or arrangements (other than agreements or arrangements referred to or contemplated in this Agreement) between AngloGold or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and Chemwes on the other.
10.4.
Chemwes is not in breach of any material terms of the contracts contemplated in paragraph 10.1 above.
10.5.
Chemwes is not a party to any forward sale agreements which endure for a period longer than 12 (twelve) months.
10.6.
No other material contracts are required for the running of the Chemwes Business other than the contracts to which Chemwes is a party.
11.
Joint Ventures etc.
Chemwes is not, nor has it agreed to become, a member of any joint venture, consortium, partnership or other unincorporated association (other than a recognised trade association in relation to which Chemwes has no liability or obligation except for the payment of annual subscription or membership fees) which is material to the Chemwes Business.
12.
Chemwes Employees
Chemwes currently has no employees. Those employees of the Group working in the Chemwes Business are AngloGold employees.



278


13.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –
13.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which Chemwes is defendant and which is outstanding and is not subject to a further right of appeal or review and which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect upon the Chemwes Business;
13.2.
Chemwes is in substantial compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material to the Chemwes Business;
13.3.
Chemwes has not received any written notice, during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law or regulation on the part of Chemwes, or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case will have an effect on the Chemwes Business; and
13.4.
all material Governmental Approvals (including, without limitation, from DWS) required by Chemwes for the carrying on or conduct of the Chemwes Business (i) have been duly obtained and continue to be held by Chemwes in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect.
14.
Environment
So far as AngloGold is aware –
14.1.
Chemwes has not received written notice from any Environmental Authority during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date of any material non-compliance (including, without limitation, conduct or incidents that potentially threatened, in a significant manner, the Environment or human health or safety) with Environmental Law that is outstanding as at the Signature Date; and
14.2.
all material Environmental Approvals required by Chemwes for the carrying on or conduct of the Chemwes Business (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such material Environmental Approvals (VR) have been and are complied with by Chemwes, and, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why, any Environmental Approval (VR) should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.



279


15.
Insurance
15.1.
As at the Signature Date, all insurance policies in respect of Chemwes have been uploaded to the Data Room.
15.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
16.
Litigation
16.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Chemwes is not a party to any claims, actions, demands, written proceedings, litigation, summons or subpoena or arbitration (other than as claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on Chemwes.
16.2.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, Chemwes is not a party to any investigation which will, or could reasonably, have a material adverse effect on Chemwes.
16.3.
Chemwes is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.
16.4.
So far as AngloGold is aware, Chemwes has not been charged with, nor has Chemwes committed, any crime or been subject to any criminal investigation (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
16.5.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such Claim that would fall within paragraphs 16.1, 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against Chemwes.



280


17.
Insolvency
Other than frivolous or vexatious proceedings, there are no current or pending proceedings, and no petition has been presented or resolution passed or order granted or other step taken in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning Chemwes.
18.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to Chemwes which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position of (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise of) the Purchasers, of the Chemwes Shares.






281


1.1.1    
Annexure B4: VR Remaining Business Warranties
1.
Title
1.1.
AngloGold –
1.1.1.
is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Sale Assets (VR); and
1.1.2.
has full and unrestricted right, title and authority to Dispose of all of the full legal and beneficial rights, title and interests of and to the Sale Assets (VR) to the Purchaser, to the exclusion of all others, on and with effect from the Closing Date.
1.2.
No person has any present or future right or option or right of first refusal over all or any part of the VR Remaining Business other than the VR Remaining Sale Assets.
1.3.
No person has any present or future right or option or right of first refusal over all or any part of the material VR Remaining Sale Assets.
1.4.
As at Closing Date, there will not be any Encumbrance over all or substantially all of the Sale Assets (VR);
1.5.
None of the Sale Assets (VR), other than the VR Remaining Sale Assets, are the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale or credit agreement.
1.6.
None of the material VR Remaining Sale Assets is the subject of any factoring arrangement, conditional sale or credit agreement.
1.7.
All material Sale Assets (VR) are free of any and all Encumbrances.
1.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the Disposal of the VR Remaining Business, any of the material Sale Assets (VR) (other than the VR Remaining Sale Assets) or any other security giving rise to a right or Encumbrance over, or an interest in, the assets of VR Remaining Business other than the VR Remaining Sale Assets under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).
1.9.
So far as AngloGold is aware, no person has the right (whether exercisable now or in the future and whether contingent or not) to call for the Disposal of any of the material VR Remaining Assets or any other security giving rise to a right or Encumbrance over, or an interest in, any of the material VR Remaining Assets under any option, agreement or other arrangement (including conversion rights and rights of pre-emption).





1.10.
As at the Signature Date, there are no Claims pending or, so far as AngloGold is aware, threatened that are reasonably likely to prohibit or restrain the ability of AngloGold to enter into this Agreement or consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
2.
Accounts
The AGA Accounts in accordance with the basis of preparation as stated therein:
2.1.
give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the VR Remaining Business and of the profit and loss of the VR Remaining Business for the period to which the AGA Accounts relate; and
2.2.
have been prepared in accordance with SAICA Financial Reporting Guides as issued by the Accounting Practices Committee and Financial Reporting Pronouncements as issued by the Financial Reporting Standards Council.
3.
Books and records
The accounting and other records of the VR Remaining Business –
3.1.
have been prepared and maintained as required by Law, and will be so kept to the Closing Date, in all material respects;
3.2.
are accurate in all material respects;
3.3.
in respect of the accounting records, show a true and fair view of its trading transactions and its financial, contractual and trading position; and
3.4.
are in the possession or under the control of AngloGold.
4.
Taxes
No Encumbrance in favour of SARS or any Taxation authority is outstanding over all or any part of the VR Remaining Business, and no circumstances exist which allow, or could allow, any Tax authority to exercise any power of sale, mortgage, confiscation, compulsory transfer or other appropriation in respect of all or any part of the VR Remaining Business or which could lead to any such charge or security arising in the future.
5.
Financial Obligations
As at the Closing Date, and other than in the ordinary course of business and those listed in the AGA Accounts, the Data Room and the Disclosure Schedule, there is no outstanding guarantee, indemnity, suretyship or security given by AngloGold in respect of the VR Remaining Business.





6.
Business and Assets
6.1.
General
6.1.1.
The Sale Assets (VR) include all rights (including without limitation, real rights, limited real rights, personal or contractual rights, or otherwise), properties, assets, facilities and services which are held by AngloGold, or to which AngloGold is entitled, if and to the extent that they are: (a) used in the VR Remaining Business; and (b) necessary for the effective carrying on and continuation of the VR Remaining Business as it is carried on by AngloGold as at the Signature Date and the 12 (twelve) months preceding the Signature Date.
6.1.2.
Following Closing, AngloGold will have no rights or interests in any contract with any Qualifying Employee in respect of the VR Package.
6.1.3.
None of the Immoveable Properties (VR) are subject to, nor is there agreement to create, any Encumbrance apart from the servitudes, real rights, personal rights and restrictive conditions of title registered against the title deeds of the Immoveable Properties (VR) on Signature Date, and the surface right permits registered in the Mining Titles Office that pertains to the Immoveable Properties (VR) on Signature Date.
6.1.4.
As at the Signature Date, no notice has been received by AngloGold of the intention of any Governmental Entity to expropriate any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or any portion/s thereof nor, so far as AngloGold is aware, is there any intention to expropriate any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or any portion/s thereof by any such Governmental Entity.
6.1.5.
So far as AngloGold is aware, as at the Signature Date, no claims are pending, nor are any claims intended, under the Restitution of Land Rights Act, No. 22 of 1944, as amended, against any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or any portion/s thereof.
6.1.6.
The Sale Assets (VR) have been maintained in accordance with reasonable standards, are in working condition for their purpose (fair wear and tear excepted) and used exclusively or primarily in connection with the VR Remaining Business.
6.1.7.
AngloGold has not for the period of 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, other than in the ordinary and regular course of business, sold or otherwise Disposed of any asset owned or held by AngloGold which is critical to the operation of the VR Remaining Business, except to the extent replaced with an equivalent asset.





6.1.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, the Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR) comprise of all the land and buildings owned by AngloGold in respect of the VR Remaining Business.
6.1.9.
The MOD (VR) and the Tailings Storage Facilities (VR) were created prior to 1 May 2004.
6.2.
Title to the Immoveable Properties (VR) and Sale Assets (VR)
6.2.1.
AngloGold is the registered owner of and is entitled to occupy the Immoveable Properties (VR), save in relation to land and buildings forming part of the Immoveable Properties (VR) which are leased to third parties in terms of the lease agreements uploaded to the Data Room and in respect of which the relevant third parties to such lease agreements have the right to occupy same. All lease agreements to which AngloGold is a party as at the Signature Date in respect of the Immoveable Properties (VR) form part of the Data Room Documents.
6.2.2.
None of the Sale Assets (VR) are owned by any Affiliate of AngloGold or any third party.
6.2.3.
AngloGold has not Disposed of any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or Sale Assets (VR), nor has it granted to any third party the right to acquire, either by way of option or right of pre-emption, any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or Sale Assets (VR) or any right or interest therein.
6.2.4.
The Immoveable Properties (VR) are not subject to any servitude, whether personal or praedial, other than the servitudes recorded against the title deeds of the relevant Immoveable Properties (VR), and no agreement will have been entered into whereby any restrictive condition or servitude is to be attached to any of the Immoveable Properties (VR), excluding any servitudes, rights of way, access or similar rights granted in favour of the Purchaser and/or as may be granted by the Purchaser or provided for pursuant to the Agreement or an SLA (VR).
6.2.5.
The use of the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure R are not subject to any restrictions imposed as a result of the presence of a major hazard installation (as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, No 85 of 1993).
6.2.6.
AngloGold has in a manner consistent with past practice, and/or in accordance with the terms and conditions of any settlement, set off or other payment arrangements entered into with the relevant local authority, made all payments in respect of municipal and/or other assessment rates, taxes and other imposts of whatsoever nature in respect of the Immoveable Properties (VR), and all charges





in respect of water, sewerage, gas and electricity supplied to or consumed on the Immoveable Properties (VR).
6.2.7.
No person has any right (including any option, preferential right or right of first refusal) to acquire or claim delivery, ownership or transfer or the use, occupation, possession or enjoyment of any of the Immoveable Properties (VR) or Sale Assets (VR) other than in terms of the Lease Agreements (VR).
6.2.8.
So far as AngloGold is aware, the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure R and all buildings and erections thereon comply in every material respect with all material Governmental Entities’ requirements relating thereto. So far as AngloGold is aware, it is not under any obligation in terms of any Laws or Governmental Entities' requirements to make any alterations, repairs or additions to the freehold residential properties listed in Annexure R or to any buildings or erections thereon.  
6.2.9.
AngloGold is the owner of and is entitled to occupy the Immoveable Properties (VR) and sell the Immoveable Properties (VR) to the Purchaser under the Agreement.
7.
Data Room
AngloGold has taken reasonable steps to ensure that all information uploaded in the Data Room in relation to the VR Remaining Business is, at the time of being uploaded, true, accurate and complete in all material respects.
8.
Contracts
8.1.
AngloGold is not in breach of any material terms of any material contract in respect of the VR Remaining Business.
8.2.
AngloGold is not bound to any exclusivity, right of first refusal, restraint of trade or similar arrangement in respect of any contract in respect of the VR Remaining Business.
9.
VR Remaining Business employees and employee benefits
9.1.
Transferring Employees (VR)
9.1.1.
As at the Signature Date, the spreadsheet contained in folders 1.3.3.2.11.0.1 and 1.2.3.2.11.0.2 of the Data Room contains materially complete, accurate and up to date details of –
9.1.1.1.
the total number of the Transferring Employees (VR) including those who are on maternity or other statutory leave or other long-term leave





of absence and who have or may have a right to return to work in the VR Remaining Business;
9.1.1.2.
the name, date of start of employment, period of continuous employment, salary, bonus entitlements, grade, age of each Transferring Employee (VR), and the immigration controls applicable to each Transferring Employee (VR);
9.1.1.3.
the leave pay accrued to the Transferring Employees (VR) at the Closing Date; and
9.1.1.4.
the hypothetical severance pay amounts that would have been payable to the Transferring Employees (VR) had they been retrenched by AngloGold on the Closing Date.
9.1.2.
All contracts of service of any of the Transferring Employees (VR) are terminable on not more than 3 (three) months’ notice without compensation, other than compensation payable in accordance with the Basic Conditions of Employment Act, No. 75 of 1997, as amended.
9.1.3.
No Transferring Employee (VR) is subject to any secondment arrangements.
9.1.4.
No Transferring Employee (VR) is employed by any Affiliate of AngloGold or any third party.
9.1.5.
None of the Transferring Employees (VR) will become entitled by virtue of their contract of service to any enhancement in or improvement to their remuneration, benefits or terms and conditions of service only by reason of the execution of this Agreement or the completion of the sale and purchase of the VR Remaining Business under or pursuant to this Agreement.
9.1.6.
As at 3 February 2020, AngloGold owes no amount to any of the Transferring Employees (VR) which has not been disclosed in the spreadsheet contained in folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.7.
9.1.7.
AngloGold has maintained up to date, full and accurate records regarding employment of each of the Transferring Employees (VR) (including, without limitation, details of terms of employment, training records, payments of statutory or other payments, income tax and other contributions, disciplinary, grievance, medical or health records and health and safety matters) and termination of employment and all such records will be delivered in accordance with clause 11.1.4 on or before the Closing Date.





9.1.8.
As at the Signature Date, (i) all of the persons listed in Annexure P are Qualifying Employees in respect of the VR Businesses, and (ii) there are no Qualifying Employees in respect of the VR Businesses who are not listed in Annexure P and Annexure II.
9.2.
Termination of Employment
9.2.1.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, AngloGold has not received written notice of the intention of any employee of AngloGold who holds the role of head of department or any more senior position in respect of the VR Remaining Business (the "Key Employees (VR)") to terminate his or her employment or provision of services.
9.2.2.
During the 90 (ninety) calendar day period prior to the Signature Date, AngloGold has not issued written notification to terminate the employment or provision of services of any Key Employees (VR).
9.3.
Employee Representative Bodies
9.3.1.
The Data Room lists all trade unions and employee representative bodies with which AngloGold habitually deals and formally recognises in respect of the VR Remaining Business.
9.3.2.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold is not involved in and, so far as AngloGold is aware, no fact or circumstance exists which is likely to give rise to a dispute with a trade union or employee representative body representing any of the Transferring Employees (VR).
9.4.
Collective Bargaining Agreements etc.
Other than national collective bargaining agreements or industry wide collective agreements, the union recognition agreements, collective agreements and other relevant agreements forming part of the Data Room Documents are the only material agreements between AngloGold and any trade unions or representative bodies in respect of the VR Remaining Business.
9.5.
Bonus or other Profit-related Schemes
All share incentive, share option, profit sharing, bonus or other incentive arrangements applicable to the Transferring Employees (VR) of the VR Remaining Business form part of the Data Room Documents.
9.6.
Employee Benefits
9.6.1.
AngloGold has made all contributions which it is obliged to make in respect of the MineWorkers Provident Fund, the Sentinel Retirement Fund and the Old Mutual





Superfund Pension Fund ("Retirement Funds") in respect of the Transferring Employees (VR). In respect of those Transferring Employees (VR) that are primary members of a medical scheme arising out of their employment with AngloGold (but specifically excluding those Transferring Employees (VR) that are dependants belonging to their spouses’ medical scheme), AngloGold has made all contributions which it is obliged to make to the Discovery Health Medical Scheme or Bonitas Medical Fund, as the case may be ("Medical Funds").
9.6.2.
All Transferring Employees (VR) are members of at least one of the Retirement Funds.
9.6.3.
The Retirement Funds and the Medical Funds (collectively referred to as the "Funds") are the only schemes to which AngloGold makes, or is liable to make, payments of contributions or premiums for providing retirement, death, disability or life assurance benefits or medical benefits in respect of the Transferring Employees and AngloGold has not provided or promised to provide any such benefits in respect of any such Transferring Employees (VR) except under the Funds.
9.6.4.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no pending, existing or threatened disputes, actions, claims or litigation against AngloGold regarding any actual or alleged non-compliance with applicable Law or actual or alleged breach of contract in respect of any benefit payable under the Funds in respect of any Transferring Employee (VR) and there are no circumstances known to AngloGold which might give rise to any such dispute, action, claims or litigation.
9.6.5.
Save for as disclosed under Annexure E and except for the CAWMS Liability and the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise:
9.6.5.1.
as at the Closing Date there is no unfunded deficit in respect of any future liability of the Funds or any other contractual or post termination benefits to which an employee or former employee of AngloGold is entitled;
9.6.5.2.
AngloGold has no obligation to pay or contribute towards or otherwise fund in any way the payment of post-retirement medical aid benefits for any of the Transferring Employees (VR) nor will this transaction trigger or vest any such obligation; and
9.6.5.3.
no Transferring Employee (VR) is entitled or may become entitled before the Closing Date to any form of subsidisation of medical aid contributions or medical expenses upon the termination of their employment for any reason whatsoever.





9.7.
Outstanding undischarged liabilities in relation to the Transferring Employees (VR)
9.7.1.
There is no outstanding undischarged liability to pay any Governmental Entity in any jurisdiction any contribution, taxation or other duty arising in connection with the employment or engagement of any of the Transferring Employees (VR), other than in the ordinary and regular course.
9.7.2.
As at the Signature Date, AngloGold has no outstanding liability for breach or termination of an employment contract between it and the Transferring Employees (VR).
9.8.
Employee Loans
Save for loans granted in terms of the policies relating to pay advances and study loans, as disclosed in the Data Room, there are no loans owed by the Transferring Employees (VR) to AngloGold as at the Signature Date.
9.9.
Compliance with employment Laws
9.9.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, there is no investigation or enquiry outstanding by any Governmental Entity or regulatory body in connection with the Transferring Employees (VR) or any former employees or consultants of the VR Remaining Business.
9.9.2.
AngloGold, in connection with the VR Remaining Business, is not involved in any active, pending or threatened court, tribunal or arbitration proceedings in respect of the Transferring Employees (VR) or any former employees or consultants of AngloGold or their dependants other than in the ordinary and regular course or in relation to the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement and so far as AngloGold is aware, there are no facts or circumstances that are likely to give rise to such proceedings, save as aforesaid.
10.
Surface Right Permits
So far as AngloGold is aware, no landowner of any property over which the Surface Right Permits (VR) are held, has denied access to AngloGold to conduct the VR Remaining Business or to construct any structures or buildings necessary to carry out these operations and related activities and to carry on and continue the VR Remaining Business.
11.
Compliance with Laws
So far as AngloGold is aware –





11.1.
there is no order, decree, decision or judgment of, any court, tribunal or arbitrator in which AngloGold is defendant and which is outstanding and which will have a material adverse effect upon the VR Remaining Business;
11.2.
as at the Signature Date, AngloGold does not know of any material non-compliances with, or material contraventions of, nor has it received during the 24 (twenty four) month period prior to the Signature Date written notice from any regulatory authority or Governmental Entity that the premises on and from which AngloGold carries on the VR Remaining Business does not materially comply with, any material applicable Laws;
11.3.
AngloGold is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws which are material in respect of the VR Remaining Business;
11.4.
no written notice to suspend or revoke any of AngloGold’s Governmental Approvals in respect of the VR Remaining Business has been received by AngloGold;
11.5.
AngloGold has not received any written notice during the last 12 (twelve) month period preceding the Signature Date from any court, tribunal, arbitrator, Governmental Entity or regulatory body with respect to, any violation of and/or failure to comply with any applicable Law, regulation or requiring it to take or omit any action which in any case would have a material adverse effect on the VR Remaining Business;
11.6.
neither AngloGold nor any member of the Group is a party to any agreement, arrangement, understanding or practice in respect of the VR Remaining Business, whether or not legally enforceable which infringes, or has infringed, any applicable competition Law; and
11.7.
no bribe or other corrupt payment was made by any member of the Group or any other Affiliate to any Government Official or any other person during the course of the conduct of the VR Remaining Business.
12.
Environment
12.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold has not received written notice from any Environmental Authority during the 12 (twelve) month period prior to the Signature Date, of any material non-compliance with Environmental Law in respect of the VR Remaining Business that is outstanding at the Signature Date.





12.2.
AngloGold is conducting the VR Remaining Business in material compliance with all Environmental Laws, and in particular, AngloGold:
12.2.1.
has taken all reasonable measures to prevent and/or remediate any significant pollution or significant degradation of the Environment occurring as a result of the mining operations or emanating from the VR Region; and
12.2.2.
other than closure rehabilitation obligations, does not have any outstanding obligations under any Environmental Law to remedy any Environmental harm, remediate any land, demolish any buildings or structures or to make any alterations, repairs or additions to any immovable property.
12.2.3.
all Environmental Approvals (VR): (i) have been duly obtained in accordance with all applicable Laws, and (ii) are valid and subsisting in full force and effect. All material terms and/or conditions applicable to any such licences, certificates and permits have been and are complied with by AngloGold and AngloGold has no knowledge of any reason why, any of them should be suspended, cancelled, revoked or adversely varied.
13.
Insurance
13.1.
All insurance policies in respect of VR Remaining Business have been uploaded to the Data Room.
13.2.
All premiums payable to date in respect of the aforesaid insurance policies have been paid.
14.
Litigation
14.1.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold is not a party to any litigation, mediation, expropriation or arbitration proceedings (other than as a claimant in the collection of debts arising in the ordinary and regular course) which would be likely to have a material adverse effect on VR Remaining Business.
14.2.
So far as AngloGold is aware, AngloGold has not been charged with, nor has AngloGold committed, any crime or, been subject to any criminal investigation (which crime carries a minimum fine of ZAR 5 000 000 (five million Rand) or a penalty of imprisonment without the option of a fine) or been subject to any criminal investigation in respect of such a crime.
14.3.
AngloGold is not in default under or with respect to any judgement, order or award, interdict, decree or any similar pronouncement of any court or other similar tribunal (including administrative authority or body) having jurisdiction in respect of them.





14.4.
As at the Signature Date and so far as AngloGold is aware, no such litigation, mediation, expropriation or arbitration that would fall within paragraph 14.1 above is pending or threatened in writing by or against all or any part of the VR Remaining Business.
15.
Insolvency
The VR Remaining Business is not subject to any proceedings in relation to any compromise or arrangement with creditors or any business rescue, winding up, bankruptcy, liquidation or other insolvency proceedings concerning VR Remaining Business.
16.
Disclosure
AngloGold has disclosed to the Purchasers in writing (prior to the Signature Date) all material facts and circumstances relating to the VR Remaining Business and which, as at the Signature Date, AngloGold is aware of. For the purposes of the foregoing "material facts" shall mean those facts which would be material to a reasonable purchaser, in the position of (and collectively having all of the skills, knowledge and expertise of) the Purchasers, of the VR Remaining Business.














Annexure C
Limitations of Liability
1.
Time limitation for claims
1.1.
AngloGold shall not be liable for any Claim for a breach of any Warranty which breach has not been remedied by the relevant cure periods as provided for in the Agreement (the "Purchaser Claim"), unless the relevant Purchaser:
1.1.1.
has notified AngloGold in writing (the "Claim Notice") no later than 60 (sixty) calendar days after the relevant Purchaser first becomes aware of the circumstances giving rise to such Purchaser Claim, including the information required to be included in a Claim Notice in terms of paragraph 1.1.1.1 and 1.1.1.2. The Claim Notice must provide:
1.1.1.1.
reasonable detail of the Purchaser Claim, the specific grounds therefor and the amount of any loss and/or anticipated loss; and
1.1.1.2.
the specific breach under the Agreement in respect of which it is based; and
1.1.2.
delivers the Claim Notice to AngloGold within 18 (eighteen) months after the Closing Date.
1.2.
Upon receipt of a Claim Notice by AngloGold, AngloGold shall notify the Purchaser thereof within 2 (two) months of receipt of the relevant Claim Notice (the "Response Notice") to the extent that it accepts it is liable as contemplated under the Claim Notice. Pending the Response Notice, the Purchaser shall not be entitled to institute any further process in respect of the relevant Purchaser Claim. If the Response Notice is not delivered during the aforementioned 2 (two) month time period, then AngloGold shall be deemed to have disputed the relevant Purchaser Claim referred to in the Claim Notice and shall have no liability in respect of the relevant Purchaser Claim (the "Disputed Claim") unless the Purchaser has instituted legal or arbitration proceedings in respect of any Disputed Claim within: (a) 12 (twelve) months of the expiry of the aforementioned 2 (two) month time period if the relevant Purchaser Claim involves a third party claim asserted by any third party; or (b) 9 (nine) months of the expiry of the aforementioned 2 (two) month time period in any other case.
2.
Minimum Claims and Maximum Liability
2.1.
Notwithstanding the warranties and indemnities given by AngloGold, no liability shall attach to AngloGold in relation to any Purchaser Claims –
2.1.1.
which, taking into account any reduction in terms of clauses 23.2 and 41.2 of the Agreement, individually is less than an amount equal to USD500 000 (five hundred thousand Dollars), provided that when such individual Purchaser Claim exceeds





the said amount, AngloGold shall, subject to paragraph 2.2, be liable for the full amount of such Purchaser Claim and not only for the amount in excess of the said amount;
2.1.2.
which, taking into account any reduction in terms of clauses 23.2 and 41.2 of the Agreement, are less than an amount equal to USD2 000 000 (two million Dollars), provided that when such aggregate Purchaser Claims exceed the said amount, AngloGold shall, subject to paragraph 2.2, be liable for the full amount of such Purchaser Claims and not only for the amount in excess of the said amount; and
2.1.3.
which:
2.1.3.1.
in relation to a breach by AngloGold of the warranties set out in paragraph 1.6 of Annexure A1, paragraph 1.4 of Annexure A4, paragraph 1.6 of Annexure B1, paragraph 1.6 of Annexure B2, paragraph 1.6 of Annexure B3, and paragraph 1.4 of Annexure B4 in aggregate exceed an amount equal to USD200 000 000 (two hundred million Dollars);
2.1.3.2.
save as contemplated in paragraph 2.1.3.1 above, in relation to a breach by AngloGold of any of the warranties set out in paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 of Annexure A1, paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9, 1.10 and 10.1 of Annexure A4, paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 of Annexure B1, paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 of Annexure B2, paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 of Annexure B3, and paragraphs 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 1.2, 1.3, 1.6, 1.7, 1.9 and 1.10 of Annexure B4 in aggregate exceed an amount equal to USD100 000 000 (one hundred million Dollars); and
2.1.3.3.
save as contemplated in paragraph 2.1.3.1 and 2.1.3.2 above, in relation to a breach by AngloGold of any of the Warranties, in aggregate exceed an amount equal to USD60 000 000 (sixty million Dollars) of the Purchase Price.
2.2.
Under no circumstances will AngloGold’s liability in respect of breaches of Warranties and/or Interim Period Undertakings under the Agreement be in excess of USD100 000 000 (one hundred million Dollars), unless there is a breach of Warranty contemplated in paragraph 2.1.3.1, in which circumstances AngloGold’s liability for breaches of any of the Warranties and/or Interim Period Undertakings under the Agreement in aggregate will not exceed USD200 000 000 (two hundred million Dollars).





2.3.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no liability shall attach to AngloGold in relation to any Purchaser Claims until Closing has occurred on the Closing Date and the relevant Purchaser has complied with its obligations under clauses 16.2.2 and 34.2.2.







Annexure D
Disclosure Schedule (WW)
1.
Introduction
1.1.
All words and expressions defined in the Agreement will, unless the context otherwise requires or the contrary is indicated, have the same meaning when used in this Disclosure Schedule (WW).
1.2.
If any inconsistency or conflict arises between the Agreement and this Disclosure Schedule (WW), this Disclosure Schedule (WW) shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency or conflict.
1.3.
The disclosure of any matter in this Disclosure Schedule (WW) shall not be taken or construed in any way as an admission or evidence that the matter disclosed would otherwise give rise to any liability under the Agreement, or as a representation, warranty or undertaking not expressly given in the Agreement, nor as extending the scope of any warranty and/or undertaking given in the Agreement.
1.4.
All disclosures are made generally in relation to the Agreement and are not to be related to any particular warranty, undertaking, obligation or other matter.
2.
Disclosures
2.1.
In addition, by way of general disclosures, the following matters are disclosed to the Purchaser –
Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
ANNEXURE A1 - COVALENT
i.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 4 and 6
Covalent is not a holder of a mining right in terms of the MPRDA and, as such, Covalent is not required to make financial provision in terms of NEMA. Accordingly, there are no rehabilitation obligations reflected in or described in the Covalent Accounts.
ii.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 6
Covalent currently stands as a guarantor in favour of Eskom in terms of an electricity supply agreement entered into between (inter alia) Eskom and Covalent on 7 August 2018 terminable on 12 (twelve) calendar months’ notice in writing by either party, and which agreement is uploaded under folders 1.2.10.2.1.0.1, 1.2.10.2.1.0.2 and 1.2.10.2.1.0.3 of the Data Room. Please see a copy of the guarantee uploaded under folder 1.2.10.2.1.1.0.2 of the Data Room. Covalent will not be released from this guarantee by the Closing Date.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
iii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 8 and 13
Covalent operates at the 4 and 6 shafts of the historical Blyvooruitzicht Mine in relation to which Blyvoor Gold Capital (Pty) Ltd ("Blyvoor Gold Capital") currently holds a mining right in terms of the MPRDA. Covalent accesses and operates at the 4 and 6 shafts pursuant to a servitude granted to Covalent by the liquidators of Blyvooruitzicht Mine and in terms of the Covalent Water Directive. Covalent understands that Blyvoor Gold Capital may hold servitudes and/or usufructs over and/or around the areas on which the Covalent Business is conducted. Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.2.12.5.1 and 1.2.5.5.2 of the Data Room.
Blyvoor Gold Capital has issued Covalent's employees with statutory appointments under the Mine Health and Safety Act No. 29 of 1996 to operate on the Blyvoor Gold mining area.
A new pipeline is in the process of being constructed for the purposes of rerouting water located at the Blyvoor Gold mining area from the water pumping infrastructure located at the Savuka Gold Plant area, which will result in costs savings of approximately R5 000 000.00 (five million Rand) per month. The pipeline will begin at the area over which the Covalent Business (the "Covalent Area") is conducted and end at the area over which the WW Mining Business is conducted. The pipeline will run through the property of a third party and thus a servitude agreement is in the purpose of being prepared.
Covalent has experienced various security incidents relating to illegal mining at the Covalent Area. Conductors for one of the electricity lines have been stolen at the Covalent Area resulting in short term supply. There are no backup generators at the Covalent Area to supply back-up power capacity.
iv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 10
Covalent and AngloGold have entered into service level agreement in terms of which AngloGold provides services to Covalent for no consideration. This service agreement has been uploaded under folder 1.2.12.5.1.0.8 of the Data Room.
The above service agreement forms part of the Contracts (WW) and will be transferred, ceded and assigned by AngloGold to the WW Purchaser with effect from the Closing Date.
2.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
Pursuant to an investigation conducted by AngloGold Security Services into illegal mining activity, Covalent initiated disciplinary procedures against AngloGold's 4 (four) employees on or about October 2019. But for one person, all disciplinary proceedings have been settled between the respective employees and Covalent. Details of the outstanding disciplinary proceeding has been uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.10.0.2 of the Data Room.
3.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
Covalent currently employs persons who are foreign nationals. Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.5 of the Data Room for the material details regarding such employees. Covalent does not hold the requisite permit from the Department of Home Affairs which entitles Covalent to employ such foreign nationals as employees of Covalent. However, as Covalent cannot dismiss these employees due to their foreign national status, Covalent replaces such persons with South African nationals as and when such employees’ employment with Covalent terminates.
4.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
In addition to the Medical Funds, 76 (seventy six) employees of Covalent who are classified as "category 4-8 employees (lower level employees)" utilise services provided by AngloGold / Life Facility ("Life Facility"). In respect of such employees, AngloGold pays a per capita fee per employee and Life Facility provides primary health care services to such employees (to the exclusion of their spouses and dependents).
5.    
Including, without limitation 12
Japie Harmse, the General Manager of Covalent, is entitled to Post-Medical Aid Promise with effect from his retirement as an employee of Covalent.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
6.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 13 and 14
Covalent does not hold or require a water use licence for its pumping operations and relies exclusively on the Covalent Water Directive as its authorisation to operate. Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.5.5.2.0.1 of the Data Room.

A medium voltage (electrocution) accident occurred at Blyvooruitzicht Mine on Sunday, 09 February 2020. On that particular day, one employee was seriously injured and he is currently receiving medical treatment in hospital.
i.    
Including without limitation paragraph 13 and 14
In August 2013, the Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited (which was located near the WW Mines) ("Blyvooruitzicht") was placed under provisional liquidation.  In response, AngloGold incorporated Covalent and procured that Covalent purchased the infrastructure and servitude rights of access to certain shafts (known as Blyvoor 4 and 6 shaft) to ensure that the underground water pumping continued at Blyvooruitzicht to reduce the risk of flooding to AngloGold's mines. 
In June 2014, AngloGold met with the Department of Environmental Affairs (the "DEA"), who advised AngloGold that it was a suspect in a criminal investigation being conducted by the DEA into the water discharges from Blyvooruitzicht.  AngloGold made submissions to the DEA explaining why AngloGold was forced to take over the water pumping activities and provided water quality results in support thereto.  Neither Covalent nor any of its directors and/or employees were criminally charged by the DEA.
In November 2014, Covalent received the Covalent Water Directive, directing it to pump underground water from the Blyvoor 4 and 6 shafts.  AngloGold provided the DEA with a copy of the Covalent Water Directive.
ii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 14
Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.2.5.5.0.3 and 1.2.5.8 of the Data Room regarding the Regional Water Basin Discussion.
iii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 9 and 18
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.
ANNEXURE A2 – ANGLOGOLD SECURITY SERVICES
iv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 12
Those AngloGold employees working in the AngloGold Security Services Business are Transferring Employees (WW).
3.    ANNEXURE A3 – MASAKHISANE
v.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 3
Masakhisane’s debtors book as at 31 December 2019 is uploaded under folder 1.2.13.3.0.11 of the Data Room.
vi.    
Including, without limitation paragraphs 3, 4, 5 and 15
Masakhisane was an entity incorporated by AngloGold for the sole purposes of implementing a local economic development project pursuant to AngloGold's approved social and labour plan. Masakhisane is not a self-sufficient entity and is entirely and materially dependent on AngloGold for all services, infrastructure, facilities and/or funding required in order to operate and maintain the Masakhisane Business. Masakhisane operates the Masakhisane Business by AngloGold advancing on loan account all the funding that it requires to provide (inter alia) the interest free loans to small and medium enterprises. Accordingly, and as disclosed in the Masakhisane Accounts, Masakhisane is party to loan agreements with small and medium enterprises.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
vii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 7
Please see the SARS correspondence uploaded under folder 1.2.11.2.3.4.1 of the Data Room regarding the revised 2017 tax assessment in respect of Masakhisane.
viii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 8
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.11.2.1.3.0.3 of the Data Room.
ix.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 8 and 10
Masakhisane was an entity incorporated by AngloGold for the sole purposes of implementing a local economic development project pursuant to AngloGold's approved social and labour plan. Masakhisane is not a self-sufficient entity and is entirely and materially dependent on AngloGold for all services, infrastructure, facilities and/or funding required in order to operate and maintain the Masakhisane Business.
4.    
x.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
5.    Those AngloGold employees working in the Masakhisane Business are Transferring Employees (WW).
xi.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 14
6.    Masakhisane issued a letter of demand to Tasnathrea Connexion (Pty) Ltd on 9 December 2019 for the repayment of approximately R165 064 (one hundred and sixty five thousand and sixty four Rand).
xii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 14
AngloGold on 23 October 2019, received a letter from Mr Simeon Mighty Moloko ("Moloko"), a former employee of AngloGold and director of Masakhisane, in terms of which (inter alia) Moloko made various allegations against AngloGold and requests for action from AngloGold relating to Masakhisane. A copy of this letter was uploaded under folders 1.2.8.8.4.0.9, 1.2.8.8.4.0.10 and 1.2.8.8.4.0.11 of the Data Room. AngloGold considered it unnecessary to issue a response to the letter as the allegations made are denied by AngloGold and have no legal basis. Further, the DMRE did not raise any concerns regarding AngloGold's social and labour plan compliance pursuant to its full audit in respect thereof which was completed in July 2019 nor did the DMRE raise any concerns regarding the amounts loaned to small and medium enterprises by Masakhisane.
The DMRE unofficially provided AngloGold with correspondence dated 23 November 2019 from Moloko addressed to the DMRE. A copy of this correspondence is uploaded under folder 1.2.12.4.3.1.2.0.1 of the Data Room. As the DMRE did not officially provide AngloGold with this correspondence AngloGold, AngloGold was not requested by the DMRE to formally respond to this correspondence.
xiii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 9 and 16
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.
7.    Annexure A4 – WW Mining Business
xiv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 1and 6
The Immoveable Property (WW) is subject to leases, surface right permits, restrictive conditions and servitudes, copies of which have been uploaded under folder 1.2.9 of the Data Room.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 1and 6
Some consumables in the Consumables Stores (WW) are placed at the disposal of AngloGold on a pay as you use / consignment basis. Ownership does not transfer to AngloGold until such consumables are used.
xvi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 3 and 6
8.    As regards the WW Business properties, the electricity, water and rental arrears due to AngloGold is as follows (in total): (a) separated employees (whether retrenched or have concluded voluntary severance packages who occupy AngloGold-owned accommodation), R2 757 526.06 (two million seven hundred and fifty seven five hundred and twenty six Rand and six cents) and (b) commercial leases R1 696 919.19 (one million six hundred and ninety six thousand nine hundred and nineteen Rand and nineteen cents).
xvii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 5
AngloGold currently stands as a guarantor in favour of Eskom in terms of an electricity agreement entered into between (inter alia) Eskom and AngloGold on 6 August 2007 terminable on 3 (three) calendar months’ notice in writing by either party, and which agreement has been uploaded under folders 1.2.10.2.1.0.1, 1.2.10.2.1.0.2 and 1.2.10.2.1.0.3 of the Data Room. Please see a copy of the guarantee uploaded under folder 1.2.10.2.1.1.0.1 of the Data Room. Covalent will not be released from this guarantee by the Closing Date.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xviii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 6
Land Claim:
A land claim against AngloGold was lodged by a Ms Mcekane in respect of a number of farms, including the Farm Elandsfontein 115 IQ, covering a substantial area of land. The claimant alleges that her grandparents were purportedly dispossessed of a sharecropping right in respect of the farms in 1958. The claim was lodged during the extended period for lodgement of restitution claims under the Restitution of Land Rights Act, 1994, which has since been declared unconstitutional by the courts. Accordingly, the land claims commissioner cannot process, publish or investigate such claim until such time that the Legislature has amended the offending sections of the Restitution of Land Rights Act, 1994. The land claims commissioner has advised AngloGold that pending legislative intervention, section 11(7) of the Restitution of Land Rights Act, 1994 will not apply in the circumstances.
Wedela Residential Properties:
AngloGold has disposed of 3 (three) residential properties in Wedela Township to beneficiaries and the properties are in the process of being transferred to the beneficiaries at the deeds office. The disposal of another residential property (Erf 1305) is subject to the conclusion of a sale agreement which is to be signed by the relevant beneficiary. As regards, 2 (two) further residential properties (Erf  5005 and Erf 5066 respectively), such properties were registered in the names of the incorrect beneficiaries and are thus required to be transferred back to AngloGold, whereafter they may be transferred to the correct beneficiaries.
Wedela Hive:
AngloGold owns 5 (five) immovable properties in Wedela Township that form part of a small business industrial workshop are knowns as the "Wedela Hive" which is currently occupied by 6 (six) various informal small businesses operating industrial-type operations. AngloGold has entered into discussions with the Merafong Municipality for purposes of donating the aforesaid properties to the Merafong Municipality. A draft deed of donation has been prepared however such draft is yet to be finalised or executed. The tenants are all in arrears with their rental and bulk services (water). Pre-paid electricity exists at each shop. A mandate was submitted to write-off all bad debt pending the successful donation of the building to the Merafong Municipality.
Blyvoor Channel Agreement:
The Blyvoor Channel Agreement (uploaded under folder 1.2.9.13 of the Data Room) and the servitudes (as listed under folder 1.2.9.6.0.1 of the Data Room) were ceded to AngloGold. These servitudes relate to the use of the land for purposes of the channel and providing for maintenance obligations. As the other parties to the Blyvoor Channel Agreement have fallen away, AngloGold is solely liable for the maintenance costs.
Cudomate Lease:
The lease agreement concluded with Cudomate (Pty) Ltd (which supplies AngloGold with meat for its residences under a separate agreement) ("Cudomate") in respect of that part of the Ekhayalihle Residence known as "The Kitchen" expired on 31 December 2019. Cudomate has indicated that it wishes to renew the lease and conduct a meat packaging plant (the "Cudomate") at the premises which will supply third parties. A draft lease agreement has been prepared and is subject to the granting of the requisite municipal land use consent. The draft lease agreement (which is yet to be signed by Cudomate because of AngloGold’s refusal to grant it a right of first refusal to acquire the property) provides (inter alia) that the lessee waives any claim of any nature in respect of any alterations effected to the premises. Pending the conclusion of the new lease, Cudomate has purportedly effected upgrades to the Plant of an amount of approximately R15 000 000.00 (fifteen million Rand).
Jocapari Trust Servitude:
AngloGold has agreed to grant the Jocapari Trust a water pipe line servitude over Remaining Extent of Portion 93 of the Farm Blyvooruitzicht No. 6 IQ (as uploaded under folder 1.2.9.6.0.2 and 1.2.9.6.0.3 of the Data Room) at the Jocapari Trust’s cost. A servitude agreement is in the process of being concluded between AngloGold and the Jocapari Trust.
Kraalkop Game Farm:
Portion 5 of Elandsfontein 115 IQ is currently being used as a game farm. Please refer to the document uploaded under folder 1.2.9.1 of the Data Room.
T Visser:
Since Blyvooruitzight Mine suspended its operations, potable water has been supplied by AngloGold to Mr T. Visser’s neighbouring property (free of charge) by way of a supply point at the Ekhayalihle Residence (which is located approximately 500m from Mr. T Visser’s property). It is noted that Mr. T Visser approached AngloGold for assistance and AngloGold agreed to assist on the basis that AngloGold had previously acquired property from Mr. T Visser and groundwater contained in the area over which Mr T Visser’s property is located was found to be an unsuitable source for potable water. There is no formal written agreement relating to the supply of water to Mr T Visser or the recovery thereof in place.
Mohales Hoek:
There is an informal settlement located adjacent to the area over which the WW Mining Business is conducted but not on any land owned by AngloGold. There may be some WW Mining Business employees residing there. AngloGold constantly monitors the perimeter fence for encroachments or invasions however, AngloGold is not responsible for any services to either the community or municipality in respect of that informal settlement.
Geo Technical Offices ("GTO") Lease:
The GTO core is not related to the WW Business and will not be disposed pursuant to the Sale Agreement. Accordingly, AngloGold will require at least 4 (four) months to move the data relating to the GTO core from the WW storage at Mponeng to the GTO lease area.
Trading Site Permit:
AngloGold is unable to source a copy of Permit No 29 in respect of Farm Elandsfontein 115 IQ (the site is abandoned and the building is derelict) which permit appears to be in favour of a third party.
Donations of Property:
AngloGold has resolved to donate various properties in the area over which the WW Mining Business is conducted. Such donations are currently in process. Mandates in respect of the donations have been uploaded under folder 1.2.9.11 of the Data Room.
Amohelang Bible Church Donation:
AngloGold seeks to donate a certain portion of Erf 1532 Wedela (previously a single quarters residence for WW Mining Business employees that was converted into a church) however, there is no internal mandate to effect such donation yet. The aforesaid property is in the process of being subdivided.
Occupancy Leases:
AngloGold has entered into residential leases with various employees of the WW Mining Business. Please refer to the schedule of documents uploaded under folder 1.2.9.2.0.23 of the Data Room.
Incorporation of West Wits Village:
As regards the Incorporation of West Wits Village into the municipal boundary and formal township establishment, several engagements have been held with the municipality including submission of the land use parameters, site visits conducted by the members of the mayoral committee and the incorporation workshop attended by mayoral committee members and HOD. All engineering master plans have been submitted to the municipality. Engagement with the municipality on the services master plan are in progress and remain ongoing.  AngloGold has recently received partial approval from the municipality in respect of the incorporation of some of the company assets, we are still awaiting feedback on some of the infrastructure elements ie stormwater and roads.  AngloGold is awaiting further engagement with the municipality on the outstanding issues.
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.9.12 of the Data Room.
Residential Properties:
AngloGold understands that there is a general approved master building plan for all residential properties in accordance with municipal custom where volumes of similar buildings are constructed. However, there are certain residential properties and all buildings and erections thereon that do not comply in every material respect with all material Governmental Entities’ requirements relating thereto.
Life Health Lease:
A head lease between AngloGold and Life Employee Health Solutions Proprietary Limited ("Life Health") has been negotiated for the accommodation of Life Health employees at approximately 6 (six) residential units at Carletonville, Fochville, Wedela, Oberholzer and the mine accommodation (Western Levels, Schoonplaas and Ekhalihle Residence) however, such agreement is yet to be signed.
Alpha Gardens:
In 1988, AngloGold made land located at Portion 4 of the Farm Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ available to Mr. Hattingh to build a workshop (at his cost) if it complied with AngloGold standards. There is no written agreement / documents. Bulk services have been supplied by AngloGold to the building. There is a power meter and actual consumption by the building is measured however, on investigation, there is no water meter installed. There is currently no services agreement in place between AngloGold and Mr. Hattingh. Mr. Hattingh is currently operating an ice-making business from the premises. Mr. Hattingh has indicated that he is 77 (seventy seven) years old and intends to sell the building and equipment. Mr. Hattingh is prepared to enter into an arrangement with AngloGold to pay for the bulk services consumption. There is a SRP (water line) running through the area.
Merafong Litigation:
This litigation relates to the general municipal valuation rolls published by the Merafong Municipality for the period commencing on 1 July 2012 and ending on 1 July 2019.
In the general valuation roll that became effective 1 July 2012, the municipal valuer of the Merafong Municipality (using a dispute approach and method) valued 3 (three) particular immovable properties of the WW Business (the "Relevant Immovable Properties (WW)") at approximately R794 200 000.00 (seven hundred and ninety four million two hundred thousand Rand). AngloGold lodged objections to the aforesaid valuations and then lodged appeals to the valuation appeal board of the Merafong Municipality ("VAB"). The VAB determined the value of the Relevant Immovable Properties (WW) to be approximately R28 000 000.00 (twenty eight million Rand).
As a result of the VAB’s determination, rates in an amount of approximately R49 000 000.00 (forty nine million Rand) became repayable by the Merafong Municipality to AngloGold. That amount was part of an aggregate amount of approximately R320 000 000.00 (three hundred and twenty million Rand) (the "Valuation Repayment Amount") which was repayable by the Merafong Municipality to AngloGold, Randfontein Estates Limited ("Randfontein Estates") and Sibanye Gold Limited ("Sibanye Gold")) and which amount the Merafong Municipality failed to repay.
The Merafong Municipality applied to court for the review of the VAB’s determination and the declaration of certain sections of the Rates Act being unconstitutional, particularly, the provisions which provide for the exemption of mineral rights from municipal rates.
AngloGold, together with Randfontein Estates and Sibanye Gold (the "Mining Companies") filed a counter-application for the calculation and repayment (together with interest thereon) of, the Valuation Repayment Amount by the Merafong Municipality. The Mineral Council South Africa joined the proceedings as amicus curiae and made representations on the exemption of mineral rights from municipal rates.
Litigation is pending as the Merafong Municipality has not issued its replying affidavit yet. Nonetheless, the court’s pronouncement on the repayment by the Merafong Municipality of the Valuation Repayment Amount has become moot in light of the set-off arrangements entered into between the parties as follows:
Supplementary Valuation Roll 3
The Merafong Municipality caused supplementary valuations to be undertaken in respect of all the Mining Companies’ immovable properties and then published a Supplementary Valuation Roll 3. AngloGold lodged objections to the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3 and then lodged an appeal to the VAB. The Mining Companies were of the view that the municipal valuer and the Merafong Municipality erroneously applied the provisions of section 17(1)(f) of the Rates Act and that the Merafong Municipality would have been entitled to only levy municipal rates on the buildings in the hands of the holders of the mining rights with effective from date of publication of the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3 (being 1 August 2015), but for such erroneous application of the aforesaid section. As a gesture of goodwill, the Mining Companies proposed a settlement (which settlement was accepted by the Municipality) as follows:
    the Merafong Municipality would cause a further supplementary roll to be prepared, which will set out the municipal rates payable in respect of those parts of the mining rights which are rateable (being the buildings, immovable structures and infrastructure above the surface of the properties used for mining purposes);
    although the Mining Companies would only be liable to pay municipal rates (based on the valuations to be set out in the proposed supplementary roll) with effect from the date of publication of the proposed supplementary roll, the Mining Companies nevertheless agreed to be retrospectively liable for the payment of municipal rates with effect from 1 August 2015 (being the date on which the municipal rates would have become payable under the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3 but for the defective entries contained in such roll), in accordance with the valuation rolls in respect of those parts of the mining rights which are rateable in terms of the amended section 17(1)(f) of the Rates Act, to be set out in the proposed supplementary roll;
    if and to the extent that there are any objections and/or appeals against the valuations to be set out in the proposed supplementary roll, the municipal rates payable by the Mining Companies (including (i) those payable for the period commencing on 1 August 2015 and ending on the effective date of the supplementary roll and (ii) those payable with effect from the effective date of the supplementary roll) would be in accordance with that which is determined during any such objections and/or appeals;
    the Mining Companies’ obligation to pay municipal rates would be set-off against the Merafong Municipality’s obligation to repay the Valuation Repayment Amount (together with interest thereon); and
    as regards the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3, VAB would be requested to confirm and rule upon the valuation of the Mining Companies’ immovable properties in a manner which is substantially similar to the valuations agreed between the Mining Companies and the Merafong Municipality. The VAB confirmed such valuations agreed between the Mining Companies and the Merafong Municipality as the valuations to be reflected in the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3.
Supplementary Valuation Roll 6
In 2018, the Merafong Municipality caused supplementary valuations to be undertaken in respect of all the Mining Companies’ immovable properties and then published a Supplementary Valuation Roll 6. The municipal valuer of the Merafong Municipality valued AngloGold’s properties (including the buildings, immovable structures and infrastructure above the surface of the properties used for mining purposes) at approximately R2 400 000 000.00 (two billion four hundred million Rand). AngloGold lodged objections to the Supplementary Valuation Roll 3 and proposed a counter value of approximately R122 000 000.00 (one hundred and twenty two million Rand).
The response of the municipal valuer remains outstanding and if, once issued, such response is unsatisfactory AngloGold, appeals to the VAB will be lodged by AngloGold.
As regards the Supplementary Valuation 6 Roll, it appeared that not only had the buildings, immovable structures and infrastructure above the surface of the properties used for mining purposes by the Mining Companies been entered for purposes of rating in terms of section 17(1)(f) of the Rates Act but the immovable properties in respect of which the VAB had already determined values had been entered as well. The latter immovable properties had been entered at values that differ from the values that had been ruled upon by the VAB. The villages and buildings etc. which enhanced the value of the land were valued by the municipal valuer as part of the mining right, which entailed a different valuation approach and methodology, resulting in substantially higher values being attributed to such villages and buildings.
Accordingly, the Mining Companies applied to court for the review and setting aside of those entries in the Supplementary Valuation 6 Roll (Case No. 59318/18). The hands of argument in respect of the aforesaid application are currently being filed, whereafter the matter will be set down for hearing.
The documents in respect of the litigation have been uploaded under folder 1.2.12.1.1 of the Data Room.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xix.    
Including without limitation paragraph 6
When the initial AngloGold employee home ownership scheme started, AngloGold became aware that banks in certain regions were not financing units containing asbestos material.
AngloGold then embarked on an asbestos assessment process. ENSA Environmental SA (Pty) Ltd ("ENSA") was appointed to assist with the inspection of the properties. These inspection are carried out by ENSA with consulting occupational hygienists.
The 1st assessment was conducted on the 12 July 2016 which determined that 62 (sixty two) properties contained more than 70% (seventy percent) asbestos material (ceilings, fascia’s, barge boards and/or wall panels). The 70% (seventy percent) asbestos homes are pre-fabricated homes.
The 2nd assessment was conducted on the 10 October 2016, which determined that 53 of the 58 properties assessed contained up to 40% (forty percent) asbestos material (ceilings, fascia’s and/or barge boards). The 40% (forty percent) asbestos houses are constructed of brick.
These two assessments indicated that the majority of the AngloGold properties contained some level of asbestos materials. The reason for this is that the use of asbestos materials in construction was extremely widespread in the 1960’s to the 1980’s when the AngloGold properties were built.
AngloGold has decided that the 70% (seventy percent) asbestos material homes will be demolished and/or will be vacated and no longer rented. When a 40% (forty percent) asbestos material home is identified (e.g. when it is to be sold to an employee), AngloGold remediates the home by having ENSA remove the asbestos material, whereafter AngloGold’s maintenance team replaces the items in question with other material. ENSA then issues an asbestos clearance certificate in respect of the home.
In terms of AngloGold’s findings, the properties containing asbestos materials are safe for continued habitation. The risk of harm arises when asbestos fibres become airborne, which could happen when an affected house is renovated or drilling of the affected materials takes place. No asbestos related claims have been made against AngloGold arising out of the occupation of the affected homes.
As at 10 February 2020, 590 employee apply-to-buy properties containing up to 40% asbestos material have been remediated at an average cost of R20,000 per unit. It is planned that the remainder of the phases will continue for all apply to buy units. Consequently, there are no pre-fabricated homes left.
9.    AngloGold believes it is very likely that the homes to be transferred to the relevant Purchasers under the Agreement which have not yet been assessed will have a similar asbestos material profile to the assessed homes discussed above, i.e. most of the homes will contain up to 40% (forty percent) asbestos material. In the event that the houses are remediated, the Purchaser will need to ensure compliance with the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 and the Regulations for prohibition over use, manufacturing, import and export of asbestos and asbestos containing material, 2008, which incorporate by reference the asbestos regulations, 2001 under OHSA.
xx.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 6 and 15
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.12.1.2 of the Data Room which details the status of AngloGold's proceedings against Merafong in respect of the water tariff litigation.
xxi.    
Including without limitation paragraphs 6 and 9
Some of the Transferring Employees (WW) are entitled to rights of use pursuant to:
    the AngloGold employee ownership housing scheme; and
    the commercial leases uploaded in the Data Room at folder 1.2.9.5.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxii.    
Including without limitation paragraph 9
The following employees will cease to be employed by AngloGold with effective from on or about March 2020: K Craigen (Senior Human Resources Manager - Surface Ops and Closure Business), PR Botha (Security Manager - Central Services) and ES de Waal (Manager - Central Services).
In terms of AngloGold practice, employees may apply for an advance on salary up to a maximum of 50% (fifty percent) of the salary already accrued to the employee (generally up to one month’s salary).  These advances must be motivated to and authorised by AngloGold.  Few employees receive such advances.
xxiii.    
Including without limitation paragraph 9
The health records in relation to the Transferring Employees (WW) will be transferred to the Purchaser but these records have been maintained and stored by AngloGold Ashanti Health (Pty) Ltd.
xxiv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
10.    Ramon Pienaar (Maintenance Control System Advisor) has been seconded to AngloGold's Obuasi Mine in Ghana. Ramon Pienaar's secondment will not have terminated by the Closing Date.
xxv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
11.    Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.10.0.3 of the Data Room in respect of disciplinary procedures instituted against senior employees which form part of the Transferring Employees (WW).
xxvi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
12.    137 (one hundred and thirty seven) of the Transferring Employees (WW) do not belong to a Retirement Fund. Such employees consist of MOA Learners and fixed term employees.

xxvii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9 and 9
13.    The details of employment-related matters which are currently being heard at the CCMA have been uploaded under folder 1.2.3.10.0.4 of the Data Room.
xxviii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
14.    The details regarding Moloko’s CCMA case have been uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.10.0.3 of the Data Room.
xxix.    
Including without limitation paragraph 9
The health records in relation to the Transferring Employees (WW) will be transferred to the Purchaser but these records have been maintained and stored by AngloGold Ashanti Health (Pty) Ltd.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxx.    
Including without limitation paragraphs 8 and 10


The notices issued by the DMR during the period 2016 to 2020 in respect of the WW Mining Areas or the WW Mining Rights and WW Mining Right 11 MR have been uploaded in the Data Room at folder 1.2.12.4. AngloGold has not responded to the notice issued by the DMR dated 8 January 2020 uploaded in the Data Room at folder 1.2.12.4.0.1, which response is due on 15 March 2020.
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.12.4.3.1 of the Data Room for correspondence and documentation relating to the BEE Amendment Application submitted in response to the directive issued in terms of section 93 of the MPRDA and dated 25 February 2019.
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.12.4.2 of the Data Room for correspondence and documentation relating to monthly reports that AngloGold currently submits to the DMR as directed by the DMR in terms of section 52 of the MPRDA.
1991 Agreement:
An agreement was concluded in 1991 between Driefontein Consolidated Limited, Blyvooruitzicht Gold Mining Company Limited and Western Deep Levels Limited (the "1991 Agreement"). AngloGold is in dispute with Sibanye Gold Limited t/a Sibanye-Stillwater ("Sibanye-Stillwater") regarding the validity and enforceability of the 1991 Agreement in its entirety, and/or in part, insofar as it relates to Western Deep Levels Limited and/or AngloGold.
In the course of the bid process, AngloGold uploaded relevant documentation and information regarding the 1991 Agreement and the dispute between AngloGold and Sibanye-Stillwater. Notwithstanding the disclosure of relevant information and documentation regarding, amongst others, the dispute between AngloGold and Sibanye-Stillwater regarding the 1991 Agreement and/or the management of water, at the West Wits Operations, AngloGold makes no representations, warranties or commitments whatsoever regarding the validity and the enforceability of the 1991 Agreement entirely, or in part.
To the extent that AngloGold engages and/or negotiates the disposal of its South African operations, with any parties whatsoever, such engagements, negotiations, and, in the event that a commercial agreement is entered into, does not in any manner constitute an admission by AngloGold that it is bound by any provisions of the 1991 Agreement and its rights to dispute the validity and enforceability of the 1991 Agreement on any grounds whatsoever, are reserved.
Blyvoor Supply and Use of Water Agreement :
A draft Supply and Use of Water Agreement (which is yet to be signed) to be entered into between AngloGold and Blyvoor Gold Capital provides for underground processed water of up to 2Ml (two mega litres) per day at Savuka underground pumping infrastructure for dust suppression of the Blyvoor tailings storage facility ("TSF").
Blyvoor Offer to Acquire the Savuka Gold Plant and the Savuka TSF:
On or about 31 January 2019, AngloGold received an offer from Blyvoor Gold Capital to acquire the Savuka Gold Plant and the Savuka TSF ("Savuka Assets"). AngloGold has advised Blyvoor Gold Capital that the Savuka Assets form part of the WW Package to be disposed by AngloGold pursuant to the announcement published by AngloGold on 9 May 2019 and accordingly, Blyvoor should (if it wishes to acquire the Savuka Assets) approach the acquirer thereof once the sale process has been concluded.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxxi.    
Including without limitation paragraph 12
AngloGold lodged an application with Gauteng Department of Agriculture and Rural Development ("GDARD") for renewal of the waste management licence Gaut 002/09 10/W0011 ("WML") on 9 July 2019. The WML relates to operation of the Mponeng waste disposal facility. GDARD issued AngloGold with a letter dated 12 August 2019 stipulating that the DMRE is now the competent authority for the renewal application. After consultation with the DMRE, AngloGold submitted the renewal application with the DMRE on 13 December 2019 which renewal application remains pending. AngloGold is currently operating the Mponeng waste disposal facility in accordance with the terms and conditions of the WML while the renewal is pending.
xxxii.    
Including without limitation paragraphs 7 and 17
The physical due diligence on the title deeds in respect of the Immovable Properties (WW) was conducted by the relevant members of the Purchaser’s Group (and/or their representatives and/or their advisors) between 22-25 October 2019 at AngloGold premises.
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.








Annexure E
Disclosure Schedule (VR)
1.
Introduction
1.1.
All words and expressions defined in the Agreement will, unless the context otherwise requires or the contrary is indicated, have the same meaning when used in this Disclosure Schedule (VR).
1.2.
If any inconsistency or conflict arises between the Agreement and this Disclosure Schedule (VR), this Disclosure Schedule (VR) shall prevail to the extent of such inconsistency or conflict.
1.3.
The disclosure of any matter in this Disclosure Schedule (VR) shall not be taken or construed in any way as an admission or evidence that the matter disclosed would otherwise give rise to any liability under the Agreement, or as a representation, warranty or undertaking not expressly given in the Agreement, nor as extending the scope of any warranty and/or undertaking given in the Agreement.
1.4.
All disclosures are made generally in relation to the Agreement and are not to be related to any particular warranty, undertaking, obligation or other matter.
2.
Disclosures
2.1.
In addition, by way of general disclosures, the following matters are disclosed to the Purchaser –
Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
ANNEXURE B1 - FUSA
i.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 10
Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.3.10.1.1, 1.3.10.1.2.0.1 and 1.3.13.1.2.1 of the Data Room.

ii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 10
Please see the agreement entered into with Franco – Nevada Corporation uploaded under folder 1.3.10.1.1.0.6 in the Data Room.
iii.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
Those AngloGold employees working in the FUSA Business are Transferring Employees (VR).
iv.    
Including, without limitation paragraphs 9 and 17
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.
Annexure B2 - MWS
v.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 4 and 6
MWS is not a holder of a mining right in terms of the MPRDA and, as such, MWS is not required to make financial provision in terms of NEMA. Accordingly, there are no rehabilitation obligations reflected in or described in the MWS Accounts.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
vi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 4
In terms of a notarial lease (Registration No. K5876/2009L) as amended (Registration No. K5876/2009L), MWS (as lessee) has rented from Wildebeestpan (Portion 9 and 10) Communal Property Association (as lessor) the Remaining Extent of the Farm Wildebeestpan 442 IP for a term of 99 (ninety years) years at an escalating rental. The lease may be terminated by the parties before the expiration of the term, provided that the lessee will be liable to pay a penalty (the terms of which to be agreed by the parties). Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.3.9.4.1.0.3 and 1.3.9.4.1.0.2 of the Data Room.
vii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 10

Please see the agreement entered into with Franco – Nevada Corporation uploaded under folder 1.3.10.1.1.0.6 in the Data Room.
viii.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 12
Those AngloGold employees working in the MWS Business are Transferring Employees (VR).
ix.    
Including, without limitation paragraph 14
The NEMA Authorisation is held in the name of MWS for purposes of the operations of the MWS Business and/or the Chemwes Business.
The NNR Certificate is held in the name of MWS for purposes of the operations of the MWS Business and/or the Chemwes Business.
x.    
Including, without limitation paragraphs 9 and 18
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold on 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.
ANNEXURE B3 – Chemwes
xi.    
3.    Including, without limitation, paragraph 6
AngloGold currently stands as a guarantor in favour of Eskom in terms of an electricity supply agreement entered into between (inter alia) Eskom and Chemwes on 13 May 2011 terminable on 3 (three) calendar months’ notice in writing by either party, and which agreement is uploaded under folder 1.3.10.3.1.3.0.1 of the Data Room. Please see a copy of the guarantee uploaded under folder 1.3.10.3.1.1.0 of the Data Room. AngloGold will not be released from this guarantee by the Closing Date.
xii.    
4.    Including, without limitation, paragraph 7
5.    Please see the settlement agreement entered into with SARS which is uploaded under folder 1.3.11.2.3.1.4.0.1 of the Data Room.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xiii.    
6.    Including, without limitation, paragraphs 8 and 16
The Chemwes Property is subject to leases, surface right permits, restrictive conditions and servitudes copies of which have been uploaded in the Data Room.
Mrs Sally Barraclough:
There is an informal arrangement between Chemwes and Mrs Sally Barraclough, owner of the property south of Kareerand (Remaining Extents 3,16 and 17 of the Farm Kromdraai 420 IP) for winter grazing of cattle on the Remaining Extent of Portions 0 and 1 of the Farm Umfula 575 IP (which is owned by Chemwes). This a continuation of the informal agreement concluded between Chemwes and Mrs Sally Barraclough when a portion of the farm Kromdraai was purchased to construct the Kareerand Tailings Storage Facility.
Tailings and Mining Right Agreement:
The Tailings and Mining Right Agreement concluded between Buffelsfontein Gold Mines Limited ("BGM") and Chemwes in 2008 provides for servitudes in favour of Chemwes for purposes of transmitting tailings by means of pipelines over certain portions of BGM’s farm Hartebeestfontein No 422. A notarial deed of servitude has been prepared but has not been signed yet.
A notarial deed of abandonment ("Abandonment Deed") was executed by Buffelsfontein Gold Mine Limited on 4 April 2017 in terms of which Buffelsfontein Gold Mine Limited abandoned from the mining right (DMRE reference: 30/5/1/2/2/323 MR) the part of the mining area on which the following are located: Harties 5 & 6 TSF; Harties 1 and 2 TSF; Buffels 5 TSF; Buffels 1, 2, 3, and 4 TSF; Harties 7 TSF. The Abandonment Deed has not been lodged at the MPTRO.
Remaining Extent of Portion 31 of the Farm Stilfontein No 408:
A portion of the Remaining Extent of Portion 31 of the Farm Stilfontein No 408 (which forms part of the subdivided portions on which the national road is located (the "SANRAL Portion")) has been disposed by Chemwes to SANRAL. As Chemwes cannot register a servitude in its favour at the deeds office, a servitude has been granted by Chemwes in favour of MWS over the Remaining Extent of Portion 31 of the Farm Stilfontein No 408 (including the SANRAL Portion) in order to secure the pipeline servitude over the SANRAL Portion. A notarial deed of servitude will be lodged at the deeds office imminently.
Margaret Village:
At the time of acquisition of Portion 24 of the Farm Hartebeestfontein 422 IP by Chemwes sometime in 2012, a settlement known as the "Margaret Village" was located. Margaret Village is not a formal, legal township or development and as far as AngloGold is aware, the buildings were constructed in former years as part of a mining village by another mining entity, but have since fallen into disuse for mining purposes. Potable water, electricity and sewerage services have been supplied by Chemwes and/or MWS to Margaret Village. A majority of the buildings are derelict and a sinkhole (caused by the underground pipelines) has been identified in the area. AngloGold has considered various options to remedy the situation (including upgrading the village, resettlement and incorporation into the municipal boundary) however, no action has been taken. Please see the document uploaded under folder 1.3.8.5.5 of the Data Room. 
Portion 57 of the Farm Hartebeestfontein:
Chemwes has acquired a portion of Portion 57 of the Farm Hartebeestfontein 422 (measuring 378,4068 hectares) from BGM. The requisite documents for the purposes of the transfer of the aforesaid portion have been prepared however, the lodging of such documents at the deeds office has been delayed due to tracing the existing bondholder (whose consent is required for the transfer) in respect of the aforesaid portion.
Margaret and Scott Rock Dumps Property:
The portions of land (Remaining Extent of Portion 24 of the Farm Hartebeestfontein 422 IP) on which the Margaret and Scott Rock Dumps are located (the "Margaret and Scott Rock Dumps Property") have been disposed by Chemwes to OMV Proprietary Limited ("OMV"). The subdivision and diagrams in respect of the Margaret and Scott Dumps Property have been approved and the requisite documents for the purposes of the transfer of the Margaret and Scott Rock Dumps Property have been prepared and will be lodged at the deeds office imminently, together with the registration of a servitude in favour of AngloGold and Chemwes for purposes of access, use and right of way over the Margaret and Scott Dumps Property. In addition, certain servitudes of right of way and engineering services will be reserved in favour of Chemwes. Please see the document uploaded under folder 1.3.12.4.1.1 of the Data Room.
Mr Pele:
A Mr Pele has been occupying a portion of Portion 25 of the Farm Stilfontein 408 IP for an undetermined period (apparently as a farmworker for the previous owner of the property) and also grazes his cattle there. External trespassers were recently removed from the property. Steps have commenced to identify the legal nature of Mr Pele’s informal rights (if any) thereafter, the way forward will be determined.
Tim’s Haven Community Water:
A servitude in favour of Portion 40 Kromdraai (Tim’s Haven community) has been registered for the purposes of a water pipeline (measuring 3m wide) over RE Portion 4 Kromdraai 420 IP. As far as AngloGold is aware, there is no servitude registered over Portion 40 Kromdraai.
Metrimix Sale:
The Remaining Extent of Portion 21 of the Farm Stilfontein 408 (measuring approximately 2,0234 (two comma zero two three four) hectares) and a certain portion of the Remaining Extent of Portion 33 of the Farm Stilfontein 408 (measuring approximately 1,0811 (one comma zero eight one one) hectares) have been disposed by Chemwes to Metrimix Proprietary Limited (a member of the OMV group). The consent for the subdivision of the property as well as the reinstatement agreement remain outstanding.
Wildebeestpan Servitude:
There is a historic servitude letter (since August 2010) in place between Chemwes and Wildebeestpan (Portions 9 and 10) Communal Property Association relating to a servitude in favour of Chemwes over the Remaining Extent of the Farm Wildebeestpan 442 IP for purposes of a road, pipeline and power cables. The consideration payable by Chemwes to Wildebeestpan CPA for the aforesaid arrangement is the construction of a house at a cost not exceeding R200 000.00 (two hundred thousand Rand). The servitude arrangement has not been implemented.
Rand Leases Servitude:
2 (two) servitudes in respect of the Remaining Extent of Portion 21 and the Remaining Extent of Portion 33 of the Farm Stilfontein 408 have been registered in favour of Chemwes (Registration No. K863/05S and Registration No. K864/05S respectively) and correctly endorsed against the servient properties of Rand Leases Properties Limited (which properties were subsequently transferred to the Klaas Goudriaan Familie Trust) in favour of certain areas over which the Chemwes Business is conducted. However, each of the deeds of servitude erroneously provide that the owner of the servient property grants the servitude in favour the servient property, whereas the deeds of servitude should reflect that the servitude is granted in favour of the dominant tenement. Accordingly, such error will be rectified by means of a notarial deed of amendment, with the co-operation of the Klaas Goudriaan Familie Trust.
Mr Muller Lease :
A lease agreement was concluded between Chemwes (as lessor) and Mr Muller (as lessee) in respect of a game farm located at certain portions of the Farm Buffelsfontein 443 IP on or about 2013. Notwithstanding the expiry of the written lease agreement and a failure to renew same, the parties continued with the lease on a month-to-month basis. Mr Muller has failed to pay rental since September 2016 but continues to occupy the leased premises. Chemwes has accordingly terminated the lease due to a breach thereof by Mr Muller and has commenced with proceedings against Mr Muller for eviction from the leased premises, payment of arrear rentals and damages. There are settlement discussions currently taking place between the parties however, no settlement has been reached yet. Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.3.9.4.1 of the Data Room.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xiv.    
7.    Including, without limitation, paragraph 10
Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.3.10.1.2.0.2, 1.3.10.1.2.0.5, 1.3.10.1.2.0.6 and 1.3.10.1.2.0.7 of the Data Room.
xv.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 12
Those AngloGold employees working in the Chemwes Business are Transferring Employees (VR).
xvi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 16
VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business and Khuma Community Service Delivery Protests:
The VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business is situated adjacent to various informal settlements and townships ("VR Communities") within the Matlosana Municipality. The Matlosana Municipality has been the source of many well-publicised service delivery protests by the VR Communities in recent years. Since 2017, one of the VR Communities, in particular, which is known as the "Khuma Community", has disrupted the operations of the VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business. From time to time, different groups from the Khuma Community have overwhelmed contractors and staff of AngloGold at its various reclamation operations causing lengthy operational disruption by virtue of threat and intimidation. The Khuma Community claims ownership of AngloGold’s various waste rock dumps and demands employment opportunities. AngloGold is in the process of commencing interdict proceedings against the Khuma Community as a whole. AngloGold cannot guarantee, even if the interdict is awarded in favour of AngloGold, that all interference by the VR Communities will immediately and permanently cease.
xvii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 18
AngloGold has only uploaded documents in the Data Room which either did not contain a confidentiality undertaking or where the counterparty to such document has consented to AngloGold uploading the document in question.
Annexure B4 – VR Remaining Business





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xviii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 1.4, 1.7, 6 and 14

The Immoveable Property (VR) is subject to leases, surface right permits, restrictive conditions and servitudes copies of which have been uploaded under folder 1.3.9 of the Data Room.

Pringle Reservoir:
In terms of a service level agreement concluded between AngloGold and Kopanang Gold Mining Company Proprietary Limited ("VMR"), AngloGold has granted a right of first refusal in favour of VMR in respect of a reservoir known as the "Pringle Reservoir". Please see the document uploaded under folder 1.3.12.4.2.0.4 of the Data Room.

VMR Right of First Refusal – Rail Link and Rolling Stock:
In terms of a service level agreement concluded between AngloGold and VMR, AngloGold granted a right of first refusal in favour of VMR in respect of the Rail Link and any component thereof. VMR relinquished the right of first refusal in respect of the Rail Link, which resulted in the conclusion of the Traxtion Agreement. VMR’s right of first refusal in respect of the rolling stock or any component thereof, has not yet been exercised. Please see the document uploaded under folder 1.3.12.4.2.0.4 of the Data Room.

VMR Right of First Refusal - Tailings:
In terms of a service level agreement concluded between AngloGold and VMR, AngloGold has granted a right of first refusal in favour of VMR in respect of the depositing of the tailings produced at West Gold Plant located at the West Complex and West Extension tailings storage facilities. Please see the document uploaded under folder 1.3.12.4.2.0.4 of the Data Room.

CAPM Surface Right Permits Agreement and CAPM Servitude Agreement:
A Surface Right Permit Agreement to be entered into between AngloGold, African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited, the liquidators of Pamodzi Gold Orkney Proprietary Limited and CAPM African Precious Metals Proprietary Limited ("CAPM") has been prepared (but not signed yet), in terms of which (inter alia) (a) certain SRPs relating to CAPM’s operations] will be abandoned or partially abandoned and be replaced by servitudes and (b) 7 (seven) SRPs relating to CAPM’s operations will be transferred to CAPM.
It is recorded that (a) certain infrastructure located at certain areas over which the VR Remaining Business is conducted is required by CAPM for its operational purposes and AngloGold is thus required to register servitudes in favour of CAPM over such areas and (b) certain infrastructure located at certain areas over which CAPM’s business is conducted is required by AngloGold for its operational purposes and CAPM is thus required to register servitudes in favour of AngloGold over such areas. Accordingly, a servitude agreement has been negotiated and requires sketch plans to be finalised for signature whereafter, implementation thereof will be required.
Orkney Winze Area:
As regards the area located at a certain portion of Portion 4 of the Farm Witkop (the "Orkney Winze Area"), there used to be a CAPM vent shaft located on the Orkney Winze Area which vent shaft has since been closed by CAPM. Following an informal arrangement between AngloGold and Mr van Wyk, Mr van Wyk currently grazes his cattle on a certain portion of the Orkney Winze Area. In addition, there is a biodiversity as well as a heritage site located on the Orkney Winze Area.
The entrance to the Winze vent shaft is now utilised by illegal miners to access the underground workings of CAPM 6 Shaft. Several attempts to enclose the holing’s failed as the illegal miners continue to re-open the entrance to the Winze vent shaft. CAPM appointed a security company "Joint Effort Security" in an attempt to prevent illegal miners entering the holing.

Westvaal Hospital:
A sale agreement was concluded between (inter alia) AngloGold and Westvaal Hospital Proprietary Limited (the "Westvaal Hospital Company"), in terms of which (inter alia) AngloGold disposed of the Westvaal Hospital to the Westvaal Hospital Company, subject to the fulfilment of certain conditions precedent. Due to the non-fulfilment of certain conditions precedent, the sale agreement was never implemented and a lease agreement was thus concluded between AngloGold and Westvaal Hospital Company in respect of the Westvaal Hospital, pending the sourcing of funding by the Westvaal Hospital Company for purposes of acquiring the Westvaal Hospital. This lease agreement was cancelled by AngloGold due to a breach thereof by the Westvaal Hospital Company, which currently occupies the Westvaal Hospital and has refused to hand over possession of the Westvaal Hospital to AngloGold. Accordingly, AngloGold is in the process of instituting eviction proceedings against the Westvaal Hospital Company.
In term of the aforesaid lease (which has since been cancelled), the Westvaal Hospital company leased some of the private rooms to medical practitioners (such as occupational therapists and physiotherapists) (the "West Vaal Medical Practitioners"). Although AngloGold terminated its lease with the Westvaal Hospital Company AngloGold did not however terminate the leases with West Vaal Medical Practitioners nor does it intend to do so prior to the Closing Date.
It is noted that the movable assets of the Westvaal Hospital are owned by AGA Health Proprietary Limited (a wholly owned subsidiary of AngloGold). Further, 15 (fifteen) out of 23 (twenty three) houses in the area of the Westvaal Hospital are occupied by former employees of the Westvaal Hospital Company and thus short-term leases are in the process of being concluded between AngloGold and such former employees who are currently occupying the aforesaid houses . Some of the vacant houses have been vandalised. The houses have not been included in the potential sale of the Westvaal Hospital to RH Managers, as dealt with below.
AngloGold has received an offer from RH Managers to acquire the Westvaal Hospital, which offer has been accepted by AngloGold, subject to the payment by RH Managers of a deposit and the conclusion of a written sale agreement. The offer provides for the installation and linking of, the Westvaal Hospital property to municipal services prior to the registration of transfer. The sale will not be concluded and the Westvaal Hospital will accordingly form part of the VR Remaining Business Assets to be sold to Harmony Moab.
8.    





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
 
Orkney Flats:
AngloGold disposed the Orkney Flats located to VMR. Approximately 6 (six) units of the Orkney Flats are currently occupied by VR Remaining Business employees. A draft head lease agreement has been prepared however such draft is yet to be executed. Please see the documents uploaded under folders 1.3.12.4.2.0.17 and 1.3.12.4.2.0.18 of the Data Room.

Kopanang Gold Plant:
Pursuant to the sale agreement (the "Kopanang Gold Plant Area Agreement") concluded between AngloGold and VMR, the area on which the Kopanang Gold Plant is located (Portion 27 of the Farm Pretoriuskraal) (the "Kopanang Gold Plant Area") was sold to VMR, subject to the conclusion of a short-term written lease agreement between AngloGold (as lessee) and VMR (as lessor) in respect of the aforesaid property. A draft lease agreement has been prepared however such draft is yet to be executed.

There have been further discussions relating to the registration of a servitude of use and access in favour of AngloGold over the Kopanang Gold Plant Area as well as rights of access and use over the Kopanang Gold Plant Area roads and pipeline areas located on Portion 27 and Portion 6 of the Farm Pretoriuskraal. Accordingly, these servitude provisions have been incorporated into a draft third addendum to the Kopanang Gold Plant Area Agreement, which is yet to be executed. In addition, Portion 27 of the Farm Pretoriuskraal has not been transferred to VMR yet as a subdivision of the portion thereof (which was previously disposed by AngloGold to OMV) is required to be approved and registered.

Kopanang Hostel lease:
In terms of a lease agreement concluded between AngloGold and VMR, a number of Kopanang Gold Plant employees are accommodated in certain rooms at the VMR hostel. This lease agreement has been uploaded under folder 1.3.12.4.2.0.6 of the Data Room.

West Gold Plant:
Pursuant to the sale agreement concluded between AngloGold and VMR (the "West Gold Plant Agreement"), the West Gold Plant located on Portion 200 Nooitgedacht 438 IP was disposed by AngloGold to VMR. A short-term lease agreement has been concluded between AngloGold and VMR in respect of the aforesaid property (under folder 1.3.12.4.20.2 of the Data Room). VMR has requested a servitude in respect of the loading pad, the Million dam, the change house and the offices at WAFU, and the residue pump station. These servitude provisions have been incorporated into a draft third addendum to the West Gold Plant Agreement which is yet to be signed.






Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
 
Flatted Houses:
Harmony Moab acquired from AngloGold certain residential units, including the Flatted Houses, indicated as located on Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney, which property was transferred to Harmony Moab. However, the Flatted Houses are not located on Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney but are located on Erf 2871 Orkney which have also been duly sold and transferred to Harmony Moab. The 23 houses known as the "West Housing" that serve the Westvaal Hospital are in fact located on Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney, as well as part of the North West Tourism Board Hotels School premises. A rectification transfer was envisaged but will no longer be necessary, provided that Portion 2 of Erf 2 Orkney is included in the list of the Immovable Properties (VR) to be sold pursuant to the Agreement.

Midvaal Servitudes:
Midvaal pipelines traverse Immovable Properties (VR) but no servitudes have been registered. Awaiting Midvaal to take the registration process further. Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.3.9.6.2.1 of the Data Room.

Ariston:
Following allegations of contaminated ground water in the area known as "Ariston Holdings", AngloGold acquired a number of the properties that could potentially be affected by contaminated ground water and demolished all improvements on those properties.
A water pipeline agreement was also concluded between AngloGold and Matlosana Municipality on 26 January 1988 with regard to the construction of a municipal water pipeline and the provision of water by the local authority to 8 (eight) portions of the Farm Nooitgedacht 434 (four hundred and thirty four) (which have subsequently been subdivided into more portions) in the area known as "Ariston", and AngloGold has acquired some of the aforesaid portions. In terms of the aforesaid agreement (which is terminable on 6 (six) calendar months’ notice), AngloGold also undertook to pay to the local authority the rates for the actual water consumed on those AngloGold properties, subject to a maximum of 50 (fifty) kilo litres per month. Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.3.9.13 of the data Room.

Sometime in 2014, AngloGold made offers to 3 (three) Ariston Plot owners to acquire their properties which offers were rejected. In 2019 however, Mr B Williams (Portion 57 of Ariston) and JH Stehlick (Portion 215 of Ariston) approached AngloGold indicating their willingness to sell their properties. A revaluation of the properties is currently being undertaken however, no mandate or offer to purchase has been finalised.

Encroachment:
Mr Moleko, the owner of Erf 3347 Orkney has encroached on AngloGold’s Erf 3348
Orkney with the construction of his boundary wall plus gate and the building of his house within the building line restriction right up to the actual boundary. He has further encroached on AngloGold’s Erf 3346 Orkney with the construction of his boundary wall over AngloGold’s stand. Mr Moleko made certain proposals to have the matter rectified and valuations are awaited.

Donations:
AngloGold has resolved to donate various properties in the area over which the VR Remaining Business is conducted. Such donations are currently in process. Mandates in respect of the donations have been uploaded under folder 1.3.9.11 of the Data Room.

Occupancy Leases:
AngloGold has entered into residential leases with various employees of the VR Remaining Business. Please refer to the schedule of documents uploaded under folder 1.3.9.2.0.29 of the Data Room.

Residential Properties:
AngloGold understands that there is a general approved master building plan for all residential properties and buildings and erections in the area over which the VR Remaining Business is conducted in accordance with municipal custom where volumes of similar buildings are constructed. However, there are certain residential properties and all buildings and erections thereon that do not comply in every material respect with all material Governmental Entities’ requirements relating thereto.
Engagements have commenced for the disposal of the various recreation clubs, including Caravan Club, Boating Club, Gliding Club and Transawl Riverside Resort situated in the VR Region however, no mandates or work has commenced in this regard.

Moab Sale:
Draft Third Addendum has been prepared and would have been shared with Harmony Moab shortly. Amendments to the draft Third Addendum may be required following the Closing Date.






Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraphs 3 and 6
As regards the VR Remaining Business properties, the electricity, water and rental arrears due to AngloGold is as follows (in total):
    Margaret Village, R1 657 736 (one million six hundred and fifty seven thousand seven hundred and thirty six Rand);
    separated employees (whether retrenched or have concluded voluntary severance packages who occupy AngloGold-owned accommodation), R1 603 721 (one million six hundred and three thousand seven hundred and twenty one Rand); and
    commercial leases, R4 173 611 (four million one hundred and seventy three thousand six hundred and eleven Rand).
xxii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 5
AngloGold currently stands as a guarantor in favour of Eskom in terms of an electricity supply agreement entered into between (inter alia) Eskom and AngloGold on 28 February 2018 terminable on 12 (twelve) calendar months’ notice in writing by either party, and which agreement is uploaded under folder 1.3.10.3.1.2.0.2 of the Data Room. Please see a copy of the guarantee uploaded under folder 1.3.10.3.1.2.0 in the Data Room. AngloGold will not be released from this guarantee by the Closing Date.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxiii.    
Including without limitation paragraph 6.2.5
When the initial AngloGold employee home ownership scheme started, AngloGold became aware that banks in certain regions were not financing units containing asbestos material. In response, AngloGold embarked on an asbestos assessment process. ENSA Environmental SA (Pty) Ltd ("ENSA") was appointed by AngloGold to assist with the inspection of the properties. These inspection are carried out by ENSA with consulting occupational hygienists.
The 1st assessment was conducted on the 12 July 2016 which determined that 62 (sixty two) properties contained more than 70% (seventy percent) asbestos material (ceilings, fascia’s, barge boards and/or wall panels). The 70% (seventy percent) asbestos homes are pre-fabricated homes.
The 2nd assessment was conducted on the 10 October 2016, which determined that 53 (fifty three) of the 58 (fifty eight) properties assessed contained up to 40% (forty percent) asbestos material (ceilings, fascia’s and/or barge boards). The 40% (forty percent) asbestos houses are constructed of brick.
These two assessments indicated that the majority of the AGA properties contained some level of asbestos materials. The reason for this is that the use of asbestos materials in construction was extremely widespread in the 1960’s to the 1980’s when the AGA properties were built.
AngloGold has decided that The 70% (seventy percent) asbestos material homes will be demolished and/or will be vacated and no longer rented. When a 40% (forty percent) asbestos material home is identified (e.g. when it is to be sold to an employee), AngloGold remediates the home by having ENSA remove the asbestos material, whereafter AngloGold’s maintenance team replaces the items in question with other material. ENSA then issues an asbestos clearance certificate in respect of the home.
In terms of AngloGold’s findings, the properties containing asbestos materials are safe for continued habitation. The risk of harm arises when asbestos fibres become airborne, which could happen when an affected house is renovated or drilling of the affected materials takes place. No asbestos related claims have been made against AngloGold arising out of the occupation of the affected homes.
As at 10 February 2020, 360 (three hundred and sixty) employee apply-to-buy properties containing up to 40% a (forty percent) sbestos material have been remediated at an average cost of R20,000 (twenty thousand Rand) per unit. It is planned that the next removal phase will continue for all apply to buy units. The pre-fabricated 70% (seventy percent) asbestos material properties have all been demolished. consequently, there are no pre-fabricated homes left.
AngloGold believes it is very likely that the homes to be transferred to the relevant Purchasers under the Agreement which have not yet been assessed will have a similar asbestos material profile to the assessed homes discussed above, i.e. most of the homes will contain up to 40% (forty percent) asbestos material. In the event that the houses are remediated, the Purchaser will need to ensure compliance with the National Environmental Management: Waste Act, 2008 and the Regulations for prohibition over use, manufacturing, import and export of asbestos and asbestos containing material, 2008, which incorporate by reference the asbestos regulations, 2001 under OHSA.





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxiv.    
Including without limitation paragraph 6
Some of the Transferring Employees (VR) are entitled to rights of use pursuant to:
    the AngloGold employee ownership housing scheme; and
    the commercial leases uploaded in the Data Room at folder 1.3.9.5.
xxv.    
Including without limitation paragraphs 8 and 16
The physical due diligence on the title deeds in respect of the Immovable Properties (VR) was conducted by the relevant members of the Purchaser’s Group (and/or their representatives and/or their advisors) between 22 and 25 October 2019 at AngloGold premises.
AngloGold has not uploaded into the Data Room: (a) copies of certain title deeds which were made available for the Purchasers review at the offices of AngloGold on 22 and 25 October 2019; (b) certain title deeds which were not in the physical possession of AngloGold by virtue of them being lodged at a Governmental Entity or conveyancer; and (c) copies of documents which required third parties to consent to the disclosure of the document to the Purchasers and which consent was unable to be procured by AngloGold.
xxvi.    
Including without limitation paragraph 9
In terms of AngloGold practice, employees may apply for an advance on salary up to a maximum of 50% (fifty per cent) of the salary already accrued to the employee (generally up to one month’s salary).  These advances must be motivated to and authorised by AngloGold.  Few employees receive such advances.
xxvii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9.1.3
Ramon Pienaar (Maintenance Control System Advisor) has been seconded to AngloGold's Obuasi Mine in Ghana. Ramon Piennar's secondment will not have terminated by the Closing Date.
xxviii.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
Please see the documents uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.10.0.3 of the Data Room in respect of disciplinary procedures instituted against senior employees which form part of the Transferring Employees (VR).
xxix.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
On 25 October 2019, AngloGold issued final written warnings to 195 (one hundred and ninety five) of the Transferring Employees (VR) who participated in an unprotected strike at MWS. AngloGold anticipates such employees to dispute the issuance of final written warnings.
xxx.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9.6.2
11 (eleven) of the Transferring Employees (VR) do not belong to a Retirement Fund as noted in the payroll documentation uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.1.0.7 of the Data Room. Such employees consist of "MOA Learners" and fixed term employees.
xxxi.    
Including, without limitation, paragraph 9
The details of employment-related matters which are currently being heard at the CCMA have been uploaded under folders 1.2.3.2.10.0.4 and 1.3.3.2.10.0.2 of the Data Room.
xxxii.    
Including without limitation paragraph 9
The health records in relation to the Transferring Employees (VR) will be transferred to the Purchaser but these records have been maintained and stored by an outsourced healthcare provider (Laboransan Occupational Health (Pty) Ltd).





Item No.
Warranty Reference (without limitation)
Disclosure
xxxiii.    
Including without limitation paragraphs 11 and 12
As part of the transfer of mining rights to Harmony Moab and VMR, the environmental management programme ("EMP") that related to the mining rights previously held by AngloGold was transferred to Harmony Moab and VMR. The DMRE issued AngloGold with an approval dated 24 May 2018 (see document uploaded folder 1.3.12.3.3.0.1 of the Data Room) relating, on the face of it, to some of the assets and infrastructure retained by AngloGold in the transaction that were previously dealt with under the EMP which was first provided by the DMRE to AGA via email on 1 November 2019. AngloGold has not taken a legal view on the validity of the approval
xxxiv.    
Including without limitation paragraph 14
VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business and Khuma Community Service Delivery Protests:
The VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business is situated adjacent to various informal settlements and townships ("VR Communities") within the Matlosana Municipality. The Matlosana Municipality has been the source of many well-publicised service delivery protests by the VR Communities in recent years. Since 2017, one of the VR Communities, in particular, which is known as the "Khuma Community", has disrupted the operations of the VR Remaining Business / Chemwes Business. From time to time, different groups from the Khuma Community have overwhelmed contractors and staff of AngloGold at its various reclamation operations causing lengthy operational disruption by virtue of threat and intimidation. The Khuma Community claims ownership of AngloGold’s various waste rock dumps and demands employment opportunities. AngloGold is in the process of commencing interdict proceedings against the Khuma Community as a whole. AngloGold cannot guarantee, even if the interdict is awarded in favour of AngloGold, that all interference by the VR Communities will immediately and permanently cease.







Annexure F
WW Mining Sale Assets
1.
The following mines and related infrastructure (the "WW Mines"):
1.1.
the Mponeng Mine operated by AngloGold, being the mining operation and related infrastructure, in the municipalities of Merafong City Local Municipality, Gauteng, South Africa established to access and mine minerals per the WW Mining Rights, as depicted as such in Annexure W, comprising of the underground mining operation and associated infrastructure related thereto, including the shaft area, comprising all buildings, consumable and critical spares stores, fixed and movable mining equipment and associated fixtures and fittings located on the mines as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6in the Data Room (the "Mponeng Mine");
1.2.
the Tau Tona Mine in preparation for orderly closure, being the mining operation and related infrastructure, in the municipalities of Merafong City Local Municipality, Gauteng, South Africa established to access and mine minerals per the WW Mining Rights, as depicted as such in Annexure W, including the shaft area and associated infrastructure related thereto (to the extent applicable), comprising all buildings, fixed and movable mining equipment and associated fixtures and fittings located on the mine as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 in the Data Room; and
1.3.
the Savuka Mine in preparation for orderly closure, being the mining operation and related infrastructure, in the municipalities of Merafong City Local Municipality, Gauteng, South Africa established to access and mine minerals per the WW Mining Rights, as depicted as such in Annexure W, comprising of water pumping infrastructure and equipment, including the shaft area and associated infrastructure related thereto (to the extent applicable), comprising all buildings, consumable and critical spares stores, fixed and movable equipment and associated fixtures and fittings including fixed and movable equipment and associated fixtures and fittings for the pumping of water located on the mine as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 in the Data Room.
2.
The Mponeng Gold Plant, as depicted as such in Annexure W, and all other fixed and movable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by AngloGold in or in connection with the Mponeng Gold Plant, as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room (the "WW Gold Plant").
3.
The Savuka Gold Plant, as depicted as such in Annexure W, and all other fixed and movable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by AngloGold in or in connection with the Savuka Gold Plant, as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room (the "Savuka Gold Plant").





4.
All of the buildings, training units and accommodation units / housing and all other fixed and moveable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by AngloGold, as at the Closing Date, which, as at the Closing Date, are situated in the WW Region (the "Infrastructure (WW)"), and include but are not limited to:
4.1.
the high density accommodation units which house employees working at the WW Mines and includes the Ntshongalanga Residence, the Motabeng Residence and the Ekhayalihle Residence, the details of which are set out in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room and which are depicted in Annexure W and labelled thereon as "Ntshongalanga Residence", the "Motabeng Residence" and the "Ekhayalihle Residence";
4.2.
the West Wits Village which is depicted in Annexure W and labelled thereon as "West Wits Village";
4.3.
all infrastructure, as at the Closing Date, forming part of the WW Region district offices as situated on the WW Mining Areas, the details of which are set out in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room;
4.4.
all of the buildings, training units and accommodation units / housing and all other fixed and moveable equipment and infrastructure located on the Kraalkop Game Reserve, which is depicted in Annexure W and labelled thereon as "Kraalkop Game Reserve", as well as all of the game animals which are listed under folder 1.2.9.14 of the Data Room;
4.5.
the WW Region compulsory training units, which include the ATDS Training Centres, the details of which are set out in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6of the Data Room and are depicted in Annexure W and labelled thereon as "ATDS Training Centres";
4.6.
all infrastructure and equipment (other than infrastructure and equipment owned by third parties) relating to security services relating directly to the WW Mines, the Mponeng Gold Plant and the Savuka Gold Plant, the details of which are listed under folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room;
4.7.
the South African Region Offices and the West Wits Regional Offices situated on the WW Mining Areas, as depicted in Annexure W; and
4.8.
any and all buildings and infrastructure required for mining purposes in terms of the WW Mining Rights.
5.
3 (three) armoured security vehicles with registration numbers ZPP702GP, ZHV568GP and ZHV480GP respectively.
6.
The WW Mining Right 11 MR and all operations conducted by AngloGold in the area referred to by AngloGold in its relevant plans and programmes as "Block 1C11".





7.
The firearms listed in folder 1.2.7.2.0.8 of the Data Room.






Annexure G
VR Remaining Sale Assets
1.
All of the buildings, training units and accommodation units / housing and all other fixed and moveable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by AngloGold, as at the Closing Date, which, as at the Closing Date, are situated in the VR Region (the "Infrastructure (VR)"), and include, but are not limited to:
1.1.
all infrastructure, as at the Closing Date, forming part of the VR Region district offices, the details of which are set out in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room and which are depicted in Annexure X and labelled thereon as "Regional Offices";
1.2.
the primary healthcare centre located on the Kopanang Gold Plant as depicted in Annexure X;
1.3.
the Westvaal Hospital and all related buildings and infrastructure situated at 1 Hospital Road, Orkney, North West Province, South Africa on a portion of Remaining Extent of Portion 4 (a portion of Portion 1) of the farm Witkop 438 Registration Division IP North West Province (the "Westvaal Hospital") and all other fixed and moveable assets, equipment and infrastructure located, as at the Closing Date, at the Westvaal Hospital as depicted in Annexure X; and
1.4.
all infrastructure and equipment (other than infrastructure and equipment owned by third parties) relating to security services, the details of which are listed under folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room.
2.
The Kopanang Gold Plant, as depicted as “Kopanang Plant” in Annexure X, located on the VMR Portions, and all other fixed and movable equipment and infrastructure owned and used by AngloGold in or in connection with the Kopanang Gold Plant, as at the Closing Date, being (as at the Signature Date) the assets listed in folder 1.2.11.2.2.0.6 of the Data Room (the "Kopanang Gold Plant").
3.
The Airwing helicopter (Registration No. ZS - HFE) manufactured in 2010.
4.
3 (three) armoured security vehicles with registration numbers CHK101NW, DZV955NW and DVD917NW respectively.
5.
The firearms listed in folder 1.3.7.3.0.4 of the Data Room  













Annexure H
SLAs (VR)
1.
AngloGold to Harmony Services Agreement entered into entered into between Harmony and AngloGold on 28 February 2018.
2.
Harmony to AngloGold Services Agreement entered into between Harmony and AngloGold on 28 February 2018.
3.
VMR SPV to AngloGold Services Agreement entered into between VMR and AngloGold on 21 February 2018.
4.
AngloGold to VMR SPV Services Agreement entered into between VMR and AngloGold on 21 February 2018.
5.
Supply of Rail Services Agreement entered into between AngloGold and Traxtion on 30 November 2018.
6.
Bulk Services Agreement entered into, or to be entered into, between AngloGold and SGS South Africa Proprietary Limited (a copy of which is uploaded under folder of 1.3.12.4.4.0.3 of the Data Room).
7.
Potable Water Supply Agreement entered into between AngloGold and CAPM, last signed on 1 March 2018 (a copy of which is uploaded under folder of 1.3.12.4.7.0.4 of the Data Room).








Annexure I
Contracts (WW)
Item No.
Contract (WW)
Data Room Reference (where applicable)
Sustainability MOUs
1.    
Memorandum of Agreement concluded between Mining Qualification Authority and AngloGold on 5 March 2018 detailing the parties’ collaboration in relation to the management and disbursement of bursary funds to 30 students.
1.2.8.2.0.1
2.    
Memorandum of Understanding concluded between AngloGold and with Merafong City Local Municipality on 09 June 2014 for establishment of an Enterprise Development Centre with the objective of developing community based entrepreneurs and employment opportunities are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.2.8.4.3.0.5
3.    
Memorandum of Understanding concluded between AngloGold and with the West Rand District Municipality on or about 30 August 2011 detailing their agreement to coordinate development under AngloGold’s social and labour plan and the Municipality’s integrated development plan.
1.2.8.4.2.0.1
4.    
Memorandum of Understanding concluded between AngloGold and with the OR Tambo District Municipality on or about 10 January 2012 detailing their agreement to coordinate development under AngloGold’s social and labour plan and the Municipality’s integrated development plan.
1.2.8.4.1.0.1
Memorandum of Agreement
5.    
Memorandum of Agreement between AngloGold and Driefontein Consolidated Proprietary Limited ("DCP") on 28 July 2003 for the supply of non-potable water by DCP to AngloGold are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.2.10.2.2

6.    
Amendment to the Memorandum of Agreement between AngloGold and DCP on 23 July 2004 for the extension of the term for the supply of non-potable water by DCP to AngloGold are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein
1.2.10.2.2
Home Ownership Scheme
7.    
Memorandum of Understanding entered into between AngloGold and the National Union of Mineworkers, Association of Mineworkers Union, UASA and Solidarity on 5 November 2014 whereby AngloGold makes available for sale stands and houses in Matlosana and Merafong Municipalities to employees on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.2.9.9.0.2
Covalent
8.    
Pipeline Agreement between AngloGold and Covalent for provision of water pumping operations for the benefit of AngloGold in order to prevent flooding AGA’s mines.
1.2.12.5.1.0.9
9.    
Service Agreement between AngloGold and Covalent on 9 June 2014 provision of water pumping services for the benefit of AngloGold in order to prevent flooding on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.2.12.5.1.0.8
Western Deep Levels
10.    
Agreement concluded between Western Deep Levels Limited, Blyvooruitzight Gold Mining Company Limited and Driefontein Consolidated Limited on 20 June 1991 for the pumping, removal and disposal of underground water emanating from 5 shaft-west complex (now called 10-shaft complex).
1.2.5.8.0.1





11.    
Mining Services Participation Agreements concluded between Western Ultra Deep Levels Limited, Western Deep Levels Limited and Witwatersrand Deep Limited dated 1954 (as amended in 1963), 18 July 1975 and 11 July 1980.
1.2.12.2.2.0.1, 1.2.12.2.2.0.2, 1.2.12.2.2.0.3 and 1.2.12.2.2.0.9
12.    
Agreement concluded between Western Deep Levels Limited, Blyvooruitzight Gold Mining Company Limited, Doornfontein Gold Mining Company Limited on 21 March 1968 for, inter alia, the maintenance of the Blyvoor Channel on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.2.9.13







Annexure J
Contracts (VR)
Item No.
Contract (VR)
Data Room Reference (where applicable)
Sustainability MOUs
1.    
Memorandum of understanding entered into between AngloGold and Matlosana Municipality in or about 2011 in terms of which (inter alia) the parties thereto detailing their agreement in aligning the social and labour plan in the VR Region and the Matlosana Municipality’s integrated development plan on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.8.4.1.0.1
2.    
Memorandum of Understanding concluded between AngloGold and with the OR Tambo District Municipality on or about 10 January 2012 detailing their agreement to coordinate development under AngloGold’s social and labour plan and the Municipality’s integrated development plan
1.3.8.4.2.0.1
Deeds of Donation
3.    
Offer of Donation entered into between AngloGold and Matlosana Municipality on or about 6 July 2019 in terms of which (inter alia) the donation of Kanana SAPS Offices by AngloGold to Matlosana are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.11.0.4
4.    
Deed of Donation entered into between AngloGold and the North West Tourism Board and the Provincial Government – North West Province: Tourism on 30 May 2018 in terms of which (inter alia) the donation of the Hotel School Properties are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.11.0.1
5.    
Mandate Donation of entered into between AngloGold and 42 Burns Ave, Orkney Child Welfare 002-023 NPO on or about 31 July 2019 in terms of which (inter alia) the donation of the house located on Erf 118, Orkney) by AngloGold are recorded on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.11.0.6
Ariston Contracts
6.    
Agreement entered into between the Town Council of Orkney and AngloGold (then named Vaal Reefs Exploration and Mining Company Limited) on 26 January 1988 in terms of which (inter alia) AngloGold agrees to assist Town Council of Orkney with the supply of water (installation of pipes) on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.13.0.1
7.    
Memorandum of Agreement entered into between AngloGold (then named Vaal Reefs Exploration and Mining Company Limited), Daniel Jacobus Hanekon, Carel Lodewyk Pieterse and Willem Jacobus Bouwer in or about June 1975 in terms of which (inter alia) AngloGold agreed to supply potable water to various plot holders in the Ariston area on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.13.0.3
8.    
Agreement entered into between AngloGold and the City Council Klerksdorp on 19 June 2003 for (inter alia) the supply of water (installation of pipes) to the area known as the "Ariston Plots" on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.9.13.0.6
Ellaton Dump
9.    
Sale of Tailings Dump Agreement entered into between Shiva Uranium Proprietary Limited and AngloGold Ashanti Limited on 27 February 2013 in terms of which (inter alia) Shiva Uranium Proprietary Limited sold the Ellaton Tailings Dump to AngloGold on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.10.1.2.0.8





Kopanang Sale Agreement
10.    
Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold and VMR, previously named K2017449111 (Pty) Ltd, on or about 18 October 2017 in terms of which (inter alia) Kopanang Gold Plant and other Sale Assets were sold to VMR on the further terms and conditions set out therein ("Kopanang Sale Agreement").
1.3.12.4.2.0.19
11.    
First Addendum to the Kopanang Sale Agreement between AngloGold and VMR on or about 23 February 2018.
1.3.12.4.2.0.20
12.    
Second Addendum to the Kopanang Sale Agreement between AngloGold and VMR on or about 28 February 2018.
3.12.4.2.0.21
13.    
Rock Dump Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold and Village Main Reef (Pty) Ltd ("VMR Co") in terms of which (inter alia) VMR Co sold certain rock dumps to AngloGold on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.4.2.0.3
14.    
Mispah Tailings Agreement between AngloGold, VMR, Coreland Property Investment Company Proprietary Limited and Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited on 18 October 2017 for (inter alia) sale and purchase of the Mispah Tailings Facility 7 on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.4.2.0.13
VR Laboratories Sale to SGS
15.    
Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold and SGS South Africa (Pty) Ltd on 31 October 2018 for (inter alia) the sale and purchase of Vaal River Laboratories on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.4.4.0.1
Rail Network Sale to Traxtion
16.    
Sale Agreement entered into between AngloGold and Traxtion Sheltam Proprietary Limited on 27 November 2018 for (inter alia) the sale and purchase of the Rail Network as well as related movable assets and property (defined in this agreement) on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.4.5.0.1
CAPM
17.    
Potable Water Supply Agreement between AngloGold and CAPM African Precious Metals Proprietary Limited (“CAPM”) on 1 March 2018 in terms of which AngloGold would supply water to CAPM employees on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.4.7.0.4
Finance
18.    
Loan Recordal Agreement entered into between AngloGold and Chemwes on 25 April 2014 in terms of which (inter alia) AngloGold loaned and advanced to Chemwes on the further terms and conditions set out therein.
1.3.12.6.0.1
Home Ownership Scheme
19.    
Memorandum of understanding entered into between AngloGold and the National Union of Mineworkers, Association of Mineworkers Union, UASA and Solidarity on 5 November 2014 whereby AngloGold makes available for sale stands and houses in Matlosana and Merafong Municipalities to employees.
1.3.9.9.0.2







Annexure K
Lease Agreements (WW)








Annexure L
Lease Agreements (VR)













Annexure M
PROJECTPRISMSALEAGREE_IMAGE3.GIF MOD (WW)















Annexure N
PROJECTPRISMSALEAGREE_IMAGE4.GIF MOD (VR)







Annexure O
Transferring Employees (WW)
The list of the Transferring Employees (WW) are uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.11.0.2 and 1.2.3.2.11.0.3 of the Data Room.







Annexure P
Transferring Employees (VR)
The list of the Transferring Employees (WW) are uploaded under folder 1.3.3.2.11.0.2 and 1.2.3.2.11.0.3 of the Data Room.






Annexure Q
Immoveable Properties (WW)








Annexure R
Immoveable Properties (VR)










Annexure S
Servitudes (WW)






Annexure T
Servitudes (VR)






Annexure U
Sale Liabilities (WW)
1.
All obligations and liabilities, other than the Environmental Obligations (WW), in respect of, relating to or arising from the Sale Assets (WW) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
2.
All health and safety obligations and liabilities (but excluding any liability for which AngloGold is liable under the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement) in respect of, relating to or arising from the Sale Assets (WW) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
3.
All employee obligations and liabilities relating to the Transferring Employees (WW), which obligations and liabilities shall include (without limitation):
3.1.
any benefit, contribution or payment made on behalf of or to any Transferring Employee (WW) who becomes entitled to receive such benefit, contribution or payment in respect of any post-retirement medical aid benefit or in respect of a Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (WW) or any liability of CAWMS (excluding all liabilities and obligations arising from, or relating to. the CAWMS Liability, which constitutes an Excluded Liability), after the Closing Date, which includes (but is not limited to) the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (WW) amounts reflected in the schedule contemplated in clause 13.3.3 of the Agreement;
3.2.
any Claim, award, contribution, payment liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs), compensation, fines, actions and demands made on behalf of or by any Transferring Employee (WW) in relation to any Occupational Lung Disease (as defined in section 1 of the Occupational Diseases in Mines Works Act 78 of 1073) and of the diseases listed in section A2 and A3 of schedule 3 to the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 130 of 1993, other than for any liability that AngloGold has undertaken to be liable for under the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement (which constitutes an Excluded Liability);
3.3.
unpaid salary, pension, medical benefits, long service awards and any other applicable employee benefits not paid, pertaining to the Transferring Employees (WW) contemplated in clause 13.3.4,
whether the aforesaid employees obligations and liabilities are contingent, existing or arising before or after the Closing Date.
4.
All contractual obligations and liabilities in respect of, relating to or arising from the Contracts (WW) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
5.
All obligations and liabilities for assessment rates for Immoveable Properties (WW) and Infrastructure (WW) whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.





6.
All obligations and liabilities for industry charges (including without limitation refining charges, Mineral Council subscriptions, Ubank cash and recruitment services, SIMRAC levies, software licence fees, CPU Charges, GSMI, ODMWA levies), charged directly to or allocated to the Sale Assets (WW) whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date








Annexure V
Sale Liabilities (VR)
1.
All obligations and liabilities, other than the Environmental Obligations (VR), in respect of, relating to or arising from the Sale Assets (VR) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
2.
All health and safety obligations and liabilities (but excluding any liability for which AngloGold is liable under the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement) in respect of, relating to or arising from the Sale Assets (VR) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
3.
All employee obligations and liabilities relating to the Transferring Employees (VR), which obligations and liabilities, shall include (without limitation)
3.1.
any benefit, contribution or payment made on behalf of or to any Transferring Employee (VR) who becomes entitled to receive such benefit, contribution or payment in respect of any post-retirement medical aid benefit or in respect of a Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (VR) or any liability of CAWMS (excluding all liabilities and obligations arising from, or relating to. the CAWMS Liability, which constitutes an Excluded Liability), the Closing Date, which includes (but is not limited to) the Post-Retirement Medical Aid Promise (VR) amounts reflected in the schedule contemplated in clause 31.3.8 of the Agreement;
3.2.
any Claim, award, contribution, payment, liabilities, expenses (including, but not limited to, legal costs), compensation, fines, actions and demands made on behalf of or by any Transferring Employee (VR) in relation to any Occupational Lung Disease (as defined in section 1 of the Occupational Diseases in Mines Works Act 78 of 1073) and of the diseases listed in section A2 and A3 of schedule 3 to the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 130 of 1993, other than for any liability that AngloGold has undertaken to be liable for under the Silicosis Class Action Settlement Agreement (which constitutes an Excluded Liability);
3.3.
unpaid salary, pension, medical benefits, long service awards and any other applicable employee benefits not paid), pertaining to the Transferring Employees (VR) contemplated in clause 31.3.4,
whether the aforesaid employees obligations and liabilities are contingent, existing or arising before or after the Closing Date.
4.
All contractual obligations and liabilities in respect of, relating to or arising from the Contracts (VR) and whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.
5.
All obligations and liabilities for assessment rates for Immoveable Properties (VR) and Infrastructure (VR) whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.





6.
All obligations and liabilities for industry charges (including without limitation refining charges, Mineral Council subscriptions, Ubank cash and recruitment services, SIMRAC levies, software licence fees, CPU Charges, GSMI, ODMWA levies), charged directly to or allocated to the Sale Assets (VR) whether contingent, existing or arising and whether arising before or after the Closing Date.









Annexure W
WW Region Plan
PROJECTPRISMSALEAGREE_IMAGE5.GIF












Annexure X
VR Region Plan


PROJECTPRISMSALEAGREE_IMAGE6.GIF









Annexure Y
Surface Right Permits (WW)

Item No.
Old Permit No.
New Permit No.
R.M.T.No.
Description
1.    
C.7/61
3352/2005
478
A 3'6" electric mine railway on Driefontein 113 IQ, district Oberholzer
2.    
C.42/62
3454/2005
658
A waste rock dump with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
3.    
C.8/63
3350/2005
659
Compound with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
4.    
C.13/63
3344/2005
680
1. Reservoir with fencing 2. 10' wide strip of land for water pipe lines on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
5.    
C.18/63
3361/2005
683
One inch water pipeline on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Oberholzer
6.    
C.22/63
3343/2005
686
A water pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
7.    
C.24/63
3357/2005
697 with C23/63
Underground electric cables on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
8.    
C.23/63
3357/2005
697
Underground electric cables and switch house on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
9.    
C.27/63
3358/2005
700 with 28/63
A strip of ground 40’ wide for mine road, overhead electric power lines, underground electric cables, water pipe lines , telephone lines, sewage pipe lines and storm water drains with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
10.    
C.28/63
3358/2005
700
A strip of land 40' wide for access road, water pipe lines , sewage Pipe lines , telephone lines, stormwater drain with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
11.    
C.31/63
3353/2005
696
Extension to residential quarters with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Elandsfontein 115 IQ, districts Oberholzer and Potchefstroom
12.    
C.36/63
3348/2005
713
Water pipe line on the farm Blyvooruitzicht No. 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
13.    
C.37/63
3348/2005
711
Electric sub-station with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
14.    
C.6/64
3356/2005
730
Electric sub-station with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer





15.    
C.7/64
3346/2005
666
1. Mine Railway Line. 2. Marshalling yard. 3. Strip of ground fifty feet wide for private mine access road, telephone and communication lines, overhead electric power lines, underground electric cables, water pipe lines , sewage pipe lines and other line services incidental to mining operations, with fencing. 4. Strips of ground 40 feet wide, for private mine access roads, telephone and communication lines, overhead electric power lines, underground electric cables, water pipe lines, sewage pipe lines and other line services incidental to mining operations, with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Driefontein 113 IQ, district Oberholzer
16.    
C.9/64
3345/2005
654
Reduction plant with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
17.    
C.10/64
3360/2005
655
Residential quarters with fencing and recreational facilities with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
18.    
C.14/64
3359/2005
734
Main administrative offices and gardens with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
19.    
C.15/64
3351/2005
653
Slimes dam with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
20.    
C.17/64
3355/2005
689
Storm water drain (10' wide) with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
21.    
C.40/64
3347/2005
737
An area for shafts and shaft equipment with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
22.    
C.42/64
2104/2005
660
1. Waste rock dump with fencing. 2. Disposal works with fencing. 3. Salvage yard with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
23.    
C.43/64
2105/2005
747
Strip of ground 10 feet wide for canalisation of water with fencing, 10 inch water pipeline and area for dam and pump house with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
24.    
C.44/64
1997/2005
736
Area for workshops and stores with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
25.    
C.41/64
2480/2005
717
1. Married quarters with fencing. 2. Compound with fencing. 3. Hospital with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
26.    
C.54/64
1998/2005
681
Sewage pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
27.    
C.57/64
2102/2005
761
Areas for shafts and shaft equipment with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
28.    
C.58/64
2293/2005
677
Training centre with fencing Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer





29.    
C.2/65
2111/2005
762
Extensions to residential quarters with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
30.    
C.17/65
2112/2005
793
Mine roads on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
31.    
C.20/65
2200/2005
735
Post Office with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
32.    
C.22/65
2100/2005
816
Sewer pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
33.    
C.23/65
1999/2005
817
Water pipe lines on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
34.    
C.36/65
2107/2005
815
Core sheds, offices and garages with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
35.    
C.37/65
2108/2005
814
Stormwater drain with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
36.    
C.48/65
2109/2005
822
Residue pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
37.    
C.19/66
2110/2005
763
1. Water pipe lines 2. Underground cables, sewer-air-water and residue pipe lines with fencing 3. Reservoir with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
38.    
C.31/66
2106/2005
811
Extension to compound with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
39.    
C.16/67
2113/2005
871
1. Slimes dam with fencing 2. Evaporation dam with fencing 3. Strip of ground for drains with fencing and 4. 24" diameter water pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
40.    
C.21/67
2103/2005
883
Agriculture with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
41.    
C.31/67
2126/2005
901
1. Diversion weir 2. 24" water pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
42.    
104/68
2125/2005
922
Timber yard with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
43.    
125/68
2123/2005
032/68
Extension to area for dam with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
44.    
130/68
2127/2005
011/68
Sportsfield with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
45.    
161/68
2124/2005
095/68
Water storage dams with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
46.    
166/68
2120/2005
921
Extension to hospital with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
47.    
182/68
2114/2005
065/68
Water pipe lines, reservoirs, pump house, pressure release tanks on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
48.    
47/69
2294/2005
0121/68
Railway tracks, bridge and a concrete drain on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer





49.    
38/72
2115/2005
0.183/71
Underground electric cable, overhead powerlines and area for radio mast with fencing on Oog van Elandsfontein 114 IQ, and Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
50.    
97/72
2116/2005
0.200/71
Area for training centre and married quarters for senior male employees on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
51.    
32/73
2117/2005
0.65/70
1. Underground electric cable and slimes pipe lines 2. Overhead electric powerline an Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
52.    
51/73
2132/2005
0.186/72
Extension to residential quarters with fencing Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer and Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
53.    
75/74
2131/2005
0.29/74
1. Extensions to shaft equipment with fencing 2. Access road on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
54.    
153/74
2130/2005
0.224/74
Uranium plant with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
55.    
13/75
2118/2005
0.195/74
Recreation with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
56.    
14/75
2119/2005
0.110/74
Extension to slimes dam with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
57.    
41/75
2129/2005
0.28/75
Residential quarters with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
58.    
92/75
2122/2005
0.119/75
Store yard with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
59.    
179/75
2121/2005
0.240/75
Extension to core sheds with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
60.    
183/75
2128/2005
0.241/75
Extension to residential quarters with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
61.    
200/75
3492/2005
0.286/75
Extension to hostel with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
62.    
145/76
3493/2005
0.183/75
Extension to hostel with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
63.    
28/77
3494/2005
0.100/76
Mine security police barracks with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
64.    
202/77
3491/2005
0.215/77
1. Store yards with fencing 2. Access road on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
65.    
238/78
3495/2005
0.170/78
Mine road on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
66.    
10/79
3496/2005
0.465/77
Sewer pipe lines on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
67.    
80/79
3498/2005
0.162/78
Mine roads with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom





68.    
110/79
3497/2005
0.440/77
1. Sportsfield for employees with fencing 2. Mine roads 3. Underground electric cables 4. Stormwater drains and sewer pipe with fencing 5. Mine road 6. Underground electric cables 7. Sewer pipe line on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ
69.    
11/80
3490/2005
0.109/79
Mine roads with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
70.    
54/80
3489/2005
0.64/79
Extension to hospital with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
71.    
133/80
3505/2005
0.104/80
Uranium plant with fencing and extension to slimes dam on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
72.    
189/80
3500/2005
0.296/78
Fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
73.    
36/81
2466/2005
0.13/81
Transit reception centre for male employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
74.    
124/81
2467/2005
0.127/81
Residential quarters and Amenities incidental thereto with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
75.    
141/81
2468/2005
0.26/81
Recreation ground for employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
76.    
164/81
2469/2005
0.183/81
General offices with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
77.    
46/82
2470/2005
0.188/81
Shaft equipment with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
78.    
66/82
2471/2005
0.45/82
Access road and off-loading bay with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
79.    
101/82
 
0.102/82
Extension to residential quarters for employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
80.    
6/83
2473/2005
0.127/82
Extension to mine security and police barracks and incidental amenities with fencing, shaft equipment with fencing, buried sewer pipe line, access road and access road with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
81.    
7/83
2474/2005
0.163/81
Extension to uranium plant with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
82.    
10/83
2475/5002
0.131/82
Extension to residential quarters for employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
83.    
123/86
2476/2005
0.116/86
Explosives magazines with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
84.    
31/87
2477/2005
0.135/86
Security barracks for employees with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom





85.    
78/88
2478/2005
0.145/88
Post office building with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
86.    
30/89
2479/2005
0.212/88
Roads and filling station for mine vehicles, with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
87.    
61/89
1913/2005
0.172/88
Extension to residential quarters for employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
88.    
70/89
1920/2005
0.70/89
Sewage disposal works with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
89.    
80/89
1911/2005
0.143/88
Administrative offices with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ and Elandsfontein 115 IQ, districts Oberholzer & Potchefstroom
90.    
101/89
1905/2005
0.71/89
Slimes Pipe lines on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
91.    
135/89
1921/2005
0.95/89
Extension to area for shaft equipment with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
92.    
136/89
1919/2005
0.94/89
Reduction works with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
93.    
161/89
1909/2005
0132/89
Parking garages for mine vehicles, change houses and engagement centre, with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
94.    
178/89
1908/2005
0.186/89
Stores and access road with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
95.    
215/89
1904/2005
0.77/88
Transport depot with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
96.    
244/89
1906/2005
0.97/89
Mine nursery with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
97.    
371/89
1922/2005
0.132/88
Mine road and access road on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
98.    
455/89
1910/2005
0.169/89
Extension to area for security barracks for employees with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
99.    
33/90
1912/2005
0.58/90
Overhead electric powerline with underground electric cable on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom
100.    
34/90
1914/2005
0.59/90
Visiting centre for wives of mine employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
101.    
88/90
1915/2005
0.98/90
Extension to residential quarters for employees with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
102.    
90/90
1918/2005
0.99/90
Extension to residential quarters for employees with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom





103.    
219/90
1917/2005
0.198/90
Extension to shaft equipment area with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
104.    
91/91
1916/2005
0.37/90
Mine road with fencing on Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
105.    
121/93
1907/2005
0.123/92
Slimes dam with fencing on Doornfontein 118 IQ and Blyvooruitzicht 116 IQ, district Oberholzer
106.    
211/89
 
0.141/89
Extension to residential quarters and incidental amenities, with fencing on Elandsfontein 115 IQ, district Potchefstroom







Annexure Z
Surface Right Permits (VR)
Item No.
Permit No.
Description
Farm
New No.
R.M.T. No.
1.    
C15-52
Storage dam with fencing
Nooitgedacht [53] IP, district Klerksdorp
207/2006
175
2.    
C2-54
No. 3 shaft equipment area
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
216
3.    
C17-57
Waste rock with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
330
4.    
C27-57
Uranium plant with fencing
Modderfontein [45] and Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
128/2006
340
5.    
C34-57
Slimes dam with fencing
Modderfontein [45] IP, district Klerksdorp
204/2006
334
6.    
C37-57
Agriculture with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
156/2006
339
7.    
C41-57
Slimes pipelines
Vaalkop [110] IP and Modderfontein [45] IP, district Klerksdorp
138/2006
345
8.    
C42-57
Compressed air pipelines
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
153/2006
48
9.    
C2-58
Bantu compound with fencing
Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
199/2006
341
10.    
C3-58
Bantu married quarters with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
 
331
11.    
C4-58
Administrative building with fencing
Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
198/2006
347
12.    
C10-58
Railway line with fencing
Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
2072/2005
362
13.    
C11-58
Bantu police camp with fencing
Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
152/2006
351





14.    
C25-58
Uranium plant with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
208/2006
390
15.    
C1-59
Settling dams
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
209/2006
375
16.    
C22-59
Uranium plant effluent evaporation area
Witkop 438 IP and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
134/2006
378
17.    
C46-59
Extension to slimes dam with fencing
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
183/2006
464
18.    
C19-60
Water pipeline
Witkop 438 IP and Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
211/2006
444
19.    
C32-60
Waste rock dump
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
 
485
20.    
C42-60
Compressed air pipelines and water pipeline
Modderfontein 440 and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
 
490





21.    
C48-60
Mine railway line and spurs
Modderfontein 440 and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
201/2006
492
22.    
C4-61
Sewer pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
181/2006
486
23.    
C6-61
European sportsfield with fencing, water pipeline and underground electric cable
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
491
24.    
C19-61
1) Extension to shaft equipment area with fencing 2) Compressed air column
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, Witkop No 438 and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
[Unclear]
489
25.    
C52-61
1) Strip of land 50' wide for mine road, and overhead lighting cable, pilot cable 2) Overhead lighting cable and underground
Modderfontein 440 and Vaalkop No 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
502
26.    
C61-61
Bantu cemetery with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
173/2006
471
27.    
C65-[65]
1) Mine road 20' wide 2) Compressed air column 3) Sewer pipeline 4) Underground electric cable 5) Water pipeline 6) Strip 50' wide for compressed air column, sewer pipeline and underground electric cable
Nooitgedacht 434, Witkop 438 and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
212/2006
499





28.    
C90-61
1) Uranium plant effluent disposal drain, 2) Evaporation dam with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
213/2006
380
29.    
C92-61
Bantu married quarters with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
214/2006
578
30.    
C95-61
An underground electric power cable
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
238/2006
376
31.    
C13-62
Bantu mine hospital with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
231/2006
498
32.    
C19-62
Extension to Bantu married quarters with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
 
595
33.    
C20-62
A slimes pipe column
Vaalkop 439, Nooitgedacht 434, Witkop 438 and Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
180/2006
609
34.    
C25-62
Extension to Bantu compound with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
174/2006
621





35.    
C26-62
1) Sewerage pipeline 2) Algae dam with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
175/2006
602
36.    
C6-63
Bantu sportsfield with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
125/2006
642
37.    
C39-63
Bantu welfare facilities with fencing and extension to bantu compound with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
126/2006
628
38.    
C43-63
Boating club with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
131/2006
712
39.    
C6-65
Extension to bantu married quarters with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
783
40.    
C35-65
1) Bantu playing fields with fencing 2) Bantu children's playground with fencing 3) Bantu chapel and school with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
206/2006
751
41.    
C55-65
1) Sewerage pipeline 2) Mine railway line
Vaalkop [110] IP, district Klerksdorp
137/2006
830





42.    
C62-65
1) Extension to waste rock dump 2) Extension to sewerage disposal works with fencing 3) Extension to shaft equipment with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
139/2006
831
43.    
C63-65
Timber storage yard with fencing
Goedgenoeg 433 and Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
194/2006
823
44.    
C65-65
1) Mine railway line 2) Extension to reduction plant with fencing 3) Slimes pipe column 4) Sewer pipeline.
Vaalkop 439 IP, and Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
179/2006
832
45.    
C24-66
Extension to waste rock dump and a mine road
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
215/2006
843
46.    
C37-67
Water catchment area with fencing 8" water pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, Vaalkop 439 IP district Klerksdorp
202/2006
910
47.    
103-68
1) Waste rock dump, 2) Pipeline
Vaalkop 439 IP, Witkop 438 IP and Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
217/2006
917
48.    
C18-67
Mine railways lines
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
216/2006
861





49.    
83-68
Aerodrome with fencing and 20' mine road situate
Goedgenoeg 433 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
729
50.    
64-69
Compressed air column 5' wide
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
218/2006
0.188/68
51.    
111-69
Extension to bantu residential quarters with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
135/2006
0.178/68
52.    
133-69
Slimes dams, catchment dam and effluent drain
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
195/2006
0.66/69
53.    
153-69
Slimes and water pipelines
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
171/2006
0.79/69
54.    
65-70
1) Sewer pipeline and underground electric cable 2) Sewer pipeline, water pipeline and underground electric cable 3) Water pipeline 4) Road and water pipeline 5) Water pipeline
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
241/2006
0.192/69
55.    
139-71
Extension to waste rock dump area
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
220/2006
0.212.71





56.    
154-72
Mine railway siding and mine railway line
Witkop 438 and Nooitgedacht No 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
121/2006
0.216/71
57.    
191-72
Slimes dam and water storage dam with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
222/2006
0.214/71
58.    
26-73
European sportsfield with fencing
on Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
234/2006
0.151/72
59.    
56-73
1) Area for Bantu residential quarters 2) Area for incinerator with fencing 3) Road to bantu residential quarters
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
219/2006
0.217/71
60.    
89-75
Shaft equipment and waste rock dumps with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
237/2006
0.245/74
61.    
154-75
Sewer pipelines and water pipelines
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
224/2006
0.68/75
62.    
175-75
Uranium plant effluent disposal drain
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
227/2006
0.223/75





63.    
31-76
European recreation with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
230/2006
0.68/76
64.    
54-76
Extension to shaft equipment with fencing, compressed air and sludge pipelines
Vaalkop 439 IP and Witkop 438 IP
Re-registered number not evident
0.61/76
65.    
114-76
Bantu cemetery with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
225/2006
0.281/75
66.    
118-76
Agriculture
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
226/2006
0.282/75
67.    
134-76
Underground electric cable
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
186/2006
0.44/76
68.    
210-76
Water pipelines and underground electric cables
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
187/2006
0.377/76
69.    
54-77
Mine road with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
189/2006
0.176/71





70.    
72-77
Sludge pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
170/2006
0.76/77
71.    
103-77
1) Mine railway and underground electric cable 2) Mine roads
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, Witkop 438 IP and Vaalkop 439 IP
249/2006
0.84/77
72.    
112-77
1) Compressed air column, sludge pipe- line and underground electric cables 2) Sludge pipelines 3) Underground electric cables 4) Water pipelines 5) Compressed air column 6) Mine roads
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
248/2006
0.82/77
73.    
113-77
Access road, with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
247/2006
0.42/75
74.    
125-77
Bantu recreation ground with fencing, water pipeline
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.79/77
75.    
228-78
Extension to shaft equipment and waste rock dump
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.272/78
76.    
149-79
Mine police barracks for blacks with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
142/2006
0.85/79





77.    
311-79
Compressed air pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.23/79
78.    
66-80
Overhead electric powerline and pump station
Nooitgedacht 434 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
245/2006
0.60/80
79.    
121-80
Mine road
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
244/2006
0.172/80
80.    
115-80
Agriculture
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
243/2006
0.52/79
81.    
31-80
Slimes dam
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
166/2006
0.12/80
82.    
179-80
Extension to timber yard
Goedgenoeg 433 IP, district Klerksdorp
129/2006
0.275/80
83.    
4-81
Surface sewer pipeline and buried sewer pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
165/2006
0.335/80





84.    
218-80
Pollution control dams with fencing
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
164/2006
0.184/80
85.    
20-81
Mine railway, road, compressed air and sewer pipelines
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.268/80
86.    
49-81
Compressed air and sewer pipelines, mine roads and railway line
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
163/2006
0.33/81
87.    
119-81
Game reserve with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP and Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
177/2006
0.81/81
88.    
129-81
Extension to waste rock dump, sewage disposal works and rifle range all with fencing
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
162/2006
0.91/81A
89.    
133-81
Surface compressed air pipeline and buried water pipeline
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
[2070/2005]
0.9/81
90.    
173-81
1) Extension to residential quarters for Blacks with fencing 2) Extension to shaft equipment area with fencing 3) Mine roads
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
250/2006
0.284/80





91.    
174-81
Drains, water, compressed air and sludge pipelines, underground electric cables and extension to slimes dam
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
161/2006
0.136/81
92.    
34-82
Visiting centre for wives of black mine employees with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
229/2006
0.27/82
93.    
74-82
Recreation grounds for blacks with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
190/2006
0.75/82
94.    
84-82
Water pipeline and drain
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
160/2006
0.78/82
95.    
2-83
Extension to waste rock dump with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
228/2006
0.128/82
96.    
9-84
Hostel for contractor's Black employees with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
146/2006
0.112/83
97.    
52-84
Geophone site with fencing
Doornkom Oost 447
Re-registered number not evident
0.65/84





98.    
61-84
Gold recovery plant with fencing
Pretoriuskraal 53, district Viljoenskroon
424/2006
0.50/84
99.    
35-85
1) Extension to shaft equipment with fencing 2) Extension to waste rock dump
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
147/2006
0.8/85
100.    
41-85
Extensions to shaft equipment areas and store yard with fencing, water compressed air and sludge pipelines, railway and overhead telephone lines, bridge, roads and buried electric cables
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.30/84
101.    
6-86
Timber-storage yard with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
149/2006
0.197/85
102.    
75-86
1) Extension to residue dam 2) Extension to recreation grounds for blacks with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP and Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.115/85
103.    
79-86
Rifle range with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
192/2006
0.141.85





104.    
115-86
1) Mine security administration 2) Regional head offices with fencing
Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
150/2006
0.151/85
105.    
9-87
Industrial Stand No. 1/86 for explosives factory and purposes incidental thereto
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
205/2006
S.13/85
106.    
106-87
Slimes dam with fencing
Witkop 438 IP, Vaalkop 439 IP and Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
188/2006
0.137/86
107.    
77-88
Extension to rifle range with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
191/2006
0.1/88
108.    
109-89
Mine road, water pipelines, slimes pipe columns, underground electric cables and back-fill pacuka with fencing
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
182/2006
0.61/89
109.    
C25-57
Reduction plant with fencing
Modderfontein [45] and Vaalkop 439 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
335





110.    
36-70
1) Extension to shaft equipment area with fencing 2) Extension to uranium plant with fencing 3) Effluent dam with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.61/69
111.    
C41-59
Extension to reduction plant with fencing
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
210/2006
439
112.    
37-70
Mine railway, mine roads and water pipelines
Nooitgedacht 434 and Witkop No 438 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.72/69
113.    
40-75
Compressed air column, water supply pipeline and U/G electric cable
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
223/2006
0.39/75
114.    
129-77
Water pipelines, underground electric cables, sewer pipelines, compressed air pipelines
Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
Re-registered number not evident
0.93/77
115.    
28-78
Water pipeline
Witkop No. 438 IP and Nooitgedacht 434 IP, district Klerksdorp
246/2006
0.351/77
116.    
C39-67
1) Mine road 30' wide. 2) Extension to shaft equipment area with fencing
Modderfontein 440 IP, district Klerksdorp
184/2006
908







Annexure AA
WW Mining Business Purchase Price


Description of the Sale Assets (WW)
Allocation (with all items scaled (upwards or downwards) proportionally such that 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 aggregate to an amount equal to the Remaining Purchase Price (WW))
1.    Deposits and prepayments
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
2.    Debtors
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
3.    Stores and consumables, critical spares, gold in lock up and gold in process
[●]
(being the fair value as at Closing Date)
4.    Contracts
R1.00
Thereafter, an amount equal to the Purchase Price (WW) less the amounts allocated under 1, 2, 3 and 4 above (the "Net Purchase Price (WW)") will be allocated as follows (for the avoidance of doubt, the WW Deferred Consideration will only be apportioned to Mining Property and Capital Assets):
5.    Mining property:
 
5.1    Mining Rights
[●]
(being an amount equal to 20% of the Net Purchase Price (WW) less any amount allocated to 5.4 and 5.6 below)
5.2    Mining Information
R1.00 
5.3    Prospecting Information
R1.00 
5.4    Immovable Property/ies
[●]
(being the fair value as at Closing Date)
5.5    Transferable permits
R1.00
5.6    all other mining property of the same nature as those included in items 5.1 to 5.5 above relating to the Sale Assets (WW) which are delivered to the Purchaser
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
 
scaled (upwards or downwards) proportionally such that 6.1 aggregate to an amount equal to the Net Purchase Price (WW) less the amounts allocated under 5
6.    Capital assets:
 
6.1    Capital expenditure as contemplated in section 36(11) of the Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962
[●]
(being the effective value as at Closing Date). In the event that the parties need to calculate their Tax following the Closing Date but before the DG Valuation has been received, the Parties will determine the effective value to be 80% of the Net Purchase Price (WW). The Parties acknowledge that this value will be updated to accord with the decision of the Independent Valuer.






Annexure BB
VR Remaining Business Purchase Price

Description of the Sale Assets (VR)
Allocation (with all items scaled (upwards or downwards) proportionally such that 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 aggregate to an amount equal to the Remaining Purchase Price (VR))
1.    Deposits and prepayments
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
2.    Debtors
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
3.    Stores and consumables, critical spares, gold in lock up and gold in process
[●]
(being the fair value as at Closing Date)
4.    Contracts
R1.00
Thereafter, an amount equal to the Purchase Price (VR) less the amounts allocated under 1, 2, 3 and 4 above (the "Net Purchase Price (VR)") will be allocated as follows:
5.    Mining property:
 
5.1    Mining Information
R1.00 
5.2    Prospecting Information
R1.00 
5.3    Immovable Property/ies
[●]
(being the fair value as at Closing Date)
5.4    Transferable permits
R1.00
5.5    all other mining property of the same nature as those included in items 5.1 to 5.4 above relating to the Sale Assets (VR) which are delivered to the Purchaser
[●]
(being the face value as at Closing Date)
 
scaled (upwards or downwards) proportionally such that 6.1 aggregate to an amount equal to the Net Purchase Price (VR) less the amounts allocated under 5
6.    Capital assets:
 
6.1    Capital expenditure as contemplated in section 36(11) of the Income Tax Act No. 58 of 1962
[●]
(being the effective value as at Closing Date). In the event that the parties need to calculate their Tax following the Closing Date but before the DG Valuation has been received, the Parties will determine the effective value to be 100% of the Net Purchase Price (VR). The Parties acknowledge that this value will be updated to accord with the decision of the Independent Valuer.







Annexure CC
Template Share Transfer Form






Annexure DD
Template Director Resignation Letter

[] (Registration No. [])
(the "Company")
[]

And to: The Commissioner
The Companies and Intellectual Property Commission of South Africa

Dear Sirs
LETTER OF RESIGNATION
I, the undersigned, [] (Identity No./Passport No. []) hereby for the purposes of section 70(1)(b)(i) of the Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended), resign as a [director/alternate director] of the Company with effect from the later of:
1.
the Closing Date (as defined in the agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited on or about []); and
2.
the appointment of any one of [], [] or [] to the board of directors of the Company.
I hereby acknowledge that I have no claim for compensation for loss of office as director or for unfair or wrongful dismissal or redundancy or any other claim whatsoever against the Company, its servants, directors, officers, agents or employees, and to the extent any claims or rights of recourse exist, I hereby waive all such claims and rights of recourse. I acknowledge that there is no outstanding agreement or arrangement under which the Company has or could have any obligations to me.

Yours faithfully

Signature:____________________
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]






Annexure EE
Template trustee resignation letter
[] trust (Master's IT No. [])
(the "Trust")
[]

Dear Sirs
LETTER OF RESIGNATION
I, the undersigned, [] (Identity No. []/Passport No. []) hereby resign as a trustee of the Trust with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited on or about []).
I hereby acknowledge that I have no claim for compensation for loss of office as trustee or any other claim whatsoever against the Trust, its servants, trustees, officers, agents or employees, and to the extent any claims or rights of recourse exist, I hereby waive all such claims and rights of recourse. I acknowledge that there is no outstanding agreement or arrangement under which the Trust has or could have any obligations to me.

Yours faithfully

Signature:____________________
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]






Annexure FF
Template Board of Directors Resolution
 
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(Registration No. [])
(the "Company")
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNANIMOUS ROUND ROBIN RESOLUTIONS PASSED BY THE DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY
______________________________________________________________________________________
CONSENT TO WAIVE NOTICE OF THE MEETING
All of the directors of the Company hereby consent to the resolutions being passed in terms of section 74 of the Companies Act No. 71 of 2008 (as amended) (the “Companies Act”) as well as the Company’s Memorandum of Incorporation (as defined in the Companies Act), and acknowledge having received notice of the matter to be decided in terms of these resolutions and, accordingly, to the extent required, waive the requirement to be given notice of the meeting.
WHEREAS:
1.
AngloGold Ashanti Limited (Registration No. 1944/017354/06) ("AngloGold") and [] (the "Purchaser") have entered into an agreement in terms of which, inter alia, AngloGold has agreed to: (i) sell and transfer 100% (one hundred percent) of the issued shares of the Company (the "Sale Shares")[; and (b) sell, cede and transfer 100% (one hundred percent) of its claims on loan account against the Company (the "Sale Claims"),] to the Purchaser, on the terms and conditions contained therein (the "Agreement).
2.
[], [] and [] shall resign as directors of the Company with effect from the later of: (a) the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement); and (b) any one of [], [] or [] being appointed as a director of the Company.
3.
The Company notes the appointment of [], [] and [] as directors of the Company by the sole shareholder of the Company, with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement). In this regard, the board of directors of the Company (the "Board") have received written letters of consent to serve as a director from each of [], [] and [], as well as a written resolution signed by the sole shareholder of the Company electing [], [] and [] for appointment as directors of the Company.
4.
An execution version of the Agreement has been circulated to the Board together with this round robin resolution and have been considered by the Board.
ACCORDINGLY THEREFORE THE BOARD UNANIMOUSLY RESOLVES:
1.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 1 – SALE OF [] SALE EQUITY





RESOLVED THAT:
(i)
The sale, registration and transfer by AngloGold of the Sale Shares [and the sale and cession of the Sale Claims] to the Purchaser pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement be and is hereby unconditionally approved and noted;
(ii)
the Purchaser’s name be duly entered in the Company’s securities register as the registered owner of the Sale Shares pursuant to the sale and transfer of the Sale Shares to it in terms of the Agreement;
(iii)
the existing share certificate/s which reflect AngloGold as the registered owner of the Sale Shares be cancelled;
(iv)
a new share certificate be issued to the Purchaser in respect of the Sale Shares pursuant to the implementation of the Agreement; and
(v)
any two directors of the Company (acting together) or the company secretary be and are hereby authorised to sign the share certificate referred to in resolution 1(iv) above.
2.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 2 – RESIGNATION OF [] AS DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
RESOLVED THAT the resignation of [] as a director of the Company, with effect from the later of: (a) the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement); and (b) any one of [], [] or [] being appointed as a director of the Company, is noted and accepted.
3.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 3 – RESIGNATION OF [] AS DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
RESOLVED THAT the resignation of [] as a director of the Company, with effect from the later of: (a) the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement); and (b) any one of [], [] or [] being appointed as a director of the Company, is noted and accepted.
4.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 4 – APPOINTMENT OF [] AS DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
RESOLVED THAT the appointment of [] as a director of the Company, effective as at the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement), be and is hereby noted and approved (if applicable).
5.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 5 – APPOINTMENT OF [] AS DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
RESOLVED THAT the appointment of [] as a director of the Company, effective as at the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement), be and is hereby noted and approved (if applicable).
6.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 6 – APPOINTMENT OF [] AS DIRECTOR OF THE COMPANY
RESOLVED THAT the appointment of [] as a director of the Company, effective as at the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement), be and is hereby noted and approved (if applicable).





7.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 7 – GENERAL AUTHORISATION AND RATIFICATION
RESOLVED THAT:
(i)
any 1 (one) director of the Company be and is hereby directed, authorised and empowered for and on behalf of the Company to sign and to do all such things and take all such things and take all such actions as may be necessary and/or required to give effect to and implement the resolutions above (including, but not limited to, any letters, addenda, documents, resolutions and company secretarial forms); and
(ii)
to the extent that anything referred to in the resolutions above has been done prior to the date of this resolution then the relevant such action (and the relevant director’s conduct in this regard) is hereby unconditionally and irrevocably ratified and approved.
These resolutions may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same resolution as at the date of signature of the director last signing one of the counterparts.


Director
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]




 
 

Director
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]




 
 






Annexure GG
Template Shareholder Resolution
[] PROPRIETARY LIMITED
(Registration No. [])
(the "Company")


RESOLUTIONS BY THE SOLE SHAREHOLDER OF THE COMPANY


IT IS NOTED THAT the Company has only one shareholder and, accordingly, the sole shareholder of the Company is entitled, pursuant to section 57(2) of the Companies Act No. 71 of 2008 as amended ("Companies Act") and the Company’s Memorandum of Incorporation (as defined in the Companies Act), to exercise the rights contained in this resolution without notice or compliance with any other internal formalities of the Companies Act.

IT IS FURTHER NOTED THAT the sole shareholder of the Company wishes to appoint [], [] and [] as directors of the Company.

RESOLVED THAT:-
1.
ORDINARY RESOLUTION 1
[] be and is hereby appointed as a director of the Company, with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, [] and [Ÿ] on or about [] (the "Agreement")).
2.
ORDINARY RESOLUTION 2
[] be and is hereby appointed as a director of the Company, with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement).
3.
ORDINARY RESOLUTION 3
[] be and is hereby appointed as a director of the Company, with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement).





4.
ORDINARY RESOLUTION 4
Any director, or any other person authorised by the board of directors, be and is hereby directed, authorised to take all such actions and steps and sign all such documents as he or she consider are necessary to implement the resolutions set out herein or incidental to give effect to the resolutions passed, and insofar as such signature or action occurred before the adoption of this resolution, such signature or action is hereby ratified and approved.



____________________________________
VOTED IN FAVOUR OF ADOPTING EACH OF
THE ABOVE RESOLUTIONS FOR AND ON
BEHALF OF ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI LIMITED
Date: [Ÿ]






Annexure HH
Template Trustee Resolution
[] TRUST
(Master's IT No. [])
(the "TRUST")
_____________________________________________________________________________________
UNANIMOUS RESOLUTIONS OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE TRUST
______________________________________________________________________________________
WHEREAS:
1.
[], [] and [] wish to resign as trustees of the Trust with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the agreement entered into between AngloGold Ashanti Limited, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited, Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limted on or about [] (the "Agreement").
2.
The Trust wishes to appoint [] and [] as trustees of the Trust with effect from the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement).
ACCORDINGLY THEREFORE THE TRUSTEES UNANIMOUSLY RESOLVE AS FOLLOWS:
3.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 1 – RESIGNATION OF [] AS TRUSTEE OF THE TRUST
RESOLVED THAT the resignation of [] as a trustee of the Trust, with effect from the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the Agreement, is noted and accepted.
4.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 2 – RESIGNATION OF [] AS TRUSTEE OF THE TRUST
RESOLVED THAT the resignation of [] as a trustee of the Trust, with effect from date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the Agreement , is noted and accepted.
5.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 3 – APPOINTMENT OF [] AS TRUSTEE OF THE TRUST
RESOLVED THAT the appointment of [] as a trustee of the Trust, effective as at the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the Agreement, be and is hereby approved.





6.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 4 – APPOINTMENT OF [] AS TRUSTEE OF THE TRUST
RESOLVED THAT the appointment of [] as a trustee of the Trust, effective as at the date on which the new letters of authority in respect of the Trust are to be issued in accordance with the Agreement, be and is hereby approved.
7.
RESOLUTION NUMBER 5 – GENERAL AUTHORISATION AND RATIFICATION
RESOLVED THAT:
(i)
any 1 (one) trustee of the Trust be and is hereby directed, authorised and empowered for and on behalf of the Trust to sign and to do all such things and take all such things and take all such actions as may be necessary and/or required to give effect to and implement the resolutions above (including, but not limited to, any letters, addenda, documents, resolutions and company secretarial forms); and
(i)
to the extent that anything referred to in the resolutions above has been done prior to the date of this resolution then the relevant such action (and the relevant trustee's conduct in this regard) is hereby unconditionally and irrevocably ratified and approved.
These resolutions may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same resolution as at the date of signature of the trustee last signing one of the counterparts.



Trustee
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]




 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Trustee
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]




 
 






Trustee
Name: [Ÿ]
Date: [Ÿ]




 
 






Annexure II
     Remaining Employees (VR)
The list of the Remaining Employees (VR) are uploaded under folder 1.3.3.2.11.0.1 of the Data Room.






Annexure JJ
Remaining Employees (WW)
The list of the Remaining Employees (WW) are uploaded under folder 1.2.3.2.11.0.1 of the Data Room.






Annexure KK
Index of Data Room Document



TERMANDREVOLVINGCREDI_IMAGE1.JPG


EXECUTION



TERM AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITIES AGREEMENT OF UP TO USD400 000 000



between

HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

arranged by

ABSA BANK LIMITED
(acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)

NEDBANK LIMITED
(acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division)

with

Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
acting as Facility Agent








CONTENTS
2
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    2
36
2.
THE FACILITY    36
3.
PURPOSE    36
4.
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION    37
38
5.
UTILISATION    38
40
6.
REPAYMENT    40
7.
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION    44
50
8.
INTEREST    50
9.
INTEREST PERIODS    51
10.
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST    52
11.
FEES    53
54
12.
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES    54
13.
INCREASED COSTS    57
14.
OTHER INDEMNITIES    59
15.
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS    61
16.
COSTS AND EXPENSES    61
63
17.
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY    63
67
18.
REPRESENTATIONS    67
19.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS    73
20.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS    79
21.
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS    80
22.
APPLICATION OF SANCTIONS PROVISIONS TO THE LENDERS    87
23.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REGARDING ANY SUPPORTED QFCS    88
24.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT    89
95
25.
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS    95
26.
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS    98
100
27.
ROLE OF THE FACILITY AGENT, THE GLOBAL COORDINATORS AND BOOKRUNNERS    100
28.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES    106
29.
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES    106
109
30.
PAYMENT MECHANICS    109
31.
SET OFF    112
32.
NOTICES    113
33.
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES    122
34.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY    122
35.
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS    123
36.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS    123
37.
CONFIDENTIALITY    128
38.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS    131
39.
RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS    132
40.
COUNTERPARTS    133
41.
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY    133
42.
SOLE AGREEMENT    133
43.
NO IMPLIED TERMS    133
44.
EXTENSIONS AND WAIVERS    133
45.
INDEPENDENT ADVICE    133
134
46.
GOVERNING LAW    134
47.
JURISDICTION    134
48.
SERVICE OF PROCESS    134
135
135
136
137
137
141
143
144
146
147
148
149
149
150
152
153
154
155
159
160
160
160
161
161



PARTIES:
This Agreement is made between:
(1)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the Borrower);
(2)
The Subsidiaries of the Borrower listed in Part I of Schedule 1 as original guarantors (the Original Guarantors);
(3)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) and Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) as global coordinators (whether acting individually or together, the Global Coordinators);
(4)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) and Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) as bookrunners (whether acting individually or together, the Bookrunners);
(5)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) (as mandated lead arranger), Nedbank Limited (acting through its London branch) (as mandated lead arranger), FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch) (as lead arranger), J.P. Morgan Securities plc (as lead arranger), Citibank N.A., South Africa Branch (as lead arranger), HSBC Bank plc – Johannesburg Branch (as lead arranger) and State Bank of India (acting through its Johannesburg branch) (as arranger);
(6)
The Financial Institutions listed in Part II of Schedule 1 as original lenders (the Original Lenders);
(7)
The Financial Institutions listed in Part II of Schedule 1 as hedge providers (the Original Hedge Providers); and
(8)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Facility Agent).


(i)

IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
In this Agreement:
1.1.1
2002 ISDA Master Agreement means the 2002 Master Agreement as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.
1.1.2
Acceptable Bank means:
1.1.2.1
any of the Lenders;
1.1.2.2
Bank of South Pacific Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac Bank PNG Ltd, The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited and, Investec Bank Limited;
1.1.2.3
a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of bbb- or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or baa3 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or
1.1.2.4
any other bank or financial institution approved by the Facility Agent.
1.1.3
Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out Schedule 5 (Form of Accession Letter).
1.1.4
Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors).
1.1.5
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
1.1.6
Agreement means this term and revolving credit facilities agreement, including its Schedules.
1.1.7
Alternative Institution has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.3 (Extension Option).
1.1.8
Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
1.1.9
Applicable Margin means:
1.1.9.1
in respect of Facility A, 3,05% (three point zero five per cent), nacq; and
1.1.9.2
in respect of Facility B, 2,90% (two point nine zero per cent):
1.1.9.2.1
nacq (if the applicable Interest Period is 3 (three) Months);
1.1.9.2.2
nacs (if the applicable Interest Period is 6 (six) Months),
as may be specified in the Utilisation Request relating to each Utilisation.
1.1.10
Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
1.1.11
AUSD means Australian Dollars, the lawful currency of Australia.
1.1.12
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration.
1.1.13
Availability Period means:
1.1.13.1
in relation to Facility A, the period from and including Financial Close to and including the date which is the earlier of:
1.1.13.1.1
the date on which all of the Commitments are cancelled in terms of this Agreement; and
1.1.13.1.2
1 (one) Month after Financial Close; and
1.1.13.2
in relation to Facility B, the period from and including Financial Close to and including the date which is the earlier of:
1.1.13.2.1
the date on which all of the Commitments are cancelled in terms of this Agreement; and
1.1.13.2.2
1 (one) Month prior to the Final Repayment Date.
1.1.14
Available Commitment means, in relation to a Facility, a Lender's Commitment under that Facility minus:
1.1.14.1
the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under that Facility; and
1.1.14.2
in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made under that Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,
other than, in relation to any proposed Utilisation under Facility B only, that Lender's participation in any Facility B Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.
1.1.15
Available Facility means, in relation to a Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment in respect of that Facility.
1.1.16
Basel II Accord means the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement.
1.1.17
Basel II Approach means either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.
1.1.18
Basel II Regulation means:
1.1.18.1
any applicable law implementing the Basel II Accord; or
1.1.18.2
any Basel II Approach;
1.1.19
Basel III means:
1.1.19.1
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring and Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
1.1.19.2
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
1.1.19.3
any Basel III Regulation; and
1.1.19.4
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III.
1.1.20
Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of or compliance with) Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates), including but not limited to the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV).
1.1.21
Basel III Regulation means any applicable law implementing Basel III save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.
1.1.22
BEE means broad-based black economic empowerment, as contemplated in the BEE Act;
1.1.23
BEE Act means the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 53 of 2003, as amended, together with any regulations promulgated thereunder, the Codes, and any relevant sector charter(s) or codes applicable to the business of the BEE Entity published in terms thereof, all as amended from time to time;
1.1.24
BEE Entity means a special purpose entity incorporated under the laws of South Africa and established in order to consummate a BEE transaction pursuant to which such entity may acquire up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary shares of Harmony Moab;
1.1.25
Breakage Costs means the amount (if any) by which:
1.1.25.1
the interest excluding the Applicable Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
exceeds:
1.1.25.2
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.
1.1.26
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg, London and New York;
1.1.27
Buy-In Option means the right of Papua New Guinea exercisable at any time prior to the commencement of mining to make a single purchase of up to a 30% (thirty per cent) equitable interest in any mineral discovery arising from any or all of Exploration Licences No EL 440 and EL 1105 and Exploration Licence Application ELA 1927 at a price pro-rata to the accumulated exploration expenditure thereon.
1.1.28
Cash means, at any time, cash denominated in ZAR, USD, PNGK or AUSD in hand or in a bank account and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:
1.1.28.1
that cash is repayable within 90 (ninety) days after the relevant date of calculation;
1.1.28.2
repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition;
1.1.28.3
there is no Security over that cash except for any Permitted Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements; and
1.1.28.4
the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in Clause 1.1.28.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility.
1.1.29
Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time:
1.1.29.1
certificates of deposit maturing within 1 (one) year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;
1.1.29.2
any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited, (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in Clause 1.1.29.1 above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than 90 (ninety) days' notice; or
1.1.29.3
any other debt security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders,
in each case, denominated in ZAR, USD, AUSD or PNGK and to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.
1.1.30
Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
1.1.31
Codes means the Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic Empowerment gazetted on 9 February 2007 by the Department of Trade and Industry in terms of the BEE Act and the Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic Empowerment gazetted on 11 October 2013 by the Department of Trade and Industry in terms of the BEE Act, and in each case, any replacement or amended Codes of Good Practice;
1.1.32
Commitment means, in relation to each Lender, its Facility A Commitment or Facility B Commitment, as the case may be.
1.1.33
Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008.
1.1.34
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Compliance Certificate).
1.1.35
Confidential Information means all information relating to the Borrower, any Obligor, the Group, the Joint Ventures, the Finance Documents or a Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or a Facility from either:
1.1.35.1
any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or
1.1.35.2
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
1.1.35.3
information that:
1.1.35.3.1
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 37 (Confidentiality); or
1.1.35.3.2
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or
1.1.35.3.3
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with Clauses 1.1.35.1 or 1.1.35.2 above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and
1.1.35.4
any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.
1.1.36
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.
1.1.37
Control means:
1.1.37.1
in relation to a company the shares of which are not listed on a stock exchange where another company or legal entity or person (whether alone or pursuant to an agreement with others):
1.1.37.1.1
holds or controls more than 50% (fifty per cent) of the voting rights (taking into account when such voting rights can be exercised) in that company; or
1.1.37.1.2
has the right to appoint or remove the majority of that company’s board of directors; or
1.1.37.1.3
has the power to ensure the majority of that company’s board of directors will act in accordance with its wishes; or
1.1.37.2
in relation to a company the shares of which are listed on a stock exchange:
1.1.37.2.1
the holding of shares or the aggregate of holdings of shares or other securities in a company entitling the holder thereof to exercise, or cause to be exercised 35% (thirty five per cent) or more of the voting rights at shareholder meetings of the company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control, provided that should there be other shareholders holding more than 35% (thirty five per cent), 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be read to refer to the largest percentage shareholding held at the time;
1.1.37.2.2
the holding or control by a shareholder or member alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members of more than 35% (thirty five per cent) of the voting rights in the company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control, provided that should there be other shareholders holding more than 35% (thirty five per cent), 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be read to refer to the largest percentage shareholding held at the time;
provided that if the prescribed percentage of securities for the making of a mandatory offer under section 123 (Mandatory offers) of the Companies Act is changed to a threshold higher or lower than 35% (thirty five per cent), then the references above to 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be to that higher or lower prescribed percentage.
1.1.38
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 21.19 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
1.1.39
Defaulting Lender means any Lender:
1.1.39.1
which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Facility Agent or the Borrower (which has notified the Facility Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation);
1.1.39.2
which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or
1.1.39.3
in respect of which an insolvency event as contemplated in Clauses 24.6 and 24.7 has occurred and is continuing,
unless, in the case of Clause 1.1.39.1 above:
1.1.39.4
its failure to pay, is caused by:
1.1.39.4.1
administrative or technical error; or
1.1.39.4.2
a Disruption Event, and
payment is made within 10 (ten) Business Days of its due date; or
1.1.39.5
the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
1.1.40
Derivatives Transaction means a contract, agreement or transaction which is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, bond option, interest rate option, cap, collar or floor, gold derivative, foreign exchange transaction or any other similar transaction and/or any combination of such transaction, in each case, whether on-exchange or otherwise, and which shall include the Gold Price Derivative Transactions concluded under the Hedging Documents.
1.1.41
Disruption Event means either or both of:
1.1.41.1
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with a Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or
1.1.41.2
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:
1.1.41.2.1
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
1.1.41.2.2
from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
1.1.42
Distribution means any payment by way of interest, principal, dividend, fee, royalty or other distribution or payment by or on behalf of the Borrower to or for the account of any shareholder or member of the Borrower or any person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by any shareholder or member of the Borrower.
1.1.43
EBITDA means, in respect of any person, and any period, the consolidated operating profit before income tax for such period:
1.1.43.1
(to the extent not already excluded) before interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable;
1.1.43.2
(to the extent not already excluded) adjusted to exclude any gain or loss realised on the disposal of fixed assets (whether tangible or intangible);
1.1.43.3
(to the extent not already excluded) before deducting any extraordinary costs and before including extraordinary income’
1.1.43.4
after deducting operating lease expenses relating to lease or hire purchase contracts that would have been treated as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019;
plus:
1.1.43.5
dividends received in cash from companies consolidated by the equity accounted method to the extent not already taken into account; and
1.1.43.6
depreciation and amortisation of any property plant and equipment and Intangible Assets.
1.1.44
Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:
1.1.44.1
air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);
1.1.44.2
water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and
1.1.44.3
land (including, without limitation, land under water).
1.1.45
Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.
1.1.46
Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:
1.1.46.1
the pollution or protection of the Environment;
1.1.46.2
the conditions of the workplace; or
1.1.46.3
the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.
1.1.47
Environmental Permits means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Group.
1.1.48
Equator Principles means the standards entitled "A financial industry benchmark for determining, assessing and managing environmental and social risk in projects" dated June 2013 and adopted by certain financial institutions, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
1.1.49
Eskom Guarantees means any guarantees or indemnities given by or on behalf of the Borrower or any member of the Group to Eskom Holdings SOC Limited in an aggregate amount not exceeding ZAR700 000 000 (seven hundred million Rand) at any time.
1.1.50
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 21.19 (Events of Default).
1.1.51
Existing USD Facilities Refinancing Date means the date of the first Utilisation under the Facilities, being the date upon which the Financial Indebtedness under the Existing USD Facility Agreement which is outstanding as at such first Utilisation Date is to be refinanced with the Loans borrowed under the Facilities;
1.1.52
Existing USD Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled ‘Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement of up to USD 350 000 000’ dated 22 July 2017, as amended and restated by an amendment and restatement agreement dated 8 November 2018.
1.1.53
Existing USD Facility Outstandings means the aggregate of all advances or deemed advances together with all interest and charges due thereon in accordance with the terms of the Existing USD Facility Agreement, which at any time and from time to time have not been prepaid or repaid irrevocably, unconditionally and in full.
1.1.54
Existing USD Finance Documents means the Finance Documents as defined in the Existing USD Facility Agreement;
1.1.55
Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi Mining Limited, Morobe Exploration Limited, Newcrest PNG 3 Limited and Morobe Exploration Services Limited dated 22 May 2008.
1.1.56
Extended Repayment Date means the date falling 1 (one) year after the Initial Repayment Date.
1.1.57
Extending Replacement Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.3 (Extension Option).
1.1.58
Extension Acceptance Notice has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.3 (Extension option).
1.1.59
Extending Lenders has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.3 (Extension option).
1.1.60
Extension Request has the meaning given to that term in Clause 6.3 (Extension option).
1.1.61
Facility means Facility A or Facility B and Facilities means, both of them.
1.1.62
Facility A means the term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).
1.1.63
Facility A Commitment means:
1.1.63.1
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility A Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
1.1.63.2
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility A Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
1.1.64
Facility A Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility A or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
1.1.65
Facility B means the revolving credit facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).
1.1.66
Facility B Commitment means:
1.1.66.1
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Facility B Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
1.1.66.2
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Facility B Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
1.1.67
Facility B Loan means a loan made or to be made under Facility B or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.
1.1.68
Facility Office means:
1.1.68.1
in respect of a Lender the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 (five) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or
1.1.68.2
in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.
1.1.69
FATCA means
1.1.69.1
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
1.1.69.2
any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in Clause 1.1.69.1 above; or
1.1.69.3
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in Clause 1.1.69.1 or 1.1.69.2 above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
1.1.70
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
1.1.71
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
1.1.72
Fee Letters means the written fee letters entered into or to be entered into from time to time between the Borrower, the Original Lenders and/or the Facility Agent relating to the fees payable in respect of the Facility as contemplated in Clause 11 (Fees) below, and Fee Letter means any one of them as the context requires.
1.1.73
Final Repayment Date means the Initial Repayment Date or, if extended in accordance with Clause 6.3 (Extension option), the Extended Repayment Date (as appropriate).
1.1.74
Finance Document means:
1.1.74.1
this Agreement;
1.1.74.2
the Flow of Funds Agreement;
1.1.74.3
each Security Document;
1.1.74.4
each Hedging Document (subject to the proviso set out below);
1.1.74.5
the Mandate Letter;
1.1.74.6
each Fee Letter;
1.1.74.7
the Extension Request;
1.1.74.8
any Accession Letter;
1.1.74.9
any Resignation Letter;
1.1.74.10
and any other agreement or document that may be designated as a Finance Document by written agreement between the Facility Agent and the Borrower; and
1.1.74.11
any amendment or restatement agreement to any Finance Document listed in Clauses 1.1.74.1 to 1.1.74.10 above,
and Finance Document means, as the context requires, any one of them; provided that where the term Finance Document is used in, and construed for the purposes of this Agreement or the Intercreditor Agreement, a Hedging Document shall be a Finance Document only for the purposes of:
1.1.74.12
the definition of Material Adverse Effect;
1.1.74.13
the definition of Secured Document;
1.1.74.14
the definition of Transaction Document;
1.1.74.15
Clause 1.2 (Construction);
1.1.74.16
Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities);
1.1.74.17
Clause 16 (Costs and expenses);
1.1.74.18
Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity);
1.1.74.19
Clause 18 (Representations);
1.1.74.20
Clause 21.17 (Further assurance);
1.1.74.21
Clause 21.19 (Events of Default) (other than Clause 24.12 (Repudiation) and Clause 24.17 (Acceleration)); and
1.1.74.22
Clause 31 (Set off).
1.1.75
Finance Parties means the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators, the Bookrunners, each Lender and, subject to the remainder of this Clause, each Hedge Provider and Finance Party means each or any of them (as the context may require); provided that a Hedge Provider shall be a Finance Party only for the purposes of:
1.1.75.1
the Security Documents;
1.1.75.2
the definition of Secured Parties;
1.1.75.3
Clause 1.1.114.3 of the definition for Material Adverse Effect;
1.1.75.4
Clause 1.2 (Construction);
1.1.75.5
Clause 14.2 (Other indemnities);
1.1.75.6
Clause 16 (Costs and expenses);
1.1.75.7
Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity);
1.1.75.8
Clause 18 (Representations);
1.1.75.9
Clause 21.17 (Further assurance); and
1.1.75.10
Clause 28 (Conduct of business by the Finance Parties).
1.1.76
Financial Close means the date on which the Facility Agent gives the notification under Clause 4.1 (Conditions precedent to first Utilisation) of this Agreement.
1.1.77
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
1.1.77.1
moneys borrowed;
1.1.77.2
any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;
1.1.77.3
any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
1.1.77.4
the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as balance sheet liability;
1.1.77.5
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
1.1.77.6
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;
1.1.77.7
any Derivatives Transaction (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value or actual net amount payable thereunder shall be taken into account);
1.1.77.8
any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable;
1.1.77.9
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and
1.1.77.10
the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in Clauses 1.1.77.1 to 1.1.77.9 above.
1.1.78
Financial Year means, at any time, the annual accounting period of the Group ending on 30 June in each calendar year.
1.1.79
Flow of Funds Agreement means the written flow of funds agreement entered into amongst the Original Lenders (as defined in the Existing USD Facility Agreement), the Finance Parties and the Borrower on or about the Signature Date.
1.1.80
Fundamental Control Event means any of the following:
1.1.80.1
any person or group of persons acting in concert gain(s) Control of the Borrower or the Borrower is no longer listed on the JSE Securities Exchange;
1.1.80.2
a change in Control of any of the Material Obligors where the purchase consideration is not in cash, without the prior written consent of the Lenders;
1.1.80.3
a change in ownership or interests in any of the Joint Ventures from such ownership or interests as constituted at the date of this Agreement, but shall exclude:
1.1.80.3.1
a change in ownership or interests which arises as a result of the relevant Obligor that holds such ownership or interests at the date of this Agreement subsequently transferring such ownership or interests to another Material Obligor (including to a person that becomes a Material Obligor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement on or before the date of such transfer of ownership), to the extent it is permitted to do so; and
1.1.80.3.2
a change in ownership or interests resulting from Papua New Guinea exercising its Buy-In Option.
For the purpose of this definition, a change of ownership or interests shall include any dilution in the interest of either of the joint venture parties to a Joint Venture as such interests are constituted at the date of this Agreement. For the purpose of Clause 1.1.80.1 above acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Borrower by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate Control of the Borrower.
1.1.81
Fundamental Disposal Event means a disposal (whether by way of sale, lease, license, transfer, loan or other disposal) of any Material Asset for a purchase consideration other than cash, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
1.1.82
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 10.2.1.2.
1.1.83
Gold Price Derivative Transaction(s) means any gold price derivative transaction(s) entered into between the Borrower and a Hedge Provider under a Hedging Document as permitted in terms of Clause 21.16 (Gold Price Derivative Transactions) of this Agreement.
1.1.84
Governmental Authority means the government of any jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, state or local, and any department, ministry, agency, instrumentality, authority, body, court, central bank or other entity lawfully exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
1.1.85
Group means:
1.1.85.1
the Borrower;
1.1.85.2
each Guarantor; and
1.1.85.3
each Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Guarantor for the time being.
For the avoidance of uncertainty, Wafi-Golpu Services Limited is not a member of the Group.
1.1.86
Group Structure Chart means the group structure chart in agreed form showing at least the following information: each member of the Group, including current name and company registration number, its jurisdiction of incorporation and/or its jurisdiction of establishment, a list of shareholders and indicating whether a company is not a company with limited liability.
1.1.87
Guarantor means an Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor, unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors).
1.1.88
Hedge Provider means the Original Hedge Providers and/or each other Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) in each case which has entered into or will enter into a Gold Price Derivative Transaction with the Borrower in accordance with the Hedging Documents and which has acceded to this Agreement and the Intercreditor Agreement by delivering to the Facility Agent each duly completed and executed Hedge Provider Accession Undertaking, and Hedge Providers means all of them as the context requires.
1.1.89
Hedge Provider Accession Undertaking means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Form of Hedge Provider Accession Undertaking) of the Intercreditor Agreement.
1.1.90
Hedging Documents means any 2002 ISDA Master Agreement (including any amendment agreement, annexure, schedule or confirmation) evidencing or otherwise relating specifically to the Gold Price Derivative Transaction(s) concluded or to be concluded between the Borrower and the Hedge Providers from time to time, and Hedging Document means any one of them as the context requires.
1.1.91
Hidden Valley Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Harmony PNG 20 Limited and Hidden Valley Services Limited dated 22 May 2008, as terminated on or about 30 June 2017.
1.1.92
Hidden Valley Mine means the gold and silver mining operations conducted on Mining Lease 151 at Hidden Valley, Lae Province, Papua New Guinea.
1.1.93
HMT means Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
1.1.94
Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
1.1.95
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
1.1.96
Impaired Facility Agent means the Facility Agent at any time when:
1.1.96.1
it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;
1.1.96.2
the Facility Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;
1.1.96.3
(if the Facility Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under Clause 1.1.39.1, 1.1.39.2 or 1.1.39.3; or
1.1.96.4
an insolvency event as contemplated in Clauses 24.6 and 24.7 has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Facility Agent,
unless, in the case of Clause 1.1.96.1 above:
1.1.96.5
its failure to pay is caused by:
1.1.96.5.1
administrative or technical error; or
1.1.96.5.2
a Disruption Event; and
payment is made within 10 (ten) Business Days of its due date; or
1.1.96.6
the Facility Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
1.1.97
Initial Repayment Date means the date falling on the third anniversary date of Financial Close.
1.1.98
Intangible Assets means intangible assets as per the financial statements delivered in terms of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.99
Intellectual Property Rights means any patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, trading or business names, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how, domain names, topographical or similar rights, database or other intellectual property rights and interests and the benefit of all applications and rights to use (including by way of licence) such assets of each Obligor, in each case whether registered or unregistered.
1.1.100
Intercreditor Agreement means the written intercreditor agreement concluded on or about the Signature Date amongst the Secured Parties and relating to their relationship as creditors of the Borrower and the other Obligors.
1.1.101
Interest Cover Ratio means, in respect of any Ratio Test Period:
1.1.101.1
EBITDA;
1.1.101.2
divided by Total Interest.
1.1.102
Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).
1.1.103
Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
1.1.103.1
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and
1.1.103.2
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,
each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for USD.
1.1.104
Joint Venture Agreements means the joint venture agreements constituting the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture and the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture.
1.1.105
Joint Ventures means the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture and the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture.
1.1.106
Legal Reservations means:
1.1.106.1
the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;
1.1.106.2
the time barring of claims based on prescription laws that apply in the jurisdiction of incorporation of a member of the Group;
1.1.106.3
any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any of the legal opinions delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Conditions precedent to first Utilisation) or Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors).
1.1.107
Lender means:
1.1.107.1
any Original Lender; and
1.1.107.2
any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders),
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
1.1.108
Leverage Ratio means, at any time, the ratio of Total Net Debt to EBITDA.
1.1.109
LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:
1.1.109.1
the applicable Screen Rate;
1.1.109.2
(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or
1.1.109.3
if:
1.1.109.3.1
no Screen Rate is available for USD; or
1.1.109.3.2
no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,
the Reference Bank Rate,
1.1.109.4
as of, in the case of Clauses 1.1.109.1 and 1.1.109.3 above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for USD and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
1.1.110
LMA means the Loan Market Association.
1.1.111
Loan means a Facility A Loan or a Facility B Loan.
1.1.112
Majority Lenders means:
1.1.112.1
if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or
1.1.112.2
at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of all the Loans then outstanding.
1.1.113
Mandate Letter means the mandate letter dated 24 April 2019 between the Global Coordinators, Bookrunners and the Obligors relating to, amongst others, the appointment of the Global Coordinators as exclusive arrangers and bookrunners in respect of the Facilities under this Agreement.
1.1.114
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
1.1.114.1
the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, any Guarantor and/or the Group taken as a whole;
1.1.114.2
the ability of any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or
1.1.114.3
the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.
1.1.115
Material Assets means:
1.1.115.1
the mining operations comprising the following mine shafts namely Kusasalethu (DMR Ref no. GP30/5/1/2/07MR), Tshepong and Phakisa (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/84MR), Doornkop (DMR Ref no. GP30/5/1/2/2/09MR), Masimong (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/82MR), Target 1 (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/14MR), Bambanani (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/83MR), Joel (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/13MR) and Harmony Moab (License No. NW30/5/1/2/2/15MR & 16MR);
1.1.115.2
the interests of Wafi Mining Limited in the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture, being its rights under the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement, its participating interest therein and its right to take its share in production thereof; and
1.1.115.3
the interests of Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited in the Hidden Valley Mine.
1.1.116
Material Group Company means at any time:
1.1.116.1
an Obligor; and
1.1.116.2
any member of the Group which has earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation calculated on the same basis as EBITDA representing 5% (five per cent) or more of EBITDA of the Group or has gross assets or turnover (excluding intra-group items) representing 5% (five per cent) or more of the gross assets or turnover of the Group, in each case, calculated on a consolidated basis (a Material Subsidiary);
Compliance with the conditions set out in this Clause 1.1.116 shall be determined by reference to the most recent Compliance Certificate supplied by the Borrower and/or the latest audited financial statements of that Subsidiary (consolidated in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has Subsidiaries) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group. However, if a Subsidiary has been acquired or disposed of since the date as at which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group were prepared, the financial statements shall deemed to be adjusted in order to take into account the acquisition or disposal of that Subsidiary (that adjustment being certified by the Auditors as representing an accurate reflection of the revised EBITDA, gross assets or turnover of the Group). A report by the Auditors that a Subsidiary is or is not a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on all Parties.
1.1.117
Material Obligors means each of the Obligors, other than Avgold Limited.
1.1.118
MINEFI means the French Ministry of Finance.
1.1.119
Mining Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to the conduct of prospecting, exploration and mining operations, including (in respect of operations in South Africa) the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 and (in respect of operations in Papua New Guinea) the Mining Act 1992 (PNG).
1.1.120
Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
1.1.120.1
if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;
1.1.120.2
if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.
The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.
1.1.121
Obligors means the Borrower and each Guarantor, and Obligor means each or any of them (as the context may require).
1.1.122
OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America.
1.1.123
Original Financial Statements means:
1.1.123.1
    in relation to the Borrower, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended 30 June 2018;
1.1.123.2
in relation to Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Ltd, Aurora Gold Ltd, Abelle Ltd, their audited financial statements for their financial years ended 30 June 2018; and
1.1.123.3
in relation to each Original Obligor other than the Borrower, Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Ltd, Aurora Gold Ltd, Abelle Ltd and Aurora Gold (Wafi) (Pty) Ltd, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 30 June 2018.
1.1.124
Original Obligor means the Borrower or an Original Guarantor.
1.1.125
Papua New Guinea means the Independent State of Papua New Guinea.
1.1.126
Party means a party to this Agreement.
1.1.127
Permitted Guarantees means:
1.1.127.1
any guarantee under, or given in connection with, the Existing USD Finance Documents, but only until the Existing USD Facilities Refinancing Date;
1.1.127.2
any guarantees or indemnities given by the Borrower or any member of the Group on behalf of any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its operational business requirements in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD35 000 000 (thirty five million United States Dollars) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies;
1.1.127.3
any indemnity or guarantee granted in terms of the Finance Documents;
1.1.127.4
any indemnity or guarantee which constitutes Permitted Indebtedness;
1.1.127.5
the Eskom Guarantees;
1.1.127.6
the Silicosis Settlement Guarantee;
1.1.127.7
the USD Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.127.8
the ZAR Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.127.9
any guarantee given by Harmony Gold Australia in favour of any of the Relevant Subsidiaries to enable such Relevant Subsidiary to obtain a class order that will reduce the IFRS and statutory audit requirements applicable to it; and
1.1.127.10
any other guarantee or indemnity granted with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.128
Permitted Indebtedness means:
1.1.128.1
arising under any of the Existing USD Finance Documents but only until the Existing USD Facilities Refinancing Date;
1.1.128.2
any Financial Indebtedness in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract concluded in the ordinary course of trading which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease;
1.1.128.3
any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group in respect of Permitted Guarantees;
1.1.128.4
any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group in respect of Permitted Loans; and
1.1.128.5
any Financial Indebtedness not included in Clauses 1.1.128.1 to 1.1.128.4 including that incurred pursuant to the Hedging Documents, that does not result in Total Net Debt exceeding ZAR2 500 000 000 (two billion five hundred million Rand) at any time plus the ZAR equivalent of USD450 000 000 (four hundred and fifty million United States Dollars), converted at the then prevailing exchange rate into a ZAR amount;
1.1.128.6
any other Financial Indebtedness incurred with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent,
which in either case is not otherwise prohibited or restricted in accordance with Clause 21.11 (Financial Indebtedness).
1.1.129
Permitted Loans means:
1.1.129.1
loans made by the Borrower to any other member of the Group utilising the proceeds of any Utilisation under a Facility in order to fund a purpose referred to in Clause 3 (Purpose) (Borrower On Loans) and including on-loans made by any other member of the Group to any other member of the Group directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Borrower On Loans in order to fund a purpose referred to in Clause 3 (Purpose);
1.1.129.2
loans made by the Borrower to any other member of the Group utilising the proceeds of any utilisation under the ZAR Facility Agreement in order to fund a purpose referred to in the ZAR Facility Agreement (Borrower ZAR On Loans) and including on-loans made by any other member of the Group to any other member of the Group directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Borrower ZAR On Loans in order to fund a purpose referred to in the ZAR Facility Agreement;
1.1.129.3
trade credit granted in the ordinary course of an Obligor’s day-to-day business upon terms usual for such trade;
1.1.129.4
loans by an Obligor existing prior to the Signature Date and which have been (i) disclosed in Schedule 11 (Disclosed Loans) hereto, or (ii) in the Original Financial Statements;
1.1.129.5
loans by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor existing prior to the Signature Date and which have been disclosed in the Original Financial Statements;
1.1.129.6
loans granted by any member of the Group to any other member of the Group other than pursuant to 1.1.129.1 or 1.1.129.2 above or as disclosed in 1.1.129.4 or 1.1.129.5 above, which do not at any time (on a consolidated basis taking into account all such loans) exceed ZAR300 000 000 (three hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies per Financial Year;
1.1.129.7
loans made by one member of the Group to any other member of the Group for the purposes of enabling the Borrower or any other Obligor to meet its payment obligations under the Finance Documents;
1.1.129.8
a loan made by any member of the Group to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan when aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group does not exceed ZAR40 000 000 (forty million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies or to an employee or director of the Borrower in terms of an approved employee share option scheme provided that on establishment, such scheme does not involve a net outflow of cash from the Group;
1.1.129.9
loans made by the Borrower to Harmony Moab and on-lent by Harmony Moab, or loans made directly by the Borrower or Harmony Moab, to the BEE Entity for the purposes of financing the acquisition by the BEE Entity of up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Harmony Moab pursuant to a BEE transaction in respect of Harmony Moab, provided that the amount of such loans shall not exceed ZAR100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currencies in aggregate;
1.1.129.10
loans made by the Borrower to any entity acquiring shares in a Group company pursuant to a BEE transaction in respect of that Group company, provided that the amount of such loans shall not exceed ZAR150 000 000 (one hundred and fifty million Rand) in aggregate; and
1.1.129.11
any other loans made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.130
Permitted Security means:
1.1.130.1
any Security created in respect of the Existing USD Finance Documents but only until the Existing USD Facilities Refinancing Date;
1.1.130.2
Security created over any new asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property acquired and/or developed by any Obligor to secure Permitted Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such new asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property or the development, as the case may be, but not for the replacement or refurbishment or maintenance of an existing asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property;
1.1.130.3
Security created over any asset or property of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor in order to secure Permitted Indebtedness;
1.1.130.4
Security created over any asset or property of an Obligor in order to secure Permitted Indebtedness for an aggregate amount (aggregated across all of the Obligors) not exceeding ZAR200 000 000 (two hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies;
1.1.130.5
Security created by operation of law, including without limitation any Environmental Law or Mining Law, and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;
1.1.130.6
any Security which is existing prior to the Signature Date and which has been disclosed (i) Schedule 8: Part A (Existing Security) hereto, or (ii) in the Original Financial Statements and in all circumstances securing only indebtedness outstanding at the Signature Date if the principal amount or original facility thereby secured is not increased after the Signature Date;
1.1.130.7
any Security which is existing prior to the Signature Date and which has been disclosed Schedule 8: Part B hereto;
1.1.130.8
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by a member of the Group in the normal course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances, and only such arrangements that are in existence at the Signature Date;
1.1.130.9
any Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document as contemplated in the Finance Documents;
1.1.130.10
any cash collateralisation arrangements arising under:
1.1.130.10.1
the Eskom Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed ZAR210,000,000 at any time;
1.1.130.10.2
the ZAR Environmental Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed ZAR210,000,000 at any time;
1.1.130.10.3
the USD Environmental Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed USD20,000,000 at any time; and
1.1.130.10.4
the Silicosis Settlement Guarantee provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed ZAR200,000,000 at any time.
1.1.130.11
    any other Security created with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.131
Permitted Share Issue means
1.1.131.1
an issue of ordinary shares by an Obligor to its Holding Company where the newly-issued shares also become subject to the Transaction Security on the same terms;
1.1.131.2
an issue by Harmony Moab to a BEE entity for the purpose of financing the acquisition by a BEE entity of up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Harmony Moab.
1.1.132
Permitted Transferee means any person referred to Schedule 12 (Permitted Transferees), including any Affiliate of any such person.
1.1.133
PNGK means Papua New Guinea Kina, the lawful currency of Papua New Guinea.
1.1.134
Pre-Financial Close Material Adverse Change means a material adverse change prior to Financial Close, in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders (arrived at after consultation with the Borrower), in or on:
1.1.134.1
the debt, loan, financial and/or capital markets applicable to any Facility or in any markets relevant to the Borrower’s industry;
1.1.134.2
the South African or international monetary, financial, political or economic conditions;
1.1.134.3
the condition (financial or otherwise) of the business or operations or prospects of the Obligors taken as a whole;
which in the reasonable opinion of the Lenders:
1.1.134.4
has rendered, or will or is reasonably likely to render it unlawful for the Lenders (or any of them) to advance any portion of a Facility;
1.1.134.5
has materially adversely affected, or will or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the risk profile attributed by the Lenders (or any of them) to the Obligors taken as a whole or the Lenders’ (or any of them) ability to fund, or maintain its funding of, any portion of its participation in a Facility; and/or
1.1.134.6
increases the cost to the Lenders (or any of them) of funding or maintaining its or their funding of any portion of its or their participation in a Facility, and the Borrower has elected not to bear such increased cost.
1.1.135
Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).
1.1.136
Ratio Test Date means the last day of March, June, September and December.
1.1.137
Ratio Test Period means each period of 12 (twelve) months ending on a Ratio Test Date.
1.1.138
Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in USD and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.
1.1.139
Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.
1.1.140
Reference Banks means the principal London offices of up to three banks agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower from time to time, subject to the consent of the relevant banks.
1.1.141
Related Fund in relation to a fund (the first fund), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
1.1.142
Release Agreements means :
1.1.142.1
the written agreement entitled “Release Agreement”, entered into on or about the Signature Date amongst the Secured Parties, African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited and the Borrower;
1.1.142.2
the written agreement entitled “Deed of Release of Security (PNG)”, entered into on or about the Signature Date entered into between, amongst others, Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) (as Security Trustee under the Existing USD Finance Documents), and the Borrower; and
1.1.142.3
the written agreement entitled “Deed of Release of Security”, entered into on or about the Signature Date entered into between, amongst others, Nedbank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) (as Security Trustee under the Existing USD Finance Documents), and the Borrower.
1.1.143
Relevant Interbank Market means in relation to USD, the London interbank market.
1.1.144
Relevant Subsidiaries means:
1.1.144.1
Harmony Gold Securities Pty Ltd – ABN 69 087 480 902;
1.1.144.2
New Hampton Goldfields Ltd – ABN 53 009 193 999;
1.1.144.3
Harmony Gold WA Pty Ltd – ABN 84 099 119 918;
1.1.144.4
Harmony Gold Operations Ltd – ABN 44 005 482 842;
1.1.144.5
Abelle Limited – ABN 69 087 480 902;
1.1.144.6
Aurora Gold Limited – ABN 82 006 568 850; and
1.1.144.7
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Limited – ABN 23 083 828 853.
1.1.145
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 18.1 (Status) to Clause 18.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), other than 18.5 (Benefit), Clause 18.10.1, Clause 18.11.1, Clause 18.11.2, Clause 18.12 (Financial statements), Clause 18.15 (Security Interest), Clause 18.16 (Pari passu ranking), Clause 18.21 (Authorised Signatures), Clause 18.22 (No immunity) and Clause 18.23 (Sanctions and anti-corruption); save that the references in Clause 18.12 to Original Financial Statements shall, for the purposes of this Repeating Representation, be construed as references to the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.146
Representative means any representative, delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
1.1.147
Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out Schedule 6 (Form of Resignation Letter).
1.1.148
Retiring Guarantor has the meaning given to it in Clause 17.8 (Release of Guarantors' right of contribution).
1.1.149
Rollover Loan means one or more Facility B Loans:
1.1.149.1
made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Facility B Loan is due to be repaid;
1.1.149.2
the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the amount of the maturing Facility B Loan; and
1.1.149.3
made or to be made to the Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Facility B Loan.
1.1.150
Sanctioned Entity means:
1.1.150.1
any person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions, including without limitation and as at the date of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria;
1.1.150.2
any person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions;
1.1.150.3
any person listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List;
1.1.150.4
any person located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or operating in or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; or
1.1.150.5
any person otherwise a target of Sanctions (being any person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities).
1.1.151
Sanctions means general trade, economic or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, trade embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority, and more specifically:
1.1.151.1
the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and the List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders, each administered and enforced by OFAC;
1.1.151.2
the Financial Sanctions: Consolidated List of Targets and the Ukraine: list of persons subject to restrictive measures in view of Russia's actions destabilising the situation in Ukraine administered and enforced by HMT; or
1.1.151.3
any other list or public announcement or sanctions designation made by OFAC, HMT or any Sanctions Authority, in respect of the targets or scope of the Sanctions that are administered and enforced by a Sanctions Authority.
1.1.152
Sanctions Authority means each of:
1.1.152.1
the United Nations Security Council;
1.1.152.2
the European Union;
1.1.152.3
the Council of Europe (founded under the Treaty of London, 1946);
1.1.152.4
the government of the United States of America;
1.1.152.5
the government of the United Kingdom;
1.1.152.6
the government of the Republic of France;
1.1.152.7
the Hong Kong Monetary Authority;
1.1.152.8
the government of the Commonwealth of Australia,
and any of their Governmental Authorities, institutions or agencies, including, without limitation, OFAC, the US Department of Commerce, the US Department of State or the US Department of the Treasury, HMT and MINEFI.
1.1.153
Sanctions List means any of the lists maintained by any Sanctions Authority and any similar list maintained, or a public announcement of a Sanctions designation made, by any Sanctions Authority, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.
1.1.154
Screen Rate means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for USD for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 (as the case may be) of the Thomson Reuters Screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Borrower.
1.1.155
Secured Document means the Finance Documents, the ZAR Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents as defined in the ZAR Facility Agreement.
1.1.156
Secured Parties means the Secured Parties as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement.
1.1.157
Security means a mortgage, notarial bond, bond, cession in security, charge, security assignment, pledge, hypothec, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
1.1.158
Security Document means:
1.1.158.1
in respect of the Original Obligors, the documents listed in Clause 3 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent); and
1.1.158.2
any other security document that may at any other time be given as security for the liabilities pursuant to or in connection with any Secured Document.
1.1.159
Settlement Agreement means the written settlement agreement concluded on or about 3 May 2018 between, inter alia, the Borrower and the lawyers representing the claimants in the silicosis class action litigation referred to in such agreement.
1.1.160
Signature Date means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement in time.
1.1.161
Silicosis Settlement Guarantee means the guarantee facility of up to ZAR1 100 000 000 (one billion one hundred million Rand) in terms of which a guarantee will be issued on behalf of the Borrower in favour of a trust to be established pursuant to the Settlement Agreement.
1.1.162
Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 9 (Timetables).
1.1.163
Subsidiary means a subsidiary as defined in the Companies Act and shall include any person who would, but for not being a company under the Companies Act, qualify as a subsidiary as defined in the Companies Act.
1.1.164
Tangible Net Worth means Total Equity less Intangible Assets.
1.1.165
Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt means, at any time, the ratio of Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt.
1.1.166
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
1.1.167
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Total Facility A Commitment and the Total Facility B Commitment.
1.1.168
Total Facility A Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility A Commitments, being USD200 000 000 (two hundred million United States Dollars) at the Signature Date.
1.1.169
Total Facility B Commitments means the aggregate of the Facility B Commitments, being USD200 000 000 (two hundred million United States Dollars) at the Signature Date.
1.1.170
Total Equity means the total aggregate issued share capital of the Borrower from time to time.
1.1.171
Total Interest means, in respect of any period, the aggregate accruing during such period (without duplication and whether or not paid or payable within such period) of, in respect of the Group on a consolidated basis (and whether or not the principal or capital obligation by reference to which any of the following are determined is an obligation of the Group):
1.1.171.1
all interest, acceptance commission, guarantee fees and any other continuing, regular or periodic costs and expenses in the nature of interest (whether paid, payable or capitalised) incurred in effecting, servicing or maintaining Financial Indebtedness;
1.1.171.2
amounts payable (as reduced by amounts receivable) in respect of any Derivatives Transaction which is an interest rate hedging arrangement entered into to hedge risks arising in the normal course of business; and
1.1.171.3
the interest element of, and ancillary fees payable under, any finance leases (other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease).
1.1.172
Total Net Debt means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Group for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness but:
1.1.172.1
excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group;
1.1.172.2
excluding any liability of any member of the Group relating to the ZAR Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.172.3
excluding any liability of any member of the Group relating to the USD Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.172.4
excluding any liability of any member of the Group arising from the Eskom Guarantees;
1.1.172.5
excluding any liability of any member of the Group arising from the Silicosis Guarantee;
1.1.172.6
including, in the case of any lease or hire purchase contract, which would in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease (other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease), their capitalised value; and
1.1.172.7
deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time.
1.1.173
Transaction Security means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Security Documents.
1.1.174
Transfer has the meaning given to it in Clause 25.1 (Cessions and delegations by the Lenders).
1.1.175
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrower.
1.1.176
Transfer Date means, in relation to a Transfer, the later of:
1.1.176.1
the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
1.1.176.2
the date on which the Facility Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.
1.1.177
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
1.1.178
USD means United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.
1.1.179
USD Environmental Guarantees means any Financial Indebtedness relating to compliance with environmental and mining legislation in Papua New Guinea arising from rehabilitation operations in the form of environmental guarantees and financial security under such legislation in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD100 000 000 (one hundred million United Stated Dollars) at any time.
1.1.180
Utilisation means a utilisation of a Facility.
1.1.181
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.
1.1.182
Utilisation Fee has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.6.
1.1.183
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out Schedule 3 (Form of Utilisation Request).
1.1.184
VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991 and any other tax of a similar nature.
1.1.185
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Wafi Mining Limited, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited and Wafi-Golpu Services Limited dated 22 May 2008.
1.1.186
ZAR means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.
1.1.187
ZAR Environmental Guarantees means any Financial Indebtedness relating to compliance with environmental legislation in South Africa arising from rehabilitation operations in the form of environmental guarantees in an aggregate amount not exceeding ZAR600 000 000 (six hundred million Rand) at any time.
1.1.188
ZAR Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled ‘ZAR2 000 000 000 Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement’ between the Borrower, Obligors and the ZAR Facility Finance Parties as amended from time to time.
1.1.189
ZAR Facility Finance Parties means the Finance Parties as defined in the ZAR Facility Agreement.
1.2
Construction
1.2.1
Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:
1.2.1.1
any Global Coordinator, any Bookrunner, the Facility Agent, any Finance Party, any Lender, any Secured Party, any Hedge Provider, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;
1.2.1.2
assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
1.2.1.3
authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;
1.2.1.4
a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time;
1.2.1.5
indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
1.2.1.6
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);
1.2.1.7
a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, being one with which the relevant person is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
1.2.1.7.1
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and
1.2.1.7.2
a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.
1.2.1.8
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
1.2.1.9
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
1.2.1.10
A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.
1.2.1.11
If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation Clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.
1.2.1.12
Unless inconsistent with the context, an expression in any Finance Document which denotes the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
1.2.2
The Schedules to any Finance Document form an integral part thereof.
1.2.3
The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, the contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.
1.2.4
The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect such of the provisions of the Finance Documents as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the Clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.
1.2.5
The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.
1.2.6
The use of any expression in any Finance Document covering a process or proceeding available under South African law such as winding-up or business rescue (without limitation eiusdem generis) shall, if any of the Parties to the Finance Documents is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous process or proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.
1.2.7
Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words in any Finance Document, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail.
1.2.8
Unless a contrary indication appears, where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as including that particular day and excluding the last day of such period.
1.3
Third party rights
1.3.1
Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.
1.3.2
Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.
SECTION 2
FACILITY, PURPOSE AND CONDITIONS
2.
THE FACILITY
2.1
The Facility
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower
2.1.1
a USD committed term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility A Commitments; and
2.1.2
a USD committed revolving credit facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Facility B Commitments.
2.2
Finance Parties' rights and obligations
2.2.1
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
2.2.2
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.
2.2.3
A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.
2.2.4
The Borrower is entitled to receive a copy of the signed Intercreditor Agreement; however neither the Borrower nor any other Obligor has any rights or obligations under the Intercreditor Agreement.
3.
PURPOSE
3.1
Purpose
The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facilities towards:
3.1.1
the repayment in full of the Existing USD Facility Outstandings; and
3.1.2
the Group’s exploration activities, feasibility costs, capital costs, operational costs, other corporate expenses and other strategic objectives relating to the Group outside of South Africa.
3.2
Monitoring
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
4.
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
4.1
Conditions precedent to First Utilisation
The Borrower may not deliver a first Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties (or in relation to originals of required notices, share certificates and blank transfer forms contemplated by Clause 3 of Part I of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent), the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties is satisfied that these are being held on its behalf by its legal advisors). The Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the other Finance Parties) shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly in writing that it so satisfied.
4.2
Conditions precedent to Utilisations generally
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) if Financial Close has occurred no later than 40 (forty) days after the Signature Date (or within such further period as the Lenders may have agreed to in writing before the lapse of the period of 40 (forty) days after the Signature Date), on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
4.2.1
in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan;
4.2.2
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects;
4.2.3
in relation to the first Utilisation only, the representations referred to in Clause 18.17 (No proceedings pending or threatened) are true in all material respects and for this purpose, the representations referred to in Clause 18.17 (No proceedings pending or threatened) shall be deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances existing on the first Utilisation Date.

SECTION 3
UTILISATION
5.
UTILISATION
5.1
Delivery of a Utilisation Request
The Borrower may utilise a Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
5.2
Completion of a Utilisation Request
5.2.1
Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
5.2.1.1
it identifies the Facility to be utilised;
5.2.1.2
the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period applicable to that Facility;
5.2.1.3
the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and
5.2.1.4
the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).
5.2.2
Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
5.2.3
Only one Utilisation Request may be submitted in any calendar month in respect of Facility B and only one Utilisation request may be submitted in respect of Facility A.
5.2.4
The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than five Loans would be outstanding at any point in time and to this effect, the Facility Agent will consolidate two or more outstanding Loans made from the same Facility maturing on the same date, such that the relevant Rollover Loan made to refinance such maturing Loans will be in respect of such outstanding Loans as consolidated into one Loan.
5.3
Currency and amount
5.3.1
The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be USD.
5.3.2
The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is not more than the Available Facility and which is a minimum of USD30 000 000 (thirty million United States Dollars) or, if less, the Available Facility.
5.4
Lenders' participation
5.4.1
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 6.1 (Repayment of Facility B Loans) each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
5.4.2
The amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.
5.4.3
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan by the Specified Time.
5.5
Cancellation of Commitment
5.5.1
If Financial Close has not occurred by the date which is no later than 40 (forty) days after the Signature Date (or within such further period as the Lenders may have agreed to in writing before the lapse of the period of 40 (forty) days after the Signature Date), the Commitments shall be immediately cancelled.
5.5.2
The Facility A Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility A.
5.5.3
The Facility B Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period for Facility B.
5.6
Utilisation Fee
Where the aggregate of the Facility B Loans is equal to an amount expressed as a percentage range (being a percentage of the Facility B Commitments) set out in the left column below, the Borrower shall pay a utilisation fee which shall be computed at a rate equal to the rate per annum set out opposite such percentage range in the right column below on the aggregate of the Facility B Loans (Utilisation Fee).
% of Facility B Commitments
Utilisation Fee
Less than or equal to 33.33%
0.10%
Greater than 33.33% but less than or equal to 66.67%
0.20%
Greater than 66.67%
0.30%

5.7
The Utilisation Fee shall be calculated on a day to day basis and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each successive period of 3 (three) Months, with the first such period commencing on Financial Close.

SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
6.
REPAYMENT
6.1
Repayment of Facility A Loans
6.1.1
The Borrower shall repay the Facility A Loans made to it in full on the Final Repayment Date.
6.1.2
The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility A which is repaid.
6.2
Repayment of Facility B Loans
Subject to the provisions of Clause 6.2.1 (Rollover Loans) below, the Borrower shall repay each Facility B Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.
6.2.1
Rollover Loans
6.2.1.1
Without prejudice to the Borrower's obligation under Clause 6.2.1.3 below, if one or more Facility B Loans are to be made available to the Borrower:
6.2.1.1.1
on the same day that a maturing Facility B Loan is due to be repaid by the Borrower; and
6.2.1.1.2
in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Facility B Loan,
the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Facility B Loan and Clause 6.2.1.2 below shall apply.
6.2.1.2
Any Rollover Loans shall be utilised as follows:
6.2.1.2.1
if the amount of a maturing Facility B Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans (Excess):
6.2.1.2.1.1
the Borrower will only be required to repay an amount in cash equal to the Excess (in repayment of the maturing Facility B Loan), and
6.2.1.2.1.2
the new Facility B Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of the Lender's participation (if any) in the maturing Facility B Loan and the Lender will not be required to make new Facility B Loans available in cash; and
6.2.1.2.2
if the amount of the maturing Facility B Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Facility B Loans:
6.2.1.2.2.1
the Borrower will not be required to make any repayment in cash on account of the maturing Facility B Loan; and
6.2.1.2.2.2
the Lender will be required to make the new Facility B Loans available in cash only to the extent that the new Facility B Loans exceed the maturing Facility B Loan and the remainder of the new Facility B Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the Borrower in or towards repayment of the maturing Facility B Loan.
6.2.1.3
The Borrower shall repay all Loans outstanding under the Facilities (including accrued and unpaid interest thereon) in full by no later than the Final Repayment Date.
6.2.1.4
The Borrower may re-borrow any part of Facility B which is repaid.
6.3
Extension option
6.3.1
The Borrower may, by giving notice to the Facility Agent substantially in the form set out in Part 1 of Schedule 14 (Form of Extension Documents), (an Extension Request) not less than 100 (one hundred) days (and not more than 120 (one hundred and twenty) days) before the first anniversary of Financial Close, request that the Initial Repayment Date be extended to the Extended Repayment Date.
6.3.2
The Facility Agent must promptly, but in any event by no later than 2 (two) Business Days following receipt, notify the Lenders of the receipt of an Extension Request.
6.3.3
Each Lender shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrower of its decision whether or not to consent to the Extension Request not more than 20 (twenty) Business Days after being notified by the Facility Agent of the Extension Request (the Extension Request End Date). A Lender who has consented to the Extension Request (the Extending Lenders), shall deliver a written notice to the Facility Agent substantially in the form set out in Part 2 of Schedule 14 (Form of Extension Documents) (an Extension Acceptance Notice). If a Lender has not delivered an Extension Acceptance Notice on or before the Extension Request End Date, it shall be deemed to have refused to consent to the Extension Request (together with a Lender who has explicitly refused to consent to an Extension Request, the Non-Extending Lenders).
6.3.4
Each Non-Extending Lender shall, on the Business Day immediately following the Extension Request End Date, be deemed to have offered all (and not part only) its Available Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans (together with all its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents) to each Extending Lender pro rata in accordance with Clause 6.3.6 below. The Facility Agent shall inform all Extending Lenders of such offer by issuing a notice (the Lender Replacement Notice) within two Business Days of such date. The offer made pursuant to this Clause 6.3.4 shall immediately lapse at the end of the Business Day immediately preceding the commencement of the Replacement Lender Offer Period (as defined below).
6.3.5
An Extending Lender may, within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of receipt of a Lender Replacement Notice (the Replacement Notice End Date) deliver a further Extension Acceptance Notice to the Facility Agent and the Borrower pursuant to which it confirms its willingness to assume (i) its pro rata share of each such Non-Extending Lender’s Available Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and (ii) all the rights and obligations of each Non-Extending Lender (the Initial Pro Rata Participation) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to its pro rata share of the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Breakage Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents. If an Extending Lender has not notified the Facility Agent in writing of its consent on or before such date, it shall be deemed to have declined its Initial Pro Rata Participation. An Extending Lender may, in its further Extension Acceptance Notice, indicate whether it wishes to assume, in addition to its Initial Pro Rata Participation, any additional amount of a Non-Extending Lender’s Available Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans (the Participation Headroom).
6.3.6
If an Extending Lender has declined or is deemed to have declined:
6.3.6.1
its Initial Pro Rata Participation, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Extending Lenders within 2 Business Days of the Replacement Notice End Date and each such other Extending Lender may deliver a further Extension Acceptance Notice within 3 Business Days, pursuant to which it confirms its willingness to assume its pro rata share of that Initial Pro Rata Participation (the Additional Pro Rata Participation). If an Extending Lender has not delivered a further Extension Acceptance Notice on or before such date, it shall be deemed to have declined its Additional Pro Rata Participation; or
6.3.6.2
its Additional Pro Rata Participation, any other Extending Lender which has provided its Participation Headroom shall, within 3 Business Days of such event occurring, assume either (i) an amount not exceeding its Participation Headroom or (ii) such other amount (not exceeding the Additional Pro Rata Participation) as notified by the Borrower to the Facility Agent (in the event that more than one Extending Lender has provided its Participation Headroom and such amount exceeds the Additional Pro Rata Participation),
in each case for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to its pro rata share of the outstanding principal amount of such Additional Pro Rata Participation or Participation Headroom (as applicable) and all accrued interest, Breakage Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
6.3.7
If following the procedure set out in Clause 6.3.6 any Non-Extending Lender’s Available Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans remains available the Borrower may, within 20 (twenty) Business Days (the Replacement Lender Offer Period), replace a Non-Extending Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer to:
6.3.7.1
a Permitted Transferee; or
6.3.7.2
subject to the consent of the Extending Lenders (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), any other bank or financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets (an Alternative Institution).
(each such Permitted Transferee or Alternative Institution, an Extending Replacement Lender), for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Breakage Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
6.3.8
If at the end of the Replacement Lender Offer Period, Available Commitments and participation in all outstanding Loans of the Non-Extending Lenders, in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD25, 000,000 have not been transferred to an Extending Replacement Lender, the Borrower may, within 2 Business Days after the end of Replacement Lender Offer Period give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitments of those Non-Extending Lenders and its intention to procure the repayment of those Non-Extending Lender's participation in the Loans. On receipt of such a notice of cancellation, the Commitments of those Non-Extending Lenders shall immediately be reduced to zero and the Borrower shall repay those Non-Extending Lenders’ participation in that Loan by no later than the date falling 3 (three) Business Days prior to the Initial Repayment Date (the Permitted Non-Extending Lender Repayment).
6.3.9
The replacement of a Non-Extending Lender pursuant to Clause 6.3.4 to 6.3.8 shall be subject to the following conditions:
6.3.9.1
such transfer shall be effect pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders);
6.3.9.2
no Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find an Extending Replacement Lender;
6.3.9.3
in no event shall the Non-Extending Lender be required to pay or surrender to such Extending Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
6.3.9.4
the Non-Extending Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 6.3.4 to 6.3.8 once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary "know your customer" or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.
6.3.10
A Non-Extending Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 6.3.9.4 as soon as reasonably practicable and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.
6.3.11
If following the completion of the procedure set out in Clauses 6.3.1 to 6.3.10:
6.3.11.1
the Borrower has either received Extension Acceptance Notices from all the Lenders or has replaced all Non-Extending Lenders with an Extending Replacement Lender or has effected a Permitted Non-Extending Lender Repayment, each Lender’s Available Commitments and participation in all outstanding Loans shall be extended to the Extended Repayment Date; or
6.3.11.2
the Available Commitments and participation in all outstanding Loans of a Non-Extending Lender have not been transferred to an Extending Replacement Lender or the Borrower has been unable to effect a Permitted Non-Extending Lender Repayment, each Lender’s:
6.3.11.2.1
Available Commitments shall be reduced to zero and cancelled; and
6.3.11.2.2
participation in all outstanding Loans shall be repaid together with accrued interest and all other amounts outstanding in relation to such participation,
in each case on the Initial Repayment Date.
6.3.12
The Borrower shall pay to:
6.3.12.1
each Extending Lender, a fee computed at the percentage rate equal to 0.15 per cent. of each Extending Lender’s Available Commitment and participation in all outstanding Loans (excluding any Initial Pro Rata Participation, Additional Pro Rata Participation or Participation Headroom). Such fee is payable on the 3rd Business Day after the last date on which an the process set out in Clause 6.3.1 to 6.3.10 has been completed; or
6.3.12.2
each Extending Lender that has participated in respect of its Initial Pro Rata Participation, Additional Pro Rata Participation or Participation Headroom (as applicable), a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter; or
6.3.12.3
each Alternative Institution that has become an Extending Replacement Lender, a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
7.
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
7.1
Illegality
If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions):
7.1.1
that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
7.1.2
upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender or its Affiliate will be immediately cancelled; and
7.1.3
to the extent that the Lender’s or its Affiliate’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 36.3 (Replacement of Lender), the Borrower shall repay that Lender's or its Affiliate’s participation in the Loans on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrower or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender or its Affiliate in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's or its Affiliate’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.
7.2
Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event
7.2.1
If any Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event occurs:
7.2.1.1
the Borrower shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
7.2.1.2
a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and
7.2.1.3
if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable or due and payable on the date referred to in the notice.
7.2.1.4
Notwithstanding Clause 7.2.1.3, if a Fundamental Control Event described in Clause 1.1.80.1 occurs and if any Lender so requires, the Facility Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable or due and payable on the date referred to in the notice.
7.3
Material Disposal Proceeds
7.3.1
The Borrower shall notify the Facility Agent of the receipt of any Material Disposal Proceeds promptly upon the relevant member of the Group becoming entitled to receive such Material Disposal Proceeds. If the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower that all or a specified amount of the Available Material Disposal Proceeds are required to be applied to repay the outstanding Loans and on receipt of such notice the Borrower shall, subject to Clause 7.7.7 below, be obliged to repay the Loans (so they are reduced by the same proportions and rateably amongst the Lenders) in an amount equal to the Available Material Disposal Proceeds or the specified amount of the Available Material Disposal Proceeds, as applicable on the last day of the Interest Period of each such Loan, provided that if an Event of Default occurs prior to the last day of an Interest Period of a Loan, the amount of the relevant prepayment shall be immediately due and payable.
7.3.2
For purposes of this Clause 7.3:
7.3.2.1
Available Material Disposal Proceeds means that portion of the Material Disposal Proceeds which are available to be applied under this Agreement which shall be determined as the aggregate of (x) the USD Facility Percentage of the Material Disposal Proceeds, and (y) any Material Disposal Proceeds which would otherwise have been available to be applied as a prepayment under the ZAR Facility Agreement but were not in fact so applied.
7.3.2.2
USD Facility Percentage means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (x) the aggregate Available Commitments and Loans to (y) the sum of the aggregate Available Commitments and Loans and the USD equivalent of the aggregate available commitments and loans under the ZAR Facility Agreement converted at prevailing exchange rates to the USD equivalent amount.
7.3.2.3
Disposal Proceeds means the cash consideration received by any member of the Group in respect of the Disposal of (x) a Material Asset or any portion or part of a Material Asset or (y) the shares in a company or interests in any other entity which owns the Material Asset (including any amount received in repayment of intercompany debt pursuant to the Disposal of a Material Asset and any amount received by any member of the Group pursuant to an exercise by Papua New Guinea of the Buy-In Option) or (z) all or any portion or part of the joint venture property of the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture, at any time after the Signature Date but prior to the date of full and final repayment of the Loans, and after deducting:
7.3.2.3.1
any reasonable expenses which are incurred by any member of the Group with respect to that Disposal to persons who are not members of the Group; and
7.3.2.3.2
any Tax incurred and required to be paid by the seller in connection with that Disposal (as reasonably determined by the seller, on the basis of existing rates and taking account of any available credit, deduction or allowance).
7.3.2.4
Disposal means a sale, lease, license, transfer, loan or other disposal by a person (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).
7.3.2.5
Material Disposal Proceeds means that portion of Disposal Proceeds which when aggregated with any other Disposal Proceeds previously received by any member of the Group is in excess of ZAR1 000 000 000 (one billion Rand) or the equivalent thereof in any other currency or currencies, excluding any Disposal Proceeds received by any member of the Group pursuant to an exercise by Papua New Guinea of the Buy-In Option but only to the extent that such Disposal Proceeds are reinvested by the relevant member of the Group in the relevant operations relating to the Buy-In Option or in the business of another Obligor or otherwise retained by an Obligor and not used to make any Distribution.
7.4
Cancellation
The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 90 (ninety) days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of USD30 000 000 (thirty million United States Dollars)) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.4 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
7.5
Voluntary prepayment of Loans
7.5.1
The Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 (five) Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of USD30 000 000 (thirty million United States Dollars)).
7.5.2
Any prepayment under this Clause 7.5 shall be applied rateably among the participations of all Lenders under that Facility.
7.5.3
The Borrower may only re-borrow any part of the Facility B which is prepaid under this Clause 7.5.
7.6
Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender
7.6.1
If:
7.6.1.1
any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under Clause 12.2.3; or
7.6.1.2
any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs),
the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loans.
7.6.2
On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in Clause 7.6.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
7.6.3
On the last day of each Interest Period in relation to a Loan which ends after the Borrower has given notice of cancellation under Clause 7.6.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in that Loan.
7.7
Restrictions and Early Settlement Fees
7.7.1
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 6.3 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.
7.7.2
Any prepayment of a Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Breakage Costs payable under Clause 10.4 (Breakage Costs) (if applicable) and save as otherwise provided for in Clause 7.7.8 or elsewhere in this Agreement, without premium or penalty.
7.7.3
The Borrower may not re-borrow any part of Facility B which is prepaid (other than in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Voluntary prepayment of Loans)).
7.7.4
The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
7.7.5
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
7.7.6
If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 6.3 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.
7.7.7
If all or part of a Loan is prepaid (other than in accordance with Clause 7.5 (Voluntary prepayment of Loans)), an amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.7.7 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
7.7.8
If all or part of a Loan is repaid or prepaid directly or indirectly by utilising Financial Indebtedness incurred by any member of the Group, (the Refinanced Loan Portion), the Borrower shall make payment of early settlement fees to the Facility Agent for the account of each Lender (other than a Non-Extending Lender) as follows:
7.7.8.1
2,50% (two point five zero per cent) of the Refinanced Loan Portion where the prepayment occurs at any time after Financial Close but prior to the first anniversary of Financial Close;
7.7.8.2
1,50% of the Refinanced Loan Portion where the prepayment occurs at any time on or after the first anniversary of Financial Close but prior to the second anniversary of Financial Close; and
7.7.8.3
provided that the Initial Repayment Date has been extended to the Extended Repayment Date pursuant to Clause 6.3 (Extension Option), 0,50% (zero point five zero per cent) of the Refinanced Loan Portion where the prepayment occurs at any time on or after the second anniversary of Financial Close but prior to the third anniversary of Financial Close,
provided that if a Lender participates in the Financial Indebtedness incurred in relation to the Refinanced Loan Portion, the early settlement fee of that Lender will be calculated by applying the relevant percentage referred to above to the amount (if any) representing the difference between the participation of that Lender in the Loans being prepaid and the participation of that Lender in the Financial Indebtedness incurred to repay the Loans.
7.8
Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender
7.8.1
If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrower may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Facility Agent 5 (five) Business Days' notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.
7.8.2
On the notice referred to in Clause 7.8.1 above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
7.8.3
The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.8.1 above, notify all the Lenders.
SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION
8.
INTEREST
8.1
Calculation of interest
The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the:
8.1.1
Applicable Margin; and
8.1.2
LIBOR.
8.2
Payment of interest
The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period for that Loan.
8.3
Default interest
8.3.1
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on that Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to Clause 8.3.2 below, is 2% (two per cent) higher than the rate which would have been payable if that Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of that Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.
8.3.2
If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:
8.3.2.1
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and
8.3.2.2
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2% (two per cent) higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.
8.3.3
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.
8.4
Notification of rates of interest
8.4.1
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.
8.4.2
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.
9.
INTEREST PERIODS
9.1
Selection of Interest Periods
9.1.1
Each Loan in respect of Facility A shall have successive Interest Periods of 3 (three) Months.
9.1.2
The Borrower shall select an Interest Period for a Loan in respect of Facility B, in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.
9.1.3
Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods) the Borrower may, for a Loan in respect of Facility B, select an Interest Period of three or 6 (six) Months, as specified in the Utilisation Request (or such other period as may be agreed between the Borrower and the Lenders, provided that such other period shall not be longer than 6 (six) Months).
9.1.4
An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.
9.1.5
The Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date of that Loan.
9.1.6
Subject to this Clause 9 (Interest Periods), the Borrower may select a different Interest Period for a Rollover Loan than the Interest Period of the Loan being refinanced by that Rollover Loan in the Utilisation Request delivered for that Rollover Loan.
9.1.7
If the Borrower fails to select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan, the Interest Period for the applicable Loan shall be 3 (three) Months.
9.2
Non-Business Days
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
9.3
Consolidation of Loans
If two or more Interest Periods in respect of any Loans made from the same Facility end on the same date, those Loans will be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.
10.
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
10.1
Absence of quotations
Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
10.2
Market disruption
10.2.1
If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
10.2.1.1
the Applicable Margin; and
10.2.1.2
    the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
10.2.2
In this Agreement, Market Disruption Event means:
10.2.2.1
at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or
10.2.2.2
    before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35% (thirty five per cent) of that Loan) that the cost to it or them of funding its or their participation in that Loan from whatever source it or they may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR.
10.3
Alternative basis of interest or funding
10.3.1
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 10.2.1 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or the Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
10.3.2
Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrower, be binding on all Parties for the relevant Interest Period and thereafter for so long as the Market Disruption Event continues to apply.

10.4
Breakage Costs
10.4.1
The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Breakage Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. No Breakage Cost shall be payable in relation to the prepayment of a Loan pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 7.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender).
10.4.2
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Breakage Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.
11.
FEES
11.1
Commitment fee
11.1.1
The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 40% (forty per cent) of the Applicable Margin per annum on each Lender's Available Commitment for the Availability Period and which fee shall accrue on a daily basis.
11.1.2
The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of 3 (three) Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.
11.1.3
For the avoidance of doubt, no commitment fees will be payable if Financial Close does not occur.
11.2
Agency fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
11.3
Participation fee
The Borrower shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
11.4
Extension fee
The Borrower shall pay to each relevant Extending Lender or each Extending Replacement Lender an extension fee in the amount and at the times set out in Clause 6.3.12 (Extension option).

SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
12.
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
12.1
Definitions
12.1.1
In this Agreement:
12.1.1.1
Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
12.1.1.2
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
12.1.1.3
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.
12.1.1.4
Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).
12.1.2
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
12.2
Tax gross-up
12.2.1
Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
12.2.2
The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Borrower and that Obligor.
12.2.3
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
12.2.4
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
12.2.5
Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.
12.3
Tax indemnity
12.3.1
The Borrower shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
12.3.2
Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:
12.3.2.1
with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party (A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes or (B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
12.3.2.2
to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up).
12.3.3
A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 12.3.2.1 above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower.
12.3.4
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Facility Agent.
12.4
Tax Credit
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
12.4.1
a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
12.4.2
that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
12.5
Stamp taxes
The Borrower shall (a) pay and, (b) within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.
12.6
Value added tax
12.6.1
All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to Clause 12.6.2 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
12.6.2
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Subject Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.
12.6.3
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
12.7
FATCA Information
12.7.1
Subject to Clause 12.7.3 below, each Party shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
12.7.1.1
confirm to that other Party whether it is:
12.7.1.1.1
a FATCA Exempt Party; or
12.7.1.1.2
not a FATCA Exempt Party;
12.7.1.2
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and
12.7.1.3
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.
12.7.2
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 12.7.1 above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
12.7.3
Clause 12.7.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 12.7.1.3 above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
12.7.3.1
any law or regulation;
12.7.3.2
any fiduciary duty; or
12.7.3.3
any duty of confidentiality.
12.7.4
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clauses 12.7.1.1.1 or 12.7.1.1.2 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 12.7.3 above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
12.8
FATCA Deduction
12.8.1
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
12.8.2
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrower
13.
INCREASED COSTS
13.1
Increased costs
13.1.1
Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application by any authority or by financial institutions generally of) any law or regulation, after the Signature Date, (ii) the interpretation, administration or application by any authority or by financial institutions generally after the Signature Date of any law or regulation introduced prior to the Signature Date or (iii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signature Date, and shall include without any limitation, any Basel III Increased Cost (Change in Law).
13.1.2
In this Agreement Increased Costs means:
13.1.2.1
a reduction in the rate of return from a Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by such Finance Party);
13.1.2.2
an additional or increased cost; or
13.1.2.3
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
13.1.3
The terms law and regulation in this Clause 13.1 shall include, without limitation, any law or regulation concerning capital adequacy, prudential limits, liquidity, reserve assets or Tax.
13.2
Increased cost claims
13.2.1
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower.
13.2.2
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
13.3
Exceptions
13.3.1
Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
13.3.1.1
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
13.3.1.2
    compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.3.2 applied); or
13.3.1.3
    attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or the failure by the relevant Finance Party to make any required filing with any regulatory authority.
13.3.2
In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).
14.
OTHER INDEMNITIES
14.1
Currency indemnity
Without prejudice to Clause 30.8 (Currency of account):
14.1.1
if any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (Second Currency) for the purpose of:
14.1.1.1
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or
14.1.1.2
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
14.1.2
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
14.2
Environmental indemnity
The Obligors hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (together, the Indemnified Parties) on demand against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or other costs or expenses suffered or incurred by that Indemnified Party (except to the extent solely caused by such Indemnified Party’s own gross negligence or wilful default) as a result of:
14.2.1
any breach of any Environmental Law (whether by the Borrower or any other member of the Group);
14.2.2
an Environmental Claim; or
14.2.3
any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Environmental Claim and any other enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation in respect of any breach of any Environmental Law that has or is reasonably likely to give rise to a liability for any Indemnified Party,
which relates to any member of the Group, any assets of any member of the Group or the operation of all or part of the business of any member of the Group and which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents or any of them had not been executed by that Finance Party. Any Affiliate or any director, officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this clause 14.2 as a stipulation for its or his or her benefit, capable of acceptance at any time.
14.3
Other indemnities
The Borrower shall (or shall, to the extent legally possible, procure that each Obligor will), within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:
14.3.1
the occurrence of any Event of Default;
14.3.2
any information produced or approved by the Borrower/any Obligor/any member of the Group being misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;
14.3.3
any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Obligor or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement except as may otherwise be ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction in circumstances where the relevant Finance Party was the plaintiff or applicant in such proceedings;
14.3.4
a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 29 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);
14.3.5
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or
14.3.6
a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrower.
14.4
Indemnity to the Facility Agent
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Facility Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
14.4.1
investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is an Event of Default; or
14.4.2
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.
14.5
Default
At any time after the occurrence of a Default and for so long as it is continuing or where the Facility Agent reasonably believes there is a Default, upon the written request of the Facility Agent with reasonable prior notice, permit representatives of the Finance Parties during normal office hours, to visit and inspect any of the premises where its business is conducted, to have access to (and copies of) accounts and records and shall afford reasonable co-operation at all times to the Finance Parties and such representatives.
15.
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
15.1
Mitigation
15.1.1
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs).
15.1.2
Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
15.2
Limitation of liability
15.2.1
The Borrower shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).
15.2.2
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably):
15.2.2.1
any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or
15.2.2.2
to do so might be prejudicial to it.
16.
COSTS AND EXPENSES
16.1
Transaction expenses
The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators and the Bookrunners the amount of all properly evidenced costs and expenses (including agreed or reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:
16.1.1
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and
16.1.2
any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.
16.2
Amendment costs
16.2.1
If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse each Finance Party for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
16.2.2
If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse each Finance Party for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.
16.3
Enforcement costs
The Borrower shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

SECTION 7
GUARANTEE
17.
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
17.1
Guarantee and indemnity
Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally, as a principal obligor and not merely as a surety and on the basis of discrete obligations enforceable against it:
17.1.1
guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrower of its payment obligations under the Finance Documents;
17.1.2
undertakes in favour of each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
17.1.3
agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs as a result of the Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrower under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
17.2
Continuing guarantee
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
17.3
Reinstatement
If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge, release or arrangement given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of insolvency, business rescue proceedings, liquidation, winding-up or otherwise):
17.3.1
the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
17.3.2
each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
17.4
Waiver of defences
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:
17.4.1
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;
17.4.2
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;
17.4.3
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
17.4.4
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;
17.4.5
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;
17.4.6
any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity suspension or cancellation of any obligation of any person under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or any other document or security;
17.4.7
any insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue or similar proceedings; or
17.4.8
this Agreement or any other Finance Document not being executed by or binding against any other Guarantor or any other party.
17.5
Immediate recourse
Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
17.6
Appropriations
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
17.6.1
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and
17.6.2
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor's liability under this Clause 17.
17.7
Deferral of Guarantors' rights
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17:
17.7.1
to be indemnified by an Obligor;
17.7.2
to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of or provider of security for any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;
17.7.3
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;
17.7.4
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);
17.7.5
to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or
17.7.6
to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.
If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Sharing among the Finance Parties).
17.8
Release of Guarantors' right of contribution
If any Guarantor (Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:
17.8.1
that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and
17.8.2
each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.
17.9
Additional security
This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.
SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18.
REPRESENTATIONS
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the Signature Date in each case, unless otherwise indicated, in respect of itself.
18.1
Status
18.1.1
It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
18.1.2
It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
18.2
Binding obligations
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
18.3
Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:
18.3.1
any law or regulation applicable to it;
18.3.2
its constitutional documents; or
18.3.3
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries' assets and where this applies to its Subsidiaries or its Subsidiaries’ assets only, in a manner which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.4
Power and authority
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents, and no limits on its powers will be exceeded or breached as a result.
18.5
Benefit
The entry into the Finance Documents to which it is a party is for its commercial benefit.
18.6
Validity and admissibility in evidence
All Authorisations required:
18.6.1
to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
18.6.2
to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation;
18.6.3
for it to carry on its business; and
18.6.4
for its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses, but only to the extent such are material Authorisations,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect or will be obtained or effected prior to its entry into the relevant Finance Documents, save that in respect of Clauses 18.6.3 and 18.6.4 above, only to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.7
Governing law and enforcement
Subject to the Legal Reservations:
18.7.1
the choice of South African law as the governing law of the Finance Documents expressed to be governed by South African law will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation;
18.7.2
any judgment obtained in South Africa in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and
18.7.3
in respect of an Obligor incorporated in Papua New Guinea, any judgment obtained in Papua New Guinea in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.
18.8
Deduction of Tax
It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.
18.9
No filing or stamp taxes
Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
18.10
No default
18.10.1
No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.
18.10.2
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.11
No misleading information
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties in this Clause 18.11 so far as it is aware after making reasonable enquiries in respect of information provided by it.
18.11.1
All information supplied by the Borrower, any Obligor or any other member of the Group to the Facility Agent or any other Finance Party is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any respect.
18.11.2
It has not knowingly withheld information which, if disclosed, would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the decisions of the Lenders to provide finance to the Borrower.
18.12
Financial statements
18.12.1
Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.
18.12.2
Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Borrower) during the relevant Financial Year.
18.12.3
The most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as applied to the Original Financial Statements and give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited) the Group’s consolidated financial condition and each Obligor’s financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the period to which they relate.
18.12.4
Since the date of the Original Financial Statements there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Group.
18.13
Insurance
It maintains insurances itself (or though Group insurances which it benefits from as co-insured) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business with reputable underwriters or insurance companies.
18.14
Assets and Intellectual Property Rights
18.14.1
It has good title to or valid leases or licenses over all of the assets necessary and material to carry on its business.
18.14.2
As far as it is aware, it will not nor will any of its Subsidiaries, in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any way which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.15
Security Interest
18.15.1
Subject in each case to any registration specifically required by law, and subject to any Legal Reservations:
18.15.1.1
each Security Document to which it is a party validly creates the security interest which is expressed to be created by that Security Document; and
18.15.1.2
the Transaction Security created by each Security Document to which it is a party :
18.15.1.2.1
ranks and will rank, in respect of all other security interests granted or to be granted by any Obligor in favour of any person other than the Finance Parties, in the order of priority it is expressed to rank in the relevant Security Document; and
18.15.1.2.2
is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving any Obligor.
18.15.2
It is the sole, absolute, legal and, where applicable, beneficial owner of all assets made subject to the Transaction Security created by each Security Document to which it is a party.
18.16
Pari passu ranking
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
18.17
No proceedings pending or threatened
Save to the extent disclosed in Schedule 10 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.
18.18
Insolvency and Financial Distress
18.18.1
No:
18.18.1.1
corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 24.7 (Insolvency and business rescue proceedings); or
18.18.1.2
creditors' process described in Clause 24.8 (Creditor’s process),
has been taken by it or in relation to it or to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) by or in relation to any other member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 24.6 (Insolvency) applies to it or to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) any other member of the Group.
18.18.2
Neither it nor any member of the Group is Financially Distressed (as defined in section 128 of the Companies Act), or, given similar meaning under any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea).
18.18.3
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18.18 do not apply to the members of the Group listed Schedule 13 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised).
18.19
No breach of laws
18.19.1
It has not (and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.19.2
No labour disputes or industrial action are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any member of the Group which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.20
Environmental laws
18.20.1
Save to the extent disclosed Schedule 10 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), each member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 21.3 (Environmental compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.20.2
Save to the extent disclosed Schedule 10 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), no Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or might reasonably be expected, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.21
Authorised signatures
Any person specified as its authorised signatory under Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) or Clause 19.5.5 is authorised to sign Utilisation Requests (in relation to the Borrower only) and other notices on its behalf.
18.22
No immunity
In any proceedings taken in South Africa, Australia or Papua New Guinea or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Finance Document.
18.23
Sanctions and anti-corruption
18.23.1
Neither the Borrower, nor any other member of the Group:
18.23.1.1
is a Sanctioned Entity and nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any other member of the Group or any of their directors, officers or employees, is any agent of the Borrower or any other member of the Group that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, a Sanctioned Entity;
18.23.1.2
is using, nor will use the proceeds of any Facility for the purpose of financing or making funds available directly or indirectly to any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such financing or provision of funds would currently be prohibited by Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions; or
18.23.1.3
is contributing, nor will contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Facility to any other person or entity for the purpose of financing the activities of any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would currently be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions.
18.23.2
None of the Borrower, any member of the Group, any director or officer of the Borrower or any other member of the Group:
18.23.2.1
has been or is targeted under any Sanctions, or has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority; or
18.23.2.2
has violated or is violating any applicable Sanctions.
18.23.3
The Borrower has and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, its and its Subsidiaries respective employees and agents are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower being designated as a Sanctioned Entity.
18.23.4
None of the Borrower, any member of the Group, any director or officer, or any employee, agent, or Affiliate, of the Borrower or any member of the Group:
18.23.4.1
is a person that is, or is owned or controlled by persons that are, the subject of any Sanctions; or
18.23.4.2
is located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
18.24
Guarantors
18.24.1
The Borrower and each other Material Group Company is or will be a Guarantor on the Signature Date and on Financial Close.
18.24.2
The aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA), the aggregate gross assets and the aggregate turnover of the Obligors on Financial Close (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) is equal to or exceeds 85% (eighty five per cent) of EBITDA, the consolidated gross assets and the consolidated turnover of the Group.
18.25
Repetition
The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on:
18.25.1
Financial Close, the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period;
18.25.2
the date of the Extension Request and the date of each Extension Acceptance Notice; and
18.25.3
in the case of an Additional Guarantor, the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Guarantor.
19.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
19.1
Financial statements
The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
19.1.1
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of each of its Financial Years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;
19.1.2
as soon as the same became available, but in any event within 150 (one hundred and fifty) days after the end of each of its Financial Years, the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that Financial Year; and
19.1.3
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 (sixty) days after the end of each half of each of its Financial Years, its consolidated financial statements for that financial half year.
19.2
Compliance Certificate
19.2.1
The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate:
19.2.1.1
setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up;
19.2.1.2
certifying whether there has been any change in the members of the Group which are Material Group Companies as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up;
19.2.1.3
confirming compliance with the requirements of Clause 21.19 (Guarantor coverage) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up together with computations setting out such compliance in reasonable detail; and
19.2.1.4
confirming that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred, what Default has occurred and the steps being taken to remedy that Default.
19.2.2
Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer or the financial director of the Borrower.
19.2.3
In the event that a set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses 19.1.1 and 19.1.2 is restated, the Borrower must submit a new Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) as at the date at which those financial statements were restated.
19.3
Requirements as to financial statements
19.3.1
Each set of financial statements delivered by the Borrower pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view if audited, or fairly representing, if unaudited, its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
19.3.2
The Borrower shall procure that each set of consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS.
19.3.3
The Borrower shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements for that Obligor unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), the accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditors (or, if appropriate, the Auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:
19.3.3.1
a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), accounting practices and reference periods upon which that Obligor's Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
19.3.3.2
sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor's Original Financial Statements.
19.3.4
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
19.4
Financial year-end
The Borrower shall ensure that its Financial Year and the Financial Year of each other member of the Group does not change without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.
19.5
Information: miscellaneous
The Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):
19.5.1
all documents dispatched by the Borrower to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;
19.5.2
promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any material and substantive changes (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, administrative or procedural changes) proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it or any other Obligor, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act or under any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea;
19.5.3
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;
19.5.4
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of being requested by the Facility Agent, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it or any other member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request in order to assess the Borrower’s or any other Obligor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;
19.5.5
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of it becoming aware of any transfer or issue or proposed transfer or issue of shares of any member of the Group or other corporate action or proposed corporate action that would constitute a Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event;
19.5.6
regular updates (at intervals of no less than 6 (six) months or sooner as and when such information becomes available) on the progress of applications for all Environmental Permits and Authorisations required for its operations or proposed operations in Papua New Guinea;
19.5.7
promptly; notice of any suspension or cancellation of any Authorisation relating to its operations where given by the relevant Minister under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 or other Mining Law (other than temporary stoppages under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996) or similar legislation in Papua New Guinea;
19.5.8
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) in order for the Facility Agent and each other Finance Party to demonstrate compliance with the Equator Principles in respect of their lending or any other financial exposure to the Borrower under the Finance Documents;
19.5.9
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of (but in any event prior to any notices being given by an authorised signatory) any change in authorised signatories of it or any other Obligor signed by a director or company secretary of it or such other Obligor (as the case may be) accompanied by specimen signatures of any new authorised signatories;
19.5.10
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of request by the Facility Agent such additional information or documentation as the Facility Agent may require in order to verify that any signatory referred to in Clause 19.5.9 above has been duly authorised; and
19.5.11
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 1 (one) Month after the end of each of its Financial Years, its annual business plan as approved by the board of directors of the Borrower.
19.6
Notification of Default
19.6.1
Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).
19.6.2
Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrower shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).
19.7
Use of websites
19.7.1
The Borrower may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrower and the Facility Agent (Designated Website) if:
19.7.1.1
the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;
19.7.1.2
both the Borrower and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and
19.7.1.3
the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.
19.7.2
If any Lender (Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower accordingly and the Borrower shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrower shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
19.7.3
The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrower and the Facility Agent.
19.7.4
The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:
19.7.4.1
the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
19.7.4.2
    the password specifications for the Designated Website change;
19.7.4.3
    any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;
19.7.4.4
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
19.7.4.5
the Borrower becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
19.7.5
If the Borrower notifies the Facility Agent under Clause 19.7.4.1 or Clause 19.7.4.5 above, all information to be provided by the Borrower under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
19.7.6
Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrower shall comply with any such request within 10 (ten) Business Days.
19.8
Know your customer checks
19.8.1
If:
19.8.1.1
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;
19.8.1.2
any change in the status of an Obligor after the Signature Date; or
19.8.1.3
a proposed Transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such Transfer,
obliges the Facility Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of this Clause 19.8.1.3, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in Clause (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Facility Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in this Clause 19.8.1.3, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
19.8.2
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself) in order for the Facility Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
19.8.3
The Borrower shall, by not less than 10 (ten) Business Days' prior written notice to the Facility Agent in respect of any Subsidiary, notify the Facility Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors).
19.8.4
Following the giving of any notice pursuant to Clause 19.8.3 above, if the accession of such Additional Guarantor obliges the Facility Agent or any Lender to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Borrower shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Facility Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor.
20.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
20.1
Financial Covenants
The Borrower shall ensure that:
20.1.1
the Interest Cover Ratio shall not be less than 5 times in respect of any Ratio Test Period;
20.1.2
the Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt shall not be less than 4 times at any time; and
20.1.3
the Leverage Ratio shall be less than 2,5 times for any Ratio Test Date.
20.2
Financial testing
For the purpose of testing compliance with the requirements of Clause 20.1 (Financial Covenants):
20.2.1
subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 20.2, the financial covenants shall be calculated in accordance with IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) and/or such other information required in relation to certain of the components of the financial covenants where required and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate); and
20.2.2
the Borrower shall deliver a reconciliation between the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial Statements) and such financial statements as adjusted so as to exclude Financial Indebtedness in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease and calculate the financial covenants pursuant to this Clause.
21.
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
21.1
Authorisations
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other Obligor will) promptly:
21.1.1
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
21.1.2
supply certified copies to the Facility Agent on request of,
any Authorisation required to enable it to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure (subject to the Legal Reservations to the extent they may make it impossible to do so) the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.
21.2
Compliance with laws
21.2.1
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions) to which it may be subject where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.2.2
The Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
21.3
Environmental compliance
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):
21.3.1
comply with all Environmental Law;
21.3.2
obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;
21.3.3
implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,
where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.4
Environmental Claims
Each Obligor shall (through the Borrower), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:
21.4.1
any Environmental Claim against it or any other member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and
21.4.2
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against it or any other member of the Group.
21.5
Insurance
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) maintain insurances itself (or though Group insurances which it benefits from as co-insured) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business with reputable underwriters or insurance companies.
21.6
Negative pledge
21.6.1
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets and/or shares.
21.6.2
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):
21.6.2.1
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;
21.6.2.2
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
21.6.2.3
enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;
21.6.2.4
enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
21.6.2.5
enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of securing the raising Financial Indebtedness or of securing the financing of the acquisition of an asset.
21.6.3
Clauses 21.6.1 and 21.6.2 above do not apply to any Permitted Security.
21.7
Disposals
21.7.1
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.
21.7.2
Clause 21.7.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:
21.7.2.1
made in the ordinary course of business of the disposing entity;
21.7.2.2
of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality and for a similar purpose;
21.7.2.3
made between Material Obligors except to the extent it involves the transfer of any shares or other assets which form part of the Transaction Security without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.7.2.4
of Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments not prohibited by the Finance Documents;
21.7.2.5
of obsolete or redundant assets;
21.7.2.6
made pursuant to the Buy-In Option;
21.7.2.7
made pursuant to a Permitted Security;
21.7.2.8
of shares in any member of the Group listed Schedule 13 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) in order to bring about a solvent corporate restructure or winding up of that member of the Group;
21.7.2.9
funded by way of a Permitted Loan as set out in Clause 1.1.129.9 and 1.1.129.10;
21.7.2.10
of any other assets (including any Material Assets) on arm’s length terms, for full market value and for cash consideration which is not deferred beyond a period of 1 (one) year from the date of effective transfer or conditional and subject always to the Borrower's obligations under Clause 7.3 (Material Disposal Proceeds); or
21.7.2.11
made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders).
21.8
Change of business
The Borrower shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrower or the Group from that carried on at the Signature Date.
21.9
Loans or credit
21.9.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.9.2 below, no Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.
21.9.2
Clause 21.9.1 above does not apply to:
21.9.2.1
such arrangements existing as at the Signature Date and disclosed in the Original Financial Statements;
21.9.2.2
Permitted Loans;
21.9.2.3
any guarantee or indemnity given in respect of Permitted Indebtedness; or
21.9.2.4
Financial Indebtedness owed by one Obligor to another Obligor.

21.10
No Guarantees or indemnities
21.10.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.10.2 below, no Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.
21.10.2
Clause 21.10.1 above does not apply to a guarantee or indemnity:
21.10.2.1
falling within the definition of Financial Indebtedness and which constitutes Permitted Indebtedness; or
21.10.2.2
which constitutes a Permitted Guarantee.
21.11
Financial Indebtedness
21.11.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.11.3 below, no Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.
21.11.2
None of Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi Mining Limited or Morobe Exploration Limited shall incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness other than:
21.11.2.1
in an aggregate amount at any time not exceeding USD30 000 000 (thirty million United States Dollars) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies (when aggregated across all three abovementioned entities);
21.11.2.2
in respect of Permitted Loans where Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi Mining Limited or Morobe Exploration Limited is the borrower and another member of the Group the lender and the ultimate source of such funds is not directly or indirectly derived from Financial Indebtedness incurred by a member of the Group towards a person other than the Lenders.
21.11.3
Clause 21.11.1 above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is Permitted Indebtedness.
21.12
Auditors
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) change its auditor to a person other than PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.
21.13
Sanctions and anti-corruption
21.13.1
Each Obligor (and each Obligor shall ensure that each other member of the Group) shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
21.13.2
Each Obligor (and each Obligor shall ensure that each other member of the Group) shall not use (or otherwise make available) the proceeds of any Loan (i) for the purpose of financing directly or indirectly the activities of any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would at that time be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions, (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party to this Agreement.
21.13.3
Each Obligor (and each Obligor will ensure that each other member of the Group) shall ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place designed to prevent any proceeds of any Loan from being used contrary to Clause 21.13.2 above.
21.14
Distributions
The Borrower shall not declare, make or pay any Distributions if:
21.14.1
the Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt is less than 6 times, or would, following such Distribution, be less than 6 times; or
21.14.2
an Event of Default is continuing at the time.
21.15
Acquisitions
21.15.1
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall) acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) in excess of:
21.15.1.1
in relation to South African acquisitions, ZAR1 000 000 000 (one billion Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate prior to the Final Repayment Date; or
21.15.1.2
in relation to acquisitions anywhere outside of South Africa, USD80 000 000 (eighty million United States Dollars) (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate prior to the Final Repayment Date.
21.15.2
Clause 21.15.1 above does not apply to:
21.15.2.1
an acquisition of securities or investments which are Cash Equivalent Investments;
21.15.2.2
an acquisition by a Material Obligor of an asset, business or undertaking from another Obligor other than shares or assets which form part of the Transaction Security, without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.15.2.3
an acquisition of shares or securities pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;
21.15.2.4
any acquisition financed by issuing shares of the Borrower as consideration for the purchase price of the acquired asset; and
21.15.2.5
an acquisition made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
21.16
Gold Price Derivative Transactions
No Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall ensure than no other member of the Group shall) conclude any Gold Price Derivative Transactions without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, other than Gold Price Derivative Transactions which are Permitted Indebtedness in terms of Clause 1.1.128.5 and provided that the Borrower shall only be entitled to enter into gold price derivative transactions for:
21.16.1
a maximum amount of up to the lower of:
21.16.1.1
30% (thirty per cent) of its total annual gold production as per its most recent Financial Year, per annum; and
21.16.1.2
3 500kg of gold per quarter;
21.16.2
a maximum period of 24 (twenty four) Months from the date of entering into each gold price derivative transaction; and
21.16.3
a minimum price of:
21.16.3.1
ZAR550 000 (five hundred and fifty thousand Rand) per kilogram of gold for ZAR gold price derivative transactions; or
21.16.3.2
USD1 200 (one thousand two hundred United States Dollars) per ounce of gold for USD gold price derivative transactions.
21.17
Further assurance
21.17.1
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each member of the Group will) promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Facility Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Finance Parties and/or the Secured Parties):
21.17.1.1
to provide more effective Security over any property and assets the subject of the Transaction Security;
21.17.1.2
to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Security Documents (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law; and/or
21.17.1.3
to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
21.17.2
Each Obligor shall (and the Borrower shall procure that each member of the Group shall) take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Finance Parties and/or the Secured Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.
21.18
Share capital
No Obligor, other than the Borrower, shall:
21.18.1
issue any shares except pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;
21.18.2
alter any rights attaching to its issued shares in existence at the Signature Date without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.3
take any action to convert its shares into uncertificated shares without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.4
repurchase, cancel, redeem, reduce or otherwise acquire any of its share capital or grant or acquire any option, warrant or other right over its share capital without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.5
permit any sale or other transfer of its shares (other than as permitted under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.
21.19
Guarantor coverage
21.19.1
Each Obligor shall ensure that:
21.19.1.1
each Material Group Company as at Financial Close is a Guarantor; and
21.19.1.2
any member of the Group which becomes a Material Group Company after Financial Close becomes a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.2 (Additional Guarantors).
21.19.2
Each Obligor shall ensure that the aggregate of earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (calculated on the same basis as EBITDA) and the aggregate gross assets and the aggregate turnover of the Obligors (calculated on an unconsolidated basis and excluding all intra-Group items) is not less than 85% (eighty five per cent) of EBITDA, the consolidated gross assets and turnover of the Group (the Guarantor Coverage Test), provided that in relation to an acquisition of an entity permitted under Clause 21.15 (Acquisitions) (an Acquired Entity) it reasonably appears that the Guarantor Coverage Test will not be satisfied immediately following such acquisition, such Acquired Entity, shall promptly, but by no later than the date falling 30 days after date on which it becomes a member of the Group become a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 26.2 (Additional Guarantors) to ensure that the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied (calculated as if such Acquired Entity had been a Guarantor for the purposes of the relevant test and provided that, if the Guarantor Coverage Test is satisfied within such time period, no Default, Event of Default or other breach of the Finance Documents shall arise in respect thereof).
21.20
Ownership
The Borrower shall (and each Obligor shall ensure that the Borrower will) legally and beneficially own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued shares of each Guarantor (other than the Borrower) at all times, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or unless specifically agreed otherwise in writing between the Borrower and the Facility Agent.
22.
APPLICATION OF SANCTIONS PROVISIONS TO THE LENDERS
22.1
A Lender shall notify the Facility Agent if the representations and undertakings under Clause 18.23 (Sanctions and anti-corruption) and 21.13 (Sanctions and anti-corruption) (together the Sanctions Provisions) result in a violation of or conflict with any anti-boycott laws or regulations applicable to that Lender (Anti-Boycott Regulations).
22.2
In relation to each Lender that notifies the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 22.1 above (each a Restricted Lender), the Sanctions Provisions shall apply only for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that it would not result in any violation of, conflict with or liability under any Anti-Boycott Regulations.
22.3
In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of Sanctions Provision of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit pursuant to Clause 22.2 above, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction of the Majority Lenders has been made.
23.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REGARDING ANY SUPPORTED QFCS
23.1
To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Documents or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit Support and each such QFC a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Finance Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States:
23.1.1
in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a Covered Party) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
23.1.2
For the purpose of this Clause 23:
23.1.2.1
BHC Act Affiliate of a party means an “affiliate” (as that term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party;
23.1.2.2
Covered Entity means any of the following:
23.1.2.2.1
a covered entity as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
23.1.2.2.2
a covered bank as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
23.1.2.2.3
a covered FSI as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b);
23.1.2.3
Default Right has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable; and
23.1.2.4
QFC has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
24.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 21.19 (other than Clause 24.17 (Acceleration)) is an Event of Default.
24.1
Non-payment
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:
24.1.1
its failure to pay is caused by:
24.1.1.1
administrative or technical error; or
24.1.1.2
a Disruption Event; and
24.1.1.3
payment is made within 2 (two) Business Days of its due date.
24.2
Financial covenants
Any requirement of Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied.
24.3
Other obligations
24.3.1
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 24.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 24.2 (Financial covenants)).
24.3.2
No Event of Default under Clause 24.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Facility Agent giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the board of directors of the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.
24.4
Misrepresentation
Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.
24.5
Cross default
24.5.1
Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or in respect of Financial Indebtedness between members of the Group in respect of Permitted Loans within any relevant grace period agreed to by the relevant members of the Group.
24.5.2
Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable, or becomes capable of being declared due and payable, prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
24.5.3
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).
24.5.4
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 24.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Clauses 24.5.1 to 24.5.3 above is less than ZAR10 000 000 (ten million Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
24.6
Insolvency
24.6.1
A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
24.6.2
A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be Financially Distressed (as defined in section 128 of the Companies Act, or, given similar meaning under any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea).
24.6.3
The value of the assets of any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
24.6.4
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group.
24.7
Insolvency and business rescue proceedings
24.7.1
Other than in relation to the members of the Group listed Schedule 13 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
24.7.1.1
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;
24.7.1.2
the deregistration of any member of the Group under the Corporations Act 2011 (Cth);
24.7.1.3
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;
24.7.1.4
the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or
24.7.1.5
enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction, other than (in respect of any service of an application, or taking of any similar step for the liquidation, bankruptcy, business rescue, winding up, dissolution or administration of a member of the Group) where such action is dismissed, withdrawn or discharged within 5 (five) Business Days of its presentation or commencement or such step being taken, as applicable or if the member of the Group demonstrates to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction within such 5 (five) Business Day period that such action is frivolous or vexatious.
24.7.2
Other than in relation to the members of the Group listed Schedule 13 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) a meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any member of the Group, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any member of the Group or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
24.8
Creditors' process
Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group having an aggregate value of ZAR10 000 000 (ten million Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and is not discharged within 10 (ten) Business Days other than if the member of the Group demonstrates to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction within such 10 (ten) Business Day period that such action is frivolous or vexatious.
24.9
Unlawfulness
It is or becomes unlawful (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions) for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party other than any obligations which the Facility Agent considers to be not material or which it is satisfied is adequately provided for in any other Finance Document (including a Finance Document which is entered into in replacement of the document under which it was unlawful for such Obligor to perform its obligations) or unless the Obligor and the Facility Agent agree within a period of 30 (thirty) days after the occurrence of such unlawfulness or such unlawfulness comes to the attention of the Facility Agent, whichever is the earlier, to the amendment or restructuring of such Finance Document in order to avoid such unlawfulness.
24.10
Cessation of business
Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business other than a suspension as a result of a strike or other industrial action provided that it does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days (or such longer period as the Facility Agent may agree) or pursuant to a stoppage required under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 or similar legislation in Papua New Guinea which does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, or if it does continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, in respect of which adequate business interruption insurance is in place to cover such stoppage.
24.11
Audit qualification
The Auditors of the Group qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Borrower or any other Obligor.
24.12
Repudiation
An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document.
24.13
Governmental intervention
By or under the authority of any government:
24.13.1
the management of any Obligor is wholly or substantially replaced or the authority of any Obligor in the conduct of its business is wholly or substantially curtailed;
24.13.2
all or a majority of the issued shares of any Obligor, or the whole or any part of its revenues or assets is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired; or
24.13.3
the management of any joint venture (including any Joint Venture) in respect of which an Obligor is a joint venture participant is wholly or substantially replaced or the authority of the joint venture participants in the conduct of the business of the joint venture (including any Joint Venture) is wholly or substantially curtailed.
24.14
Failure to maintain Authorisations
At any time any Authorisation, act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:
24.14.1
to enable any Obligor to lawfully conduct its business, or enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document to which it is a party;
24.14.2
to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by any Obligor in any Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid and binding; or
24.14.3
to make any Finance Document to which any Obligor is a party admissible in evidence,
is not done, fulfilled or performed or is suspended or cancelled, including in relation to a suspension or cancellation of any Authorisation pursuant to applicable Mining Law, but excluding any outstanding actions required to resume ordinary mining operations pursuant to a stoppage under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 or similar legislation in Papua New Guinea or Australia which stoppage does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, or if it does continue for more than 90 (ninety) days adequate business interruption insurance is in place to cover such stoppage.
24.15
Material Adverse Effect
Any event or circumstance occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
24.16
Material litigation
Any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations or proceedings against any Material Group Company or its respective assets or revenues is commenced or threatened and is reasonably expected to be adversely determined, and if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
24.17
Acceleration
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders or by such other category or threshold of Lenders or Lender as applicable under the Intercreditor Agreement in relation to any identified Events of Default, by notice to the Borrower:
24.17.1
cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
24.17.2
declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable;
24.17.3
declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders; and/or
24.17.4
require the termination of any Gold Price Derivative Transaction(s) entered into under any Hedging Document.



SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES
25.
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
25.1
Cessions and delegations by the Lenders
Subject to this Clause 25, a Lender (Existing Lender) may cede and/or delegate (Transfer) any or all of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or under any other Finance Document to a Permitted Transferee or to any other bank or financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets. The Borrower and each other Obligor consents to any splitting of claims which may arise as a result of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement.
25.2
Conditions of Transfer
25.2.1
The consent of the Borrower is required for a Transfer unless the transfer is:
25.2.1.1
to any Permitted Transferee;
25.2.1.2
to any other Existing Lender or an Affiliates of an Existing Lender; or
25.2.1.3
to any other prospective transferee whilst an Event of Default is continuing.
25.2.2
Where the consent of the Borrower to a Transfer is required in terms of Clause 25.2.1 above, that consent must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent 5 (five) Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.
25.2.3
A Transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 25.4 (Procedure for Transfer) is complied with.
25.2.4
If:
25.2.4.1
a Lender Transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
25.2.4.2
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the Transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the new Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs),
then the new Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office would have been if the Transfer or change had not occurred.
25.2.5
Each new Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the Transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.
25.3
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
25.3.1
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a new Lender for:
25.3.1.1
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
25.3.1.2
the financial condition of any Obligor;
25.3.1.3
the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
25.3.1.4
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
25.3.2
Each new Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
25.3.2.1
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
25.3.2.2
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
25.3.3
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
25.3.3.1
accept a re-Transfer from a new Lender of any of the rights and obligations Transferred under this Clause 25; or
25.3.3.2
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the new Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.
25.4
Procedure for Transfer
25.4.1
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 25.2 (Conditions of Transfer) a Transfer is effected in accordance with Clause 25.4.2 below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the new Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to Clause 25.4.2 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
25.4.2
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the new Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations that apply to it (if any) in relation to the transfer to such new Lender.
25.4.3
On the Transfer Date:
25.4.3.1
the Transfer shall take effect under the Finance Documents so that the rights and/or obligations which are the subject of the Transfer shall be ceded and delegated by the Existing Lender to the new Lender (Transferred Rights and Obligations);
25.4.3.2
each of the Obligors shall perform their obligations and exercise their rights in relation to the Transferred Rights and Obligations in favour of or against the new Lender, as the case may be;
25.4.3.3
the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators, the Bookruners, the new Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the new Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations comprising the Transferred Rights and Obligations;
25.4.3.4
the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations to each other Lender under the Finance Documents to the extent of the Transferred Rights and Obligations; and
25.4.3.5
the new Lender shall become a Party as a Lender.
25.5
Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
The Facility Agent shall send to the Borrower a copy of each Transfer Certificate executed by it in accordance with Clause 25.4.1 as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed any such Transfer Certificate.
26.
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
26.1
Cessions and delegations by Obligors
No Obligor may cede any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.
26.2
Additional Guarantors
26.2.1
Subject to compliance with the provisions of Clauses 19.8.3 and 19.8.4 above, the Borrower may cause any of its Subsidiaries to become an Additional Guarantor and that Subsidiary shall become an Additional Guarantor.
26.2.2
The Borrower shall procure that any other member of the Group which is a Material Group Company shall become an Additional Guarantor, as soon as possible after becoming a Material Group Company, but in any event within 30 (thirty) days of the delivery of the relevant Compliance Certificate evidencing that it has become a Material Group Company.
26.2.3
A member of the Group shall become an Additional Guarantor if:
26.2.3.1
the Borrower delivers to the Facility Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter; and
26.2.3.2
the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent.
26.2.4
The Facility Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II as applicable) of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).
26.3
Repetition of representations
Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.
26.4
Resignation of a Guarantor
26.4.1
The Borrower may request that a Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Facility Agent a Resignation Letter.
26.4.2
The Facility Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Borrower and the Lenders of its acceptance if:
26.4.2.1
no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Borrower has confirmed this is the case);
26.4.2.2
all the Lenders have consented to the Borrower's request.
26.5
Release of Transaction Security
If an Obligor disposes of any asset (including shares in any other member of the Group) to any person that is not a member of the Group in circumstances where it is expressly entitled to do so in accordance with this Agreement and there is no Default continuing, the Facility Agent shall, on the request and at the cost of the Borrower simultaneously with completion of that disposal, execute any documents necessary to release that asset from the Transaction Security created in favour of the Secured Parties.

SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES
27.
ROLE OF THE FACILITY AGENT, THE GLOBAL COORDINATORS AND BOOKRUNNERS
27.1
Appointment of the Facility Agent
27.1.1
Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.
27.1.2
Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
27.2
Duties of the Facility Agent
27.2.1
Subject to Clause 27.2.2 below, the Facility Agent shall forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party as soon as reasonably practicable after having received that original or copy document as the case may be.
27.2.2
Without prejudice to Clause 25.5 (Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower), Clause 27.2.1 above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.
27.2.3
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
27.2.4
If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.
27.2.1
If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent or the Global Coordinators or the Bookrunners) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
27.2.2
The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
27.3
Role of the Global Coordinators and Bookrunners
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Global Coordinators and Bookrunners have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
27.4
No fiduciary duties
27.4.1
Nothing in this Agreement constitutes any of the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators or Bookrunners as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
27.4.2
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Global Coordinators nor the Bookrunners shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
27.5
Business with the Group
The Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators and the Bookrunners may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.
27.6
Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent
27.6.1
The Facility Agent may rely on:
27.6.1.1
any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
27.6.1.2
any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.
27.6.2
The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:
27.6.2.1
no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 24.1 (Non-payment));
27.6.2.2
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and
27.6.2.3
any notice or request made by the Borrower (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.
27.6.3
The Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
27.6.4
The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
27.6.5
The Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
27.6.6
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor either Global Coordinator nor either Bookrunner is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
27.7
Majority Lenders' instructions
27.7.1
Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Facility Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.
27.7.2
Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
27.7.3
The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.
27.7.4
In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.
27.7.5
The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
27.8
Responsibility for documentation
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Global Coordinators nor the Bookrunners:
27.8.1
are responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators, the Bookrunners or an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document;
27.8.2
is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or
27.8.3
is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.
27.9
Exclusion of liability
27.9.1
Without limiting Clause 27.9.2 below, the Facility Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
27.9.2
No Party (other than the Facility Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause as a stipulation for their benefit as contemplated by Clause 1.3 (Third party rights).
27.9.3
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.
27.9.4
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or either Global Coordinator or Bookrunner to carry out any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators and the Bookrunners that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or either Global Coordinator or either Bookrunner.
27.10
Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).
27.11
Resignation of the Facility Agent
27.11.1
The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in South Africa as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower.
27.11.2
Alternatively the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 (thirty) days' notice (or, at any time the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) to the other Finance Parties and the Borrower, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Facility Agent.
27.11.3
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 27.11.2 above within 30 (thirty) days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrower) may appoint a successor Facility Agent (acting through an office in South Africa).
27.11.4
The retiring Facility Agent or Impaired Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.
27.11.5
The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
27.11.6
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 27. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
27.11.7
After consultation with the Borrower, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with Clause 27.11.2 above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 27.11.2 above.
27.12
Confidentiality
27.12.1
In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
27.12.2
If information is received by another division or department of the Facility Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
27.13
Relationship with the Lenders
27.13.1
The Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:
27.13.1.1
entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and
27.13.1.2
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,
unless it has received not less than 5 (five) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
27.13.2
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 32.2.6) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses) and Clause 32.6.1.1 and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
27.14
Credit appraisal by the Lenders
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators and the Bookrunners that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:
27.14.1
the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
27.14.2
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
27.14.3
whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
27.14.4
the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.
27.15
Facility Agent's management time
Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 27.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrower and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 (Fees).
27.16
Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent
If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
28.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
No provision of this Agreement will:
28.1
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
28.2
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
28.3
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
29.
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
29.1
Payments to Finance Parties
If a Finance Party (Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment mechanics) (Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
29.1.1
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 (three) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;
29.1.2
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 30 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
29.1.3
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Partial payments).
29.2
Redistribution of payments
The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 30.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
29.3
Recovering Finance Party's rights
On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 29.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
29.4
Reversal of redistribution
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
29.4.1
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (Redistributed Amount); and
29.4.2
as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
29.5
Exceptions
29.5.1
This Clause 29 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.
29.5.2
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:
29.5.2.1
it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
29.5.2.2
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.
SECTION 11
ADMINISTRATION
30.
PAYMENT MECHANICS
30.1
Payments to the Facility Agent
30.1.1
On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document (other than under any Hedging Document except as expressly provided for in this Agreement where a payment is required to be made to the Facility Agent under a Hedging Document), that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) in USD for value by no later than 12h00 (Johannesburg time) on the due date and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent by way of a funds flow schedule or otherwise.
30.1.2
Payment shall be made to such account in South Africa with such bank as the Facility Agent specifies.
30.2
Distributions by the Facility Agent
Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 30.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 30.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than 5 (five) Business Days' notice with a bank in South Africa in writing.
30.3
Distributions to an Obligor
The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 (Set off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
30.4
Clawback
30.4.1
Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
30.4.2
If the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
30.5
Partial payments
30.5.1
If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:
30.5.1.1
first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents;
30.5.1.2
secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
30.5.1.3
thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and
30.5.1.4
fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
30.5.2
The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clauses 30.5.1.3 to 30.5.1.4 above.
30.5.3
Clauses 30.5.1.1 and 30.5.1.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
30.6
No set-off by Obligors
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
30.7
Business Days
30.7.1
Any payment which is due to be made in terms of any Finance Document on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
30.7.2
In the event that the day for performance of any obligation (other than a payment obligation) to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.
30.7.3
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.
30.8
Currency of account
30.8.1
Subject to Clauses 30.7.2 and 30.7.3 below, USD is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.
30.8.2
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
30.8.3
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than USD shall be paid in that other currency.
30.9
Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:
30.9.1
the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or administration of a Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
30.9.2
the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 30.9.1 if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;
30.9.3
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 30.9.1 but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
30.9.4
any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 36 (Amendments and waivers);
30.9.5
the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 30.9; and
30.9.6
the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 30.9.4 above.
30.10
Impaired Facility Agent
30.10.1
If, at any time, the Facility Agent becomes an Impaired Facility Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 30.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent) may instead either:
30.10.1.1
pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or
30.10.1.2
if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of Clause 1.1.2.1 and in relation to which no insolvency event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the Paying Party) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the Recipient Party or Recipient Parties).
30.10.2
In each of Clauses 30.10.1.1 and 30.10.1.2 such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.
30.10.3
All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.
30.10.4
A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 30.10 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.
30.10.5
Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 27.11 (Resignation of the Facility Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 30.10.6 below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 30.2 (Distributions by the Facility Agent).
30.10.6
A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:
30.10.6.1
that it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 30.10.5 above; and
30.10.6.2
that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,
give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.
31.
SET OFF
A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
32.
NOTICES
32.1
Communications in writing
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
32.2
Addresses
The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:
32.2.1
in the case of the Borrower and each Original Guarantor incorporated as a company in South Africa:
Physical address:    Block 27
Randfontein Office Park
Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue
Randfontein
Fax number:    011 684 0188
Marked for the attention of:    The Company Secretary

32.2.2
in the case of Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited:
Physical address:    c/o Ashurst PNG
Level 4
Mogoru Motu Building
Champion Parade
Port Moresby
Papua New Guinea
Fax number:    +675 309 2099
Marked for the attention of:    Ian Shepherd

32.2.3
in the case of Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) in its capacity as Global Coordinator, Bookrunner, Mandated Lead Arranger, Original Lender and Original Hedge Provider:
Physical address:    15 Alice Lane
Sandown
2196
Fax number:    +27 (0)86 584 9890
Attention:     Transaction Managers
Email:    CIBAfricaPMClient@absa.africa
    Andrew.Sprenger@absa.africa
    Mahlatse.Moropane@absa.africa
    Tawanda.madondo@absa.africa
Marked for the attention of:    Transaction Managers
Andrew Sprenger
Mahlatse Moropane
Tawanda Madondo

32.2.4
in the case of Nedbank Limited (acting through its London Branch) in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger and Original Lender:
Physical address:    1st Floor,
Millennium Bridge House,
2 Lambeth Hill,
London,
EC4V 4GG
Fax number:    +44 (0) 20 7002 3404
Telephone Number:      +44 (0) 20 7002 3471
Marked for the attention of:    Darren McDonnell
DMcDonnell@nedbank.co.uk

32.2.5
in the case of Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) in its capacity as Global Coordinator, Bookrunner and Original Hedge Provider:
Physical address:    Nedbank Limited
Block F
3rd Floor
135 Rivonia Road
Sandown
2196
Fax number:    +27 11 295 3902
Marked for the attention of:    Head of Transaction Management –
transmanage@nedbank.com

32.2.6
in the case of Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) as Facility Agent:
Physical address:    15 Alice Lane
Sandown
2196
Fax number:    +27 (0)86 584 9890
Marked for the attention of:    Head Facility Agent
xraAbcapAgency@absa.africa

32.2.7
in the case of HSBC Bank plc - Johannesburg Branch in its capacity as Lead Arranger: and Original Lender
Physical address:    2 Exchange Square
85 Maude Street
Sandown, Sandton
2196
Fax number:    +27 (0)11 676 4661
Marked for the attention of:    Lesley Reddy

32.2.8
in the case of HSBC Bank plc in its capacity as Original Hedge Provider:
Physical address:    8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ
Fax number:    00 44 207 992 4457
Marked for the attention of:    Swaps & Derivatives Processing

with a copy to:
Physical address:    8 Canada Square, London, E14 5HQ
Fax number:    00 44 207 991 4379
Marked for the attention of:
Global Banking and Markets Legal - General Counsel

32.2.9
in the case of FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch) in its capacity as Lead Arranger:
Physical address:    Austin Friars House,
2-6 Austin Friars,
London,
EC2N 2HD,
United Kingdom
Telephone number:    +4420 793917777
Marked for the attention of:    Fallon Makenna
Fallon.makenna@rmb.co.za
ibdis@rmb.co.za

32.2.10
in the case of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch in its capacity as Original Lender:
In respect of credit matters:
Physical address:    25 Bank Street,
Canary Wharf,
Floor 24,
London,
E14 5JP
United Kingdom
Marked for the attention of:    Daniel E Brown
Telephone number: +44 207 7427609
Fax number: +44 203 4930059
Email address: daniel.brown@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    Isabelle Nino
Telephone number: +44 207 1344556
Email address: isabelle.nino@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    SSA Credit Risk Team
Email address: cr_emea_ssa@jpmorgan.com

in respect of operational matters:
Physical address:    3rd Floor,
Prestige Platina,
Near Marathahalli Junction
Sarjapur Outer Ring Road,
Kadabeesanahalli,
Vathur Hobli,
Bangalore – 560087
India
Telephone number:    +91 80 679 05451
Fax number:    +1 214 291 4365
E-Fax    442074923297@tls.ldsprod.com
Marked for the attention of:    European Loan Operations
european.loan.operations@jpmorgan.com

32.2.11
in the case of J.P. Morgan Securities plc in its capacity as Lead Arranger:

in respect of credit matters:
Physical address:    25 Bank Street,
Canary Wharf,
Floor 24,
London,
E14 5JP
United Kingdom
Marked for the attention of:    Daniel E Brown
Telephone number: +44 207 7427609
Fax number: +44 203 4930059
Email address: daniel.brown@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    Isabelle Nino
Telephone number: +44 207 1344556
Email address: isabelle.nino@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    SSA Credit Risk Team
Email address: cr_emea_ssa@jpmorgan.com

in respect of operational matters:
Physical address:    3rd Floor,
Prestige Platina,
Near Marathahalli Junction
Sarjapur Outer Ring Road,
Kadabeesanahalli,
Vathur Hobli,
Bangalore – 560087
India
Telephone number:    +91 80 679 05451
Fax number:    +1 214 291 4365
E-Fax    442074923297@tls.ldsprod.com
Marked for the attention of:    European Loan Operations
european.loan.operations@jpmorgan.com

32.2.12
in the case of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in its capacity as Original Hedge Provider:
in respect of credit matters:
Physical address:    25 Bank Street,
Canary Wharf,
Floor 24,
London,
E14 5JP
United Kingdom
Marked for the attention of:    Daniel E Brown
Telephone number: +44 207 7427609
Fax number: +44 203 4930059
Email address: daniel.brown@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    Isabelle Nino
Telephone number: +44 207 1344556
Email address: isabelle.nino@jpmorgan.com
Marked for the attention of:    SSA Credit Risk Team
Email address: cr_emea_ssa@jpmorgan.com

in respect of operational matters:
Physical address:    3rd Floor,
Prestige Platina,
Near Marathahalli Junction
Sarjapur Outer Ring Road,
Kadabeesanahalli,
Vathur Hobli,
Bangalore – 560087
India
Telephone number:    +91 80 679 05451
Fax number:    +1 214 291 4365
E-Fax    442074923297@tls.ldsprod.com
Marked for the attention of:    European Loan Operations
european.loan.operations@jpmorgan.com

32.2.13
in the case of Citibank N.A., South Africa Branch in its capacity as Lead Arranger:
Physical address:    145 West Street,
Sandton,
2196
Telephone number:    +2711 955 0293
Marked for the attention of:    Camiela Hartley
aftropsfi@citi.com

32.2.14
in the case of State Bank of India (acting through its Johannesburg Branch) in its capacity as Arranger:
Physical address:    3rd Floor,
Mall Offices,
11 Cradock Avenue,
Rosebank,
Johannesburg,
2196
Telephone number:    +27-11-7784516 / +27-11-7784503.
Marked for the attention of:    Manager (Credit)
Mgrcredit.rsa@statebank.com
Amcredit2.rsa@statebank.com

32.2.15
in the case of Federated Project and Trade Finance Core Fund in its capacity as Original Lender:
Physical address:    1001 Liberty Avenue,
Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania,
15222,
USA
Marked for the attention of:    Cole Dolinger, Assistant Vice President, Federated
Advisory Services Company
cdolinger@federatedinv.com

32.2.16
in the case of Federated Project and Trade Finance Tender Fund in its capacity as Original Lender:
Physical address:    1001 Liberty Avenue,
Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania,
15222,
USA
Marked for the attention of:    Cole Dolinger, Assistant Vice President, Federated
Advisory Services Company
cdolinger@federatedinv.com

32.2.17
in the case of Federated Redwood Trade Finance Core Fund in its capacity as Original Lender:
Physical address:    1001 Liberty Avenue,
Pittsburgh,
Pennsylvania,
15222,
USA
Marked for the attention of:    Cole Dolinger, Assistant Vice President, Federated
Advisory Services Company
cdolinger@federatedinv.com

32.2.18
in the case of Bank of China Limited, Johannesburg Branch in its capacity as Original Lender:
Physical address:    14th Floor,
Alice Lane Towers Building,
15 Alice Lane,
Sandown,
2196
Fax number:    +2711 520 9685
Marked for the attention of:    Sukayna Kok, Comprehensive Risk Management
Department
jhb_crmd@mail.notes.bank-of-china.com

32.2.19
in the case of Goldman Sachs International Bank in its capacity as Original Lender:
Physical address:    Christchurch Court,
10-15 Newgate Street,
London,
EC1A 7HDTelephone number:    +44 (20) 7552-9754
Marked for the attention of:    Tony Dick, Credit Matters & Documentation
LoanDocumentation@LN.email.gs.com

and to:
Physical address:    Peterborough Court,
133 Fleet Street,
London,
EC4A 2BB
Telephone number:    +1-212-934-8466
Marked for the attention of:    Yajnesh Shetty, Operational Matters (Servicing)
ficc-bankloan-servicing-Ldn@ny.email.gs.com

32.2.20
in the case of Citibank N.A., London Branch in its capacity as Original Hedge Provider:
Physical address:    White Star House
Queens Road,
Belfast,
BT3 9DT
Marked for the attention of:    Lauren Rodgers/Alexander Griffiths
dl.gco.uk.icg.legal.loans.belfast@imceu.eu.ssmb.com

32.2.21
in the case of any other Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party,
or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than 5 (five) Business Days' notice.
32.3
Domicilia
32.3.1
Each of the Parties, other than, Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited, chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with Clause 32.2 (Addresses) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in South Africa in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document may be served.
32.3.1.1
Each of Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited and Wafi Mining Limited, chooses the physical address of the Borrower provided under or in connection with Clause 32.2 (Addresses) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in South Africa in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document may be served.
32.3.1.2
Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the 14th day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to Clause 32.4 (Delivery).
32.4
Delivery
32.4.1
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will:
32.4.1.1
if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;
32.4.1.2
if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and
32.4.1.3
if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending,
and provided, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 (Addresses), if such communication or document is addressed to that department or officer, unless the contrary is proved.
32.4.2
Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Facility Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Facility Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Facility Agent's signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose).
32.4.3
All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent.
32.4.4
Any communication or document made or delivered to the Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.
32.5
Notification of address and fax number
Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 32.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.
32.6
Electronic communication
32.6.1
Any communication to be made between the Facility Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender:
32.6.1.1
agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
32.6.1.2
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
32.6.1.3
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.
32.6.2
Any electronic communication made between the Facility Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.
32.7
English language
Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
32.8
Communication when Agent is Impaired Facility Agent
If the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Facility Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Facility Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.
33.
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
33.1
Accounts
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
33.2
Certificates and Determinations
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.
33.3
Day count convention
Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 (three hundred and sixty) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).
34.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 34 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.
35.
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
36.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
36.1
Required consents
36.1.1
Subject to Clause 36.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
36.1.2
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.
36.1.3
No amendment or waiver contemplated by this Clause 36 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.
36.1.4
For the avoidance of doubt, any extension of the Facility in accordance with Clause 6.3 (Extension Option) shall be effected in accordance with the relevant Clause and shall not be an amendment or waiver for the purposes of this Clause 36.
36.2
Exceptions
36.2.1
An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
36.2.1.1
the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
36.2.1.2
a change to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
36.2.1.3
a reduction in the Applicable Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;
36.2.1.4
an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
36.2.1.5
a change to the Borrower or any Guarantors other than in accordance with Clause 26 (Changes to the Obligors);
36.2.1.6
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
36.2.1.7
Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations);
36.2.1.8
Clause 3.1 (Purpose);
36.2.1.9
Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity);
36.2.1.10
Clause 13 (Increased costs);
36.2.1.11
the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and indemnity);
36.2.1.12
Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders);
36.2.1.13
Clause 46 (Governing law);
36.2.1.14
Clause 47 (Jurisdiction), or
36.2.1.15
the nature and scope of the Transaction Security;
shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
36.2.2
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent, the Global Coordinators or the Bookrunners (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Facility Agent or, as the case may be, the Global Coordinators or Bookrunners.
36.3
Replacement of Lender
36.3.1
If:
36.3.1.1
any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 36.3.4 below) or a Defaulting Lender; or
36.3.1.2
an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) to any Lender,
then the Borrower may, on 5 (five) Business Days' prior written notice to the Facility Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (Replacement Lender) selected by the Borrower, which is acceptable to the Facility Agent and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Breakage Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
36.3.2
The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 36.3 shall be subject to the following conditions:
36.3.2.1
the Borrower shall have no right to replace the Facility Agent;
36.3.2.2
neither the Facility Agent nor the Lender or the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a Replacement Lender;
36.3.2.3
in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or a Defaulting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 10 (ten) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender and in the case of a Defaulting Lender, after the notice referred in 36.3.1;
36.3.2.4
in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 36.3 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
36.3.2.5
the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 36.3.1 above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.
36.3.3
A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 36.3.2.5 above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 36.3.1 above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrower when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.
36.3.4
In the event that:
36.3.4.1
the Borrower or the Facility Agent (at the request of the Borrower) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;
36.3.4.2
the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and
36.3.4.3
Lenders whose Commitments aggregate, in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 80% (eighty per cent) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 80% (eighty per cent) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction), have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,
then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender.
36.4
Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders
36.4.1
For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:
36.4.1.1
the Majority Lenders; or
36.4.1.2
whether:
36.4.1.2.1
any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies; or
36.4.1.2.2
the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,
has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the relevant Facility/ies and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of Clauses 36.4.1.1 and 36.4.1.2 above.
36.4.2
For the purposes of this Clause 36.4, the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:
36.4.2.1
any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;
36.4.2.2
any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in Clauses 1.1.39.1, 1.1.39.2, 1.1.39.3 or 1.1.39.5,
unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.
36.5
Replacement of Screen Rate
36.5.1
Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:
36.5.1.1
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and
36.5.1.2
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;
36.5.1.2.1
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);
36.5.1.2.2
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;
36.5.1.2.3
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or
36.5.1.2.4
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),
may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
36.5.2
For the purpose of this Clause 34.5:
36.5.2.1
Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.
36.5.2.2
Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:
36.5.2.2.1
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:
36.5.2.2.1.1
the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or
36.5.2.2.1.2
any Relevant Nominating Body,
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the "Replacement Benchmark" will be the replacement under paragraph 36.5.2.2.1.2 above;
36.5.2.2.2
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or
36.5.2.2.3
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.
36.5.2.3
Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:
36.5.2.3.1
the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, materially changed;

36.5.2.3.2
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent provided that, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; or
36.5.2.3.3
information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate
36.5.2.3.4
the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
36.5.2.3.5
the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or
36.5.2.3.6
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or
36.5.2.3.7
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.
37.
CONFIDENTIALITY
37.1
Confidential Information
Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 37.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
37.2
Disclosure of Confidential Information
Any Finance Party may disclose:
37.2.1
to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 37.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;
37.2.2
to any other person:
37.2.2.1
to (or through) whom it Transfers (or may potentially Transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
37.2.2.2
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation or other credit participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
37.2.2.3
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 37.2.2.1 or Clause 37.2.2.2 above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;
37.2.2.4
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 37.2.2.1 or Clause 37.2.2.2 above;
37.2.2.5
to whom information is required (or which a Finance Party reasonably believes is required) or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
37.2.2.6
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
37.2.2.7
who is a Party; or
37.2.2.8
with the consent of the Borrower,
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:
37.2.2.8.1
in relation to Clauses 37.2.2.1, 37.2.2.2 or 37.2.2.3 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;
37.2.2.8.2
in relation to Clause 37.2.2.4 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and
37.2.2.8.3
in relation to Clause 37.2.2.5 or Clause 37.2.2.6 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;
if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 37.2.2 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and
37.2.3
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.
37.3
Entire agreement
This Clause 37 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.
37.4
Inside information
Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
37.5
Notification of disclosure
Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:
37.5.1
of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 37.2.2.5 except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
37.5.2
upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37.
37.6
Continuing obligations
The obligations in this Clause 37 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 (twelve) months from the earlier of:
37.6.1
the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and
37.6.2
the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

ii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution



38.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS
38.1
Confidentiality and disclosure
The Facility Agent and the Borrower agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clauses 38.1.1, 38.1.2 and 38.1.3 below.
38.1.1
The Facility Agent may disclose:
38.1.1.1
any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrower pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and
38.1.1.2
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
38.1.2
The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and the Borrower may disclose any Funding Rate, to:
38.1.2.1
any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this Clause 38.1.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;
38.1.2.2
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
38.1.2.3
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the Borrower, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and
38.1.2.4
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

iii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



38.1.3
The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 38 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest), provided that (other than pursuant to Clause 38.1.1.1 above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.
38.2
Related obligations
38.2.1
The Facility Agent and the Borrower acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and the Borrower undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.
38.2.2
The Facility Agent and the Borrower agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:
38.2.2.1
of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to Clause 38.1.2.2 above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
38.2.2.2
upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.
39.
RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS
Each Obligor renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.
40.
COUNTERPARTS
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
41.
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY
Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.
42.
SOLE AGREEMENT
The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.
43.
NO IMPLIED TERMS
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in any Finance Document.

iv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



44.
EXTENSIONS AND WAIVERS
No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from any Finance Document and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights in terms of or arising from any Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of any Finance Document.
45.
INDEPENDENT ADVICE
Each Obligor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, each of the Obligors acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.

SECTION 12
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
46.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.
47.
JURISDICTION
47.1
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a Dispute).
47.2
The Parties agree that the court referred to above is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly:
47.2.1
no Obligor will argue to the contrary;
47.2.1
each Obligor hereby waives any objection to the jurisdiction of that court on the grounds of venue or forum non conveniens or any similar grounds; and
47.2.2
each Obligor consents to service of process in any manner set out in Clause 48 (Service of Process) and any other manner permitted by applicable law.
47.3
This Clause 47 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
48.
SERVICE OF PROCESS
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than the Borrower):
48.1
irrevocably appoints the Borrower, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the courts of South Africa in connection with any Finance Document; and
48.2
agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process does not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
SCHEDULE 1
THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
PART I
THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

Name of Borrower
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
1950/038232/06
 
 
Name of Original Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
1997/015869/06
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited (formerly known as ARMgold/Harmony Freegold Joint Venture Company Proprietary Limited)
2001/029602/07
Randfontein Estates Limited
1889/000251/06
Avgold Limited
1990/007025/06
Harmony Copper Limited
2014/121930/06
Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited
1 - 12047
Wafi Mining Limited
1 - 11452
Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited
2006/039120/07


v
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 





PART II
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS AND ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDERS
Name of Original Lender
Title
Facility A Commitment (USD)

Facility B Commitment (USD)
 
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)

Mandated Lead Arranger
53,500,000

59,000,000
Nedbank Limited, London Branch
Mandated Lead Arranger
Original Lender
32,500,000
35,000,000
FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch)
Lead Arranger
17,500,000
19,500,000
Citibank N.A., South Africa Branch
Lead Arranger
17,500,000
19,500,000
HSBC Bank plc - Johannesburg Branch
Lead Arranger
Original Lender
17,500,000
19,500,000
State Bank of India (acting through its Johannesburg Branch)
Arranger
10,500,000
12,000,000
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
Original Lender and J.P. Morgan Securities plc as Lead Arranger
17,500,000
19,500,000
Federated Project and Trade Finance Core Fund
Original Lender
11,965,910
_
Federated Project and Trade Finance Tender Fund
Original Lender
1,329,545
_
Federated Redwood Trade Finance Fund
Original Lender
6,204,545
_
Bank of China Limited, Johannesburg Branch
Original Lender
7,000,000
8,000,000
Goldman Sachs International Bank
Original Lender
7,000,000
8,000,000

Name of Original Hedge Provider
 
Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division)
 
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
 
HSBC Bank plc
 
Citibank N.A., London Branch
 
SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
PART I
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO FIRST UTILISATION TO BE PROVIDED BY ORIGINAL OBLIGORS
1.
Constitutional Documents and corporate authorisations
1.1
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

vi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



1.2
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:
1.2.1
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
1.2.2
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;
1.2.3
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
1.2.4
as may be required to comply with Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act or any provision of any applicable company legislation and regulations in Papua New Guinea.
1.3
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in Clause 1.2.2 above.
1.4
To the extent required with reference to the constitutional documents of an Obligor or by law (including under Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act), a copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of that Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Obligor is a party.
1.5
A certificate from each Original Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.
1.6
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Part I of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Signature Date.
2.
Finance Documents other than Security Documents
2.1
This Agreement duly executed by the members of the Group expressed to be a party to this Agreement.
2.2
The Flow of Funds Agreement duly executed by the parties thereto.
2.3
The Mandate Letter duly executed by the Borrower.
2.4
Each Fee Letter duly executed by the Borrower.
3.
Security Documents
3.1
A cession in security and pledge in favour of the Secured Parties governed by the laws of South Africa by the Borrower in respect of the shares and loan claims held by it in the Original Guarantors incorporated in South Africa including the delivery of any and all documents required in connection with such Security which shall include share certificates, signed and undated transfer forms in blank as to transferee and resolutions by the board of directors of the relevant member of the Group whose shares are given as Transaction Security and resolving to give effect to any transfer of

vii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



such shares following enforcement of such Transaction Security (as amended pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement).
3.2
A cession in security and pledge in favour of the Secured Parties governed by the laws of South Africa by African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited in respect of the shares and loan claims held by it in respect of the Original Guarantors incorporated in South Africa including the delivery of any and all documents required in connection with such Security which shall include share certificates, signed and undated transfer forms in blank as to transferee and resolutions by the board of directors of the relevant member of the Group whose shares are given as Transaction Security and resolving to give effect to any transfer of such shares following enforcement of such Transaction Security (as amended pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement).
3.3
All documents and evidence required, pursuant to the terms of any of the Security Documents, to be delivered promptly upon execution of such Security Document or otherwise prior to the first Utilisation Date. Such documents and evidence include originals of all required notices, share certificates and blank share transfer forms.
4.
Legal opinions
4.1
A legal opinion of Bowmans, legal advisers to the Global Coordinators, Bookrunners and the Facility Agent in South Africa, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the legality, validity and enforceability of this Agreement, the Intercreditor Agreement and the South African law governed Security Documents.
4.2
A legal opinion of Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr, legal advisers to the Original Obligors in South Africa, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the capacity, power and authority of each South African Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
4.3
A legal opinion of Ashurst PNG, legal advisers to the Original Obligors in Papua New Guinea, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the capacity, power and authority of each Papua New Guinean Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
4.4
A legal opinion of Ashurst Australia, legal advisers to the Original Obligors in Australia, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the capacity, power and authority of each Australian Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
5.
Other documents and evidence
5.1
Each Release Agreement duly executed by the parties thereto.
5.2
Evidence to the satisfaction of the Facility Agent that each Release Agreement has become unconditional and of full force and effect (save for any condition requiring this Agreement to have first become unconditional).
5.3
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document, including but not limited to:
5.3.1
any approvals required from the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank;

viii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



5.3.2
any approvals required from the Bank of Papua New Guinea.
5.4
The Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor.
5.5
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrower pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
5.6
The Group Structure Chart.
5.7
The Borrower has delivered to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two directors of the Borrower (one of whom must be the financial director) certifying which members of the Group are Material Group Companies.
5.8
Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) in order for the Facility Agent and each other Finance Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
5.9
A copy of the Intercreditor Agreement duly executed by each of the Secured Parties.
5.10
Confirmation from the Original Lenders that there has not been a Pre-Financial Close Material Adverse Change.
5.11
Each Original Lender has provided the Facility Agent with all such necessary documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent.

PART II
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED BY AN ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR
1.
An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Guarantor and the Borrower.
2.
A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Guarantor.
3.
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Guarantor:
3.1
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving that it execute the Accession Letter;
3.2
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf;
3.3
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents; and
3.4
as may be required to comply with Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act or any provision of any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea.
4.
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in Clause 3 above.
5.
To the extent required with reference to the constitutional documents of an Additional Guarantor or by law (including under Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act), a copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of that Additional Guarantor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Additional Guarantor is a party.
6.
A certificate of the Additional Guarantor (signed by a director) confirming that guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.
7.
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Guarantor certifying that each copy document listed in this Part II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.
8.
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.
9.
If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Guarantor.
10.
A legal opinion of Bowmans, legal advisers to the Global Coordinators. Bookrunners and the Facility Agent in South Africa.
11.
A legal opinion of Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr, legal advisers to the Original Obligors and the Additional Guarantor in South Africa.
12.
If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than South Africa, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Facility Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Guarantor is incorporated.
13.
If the Additional Guarantor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than South Africa, a legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Original Obligors and the Additional Guarantor in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Guarantor is incorporated.
SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST

From:    [Borrower]
To:    [Facility Agent]
Dated    [●]
Dear Sirs
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
2.
We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:
Facility to be utilised:    [Facility A/Facility B]
Proposed Utilisation Date:    [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:    USD [●] or, if less, the Available Facility
3.
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Conditions precedent to Utilisations generally) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.
4.
The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].
5.
[The Interest Period for this Loan is [3/6] Months] .
6.
This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.
Yours faithfully

…………………………………
authorised signatory for
[Borrower]


ix
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [The new Lender] (the New Lender)
Dated:
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)
1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
2.
We refer to Clause 25.4 (Procedure for Transfer):
2.1
The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by cession and delegation all or part of the Existing Lender's Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 25.4 (Procedure for Transfer).
2.2
The proposed Transfer Date is [●].
2.3
The Facility Office and address through which the New Lender will perform its obligations, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.
3.
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in Clause 25.3.3 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).
4.
The New Lender agrees that it shall assume the same obligations towards each other Finance Party under the Finance Documents as if it had been an Original Lender.
5.
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
6.
This Transfer Certificate is governed by South African law.
7.
This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.


x
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




Annexure - Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]
[Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

[Existing Lender]    [New Lender]
By:    By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].
[Facility Agent]
By:

SCHEDULE 5
FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [Subsidiary] and [Borrower]
Dated:    
Dear Sirs
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)
1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.
2.
[Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional Guarantor and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional Guarantor pursuant to Clause 26.2 (Additional Guarantors) of the Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction].
2.1
[Subsidiary's] administrative details are as follows:
Address:
Fax No:    
Attention:
2.2
This Accession Letter is governed by South African law.


[Borrower]    [Subsidiary]

SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [resigning Obligor] and [Borrower]
Dated:    
Dear Sirs

[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.
2.
Pursuant to Clause 26.4 (Resignation of a Guarantor), we request that [resigning Guarantor] be released from its obligations as a Guarantor under the Agreement.
3.
We confirm that:
3.1
no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and
3.2
[●]
4.
This Resignation Letter is governed by South African law.


[Borrower]    [Subsidiary]
By:    By:
SCHEDULE 7
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [Borrower]
Dated:    
Dear Sirs

[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
2.
We confirm that: [Insert details of covenants to be certified with reference to Clause 20.1(Financial Covenants)]
3.
We confirm compliance with the requirements of Clause 21.19 (Guarantor coverage) of the Agreement.
4.
[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]
Signed:        …............            …............
Director                Director
Of                Of
[Borrower]            [Borrower]

[insert applicable certification language]

…..................
for and on behalf of [name of auditors of the Borrower]
SCHEDULE 8
PART A
EXISTING SECURITY
Name of Group Member
Security
Total Principal Amount of Indebtedness Secured at Signature Date
Harmony Gold Mining Co Ltd
Agreement for Sale of Interest in Royalty Deed dated 10 November 2008 between the Borrower, Abelle Limited, Wafi Mining Limited and Rio Tinto Limited (ABE0063003)(WAF0002013)
Contingent Liability (Deferred Cash Consideration of US$10,000,000 payable on occurrence of decision to mine/commencement of infrastructure construction)
Wafi Mining Ltd
Deed of Extinguishment of Royalty - Wafi Golpu Project dd 16 February 2009 between Wafi Mining Limited and the Borrower (WAF0002015)
Contingent Liability (Payment by Wafi Mining Limited to the Borrower of US$10,000,000 within 21 days after payment by the Borrower of Deferred Cash Consideration to Rio Tinto)



PART B
EXISTING SECURITY
Name of Group Member
Security
 
Annual Letters of Comfort by the Borrower in favour of each member of the Group registered in Australia and Papua New Guinea
 
 
Harmony Gold Securities Pty Limited
ASIC Corporations (Wholly Owned Companies) Instrument No. 2016/785 dated 25 June 2018
Harmony Gold W.A. Pty Limited
ASIC Corporations (Wholly Owned Companies) Instrument No. 2016/785 dated 25 June 2018
Harmony Gold Operations Limited
ASIC Corporations (Wholly Owned Companies) Instrument No. 2016/785 dated 25 June 2018
New Hampton Goldfields Limited
ASIC Corporations (Wholly Owned Companies) Instrument No. 2016/785 dated 25 June 2018
 
 
 
 
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Ltd
Lease security for leased premises at Level 2, 189 Coronation Drive, Milton, Queensland between Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Pty Limited and Madad Property Pty Limited per Banker’s Undertaking dated 13 March 2017 given by Westpac Banking Corporation to Madad Property Pty Limited (Maximum liability: AU$ 234575.00)
Wafi Mining Ltd
All Securities arising under or pursuant to the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement, including without limitation:
Deed of Cross Charge executed pursuant to Clause 11.1 thereof)(see below); and
Trust in Sale provisions under Clause 18.3 thereof.
 
Deed of Cross Charge dated 22 May 2008 between Wafi Mining Limited and Newcrest PNG 2 Limited (WAF0042001)
Morobe Exploration Ltd
All Securities arising under or pursuant to the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture Agreement, including without limitation:
Deed of Cross Charge executed pursuant to Clause 11.1 thereof) (see below); and
Trust in Sale provisions under Clause 18.3 thereof.
 
Deed of Cross Charge dated 22 May 2008 between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi Mining Limited, Morobe Exploration Limited and Newcrest PNG 3 Limited (MOR0101002)(WAF0038002)(MEL0005002)
SCHEDULE 9
TIMETABLES

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)

as of 11am Johannesburg time on the date which is 5 (five) Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation)

as of 11am Johannesburg time on the date which is 3 Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
LIBOR is fixed
Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time


SCHEDULE 10
DISCLOSED POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM
Potential environmental claims:
Dispute between the Group and Mr. Pitas in the Free State. Mr. Pitas had previously lodged an application to revoke one of the Group’s mining rights in the Free State and has claimed R45m damages, arising out of an alleged failure by the Group to comply with its rehabilitation obligations. Harmony has completed all the rehabilitation work required in terms of a court order obtained by Mr Pitas and do not expect any further demands in this regard.
SCHEDULE 11
DISCLOSED LOANS
In July 2018, Harmony entered into a four-year loan with Westpac Bank of US$24 million to finance the acquisition of fleet equipment for the group’s PNG operations. The loan is repayable in quarterly instalments and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR + 3.2%.
SCHEDULE 12
PERMITTED TRANSFEREES
1.    Local banks
Absa Bank Limited
FirstRand Bank Limited
The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited
Nedbank Limited
Investec Bank Limited
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid local banks
2.    Foreign banks

xi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



ABN Amro Bank N.V.
Deutsche Bank Group AG
Standard Chartered Bank
Barclays Bank PLC
UBS
Citibank
SMBC (Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation)
Fortis
Royal Bank of Scotland
HSBC Bank plc
Bank of China Limited, Johannesburg Branch
Bank of Taiwan
China Construction Bank
China Development Bank
Industrial & Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Credit Agricole
Bank of Taiwan
BNP Paribas
West LB
Allied Irish
Societe Generale
Goldman Sachs
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
Credit Suisse
Macquarie Bank
Westpac Banking Corporation
National Australia Bank
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
State Bank of India
Bank of America Merill Lynch
Natixis
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Limited\
First Bank of Nigeria
Ecobank
Zenith Bank
Bank of South Pacific Limited
ICIC Bank
Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation

xii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



3.    DFIs
African Development Bank
DEG – Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
Emerging Africa Infrastructure Fund
European Investment Bank (EIB)
NEDERLANDSE FINANCIERINGS-MAATSCHAPPIJ VOOR ONTWIKKELINGSLANDEN N.V. (“FMO”)
International Finance Corporation (IFC)
Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau (KfW)
Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau – IPEX
OPEC Fund for International Development (OFID)
Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA)
Industrial Development Corporation (IDC)
Proparco
African Finance Corporation (AFC)
PTA Bank
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid financial institutions
4.    Other financial institutions

xiii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



Old Mutual Specialised Finance (Proprietary) Limited
Old Mutual Life Assurance Company (South Africa) Limited
Sanlam Capital Markets Limited
Sanlam Life Insurance Limited
Futuregrowth Asset Management (Pty) Ltd
Liberty Group Limited
MMI Holdings Limited
Mergence Investment Managers (Pty) Ltd
Metropolitan Insurance Company Limited
Metropolitan Life Limited
Taquanta Asset Management
Coronation Fund Managers Limited
RMB Asset Management
Mezzanine Partners 1 GP (Proprietary) Limited
Titan Share Dealers (Proprietary) Limited
Venfin Share Dealers (Proprietary) Limited
Investec Asset Management (Proprietary) Limited
Public Investment Corporation
Absa Asset Managers
Stanlib
Vantage Capital Group (Proprietary) Limited
Prudential Portfolio Managers South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
Fairtree Asset Management
Saffron Asset Management
Cadiz Asset Management
Tantulum Asset Management
Atlantic Asset Management
Momentum Asset Managers
Hollard Group
Peregrine Holdings
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid financial institutions. Any affiliates, subsidiaries or holding companies of and of the banks or financial institutions listed in this 0 and any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets.

xiv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



  
SCHEDULE 13
COMPANIES TO BE WOUND UP/REORGANISED
1.
To be de-registered/wound up (South Africa):
1.1
Harmony Gold Management Services Proprietary Limited
1.2
Potchefstroom Gold Holdings Proprietary Limited
1.3
Coreland Property Management Company Proprietary Limited
1.4
Potchefstroom Gold Areas Limited
1.5
Virginia Salvage Proprietary Limited
1.6
Harmony Engineering Proprietary Limited
1.7
Musuku Benefication Systems Proprietary Limited
1.8
Remaining Extent of Portion 15 Wildebeesfotein Proprietary Limited
1.9
Harmony Precision Casting Proprietary Limited
1.10
Harmony Pharmacies Proprietary Limited
2.
To be de-registered/wound up (Australia and/or PNG):
2.1
New Hampton Goldfields Limited ACN 53 009 193 999
2.2
Harmony Gold Securities Pty Limited ACN 099 119 909
2.3
Harmony Gold W.A. Pty Limited ACN 099 119 918
2.4
Harmony Gold Operations Limited ACN 005 482 842

SCHEDULE 14
FORM OF EXTENSION DOCUMENTS
PART 1
FORM OF EXTENSION REQUEST

To:     [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [Borrower]
Dated:    [ ]
Dear Sirs,
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to Clause 6.3 (Extension option) of the Agreement. This is an Extension Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.
2.
Pursuant to 6.3.1 Extension option) of the Agreement, we request that the Initial Repayment Date be extended for a further period of 1 (one) year.
3.
    We confirm that:
3.1
no Default is continuing; and
3.2
the Repeating Representations are true in all material respects.
4.
This Extension Request is irrevocable.
5.
This notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.
Yours faithfully


Signed: ………………………………………..            ………………………………………..
    Authorised Signatory                    Authorised Signatory
    of                            of
    [Borrower]                        [Borrower]


xv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 



FORM OF EXTENSION ACCEPTANCE NOTICE

To:     [●] as Facility Agent
And to:    [Borrower]
Dated:    [ ]
Dear Sirs,
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)
1.
We refer to [Clause 6.3.3 (Extension option)]. This is an Extension Acceptance Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this notice unless given a different meaning in this notice.
2.
We hereby [accept the extensions offered to the Extending Lenders pursuant to Clause 6.3 (Extension option)] or [confirm that we intend to accept the extension in relation to our [Initial Pro Rata Participation/Additional Pro Rata Participation] of the Agreement].
3.
We hereby confirm that in addition to our Initial Pro Rata Participation, we would be willing to assume up to [ USD [●] ] Non-Extending Lender’s Available Commitments and the outstanding principal amount of such Non-Extending Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans.]
4.
This notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.
Yours faithfully

Signed: ………………………………………..            ………………………………………..
    Authorised Signatory                    Authorised Signatory
    of                            of
    [Lender]                        [Lender]


xvi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




Signature pages

Borrower

SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (AS BORROWER)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

xvii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




Original Guarantors

SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
AFRICAN RAINBOW MINERALS GOLD LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

SSIGNED at Randfontein on this the 23rd day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
FREEGOLD (HARMONY) PROPRIETARY LIMITED (FORMERLY KNOWN AS ARMGOLD/HARMONY FREEGOLD JOINT VENTURE COMPANY PROPRIETARY LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

xviii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
RANDFONTEIN ESTATES LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
AVGOLD LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

xix
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY COPPER LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
MOROBE CONSOLIDATED GOLDFIELDS LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

xx
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
WAFI MINING LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Frank Abbott
Signatory: Frank Abbott
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


SIGNED at Randfontein on this the 20th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS PROPRIETARY LIMITED (AS ORIGINAL GUARANTOR)


/s/ Herman Machiel Perry
Signatory: Herman Machiel Perry
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Phillip Velile Tobias
Signatory: Phillip Velile Tobias
Capacity: Director
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
 
(AS GLOBAL
 COORDINATOR, BOOKRUNNER MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ G Casewell____
Signatory: G Casewell
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ A Sam________
Signatory: A Sam
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
 
(AS ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDER)

/s/ Saloshni Pllay___________
Signatory: Saloshni Pillay
Capacity: Managing Principle
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Opy Ramaremisa ________
Signatory: Opy Ramaremisa
Capacity: Principle
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxiii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at Sandton on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
(AS FACILITY AGENT)


/s/ AG van Rooyen_____________________
Signatory: AG van Rooyen
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ LF Tsekelele_______________________
Signatory: LF Tsekelele
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxiv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
NEDBANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS NEDBANK CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
 
(AS GLOBAL
 COORDINATOR, BOOKRUNNER AND ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDER)


/s/ GL Webber_______________
Signatory: GL Webber
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ P A van Kerckhoven ________
Signatory: P A van Kerckhoven
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
NEDBANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS LONDON BRANCH) (AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Kevin Charles Ryder_____________
Signatory: Kevin Charles Ryder
Capacity: UK Country Head
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ David Sidgwick __________________
Signatory: David Sidgwick
Capacity: Chief Operating Officer
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxvi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (LONDON BRANCH) (AS LEAD ARRANGER)


/s/ Brendan Battle__________
Signatory: Brendan Battle
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority
 
/s/ Colin Wakefield______________
Signatory: Colin Wakefield
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority

xxvii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019
 
For and on behalf of
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC (AS LEAD ARRANGER)


/s/ Stuart Fraser___________
Signatory: Stuart Fraser
Capacity: VIce President
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxviii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at Sandton on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
CITIBANK, N.A., SOUTH AFRICA BRANCH (AS LEAD ARRANGER)


/s/ Thomas Lambourn______________
Signatory: Thomas Lambourn
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxix
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
HSBC BANK PLC - JOHANNESBURG BRANCH (AS LEAD ARRANGER AND ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Dean Radbourne_______
Signatory: Dean Radbourn
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxx
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
STATE BANK OF INDIA (ACTING THROUGH ITS JOHANNESBURG BRANCH) (AS ARRANGER)


/s/ Madhu Ramankutty_________
Signatory: Madhu Ramankutty
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxxi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Stuart Fraser___________
Signatory: Stuart Fraser
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto


____________________________
Signatory:
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
FEDERATED PROJECT AND TRADE FINANCE CORE FUND (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Ihab L Salib______________
Signatory: Ihab L Sahib
Capacity: Authorised Signatory: Senior Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxiii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
FEDERATED PROJECT AND TRADE FINANCE TENDER FUND (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)

/s/ Ihab L Salib______________
Signatory: Ihab L Sahib
Capacity: Authorised Signatory: Senior Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxiv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
FEDERATED REDWOOD TRADE FINANCE CORE FUND (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)

/s/ Ihab L Salib______________
Signatory: Ihab L Sahib
Capacity: Authorised Signatory: Senior Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxv
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, JOHANNESBURG BRANCH (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Tony Taljaard______________________
Signatory: Tony Taljaard
Capacity: Senior Vice President / Head
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Quanlei Liu________________
Signatory: Quanlei Liu
Capacity: Senior Executive Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxvi
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
GOLDMAN SACHS INTERNATIONAL BANK (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Colette Pithie_______________
Signatory: Colette Pithie
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


xxxvii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
HSBC BANK PLC (AS ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDER)


/s/ Jurgen Tulkens______________
Signatory: Jurgen Tulkens
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto



xxxviii
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (AS ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDER)


/s/ Stuart Fraser________________
Signatory: Suart Fraser
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto


____________________________
Signatory:
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

xxxix
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 19th day of August 2019.
 
For and on behalf of
CITIBANK N.A., LONDON BRANCH (AS ORIGINAL HEDGE PROVIDER)


/s/ R Ennis______________________
Signatory: R Ennis
Capacity: Delegated Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


PART 2

xl
Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement_Execution
 
BRIDGEFACILITYAGREMEE_IMAGE1.JPG

EXECUTION VERSION



BRIDGE FACILITY AGREEMENT OF UP TO USD200 000 000



for
HARMONY MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS PROPRIETARY LIMITED
and
GOLDEN CORE TRADE AND INVEST PROPRIETARY LIMITED
arranged by
ABSA BANK LIMITED
(acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (LONDON BRANCH)
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
with
ABSA BANK LIMITED
(acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
as Facility Agent







CONTENTS
1
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION    1
31
2.
THE FACILITY    31
3.
PURPOSE    31
4.
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION    31
33
5.
UTILISATION    33
35
6.
REPAYMENT    35
7.
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION    35
41
8.
INTEREST    41
9.
INTEREST PERIODS    42
10.
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST    42
11.
FEES    43
45
12.
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES    45
13.
INCREASED COSTS    48
14.
OTHER INDEMNITIES    50
15.
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS    52
16.
COSTS AND EXPENSES    52
54
17.
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY    54
57
18.
REPRESENTATIONS    57
19.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS    63
20.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS    69
21.
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS    69
22.
APPLICATION OF SANCTIONS PROVISIONS TO THE LENDERS    76
23.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT    77
83
24.
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS    83
25.
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS    85
86
26.
ROLE OF THE FACILITY AGENT    86
27.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES    94
28.
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES    94
29.
CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN    95
30.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REGARDING ANY SUPPORTED QFCS    97
99
31.
PAYMENT MECHANICS    99
32.
SET OFF    102
33.
NOTICES    102
34.
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES    106
35.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY    107
36.
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS    107
37.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS    107
38.
CONFIDENTIALITY    113
39.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS    115
40.
RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS    117
41.
COUNTERPARTS    117
42.
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY    117
43.
SOLE AGREEMENT    117
44.
NO IMPLIED TERMS    117
45.
EXTENSIONS AND WAIVERS    117
46.
INDEPENDENT ADVICE    118
119
47.
GOVERNING LAW    119
48.
JURISDICTION    119
49.
SERVICE OF PROCESS    119
120
120
121
122

- 1 -


125
125
126
128
129
129
130
131
132
133
137


2




PARTIES:
This Agreement is made between:
(1)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the Parent);
(2)
Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited and Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited (the Borrowers);
(3)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Original Lender;
(4)
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) as agent of the other Finance Parties (the Facility Agent);
(5)
Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner;
(6)
Citibank, N.A., Jersey Branch as Original Lender;
(7)
FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch) as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Original Lender;
(8)
J.P. Morgan Securities Plc as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner; and
(9)
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch as Original Lender.

(i)


- 1 -



IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
SECTION 1
INTERPRETATION
1.
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
1.1
Definitions
In this Agreement:
1.1.1
Acceptable Bank means:
1.1.1.1
any of the Lenders;
1.1.1.2
Bank of South Pacific Limited, Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited, Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac Bank PNG Ltd, Nedbank Limited, Absa Bank Limited, Citibank N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch, The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited, FirstRand Bank Limited, Investec Bank Limited, HSBC plc and HSBC Johannesburg Branch;
1.1.1.3
a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit-enhanced debt obligations of bbb- or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or baa3 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency; or
1.1.1.4
any other bank or financial institution approved by the Facility Agent.
1.1.2
Acquisition means the acquisition by the Obligors of the applicable Acquisition Assets pursuant to the Acquisition Documents and as contemplated by the Funds Flow Statement.
1.1.3
Acquisition Agreement means the written agreement entitled “Sale Agreement” concluded between AngloGold and the Original Obligors, dated 12 February 2020, in relation to the Acquisition, as amended pursuant to the written agreement entitled “First Addendum” concluded between AngloGold and the Original Obligors, dated 30 April 2020.
1.1.4
Acquisition Assets means the sale equity, mining businesses, assets and liabilities comprising the Sale Package.
1.1.5
Acquisition CP Fulfilment Date means the date on which the Acquisition Documents have become fully unconditional in accordance with their terms.
1.1.6
Acquisition Costs means all fees, costs and expenses, stamp, registration and other Taxes incurred by an Obligor in connection with the Acquisition or the Acquisition Documents.
1.1.7
Acquisition Documents means:
1.1.7.1
the Acquisition Agreement;
1.1.7.2
any other agreement or document that may be designated as an Acquisition Document by written agreement between the Facility Agent and the Parent; and
1.1.7.3
any amendment or restatement agreement to any Acquisition Document listed in Clauses 1.1.7.1 and 1.1.7.2 above.
1.1.8
Acquisition Price means the “Purchase Price” as defined in the Acquisition Agreement.
1.1.9
Acquisition Structure Chart means the structure chart describing the Acquisition prepared by the Parent.
1.1.10
Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.
1.1.11
Agreement means this bridge facility agreement, including its Schedules.
1.1.12
AngloGold means AngloGold Ashanti Limited (registration number 1944/017354/06), a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa.
1.1.13
Anti-Corruption Laws means all laws, rules and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to any Obligor or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.
1.1.14
Applicable Margin means:
1.1.14.1
for the period commencing on the Signature Date and ending on (but excluding) the First Margin Step-up Date, 1,8% (nominal annual compounded quarterly);
1.1.14.2
for the period commencing on the First Margin Step-up Date and ending on (but excluding) the Second Margin Step-up Date, 2,4% (nominal annual compounded quarterly); and
1.1.14.3
for the period commencing on the Second Margin Step-up Date and ending on (but excluding) the Final Repayment Date, 3% (nominal annual compounded quarterly).
1.1.15
Auditors means one of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte & Touche or any other firm approved in advance by the Majority Lenders (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
1.1.16
AUSD means Australian Dollars, the lawful currency of Australia.
1.1.17
Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation, lodgement or registration.
1.1.18
Availability Period means the period from and including the Signature Date to and including the date which is the earlier to occur of:
1.1.18.1
the date on which the Available Facility has been reduced to zero;
1.1.18.2
the date on which all of the Commitments are cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement;
1.1.18.3
the date on which the Acquisition Agreement is terminated;
1.1.18.4
the last date on which the Acquisition can be completed in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents, including any permitted extensions; and
1.1.18.5
31 December 2020.
1.1.19
Available Commitment means a Lender's Commitment minus:
1.1.19.1
the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loan; and
1.1.19.2
in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loan that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.
1.1.20
Available Facility means, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender's Available Commitment.
1.1.21
Basel II Accord means the International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement.
1.1.22
Basel II Approach means either the Standardised Approach or the relevant Internal Ratings Based Approach (each as defined in the Basel II Accord) adopted by that Finance Party (or any of its Affiliates) for the purposes of implementing or complying with the Basel II Accord.
1.1.23
Basel II Regulation means:
1.1.23.1
any applicable law implementing the Basel II Accord; or
1.1.23.2
any Basel II Approach.
1.1.24
Basel III means:
1.1.24.1
the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems, Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring and Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
1.1.24.2
the rules for global systemically important banks contained in Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;
1.1.24.3
any Basel III Regulation; and
1.1.24.4
any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to Basel III.
1.1.25
Basel III Increased Cost means an Increased Cost which is attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of or compliance with) Basel III (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates), including but not limited to the Capital Requirements Directive (CRD IV).
1.1.26
Basel III Regulation means any applicable law implementing Basel III save and to the extent that it re-enacts a Basel II Regulation.
1.1.27
BEE means broad-based black economic empowerment, as contemplated in the BEE Act.
1.1.28
BEE Act means the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 53 of 2003, as amended, together with any regulations promulgated thereunder, the Codes, and any relevant sector charter(s) or codes applicable to the business of the Harmony Moab BEE Entity and a Golden Core BEE Partner published in terms thereof, all as amended from time to time.
1.1.29
BEE Entity means a special purpose entity incorporated under the laws of South Africa and established in order to consummate a BEE transaction pursuant to which such entity may acquire up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary shares of Harmony Moab;
1.1.30
Breakage Costs means the amount (if any) by which:
1.1.30.1
the interest excluding the Applicable Margin which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;
exceeds:
1.1.30.2
the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.
1.1.31
Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in Johannesburg, London and New York.
1.1.32
Buy-In Option means the right of Papua New Guinea exercisable at any time prior to the commencement of mining to make a single purchase of up to a 30% (thirty per cent) equitable interest in any mineral discovery arising from any or all of Exploration Licences No EL 440 and EL 1105 and Exploration Licence Application ELA 1927 at a price pro-rata to the accumulated exploration expenditure thereon.
1.1.33
Cash means, at any time, cash denominated in ZAR, USD, PNGK or AUSD in hand or in a bank account and (in the latter case) credited to an account in the name of a member of the Group with an Acceptable Bank and to which a member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled and for so long as:
1.1.33.1
that cash is repayable within 90 (ninety) days after the relevant date of calculation;
1.1.33.2
repayment of that cash is not contingent on the prior discharge of any other indebtedness of any member of the Group or of any other person whatsoever or on the satisfaction of any other condition;
1.1.33.3
there is no Security over that cash except for any Permitted Security constituted by a netting or set-off arrangement entered into by members of the Group in the ordinary course of their banking arrangements; and
1.1.33.4
the cash is freely and (except as mentioned in Clause 1.1.33.1 above) immediately available to be applied in repayment or prepayment of the Facility.
1.1.34
Cash Equivalent Investments means at any time:
1.1.34.1
certificates of deposit maturing within 1 (one) year after the relevant date of calculation, issued by an Acceptable Bank;
1.1.34.2
any investment in money market funds which (i) have a credit rating of either A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor's Rating Services or F1 or higher by Fitch Ratings Ltd or P-1 or higher by Moody's Investor Services Limited, (ii) which invest substantially all their assets in securities of the types described in Clause 1.1.34.1 above and (iii) can be turned into cash on not more than 90 (ninety) days' notice; or
1.1.34.3
any other debt security or investment approved by the Majority Lenders,
in each case, denominated in ZAR, USD, AUSD or PNGK and to which any member of the Group is alone (or together with other members of the Group) beneficially entitled at that time and which is not issued or guaranteed by any member of the Group or subject to any Security.
1.1.35
Closing Date has the meaning given to that term in the Acquisition Document.
1.1.36
Code means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
1.1.37
Codes means the Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic Empowerment gazetted on 9 February 2007 by the Department of Trade and Industry in terms of the BEE Act and the Codes of Good Practice on Black Economic Empowerment gazetted on 11 October 2013 by the Department of Trade and Industry in terms of the BEE Act, and in each case, any replacement or amended Codes of Good Practice.
1.1.38
Commitment means:
1.1.38.1
in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading Commitment in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement;
1.1.38.2
in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,
to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.
1.1.39
Companies Act means the Companies Act, 2008.
1.1.40
Compliance Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Compliance Certificate).
1.1.41
Confidential Information means all information relating to the Parent, any other Obligor, the Group, the Joint Ventures, the Finance Documents, the Facility, the Acquisition Documents and the Acquisition Assets of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:
1.1.41.1
any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or
1.1.41.2
another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,
in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:
1.1.41.3
information that:
1.1.41.3.1
is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 38 (Confidentiality); or
1.1.41.3.2
is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or
1.1.41.3.3
is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with Clauses 1.1.41.1 or 1.1.41.2 above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and
1.1.41.4
any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.
1.1.42
Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Parent and the Facility Agent.
1.1.43
Control means:
1.1.43.1
in relation to a company the shares of which are not listed on a stock exchange where another company or legal entity or person (whether alone or pursuant to an agreement with others):
1.1.43.1.1
holds or controls more than 50% (fifty per cent) of the voting rights (taking into account when such voting rights can be exercised) in that company; or
1.1.43.1.2
has the right to appoint or remove the majority of that company’s board of directors; or
1.1.43.1.3
has the power to ensure the majority of that company’s board of directors will act in accordance with its wishes; or
1.1.43.2
in relation to a company the shares of which are listed on a stock exchange:
1.1.43.2.1
the holding of shares or the aggregate of holdings of shares or other securities in a company entitling the holder thereof to exercise, or cause to be exercised 35% (thirty five per cent) or more of the voting rights at shareholder meetings of the company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control, provided that should there be other shareholders holding more than 35% (thirty five per cent), 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be read to refer to the largest percentage shareholding held at the time;
1.1.43.2.2
the holding or control by a shareholder or member alone or pursuant to an agreement with other shareholders or members of more than 35% (thirty five per cent) of the voting rights in the company irrespective of whether such holding or holdings confers de facto control, provided that should there be other shareholders holding more than 35% (thirty five per cent), 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be read to refer to the largest percentage shareholding held at the time,
provided that if the prescribed percentage of securities for the making of a mandatory offer under section 123 (Mandatory offers) of the Companies Act is changed to a threshold higher or lower than 35% (thirty five per cent), then the references above to 35% (thirty five per cent) shall be to that higher or lower prescribed percentage.
1.1.44
Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be an Event of Default.
1.1.45
Defaulting Lender means any Lender:
1.1.45.1
which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Facility Agent or the Parent (which has notified the Facility Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation);
1.1.45.2
which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or
1.1.45.3
in respect of which an insolvency event as contemplated in Clauses 23.6 and 23.7 has occurred and is continuing,
unless, in the case of Clause 1.1.45.1 above:
1.1.45.4
its failure to pay, is caused by:
1.1.45.4.1
administrative or technical error; or
1.1.45.4.2
a Disruption Event, and
payment is made within 10 (ten) Business Days of its due date; or
1.1.45.5
the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
1.1.46
Derivatives Transaction means a contract, agreement or transaction which is a rate swap, basis swap, forward rate transaction, bond option, interest rate option, cap, collar or floor, gold derivative, foreign exchange transaction or any other similar transaction and/or any combination of such transaction, in each case, whether on-exchange or otherwise, and which shall include the 'Gold Price Derivative Transactions' as defined in and concluded under the Hedging Documents.
1.1.47
Disruption Event means either or both of:
1.1.47.1
a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or
1.1.47.2
the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:
1.1.47.2.1
from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or
1.1.47.2.2
from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,
and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.
1.1.48
Distribution means any payment by way of interest, principal, dividend, fee, royalty or other distribution or payment by or on behalf of the Parent to or for the account of any shareholder or member of the Parent or any person that directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by any shareholder or member of the Parent.
1.1.49
EBITDA means, in respect of any person, and any period, the consolidated operating profit before income tax for such period:
1.1.49.1
(to the extent not already excluded) before interest received or receivable and interest paid or payable;
1.1.49.2
(to the extent not already excluded) adjusted to exclude any gain or loss realised on the disposal of fixed assets (whether tangible or intangible);
1.1.49.3
(to the extent not already excluded) before deducting any extraordinary costs and before including extraordinary income;
1.1.49.4
after deducting operating lease expenses relating to lease or hire purchase contracts that would have been treated as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019;
plus:
1.1.49.5
dividends received in cash from companies consolidated by the equity accounted method to the extent not already taken into account; and
1.1.49.6
depreciation and amortisation of any property plant and equipment and Intangible Assets.
1.1.50
Environment means humans, animals, plants and all other living organisms including the ecological systems of which they form part and the following media:
1.1.50.1
air (including, without limitation, air within natural or man-made structures, whether above or below ground);
1.1.50.2
water (including, without limitation, territorial, coastal and inland waters, water under or within land and water in drains and sewers); and
1.1.50.3
land (including, without limitation, land under water).
1.1.51
Environmental Claim means any claim, proceeding, formal notice or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.
1.1.52
Environmental Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to:
1.1.52.1
the pollution or protection of the Environment;
1.1.52.2
the conditions of the workplace; or
1.1.52.3
the generation, handling, storage, use, release or spillage of any substance which, alone or in combination with any other, is capable of causing harm to the Environment, including, without limitation, any waste.
1.1.53
Environmental Permits means any permit and other Authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or used by any member of the Group.
1.1.54
Equator Principles means the standards entitled "A financial industry benchmark for determining, assessing and managing environmental and social risk in projects" dated June 2013 and adopted by certain financial institutions, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.
1.1.55
Eskom Guarantees means any guarantees or indemnities given by or on behalf of the Parent or any member of the Group to Eskom Holdings SOC Limited in an aggregate amount not exceeding ZAR900 000 000 (nine hundred million Rand) at any time.
1.1.56
Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default).
1.1.57
Existing Facilities means the Existing USD Facilities and the Existing ZAR Facilities and Existing Facility means, as the context requires, either one of them.
1.1.58
Existing USD Facilities means the term and revolving credit facilities made available to the Parent pursuant to the Existing USD Facility Agreement.
1.1.59
Existing USD Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled ”Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement of up to USD400 000 000” concluded between, amongst others, the Parent and the USD Finance Parties, dated 19 August 2019, as amended from time to time.
1.1.60
Existing ZAR Facility Agreement means the written agreement entitled “First Amended and Restated ZAR2 000 000 000 Term and Revolving Credit Facilities Agreement” concluded between, amongst others, the Parent and the ZAR Facility Finance Parties, dated 26 September 2019, as amended from time to time.
1.1.61
Existing ZAR Facilities means the term and revolving credit facilities made available to the Parent pursuant to the Existing ZAR Facility Agreement.
1.1.62
Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Wafi Mining Limited, Morobe Exploration Limited, Newcrest PNG 3 Limited and Morobe Exploration Services Limited dated 22 May 2008.
1.1.63
Extension means an extension of the Final Repayment Date a described in Clause 6.2.
1.1.64
Extension Date means the date on which any Extension occurs.
1.1.65
Extended Final Repayment Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.2.1.1.
1.1.66
Facility means the bridge term loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).
1.1.67
Facility Office means:
1.1.67.1
in respect of a Lender the office or offices notified by that Lender to the Facility Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than 5 (five) Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement; or
1.1.67.2
in respect of any other Finance Party, the office in the jurisdiction in which it is resident for tax purposes.
1.1.68
FATCA means
1.1.68.1
sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;
1.1.68.2
any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in Clause 1.1.68.1 above; or
1.1.68.3
any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in Clause 1.1.68.1 or 1.1.68.2 above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.
1.1.69
FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.
1.1.70
FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.
1.1.71
Fee Letters means the written fee letters entered into or to be entered into from time to time between the Borrowers, the Parent, the Original Lenders and/or the Facility Agent relating to the fees payable in respect of the Facility as contemplated in Clause 11 (Fees) below, and Fee Letter means any one of them as the context requires.
1.1.72
Final Repayment Date means the Initial Repayment Date or, if an Extension occurs, the Extended Final Repayment Date or the Second Extended Final Repayment Date, as applicable;
1.1.73
Finance Document means:
1.1.73.1
this Agreement;
1.1.73.2
the Funds Flow Statement;
1.1.73.3
each Security Document;
1.1.73.4
each Fee Letter;
1.1.73.5
the Utilisation Request;
1.1.73.6
each Compliance Certificate;
1.1.73.7
and any other agreement or document that may be designated as a Finance Document by written agreement between the Facility Agent and the Parent; and
1.1.73.8
any amendment or restatement agreement to any Finance Document listed in Clauses 1.1.73.1 to 1.1.73.7 above,
and Finance Document means, as the context requires, any one of them.
1.1.74
Finance Parties means the Facility Agent, Mandated Lead Arrangers and each Lender and Finance Party means each or any of them (as the context may require.
1.1.75
Financial Close means the date on which the Facility Agent gives the notification under Clause 4.1 (Conditions precedent to first Utilisation) of this Agreement.
1.1.76
Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness for or in respect of:
1.1.76.1
moneys borrowed;
1.1.76.2
any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;
1.1.76.3
any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock or any similar instrument;
the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS, be treated as balance sheet liability;
1.1.76.4
receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold on a non-recourse basis);
1.1.76.5
any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) having the commercial effect of a borrowing;
1.1.76.6
any Derivatives Transaction (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked to market value or actual net amount payable thereunder shall be taken into account);
1.1.76.7
any amount raised by the issue of shares which are redeemable;
1.1.76.8
any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, standby or documentary letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and
1.1.76.9
the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in Clauses 1.1.76.1 to 1.1.76.8 above.
1.1.77
Financial Year means, at any time, the annual accounting period of the Group ending on 30 June in each calendar year.
1.1.78
First Margin Step-up Date means the date falling 6 (six) Months after the Signature Date;
1.1.79
Fundamental Control Event means any of the following:
1.1.79.1
any person or group of persons acting in concert gain(s) Control of the Parent, or the Parent is no longer listed on the JSE Securities Exchange;
1.1.79.2
a change in Control of any of the Material Obligors where the purchase consideration is not in cash, without the prior written consent of the Lenders;
1.1.79.3
a change in ownership or interests in any of the Joint Ventures from such ownership or interests as constituted at the date of this Agreement, but shall exclude:
1.1.79.3.1
a change in ownership or interests which arises as a result of the relevant Obligor that holds such ownership or interests at the date of this Agreement subsequently transferring such ownership or interests to another Material Obligor (including to a person that becomes a Material Obligor in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement on or before the date of such transfer of ownership), to the extent it is permitted to do so; and
1.1.79.3.2
a change in ownership or interests resulting from Papua New Guinea exercising its Buy-In Option.
For the purpose of this definition, a change of ownership or interests shall include any dilution in the interest of either of the joint venture parties to a Joint Venture as such interests are constituted at the date of this Agreement. For the purpose of Clause 1.1.79.1 above acting in concert means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal or informal), actively co-operate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Parent by any of them, either directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate Control of the Parent.
1.1.80
Fundamental Disposal Event means a disposal (whether by way of sale, lease, license, transfer, loan or other disposal) of any Material Asset for a purchase consideration other than cash, without the prior written consent of the Lenders.
1.1.81
Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 10.2.1.2 (Market disruption).
1.1.82
Funds Flow Statement means the funds flow statement in the agreed form delivered to the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent).
1.1.83
Golden Core means Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited (registration number 2019/547039/07), a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa.
1.1.84
Golden Core BEE Partner means a community trust registered at the Master’s Office under the laws of South Africa and/or a share incentive or other scheme for the benefit of any employees, and established in order to comply with the terms of the Section 11 Ministerial Consent, pursuant to which such entities may acquire up to 10% (ten per cent) of the issued ordinary shares of Golden Core.
1.1.85
Golden Core BEE Transaction means the acquisition by a Golden Core BEE Partner of up to 10% (ten per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Golden Core as contemplated in the Section 11 Ministerial Consent;
1.1.86
Golden Core Disposal means any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal by the Parent of up to 10% (ten per cent) of the issued ordinary shares of Golden Core under or in connection with the Golden Core BEE Partner, subject to compliance with the provisions of Clause 21.20 (Golden Core BEE Transaction).
1.1.87
Governmental Authority means the government of any jurisdiction, or any political subdivision thereof, whether provincial, state or local, and any department, ministry, agency, instrumentality, authority, body, court, central bank or other entity lawfully exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.
1.1.88
Group means:
1.1.88.1
the Parent and each Borrower; and
1.1.88.2
each other Subsidiary of the Parent and each of the Borrowers for the time being.
For the avoidance of uncertainty, Wafi-Golpu Services Limited is not a member of the Group.
1.1.89
Harmony Moab means Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited (registration number 2006/039120/07), a private company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa.
1.1.90
Harmony Moab BEE Entity means a special purpose entity incorporated under the laws of South Africa and established in order to consummate a BEE transaction pursuant to which such entity may acquire up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary shares of Harmony Moab.
1.1.91
Hedging Documents bears the meaning assigned to such definition in the Existing Facilities.
1.1.92
Hidden Valley Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited, Harmony PNG 20 Limited and Hidden Valley Services Limited dated 22 May 2008, as terminated on or about 30 June 2017.
1.1.93
Hidden Valley Mine means the gold and silver mining operations conducted on Mining Lease 151 at Hidden Valley, Lae Province, Papua New Guinea.
1.1.94
HMT means Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom.
1.1.95
Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.
1.1.96
IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.
1.1.97
Impaired Facility Agent means the Facility Agent at any time when:
1.1.97.1
it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;
1.1.97.2
the Facility Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;
1.1.97.3
(if the Facility Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under Clause 1.1.45.1, 1.1.45.2 or 1.1.45.3; or
1.1.97.4
an insolvency event as contemplated in Clauses 23.6 and 23.7 has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Facility Agent,
unless, in the case of Clause 1.1.97.1 above:
1.1.97.5
its failure to pay is caused by:
1.1.97.5.1
administrative or technical error; or
1.1.97.5.2
a Disruption Event; and
payment is made within 10 (ten) Business Days of its due date; or
1.1.97.6
the Facility Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.
1.1.98
Initial Repayment Date means the date falling 6 (six) Months from the Signature Date.
1.1.99
Intangible Assets means intangible assets as per the financial statements delivered in terms of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.100
Intellectual Property Rights means any patents, trademarks, service marks, designs, trading or business names, copyrights, design rights, moral rights, inventions, confidential information, know-how, domain names, topographical or similar rights, database or other intellectual property rights and interests and the benefit of all applications and rights to use (including by way of licence) such assets of each Obligor, in each case whether registered or unregistered.
1.1.101
Interest Cover Ratio means, in respect of any Ratio Test Period:
1.1.101.1
EBITDA;
1.1.101.2
divided by Total Interest.
1.1.102
Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period of 3 (three) Months, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).
1.1.103
Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:
1.1.103.1
the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and
1.1.103.2
the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,
each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for USD.
1.1.104
Joint Venture Agreements means the joint venture agreements constituting the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture and the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture.
1.1.105
Joint Ventures means the Exploration Portfolio Joint Venture and the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture.
1.1.106
Legal Reservations means:
1.1.106.1
the limitation of enforcement by laws relating to insolvency, reorganisation and other laws generally affecting the rights of creditors;
1.1.106.2
the time barring of claims based on prescription laws that apply in the jurisdiction of incorporation of a member of the Group;
1.1.106.3
any other matters which are set out as qualifications or reservations as to matters of law of general application in any of the legal opinions delivered pursuant to Clause 4.1 (Conditions precedent to first Utilisation).
1.1.107
Lender means:
1.1.107.1
any Original Lender; and
1.1.107.2
any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),
which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
1.1.108
Leverage Ratio means, at any time, the ratio of Total Net Debt to EBITDA.
1.1.109
LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:
1.1.109.1
the applicable Screen Rate;
1.1.109.2
(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or
1.1.109.3
if:
1.1.109.3.1
no Screen Rate is available for USD; or
1.1.109.3.2
no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan,
the Reference Bank Rate,
1.1.109.4
as of, in the case of Clauses 1.1.109.1 and 1.1.109.3 above, the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for USD and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan and, if that rate is less than zero, LIBOR shall be deemed to be zero.
1.1.110
LMA means the Loan Market Association.
1.1.111
Loan means the Loan made or to be made under the Facility.
1.1.112
Majority Lenders means:
1.1.112.1
if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or
1.1.112.2
at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate at least 66,67% (sixty six point six seven per cent) of all the Loans then outstanding.
1.1.113
Master’s Office means the relevant office of the Master of the High Court of South Africa.
1.1.114
Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:
1.1.114.1
the business, operations, property or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Parent, the Borrowers and/or the Group taken as a whole;
1.1.114.2
the ability of any Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents; or
1.1.114.3
the validity or enforceability of any of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under any of the Finance Documents.
1.1.115
Material Assets means:
1.1.115.1
the mining operations comprising the following mine shafts namely Kusasalethu (DMR Ref no. GP30/5/1/2/07MR), Tshepong and Phakisa (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/84MR), Doornkop (DMR Ref no. GP30/5/1/2/2/09MR), Masimong (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/82MR), Target 1 (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/14MR), Bambanani (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/83MR), Joel (DMR Ref no. FS30/5/1/2/2/13MR) and Harmony Moab (License No. NW30/5/1/2/2/15MR & 16MR);
1.1.115.2
the interests of Wafi Mining Limited in the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture, being its rights under the Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture Agreement, its participating interest therein and its right to take its share in production thereof; and
1.1.115.3
the interests of Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited in the Hidden Valley Mine.
1.1.116
Material Obligors has the meaning given to that term in the Existing USD Facility Agreement.
1.1.117
MINEFI means the French Ministry of Finance.
1.1.118
Mining Law means any applicable law or regulation which relates to the conduct of prospecting, exploration and mining operations, including (in respect of operations in South Africa) the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 and (in respect of operations in Papua New Guinea) the Mining Act 1992 (PNG).
1.1.119
Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:
1.1.119.1
if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;
1.1.119.2
if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.
The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.
1.1.120
Obligors means the Borrowers and the Parent , and Obligor means each or any of them (as the context may require).
1.1.121
OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the Department of Treasury of the United States of America.
1.1.122
Original Financial Statements means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Parent and Harmony Moab for the financial year ended 30 June 2019.
1.1.123
Original Obligor means each Borrower and the Parent.
1.1.124
Papua New Guinea means the Independent State of Papua New Guinea.
1.1.125
Parent means Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (registration number 1950/038232/06), a public company duly incorporated in accordance with the company laws of South Africa.
1.1.126
Party means a party to this Agreement.
1.1.127
Permitted Guarantees means:
1.1.127.1
any guarantee under, or given in connection with the Existing Facilities;
1.1.127.2
any guarantees or indemnities given by any member of the Group (other than Golden Core) on behalf of any member of the Group in the ordinary course of its operational business requirements in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD35 000 000 (thirty five million United States Dollars) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies;
1.1.127.3
any indemnity or guarantee granted in terms of the Finance Documents;
1.1.127.4
any guarantee required in terms of the Acquisition Documents to be provided by the Parent for the obligations of each other Obligor under the Acquisition Documents;
1.1.127.5
any guarantee which constitutes Permitted Indebtedness;
1.1.127.6
the Eskom Guarantees;
1.1.127.7
the Silicosis Settlement Guarantee;
1.1.127.8
the USD Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.127.9
the ZAR Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.127.10
any guarantee given by Harmony Gold Australia in favour of any Relevant Subsidiaries to enable such Relevant Subsidiary to obtain a class order that will reduce the IFRS and statutory audit requirements applicable to it; and
1.1.127.11
any other guarantee or indemnity granted with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.128
Permitted Indebtedness means:
1.1.128.1
any Financial Indebtedness arising under any of the Existing Facilities;
1.1.128.2
any Financial Indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Hedging Documents;
1.1.128.3
any Financial Indebtedness in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract concluded in the ordinary course of trading which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease;
1.1.128.4
any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group in respect of Permitted Guarantees;
1.1.128.5
any Financial Indebtedness of a member of the Group in respect of Permitted Loans;
1.1.128.6
any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group not included in Clauses 1.1.128.2 to 1.1.128.5, that does not result in Total Net Debt (including the Financial Indebtedness in Clause 1.1.128.1) of the Group exceeding the aggregate of :
1.1.128.6.1
ZAR2 500 000 000 (two billion five hundred million Rand) at any time plus the ZAR equivalent of USD450 000 000 (four hundred and fifty million United States Dollars), converted at the then prevailing exchange rate into a ZAR amount, provided that Golden Core shall not be permitted to incur Financial Indebtedness under this Clause 1.1.128.6.1; and
1.1.128.6.2
the ZAR equivalent amount of the Facility as at the Signature Date, calculated by converting the amount of the Facility into ZAR at the then prevailing exchange rate, provided that such amount may only be incurred under the Facility;
1.1.128.7
any Financial Indebtedness incurred by Golden Core provided that the aggregate amount of all such Financial Indebtedness does not exceed ZAR10 000 000 (ten million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies;
1.1.128.8
any other Financial Indebtedness incurred with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent,
which in either case is not otherwise prohibited or restricted in accordance with Clause 21.11 (Financial Indebtedness).
1.1.129
Permitted Loans means:
1.1.129.1
loans made by a Borrower to the Parent utilising the proceeds of any Utilisation under the Facility in order to fund a purpose referred to in Clause 3 (Purpose);
1.1.129.2
loans made by the Parent to any other member of the Group utilising the proceeds of any utilisation under the Existing Facilities in order to fund a permitted purpose under the Existing Facilities (Parent On Loans) and including on-loans made by any other member of the Group to any other member of the Group directly or indirectly from the proceeds of Parent On Loans;
1.1.129.3
trade credit granted in the ordinary course of a member of the Group’s day-to-day business upon terms usual for such trade;
1.1.129.4
loans by members of the Group existing prior to the Signature Date and which have been (i) disclosed in Schedule 10 (Disclosed Loans) hereto, or (ii) in the Original Financial Statements;
1.1.129.5
loans by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor existing prior to the Signature Date and which have been disclosed in the Original Financial Statements;
1.1.129.6
loans granted by any member of the Group to any other member of the Group other than as disclosed in 1.1.129.4 or 1.1.129.5 above, which do not at any time (on a consolidated basis taking into account all such loans) exceed ZAR300 000 000 (three hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies per Financial Year;
1.1.129.7
loans made by one member of the Group to any other member of the Group for the purposes of enabling the Borrowers or any other Obligor to meet its payment obligations under the Finance Documents;
1.1.129.8
a loan made by any member of the Group (other than Golden Core) to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan when aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group (other than Golden Core) does not exceed ZAR40 000 000 (forty million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies or to an employee or director of a Borrower in terms of an approved employee share option scheme provided that on establishment, such scheme does not involve a net outflow of cash from the Group;
1.1.129.9
loans made by the Parent to Golden Core and on-lent by Golden Core, or loans made directly by the Parent, to a Golden Core BEE Partner for the purposes of financing the acquisition by that Golden Core BEE Partner of up to 10% (ten per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Golden Core as contemplated in the Section 11 Ministerial Consent, provided that the amount of such loans shall not exceed ZAR100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currencies in aggregate;
1.1.129.10
loans made by the Parent to Harmony Moab and on-lent by Harmony Moab, or loans made directly by the Parent, to a Harmony Moab BEE Entity for the purposes of financing the acquisition by the Harmony Moab BEE Entity of up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Harmony Moab pursuant to a BEE transaction in respect of Harmony Moab, provided that the amount of such loans shall not exceed ZAR100 000 000 (one hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currencies in aggregate;
1.1.129.11
loans made by the Parent to any entity acquiring shares in a Group company pursuant to a BEE transaction in respect of that Group company, provided that the amount of such loans shall not exceed ZAR150 000 000 (one hundred and fifty million Rand) in aggregate; and
1.1.129.12
any other loans made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.130
Permitted Security means:
1.1.130.1
any Security created in respect of the Existing Facilities;
1.1.130.2
Security created over any new asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property acquired and/or developed by any member of the Group to secure Permitted Indebtedness incurred for the purpose of financing the acquisition of such new asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property or the development, as the case may be, but not for the replacement or refurbishment or maintenance of an existing asset, plant, machinery, equipment or property;
1.1.130.3
Security created over any asset or property of an member of the Group (other than Golden Core) in order to secure Permitted Indebtedness for an aggregate amount (aggregated across all of the members of the Group (other than Golden Core)) not exceeding ZAR200 000 000 (two hundred million Rand) or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies;
1.1.130.4
Security created by operation of law, including without limitation any Environmental Law or Mining Law, and in the ordinary course of trading and not as a result of any default or omission by any member of the Group;
1.1.130.5
any Security which is existing prior to the Signature Date and which has been disclosed (i) in Schedule 7: (Existing Security) hereto, or (ii) in the Original Financial Statements and in all circumstances securing only indebtedness outstanding at the Signature Date if the principal amount or original facility thereby secured is not increased after the Signature Date;
1.1.130.6
any netting or set-off arrangement entered into by a member of the Group in the normal course of its banking arrangements for the purpose of netting debit and credit balances, and only such arrangements that are in existence at the Signature Date;
1.1.130.7
any Security entered into pursuant to any Finance Document as contemplated in the Finance Documents;
1.1.130.8
any cash collateralisation arrangements arising under:
1.1.130.8.1
the Eskom Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed ZAR210,000,000 at any time;
1.1.130.8.2
the ZAR Environmental Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed ZAR210,000,000 at any time;
1.1.130.8.3
the USD Environmental Guarantees provided that the amount provided as Security under those arrangements does not exceed USD20 000 000 at any time; and
1.1.130.8.4
the Silicosis Guarantee Facility and/or the Silicosis Settlement Guarantee ;
1.1.130.9
any other Security created with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
1.1.131
Permitted Share Issue means:
1.1.131.1
an Equity Raise;
1.1.131.2
an issue of ordinary shares by an Obligor to its Holding Company where, in the case of Golden Core, it has granted Transaction Security over all its issued shares, the newly-issued shares also become subject to the Transaction Security on the same terms;
1.1.131.3
an issue by Harmony Moab to a Harmony Moab BEE Entity for the purpose of financing the acquisition by a Harmony Moab BEE Entity of up to 3% (three per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Harmony Moab;
1.1.131.4
an issue by Golden Core to a Golden Core BEE Partner for the purpose of financing the acquisition by a Golden Core BEE Partner of up to 10% (ten per cent) of the issued ordinary share capital of Golden Core as contemplated in the Section 11 Ministerial Consent, subject to compliance with the provisions of Clause 21.20 (Golden Core BEE Transaction); and
1.1.131.5
a “Permitted Share Issue” as defined in the Existing Facilities.
1.1.132
Permitted Transferee means any person referred to Schedule 11 (Permitted Transferees), including any Affiliate of any such person.
1.1.133
PNGK means Papua New Guinea Kina, the lawful currency of Papua New Guinea.
1.1.134
Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined, two Business Days before the first day of that period unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market, in which case the Quotation Day will be determined by the Facility Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).
1.1.135
Ratio Test Date means the last day of March, June, September and December.
1.1.136
Ratio Test Period means each period of 12 (twelve) months ending on a Ratio Test Date.
1.1.137
Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Facility Agent at its request by the Reference Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in USD and for the relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in that currency and for that period.
1.1.138
Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Facility Agent by a Reference Bank.
1.1.139
Reference Banks means the principal London offices of up to three banks agreed between the Facility Agent and the Parent from time to time, subject to the consent of the relevant banks.
1.1.140
Related Fund in relation to a fund (the first fund), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.
1.1.141
Relevant Interbank Market means in relation to USD, the London interbank market.
1.1.142
Relevant Subsidiaries means:
1.1.142.1
Harmony Gold Securities Pty Ltd – ABN 69 087 480 902;
1.1.142.2
New Hampton Goldfields Ltd – ABN 53 009 193 999;
1.1.142.3
Harmony Gold WA Pty Ltd – ABN 84 099 119 918;
1.1.142.4
Harmony Gold Operations Ltd – ABN 44 005 482 842;
1.1.142.5
Abelle Limited – ABN 69 087 480 902;
1.1.142.6
Aurora Gold Limited – ABN 82 006 568 850; and
1.1.142.7
Harmony Gold (PNG Services) Limited – ABN 23 083 828 853.
1.1.143
Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clause 18.1 (Status) to Clause 18.6 (Validity and admissibility in evidence), other than 18.5 (Benefit), Clause 18.10.1, Clause 18.11.1, Clause 18.11.2, Clause 18.12 (Financial statements), Clause 18.15 (Security Interest), Clause 18.16 (Pari passu ranking), Clause 18.21 (Authorised Signatures), Clause 18.22 (No immunity) and Clause 18.23 (Sanctions and anti-corruption); save that the references in Clause 18.12 to Original Financial Statements shall, for the purposes of this Repeating Representation, be construed as references to the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Group delivered to the Facility Agent under Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.144
Representative means any representative, delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.
1.1.145
Sale Package has the meaning given to that term in the Acquisition Document.
1.1.146
Sanctioned Entity means:
1.1.146.1
any person, country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions, including without limitation and as at the date of this Agreement, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria;
1.1.146.2
any person which is ordinarily resident in a country or territory which is listed on a Sanctions List or is subject to Sanctions;
1.1.146.3
any person listed on, or owned or controlled by a person listed on, or acting on behalf of a person listed on, any Sanctions List;
1.1.146.4
any person located in, incorporated under the laws of, or owned or (directly or indirectly) controlled by, or operating in or acting on behalf of, a person located in or organised under the laws of a country or territory that is the target of country-wide or territory-wide Sanctions; or
1.1.146.5
any person otherwise a target of Sanctions (being any person with whom a US person or other national of a Sanctions Authority would be prohibited or restricted by law from engaging in trade, business or other activities).
1.1.147
Sanctions means general trade, economic or financial sanctions, laws, regulations, trade embargoes or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by any Sanctions Authority, and more specifically:
1.1.147.1
the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List, the Sectoral Sanctions Identifications List and the List of Foreign Sanctions Evaders, each administered and enforced by OFAC;
1.1.147.2
the Financial Sanctions: Consolidated List of Targets and the Ukraine: list of persons subject to restrictive measures in view of Russia's actions destabilising the situation in Ukraine administered and enforced by HMT; or
1.1.147.3
any other list or public announcement or sanctions designation made by OFAC, HMT or any Sanctions Authority, in respect of the targets or scope of the Sanctions that are administered and enforced by a Sanctions Authority.
1.1.148
Sanctions Authority means each of:
1.1.148.1
the United Nations Security Council;
1.1.148.2
the European Union;
1.1.148.3
the Council of Europe (founded under the Treaty of London, 1946);
1.1.148.4
the government of the United States of America;
1.1.148.5
the government of the United Kingdom;
1.1.148.6
the government of the Republic of France;
1.1.148.7
the Hong Kong Monetary Authority;
1.1.148.8
the government of the Commonwealth of Australia,
and any of their Governmental Authorities, institutions or agencies, including, without limitation, OFAC, the US Department of Commerce, the US Department of State or the US Department of the Treasury, HMT and MINEFI.
1.1.149
Sanctions List means any of the lists maintained by any Sanctions Authority and any similar list maintained, or a public announcement of a Sanctions designation made, by any Sanctions Authority, in each case as amended, supplemented or substituted from time to time.
1.1.150
Second Extended Final Repayment Date has the meaning given to it in Clause 6.2.1.2.
1.1.151
Second Margin Step-up Date means the date falling 3 (three) Months after the First Margin Step-up Date;
1.1.152
Screen Rate means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for USD for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 (as the case may be) of the Thomson Reuters Screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate), or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Facility Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Parent.
1.1.153
Section 11 Ministerial Consent has the meaning given to that term in the Acquisition Document.
1.1.154
Secured Assets means the assets which are expressed to be the subject of the Transaction Security.
1.1.155
Secured Parties means the Finance Parties (other than the Facility Agent).
1.1.156
Security means a mortgage, notarial bond, bond, cession in security, charge, security assignment, pledge, hypothec, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar effect.
1.1.157
Security Document means the written agreement entitled “Cession and Pledge in Security” , dated on or about the Signature Date pursuant to which a cession in securitatem debiti is given in favour of each Lender by the Parent over the Shares in Golden Core and all current and future claims the Parent may have against Golden Core in respect of the Shares, whether in the form of shareholder loans or otherwise and the benefit of any security interest for the time being held by the Parent in respect of such claims.
1.1.158
Settlement Agreement means the written settlement agreement concluded on or about 3 May 2018 between, inter alia, the Parent and the lawyers representing the claimants in the silicosis class action litigation referred to in such agreement.
1.1.159
Shares means all or any shares held by the Parent in Golden Core.
1.1.160
Signature Date means the date of the signature of the Party last signing this Agreement in time.
1.1.161
Silicosis Guarantee Facility means the guarantee facility of up to R1,083,000,000 (one billion eighty three million Rand) concluded between Nedbank Limited (acting through its Nedbank Corporate and Investment Banking division) and the Parent on or about 18 December 2019.
1.1.162
Silicosis Settlement Guarantee means the guarantee issued under the Silicosis Guarantee Facility in favour of a trust established pursuant to the Settlement Agreement.
1.1.163
Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 8 (Timetables).
1.1.164
Subsidiary means a subsidiary as defined in the Companies Act and shall include any person who would, but for not being a company under the Companies Act, qualify as a subsidiary as defined in the Companies Act.
1.1.165
Tangible Net Worth means Total Assets less Intangible Assets less Total Liabilities.
1.1.166
Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt means, at any time, the ratio of Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt.
1.1.167
Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).
1.1.168
Total Assets means total assets as per the financial statements delivered in terms of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.169
Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments being USD200 000 000 at the Signature Date.
1.1.170
Total Interest means, in respect of any period, the aggregate accruing during such period (without duplication and whether or not paid or payable within such period) of, in respect of the Group on a consolidated basis (and whether or not the principal or capital obligation by reference to which any of the following are determined is an obligation of the Group):
1.1.170.1
all interest, acceptance commission, guarantee fees and any other continuing, regular or periodic costs and expenses in the nature of interest (whether paid, payable or capitalised) incurred in effecting, servicing or maintaining Financial Indebtedness;
1.1.170.2
amounts payable (as reduced by amounts receivable) in respect of any Derivatives Transaction which is an interest rate hedging arrangement entered into to hedge risks arising in the normal course of business; and
1.1.170.3
the interest element of, and ancillary fees payable under, any finance leases (other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease).
1.1.171
Total Liabilities means total non-current liabilities plus total current liabilities as per the financial statements delivered in terms of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).
1.1.172
Total Net Debt means, at any time, the aggregate amount of all obligations of members of the Group for or in respect of Financial Indebtedness but:
1.1.172.1
excluding any such obligations to any other member of the Group;
1.1.172.2
excluding any liability of any member of the Group relating to the ZAR Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.172.3
excluding any liability of any member of the Group relating to the USD Environmental Guarantees;
1.1.172.4
excluding any liability of any member of the Group arising from the Eskom Guarantees;
1.1.172.5
excluding any liability of any member of the Group arising from the Silicosis Guarantee Facility and/or the Silicosis Settlement Guarantee;
1.1.172.6
including, in the case of any lease or hire purchase contract, which would in accordance with IFRS, be treated as a finance or capital lease (other than a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease), their capitalised value; and
1.1.172.7
deducting the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalent Investments held by any member of the Group at that time.
1.1.173
Transaction Documents means the Finance Documents and the Acquisition Documents.
1.1.174
Transaction Security means the Security created or expressed to be created in favour of the Lenders pursuant to the Security Document.
1.1.175
Transfer has the meaning given to it in Clause 24.1 (Cessions and delegations by the Lenders).
1.1.176
Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Facility Agent and the Borrowers.
1.1.177
Transfer Date means, in relation to a Transfer, the later of:
1.1.177.1
the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
1.1.177.2
the date on which the Facility Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.
1.1.178
Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.
1.1.179
USD means United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of America.
1.1.180
USD Environmental Guarantees means any Financial Indebtedness relating to compliance with environmental and mining legislation in Papua New Guinea arising from rehabilitation operations in the form of environmental guarantees and financial security under such legislation in an aggregate amount not exceeding USD100 000 000 (one hundred million United Stated Dollars) at any time.
1.1.181
Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility.
1.1.182
Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.
1.1.183
Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out Schedule 3 (Form of Utilisation Request).
1.1.184
VAT means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act, 1991 and any other tax of a similar nature.
1.1.185
Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture means the joint venture constituted by the joint venture agreement between Wafi Mining Limited, Newcrest PNG 2 Limited and Wafi-Golpu Services Limited dated 22 May 2008.
1.1.186
ZAR means South African Rand, the lawful currency of South Africa.
1.1.187
ZAR Environmental Guarantees means any Financial Indebtedness relating to compliance with environmental legislation in South Africa arising from rehabilitation operations in the form of environmental guarantees in an aggregate amount not exceeding ZAR1,300 000 000 (one billion three hundred million Rand) at any time.
1.2
Construction
1.2.1
Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:
1.2.1.1
any Arranger, Bookrunner, the Facility Agent, any Finance Party, any Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted cessionaries and permitted transferees;
1.2.1.2
assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;
1.2.1.3
authority includes any court or any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority;
1.2.1.4
a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time;
1.2.1.5
indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;
1.2.1.6
a person includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);
1.2.1.7
a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law but if not having the force of law, being one with which the relevant person is accustomed to comply) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
1.2.1.7.1
a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and
1.2.1.7.2
a time of day is a reference to Johannesburg time.
1.2.1.8
Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
1.2.1.9
Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
1.2.1.10
A Default (other than an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived and an Event of Default is continuing if it has not been waived.
1.2.1.11
If any provision in a definition is a substantive provision conferring rights or imposing obligations on any Party, notwithstanding that it appears only in an interpretation Clause, effect shall be given to it as if it were a substantive provision of the relevant Finance Document.
1.2.1.12
Unless inconsistent with the context, an expression in any Finance Document which denotes the singular includes the plural and vice versa.
1.2.2
The Schedules to any Finance Document form an integral part thereof.
1.2.3
The rule of construction that, in the event of ambiguity, the contract shall be interpreted against the Party responsible for the drafting thereof, shall not apply in the interpretation of the Finance Documents.
1.2.4
The expiry or termination of any Finance Documents shall not affect such of the provisions of the Finance Documents as expressly provide that they will operate after any such expiry or termination or which of necessity must continue to have effect after such expiry or termination, notwithstanding that the Clauses themselves do not expressly provide for this.
1.2.5
The Finance Documents shall to the extent permitted by applicable law be binding on and enforceable by the administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators of the Parties as fully and effectually as if they had signed the Finance Documents in the first instance and reference to any Party shall be deemed to include such Party’s administrators, trustees, permitted cessionaries, business rescue practitioners or liquidators, as the case may be.
1.2.6
The use of any expression in any Finance Document covering a process or proceeding available under South African law such as winding-up or business rescue (without limitation eiusdem generis) shall, if any of the Parties to the Finance Documents is subject to the law of any other jurisdiction, be construed as including any equivalent or analogous process or proceedings under the law of such other jurisdiction.
1.2.7
Where figures are referred to in numerals and in words in any Finance Document, if there is any conflict between the two, the words shall prevail.
1.2.8
Unless a contrary indication appears, where any number of days is to be calculated from a particular day, such number shall be calculated as including that particular day and excluding the last day of such period.
1.3
Third party rights
1.3.1
Except as expressly provided for in this Agreement or in any other Finance Document, no provision of any Finance Document constitutes a stipulation for the benefit of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document.
1.3.2
Notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a party to that Finance Document is not required to rescind or vary that Finance Document at any time except to the extent that the relevant variation or rescission (as the case may be) relates directly to the right conferred upon any applicable third party under a stipulation for the benefit of that party that has been accepted by that third party.
SECTION 2
FACILITY, PURPOSE AND CONDITIONS
2.
THE FACILITY
2.1
The Facility
Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a USD committed bridge term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.
2.2
Finance Parties' rights and obligations
2.2.1
The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are separate and independent. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
2.2.2
The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.
2.2.3
A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.
3.
PURPOSE
3.1
Purpose
The Borrowers shall apply all amounts borrowed by them under the Facility:
3.1.1
(directly or indirectly) funding the Acquisition and Acquisition Costs, substantially in the manner contemplated in the Funds Flow Statement; and
3.1.2
for any other purpose agreed in writing between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).
3.2
Monitoring
No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.
4.
CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
4.1
Conditions precedent to First Utilisation
The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Facility Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent and the other Finance Parties. The Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the other Finance Parties) shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders promptly in writing upon being so satisfied.
4.2
Conditions precedent to Utilisations generally
The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:
4.2.1
no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and
4.2.2
the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

SECTION 3
UTILISATION
5.
UTILISATION
5.1
Delivery of a Utilisation Request
The Borrowers may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Facility Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
5.2
Completion of a Utilisation Request
5.2.1
Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:
5.2.1.1
the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;
5.2.1.2
the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and
5.2.1.3
the Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).
5.2.2
Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
5.2.3
No more than 5 (five) Utilisation Requests may be submitted in respect of the Facility.
5.2.4
The Borrowers may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation more than 5 (five) Loans would be outstanding at any point in time.
5.3
Currency and amount
5.3.1
The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be USD.
5.3.2
The amount of the proposed Loan must be an amount which is a minimum of USD10 000 000 (ten million United States Dollars) (in integral multiples thereof) or, if less, the Available Facility.
5.4
Lenders' participation
5.4.1
If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
5.4.2
The amount of each Lender's participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.
5.4.3
The Facility Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan by the Specified Time.
5.5
Cancellation of Commitment
5.5.1
If Financial Close has not occurred by the date which is no later than 10 (ten) days after the Closing Date (or within such other period as the Lenders may have agreed to in writing before the lapse of such period), the Commitments shall be immediately cancelled.
5.5.2
The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.
5.5.3    
SECTION 4
REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
6.
REPAYMENT
6.1
Repayment
6.1.1
The Borrowers shall repay the Loan made to them in full on the Final Repayment Date.
6.1.2
The Borrowers may not re-borrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.
6.2
Extension
6.2.1
Subject to the provisions of Clauses 6.2.2 and 6.2.3 below, no more than 60 days and not less than 30 days prior to the –
6.2.1.1
Initial Repayment Date, the Borrowers may, by notice to the Facility Agent, request an extension of the Final Repayment Date to the date falling 3 (three) Months after the Initial Repayment Date (Extended Final Repayment Date); or
6.2.1.2
Extended Final Repayment, Date the Borrowers may, by notice to the Facility Agent request an extension of the Final Repayment Date to the date falling 3 (three) Months after the Extended Final Repayment Date (Second Extended Final Repayment Date).
6.2.2
If the Facility has not then been cancelled in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Utilisation Date has not occurred on or prior to the date falling 30 days prior to the Initial Repayment Date or the Extended Final Repayment Date, as applicable (such date being the Relevant Date), the Borrowers shall be automatically deemed to have delivered a notice to the Facility Agent on the Relevant Date requesting the extensions referred to in Clause 6.2.1 (and the requirements of Clause 33 (Notices) shall not apply to such a deemed notice). The Facility Agent shall notify all the Lenders upon the occurrence of the Relevant Date.
6.2.3
The Borrowers shall pay or procured the payment of the relevant extension fee in accordance with Clause 11.4 (Extension fee).
6.2.4
Subject and without prejudice to the other terms of this Agreement, provided that a notice requesting the extension has been delivered (or deemed to be delivered) in accordance with Clauses 6.2.1 or 6.2.2 above and provided that the condition set out in Clause 6.2.3 above is satisfied, each extension of the Final Repayment Date shall become effective on the Relevant Date. The Facility Agent shall inform the Borrowers and the Lenders on the effectiveness of the extension of the Final Repayment Date promptly following these conditions being satisfied.
7.
PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
7.1
Illegality
If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for a Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions):
7.1.1
that Lender shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
7.1.2
upon the Facility Agent notifying the Borrowers, the Commitment of that Lender or its Affiliate will be immediately cancelled; and
7.1.3
to the extent that the Lender’s or its Affiliate’s participation has not been transferred pursuant to Clause 37.3 (Replacement of Lender), the Borrowers shall repay that Lender's or its Affiliate’s participation in the Loans on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Facility Agent has notified the Borrowers or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender or its Affiliate in the notice delivered to the Facility Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender's or its Affiliate’s corresponding Commitment(s) shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.
7.2
Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event
7.2.1
If any Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event occurs:
7.2.1.1
the Borrowers shall promptly notify the Facility Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
7.2.1.2
a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and
7.2.1.3
if the Majority Lenders so require, the Facility Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Total Commitments and declare all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Total Commitments will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable or due and payable on the date referred to in the notice.
7.2.2
Notwithstanding Clause 7.2.1.3, if a Fundamental Control Event described in Clause 1.1.79.1 occurs and if any Lender so requires, the Facility Agent shall, by notice to the Borrowers, cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become immediately due and payable or due and payable on the date referred to in the notice.
7.3
Certain definitions
7.3.1
For purposes of the Clauses below and any other relevant provisions of this Agreement:
7.3.1.1
Disposal means a sale, lease, transfer or other disposal by a person of any asset (whether by a voluntary or involuntary single transaction or series of transactions).
7.3.1.2
Disposal Proceeds means the cash proceeds received by any member of the Group in respect of any Disposal of any of: (a) the shares or other ownership interests in Golden Core; or (b) the Acquisition Assets, made by any member of the Group to any person who is not a member of the Group (in each case) after deducting any relevant costs and expenses reasonably and properly incurred in connection with the relevant Disposal.
7.3.1.3
Equity Raise means any issuance, after the date of this Agreement, by the Parent of newly issued shares (including, without limitation, any ordinary or preference shares) for cash consideration or any issuance by the Parent of any other equity or equity-linked instrument(s) (including, without limitation, any hybrid instrument or instruments or securities convertible or exchangeable into newly issued shares in the Parent) to any person outside the Group for cash consideration.
7.3.1.4
Excluded Insurance Proceeds means the proceeds of any insurance claim:
7.3.1.4.1
which are, or are to be, applied to meet third party liability, public liability or directors liability claims;
7.3.1.4.2
which are, or are to be, applied to cover operating losses in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made;
7.3.1.4.3
which are, or are to be, applied in the replacement, reinstatement and/or repair of the assets or otherwise in amelioration of the loss in respect of which the relevant insurance claim was made;
7.3.1.4.4
which are equal to or less than ZAR10 000 000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in respect of any individual insurance claim; or
7.3.1.4.5
which, when aggregated with the proceeds of each other insurance claim, do not exceed ZAR30 000 000 (or its equivalent in another currency or currencies) in any Financial Year.
7.3.2
Insurance Proceeds means the cash proceeds (except for Excluded Insurance Proceeds) of any insurance claim made under any insurance maintained by any Obligor in respect of the Acquisition Assets and received by that Obligor after deducting any relevant costs and expenses reasonably and properly incurred in connection with the relevant claim.
7.3.3
Net Fundraising Proceeds means an amount equal to any cash proceeds received by any member of the Group (irrespective of the currency in which such proceeds are received):
7.3.3.1
as a result of any Equity Raise; and/or
7.3.3.2
at any time from any loan or other debt facility, or any issue, sale, public offering or private placement of any debt security issued or, as applicable, borrowed by any member of the Group to or, as applicable, from any person who is not a member of the Group,
in each case, after deducting fees, costs and expenses reasonably and properly incurred in connection with the relevant fundraising and excluding any cash proceeds received from a Loan made under this Agreement.
7.3.4
Prepayment Proceeds means, as the context requires, Net Fundraising Proceeds, Disposal Proceeds and/or Insurance Proceeds.
7.4
Mandatory prepayment: Disposal Proceeds
The Parent shall ensure that an amount equal to all Disposal Proceeds are applied in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Facility in accordance with, and to the extent required by, Clause 7.7 (Application of proceeds).
7.5
Mandatory prepayment: Net Fundraising Proceeds
The Parent shall ensure that an amount equal to all Net Fundraising Proceeds are applied in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Facility in accordance with, and to the extent required by, Clause 7.7 (Application of proceeds).
7.6
Mandatory prepayment: Insurance Proceeds
The Parent shall ensure that an amount equal to all Insurance Proceeds are applied in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Facility in accordance with, and to the extent required by, Clause 7.7 (Application of proceeds).
7.7
Application of proceeds
7.7.1
Any amounts to be applied in prepayment and/or cancellation of the Facility pursuant to Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment: Disposal Proceeds), Clause 7.5 (Mandatory prepayment: Net Fundraising Proceeds) or Clause 7.6 (Mandatory prepayment: Insurance Proceeds) shall be applied as follows:
7.7.1.1
first, the Available Facility shall be cancelled in an amount equal to the lower of the amount of the Available Facility and the amount of the relevant Prepayment Proceeds (and the Available Commitments of the Lenders shall be reduced rateably); and
7.7.1.2
second, an amount of such Prepayment Proceeds as is equal to the lower of the amount of the Loan or the amount of such Prepayment Proceeds shall be applied in prepayment of the Loan.
7.7.2
Any:
7.7.2.1
cancellation of the Available Facility under Clause 7.7.1.1 above; and
7.7.2.2
amount to be applied in prepayment of the Loan and cancellation of corresponding Commitments under Clause 7.7.1.2 above,
shall:
7.7.2.3
(in the case of Clause 7.7.2.1 above) take effect immediately on the date of receipt of the relevant Prepayment Proceeds; and
7.7.2.4
(in the case of Clause 7.7.2.2 above) be applied immediately on the date of receipt of the relevant Prepayment Proceeds by the applicable member of the Group.
7.7.3
Any Prepayment Proceeds received by any member of the Group in a currency other than USD shall, for the purposes of determining the amount by which the Available Facility is cancelled pursuant to Clause 7.7 (Application of proceeds), be notionally converted into USD using the Facility Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date on which the relevant proceeds were first received by the relevant member of the Group. For the purpose of this Clause “Facility Agent's Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Facility Agent's spot rate of exchange (or if the Facility Agent does not have a spot rate of exchange, any other publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably)), for the purchase of USD with the relevant currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on any relevant day.
7.8
Cancellation
The Borrowers may, if they give the Facility Agent not less than 5 (five) Business Days (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of USD10 000 000 (ten million United States Dollars) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.8 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
7.9
Voluntary prepayment of Loans
7.9.1
A Borrower may, if it gives the Facility Agent not less than 5 (five) Business Days' (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of any Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of USD10 000 000 (ten million United States Dollars).
7.9.2
Any prepayment under this Clause 7.9 shall be applied rateably among the participations of all Lenders under the Facility.
7.10
Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender
7.10.1
If:
7.10.1.1
any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under Clause 12.2.3; or
7.10.1.2
any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrowers under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs),
a Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Facility Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender's participation in the Loans.
7.10.2
On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in Clause 7.10.1 above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
7.10.3
On the last day of each Interest Period in relation to a Loan which ends after a Borrower has given notice of cancellation under Clause 7.10.1 above (or, if earlier, the date specified by that Borrower in that notice), that Borrower shall repay that Lender's participation in that Loan.
7.11
Restrictions
7.11.1
Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.
7.11.2
Any prepayment of a Loan under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Breakage Costs payable under Clause 10.4 (Breakage Costs) (if applicable), without premium or penalty.
7.11.3
The Borrowers may not re-borrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.
7.11.4
The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.
7.11.5
No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.
7.11.6
If the Facility Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Borrowers or the affected Lender, as appropriate.
7.11.7
If all or part of a Loan is prepaid an amount of the Commitments (equal to the amount of the Loan which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or prepayment. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.11.7 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
7.12
Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender
7.12.1
If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Borrowers may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Facility Agent 5 (five) Business Days' notice of cancellation of each Available Commitment of that Lender.
7.12.2
On the notice referred to in Clause 7.12.1 above becoming effective, each Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.
7.12.3
The Facility Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in Clause 7.12.1 above, notify all the Lenders.
SECTION 5
COSTS OF UTILISATION
8.
INTEREST
8.1
Calculation of interest
The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the:
8.1.1
Applicable Margin; and
8.1.2
LIBOR.
8.2
Payment of interest
The Borrowers shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period for that Loan.
8.3
Default interest
8.3.1
If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on that Unpaid Sum from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to Clause 8.3.2 below, is 2% (two per cent) higher than the rate which would have been payable if that Unpaid Sum had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of that Unpaid Sum for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Facility Agent.
8.3.2
If any Unpaid Sum consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:
8.3.2.1
the first Interest Period for that Unpaid Sum shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and
8.3.2.2
the rate of interest applying to that Unpaid Sum during that first Interest Period shall be 2% (two per cent) higher than the rate which would have applied if that Unpaid Sum had not become due.
8.3.3
Default interest (if unpaid) arising on any Unpaid Sum will be compounded with that Unpaid Sum at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that Unpaid Sum but will remain immediately due and payable.
8.4
Notification of rates of interest
8.4.1
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrowers of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.
8.4.2
The Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers of each Funding Rate relating to a Loan.
9.
INTEREST PERIODS
9.1.1
Each Interest Period for a Loan shall be 3 (three) Months (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree).
9.1.2
An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Final Repayment Date.
9.1.3
The Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date of that Loan or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest Period.
9.2
Non-Business Days
If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
9.3
Consolidation of Loans
If two or more Interest Periods in respect of any Loans made from the same Facility end on the same date, those Loans will be consolidated into, and treated as, a single Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.
10.
CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
10.1
Absence of quotations
Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption), if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
10.2
Market disruption
10.2.1
If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender's share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:
10.2.1.1
the Applicable Margin; and
10.2.1.2
the rate notified to the Facility Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.
10.2.2
In this Agreement, Market Disruption Event means:
10.2.2.1
at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Facility Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or
10.2.2.2
    before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Facility Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35% (thirty five per cent) of that Loan) that the cost to it or them of funding its or their participation in that Loan from whatever source it or they may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR.
10.3
Alternative basis of interest or funding
10.3.1
Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 10.2.1 above, if a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Facility Agent or a Borrower so requires, the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 (thirty) days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.
10.3.2
Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to Clause 10.3.1 above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Borrowers, be binding on all Parties for the relevant Interest Period and thereafter for so long as the Market Disruption Event continues to apply.
10.4
Breakage Costs
10.4.1
The Borrowers shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party their Breakage Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by a Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum. No Breakage Cost shall be payable in relation to the prepayment of a Loan pursuant to the provisions of Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or Clause 7.10 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender).
10.4.2
Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Breakage Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.
11.
FEES
11.1
Commitment fee
11.1.1
The Parent shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) an aggregate fee computed at the rate set out in the second column in the table below, on each Lender's Available Commitment for each of the time periods during the Availability Period as set out in the first column in the table below, which fee shall accrue on a daily basis.
Column 1
Column 2
0-30 Days from the Signature Date
15% of the Applicable Margin
31-60 days from the Signature Date
25% of the Applicable Margin
61 days + from the Signature Date
35% of the Applicable Margin
11.1.2
The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of 3 (three) Months which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender's Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.
11.2
Agency fee
The Parent shall pay to the Facility Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
11.3
Arranging fee
The Parent shall pay to each Lender (for its own account) an arranging fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.
11.4
Extension fee
The Parent shall pay to the Facility Agent (for the account of each Lender) within 3 (three) Business Days of any Extension Date, an aggregate extension fee in an amount equal to 0.50% of each Lender’s Total Commitments.

SECTION 6
ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
12.
TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
12.1
Definitions
12.1.1
In this Agreement:
12.1.1.1
Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.
12.1.1.2
Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
12.1.1.3
Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document other than a FATCA Deduction.
12.1.1.4
Tax Payment means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity).
12.1.2
Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.
12.2
Tax gross-up
12.2.1
Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.
12.2.2
The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Facility Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Facility Agent on becoming so aware in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Facility Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Parent and that Obligor.
12.2.3
If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.
12.2.4
If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.
12.2.5
Within 30 (thirty) days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Facility Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.
12.3
Tax indemnity
12.3.1
The Borrowers shall (within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
12.3.2
Clause 12.3.1 above shall not apply:
12.3.2.1
with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party (A) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes or (B) under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction, if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or
12.3.2.2
to the extent a loss, liability or cost is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up).
12.3.3
A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under Clause 12.3.2.1 above shall promptly notify the Facility Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers.
12.3.4
A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Facility Agent.
12.4
Tax Credit
If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:
12.4.1
a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
12.4.2
that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,
the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
12.5
Stamp taxes
The Borrowers shall (a) pay and, (b) within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.
12.6
Value added tax
12.6.1
All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to Clause 12.6.2 below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
12.6.2
If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Subject Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT.
12.6.3
Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any costs or expenses, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.
12.7
FATCA Information
12.7.1
Subject to Clause 12.7.3 below, each Party shall, within 10 (ten) Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:
12.7.1.1
confirm to that other Party whether it is:
12.7.1.1.1
a FATCA Exempt Party; or
12.7.1.1.2
not a FATCA Exempt Party;
12.7.1.2
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with FATCA; and
12.7.1.3
supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party's compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.
12.7.2
If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to Clause 12.7.1 above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.
12.7.3
Clause 12.7.1 above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and Clause 12.7.1.3 above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:
12.7.3.1
any law or regulation;
12.7.3.2
any fiduciary duty; or
12.7.3.3
any duty of confidentiality.
12.7.4
If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with Clauses 12.7.1.1.1 or 12.7.1.1.2 above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where Clause 12.7.3 above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.
12.8
FATCA Deduction
12.8.1
Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.
12.8.2
Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Borrowers
13.
INCREASED COSTS
13.1
Increased costs
13.1.1
Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Borrowers shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of a demand by the Facility Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Cost incurred by that Finance Party as a result of (i) the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application by any authority or by financial institutions generally of) any law or regulation, after the Signature Date, (ii) the interpretation, administration or application by any authority or by financial institutions generally after the Signature Date of any law or regulation introduced prior to the Signature Date or (iii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the Signature Date, and shall include without any limitation, any Basel III Increased Cost (Change in Law).
13.1.2
In this Agreement Increased Costs means:
13.1.2.1
a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party's (or its Affiliate's) overall capital (including, without limitation, as a result of any reduction in the rate of return on capital brought about by more capital being required to be allocated by such Finance Party);
13.1.2.2
an additional or increased cost; or
13.1.2.3
a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,
which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
13.1.3
The terms law and regulation in this Clause 13.1 shall include, without limitation, any law or regulation concerning capital adequacy, prudential limits, liquidity, reserve assets or Tax.
13.2
Increased cost claims
13.2.1
A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Facility Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Facility Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers.
13.2.2
Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Facility Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
13.3
Exceptions
13.3.1
Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:
13.3.1.1
attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
13.3.1.2
    compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in Clause 12.3.2 applied); or
13.3.1.3
    attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation or the failure by the relevant Finance Party to make any required filing with any regulatory authority.
13.3.2
In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1 (Definitions).
14.
OTHER INDEMNITIES
14.1
Currency indemnity
Without prejudice to Clause 31.8 (Currency of account):
14.1.1
if any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (Second Currency) for the purpose of:
14.1.1.1
making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or
14.1.1.2
obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,
that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.
14.1.2
Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.
14.2
Environmental indemnity
The Obligors hereby, unconditionally and irrevocably, indemnify each Finance Party, each Affiliate of a Finance Party and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (together, the Indemnified Parties) on demand against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or other costs or expenses suffered or incurred by that Indemnified Party (except to the extent solely caused by such Indemnified Party’s own gross negligence or wilful default) as a result of:
14.2.1
any breach of any Environmental Law (whether by the Borrowers or any other member of the Group);
14.2.2
an Environmental Claim; or
14.2.3
any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Environmental Claim and any other enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation in respect of any breach of any Environmental Law that has or is reasonably likely to give rise to a liability for any Indemnified Party,
which relates to any member of the Group, any assets of any member of the Group or the operation of all or part of the business of any member of the Group and which would not have arisen if the Finance Documents or any of them had not been executed by that Finance Party. Any Affiliate or any director, officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 14.2 as a stipulation for its or his or her benefit, capable of acceptance at any time.
14.3
Other indemnities
The Parent shall (or shall, to the extent legally possible, procure that each Obligor will), within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:
14.3.1
the occurrence of any Event of Default;
14.3.2
any information produced or approved by the Borrowers/any Obligor/any member of the Group being misleading and/or deceptive in any respect;
14.3.3
any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings or regulatory enquiry concerning the Acquisition or the receipt of proceeds in relation to the Acquisition Assets, unless such loss or liability is caused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of that Finance Party or its Affiliate (or employee or officer of that Finance Party or Affiliate). Any Affiliate or any officer or employee of a Finance Party or its Affiliate may rely on this Clause 14.3;
14.3.4
any enquiry, investigation, subpoena (or similar order) or litigation with respect to any Obligor or with respect to the transactions contemplated or financed under this Agreement except as may otherwise be ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction in circumstances where the relevant Finance Party was the plaintiff or applicant in such proceedings;
14.3.5
a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);
14.3.6
funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by the Borrowers in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Finance Party alone); or
14.3.7
a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by the Borrowers.
14.4
Indemnity to the Facility Agent
The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify the Facility Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:
14.4.1
investigating or taking any other action in connection with any event which it reasonably believes is an Event of Default; or
14.4.2
acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.
14.5
Default
At any time after the occurrence of a Default and for so long as it is continuing or where the Facility Agent reasonably believes there is a Default, upon the written request of the Facility Agent with reasonable prior notice, the Obligors shall permit representatives of the Finance Parties during normal office hours, to visit and inspect any of the premises where its business is conducted, to have access to (and copies of) accounts and records and shall afford reasonable co-operation at all times to the Finance Parties and such representatives.
15.
MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
15.1
Mitigation
15.1.1
Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrowers, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality), Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs).
15.1.2
Clause 15.1.1 above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.
15.2
Limitation of liability
15.2.1
The Borrowers shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).
15.2.2
A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably):
15.2.2.1
any law or regulation would not allow or permit it; or
15.2.2.2
to do so might be prejudicial to it.
16.
COSTS AND EXPENSES
16.1
Transaction expenses
The Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers the amount of all properly evidenced costs and expenses (including agreed or reasonable legal fees) reasonably incurred by the Finance Parties in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:
16.1.1
this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and
16.1.2
any other Finance Documents executed after the Signature Date.
16.2
Amendment costs
16.2.1
If an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent, the Parent shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse each Finance Party for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
16.2.2
If there is any change in law or any regulation which requires an amendment, waiver or consent under the Finance Documents, the Parent shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, reimburse each Finance Party for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by that Finance Party in connection with evaluating, negotiating or complying with any such requirement.
16.3
Enforcement costs
The Parent shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees on the scale as between attorney and own client whether incurred before or after judgement) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.
SECTION 7
GUARANTEE
17.
GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
17.1
Guarantee and indemnity
The Parent irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally, as a principal obligor and not merely as a surety and on the basis of discrete obligations enforceable against it:
17.1.1
guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by the Borrowers of their payment obligations under the Finance Documents;
17.1.2
undertakes in favour of each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Parent shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
17.1.3
agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs as a result of the Borrowers not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by the Borrowers under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Parent under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.
17.2
Continuing guarantee
This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.
17.3
Reinstatement
If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge, release or arrangement given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of insolvency, business rescue proceedings, liquidation, winding-up or otherwise):
17.3.1
the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
17.3.2
each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.
17.4
Waiver of defences
The obligations of the Parent under this Clause 17 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 17, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:
17.4.1
any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;
17.4.2
the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;
17.4.3
the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, execute, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;
17.4.4
any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;
17.4.5
any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;
17.4.6
any unenforceability, illegality, invalidity suspension or cancellation of any obligation of any person under this Agreement or any other Finance Document or any other document or security;
17.4.7
any insolvency, liquidation, winding-up, business rescue or similar proceedings; or
17.4.8
this Agreement or any other Finance Document not being executed by or binding against the Parent or any other party.
17.5
Immediate recourse
The Parent waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Parent under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
17.6
Appropriations
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:
17.6.1
refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Parent shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and
17.6.2
hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Parent or on account of its liability under this Clause 17.
17.7
Deferral of Guarantors' rights
Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Facility Agent otherwise directs, the Parent will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17:
17.7.1
to be indemnified by an Obligor;
17.7.2
to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of or provider of security for any Obligor's obligations under the Finance Documents;
17.7.3
to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party;
17.7.4
to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which it has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);
17.7.5
to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or
17.7.6
to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.
If the Parent receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Facility Agent or as the Facility Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties).
17.8
Additional security
This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.
SECTION 8
REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
18.
REPRESENTATIONS
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the Signature Date in each case, unless otherwise indicated, in respect of itself.
18.1
Status
18.1.1
It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation.
18.1.2
It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.
18.2
Binding obligations
The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Transaction Document are, subject to the Legal Reservations, legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.
18.3
Non-conflict with other obligations
The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Transaction Documents and the granting of the Transaction Security pursuant to the Security Document to which it is a party do not and will not conflict with:
18.3.1
any law or regulation applicable to it;
18.3.2
its constitutional documents; or
18.3.3
any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries' assets and where this applies to its Subsidiaries or its Subsidiaries’ assets only, in a manner which would have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.4
Power and authority
It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver, and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Transaction Documents, and no limits on its powers will be exceeded or breached as a result.
18.5
Benefit
The entry into the Transaction Documents to which it is a party is for its commercial benefit.
18.6
Validity and admissibility in evidence
All Authorisations required:
18.6.1
to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Transaction Documents to which it is a party;
18.6.2
to make the Transaction Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation;
18.6.3
for it to carry on its business; and
18.6.4
for its Subsidiaries to carry on their respective businesses, but only to the extent such are material Authorisations,
have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect or will be obtained or effected prior to its entry into the relevant Transaction Documents, save that in respect of Clauses 18.6.3 and 18.6.4 above, only to the extent failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations would have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.7
Governing law and enforcement
Subject to the Legal Reservations:
18.7.1
the choice of South African law as the governing law of the Transaction Documents expressed to be governed by South African law will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation;
18.7.2
any judgment obtained in South Africa in relation to a Transaction Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation; and
18.8
Deduction of Tax
It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to which it is a party.
18.9
No filing or stamp taxes
Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation it is not necessary that the Finance Documents to which it is a party be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents.
18.10
No default
18.10.1
No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.
18.10.2
No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any of its Subsidiaries') assets are subject which might have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.11
No misleading information
Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties in this Clause 18.11 so far as it is aware after making reasonable enquiries in respect of information provided by it.
18.11.1
All information supplied by the Borrowers, any Obligor or any other member of the Group to the Facility Agent or any other Finance Party is true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was given and is not misleading in any respect.
18.11.2
It has not knowingly withheld information which, if disclosed, would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the decisions of the Lenders to provide finance to the Borrowers.
18.12
Financial statements
18.12.1
Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.
18.12.2
Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the Borrower) during the relevant Financial Year.
18.12.3
The most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as applied to the Original Financial Statements and give a true and fair view of (if audited) or fairly present (if unaudited) the Group’s consolidated financial condition and each Obligor’s financial condition as at the end of, and consolidated results of operations for, the period to which they relate.
18.12.4
Since the date of the Original Financial Statements there has been no material adverse change in the business, assets or financial condition of the Group.
18.13
Insurance
It maintains insurances itself (or though Group insurances which it benefits from as co-insured) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business with reputable underwriters or insurance companies.
18.14
Assets and Intellectual Property Rights
18.14.1
It has good title to or valid leases or licenses over all of the assets necessary and material to carry on its business.
18.14.2
As far as it is aware, it will not nor will any of its Subsidiaries, in carrying on its business, infringe any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in any way which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.15
Security Interest
18.15.1
Subject in each case to any registration specifically required by law, and subject to any Legal Reservations:
18.15.1.1
each Security Document to which it is a party validly creates the security interest which is expressed to be created by that Security Document; and
18.15.1.2
the Transaction Security created by each Security Document to which it is a party :
18.15.1.2.1
ranks and will rank, in respect of all other security interests granted or to be granted by any Obligor in favour of any person other than the Finance Parties, in the order of priority it is expressed to rank in the relevant Security Document; and
18.15.1.2.2
is not subject to avoidance in the event of any winding-up, dissolution or administration involving any Obligor.
18.15.2
It is the sole, absolute, legal and, where applicable, beneficial owner of all assets made subject to the Transaction Security created by each Security Document to which it is a party.
18.15.3
The shares which are subject to the Transaction Security are fully paid and not subject to any option to purchase or claims, third party rights or competing interests. The constitutional documents of Golden Core do not and could not restrict or inhibit any transfer of those shares on creation or enforcement of the Transaction Security.
18.16
Pari passu ranking
Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.
18.17
No proceedings pending or threatened
Save to the extent disclosed in Schedule 9 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency which, if adversely determined, might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.
18.18
Insolvency and Financial Distress
18.18.1
No:
18.18.1.1
corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in Clause 23.7 (Insolvency and business rescue proceedings); or
18.18.1.2
creditors' process described in Clause 23.8 (Creditor’s process),
has been taken by it or in relation to it or to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) by or in relation to any other member of the Group; and none of the circumstances described in Clause 23.6 (Insolvency) applies to it or to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) any other member of the Group.
18.18.2
Neither it nor any member of the Group is Financially Distressed (as defined in section 128 of the Companies Act), or, given similar meaning under any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea).
18.18.3
The representations and warranties set out in this Clause 18.18 do not apply to the members of the Group listed Schedule 12 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised).
18.19
No breach of laws
18.19.1
It has not (and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) none of its Subsidiaries has) breached any law or regulation which breach has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.19.2
No labour disputes or industrial action are current or, to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry), threatened against any member of the Group which have or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.20
Environmental laws
18.20.1
Save to the extent disclosed Schedule 9 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), each member of the Group is in compliance with Clause 21.3 (Environmental compliance) and to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry) no circumstances have occurred which would prevent such compliance in a manner or to an extent which has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.20.2
Save to the extent disclosed in Schedule 9 (Disclosed Potential Environmental Claim), no Environmental Claim has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief (having made due and careful enquiry)) is threatened against any member of the Group where that claim has or might reasonably be expected, if determined against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
18.21
Authorised signatures
Any person specified as its authorised signatory under Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) or Clause 19.5.5 is authorised to sign Utilisation Requests (in relation to the Borrowers only) and other notices on its behalf.
18.22
No immunity
In any proceedings taken in South Africa or in any other jurisdiction, it will not be entitled to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process in relation to this Agreement or any other Finance Document.
18.23
Sanctions and anti-corruption
18.23.1
Neither the Parent, nor any other member of the Group:
18.23.1.1
is a Sanctioned Entity and nor, to the knowledge of the Parent, any other member of the Group or any of their directors, officers or employees, is any agent of the Parent or any other member of the Group that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, a Sanctioned Entity;
18.23.1.2
is using, nor will use the proceeds of any Facility for the purpose of financing or making funds available directly or indirectly to any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such financing or provision of funds would currently be prohibited by Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Anti-Corruption Laws or Sanctions; or
18.23.1.3
is contributing, nor will contribute or otherwise make available the proceeds of any Facility to any other person or entity for the purpose of financing the activities of any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would currently be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions.
18.23.2
None of the Parent, any member of the Group, any director or officer of the Parent or any other member of the Group:
18.23.2.1
has been or is targeted under any Sanctions, or has received notice of or is aware of any claim, action, suit, proceeding or investigation against it with respect to Sanctions by any Sanctions Authority; or
18.23.2.2
has violated or is violating any applicable Sanctions.
18.23.3
The Parent has and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Parent, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Parent, its Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees and, to the knowledge of the Parent, its and its Subsidiaries respective employees and agents are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Parent being designated as a Sanctioned Entity.
18.23.4
None of the Parent, any member of the Group, any director or officer, or any employee, agent, or Affiliate, of the Parent or any member of the Group:
18.23.5
is a person that is, or is owned or controlled by persons that are, the subject of any Sanctions; or
18.23.6
is located, organised or resident in a country or territory that is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Crimea, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan and Syria).
18.24
Acquisition Documents, disclosures and other Documents
18.24.1
The Acquisition Documents contain all relevant terms of and disclosures in relation to the Acquisition.
18.24.2
There is no disclosure to the Acquisition Documents which has or may have a Material Adverse Effect on in interests of the Finance Parties.
18.24.3
To the best of its knowledge no representation or warranty given by any party to the Acquisition Document is untrue or misleading in any respect, save where expressly qualified in writing in the Acquisition Document.
18.24.4
No amendments, variations, novations, supplements, waiver or termination of the Acquisition Document, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amendment to the Acquisition Price, has or will be made without the prior written approval of the Finance Parties except to the extent such amendments, variations, novations, supplements, waiver would not be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.
18.24.5
The Acquisition Document is in full force and effect, subject to the fulfilment or waiver of any condition precedent to the Acquisition Document.
18.24.6
It is not in breach of any of its obligations under the Acquisition Document in such a manner that would entitle any party (other than the Parent) to cancel the Acquisition Document.
18.24.7
There is no material dispute between the parties to the Acquisition Document (other than the Parent) on the one hand and the Parent on the other hand under the Acquisition Document.
18.24.8
The Acquisition Structure Chart contains all the material steps in relation to the financing and implementation of the Acquisition.
18.25
Repetition
18.25.1
The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on:
18.25.1.1
Financial Close, the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and
18.25.1.2
the date of an Extension.
18.25.2
The Repeating Representation set out in Clause 18.24 (Acquisition Documents, disclosures and other Documents) are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on Financial Close, the Acquisition CP Fulfilment Date and the Closing Date.
19.
INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS
The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
19.1
Financial statements
The Parent shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:
19.1.1
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 (one hundred and twenty) days after the end of its Financial Year, its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;
19.1.2
as soon as the same became available, but in any event within 150 (one hundred and fifty) days after the end of each of their Financial Years, the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that Financial Year; and
19.1.3
as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 60 (sixty) days after the end of each half of each of its Financial Years, its consolidated financial statements for that financial half year.
19.2
Compliance Certificate
19.2.1
The Parent shall supply to the Facility Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate:
19.2.1.1
setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up; and
19.2.1.2
confirming that no Default has occurred and is continuing or, if a Default has occurred, what Default has occurred and the steps being taken to remedy that Default.
19.2.2
Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the chief financial officer or the financial director of the Borrower.
19.2.3
In the event that a set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses 19.1.1 and 19.1.2 is restated, the Parent must submit a new Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) as at the date at which those financial statements were restated.
19.3
Requirements as to financial statements
19.3.1
Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant company as giving a true and fair view if audited, or fairly representing, if unaudited, its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.
19.3.2
The Parent shall procure that each set of consolidated financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS.
19.3.3
The Parent shall procure that each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in the preparation of the Original Financial Statements unless, in relation to any set of financial statements, it notifies the Facility Agent that there has been a change in IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), the accounting practices or reference periods and its Auditors (or, if appropriate, the Auditors of the Obligor) deliver to the Facility Agent:
19.3.3.1
a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the IFRS (to the extent IFRS was applied), accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared; and
19.3.3.2
sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Facility Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) has been complied with and make an accurate comparison between the financial position indicated in those financial statements and that Obligor's Original Financial Statements.
19.3.4
Any reference in this Agreement to those financial statements shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Original Financial Statements were prepared.
19.4
Financial year-end
The Parent shall ensure that its Financial Year and the Financial Year of each other member of the Group does not change without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent, save as may be required to align to the 30 June Financial Year of the Parent.
19.5
Information: miscellaneous
The Parent shall supply to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Facility Agent so requests):
19.5.1
all documents dispatched by the Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or by the Parent and/or any Obligor to its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;
19.5.2
promptly upon becoming aware of them, details and copies of any material and substantive changes (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, administrative or procedural changes) proposed to or made to its constitutional documents or the constitutional documents of it or any other Obligor, including the filing of any Memorandum of Incorporation under the Companies Act;
19.5.3
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings, liquidation applications, winding up applications or business rescue applications which are current, threatened or pending against it or any other member of the Group, and which may, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect;
19.5.4
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of being requested by the Facility Agent, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of it or any other member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Facility Agent) may reasonably request in order to assess a Borrower’s or any other Obligor’s ability to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents;
19.5.5
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of it becoming aware of any transfer or issue or proposed transfer or issue of shares of any member of the Group or other corporate action or proposed corporate action that would constitute a Fundamental Control Event or Fundamental Disposal Event;
19.5.6
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of it becoming aware of the relevant claim, the details of any claim against (i) a Borrower or any other person in respect of the Acquisition Documents and (ii) details of any disposal or insurance claim which will require a prepayment or cancellation to be made under Clause 7.4 (Mandatory Prepayment: Disposal Proceeds) and Clause 7.6 (Mandatory Prepayment: Insurance Proceeds).
19.5.7
as soon as reasonably practicable, details of any proposed (A) Equity Raise or (B) any loan or other debt facility, or any issue, sale, public offering or private placement of any debt security issued or, as applicable, borrowed by any member of the Group to or, as applicable, from any person who is not a member of the Group for the purpose of refinancing the Facility and any corporate action or proposed corporate action for the purposes of the Parent effecting any Equity Raise together with copies of any related notices to its shareholders in respect of any such corporate action and copies of any resolutions passed at any general meeting for the purposes of approving the applicable transaction;
19.5.8
regular updates (at intervals of no less than 6 (six) months or sooner as and when such information becomes available) on the progress of applications for all Environmental Permits and Authorisations required for its operations or proposed operations in Papua New Guinea;
19.5.9
promptly; notice of any suspension or cancellation of any Authorisation relating to its operations which were given by the relevant Minister under the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act, 2002 or other Mining Law (other than temporary stoppages under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996);
19.5.10
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) in order for the Facility Agent and each other Finance Party to demonstrate compliance with the Equator Principles in respect of their lending or any other financial exposure to the Borrowers under the Finance Documents;
19.5.11
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of (but in any event prior to any notices being given by an authorised signatory) any change in authorised signatories of it or any other Obligor signed by a director or company secretary of it or such other Obligor (as the case may be) accompanied by specimen signatures of any new authorised signatories;
19.5.12
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 7 (seven) Business Days of request by the Facility Agent such additional information or documentation as the Facility Agent may require in order to verify that any signatory referred to in Clause 19.5.11 above has been duly authorised; and
19.5.13
as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within 1 (one) Month after the end of each of its Financial Years, its annual business plan as approved by the board of directors of the Parent; and
19.5.14
promptly upon becoming aware thereof, details of any material breach under or termination, rescission or repudiation of any Acquisition Document as well as any other information in relation to the Acquisition and the status and progress thereof as the Facility Agent may reasonably request from time to time.
19.6
Notification of Default
19.6.1
Each Obligor shall notify the Facility Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).
19.6.2
Promptly upon a request by the Facility Agent, the Borrowers shall supply to the Facility Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).
19.7
Use of websites
19.7.1
The Borrowers may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent (Designated Website) if:
19.7.1.1
the Facility Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;
19.7.1.2
both the Borrowers and the Facility Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and
19.7.1.3
the information is in a format previously agreed between the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.
19.7.2
If any Lender (Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Facility Agent shall notify the Borrowers accordingly and the Borrowers shall supply the information to the Facility Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Borrowers shall supply the Facility Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.
19.7.3
The Facility Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Borrowers and the Facility Agent.
19.7.4
The Borrowers shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Facility Agent if:
19.7.4.1
the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;
19.7.4.2
the password specifications for the Designated Website change;
19.7.4.3
any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;
19.7.4.4
any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or
19.7.4.5
the Borrowers become aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.
19.7.5
If a Borrower notifies the Facility Agent under Clause 19.7.4.1 or Clause 19.7.4.5 above, all information to be provided by the Borrowers under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Facility Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.
19.7.6
Any Website Lender may request, through the Facility Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Borrowers shall comply with any such request within 10 (ten) Business Days.
19.8
Know your customer checks
19.8.1
If:
19.8.1.1
the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the Signature Date;
19.8.1.2
any change in the status of an Obligor after the Signature Date; or
19.8.1.3
a proposed Transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such Transfer,
obliges the Facility Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of this Clause 19.8.1.3, any prospective new Lender) to comply with know your customer or similar identification procedures (whether in terms of the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001 or otherwise) in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in Clause (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Facility Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in this Clause 19.8.1.3, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
19.8.2
Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Facility Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself) in order for the Facility Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
20.
FINANCIAL COVENANTS
20.1
Financial Covenants
The Parent shall ensure that:
20.1.1
the Interest Cover Ratio shall not be less than 5 times in respect of any Ratio Test Period;
20.1.2
the Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt shall not be less than 2 times for the June 2020, September 2020 and December 2020 Ratio Test Dates and 4 times thereafter; and
20.1.3
the Leverage Ratio shall be less than 2.5 times for any Ratio Test Date.
20.2
Financial testing
For the purpose of testing compliance with the requirements of Clause 20.1 (Financial Covenants):
20.2.1
subject to the remaining provisions of this Clause 20.2, the financial covenants shall be calculated in accordance with IFRS and tested by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) and/or such other information required in relation to certain of the components of the financial covenants where required and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance Certificate); and
20.2.2
the Parent shall deliver a reconciliation between the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial Statements) and such financial statements as adjusted so as to exclude Financial Indebtedness in respect of a lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with GAAP in force prior to 1 January 2019, have been treated as an operating lease and calculate the financial covenants pursuant to this Clause.
21.
GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS
The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the Signature Date for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
21.1
Authorisations
Each Obligor shall promptly:
21.1.1
obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and
21.1.2
supply certified copies to the Facility Agent on request of,
any Authorisation required to enable it to conduct its business and to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents and to ensure (subject to the Legal Reservations to the extent they may make it impossible to do so) the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Transaction Document.
21.2
Compliance with laws
21.2.1
Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) comply in all respects with all laws (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions) to which it may be subject where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.2.2
The Parent will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Parent, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
21.3
Environmental compliance
Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):
21.3.1
comply with all Environmental Law;
21.3.2
obtain, maintain and ensure compliance with all requisite Environmental Permits;
21.3.3
implement procedures to monitor compliance with and to prevent liability under any Environmental Law,
where failure to do so has or might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
21.4
Environmental Claims
Each Obligor shall (through the Parent), promptly upon becoming aware of the same, inform the Facility Agent in writing of:
21.4.1
any Environmental Claim against it or any other member of the Group which is current, pending or threatened; and
21.4.2
any facts or circumstances which are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened against it or any other member of the Group.
21.5
Insurance
Each Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group shall) maintain insurances itself (or though Group insurances which it benefits from as co-insured) on and in relation to its business and assets against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business with reputable underwriters or insurance companies.
21.6
Negative pledge
21.6.1
No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Security over any of its assets and/or shares.
21.6.2
No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group will):
21.6.2.1
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an Obligor or any other member of the Group;
21.6.2.2
sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;
21.6.2.3
enter into or permit to subsist any title retention arrangement;
21.6.2.4
enter into or permit to subsist any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or
21.6.2.5
enter into or permit to subsist any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,
in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of securing the raising Financial Indebtedness or of securing the financing of the acquisition of an asset.
21.6.3
Clauses 21.6.1 and 21.6.2 above do not apply to any Permitted Security.
21.7
Disposals
21.7.1
No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group will) enter into a single transaction or a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any asset.
21.7.2
Clause 21.7.1 above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal:
21.7.2.1
made in the ordinary course of business of the disposing entity;
21.7.2.2
of assets in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality and for a similar purpose;
21.7.2.3
made between Material Obligors except to the extent it involves the transfer of any shares or other assets which form part of the Transaction Security without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.7.2.4
of Cash or Cash Equivalent Investments not prohibited by the Finance Documents;
21.7.2.5
of obsolete or redundant assets;
21.7.2.6
made pursuant to the Buy-In Option;
21.7.2.7
made pursuant to a Permitted Security;
21.7.2.8
of shares in any member of the Group listed Schedule 12 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) in order to bring about a solvent corporate restructure or winding up of that member of the Group;
21.7.2.9
funded by way of a Permitted Loan as set out in Clause 1.1.129.11 and 1.1.129.11;
21.7.2.10
of any other assets (including any Material Assets) on arm’s length terms, for full market value and for cash consideration which is not deferred beyond a period of 1 (one) year from the date of effective transfer or conditional, and subject always to the Borrowers' obligations under Clause 7.4 (Mandatory prepayment: Disposal Proceeds);
21.7.2.11
the Golden Core Disposal; or
21.7.2.12
made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent (acting on behalf of the Lenders).
21.8
Change of business
The Borrowers shall procure that no substantial change is made to the general nature of the business of the Borrowers or the Group from that carried on at the Signature Date.
21.9
Loans or credit
21.9.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.9.2 below, no Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) be a creditor in respect of any Financial Indebtedness.
21.9.2
Clause 21.9.1 above does not apply to:
21.9.2.1
such arrangements existing as at the Signature Date and disclosed in the Original Financial Statements;
21.9.2.2
Permitted Loans;
21.9.2.3
any guarantee or indemnity given in respect of Permitted Indebtedness; or
21.9.2.4
Financial Indebtedness owed by one Obligor to another Obligor.
21.10
No Guarantees or indemnities
21.10.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.10.2 below, no Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any guarantee in respect of any obligation of any person.
21.10.2
Clause 21.10.1 above does not apply to a guarantee or indemnity:
21.10.2.1
falling within the definition of Financial Indebtedness and which constitutes Permitted Indebtedness; or
21.10.2.2
which constitutes a Permitted Guarantee.
21.11
Financial Indebtedness
21.11.1
Except as permitted under Clause 21.11.2 below, no Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that each member of the Group will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness.
21.11.2
Clause 21.11.1 above does not apply to Financial Indebtedness which is Permitted Indebtedness.
21.12
Auditors
No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) change its auditor to a person other than PricewaterhouseCoopers, Ernst & Young, KPMG or Deloitte without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.
21.13
Sanctions and anti-corruption
21.13.1
Each Obligor (and the Parent shall ensure that each other member of the Group) shall maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Obligors and their Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.
21.13.2
Each Obligor (and the Parent shall ensure that each other member of the Group) shall not use (or otherwise make available) the proceeds of any Loan (i) for the purpose of financing directly or indirectly the activities of any Sanctioned Entity, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would at that time be prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any person to be in breach of Sanctions, (ii) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorisation of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws or (iii) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party to this Agreement.
21.13.3
Each Obligor (and the Parent will ensure that each other member of the Group) shall ensure that appropriate controls and safeguards are in place designed to prevent any proceeds of any Loan from being used contrary to Clause 21.13.2 above.
21.14
Distributions
The Parent not declare, make or pay any Distributions if:
21.14.1
the Tangible Net Worth to Total Net Debt is less than 6 times, or would, following such Distribution, be less than 6 times; or
21.14.2
an Event of Default is continuing at the time.
21.15
Acquisitions
21.15.1
No Obligor shall (and the Parent shall ensure that no other member of the Group shall) acquire a company or any shares or securities or a business or undertaking (or, in each case, any interest in any of them) in excess of:
21.15.1.1
in relation to South African acquisitions, ZAR1 000 000 000 (one billion Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate prior to the Final Repayment Date; or
21.15.1.2
in relation to acquisitions anywhere outside of South Africa, USD80 000 000 (eighty million United States Dollars) (or its equivalent in any other currency) in aggregate prior to the Final Repayment Date.
21.15.2
Clause 21.15.1 above does not apply to:
21.15.2.1
an acquisition of securities or investments which are Cash Equivalent Investments;
21.15.2.2
an acquisition by a Material Obligor of an asset, business or undertaking from another Obligor other than shares or assets which form part of the Transaction Security, without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.15.2.3
an acquisition of shares or securities pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;
21.15.2.4
any acquisition financed by issuing shares of the Parent as consideration for the purchase price of the acquired asset; and
21.15.2.5
an acquisition made with the prior written approval of the Facility Agent.
21.16
Acquisition Documents
21.16.1
The Obligors shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in respect of the Acquisition and the terms of the Acquisition Document;
21.16.2
The Parent shall promptly supply to the Lenders:
21.16.2.1
all information in connection with the Acquisition (including information regarding progress of the Acquisition) that any Lender may reasonably request;
21.16.2.2
notification of any amendment to any Acquisition Document, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any amendment to the Acquisition Price; and
21.16.2.3
notification of any waiver of any condition precedent or other condition of or in relation to the Acquisition;
21.16.3
The Obligors shall not, without the prior written consent of the all the Lenders, waive, amend or revoke any term or condition of the Acquisition or any Acquisition Document if such amendment or waiver could be materially adverse to the interests of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents.
21.16.4
The Obligors shall take all reasonable and practical steps to preserve and enforce their rights and pursue any claims and remedies arising under any Acquisition Documents.
21.17
Further assurance
21.17.1
Each Obligor shall promptly do all such acts or execute all such documents (including assignments, transfers, mortgages, charges, notices and instructions) as the Facility Agent may reasonably specify (and in such form as the Facility Agent may reasonably require in favour of the Finance Parties
21.17.1.1
to provide more effective Security over any property and assets the subject of the Transaction Security;
21.17.1.2
to perfect the Security created or intended to be created under or evidenced by the Security Document (which may include the execution of a mortgage, charge, assignment or other Security over all or any of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security) or for the exercise of any rights, powers and remedies of the Finance Parties provided by or pursuant to the Finance Documents or by law; and/or
21.17.1.3
to facilitate the realisation of the assets which are, or are intended to be, the subject of the Transaction Security.
21.17.2
Each Obligor shall take all such action as is available to it (including making all filings and registrations) as may be necessary for the purpose of the creation, perfection, protection or maintenance of any Security conferred or intended to be conferred on the Finance Parties by or pursuant to the Finance Documents.
21.18
Share capital
No Obligor shall:
21.18.1
issue any shares except pursuant to a Permitted Share Issue;
21.18.2
alter any rights attaching to its issued shares in existence at the Signature Date without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.3
take any action to convert its shares into uncertificated shares without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.4
repurchase, cancel, redeem, reduce or otherwise acquire any of its share capital or grant or acquire any option, warrant or other right over its share capital without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent;
21.18.5
permit any sale or other transfer of its shares (other than as permitted under this Agreement) without the prior written consent of the Facility Agent.
21.19
Ownership
The Parent shall legally and beneficially own directly or indirectly 90% of the issued shares of Golden Core and 100% of the issued shares of Harmony Moab at all times, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or unless specifically agreed otherwise in writing between the Parent and the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders).
21.20
Golden Core BEE Transaction
21.20.1
The Parent shall procure that any shares of Golden Core acquired by a Golden Core BEE Partner under and in accordance with the terms of the Golden Core BEE Transaction become subject to the Transaction Security in form and substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders), by no later than the date on which the Golden Core BEE Transaction is implemented.
21.20.2
The Parent shall deliver all documents required to be delivered under the Transaction Security, including but not limited to the original share certificates in respect of the shares of Golden Core acquired by a Golden Core BEE Partner under and in accordance with the terms of the Golden Core BEE Transaction, to the Facility Agent by no later than the date on which the Golden Core BEE Transaction is implemented.
21.21
Section 11 Ministerial Consent
The Parent shall deliver a copy of the Section 11 Ministerial Consent to the Facility Agent in a form and in substance satisfactory to the Facility Agent by no later than 5 (five) Business Days prior to the implementation of the Golden Core BEE Transaction.
22.
APPLICATION OF SANCTIONS PROVISIONS TO THE LENDERS
22.1
A Lender shall notify the Facility Agent if the representations and undertakings under Clause 18.23 (Sanctions and anti-corruption) and 21.13 (Sanctions and anti-corruption) (together the Sanctions Provisions) result in a violation of or conflict with any anti-boycott laws or regulations applicable to that Lender (Anti-Boycott Regulations).
22.2
In relation to each Lender that notifies the Facility Agent pursuant to Clause 22.1 above (each a Restricted Lender), the Sanctions Provisions shall apply only for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that it would not result in any violation of, conflict with or liability under any Anti-Boycott Regulations.
22.3
In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of Sanctions Provision of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit pursuant to Clause 22.2 above, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction of the Majority Lenders has been made.
23.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 22 (other than Clause 23.17 (Acceleration) and Clause 23.19 (Clean-Up Period)) is an Event of Default.
23.1
Non-payment
An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable pursuant to a Finance Document at the place and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:
23.1.1
its failure to pay is caused by:
23.1.1.1
administrative or technical error; or
23.1.1.2
a Disruption Event; and
23.1.1.3
payment is made within 2 (two) Business Days of its due date.
23.2
Financial covenants
Any requirement of Clause 20 (Financial Covenants) is not satisfied.
23.3
Other obligations
23.3.1
An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents (other than those referred to in Clause 23.1 (Non-payment) and Clause 23.2 (Financial covenants)).
23.3.2
No Event of Default under Clause 23.3.1 above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within 15 (fifteen) Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Facility Agent giving notice to a Borrower and (B) the board of directors of a Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply.
23.4
Misrepresentation
Any representation or statement made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be made.
23.5
Cross default
23.5.1
Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period or in respect of Financial Indebtedness between members of the Group in respect of Permitted Loans within any relevant grace period agreed to by the relevant members of the Group.
23.5.2
Any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable, or becomes capable of being declared due and payable, prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).
23.5.3
Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any member of the Group as a result of an event of default (however described).
23.5.4
No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 23.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within Clauses 23.5.1 to 23.5.3 above is less than ZAR10 000 000 (ten million Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
23.6
Insolvency
23.6.1
A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.
23.6.2
A member of the Group is or is deemed by any authority or legislation to be Financially Distressed (as defined in section 128 of the Companies Act) or, given similar meaning under any applicable company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea.
23.6.3
The value of the assets of any member of the Group is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective liabilities).
23.6.4
A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any member of the Group.
23.7
Insolvency and business rescue proceedings
23.7.1
Other than in relation to the members of the Group listed Schedule 12 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in relation to:
23.7.1.1
the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, liquidation, winding-up, dissolution, administration, business rescue or reorganisation (by way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any member of the Group other than a solvent liquidation or reorganisation of any member of the Group which is not an Obligor;
23.7.1.2
the deregistration of any member of the Group under the Companies Act or, under any similar company legislation and regulations in Australia or Papua New Guinea;
23.7.1.3
a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;
23.7.1.4
the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor), receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager, business rescue practitioner or other similar officer in respect of any member of the Group or any of its assets; or
23.7.1.5
enforcement of any Security over any assets of any member of the Group,
or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction, other than (in respect of any service of an application, or taking of any similar step for the liquidation, bankruptcy, business rescue, winding up, dissolution or administration of a member of the Group) where such action is dismissed, withdrawn or discharged within 5 (five) Business Days of its presentation or commencement or such step being taken, as applicable or if the member of the Group demonstrates to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction within such 5 (five) Business Day period that such action is frivolous or vexatious.
23.7.2
Other than in relation to the members of the Group listed Schedule 12 (Companies to be wound up/reorganised) a meeting is proposed or convened by the directors of any member of the Group, a resolution is proposed or passed, application is made or an order is applied for or granted, to authorise the entry into or implementation of any business rescue proceedings (or any similar proceedings) in respect of any member of the Group or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.
23.8
Creditors' process
Any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, implementation of any business rescue plan, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of a member of the Group having an aggregate value of ZAR10 000 000 (ten million Rand) (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and is not discharged within 10 (ten) Business Days other than if the member of the Group demonstrates to the Facility Agent’s satisfaction within such 10 (ten) Business Day period that such action is frivolous or vexatious.
23.9
Unlawfulness
It is or becomes unlawful (including in connection with any Anti-Corruption Laws and any Sanctions) for an Obligor to perform any of its obligations under the Finance Documents to which it is a party other than any obligations which the Facility Agent considers to be not material or which it is satisfied is adequately provided for in any other Finance Document (including a Finance Document which is entered into in replacement of the document under which it was unlawful for such Obligor to perform its obligations) or unless the Obligor and the Facility Agent agree within a period of 30 (thirty) days after the occurrence of such unlawfulness or such unlawfulness comes to the attention of the Facility Agent, whichever is the earlier, to the amendment or restructuring of such Finance Document in order to avoid such unlawfulness.
23.10
Cessation of business
Any Obligor suspends or ceases to carry on (or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business other than a suspension as a result of a strike or other industrial action provided that it does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days (or such longer period as the Facility Agent may agree) or pursuant to a stoppage required under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 which does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, or if it does continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, in respect of which adequate business interruption insurance is in place to cover such stoppage.
23.11
Audit qualification
The Auditors of the Group qualify the audited annual consolidated financial statements of the Parent or any other Obligor.
23.12
Repudiation
An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document.
23.13
Governmental intervention
By or under the authority of any government:
23.13.1
the management of any Obligor is wholly or substantially replaced or the authority of any Obligor in the conduct of its business is wholly or substantially curtailed;
23.13.2
all or a majority of the issued shares of any Obligor, or the whole or any part of its revenues or assets is seized, nationalised, expropriated or compulsorily acquired; or
23.13.3
the management of any joint venture (including any Joint Venture) in respect of which an Obligor is a joint venture participant is wholly or substantially replaced or the authority of the joint venture participants in the conduct of the business of the joint venture (including any Joint Venture) is wholly or substantially curtailed.
23.14
Failure to maintain Authorisations
At any time any Authorisation, act, condition or thing required to be done, fulfilled or performed in order:
23.14.1
to enable any Obligor to lawfully conduct its business, or enter into, exercise its rights under and perform the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in any Finance Document to which it is a party;
23.14.2
to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by any Obligor in any Finance Document to which it is a party are legal, valid and binding; or
23.14.3
to make any Finance Document to which any Obligor is a party admissible in evidence,
is not done, fulfilled or performed or is suspended or cancelled, including in relation to a suspension or cancellation of any Authorisation pursuant to applicable Mining Law, but excluding any outstanding actions required to resume ordinary mining operations pursuant to a stoppage under the Mine Health and Safety Act, 1996 which stoppage does not continue for more than 90 (ninety) days, or if it does continue for more than 90 (ninety) days adequate business interruption insurance is in place to cover such stoppage.
23.15
Material Adverse Effect
Any event or circumstance occurs which the Majority Lenders reasonably believe has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.16
Material litigation
Any litigation, arbitration, administrative proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations or proceedings against any Obligor or its respective assets or revenues is commenced or threatened and is reasonably expected to be adversely determined, and if so determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.17
Condition Subsequent
The Parent fails to provide the Facility Agent with a copy of the Section 11 Ministerial Consent by no later than 5 (five) Business Days prior to the implementation of the Golden Core BEE Transaction.
23.18
Acceleration
On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default the Facility Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Borrowers:
23.18.1
cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;
23.18.2
declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable;
23.18.3
declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Facility Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.
23.19
Clean-Up Period
23.19.1
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document:
23.19.1.1
any breach of a representation under Clause 18 (Representations);
23.19.1.2
any breach of an undertaking under Clause 21 (General Undertakings); or
23.19.1.3
any Event of Default,
will be deemed not to be a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of that undertaking or an Event of Default (as the case may be) if:
23.19.1.3.1
it would have been (if it were not for this provision) a breach of representation or warranty, a breach of undertaking or an Event of Default only by reason of circumstances relating exclusively to the Acquisition of the Acquisition Assets;
23.19.1.3.2
it is capable of remedy and reasonable steps are being taken to remedy it;
23.19.1.3.3
it occurs and is remedied within 90 days of the date on which the Acquisition is completed (the Clean-up Date);
23.19.1.3.4
the circumstances giving rise to it have not been procured by or approved by any Obligor;
23.19.1.3.5
it is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.
23.19.2
If the relevant circumstances are continuing on or after the Clean-up Date, there shall be a breach of representation or warranty, breach of covenant or Event of Default, as the case may be notwithstanding the above (and without prejudice to the rights and remedies of the Finance Parties).

SECTION 9
CHANGES TO PARTIES
24.
CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
24.1
Cessions and delegations by the Lenders
Subject to this Clause 24, a Lender (Existing Lender) may cede and/or delegate (Transfer) any or all of its rights and/or obligations under this Agreement and/or under any other Finance Document to a Permitted Transferee or to any other bank or financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets. The Borrowers and each other Obligor consents to any splitting of claims which may arise as a result of a Transfer permitted by this Agreement.
24.2
Conditions of Transfer
24.2.1
The consent of the Borrower is required for a Transfer unless the transfer is:
24.2.1.1
to any Permitted Transferee;
24.2.1.2
to any other Existing Lender or an Affiliates of an Existing Lender; or
24.2.1.3
to any other prospective transferee whilst an Event of Default is continuing.
24.2.2
Where the consent of the Borrower to a Transfer is required in terms of Clause 24.2.1 above, that consent must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Borrower will be deemed to have given its consent 5 (five) Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Borrower within that time.
24.2.3
A Transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.4 (Procedure for Transfer) is complied with.
24.2.4
If:
24.2.4.1
a Lender Transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
24.2.4.2
as a result of circumstances existing at the date the Transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the new Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax gross up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs),
then the new Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office would have been if the Transfer or change had not occurred.
24.2.5
Each new Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate confirms, for the avoidance of doubt, that the Facility Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the Transfer becomes effective in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been had it remained a Lender.
24.3
Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
24.3.1
Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a new Lender for:
24.3.1.1
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;
24.3.1.2
the financial condition of any Obligor;
24.3.1.3
the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or
24.3.1.4
the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,
and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.
24.3.2
Each new Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:
24.3.2.1
has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and
24.3.2.2
will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.
24.3.3
Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:
24.3.3.1
accept a re-Transfer from a new Lender of any of the rights and obligations Transferred under this Clause 24; or
24.3.3.2
support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the new Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.
24.4
Procedure for Transfer
24.4.1
Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of Transfer) a Transfer is effected in accordance with Clause 24.4.2 below when the Facility Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the new Lender. The Facility Agent shall, subject to Clause 24.4.2 below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
24.4.2
The Facility Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the new Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations that apply to it (if any) in relation to the transfer to such new Lender.
24.4.3
On the Transfer Date:
24.4.3.1
the Transfer shall take effect under the Finance Documents so that the rights and/or obligations which are the subject of the Transfer shall be ceded and delegated by the Existing Lender to the new Lender (Transferred Rights and Obligations);
24.4.3.2
each of the Obligors shall perform their obligations and exercise their rights in relation to the Transferred Rights and Obligations in favour of or against the new Lender, as the case may be;
24.4.3.3
the Facility Agent, the new Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the new Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations comprising the Transferred Rights and Obligations;
24.4.3.4
the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations to each other Lender under the Finance Documents to the extent of the Transferred Rights and Obligations; and
24.4.3.5
the new Lender shall become a Party as a Lender.
24.5
Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower
The Facility Agent shall send to the Borrowers a copy of each Transfer Certificate executed by it in accordance with Clause 24.4.1 as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed any such Transfer Certificate.
25.
CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
25.1
Cessions and delegations by Obligors
No Obligor may cede any of its rights or delegate any of its obligations under the Finance Documents.
SECTION 10
THE FINANCE PARTIES
26.
ROLE OF THE FACILITY AGENT
26.1
Appointment of the Facility Agent
26.1.1
Each other Finance Party appoints the Facility Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents and the Security Document.
26.1.2
Each other Finance Party authorises the Facility Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Facility Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents and the Security Document together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.
26.2
Duties of the Facility Agent
26.2.1
Subject to Clause 26.2.2 below, the Facility Agent shall forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Facility Agent for that Party by any other Party as soon as reasonably practicable after having received that original or copy document as the case may be.
26.2.2
Without prejudice to Clause 24.5 (Copy of Transfer Certificate to Borrower), Clause 26.2.1 above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate.
26.2.3
Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Facility Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.
26.2.4
If the Facility Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance Parties.
26.2.1
If the Facility Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Facility Agent) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
26.2.2
The Facility Agent's duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.
26.3
Role of the Facility Agent
The Facility Agent shall not be an agent or trustee of any Secured Party (save in each case as expressly provided in this Agreement or any Finance Document) under or in connection with any Finance Document or the Transaction Security.
26.4
Role of the Mandated Lead Arrangers
Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arrangers have no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.
26.5
No fiduciary duties
26.5.1
Nothing in this Agreement constitutes any of the Facility Agent or the Mandated Lead Arrangers as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.
26.5.2
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.
26.6
Business with the Group
The Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.
26.7
Rights and discretions of the Facility Agent
26.7.1
The Facility Agent may rely on:
26.7.1.1
any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised; and
26.7.1.2
any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify.
26.7.2
The Facility Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:
26.7.2.1
no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.1 (Non-payment));
26.7.2.2
any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and
26.7.2.3
any notice or request made by the Borrowers (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.
26.7.3
The Facility Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.
26.7.4
The Facility Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.
26.7.5
The Facility Agent shall be entitled to accept without enquiry, and shall not be obliged to investigate, the right and title that the Parent may have to any of the Secured Assets and shall not be liable for or bound to require the Parent to remedy any defect in its right or title.
26.7.6
The Facility Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.
26.7.7
Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Facility Agent nor any Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.
26.8
Majority Lenders' instructions
26.8.1
Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Facility Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Facility Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.
26.8.2
Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.
26.8.3
The Facility Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.
26.8.4
In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Facility Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.
26.8.5
The Facility Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender's consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.
26.9
Responsibility for documentation
26.9.1
Neither the Facility Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arrangers:
26.9.1.1
are responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Facility Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document;
26.9.1.2
is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or
26.9.1.3
is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.
26.9.2
The Facility Agent shall not be responsible or liable for (without prejudice to the following provisions) any failure or omission to perfect, or defect in perfecting, the Transaction Security, including:
26.9.2.1
failure to obtain any Authorisation for the execution, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of the Security Document; or
26.9.2.2
failure to effect or procure registration of or otherwise protect or perfect the Transaction Security under any laws in any territory;
26.9.2.3
ascertaining whether all deeds and documents which should have been deposited with it under or pursuant to the Security Document have been so deposited;
26.9.2.4
investigating or making any enquiry into the title of the Parent to the Transaction Security;
26.9.2.5
the failure to register any of the Security Document with any public office;
26.9.2.6
the failure to register the Security Document in accordance with the provisions of the documents of title of the Parent to the Transaction Security;
26.9.2.7
the failure to take or require the Parent to take any steps to render any of the Security Document effective;
26.9.2.8
(save as otherwise provided in this Clause 26.9) taking or omitting to take any other action under or in relation to the Security Document;
26.9.2.9
the failure of the Facility Agent to perform or discharge any of its duties or obligations under the relevant Finance Documents; or
26.9.2.10
any shortfall which arises on the enforcement or realisation of the Transaction Security or the exercise any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in it under any of the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
26.9.3
Exclusion of liability
26.9.4
Without limiting Clause 26.9.5 below, the Facility Agent will not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.
26.9.5
No Party (other than the Facility Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Facility Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Facility Agent may rely on this Clause as a stipulation for their benefit as contemplated by Clause 1.3 (Third party rights).
26.9.6
The Facility Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Facility Agent if the Facility Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Facility Agent for that purpose.
26.9.7
Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Facility Agent or any Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out any know your customer or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Facility Agent or any Arranger.
26.10
Additional protection for the Facility Agent in relation to Transaction Security
26.10.1
The Facility Agent shall not be responsible for any unsuitability, inadequacy or unfitness of any Security for any or all of the obligations under the Finance Documents and shall not be obliged to make any investigation into, and shall be entitled to assume, the suitability, adequacy and fitness of any Security for any or all of the obligations under the Finance Documents.
26.10.2
The Facility Agent shall not be responsible for investigating, monitoring or supervising the observance or performance by any person in respect of the Finance Documents or otherwise.
26.10.3
Without prejudice to the obligations of the Obligors relating to insurance under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall not be under any obligation to insure the Secured Assets or any deeds or documents of title or other evidence in respect of the Secured Assets or to require any other person to maintain any such insurance or monitor the adequacy of such insurance and shall not be responsible for any liability which may be suffered as a result of the lack of or inadequacy of any such insurance.
26.10.4
The Facility Agent shall not be obliged (whether or not directed by the Secured Parties) to perfect the legal title to the Transaction Security in its name if, in its opinion, such perfection would or might result in the Facility Agent becoming liable to or incurring any obligation to the Parent under the Transaction Security and/or in its opinion, there is or would be insufficient cash to discharge, in accordance with the provisions of the Finance Documents, such liabilities or obligations as and when they arise.
26.10.5
The Facility Agent shall not have any duty:
26.10.5.1
to ensure that any payment or other financial benefit in respect of any of the Secured Assets is duly and punctually paid, received or collected; or
26.10.5.2
to ensure the taking up of any (or any offer of any) stocks, shares, rights, monies or other property accruing or offered at any time by way of interest, dividend, redemption, bonus, rights, preference, option, warrant or otherwise in respect of any of the Secured Assets.
26.11
Lenders' indemnity to the Facility Agent
Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Facility Agent, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Facility Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Facility Agent's gross negligence or wilful misconduct) in acting as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Facility Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document), including any cost, loss or liability incurred as a result of:
26.11.1
the taking, holding, protection or enforcement of the Transaction Security;
26.11.2
any matter or thing done or omitted in any way in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents relating to the Secured Assets or the provisions of the Security Document;
26.11.3
the exercise or purported exercise of any of the rights, powers, discretions and remedies vested in the Facility Agent by the Finance Documents or by law;
26.11.4
any default by any Obligor in the performance of any of the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;
26.11.5
a claim of any kind made or asserted against the Facility Agent which would not have arisen but for the execution or enforcement of one or more Finance Documents; or
26.11.6
which otherwise relate to any of the Transaction Security or the performance of the terms of this Agreement.
26.12
Resignation of the Facility Agent
26.12.1
The Facility Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in South Africa as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers.
26.12.2
Alternatively the Facility Agent may resign by giving 30 (thirty) days' notice (or, at any time the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) to the other Finance Parties and the Borrowers, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Facility Agent.
26.12.3
If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 26.12.2 above within 30 (thirty) days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Facility Agent (after consultation with the Borrowers) may appoint a successor Facility Agent (acting through an office in South Africa).
26.12.4
The retiring Facility Agent or Impaired Facility Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Facility Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Facility Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Facility Agent under the Finance Documents.
26.12.5
The Facility Agent's resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
26.12.6
Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Facility Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 26. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.
26.12.7
After consultation with the Borrowers, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Facility Agent, require it to resign in accordance with Clause 26.12.2 above. In this event, the Facility Agent shall resign in accordance with Clause 26.12.2 above.
26.13
Confidentiality
26.13.1
In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Facility Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.
26.13.2
If information is received by another division or department of the Facility Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Facility Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.
26.14
Relationship with the Lenders
26.14.1
The Facility Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender at the opening of business (in the place of the Facility Agent's principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:
26.14.1.1
entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and
26.14.1.2
entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,
unless it has received not less than 5 (five) Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
26.14.2
Any Lender may by notice to the Facility Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or dispatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 33.2.9) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) and Clause 33.6.1.1 and the Facility Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender.
26.15
Credit appraisal by the Lenders
Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Facility Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:
26.15.1
the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
26.15.2
the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
26.15.3
whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
26.15.4
the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Facility Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
26.15.5
the right or title of any person in or to, or the value or sufficiency of any part of the charged property under the Security Document, the priority of any of the Transaction Security or the existence of any Security affecting the charged property under the Security Document.
26.16
Facility Agent's management time
Any amount payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 14.4 (Indemnity to the Facility Agent), Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) and Clause 26.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Facility Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Facility Agent's management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Facility Agent may notify to the Borrowers and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Facility Agent under Clause 11 (Fees).
26.17
Deduction from amounts payable by the Facility Agent
If any Party owes an amount to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents the Facility Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Facility Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
27.
CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
No provision of this Agreement will:
27.1
interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
27.2
oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or
27.3
oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.
28.
SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
28.1
Payments to Finance Parties
If a Finance Party (Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics) (Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:
28.1.1
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 (three) Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Facility Agent;
28.1.2
the Facility Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Facility Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 31 (Payment mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Facility Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
28.1.3
the Recovering Finance Party shall, within 3 (three) Business Days of demand by the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent an amount (Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Facility Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments).
28.2
Redistribution of payments
The Facility Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 31.5 (Partial payments) towards the obligations of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.
28.3
Recovering Finance Party's rights
On a distribution by the Facility Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
28.4
Reversal of redistribution
If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:
28.4.1
each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Facility Agent, pay to the Facility Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (Redistributed Amount); and
28.4.2
as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.
28.5
Exceptions
28.5.1
This Clause 28 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.
28.5.2
A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:
28.5.2.1
it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
28.5.2.2
that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.
29.
CONTRACTUAL RECOGNITION OF BAIL-IN
29.1
Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:
29.1.1
any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):
29.1.2
a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;
29.1.3
a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and
29.1.4
a cancellation of any such liability; and
29.1.5
a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability."
29.2
For the purposes of this Clause 29:
29.2.1
"Article 55 BRRD" means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.
29.2.2
"Bail-In Action" means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
29.2.3
"Bail-In Legislation" means:
29.2.3.1
in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time ;and
29.2.3.2
in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.
29.2.4
"EEA Member Country" means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.
29.2.5
"EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule" means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.
29.2.6
"Resolution Authority" means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.
29.2.7
"UK Bail-In Legislation" means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
29.2.8
"Write-down and Conversion Powers" means:
29.2.8.1
in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;
29.2.8.2
in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:
29.2.8.2.1
any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
29.2.8.2.2
any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and
29.2.8.3
in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:  
29.2.8.3.1
any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and
29.2.8.3.2
any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.
30.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT REGARDING ANY SUPPORTED QFCS
30.1
To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for Hedging Documents or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit Support and each such QFC a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Finance Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States:
30.1.1
in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a Covered Party) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
30.2
For the purpose of this Clause 30:
30.2.1
BHC Act Affiliate of a party means an “affiliate” (as that term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party;
30.2.2
Covered Entity means any of the following:
30.2.2.1
a covered entity as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);
30.2.2.2
a covered bank as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or
30.2.2.3
a covered FSI as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b);
30.2.2.4
Default Right has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable; and
30.2.2.5
QFC has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
SECTION 11
ADMINISTRATION
31.
PAYMENT MECHANICS
31.1
Payments to the Facility Agent
31.1.1
On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Facility Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) in USD for value by no later than 12h00 (Johannesburg time) on the due date and in such funds specified by the Facility Agent by way of a funds flow schedule or otherwise.
31.1.2
Payment shall be made to such account in South Africa with such bank as the Facility Agent specifies.
31.2
Distributions by the Facility Agent
Each payment received by the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 31.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 31.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Facility Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Facility Agent by not less than 5 (five) Business Days' notice with a bank in South Africa in writing.
31.3
Distributions to an Obligor
The Facility Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 32 (Set off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.
31.4
Clawback
31.4.1
Where a sum is to be paid to the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Facility Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.
31.4.2
If the Facility Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Facility Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Facility Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Facility Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Facility Agent, calculated by the Facility Agent to reflect its cost of funds.
31.5
Partial payments
31.5.1
If the Facility Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Facility Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:
31.5.1.1
first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Facility Agent under the Finance Documents;
31.5.1.2
secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
31.5.1.3
thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and
31.5.1.4
fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.
31.5.2
The Facility Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in Clauses 31.5.1.3 to 31.5.1.4 above.
31.5.3
Clauses 31.5.1.1 and 31.5.1.2 above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.
31.6
No set-off by Obligors
All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.
31.7
Business Days
31.7.1
Any payment which is due to be made in terms of any Finance Document on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
31.7.2
In the event that the day for performance of any obligation (other than a payment obligation) to be performed in terms of any Finance Document should fall on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant day for performance shall be the succeeding Business Day.
31.7.3
During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.
31.8
Currency of account
31.8.1
Subject to Clauses 31.7.2 and 31.7.3 below, USD is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.
31.8.2
Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
31.8.3
Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than USD shall be paid in that other currency.
31.9
Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
If either the Facility Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Facility Agent is notified by the Borrowers that a Disruption Event has occurred:
31.9.1
the Facility Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrowers, consult with the Borrowers with a view to agreeing with the Borrowers such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Facility Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
31.9.2
the Facility Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrowers in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 31.9.1 if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;
31.9.3
the Facility Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in Clause 31.9.1 but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
31.9.4
any such changes agreed upon by the Facility Agent and the Borrowers shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 37 (Amendments and waivers);
31.9.5
the Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 31.9; and
31.9.6
the Facility Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to Clause 31.9.4 above.
31.10
Impaired Facility Agent
31.10.1
If, at any time, the Facility Agent becomes an Impaired Facility Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 31.1 (Payments to the Facility Agent) may instead either:
31.10.1.1
pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or
31.10.1.2
if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank within the meaning of Clause 1.1.1 and in relation to which no insolvency event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment (the Paying Party) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the Recipient Party or Recipient Parties).
31.10.2
In each of Clauses 31.10.1.1 and 31.10.1.2 such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.
31.10.3
All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.
31.10.4
A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 31.10 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.
31.10.5
Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 26.12 (Resignation of the Facility Agent), each Paying Party shall (other than to the extent that that Party has given an instruction pursuant to Clause 31.10.6 below) give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution to the relevant Recipient Party or Recipient Parties in accordance with Clause 31.2 (Distributions by the Facility Agent).
31.10.6
A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent:
31.10.6.1
that it has not given an instruction pursuant to Clause 31.10.5 above; and
31.10.6.2
that it has been provided with the necessary information by that Recipient Party,
give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.
32.
SET OFF
A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.
33.
NOTICES
33.1
Communications in writing
Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.
33.2
Addresses
The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:
33.2.1
in the case of the Borrowers and the Parent:
Physical address:    Block 27
Randfontein Office Park
Cnr Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue
Randfontein
Fax number:    011 684 0188
Marked for the attention of:    The Company Secretary

33.2.2
in the case of Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender:
Physical address:    15 Alice Lane, Sandown, 2196
Fax number:    +27 (0)86 584 9890
Attention:     Transaction Managers
Email:    CIBAfricaPMClient@absa.africa
Shalini.Deandrade@absa.africa
Phalo.Msila@absa.africa

33.2.3
in the case of Citibank, N.A., London Branch in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner:
Physical address:    Prosta 36 Street 00-838 Warsaw, Poland
Fax number:    + 48 (22) 692 99 40
Attention:     Loans Processing Unit
Email:    westerneuropeloans@citi.com

33.2.4
in the case of Citibank, N.A., Jersey Branch in its capacity as Lender:
Physical address:    Prosta 36 Street 00-838 Warsaw, Poland
Fax number:    + 48 (22) 692 99 40
Attention:     Loans Processing Unit
Email:    westerneuropeloans@citi.com

33.2.5
in the case of FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch) in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger, Bookrunner and Lender:
Physical address:
Austin Friars House,
2-6 Austin Friars,
London,
EC2N 2HD,
United Kingdom
Telephone number:
+4420 793917777
Attention:     Loretta Mkabela
Email:    Loretta.Mkabela@rmb.co.za

33.2.6
in the case of J.P. Morgan Securities Plc in its capacity as Mandated Lead Arranger and Bookrunner:
Physical address:
25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, Floor 24, London, E14 5JP, United Kingdom
Fax number:    +44 203 4930059
Attention:     Daniel E Brown
Email:    daniel.brown@jpmorgan.com
With a copy to:    cr_emea_ssa@jpmorgan.com

33.2.7
in the case of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London branch in its capacity as Lender:
Physical address:
25 Bank Street, Canary Wharf, Floor 24, London, E14 5JP, United Kingdom
Fax number:    +44 203 4930059
Attention:     Daniel E Brown
Email:    daniel.brown@jpmorgan.com
With a copy to:    cr_emea_ssa@jpmorgan.com
    
33.2.8
in the case of Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division) as Facility Agent:
Physical address:    15 Alice Lane, Sandown, 2196
Fax number:    +27 (0)86 584 9890
Attention:     Head Facility Agent
Email:    xraAbcapAgency@absa.africa
    
33.2.9
in the case of any other Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Facility Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party,
or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Facility Agent (or the Facility Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Facility Agent) by not less than 5 (five) Business Days' notice.
33.3
Domicilia
33.3.1
Each of the Parties, chooses its physical address provided under or in connection with Clause 33.2 (Addresses) as its domicilium citandi et executandi at which documents in legal proceedings in South Africa in connection with this Agreement or any other Finance Document may be served.
33.3.2
Any Party may by written notice to the other Parties change its domicilium from time to time to another address, not being a post office box or a poste restante, in South Africa, provided that any such change shall only be effective on the 14th day after deemed receipt of the notice by the other Parties pursuant to Clause 33.4 (Delivery).
33.4
Delivery
33.4.1
Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will:
33.4.1.1
if by way of fax, be deemed to have been received on the first Business Day following the date of transmission provided that the fax is received in legible form;
33.4.1.2
if delivered by hand, be deemed to have been received at the time of delivery; and
33.4.1.3
if by way of courier service, be deemed to have been received on the seventh Business Day following the date of such sending,
and provided, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 33.2 (Addresses), if such communication or document is addressed to that department or officer, unless the contrary is proved.
33.4.2
Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Facility Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Facility Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Facility Agent's signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose).
33.4.3
All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Facility Agent.
33.4.4
Any communication or document made or delivered to a Borrower in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.
33.5
Notification of address and fax number
Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 33.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Facility Agent shall notify the other Parties.
33.6
Electronic communication
33.6.1
Any communication to be made between the Facility Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender:
33.6.1.1
agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;
33.6.1.2
notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
33.6.1.3
notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.
33.6.2
Any electronic communication made between the Facility Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Facility Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Facility Agent shall specify for this purpose.
33.7
English language
Any notice or other document given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
33.8
Communication when Agent is Impaired Facility Agent
If the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Facility Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Facility Agent is an Impaired Facility Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Facility Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.
34.
CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES
34.1
Accounts
In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.
34.2
Certificates and Determinations
Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, prima facie evidence of the matters to which it relates.
34.3
Day count convention
Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 (three hundred and sixty) days (irrespective of whether the year in question is a leap year).
35.
PARTIAL INVALIDITY
If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid, unenforceable or inoperable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity, enforceability or operation of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired. The term inoperable in this Clause 35 shall include, without limitation, inoperable by way of suspension or cancellation.
36.
REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
37.
AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
37.1
Required consents
37.1.1
Subject to Clause 37.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
37.1.2
The Facility Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.
37.1.3
No amendment or waiver contemplated by this Clause 37 shall be of any force or effect unless in writing and signed by or on behalf of the relevant Parties.
37.1.4
For the avoidance of doubt, any extension of the Facility in accordance with Clause 6.2 (Extension) shall not be an amendment or waiver for the purposes of this Clause 37.
37.2
Exceptions
37.2.1
An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:
37.2.1.1
the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
37.2.1.2
a change to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;
37.2.1.3
a reduction in the Applicable Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;
37.2.1.4
an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
37.2.1.5
a change to or release of the Borrowers or the Parent;
37.2.1.6
any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;
37.2.1.7
Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations);
37.2.1.8
Clause 3.1 (Purpose);
37.2.1.9
Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity);
37.2.1.10
Clause 13 (Increased costs);
37.2.1.11
the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and indemnity);
37.2.1.12
Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders);
37.2.1.13
Clause 47 (Governing law);
37.2.1.14
Clause 48 (Jurisdiction), or
37.2.1.15
the nature and scope of the Transaction Security;
37.2.1.16
the release of any guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and Indemnity) or of any Transaction Security or relating to a sale or disposal of an asset which is the subject of the Transaction Security,
shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.
37.2.2
An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Facility Agent or any Arranger (each in its capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Facility Agent or the relevant Arranger, as the case may be.
37.3
Replacement of Lender
37.3.1
If:
37.3.1.1
any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in Clause 37.3.4 below) or a Defaulting Lender; or
37.3.1.2
an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs), Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) to any Lender,
then the Borrowers may, on 5 (five) Business Days' prior written notice to the Facility Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (Replacement Lender) selected by the Borrowers, which is acceptable to the Facility Agent and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender's participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest, Breakage Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.
37.3.2
The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 37.3 shall be subject to the following conditions:
37.3.2.1
the Borrowers shall have no right to replace the Facility Agent;
37.3.2.2
neither the Facility Agent nor the Lender or the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrowers to find a Replacement Lender;
37.3.2.3
in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender or a Defaulting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 10 (ten) Business Days after the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender and in the case of a Defaulting Lender, after the notice referred in 37.3.1;
37.3.2.4
in no event shall the Lender replaced under this Clause 37.3 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and
37.3.2.5
the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to Clause 37.3.1 above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary know your customer or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.
37.3.3
A Lender shall perform the checks described in Clause 37.3.2.5 above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in Clause 37.3.1 above and shall notify the Facility Agent and the Borrowers when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.
37.3.4
In the event that:
37.3.4.1
the Borrowers or the Facility Agent (at the request of the Borrowers) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;
37.3.4.2
the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and
37.3.4.3
Lenders whose Commitments aggregate, in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders, more than 80% (eighty per cent) of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 80% (eighty per cent) of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction), have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,
then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender.
37.4
Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders
37.4.1
For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:
37.4.1.1
the Majority Lenders; or
37.4.1.2
whether:
37.4.1.2.1
any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or
37.4.1.2.2
the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,
has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender's Commitments under the Facility will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments under the Facility and, to the extent that that reduction results in that Defaulting Lender's Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender for the purposes of Clauses 37.4.1.1 and 37.4.1.2 above.
37.4.2
For the purposes of this Clause 37.4, the Facility Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:
37.4.2.1
any Lender which has notified the Facility Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;
37.4.2.2
any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in Clauses 1.1.45.1, 1.1.45.2, 1.1.45.3 or 1.1.45.5,
unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Facility Agent) or the Facility Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.
37.5
Changes to the Interest Rate Benchmark
37.5.1
The interest rate on a Loan denominated in USD may be derived from an interest rate benchmark that is, or may in the future become, the subject of regulatory reform. Regulators have signalled the need to use alternative benchmark reference rates for some of these interest rate benchmarks and, as a result, such interest rate benchmarks (i) may cease to comply with applicable laws and regulations, (ii) may be permanently discontinued, and/or (iii) the basis on which they are calculated may change. LIBOR is intended to represent the rate at which contributing banks may obtain short-term borrowings from each other in the London interbank market. In July 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that, after the end of 2021, it would no longer persuade or compel any LIBOR panel bank, being a bank which contributes submissions to ICE LIBOR, to provide quotations to ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (together with any successor to ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, the IBA) for the purposes of the IBA administering LIBOR after 2021. As a result, it is possible that, commencing in 2022, LIBOR may no longer be available or deemed an appropriate reference rate upon which to determine the interest rate on Loans. In light of this eventuality, public and private sector industry initiatives are currently underway to identify new or alternative reference rates to be used in place of LIBOR. Similar initiatives are already, or may in the future be, underway to identify new or alternative reference rates or, in some cases, adjust methodology for other interest rate benchmarks.
37.5.2
The Parties acknowledge that as a result of the circumstances described above:
37.5.2.1
LIBOR may no longer be available or LIBOR may no longer be deemed an appropriate reference rate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement; and
37.5.2.2
amendments or waivers may be required in accordance with Clause 37.6 (Replacement of Screen Rate).
37.5.3
The Lenders do not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to LIBOR or another interest rate benchmark or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including, without limitation, any such alternative, successor or replacement rate implemented pursuant to Clause 37.6 (Replacement of Screen Rate)), including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, LIBOR or such other interest rate benchmark or that it will have the same volume or liquidity as LIBOR or such other interest rate benchmark did prior to its discontinuance or unavailability.
37.6
Replacement of Screen Rate
37.6.1
Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:
37.6.1.1
providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and
37.6.1.2
aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;
37.6.1.2.1
enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);
37.6.1.2.2
implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;
37.6.1.2.3
providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or
37.6.1.2.4
adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),
may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders).
37.6.2
For the purpose of this Clause 34.5:
37.6.2.1
Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.
37.6.2.2
Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:
37.6.2.2.1
formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:
37.6.2.2.1.1
the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or
37.6.2.2.1.2
any Relevant Nominating Body,
and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both sub-clauses, the "Replacement Benchmark" will be the replacement under sub-clause 37.6.2.2.1.2 above;
37.6.2.2.2
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or
37.6.2.2.3
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.
37.6.2.3
Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:
37.6.2.3.1
the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, materially changed;
37.6.2.3.2
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent provided that, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate; or
37.6.2.3.3
information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
37.6.2.3.4
the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;
37.6.2.3.5
the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or
37.6.2.3.6
the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or
37.6.2.3.7
in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Borrowers, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.
38.
CONFIDENTIALITY
38.1
Confidential Information
Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 38.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information), and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.
38.2
Disclosure of Confidential Information
Any Finance Party may disclose:
38.2.1
to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 38.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;
38.2.2
to any other person:
38.2.2.1
to (or through) whom it Transfers (or may potentially Transfer) all or any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
38.2.2.2
with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation or other credit participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person's Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;
38.2.2.3
appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom Clause 38.2.2.1 or Clause 38.2.2.2 above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf;
38.2.2.4
who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in Clause 38.2.2.1 or Clause 38.2.2.2 above;
38.2.2.5
to whom information is required (or which a Finance Party reasonably believes is required) or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;
38.2.2.6
to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;
38.2.2.7
who is a Party; or
38.2.2.8
with the consent of the Borrowers,
in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:
38.2.2.8.1
in relation to Clauses 38.2.2.1, 38.2.2.2 or 38.2.2.3 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;
38.2.2.8.2
in relation to Clause 38.2.2.4 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and
38.2.2.8.3
in relation to Clause 38.2.2.5 or Clause 38.2.2.6 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;
if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 38.2.2 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information; and
38.2.3
to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.
38.3
Entire agreement
This Clause 38 constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.
38.4
Inside information
Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.
38.5
Notification of disclosure
Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrowers:
38.5.1
of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 38.2.2.5 except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
38.5.2
upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.
38.6
Continuing obligations
The obligations in this Clause 38 are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 (twelve) months from the earlier of:
38.6.1
the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and
38.6.2
the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.
39.
CONFIDENTIALITY OF FUNDING RATES AND REFERENCE BANK QUOTATIONS
39.1
Confidentiality and disclosure
The Facility Agent and the Borrowers agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clauses 39.1.1, 39.1.2 and 39.1.3 below.
39.1.1
The Facility Agent may disclose:
39.1.1.1
any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and
39.1.1.2
any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Facility Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
39.1.2
The Facility Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and the Borrowers may disclose any Funding Rate, to:
39.1.2.1
any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this Clause 39.1.2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;
39.1.2.2
any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the Borrowers, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
39.1.2.3
any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Facility Agent or the Borrowers, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and
39.1.2.4
any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.
39.1.3
The Facility Agent's obligations in this Clause 39 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications under Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest), provided that (other than pursuant to Clause 39.1.1.1 above) the Facility Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.
39.2
Related obligations
39.2.1
The Facility Agent and the Borrowers acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Facility Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Facility Agent and the Borrowers undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Facility Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.
39.2.2
The Facility Agent and the Borrowers agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:
39.2.2.1
of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to Clause 39.1.2.2 above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that Clause during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and
39.2.2.2
upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 39.
40.
RENUNCIATION OF BENEFITS
Each Obligor renounces, to the extent permitted under applicable law, the benefits of each of the legal exceptions of excussion, division, revision of accounts, no value received, errore calculi, non causa debiti, non numeratae pecuniae and cession of actions, and declares that it understands the meaning of each such legal exception and the effect of such renunciation.
41.
COUNTERPARTS
Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.
42.
WAIVER OF IMMUNITY
Each Obligor irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right it may have to claim for itself or any of its assets immunity from suit, execution, attachment or other legal process.
43.
SOLE AGREEMENT
The Finance Documents constitute the sole record of the agreement between the Parties in regard to the subject matter thereof.
44.
NO IMPLIED TERMS
No Party shall be bound by any express or implied term, representation, warranty, promise or the like, not recorded in any Finance Document.
45.
EXTENSIONS AND WAIVERS
No latitude, extension of time or other indulgence which may be given or allowed by any Party to any other Party in respect of the performance of any obligation hereunder or enforcement of any right arising from any Finance Document and no single or partial exercise of any right by any Party shall under any circumstances be construed to be an implied consent by such Party or operate as a waiver or a novation of, or otherwise affect any of that Party’s rights in terms of or arising from any Finance Document or estop such Party from enforcing, at any time and without notice, strict and punctual compliance with each and every provision or term of any Finance Document.
46.
INDEPENDENT ADVICE
Each Obligor acknowledges that it has been free to secure independent legal and other advice as to the nature and effect of all of the provisions of the Finance Documents and that it has either taken such independent legal and other advice or dispensed with the necessity of doing so. Further, each of the Obligors acknowledges that all of the provisions of each Finance Document and the restrictions therein contained are part of the overall intention of the Parties in connection with the Finance Documents.
SECTION 12
GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
47.
GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by South African law.
48.
JURISDICTION
48.1
The Parties hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consent to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the High Court of South Africa, Gauteng Local Division, Johannesburg (or any successor to that division) in regard to all matters arising from the Finance Documents (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of any Finance Document or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with any Finance Document) (a Dispute).
48.2
The Parties agree that the court referred to above is the most appropriate and convenient court to settle Disputes and accordingly:
48.2.1
no Obligor will argue to the contrary;
48.2.1
each Obligor hereby waives any objection to the jurisdiction of that court on the grounds of venue or forum non conveniens or any similar grounds; and
48.2.2
each Obligor consents to service of process in any manner set out in Clause 49 (Service of Process) and any other manner permitted by applicable law.
48.3
This Clause 48 is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.
49.
SERVICE OF PROCESS
Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than the Parent):
49.1
irrevocably appoints the Parent, as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the courts of South Africa in connection with any Finance Document; and
49.2
agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the relevant Obligor of the process does not invalidate the proceedings concerned.
SCHEDULE 1
THE ORIGINAL PARTIES
PART I
THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

Name of Borrowers
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Golden Core Trade and Invest Proprietary Limited
2019/547039/07
Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited
2006/039120/07
Name of Original Guarantor
Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited
1950/038232/06


PART II
THE ORIGINAL LENDERS
Name of Original Lender
Commitment (USD)

 
Absa Bank Limited (acting through its Corporate and Investment Banking division)
50 000 000

FirstRand Bank Limited (London Branch)
50 000 000
 
 
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., London Branch
50 000 000
 
 
Citibank, N.A., Jersey Branch
50 000 000







SCHEDULE 2
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
1.
Constitutional Documents and corporate authorisations
1.1
A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.
1.2
A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:
1.2.1
approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;
1.2.2
authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf;
1.2.3
authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if relevant, any Utilisation Request) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and
1.2.4
as may be required to comply with Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act.
1.3
A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in Clause 1.2.2 above.
1.4
To the extent required with reference to the constitutional documents of an Obligor or by law (including under Section 45 and 46 of the Companies Act), a copy of a resolution duly passed by the holders of the issued shares of that Obligor, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which that Obligor is a party.
1.5
A certificate from each Original Obligor (signed by a director) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.
1.6
A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the Signature Date.
2.
Finance Documents
2.1
A duly executed copy of this Agreement and the Security Document.
2.2
Each Fee Letter duly executed by the Original Obligors.
2.3
The Funds Flow Statement.
3.
Security Documents
3.1
Resolutions by the board of directors of Golden Core resolving to give effect to any transfer of the shares following enforcement of the Transaction Security.
3.2
All documents and evidence required, pursuant to the terms of any of the Security Document, to be delivered promptly upon execution of such Security Document or otherwise prior to the first Utilisation Date. Such documents and evidence include originals of all required notices, share certificates and blank share transfer forms.
4.
Acquisition
4.1
Copies of all the duly executed Acquisition Documents.
4.2
A copy of each of the following relating to the Acquisition:
4.2.1
the Acquisition Structure Chart;
4.2.2
the latest base case financial model prepared by the Parent.
4.3
A certificate signed by a director of the Parent confirming that:
4.3.1
the Acquisition Documents have become unconditional and effective in accordance with their terms, save for any condition requiring that this Agreement must first become unconditional;
4.3.2
there has been no default under any Acquisition Document; and
4.3.3
there has been no amendment, variation, termination, cancellation or repudiation of any Acquisition Document (other than as disclosed to the Facility Agent).
5.
Legal opinions
5.1
A legal opinion of Bowmans, legal advisers to the Finance Parties, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the legality, validity and enforceability of the Finance Documents.
5.2
A legal opinion of Cliffe Dekker Hofmeyr, legal advisers to the Original Obligors in South Africa, in a form acceptable to each Original Lender, in respect of the capacity, power and authority of each Original Obligor to enter into the Finance Documents to which it is a party.
6.
Other documents and evidence
6.1
Evidence that all relevant waivers and/or consents required under the Existing Facilities in connection with the Facility have been obtained.
6.2
A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Facility Agent considers to be necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document, including but not limited to any approvals required from the Financial Surveillance Department of the South African Reserve Bank.
6.3
The Original Financial Statements of the Parent and Harmony Moab.
6.4
Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Borrowers pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date.
6.5
Such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of any other Finance Party) in order for the Facility Agent and each other Finance Party to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary know your customer or similar identification procedures under applicable laws and regulations (including the Financial Intelligence Centre Act, 2001) pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
49.3    
SCHEDULE 3
FORM OF UTILISATION REQUEST

From:    [Borrower]
To:    [Facility Agent]
Dated    [●]
Dear Sirs
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.
2.
We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:
Proposed Utilisation Date:    [●] (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
Amount:    USD [●] or, if less, the Available Facility
3.
We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Conditions precedent to Utilisations generally) is satisfied on the date of this Utilisation Request.
4.
The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].
5.
The Interest Period for this Loan is 3 Months.
6.
This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.
Yours faithfully

…………………………………
authorised signatory for
[Borrower]

SCHEDULE 4
FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [The Existing Lender] (the Existing Lender) and [The new Lender] (the New Lender)
Dated:
[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)
1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.
2.
We refer to Clause 24.4 (Procedure for Transfer):
2.1
The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by cession and delegation all or part of the Existing Lender's Commitment, rights and obligations referred to in the Schedule in accordance with Clause 24.4 (Procedure for Transfer).
2.2
The proposed Transfer Date is [●].
2.3
The Facility Office and address through which the New Lender will perform its obligations, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause 33.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.
3.
The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender's obligations set out in Clause 24.3.3 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).
4.
The New Lender agrees that it shall assume the same obligations towards each other Finance Party under the Finance Documents as if it had been an Original Lender.
5.
This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.
6.
This Transfer Certificate is governed by South African law.
7.
This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.


Annexure - Commitment/rights and obligations to be transferred

[insert relevant details]
[Facility Office, address, fax number and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

[Existing Lender]    [New Lender]
By:    By:

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Facility Agent and the Transfer Date is confirmed as [●].
[Facility Agent]
By:

SCHEDULE 6
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

To:    [●] as Facility Agent
From:    [Borrower]
Dated:    
Dear Sirs

[Borrower] – [●] Facility Agreement
dated [●] (the Agreement)

1.
We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.
2.
We confirm that: [Insert details of covenants to be certified with reference to Clause 20.1(Financial Covenants)]
3.
[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]
Signed:        …............            …............
Director                Director
Of                Of
[Borrower]            [Borrower]

[insert applicable certification language]

…..................
for and on behalf of [name of auditors of the Borrower]

SCHEDULE 7
PART A
EXISTING SECURITY
Name of Group Member
Security
Total Principal Amount of Indebtedness Secured at Signature Date
Harmony Gold Mining Co Ltd
Agreement for Sale of Interest in Royalty Deed dated 10 November 2008 between the Parent, Abelle Limited, Wafi Mining Limited and Rio Tinto Limited (ABE0063003)(WAF0002013)
Contingent Liability (Deferred Cash Consideration of US$10,000,000 payable on occurrence of decision to mine/commencement of infrastructure construction)
SCHEDULE 8
TIMETABLES

Delivery of a duly completed Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1 (Delivery of a Utilisation Request)

as of 11am Johannesburg time on the date which is 4 (four ) Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
Facility Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders' participation)

as of 11am Johannesburg time on the date which is 3 (three) Business Days prior to the proposed Utilisation Date
LIBOR is fixed
Quotation Day as of 11:00 a.m. London time

SCHEDULE 9
DISCLOSED POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIM
Potential environmental claims:
Dispute between the Group and Mr. Pitas in the Free State. Mr. Pitas had previously lodged an application to revoke one of the Group’s mining rights in the Free State and has claimed R45m damages, arising out of an alleged failure by the Group to comply with its rehabilitation obligations. Harmony has completed all the rehabilitation work required in terms of a court order obtained by Mr Pitas and do not expect any further demands in this regard.
SCHEDULE 10
DISCLOSED LOANS
In July 2018, Harmony entered into a four-year loan with Westpac Bank of US$24 million to finance the acquisition of fleet equipment for the group’s PNG operations. The loan is repayable in quarterly instalments and bears interest at a rate of LIBOR + 3.2%.
PGK45,000,000 Lease Facility Agreement between Morobe Consolidated Goldfields Limited as borrower and Westpac Banking Corporation dated on or about December 2019 to finance mine fleet equipment. At 9 June 2020 the exchange rate of the Papua New Guinean Kina was US$1 = PGK3.55
SCHEDULE 11
PERMITTED TRANSFEREES
1.    Local banks
Absa Bank Limited
FirstRand Bank Limited
The Standard Bank of South Africa Limited
Nedbank Limited
Investec Bank Limited
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid local banks
2.    Foreign banks

- 1 -



ABN Amro Bank N.V.
Deutsche Bank Group AG
Standard Chartered Bank
Barclays Bank PLC
UBS
Citibank
SMBC (Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation)
Fortis
Royal Bank of Scotland
HSBC Bank plc
Bank of China Limited, Johannesburg Branch
Bank of Taiwan
China Construction Bank
China Development Bank
Industrial & Commercial Bank of China (ICBC)
Credit Agricole
Bank of Taiwan
BNP Paribas
West LB
Allied Irish
Societe Generale
Goldman Sachs
J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse
Macquarie Bank
Westpac Banking Corporation
National Australia Bank
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited
State Bank of India
Bank of America Merill Lynch
Natixis
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Limited\
First Bank of Nigeria
Ecobank
Zenith Bank
Bank of South Pacific Limited
ICIC Bank
Caterpillar Financial Services Corporation

2



3.    DFIs
African Development Bank
DEG – Deutsche Investitions- und Entwicklungsgesellschaft mbH
Emerging Africa Infrastructure Fund
European Investment Bank (EIB)
Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij Voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. (“FMO”)
International Finance Corporation (IFC)
Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau (KfW)
Kreditanstalt fuer Wiederaufbau – IPEX
OPEC Fund for International Development (OFID)
Development Bank of Southern Africa (DBSA)
Industrial Development Corporation (IDC)
Proparco
African Finance Corporation (AFC)
PTA Bank
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid financial institutions
4.    Other financial institutions

3



Old Mutual Specialised Finance (Proprietary) Limited
Old Mutual Life Assurance Company (South Africa) Limited
Sanlam Capital Markets Limited
Sanlam Life Insurance Limited
Futuregrowth Asset Management (Pty) Ltd
Liberty Group Limited
MMI Holdings Limited
Mergence Investment Managers (Pty) Ltd
Metropolitan Insurance Company Limited
Metropolitan Life Limited
Taquanta Asset Management
Coronation Fund Managers Limited
RMB Asset Management
Mezzanine Partners 1 GP (Proprietary) Limited
Titan Share Dealers (Proprietary) Limited
Venfin Share Dealers (Proprietary) Limited
Investec Asset Management (Proprietary) Limited
Public Investment Corporation
Absa Asset Managers
Stanlib
Vantage Capital Group (Proprietary) Limited
Prudential Portfolio Managers South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
Fairtree Asset Management
Saffron Asset Management
Cadiz Asset Management
Tantulum Asset Management
Atlantic Asset Management
Momentum Asset Managers
Hollard Group
Peregrine Holdings
Any fund managed and/or controlled by any of the aforesaid financial institutions. Any affiliates, subsidiaries or holding companies of and of the banks or financial institutions listed in this 0 and any trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets.

4



  
SCHEDULE 12
COMPANIES TO BE WOUND UP/REORGANISED
1.
To be de-registered/wound up (South Africa):
1.1
Harmony Gold Management Services Proprietary Limited
1.2
Potchefstroom Gold Holdings Proprietary Limited
1.3
Coreland Property Management Company Proprietary Limited
1.4
Potchefstroom Gold Areas Limited
1.5
Virginia Salvage Proprietary Limited
1.6
Harmony Engineering Proprietary Limited
1.7
Musuku Benefication Systems Proprietary Limited
1.8
Remaining Extent of Portion 15 Wildebeesfotein Proprietary Limited
1.9
Harmony Precision Casting Proprietary Limited
1.10
Harmony Pharmacies Proprietary Limited
2.
To be de-registered/wound up (Australia and/or PNG):
2.1
New Hampton Goldfields Limited ACN 53 009 193 999
2.2
Harmony Gold Securities Pty Limited ACN 099 119 909
2.3
Harmony Gold W.A. Pty Limited ACN 099 119 918
2.4
Harmony Gold Operations Limited ACN 005 482 842

5




SIGNATURE PAGES -

Borrower

SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS PROPRIETARY LIMITED (AS BORROWER)


/s/ Herman Machiel Perry
Signatory: Herman Machiel Perry
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Velile Phillip Tobias
Signatory: Velile Phillip Tobias
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

6



Borrower

SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
GOLDEN CORE TRADE AND INVEST PROPRIETARY LIMITED (AS BORROWER)


/s/ Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak
Signatory:Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Neil Terblanche
Signatory: Neil Terblanche
Capacity:
Who warrants his authority hereto

7




The Parent

SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED (AS PARENT)


/s/ Peter William Steenkamp
Signatory: Peter William Steenkamp
Capacity: Chief Executive Officer
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Boipelo Lebuka
Signatory: Boipelo Lebuka
Capacity: Financial Director
Who warrants his authority hereto



8




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
(AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER, BOOKRUNNER AND ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Matthew Duggan
Signatory: Matthew Duggan
Capacity: Head of Syndicate
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Shalani De Andrade
Signatory: Shalani De Andrade
Capacity: Principle Syndicate
Who warrants his authority hereto


9




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
ABSA BANK LIMITED (ACTING THROUGH ITS CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANKING DIVISION)
(AS FACILITY AGENT)


/s/ Ameeth Lakhani
Signatory: Ameeth Lakhani
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Theresho Mathete
Signatory: Theresho Mathete
Capacity: Authorised
Who warrants his authority hereto

10




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
FIRSTRAND BANK LIMITED (LONDON BRANCH) (AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER, BOOKRUNNER AND ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Colin Wakefield
Signatory: Colin Wakefield
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto


/s/ Diane Giddy
Signatory: Diane Giddy
Capacity: Authorised Signatory
Who warrants his authority hereto

11




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH (AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOKRUNNER)


/s/ Adrian Bain
Signatory: Adrian Bain
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto


12




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
CITIBANK, N.A., JERSEY BRANCH (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Jitendra Pal
Signatory: Jitendra Pal
Capacity: Vice President
Who warrants his authority hereto


13




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH (AS ORIGINAL LENDER)


/s/ Isabelle Nino
Signatory: Isabelle Nino
Capacity: Executive Director
Who warrants his authority hereto


14




SIGNED at _________________ on this the 15th day of June 2020.
 
For and on behalf of
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC (AS MANDATED LEAD ARRANGER AND BOOKRUNNER)


/s/ Isabelle Nino
Signatory: Isabelle Nino
Capacity: Executive Director
Who warrants his authority hereto



15

- 1 -



SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES OF HARMONY GOLD MINING COMPANY LIMITED

NAME OF SUBSIDIARY
PERCENTAGE HELD
COUNTRY OF INCORPORATION
Freegold (Harmony) Proprietary Limited
100
%
South Africa
Avgold Limited
100
%
South Africa
Harmony Gold Australia Proprietary Limited
100
%
Australia
Kalahari Goldridge Mining Company Limited
100
%
South Africa
Randfontein Estates Limited
100
%
South Africa
African Rainbow Minerals Gold Limited
100
%
South Africa
Harmony Moab Khotsong Operations Proprietary Limited
100
%
South Africa



LIB01/RODLEV/2738228.1        Hogan Lovells


CERTIFICATION
I, Peter Steenkamp, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: October 29, 2020
By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp_______________________
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATION
I, Boipelo Lekubo, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Company and have:
(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.
The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: October 29, 2020
By: /s/ Boipelo Lekubo
Boipelo Lekubo
Financial Director


CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Peter Steenkamp, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, that:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 29, 2020

By: /s/ Peter Steenkamp         
Peter Steenkamp
Chief Executive Officer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.




CERTIFICATION
(pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002)

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the “Company”) as filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on the date hereof (the “Report”) and pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, I, Boipelo Lekubo, Financial Director of the Company, certify, that:
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: October 29, 2020

By: /s/ Boipelo Lekubo        
Boipelo Lekubo
Financial Director


A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Commission or its staff upon request.



Exhibit 15.1: Integrated Annual Report for the 20-F 2020 dated October 29, 2020


1



INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE 20-F 2020


2



CONTENTS

About this report
4
Corporate profile
6
Business model - how we create value
8
Delivering on our strategy
11
Our leadership
15
Chairman’s vision
18
Chief executive’s review
22
Our business context
 
Our external operating environment
25
Our risks and opportunities
27
Stakeholder engagement and material issues
31
Sustainable development - delivering on responsible stewardship and SDGs
37
Ensuring stability, employee safety and well-being
 
Safety and health
41
Employee relations
58
Delivering profitable ounces
 
Operational performance
72
Exploration and projects
104
Managing our social and environmental stewardship
 
Socio-economic development
108
Environmental management and stewardship
121
Mining charter III compliance scorecard
138
Corporate governance
142
Remuneration report
168
Audit and risk committee: chairperson’s report
185
Social and ethics committee: chairperson’s report
189


3



ABOUT THIS REPORT
Harmony’s 2020 Integrated Annual Report is for the financial year ending 30 June 2020 (FY20). This report, which is aimed primarily at investors, covers all our operations and activities in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, their impacts and most material matters during this period. Significant events occurring after year-end and before the date on which this report was approved are also reported.
This Integrated Annual Report aims to provide a holistic view of the company. It includes information on our business model, which aims to explain our strategy and how we create and share value, and also covers our performance - environmental, social, governance, operational and financial - for the year. Our overarching governance framework aimed at an integrated risk based approach guides all decision-making and is critical in ensuring and protecting value creation and delivery on our strategic objectives.
We aim to provide balanced, accurate and accessible information to enable the reader to assess our performance over the past year and our ability to create value over time.
In compiling this report, we have determined our reporting boundary by taking into account:

Integrated reporting boundary
Risks and opportunities
resulting from our external operating context
Risks and opportunities resulting from operational, social and environmental variables
Financial reporting boundary
Wholly-owned subsidiaries/entities
Joint ventures
Investments over which we have significant influence
Risks, opportunities and material matters stemming from engagement with stakeholders – investors, employees, communities, governments/regulators, suppliers
Materiality
This report addresses those aspects that we consider to have, and most likely will continue to have, a material impact on our performance and ability to deliver on our strategy and its objectives, and our ability to create value, in the short, medium and long term.
Engagement with stakeholders and their primary concerns are key in determining these aspects. For a better understanding of these, see Stakeholder engagement and material issues and Our risks and opportunities, where we describe the context for the material issues and risks identified and explain how they are being managed.
While this report is aimed primarily at investors, together with the ESG Report 2020 and the ESG Data Tables which we have compiled this year, it addresses the information requirements of all other stakeholders.
Reporting frameworks, guidelines and standards considered in compiling this report include:
International Integrated Reporting Framework
King Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2016 (King IV)
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) Standards for sustainability reporting
United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs)
International Council on Mining and Metals - 10 principles
United Nations Global Compact
Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
JSE Listings Requirements
World Gold Council’s Responsible Mining Principles

4



We have also considered the Principles for Responsible Investment, a United Nations-supported international network of investors, which reflect the increasing prominence of environmental, social and governance (ESG) issues to investors.

OUR 2020 SET OF REPORT INCLUDES:
Integrated annual report 2020
Mineral resource and mineral reserves 2020
Report to shareholders 2020
Financial report 2020
ESG report 2020
TCFD report 2020
These reports together with other supporting documents are available online at www.har.co.za. Other additional information can be found at www.harmony.co.za.

OTHER REPORTS:
Form 20-F
Annual report filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, in compliance with the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange
Global Reporting Initiative Scorecard
An index of the indicators reported in terms of the Global Reporting Initiative
Operational Report 2020
Detailed information on each operation

DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY
for the Integrated Annual Report 2020
The Harmony board of directors has ultimate accountability for the integrity and accuracy of this Integrated Annual Report. It is the board’s view that this report has been prepared in accordance with the International Integrated Reporting Council’s Integrated Reporting Framework. Having reviewed the report and applied its collective mind, based on the recommendations of the audit and risk committee and the social and ethics committee, the board confirms that this report addresses the most significant and material issues currently facing Harmony and that it presents a balanced, accurate and representative view of the company and its strategy, its overall performance in the past financial year and of its future ability to create and protect value.
The remuneration report was reviewed and approved by the remuneration committee.
The board approved this report on 23 October 2020.

Dr Patrice Motsepe
Chairman
Peter Steenkamp
Chief executive officer
Boipelo Lekubo
Financial director
Fikile De Buck
Chairperson: Audit and risk committee
Dr Simo Lushaba
Chairperson: Social and ethics committee
Vishnu Pillay
Chairperson: Remuneration committee

5



REFERENCE
A full glossary of terms is available on the website, www.har.co.za.
Throughout this report “PGK” refers to kina, the currency of Papua New Guinea, “Moz” to million ounces, “Mt” to million tonnes and Mlb to million pounds. All production volumes are in metric tonnes (t), unless specifically stated as imperial tons.
While our reporting currency is the South African rand, the US dollar equivalents of significant financial metrics, together with the applicable percentage movements, are also provided to aid sector and peer comparisons.

CORPORATE PROFILE

OUR BUSINESS
Harmony, a gold and copper mining and exploration company, operates in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, one of the world’s premier new gold-copper regions.
With 70 years in the industry, Harmony is an experienced emerging market gold miner and the largest gold producer in South Africa. We are also a significant operator of gold tailings retreatment facilities.
Headquartered in Randfontein, South Africa, Harmony has its primary listing on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (HAR). It also has an American Depositary Receipt programme that is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (HMY).
At 30 June 2020, our market capitalisation was R43.3 billion (US$2.5 billion) (30 June 2019: R17.1 billion; US$1.2 billion).

OUR PURPOSE
To be a global, sustainable gold producer, with a large copper footprint, creating shared value for all stakeholders.

OUR MISSION
To create value by operating safely and sustainably and by growing our margins.

OUR IMPACT
At Harmony, we understand that our activities and the conduct of our business impacts the lives of the people we employ, the communities that surround our mines and the environment. This impact has economic and social implications for our stakeholders and for the countries in which we operate. In line with our purpose, we strive to ensure that, on balance, our contribution is positive and that, once mining ceases, our legacy is enduring.
SHAREHOLDERS
Our largest shareholder is African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM) which has a stake of 12.38% in Harmony. Our remaining shareholders are geographically diverse and include some of the largest fund managers globally. By far the largest shareholder base is in the United States (more than half), followed by South Africa.

WHERE WE OPERATE
South Africa
Production: ~1.1Moz (87%)

6



Located on the Witwatersrand Basin and the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt, our South African operations accounted for 62% of group Mineral Resources (gold and gold equivalent ounces) and 48% of group Mineral Reserves at year end
UNDERGROUND
West Rand: Doornkop / Kusasalethu
Klerksdorp goldfield: Moab Khotsong
Free State*: Tshepong operations / Bambanani / Target 1 / Joel / Masimong
Surface
North West: Kalgold
Free State: Surface sources**
* Closure is currently underway at Unisel, where stoping activities are scaling down
** Includes the Tswelopele Beneficiation Operation (Proprietary) Limited in which Harmony has a holding of 75%

Papua New Guinea
Production:
~157 000oz (13%)
Located on the New Guinea Mobile Belt, in the Morobe Province, our Papua New Guinea operation accounted for 38% of group Mineral Resources (gold and gold equivalent ounces) and 52% of group Mineral Reserves at year end
Hidden Valley (open-pit gold and silver mine)
Wafi-Golpu (copper-gold joint operation - 50%)
Multiple exploration areas

EX15IAR20CORPORATEPROFILE1.GIF


7



OUR VALUES
SAFETY
No matter the circumstances, safety is our main priority
ACCOUNTABLE
We are all accountable for delivering on our commitments
ACHIEVEMENT
Achievement is core to our success
CONNECTED
We are all connected as one team
HONESTY
We uphold honesty in all our business dealings and communicate openly with stakeholders

BUSINESS MODEL
HOW WE CREATE VALUE YEAR ON YEAR
INPUTS
Natural Capital
Manufactured Capital
The natural resources, such as our orebodies, water and energy, that are used in the functioning of the business
This pertains to the physical infrastructure or technology used by the company
- Mineral Reserve of 36.50Moz of gold and gold equivalents (FY19: 36.45Moz)
- Land under management
- Volume of ore milled 25.43Mt (FY19: 25.98Mt)
- Resources consumed:
- Water used for primary activities 19 692 000m3 (FY19: 23 158 000m3)
- Group electricity consumption 3 171 000 MWh (FY19: 3 340 677MWh)
See Mineral Resources and Reserves and Environmental management and stewardship for more information.
- Operational infrastructure, associated infrastructure and equipment
- Production costs R22.05 billion
(FY19: R20.32 billion)
- Mining rights and leases
- Exploration and growth projects
- Exploration spend, including Wafi-Golpu, R259 million (FY19: R498 million)

See Operational performance and Exploration and projects for more information.
 
 
Human Capital
Financial Capital
The skills and know-how of an organisation’s workforce
The traditional yardstick of performance, this capital includes funds obtained through financing or generated by means of productivity
- A total of 39 714 permanent and contract employees across the Group (FY19: 39 773)
- A transformation that endeavours to create a more gender diverse and racially representative workforce with a focus on recruiting from local communities
See Employee relations and Remuneration report for more information.
- Total equity R23.4 billion
(FY19: R22.6 billion)
- Placement of ordinary shares to raise equity capital of $200 million
- Cash generated by operating activities R4 723 million (FY19: R4 679 million)
See Financial director’s report for more information.
 
 

8



Intellectual Capital
Social and Relationship Capital
This accounts for the intangibles associated with the brand and reputation, organisational systems and related procedures
This encompasses the relationships between the company and all its stakeholders
- The requisite skills and expertise required in being the global leader in deep-level gold mining
- Digitisation of the organisation is underway, including upgrades to enterprise resource planning and human resources systems
- Systems and processes
- Values and code of ethics guiding stakeholder engagement
- Governance and corporate responsibilities
- Stakeholders include: investors, employees, government and regulators, communities and suppliers
See Socio-economic development and ESG report for more information.

OPERATING CONTEXT


ACTIVITIES
Our activities are focused on mining gold from both mature deep-level and surface operations, processing ore and selling the product onto the market for further refinement. Additionally, we deliver on capital projects


OUR COMPETITIVE ADVANTAGE
Harmony is a world leader in surface and deep-level mature asset mining. We are uniquely skilled, and have extensive institutional knowledge, in prolonging the operating lives of mining assets. We are also well-versed in mutually beneficial stakeholder engagement and, thus, are able to thrive in emerging markets


OUR STRATEGY
To produce safe, profitable ounces and improve margins through responsible stewardship, operational excellence and effective capital allocation


SOCIAL LICENCE TO OPERATE
We prioritise stakeholder engagement and shared value creation so that we, at all times, maintain our social licence to operate


OUTLOOK
Harmony has been in operation for the past 70 years and it is our intention to extend our longevity by at least another 70 years by organically growing our mineral reserve base and pursuing value-accretive acquisitions

FACTORS IMPACTING OUR BUSINESS
What we can manage:
Safety
Grade and volume mined
Costs, efficiencies and productivity
Stakeholder relations
What is beyond our control:
Gold price and global market

9



Exchange rate volatility
Regulatory policy and political uncertainty
Mounting community expectation and socio-economic challenges

OUTPUT
Gold produced
1.22Moz (FY19: 1.44Moz)

Revenue generated
R29.2 billion (FY19: R26.9 billion)

Total economic value distributed
R26.4 billion (FY19: R26.8 billion)

Total Co2 emissions
4 012 110t (FY19: 3 858 566t)

Mining waste generated
Total milled
25.5Mt (FY19: 26.0Mt)

Hazardous waste to landfill
250t (FY19: 399t)
OUTCOMES
Human capital
 
 
r
Tragically, there were six loss-of-life incidents
 
 
a
Recorded an overall improvement of 33.3% in the fatal injury frequency rate compared to FY19
 
 
a
A year of no strikes indicates a strong and mature relationship with the unions
 
 
a
Focus on gender diversity
 
 
a
A transformed workforce in South Africa, with 60% of management across all levels being HDPs
 
 
a
R11.7 billion (US$744 million) spent on wages and salaries
 
 
a
R458 million spent on skills training and human resource development (FY19: R484 million)
 
 
a
Rapid, proactive Covid-19 response and mitigation strategies
 
 
Financial capital
 
 
 
 
a
Our share price increased by 126% during FY20 positively influencing our market capitalisation, which closed at R43.3 billion on 30 June 2020
 
 
a
Net debt decreased to R1.36 billion (US$79 million) (FY19: R4.92 billion; US$348 million)
 
 
a
Production profit - R7.2 billion (US$459 million) (FY19: R6.6 billion; US$465 million)
 
 
Social and relationship capital
 
 
 
 
a
Invested R65 million and R36 million in South Africa and Papua New Guinea respectively, in our social licence to operate, which included mine community development initiatives
 
 
a
Focused on preferential/local procurement, spending R5.08 billion in South Africa and R1.25 billion in Papua New Guinea

10



 
 
a
R342 million paid in taxes and royalties
 
 
a
Improved relationship with host community stakeholders
 
 
a
Hygiene products, food parcels and other essential supplies provided to the most vulnerable households in host communities
 
 
a
Constructive relations with the governments of South Africa and Papua New Guinea
 
 
Manufactured capital
 
 
a
Acquisition of Mponeng mine and Mine Waste Solutions (deal concluded post-year-end in September 2020)
 
 
a
Progressed our 30MW Nyala solar generation project to reduce our dependency on fossil fuel-generated electricity
 
 
Intellectual capital
 
 
a
A total of 31 533 employees completed training in FY20
 
 
a
Supported 84 bursaries at tertiary level
 
 
a
More digitised business equipped to operate effectively in the twenty-first century
 
 
Natural capital
 
 
a
The Group spent R161 million (US$10 million) (FY19: R199 million; US$14 million) on land rehabilitation initiatives and environmental stewardship
 
 
a
44.19ha was rehabilitated

DELIVERING ON OUR STRATEGY AND CAPITAL TRADE-OFFS

To produce safe, profitable ounces and improve margins through responsible stewardship, operational excellence and effective capital allocation

FOUR STRATEGIC PILLARS – PERFORMANCE AND OUTLOOK
 
FY20 – what we did
 
Outlook
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE3.GIF   Responsible stewardship
    Embed proactive safety culture
Improvement evident in safety performance – the fatal injury frequency rate improved by 33% (six fatalities versus 11 in FY19).
However, more remains to be done as the lost-time injury frequency rate regressed by 2.7% to 6.33 per million hours worked.
Our safety strategy is to instil a proactive safety culture
focused on:
    Leadership
    Risk management
    Prevention of repeat incidents
    Rewarding safe behaviour
    Zero tolerance for non-compliance with safety protocols
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE4.GIF
To continue with implementation and embedding of our four-phase pro-active safety culture.
To achieve our objective of zero harm and zero loss of life incidents.
For more information on our safety performance, targets and outlook, see Safety and health

11



    Manage the Covid-19 pandemic
    Measures to manage, contain and prevent the Covid-19 pandemic were aimed at ensuring a safe and risk-free workplace for employees. These measures were extended to host communities
    A standard operating procedure was speedily developed and implemented, supported by a focused communication campaign
    An employee messaging app was introduced to aid monitoring and communication
    Company facilities were made available for self-isolation and quarantine
    Community outreach projects were aimed at the most vulnerable in society
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE5.GIF
For as long as the Covid-19 disease continues to pose a threat to our employees and host communities, we will continue with our preventative and mitigating measures to manage the pandemic.
For more information on what we have done to address the Covid-19 pandemic, see Safety and health and Socio-economic development
    Maintain strong stakeholder relations
For more information on stakeholder engagement, see Stakeholder engagement and material issues
Our response to the pandemic reinforced our commitment to the “S” in ESG. In addition to engaging with employees and unions, management of the pandemic involved collaborating and engaging with many other stakeholders including various levels of government, community representatives, industry bodies and our peers in the mining sector.
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE6.GIF
We will continue to prioritise engagements with our various stakeholders to ensure we maintain healthy and robust relationships.
    Continue responsible
ESG practices
This encompasses our activities principally in relation to the environment, our host communities and the regulatory environment in which we operate. All our decisions and actions are governed by our corporate governance framework, code of ethics, values and the policies and frameworks in place.
Our third generation social and labour plan projects are well under way.
Environmental performance, climate change, land rehabilitation and water conservation remain focus areas.
We have adopted the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosure (TCFD), and are now reporting in terms of its financial requirements/guidelines.
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE6.GIF
Retaining our social licence to operate is crucial. As this hinges on responsible ESG practices, we will endeavour to ensure that our performance in this regard continues to strive
for excellence.
For more information on our ESG performance, see Socio-economic development, Environmental management and Corporate governance
  EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE7.GIF   Operational excellence
    Continue operating:
o    safely
o    optimally
o    meeting/exceeding plans
 

Overall, Harmony demonstrated its expertise as a world leader in deep-level, mature asset mining `and re-affirmed its resilience to survive in times of social and economic uncertainty.
Regarding safety, see above – strategic pillar 1, Responsible stewardship and embedding a proactive safety culture.
Key features of our operational performance were:
    Better-than-expected operational performance in the fourth quarter of the year, despite the Covid-19 pandemic
    A 15% decline in annual gold production to 1.2Moz
    106% increase in operating free cash flow
In addition, exploration and several projects are underway which will contribute to our resource and reserve pipeline in the longer term. See below strategic pillar 4, Capital allocation.
EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE8.GIF
Planned group production for FY21 is estimated at:
    1.26Moz to 1.3Moz at an all-in sustaining cost of R690 000/kg to R710 000/kg
    Including Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions, planned production is 1.6Moz
Completion of the acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions will further enhance production in the medium term contributing around 350 000oz annually.
For more information, see Operational performance in this report as well as the separate report, Operational performance 2020, for more detailed information by operation

12



  EX15IAR20DELIVER_IMAGE9.GIF  Cash certainty
    Preserve cash


A stronger gold price for the year – up 25% in terms of rands
and 14% in terms of US dollars – boosted free cash flow to
R3.6 billion which contributed to successful cash preservation, in turn providing greater balance sheet flexibility to support growth.
Additional liquidity was secured by precautionary drawdowns on rand and US dollar credit facilities as the Covid-19 pandemic was breaking out. These were subsequently repaid.
A successful US$200 million capital raise was concluded for the funding of the Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions acquisition. The capital raise was 4.75 times oversubscribed.
All of this has contributed to creating balance sheet headroom of R7 billion – this will reduce to R4 billion once the acquisition has been concluded.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE10.GIF
We will continue to focus on maintaining a strong balance sheet and on optimising its flexibility.
For more information, see the Financial director’s report
    Reduce costs
Costs were under pressure for most of the year with the group all-in sustaining cost increasing by 18% in terms of rands to
R651 356/kg (7% increase in US dollars to US$1 293/oz).
The national lockdown in South Africa resulted in fewer gold ounces being produced, which impacted overall costs for the year. Labour and electricity cost inflation further exacerbated the all-in sustaining cost recorded for the year.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE11.GIF
Higher production translates to lower costs – if we achieve our production targets, costs will be contained. We will also focus on advancing projects that will improve our energy supply and substantially reduce costs. We are in year three of a three-year wage agreement. Labour costs currently account for 60% of total operating costs.
For more information, see the Financial director’s report
    Reduce debt
Net debt levels reduced significantly during FY20.
At 30 June 2020:
    Net debt was R1.36bn (or US$79 million) – if the capital raise is excluded, net debt at year end, totalled R4.83 billion
(or US$279 million)
    Net debt to EBITDA was 0.2x, compared to 0.8x at
31 March 2020. Excluding the capital raise, net debt to EBITDA was 0.8x
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE12.GIF
Maintain our net debt to EBITDA ratio at below 1x.
For more information, see the Financial director’s report
    Adapt to gold price fluctuations
The derivative programmes currently in place began in FY16 and are aimed at reducing our risks and to capitalise on prevailing high gold prices. Over the five years since inception, they have realised a net gain of R2.3 billion.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE13.GIF
Certain hedge transactions were rolled forwards to March 2021.
We have maintained a hedging limit of 20% of two years’ gold production to lock in the current high price for future production.
Up to 25% of our foreign exchange may be hedged.
For more information, see the Financial director’s report
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE14.GIF  Effective capital allocation
    Develop pipeline of organic projects
Clear targets inform our capital allocation decisions, including among other, an internal rate of return of more than 15% and a debt repayment level of less than 1x net debt:EBITDA.
Our pipeline of organic growth projects is aimed at addressing the ore reserve replacement risk and ensuring future growth. The projects range from the concept/exploration stage through feasibility to the permitting stage. In all, capital expenditure of R259 million (US$17 million) was invested in exploration and project development in FY20.
Of the projects underway, the most advanced is the Wafi-Golpu joint venture project which is awaiting approval and finalisation of the required permits.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE15.GIF
Capital expenditure of
R279 million (US$20 million) is forecast for investment in exploration and project development in FY21.
A principal aim is to progress
the permitting for Wafi-Golpu
and to proceed with its development.
For more information, see also Exploration and projects

13



    Integrate Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions
The transaction to acquire these assets was concluded on
30 September with their acquisition effective from
1 October 2020.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE16.GIF
Following the conclusion of this transaction, the focus in FY21 will be to ensure their smooth integration within Harmony. The organisational management structures are in place in readiness. These operations are expected to make an immediate contribution to production and to operating cash flows from
1 October 2020.
For further detail, see Chief executive officer’ review
    Returns
Each of our capital allocations decisions are aimed at ensuring total shareholder return - both share appreciation and dividends. The decision to pay a dividend is based on the company’s operational and financial performance, as well as the strategic direction being pursued. Dividends are paid from profits only. The company is currently in a growth phase and our priority remains to first repay our debt.
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE17.GIF
At current gold price levels it is likely that we will repay our debt in the next 12 to 18 months.
Legend:
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE16.GIF Achieved     EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE18.GIF Making progress     EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE19.GIF Work remains to be done
UNDERSTANDING OUR STRATEGIC CAPITAL TRADE-OFFS
Our underlying business strategy aims to efficiently convert our natural capital into value across the remaining five capitals. However, creating and optimising that value inevitably requires trade-offs in how and when value is created, transformed or depleted across the various capitals. The following are some of the major trade-offs considered in terms of our strategic pillars in FY20.
Strategic pillar
Capitals increased/enhanced
Capitals depleted
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE20.GIF
RESPONSIBLE STEWARDSHIP
Being mindful of and managing and limiting the impacts of our activities on employees, host communities and the environment
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE21.GIF  
HUMAN CAPITAL
Acted on our duty of care in terms of employee safety and health
  EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE22.GIF   
NATURAL CAPITAL
Mitigated and managed the environmental impact of our activities
  EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE23.GIF
SOCIAL AND RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
Engaged with stakeholders, investing in communities, paying taxes and royalties, and regulatory compliance
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE24.GIF
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Costs incurred in carrying out our stewardship responsibilities – for employee healthcare expenditure and to manage Covid-19 in particular, and on environmental management, among others
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE25.GIF
OPERATIONAL EXCELLENCE 
Prioritising safety, strict cost control, management of grade mined, together with disciplined mining, to improve productivity and efficiencies
  EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE26.GIF
HUMAN CAPITAL 
Invested in employees in terms of safety, skills development
and training
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE27.GIF
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
Invested in technology upgrades, and in system and process improvements to optimise and increase efficiencies and productivity
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE28.GIF
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
Invested in the maintenance of mining infrastructure (plant, machinery and equipment) and to sustain the business
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE24.GIF
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Financial expenditure incurred to promote operational excellence and to deliver on our strategic pillar of ‘Cash certainty’

14



  EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE29.GIF
CASH CERTAINTY 
Ensuring cash flow certainty by delivering on operational plans, supported by current hedging strategy
  EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE24.GIF
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
The aim of this strategic pillar is to enhance financial capital – to preserve cash and to reduce costs and debt
 
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE30.GIF
EFFECTIVE CAPITAL ALLOCATION
Evaluating and prioritising organic growth opportunities and safe, value-accretive acquisitions to generate positive stakeholder returns and increase margins
Investing in the future
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE28.GIF
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
Acquired infrastructure and assets (Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions)
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE22.GIF   
NATURAL CAPITAL
    Developing a project pipeline to ensure availability of Ore Reserves to be mined
    Acquired resources and reserves (Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions)
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE24.GIF
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
In the longer term, these acquisitions and projects will contribute positively to operational cash flows and margins
EX15IAR20DELIVE_IMAGE24.GIF
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
The total cost of the acquisitions, the debt incurred and of project development is balanced against the longer-term financial benefits
OUR LEADERSHIP
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
The Harmony board of directors has overall accountability for guiding the strategic direction of the company, for ensuring an ethical culture and responsible corporate citizenship and for effective control and legitimacy. It is a unitary board comprising 15 members, nine of whom are independent, and five of whom are women.

COMMITTEE
Audit and risk committee
Remuneration committee
Social and ethics committee
Investment committee
Nomination committee
Technical committee
BOARD LEADERSHIP
Non-executive chairman
Dr Patrice Motsepe (58)
BA, LLB, Doctorate of Commerce (Honorius Causa), Doctor of Management and Commerce (Honorius Causa)

Appointed non-independent non-executive chairman on 23 September 2003

Member: Nomination committee
Non-executive deputy chairman
Modise Motloba (54)
BSc, Diploma in Strategic Management


Appointed 30 July 2004
Chairperson: Investment committee

Member: Nomination committee, Technical committee, Social and ethics committee
Lead independent non-executive director
Mavuso Msimang (79)
MBA (Project Management), BSc

Appointed 26 March 2011

Chairman: Nomination committee
  
Member: Social and ethics committee

15



Executive directors
Chief executive officer

Peter Steenkamp (60)

BEng (Mining), Mine Manager’s Certificate Metal Mines, Mine Manager’s Certificate Fiery Mines, CPIR, MDP, BLDP

Appointed chief executive officer on 1 January 2016
Financial director

Boipelo Lekubo (37)

BCom (Hons), CA(SA)

Joined Harmony in June 2017 and appointed financial director on 3 March 2020
Executive director: stakeholder relations and corporate affairs

Mashego Mashego (56)

BA (Education), BA (Hons)
(Human Resources Management), Joint Management Development Programme, Global Executive Development Programme

Joined Harmony in 2005 and appointed an executive director on 24 February 2010

Independent non-executive directors
Joaquim Chissano (81)
PhD (Honorius Causa)

Appointed 20 April 2005

Member: Investment committee, Social and ethics committee, Nomination committee
Fikile De Buck (60)
BA (Economics), FCCA

Appointed 30 March 2006

Chairperson: Audit and risk committee
 
Member: Nomination committee, Social and ethics committee, Remuneration committee
Dr Simo Lushaba (54)
BSc (Hons), MBA, DBA, CD (SA)

Appointed 18 October 2002

Chairperson: Social and ethics committee

Member: Investment committee, Remuneration committee, Audit and risk committee
Grathel Motau (46)
BCompt, BCompt Hon, CA(SA),
Mphil (Development Finance)

Appointed 13 May 2019

Member: Investment committee
Karabo Nondumo (42)
BAcc, HDip (Acc), CA(SA)

Appointed 3 May 2013

Member: Technical committee, Investment committee, Audit and risk committee
Vishnu Pillay (63)
BSc (Hon), MSc

Appointed 8 May 2013

Chairperson: Remuneration committee

Member: Nomination committee, Technical committee, Investment committee

Given Sibiya (52)
BComm, BAcc, CA(SA)

Appointed 13 May 2019

Member: Audit and risk committee

John Wetton (71)
CA(SA), FCA

Appointed 1 July 2011

Member: Investment committee, Social and ethics committee, Remuneration committee, Audit and risk committee
 

16




Non-executive director
André Wilkens (71)
Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency, MDPA, RMIIA, Mini MBA Oil and Gas

Appointed 7 August 2007


Chairperson: Technical committee


Member: Remuneration committee, Social committee

Full and detailed resumés of all members of Harmony’s board of directors are available at https://www.harmony.co.za/who-we-are/board

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Harmony’s executive management team comprises the chief executive officer, the financial director and one additional executive director (see page 22), who, together with four senior group executives, all sit on the group executive committee. This committee is supported by four corporate executives, who make up the group chief executive’s office and who report to either the chief executive officer or the financial director.
There are in addition regional executive committees in place - one for South Africa and one for Papua New Guinea (South-East Asia).
Full and detailed resumés of all members of Harmony’s executive management are available at https://www.harmony.co.za/who-we-are/executive

SENIOR GROUP EXECUTIVES
Chief operating officer: South Africa
Beyers Nel (43)

BEng (Mining Engineering), MBA, Pr. Eng, Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competency
Chief executive officer: South-East Asia
Johannes van Heerden (48)

BCompt (Hons), CA(SA)
Chief operating officer: new business development, corporate strategy and projects
Phillip Tobias (50)

BSc (Mining Engineering), International Executive Development Programme, Advanced Management Programme, Pr Eng and Mine Manager’s Certificate of Competence
Enterprise risk and investor relations
Marian van der Walt (47) 

MBA (Oxford), BCom (Law), LLB, Higher Diploma in Tax, Diplomas in Corporate Governance and Insolvency Law, Certificates in Business Leadership and Investor Relations (UK)

Appointed a senior executive on 14 August 2020

CORPORATE EXECUTIVES: Reporting to the group chief executive’s office
Chief audit executive
Besky Maluleka-Ngunjiri (44)

BCompt (Hons), CTA, CIA, CCSA
Sustainable development
Melanie Naidoo-Vermaak (46)

BSc (Hons) (Industrial Microbiology), MSc (Sustainable Development), MBA
Chief financial officer: Treasury
Herman Perry (48) 

BCom (Hons), CA(SA)
Special projects
Abré van Vuuren (60)
BCom, Development Programme in Labour Relations, Management Development Programme, Advanced Labour Law Programme, Board Leadership Programme

17




GROUP COMPANY SECRETARY
Shela Mohatla (35)

FCIS (CGISA), BAdmin IR, PGDIP Corporate Law, PGDIP General Management, Certificate in Management Development (PMD)


REGIONAL EXECUTIVE COMMITTEES
Beyers Nel
Chief operating officer: South Africa

Jaco Boshoff
Ore reserve management

Anton Buthelezi
Human resources

Robert Hart
Technical services and engineering

Dr Tumi Legobye 
Health

Danie Muller
Chief financial officer (South Africa)

Tom van den Berg
Safety and technology

Regional managers
Francois Janse van Rensburg
Free State operations

Moses Motlhageng
Mponeng, Kusasalethu and Kalgold

Zweli Ndese
Moab Khotsong and Doornkop
Johannes van Heerden
Chief executive officer: South-East Asia

Bryan Baillie
Projects

Stan Bierschenk 
Engineering and asset management

Gary Davies 
Papua New Guinea operations

Mike Humphries 
Exploration

Greg Job 
New business and technical services

Aubrey Testa 
Chief financial officer (South-East Asia)

Richard Wills 
Corporate Affairs

Kepas Wali
Stakeholder relations and corporate affairs
Papua New Guinea


CHAIRMAN'S VISION
DEAR SHAREHOLDER AND STAKEHOLDERS
The Covid-19 pandemic significantly affected Harmony’s operations, gold production and employees in the last quarter of the financial year to June 2020 (FY20), following the South African government’s imposed temporary closures on underground mines as part of the nation-wide lockdown.
Harmony has successfully contained the spread of the virus throughout its operations in collaboration with the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy, labour unions, the Minerals Council South Africa and our employees. All our employees are now back at work and we have resumed full production.

18



The impact of the pandemic reduced gold production by 11% compared to the previous year, resulting in a loss in revenue of approximately R4 billion (US$255 million), turning a potential profit of more than R3 billion (US$192 million) to a net loss for the period of R850 million (US$54 million).
Despite these challenges, Harmony delivered on the strategic growth objectives set in FY16, which are, inter alia, to:
increase production to around 1.5Moz per year
add quality ounces to reduce all-in sustaining costs
The acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions from AngloGold Ashanti Limited (AngloGold Ashanti) will increase our production by 350 000 ounces a year to more than 1.5Moz and improve our profit margins. We thank our shareholders for participating in the equity capital raise of US$200 million in June 2020 to fund the acquisition of these assets.
We recorded a remarkable increase in our share price, which was 126% higher year on year by end June 2020, resulting in a market capitalisation of R43.3 billion (US$2.5 billion). Harmony was also included in the FTSE-JSE Africa Top 40 in September 2020.
Gold continues to be viewed as a safe-haven investment. We remain positive on the outlook for gold in the prevailing uncertain and volatile macro environment. We believe this rising trend will continue. For Harmony, this comes at an opportune time as we assume ownership of the Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions assets from AngloGold Ashanti.
We remain committed to organic and acquisitive growth. Harmony will continue to focus on securing the renewal of Hidden Valley’s mining licence and the special mining lease for the Wafi-Golpu joint venture in Papua New Guinea.

EX15IAR20PERFORMANCESINCE.JPG
Maintaining a safe and healthy work environment
The safety and health of all our employees is our primary responsibility. We are committed to ensuring that the work environment is safe and that every employee goes home, every day, in a healthy condition. Regrettably, six employees died during the year in work-related incidents. We extend our sincere condolences to their families, friends and colleagues. The proactive behavioural safety journey we embarked upon in 2016 to improve the culture of safety continues to be our key strategic imperative.
Investing in our employees
We provide work for approximately 40 000 employees. Most of our employees reside in communities surrounding our operations and our relationships with our employees and their representative trade unions are good and constructive.

19



Despite the increased demands of Covid-19, we continued to allocate resources for the health and well-being of our employees and invested approximately R458 million (US$29 million) in employee training, development and career advancement.
Harmony’s commitment to its host communities
We recognise that the improvement in the living conditions of our host communities is vital to the stability and sustainability of our business. Our local community development projects include recent land donations in the Free State and the restoration of provincial roads in Welkom and Virginia.
The pandemic created a new range of challenges for our host communities, particularly for those communities most in need. We focused on providing Covid-19 public awareness campaigns, many of which were extensions of awareness campaigns directed at our employees. We also provided food, hygiene products and funded income-generating projects such as the manufacture of masks.
In FY20, we invested R112 million (US$7 million) in community development and upliftment projects, and corporate social investment. In addition to allocating resources which were focused on Covid-19, we concentrated on providing infrastructure and supporting enterprise development for small, medium and micro businesses.
In both South Africa and Papua New Guinea, we supported agricultural projects which were led by women and the youth. In the past two years, R49 million (US$3 million) was invested in agricultural projects in our host communities in South Africa. Of this, R8 million (US$520 000) was spent in the reporting year.
Harmony pays significant taxes and royalties in the countries where we operate, with total contributions of about R248 million (US$16 million) in South Africa and about R94 million (US$6 million) in Papua New Guinea in FY20. We also paid R11.7 billion (US$744 million) in wages and salaries, and spent R14.2 billion (US$907 million) on local procurement.
For more information about our socio-economic development initiatives, see Socio-economic development - uplifting communities.
The South African gold-mining industry
In calendar year 2019, the South African industry employed 95 130 people and paid R24.3 billion (US$1.7 billion) in wages, salaries and employee benefits. With total gold sales of R72.6 billion (US$5.0 billion), the industry contributed R361 billion (US$25 billion) to the country’s gross domestic product (GDP).
Harmony was established approximately 70 years ago and continues its strategy in South Africa of acquiring mature mines, extending their lives, saving jobs and creating sustainable value. This is a very important and essential role in uplifting and improving the living conditions and standard of living of many South Africans.
Our commitment to the environment and its resources
In FY20, Harmony continued to apply global good practice in managing our scarce natural resources with initiatives recognised by global agencies.
Climate change is one of the most critical global challenges of our time and will have a lasting impact on businesses, communities and the world. We are committed to continue participating in the global response to reduce carbon emissions and mitigate the physical impacts of climate change.
Reducing our carbon footprint remains an important focus. In South Africa, we are well advanced in our efforts to seek augmenting national grid power with renewable alternatives.

20



We have made good progress in reducing the volumes of potable water used in our processing systems by substituting this with treated grey water and improving the efficiency of our recycling circuits. Containing dust from tailings dams continues to be addressed through ongoing vegetation and mining land is being rehabilitated for redevelopment.
For more on our environmental management activities, see Environmental management and stewardship.
Commitment to good governance
Our board formulates robust governance standards and ensures that these are enforced in order to conduct our business ethically and in line with good global practice.
The range and depth of expertise on Harmony’s board has been invaluable as we navigate the unprecedented Covid-19 pandemic and the current social, political, economic and environmental challenges.
During the year under review, we appointed Ms Boipelo Lekubo to the board as our financial director, succeeding Mr Frank Abbott. I welcome Boipelo to the board and would like to express our gratitude to Frank Abbott for the outstanding leadership he provided as our finance director.
On 30 September 2020, we announced the resignations of Mr Ken Dicks and Mr Max Sisulu as independent non-executive directors. We thank Max and Ken for their contribution during their tenure and wish them all of the best.
For further details, refer to the corporate governance review in this report.
My gratitude
It has been a particularly demanding year in the face of Covid-19. It is a credit to our employees that they have adapted very well to the unusual Covid-19 challenges and its impact on their work environment.
My deep gratitude goes to our employees, our host communities, our shareholders and all other stakeholders for their support and cooperation over the past financial year.
I would also thank our chief executive officer, Peter Steenkamp, and his management team for their leadership, hard work and contribution to the success and growth of Harmony.
Dr Patrice Motsepe
Chairman
23 October 2020


21



CHIEF EXECUTIVE'S REVIEW

At Harmony, we were well prepared to deal with the challenges of Covid-19 by the time South Africa declared a national state of disaster on 15 March 2020, and ahead of the state of emergency declared on 14 April 2020 in Papua New Guinea.
Our surface operations in South Africa and Hidden Valley in Papua New Guinea were able to continue operating during the restrictions. By having the necessary precautionary measures in place, we were able to recall our employees smoothly as restrictions were lifted. As a result, the fourth quarter’s performance was better than we had initially anticipated. By the end of August 2020, all our employees, including those from outside South Africa, were back at work and production was restored to 100%.
We were also able to raise, by way of an equity offer, US$200 million in part-settlement of the acquisition of the Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions assets from AngloGold Ashanti. The gold price, which rose 25% in rand terms and 14% in US dollar terms in FY20, provided strong support through these difficult times.
SAFETY AND HEALTH
We continued applying our safety strategy throughout the year with a pleasing improvement in our fatal injury frequency rate from 0.12 to 0.08 per million hours worked. Our South African underground operations recorded 3 million fatality-free shifts; Hidden Valley, Moab Khotsong, Harmony One plant and Free State operations all recorded 2 million each; and Target 1, Tshepong operations, Joel and the Free State plants, 1 million each.
Our Covid-19 standard operating procedures were informed by guidelines from local government authorities and global organisations, particularly the World Health Organization. We also consulted with relevant government departments and organised labour. We had essential preventative measures in place before lockdown. Our objective at the outset was to protect our people from the pandemic as they returned to work.
Tragically, six colleagues died in work-related incidents during FY20: Siyabonga Ntika (rock-drill operator), John Thabang Mamogale (metallurgical assistant), Elphas Nkosi (supervisor), Tshepang Lebajoa (locomotive operator), Sibusiso Mngomezulu (winch operator) and Papa Ernest Dael (development team member). We extend our heartfelt condolences to their families, friends and colleagues.
We will continue the safety journey we began in 2016, with focus on leadership, risk management, attaining a proactive safety culture, adopting measures to prevent repeat incidents, rewarding safe behaviour and zero tolerance for non-compliance.
For additional information, see Safety and health.
ENVIRONMENTAL, SOCIAL AND GOVERNANCE (ESG) PERFORMANCE
Harmony’s ESG achievements in FY20 were recognised by various ratings organisations. In the FTSE4Good Index, we outperformed both the gold and basic materials sectors on four ratings - ESG overall, environment, social and governance. We retained our position in the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index and, in the MSCI Emerging Markets Index, we improved our rating from CCC to B. In the Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) ratings, we achieved A for climate change and B for water.
Our total spend on environmental management and stewardship in FY20 was R159 million (US$10 million) - R126 million (US$8 million) in South Africa and R33 million (US$2 million) in Papua New Guinea. Our total social spend (local economic development plus corporate social investment) for the year was R112 million (US$7 million) - R76 million (US$5 million) in South Africa and R36 million (US$2 million) in Papua New Guinea.

22



For additional information, see Stakeholder engagement and material issues, Environmental management and stewardship and Socio-economic development - uplifting communities.
OPERATIONAL REVIEW
South African operations
Total gold production from the South African operations of 32 991 kilograms (1.06Moz) was 15% lower than FY19, mainly due to the Covid-19 lockdown. In the first half of FY20, our operations performed well against their plans, except for Kusasalethu. Production in the second half was disrupted by reduced electricity supply and the Covid-19 lockdown. The underground operations recorded in the fourth quarter of FY20 of 5.72g/t, was well above our revised grade guidance for FY20 of 5.50 to 5.57g/t.
Papua New Guinea
Gold production for the year was 22% lower at 4 872 kilograms (156 639oz). Production at our Hidden Valley operation continued to be affected by the planned move from stage 5 to stage 6 mining in the pit during the year. The mine imposed its own site-lockdown for several weeks from the onset of the pandemic but was able to maintain production at a reduced rate.
GROWTH
The acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions was concluded in September 2020 and we assumed operational control of both from 1 October 2020. This acquisition reaffirms our belief in the sustainability of gold and operating in South Africa.
These assets - similar to Moab Khotsong acquired two years ago - will be integrated into the Harmony family. With approximately 350 000 ounces immediately added to our annual production, we will further evaluate unlocking any surface synergies with our existing assets.
We have resumed our capital projects - including Target North drilling, exploration at Kalgold, the Tshepong and Joel decline projects and the Great Noligwa shaft pillar. These were halted at the onset of the pandemic as one of the measures to protect our balance sheet.
In Papua New Guinea, we have applied to the Mineral Resources Authority to extend Hidden Valley’s mining lease - which expires in 2025 - by a further five years. The Wafi-Golpu project is a game-changer for Harmony, both in terms of replacing ounces and increasing margins. Together with our joint-venture partner, Newcrest Mining Limited, we remain committed to progressing negotiations on a special mining lease for Wafi-Golpu. We are therefore encouraged by recent statements from the prime minister of Papua New Guinea that the project is a national priority to be urgently advanced.
OUR PEOPLE
The wellness, commitment, skill and expertise of our employees form the basis of the success and growth of our economy. This proved even more true in a most challenging year. With stable employee relations and supportive representative unions, we were able to maintain our focus on development, training and providing opportunities, despite the distractions and demands associated with Covid-19. More than ever, our relationships with our stakeholders were strengthened during the year.
LOOKING AHEAD
In FY21, we will pursue our strategy to produce safe, profitable ounces and improve margins. We look forward to bringing to account additional production from our new assets and will provide updated guidance for the year once we have completed their integration.

23



CONCLUSION
In what proved to be the most extraordinary of years, I am most grateful for the continued support of Harmony’s board, executives and employees, our shareholders, trade unions, regulators and communities. With hope, resilience and strength, I am confident Harmony is prepared for FY21.
Peter Steenkamp
Chief executive officer
23 October 2020



24



OUR BUSINESS CONTEXT
OUR EXTERNAL OPERATING ENVIRONMENT

Our external operating environment is influenced by continual economic, social, political and environmental pressures both at a macro-economic and national level, which can change over the short, medium or long term. It is therefore vital for Harmony’s success and sustainability that we identify and understand all external influences that impact on our business.
GLOBAL MACRO-ENVIRONMENT
 
Factor
What happened
Our response
Economic and
geo-politics
Gold price
A combination of factors converged to spur an exceptional price rally during the period under review. These included the global stock market crash in the wake of the rapid spread of the Covid-19 virus, a significant contraction of the world economy, an overhaul of monetary and fiscal policies, a weaker dollar, and continued global geopolitical risk. The gold price rose from $1 404/oz at the start of FY20 to $1 776/oz at the close of the financial year. Post-year end, the gold price continued its phenomenal trajectory and rallied to an all-time high of $2 038/oz on 3 August 2020.
Apart from the 20% of our production that is hedged - a strategy that was embarked upon in 2016 - we do not determine the gold price. However, we use three-year price assumption models to determine which gold price we will use for planning purposes.
 
 
See Chairman’s vision, Chief executive officer’s review and Financial director’s report
 
Gold market
Global demand for the commodity continued to be robust. The market was particularly driven by strong demand for jewellery in the second half of 2019 and demand for gold-backed exchange-traded funds in the first half of 2020 as investors scrambled for a safe haven amidst global socio-economic-political uncertainties.
The market was also significantly impacted by the disruption to the gold supply chain, particularly in terms of the production, refining and delivery of gold as the pandemic gained in severity.
The national lockdowns associated with the Covid-19 pandemic prevented us from haracteri production to meet the increased demand, particularly in the fourth quarter of the year under review. But Harmony remains focused on overcoming any remaining operational challenges to take maximum advantage of the robust demand.
 
 
See Chairman’s vision, Chief executive officer’s review and Financial director’s report
 
Geo-political uncertainties
Both the price of and market for gold are driven by the state of the global geo-political environment. The period under review was characterised by heightened geo-political uncertainty, driven principally by rising tensions between the United States and China, the decoupling of the US-Chinese technology sector, continued tensions in the Middle East, unrest in Hong Kong, and the de-secularisation.




See Chairman’s vision, Chief executive officer’s review and Financial director’s report
Health
Covid-19
The rapid spread of Covid-19, a highly-contagious severe acute respiratory syndrome, wreaked economic and social havoc across the entire world from the start of 2020. And, until a vaccine is found, Covid-19 is likely to remain a significant influencing factor determining the world’s economic-socio-political trajectory.
Within 13 days of the first official case of Covid-19 being reported in South Africa, the company announced, on 18 March, that it was implementing a Covid-19 risk management strategy. The aim of this was, and remains, to identify, evaluate and rank the hazards associated with any exposures to Covid-19 and potential infections. It also aims to reduce the probability of an employee contracting Covid-19 and to limit the severity should they be infected.
See Safety and health

25



 
Factor
What happened
Our response
Socio-cultural
Shareholder activism
Shareholders and investors the world over expect far more from companies than a decade ago. There is increasing pressure on mining companies to not only demonstrate that they can responsibly allocate and manage capital but, more importantly, that they prove a solid commitment to dealing with ESG issues.
Responsible stewardship is one of our strategic pillars. To meet shareholder expectations, we focus on continuously improving our ESG performance, while aligning our corporate targets with the UN SDGs and other guidelines, where relevant.
See Stakeholder engagement and material issues
Environmental
Climate change
Climate change is increasingly putting governments, investors, and society at large on a collision course with corporate decision-makers, who must choose between ambitious commitments to reduce their emissions and their bottom lines. There is a growing trend by civil society of being unforgiving of investors and companies they believe to be moving too slowly towards a carbon neutral future. Moreover, investors are reducing exposures to carbon intensive industries. All this as global warming makes natural disasters more likely, more frequent, and more severe.
To keep our impact to a minimum, we are committed to reduce our carbon emissions as much as feasibly possible, comply with all environmental legislation, manage our resources efficiently, minimise waste streams, and implement best practices as far as land management and rehabilitation is concerned.


See Environmental stewardship

Regional specific factors
 
Factor
What happened
Our response
Economic
Exchange rate



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG



The rand depreciated considerably relative to the US dollar, during the year under review. This served to further boost the advantage of the gold price rally and the rand gold price exceeded R1 million/kg for the first time in the country’s history.
The Covid-related national lockdowns inhibited us from maximising production to take full advantage of the exchange rate. We remain, however, committed to overcoming any remaining operational challenges to take maximum advantage of the robust demand.
 
 
 
See Financial director’s report
 
Sovereign rating



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG
South Africa’s sovereign rating was further downgraded in early 2020, thereby negatively impacting the cost of and access to capital.
We regularly engage with investors to provide a realistic understanding of our potential operating and financial performance.
 
EX15IR20PNGFLAG.JPG
Similarly, Papua New Guinea’s long-term foreign and local currency sovereign credit rating was also downgraded in early 2020 on the back of mounting debt and fiscal deficits.
See Financial director’s report
Socio-cultural
Social licence to operate


EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG

EX15IR20PNGFLAG.JPG
The nature of the extractive sector means that mining companies must pay particular attention to their social licence to operate. This is an ‘unspoken’ acceptance and approval by local communities and other stakeholders to operate a project. To ensure a social licence to operate, companies must navigate complex social, economic and political dynamics over time to avoid conflicts with their host communities.
Communities have expectations of economic benefits - employment and procurement opportunities, and the provision of infrastructure, health care and education.
We take our role as a responsible corporate citizen seriously and continuously strive to preserve our social licence to operate. We constructively engage with stakeholders to share value, better understand and manage expectations, and to secure and maintain our social licence to operate.
 
See Socio-economic development - uplifting communities

26



 
Factor
What happened
Our response
 
Potential liability for occupational lung disease compensation



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG
On 21 December 2012, a class action suit was brought against 32 South African gold mining companies on behalf of 69 former gold miners - themselves representative of a far larger number of miners - suffering from silicosis.
The ongoing litigation represented a substantial financial and reputational liability for the gold mining companies.
Harmony was central to the negotiations that resulted in a R5.2 billion settlement that was approved by the Johannesburg High Court on 26 July 2019. Harmony was also instrumental in the establishment of a trust to carry out the terms of the settlement agreement and to manage the compensation process.
 
See Safety and health
Political / regulatory
Political / regulatory / legal environment



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG



EX15IR20PNGFLAG.JPG
Papua New Guinea’s legislative and regulatory environment is undergoing a profound transformation, driven by the ‘take back Papua New Guinea’ agenda of recently-elected Prime Minister James Marape.
In both jurisdictions, we strive to constructively engage with government directly, or through industry lobby representatives, to find amicable solutions to the concerns of both parties.
 
There are several new bills and amendment bills and new draft policies before parliament, which have been delayed owing to the onset of the Covid-19 global pandemic. This has prolonged regulatory uncertainty, particularly in terms of the regulated management and reporting of environmental impacts in and surrounding mining operations.
See Chairman’s vision, Chief executive officer’s review, Exploration and projects

Environmental
Water shortage



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG
Water availability is becoming less predictable, with South Africa experiencing intense drought periods recently.
We strive to manage and mitigate our impacts on water catchment areas by ensuring that we do not denude the quality or reduce the volume of water in areas around our operations.
 
See Environmental management and stewardship
Technical
Electricity



EX15IR20SAFLAG.JPG
Not only is the price of electricity expensive, continued intermittent load shedding makes the supply unreliable.
Harmony is exploring renewable energy options which will greatly assist in reducing dependency on Eskom.
 
See Environmental management and stewardship

OUR RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES

The nature of our operations, together with factors and events in the external environment within which we operate, expose our business to risks and opportunities that can impact on the delivery on strategic objectives and the ability to generate sustainable value for shareholders and other stakeholders.
We have systems and processes in place to carefully evaluate, manage and mitigate these risks proactively and to realise opportunities. Effective governance and active management are fundamental to these processes and systems.
By understanding those factors in our internal and external operating environments that create uncertainty and risk as well as their inter-related dynamics, we are better able to manage the effects of such risks and to position Harmony to take advantage of any opportunities, future challenges and growth prospects. See Our external operating environment for more information.

27



Over our 70 years in operation, we have developed expertise in operating in emerging economies and experience in managing the socio-political challenges in these countries. We have developed the skills to navigate the challenges of multi-stakeholder labour relations, especially at our deep-level gold mines in South Africa, which are labour intensive and unionised.
OUR ENTERPRISE RISK MANAGEMENT PROCESS
At Harmony, our approach to risk management relies on the continuous monitoring of risk and related mitigation procedures and, when appropriate, their revision. These activities are embedded in our day-to-day activities and processes at an operational level, and in our governance structures at a group policy level.
Risk management has, as its starting point, our business strategy and related strategic objectives, and similarly for opportunities. Identifying and understanding those factors that have the potential to limit our ability to deliver on our strategy is vital – and conversely for those factors that present opportunities – will enable us to achieve our goals.
In the past year, our risk management team focused on progressively evolving from being simply risk competent to becoming risk intelligent, enabling us to make risk-based decisions. We are currently in the final stages of developing our new enterprise risk management and resilience policy, risk management guidelines and standards, and a new risk management framework to improve the effectiveness of risk management throughout Harmony. This entails a more holistic and forward-looking approach to the management of risk and uncertainty.

Risk management process
OVERSIGHT OF RISK
GOVERNANCE PROCESS
EX15IAR20OURRISK_IMAGE1.GIF
EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT
EX15IAR20OURRISK_IMAGE1.GIF
IMPLEMENTATION AND
DAY-TO-DAY MANAGEMENT
Board
Top strategic, operational and safety-specific risks and mitigating factors
are reported quarterly to the board
by committees
 
Conducts quarterly reviews of Harmony’s strategic risk profile to:
    assess its completeness
    consider those external and internal factors which could lead to any new/emerging risks and opportunities
    revisit the likelihood and impact/ consequence of existing risks and to similarly assess any new or emerging risks and opportunities to determine a residual rating for each
    review the completeness, effectiveness and/or relevance of mitigating actions implemented and to evaluate the resulting residual risk ranking
 
Operational management teams
Implement and oversee day-to-day
risk management
Audit and risk committee
Responsible for oversight of risk governance and ensuring that strategic risks are appropriately addressed and managed. Reviews and evaluates related policies, systems and processes in place to identify, monitor and manage risk, including our risk management policy, methodology and planning, formal risk assessment, internal controls and assurance processes, our risk appetite and tolerance, and our responses to the risks identified
 
Safety
A four-layered risk-based approach to actively manage safety adopted in both South Africa and Papua New Guinea – for further information on this risk-based approach to safety, see Safety and health in this report
Technical committee
Monitors safety and operation- 
specific risks
 
Operations
Each operation maintains, updates
and regularly reviews its risk register. These operational risk registers are formally reviewed weekly by the regional general managers together with country-based executive and
management teams
Other board committees
Review specific risks falling within the ambit of their responsibilities
 

28



HARMONY'S RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
Mining is a business laden with risks, both from an operational and external operating environment perspective. Only by being fully aware and understanding all these risks and implementing mitigating initiatives can a mining business be both successful and sustainable. It is in this context that, in 2018, we adopted the Harmony risk management strategy, the ultimate objective of which is to achieve safe, profitable production at all our operations in South Africa and Papua New Guinea.
This risk management strategy is also intended to embed a culture of risk awareness and mitigation in all our employees - from the miners at the rock face to executive management - to ensure that we operate safely and productively. See Safety and health for more detail on the roll-out of this strategy in the safety sphere.
Our risk management strategy is essentially a four-layered approach to identifying, assessing and controlling all hazards and risks that could impact our ability to achieve safe and profitable production.
The structure of this four-layer approach includes:
Identifying risks and analysing the most effective strategies or initiatives (which we refer to as golden controls) to mitigate those risks
Implementing those golden controls with routine inspection and maintenance
Continuous monitoring to assess the effectiveness of controls, with regular analysis and reporting, and action management on all failures
Identifying and defining any improvements that could be made to any of our risk management initiatives
Key to the effective roll-out of this strategy has been the modernisation and digitisation of all our systems and processes across the group, a process that has been underway since 2018. A modernised, digital operating platform not only enables the company to collect and store essential data more efficiently, it also facilitates more effective analysis of hazards and risks in real-time.
Since 2018, the roll-out and implementation of Harmony’s risk management strategy has focused on safety with the specific aim of improving the group’s safety performance and embedding a proactive culture towards safety. Such has been the successful implementation of this approach in the area of safety that Harmony will be rolling out this risk management strategy to all spheres of the business during the course of FY21. As such a multi-faceted approach requires considerable co-operation, we have secured buy-in from all relevant stakeholders of our business.

Harmony risk management strategy - systems and processes
EX15IAR20RISK1.JPG

29



EX15IAR20RISK2.JPG
DETERMINING OUR MOST SIGNIFICANT RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
Once we have determined our group-level risk appetite and tolerance levels, we continue to monitor our risks and to identify and manage those that are most material to the company. While our group-level risk appetite and tolerance levels are subject to formal annual reviews, they are continually monitored for relevance in terms of changing macro-environment factors. Our tolerance levels are further defined at lower tolerance limits per risk.
Group risk appetite
Harmony is in the business of gold mining – in South Africa, the rest of Africa and Papua New Guinea. Gold mining is a high-risk, high-reward business
We are involved in the entire gold mining value chain – from exploration, feasibility studies, building and buying mines, operating mines and closing and rehabilitating mines at the end of their operating life
We are exposed to gold price and exchange rate volatility and, where appropriate, will mitigate some of this exposure through hedging programmes
We operate well in emerging economies and are able to deal with associated socio-political dispensations
Exploration remains one of the most effective ways to grow an orebody and create value and, for this reason, we continue to invest in exploration
We have an appetite for change and continuous improvement, and are continuously looking for innovative ways to improve our existing mines and acquire mines that we can improve on operationally
Deep-level, narrow-reef gold mining in South Africa is very labour intensive and we have the skills to deal with the challenges of multi-stakeholder labour relations
Our experienced teams have strong values and are committed to deliver

30



Group risk tolerance
We will tolerate no deviation from the Harmony values
Group net debt balance shall not exceed a multiple of one times annual EBITDA
We have zero tolerance for corruption, bribes, and other under-handed transactions
Any unforeseen damage to the environment must be prevented and remedied immediately should this occur

STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT AND MATERIAL ISSUES

WHY STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT MATTERS
Mining companies are dependent on their fixed mineral deposits and cannot relocate to new locations when facing deteriorating socio-enviro-political conditions. For this reason, companies need to be able to navigate these complex dynamics in order to retain their social licence to operate. Stakeholder engagement is the principle mechanism through which companies can manage and address a wide range of issues, particularly those relating to employees, host communities and government authorities.
Our stakeholder engagement plan is aimed at effective stakeholder engagement, which builds partnerships and aids understanding of stakeholders’ needs and expectations as well as of their perceptions of Harmony. This approach enables us to identify, prioritise and better manage issues, as well as any potential risks and opportunities.
In order to secure the involvement and commitment of the different stakeholders, Harmony has proactively, and in accordance with its stakeholder engagement policy, adopted measures and practices to inform and guide engagements with stakeholders. These include but are not limited to the different levels of government and the communities. The platforms used include:
Establishment of community engagement structures, where they did not exist previously or re-establishing them in instances in which they did not adhere to the community/stakeholder engagement principles of inclusivity, legitimacy, transparency or had an acceptable governance framework
Scheduled meetings with host municipalities, specifically executive mayors and municipal managers
Breakfast meetings with the provincial executive councils
The quality of the relationships with stakeholders and how well these are managed affect our ability to deliver on our strategy. Improving the quality of and building long-term, stable, mutually beneficial stakeholder relationships protects our social licence to operate, supports the success of our business strategy and creates shared value for all our stakeholders.
The Covid-19 pandemic has highlighted the need for collective action, revealed our interdependencies and strengthened our relationships with various stakeholders. It is on this basis that we look forward to working together with stakeholders in FY21 and beyond.

GOVERNANCE AND AIMS OF STAKEHOLDER ENGAGEMENT
Our stakeholder engagement processes are guided by our stakeholder engagement policy and comply with relevant legislation and standards, including ISO 14001 and ISO 9000. They also take account of King IV and related recommendations on inclusive stakeholder engagement and the importance of addressing stakeholders’ legitimate concerns. The governance of and responsibility for stakeholder relations lies with the social and ethics committee, with the board having ultimate accountability.
We conduct regular engagement with stakeholders to understand their concerns, to identify and prioritise material issues and potential risks, and to determine action plans to manage such issues and risks. In engaging with stakeholders, we are guided by our values and our strategic intent to:
develop relationships founded on integrity, transparency and trust
support government by establishing collaborative partnerships with stakeholders
balance and align our goals and stakeholder expectations
establish accountability
improve stakeholder understanding of Harmony’s challenges, requirements and concerns
support value creation by maintaining awareness of broader economic and ESG issues




31



OUR MATERIAL STAKEHOLDERS
Harmony has a host of stakeholders with whom we engage. For the purposes of this report, we have identified the most material of these stakeholders - that is those with whom we engage more frequently - based on the following:
Extent of their contribution to our efforts to deliver on our strategic goals
Their potential to impact our performance
Significance of the risk of not engaging with them

ENGAGING WITH STAKEHOLDERS AND RESPONDING TO THEIR CONCERNS
We have considered and self-assessed the nature/quality of our relationships with these material stakeholders as follows:

INVESTORS AND FINANCIERS
(Includes capital providers, current and future shareholders and, indirectly, investment analysts and financial media)
Significance: provide financial capital
Aims of engagement
Form of engagement
Concerns
Response
    Reporting on all aspects of our performance
    Managing expectations relating to our financial, operating and ESG performance
    Providing guidance on delivery against our strategic objectives
    Results presentations
    Annual reporting
    Website
    One-on-one calls and industry conferences
    Meetings, including the annual general meeting
    Regulatory announcements
    E-mails sent to our database
    Safety performance
    Power security in South Africa
    All-in sustaining costs and the impact of higher social demands. Management of Covid-19 pandemic and related implications
    Conclusion of acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions and possible synergies to unlock value
    Continued implementation of risk-based management strategy to improve safety performance
    Plans put in place to access solar power
    Higher production results in lower costs, allowing Harmony to share profits with all stakeholders
    Acquisition concluded on 14 September 2020, with Harmony taking effective control on 1 October 2020
    Rights issue to fund acquisition successfully completed in June
    This acquisition will support our long-term sustainability
    Detailed communication on action taken to address Covid-19 pandemic – viability of company and livelihoods of surrounding communities ensured

32



EMPLOYEES AND UNIONS
Significance: provide human capital, including skills and experience.
Aims of engagement
Form of engagement
Concerns
Response
•    Emphasising the importance of safety, reducing risk, procedural compliance
•    Maintaining stable, constructive, peaceful labour relations
•    Reporting performance against our strategic objectives
•    Regular, frequent communication takes various forms – mass meetings, briefs, intranet, newsletters, emails, internal broadcasts, WhatsApp/text messages
•    Structured, formal regular meetings with unions
•    Safety – eliminating injuries and preventing fatalities
•    Covid-19 pandemic and related health concerns, treatment
•    Transformation in South Africa and localisation in Papua New Guinea
•    Security of employment during Covid-19
•    Ongoing communication to raise safety awareness and continued roll-out of risk management process
•    Encouraging a more engaged and proactive safety culture
•    Implementation of Covid-19 standard operating procedures and related communication on how employees should protect themselves, keeping safe and on what to do if tested positive
•    Processes underway to improve transformation and localisation
COMMUNTIES AND NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATIONS
Significance: that aspect of social and relationship capital which represents responsible corporate citizenship and impacts our social licence to operate.
Aims of engagement
Form of engagement
Concerns
Response
    Establishing collaborative partnerships with host communities based on shared value
    Managing our socio-economic and environmental impacts as well as community expectations
    Resolving community grievances
    Promoting economic stability
    Regular, formal meetings with community structures
    Issues-based meetings
    Media to support community engagement includes interviews and ads on radio and articles and ads in newspapers
    Employment opportunities and job creation
    Procurement opportunities
    Enterprise development
    Mine community development
    Illegal mining
    Launched a social facilitation project to assist in the setting up of inclusive and legitimate community engagement structures
    Hosting of supplier days within host communities to facilitate localised economic growth and development
GOVERNMENT AND REGULATORS
(Engagement is undertaken at all levels of government - regional, provincial and national)
Significance: enact legislation and related regulations with which Harmony must comply in order to earn its regulatory licence to operate.
Aims of engagement
Form of engagement
Concerns
Response
    Maintaining positive relations with all levels of government to better manage the uncertainty around regulatory changes and political risk
    Collaboration
    Reporting on compliance and developments and/or changes at our operations and projects
    Promoting an environment conducive to investment for long-term growth
    Formal reports
    Issues-based meetings
    Engagement is frequently undertaken through industry bodies such as the Minerals Council South Africa and the PNG Chamber of Mines and Petroleum which represents the mining industry at relevant parliamentary portfolio committees and campaigns on the industry’s behalf
    Compliance
    Safety performance
    Transformation
    Land redistribution
    Crime and poverty alleviation
    Accelerated transformation programme in place

33



SUPPLIERS
Significance: provide raw materials, inputs and services essential to the conduct of our business.
Aims of engagement
Form of engagement
Concerns
Response
•    Managing costs and aligning with our policies on the environment and climate change, transformation and enterprise development, thus helping us to deliver on our strategic objectives and supporting our long-term viability
•    In South Africa, such engagement is essential in helping us meet procurement targets in relation to our mining rights
•    One-on-one, issues-based meetings
•    Email and website
•    Industry meetings
•    Contracts and service agreements
•    Long-term sustainability and continuity of our business
•    Preferential procurement
•    Alignment with Harmony’s values, policies and practices (human rights, labour relations, safety and environmental)
•    Ethical conduct, bribery and corruption
•    Continuing engagement with key suppliers
•    Dedicated initiatives in place giving preference to local suppliers and the historically disadvantaged
•    In South Africa, initiatives are in place to support local small business by means of supplier days and a significant portion of our social and labour plan budget allocation is aimed at promoting entrepreneurial skills and small, medium and micro business development, especially among women and youth
•    Contracts and service agreements are aligned with policies on ethical conduct
DETERMINING OUR MATERIAL ISSUES
To determine our material issues, we identify and prioritise those issues which have the potential to impact our ability to meet our strategic objectives and to create value. In so doing, we also consider the potential of these issues to impact our governance, performance and prospects, and take into account the following:
Our risk profile
Our external operating context
Stakeholder feedback
Any emerging industry issues
Once the material issues have been identified, we develop systems and processes to monitor, review and report on them. In addressing these material issues, SDG 17 (Partnerships for the goals) is critical. Harmony collaborates with other entities to address these issues and create shared value.

34



Material issue
Rationale/explanation
Related SDGs:
Ensuring employee safety and health
•    Preventing workplace fatalities and injuries
•    Eliminating and managing occupational health
•    Managing the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic – and all that it entails
•    Reducing airborne pollutants and inhalable hazards in the workplace
Stakeholders affected
    Employees
    Trade unions
    Government departments
•    Investors
Our focus on ‘zero harm’ represents an investment in the business. A safe, healthy workforce contributes to an engaged, motivated and productive workforce, which in turn mitigates operational stoppages, reduces potential legal liabilities and averts reputational damage.
The Covid-19 pandemic and safety are included in the ranking of our top 10 group risks.
With the forthcoming acquisition of Mponeng, the world’s deepest gold mine, we will renew our commitment to ensuring zero harm in the workplace given the risk of safely mining at such depths.
Directly affected:
Good health and well-being
Decent work and economic growth
 
Social licence to operate - contributing to self-sustaining communities and responsible closure planning
•    Planning for local economic activity and socio-economic sustainability post mine closures
•    Managing community expectations and decreasing community discontent
•    Supporting local and transformational procurement and enterprise and supplier development
•    Ensuring constructive relationships and partnerships with stakeholders
Stakeholders affected
    Communities
    Government departments
    Non-governmental organisations
•    Investors
Given the finite nature of our operations, Harmony acknowledges its socio-economic responsibilities to the communities in its areas of operation. We acknowledge that often our operations are an important economic agent in host communities – as an employer, in supporting local businesses, being a contributor to the rates and taxes of local municipalities, among others. When a mining operation closes, there may be serious economic consequences for host communities.
We aim to support government in creating self-sustaining communities beyond the operating lives of our mines. In so doing, we leverage our skills and infrastructure, develop suppliers, and assist in establishing alternative economic activities that can be sustained post-mining.
To expand local employment opportunities, increase tax revenues, and meet increasing community demands for improved infrastructure and greater environmental protection, government continues to pressurise the mining industry. Accordingly, there is a growing need to achieve measurable social outcomes and build sound relationships around operations.
Engaging with stakeholders is key to implementing our business strategy. Failing to do so jeopardises our social licence to operate and could reduce opportunities in the market.
Directly affected:
Sustainable cities and communities
Indirectly affected:
No poverty
Zero hunger
Quality education

35



Responsible environmental stewardship - mitigating the impacts of our mining activities
•    Water – infrastructure, management and discharges
•    Energy – infrastructure, management and supply security
•    Climate change – our contribution (emissions management) and its impact on Harmony
•    Waste management
•    Land management and biodiversity
•    Integrated closure
•    Remediation obligations and provisions
•    Responsible cyanide consumption
•    Integrity of tailings storage facility
Stakeholders affected
    Communities
    Government departments
•    Non-governmental organisations 
    Investors
To deliver on our business objectives, we rely on a capable, motivated and engaged workforce that behaves in a manner that is consistent with our values and Code of Conduct. We strive to establish a high-performance culture, by ensuring an organisational structure that is fit for purpose and empowering employees by equipping them with the necessary skills and to deliver on our strategy.
Directly affected:
Good health and well-being
Gender equality
Decent work and economic growth
Indirectly affected:
Quality education
Reduced inequalities
Navigating political and regulatory uncertainty
In South Africa:
•    Increasing cost of regulatory compliance – the carbon tax
•    Uncertainty around land expropriation
In Papua New Guinea:
•    Increasing regulatory uncertainty could jeopardise our continued operation and delay our proceeding with the Wafi-Golpu project
Stakeholders affected
    All levels of government and government departments
    Industry bodies
    Community at large
•    Investors 
There are two aspects to political and regulatory changes – the resulting uncertainty and the financial impact of such changes.
Uncertainty affects our decision-making and our ability to ensure the sustainability of our business. While the uncertainty in South Africa appears to have abated somewhat and we continue to assess the financial impact of forthcoming legislation, in Papua New Guinea the prevailing uncertainty there is delaying the making of decisions that are key to the company’s longevity and profitability.
Directly affected:
Partnerships for the goals
 

36



SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT
DELIVERING ON RESPONSIBLE STEWARDSHIP AND THE SDGs

Our responsibility as a corporate citizen extends beyond securing our social licence to operate. It is the foundation of our business and our values.

Our purpose is to create value in the broadest sense and prevent its erosion as we contribute to society, protect the environment and mitigate our impacts so that we leave a positive legacy once mining has ceased and to do so in the most responsible manner possible.

The principles of sustainable development are covered by the fourth pillar of our business strategy - responsible stewardship. This pillar, which supports our aim to produce safe, profitable ounces, entails us being mindful of the impacts of our business activities - on our employees, host communities and the environment - and to have in place plans to limit, manage and mitigate these impacts. It is only through engagement and partnerships that we are able to continue the responsible and sustainable mining of gold in both South Africa and Papua New Guinea. We adhere to the laws and regulations pertaining to sustainable development in each of these countries.

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND FRAMEWORKS APPLIED

United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs): These 17 goals, which were adopted by member states in September 2015, contain 169 indicators and targets. They are aimed at creating a better world by 2030, by eliminating poverty, fighting inequality and ensuring that the world is safe from the worst effects of climate change. An important aspect of these goals is the role of business and the private sector, together with governments, civil society and the public, in achieving these targets. Harmony adopted the SDGs in 2018.

World Gold Council Responsible Gold Mining Principles: These principles address key environmental, social and governance issues for the gold mining sector and set out clear expectations for consumers, investors and the downstream gold supply chain as to what constitutes responsible gold mining. We are currently in our first year of the three-year process for formal certification in line with these principles.

Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD): We have produced our first report in accordance with these disclosures for FY20. Previously, we had reported on our climate-related performance in our submissions to CDP Climate Change (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project). We continue to report on water related performance in our submission to CDP Water.

Although Harmony is not a member of the International Council on Minerals and Metals (ICMM), or a signatory to the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC) or the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights (VPSHR), we are guided by and have adopted their principles to support our sustainable development framework, particularly those relating to management of tailings storage facilities. We also take into account the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (OECD’s) guidelines for responsible investment.

As a member of the Minerals Council South Africa, we subscribe to their Membership Compact, a mandatory code of ethical business conduct, and its guiding principles.





37



ALIGNING WITH THE SDGS

Given our dependence on natural and human resources, and having operated in emerging market countries for decades, Harmony acknowledges the role we must play in contributing to broader sustainable development issues such as taking action against climate change and fossil-fuel energy consumption, ending poverty, and efficiently managing our use of scarce natural resources such as water, land and biodiversity.

In South Africa, the SDGs are driven through the National Development Plan. As a private sector company and a long-standing South African gold producer, we are committed to doing our part to support the governments in South Africa and Papua New Guinea in reaching these goals. Our core purpose also aligns our business objectives with the SDGs.

We have interrogated the SDGs to identify those most aligned with our core business, our sustainable development strategy and with our responsibilities as a responsible corporate citizen.

We have identified and prioritised six SDGs that are directly aligned with our core business strategy and its four pillars. We have also identified an additional four SDGs to which we can meaningfully contribute through our sustainable development strategy and by delivering on our socio-economic development commitments. Many of the SDGs are interconnected.

EX15IAR20IMAGEX.GIF



38



TIER 1: DESCRIPTION
3
Ensure good health and promote the well-being of all
5
Promote gender equality and empower women and girls
8
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work
12
Ensure sustainable, responsible consumption and production patterns
13
Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
15
Protect, restore and promote the sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, halt and reverse land degradation, and halt biodiversity loss

TIER 2: DESCRIPTION
1
End poverty in all its forms everywhere
2
End hunger, achieve food security and promote sustainable agriculture
4
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities
11
Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable

COLLABORATING FOR THE SDGs
17
Collaboration with various stakeholders

TIER 1:
SDGs WHICH ARE CENTRAL TO OUR CORE BUSINESS AND STRATEGY

In conducting our business and acting to deliver on the four pillars making up our strategy, we contribute directly to certain SDGs. Our drive for operational excellence and our commitment to responsible stewardship, especially of the environment, to transformation and to gender equality enables our direct contribution to the following SDGs:

GOAL
WHAT HARMONY IS DOING
3 Good health and well being
The safety, health and well-being of employees is a priority. In many instances, this extends to our communities where many of our employees reside. More recently, combatting the Covid-19 pandemic in both countries in which we operate has taken precedence.

See Safety and health for more information
5 Gender equality
In recent years, gender equality has become an increasingly important aspect of our human resources policy. Gender diversity targets are in place and we are actively engaged in increasing the number of women employed across the company, at all levels.

See Employee relations and Corporate governance for more information
8 Decent work and economic growth
We provide employment for approximately 40 000 people. We aim to be a fair and responsible employer, to deliver on our business strategy and ensure our long-term viability, and to respect the rights of employees to associate freely. Training and development programmes empower employees to contribute to the company and society.

See Employee relations for more information
12 Responsible consumption and production
A key pillar of our business strategy is operational excellence. This includes optimising our processes, grade management and costs to improve productivity and efficiencies. This inherently involves the efficient use of natural resources, responsible waste management and sustainable procurement practices. In addition, it includes regular sustainable development reporting.

See Operational performance and Environmental management for more information

39



13 Climate action
Reducing our impact on climate change is vital. In South Africa, where much of the energy we consume is fossil fuel, long-term targets aim to reduce energy consumption, improve related efficiencies and reduce greenhouse gas emissions. In Papua New Guinea, a significant portion of energy used is renewable (hydro-power) energy.

See Environmental management and TCFD report 2020 for more information
15 Life on land
Our environmental strategy and related policies and procedures seek to mitigate the environmental impacts of our mining activities. In South Africa, a rigorous land rehabilitation programme is under way.

See Environmental management for more information

TIER 2:
Much of the work we undertake to address our socio-economic development responsibilities focuses on infrastructure, education and skills development, job creation and entrepreneurial development, broad-based local and community economic empowerment and enterprise development initiatives. Women and the youth are frequently the focus in these initiatives. By investing in the future of our communities, we contribute to these SDGs:

GOAL
WHAT HARMONY IS DOING
1 No poverty
Harmony employs around 40 000 people who in turn support their families, and the local businesses and municipalities in the communities in which they live. Many of our socio-economic initiatives are aimed at creating and supporting sustainable economic activities - see SDG 11 - and also help to combat poverty.
2 Zero hunger
We support broad-based agriculture and commercial agricultural ventures to establish alternative, sustainable economic activities that will endure once mining ceases and to contribute to food security. In South Africa, our focus is on the cultivation of grains and vegetables. In Papua New Guinea, the cocoa and coffee projects are progressing well.
4 Quality education
In South Africa, we focus on advancing mathematics, science and technology at secondary school level. In addition, at community level, we promote training in entrepreneurial and portable skills as well as information and communication technology among the youth.
11 Sustainable cities and communitites
Our recently revised socio-economic development strategy focuses on agricultural, infrastructure and sustainable energy projects, which have greater potential to deliver sustainable long-term benefits to communities. This strategy is supported by preferential and local procurement, and enterprise and supplier development. The overall aim is to help establish sustainable communities that are economically viable once mining has ceased. Infrastructure projects (such as roads in South Africa and water and sanitation in Papua New Guinea) help to boost the resilience of host communities.
For more information on Harmony’s contribution to these tier 2 SDGs, see Socio-economic development
Collaborating for the SDGs
A significant amount of the work that we do in relation to sustainable development and our ESG performance is undertaken in collaboration with various stakeholders, thus supporting SDG 17 - partnerships for the goals:

17 Partnerships for the goals
Partnering to aid delivery on the SDGs entails strengthening the means of implementation and revitalising partnerships - with communities, local municipalities, small businesses and various levels of government - for sustainable development. This we strive to do at both local and regional levels.

40



ENSURING STABILITY, EMPLOYEE SAFETY AND WELL-BEING

SAFETY AND HEALTH

ZERO HARM
At Harmony, our employees are our most important stakeholder and a vital capital. Their safety and health are a moral imperative and thus paramount. In line with our values, of which safety is the first, we firmly believe that no product is as important as our employees, who should return home daily, safe and healthy.
This philosophy extends to the communities, where many of our employees live and which are impacted by our operations. We believe that contributing to the health and well-being of our community members facilitates a socio-economic ecosystem in which our business and all stakeholders can thrive.

Capitals affected:
Directly
Indirectly
HUMAN CAPITAL
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
SOCIAL AND RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
 
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
Stakeholder/s affected:
Employees
Other stakeholders engaged include governmental and regulators
 
 
 
 
Strategic pillars:
Related risk:
Operational excellence
•    Covid-19 pandemic – spread of infection and potential impact on business sustainability (risk 1)
Responsible stewardship
•    Failure to eliminate fatalities and improve safety performance (risk 2)

Responsible committee:
Technical committee (safety)
Social and ethics committee (health)

GRI Standards:
Prepared in accordance with: 403-1, 403-2, 403-3, 403-4, 403-5, 403-6, 403-7, 403-8, 403-9 and 403-10

CONTRIBUTING TO THE SDGs:
The safety, health and well-being of employees are a priority, in line with our strategy and our values. Our safety and healthy strategy contributes directly to SDGs 3 and 8, which target and promote the health and well-being of all and decent work. In this context, ‘decent work’ refers to employment that is productive and delivers a fair income, provides security in the workplace and social protection for families, ensures better prospects for personal development and social integration, facilitates freedom for people to express their concerns, allows employees to organise and participate in the decisions that affect their lives, and guarantees equality of opportunity and treatment for all women and men.



41



GOOD HEALTH AND WELL-BEING
DECENT WORK AND ECONOMIC GROWTH
•    The health and wellness of employees is important to their being able to live full, productive lives
•    We focus on occupational health, chronic diseases such as TB and HIV/Aids, as well as lifestyle diseases
•    More recently, combatting the Covid-19 pandemic has taken precedence and become the overwhelming focus of our health services; however, the pandemic has served to embed Harmony’s proactive approach to health and safety
•    As a responsible employer, providing decent work includes ensuring that everything possible is done to safeguard employees, ensure that workplaces are safe and to prevent injury or harm so that employees return home, safe and well
•    Employees have the right to refuse to work when they consider a workplace unsafe
•    Training and other support are provided to encourage safe behaviour and conduct
For more information on our contribution to the SDGs, see Our sustainable development framework

OUR APPROACH TO SAFETY AND HEALTH
The safety, health and well-being of our employees is an area that poses some of the highest risks to our business. Not only does this have the potential to negatively impact our human capital, it could also affect our ability to deliver on our strategic objectives. It is in this context that we have two key operational focuses: to ensure a safe and healthy workplace and to create a proactive safety culture where our employees stop, assess and manage all work-related risks. Ensuring these two aspects will ultimately contribute to the delivery of our business objectives as well as the sustainability of our business.

The tenets of our safety and health policy, which forms part of our broader sustainable development framework, focus on:
Ensuring that leadership at all levels leads by example and creates an enabling environment for driving continuous improvement in safety performance
Ensuring that high-risk safety and health exposures are managed through focused strategies with risk management as the bedrock
Promoting the health of our employees by pro-actively supporting their physical, psychological and emotional well-being
Providing an integrated, proactive healthcare service by making primary, occupational and wellness facilities easily accessible to employees at work
Ensuring that Harmony manages community health exposures and promotes the well-being of our host communities

All of these aspects were covered by the standard operating procedure developed to address the challenges of the Covid-19 pandemic, helping to reinforce our safety and health policy.
Our occupational safety and health policy and related management frameworks are aligned with the Mine Health and Safety Act in South Africa and with relevant legislation in Papua New Guinea, including the Mining (Safety) Act and associated regulations. We also apply best practices and guidelines as prescribed by the International Council on Mining and Metals. Our approach to safety encompasses critical control management, preparedness, prevention and the monitoring, review and analysis of relevant safety and health data indicators.

GOVERNANCE
At board level, the technical committee is responsible for approving and monitoring compliance with our safety and health policy, and with legislation. Safety is a key performance indicator for management and is accordingly monitored to determine remuneration in terms of safety performance. A report on safety incidents and achievements forms part of the chief executive officer’s report to the board. At every board meeting, the chairperson of the technical committee also provides feedback to the board on Harmony’s safety performance.
Representatives of management, unions, the Minerals Council South Africa and government participate in structures aimed at emphasising the importance of safety and how to achieve our goal to eliminate fatalities and prevent the loss of life.
At our South African operations, operational safety and health committees ensure that all employees are involved in managing and ensuring the safety of all. In FY20, there were 41 full-time safety and health representatives at our South African operations. The chief operating officer: South Africa reports on safety to the group executive committee on a weekly and quarterly basis, and shares a quarterly presentation with the technical committee.

42



Harmony is involved in and contributes to external safety initiatives and leading best practices in the mining industry for implementation through the Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) Community of Practice Adoption (COPA) process. For each aspect of occupational safety and health, champions are nominated to attend industry meetings and ensure that relevant information is disseminated to all operations.
In Papua New Guinea, safety managers report regularly to the South East Asia executive committee by way of notifications, formal monthly reports and meetings. This committee in turn - through the chief executive officer South-East Asia - reports to Harmony’s group executive team on a weekly basis and provides a report to the technical committee on a quarterly basis.

SAFETY
Safety is a key material risk for Harmony and is integral to our strategy - to produce safe, profitable ounces. Our safety performance can not only fundamentally impact the lives and well-being of employees, but can also have implications for other aspects of our business, not least financial. It also has potential consequences for other capitals such as social and relationship capital, and manufactured capital. Moreover, it can have a significant impact on our brand and reputation. It remains our determined ambition to prevent loss of life incidents and achieve zero harm across all our operations so that our employees can return home daily, safe and healthy.

RISK MANAGEMENT STRATEGY
Given the prominent level of risk safety poses, in 2018 we adopted and began implementing a group-wide risk management strategy for safety that applies to all our operations in South Africa and Papua New Guinea. This strategy effectively involves identifying, assessing and controlling all threats that could cause harm to any of our employees. It is based on data capturing, analysis and reporting to support proactive risk management initiatives and aid safe and profitable production. It also aims to compel a behaviour change towards safety to one that is far more engaged and proactive. This is a multi-faceted and co-operative approach that has achieved buy-in from all relevant stakeholders. The risk management strategy was explained in more detail in our Integrated Report 2019.

Governance on safety has been set out below:
EX15IAR20GOVERNANCEONSAFETY.JPG

This strategy is being rolled out in a four-phased approach in order to systematically embed risk management into our operational culture and behaviour of all employees. Phase 2 was completed during FY20. Phase 3 began in early calendar 2020, simultaneously with the roll out of phase 4.
Phase 2 of the roll-out, which began in April 2018, concerned the modernisation of systems, processes and information sharing, which has been undertaken to facilitate more proactive management. Essentially, a modernised operating system provides our mining teams with the safety and hazard information required before entering the workplace so that crews are aware of all hazards identified in previous shifts and can take the steps necessary to ensure that a workplace is safe before entering. The following initiatives were included in phase 2:
Upgrade of Syncromine to include risk management, which continued into FY20
Implementation of optical character recognition software, which enables the complete scanning of all documents to speedily identify certain risks and hazards. Before the introduction of this software, inspections

43



were an 80% manual and 20% automated process, with our operations relying on data captured by safety officers every 30-45 days to understand workplace conditions. This meant that we only had line of sight of approximately 20% of all potential risks in the workplace. As of the end of FY20, this software had been installed and successfully implemented in a majority of our operations
Implementation of risk management call centres at each operation. These are essentially a “one-stop-shop” for employees to collect and return all risk management-related checklists and forms, and a mechanism through which employees can direct risk management strategy and safety-related queries
With the successful completion of that second phase at the end of 2019, we progressed to phase 3 of the roll-out at the beginning of calendar year 2020. This has largely focused on ensuring that the appropriate interventions are in place in all operations to embed a proactive approach to safety. Included in this phase is the implementation of golden control monitoring and the improvement in response to golden control failures. Golden controls are essentially the principal preventative safety measures we use on our operations. The risk management platforms implemented in phase 2 and the integration of inter-disciplinary systems to provide transparent view control efficacy have supported automation of golden control monitoring and response.
As part of phase 3, Harmony has undertaken to systematically entrench the International Council of Mining and Metals’ critical management plan at all operations. This is essentially a guidance note that sets out the process to identify those controls to be implemented and the elements that need to be in place to ensure they are effective. With the use of this critical control management plan, our operations have been better equipped to identify both significant unwanted events and related mitigating controls.
While the modernisation of our systems and processes has been pivotal to improving safety performance, the risk management strategy would be largely ineffective without the human behaviour element. It is for this reason that phase 4 has, and continues to be, rolled-out in parallel with the other phases. This phase centres on a humanistic strategy that aims to embed a behavioural approach to safety. Moreover, this strategy aims to mould and ensure our management teams are proactive and effective leaders so that our workforce is more engaged and that the relationship between employees and management is based on trust, on both sides. The aim is to provide platforms for employees to communicate freely, without feeling threatened, and to provide management with the skills to be effective and connected leaders. For more details on our leadership programme, see Employee relations.
Further to this, we also introduced an initiative to identify an employee’s propensity to take risks with the aim of managing that behaviour. This programme has already identified clusters of high-risk taking behaviours at leadership and employee levels. Programmes developed and introduced to further embed safe behaviour focus on recognition; symbols – in terms of rewarding safety achievements and proactive safe working behaviour – optimising team functioning and teaching.

Harmony’s four-layer risk management strategy
EX15IAR20FOURLAYERRISKMANAG.JPG

The risk management strategy is proving effective in improving safety performance. With modernised systems and processes in place, we are now better equipped to continuously assess workplace conditions and equipment to ensure no undue risks are posed to any employee on the surface or underground. We are also able to more effectively monitor the progress of various safety-related initiatives that have been implemented at the various operations.

44




However, the real effectiveness of the risk management strategy was proven through Harmony’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic that hit South Africa and Papua New Guinea in early 2020. The roll-out of our four-phase risk management strategy effectively equipped Harmony with the necessary resources and processes to proactively respond to the Covid-19 pandemic and enabled us to continue operating safely, where and when it was feasible. For more details refer to the country-specific responses to the pandemic.

OUR PERFORMANCE FY20
Group safety performance regressed overall in FY20 with a recorded group lost-time injury frequency rate of 6.33 per million hours worked (FY19: 6.16). There were, regrettably, six mining-related fatalities during the year (FY19:11), all at our South African operations. The Papua New Guinean operation maintained its fatality-free performance for the fourth consecutive year.

South Africa
The South African operations experienced a mixed performance in terms of overall safety performance in FY20. While there were, regrettably, six fatalities (FY19: 11), this did represent an improvement in our fatal injury frequency rate, from 0.13 in FY19 to 0.08 per million hours worked. Most notably, our South African operations achieved 120 fatality-free days to 17 December 2019 and 102 such days to 3 June 2020, respectively the third and fourth longest fatality-free periods in our 70-year history.
The reportable injury frequency rate improved for the third consecutive year – to 3.88 per million hours worked (FY19: 4.05). However, our lost-time injury frequency rate regressed slightly to 6.69 per million hours worked (FY19: 6.48). This equated to the loss of 25 146 shifts due to occupational injury. The fall-of-ground injury frequency rate also regressed, from 1.11 to 1.22 per million hours worked, as did the rail-bound equipment injury frequency rate, which deteriorated by almost 27% to 0.70 per million hours worked (FY19: 0.55).
When analysing this safety performance, it is essential to factor-in the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic. Owing to the forced suspension of our underground mining activities for five weeks and other restrictions related to the national lockdown, our South African operations collectively lost 1.2 million shifts in FY20. This means that the various safety performance statistics were calculated using a much-reduced number of shifts worked of 8.65 million compared to the 9.83 million shifts worked in FY19.
It should also be noted that while the safety performance may seem to have declined owing to the methods of year-on-year calculation, the South African operations in fact recorded 52 fewer accidents in FY20.

EX15IAR20NUMBEROFFATALITIES.JPG EX15IAR20LOSTTIMEINJURY.JPG
One of the most prominent factors that contributed to the lost-time injury frequency rate was the repetitive occurrence of winch-related incidents. To address this, a winch pre-inspection was piloted at Doornkop, Kusasalethu and the Tshepong operations. This pre-inspection, conducted by means of the optical character recognition system – software that enables the conversion of paper data to digital, live data that can be tracked, monitored and analysed in real-time – for daily deficiency management and reporting, aims to identify real-time issues reported by winch operators and to bring these to management’s attention for assessment and assistance in ensuring safe winch operations. Given the positive results at those three operations, the pre-inspection process is to be implemented at all operations in FY21.
Our safety performance in FY20 has underscored the need to adopt a more behaviour-oriented approach to safety management, an approach that is tied in with phase 4 of our risk management strategy roll-out. In an effort to embed a proactive safety culture and accountability in our workforce, we implemented several initiatives and programmes in FY20. Among the most notable were:
Reinforcement of the right of all employees to refuse dangerous work and to leave a dangerous workplace. This is in accordance with the Mine Health and Safety Act, sections 22, 23 and 83. It is vital that our employees understand their rights, are engaged and feel safe to perform their duties, and that supervisors, in

45



turn, recognise these rights. In addition, front line supervisors are being trained and encouraged to engage with mining crews as well as management on these rights. Effective, frequent communication in this regard is vital. To address this, communication and leadership initiatives are ongoing.
Identification of the most serious unwanted events and assigning responsibility and ownership for these at an executive level. As these identified events have the potential to cause significant loss of life and shifts, they require far more focussed attention by all management levels
Reinforcement of our safety mascot, Thibakotsi, and associated safety messages, signs and symbols
Introduction of a daily work note to ensure that the frontline workforce is provided with the relevant information to proactively plan tasks at the start of each shift
A far more thorough scanning and analysis of daily safe declaration data as a means of assessing workplace conditions and raising awareness of risks and to address repetitive failures
Despite the challenges and slight regression in our safety performance, there is evidence that the risk management strategy is succeeding in positively altering the safety culture at our South African operations.
One notable change recorded in FY20 was the far greater engagement of management and the incorporation of learnings from incidents into daily safety practices. This was particularly evident in the way in which potential seismic hazards were monitored and managed during the year. The enforced daily monitoring substantially reduced the incidence of falls of ground. This practice will be carried forward into FY21 and especially applied when starting up new panels and after shut-down periods.

In memoriam
Date
Operation
Name
Occupation
Cause
25 July 2019
Tshepong
Siyabonga Ntika
Rock drill operator
Gravity-related fall of ground
18 August 2020
Doornkop plant
Thabang Mamogale
Surface assistant
Surface rail-related incident
17 December 2019
Kusasalethu
Elphas Nkosi
Transport supervisor
Rail-bound equipment-related incident
1 January 2020
Tshepong
Tshepang Lebojoa
Locomotive operator
Mud rush
21 February 2020
Kusasalethu
Sibusiso Mngomezulu
Winch operator
Winch-related
3 June 2020
Moab Khotsong
Papa Ernest Dael
Development team member
Heat exhaustion
22 July 2020*
Bambanani
Zamokuhle Shabane
Team leader
Fall from height
11 August 2020*
Kusasalethu
Zakhele Lubisi
Artisan
Tools, machinery and equipment-related
11 September 2020*
Doornkop
Alexis Lesiamang Ntjantso
Rock drill operator
Explosion
10 October 2020*
Tshepong
Tsoaela Botsane
Supervisor
Gravity-related fall of ground
10 October 2020*
Tshepong
Tisetso Pati
Winch operator
Gravity-related fall of ground
* Occurred post-year end

Death and serious injury benefits
Harmony is fully aware of and sympathetic to the devastating impact mine fatalities and serious injuries can have on the employees’ family, particularly in the financial context. In many instances, these employees are the sole breadwinner of a family and often support an extended family of well over ten people. It is for this reason that we have a comprehensive range of benefits to support the family in the incidence of a mine fatality or serious injury.

Matrix of benefits for fatal mine accidents
Matrix of benefits
Description
Provision of coffin and funeral services (cat 4-8 only)
At no cost to the family
Transport of body (cat 4-8 only)
At no cost to the family
Mine delegation to funeral
At least 2 senior managers
Union delegation to funeral
8 union members, paid leave
Mourners in hearse
Maximum of 6
Co-workers transport
Up to 1 x 60-seater bus, paid leave
On mine memorial service
For all employees to attend
Mine Workers Provident Fund (MWPF) advance
R40 000
Rand Mutual Assurance (RMA) Funeral Policy
R30 000
Company donation - provided as soon as possible
R20 000

46



Accommodation of family on mine to attend to affairs of the deceased
For 6 family members
Enrolment of children in Harmony Education Fund as per policy
No limitation on number of children
Offer of employment
Immediate offer of employment at the underground entry level

Benefits provided for serious injury on duty
 
Benefit
COIDA benefit
Either a lump sum or monthly benefit is paid to the employee on the percentage disability rating of the disablement
Alternative work
Alternative work is investigated and provided if suitable vacancies exist
Termination benefit
A benefit of two weeks per completed year of consecutive service is provided if no alternative work is available, with a minimum benefit of R60 000
Offer of employment
To an immediate family member
Ongoing care
Employees medically incapacitated as a result of an injury on duty are also placed n the TEBA Home-Based Care programme

Paraplegic benefits
The benefits provided to employees who are made paraplegic as a result of an injury at work are the same as above, however, the termination package is enhanced and the employee’s home is renovated to make it wheel chair accessible and friendly.

Impact of Covid-19 in South Africa
Our modernised systems and processes, which had been rolled out as part of risk management strategy, provided us with the necessary platform and resources to respond quickly to the pandemic, to mobilise our service departments to assess our operational readiness and to enable the implementation of mitigating controls prior to the return of our workforce. It also ensured that we had the relevant information readily available to understand in which areas we would be most vulnerable. While Covid-19 presented Harmony with a myriad of challenges, the state-enforced shutdown of our operations during national lockdown level 5 did present us with a unique opportunity to address various risks in a manner that would not necessarily have been possible in normal circumstances. During this phase of the lockdown, we conducted optical character recognition system inspections to assess workplace conditions, monitor ground conditions, and pursue critical maintenance activities.
Harmony used the shutdown as an opportunity to prepare for a safe start-up; this included routine underground visits by essential service employees to ensure the safe conditions of underground workings, establishing a steering committee and creating risk assessments, procedures, policies and communications to aid the safe resumption of operations during the Covid-19 pandemic and extended shutdown.
The pandemic necessitated a dramatic shift in how we conducted our daily activities at the various operations. We were required to adhere to all legal operating requirements - defined by the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy’s guidelines - which included aspects of screening and symptom reviews, and action management and analysis. All operations were mobilised to conduct self-audits to provide a second layer of response. In addition, disaster mitigation rooms were setup at each operation to monitor the daily efficacy of controls and to manage our Covid-19 response.
A major challenge on the return to work, and one faced by many industries, was the generation of permits and their management. Our modernised risk management system facilitated the effective management of the permitting process to access mine sites. This process has been identified as a leading practice with Harmony being commended by the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy’s principal inspector of mines in South Africa on our quick and effective response.
The behaviour-related aspect of the risk management strategy which was fast-tracked with the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, greatly assisted in communication with, education of, and psychological assessment of employees. It facilitated the communication of vital information regarding Covid-19, helped prepare employees for their return to work after lockdown level 5, and provided a platform through which they could discuss concerns. A key aspect of this was the isolation and quarantine training programmes.
Despite the easing of lockdown in May 2020 and the return to work, we were only able to reach our full employee complement at the end of August 2020. To enable our operations to resume as fully as possible, it was important to ensure that underground mining crews were adequately resourced. The risk management system enabled us to create a crew composition dashboard which produces a report on relevant data sourced.

47




FY20 SAFETY ACHIEVEMENTS
Fatality- and injury-free shifts worked
More than 6 million shifts
Free State operations (rail-bound equipment): 16 million shifts
Target (rail-bound equipment): 9 million shifts
Tshepong (rail-bound equipment): 8 million shifts
Bambanani/Unisel (rail-bound equipment): 7.5 million shifts
South African operations (fall-of-ground): 7 million shifts
Moab Khotsong (fall-of-ground): 6.5 million shifts
Tshepong (rail-bound equipment): 6.5 million shifts
3 million - 6 million shifts
Doornkop (rail-bound equipment): 5.5 million shifts
Kusasalethu (rail-bound equipment): 5 million shifts
Unisel (fall-of-ground): 4.5 million shifts
Free State operations (fall-of-ground): 3.5 million shifts
Phakisa (rail-bound equipment): 3.5 million shifts
3 million shifts
South African underground operations: 3 million shifts
Masimong (rail-bound equipment): 3 million shifts
2 million shifts
Hidden Valley: 2.5 million shifts
Free State operations: 2 million shifts
Harmony One Plant: 2 million shifts
Kusasalethu (fall-of-ground): 2 million shifts
Moab Khotsong (rail-bound equipment): 2 million shifts
1 - 2 million shifts
Target: 1 million shifts
Tshepong operations: 1 million shifts
Tshepong operations (fall-of-ground): 1.5 million shifts
Joel (fall-of-ground): 1 million shifts
Masimong (fall-of-ground): 1.5 million shifts
Bambanani/Unisel unit (fall-of ground): 1 million shifts
Phakisa (fall-of-ground): 1 million shifts
Other significant safety performance
More than three years
Saaiplaas Plant: 13 years reportable injury free
South Uranium Plant: seven years lost-time injury free
Saaiplaas Plant: four years lost-time injury free
Three years
Central Plant: reportable injury free
One year
Central Plant: lost-time-injury free
Doornkop: fatality free

Papua New Guinea
Harmony’s Hidden Valley operation in Papua New Guinea boasts a world-class safety performance record. The operation has recorded no fatalities since 2015, equating to 2.5 million fatality-free shifts. Following two years without a lost-time injury to May 2019, the lost-time injury rate for FY20 was 0.77 per million hours worked compared to 0.35 for FY19. The reason for this regression was predominantly the result of an increase in vehicle interactions and fatigue-related incidents, particularly during the last quarter of the financial year.
Apart from the fact that Hidden Valley is an open-pit mine, with risks being far lower in comparison to underground mines, a variety of factors has contributed to the mine’s better-than-average safety record. Among the most significant

48



is implementation of Harmony’s risk management strategy and critical controls at the operation, as well as the successful entrenchment of a proactive safety work ethic in all employees - a behavioural pattern that has been systematically reinforced through visible felt leadership. These measures are accompanied by regular, focused safety training.
The highly-mechanised nature of the mine also lends itself to a higher safety performance. Nevertheless, vehicle interaction is the most significant safety risk at Hidden Valley, followed by fatigue and the uncontrolled release of energy (hydraulic and compressed energy) in the workshops. All mining vehicles are equipped with monitors to mitigate against driver fatigue, prevent vehicle collisions, to observe driver behaviour and to monitor productivity.
At Wafi-Golpu, there is a similar emphasis on proactive safety risk management, the monitoring of critical risks and visible felt leadership.
EX15IAR20PNGLOSTTIMEINJURYA2.JPG

Impact of Covid-19 in Papua New guinea
A caveat to Hidden Valley’s safety performance is the fact that there were fewer employees working on the mine site in the last quarter of the year, owing to the onset of the Covid-19 global pandemic and a national lockdown in Papua New Guinea. While there were fewer employees on site, they also worked longer rosters, as a result of which increased focus was placed on fatigue management. There was also much emphasis on Covid-related hygiene - social distancing, frequent hand washing and the wearing of masks, which had as an unintended consequence, a decrease in upper respiratory infections.

OUTLOOK
Group safety target
In FY21, Harmony will continue its focus on embedding its risk management process to create a more engaged and proactive safety culture across all our operations. Hand-in-hand with this strategy is the objective to improve our safety performance by 10% on the average performance of the previous three financial years.

South Africa - safety focus for FY21
Our priorities will include:
Digitising information to allow us to make informed decisions as and when circumstances that may compromise safety are identified
Accessing and including industry-wide best practice learning material and methodologies through the International Mining Standards Hub - in which Harmony participates as a founder member
Detailed analyses of our responses - on integrated platforms - to identify opportunities to improve and mitigate safety risks
In terms of our four-layer risk management system, we will continue to:
map out critical production processes and align inter-disciplinary processes (process mapping) and documentation to provide assurance that our legal and social obligations are addressed. This will be achieved by embedding the identification of risks and controls into our risk and legal documentation. The aim is to have a single source of content related to task assessment (procedures, training, risk assessment, continuous monitoring and reporting)
integrate specified routines - ensuring an integrated approach in identifying potential risks during

49



the planning phase as well as in identifying mitigating controls and monitoring actions prior to the start of work. This will include the introduction of integrated services work planning and monitoring for phase 3
further engage all leadership, including organised labour, as partners to advance our behaviour-oriented strategy (phase 4). This will also involve developing and implementing a behaviour tracking and monitoring programme to allow leaders real time access to critical behaviour data from a safety improvement perspective

Papua New Guinea - safety focus for FY21
Our safety objective for the Hidden Valley mine is to remain fatality-free and, more importantly, to improve our safety performance following its regression during the past financial year. We have a target to achieve a 0.00 lost-time injury frequency rate over the next six to 18 months. This will be achieved with the help of visual felt leadership, a more proactive and engaged workforce, and field critical control checks.

Health
The onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, which rapidly swept across the globe in early 2020, placed a glaring spotlight over our healthcare strategy. The highly-contagious severe acute respiratory syndrome posed an unprecedented health risk to our employees and tested our resources and capabilities to the limit.
This was, and continues to be, an unparalleled challenge in Harmony’s 70-year history. However, the pandemic has served to underscore, firstly, the effectiveness of our healthcare strategy and, secondly, the pivotal role this strategy plays in supporting our business. Moreover, it has embedded Harmony’s approach to safety and health as wearing masks and observing social distancing has taught us why preventative safety measures are so crucial.
Our approach to healthcare is proactive and risk-based and aims to ensure that healthcare is easily accessible to all our employees. This approach is founded on our firm belief that every employee deserves a fulfilled and healthy life. It is important that our employees are fit for life, fit for work and fit to retire.
The four pillars of our healthcare strategy are:
Education, awareness and promotion of good health
Disease prevention and risk management
Clinical intervention (treatment programmes)
Continuous risk profiling
Harmony’s proactive healthcare strategy aims to manage illness by identifying and treating disease early thus helping to prevent permanent disability and disease. Medical surveillance, active case finding, early detection and treatment of disease are integral aspects of our management healthcare system.
We also have dedicated health hubs at all of our operations, which caters for all the medical and health needs of our employees and, in some cases, of our host community members. Each health hub is staffed by doctors, allied health care workers and pharmacists. Moreover, we ensure that medical doctors are part of the operational teams in each of our mines.

Governance
At board level, the social and ethics committee is responsible for approving and monitoring compliance with our health policy, and with legislation.

Our performance FY20
In FY20, a total of R779 million (US$49.7 million) was spent on health-related costs and initiatives across the group. Of that, R70 million (US$4.5 million) was specifically spent on Covid-19 preventative initiatives in both South Africa and Papua New Guinea.

South Africa
Our healthcare focus in FY20 was essentially a story of two parts. In the first three quarters of the year, we maintained our focus on initiatives that served to support our strategy of promoting employee wellness, ensuring good healthcare and managing diseases. However, this was entirely eclipsed by the advent of the Covid-19 pandemic in early March 2020. The rapid spread of the disease across South Africa compelled us to shift our focus and resources almost entirely to tackling the pandemic.

50



In all, Harmony spent a total of R660.4 million (US$42.2 million) on free medical costs and medical aid contributions in South Africa in FY20 (FY19: R621.6 million; US$44.4 million). The marginal increase in expenditure was largely due to inflationary increases in the cost of medical-related goods and services, particularly personal protective equipment. The impact of Covid-19-related health costs incurred in the fourth quarter will only be evident in FY21 owing to the normal lag between the date of procurement and expenditure

Covid-19
The first case of Covid-19 in South Africa was officially recorded on 5 March 2020. Firmly understanding that we had a pivotal role to play in arresting the spread of the pandemic, Harmony acted swiftly and proactively. Within less than two weeks - on 18 March - the company had published and was rolling-out a Covid-19 risk management strategy. The aim of the related risk assessment was, and remains, to identify, evaluate and rank the hazards associated with any exposures to Covid-19 and potential infections. It also aimed to reduce the probability of an employee contracting Covid-19 and to limit the severity should they be infected.
The health protocols underpinning the strategy have been aligned with best practice and guided by materials issued by the World Health Organization, the National Institute of Communicable Diseases, the South African Department of Health and the Minerals Council South Africa. They were also informed by extensive and ongoing discussion with our trade union stakeholders.
The preventative measures we put in place included:
Preventative personal hygiene procedures
The compulsory use of preventative personal protection equipment, particularly face masks, in the workplace and especially at the mine and shaft entrance, at crush turnstiles, in the lamp rooms, in shaft conveyances, underground station, and at our various offices
Increased hand washing and social distancing (minimising personal contact, refraining from all unnecessary travel and staying away from social gatherings where there would be more than 100 people) communication and awareness campaigns (for both employees and communities)
Identification, care and counselling of high-risk employees (especially those who have not tested and do not know their TB and HIV status, those on anti-retroviral medicine, those older than 60 and employees with pre-existing medical conditions)
Stressing the identification of symptoms and the urgency of self-isolation if displaying symptoms
Rigorous screening as employees return to work and when at work; and, if employees show Covid-19 symptoms, the testing and treatment of these employees for Covid-19
The establishment of three quarantine sites which can accommodate a total of 448 employees who have contracted Covid-19 or have come into contact with Covid-19-positive individuals, and who are not in need of hospitalisation
Isolating employees who test positive for the virus in one of four specially established and accredited isolation sites - one in Welkom (Free State) with 150 rooms, one in Gauteng with 50 rooms, and two facilities with 60 rooms each in the Klerksdorp area (southern North West Province)
Increased frequency in occupational health visits and inspections by the Department of Health and the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy to monitor Covid-19 compliance
Thermal screening of all individuals who enter our operations, and of employees at all key points
The reduction of the number of workers in a single crew to a maximum of 15 to assist with social distancing while underground
Each employee is given their own hand sanitizer for every shift before going underground
Customising lift shafts and their operation to ensure appropriate social distancing in the cages to reduce the capacity to 75%
Capacity on road transport reduced to 60-70% of licensed capacity
Frequent spraying of waiting areas with disinfectants and the sanitising of all hard surfaces such as handrails, turnstiles and door handles several times a day
Placement of hand sanitisers and additional hand washing stations on surface, at the entrances to all operations and outside the mine at taxi gathering areas and in company transportation
All equipment and machinery is sanitized at the start and end of each shift underground
With the safe resumption of operations at our South African mines during the fourth quarter of the financial year, Harmony conducted its own audits to check that operations were adhering to our Covid-19 standard operating procedure. We also agreed with the trade unions that they may conduct similar safety audits in conjunction with our management teams, to provide them with the assurance that the safety and health of our employees is protected. The Department of Mineral Resources and Energy similarly conducted its own audit and responded favourably to the prevention and mitigation measures we have adopted.

51



Despite the extensive preventative measures implemented, the spread of Covid-19 to our employees was an inevitability. The table below provides accurate Covid-19 data at the time the Integrated Annual Report was approved.

South Africa: Covid-19 statistics as at 5 October 2020
Total number of:
 
Employees tested
4 136
Employees testing positive
1 688
Employees recovered
1 535
Deaths
31 (including contractors)

Employee wellness and healthcare
Healthcare delivery
At our South African operations, membership of a medical scheme is compulsory for all category 9+ employees. For category 4-8 employees, membership is voluntary with 8 122 employees participating in medical schemes in FY20 (FY19: 8 202). Harmony subsidised the related costs on behalf of employees by R20 million (US$1.28 million) a month
(FY19: R18.4 million or US$1.3 million). There was a slight 0.7% increase in medical scheme membership between the third and fourth quarters of the year, which could be attributable to the pandemic. The subsidy contribution that Harmony had to pay to allow employees to retain the full benefit of the medical scheme went up by R4 million in the last quarter of the financial year.
In all, 24 789 category 4-8 employees elected not to join a medical scheme. Instead they received in-house comprehensive health services from mine medical health facilities and associated preferred providers at no cost to the employee. The cost of providing these services was R35 million (US$2.23 million) a month in FY20 (FY19: R33.4 million; US$2.4 million). The weaker rand contributed to the increased cost of imported medical supplies.
For those employees who are not members of a medical scheme, there are dedicated health hubs at all our operations, which undertake health promotion and prevention, active case-finding and screening as well as active disease management of chronic conditions. Medical surveillance is conducted at our health hubs for all employees, including contractors. In all, 49 326 medical examinations were conducted in the past financial year (FY19: 53 279), with the decline being largely due to the national lockdown and the Covid-19 pandemic in the last quarter of the year.
A new health hub was opened at Moab Khotsong on 3 February 2020, as part of Harmony’s health strategy to provide comprehensive pro-active healthcare in close proximity to the operation. The purpose of the health hub is to improve healthcare service delivery to employees of the operation. That hub, which is similar to the hubs at our other South African operations, known as the Gateway Medical Hub, is now a one-stop-shop, providing primary and occupational healthcare, on-site pharmaceutical services as well as rehabilitation and functional assessment services. The opening of this new healthcare facility has provided an opportunity for both hostel dwellers and employees staying outside the confines of the Moab Khotsong mine to access a 24/7 medical centre.

Mental illness
Mental illness is a relatively new health-related scourge impacting our business but one that is likely to take a greater toll in the coming years. Research conducted by various global institutions indicates that mental illness in the workplace is on the rise and could increase by as much as 64% in the next few years. Psychosocial illness can be caused by a range of social and financial-related problems confronted by employees daily.
To address this particular problem, in the first quarter of the year we launched the Employee Psychosocial Programme, in partnership with the Reality Wellness Group, for all employees and their immediate family members. This multi-faceted programme offers face-to-face counselling or telephonic advice by qualified social workers and psychologists, as well as financial guidance for those struggling with debt, and legal support for those with legal concerns. The service is available 24/7, 365 days a year in all nine official South African languages. Our employees can access the service by either sending a ‘please call me’ message, using a toll-free number, and/or sending an email. The initial uptake was relatively low, with 211 unique employees engaged and 831 telephonic calls on the hotline in FY20. Adjustment disorder, anxiety and acute and traumatic stress were noted as the top psychosocial risks.
In the third quarter of the financial year, we embarked on the second phase of the project, which focuses on raising awareness among line managers and equipping them with the necessary knowledge to ensure optimal use of the programme. The first group session for line managers was held at Kusasalethu. Regrettably, the training sessions scheduled for our other operations have been postponed owing to the Covid-19 pandemic, however, it is anticipated that they will resume in FY21.
While Covid-19 disrupted the roll-out of the programme, it did serve to underscore the vital need for a strategy to assist our employees in dealing with psychosocial ills. The surge of the Covid-19 pandemic had a significant impact on the psyche of our employees and as a result, in the last quarter of the year, we launched a related programme to address the psychosocial effects arising from lockdown and the quarantine isolation process. Employees who were

52



required to quarantine for a 14-day period upon their return to work, were engaged with daily to ensure their mental wellbeing. In addition, focus groups were formed to support some of our healthcare workers during this difficult time. This was particularly noted by our employees as being an invaluable aspect of the care and support provided during the compulsory isolation and quarantining period.

Weight warriors
Excess weight and obesity are challenges with which some two-thirds (20 340) of all Harmony employees have to contend. To encourage positive lifestyle changes, with a particular focus on excess weight and obesity, a weight warrior’s competition was launched in the first quarter of the year. Its aim was to encourage employees to shed a combined total of 120 000kg of fat by the end of the financial year. The initiative was driven by our executive team and 3 416 employees (16.5% of the total workforce) participated in the competition.
The importance of this initiative was underscored in the second half of the year by the spread of the Covid-19 pandemic. Early indications seemed to suggest that excess weight and obesity could increase the risk of hospitalisation and death from Covid-19. Unfortunately, the campaign was not as successful as expected due, in large part, to the enforced lockdown and associated impacts. By the end of the competition, participants had achieved a total net weight loss of 2 331.13kg.
Such is the necessity of reducing excess weight to ensure a more healthy workforce that we will continue this campaign in FY21.

Managing health-related absenteeism
Health-related absenteeism poses a risk to the overall productivity of our workforce. It is for this reason that we have pursued our At work management programme for several years, the objective of which is the early identification of employees who may become chronically ill or medically incapacitated by debilitating diseases, and to manage, review and monitor their medical conditions. While health-related absenteeism remained fairly consistent for the first three quarters of the financial year, averaging 7.5%, there was a significant decrease down to 6.2% in the last quarter of the year (FY19: 7.7%). This was directly linked to the lockdown with some employees working from home and many others not being recalled back to site.
To cater for Covid-related absenteeism, two new health related categories were introduced:
Isolation, which is the separation of employees who are infected and have tested positive, accounted for 0.7% of labour unavailability
Quarantine, which is the separation of employees who might have been exposed, accounted for 0.6% of labour unavailability

Managing occupational diseases
Occupational diseases pose some of the greatest risks to our business. Not only can they have severe health implications for employees who fall ill, they also result in financial liability to the company and reputational damage. Thus, managing and preventing occupational diseases has been, and will continue to be, a priority. Occupational lung disease, noise-induced hearing loss and heat illness are our key concerns

Silicosis
Silicosis is an occupational lung disease caused by the inhalation of free respirable crystalline silica dust over a long period of time. It can also increase susceptibility to TB. Given the severe nature of the risk silicosis poses, Harmony has adopted and follows an integrated silicosis, TB and HIV/Aids policy and programme to responsibly manage the debilitating disease and proactively prevent associated health deterioration.
It is Harmony’s ambition to eliminate silicosis entirely. To achieve this, we have adopted the South African Gold Mining Industry 2024 Milestone. The 2024 milestone for silica dust exposure requires that, 95% of all personal silica dust samples taken must be below 0.05mg/m3 by 2024. In order for Harmony to achieve this target, annual aspirational targets were set to reduce dust loads on an annual basis, and the aspirational target for CY2020 is 92.0%. The milestone compliance for Harmony for CY2020 quarter 2 was 86.3%, with most of the metallurgical plants and a third of the mines above the aspirational target of 92%.
During FY20, 164 cases of silicosis were submitted to the Medical Bureau for Occupational Diseases and 67 were certified (FY19: 204 cases reported and 58 cases certified).

Dust control
As silicosis is caused by the inhalation of free respirable crystalline silica dust over a long period of time, our principle objective is to eliminate, as far as possible, the discharge of dust. Dust discharge occurs during activities where rock is broken at source, such as during stoping, development and trackless mining. Engineering controls to allay dust have

53



been implemented or are being rolled out at our underground operations to minimise employees’ exposure to silica dust, including leading practices as advocated by the Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH). Our most recent intervention has been the installation of in-stope atomisers at all operations. By the end of FY20, this initiative was 91.7% complete, with only Moab Khotsong awaiting installation.

Dust levels
The primary source of silica dust remains the activities in which the rock is broken and moved either by means of blasting, stoping, trackless mining, and ground handling. The main strategic thrust of reducing the exposure to crystalline silica dust, therefore, is to ensure that the status and effectiveness of our dust engineering controls is sustainable. Most of these engineering controls are Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) leading practices for silica dust. In FY20, the progress of implementation of these engineering controls across Harmony’s operations was as follows:
Main tips - tip foggers (98.8%), tip covers (88.4%) and tip filters (92.7%)
Main intake haulages - airway sprays (100%), spray cars (94.9%) and footwall treatment (67.3%)
Stopes - winch covers (98.9%) and stope atomisers (85.8%)
Continuous real time monitors (92.7%)

Tshiamiso Trust
While Harmony is pursuing all possible initiatives to limit dust and prevent employees from contracting silicosis, there is a significant legacy that still must be addressed. In 2019, South Africa witnessed a historic milestone in its narrative of occupational lung disease. On 26 July 2019, the Johannesburg High Court approved the R5.2 billion settlement of the silicosis and tuberculosis class action suit between the Occupational Lung Disease Working Group - representing Gold Fields, African Rainbow Minerals, Anglo American SA, AngloGold Ashanti, Harmony and Sibanye-Stillwater - and lawyers representing affected mineworkers. Following the conclusion of the Court-ordered three month opt-out process the settlement agreement became effective on 10 December 2019.
The settlement provides meaningful compensation to eligible claimants across southern Africa who carried out risk work between 12 March 1965 and 10 December 2019 at any of the 82 gold mines listed in the settlement agreement, and who have contracted silicosis or work-related tuberculosis, or to their dependants where the gold mineworker has passed away. A condition of the settlement was the establishment of a trust to carry out the terms of the settlement agreement and to manage the compensation process.
The Tshiamiso Trust (a Setswana word meaning “to make good” or “to correct”), which is in the process of establishing its operations and appointing senior management members, will facilitate the tracking and tracing of the settlement agreement class members and administer claims and payments to eligible claimants or their beneficiaries.
Harmony was a central player in the settlement negotiations and actively involved in the establishment and registration of the Tshiamiso Trust. Moreover, Harmony has made provision to contribute R892 million towards the court approved gold mineworkers’ class action silicosis settlement.
The Covid-19 pandemic has had an impact on the requirements of the Tshiamiso Trust Deed by restricting the Tshiamiso Trust’s capacity to conduct medical benefit examinations and is also not able to carry out lung function tests at this time to minimise the spread of the Covid-19. Under these circumstances, the Trust has been limited to considering processing claims of eligible claimants who have existing silicosis and TB claims with the Medical Bureau of Occupational Diseases.
However, owing to the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, the Trust has been severely hampered in its ability to become fully functional and effective. Medical experts and authorities, in South Africa and elsewhere, have advised that lung function tests should not be carried out at this time. Under these circumstances, the Trust has been limited to considering claims from individuals who have existing medical records.

Settlement of outstanding occupational lung disease claims
Harmony has taken a lead role in assisting the Medical Bureau of Occupational Diseases address the severe backlog in occupational lung disease compensation claims in support of Project Ku-Riha, launched by the Department of Health in 2015. In facilitating the settlement of claims due to eligible current and former Harmony mineworkers, the Harmony ReConnect department has developed various initiatives to track and trace mineworkers and, in addition, to provide operational support and resources where appropriate.
In FY20, Harmony facilitated the settling of 2 200 occupational lung disease claims to the value of R43 million, bringing the total number of settled claims to approximately 12 800 and total value of R245 million paid to Harmony current and former miners since October 2015 from the Occupational Diseases and Works Act Commissioner’s Fund.
Harmony and its mining industry peers have collaborated with the Minerals Council South Africa to establish a co-governance model between the Department of Health and the Minerals Council South Africa which will contribute to

54



the funding and oversight of projects to improve the operations and performance of the Medical Bureau for Occupational Diseases and the Compensation Commissioner for Occupational Diseases.

Noise management - eliminating noise-induced hearing loss
Harmony aims to adhere to the Occupational Health and Safety Milestone on the Elimination of Noise-Induced Hearing Loss requirement that no employee’s standard threshold shift will exceed 25 decibels from the baseline when averaged at 2 000, 3 000 and 4 000Hz in one or both ears. The standard threshold shift, a sensitivity marker used to identify early deterioration in hearing, guides the modification and enhancement of occupational noise controls to prevent progression in hearing loss.
All Harmony employees who are exposed to high noise levels are given personalised hearing protection devices, which reduce noise levels by 25 decibels.
However, a concerning trend noted in the past year was the greater number of employees compensated for noise-induced hearing loss - 80 cases were compensated in FY20 versus 62 in FY19. The Tshepong operations, Doornkop and Kusasalethu accounted for most of these cases.
One notable achievement, however, was the adoption of the tyre-deflation noise reduction simple leading practice. The Mining Industry Occupational Safety and Health (MOSH) adoption team trained each of our occupational hygienists and equipped them with the necessary knowledge and resources to drive implementation of this practice at our South African operations.

Managing underground temperatures - limiting heat stress
Extensive refrigeration and ventilation measures are in place at all operations where temperatures exceed normal working ranges. Heat-tolerance testing, acclimatisation programmes, and the provision of adequate hydration and support protect employees exposed to excessive heat in the workplace.
In FY20, 17 654 heat-tolerance tests were conducted with 78 cases of heat-related illness reported (FY19: 22 157 tests and 88 cases). The regression in the number of tests was largely due to the lockdown during the fourth quarter of the financial year. Most cases can be attributed to dehydration. Environmental working conditions are monitored continuously.

Radiation protection
Radiation levels and radiation exposure are monitored at all our South African operations. The dose limits are 50 millisievert a year and 100 millisievert over five years. All operations comply with these limits. Operational controls ensure that elevated monitoring results are investigated and corrected when necessary. Radiological clearances are conducted at decommissioned sites to ensure the future declassification of these areas.

Managing chronic diseases
HIV/Aids
HIV/Aids is one of South Africa’s most severe and devastating health scourges. Despite the significant progress made in raising awareness and prevention, as well as the national roll-out of anti-retroviral therapy, the epidemic continues to significantly impact our employees and their dependants. What is of particular concern to Harmony is that, if left untreated, the disease can lead to higher levels of opportunistic co-infections, which results in increased absenteeism and reduced performance levels, loss of skills, greater economic burdens on family members, and sometimes death, more so during the Covid-19 pandemic.
However, motivating employees to confirm and/or disclose their HIV status, despite perceived stigma and confidentiality issues, remains a challenge. Initiatives such as positive behaviour programmes are pivotal in this regard. At our South African operations in FY20, 9 125 employees (FY19: 8 947) were identified as HIV-positive and 7 980 (FY19: 8 024) are on the HIV/Aids programme and receiving anti-retroviral therapy.
A notable milestone in our fight against the HIV/Aids epidemic in FY20 was the introduction of the drug Dolutegravir as part of our first line treatment regimen. This drug suppresses the HIV virus much faster and has fewer adverse side effects. Its roll-out to our HIV positive patients, which began in the first week of September 2019, is in line with the Department of Health’s latest abridged HIV/Aids guidelines. To support the roll-out, all our clinicians, including doctors, nurses, pharmacists and social workers attended training on the new guidelines.
It is anticipated that the roll-out of Dolutegravir will greatly assist South Africa in achieving the United Nations Programme on HIV and Aids (UNAids) 90-90-90 targets. This is a global campaign to which Harmony has aligned its HIV/Aids programme.


55



The campaign seeks to achieve the following targets by the end of 2020:
90%
Target
Harmony status (South Africa)
 
FY20
FY19
Of all people living with HIV will know their status
83%
82%
Of all people with diagnosed HIV infection to receive sustained anti-retroviral therapy
85%
88%
Of all people receiving anti-retroviral therapy to have viral suppression
71%
73%

Again, the Covid-19 pandemic has affected progress being made - for example, just prior to the start of the lockdown,86% of people living with HIV knew their status. This, subsequently fell to 83% for the year on account of the fact that we had reduced access to a large percentage of our workforce.

Voluntary counselling and testing for HIV/Aids
Pre-test counselling and voluntary testing are offered to all employees through ongoing interventions at all Harmony healthcare hubs. In all, 45 005 (FY19: 38 737) employees received voluntary counselling and testing during the year and, of these, 42 804 (FY19: 31 869) confirmed their status.

Tuberculosis
Alongside HIV/Aids, tuberculosis (TB) is the other most pressing chronic disease concern confronting our healthcare team. More so given the fact that the TB incidence rate at our South African operations remains high compared with World Health Organization and national benchmarks.
To address this, we have resolved to proactively reduce the rate of TB incidence per 100 000 employees at our South African operations to below the national TB incidence level by December 2024. Harmony’s TB control programme, which is aligned with the relevant guidelines and prescriptions of the World Health Organization, and with the National Strategic Plan to combat TB, focuses on contact tracing, comprehensive screening, testing, hospitalisation of infectious cases and a directly observed therapy short course. Additionally, we have implemented a TB prophylaxis programme in which 6 404 high-risk employees have been enrolled to date.
Of this number, 4 134 employees had completed the course by the end of FY20.
This programme is bearing fruit as the overall group TB incidence rate continued its downward trend in FY20 with a further reduction of 19% year on year. In FY20, 34 815 employees (including contractors), or 93% of the workforce, were screened for TB, exceeding the 90% target set by the Minister of Health (FY19: 37 666 and 99%). The lower numbers are due to the national lockdown in the last quarter of the financial year. A total of 101 cases of TB were certified in FY20 (FY19: 102).

Lifestyle diseases
Non-communicable chronic diseases, including hypertension, heart disease and diabetes, continue to pose a significant challenge for our employees.
Specific initiatives have been implemented to manage chronic diseases with particular focus on HIV/Aids, TB, diabetes and hypertension. In FY20, the percentage of employees at our South African operations with a chronic condition remained unchanged at 61%. Of the 19 294 employees diagnosed with chronic conditions, 33% have hypertension, 10% diabetes and 47% HIV/Aids.

Papua New Guinea
An analysis of our healthcare strategy in Papua New Guinea during FY20 follows a similar pattern to that in South Africa: while we maintained our focus on providing all the primary healthcare and occupational health surveillance needs for our employees and contractors in the first nine months of the financial year, in March 2020, we were compelled to shift our attention almost entirely to addressing the Covid-19 pandemic. Total expenditure on medical and healthcare in Papua New Guinea amounted to R18.849 million (PG34.118 million) in FY20 (FY19: R15.784 million; PGK3.733 million), this excludes the PGK9.8 million (R44.917 million) spent on managing Covid-19 (see below for more information).


Primary healthcare

56



In Papua New Guinea, all primary healthcare needs and occupational health surveillance are provided to our employees and contractors through medical centres situated at Hidden Valley and Wafi-Golpu. The medical centres are staffed by a team of full-time doctors and nurses who work on a site according to a 14-day roster. We use medical registers, which are stored on an online database, to track and review each patient’s progress from their first visit through to final treatment. Our medical centres are equipped to deal with most work and non-work-related illnesses and diseases.
In all, 20 452 health examinations were conducted at our medical centres during FY20 (FY19: 17 601) of which 3 304 (FY19: 3 515) were random drug and alcohol tests.

Tuberculosis and HIV/Aids
Upper respiratory tract infections are our main medical concern in Papua New Guinea, a function of the humid climate. These infections include TB. To effectively manage this chronic disease, we have installed a digital X-ray machine, a polymerase chain reaction (PCR) machine and a medical laboratory to accurately diagnose TB and other tropical diseases. In FY20, 1 905 employees were treated for respiratory ailments (FY19: 2 191). The emphasis on hygiene - regular hand washing and the wearing of masks - in combating Covid-19 helped contribute to the decrease in upper respiratory infections.
In terms of HIV/Aids, 79 employees were voluntarily tested and given counselling during the year at Hidden Valley, compared to 70 individuals in FY19.

Occupational health - noise management
Given the use of large mining vehicles and earth moving equipment, Hidden Valley can be a particularly noisy environment. To mitigate this, we have implemented a programme for noise monitoring and we ensure that our employees wear the correct hearing protection devices at all times.

Lifestyle diseases and mental health
However, in FY20 it became evident that there is a rising trend in the number of employees and contractors suffering with lifestyle diseases. Chronic heart disease, hypertension and diabetes rank as the most common ailments. In addition, there has been a concerning rise in the number of mental-health related problems.

Malaria
Malaria is endemic in many parts of Papua New Guinea. While it does not necessarily affect the Hidden Valley operation itself, owing to its high altitude, it does pose a risk to employees, contractors and communities residing in the valleys below where the disease runs rampant. It is also a risk for our Wafi-Golpu employees and contractors.
In 2019, a total of 256 people were diagnosed with malaria, representing a 19% decrease compared to 2018. However, the vast majority of these patients experience only very mild symptoms. Our community health projects play a vital role in combatting the disease, particularly as it has a high mortality rate among young children.
Several malaria management programmes are in place in our communities at Wafi-Goplu. These include malaria awareness and education campaigns and the distribution of mosquito nets to households, particularly those with young children.

Community health initiatives
Ensuring the health and well-being of our communities is also a focus area for our healthcare team in Papua New Guinea. To this end, we run a community health outreach programme, which is led by our medical department and a health extension officer. Conditions endemic to our communities result in assessments and engagement with community health providers around obstetrics training, monitoring of upper respiratory health, malaria prevention, and working with the Papua New Guinea Department of Health on polio and cervical cancer vaccination programmes.
Other medical assistance we offer the community includes emergency transport and transfers to health centres in Bulolo and Lae. Harmony has also distributed hospital beds donated by Rotary Australia to four health facilities in the Hidden Valley area, and we contribute to power running costs at local hospitals’ community agricultural programmes.
A particular focus of our community outreach programme in FY20 was a measles vaccination programme concentrating on employees and three of our host communities. While the programme was launched in the third quarter of the year under review, it had to be suspended owing to the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic.


57



Covid-19 in Papua New Guinea
The first case of Covid-19 was officially recorded in Papua New Guinea on 20 March 2020. In response, the Government declared a state of emergency, which took effect four days later. While the state of emergency was only supposed to be in place for 14 days, it was extended on a rolling basis until it was finally allowed to lapse on
16 June. A state emergency controller was subsequently appointed to protect the interests of Papua New Guinea in relation to the global pandemic and ensure international restrictions are still in place.
While Hidden Valley was placed under lockdown, it was allowed to continue operating during the Covid-19 state of emergency. All non-essential staff were removed from site and certain activities and expenditures curtailed to focus on safe, profitable operations during the pandemic. Protocols were developed to allow the safe movement of personnel to and from site during this period. The delivery of essential supplies to the mine also continued, with strict isolation control measures in place.
To ensure we continued operating in the safest possible manner, Harmony created a Covid-19 management plan and supporting Covid-19-related care and management plan. Additional workplace protection controls were implemented to ensure safe operations continued at Hidden Valley including the following:
Preventative personal hygiene measures - regular hand washing and social distancing - accompanied by focused employee communication campaign
Compulsory use of preventative personal protection equipment - face masks, gloves - in the workplace
Compiled longer, fatigue-friendly work rosters to reduce the possibility of on-site exposure
Regular temperature checks
Sanitisation and cleaning of high-risk areas including transport
Ongoing employee and community hygiene awareness campaigns
Restricted overseas travel
Removal from site of non-essential and high-risk personnel
The most successful measure, however, has been the national Covid-19 screening facilities in Wau, Bulolo, Lae and Port Moresby for all personnel entering Hidden Valley. All Hidden Valley employees and contractors have been required to present themselves for screening at any one of these sites before entering the site. These entry point facilities have been equipped with PCR machines specifically designed to test for Covid-19. This screening is a three-stage evaluation process:
Stage 1 - questionnaire
Stage 2 - rapid Covid-19 test
Stage 3 - full clinical polymerase chain reaction test
Such consistent testing, in combination with our strictly enforced preventative measures, has meant that, as of the end of FY20, only one case of Covid-19 had been reported on our Papua New Guinea sites. So successful have these measures been that they will continue into FY21 and will remain in place for as long as the pandemic persists.

OUTLOOK
For both South Africa and Papua New Guinea, the focus for much of FY21 is expected to remain on managing the Covid-19 pandemic until a suitable vaccine is found and widely distributed. However, we will continue to prioritise our other healthcare initiatives, particularly those relating to occupational and lifestyle diseases.


EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
INCLUSIVE AND DIVERSE
The success of our business is ultimately determined by the productivity of our workforce - our human capital. It is only with the assistance of a motivated and productive workforce that we are able to deliver on our business strategy and facilitate the creation of sustained and shared value for all our stakeholders.
For this reason, we respect and value our human capital as one of our most important assets and strive to maintain a sound and trusting relationship with employees. Moreover, we have in place all necessary mechanisms to ensure our workforce is equipped with the right skills and knowledge required to achieve our strategic objectives.


58



EX15IAR20CAPITALSAFFECTED.JPG
OUR APPROACH TO EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
Our approach to employee relations is premised on the firm belief that each employee is critical to our business strategy and should be engaged with on a basis of mutual respect and trust. Moreover, we believe that each employee should be provided with the opportunity to develop to their full potential, so they are both motivated and productive in their work tasks. We provide training and development, promote fair labour practices for employees and contractors, and encourage local employment opportunities. Employee safety and well-being is also central to our approach to ensuring positive employee relations. For more details, see Safety and health.

59



Our approach to employee relations is geared towards:
maintaining and upholding the principle of fairness and following our equity employment policy and practice through personalised development and training to empower individuals to contribute to the company and society in general
recognising and capitalising on the rich diversity of our people while continuously ensuring that local communities have preferential recruitment opportunities
aiming to return benefits through our employee shareholder schemes in South Africa
where Harmony is expanding its geographic footprint,
ensuring that we respect the customs, traditions and needs of the local people
ensuring freedom of association for all employees and recognising the value of organised labour to business improvement
GOVERNANCE
Our employment policies, procedures and practices take into account and comply with relevant labour legislation in South Africa and Papua New Guinea. They are also aligned with the guidelines of the International Labour Organization. Recruitment initiatives focus on local communities in both countries. All human resource procedures and policies, including remuneration and incentive schemes, are reviewed regularly.
Contributing to the SDGS:
Ensuring a stable, engaged and productive workforce is important in helping delivery on our strategic objectives. We aim to be a fair and responsible employer, promoting inclusivity and equality. Our human relations strategy contributes directly to SDGs 5 and 8, which target and promote gender equality, decent work and fair and responsible pay and benefits.
EX15IAR20EMPLOYEE_IMAGE8.GIF    
GENDER EQUALITY
EX15IAR20EMPLOYEE_IMAGE9.GIF
DECENT WORK AND ECONOMIC GROWTH
    In recent years, gender equality has become an increasingly important aspect of our human resources policy
    Gender diversity targets are in place and we are actively engaged in increasing the number of women employed across the company, at all levels. A particular focus is women in mining – in South Africa and increasingly in Papua New Guinea
    As a responsible employer, providing decent work includes ensuring that everything possible is done to safeguard employees, ensure that workplaces are safe and to prevent injury or harm so that employees return home, safe and well
    Employees have the right to refuse to work when they consider a workplace unsafe
    Training and other support are provided to encourage safe behaviour and conduct

For more information on our contribution to the SDGs, see Our sustainable development framework.

60



Our performance FY20
Key human resource metrics - FY20
South Africa
Papua New Guinea
Employee characteristics
 
 
Total workforce
37 343
2 371
Historically disadvantaged persons* (South Africa) / local (Papua New Guinea)
 
 
- Total workforce (%)
71
96
- Senior management (%)
55
**14
Female employees (%)
15
14
Employee turnover (%)
6
11
Employee remuneration
 
 
Employee wages and benefits paid (Rm)
11 300
369
Ratio of minimum wage to average wage paid (%)
56
2.5
Training spend per employee (R)
12 910
16 708
  * Includes women
** Harmony South-East Asia executive committee, excluding joint ventures and operations 
 
 

Workforce profile
Region
Permanent employees
Contractors
% of employees drawn from local communities
 
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY20
FY19
FY18
South Africa 1
31 502
31 201
32 520
5 841
6 159
5 951
76
79
75
Papua New Guinea 2
1 589
1 675
1 397
782
738
818
96
96
96
Harmony - total
33 091
32 876
33 917
6 623
6 897
6 769
 
 
 
1 Includes all South African underground and surface operations
2 Excludes employees of the Wafi-Golpu joint venture

South Africa
In FY20, our South African workforce complement remained relatively consistent at 37 343 (FY19: 37 360). Of this number, 80% are South African nationals - 76% from local communities and 4% from the Eastern Cape. The remaining 20% are drawn from neighbouring countries, primarily Lesotho and Mozambique.
Employment equity and gender diversity
We have long been driven by the need to create and maintain a workforce that accurately represents the diversity of the South African population. Not only does this make us a good corporate citizen, in the South African context, it also ensures compliance with the employment equity targets of the Mining Charter. These targets, which have been a feature of South African business for more than two decades, are intended to facilitate the creation of workplaces that are more accurately representative of the broader demographics of South Africa. They are also aimed at redressing the historical legacies in employment, particularly at managerial levels, experienced by certain population groups and women.
To ensure compliance with the employment equity targets gazetted on 27 September 2018, Harmony implemented a range of initiatives to accelerate the representation of historically disadvantaged persons (HDPs) across the spectrum of managerial positions, and to ensure greater gender diversity in the business. These initiatives have born fruit as evidenced by an analysis of our year-on-year performance. HDP representation in all managerial positions increased except at executive management level. In FY20, HDP representation in management increased to 64% (FY19: 62%).
While we have made progress in meeting overall HDP managerial targets and, in some cases, have exceeded these targets, we made less headway in achieving our gender diversity objectives. By the end of FY20, 15% of our total workforce, including contractors, were women, which is unchanged from FY19.
The representation of women exceeded the Mining Charter targets at board, top and senior management levels, but under achieved at middle and junior management levels. However, collectively, the representation of women in

61



management just meets the Charter targets, which presents the risk that, should we lose any of our female managers for some reason, we would fall short of the target. To mitigate this risk, we have drafted a five-year plan to substantially increase the representation of women at managerial level.
Harmony’s efforts in supporting and driving gender equality have been internationally recognised with our continued inclusion in the 2020 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index (GEI), which tracks the financial performance of public companies committed to supporting gender equality through policy development, representation and transparency.
The other area that still requires considerable improvement, is the employment of people with disabilities. In FY20, employees with disabilities accounted for 0.4% of the workforce, falling far below the 1.5% target stipulated. However, the nature of our operations and challenging working environments have added complexity to achieving the target. An external consultant has been engaged to assist in the definition of disabilities in the workplace so that we are better placed to implement initiatives to ensure that we make progress in meeting this target in FY21.
Gender-based violence campaign
The abuse of women and children is one of the most prominent scourges confronting South African society today. While gender-based violence is not a notable problem within Harmony itself, we do believe it to be our moral obligation to support the country’s fight to address this social evil. It is against that backdrop that, we launched an employee awareness campaign on gender-based violence in June 2020. Anti-gender-based violence messaging was conveyed through printed posters, videos and verbal discussion, particularly in our induction programme. In FY21, Harmony plans to survey all employees and to host online sessions with women in mining forums at all operations to gather feedback on the impact of this campaign and to determine areas of improvement.

Mining Charter III: employment equity performance by category as at end June 2020
 
Historically disadvantaged persons 1
Women
Occupation category
Target (%)
Actual (%) FY19
Actual (%) FY20
Target (%)
Actual (%) FY19
Actual (%) FY20
Board
50
65
67
20
24
28
Executive management
50
58
50
20
32
25
Senior management
60
52
55
25
28
29
Middle management
60
52
53
25
23
23
Junior management
70
63
65
30
17
18
Core and critical skills
60
68
70
N/A
N/A
N/A
Persons with disabilities
1.5
0.4
0.4
N/A
N/A
N/A

1 Historically disadvantaged persons include women and exclude white males and foreign nationals


62



Impact of Covid-19 in South Africa
The spread of the Covid-19 pandemic to South Africa in March 2020 had a significant impact on our business, not least from a labour profile perspective. Level 5 of the nationwide lockdown that was implemented on 26 March and endured until 16 April compelled the suspension of all mining and processing activities. Only emergency services, and care and maintenance staff were allowed to continue working. This meant that most of our employees had to return to their homes until we could resume operations.
In May 2020, as part of the phased reopening of the economy, the mining industry was permitted to operate at a reduced capacity of not more than 50%; and in June, the industry was permitted to resume operating at 100% capacity. However, the ramp-up was hampered by bottlenecks in the official permitting process that was required to allow our employees to travel inter-provincially to return to work. The ramp-up was further inhibited by the Covid-19 preventative measures, which required all our returning employees to be quarantined for 14 days before they could rejoin the workforce.
The greatest challenge brought about by the state of disaster and national lockdown, however, was the absence of our 5 000-strong foreign miner complement. The closure of South Africa’s borders meant that our foreign miners who had been compelled to return home when lockdown level 5 was imposed were unable to re-enter the country and return to work. Most of our foreign miners - the majority of whom are from Lesotho and Mozambique - are highly-skilled and their absence of these skills had a noticeable impact on our operations. At the time of writing, most of our foreign miner complement had returned safely to work.
Such has been the impact on our labour force that, during the last quarter the financial year, Doornkop, Joel, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Moab Khotsong, Tshepong and Unisel operated with less than 50% of their workforce complement. Moab Khotsong was the most impacted having just 40% of its workforce on site in the last quarter. More significantly, given the disruptions to our operations, particularly with our foreign employees prevented from returning to work, and our local employees having to isolate and quarantine before resuming their posts, all of our existing mining teams had to be broken up and 700 new mining crews were formed across all of our operations. Each of these new mining crews were assigned new supervisors and new working places, all while we made every effort to manage all safety hazards.

Papua New Guinea
There was a marginal decrease in the total employee complement to 2 371 (FY19: 2 413). Currently, 96% of employees at the Hidden Valley operation are local, drawn from Hidden Valley’s host communities, with the remaining 4% being foreign nationals. In this regard, we are in line with Prime Minister James Marape’s aim to increase the employment of Papua New Guineans, particularly in the mining sector. For many years, we have focused our efforts on attracting and retaining locally-recruited employees, particularly landowners and citizens, and we will certainly maintain this momentum going forward.
Gender diversity
The proportion of women making up our employee complement remained steady at 14% in FY20. At management level, 5% are women. Promoting the employment of women was a particular focus at Hidden Valley in the past year, and a concerted drive was to employ, train and develop women as haul truck operators, and by year end, 25% were women, with 46% of the operators of some of the smaller haul trucks being women. To accommodate more female employees, we are providing additional, gender-specific accommodation and running awareness campaigns to promote gender equality and combat gender-based violence.
Our target is to ultimately employ equal numbers of men and women. The progress made in increasing the number of female truck operators has been good despite an entrenched patriarchy in the Papua New Guinean culture, with most

63



men believing a woman’s place is at home. This has certainly posed a challenge for us as a business, but there are signs of incremental change and a growing acceptance of female colleagues at Hidden Valley.
Skills development and learning
Skills development, training and talent management are about far more than providing opportunities to employees to achieve their full skills potential. They are a social and business imperative to address dire skills shortages and to address legacies of absent or skewed educational and training opportunities.
All employee training and skills development programmes are aligned with Harmony’s strategic and operational needs. They are designed to enable our employees to acquire the necessary skills, resources and motivation to ensure optimum performance and productivity.
South Africa
In the South African context, Harmony is required, as per the stipulations of Mining Charter III, to spend 5% of our total annual payroll on the essential skills development of employee and communities. Regrettably, we were compelled to place most of our training and development initiatives on hold in March, owing to the impact of Covid-19, and so were unable to fulfil all our commitments for FY20. This, in turn, has meant we have fallen short of meeting the Charter targets for FY20.
All incomplete training programmes have been postponed to FY21.
In FY20, 95% (FY19: 93%) of our South African workforce attended training and skills development, amounting to R458 million or US$29 million (FY19: R484 million or US$34 million). This included South African-based research and development initiatives in exploration, mining, processing, technology efficiency, beneficiation and environmental conservation. A further 81 (FY19: 109) individuals employed in critical positions attended training.

Impact of Covid-19 in Papua New Guinea
The impact of the Covid-19 global pandemic wrought considerable change to our working conditions and operating structure at Hidden Valley. The initial lockdown was for six weeks. The first case of Covid-19 in the country was an employee, who was tested within the country and then flown out. Immediate measures were taken to address the possible spread of the disease and the fear and anxiety caused. We began an employee education campaign and contract tracing, which returned negative test results, and management and the employees representative committee working closely together. The measures taken were successful in preventing the spread of the disease on site and protecting employees. See Safety and health for further information on the measures taken.
Operationally, to effectively manage the impacts of the pandemic, we amended the site rosters for Hidden Valley. Local employees were placed on a six week on, three weeks-off roster, while our international employees were moved to an eight weeks on, four weeks off roster. Both rosters were designed to include time for necessary screening and quarantining before arrival at the mine site (prior to the pandemic, most employees worked according to a 14-day roster with seven days on and seven days off).
This change was implemented with a high level of acceptance among employees. However, there is understanding that such long shifts will place strain on our employees, as a result of fatigue and longer periods away from home. We have put in place several initiatives to mitigate the inevitable fatigue and mental strain, including internal breaks during the week and the construction of a baseball field for some leisure activity on site.




64



The various training and skills development programmes conducted by our South Africa operations are summarised below:
Leadership development
Initiated in FY18, the leadership development competency framework is part of the initiative to improve organisational efficiency and innovation and includes training and development programmes aimed at improving leadership effectiveness across all levels, from supervisory to executive level. The total intake for this programme for calendar year 2020 had been an anticipated 330 employees. While 90 employees enrolled in February, the remaining 240 enrolments were deferred on the announcement of the Covid-19-related national lockdown. A breakdown of the management categories who participated is as follows:
• Senior and executive - 3
• Middle and senior - 12
• Emerging and junior - 29
• Team leadership and supervisory - 46
It is anticipated that these employees will complete their training between October and December 2020.
New intakes were anticipated to resume in January 2021.
Engineering training
There are 255 engineering-focused learners in all, with strong HDP representation, in our training development pipeline. Of these, 218 of these learners were still active in the programme in FY20. In addition, seven junior engineers and one certificated engineer are in training at various phases of the development pipeline.
Mining training
In FY20, 39 learner miners successfully passed the blasting board exams and were assigned to various production roles.
The Department of Mineral Resources and Energy has been unable to conduct examinations since the end of February 2020.
Our mining training programme was similarly impacted by Covid-19. When training was suspended at the end of March 2020, the 83 new learner miners who had enrolled at our Welkom Education Training And Development Centre and the Vaal River Gateway training centres were recalled to their respective operations until training could be resumed. Legal and initial training in production support continues on the operations with Covid-19 protocols in place.
Adult education and training
Following the strategic review on the phasing out of adult education training level 4 of our full-time adult education and training programme, there has been an increase in own-time and part-time learning registrations, from 57 in
2019 to 98 in 2020, an increase of 72%. Full-time classes are still offered at pre-adult education training up to level 3 with 117 registrations in all. The average pass rate improved to 73%, from 65% reported for FY19. However,
current learner examinations have been put on hold due to the national lockdown and have been rescheduled for September 2020. Discretionary grants allocated by the Mining Qualifications Authority (MQA) for adult education training for the year ended 30 June 2020 amounted to R1.3 million.

65



Bursary programme
On completion of their studies, student bursars can apply for Harmony’s graduate development bursary programme. In all, 73 bursaries (FY19: 81) were awarded to students studying at tertiary institutions, with 14 of these being for core disciplines and the remainder for non-core discipline bursaries. Ten of the 73 bursaries were awarded to the Free State Top 100 achievers which exceeded our normal bursary allocations. The majority (97%) of the bursaries were awarded to students from host communities. Currently, online contact sessions are being conducted with bursar students to offer support and encouragement during these unprecedented times and they are completing online assessments instead of actual written examinations at the various institutions. Results will only be available in the next quarter to track the pass rate.
Mathematics, science and language enhancement project
In recognition of the need for learners to achieve excellent results in mathematics and physical science, and the important role teachers play, Harmony has pioneered various initiatives since 2010. In FY20, R2 million was allocated to the Welkom Department of Education District’s mathematics and science intervention programme. This is in addition to the current mathematics and science school projects, underway at Matlosana and Moqhaka, that Harmony supports. This is a three-year learner support programme aimed at accelerating the mathematics and science performance of grade 10, 11 and 12 learners in township and rural areas to enable them to qualify for careers in the spheres of professional science, technology, engineering and mathematics. These learners attend extra mathematics and science tuition on Fridays (after school), Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays and during the school holidays as well. A total of 80 (40 Matlosana and 40 Moqhaka) grade 12 learners are registered.
Graduate development programme
In order to ensure alignment of current talent development plans with future leadership needs, Harmony has committed to providing a graduate development programme for sponsored bursars studying in the fields of mining, surveying and geology. Six graduates, of whom four were women, participated in the programme in the 2019 calendar year.
Study assistance programme
In FY20, Harmony provided R1.7 million in study assistance to support 102 employees undertaking various courses, diplomas and degrees.
Social plan programme
We continue to provide alternative skills training to employees, current and retrenched, through our social plan programme, which was facilitated by the framework agreement between Harmony and NUM in 2003. This training enables people to remain economically active beyond mining, cushioning the economic impact of unavoidable retrenchments or the loss of employment when mines reach the end of their lives.

Addressing employee over-indebtedness
Financial over-indebtedness is, unfortunately, a burden born by many of our employees at our South African operations. It is a personal stress that has the potential to cause mental strain and impact productivity. Since 2013, Harmony has provided a financial literacy programme for our employees, focusing in the main on lower categories (semi-skilled and skilled employees), to enable them to better manage their personal finances.
While the programme was suspended in the last quarter of the financial year, owing to the national lockdown, we were able to successfully train 1 131 employees in FY20. This brings the total number of employees to 23 989, or 76% of the workforce, who have attended financial counselling since the inception of the programme (FY19: 23 181). Harmony spent approximately R3.5 million on this programme in FY20.
The process to verify all new emolument attachment orders (garnishee orders) before processing them through payroll has also yielded favourable results for employees and the company. In FY20, 144 emolument attachment orders were assessed, and 138 employees accounts were restructured resulting in monthly instalment reductions of R154 000. It also helped to facilitate a R53 000 per month debt write-off by creditors and to-date, removed negative listings from

66



the credit bureaus amounting to R308 425. This improved the credit rating of employees and allowed them to qualify for mortgages and vehicle financing. The total number of employee with garnishee orders had declined to 1 386 by the end of FY20.
Papua New Guinea
The sustained underinvestment in technical training facilities in Papua New Guinea, dating back to the 1970s, has resulted in a considerable dearth of adequate technical skills, particularly those needed for the mining sector. As a result, our workforce training initiatives there predominantly focus on providing local recruits with the necessary skills required for our Hidden Valley operation. They also focus on career path training to advance the skills set of all our employees.
In FY20, 1 570 employees in Papua New Guinea attended training and skills development, amounting to R24 million (US$2 million).
Owing to the impact of Covid-19, we were compelled to suspend all close-contact-type training activities.
Our training initiatives encompass the areas of:
career path development
production
safety compliance
National Training Accreditation Council compliance
professional development
computer software
supervisor development
Our communities - training and development
Investing in community skills development is a key aspect of our socio-economic development approach and of leaving a positive and lasting legacy in our communities. Considerable time and effort is dedicated to identifying community members who could benefit from bursaries, work experience, internships and learnerships. Priority is given to students residing in our host communities.
Our community skills development initiative is aimed at upskilling members of the community surrounding our operations. It creates a pool of trained community members who can be called on to fill appropriate vacancies at our operations.
The Welkom community training initiative was launched in FY18. The first intake of 60 youths from local communities have all been transferred to various Free State operations for the competence portion of initial training. In FY19, 147 youths were trained, with 97% (143) taking up permanent mining positions at our Free State various operations.. In FY20, 60 learners were enrolled. The programme will be completed once training has been resumed. A similar programme was conducted in Matlosana (Moab Khotsong), where 98 youths were trained in FY19.
Freedom of association, labour disputes and strikes
All our employees and contractors have the right to freedom of association, and we strive for honest, two-way discussion. In fact, Harmony recognises the value organised labour elicits on improving our business. The employee relations policy framework formalising labour union organisational recognition rights at each operation was implemented in FY19. This is only applicable to our South African operations as there is no union representation in Papua New Guinea.



67



South Africa
At our South African operations, Harmony recognises five labour unions with representation in FY20 as follows: NUM 58% (FY19: 58%), AMCU 23% (FY19: 24%), UASA 5% (FY19: 6%), Solidarity 3% (FY19: 3%) and NUMSA 5% (FY19: 4%). Some 6% (FY19: 5%) of employees did not belong to a union. Our multi-union environment promotes co-existence, inclusion and collaboration.
Engagement with unions
Our engagement with organised labour is undertaken with a view to maintaining peace and stability in our operations at all times. To mitigate the risk of labour disputes, we engage frequently with organised labour at mine and management level, in addition to direct engagement with employees. We are proactive in addressing employee and union queries through established structures and processes. In addition to quarterly regional meetings with unions, we also encourage proactive and robust engagement to address particular issues.
As communication is ongoing at all levels, we are in daily contact with full-time stewards through our general managers and human resources leaders who interact regularly at union branch level and with shaft committees. Our regional managers hold regular meetings with regional union structures.
A notable feature of FY20 was that it was a year with no strikes. There were 145 disputes referred in FY20, of which 29 were found in favour of the applicant.

EX15IAR20UNIONREPRESENTATION.JPG
Papua New Guinea
We engage continuously with all stakeholders, including employees, contractors, and national, provincial and local government, as well as landowners and regulators.
There are no active unions at Hidden Valley where industrial relations is currently overseen by an employee representative committee. Wage increases are agreed by way of consultation with workers through a joint forum of management and the employee representative committee.


68



Engagement during the Covid-19 pandemic
It is a testament to the strength and maturity of the relationship we have built and maintained with our individual trade unions over the years that the employee relations environment remained stable in spite of the immense challenges resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic and associated national lockdown. Moreover, Harmony reaped the benefits of its honest and open trade union relationships during this period.
We established a central Covid-response team to manage our engagement with the unions during the national lockdown. Throughout the national lockdown, this team engaged with the unions and ensured they were actively involved in all the decision making that would significantly impact our employees. This included all aspects relating to the safe transportation, accommodation during isolation and quarantine, wage remuneration, and safe operating procedures on the mines.
Employee benefits in South Africa
We have a range of benefits available to our workforce in South Africa. For details on these benefits, see the Remuneration report.

Employee Share Ownership Scheme
In February 2019, Harmony launched the Sisonke employee share ownership scheme (ESOP) - “Sisonke” being the isiXhosa word for “we are together”. The scheme applies to approximately 30 700 non-managerial employees. Under the scheme, 6.7 million ordinary shares were issued to the Sisonke ESOP Trust with 225 participation units given to each eligible employee. The units will vest after three years (in 2022) and will convert into shares, which will then be sold and paid out to each beneficiary together with any dividends accumulated since allocation.
Promoting home ownership
Our housing and living strategy aims to promote home ownership. In order to assist some of our employees in buying their own homes, Harmony is selling company-owned properties to employees at prices below market value. During FY20, 109 company properties were purchased by employees: 32 of these have been registered and 77 are awaiting registration at the deeds office. To further facilitate home ownership, the company participates in and supports the pension-backed home loan scheme negotiated for the industry by the Minerals Council. The number of employees participating in the scheme in FY20 was 262 (FY19: 1 110).
Accommodation and living conditions
We recognise that the provision of adequate housing and the facilitation of improved living conditions is a basic constitutional right and one of the pillars upon which human dignity rests. Mining Charter III reiterates the requirement for mining right holders to improve housing and living conditions for mineworkers and ensure that accommodation is in line with the Housing and Living Conditions Standard for the Mining and Minerals Industry.
We have achieved the target of accommodating all our employees residing in hostels in single rooms. There were 7 719 employees and 19 contractors residing in Harmony hostels in FY20, and 3 828 employees were residing in company-owned houses with their families. A total of R702 million was paid to employees residing off company premises in the form of a living out allowance.

69



Impact of Covid-19 pandemic on wages and salaries 
The Covid-19 pandemic has had an unprecedented impact on our society and economy, both in South Africa and in Papua New Guinea. Along with every other business, Harmony faced the very difficult task of sustaining itself in a severely disrupted business environment, including the compulsory suspension of business operations, either partial or absolute, across all operations. In the face of these challenges, Harmony was resolute in maintaining transparency with our employees, particularly in terms of wage remuneration.
In South Africa, different pay arrangements were negotiated and agreed to by organised labour for the period between April and end June 2020. These arrangements included:
• Paying employees at home on special leave their full salaries for April on the basis that those who had not
  been able to work as a result of the lockdown would work back 12 days and use six days of their annual leave
• Paying between 30% and 50% of basic pay to employees who were not required to work owing to the
  lockdown restrictions in place during May and June
• That the 2020 Christmas break discussions be re-opened with a view to substantially shortening this break to
  the duration of the Christmas long weekend
The payment of the living out allowance, pension/provident fund top up to 100% and the payment of employees’ medical aid premiums remained in place for the May and June salary months.
In addition to this, Harmony also made an application on behalf of all employees to the Unemployment Insurance Fund (UIF) for the Temporary Employees/Employers Relief Scheme (TERS) for the months of May through to August. To date the payment for May has been received. The applications submitted on behalf of our foreign national employees had not, at the time of writing, been processed and Harmony is in daily contact with the fund, either directly or via the Minerals Council.

Human rights
Respect for human rights is entrenched in and underpins our values. While we uphold the United Nations’ Global Compact’s principles on human rights and labour, human rights are specifically catered for in our human resource policies, charters and contracts of engagement. The human resources function and community engagement managers closely monitor our human rights performance at operational level.


70



OUTLOOK FY21
Our employee relations will continue to focus on managing the impact and fall-out of the Covid-19 epidemic and improving our gender diversity profile.
In South Africa:
• The next round of gold mining sector wage negotiations for the three-year period beginning July 2021 is due to
  begin in October 2020
• Focus on meeting Mining Charter III targets on HDP and female representation
In Papua New Guinea:
We will continue to work towards improving gender diversity and working conditions for female employees. Our self-determined targets for FY21 are:
• Female representation of at least 17%
• At least 70% of employees to be based in Morobe Province
• More than 45% of lower management and superintendent level employees to be citizens of Papua New
  Guinea
• More than 44% of tier 1 and 2 employees to come from local communities



71



DELIVERING PROFITABLE OUNCES

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE
Operational excellence is one of the four strategic pillars upon which Harmony has built its business and which is vital to delivering on our strategy - to create value by operating safely and sustainably, and by growing our margins. In striving to maintain operational excellence we prioritise safety, ensure strict cost control and management of grades mined and encourage disciplined mining to improve productivity and efficiencies.
EX15IAR20_20201023144344.GIF
Our approach
Our approach to improved operational performance is driven by our commitment to operational excellence and to ensuring safe, consistent, predictable and profitable production. We aim to create an enabling and safe environment for delivery on our operational plans, reduced unit costs and improved productivity so as to maximise the generation of free cash flow. Operational excellence is central to generating cash flow.

72



Key focus areas of our operational excellence programme include:
Safety and health
Infrastructure maintenance
-Journey to proactive safety
-Agile response to Covid-19 pandemic
-Risk management and focus on critical controls
Fewer unplanned stoppages
Grade management and mining flexibility
Cost management
-Limit mining below cut-off grade
-Incorporating flexibility into our mining plans
-Focused cost management and project delivery
-Improved productivity
Capital allocation
Environmental and social management
Prioritised and focused capital allocation for growth and to sustain the business
-Sustainable and responsible environmental stewardship
-Community engagement and social upliftment

Safety and operational risk management
Managing safety risks: Safety is a key material risk for Harmony. Thus, ensuring safe production, preventing loss of life incidents and embedding a proactive safety culture across all of our operations is imperative. We have adopted global best practice safety standards, a four-layered risk management based approach, implemented modernised safety systems, and intensified our focus on leadership development and training to address behaviour to achieve our goal of ensuring that each employee safely returns home every day. See Safety and health for further details on our safety performance and management.
Managing operational risks: Operational risk management is an integral feature of our business and operating strategy. It entails managing risks effectively while working in a productive way. Our risk-based approach helps ensure that all supporting systems are functioning efficiently. Safety hazards and operational business risks are identified and dealt with continuously at each of our operations.
Harmony’s top three operational risks are:
The spread of the Covid-19 infection and its potential impact on our employees and business sustainability
Failure to eliminate loss of life incidents and improve safety performance
Depleting ore reserve base

Our performance FY20
Harmony’s operational performance in FY20 cannot be discussed without reference to the Covid-19 global pandemic. While the pandemic and the associated national lockdowns in South Africa only fully affected our operations during the fourth quarter, such was the profound and unprecedented impact of this event that it affected every sphere of our business and limited our normal operating capacity.
For a period of five weeks from 26 March to 30 April, we were compelled to almost entirely suspend our operations to comply with the stipulations of the Level 5 lockdown in South Africa, with only care and maintenance, essential services, surface operations and open-pit mining activities being permitted. On 1 May, South Africa moved from Level 5 to level 4, which effectively allowed underground mines to operate at 50% of our labour capacity, and from 1 June we were permitted to ramp-up to 100% production.
However, the ramp-ups that were permitted from early May were, in themselves, severely hampered by several factors, not least of which was the disruptions to our supply chains, a change in operating procedures to accommodate necessary Covid-preventative measures, the compulsory quarantining of our employees before they were allowed back on site, the isolation of those employees who did contract Covid-19, and delays in the return of our foreign employees - numbering some 5 000 highly-skilled miners - to travel cross-border to re-enter South Africa and return to work. Given these challenges, we were only able to return to 100% production by the end of August 2020.
Our operations in South Africa were also impacted by scheduled power interruptions in December 2019, when Eskom declared an unprecedented level 6 load-shedding on 9 December 2019. Electricity consumption was reduced to levels required only for the maintenance of emergency services. The resulting loss of production was estimated at 2 572oz to 2 893oz (80kg to 90kg). The Covid-related lockdown was compounded by further intermittent load shedding. The unreliability of electricity supply, together with its cost - now close to 16% of total costs - is a continuing concern and we are taking steps to mitigate the situation - see Environmental management and stewardship. Total production lost in South Africa owing to load-shedding and the national Covid lockdown is estimated at 160 432oz (4 990kg).
While our Hidden Valley operation in Papua New Guinea was not as severely impacted by the Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdowns as was the case in South Africa, production was also affected by adjusted operating procedures (especially as it related to personnel who were subject to fly-in-fly-out arrangements and who could not be on site or who were not able to leave the site due to Covid-19 restrictions).
The combination of these factors inevitably resulted in a far lower rate of production for the fourth quarter. Consequently, group production for FY20 decreased by 15% to 1.22Moz of gold and gold equivalents (FY19: 1.44Moz). Aside from the effects of the Covid-19 pandemic, production was also affected by a marginal decrease in

73



the underground grade mined from 5.59g/t in FY19 to 5.45g/t in FY20. That regression was primarily due to geological challenges and seismicity at Kusasalethu. Conversely, surface operations posted a 3.9% improvement in grade to 0.267g/t (FY19: 0.257g/t).
The impact of lower production resulted in an 18% increase in all-in sustaining costs to R651 356/kg (US$1 293/oz) (FY19: R550 005/kg; US$1 207/oz).
However, lower production was countered by the significant rise in the gold price as investors sought a safe haven in gold in the wake of the pandemic and a rise in geopolitical tensions. The average gold price received for our product in FY20 rose by 25% to R735 569/kg (US$1 461/oz) compared to R586 653/kg (US$1 287/oz) the previous year. This resulted in a production profit of R7 197 million (US$459 million), representing an annual increase of 9% (FY19: R6 588 million; US$465 million).
Total capital expenditure was similarly impacted by the national lockdown and the phased start-up of operations which resulted in a decline in expenditure of 24% to R3 553 million (FY19: 4 687 million). Capital spend on development and growth projects in particular was cut back during the fourth quarter of FY20. To redress this, more capital has been allocated towards development in FY21 to ensure that sufficient panels are available to mine.
EX15IAR20_20201023144537.GIF
Operating free cash flow
Despite the challenges, Harmony remained focused on generating operating free cash flow in FY20. Operating free cash flow increased by more than 100% to R3.6 billion (FY19: R1.7 billion), mainly due to the 25% surge in the average gold price received. Similarly, the operating free cash flow margin increased to 13% (FY19: 7%).
EX15IAR20_20201023144557.GIF
FY21 Outlook
Given the extreme uncertainty that surrounds the Covid-19 pandemic, its expected duration and the associated socio-economic impacts, it is with some degree of caution that we look towards FY21, particularly from an operational perspective. Having said that, in the next financial year (FY21), we plan to produce approximately 1.26Moz to 1.30Moz of gold at an all-in sustaining unit cost of between R690 000/kg to R710 000/kg.
The acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions, which was finalised at the end of September 2020, will contribute positively to production and revenue in FY21. Mponeng is situated close to our Kusasalethu mine in the

74



West Witwatersrand (West Wits) region. While each of these operations has its own treatment plant, there are possible synergies regarding surface retreatment that can be explored. The mine dumps at Deelkraal, Savuka and Kusasalethu are all in the same region and will provide extra ounces for the group with the increased processing capacity. In addition, Harmony acquired an additional processing plant - the Kopanang plant - which can be used specifically to treat surface sources.
The acquisition of these various assets will help offset the closure of Unisel and the expected decline in production at Masimong and Bambanani as these operations near the end of their operating lives.
Looking ahead, we have a number of growth opportunities. We have applied for the life-of-mine extension at Hidden Valley, begun mining the Great Noligwa shaft pillar and almost completed the Zaaiplaats project feasibility study.
Exploration drilling at Kalgold has yielded favourable results and that operation has the potential to be further expanded. We are also drilling in the vicinity of Target North, situated on the Witwatersrand Basin.
Key focus areas and actions FY21:
Continue our journey of embedding a proactive safety culture
Ensure that we meet our operational plans and generate free cash flow
Integrate Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions and create synergies in the West Wits region that will unlock value
Pursue organic brownfields growth strategy
Continue to drive down unit costs by improving our safety performance, delivering on our production plans, and increasing the productivity of our mining teams
See overleaf for graphs illustrating forecast group growth capital expenditure to FY23 and capital expenditure by operation for FY21.

FY21 production and capital guidance*
Operation
Production
Capital expenditure 1,2
Life of mine
(oz)
(Rm)
(US$m)
(years)
Tshepong operations
248 600 - 256 400
1 174
76
20
Moab Khotsong
220 500 - 227 500
746
48
8
Bambanani
67 900 - 70 100
72
5
3
Doornkop
112 700 - 116 300
476
31
16
Joel
51 700 - 53 300
178
11
10
Target 1
80 700 - 83 300
443
28
7
Kusasalethu
123 000 - 127 000
262
17
4
Masimong
62 500 - 64 500
41
3
1.5
Underground operations - total 3
967 600 - 998 400
3 392
219
 
South African surface operations (tailings and waste rock dumps)
80 700 - 83 300
181
11
14+
Kalgold
39 400 - 40 600
54
4
13
Hidden Valley 4
172 300 - 177 700
1 376
88
4
Total
~1.260 - 1.300Moz
5 003
322
 
1 
Excludes Wafi-Golpu
2 
At an exchange rate of R15.55/US$
3 
At an underground recovered grade of ~5.47g/t to 5.53g/t
4 
Includes deferred stripping
*
Guidance on Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions will be shared in February 2021, once the assets have been integrated into our portfolio


75



Forecast capital expenditure to FY23 and capital expenditure by operation for FY21
In rands:

EX15IAR20_20201023144748.GIF
EX15IAR20_20201023144803.GIF
Performance by operation
South Africa - underground operations
When reviewing the individual performance of our operations, one should bear in mind the profound impact the Covid-19 pandemic had on our business. While the pandemic and the associated national lockdowns only fully affected our operations during the fourth quarter, such was the significant and unprecedented impact of this event that it affected every sphere of our business. Capital expenditure was also reduced during the last quarter. It is for this reason that the prioritisation of development will be critical in FY21 to ensure available stoping areas.
South Africa - surface operations
Harmony has one of the largest surface source operations in the world, with close to 300 000 ounces of low-risk, low-cost gold ore to mine.
With a planned combined life of mine of more than 14 years, our surface operations - including Kalgold, Phoenix, Central Plant Reclamation and the waste rock dumps - carried Harmony through the unprecedented Covid-19 pandemic at the onset of the South African lockdown in the fourth quarter of FY20.


76



Forecast capital expenditure to FY23 and capital expenditure by operation for FY21 continued
In US dollars:
EX15IAR20_20201023144819.GIF
EX15IAR20_20201023144834.GIF
Papua New Guinea - open-cast operations
While there was no national lockdown in Papua New Guinea, our operation here was less severely affected by the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic than our South African operations. Operating procedures were adjusted and work rosters extended to accommodate domestic and international quarantining requirements. This in turn impacted labour efficiency and ultimately production.

SOUTH AFRICA - UNDERGROUND OPERATION

Tshepong operations
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18*
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
8 224
8 091
8 347
- Contractors
 
792
724
673
Total
 
9 016
8 815
9 020
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
1 417
1 612
1 716
 
(000t) (imperial)
1 562
1 777
1 893
Gold produced
(kg)
7 293
7 967
9 394
 
(oz)
234 475
256 146
302 026

77



Gold sold
(kg)
7 399
7 922
9 338
 
(oz)
237 882
254 698
300 223
Grade
(g/t)
5.15
4.94
5.47
 
(oz/t)
0.150
0.144
0.160
Productivity
(g/TEC)
73.24
84.62
93.93
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
17 551
23 259
23 089
- Reef metres
 
3 131
3 323
3 159
- Capital metres
 
140
809
588
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
5 452
4 685
5 389
 
(US$m)
348
330
419
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
736 863
591 331
577 058
 
(US$/oz)
1 463
1 297
1 397
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
4 252
4 008
3 829
 
(US$m)
271
283
298
Production profit
(Rm)
1 154
712
1 590
 
(US$m)
74
50
123
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
930
1 130
1 008
 
(US$m)
59
80
78
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
270
(453)
552
 
(US$m)
17
(32)
43
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
583 018
503 033
407 575
 
(US$/oz)
1 158
1 103
987
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
713 202
636 281
514 537
 
(US$/oz)
1 416
1 396
1 245
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
2
4
2
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
5.05
7.75
7.80
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
549
466
454
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
2 813
2 778
2 701
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
581
535
441
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.39
0.29
0.26
- water
 
1.98
1.72
1.57
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.41
0.33
0.26
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
32
18
9
Training and development
(Rm)
94
86
92
*
From FY18, the Tshepong and Phakisa mines were integrated and reported on as a single entity, Tshepong operations
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Figures include R25 million spent on the local economic development projects

Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Steady state operation: development continues
Life of mine
20 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
283 000 tonnes (312 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001

78




Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
22.2
5.87
130
4.5
5.48
25
26.7
5.80
155
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
24.4
0.171
4 180
5.0
0.160
800
29.4
0.169
4 980

Overview of operations
The Tshepong operations is a deep-level underground mining operation located in the Free State, near the town of Welkom, approximately 250km from Johannesburg. It is an integrated mining complex that includes the Tshepong and Phakisa underground mines/sections. The amalgamation and reporting of the Tshepong operations as a single entity began in FY18. The close proximity of these two mines has allowed for the integration of operations, which has facilitated the use of excess hoisting capacity and underused infrastructure at Tshepong and the de-bottlenecking of Phakisa’s restrained infrastructure. Given that Tshepong is our largest mining complex, our plan is to mine this orebody for the next 20 years.
The Tshepong section is a mature underground operation that uses conventional undercut mining, while the Phakisa section, which is a newer mine, uses the conventional undercut and opencut mining method. Rock from Phakisa is transported via a rail-veyor system to the Nyala shaft, from where it is hoisted to surface. The principal gold-bearing orebody exploited by both sections is the Basal Reef with the B Reef being mined as a high-grade secondary reef. Mining is conducted at depths ranging between 1 500m and 2 300m. The ore mined is processed at the Harmony One plant with gold being recovered using the gold cyanide leaching process.

Operating performance FY20
Regrettably, two fatalities occurred at the Tshepong operations in FY20. As the first of these was a result of a fall-of-ground incident which occurred early in the first quarter, we focused efforts on fall of ground golden controls and installing additional permanent steel netting and finding a solution to secure these nets close to the face using blast on support in an attempt to eliminate further fall of ground injuries.
In FY20, Tshepong was the group’s largest operation (contributing 19% of group gold production). Challenges arising from load shedding and operating restrictions resulting from the Covid-related lockdown levels, inevitably resulted in a decline in production year on year. These challenges resulted in a 12% drop year on year in the volume of ore milled to 1.417Mt. However, the decline in volume was countered by a 4% increase in the recovered grade to 5.15g/t. Total gold production for FY20 was 8% lower at 7 293kg (234 475oz).
Operating free cash flow of R270 million (US$17 million) was recorded in FY20, which was a significant improvement on the R453 million (US$32 million) loss recorded in FY19. The financial performance was aided by the substantial increase in the gold price during the first half of 2020. The average rand gold price received increased by 25% to R736 863kg. Revenue increased 16% year on year to R5 452 million (5% increase to US$348 million). Cash operating costs increased by 6% to R4 252 million (decreased by 4% to US$271 million) mainly due to annual wage and Eskom electricity tariff increases.
Capital expenditure decreased by 18% to R930 million (decreased by 26% to US$59 million), largely due to the fact that all such expenditure was suspended during the national lockdown in April 2020 and the subsequent phased start-up of operations.

Outlook for FY21
The key focus for FY21 will be to improve the mine’s operational flexibility, especially on development. We hope to achieve higher outputs per crew and ultimately drive up the volume and mine at the reserve grade.

Moab Khotsong
 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18*
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
5 343
5 421
5 804
- Contractors
 
1 086
1 036
1 014

79



Total
 
6 551
6 457
6 818
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
746
970
327
 
(000t) (imperial)
822
1 069
360
Gold produced
(kg)
6 592
7 928
3 296
 
(oz)
211 938
254 891
105 969
Gold sold
(kg)
6 799
7 794
3 165
 
(oz)
218 592
250 583
101 757
Grade
(g/t)
8.84
8.17
10.08
 
(oz/t)
0.258
0.238
0.294
Productivity
(g/TEC)
102.76
120.67
135.17
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
8 815
10 472
9 527
- Reef metres
 
1 173
1 202
1 328
- Capital metres
 
1 363
1 432
380
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
5 008
4 470
1 672
 
(US$m)
320
315
130
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
736 533
573 522
528 387
 
(US$/oz)
1 463
1 258
1 279
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
3 283
3 167
1 037
 
(US$m)
210
223
81
Production profit
(Rm)
1 664
1 369
720
 
(US$m)
106
96
56
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
498
559
173
 
(US$m)
32
39
13
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
1 228
745
462
 
(US$m)
78
53
36
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
497 953
399 414
314 526
 
(US$/oz)
989
876
761
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
566 942
477 581
420 286
 
(US$/oz)
1 126
1 048
1 017
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
1
1
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
7.95
9.75
11.18
Environment 2
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
738
766
114
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
5 975
6 898
1 702
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
784
700
110
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.99
0.79
0.35
- water
 
8.01
7.11
5.20
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.81
0.72
0.35
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 3
(Rm)
22
19
7
Training and development
(Rm)
56
48
13
*
Incorporated into Harmony’s portfolio from 1 March 2018. The figures reported for FY18 are for the four months from March 2018 to June 2018
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Note: figures include Nufcor
3. 
Figures include R5 million spent on the local economic development projects


80



Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Steady state operation: development continues
Life of mine
8 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
160 000 tonnes (176 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right
● ISO 14001

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
3.2
7.93
25
3.3
8.57
28
6.5
8.26
53
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
3.5
0.317
808
3.6
0.343
909
7.2
0.330
1 718

Overview of operations
Moab Khotsong is a deep-level mine situated near the towns of Orkney and Klerksdorp, approximately 180km south-west of Johannesburg. The mine, which began producing in 2003, was acquired from AngloGold Ashanti Limited in March 2018.
Mining is based on a scattered mining method together with an integrated backfill support system that incorporates bracket pillars. The geology at Moab Khotsong is structurally complex with large fault-loss areas between the three mining areas (top mine (Great Noligwa), middle mine and lower mine (growth project and Zaaiplaats project in prefeasibility study phase). The mine exploits the Vaal Reef as its primary orebody. The economic reef horizons are mined between 1 791m and 3 052m below surface. Ore mined is processed at the Great Noligwa gold plant. The plant uses the reverse gold leach method, with gold and uranium being recovered through gold cyanide and acid uranium leaching.

Operating performance FY20
We deeply regret to report that one employee lost his life in a mining-related incident in FY20. World best practice standards have been implemented, a risk management approach is being embedded, and learnings from the incident are being applied to improve the safety performance at Moab Khotsong.
The volume of ore milled and gold output was negatively impacted by damage caused by seismic activity in the operation’s highest-grade section during the third quarter. Only once the affected areas had been rehabilitated and declared safe were mining crews allowed to re-access them. Production was further affected by the Covid-19 pandemic in the fourth quarter. A 24% year on year reduction in ore milled to 746 000t resulted in the 17% decrease in gold production to 6 592kg (211 938oz). This was, however, offset by the 8% increase in recovered grade, which increased to 8.84g/t.
The mine is the group’s second largest gold operation (contributing 17% of total group production) and the largest contributor to operating free cash flow. The operation recorded revenue of R5 008 million (US$320 million) and incurred cash operating costs of R3 283 million (US$210 million) and capital expenditure of R498 million (US$32 million), resulting in the operation generating operating free cash flow of R1 228 million (US$78 million) in FY20.
A notable outcome of FY20 was the board’s approval of the Great Noligwa pillar extraction feasibility study. Safety was a key aspect of the feasibility study process. Harmony has extensive pillar mining expertise which will be used in developing the infrastructure for extraction and mining of the pillar. The project has extended Moab Khotsong’s life of mine by approximately two years.

Outlook for FY21
With eight years of life of mine left, the priority focus in FY21 will be to improve our safety performance; increase mining face lengths and achieve the reserve grade.


Bambanani

81



 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
1 561
1 513
1 568
- Contractors
 
129
157
163
Total
 
1 690
1 661
1 731
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
200
230
233
 
(000t) (imperial)
221
254
257
Gold produced
(kg)
2 132
2 515
2 821
 
(oz)
68 545
80 860
90 698
Gold sold
(kg)
2 162
2 495
2 804
 
(oz)
69 510
80 216
90 151
Grade
(g/t)
10.66
10.93
12.11
 
(oz/t)
0.310
0.318
0.353
Productivity
(g/TEC)
112.43
135.22
150.60
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
1 184
1 173
1 495
- Reef metres
 
0
0
0
- Capital metres
 
0
0
0
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
1 591
1 477
1 616
 
(US$m)
102
104
126
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
735 972
591 962
576 398
 
(US$/oz)
1 461
1 299
1 395
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 025
985
905
 
(US$m)
65
69
70
Production profit
(Rm)
551
483
720
 
(US$m)
36
34
56
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
50
61
64
 
(US$m)
3
4
5
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
517
431
647
 
(US$m)
33
30
51
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
480 620
391 550
320 724
 
(US$/oz)
954
859
776
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
522 990
441 226
360 462
 
(US$/oz)
1 039
968
873
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
1
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
2.71
2.65
2.43
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
132
146
145
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
1 120
1 470
1 527
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
140
133
141
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.66
0.63
0.62
- water
 
5.6
6.39
6.60
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.70
0.57
0.62
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
1
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
8
4
11
Training and development
(Rm)
23
26
25
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results

82



2.  
Figures include R5 million spent on the local economic development projects
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Mature operation with focus on mining of the shaft pillar for the next few
Life of mine
3 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
32 000 tonnes (35 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001 - not certified but operates according to standards requirements
● ISO 9001

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
0.6
10.99
6
0
0
0
0.6
10.99
6
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
0.6
0.320
207
0
0
0
0.6
0.320
207

Overview of operations
Bambanani is a mature, deep-level mine located in the Free State, near Welkom and about 260km south of Johannesburg. The mine consists of two surface shafts with the East shaft being used to convey our employees and the West shaft used to hoist ore to the surface.
Bambanani is in the final stages of its life of mine with only three more years to mine and mining is limited to the extraction of the high-grade shaft pillar. Mining is conducted to a depth of 2 219m. The Basal Reef is the predominant gold-bearing reef exploited at Bambanani. The ore mined is sent to the Harmony One plant for processing. Given the high risk of seismicity at Bambanani, efforts are focused on managing support systems and the rehabilitation of areas with challenging ground conditions.

Operating performance FY20
The operation, which is Harmony’s third most profitable mine contributing 6% to overall group production, is performing well, with safety and disciplined mining being key to its success. Having said that, Bambanani was similarly impacted by disruptions caused by the Covid-19 pandemic and associated restrictions.
Gold produced was 15% lower at 2 132kg (68 545oz), owing to the 13% decrease in ore milled to 200 000t and a 2% decline in recovered grade to 10.66g/t. However, the financial performance was aided by the significant increase in the gold price received, which averaged at R735 972kg in FY20. This resulted in an 8% rise in revenue to R1.59 million.
Cash operating costs increased by 4% to R1 025 million, mainly due to annual wage increases. Capital expenditure decreased by 18% to R50 million on account of the national lockdown in April 2020 and subsequent phased start-up of operations.

Outlook for FY21
Given that the operation is nearing the end of its life of mine, the key focus in FY21 will be to continue mining the remainder of the shaft pillar in a safe and productive manner.

Doornkop
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
3 249
3 133
3 073
- Contractors
 
585
751
669
Total
 
3 924
3 884
3 742
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
681
730
696

83



 
(000t) (imperial)
750
805
767
Gold produced
(kg)
2 994
3 273
3 429
 
(oz)
96 259
105 229
110 245
Gold sold
(kg)
3 038
3 255
3 404
 
(oz)
97 673
104 650
109 440
Grade
(g/t)
4.40
4.48
4.93
 
(oz/t)
0.128
0.131
0.144
Productivity
(g/TEC)
74.83
85.07
94.97
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
6 042
8 834
9 595
- Reef metres
 
1 474
1 621
1 478
- Capital metres
 
315
497
806
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
2 270
1 931
1 958
 
(US$m)
145
136
152
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
747 282
593 301
575 077
 
(US$/oz)
1 484
1 302
1 392
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 699
1 593
1 418
 
(US$m)
109
112
110
Production profit
(Rm)
540
367
547
 
(US$m)
35
26
43
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
281
308
274
 
(US$m)
18
22
21
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
290
30
266
 
(US$m)
19
2
21
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
567 632
486 795
413 586
 
(US$/oz)
1 127
1 068
1 001
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
649 041
572 132
508 065
 
(US$/oz)
1 289
1 255
1 230
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
1
2
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
6.10
5.22
6.78
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
204
212
193
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
2 665
266
344
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
217
193
199
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.3
0.29
0.28
- water
 
0.98
0.36
0.49
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.32
0.26
0.27
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 3
(Rm)
9
8
6
Training and development
(Rm)
41
46
47
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Year on year decrease due to the installation of the 5ML recycling plant
3. 
Figures include R3 million spent on the local economic development projects
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Mining takes place on the South Reef at this single-shaft operation
Life of mine
16 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
103 000 tonnes (113 000 tons)

84



Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - October 2008
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001
● OHSAS 18001
● Cyanide code certified

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
5.2
5.33
28
4.6
5.03
23
9.8
5.19
51
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
5.8
0.155
896
5.1
0.147
742
10.8
0.151
1 638
Overview of operations
Doornkop is a deep-level single-shaft operation located in Gauteng, approximately 30km west of Johannesburg, on the northern rim of the Witwatersrand Basin. While a mature operation, it still has a 16-year life of mine left.
The operation focuses on narrow-reef conventional mining of the South Reef gold-bearing conglomerate reef. Mining of this reef is undertaken to a depth of 2 219m below surface. Ore from the operation is processed at the Doornkop plant, which uses the carbon-in-pulp process to extract the gold.

Operating performance FY20
Regrettably, there was one fatality at the Doornkop plant in the first quarter, this after the operation recorded the first ever 4 million fatality-free shifts in 2018, which was the first to be recorded in the history of South African gold mining industry.
A 7% year on year decrease in volumes milled to 681 000 tonnes as well as the decline in underground recovered grade to 4.40g/t resulted in a 9% decline in gold production to 2 994kg (96 259oz) in FY20. The decline in production was on account of the Covid-19 pandemic and national lockdown imposed on South Africa at the end of March. This was offset by the substantial 26% rise in gold price received to R747 282/kg, which facilitated an 18% increase in revenue to R2 270 million (FY19: R1 931 million).
Cash operating costs increased by 7% to R1 699 million mainly due to annual wages and Eskom electricity tariff increases. Capital expenditure decreased by 9% to R281 million mainly due to all expenditure being stopped during the national lockdown in April 2020 and the subsequent phased start-up of operations.

Outlook for FY21
Achieving planned development targets to enable the life-of-mine production build up and to enhance mining flexibility will remain the priorities for FY21. A focus on safety, development and disciplined mining will ensure that we achieve our production targets at this mine.

Joel
 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
1 883
1 867
1 914
- Contractors
 
131
115
184
Total
 
2 014
1 982
2 098
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
349
429
454
 
(000t) (imperial)
384
473
501
Gold produced
(kg)
1 391
1 567
1 635
 
(oz)
44 722
50 379
52 566
Gold sold
(kg)
1 412
1 612
1 656
 
(oz)
45 397
51 827
53 242
Grade
(g/t)
3.99
3.65
3.60
 
(oz/t)
0.116
0.107
0.105

85



Productivity
(g/TEC)
64.01
78.10
82.23
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
2 734
3 378
3 331
- Reef metres
 
832
1 288
431
- Capital metres
 
0
0
620
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
1 037
957
954
 
(US$m)
66
67
74
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
734 620
593 531
576 023
 
(US$/oz)
1 459
1 302
1 394
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
999
967
910
 
(US$m)
64
68
71
Production profit
(Rm)
27
(14)
34
 
(US$m)
2
(2)
3
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
151
187
250
 
(US$m)
10
13
19
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
(113)
(197)
(206)
 
(US$m)
(8)
(14)
(16)
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
718 024
617 116
556 468
 
(US$/oz)
1 426
1 354
1 347
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
826 970
701 644
661 921
 
(US$/oz)
1 642
1 539
1 602
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
2
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
2.03
3.16
2.87
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
85
87
81
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
853
838
788
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
90
80
79
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.24
0.20
0.18
- water
 
2.44
1.95
1.74
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.26
0.19
0.18
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
6
4
5
Training and development
(Rm)
18
19
23
1    Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2    Figures include R3 million spent on the local economic development projects

Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Twin-shaft operation - technically challenging, decline project nearing completion
Life of mine
10 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
60 000 tonnes (83 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001 - not certified but operates according to the standard’s requirements
● ISO 9001
● SAS 18001


86



Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
2.9
4.85
14
1.4
4.68
7
4.3
4.80
21
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
3.2
0.142
447
1.6
0.137
214
4.7
0.140
661

Overview of operations
Joel is a twin-shaft mining operation located in the Free State, approximately 290km southwest of Johannesburg, on the southern edge of the Witwatersrand Basin.
A pre-developed scattered mining system is used. This system allows for unpay and geologically complex areas to be left unmined, with some cognisance taken of the overall panel configuration and stability of footwall development. This allows for mining to be selective, based on the proven ore reserve during the development phase. The primary economic reef that is mined is the narrow tabular Beatrix Reef deposit, which is accessed via conventional grid development. Mining is currently being conducted to a depth of 1 379m below collar. As the Joel plant was decommissioned in FY19, ore mined is now processed at the Harmony One plant.

Operating performance FY20
In FY20, gold production decreased by 11% to 1 391kg (44 722oz), owing to the 19% decrease in tonnes milled to 349 000 tonnes, despite a 9% increase in the recovered grade to 3.99g/t. The decline in ore milled was primarily the result of the lockdown and restrictions associated with the Covid-19 pandemic.
The exceptional rise in the gold price assisted to increase revenue to R1 037 million. Cash operating costs increased by 3% to R999 million mainly due to annual wage and Eskom electricity tariff increases. Capital expenditure decreased by 19% to R151 million owing to all expenditure being stopped during the national lockdown in April 2020 and subsequent phased start-up of operations.
Underpinning Joel’s performance was a good safety record, with the mine achieving 1 million fatality free shifts in FY20.
Another notable achievement during the year was the progression of the 137 decline project, which is now approximately 90% completed and is now in the final phase. The decline project was initiated to extend the life of Joel by approximately eight to nine years and is included in the current life-of-mine plan of 10 years.
However, the following installations were not completed due to the impact of Covid-19:
Installation and commission of Bulkhead 2 & 5, 137 level tip 2 & 5 and escape way
Installation of the 129 - 137 level chairlift
Decline steel barricade
This outstanding project work is planned to be completed by April 2021.

Outlook for FY21
The key focus areas in FY21 will be to complete all construction work commitments in the project area. Our development plan to open reserves will also be prioritised. In addition, we will continue with exploration drilling to identify new reserves below 137 level and in the “Klippan area”. Ultimately, this will increase our volumes and grade output resulting in a safe and profitable FY21.

Target 1
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
1 682
1 604
1 663
- Contractors
 
380
335
284
Total
 
2 062
1 939
1 947
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
543
588
680

87



 
(000t) (imperial)
598
650
749
Gold produced
(kg)
2 244
2 653
2 854
 
(oz)
72 146
85 296
91 758
Gold sold
(kg)
2 237
2 685
2 828
 
(oz)
71 921
86 324
90 922
Grade
(g/t)
4.13
4.51
4.20
 
(oz/t)
0.121
0.131
0.123
Productivity
(g/TEC)
108.58
132.94
146.90
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
2 152
3 378
3 883
- Reef metres
 
96
118
431
- Capital metres
 
191
179
620
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
1 524
1 585
1 630
 
(US$m)
97
112
127
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
681 388
590 298
576 316
 
(US$/oz)
1 353
1 295
1 395
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 505
1 478
1 334
 
(US$m)
96
104
104
Production profit
(Rm)
25
94
312
 
(US$m)
1
7
24
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
347
297
309
 
(US$m)
22
21
24
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
(327)
(190)
(13)
 
(US$m)
(21)
(13)
(1)
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
670 647
557 264
467 271
 
(US$/oz)
1 332
1 222
1 131
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
817 066
662 816
582 200
 
(US$/oz)
1 623
1 454
1 409
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
9.62
6.35
10.18
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
212
173
187
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
471
474
553
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
229
162
189
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.39
0.29
0.23
- water
 
0.87
0.81
0.81
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.42
0.28
0.27
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
8
6
4
Training and development
(Rm)
38
45
41
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Figures include R6 million spent on the local economic development projects
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Crusher and related infrastructure project well underway
Life of mine
7 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
97 000 tonnes (107 000 tons)

88



Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001
● OHSAS 18001
● Cyanide code certified

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
3.3
4.31
14
1.9
4.23
8
5.1
4.28
22
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
3.6
0.126
452
2.1
0.123
255
5.7
0.125
707

Overview of operations
Target 1 is an advanced, single-shaft, deep-level mine located in the Free State, some 270km southwest of Johannesburg. It has a planned life of mine of seven years.
While most of the ore extracted comes from mechanised mining (massive mining techniques), conventional stoping is still employed primarily to de-stress areas ahead of mechanised mining. The gold mineralisation currently exploited is contained within a succession of Elsburg and Dreyerskuil quartz pebble conglomerate reefs. These reefs are mined to a depth of approximately 2 300m below the surface. Ore mined is milled and processed at the Target plant with gold recovered by means of gold cyanide leaching.

Operating performance FY20
The process to embed a proactive culture of safety is yielding results with Target having achieved 2 million fatality free shifts in FY20.
As well as Covid-related challenges, Target 1 was impacted by some flexibility constraints in the massive stoping section and ventilation constraints at the start of FY20. As such, there was an 8% year on year decline in both ore milled and recovered grade to 543 000t and 4.13g/t respectively, resulting in a 15% decrease in gold production to 2 244kg (72 146oz).
Such was the substantial decline in production that revenue declined marginally to R1 524 million, despite the increase in the average gold price received. Cash operating costs were marginally higher year on year, increasing to R1 505 million mainly due to annual wage and Eskom electricity tariff increases.
Capital expenditure increased substantially to R347 million mainly due to an increase in capital expenditure on the decline project as well as other sustaining capital.

Outlook for FY21
Target is set to achieve higher volumes and grades during FY21, which will result in lower unit costs. This is the result of the Target 1 optimisation project to improve productivity and efficiencies which began in FY19 and will continue into FY21. The capital project involves the moving of the rock crusher and related infrastructure and services closer to the mining working areas.

Kusasalethu
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
4 237
4 011
3 980
- Contractors
 
603
930
692
Total
 
4 840
4 941
4 672
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
615
742
670
 
(000t) (imperial)
678
817
738
Gold produced
(kg)
3 015
4 989
4 429

89



 
(oz)
96 934
160 400
142 395
Gold sold
(kg)
3 085
5 028
4 301
 
(oz)
99 185
161 653
138 281
Grade
(g/t)
4.90
6.72
6.61
 
(oz/t)
0.143
0.196
0.193
Productivity
(g/TEC)
57.08
98.94
91.54
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
3 039
5 437
4 016
- Reef metres
 
1 019
1 217
776
- Capital metres
 
0
0
0
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
2 293
2 975
2 483
 
(US$m)
146
210
193
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
743 153
591 742
577 313
 
(US$/oz)
1 476
1 298
1 397
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
2 562
2 377
2 091
 
(US$m)
164
168
163
Production profit
(Rm)
(284)
580
457
 
(US$m)
(19)
41
35
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
188
316
289
 
(US$m)
12
22
22
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
(458)
282
103
 
(US$m)
(29)
20
8
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
849 782
476 417
472 177
 
(US$/oz)
1 687
1 045
1 143
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
923 054
556 621
554 302
 
(US$/oz)
1 833
1 221
1 342
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
2
3
5
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
10.72
9.05
6.25
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
599
624
595
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
2 720
3 205
2 609
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
635
569
577
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.97
0.84
0.90
- water
 
4.42
4.32
3.89
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
1.03
0.77
0.3
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
2
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
9
9
6
Training and development
(Rm)
38
52
33
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Figures include R6 million spent on the local economic development projects
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Mature, steady state operation positioned for profitability
Life of mine
4 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
172 000 tonnes (190 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001
● Cyanide Code

90




Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
1.8
6.92
13
1.3
7.68
10
3.1
7.24
23
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
2.0
0.202
410
1.4
0.224
320
3.5
0.211
730

Overview of operations
Kusasalethu is a mature, deep-level mine located 90km west of Johannesburg, near the border of Gauteng and North West provinces. With mining conducted at a depth of 3 388m, Kusasalethu is Harmony’s deepest mine, with a remaining four-year life of mine.
The mine comprises twin vertical and twin sub-vertical shaft systems and uses conventional mining methods in a sequential grid layout. The mine exploits the Ventersdorp Contact Reef as its primary ore body. Ore mined is treated at the Kusasalethu plant. A shortened life-of-mine plan was implemented in FY16. This plan aims to optimise the mine’s cash flow at a higher grade and create a stronger operating margin while providing the flexibility necessary to access the high-grade payshoot of the Ventersdorp Contact Reef below infrastructure, should economic circumstances allow.
Once Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions have been integrated in our portfolio of assets, we believe there are various surface and service synergies in the West Wits area that could potentially unlock value through driving down units costs.

Operating performance FY20
Tragically, two fatalities occurred at Kusasalethu in FY20, and a third post year-end.
Gold production declined substantially by 40% to 3 015kg (96 934oz), as a result of an 17% regression in the volume of ore milled to 615 000 tonnes and a 27% decrease in recovered grade to 4.90g/t (0.143oz/t). This resulted in Kusasalethu recording a loss of R458 million in FY20, reflectively a more than 100% decrease year on year.
The significant decline in the underground recovered grade was primarily due to geological factors and, to a lesser extent, seismicity. In respect of geology, given the erratic nature of the Ventersdorp Contact Reef, some areas planned to be mined yielded much lower grades than anticipated. Plans were implemented to counter the grade issue, including the fast-tracking of new high-grade raises. By year-end, Kusasalethu was back on track and operating efficiently.
However, the decline in production was somewhat countered by exceptional rise in the gold price enabling the operation to record revenue R2 293 million in FY20. This represented a decline of 23%.
Cash operating costs increased by 8% to R2 562 million mainly due to annual wage and Eskom electricity tariff increases. Capital expenditure decreased by 41% to R188 million (US$12 million) mainly due to the planned decrease in development for FY20 as well as the restrictions related to the national lockdown in April 2020 and the subsequent phased start-up of operations.

Outlook for FY21
It is anticipated that the mine will be in a position to exceed its production plan and grade guidance now that there is access to the high-grade areas. A ‘paired panel mining model’, which allows crews to mine more than one panel at any given time, has been rolled out. This improved performance will be evident in the next reporting period.

Masimong
 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
2 083
2 247
2 432
- Contractors
 
135
120
108
Total
 
2 218
2 367
2 540
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
489
602
647
 
(000t) (imperial)
539
664
714

91



Gold produced
(kg)
1 999
2 309
2 623
 
(oz)
64 269
74 237
84 332
Gold sold
(kg)
2 027
2 291
2 609
 
(oz)
65 169
73 657
83 882
Grade
(g/t)
4.09
3.84
4.05
 
(oz/t)
0.119
0.112
0.118
Productivity
(g/TEC)
79.22
82.48
92.82
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
2 246
3 167
5 287
- Reef metres
 
759
765
2 067
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
1 401
1 359
1 505
 
(US$m)
89
96
117
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
691 282
593 003
576 729
 
(US$/oz)
1 373
1 301
1 396
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 241
1 214
1 161
 
(US$m)
79
86
90
Production profit
(Rm)
143
154
351
 
(US$m)
9
11
27
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
24
109
129
 
(US$m)
2
8
10
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
136
36
215
 
(US$m)
8
2
17
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
620 804
525 703
442 586
 
(US$/oz)
1 233
1 153
1 071
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
655 888
593 408
513 197
 
(US$/oz)
1 302
1 302
1 242
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
1
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
7.51
5.88
8.61
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
138
161
173
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
510
721
824
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
146
147
167
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.28
0.27
0.27
- water
 
1.04
1.20
1.27
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.3
0.24
0.27
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
2
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
11
6
6
Training and development
(Rm)
23
26
27
1    Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2    Figures include R10 million spent on the local economic development
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Mature, single shaft operation nearing the end of its life of mine
Life of mine
1.5 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
112 000 tonnes (124 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001
● OHSAS 18001

92




Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Gold
(000kg)

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Gold
(000kg)

Tonnes
(Mt)

Grade
(g/t)

Gold
(000kg)

 
0.8

4.26

3

0.02

2.95

0.1

0.8

4.23

3

Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)

Grade
(oz/t)

Gold
(000oz)

Tons
(Mt)

Grade
(oz/t)

Gold
(000oz)

Tons
(Mt)

Grade
(oz/t)

Gold
(000oz)

 
0.9

0.124

108

0.03

0.086

2

0.9

0.123

110


Overview of operations
Masimong is a deep-level mine located in the Free State, near Welkom, some 260km from Johannesburg. The operation is close to the end of its mine life, with approximately 18 months of mining left. Masimong - together with Unisel - is a mine that is testimony to the effectiveness of Harmony’s business model.
The Masimong complex comprises two shafts with the 5 shaft being used as the operating shaft and 4 shaft used for ventilation, pumping and as a second escape outlet. Masimong exploits the Basal Reef and the B-Reef by means of conventional tabular narrow reef stoping method. Mining is conducted at a depth of between 1 650m and 2 010m below collar. The ore mined is processed at the nearby Harmony One plant.

Operating performance FY20
The Covid-19 lockdown and associated restrictions were reflected in Masimong’s operating performance in FY20. Gold production decreased by 13% to 1 999kg (64 269oz), due to a 19% decrease in tonnes milled to 489 000 tonnes in FY20. However, the decline in production was somewhat arrested by the 6.5% rise in recovered grade to 4.09g/t.
The significantly higher increase in the gold price contributed to the 3% increase in revenue to R1 401 million despite the drop in production. This performance was underpinned by a good safety record with no loss of life incidents being recorded in FY20.
Cash operating costs increased by 2% to R1 241 million mainly due to annual wage increases. Capital expenditure decreased by 78% to R24 million (decreased by 75% to US$2 million) mainly due to a planned decrease in development as well as the effects of the national lockdown in April 2020.

Outlook for FY21
The Masimong management team will focus their efforts on maintaining its current safety and production performance.

Unisel
 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
750
880
1 016
- Contractors
 
77
52
80
Total
 
827
932
1 096
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
219
256
376
 
(000t) (imperial)
242
283
415
Gold produced
(kg)
982
1 212
1 280
 
(oz)
31 573
38 966
41 152
Gold sold
(kg)
994
1 207
1 272
 
(oz)
31 958
38 807
40 896
Grade
(g/t)
4.48
4.73
3.40
 
(oz/t)
0.130
0.138
0.099
Productivity
(g/TEC)
98.59
110.50
70.04
Development results
 
 
 
 
- Total metres
 
1 048
2 035
2 921
- Reef metres
 
299
1 177
1 325
- Capital metres
 
0
0
1 028

93



Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
681
713
733
 
(US$m)
43
50
57
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
684 727
590 468
576 222
 
(US$/oz)
1 360
1 295
1 395
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
573
569
774
 
(US$m)
37
40
60
Production profit
(Rm)
101
149
(38)
 
(US$m)
6
10
(3)
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
7
45
85
 
(US$m)
0
3
7
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
100
99
(126)
 
(US$m)
6
7
(10)
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
583 274
469 108
604 311
 
(US$/oz)
1 158
1 029
1 463
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
613 382
523 823
678 436
 
(US$/oz)
1 218
1 149
1 642
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
1.66
4.02
10.86
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
51
62
99
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
414
367
488
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
54
57
96
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.23
0.03
0.26
- water
 
1.89
0.36
1.30
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.25
0.04
0.26
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
1
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
4
3
5
Training and development
(Rm)
8
11
19
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Figures include R10 million spent on the local economic development
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Mature operation reaching the end of its life of mine. Mining focused on higher grade areas of shaft pillar
Life of mine
3 months
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
63 000 tonnes (69 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - December 2007
● ISO 9001

Overview of operations
Unisel is a single-shaft, intermediate depth mine located in the Free State, near Virginia, approximately 270km southwest of Johannesburg. Having been in production since 1979, Unisel is nearing the end of its life of mine. The mine will be closed in the first half of FY21. Despite this, the mine has served a myriad of stakeholders in the Free State well over the past 40 years.
Conventional scattered mining and targeted pillar reclamation are the principal mining methods that are used to access the Basal Reef, the primary gold-bearing orebody exploited at Unisel. Mining is conducted at depths between 1 100m and 2 200m. The mined ore is processed at the nearby Harmony One plant.

94



Employees and unions receive regular updates on the mine’s performance and future plans. Post closure, Harmony will arrange to transfer the Unisel workforce to other operations where positions are available. Portable skills training will be a key focus going forward.

Operating performance FY20
In FY20, Unisel recorded its fifth consecutive year without a fatality.
Gold production was 19% lower year on year at 982kg (31 573oz), due largely to only mining the shaft pillar area and the resultant drop in ore milled by 14% to 219 000t and in recovered grade by 5% to 4.48g/t.
Despite an exceptional rise in the gold price in the second half of the financial year under review, revenue declined by 4% to R681 million. Operating free cash flow increased marginally to R100 million. There was a 1% increase in cash operating costs to R573 million on account of an increase in government royalties as well as the annual wage increases.
Capital expenditure decreased by 84% to R7 million mainly due to the fact that the shaft was expected to close in the next financial year.

Outlook for FY21
The mine has reached the end of its life and is set to close in the second quarter of FY21.

OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE

SOUTH AFRICA - SURFACE OPERATIONS

Kalgold
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
253
238
237
- Contractors
 
361
346
334
Total
 
614
584
571
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
1 541
1 619
1 550
 
(000t) (imperial)
1 700
1 785
1 709
Gold produced
(kg)
1 153
1 249
1 250
 
(oz)
37 070
40 156
40 189
Gold sold
(kg)
1 151
1 263
1 231
 
(oz)
37 006
40 605
39 577
Grade
(g/t)
0.75
0.77
0.81
 
(oz/t)
0.022
0.022
0.024
Productivity
(g/TEC)
128.80
150.85
147.96
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
855
750
710
 
(US$m)
55
53
55
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
742 533
593 482
576 630
 
(US$/oz)
1 474
1 302
1 396
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
674
695
565
 
(US$m)
43
49
44
Production profit
(Rm)
183
50
157
 
(US$m)
12
3
12
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
99
61
108
 
(US$m)
6
4
8
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
84
(4)
34
 
(US$m)
6
0
3

95



Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
584 218
556 283
452 365
 
(US$/oz)
1 160
1 220
1 095
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
690 239
624 147
552 032
 
(US$/oz)
1 371
1 369
1 336
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
1.65
0.88
0
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
54
54
53
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
307
583
324
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
72
66
51
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.04
0.03
0.03
- water
 
0.2
0.36
0.21
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.05
0.04
0.03
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
1
0
Community
 
 
 
 
Local economic development 2
(Rm)
8
9
3
Training and development
(Rm)
9
5
6
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
2 
Figures include R3 million spent on the local economic development projects
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Open-pit mining operation
Life of mine
13 years
Nameplate hoisting capacity (per month)
112 000 tonnes (124 000 tons)
Compliance and certification
● New order mining right - August 2008
● ISO 14001
● ISO 9001

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
6.7
0.93
6
13.2
1.14
15
19.9
1.07
21
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
7.4
0.027
201
14.5
0.033
482
21.9
0.031
683

Overview of operations
Kalgold is a long-life open-pit gold mine situated on the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt, 55km southwest of Mahikeng in the North West Province.
Mining takes place from the A-Zone pit, where mining is ramping up at the pillar between the A-Zone and Watertank pit. The mined ore is processed at the carbon-in-leach Kalgold plant.

Operating performance FY20
Kalgold maintained its fatality-free record in FY20.
Gold production decreased by 8% to 1 153kg (37 070oz), due to a drop in ore milled by 5% to 1 541 000t and a 3% decrease in recovered grade to 0.748g/t. Heavy rainfall in the fourth quarter resulted in the operation losing 18 mining days in the pit, and affecting stockpile levels. While Kalgold was not compelled to suspend operations during the Covid-19 lockdown, it was indirectly impacted by associated restrictions imposed from the end of March.

96



Owing to the rise in the gold price over the period under review, however, revenue increased by 14% to R855 million. Cash operating costs decreased by 3% to R674 million (12% decrease to US$43 million) due to an increase in deferred stripping cost being capitalised.
Capital expenditure increased by 62% to R99 million, mainly due to an increase in deferred stripping costs.

Outlook for FY21
With a 13-year life of mine left, the key focus areas in FY21 will be to optimise the pit design so as to produce safe, profitable ounces by mining the A zone and Watertank pits. Feasibility studies are underway to potentially expand the milling capacity of the operation - there are two options being considered, one to expand milling capacity by 300 000t a month, the other by 450 000t a month. The results from the exploration drilling at Kalgold outline an expanded, robust mineralised system that extends beyond the current resource limits. Resource development drilling underway has outlined a mineralised zone that now comprises over 2.1km of strike and extends to in excess of 300m below surface. The intersections show good continuity of geology and mineralisation and presents an exciting organic growth opportunity for Harmony.


Phoenix (tailings retreatment)
 
 
FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
83
87
87
- Contractors
 
261
249
252
Total
 
344
336
339
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
6 227
6 133
5 962
 
(000t) (imperial)
6 866
6 762
6 575
Gold produced
(kg)
818
756
737
 
(oz)
26 299
24 306
23 695
Gold sold
(kg)
823
750
739
 
(oz)
26 459
24 113
23 759
Grade
(g/t)
0.131
0.123
0.124
 
(oz/t)
0.004
0.004
0.004
Productivity
(g/TEC)
385.12
185.84
183.88
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
589
433
397
 
(US$m)
38
31
31
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
715 787
577 889
537 547
 
(US$/oz)
1 421
1 268
1 301
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
363
344
326
 
(US$m)
23
24
25
Production profit
(Rm)
223
92
71
 
(US$m)
14
7
5
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
7
6
3
 
(US$m)
0
0
0
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
219
83
68
 
(US$m)
14
7
6
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
443 972
455 370
442 526
 
(US$/oz)
882
999
1 071
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
453 937
462 579
446 268
 
(US$/oz)
901
1 015
1 080
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
0
0
0

97



Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
40
41
41
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
320
304
260
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
43
37
40
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.01
0.007
0.007
- water
 
0.05
0.05
0.04
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.01
0.006
0.007
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
1
0
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Retreatment of tailings
Life of mine
8 years

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
48.7
0.28
14
0
0
0
48.7
0.28
14
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
53.7
0.008
442
0
0
0
53.7
0.008
442

Overview of operations
Phoenix is a tailings retreatment operation situated in Virginia in the Free State.
The operation involves the retreatment of tailings from Harmony’s tailings storage facilities in the Free State region to extract any residual gold. The operation makes use of the Saaiplaas plant to retreat tailings. It is 100% owned by the black economic empowerment company, Tswelopele Beneficiation Operation (Proprietary) Limited, of which Harmony is a 75% shareholder.

Operating performance FY20
With its safety performance intact, Phoenix continued to improve its operating performance year on year due to an increase in volumes processed and the containment of costs. Unlike Harmony’s underground operations, Phoenix was not impacted by the Covid-19 national lockdown and was able to continue operating throughout.
Gold production increased by 8% to 818kg, mainly as a result of a 2% increase in volumes processed to 6.2 million tonnes and a 7% rise in the recovered grade to 0.131g/t. This was reflected in the substantial increase in revenue to
R589 million (US$38 million).
Operational success depends on maintaining plant efficiency and reducing pump and pipe failures (adequate spillage control).

Outlook for FY21
The aim is to finish the feasibility work on identifying the optimum second source feed for processing on account of the fact that the current feed is nearing the end of its life. Another focus will be to investigate the possibility of boosting gold recovery by reducing resonance time in processing.


98



Central Plant Reclamation (tailings retreatment)
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
97
99
100
- Contractors
 
151
136
182
Total
 
248
235
282
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
4 020
3 872
3 810
 
(000t) (imperial)
4 433
4 269
4 201
Gold produced
(kg)
625
579
502
 
(oz)
20 094
18 615
16 139
Gold sold
(kg)
625
577
508
 
(oz)
20 093
18 551
16 333
Grade
(g/t)
0.155
0.150
0.132
 
(oz/t)
0.005
0.004
0.004
Productivity
(g/TEC)
325.83
307.23
261.72
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
468
342
293
 
(US$m)
30
24
23
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
749 216
592 359
576 829
 
(US$/oz)
1 488
1 299
1 396
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
234
212
191
 
(US$m)
15
15
15
Production profit
(Rm)
234
130
98
 
(US$m)
15
9
8
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
12
7
22
 
(US$m)
1
1
2
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
222
123
80
 
(US$m)
14
8
6
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
373 798
366 364
381 131
 
(US$/oz)
742
804
923
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
389 611
378 038
420 016
 
(US$/oz)
774
829
1 017
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
0
2.09
0
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
24
23
24
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
171
191
180
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
25
21
23
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.01
0.01
0.01
- water
 
0.04
0.05
0.05
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.01
0.005
0.006
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
1
Note: Reported as part of waste rock dumps prior to the conversion of Central Plant to a tailings retreatment facility, which began operating in FY18
1
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Retreatment of tailings
Life of mine
15 years

99




Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
0
0
0
55.4
0.27
15
55.4
0.27
15
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
0
0
0
61.0
0.008
476
61.0
0.008
476

Overview of operations
The Central Plant Reclamation, is a tailings retreatment operation situated near Welkom in the Free State. Originally built to process waste rock dumps, the Central Plant was converted into a tailings retreatment facility in FY17.

Operating performance FY20
Central Plant performed well in FY20 despite the disruptions caused by the Covid-19 pandemic and associated national lockdown. The operation recorded a 4% increase in volumes processed to 4 million tonnes and a 3% increase in recovered grade to 0.155g/t resulting in an 8% increase in gold production to 625kg (20 094oz). This performance was reflected in the substantial rise in revenue to R468 million.
All-in sustaining unit cost increased by 3% to R389 611/kg (in US$ terms decreased by 7% to US$774/oz).
The capital expenditure for FY20 increased by 68% to R12 million on account of an increase in plant maintenance.

Outlook for FY21
Key focus areas in FY21 will be to continue safe operations and deliver operational excellence.

Waste rock dumps
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY18
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
4 476
4 307
2 821
 
(000t) (imperial)
4 936
4 749
3 110
Gold produced
(kg)
1 753
1 515
1 081
 
(oz)
56 630
48 708
34 755
Gold sold
(kg)
1 780
1 497
1 074
 
(oz)
57 229
48 129
34 530
Grade
(g/t)
0.392
0.352
0.383
 
(oz/t)
0.011
0.010
0.011
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
1 388
879
610
 
(US$m)
89
62
47
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
779 835
587 483
567 737
 
(US$/oz)
1 549
1 289
1 374
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
853
692
450
 
(US$m)
54
49
35
Production profit
(Rm)
527
195
164
 
(US$m)
34
14
13
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
2
8
3
 
(US$m)
0
1
0
Operating free cash flow 1
(Rm)
533
179
157
 
(US$m)
34
12
12
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
486 792
456 473
415 993
 
(US$/oz)
967
1 001
1 007

100



All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
484 507
462 178
417 462
 
(US$/oz)
962
1 014
1 010
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
0
0
0
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
*
*
*
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
*
*
*
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
*
*
*
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
*
*
*
- water
 
*
*
*
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
*
*
*
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
0
0
0
*
Electricity and water consumption and related emission and intensity data for the respective plants at which the waste rock dumps are processed
are accounted for as part of the primary operation’s environmental results
1 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results
Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Processing of waste rock dumps is dependent on the availability of spare plant capacity and plant requirements for grinding material
Life of mine
± 1 year

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
0
0
0
3.5
0.50
2
3.5
0.50
2
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
0
0
0
3.8
0.015
56
3.8
0.015
56

Overview of operations
Production from the processing of surface rock dumps, which are situated across Harmony’s operations, depends entirely on the availability of spare mill capacity at the Harmony One and Target plants. Waste and waste rock dump deliveries to Kusasalethu plant (situated near the border of Gauteng and North West provinces) supplement mining volumes in order to secure sufficient backfill to use as support in stoping areas. Waste rock dumps situated near Orkney (acquired as part of the Moab Khotsong operations) are treated at the Great Noligwa and Mispah plants. Milling of waste rock dumps at the Doornkop plant, situated in Gauteng, began in FY18.

Operating performance FY20
An increase of 4% in ore milled to 4Mt, coupled with an 11% rise in recovered grade to 0.392g/t, delivered a 16% rise in gold produced to 1 753kg (56 360oz). The performance of the waste rock dumps year on year benefitted from the reduction in underground production during the duration of the national lockdown in South Africa. The operation recorded an excellent financial performance with revenue increasing to R1.4 billion in FY20.

Outlook for FY21
The priority for FY21 will be to maintain safe, profitable production.


101



PAPUA GUINEA

Hidden Valley
 
 
 FY20
 FY19
FY181
Number of employees
 
 
 
 
- Permanent
 
1 434
1 391
1 295
- Contractors
 
748
709
790
Total
 
2 182
2 100
2 085
Operational
 
 
 
 
Volumes milled
(000t) (metric)
3 906
3 886
2 499
 
(000t) (imperial)
4 307
4 285
2 757
Gold produced
(kg)
4 872
6 222
2 862
 
(oz)
156 639
200 042
92 015
Gold sold
(kg)
4 949
6 192
2 763
 
(oz)
159 113
199 077
88 833
Grade
(g/t)
1.25
1.60
1.36
 
(oz/t)
0.036
0.047
0.039
Financial
 
 
 
 
Revenue
(Rm)
3 748
3 591
409
 
(US$m)
239
253
31
Average gold price received
(R/kg)
757 348
579 902
550 956
 
(US$/oz)
1 504
1 272
1 283
Cash operating cost
(Rm)
1 696
1 371
228
 
(US$m)
108
97
17
Production profit
(Rm)
2 109
2 229
175
 
(US$m)
134
157
14
Capital expenditure
(Rm)
959
1 591
1 563
 
(US$m)
61
112
122
Operating free cash flow 2
(Rm)
871
573
(1 374)
 
(US$m)
56
40
(107)
Cash operating cost
(R/kg)
348 054
220 323
287 028
 
(US$/oz)
691
483
669
All-in sustaining cost
(R/kg)
562 648
497 399
466 256
 
(US$/oz)
1 120
1 090
1 094
Average exchange rate
(R/US$)
15.66
14.18
12.85
Safety
 
 
 
 
Number of fatalities
 
0
0
0
Lost-time injury frequency rate
per million hours worked
0.68
0.35
0
Environment
 
 
 
 
Electricity consumption
(GWh)
120
117
59
Water consumption - primary activities
(ML)
1 810
1 827
1 359
Greenhouse gas emissions
(000t CO2e)
165
208
57
Intensity data per tonne treated
 
 
 
 
- energy
 
0.04
0.03
0.02
- water
 
0.46
0.47
0.54
- greenhouse gas emissions
 
0.04
0.05
0.02
Number of reportable environmental incidents
 
7
2
0
1 
FY18 gold produced includes 2 068kg (66 499oz) and gold sold 2 021kg (64 976oz) capitalised as part of pre-stripping of stages 5 and 6
Revenue of R1 045 million (US$85 million) and the associated costs were capitalised during FY18
2 
Operating free cash flow = revenue - cash operating cost - capital expenditure ± impact of run of mine (ROM) costs as per operating results

102



Other salient features
 
Status of operation
Open-pit mining operation producing gold and silver (by-product). Post reinvestment, the pre-stripping of stage 5 commenced in October 2016. Commercial levels of production were achieved in the June 2018 production month. Stage 6 stripping began in FY19
Life of mine
4 years

Mineral Reserve estimates at 30 June 2020
 
Proved
Probable
Total
Reserves (metric)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
Tonnes
(Mt)
Grade
(g/t)
Gold
(000kg)
 
2.3
1.32
3
14.2
1.61
23
16.5
1.57
26
Reserves (imperial)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
Tons
(Mt)
Grade
(oz/t)
Gold
(000oz)
 
2.5
0.039
98
15.6
0.047
733
18.2
0.046
831

Overview of operations
The Hidden Valley mine is an open-pit gold and silver mine, situated in the Morobe Province in Papua New Guinea, some 210km northwest of Port Moresby. The mine is located at elevations between 2 800m and 1 700m above sea level within steep mountainous and forested terrain that experiences approximately 3m of rainfall per year. The major gold and silver deposits of Hidden Valley are located in the Morobe Granodiorite of the Wau Graben.
Crushed ore is conveyed from the Hidden Valley pit via a 5.5km long overland pipe conveyor and is treated at the Hidden Valley processing plant, which uses a two stage crushing circuit followed by a semi-autogenous grinding (SAG) mill, gravity, counter current decantation (CCD)/Merril Crowe circuit for silver and a carbon-in-leach circuit for gold.

Operating performance FY20
Hidden Valley’s safety and injury frequency rates are industry leading and the operation achieved a fourth consecutive year of zero fatalities and recorded more than 2 million fatality free shifts in FY20. This is testament to the culture of zero harm, safety coaching and leadership, as well as the use of critical control management that has been embedded operationally to drive safety.
Gold production declined by 22% to 4 872kg (156 639oz) and generated operating free cash flow of R871 million, making it the group’s second largest contributor to operating free cash flow in FY20. Hidden Valley achieved an all-in sustaining unit cost of R562 648/kg (US$1 120/oz), due to:
Lower gold production in FY20 as a result of lower mined grade as the mine transitioned between various stages of the open pit
Higher inventory adjustments and additional costs due to Covid-19 controls, offset by reduced operating and sustaining capital expenditure year on year
Despite the challenges associated with the Covid-19 pandemic and the 14-day mill stoppage in January 2020, caused by a fault in the mill’s electronic management system, Hidden Valley was able to increase the volume milled by 0.5% to 3.9Mt, although the recovered grade declined to 1.25g/t, resulting in lower gold production.
In addition to a planned mine life of 4 years, a prefeasibility study for the life-of-mine extension has been completed which considers a two- to three-year mine life extension and annual gold production of approximately 190 000oz.This study has now progressed to feasibility stage, with study work expected to be completed during FY21.

Outlook for FY21
The key focus in FY21 will be to safely mine the current cutback to produce between 172 300 to 177 700 ounces, while commencing the next planned pushback of the main Hidden Valley pit. Our aim is to also obtain a renewal of the mining lease to support a proposed mine life extension beyond the current plan.



103



Exploration and projects
SAFE PROFITABLE OUNCES
Mining, in the strictest sense, is an unsustainable activity as it depletes what is ultimately a finite resource.
Given that certain of our assets are mature mines nearing the end of their operational lives, the depletion of our resource base is a very real prospect and a key material risk for the group. It is in this context that exploration and the discovery of economically-viable orebodies suitable for development is vital to the long-term sustainability of Harmony’s business. Only by ensuring a future pipeline of Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves will Harmony be able to operate profitably, ensure its longevity and create value for all stakeholders in the long term.

FY20 highlights
Exploration and projects
Papua New Guinea
Brownfield exploration at Hidden Valley investigating the optimisation of existing operations and extending mine life
Wafi-Golpu project - currently in feasibility stage although its development has been hampered by permitting delays
South Africa
Kalgold - advanced feasibility study underway aimed at optimising the existing open pit and extending mine life
Brownfield exploration currently underway at several underground operations
Greenfields exploration in progress at Target North

Our approach
Our exploration strategy focuses predominantly on exploring brownfield targets proximate to existing mining infrastructure. The rationale for this being that it is the most effective means of driving short- to medium-term organic ore reserve replacement and growth to support our strategy. We also undertake some greenfield exploration work, largely in Papua New Guinea.
We have limited our exploration programme mainly to South Africa and Papua New Guinea on the basis that we have a firm presence in both countries and, thus, have excellent knowledge of the local geology, government, infrastructure and regulations of both countries.
All Harmony’s projects undergo a robust assessment to determine whether they meet our exploration standards. The criteria include project- and country-related risk profiles, and minimum requirements on the potential size, production profile and investment targets. In addition, we seek out projects that align with our operational imperatives of prioritising safety, maximising in-ground expenditure and drill testing high-priority targets. In this way we can ensure that future projects, once operational, will enable us to meet our long-term strategic objectives.

Our performance FY20
Papua New Guinea
South Africa
R203 million (US$13 million) was spent on
exploration, driven largely by Wafi-Golpu related activities (FY19: R397 million; US$28 million). Expenditure of R183 million
(US$13 million) is planned for FY21
R56 million (US$4 million) was spent on
exploration of R96 million (US$7 million)
planned for FY21

In FY20, the group spent a total of R259 million (US$17 million) on exploration programmes and project developments. This was a significant decline in expenditure compared to the R498 million (US$35 million) spent in FY19. The regression owed primarily to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and the restrictions associated with the national lockdowns, which compelled us to stop all capital exploration drilling projects with immediate effect at the end of March 2020.

Exploration - Papua New Guinea
In FY20, our exploration programme in Papua New Guinea focused principally on brownfield, near-mine exploration aimed at extending the operating life of the Hidden Valley mine, the mining lease of which comprises 502km2 of tenure. We also continued greenfield exploration of our Wafi-Golpu copper-gold deposit.
The exploration work at Hidden Valley focused on a possible down-dip extension of the orebody known as the Webiak prospect, located 7.5km north of Hidden Valley. While no significant gold assays were obtained, results highlighted

104



several zones of coincident anomalous silver-arsenic-antimony-mercury element anomalism consistent with the upper parts of a low sulphidation precious metal system.
A new geological model predicting the continuation of Edie Creek LS epithermal Au-Ag veins - a series of concealed targets under younger volcanic cover sequences - to the northwest of the Hidden Valley progressed to drill testing phase in FY20. Preparation included the construction of seven drill pads, a laydown and foot tracks and the upgrading of an access road. Additionally, a helicopter portable drilling rig was mobilised and a diamond drill hole was completed.
Technical work was also undertaken during the first three-quarters of the financial year to advance orebody knowledge and understanding of the geophysical footprint of the Wafi-Golpu lease area. This included the mapping and surface sampling of targets developed from an integrated model.
However, all exploration work in Papua New Guinea was suspended following the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic, owing primarily to the fact that much of the exploration work is undertaken in proximity to host communities and, thus, the risk of Covid-19 transmission is much higher. Our exploration activities were also constrained by the stipulations of the state of emergency and of Harmony’s self-imposed Covid-19 operating procedures.
We expect the proposed FY21 work programme will be subject to change as we comply with these measures and controls, which include, among others, travel constraints, physical distancing requirements and limits to group gatherings, which particularly affect our engagement with communities, the State, the province and other stakeholders.

Exploration - South Africa
Near-mine and on-mine brownfield exploration, as well as tailings retreatment form the basis of our exploration work in South Africa. In FY20, we continued with several exploration programmes in the country, which in every instance were suspended at the end of March 2020 following the onset of the Covid-19 pandemic and the implementation of the national lockdown.

Kalgold
An advanced feasibility study is underway to determine the viability of expanding the Kalgold open-pit operation (Windmill zone). Six holes totalling 1 929 metres were drilled and an updated Mineral Resource estimate was completed in November 2019.
Exploration aimed at improving the geological understanding of the Kraaipan Greenstone Belt, on which the Kalgold mine is situated, to potentially develop it into a new mineralised province with multiple mining centres was also undertaken. A total of 4 162 auger holes was drilled and 1 902 outcrop samples analysed.
Tshepong operations
High-grade B Reef areas identified at the Tshepong section will be included in the life of mine plan. Results from the 21 exploration boreholes completed in FY20 indicated and confirmed areas of high economic value in the east-north area of the mine.
B Reef exploration began at the Phakisa section during FY18 and seven holes were drilled in FY20. Drill results, combined with historic regional information, continue to improve understanding of the B Reef’s boundaries.
Doornkop
Drilling of long-incline boreholes began in November 2019 to build confidence in the geological model of the South Reef orebody.
Target North
An exploration programme is underway to confirm the geological model of Target North and further define a potential block of well-mineralised Ventersdorp Contact Reef. The surface exploration drilling programme completed one borehole (MAL21), reaching a depth of 3 022.77 metres and intersecting well-developed reef. Deflection drilling has begun.
Joel
Exploration began in November 2019 to facilitate the upgrade of the Mineral Resource to the Indicated level and determine the economic mining limit in the north and northeast areas originally classified as non-depositional zones. Three boreholes were being drilled before the suspension of all exploration activities.

Projects - Papua New Guinea
Wafi-Golpu
The greenfield Wafi-Golpu project, a 50:50 unincorporated joint venture between subsidiaries of Harmony and Newcrest Mining, aims to exploit a high-quality copper-gold resource situated in the highly-prospective Morobe Province of Papua New Guinea. The project is currently in feasibility stage although its development has been hampered by permitting delays.
Key features of the project include:

105



Estimated operating life of mine of more than 28 years (potential to extend to 40 years)
Steady-state production, using the block cave mining method, is estimated at 161 000t of copper, 266 000oz of gold (more than 1.4Moz of gold equivalent ounces annually)
Above average grades with gold at 0.90g/t and copper at 1.27%
Expressed in terms of gold production, all-in sustaining costs are estimated to be US$2 128/oz; for copper, production costs of US$0.26lb are in the lowest decile
Following submission of the Special Mining Lease and Environment Impact Statement applications to the regulators in March 2018 and July 2018 respectively, the Wafi-Golpu joint venture entered into a memorandum of agreement with the State in December 2018, targeting an SML grant by June 2019.
The milestones set for assessment of the Special Mining Lease and Environment Impact Statement applications and associated permitting work streams are not being achieved, and as a result the project permitting roadmap and timeline remain uncertain. Delays in discussions with the State are attributed to the judicial review of the memorandum of agreement initiated by the Governor of the Morobe Province in May 2019. This judicial review was concluded on 11 February 2020 with the National Court dismissing the case on the basis that the State’s withdrawal from the memorandum of agreement rendered the matter nugatory. The stay order issued by the National Court in that connection was lifted. On 20 March 2020, the Morobe Governor appealed the dismissal of the action to the Papua New Guinea Supreme Court, and intends to seek reinstatement of the stay order.
Further, there is ongoing uncertainty with regard to the timing and content of a potential revision of the Mining Act. At the end of February 2020, the Papua New Guinea Chamber of Mines, together with various of its member mining companies, made a presentation to the Department of Mineral Policy and Geohazards Management setting out their grave concerns regarding further proposed changes to the Mining Act. Their presentation was supported by financial models of the impact of those changes on their respective operations. To date, there has been no response from the Department.
The Wafi-Golpu Joint Venture continues to engage with the Papua New Guinea government to proceed with the permitting and approvals process.
The permitting process may be further delayed owing to ongoing mining and fiscal regime reviews.
Once these matters are resolved, the Wafi-Golpu joint venture will be well placed to resume discussion with the Papua New Guinea government.
The Wafi-Golpu project will progress to execution once:
SML the environmental impact statement and all other necessary tenements and permits required in support of project development have been granted
All required agreements with the State and landowners have been signed
All necessary approvals have been received from the boards of directors of the ultimate holding companies of the partners in the joint venture, namely Harmony and Newcrest
Initial activities post granting of the special mining lease will focus on development of site access roads and bridges, reconstituting the project team, and the construction of the Nambonga and Watut declines.
Hidden Valley
A large Mineral Resource exists below the current Hidden Valley open-pit mining area, which, if exploited, will add a further 2.5 years onto the current life of mine of 2024 and additional gold production of ~450 000oz. In order to extend the mining area, a suitable tailings storage facility must be determined.
The Hamata open pit has been recognised as a viable option for the storage of tailings and could provide a facility with storage capacity of 10Mt. Hamata falls within mining lease ML151 and is easily accessible but requires completion of mining of Hamata 3 before the dam wall can be built. A feasibility study to determine its suitability is currently being finalised. An updated resource model, open pit optimisations, the design for a further cut back on the Hidden Valley-Kaveroi pit, and an updated operating and capital cost profile are also being undertaken. The technical and financial study is due for completion during FY21, after which an investment decision will be made.

Projects - South Africa
Kalgold
A prefeasibility study to expand monthly plant throughput to 275 000 tonnes (using the current plant) or 300 000 tonnes (by building a new plant) was completed in FY20. The expansion project underway at Kalgold is aimed at optimising and increasing production and is anticipated to progress to feasibility stage in FY21. This will entail the evaluation of building a new 300 000 tonne-a-month plant close to the mining pits while continuing to use the existing plant infrastructure.
Doornkop
A feasibility study was initiated in September 2019 to investigate the viability of continuing to mine the orebody at depth. The project involves consideration of developing new mining levels, adaptation of the ventilation shaft, and alleviation of constraints on the main shaft. An ore handling system incorporating 215 level also needs to be put in

106



place. Approval of the feasibility study, which includes the project scope, costs and timelines, is expected to be made in FY21.
Joel
An expansion project to access the orebody from 137 level is currently underway. This will involve installation of a chairlift decline and a conveyor belt decline. The entire project, including all construction and equipping to access the reef horizon and start stoping, is expected to be completed in FY21.
A prefeasibility study to increase tailings capacity at Joel was also completed in FY20. However, the economics of the project have not made it viable. Instead, possible collaborations with owners of other mining infrastructure in the area will be investigated in FY21.
Moab Khotsong
Three separate expansion projects are being considered or underway at Moab Khotsong:
Implementation of the Great Noligwa shaft pillar extraction project, which is based on the partial extraction of reef blocks with a central stabilising pillar to maintain the integrity of both shaft barrels, progressed in FY20 and by financial year-end, 428 metres had been developed. Moreover, refurbishment of the backfill plant was completed and the 73-76 level transfer system commissioned
A prefeasibility study to investigate the possibility of mining a new orebody below the current Moab Khotsong middle mine was concluded and indicated that it could contribute positive value through the application of a twin-decline system. A feasibility study has begun but has been delayed by the impact of Covid-19
A prefeasibility study to investigate the viability of reclaiming gold from the Mispah 1 tailings storage facility was completed. Pending completion of the acquisition of Mine Waste Solutions and other surface facilities from AngloGold Ashanti, a feasibility study will be conducted to investigate the use of their current infrastructure to circumvent the residue deposition issues identified in the Mispah prefeasibility study


107



MANAGING OUR SOCIAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL STEWARDSHIP
SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Empowering communities

Creating shared value for the communities impacted by our mining operations is an integral part of Harmony’s business strategy and a key capital. This not only builds our social and relationship capital and ensures our social licence to operate, it also underpins our reputation as a responsible corporate citizen and as a valued partner among the communities where we operate. Harmony strives to create sustainable shared value for our communities. We focus our efforts on sustainably investing in the future of our communities beyond the life of our mines to not only empower them, but also mitigate the impacts of our activities and ensure a positive legacy.
EX15IAR20IMAGE002.GIF

108




Contributing to the SDGs:
Our environmental activities are also aligned with the United Nations SDGs, most especially those aimed at protecting the planet, combating climate change, restoring the land and protecting biodiversity.

EX15IAR20IMAGE004X.GIF
NO POVERTY
EX15IAR20IMAGE006.GIF
QUALITY EDUCATION
EX15IAR20IMAGE008.GIF
SUSTAINABLE CITIES AND COMMUNITIES
Our focus is on implementing broad-based agriculture and viable commercial agricultural ventures to promote food security, sustain livelihoods and contribute to alternative, sustainable economic activities that will endure once mining ceases
-Education is a key aspect of our strategy
-At secondary school level, we promote mathematics, science and technology
-A2At tertiary level and in communities, our focus is to develop entrepreneurial and portable skills, especially in the field of information and communication technology
-The promotion of preferential local procurement and enterprise and supplier development helps to uplift communities and sustain them economically
-C2Infrastructure projects (roads in South Africa and water and sanitation in Papua New Guinea) help to enhance community resilience and functionality

OUR APPROACH TO SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
In striving to create sustainable shared value for our communities, we understand that the dynamics and the needs of communities are ever evolving and so any meaningful and sustainable socio-economic development we pioneer and implement requires far more than a one-dimensional, static strategy. It is for this reason that our approach to socio-economic development is multi-faceted so that we focus our efforts on implementing programmes and creating opportunities that will uplift and empower local communities, and make a positive and lasting contribution in the regions in which we operate.
It is in this context that our socio-economic development programme commits to:
contribute to areas that will have the most meaningful socio-economic impact on our communities, namely infrastructure, education and skills development, job creation and entrepreneurial development
enhance broad-based local and community economic empowerment and enterprise development initiatives
facilitate socio-economic development in local communities by means of our social and labour plans (SLPs) and our corporate social responsibility programmes
support arts, culture, and sports and recreation
build relationships based on trust with our host communities, the basis of which must be transparent dialogue and the delivery of mutually-agreed promises

GOVERNANCE
The social and ethics committee of the board oversees the policy and strategies pertaining to socio-economic development and corporate social responsibility, as well as to public safety. Responsibility for implementation of related policies vests with the management team and the executive responsible for sustainable development. Discipline-specific policies are supported by guidelines and standards which inform the development of site-specific management systems, which are aligned overall with our sustainable development framework.
We have also formalised our governance approach to social investment. A local economic development strategy, together with an accompanying operating procedure and strategy for investing in mine community development, are in place so that related processes and systems are well institutionalised within the company. This helps to ensure that projects are rolled out responsibly and successfully with a view to their sustainability.

OUR PERFORMANCE FY20
Harmony broadly defines socio-economic development as all activities and initiatives undertaken - with the assistance of local resources, ideas and skills - to stimulate social and economic growth and upliftment, particularly of the local communities impacted by our operations. The desired outcome of this is the creation of employment opportunities, poverty alleviation and reduction of inequality while attracting external investment, all of which are important in creating sustainable local economies.
We aim to improve quality of life through mine community development spend of not less than 1% of net profit after tax. In FY20, total group spend on mine community development, preferential/local procurement, enterprise development and corporate social investment was R10.44 billion (FY19: R8.7 billion) - R112 million on community

109



projects and social investment and R10.3 billion on procurement and enterprise development (FY19: R88 million, R11.5 billion respectively).

Socio-economic development expenditure - FY20
 
Investing in our social licence to operate
Preferential/local procurement
Enterprise and supplier development
Corporate social investment
Group approach
Identified mine community development initiatives aimed at stimulating socio-economic growth and development
Strategy in place to promote procurement spend to stimulate economic activity in local host communities with a focus on empowering women and youth
New approved strategy to promote and develop local enterprise
Supplements other socio-economic activities and initiatives to generate positive impacts and outcomes
South Africa
Governed by the Mining Charter and related social and labour plans
Focus on black economic empowerment and driven by the Mining Charter
Providing procurement opportunities to small and medium sized black-owned businesses
Focused on:
-education
-socio-economic advancement
-health
-arts, culture, sports and recreation
Spend:
R65.2 million
R5.08 billion*
R1.55 billion
R10.6 million
Papua New Guinea
Activities governed by the memorandum of agreement with various levels of government
Focused on:
-community infrastructure
-health programmes
-community agriculture programmes
Aligned with terms of the memorandum of agreement for localised procurement within the Morobe Province
Aligned with terms of memorandum of agreement for procurement in country
Included in activities relating to our social licence to operate
Spend:
R36.5 million
(US$2.15 million)
R2.5 billion
(US$145 million)
R1.2 billion
(US$71 million)
 
*Spend with companies having black economic empowerment shareholdings of at least 25% + one vote or higher as well as BEE level 4 compliance
Socio-economic development - investing in our social licence to operate
During the financial year we continued to uplift and empower local communities to become self-sustaining, acting as a catalyst for economic growth while creating alternative economies to support communities once mining ceases.

South Africa
The implementation of our socio-economic strategy is influenced, to varying degrees, by national legislative requirements and the needs communicated to us by the communities. In the case of South Africa, our strategy is largely dictated by the requirements of Regulation 42 of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act. This stipulates that a mining right can only be granted if a social and labour plan has been submitted to the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy.
Social and labour plans are five-year-long programmes that incorporate all local development initiatives that are executed in terms of the Mining Charter, the Act, and the Codes of Good Practice for the Minerals Industry.
Harmony is presently in the middle of the third generation five-year (2018-2022) social and labour plan. The total financial commitment for mine community development is R268 million, of which R65.2 million was spent in FY20. This brings total spend to date to R108 million for the third-generation commitments. See diagram below of annual expenditure since FY16 and planned expenditure for the next three years.
Owing to the national lockdown, an additional three months were implemented to complete projects which could not have been done during this period. An additional R5.6 million will be spent during the first quarter of FY21 to accommodate for the completion of these projects, which will bring the amount spent up to R70.8 million. This constitutes a 90% achievement against the planned investment for mine community development.

110



South Africa - actual and planned annual investment in mine community development for the social and labour plans
EX15IAR20IMAGE010.GIF
*    Includes Moab Khotsong from FY19 onwards
**     Planned investment in FY22 and FY23 is expected to decline as several mines reach the end of their operating lives

We continued to focus primarily on the following four areas, which we believe can affect the greatest, most sustained social upliftment in our communities: SMME and youth development, infrastructure, agriculture and information and/or communication technology.
Rationale for focus areas of third generation social and labour plan projects
Expenditure in FY20
EX15IAR20IMAGE012.GIF
Youth and small, medium and micro enterprise development 
Meaningful, long-lasting socio-economic development can only be achieved by empowering individuals and communities with the most appropriate skills and resources. The upskilling of the youth and the nurturing of small, medium and micro enterprises within our communities is thus the priority focus of our mine community development plan. Our related initiatives range from incubation hubs, where we provide support and resources to companies, particularly those owned by young and female entrepreneurs, to the provision of workshops and commercial spaces in which these companies can conduct their businesses.
R31.61 million
EX15IAR20IMAGE014.GIF
Agriculture 
For most in our poorest communities, obtaining fresh, healthy food is not always possible, particularly from a cost perspective. To help alleviate this hardship, the second pillar of our mine community development strategy focuses on promoting agricultural initiatives - both broad-based livelihood and commercial ventures. Not only does this ensure improved access to healthy food, which will promote better health and well-being in our communities, the sale of excess produce also assists in alleviating poverty.
R8.15 million
EX15IAR20IMAGE016.GIF
Infrastructure
Infrastructure plays an important role in facilitating the upliftment of communities. Harmony believes that good road infrastructure is particularly vital as it allows ease of movement of goods and people and it promotes economic activity. Infrastructure projects themselves generate employment opportunities. It is on this basis that we have embarked on an infrastructure programme to improve the roads connecting our host communities with the larger towns in the Free State.
R25.24 million
EX15IAR20IMAGE018.GIF
Information communication technology
In this modern, technological-driven age, access to the internet, and particularly computers, is an absolute necessity. To help our host communities access such technology, we have introduced a mobile computer centre that can be accessed by young residents or fledgling businesses.
R0.21 million


111



Third generation social and labour plan projects: Expenditure by province and focus areas for FY19 and FY20
EX15IAR20IMAGE020.GIF
Highlights of the socio-economic development projects underway during FY20 were the road construction and agricultural projects in the Free State and the agricultural projects in Gauteng and North West Province. Harmony also implemented outreach programmes in our labour sending areas, particularly in Lesotho and the Eastern Cape.
Separate more detailed schedules of the social and labour plan projects undertaken in FY19 and FY20, their impact, beneficiaries and cost, are available online as part of our annual report suite. See Social and labour plan projects - FY20 and Social and labour plan projects completed - FY19, which are both available at www.har.co.za.

Socio-economic closure planning
A key consideration in our planning for socio-economic development is how to mitigate the potential impact of mine closures on our communities. This is especially the case in the Free State region where several mines are approaching the end of their operating lives. Many of our socio-economic initiatives consider establishing alternative economic activities and means of livelihood that can be sustained post-mining. This includes an emphasis on stimulating small- and medium-enterprise development as well as portable skills training to empower both employees and the communities as a collective.
We also use our land rehabilitation strategy, which is outlined in the Environmental management and stewardship section, as a means of facilitating alternative economic development initiatives. Given the land available under our control, we are able to support food security and poverty alleviation through agricultural initiatives. To this end, we have forged a partnership with Unigrain to rehabilitate mine-impacted land to high-quality agricultural standards while addressing the global grain supply shortage. We expect to implement this project in Welkom in the next financial year. Similarly, Harmony has signed a memorandum of understanding to promote commercial agricultural production as a final land use in our Tsolo host community in the Eastern Cape. A feasibility study is also being conducted currently in the Free State to determine how best to commercialise agricultural opportunities to introduce into the Tiger Brands procurement chain.

Stakeholder engagement
In terms of stakeholder engagement, Harmony believes it is crucial to build trust and maintain positive relationships with host communities as well as with other stakeholders, including the South African government. This has, however, not always been the case. In the past, stakeholder engagement was issues-based, particularly in meeting communities’ expectations in relation to the pace of implementation of projects and of the transformation of procurement policies. To address this, from the beginning of 2019 and continuing in FY20, Harmony established social and labour plan update forums in each of our host communities through which community members can engage directly with a company representative. Representatives from the municipalities, traditional authorities, communities and local business forums are also members of these structures, depending on the dynamics of the particular location. This exercise was interrupted, however, by the current pandemic.
The purpose of these forums is to share information with communities on progress being made on project implementation, to test their needs and expectations, and to try and manage their perceptions of what Harmony can deliver. This initiative has had a largely positive impact on our community stakeholder engagements and has helped to promote a better understanding of the issues and concerns on the part of participants. During FY20 there were fewer disruptions, upheaval and discontent expressed by community members.

112



Impact of Covid-19 in South Africa
The black swan event of the Covid-19 pandemic and the subsequent socio-economic lockdowns that were enforced from 27 March had a significant impact on Harmony’s ability to fulfil its socio-economic commitments for FY20. Owing to the national lockdown, some of the projects could not be completed, however an additional 7% were spent during the first three months of the new financial year to accommodate for the lockdown period. Harmony was thus able to spend 90% of its full R78 million budgeted financial commitment.
The lockdown imposed on South Africa, particularly levels 5 and 4, effectively restricted the movement of most people in the country and, thus, prevented Harmony and its partners from accessing sites and completing projects. Although the lockdown curtailed engagement with stakeholders, suppliers and service providers, resulting in some of Harmony’s social and labour plan commitments being delayed, we managed - with the approval of the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy - to accelerate implementation of these projects. We anticipate completing the remaining 17% spend by the end of September 2020. However, the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy proactively recognised the impacts of the pandemic and passed regulations extending the compliance date relative to the period of lockdown.
While Covid-19 has wreaked socio-economic havoc, the pandemic has come with a silver lining of sorts as it presented Harmony with the opportunity to become far more relevant to communities. In particular, we have supported the most impoverished members of our host communities - the Matlosana Local Municipality in North West Province in particular - by providing essential goods such as food packages, sanitation supplies, fresh water and face masks. We also provided personal protective equipment to hospitals in host communities. In addition, we looked beyond our immediate communities and donated care kits to the Amampondo Kingdom in the Eastern Cape, a labour-sending area. In total, we contributed R100.5 million towards Covid-19-related equipment, supplies and assistance for both employees and communities.

Papua New Guinea
Harmony has been an established partner and commercial driver of socio-economic development in Papua New Guinea for the past 17 years. Such has been our commitment to growth and development of the country that, by FY20, the Hidden Valley mine alone had directly and indirectly contributed over PGK5 billion (R19 billion; US$1.9 billion) to the regional and national economy over the past 11 years, including PGK556 million (R2.2 billion; US$204 million) in royalties and direct paid taxes. The mine has created around 2 000 jobs, with 73% of the workforce based in the Morobe Province. To date, around PGK1.1 billion (R4.6 billion; US$380 million) have been paid in salaries and wages over the mine’s operating life.
While Harmony has historically pursued socio-economic development projects that focused on the provision of much needed social infrastructure, such as schools and clinics, we have recently revised our strategy to concentrate on agricultural, infrastructure and sustainable energy projects. These are believed to be far more sustainable, given the long-term value they can provide to the communities of the Morobe Province.

Agricultural initiatives
Papua New Guinea has rich and fertile soil that is ideal for the cultivation of sought-after natural products such as coffee and cocoa. Harmony has piloted two agri-business projects that focus on the cultivation of these specific crops. The cocoa and coffee projects are considered sustainable and have already earned accolades. A farmer named Chepan Yaling from one of the Wafi-Golpu-supported co-operative farmer groups of the Lower Watut won a gold award for his cocoa at the latest provincial Cocoa Show of Excellence which showcases farmers’ produce from across Papua New Guinea. Another notable accolade achieved was the Papua New Guinea Chamber of Mines’ recognition of our Mining Chocolate Programme as the industry’s most outstanding humanitarian initiative for 2019.

113




The Wafi-Golpu cocoa programme
Over the past few years, our cocoa programme has continued to expand to the extent that Harmony now provides support to more than 1 000 cocoa-growing families in the area. In FY20, we cemented our commitment to the programme by:
signing a 12-month renewable memorandum of understanding with the Papua New Guinea Cocoa Board to work together to develop the cocoa industry in the project impact area
providing assistance, in the form of a storage shed and improved access to water, to the Babuaf Cocoa Farmers’ Cooperative to expand their nursery at Wames so that they could more easily supply planting material to other farmers throughout the project impact area
sponsoring the Kumul Bilong Morobe Cocoa Show of Excellence held in Lae in July 2019. This show drew about 5 000 cocoa farmers, distributors and other interested stakeholders from around the country.
sponsoring the 2019 Morobe Agricultural Show, which had the added bonus of showcasing our Wafi-Golpu project and our social development programmes in the area
In all, we spent PGK603 772 (US$175 006) on our various cocoa-related initiatives in FY20.
According to the National Cocoa Board, more than 600 hectares are currently under production supplying an estimated 300 tonnes annually and generating estimated annual revenue for the Wafi-Golpu programme farmers of PGK2.1 million. Papua New Guinea, as a whole, produced 35 000 tonnes of cocoa beans during the 2019/2020 harvest.

Wafi-Golpu coffee programme
A similar programme was undertaken to support and promote coffee cultivation around three Yanta villages. In FY20, we distributed tools to Pokwana and Zilani and conducted training on the planting of coffee seedlings. Coffee farmers are progressing with maintenance of their nurseries and clearing of fields in preparation for field planting. Some 74kg of coffee seeds were delivered to farmers in Pokwaluma to be sown in their individual nurseries. This amount of seed is enough to plant 75 hectares of new coffee. In addition, we began discussions with 23 Degrees Coffee Roasters, a speciality coffee company, in Australia regarding a partnership to supply coffee beans from the Morobe Province to corporate markets in Melbourne.
We spent PGK8 250 (US$2 391) on our coffee-related initiatives in FY20.

Infrastructure initiatives
Harmony is frequently presented with opportunities to add value to infrastructure in the Morobe Province. Those infrastructure initiatives with which we have been involved and which provide a snapshot of how we have contributed to host communities around our Hidden Valley operation, include:
Maintenance of critical sections of the Lae-Bulolo highway and
Wau-Bulolo access road
Repair of the Mabung and Kwembu bridges, giving access to landowner villages in the Hidden Valley area and the Hekeng footbridge in the Wafi-Golpu project area
Upgrade to the Bulolo police station that included the provision of fencing, and the installation of water supply and sanitation to previously condemned parts of the facility
Providing assistance to households in the form of solar lighting kits, biomass stoves and the WonderBag cooking system
In terms of our Wafi-Golpu joint venture, infrastructure projects undertaken included:
Provision of clean water, toilets, washing facilities and maintenance training for the villages of Nambongo, Venembele, Hekeng, Bavaga, Gingen, Kendik and Zindaga. These fell under our Water, Sanitation and Hygiene (WaSH) project umbrella
Another WaSH project began at Zimake and was approximately 30% complete before work was halted for Covid-19 safety reasons
Minor health facility maintenance, some which had started in FY19, was completed at the Wafi Clinic, Zifasing, Zindaga, and Papas Aid Posts during the year, in line with the National Health Standards
A total of PGK1 039 491 (US$301 302) was spent on infrastructure initiatives in Papua New Guinea.

Law enforcement initiative
In January 2020, Harmony signed a memorandum of understanding with the Royal Papua New Guinean Constabulary to regulate the relationship between the two entities and to address issues of law and order in the Wau/Bulolo area of the Morobe Province. In signing that agreement, both Harmony and the police acknowledge the importance of maintaining and preserving good order for a harmonious relationship between the mine and the host communities.

114




Community stakeholder engagement initiatives
Being committed to communicating in a manner that is open and transparent, in early 2019 Harmony sought a mechanism through which it could allow stakeholders to access up-to-date, verified and relevant news. The result of this was the creation of the Harmony Hidden Valley facebook page to provide stakeholders - particularly employees, their families and communities - with information on the company, its activities and initiatives. The page currently has 6 269 followers and its posts have reached more than 382 000 people, particularly the communities in Lae and the Morobe province.
As the page grows, the Hidden Valley team has shared its activities within the community and will in future be using the page to advertise job vacancies.
Impact of Covid-19 in Papua New Guinea
Unfortunately, implementation of most of our socio-economic development projects in Papua New Guinea slowed or stopped completely in the wake of the global Covid-19 pandemic. In their stead, Harmony pursued several smaller initiatives to alleviate the impact of the virus on our communities. These initiatives included the provision of:
material to the women of the local villages to make masks
food parcels
water and sanitation supplies
The Papua New Guinea team has also endeavoured to educate local communities on the virus, particularly in terms of symptoms, containing its spread and prevention.

Local and preferential procurement
Harmony recognises that procurement and enterprise development are key mechanisms through which we can develop and support our social capital performance. Not only does strategic procurement facilitate job creation and entrepreneurial development, it also supports the sustainable socio-economic development of the communities and the regions in which we operate - all of which are pillars of supporting and maintaining a healthy and robust social capital. Positive social capital reinforces a thriving eco-system in which our business and stakeholders can thrive.

South Africa
Harmony pursues a preferential procurement and enterprise and supplier development strategy that prioritises spend in local and host communities. Our preferential procurement strategy focuses on three areas, namely:
Supporting existing non-compliant suppliers (those who do not comply with the minimum black economic empowerment ownership targets set out in Mining Charter III) to comply and transform, or moving procurement spend to compliant suppliers
Enhancing Harmony’s current supply-chain model and ensuring that preferential procurement is embedded within the sourcing process
Creating a pipeline of small and medium enterprises to participate in the supply chain with an emphasis on women and youth suppliers of core mining and engineering services
Implementation of this strategy and our enterprise and supplier development framework is conducted through three main work streams, which are overseen by a steering committee. The three work streams respectively comprise category contracts, governance work stream contracts and ring-fenced commodities; as well as enterprise and supplier development. See Enterprise and supplier development further on in this section.
While Harmony has been, and remains, wholly supportive of the South African government’s imperative of encouraging sustainable socio-economic development and facilitating wider participation in the economy, particularly through mechanisms such as procurement, we are cognisant that there are a number of challenges and obstacles inhibiting our ability to fully comply with the new Mining Charter III targets. Not least of these challenges is the limited number of black economic empowerment, historically disadvantaged persons and women- and youth-owned businesses from which Harmony can procure services. The other significant challenge is the limited availability of locally-manufactured goods.
Anticipating these challenges, we revisited our preferential procurement strategy in early 2019 to encourage and ensure full compliance across all areas of procurement. This revised strategy, which was approved by the boards’ social and ethics committee and has support at the highest levels, aims to, where appropriate, move Harmony’s procurement spend from non-compliant suppliers to those that are compliant with the Mining Charter III requirements . In the instances where such a move is not feasible, the revised strategy makes provision for not only partnering with,

115



but also educating, our suppliers on the new Charter definitions and requirements, so that they, in turn, can align their own transformational strategies and achieve higher levels of compliance.
One of our key imperatives of the preferential procurement strategy is to enhance procurement of goods and services from women- and youth-owned businesses, therefore Harmony’s revised procurement strategy includes adjustments in this favour. Not only do our procurement policies and procedures give preference to women- and youth-owned businesses, they also encourage these companies to participate in Harmony’s incubation programmes to enable them to acquire the technical skills that would make them more competitive. Harmony has gone out into the market to identify potential partners who would either be ready to do business or incubated for future business with Harmony.

Wave methodology
As part of this revised strategy, Harmony has devised and implemented a ‘wave methodology’ to address non-compliant segment contracts and suppliers. Essentially, this mechanism is used to assist non-compliant companies improve their compliance credentials by increasing black ownership shareholdings or, alternatively, their broad-based black economic empowerment levels. The term ‘wave methodology’ has been applied to this initiative as it is being implemented in a phased manner with suppliers at various degrees of non-compliance being grouped together and assisted collectively. The first wave, implemented in the third quarter of FY20, targeted 68 initiatives to drive increased ownership or to shift spend to compliant companies or to establish partnerships between companies from empowerment groups and generic large entities without adequate equity empowerment to allow meaningful transfer of scarce skills. The total contract spend for companies participating in this first wave was R1.7 billion.

Mining Charter procurement requirements in South Africa
Mining Charter III emphasises the need to increase the inclusion of historically disadvantaged persons, women, and youth in procurement opportunities, in addition to the Mining Charter II requirements around spend on black economic empowerment-compliant businesses.
There is a strong drive to create South African manufacturing capability through the inclusion of local-content requirements in the procurement targets for mining goods. According to these requirements, mining companies should focus on purchasing mining goods with local content of at least 60% and, after an initial two-year grace period, all goods supplied in the mining supply chain should carry a local content certificate, issued by accredited service providers or South African Bureau of Standards. Expenditure on fuel is no longer included in the overall calculations, which has a significant impact on the scores of larger mines and/or opencast operations.
Mining Charter III now categorises all spend in two categories - mining services and mining goods.
Compliance with Mining Charter III - FY20
While the revisions to Harmony’s procurement strategy did allow us to make significant strides in preferential procurement during FY20, we fell short of achieving full compliance for the procurement of services in terms of Mining Charter III. Regarding the procurement of goods, Harmony performed well, achieving total spend of R14.2 billion (66% of which was preferential procurement). Total procurement expenditure with black economic empowered entities as defined by Mining Charter III was R5.08 billion against total discretionary spend of R7.68 billion. R373 million was spent on 51% black women-owned businesses.
See Mining III - Compliance scorecard

Host communities
We view our preferential procurement strategy as a key mechanism through which we not only further the transformation of our business but, more importantly, help facilitate meaningful transformation of our communities and the broader South African economy. We have a moral and ethical obligation to build capacity, capability and strengthen livelihoods within our host communities. This secures our social licence to operate and further develops our social capital. We believe that the host communities who thrive as a result of our presence and assistance is our ultimate victory.
To this end, beginning in FY19, Harmony has invested considerable time and effort in creating and opening-up opportunities within the supply chain in which our host communities can participate. This proved successful as we opened procurement opportunities to host community vendors who were awarded contracts for a combined total value of R1.365 billion in FY20.

Supplier days
In endeavouring to connect more with businesses in host communities, Harmony has held supplier engagement days since 2018. Such has been the success of this initiative that, since January 2019, Harmony has created and paid 166 new vendors with spend totalling R202 million. Of these new vendors, 41 were compliant black-owned vendors (spend of R138 million), and of these 23 were 100% black-owned (spend of R43 million).
While the aim of these supplier days in FY19 was largely to introduce Harmony to local suppliers in our host communities, in FY20 we progressed to the second stage of our theme-based approach and focused on introducing

116



our preferential procurement strategy and environmental, sustainability and governance framework to local businesses. We have also used this as a platform to discuss partnerships, opportunities, contracting opportunities, and, most importantly, how women- and youth-owned companies can participate.
Unfortunately, owing to the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic and subsequent lockdown, Harmony was only able to host one of these second theme supplier days. Nevertheless, that supplier day, which was hosted on 21 February 2020 in Matjhabeng, was a success with the participation of 200 local businesses, representatives from the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy, and a few other mining companies operational in the area.

Papua New Guinea
The local content and procurement policy in Papua New Guinea has remained stable for several years. Local content requirements - inasmuch as they formally exist in the country - are effectively embedded within the benefit sharing arrangements that are negotiated and agreed on a project-by-project basis between firms, government authorities (local, regional and national) and local communities. Our arrangement in this regard is to contract local companies and procure goods wherever possible. We target major contracts that will have the most beneficial impact on local communities and landowner groups in the region of our operation. We do this with the understanding that it is major contracts that have the most beneficial impact on the socio-economic development of our communities and the broader country of Papua New Guinea, and also substantially contribute to our social licence to operate there.
Procurement expenditure by our Papua New Guinea assets in FY20 amounted to R3.9 billion or US$231 million (FY19: R3.59 billion or US$233 million) of which R2.47 billion or US$145 million (FY19: R2.20 billion or US$164 million) was spent within Papua New Guinea. Of this amount R697 million or US$41 million (FY19: R1.1 billion or US$82 million) was spent in the Morobe Province. Harmony awarded contracts to local landowner companies for a diverse range of goods and services including earthmoving equipment hire, catering and accommodation, security services, bus transport and labour hire.

Mining Amendment Bill 2020
At the time of writing, Papua New Guinea’s legislative and regulatory environment is undergoing profound transformation, driven by the ‘take back Papua New Guinea’ agenda of recently-elected Prime Minister James Marape.
Impact of Covid-19 on procurement in South Africa
The spread of the Covid-19 pandemic to South Africa in March 2020 had a profound impact on Harmony during the second half of the reporting year, particularly in the area of procurement. While we were able to stockpile certain goods critical to our operations just before the lockdown was enforced on 27 March, there was a pronounced shortage in the availability of certain other products with a resultant increase in prices. This was particularly the case for personal protective equipment. Supply restrictions compelled Harmony to buy from new or unknown suppliers. Extended delivery lead times also posed significant challenges.
What was of greater concern, however, was the impact of the pandemic and the resultant lockdown on our supplier base, particularly those operating within host communities. There was, and remains, a deep concern that some of our local suppliers may not be able to survive the effects of the lockdown. To help alleviate their challenges, Harmony has lowered the interest rate on small loans made through our Leano initiative, issued payment holidays on instalments for small and medium enterprises and companies owned by historically disadvantaged persons, and provided a special seven-day payment term for our black economic empowerment micro-enterprises to assist them with their cash flows. In addition, interest charges were suspended for the duration of the lockdown. The cash flow relief stemming from this amounted to almost R3 million.
To mitigate the worst effects of the pandemic, Harmony issued force majeure letters to both large and small suppliers who were not classified as essential service providers. This was done to protect both Harmony and the companies against defaulting on contracts during the lockdown. In the event the goods and services from the companies are demanded again during the lockdown period, the force majeure will be lifted, and an essential services letter will be issued accordingly.
Harmony’s suppliers also benefited from a Government relief programme through which an initial grant of R25 000 was provided along with other financial support through the Unemployment Insurance Fund.


117



Harmony supplier development consolidate framework

EX15IAR20IMAGE022.GIF

Enterprise and supplier development
South Africa
Harmony’s enterprise and supplier development programme aims to ensure local black-owned small businesses benefit from our presence in their communities. To this end, we facilitate various processes to support new local black-owned small business entrants. The enterprise and supplier development framework focuses on creating sustainable businesses in host communities and shifting procurement spend to compliant suppliers who meet the minimum black economic empowerment ownership targets set out in Mining Charter III.
As a part of our inclusive procurement approach, particularly those relating to the procurement of goods and services from women- and youth-owned businesses and of local content, Harmony honed its enterprise and supplier development strategy to address these specific areas. The updated strategy focuses on promoting three areas of procurement, all of which will not only facilitate the development of fledgling businesses but will also close any gaps where Harmony may be falling short in its procurement commitments and targets.
These three areas are:
Localisation - given the need to increase the percentage of the local content and value add of goods procured, Harmony has agreed to include several local manufacturers in its enterprise and supplier development programme so that value chains may be opened and accessible to Harmony suppliers
Industrialisation - this will focus on fostering the establishment of new, local competitive industries, particularly in the realm of manufacturing
Supplier development - Harmony is working with its small, medium and micro enterprise suppliers to meet minimum quality standards in order to encourage and facilitate their progression to national and international suppliers
In the FY20, 342 new vendors were registered and included in our supplier database. These companies were awarded opportunities worth more than R225 million.

Lepharo incubator programme
Another new addition to our enterprise and supplier development programme in FY20 was the introduction of an entrepreneur incubation programme, which is being undertaken in partnership with the Lepharo incubator programme. Its aim is to assist the development of promising 100% black-, women- and youth-owned enterprises into suppliers of key mining and manufacturing commodities and services. Enterprises operating in the following areas were encouraged to apply:
Mining and related value chain
Fuel and chemicals
Metal commodities
Engineering products and services
Manufacturing of mining related products

118



The Lepharo fund and incubation programme is an industry-wide, cross-sectoral initiative that is based on collaboration. In addition to Harmony, other companies involved include Sibanye-Stillwater, Exxaro and Absa.

Leano funding initiative
Progress of the Leano funding initiative was hampered considerably in FY20 due to the Covid-19 pandemic. This initiative was launched in 2016 to assist local host community suppliers raise start-up finance and technical assistance. While the fund has approved 144 loans to the value of
R25.8 million since inception, only 32 loans with a value of R7.1 million were approved in FY20.

Corporate social investment
Harmony’s corporate social investment policy recognises the need for such investment in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, particularly in host communities and labour-sending areas. Our corporate social investment initiatives are in addition to our commitments and spend on our social and labour plans in South Africa. The main focus areas for our corporate social investment include:
Education
Health
Sports recreation, arts and culture
Socio-economic development
In FY20, R10.6 million (US$0.68 million) was spent in total on corporate social investment projects in South Africa (FY19: R10.6 million or US$0.75 million). This amount includes three elements: donations (corporate social investment); donations to the Harmony Community Trust; and sponsorships.
In addition, Harmony continued to support these non-profit organizations:
Enactus, which promotes the development of entrepreneurial skills at the tertiary education level and was identified as a constructive way to assist in combating unemployment, poverty and inequality. Harmony remains a platinum sponsor
South African Agency for Science and Technology Advancement (SAASTA), which is active in 20 high schools, advancing the subjects of science, technology and mathematics
While we have always conducted research, consulted with communities to understand their needs and requirements, and engaged with various municipal structures when identifying corporate social investment projects, our approach has been somewhat reactive. In FY20, we resolved to alter our approach to become far more proactive. Rather than wait for our host communities to suggest suitable projects, we have devised a new corporate social investment strategy that aims to be both more proactive and to focus on legacy projects. These projects are intended to develop much-needed skills among the youth of our host communities and to assist in their search for employment opportunities. This, we believe, will have a far more beneficial and long-lasting impact on poverty alleviation and social advancement. Unfortunately, due to the Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdown, this new strategy could not be fully implemented in FY20.

Community stakeholder engagement initiatives
Harmony has, historically, engaged with local communities in a more reactive manner compared to other key stakeholders. Recognising the need for change, in mid-2019, we initiated the social facilitation project to set up inclusive and legitimate community engagement structures through which we can proactively engage with our host communities. The purpose of these engagement structures is to:
ensure a primary means for formal community engagement in the areas that host our operations or projects
align and co-ordinate stakeholder engagement efforts across all our operations
create shared value and sustain our social licence to operate
Through this social facilitation project, we have developed a governance framework for community stakeholder engagement to ensure that the community structures we have in place are recognised by host communities as being legitimate and inclusive. During the first six months of FY20, Harmony canvassed local communities and obtained buy-in from local municipalities, traditional leaders and community-based organizations. While we were ready to launch three of the six structures in the third quarter of the year, the Covid-19 related lockdown forced us to pause the launch project. The three areas waiting to be launched are the Lejweleputswa district municipality in the Free State, the Mogale City local municipality in Gauteng and the City of Matlosana local municipality in the North West Province.
In the interim, we continue to work and build capacity in readiness to launch these structures once lockdown has been eased. A skills audit is being done to highlight development and training areas to be addressed among nominated community representatives and to ensure the effectiveness of these structures.


119



Public safety
There were no major incidents nor were any serious concerns raised during the year in relation to road transport and radiation exposure, which together with dust, are the primary public and community safety risks associated with our operations.
All Free State operations, including Margaret Shaft, completed and submitted assessments in FY20. No significant incidents were reported.
Impact of Covid-19 on corporate social investment in South Africa
The Covid-19 pandemic and associated lockdown imposed to lessen the spread of the virus, left many communities vulnerable without any source of income. Some families did not have food to put on the table. To alleviate some of the hardships being experienced, Harmony assisted affected families within our communities by providing food parcels, care kits and face masks. The target for food parcels was child and/or youth-headed households, while the target for care kits was senior citizens and child-headed households. Much of this work continues into FY21.
Between the start of the lockdown on 27 March 2020 until the end of FY20, Harmony provided the following assistance to host communities:
Gauteng 
-Provided food parcels to 1 699 child-headed households
-Donated 3 000 care product kits and face masks. These were distributed to senior citizens and child-headed households
-Provided 100 mattresses to the Merafong municipality to assist in accommodating the homeless in a local community hall
-Empowered one local supplier by procuring 2 500 face masks
Free State
-Provided 1 200 food parcels to vulnerable families in the Matjhabeng and Masilonyana municipalities
-Donated 3 000 care product kits and face masks to senior citizens and child-headed households
North West Province
-Provided food parcels to 915 child-headed households
-Donated 3 270 face masks to the Triest training centre for people with intellectual disabilities and to the departments of Social Development and of Health for distribution to senior citizens in the Matlosana and Ratlou communities
-Donated 1 000 hand sanitisers to the Ratlou community
-Provided shelter and food to 100 homeless people in the Matlosana community
-Empowered two local, historically disadvantaged person-related companies by procuring food parcels
-Empowered one local supplier from Madibogo by procuring 1 000 face masks
-Provided diesel to a local hospital in Matlosana
Additionally, nine local historically disadvantaged suppliers were empowered through the procurement of essential items.

OUTLOOK FY21
Socio-economic development
We will maintain our focus on and continue with our infrastructure development, enterprise development, agricultural and educational programmes.
Procurement and enterprise development
Work will continue on the new entrepreneur incubation programme to support and nurture fledgling enterprises to become suppliers of mining and manufacturing commodities and services. We will also focus on expanding their market access, both within Harmony and beyond, by means of additional value chain channels.
Corporate social investment
The South African socio-economic landscape as it was at the start of FY20 has altered irrevocably, as have the challenges we face. It is in this context, that going into FY21, the corporate social investment team will re-evaluate its priorities. Our ultimate objective will be to ease the scars that will be left by this pandemic.


120



ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND STEWARDSHIP
PROTECTING OUR LANDSCAPE
EX15IAR20PROTECTINGLANDSCAPE.JPG

121




CONTRIBUTING TO THE SDGs:
Our environmental activities are also aligned with the United Nations SDGs, most especially those aimed at protecting the planet, combatting climate change, restoring the land and protecting biodiversity.
   
RESPONSIBLE CONSUMPTION AND PRODUCTION
 
CLIMATE ACTION
 
LIFE ON LAND
 
LIFE BELOW WATER
•    Water and energy efficiency programmes to optimise usage
•    Efficient and responsible waste management, including tailings disposal
•    Energy efficiency programmes to optimise usage efficiencies and limit related emissions
•    Renewable (solar) energy programme in South Africa
•    Focused rehabilitation programme to restore land to viability post-mining
•    Biodiversity action plans being developed to similarly restore biodiversity and limit losses
•    The aim of this goal is to conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
•    Taking all possible steps to prevent any harm to the ocean and marine life as a result of the deep see tailings placement for the Wafi-Golpu project

Mining, by its very nature, is a destructive activity involving the exploitation and extraction of natural minerals from the earth. Land is disturbed; water is consumed and its quality potentially affected; dust is generated; wastes are discharged; and greenhouse gases are emitted. Harmony fully recognises and appreciates the significant impact of our activities, not only on the natural environment, but also on our surrounding communities.

Our principal environmental concerns include:
Our environmental footprint, biodiversity and conservation
Energy consumption and greenhouse gas emissions (climate change)
Water consumption and management
Waste generation and management
Air quality
Regulatory compliance

OUR APPROACH TO ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND STEWARDSHIP
Natural capital is one of the six capitals upon which our business is based and our value measured. Yet, the very success of our business ultimately depends on a process that effectively erodes that natural capital. That is not to say, however, that environmental impacts caused by mining cannot be managed, mitigated or, in some cases, avoided entirely.
Given that context, Harmony has adopted an approach to environmental management and stewardship that aims to have the most minimal impact on the natural surroundings of our operations that is feasible, and to preserve our natural capital to the utmost degree. To achieve this, we have the ideal of excellence in environmental performance that underpins our business strategy. We aim to conduct our mining activities and associated processes in a manner that not only complies with environmental legislation but that is also responsible and considerate of the environment and our communities. Moreover, we seek to serve as a responsible steward of natural resources and the environment in the areas in which we operate. Not only is this a moral imperative, it also makes good business sense: mitigating our environmental impact not only reduces operating costs and our exposure to risk, it also assists our long-term objective of leaving a positive post-mining legacy.

Our approach is guided by our environmental management and stewardship policy, as contained within Harmony’s sustainable development framework. This policy is underpinned by the following commitments:


122



Preventing pollution where practicable wherever we operate or otherwise minimising, mitigating and remediating the harmful effects of our operation on the environment
Compliance with applicable host country environmental laws and regulations
Promoting active partnerships with government, community, labour and non-governmental organisations for environmental protection and conservation at international, national, regional and local levels
Continual improvement that is driven by environmental management systems that focus on
setting and achieving targets that promote the efficient use of resources and that reduce environmental exposure, and reporting on progress made to relevant internal and external stakeholders
managing hazardous substances safely and responsibly
Contributing to biodiversity protection and considering ecological values and land-use aspects in investment, operational and closure activities
Ensuring transparent communications with our communities on environmental issues
Our environmental strategy is supported by our board-approved environmental policy, available at www.harmony.co.za/ sustainability/governance#policies.

GOVERNANCE
Our social and ethics committee oversees Harmony’s environmental strategy and performance, while the executive responsible for the sustainable development and environmental leadership teams motivates environmental improvement strategically at group level. General managers are accountable for environmental management at each operation in terms of annual environmental management plans that identify opportunities for improvement.
Operations are guided by technical and performance standards, which are incorporated into environmental management systems and implemented in line with ISO 14001. Environmental management programmes include detailed closure plans for each operation within five years of planned closure to expedite beneficial post-mining land use and activities to ensure sustainable community livelihoods.
Nine of our South African operations are ISO 14001-compliant, including Kalgold, with only Unisel and Bambanani not being certified. This is on account of the fact that these mines are nearing the end of their operating lives. The Harmony One plant is also certified but Central and Saaiplaas are not, although it is our intention to achieve certification for these plants in FY21. Improvements are noted year on year. In Papua New Guinea, Hidden Valley’s environmental management plan is aligned with the ISO 14001 standard.
All new employees, in both South Africa and Papua New Guinea, receive environmental awareness training, which is reinforced by leadership training courses and monthly initiatives.

ENVIRONMENTAL RISK MATRIX
So important is our natural capital and environmental management strategy that we have devised an environmental risk matrix, which is included in our corporate risk register, that details the most significant threats to our business, employees and communities over the medium to long term.
Climate change is undoubtedly the most serious environmental risk confronting our business. At the very least, climate change will affect Harmony’s future operating costs, infrastructure requirements, operations and operating conditions, host communities, and supply chain.
Material climate-related risks - which could result in substantive financial impacts - include safety (considering aspects such as increasing ambient temperatures and flash flooding), regulatory changes (such as South Africa’s newly introduced carbon tax regulations and the Climate Change (Management Act of 19 of 2015), and major infrastructure incidents such as those caused by flash flooding. A substantive financial impact is defined as approximately R10 million which equates to an average loss of one day of production at a typical Harmony operation. Moreover, it is estimated that the impact to our business from a carbon tax perspective will be between R300 million and R500 million by 2030.
For more information on climate-related risks see the TCFD Report 2020.
Water is the primary medium through which we will feel the effects of climate change, and thus is another key environmental risk to the business. Harmony has conducted its scenario analysis and water is a likely risk either from extreme storm events or extreme drought events, increases in temperatures which could affect underground ambient temperatures and possible food security risks. Water availability is becoming less predictable in many places, particularly in some regions in which we operate such as South Africa.
Land degradation is also a major contributor to climate change and, therefore, a significant risk in our environmental risk matrix. Land degradation generally results in poorer vegetation cover which exacerbates the ability of fewer plants to sequester carbon; increases the likelihood of soil erosion during rain and dust storms which is detrimental to high arable land in particular; and it shrinks the diversity within biodiversity.


123



LEGISLATIVE FRAMEWORK
At the time of writing, the legislative frameworks governing and regulating the mining industry in both South Africa and Papua New Guinea, were in a state of flux with several new bills and amendment bills, as well as new draft policies, before the respective parliaments. While a delay in promulgating these pieces of legislation has been inevitable owing to the onset of the Covid-19 global pandemic, it has had the effect of prolonging regulatory uncertainty in both countries, particularly in terms of the regulated management and reporting of environmental impacts in and surrounding mining operations. A list of the various bills and their associated implications for our business are provided below.

South Africa
In March 2020, the Minister of Mineral Resources and Energy published an amendment to the regulations governing the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act. A notable feature of the amended regulations was the repeal of sections dealing with rehabilitation, mine closure and financial provision. This was done on the basis that these particular issues are addressed through the National Environmental Management Act. However, implementation of the Financial Provision Regulations, which had been drafted to support and regulate the rehabilitation, mine closure and financial provision sections of National Environmental Management Act, has been deferred to June 2021. Regardless of the delay, Harmony has maintained its current mandate to continue its rehabilitation programme which focuses on rehabilitating old mining areas and tailings dams. Further to this, Harmony has fully funded its environmental liability for its South African operations.
The National Environmental Management Laws Amendment Bill is still under consideration by the National Council of Provinces. The main impact of this Bill concerns the Financial Provision Regulations, which, as noted above, regulate the closure and rehabilitation of mines. Moreover, the Bill seeks to remove residue stockpiles and deposits from the ambit of the National Environmental Management Waste Act and rather place it under the National Environmental Management Act.
Harmony analysed the implications of the Carbon Tax Act, the regulations of which were implemented in June 2019, and, in response, raised an impairment. Further to this, we are in the process of modelling the carbon tax implications for our business plans and our operational life-of-mine plans.

Papua New Guinea
While the main piece of legislation governing environmental regulation in Papua New Guinea - the Environment Act 2000 - is still valid and continues to apply, several national policy changes are currently under consideration. These include:
A revised mine closure policy with provision for financial assurance as security for closure costs
The introduction of a biodiversity offsets policy, which includes a mechanism for biodiversity offset payments to support national biodiversity incentives
The introduction of a National Oceans Policy, which aims to develop and establish an integrated ocean management system and will include consideration of issues associated with offshore mining and extractive industries and deep-sea tailings placement in order to safeguard the health of Papua New Guinea
Aside from these policy changes, the legal standing of the new guidelines on mine closure and rehabilitation that were issued by the Mineral Resources Authority of Papua New Guinea in September 2019 is currently under assessment.
Hidden Valley’s environment management plan for the period 2018-2020 was approved by the Conservation and Environment Protection Authority in August 2019.

OUR PERFORMANCE FY20
We spent a total of R161 million (US$10.3 million) (FY19: R199 million or US$14.2 million) on our group environmental portfolio in FY20. The decline in environmental-related expenditure owed mainly to the fact that:
all capital expenditure on the bio-energy project had been completed in FY19
all capital investment in water treatment plants was completed in FY19
there were restrictions on movement following the Covid-19-related national lockdowns in South African and Papua New Guinea

124




Annual expenditure on our environmental portfolio
 
FY20
FY19
Rand millions
US$ millions
Rand millions
US$ millions
South Africa
Mine rehabilitation projects
64
4.1
90
6.3
Total
62
4.1
79
5.6
Papua New Guinea
 
 
 
 
Implementation of environmental control
32
2.1
30
2.1
Harmony - Total
159
10.3
199
14.0

Impact of Covid-19
The major impact of Covid-19 was felt in the last quarter of the financial year when national lockdowns were implemented in South Africa and Papua New Guinea.
In terms of our environmental activities in South Africa, the major impact was on our day-to-day activities, which improved as lockdown restrictions were eased, and delays in licensing applications. Of these, those for Kalgold are especially critical and we are engaging with the Department of Minerals and Energy to expedite the process.
Regarding our operations in Papua New Guinea, the main impacts manifested as a rationalisation of our environmental monitoring programmes and a slowing down in the progress of the Wafi-Golpu project permitting process, particularly with those requiring public consultation.

Environmental incidents
Harmony reports its environmental incidents based on a risk matrix that evaluates the severity of the incident against the financial and reputational implications for the group. In FY20, this risk matrix was updated to more adequately reflect the levels of severity, incident descriptions, and financial and legal implications and to align to Harmony’s enterprise risk matrix.

Severity level
Mitigation costs
Reputation impact
Legal impact
5
> R10 million
Irreversible damage to habitat or ecosystem
International condemnation
Potential director liability
4
< R10 million
Significant impact on habitat or ecosystem
National and international concern - non-governmental organisation involved
Very significant fines or prosecutions
3
< R5 million
Longer-term impacts and ecosystem compromised
Adverse media attention - locally/nationally
Breach of legislation and likely consequences from regulator
2
< R1 million
Moderate short-term effects but not affecting ecosystem function
Unresolved local complaints and possible local media attention
Minor breach of legislation
1
< R500 000
Localised affected area of low impact
Local complaints
No major breaches of legislation


125



In FY20, there was just one reportable incident:
 
Description
 
Location
Water overflowed from dam 33 into the Sand River on 6 June 2020. This was a result of an increase in the volumes of water pumped from the Witpan municipal dam into the dam 13 water complex, to sustain the freeboard levels of the municipal dam. This increased volumes and depleted holding capacity in the mines reticulation system resulting in an overflow of excess water into the Sand River.
Monitoring of water quality at the discharge point indicated higher but not adverse concentrations of both untreated municipal effluent and mining process water. Sampling further downstream indicated that the impact of the overflow on the receiving environment was minimal.
Harmony is assisting the Matjhabeng Local Municipality to ensure adequate pumping facilities at the Witpan municipal dam. However, Harmony is not liable for the quality or the quantity of water pumped from the Witpan dam.
Environmental compliance
South Africa
Harmony received two compliance-related notices in FY20:
A pre-compliance notice was issued on 3 March 2020 for the Target mine in terms of the National Environmental Management Act on the basis that general waste was not being managed in an appropriate manner and that soil contamination had been observed on site. Proof of remediation was subsequently provided to the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy on 17 March 2020
A pre-compliance notice was issued on 25 March 2020 for the old President Steyn South shaft in terms of the National Environmental Management Act as the approved mining area was being used as an illegal domestic dumping site. Remedial measures have been implemented and the waste was removed from site. At the same time, a request was submitted to the municipality to ensure more adequate waste management measures are implemented in the neighbouring communities. Appropriate sign boards will be placed on site to deter further illegal dumping

Papua New Guinea
The spread of the Covid-19 pandemic to Papua New Guinea prevented an environmental audit of the Hidden Valley operation, as requested by the regulator. This audit has been deferred to FY21.

126




RESPONSIBLE STEWARDSHIP: SUPPLIERS AND MARKET
Suppliers
Suppliers in our expansive supply chain indirectly contribute to our Scope 3 greenhouse gas emissions. It is for this reason, combined with compliance requirements in the National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 as amended), that each supplier that provides goods or services to Harmony is required to adhere to our environmental management clause. By necessitating such compliance, we ensure that companies within our supply chain adhere to laws and regulations governing water and air quality, and will use all reasonable measures to avoid polluting and degrading the environment.
Furthermore, Harmony engaged its top 20 suppliers with the purpose of sensitising them to their carbon and water footprints. Such engagement was undertaken on the basis that their activities, combined with our own mining and processing activities, result in the emission of greenhouse gas and, thus, require re-evaluation to improve processes and reduce the impact of climate change.
Market
Rand Refinery smelts, evaluates, refines and fabricates the gold we produce for investment and retail clients. Harmony has a 10% stake in the organisation, with one of our executive directors performing a role at Rand Refinery as non-executive director and chair of the social and ethics committee. Thus, Rand Refinery is similarly committed to improving its environmental performance and operating to high degree of compliance. Rand Refinery is also committed to internationally-accepted responsible sourcing practices in terms of the London Bullion Market Association Responsible Gold Guidance as well as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development Due Diligence Guidance for Responsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected and High Risk Areas. The certified gold chain of custody is also audited independently in line with the requirements of independent bodies and enacted legislation.
Rand Refinery is ISO accredited in terms of 45001:2018, which replaced the OHSAS 18001:2007, ISO 9001:2015 and ISO 14001:2015 certification.


Setting environmental targets
Harmony measures and monitors its environmental performance against a set of group environmental targets, which are re-evaluated every five years. The current targets against which we are reporting were implemented in FY18 and will apply through to FY22.
Group environmental targets
 
Current targets
Group aggregate targets
 
 
FY20
FY19
5-year target:
FY18 - FY22 (%)
Actual (%)
Target (%)
Achieved
10-year target:
FY18 - FY27 (%)
Energy
 
 
 
Reduce absolute electricity consumption (MW)
5
3
7
a
7
Electricity intensity (kwh/tonne milled)
5
3
19
a
7
Total carbon emission intensity reduction
(t CO2/tonne milled)
5
3
7
a
5
Renewable energy
(% of total electricity consumed)
10
10
3
x
30% of energy mix
Diesel intensity (kL/tonne milled)
2
1.2
4
a
 
Petrol intensity (kL/tonne milled)
2
1.2
10
x
 
Water
 
 
 
 
 
Reduce water used for primary activities (kL)
7
4.2
21.2
a
80% recycled and zero discharge
Water intensity (kL/tonne milled)
7
4.2
31
a
Water recycling (%)
6
3.6
16
a
Waste
 
 
 
 
 

127



Hydrocarbon* recycling (% reduction)
80
80
33
a
Zero to landfill
Water intensity (kL/tonne milled)
80
6
28
x
Land, biodiversity
 
 
 
 
 
Reduce the land impacted footprint (available for rehabilitation)
80
80
33
x
One offset project per region where there is a residual impact
Environmental fines
80
6
28
a
Implement biodiversity action plans
80
6
28
x
* Hydraulic oil and lubricants
** Timber, steel and plastic

Tailings management
Tailings management is increasingly under the spotlight when considering the broader impact of mining activity. Certainly, the potential for harm to communities and the environment that could be caused by tailings waste and pollutants is a serious business risk, in terms of both potential reputational and financial damages.

South Africa
Harmony currently has 45 tailings storage facilities under management. Our aim is to keep these facilities safe and stable by understanding the mechanism of tailings dam failure - contributors to which include a range of man-made and environmental factors - and implementing measures to avoid failure. The status of each facility - be it operational, re-mined or dormant - determines the management strategy that is applied. In all instances, regular inspections are conducted - in the case of those tailings storage facilities that are operational and being re-mined, such inspections are undertaken daily to facilitate proactive management. The engineering reports are available on our corporate website at https://www.harmony.co.za/responsibility/environment/tailings-management
According to an independent audit undertaken of Harmony’s tailings management in 2019, all our South African operations satisfy the country’s legal requirements. In most instances, our standards exceed legal requirements. The extent of our surveillance and investigative work was noted to be comparable to international standards. However, the independent quarterly inspections did identify three areas of concern, of which immediate remedial action was taken. These included:
Target 1: instability on northern flank of the tailings storage facility. Remedial action involved construction of a buttress that was completed in May 2020
Central Plant Reclamations: instability on southern flank of Dam 23. Remedial action involved construction of a buttress that was completed in August 2020
FSS 8: instability on the tailings storage facility complex compelled us to decommission the facility at the end of November 2019 and the deposition was re-routed to other tailings storage dams

Nature of tailings
storage facilities
Tailings management strategy
Operation
Inspection
Monitoring
Periodic review
Operating (14 locations)
a
a
a
a
Re-mined (3 locations)
a
a
 
 
Dormant (28 locations)
 
a
a
a
Specialist consultants assist with the maintenance and management of our tailings storage facilities and ensure that they meet global best practice in the mining industry. Drone technology is also used to support our monitoring activities for all types of tailings storage facilities.

Papua New Guinea
Hidden Valley features an advanced waste management system, particularly the tailings storage facility, which is something of a landmark as the first large facility of this kind to be operated successfully in Papua New Guinea. This infrastructure has generated positive feedback from stakeholders. The world-class tailings storage facility, designed according to Australian National Committee on Large Dams specifications, stores tailings and wastewater before its reuse in the process plant or treatment and discharge to the environment.
Given the climate of the area and the site’s positive water balance, there is a heightened risk of a breach in the dam wall in periods of excessive rainfall. In response to this risk, we have installed an early warning system to notify

128



villages downstream of the facility in the unlikely event of a breach of the tailings dam. Our early warning system also makes use of text messages, which are sent to all potentially-affected community members.
We have taken extensive measures to inform the villages of the early-warning system and to explain what should be done in the event of an incident and the sounding of the siren. An intensive community education campaign was also undertaken to explain the risks associated with living downstream of the Hidden Valley operation and a site-visit held with community leaders and regulatory agencies to explain the design, operation and management of the structure. We are confident that we are making headway with this education programme and that our communities have a better understanding of the risks (and benefits) of living downstream of our operation.
Regrettably, no further progress was made in certifying Hidden Valley against the Cyanide Code. However, we have prioritised remediation of the gaps identified by the previous audit for FY19, following which we will pursue certification.
Regarding the Wafi-Golpu project, deep-sea tailings placement has been selected as the preferred tailings management option. This decision was based on consideration of long-term safety, engineering, environmental, social, cultural heritage and economic factors. Deep sea tailings placement is presently adopted in four countries and is in effect at three operations within Papua New Guinea. The Environmental Impact Statement for the project, including the proposed use of deep-sea tailings placement, is currently under consideration by the Papua New Guinea government.

Cyanide Code
Harmony has adopted and operates its processing plants according to the International Cyanide Management for the Manufacture, Transport, and Use of Cyanide in the Production of Gold, also referred to simply as the Cyanide Code. This is a voluntary industry programme that focuses exclusively on the safe management of cyanide and cyanidation mill tailings and leach solutions.
Of Harmony’s nine currently operational processing plants, seven are certified with the code with recent audits having been undertaken by an independent third party. Regarding the two non-compliant operations:
Certification temporarily withdrawn from Kalgold while upgrading plant infrastructure
Certification of the Saaiplaas Plant was voluntarily withdrawn from the Cyanide Code programme in January 2014 until process improvements necessary to meet the requirements have been made International Mining Industry Underwriters (IMIU) also conducts annual audits on all our operating tailings storage facilities, while the International Cyanide Management Institute (ICMI) undertakes an audit every 18 months. In addition, mine residue deposits updates are provided every two years to the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy. On the basis of these audits, most of our South African operations are in good standing. However, as it relates to cyanide management, Kalgold and Saaiplaas were not certified in FY20 owing to the fact that they were unable to meet the required standard set for using cyanide within metallurgical plants.

Managing our waste
Responsible and effective waste management can positively reduce our environmental impacts and mitigate associated environmental liabilities. Waste management is thus a priority focus area. Internally, guidelines on mineral, non-mineral and hazardous waste materials are included in the environmental management systems implemented at all operations. We understand that waste management begins with initial generation and encompasses handling, storage and transport as well as recycling, treatment and/or disposal.
An understanding of the actual cost of waste management enables us to plan effectively for new projects and mine closure. Practically, we maximise recycling and waste reduction during the life of a mine, and design plans to minimise waste and reclaim mineral waste (such as waste rock from dumps as aggregate) to curtail our total mining environmental footprint.

Mineral waste
Waste rock
Our mining and extractive processes generate mineral and non-mineral waste as well as emissions. Our mineral waste is characterised as tailings and overburden, often viewed as a resource in waiting. Harmony’s year-on-year increase in mineral waste is due to waste stripping of the cutbacks at Hidden Valley. Waste rock is also generated from our underground operations in South Africa. Effective mineral waste management reduces the aesthetic and land use challenges of mining, particularly during closure, as well as the potential for water and air pollution while maximising the recovery of ore, minerals and metals. Improved mineral waste management can result in significant savings and reduced energy consumption.
Waste rock in general has no value as a gold mineral resource, but generally has characteristics that make it useful as plant grinding media and feed for backfill plants. In addition, waste rock is often regarded as a resource by the aggregate industry.

129



As part of our commitment to inclusive mining and in accordance with our social purpose, Harmony has ringfenced some of its waste rock for local businesses and local entrepreneurs. This has enabled us, as a large-scale miner, to forge a supporting and enabling relationship with legitimate licensed artisanal operators in our host communities. Waste rock dumps at Deelkraal in Gauteng and in the Free State are potentially suitable for aggregate initiatives in terms of their size and quality, and we are currently investigating their feasibility. These initiatives can create employment, allow local participation in economic development, and make economic use of what would otherwise be a liability. Furthermore, once the rock dumps have been cleared, the land is available for rehabilitation.
At Kalgold, aggregate was contracted out to be reclaimed and repurposed for market by a consortium comprising a seasoned aggregate producer, Platistone Ltd, the local community and employees. In Welkom, surplus waste rock is also being processed by local aggregate producers - OMV Crushers and Stone and Allied - and has been commercially sustainable for over five years. We are also working with the local community representatives from Allanridge and Ncamiso, a 100% black economic empowered entrepreneur, to establish an additional aggregate producer.
We have a five-year target to reclaim at least 10% of our total available mineral waste footprint. Meeting this target, however, depends on the market as well as provincial infrastructural needs.
The situation differs in Papua New Guinea where there is limited opportunity to re-purpose waste material given the potentially acid forming nature of much of the waste. Where practical, suitable waste rock is reused on site in the ongoing construction of the tailings storage facility embankments.

Non-mineral waste
Non-mineral waste is classified into hazardous and non-hazardous waste. This non-mineral waste is managed by recycling or reuse, off-site treatment, or disposal in on-site landfills. We ensure responsible storage, treatment and disposal of non-mineral waste. Group environmental standards for non-mineral waste management are integrated into existing ISO 14001 systems.
Our target is to have zero waste to landfill for non-hazardous waste by FY27.
Hydrocarbons and cyanide are the chief hazardous waste streams at our operations. We aim to minimise much of these waste streams going to landfill by sending them to accredited institutions such as the Rose Foundation for repurposing while the remaining hydrocarbon waste is sent to appropriate landfill sites.

Group: Type of waste
 
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
FY16
Oils and grease waste generated
 
 
 
 
 
Grease used (tonnes)
424
426
121
384
504
Lubricating and hydraulic oil used (million litres)
2.5
3.2
2.7
2.8
2.291
Oils to repurpose hydrocarbons to landfill - Oil recycled (000 litres)
813
978
N/A
N/A
N/A
Hazardous waste generated
0.12
0.12
0.11
0.14
0.13
Tailings (million tonnes)
24.1
24.2
21.4
19.8
18.3
Hazardous waste to landfill (tonnes)
250
399.24
343.7
N/A
N/A

In FY20, 8 241 tonnes of non-hazardous non-mineral waste (plastic, steel, wood and paper) were recycled (FY19: 10 621 tonnes), a year-on-year decline of 22%. This notable regression in waste generated was primarily due to curtailed operating activities in the wake of the Covid-19 pandemic and associated national lockdowns. As we actively promote the recycling of our waste streams, we have initiated a reclamation programme that harvests underground equipment and infrastructure that is sent to the salvage yard where it is repurposed for potential consumption by other operations. In keeping with our transformation objectives, this initiative has helped the development, emergence and promotion of local entrepreneurs in the core mining sector.

Group: Non-hazardous waste generated and recycled (tonnes)
 
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
FY16
Timber
1 868
2 377
1 085
1 504
N/A
Steel
5 863
7 765
5 699
6 944
6 229
Plastic
509
479
314
459
N/A
Total
8 240
10 621
7 098
8 907
6 229
* Consumption of materials and waste generated increased with the inclusion of Moab Khotsong

130




Energy management and climate change
Energy consumption is a significant area of financial and environmental concern for Harmony for two reasons. The first is that mining and extractive processes are, by nature, highly energy-intensive activities and weigh considerably on our operating costs. In the case of South Africa, the cost of electricity contributes some 18% of our operating costs. The second is that the energy we consume is mostly generated by fossil fuels, which is a contributory factor to climate change. It is for these two reasons that Harmony has a dedicated policy on energy efficiency and climate change mitigation.
The principle commitments contained in this policy are:
Optimising electrical energy and carbon resource consumption and therefore efficiency within the operations while identifying opportunities for improving the energy mix in the group
Improving energy efficiency by continuously establishing and implementing effective energy management programmes that support the mining operations while providing a safe and healthy work environment
Promoting the efficient use of renewable and non-renewable carbon resources
Reducing greenhouse gas emissions, measuring progress and reporting results
Developing appropriate responses to climate change by way of adaptation and mitigation
Encouraging continuous energy conservation by employees in their work and personal activities
Engaging government in developing policies and strategies to address energy efficiency and greenhouse gas reduction
Driven by these commitments, we have reduced our intensity use by 20% over the past five years. This decline in energy consumption has, in turn, contributed to a notable reduction in the related emission of greenhouse gases.
While Harmony certainly made progress with its numerous energy-saving initiatives in FY20, which partly accounts for the continued reduction in energy consumption, the impact of the Covid-19 global pandemic and the associated period of lockdown must be factored into this analysis. The lockdown imposed in South Africa on 27 March 2020 significantly impacted our operations. Our mines and processing facilities were compelled to suspend activities for a period of three weeks and could only operate at a reduced capacity thereafter. This inevitably contributed to reduced energy consumption for FY20.

Energy consumption (000MWh)
 
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
FY16
South Africa
3 051
3 209
2 458
2 538
2 542
Papua New Guinea
120
2 131
3 90
90
55
Total
3 171
1 3 341
2 549
2 629
2 597
Consumption intensity (MWh/tonne treated)
0.12
0.12
0.11
0.14
0.13
1 Increase in energy consumption driven by Harmony’s acquisition of Moab Khotsong
2 Includes Papua New Guinea diesel consumption used to produce electricity (13 900MWh)
3 Although full year production included, the plant did stand for planned shutdown


131




CLIMATE CHANGE
 
In line with global best practice, this year we have produced a separate report on our carbon-related performance, and related risks, concerns and opportunities. This, our first such report, is aligned with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures and available at www.har.co.za. The report focuses on four key areas - governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics and targets. In previous years, we reported in line with the CDP Climate Change.
In line with the principles and requirements of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, the South African Carbon Tax and related updates received from National Treasury have been incorporated into our financial modelling to enhance our understanding of the likely impact on our business. In addition, carbon pricing has been included in our strategic and operational plans.
We have a good understanding of the tax’s regulatory risks and financial and operational implications. Initial indications are that the tax may compromise the longevity and life of mine of our assets. We have commissioned a scenario planning assessment to aid understanding of the implications for each of Harmony’s three operating regions in South Africa. This assessment will inform planning on the measures and action to be taken to mitigate and adapt to these risks in terms of what is best for Harmony and for local communities.

South Africa
In the South African context, Harmony consumes energy in the form of electricity purchased from the state-owned power utility, Eskom, which generates power from coal-fired power stations. Eskom’s electricity tariffs have risen by more than 400% since 2008 and, given the relatively significant contribution to operating costs, increases exceeding 8% have an impact on the sustainability of our operations. We are therefore not only intent on reducing electricity consumption but also on reducing our dependence on Eskom’s fossil-fuel generated power.

Renewable energy
In the third quarter, Harmony - and the rest of the South African mining industry - was given a window of opportunity to, at least partly, achieve this objective. In April 2020, Mineral Resources and Energy Minister Gwede Mantashe revised schedule 2 of the Electricity Regulation Act to allow mining companies to generate their own energy for self-use. Following that decision, we have endeavoured to explore a number of self-generation renewable energy options, including solar projects.

Energy efficiency initiatives
While the use of renewable energy will go some way in addressing our dependence on fossil-fuels and the associated impact on climate, we are keenly aware of the need to be far more efficient in the consumption of energy. Many initiatives have been implemented over the years to improve overall efficiencies at all our operations. Aside from renewable energy, our energy efficiency-initiatives focus on efficient mine cooling, compressed air, water management and ventilation. The total savings accrued from these initiatives amounted to R54.8 million in FY20.

Operation
Project
Description
Estimated annual savings
Kusasalethu
Water jets upgrade to new technology
Existing water jets upgraded to automatic shut-off system (water automatically switches off and close water when not in use)
R7.5 million
Tshepong
Service water control valves - upper mining levels
Install control valves on the upper mining levels to reduce water flow during off-peak mining periods
R7.0 million

132



Phakisa
Leak fixing on compressed air network
Large wastages identified and rectified
R8.0 million
Bambanani
Compressed air network inefficiencies underground
Identified inefficiencies and repaired leaks. One surface compressor switched off during off-peak mining periods
R7.2 million
Masimong
Ventilation sealing plan
Sealing of old areas to reduce demand for fresh ventilation air. Project may result in the reduction of main fans required
R8.0 million
Masimong
Compressed air network optimisation
Isolating the compressed air line between 5 and 4 shafts. The addition of standalone compressors at 4 shaft will reduce the demand for compressed air from 5 shaft. It is estimated that only one compressor needs be run during off-peak mining periods
R8.0 million

Papua New Guinea
Our Papua New Guinea operation is far less energy-intensive than those in South Africa. Moreover, its emission intensities are far lower as the energy consumed is partly generated by renewable hydro-power. However, because the power supply can be somewhat erratic in Papua New Guinea, we are compelled to use diesel-fuelled generators as a back-up supply. To ensure a more stable baseload power supply, we are planning to use self-generated power using intermediate fuel oil at the Wafi-Golpu project. Alternative options, including renewable energy, continue to be assessed.
The proportion of grid power used in FY20 was 88% (FY19: 89%). In FY20, 15 800MWh of diesel-generated electricity was consumed (FY19: 13 900MWh), representing a 13.7% increase on the previous period’s consumption.

Optimising water use, limiting our impacts
Other than air itself, water is the most essential life-giving substance on earth. Yet it is also vital to mining and ore processing activities. We are fully aware that, if not used and managed in the proper manner, our water consumption could have a severely negative impact on the environment and, particularly, on the communities surrounding our operations, with whom we share this resource. It is for that reason that managing and mitigating our impacts on water catchment areas - by ensuring that we do not denude the quality or reduce the volume of water in areas around our operations - is crucial to maintaining our social licence to operate.
Our approach to water management and limiting our impacts is guided by our water management policy. However, as our operations experience drastically different climatic conditions - with South Africa being a severely water-stressed region and Papua New Guinea experiencing a high-rainfall, tropical climate - water management strategies are moulded according to the characteristics and requirements of each mine.
Our ultimate objective is to conserve this natural resource by improving our water efficiencies through re-use and recycling. Should we need to return that water to source, we aim to ensure that it is treated and discharged responsibly into the receiving environment. We also aim to comply with all relevant legislation in the host countries in which we operate.

South Africa
Water in South Africa is considered a scarce resource, particularly in the regions in which our operations are situated.
At many of our underground operations, Harmony intercepts the aquifer to generate fissure water, which we then treat and use, thus liberating other fresh water supplies for other users in our society. At these operations, we maximise the use of underground water by treating it to meet quality standards and enable its use in our operations as we pursue our goal of zero discharge.
At Kalgold, water availability is critical to business continuity and operational growth. Given the scarcity of water in the region, Harmony ensures that what we use does not impact upstream and downstream users. To help protect and preserve the water resource here, we undertake stakeholder engagement with upstream and downstream users as well as the relevant regulators.
Additionally, given the contiguous nature of our orebodies, many mines operate within the same catchment area. This, combined with the scarcity of water, warrants a collaborative, co-ordinated approach to effective regional water management. Harmony thus participates in several inter- and multi-disciplinary regional catchment management agencies, including the Far West Rand Technical Working Group, the KOSH Mine Water Forum and the Free State Government Task Team. We are also represented on the board of the Margaret Water Company in Orkney, in partnership with Village Main Reef, to manage the KOSH water basin.

133



In the western basin, Harmony and Sibanye-Stillwater continue their collaboration on the latter’s Cooke shafts closure programme to ensure that the sealing programme inhibits any water ingress into our Doornkop operation.
All our South African operations have site-specific water balances and water management plans in terms of which we operate, monitor and measure compliance. We have submitted an application for a separate water use licence for Moab Khotsong to the Department of Water and Sanitation. This entails splitting the current approved licence between Harmony, Village Main Reef and AngloGold Ashanti. Its approval is expected by October 2020.
In terms of discharges, Kusasalethu is the only South African operation that is currently discharging water, although several operations have approval to similarly discharge. While the mine is striving to achieve zero discharge, daily discharges from Kusasalethu at present average 1.5ML of fissure water.
The Margaret Water Company, which is under Harmony management, pumps an average of 18ML per day, most of which is recycled into the Moab Khotsong and Mines Waste Solutions reticulation circuit. The average volume of water discharged by the Margaret Water Company in FY20 was 1.5ML. This discharge of high-quality dolomitic water has had a positive influence on the Vaal River.

Papua New Guinea
The characteristics of the Hidden Valley operation - namely steep surrounding topography, high rainfall and low levels of evaporation - results in a year-round positive water balance. This poses significant environmental challenges for Harmony, particularly in terms of managing the near-continuous discharge of water from the mine site into the surrounding environment. Techniques used to mitigate this challenge include:
Controlled run-off of rainfall to prevent erosion and sediment entering the river system
Recycling of site water to limit the volumes of water stored on the tailings storage facility and requiring treatment and release to the environment
Treatment of wastewater prior to discharge

Water discharge
Most of the raw water required by Hidden Valley is drawn from Pihema Creek and used in the process plant and related ore-processing activities. Process water recycling is prioritised to limit as far as practicable the volumes extracted from the surface environment. The wastewater is treated at a cyanide detoxification plant situated adjacent to the tailings storage facility. This treated water is then responsibly discharged to the receiving environment either at Pihema Creek or the Upper Watut River. Compliance monitoring is undertaken at a point approximately 18km downstream of the discharge in accordance with the operation’s environment permit.
Regrettably, traces of weak acid dissociable cyanide were recorded at the Nauti compliance point during the first quarter of the year at levels slightly exceeding permissible limits. This excursion resulted from insufficient reagent dosing in the cyanide destruction plant. Operational control measures have been implemented in response to this issue to mitigate against a repeat occurrence.
Compliance monitoring also identified non-compliances with the environment permit water quality criteria for dissolved manganese for three consecutive quarters in FY20. Given the downstream uses of the receiving river system and, on account of the toxicity of manganese to aquatic ecosystems and human health, the risk to the receiving environment posed by these non-compliances is considered to be low. Regardless, any exceedances recorded, particularly those of a repetitive nature, are of great concern to Harmony. As a result, we are in the process of conducting root cause investigations and evaluating short-, medium- and long-term response strategies to mitigate this particular risk.
Discharge of mine-related sediment into the Watut River drainage system has steadily reduced over the past five-years with an ongoing focus on erosion control and sediment management.

Air quality
The management of air quality for the Harmony group largely focuses on monitoring the sulphur oxide (SOx), nitrogen dioxide (NOx) and particulate matter that is emitted from our gold plants. In South Africa, all our relevant gold plants have the appropriate air emissions licences and seek to comply with national environmental legislation. In FY20, only one exceedance on particulate matter was recorded at our Harmony One plant.

134




South Africa - Annual gold plant emissions (tonnes)
 
2017
2018
2019
Plant
SOx
NOx
SOx
NOx
SOx
NOx
Harmony One
0
0.859
0
1.077
0.201
2.181
Central
0
0
0.289
1.100
0.005
0.811
Target
0
0
0.020
0.001
0
0.337
Moab Khotsong
0
0
0
0.216
0.200
8.496
Kalgold
0.003
0.010
0
0.003
0
0
Total
0.003
0.869
0.309
2.397
0.406
11.825

The American Standard for Testing and Materials method (D1739) has been applied, in accordance the National Environmental Management Act National Dust Control Regulations, as the standard test method for collecting and analysis of dust fallout. This standard has been applied across the group. Harmony has largely achieved compliance with this standard although there were exceedances recorded at Doornkop and at our Free State operations. Relevant tailings facilities contributing to dust fallout have also been identified. Mitigation measures have focused on areas where sequential exceedances are prevalent and will be rolled out over a period of three to five years. The mitigation measures for tailings storage facilities include the installation of netting barriers, the application of a dust suppressant, and, in some cases, the surface area will be revegetated.

Rehabilitation and land management
We are fully cognisant of the fact that we are custodians of the land we disturb and manage. While some aspects of our operations - particularly open-pit mining, waste and tailings deposition and the construction of physical structures - entail altering the physical landscape permanently, we believe that once mining has come to an end it is pivotal that we rehabilitate the land to effective and appropriate post-mining land use. Our aim is to create value from our land by implementing initiatives that have a positive impact through enhanced conservation or commercial socio-economic activities.

Land rehabilitation liabilities (Rm)
 
FY20
FY19
FY18
FY17
FY16
South Africa
3 038
2 884
2 919
2 180
2 170
Papua New Guinea - Hidden Valley
1 228
1 039
1 336
1 391
826
Total
4 226
3 923
4 255
3 571
2 933
(Total US$m)
244
278
308
166
150
(Refer to the 20-F for further detail on risks and liabilities)

South Africa
The aim of our rehabilitation strategy in South Africa is to reduce our environmental footprint through concurrent and final rehabilitation. Through these actions, we effectively reduce our environmental liability, meet the commitments made in our environmental management programme, and mitigate the risk of illegal mining activities. The necessary rehabilitation funding mechanisms are in place and, where feasible, infrastructure is refurbished for alternative use.
We have three primary areas of focus, which include rehabilitating decommissioned shafts linked to ingress by illegal miners, tailings dam rehabilitation, and the reclamation of waste rock dumps.

Rehabilitation of decommissioned shafts
We began to formally rehabilitate our decommissioned shafts and hostels in 2011 as a way of mitigating and managing illegal mining and its associated impacts. Since then, we have demolished 49 shafts and rehabilitated some old plant footprints. As of FY20, we have been able to rehabilitate and secure all but one of our high-risk decommissioned sites. The only site that remains to be rehabilitated is Brand 5, which will be completed by December 2020. This programme has, by and large, been highly successful as we have been able to control the scourge of illegal mining in the Free State.
As the demolition of shafts and hostels is largely complete, we have shifted our focus to consolidating our broader footprints. This has included the demolition and clearing of ancillary service infrastructure used to support historic

135



mining operations like training centres, old offices and the like. In total, there are 14 active rehabilitation sites, all of which were scheduled to be completed in FY20.
In addition, we are also focusing our efforts on rehabilitating the land that surrounds these decommissioned shafts. In FY20, we rehabilitated 44.19ha of land and have some 10 430ha still to address. Total land under management is
69 159.36ha.

Rehabilitation strategy
In FY20, Harmony, with the assistance of consultancy Digby Wells Environmental, developed and began implementing a new rehabilitation strategy that aims to achieve a step change in approach to our group rehabilitation programme. The main objectives of this new strategy include:
Using land for carbon offset and biodiversity purposes, where feasible, and, in other instances, for the cultivation of food that can be sold commercially
Managing vegetation planted on rehabilitated areas in a sustainable and environmentally sensitive manner
Devising and implementing projects in such a way that enhances socio-economic benefits to host communities, particularly in terms of preferential procurement and enterprise and supplier development
Ensuring that rehabilitation underscores our social licence to operate
REHABILITATION AND SOCIO-ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT
The rehabilitation and reclamation of land, tailings dams and waste rock dumps offer a unique opportunity to marry our imperatives of environmental stewardship and socio-economic development.
Socio-economic development projects currently underway on rehabilitated land include:
          - The labour-intensive invasive alien vegetation removal project in the vicinity of Kusasalethu and Doornkop. This
             project, begun in 2016 at Kusasalethu, is being implemented in phases. To date, 5 000ha have been cleared
             and are free of invader species. Regular follow-up monitoring of previously cleared areas is conducted
         - Establishment of commercially viable agricultural projects as opposed to subsistence agriculture in Gauteng,
             Carletonville and Matlosana
See the Socio-economic development - uplifting our communities section in this report for further details on these projects and initiatives.
In addition, the process of reclaiming and rehabilitating old tailings dam is labour-intensive, requiring many hours for grafting, weeding, planting and maintenance. In FY20, we began the first phase of this initiative, which created some 300 jobs for people in our host communities.
The reclamation of waste rock dumps is progressing well at Kalgold, Kusasalethu and at several sites at our Free State operations. As waste rock is considered a resource by the aggregate industry, several related community initiatives are in place at Kalgold and in the Welkom area. See Waste rock under Mineral waste in this section.
Additionally, a feasibility study is currently being conducted to determine the viability of repurposing old mine-site buildings for alternative accommodation facilities for our host communities.

Papua New Guinea
Given that all our projects in Papua New Guinea are either in production or at the exploration stage, most disturbed areas remain active. However, progressive rehabilitation is undertaken, where possible, at Hidden Valley to stabilise exposed areas to prevent ground movement proximal to critical infrastructure and to limit off-site sediment transport.

Biodiversity and conservation
By its very nature, our mining activities impact the biodiversity and ecology of the surrounding environment. Recognising that these impacts could span the duration of the life-of-mine and, in some cases, beyond that, we endeavour to implement appropriate management systems and processes to limit our footprint, or mitigate and, where possible, offset our impacts.

South Africa
Apart from Kalgold, where the protected Camel Thorn (Acacia erioloba) tree is a conservation priority, our operations are not situated in sensitive or protected environments. Nonetheless, we acknowledge the impact of our activities on the environment and that, more importantly, there is vital fauna and flora in our areas of operation that require protection and preservation. Conservation and protection of biodiversity are, therefore, key tenets of our land management strategy.

136



All long-life South African sites have biodiversity management plans, which are implemented either through their respective mine closure plans, environmental management plans or specific biodiversity action plans. To ensure compliance, numerous environmental projects are being implemented throughout our operations.

Biodiversity management plans
We are acutely aware that our footprint will never be eliminated entirely, even if we do pursue responsible rehabilitation and closure procedures. There will always be between one and three percent of land that will be impacted by mining or mining-related activities. It is in this context that, towards year end, we commissioned an environmental consultant to develop biodiversity management plans for each of the three regions in which we operate. This will also involve researching various offset projects and carbon trade-offs for mine closure in each region. We have also engaged with the Endangered Wildlife Trust. Such a scheme, we believe, will help leave a net positive legacy post-mining.

Alien and invasive plant management
In FY20, we continued with our alien invasive plant eradication project, which aims to minimise growth and infestation of alien species to ultimately eradicate these plants. Areas of infestation are first mapped and then divided into smaller management units to enable prioritisation and appropriate planning. Since FY16, these efforts have primarily focused on our Kusasalethu operation, with some 5 000ha of the surface mining right area having been cleared of alien vegetation. Once an area has been cleared, follow up monitoring is conducted for a period of time, and this is currently ongoing. In FY20, total of 1 021ha of surface right area was cleared of alien invasive species. Of this, 888ha were cleared from Kusasalethu and 133ha from Doornkop.

Flamingo conservation programme
Regrettably the proposed Lesser Flamingo Conservation Project in Welkom experienced further delays in FY20. It is anticipated, however, that construction of the facility will begin in the first half of FY21.

Papua New Guinea
Hidden Valley is not in a biodiversity-protected area but five species on the International Union for Conservation of Nature Red Data List are found in the vicinity of the mine. These include tree kangaroos, nectar bats, harpy eagles and long-beaked echidna, which are not endemic to the Hidden Valley area. There is no evidence to suggest that the mine’s operations have affected these species.
The Wafi-Golpu project proposes to adopt block cave mining as the mining method which will afford a smaller surface disturbance footprint and the generation of significantly reduced volumes of waste rock.

Radiation
In FY20, Harmony continued to implement radiation protection programmes at all our regulated operations. Public radiation protection programmes are also being implemented at all sites where we also sample dust and water sampling. We have demonstrated a high level of compliance for both employees and the communities with no health or safety threats.
Average compliance for FY20 was 96% with no major regulatory issues.


137



OUTLOOK FY21
Our focus from an environmental perspective for FY21 will be as follows:
         - Following up on delays in licence approvals as a result of the national lockdown, such as the water use licences
            for Moab Khotsong and Doornkop
         - Following the acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions post year-end and their incorporation within the
            company we will focus on:
- adjusting our long-term environmental targets to allow for their inclusion
- ensuring licensing approvals for Mine Waste Solutions
- optimising these two assets in relation to water, an important focal area. The Margaret Water Company and
    the related Covalent Water Company represent an opportunity to transform this water for the benefit of
    broader society and the environment
         - Finalising the closure plans for those mines reaching the end of their operating life - Unisel and Masimong are
            expected to close during the course of FY21, Hidden Valley in FY24 (in the absence of any potential mine
            extension)
         - With the completion of the public participation process for St Helena 10 shaft, beginning the closure application
            process with the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy
        - Beginning the public participation process on Kusasalethu’s formal closure plan
        - Advancing the permitting of the Wafi-Golpu project


Mining Charter III - COMPLIANCE SCORECARD
We report on our performance in relation to the Mining Charter throughout this Integrated Annual Report.
The Mining Charter serves as a guiding policy document to the industry, focusing on the transformation of the South African mining industry as a whole. The main objectives of the Charter are to promote equal access to and ownership of the industry, expand business opportunities for historically disadvantaged persons (HDPs), redress the imbalances of historical injustices, and enhance the social and economic welfare of employees and mine communities.
The Mining Charter is not a static document having been debated and revised a number of times. It is now in its third iteration.

ABOUT MINING CHARTER III
On 27 September 2018, Gwede Mantashe, Minister of the then Department of Mineral Resources, published the final version of the revised Broad-Based Black Socio-Economic Empowerment Charter for the South African Mining and Minerals Industry (Mining Charter III). There are distinct differences between the mandates of Mining Charter II, which was the basis of reporting for Harmony’s Integrated Annual Report 2019, and Mining Charter III, being the basis of reporting going forward. As this is the first full financial year that Harmony is reporting against the new targets of the Mining Charter, a summary of the requirements of Mining Charter III, is referenced below.

Ownership
Existing mining rights
A minimum 26% black economic empowerment (BEE) shareholding is required affording meaningful economic participation and full shareholder rights.

New mining rights
New rights require a minimum 30% BEE shareholding comprising a minimum of 5% non-transferable carried interest to each of the qualifying employees and mine communities, and 20% effective ownership to BEE entrepreneurs.

138




Renewals and transfers of existing rights
Existing mining right holders’ historical BEE transactions will not be recognised for the purposes of the renewal and transfer of existing mining rights and the applicant for renewal or the transferee will likely be required to comply with the BEE ownership requirements applicable to new mining rights. This clause is currently not being implemented pending resolution of Minerals Council South Africa litigation.

Mine community development
Mines must contribute meaningfully towards community development in terms of their approved social and labour plans and implement locally approved community projects which are aligned to the district and municipalities’ Integrated Development Plans.

Inclusive procurement
Mining goods
Minimum spend of 70% of total mining goods on South African-manufactured goods with 60% local content,
44% of which must be spent with BEE-compliant companies
21% must be spent on goods produced by HDPs and 5% on goods produced by women- or youth-controlled companies
Services
Minimum spend of 80% on services with South African-based companies, 50% of which must be supplied by HDPs and 10% by BEE-compliant companies
15% of the services budget must be spent with women-owned and controlled companies, and 5% with youth-owned and controlled companies
Enterprise and supplier development
Mining right holders may invest in enterprise development and supplier development to offset procurement obligations.

Employment equity
Mining right holders must achieve a minimum threshold of HDPs reflective of provincial or national demographics:
Board: 50% HDPs with proportional exercisable voting rights, 20% of whom must be women
Executive management (Exco): 50% HDPs, 20% of whom must be women
Senior management: 60% HDPs, 25% of whom must be women
Middle management: 60% HDPs, 25% of whom must be women
Junior management: 70% HDPs, 30% of whom must be women
Core and critical skills (i.e. science, technology, engineering and mathematical skills, across all organisational levels): 60% HDPs
Employees with disabilities must make up at least 1.5% of all employees

Human resource development
Mining companies must invest 5% of the leviable amount on skills development.

Housing and living conditions
Mining companies must improve the standards of housing and living conditions for mine workers as stipulated in the Housing and Living Conditions Standard for the Mining and Minerals Industry.
The table overleaf summarises our performance against the targets for each pillar of Mining Charter III for the calendar year ended 31 December 2019. For more details on our performance refer to Socio-economic development - uplifting our communities and Employee relations.

139




Mining Charter III scorecard for calendar year 2019 (January - December)
 
Measure
Target
Progress
Score
 
1. Reporting
Has the company reported its level of compliance with the Mining Charter for the calendar year?
Report annually
Yes
Yes
ü
2. Ownership
Minimum target for effective ownership by historically disadvantaged South Africans
Meaningful economic participation; full shareholder rights
26%
>30%
ü
3. Employment equity
Diversification of workplace to reflect the country’s demographics and attain competitiveness
Representation of historically disadvantaged persons
Board: 50%
67%
ü
Executive committee: 50%
56%
ü
Senior management: 60%
51%
û
Middle management: 60%
53%
û
Junior management: 70%
65%
û
Core and critical skills: 60%
69%
ü
Representation of women
Board: 20%
28%
ü
Executive committee: 20%
33%
ü
Senior management: 25%
27%
ü
Middle management: 25%
24%
û
Junior management: 30%
18%
û
Employees with disabilities
1.5%
0.4%
û
4. Human resource development
Development of the requisite skills, particularly those in exploration, mining, processing, technology efficiency, beneficiation and environmental conservation
Human resource development expenditure as percentage of total annual leviable amount (excluding the mandatory skills development levy)
Invest 5% of the leviable amount as defined in the human resource development element in proportion to applicable demographics (employees and non-employees)
5%
ü
5. Mine community development*
Meaningful contribution towards mine community development in keeping with the principles of the social license to operate
Implementation of approved commitments in the social and labour plan
100%
83%
û

140



6. Procurement and enterprise development
Total procurement budget spend on goods and services
Mining goods
A minimum of 70% of the total mining goods procurement spend must be spent on South Africa manufactured goods must be sourced from BEE compliant manufacturing companies. Calculation of goods and services spend does not include spend on utilities (electricity and water), fuels, lubricants and land rates
21% of total mining goods budget must be spent on South African-manufactured goods produced by 50% + 1 vote historically disadvantaged person-owned and -controlled companies
50%
ü
5% of total mining goods budget must be spent on South African-manufactured goods produced by
50% + 1 women- and/ youth-owned and -controlled companies
4%
û
44% of total mining goods budget must be spent on South African-manufactured goods produced by at least Level 4 BEE 25% + 1 compliant companies
84%
û
Services
A minimum of 80% of the total spend on Services must be sourced from South Africa based companies
65% of total services budget must be spent on South African companies that are 50% + 1 vote historically disadvantaged person-owned and -controlled companies
53%
û
15% of total services budget must be spent on South African companies that are 50% + 1 vote women-owned and -controlled companies
7%
û
5% of total services budget must be spent on South African companies that are 50% + 1 vote youth-owned and controlled
0%
û
10% of total services budget must be spent on South African companies that are at least at Level 4 BEE + 25% + 1 compliant
86%
û
Research and development
A minimum of 70% of total research and development budget to be spent on South African-based research and development entities
100%
ü
Sample analysis
Utilise South African-based facilities or companies for the analysis of 100% of all mineral samples across the mining value chain
100%
ü
7. Housing and living conditions
 
Improve the standard of housing and living conditions of mine employees
Implement all commitments in the Housing and Living Conditions Standard
100%
ü



141



CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
REPONSIBLE, ETHICAL GOVERNANCE

The board subscribes to the principles of good corporate governance and supports the definition of corporate governance as being the exercise of ethical and effective leadership towards the achievement of the following governance outcomes:
Ethical culture and responsible corporate citizenship
Good performance and value creation
Effective control
Legitimacy
EX15IAR20CGBC.JPG

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE - AN OVERVIEW
The Harmony board’s long-term philosophy to:
adhere to sound corporate governance principles
enable strong, experienced management teams
promote a culture of shared value
has been fundamental in guiding the group during the global economic and social crisis brought on by the Covid-19 pandemic in 2020.
The corporate governance review and corporate governance summary provides an overview of the board structures and frameworks that govern and promote the long-term success of Harmony and value creation for all key stakeholders. The corporate governance report provides further insight into Harmony’s corporate governance and compliance policy and framework and detailed disclosure on the board committees and other relevant matters.

Value creation
The Integrated Annual Report 2020 provides a comprehensive overview of the strategy, risk management, material issues, stakeholder engagement and performance of the group. The inter-connected pillars that guide value creation are strategy, stakeholders, sustainability and ethical and responsible corporate citizenship.


142



EX15IAR20VALUECREATION.JPG

The Covid-19 pandemic
The global impact of the Covid-19 pandemic has been on a scale not experienced since the Second World War. The strong foundation of good corporate governance principles has steered Harmony’s board and management in this crisis. The overall safety and well-being of employees and communities has been the key driving force in our approach to managing the pandemic. Some of the measures taken by Harmony include among others:
Adopted a risk-based approach to managing the impact of Covid-19 on the safety and health of employees
Provision of social, health and economic support to employees and communities
Implementation of prudent cash preservation measures including a successful share placement to fund the Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions acquisition
Embracing virtual platforms to conduct board meetings and the June 2020 extraordinary general meeting
While a strong rally in the gold price and weakening of the rand exchange rate have been favourable to Harmony, the loss of lives and catastrophic social and economic impact on South Africa, Papua New Guinea and the rest of the world will influence the short-medium- and long-term way forward for Harmony.

Strategic risk management
The board’s oversight of the group’s risk governance process has influenced the performance of the group and delivering on its strategy to produce safe, profitable ounces and increase margins. This includes a risk-based and proactive safety culture journey embarked on by Harmony in 2016 and the conclusion of value accretive acquisitions which includes the Hidden Valley re-investment, Moab Khotsong operations and most recently Mponeng and Mine Waste Solutions.
For more details refer to Managing our risks and opportunities.

Sustainable development
Harmony’s sustainable development framework and associated policies take into account the SDGs and the role Harmony can play in advancing our communities through preferential procurement, responsible environmental stewardship, employment equity and women in mining strategies, among others. Refer to Sustainable development - delivering on responsible stewardship and the SDGs, Stakeholder engagement and material issues and the Social and ethics committee: chairperson’s report.

Transformation and diversity of the board
The board’s commitment to transformation and diversity in terms of gender, age, expertise and race at a board and management level was reinforced by the appointment of Ms Boipelo Lekubo as financial director in March 2020. Boipelo’s extensive experience in group financial management and reporting within the mining industry will contribute significantly to the skills and experience of the board. Mr Frank Abbott who served as financial director prior to Boipelo’s appointment remained on the board as an executive director until 30 September 2020.
Further details on the board composition including independence, meeting attendance and corporate governance framework are included in the Corporate governance report.


143



THE BOARD AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AT A GLANCE

Harmony’s board of directors (the board) subscribes to the principles of good corporate governance. Our duty to be a responsible corporate citizen is supported by our board of directors and their commitment to ethical leadership.
 
Composition and tenure
Independence
 
Board independence, diversity and experience
(as at 23 October 2020)
Total members 15
Chairman and lead independent director Yes
Average age (years) 59
60%
9 members of the board are independent, non-executive directors
EX15IAR20TENURE.JPG
EX15IAR20INDEPENDENCEA01.JPG
Transformation
Female representation
73%
11 members of the board are historically disadvantaged persons
33%
5 members of the board are women
EX15IAR20TRANSFORMATION.JPG
EX15IAR20REPRESENTATIONOFW.JPG
Core skills and experience
 
EX15IAR20CORESKILLSANDEXPER.JPG
Governance and
compliance policies
• Terms of reference for the board
• Terms of reference for board committees
• Board delegation of authority
• Code of conduct
• Behavioural code
• Corporate governance and compliance policy and framework
Internal audit charter
Disclosure Required by Section 303A.11 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual
Public Access to Information Act manual (PAIA)
Whistleblower policy

144



Foundation of corporate governance compliance
Companies Act, JSE Listing Requirements (primary), New York Stock Exchange requirements, Memorandum of Incorporation, King IV Report
Voluntary compliance with the principles of the United Nations Global Compact, International Council on Mining and Metals, Global Reporting Initiative and the International Cyanide Management Code for the Manufacture, Transport and Use of Cyanide in the Production of Gold (Cyanide Code)
Overarching principle
Responsible corporate citizenship and commitment to ethical leadership

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE AND COMPLIANCE POLICY AND FRAMEWORK
The board subscribes to the principles of good corporate governance and supports the definition of corporate governance as being the exercise of ethical and effective leadership towards the achievement of the following governance outcomes:
Ethical culture and responsible corporate citizenship
Good performance and value creation
Effective control
Legitimacy
These objectives form the foundation and framework for the corporate governance report of the board. In an attempt to focus on high-level, material practices and detail, additional information supporting specific matters is cross-referenced and linked to relevant sections in the Integrated Annual Report where appropriate.
With its long-standing commitment to good corporate governance, the Harmony board is satisfied that sufficient practices are and have been in place to promote the company’s reputation as an ethical, reputable and legitimate organisation and a responsible corporate citizen.
Acknowledging the significance of corporate governance and compliance, the board, through the audit and risk committee, adopted a formal corporate governance and compliance policy and framework which sets out the principles of good corporate governance for the board as well as all employees at all operational levels, and is summarised as follows:
Corporate governance and compliance policy and framework
These objectives form the foundation and framework for corporate governance within Harmony and
apply to the board, all employees and contractors:
EX15IAR20ETHICAL.JPG
EX15IAR20GOOD.JPG
EX15IAR20EFFECTIVE.JPG
EX15IAR20LEGIT.JPG
Ethical culture and responsible corporate citizenship
Good performance and
value creation
Effective control
Legitimacy
Ethical leadership
Organisational ethics
Responsible corporate citizenship
Strategy
Reporting
Political donations
Executive key performance indicators that are linked to ESG performance
Governing structures and processes
Role of the board
Board committees
Appointment and delegation to management
Inclusive
stakeholder-engagement model
 
 
Functional areas
Risk governance
Technology and information governance
Compliance governance
Remuneration governance
Assurance and internal audit
 
Underpinned by the principles of the King IV Code on Corporate Governance

Discussed overleaf are the practices within Harmony that the board believes confirm Harmony’s application of the principles of the King IV Report on Corporate Governance for South Africa, 2016 (King IV).

145



Ethical culture and responsible corporate citizenship
Ethical leadership
The board fully appreciates that it has to lead by example. Each member of the board is therefore expected to exhibit, at all times, the characteristics of integrity, competence, responsibility, accountability, fairness and transparency in his or her conduct. Collectively, the board’s conduct, activities and decision-making are characterised by these attributes, which also form part of the regular assessment of the board and individual directors’ performance. The board recognises that ethics is one of the pillars of sustainable business practice.
The board charter elaborates on the standard of conduct expected from board members. In addition, the board policy on the declaration of interests not only limits the potential for a conflict of interest but also ensures that, in cases where conflict cannot be avoided, it is properly disclosed and proactively managed within the boundaries of the law and principles of good governance.
Organisational ethics
The board sets the group’s approach to ethics. Oversight and monitoring of organisational ethics is the mandated responsibility of the social and ethics committee which fulfils this role on behalf of the board. Details of the arrangements for governing and managing ethics, key focus areas during the reporting period, measures taken to monitor organisational ethics and planned areas of future focus are contained in the Social and ethics committee: chairperson’s report.
In the previous year, the Ethics Institute of South Africa conducted an ethics opportunity and risk assessment and reported its findings to the social and ethics committee of the board. This assessment will be undertaken again next year. The purpose of the assessment was to determine Harmony’s current ethics opportunity and risk profile. The outcome of the assessment further informed the contents of our ethics management strategy and determined the scope and contents of ethics management interventions going forward. Key action items identified included:
•To increase the awareness of corruption and adopt a zero tolerance thereof
•To action steps taken against transgressors
•To promote and emphasise the fair treatment of employees despite their status, age, gender or rank
•To communicate a clear process flow chart indicating how whistle blower concerns are addressed within the organisation, and ensure anonymity when using the whistle blowing line
•To implement additional training opportunities within the organisation on ethical topics
•To develop a process to monitor all disciplinary actions taken to ensure consistency and fair treatment of employees

146



Responsible corporate citizenship
The mining industry introduces a unique responsibility and opportunity to the group to be a responsible corporate citizen. Although the board sets the tone and direction for the manner in which corporate citizenship should be approached and managed, ongoing oversight and monitoring of the group’s performance against set targets also forms part of the mandate of the social and ethics committee.
Extensive detail and information on the consequences of the group’s activities and outputs, which affect its status as a responsible corporate citizen with relevant measures and targets, are given elsewhere in the integrated annual report relating to the following areas:
•Workplace - See Safety and health, Employee relations, Socio-economic development - uplifting communities and Remuneration report 
•Economy - See Employee relations and Socio-economic development - uplifting communities
•Society - See Employee relations and Socio-economic development - uplifting communities which includes reports on corporate social investment and human rights
•Environment - See Environmental management and stewardship
Good performance and value creation
Strategy
The board is responsible for approving the group’s short-, medium- and long-term strategy as formulated and developed by management. In doing so, the board focuses on numerous critical aspects of the strategy including, among others, the legitimate and reasonable needs, interests and expectations of material stakeholders as well as the impact of the group’s activities and output on the various forms of capital employed as part of the business process. The risks and opportunities connected to the triple context (economy, society and the environment) within which the group operates are integral to the board’s strategic reviews of the business.
Policies and operational plans that support the approved strategy are submitted regularly by management for review and formal board approval. The board attends an annual strategy session called a “bosberaad” - specifically dedicated to confirm and review the company’s strategy. However, due to the Covid-19 pandemic and restrictions placed on social gatherings to adhere to social distancing protocols, the annual bosberaad was not held in FY20.
Strategy is part of the ongoing conversation in the boardroom. Ongoing oversight of the implementation of the company’s strategies and operational plans takes place against agreed performance measures and targets.
As the company’s reputation as a responsible corporate citizen is an invaluable attribute and asset, the consequences of activities and outputs, in terms of the various capitals employed, are continuously assessed by the board through its subsidiary committees. This will ensure that we are able to respond responsibly and limit any negative consequences of our activities, to the extent reasonably possible. In addition, the board continuously monitors the reliance of the group on these capital inputs - our natural capital (including mineral resources and reserves), employees, financial capital, communities and society at large, our mining infrastructure and our intellectual and technological know-how - as well as the solvency, liquidity and going concern status of Harmony.

147



Reporting
In protecting and enhancing the legitimacy and reputation of the group, the board ensures that comprehensive reporting is done on different platforms. In addition to this Integrated Annual Report, a separate Report to shareholders as well as a Financial report and a Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves Report are published. The group’s sustainable development performance, as measured against the Global Reporting Initiative Content Index, available online at www.har.co.za.
It is the board’s intention to not only meet minimum legal requirements but also the legitimate and reasonable information needs of material stakeholders. The board is satisfied with management’s bases for determining materiality for the purposes of deciding what information should be included in our external reports. The audit and risk committee, with the assistance of the social and ethics committee, has also been tasked with reviewing all external reports to verify the integrity of the information contained therein.
Political donations
Harmony supports the democratic processes in South Africa and Papua New Guinea, and contributes to their political parties. A policy relating to political donations has been adopted by the company. During FY20 review, there were no substantial donations made by Harmony.
Effective control - Governing structures and processes
Role of the board
The board exercises its leadership role by:
• Steering the group and setting its strategic direction
• Approving policy and planning that gives effect to the direction provided
• Overseeing and monitoring implementation and execution by management
• Ensuring accountability for the group’s performance by means of, among others, reporting and disclosures
The role and function of the board, including guidelines relating to the board’s composition and procedures, are documented in detail in the board charter, which is reviewed regularly to ensure that it remains relevant and applicable.
A protocol is in place to be followed in the event of any of the board members or committees needing to obtain independent, external professional advice at the cost of the company on matters within the scope of their duties. Non-executive directors are also aware of the protocol to be followed for requisitioning documentation from, and setting up meetings with, management. Notwithstanding, board members have direct and unfettered access to the chief audit executive, the company secretary and members of executive management.
Based on its annual work plan, the board is satisfied that it fulfilled its responsibilities during the period under review in accordance with its charter.
Information on the number of board meetings held by the board and attendance can be found in this report.

148



Board committees
The board has delegated particular roles and responsibilities to standing committees based on relevant legal requirements as well as on what is appropriate for the group and to achieve the objectives of delegation. The board recognises that duties and responsibilities can be delegated but that accountability cannot be abdicated. The board, therefore, remains ultimately accountable.
The following committees have been established:
• Audit and risk committee
• Investment committee
• Nomination committee
• Remuneration committee
• Social and ethics committee
• Technical committee
Formal terms of reference have been adopted for each board committee and are reviewed annually (and when necessary) to ensure that the content remains appropriate and relevant. The terms of reference address, as a minimum, the recommended items in King IV.


Effective control - Functional areas
Risk governance
The board appreciates that risk is integral to the way it makes decisions and executes its duties. Risk governance encompasses both risks and opportunities as well as a consideration of the potential positive and negative effects of any risks on the achievement of the group’s objectives. The group’s risk appetite and tolerance levels, which support its strategic objectives, are considered annually. The board is supported in this area by the audit and risk committee.
Responsibility for implementing and executing effective risk management is delegated by the board to management. The board acknowledges the need to integrate and embed risk management in the business activities and culture of the group. The audit and risk committee is tasked with ensuring independent assurance on the effectiveness of risk management in the group, and when deemed necessary and appropriate.
Detail on the nature and extent of the top strategic risks and opportunities of the group and an overview of the arrangements for governing and managing risk is disclosed in Managing our risks and opportunities.


149



Technology and information governance
The board accepts responsibility for governing technology and information in a way that supports the group in setting and achieving its strategic objectives. The board is supported in this area by the audit and risk committee.
A technology and information steering committee, chaired by Boipelo Lekubo (appointed as financial director in March 2020) and with its membership covering the head of information services and members of the group executive committee, has a well-defined charter and is responsible for the oversight of technology and information direction, investment and alignment with business strategy and priorities.
Management adopted the Control Objectives for Information and Related Technologies (COBIT), a framework published by the Information Systems Audit and Control Association (ISACA) for IT management and IT governance. COBIT provides a set of recommended best practices for governance and control processes of information systems and technology to align IT with business. COBIT is positioned at a high level and has been aligned and harmonised with other, more detailed IT standards and good practices.
Internal audit provides assurance to management and the audit and risk committee on the effectiveness of the governance of technology and information, and Ernst and Young (EY) on the upgrade of the enterprise resource planning (ERP) system as well as on the implementation of the human resource management system.

150



Compliance governance
Being an ethical and responsible corporate citizen requires zero tolerance for any incidences of legislative non-compliance. In addition, compliance with adopted, non-binding rules, codes and standards is essential in supporting the achievement of strategic business objectives.
The foundation of our corporate governance is in compliance with:
• The Companies Act
• The requirements of the JSE, where we have our primary listing
• The requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, where we have our secondary listing
• King IV Report and related principles and codes of good corporate governance
Harmony also complies voluntarily with the principles of the:
• United Nations Global Compact
• International Council on Mining and Metals
• Global Reporting Initiative
• International Cyanide Management Code for the Manufacture, Transport and Use of Cyanide in the Production of Gold (Cyanide Code)
Code of conduct
Our code of conduct commits Harmony, our employees and our contractors to the highest moral standards, free from conflicts of interest. The board reviews the code of conduct at least every second year, while its application within Harmony is continually monitored by management. The code of conduct will be reviewed and updated during FY21. Our ethics programme is also subject to independent assurance as part of the internal audit coverage plan. The code of conduct addresses critical issues including anti-corruption, gifts and entertainment and declarations of interests. It encourages employees and other stakeholders to report any suspected irregularities. This can be done anonymously through a 24-hour hotline (which is managed by an independent consulting firm), as well as other channels. All incidents reported are investigated and monitored by the white-collar crime committee, which comprises managers representing various disciplines in the company and reports to the management ethics committee.

151



Whistleblowing policy
Our whistleblowing policy encourages shareholders, employees, service providers, contractors and members of the public to report practices at any of our workplaces that are in conflict with any law, regulation, legal obligation, ethical codes or governance policies. It also provides a mechanism for our stakeholders to report these practices internally, in confidence, independent of line management, and anonymously if they so wish. The whistleblowing policy informs whistle blowers of their rights.
The identity of any employee or stakeholder who reports non-compliance with the code of conduct is protected. Our anonymous ethics hotline numbers, which are widely advertised throughout the organisation, are:
• South Africa: +27 (0) 800 204 256
• Papua New Guinea: +675 (0) 00 861 239
• Australia: +61 (1) 800 940 949
Ethics officer and ethics management committee
Harmony has a permanent ethics officer who ensures that the ethics management plan and programme is executed sufficiently and is duly communicated throughout the organisation. Our ethics management committee monitors our ethical culture and integrity with the assistance of the ethics officer. The following processes were introduced and developed further during the past financial year:
• Verification processes to identify politically exposed persons
• Verification processes for purposes of doing business with international companies
• Effective reporting format to the social and ethics committee
• Integrated electronic ethics management system
• Centralisation of all ethics management activities over the group
The ethics management committee also assesses declarations of interest in terms of the code of conduct and provides feedback to the executive committee, which then reports to the board’s social and ethics committee. As a result, ethics are discussed and examined at every level of management within the company. An external ethics risk assessment was also conducted by the Ethics Institute of South Africa.
Protection of Personal Information Act
Although the Protection of Personal Information Act, 4 of 2013 (POPIA) is enacted but not in force as yet, Harmony is committed to implementing measures in adherence to requirements stipulated by POPIA in support of good governance. Creating POPIA awareness within the organisation is ongoing.
In accordance with POPIA, the information and compliance officer manages the company’s information, ensures compliance with POPIA, manages the company’s records and archives and ensures compliance with the company’s regulatory environment in general. The information and compliance officer compiles information and reports on the status of legislative compliance at the audit and risk committee meetings.
Promotion of Access to Information Act
Harmony complies with the Promotion of Access to Information Act, which protects the constitutional right to information that is required to exercise or protect a right. The purpose of this legislation is to foster a culture of transparency and accountability in public and private bodies, and to promote a society in which all South Africans are enabled to enjoy their rights. For more on this see, our website: www.harmony.co.za/ sustainability/governance#policies
Requests for human resource, medical and other related information are provided in accordance with PAIA regulations. The company received 18 requests for access to information in terms of this legislation during FY20.
Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act
The annual compliance report in line with section 13G(2) of this Act can be found on pages 125 to 127 of this report.
Dealing in Harmony shares
During price-sensitive periods, our employees and directors are prohibited from dealing in Harmony shares. Written notice of these restricted periods is communicated to employees and directors by the company secretary. In terms of regulatory and governance standards, directors and employees are required to disclose any dealings in Harmony shares in accordance with the JSE Listings Requirements. The clearance procedure for directors and the company secretary to deal in Harmony shares is regulated by the company’s policy on trading in shares and insider trading. The policy is reviewed every second year.

152





Remuneration governance
Attracting and retaining the required skills depends, to a large extent, on the remuneration levels and practices in any business. It is therefore vital to ensure that the group remunerates fairly, responsibly and transparently so as to promote the achievement of strategic objectives and positive outcomes in the short, medium and long term. The board is supported in this area by the remuneration committee. Extensive detail on group remuneration is provided in the Remuneration report.
Provision has been made in the notice of the 2020 annual general meeting for a non-binding advisory vote of shareholders on both the remuneration policy as well as on the remuneration implementation report see the Report to Shareholders 2020.
Assurance and internal audit
The audit and risk committee oversees the arrangements for assurance services and functions on behalf of the board to ensure that those arrangements are effective in achieving the objectives of an enabling control environment and supporting the integrity of information, for internal decision-making and external reporting purposes.
A combined assurance model is applied which effectively covers the group’s significant risks and material matters through a combination of internal functions and external service providers. More information is contained in the Audit and risk committee: chairperson’s report.
Notwithstanding the output of the combined assurance model, board members are expected to apply an enquiring mind, form their own opinion on the integrity of the information and reports, and the degree to which an effective control environment has been achieved.
Internal audit plays an important part in the overall assurance approach and effectiveness of the assurance model. The audit and risk committee oversees the internal audit function on behalf of the board.
External independent quality assessment
During FY19, the internal audit function underwent an independent quality review conducted by the Institute of Internal Auditors South Africa. The internal audit function was found to generally conform with the International Standards for the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing. No material findings were noted. The external quality assessment is performed every five years.
Legitimacy
Inclusive stakeholder-engagement model
The board sets the direction for the group’s approach to stakeholder relationships. An inclusive stakeholder-engagement approach considers whether the legitimate needs, interests and expectations of all material stakeholders have been adopted.
Information on the material stakeholders and the manner in which relationships with stakeholders are managed, governed and monitored is provided in Stakeholder engagement and material issues.
Shareholders are encouraged to attend the Harmony annual general meeting, details of which are contained in the notice of the 2020 annual general meeting in the Report to Shareholders 2020.

GROUP ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE
The group is led and directed by a unitary board of directors who are guided by ethical leadership practices and board and committee charters that are reviewed on a regular basis. The group executive management team, headed by the chief executive officer is responsible for leading implementation and execution of the board-approved strategy, policy and operational planning and governed appropriately in accordance with a formal delegation of authority framework.
Board of directors
The board exercises its leadership role over the group by:
Steering its strategic direction
Approving policy and planning that gives effect to the strategy
Overseeing and monitoring implementation and execution by management
Ensuring accountability for performance through reporting and disclosure
Board committees

153



  The board has delegated particular roles and responsibilities to standing committees, however the board remains ultimately accountable.
  The board committees’ primary functions, include the consideration, oversight and monitoring of strategies, policies, practices, performance
  and recommendations to the board for final approval related to:
Audit and risk
Social and ethics
Technical
Investment
Remuneration
Nomination
Operation of an adequate system of internal control and control processes
Accurate and appropriate reporting of financial statements
Risk management and overall risk governance
Occupational health and employee well-being, environmental management, corporate social responsibility, human resources, public safety and ethics management
Compliance against relevant regulations
Sustainability-related key performance indicators and levels of assurance
Safety, strategy and operational performance
Review of strategic plans
Providing guidance and support to management
Potential projects, acquisitions and disposals in line with Harmony’s strategy and ensures that due diligence procedures are followed
Fair reward of directors and executive management for their contribution to Harmony’s performance
Harmony’s compensation policies and practices and administration of its share incentive schemes
Group remuneration policy
Formal and transparent procedures related to board appointments
Succession planning for directors and members of the executive team
Board self-assessment process
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief executive officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive management: office of the group chief executive officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executives reporting to the chief operating officer: South Africa
Executives reporting to the chief executive officer: South-East Asia
 
 
Regional operational, divisional and departmental
management teams and steering committees
 

BOARD COMPOSITION, CHAIRMAN, INDEPENDENCE AND MEETING ATTENDANCE
Board diversity
Diversity and transformation are key focus areas for the board. A broader diversity board policy at board level, specifically focusing on the promotion of the diversity attributes of gender, race, culture, age, field of knowledge, skills and experience has been formally adopted.
The board is satisfied that its composition reflects the appropriate mix of knowledge, skills, gender, race, culture, age, experience and, where applicable, independence. In addition, the composition of the board and its leadership structure ensures that there is a balance of power in the boardroom and that no one individual has unfettered authority of decision-making.
The nomination committee considered and applied the broader diversity board policy in the nomination and appointment of Ms Boipelo Lekubo who was appointed financial director effective 3 March 2020. Ms Lekubo contributes a wealth of experience and diversity to the board and has been recommended for election by Harmony’s shareholders at the 2020 annual general meeting. See the Notice of annual general meeting in the Report to Shareholders 2020.

Board composition
The board has 15 highly experienced and reputable members, 12 are non-executive directors of whom nine are independent, three are executive directors, five are female and 11 are historically disadvantaged persons.
The role and function of the board, including guidelines relating to the board’s composition and procedures, are documented in detail in the board charter, which is reviewed regularly to ensure that it remains relevant and applicable.
Brief profiles of all board members can be found in the Leadership section in this report, with their detailed resumes available online at www.harmony.co.za.
The majority of the non-executive directors are classified as independent. The board appreciates that independence is first and foremost a state of mind and all board members, notwithstanding their categorisation, are expected to act independently and with unfettered discretion at all times. This expectation is also confirmed in the board charter.


154



Chairman
The chairman of the board, Dr Patrice Motsepe and the deputy chairman of the board, Mr Modise Motloba, are non-executive directors, but are not classified as independent. The board is satisfied that the lead independent director, Mr Mavuso Msimang, meets the requirements for an independent director under the Companies Act and King IV, and any other criteria evidencing objectivity and independence established by the board.
The duties of the chairman, deputy chairperson as well as the lead independent director have been included in the board charter and are based on the recommendations of King IV. The roles of the chief executive officer and chairman are separate.
These appointments are reviewed annually and form part of the board’s succession plan for the position of chairman and lead independent director.
Guidance provided by King IV, as far as the board chairman’s membership of board committees is concerned, has been applied and the board chairman is only a member of the nomination committee. The nomination committee is chaired by the lead independent director.

Assessment of the independence of directors who have served on the board for more than nine years
An assessment of Ms Fikile De Buck who has served on the board for 14 years, Mr Joaquim Chissano, who has served on the board for 15 years and Dr Simo Lushaba who has served on the board for 18 years, was undertaken during the year under review.
Following the assessment by the nomination committee, the board is satisfied that the individuals do not have any relationships that may impair, or appear to impair, their ability to apply independent judgement. In addition, there are no interests, positions, associations or relationships which, when judged from the perspective of a reasonable and informed third party, are likely to influence the members unduly or cause bias in their decision-making.
The committee thus concluded that the members demonstrated that they were independent of mind and judgement, and had objectively fulfilled their roles as independent non-executive directors, despite their tenure on the board. The wealth of experience of these members, in addition to their being known as reputable individuals of integrity and great character, makes their ongoing input and contribution an invaluable asset to the board and the group. The wealth of experience of these members, in addition to their being known as reputable individuals of integrity and great character, makes their ongoing input and contribution an invaluable asset to the board and the group.

Nomination, election and appointment
The nomination committee is also tasked with identifying potential candidates for appointment to the board while the actual appointment is a matter for the board as a whole. The collective knowledge, skills and experience required by the board as well as diversity performance are all aspects considered by the board before appropriate candidates are identified for nomination. The nomination committee conducts the necessary independence checks and investigations, as recommended by King IV, in respect of potential candidates.
Formal letters of appointment are provided to all new board members. In addition, new board members participate in an extensive induction programme to enable them to make the maximum contribution within the shortest possible time. Ongoing mentorship is provided to members with no or limited governance experience and they are encouraged to undergo appropriate training. Provision has also been made in the board’s annual work plan for regular briefings on legal and corporate governance developments, as well as risks and changes in the external environment of the group.
As required by the provisions of Harmony’s Memorandum of Incorporation, a third of the non-executive directors are expected to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting of the company. The names and profiles of these members have been included in the notice of the 2020 annual general meeting in the Report to shareholders 2020. The board is comfortable in recommending their re-appointment to shareholders.
The role and function of the board, including guidelines relating to the board’s composition and procedures, are documented in detail in the board charter, which is reviewed regularly to ensure that it remains relevant and applicable.

Board performance evaluations
The board fully supports the notion that an appropriate evaluation of the board and its various structures is a strategic value adding exercise that facilitates the continued improvement of the board’s performance and effectiveness. For this reason, an independent formal self-evaluation process (for a comparative period of three years) was undertaken during FY20 and included an assessment of the performance of the board, its chairman and individual members as well as the board committees, chief executive officer and company secretary.
Overall, the self-evaluation reconfirmed that the board and board committees were considered to be:
highly effective
appropriately positioned to discharge their governance responsibilities
well supported by its committees

155



working as a cohesive unit and that the highest ethical standards are applied in deliberations and decision-making, thus enabling the board to provide effective leadership based on an ethical foundation
The general consensus among board members is that the chief executive officer:
communicates consistently and effectively with all of Harmony’s stakeholders
created and implemented an effective strategy, supported by management
demonstrates ethical and transparent leadership by living the company’s culture and reinforcing its values
Considering the outcome of the evaluation process, the board is satisfied that the process is improving its performance and effectiveness. The following matters were highlighted as further areas for improvement:
Although the board was satisfied with its diversity in terms of knowledge, skills, experience, culture and race, the board acknowledged the need to improve representation in terms of age and technical mining experience. In the prior year, the board appointed two additional women to the board and another woman during the year under review.
Harmony’s continuous training and development for board members should be more formalised.
Long-standing board members should continue to be tested for independence

Conflicts of interest
Each member of the board is required, among others, to submit a general declaration of financial, economic and other relevant interests and to update these general declarations as and when necessary as a result of significant changes. In addition, the declaration of interests in any matter on the agenda of a meeting of the board or a board committee is a standard item at the start of every meeting. In the event of a potential conflict being declared, the board proactively manages such conflict within the boundaries of the law.

Appointment and delegation to management
The board is responsible for appointing the chief executive officer on recommendation by the nomination committee. Harmony’s chief executive officer is responsible for leading implementation and execution of the board-approved strategy, policy and operational planning, and serves as a link between the board and management.
He is accountable and reports to the board. The chief executive officer is not a member of the remuneration, audit or nomination committees. He does, however, attend meetings of these committees as and when required for him to contribute insights and information.
Succession planning for this position forms part of the executive succession plan that is monitored on behalf of the board by the nomination committee. An emergency succession plan is also in place and reviewed on annual basis.
A formal delegation of authority framework is in place and is reviewed regularly by the board to ensure its appropriateness and relevance to the business. The delegation of authority addresses the authority to appoint executives who may serve as ex officio executive members of the board and to make other executive appointments.

Group company secretary
The group company secretary is Ms Shela Mohatla, a full-time employee of Harmony who was appointed as group company secretary, with effect from 14 August 2020, following her appointment as the acting company secretary on 27 January 2020. She is a chartered secretary by profession. Her summary resumé is included in the separate document, Board and management resumés 2020.
The board has direct access to the group company secretary who provides professional and independent guidance to the board as a whole and to members individually on corporate governance and legal duties. The group company secretary also supports the board in coordinating the effective and efficient functioning of the board and its committees.
The group company secretary has unrestricted access to the board and, at all times, retains an arms-length relationship with the board in order to enhance the independence of the position. The group company secretary is not a member of the board but, being accountable to the board, reports to the board via the chairman on all statutory duties and functions performed in connection thereof.
In order to facilitate and enhance the independence and effectiveness of the group company secretary, the board ensures that the office of the group company secretary is empowered and that the position carries the necessary authority. The remuneration committee considers and approves the remuneration of the group company secretary on behalf of the board.
The board annually assesses the performance and independence of the group company secretary and also confirms that the individual has the necessary competence, gravitas and objectivity to provide independent guidance and support at the highest level of decision-making in the group. The group company secretary’s performance and independence were assessed at appointment in August 2020, and the board is satisfied with her competence, experience and qualifications.

156



The board is therefore comfortable that the arrangements in place for accessing professional corporate governance services are effective.
In memoriam
Ms Riana Bisschoff sadly passed away in January 2020 following a short illness.
The board and management of Harmony pay tribute to Ms Bisschoff’s leadership, integrity, exuberance and outstanding dedication to the group. She had occupied the position of Harmony’s group company secretary since 1 March 2012.



157



BOARD AND COMMITTEE ATTENDANCE
 
 
 
 
Attendance by committee
 
 
Name
Age (years)
Appointed director
Independent
*Audit and risk committee
** Social and ethics committee
** Technical committee
** Investment committee
Remuneration committee
Nomination committee
Attendance at board meetings
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-executive directors
Dr Patrice Motsepe (Chairman)
58
2003
 
 
 
 
 
 
4/4
4/4
100%
Mr Modise Motloba (Deputy chairperson)
54
2004
 
(a) 2/7
5/6
(a) 4/6
7/7
 
3/4
3/4
75%
Mr Mavuso Msimang (lead independent)
79
2011
  
 
4/6
 
 
 
3/4
2/4
50%
Dr Simo Lushaba
54
2002
 
7/7
6/6
 
7/7
4/4
 
4/4
100%
Ms Fikile De Buck
60
2006
  
7/7
5/6
 
 
4/4
4/4
4/4
100%
Ms Karabo Nondumo
42
2013
  
7/7
 
6/6
7/7
 
 
4/4
100%
Mr Ken Dicks ^
81
2008
  
 
 
6/6
6/7
 
 
4/4
100%
Mr John Wetton
71
2011
  
7/7
6/6
 
7/7
4/4
 
4/4
100%
Mr Max Sisulu ^
75
2018
  
 
0/6
 
 
 
 
0/4
0%
Mr Vishnu Pillay
63
2013
  
 
 
6/6
7/7
4/4
(f) 2/4
4/4
100%
Mr Joaquim Chissano
81
2005
  
 
5/6
 
(b) 3/7
 
(b) 2/4
3/4
75%
Mr André Wilkens
71
2007
 
 
 
4/6
4/7
4/4
 
4/4
100%
Ms Grathel Motau
45
2019
  
 
 
 
(c) 5/7
 
 
4/4
100%
Ms Given Sibiya
52
2019
  
(d) 7/7
 
 
 
 
 
4/4
100%
Executive directors
Mr Peter Steenkamp
60
2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4/4
100%
Ms Boipelo Lekubo (e)
37
2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4/4
100%
Mr Frank Abbott #
66
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4/4
100%
Mr Harry Mashego
56
2010
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3/4
75%

* Includes one ad hoc meeting for the year
** Includes site visits
^ Resigned from the board on 30 September 2020
# Retired on 30 September 2020
(a)    Resigned as member of the audit and risk committee on 21 October 2019, appointed as member of the technical committee on 21 November 2019
(b)    Appointed as member of the investment committee on 26 November 2019, resigned from the nomination committee on 26 November 2019
(c)    Appointed as member of the investment committee on 16 August 2019
(d)    Appointed as member of the audit and risk committee on 16 August 2019
(e)    Appointed to the board on 3 March 2020
(f) Appointed as member of the nomination committee on 21 November 2019



158





BOARD COMMITTEES
The board has delegated particular roles and responsibilities to standing committees based on relevant legal requirements as well as on what is appropriate for the group to achieve objectives of delegation. The board recognises that duties and responsibilities can be delegated but that accountability cannot be abdicated. The board, therefore, remains ultimately accountable.
The following committees have been established:
Audit and risk committee
Investment committee
Nomination committee
Remuneration committee
Social and ethics committee
Technical committee
A brief description of each board committee, its functions and the key activities and actions during FY20, follows below.
The qualifications and experience of each committee member are included under Leadership and in the document Board and management resumes that is available online.

Terms of reference
Formal terms of reference have been adopted for each board committee and are reviewed annually (and when necessary) to ensure that the content remains appropriate and relevant. The terms of reference address, as a minimum, the recommended items in King IV. The respective committee terms of reference can be found on Harmony’s website at https://www.harmony.co.za/responsibility/governance/practices-policies

Committee membership
In considering the membership of board committees, the board, with the assistance of the nomination committee, is mindful of the need for effective collaboration through cross-membership between committees, where required. The timing of committee meetings is co-ordinated so as to facilitate and enhance the effective functioning of and contribution made by each of the committees. The duties and responsibilities of each committee have been documented so as to clearly define the specific role and positioning of each committee in relation to topics that may be within the mandate of more than one committee. Committee membership has also been addressed to ensure a balanced distribution of power across committees so that no person has the ability to dominate decision-making and no undue reliance is placed on any one person.
The board is satisfied that each committee, as a whole, has the necessary knowledge, skills, experience and capacity to execute its duties effectively and with reasonable care and diligence. Each committee has a minimum of three members. Members of the executive and senior management are invited to attend committee meetings as deemed appropriate and necessary for the effective functioning of the committee.
During FY20, the majority of the members of all board committees remained independent non-executive directors. All board committees were chaired by an independent non-executive director, except for the technical committee chaired by Mr André Wilkens and the investment committee chaired by Mr Modise Motloba who are both non-independent and non-executive directors. The board remains confident that Mr Wilkens and Mr Motloba’s leadership as chairperson of the technical and investment committees respectively, is in the best interests of the company, based on their extensive knowledge of the specific areas of responsibilities of those committees.

Committee meetings
Any board member who is not a member of a specific committee is entitled to attend meetings of a board committee as an observer but is not entitled to participate without the consent of the committee chairperson. Such members have no vote in meetings and will not be entitled to fees for attendance, unless specifically agreed by the board and provided for in the board fee structure as approved by shareholders.
The board considers the recommendations as provided by board committees in matters requiring board approval but remains responsible for applying its collective mind to the information, opinions, recommendations, reports and statements presented by the committees.


159



AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
Fikile De Buck (Chairperson)*
14 years
John Wetton
9 years
Karabo Nondumo
7 years
Dr Simo Lushaba
17 years
Given Sibiya
1 year
Modise Motloba
**
* Appointed as chairperson on 10 May 2018
**Resigned as member on 21 October 2019

Primary functions
• Monitors the operation of an adequate system of internal control and control processes
• Monitors the preparation of accurate financial reporting and statements in compliance with all applicable legal and corporate governance requirements and accounting standards
• Monitors risk management, ensures that significant risks identified are appropriately addressed and supports the board in the overall governance of risk

160



Key activities and actions in FY20
• For the actions of the audit and risk committee in FY20 refer to the Audit and risk committee: chairperson’s report
• Reviewed the company’s quarterly and annual financial results
• Evaluated and considered Harmony’s risks, as well as measures taken to mitigate those risks
• Monitored the internal control environment in Harmony and found it to be effective
• Discussed the appropriateness of accounting principles, critical accounting policies, management judgments, estimates and impairments, all of which were found to be appropriate
• Ensured that the appropriate financial reporting procedures, which include consideration of all entities included in the consolidated group IFRS financial statements, have been established and that these procedures are operating *
• Ensured that it has access to all the financial information of Harmony to allow the Company to effectively prepare and report on its financial statements *
• Considered the appointment of the external auditor, PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, as the registered independent auditor for the ensuing year
• Considered the suitability of the external audit partner firm following assessment of the information provided by the external audit firm, in terms of paragraph 22.15(h) of the JSE Listings requirements, to determine the suitability of their appointment as the external audit firm and of the designated individual partner
• Satisfied itself that the external audit firm, PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc, was suitable and independent from the company
• Evaluated the independence and effectiveness of the internal audit function
• Evaluated and coordinated the internal audit, external audit and sustainability assurance processes
• Received and considered reports from the external and internal auditors
• Reviewed and approved internal and external audit plans, terms of engagement and fees, as well as the nature and extent of non-audit services rendered by the external auditors
• Considered the appropriateness, expertise and experience of the financial director, Boipelo Lekubo, as well as that of the finance function - both were found to be adequate and appropriate
• Considered whether information technology risks are adequately addressed and whether appropriate controls are in place to address these risks. The committee oversees and monitors the governance of information technology on behalf of the board, a task it views as a critical aspect of risk management.
• Considered and confirmed the company as a going concern
• Considered the JSE‘s most recent report on the proactive monitoring of financial statements
• Reviewed and recommended changes to the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
• Reviewed the corporate governance and compliance policy and framework for board approval
• Updated and recommended the company’s delegation of authority policy for board approval
• Considered funding for the Mponeng and Mine Waste Solution acquisition and considerations related to Covid-19
* In terms of new JSE Listings Requirements





161




SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
Dr Simo Lushaba (Chairperson)*
2 years
Modise Motloba
15 years
John Wetton
9 years
Mavuso Msimang
9 years
Joaquim Chissano
14 years
Fikile De Buck
14 years
Max Sisulu**
2 years
*Appointed as chairperson on 10 May 2018
**Resigned as member and director on 30 September 2020

Primary functions
• Oversees policy and strategies pertaining to occupational health and employee well-being, environmental management, corporate social responsibility, human resources, public safety and ethics management
• Monitors implementation of policies and strategies by executives and their management teams for each discipline referred to above
• Assesses Harmony’s compliance against relevant regulations
• Reviews material issues in each of the above disciplines to evaluate their relevance in the reporting period, and to identify additional material issues that warrant reporting, including sustainability-related key performance indicators and levels of assurance

162



Key activities and actions in FY20
• Reviewed and recommended the social and ethics committee report to be included in the integrated annual report
• Reviewed and considered the social, economic, human capital and environmental issues affecting the company’s business and stakeholders
• Reviewed and considered the effect that the company’s operations had on the economic, social and environmental well-being of communities, as well as significant risks within the ambit of the committee’s responsibilities
• Approved material elements of sustainability reporting and the key performance indicators which were externally assured
• Considered and monitored the company’s internal and external stakeholder relations
• Reviewed and recommended changes to the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
• Considered and approved the company’s health and safety policy
• Considered and approved the company’s preferential procurement policy
• Considered and approved the company’s environmental policy
• Considered and approved the company’s ethics management strategy and plan
• Attended a site visit for environmental management and social and labour plans at Doornkop mine
• Reviewed and recommended the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
•Considered and reviewed the impact of Covid-19
See Social and ethics committee: chairperson’s report

TECHNICAL COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
André Wilkens (Chairperson)*
 
Ken Dicks**
12 years
Karabo Nondumo
12 years
Vishnu Pillay
4 years
Modise Motloba
7 years
*Appointed as chairperson on 22 January 2008
** Resigned as member and director on 30 September 2020

Primary functions
• Provides a platform to discuss strategy, performance against targets, operational results, projects and safety
• Informs the board of key developments, progress against objectives and the challenges facing operations
• Reviews strategic plans before recommending such to the board for approval
• Provides technical guidance and support to management

163



Key activities and actions in FY20
• Monitored safety across all operations
• Monitored exploration and ore reserves in South Africa and Papua New Guinea
• Monitored all South African and Papua New Guinean operations
• Considered and approved the company’s health and safety policy
• Reviewed and recommended to the board the company’s annual budget and business plans for FY21
• Attended a site visit for a detailed discussion on the company’s enterprise risk management
• Considered investments, proposals, projects and proposed acquisitions from a technical point of view
• Reviewed and recommended the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
• Considered and reviewed the impact of Covid-19
• Reviewed and recommended the acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solution to the board for approval

INVESTMENT COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
Modise Motloba (Chairperson)*
2 years
Dr Simo Lushaba
16 years
John Wetton
9 years
Karabo Nondumo
7 years
Ken Dicks**
12 years
Vishnu Pillay
7 years
André Wilkens
13 years
Grathel Motau
1 year
Joaquim Chissano
Appointed 26 November 2019
*Appointed as chairperson on 10 May 2018
** Resigned as member and director on 30 September 2020

Primary functions
• Considers projects, acquisitions and disposals in line with Harmony’s strategy and ensures that due diligence procedures are followed
• Conducts other investment-related functions designated by the board
Key activities and actions in FY20
• Considered investments, proposals, projects and proposed acquisitions in line with the board’s approved delegation of authority and the committee’s terms of reference
• Attended a site visit for a detailed discussion on the company’s enterprise risk management
• Reviewed and recommended the budget and business plans for FY21
• Reviewed and recommended the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
• Considered and reviewed the impact of Covid-19
• Reviewed and recommended the acquisition of Mponeng and Mine Waste Solution to the board for approval


164




REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
Vishnu Pillay (Chairperson)*
5 years
Fikile De Buck
10 years
John Wetton
9 years
Dr Simo Lushaba
15 years
André Wilkens
13 years
* Appointed as chairperson on 11 May 2017

Primary functions
• Ensures directors and executive management are fairly rewarded for their contribution to Harmony’s performance
• Assists the board in monitoring, reviewing and approving Harmony’s compensation policies and practices, and in the administration of its share incentive schemes
• Operates as an independent overseer of the group remuneration policy and makes recommendations to the board for final approval
Key activities and actions in FY20
• Reviewed the benefits and remuneration principles as applied to Harmony executive management
• Received and discussed a summary of the total suite of Harmony executive management incentive schemes in order to obtain a holistic view
• Reviewed and recommended the committee’s terms of reference to the board for approval
• Reviewed and recommended the company’s Total Incentive Plan policy to the board for approval
• Reviewed and recommended the travel policy for non-executive directors to the board for approval
• Reviewed the company’s consolidated paper on retention
• Considered and recommended the remuneration policy and implementation report to the board for inclusion in the notice of annual general meeting for consideration by the shareholders as non-binding advisory resolutions (see Remuneration report)
• Reviewed executive directors’ and executive management’s remuneration benchmarks and recommended their annual salary increases to the board for approval (see Remuneration report)
• Reviewed the annual salary increases of the company secretary and chief audit executive
• Reviewed the annual salary increases of the company secretary and chief audit executive
• Reviewed the non-executive director fees with the assistance of an independent service provider
• Considered and reviewed the impact of Covid-19 on the remuneration of employees
• Considered and recommended the company’s Total Incentive Plan Balanced Scorecard for FY21 for board approval

165




NOMINATION COMMITTEE
Member
Committee tenure
Mavuso Msimang (Chairperson)*
8 years
Dr Patrice Motsepe
17 years
Joaquim Chissano**
13 years
Modise Motloba
10 years
Fikile De Buck
10 years
Vishnu Pillay
Appointed 21 November 2019
*Appointed as chairperson on 10 May 2018
** Resigned as member on 21 November 2019

Primary functions
• Ensures that procedures governing board appointments are formal and transparent
• Makes recommendations to the board on all new board appointments
• Reviews succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team and oversees the board’s self-assessment process
Key activities and actions in FY20
• Reviewed succession planning for directors and other members of the executive team and oversaw the board’s self-assessment process
• Reviewed and recommended for re-election directors who retire by rotation in terms of the company’s memorandum of incorporation
• Reviewed and made recommendations on the composition, structure and size of the board and board committees, in line with the board’s policy on gender and race diversity
• Considered the positions of the chairman and the deputy chairperson of the board and the lead independent director and made recommendations to the board
• Reviewed and recommended the independence of non-executive directors (especially independent non-executives serving on the board for longer than nine years)
• Reviewed and recommended immediate and long-term succession plans for the board, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, executive management and the company secretary
• Considered the appointment of the financial director and the group company secretary and made recommendations to the board
• Considered the programme in place for the professional development of directors and regular briefings on legal and corporate governance developments, risks and changes in the external operating environment of the organisation
• Considered the policy on the promotion of broader diversity at board level, specifically focusing on the promotion of the diversity attributes of gender, race, culture, age, field of knowledge, skills and experience

166




page left intentionally blank


167



REMUNERATION REPORT
DEAR SHAREHOLDER
I am pleased to submit the Remuneration Report as part of Harmony’s Integrated Annual Report 2020. To ensure peak performance and that our business objectives are responsibly met, it is imperative that employees and directors of the company are fairly and responsibly rewarded.
The remuneration committee plays an important role in ensuring fair, equitable and responsible remuneration practices. Under the new total incentive plan, the first award was made during September 2019. We continue to make significant progress in reflecting company performance and the topical issues of a living wage, diversity and pay equality.
Safe production - our number one priority in everything we do
The remuneration committee mourns and acknowledge the tragic loss of six of our employees at our South African operations during the 2020 financial year.
Harmony’s overall safety performance improved in the 2020 financial year, with the group fatality improvement rate improving to 0.08 per million hours worked (FY19: 0.12). Safety remains our first priority. We continue to follow an integrated risk management approach, which includes safety training, awareness campaigns, safety days at each of our operations and equipping our employees with the necessary skills to identify hazards and act safely. Safe production is a responsibility that we, at Harmony, consider very seriously. Every person has the right to withdraw from an unsafe area and employees are encouraged to report unsafe working conditions. With each accident, a thorough investigation is conducted and lessons learnt are shared throughout the company. Employees are held accountable for not complying with safety regulations. Efforts to improve safety cannot, however, focus solely on discipline and training. Safety outcomes are therefore held in high regard and further re-enforced in our remuneration policy. For more information on what has been done to address our safety performance, see Safety and health.
Safety carries a weighting of 15% of the total score on the balanced scorecard. Although the fatality rate improved the company did not achieve its target on the lost time injury frequency rate, resulting in a zero outcome on the safety component of the scorecard.
The industry and national context
The South African gold industry is maturing and shrinking with annual gold production declining from 117 tonnes in 2018 to 101 tonnes in 2019. Gold sales climbed by 3.7% to R72.6 billion in 2019 (R69.7 billion in 2018). Employee numbers declined by 5% to 95 130 in 20191. With multiple challenges presented by increasing mining depth, rising costs and a volatile rand gold price, South African gold mines are under pressure to deliver a reasonable margin after all-in sustaining costs have been considered.
Despite this industry context, we remain committed to paying a “living wage” to our employees. For a detailed account of the overall remuneration packages of Harmony’s entry-level employees (category 4-8 employees), please refer to page 160 of this Remuneration report.
1 https://www.mineralscouncil.org.za/sa-mining/gold
The impact of Covid-19
Gold production during the final quarter of the financial year was significantly impacted by the national lockdown on the 27 March 2020. All of Harmony’s underground operations were placed on care and maintenance. Resumption of partial work on the operations only started during May 2020. Harmony only returned to pre-lockdown production levels during August 2020.

168



These lockdown arrangements necessitated adjustments to some of the balanced scorecard parameters, please refer to page 172 of this Remuneration report.
Despite the disruption of Covid-19, the South African operations achieved up to 75% of planned production during the last quarter of the financial year.
Management teams and employees remained committed and continued working relentlessly either at the operations and plants or from home in spite of salary sacrifices, to ensure Harmony remains sustainable during challenging times.
Harmony’s social responsibility
Social equality remains a top priority with the focus on paying “living wages” to entry-level workers. Managing the wage gap that will address workers’ most pressing basic financial concerns calls for innovative thinking at all levels and by all role players.
We are pleased to confirm that Harmony pays all category 4 employees at least three times more than the 2019 living wage of R6 846 per month, based on the 2018 living wage determined by Trading Economics 2, escalated by CPI inflation for low income earners (4.2%).
We continually strive to improve the lives of our employees by improving living conditions, access to social services, healthcare, and education and training. See Employee relations.
2 https://tradingeconomics.com/south-africa/living-wage-individual
Fair and responsible pay
Remunerating executives fairly and holding them accountable for the success of the business is in the interests of all stakeholders, including employees, the community at large, and our business partners and suppliers.
We remunerate fairly and responsibly by ensuring that our remuneration is market-related and in line with the performance of the company. We also ensure that our minimum remuneration compares favourably with the South African living wage, and that the measurement of the pay gap between the lowest and highest employment levels is established and monitored as discussed below.
In FY20, an average increase of 5% in guaranteed remuneration packages for non-unionised employees and 7.82% for unionised employees was approved. In order for the committee to track the income dispersion between high- and low-income earners more efficiently, the Palma ratio has been selected. The Palma ratio is calculated by comparing the average income of the top 10% earners compared to the average of the lowest 40% earners at Harmony South Africa. Harmony’s Palma ratio in 2020 was 5.3 3 compared to 5.5 in 2019 and 5.7 in 2018.
3 Adjusted to remove the short-term impact of the Covid-19 pandemic
Growth strategy
Over the past two years, Harmony has added additional gold ounces per annum through the acquisition of Moab Khotsong and the reinvestment in Hidden Valley in Papua New Guinea. Harmony has demonstrated its ability to increase the life of mines it operates in South Africa and Papua New Guinea - sustaining the mine communities surrounding the mining operations, preserving jobs and further unlocking value for its shareholders through increased grades and stronger margins through its growth strategy.

169



Gender and racial equality
Harmony’s remuneration policy is to remunerate based on an individual’s ability, skills and knowledge. Men and women, irrespective of their race, are paid equally for equivalent roles. There is no differentiation in remuneration based on gender, race or any other arbitrary reason. The gender distribution for all employment categories is discussed more fully in Employee relations. The overall number of females represented in the organisation’s workforce is small and Harmony is systematically addressing this discrepancy with better progress being made at senior management level. The potential to increase this number lies in the technical fields both operational and underground. For details, refer to Employee relations.
King IV principles
The remuneration committee continues to compare local and global remuneration trends with our remuneration strategy. At the 2019 annual general meeting, the non-binding advisory vote on the remuneration policy was supported by 98.35% of the votes exercised on the resolution. Considering that 82.56% of the total issued shares of the company were voted on the resolution, the remuneration committee is satisfied with shareholders’ support of this very important aspect of the business.
The committee is satisfied that the remuneration policy has achieved its stated objectives for the year. For more on the committee and its activities during the year under review, see the section on Corporate governance in this report.
No member of the committee has a personal interest in the outcome of decisions made during the period under review and four of its five members are independent non-executive directors. The chairperson of the board is not a member of the committee.
Use of consultants and their independence
We employed the services of consultants PwC and the legal firm Bowmans during the year for independent and objective advice on remuneration trends and legal matters.
Statement on effectiveness of policy
We are satisfied that our policy has achieved its objectives and we are confident that the total incentive plan will further enhance our company performance and support our growth objectives.
In closing
We value our shareholder comments and, as always, invite our shareholders to engage with the company through the office of the company secretary (companysecretariat@harmony.co.za). I remain grateful to the board, remuneration committee members and executive directors for their support and commitment during 2020.
Vishnu Pillay
Chairperson: Remuneration committee
23 October 2020



170



PART 1: REMUNERATION POLICY
Harmony’s reward strategy underpins our business strategy of safely producing profitable ounces, increasing our margins and expanding our production base through organic growth and acquisitions. Over the past two years, Harmony has added additional gold ounces per annum through the acquisition of Moab Khotsong and the reinvestment in Hidden Valley in Papua New Guinea.
In order to achieve this, we rely on experienced, skilled teams who live our values and maintain stakeholder relationships to grow profits safely and maintain a sustainable company.
Our remuneration policy has been designed with our business strategy in mind - to attract and retain these experienced, skilled teams, and to motivate them to deliver and achieve our key business goals. To ensure that this happens, we need to be certain that all elements of our remuneration and wider reward offerings are aligned, fair and market competitive. In determining remuneration, the remuneration committee takes into account shareholders’ interests as well as the financial health and future of the company.
GENDER AND RACE EQUALITY
Harmony’s remuneration policy is to remunerate based on an individual’s ability, skills and knowledge. Men and women, irrespective of their race, are paid equally for equivalent roles. There is no differentiation in remuneration based on gender, race or any other arbitrary factor.
FAIR AND RESPONSIBLE PAY
Harmony is committed to the concept of a “living wage”, which is based on the philosophy of fair and responsible pay. It embodies our efforts to improve the lives of our employees by enabling them to improve their living conditions, and to have better access to social services, healthcare, and education and training. For more information, refer to Employee Relations and Socio-economic development.
TOTAL INCENTIVE PLAN
The total incentive is determined every year on the following basis:
EX15IAR20REMUNERATIONREPORT1.GIF
The balanced scorecard result includes a number of key short- and long-term company performance measures (to be measured over trailing three- and one-year periods). The measures are reviewed and defined annually with appropriate weightings. The scorecard for FY21 is detailed below.
A portion of the total incentive is paid immediately in cash and the balance is settled by means of deferred shares, which will vest at a rate of 20% per annum over the following five years for the executive directors and prescribed officers, and one-third per annum over the following three years for management.
Each element of the total incentive plan is described in the detail below.
Element
 
Description
 
Guaranteed pay
Guaranteed pay excludes short- and long-term incentives. To compete effectively for skills in a challenging employment market, we identify the target market to use in benchmarking guaranteed pay. This target market includes organisations or companies that employ similar skills sets to those we require. Comparisons are made predominantly within the mining sector to ensure that Harmony remains competitive. The median of the target market is used as the basis of our pay ranges.
Participation factor
Employee
% guaranteed pay
Chief executive officer
250%
Chief financial officer, other executive directors and prescribed officers
230%

171



Balanced scorecard result
Cash portion of the total incentive
(40%)
A portion of the total incentive is settled in cash immediately when the balanced scorecard results for the financial year have been determined and approved by the board.
 
Cash portion (balance settled in deferred shares)
% of incentive
Chief executive officer
40%
Chief financial officer, other executive directors and prescribed officers
40%
Deferred share portion of the total incentive
(60%)
The balance of the total incentive is settled in deferred shares vesting at a rate of 20% per annum over the next five years for the executive directors and prescribed officers, and one-third per annum over the following three years for management.

FY21 balanced scorecard
 
Scorecard component
Group
(%)
South Africa operations
 (%)
South-East Asia operations
(%)
Shareholder value
Total shareholder return (absolute)
8.34
6.67
6.67
Total shareholder return (relative to JSE Gold Index)
8.33
6.67
6.67
Total shareholder return (relative to FTSE Gold Mines Index)
8.33
6.66
6.66
Financial and operational
Production
20
35
35
Total production cost (South Africa operations)
12
20
-
All-in sustaining cost per kg (South-east Asia operations)
3
-
20
Free cash flow
10
-
-
Growth
Development
-
10
10
Additions to mineral reserves
10
-
-
Project execution (for future measurement)
-
-
-
Sustainability
Safety performance: lost-time injury frequency rate
15
15
15
Environment, social and governance (ESG)
5
-
-
Total
 
100
100
100
The balanced scorecard will be applied to eligible employees as follows:
Group: Prescribed officers, executives in the office of the chief executive officer and all off-shaft services operational managers (South Africa)
South Africa operations: Operational executive managers and all on-shaft operational managers
South-East Asia operations: Operational executive managers and all operational managers
Details of the FY20 balanced scorecard for the total incentive and the actual performance outcomes are disclosed in the remuneration implementation section (Part 2 of this report).


172



SCORECARD COMPONENTS:
Total shareholder return
Shareholder value is measured as total shareholder return over a trailing three-year period (measurements are generally taken at the end of August). It comprises two components:
• Absolute performance: which takes into account:
• The value of the growth in the company’s share price
• The value of dividends paid
• Over the measurement period, compared to the company’s cost of equity target
• Relative performance of the company compared to that of the JSE Gold Index and the FTSE Gold Mines Index
  over the measurement period
Production
Means total gold production against the board approved business plan for the year.
Total production cost
Means total cash operating cost and total capital expenditure for the year.
All-in-sustaining cost per kilogram (South-East Asia)
Means all-in-sustaining costs. For purposes of calculating “all-in-sustaining costs”, “operating cost” is used as a base and all costs related to sustaining production are incorporated. This includes all sustaining capital expenditure, deferred stripping, overhead costs associated with corporate office structures and services that support operations, local economic development cost and net rehabilitation costs. It excludes the non-cash share based payment charge. To arrive at the all-in-sustaining cost per unit, the sum of these cost metrics is divided by the kilograms of gold sold.
Free cash flow
Means cash flow generated by operations adjusted for exploration capital, dividends and the effect of commodity price and exchange rate changes in excess of 10% (higher or lower).
Development
Development is measured against the board-approved business plan of ongoing capital development - the development of reef and waste metres (South Africa) and waste tonnes (South-East Asia) for the financial year.
Addition to mineral reserves
Addition to mineral reserves through acquisitions and major capital projects is calculated for the financial year.
Safety performance: Lost-time injury frequency rate
The lost-time injury frequency rate will be measured against the board-approved plan.
Environment, social and governance (ESG)
ESG will be measured on the basis of continued inclusion in the FTSE4Good Index as verified by FTSE Russell.
MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING REQUIREMENT
We have encouraged prescribed officers to retain performance shares when they vest and a minimum shareholding requirement was again confirmed in the new total incentive plan to achieve this. The requirement provides that:
50% (fifty percent) of the shares which will vest to a prescribed officer shall, immediately prior to the applicable vesting date, be automatically locked up on the terms and in accordance with the minimum shareholding requirement
the lock-up shall apply for as long as the relevant target minimum shareholding requirement applicable to the prescribed officer has not been met

173



a prescribed officer may elect to voluntarily lock up shares that vest in terms of the 2006 share plan in order to meet his target minimum shareholding requirement
once the relevant target minimum shareholding requirement has been met, any deferred shares which subsequently vest in and are settled to a prescribed officer shall vest and be settled in accordance with the terms of the deferred share plan
a prescribed officer may elect to voluntarily lock up shares that vest in terms of the 2006 share plan or the deferred share plan even if it results in the lock-up of shares being in excess of the target minimum shareholding requirement - if the locked-up shares exceed the target minimum shareholding requirement, the excess shares will remain in lock-up until the next vesting date (in terms of any relevant Harmony share incentive plans applicable at the time) at which point the excess shares will be released from lock-up and settled in accordance with the terms of the deferred share plan
a prescribed officer must communicate his election to voluntarily lock up his shares that vest in terms of the 2006 share plan or the deferred share plan before the relevant vesting date
Prescribed officers
The minimum shareholding requirement shall continue to apply to a prescribed officer as long as the prescribed officer remains a prescribed officer.
If a prescribed officer ceases to be employed by the group for any reason, his locked-up shares shall be released from the lock-up on the date of termination of employment.
Target minimum shareholding requirement
The target minimum shareholding requirement is the relevant target minimum shareholding value (expressed in South African rands), which is required to be held by a prescribed officer from time to time pursuant to this minimum shareholding requirement being a minimum of 100% (one hundred percent) of such prescribed officer’s cost to company.
Measurement of target minimum shareholding requirement
Each tranche of locked-up shares shall be deemed to have a value for the purposes of determining whether the target minimum shareholding requirement has been met, equal to the one-day volume weighted average price of a share in South African rands (ZAR) as at the date of such lock-up, multiplied by the number of shares to be locked up in such tranche. The aforesaid value shall be increased yearly by the applicable CPI rate for the year.
Any locked-up shares in terms of the 2006 Harmony share plan minimum shareholding requirement shall remain locked up and shall be taken into account for purposes of determining whether the target minimum shareholding requirement has been met.
Trading restriction
Appropriate entries in the relevant register(s) shall be made to record that all of the prescribed officer’s shares, which are subject to the lock up, shall be noted by the relevant central securities depository participant in terms of section 39 of the Financial Markets Act and the appropriate flag place on the relevant securities account pursuant to section 39 of the Financial Markets Act.
Voting and dividends
A prescribed officer shall, in respect of his vested shares, which are subject to the lock-up:
exercise all voting rights in respect of such shares
receive all distributions payable in respect of such shares

174



Application to foreign prescribed officer
The target minimum shareholding requirement of the foreign prescribed officer shall be determined on the date on which this minimum shareholding requirement is adopted or first applies to the foreign prescribed officer (whichever occurs first in time). In calculating the target minimum shareholding requirement of the foreign prescribed officer, the company will use the cost to company (in ZAR) of the chief operating officer: South Africa operations.
The ZAR value of any shares that are to be locked up (in terms of this minimum shareholding requirement) shall be determined on the applicable vesting date with reference to the share price relevant currency exchange rate on the vesting date.
In order to determine whether the target minimum shareholding requirement has been satisfied, the pre-tax value of the locked-up shares will be taken into account.
DEFERRED SHARE PLAN LIMIT
The overall limit for deferred shares, issued under the 2018 deferred share plan is 5% of the shares in issue at the time the plan was approved, amounting to 25 000 000 shares. The individual limit is 0.6% amounting to 3 000 000 shares. To date, 363 676 shares have been issued.
HARMONY 2006 SHARE PLAN LIMIT
The plan limit of 60 011 669 shares is only applicable to the 2006 Harmony share plan (the old plan). To date, 40 573 097 of these shares have been issued. A maximum of 12 792 357 shares could still be issued under the old plan to settle historic awards that will vest by end of the year. No further awards will be made under the old plan.
HARMONY ESOP TRUST (IT001237/2018(G))
At the special general meeting held on 1 February 2018, the shareholders approved the issue of 6.7 million authorised but unissued ordinary shares to the new Harmony ESOP Trust, more commonly referred to as the Sisonke Trust. The scheme covers all employees in non-managerial categories of employment.
In terms of the allocation criteria in the trust deed, each eligible employee that qualified as an employee beneficiary upon the formation of the trust, or within six months thereafter, received 225 ESOP units which are directly attributable to 225 ESOP Trust shares. Thereafter, ESOP units are allocated on a pro-rata basis depending on the period such persons join/qualify as eligible employees.
The scheme will come to an end after the three-year lock-in period on 15 January 2022. Dividends distributed in respect of the ESOP Trust shares prior to the expiry of the three-year lock-in period, which are attributable to allocated ESOP units, shall immediately vest in the employee beneficiaries’ hands. However, the dividends shall be held by the ESOP Trust trustees on behalf of the employee beneficiaries and thereafter be distributed (less any relevant taxes, including dividend withholding tax) to such employee beneficiaries either upon such employee beneficiary’s termination of employment (if the employee beneficiary ceases to remain in the employ of Harmony prior to the expiry of the ESOP Trust lock-in period) or upon the expiry of the ESOP Trust lock-in period.
PAY MIX FOR PRESCRIBED OFFICERS
The tables below illustrate the pay mix for prescribed officers, based on achieving minimum, on-target and stretch performance. The composition of total remuneration outcomes for FY20 and FY21 is illustrated below.


175



CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
FY20 and FY21 pay mix*
(R000)
Minimum (%)
On-target (%)
Stretch
(%)
Salary benefits
85
85
85
Retirement savings and contributions
15
15
15
Guaranteed pay
100
100
100
Short-term incentive
0
60
100
Long-term incentive
0
90
150
Total remuneration
100
250
350
* This remained unchanged for both years.
         EX15IAR20PYMIXCEO.JPG
OTHER EXECUTIVES (FINANCIAL DIRECTOR, OTHER EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS)
FY20 and FY21 pay mix*
(R000)
Minimum (%)
On-target (%)
Stretch
(%)

Salary benefits
89
89
89

Retirement savings and contributions
11
11
11

Guaranteed pay
100
100
100

Short-term incentive
0
55
92

Long-term incentive
0
78
130

Total remuneration
100
233
322

* This remained unchanged for both years.
         EX15IAR20PYMIXOTHEREXECUTI.JPG
AVERAGE MONTHLY WAGES AND BENEFITS
CATEGORY 4-8 EMPLOYEES
FY20 policy*
Total remuneration
Category 4 (%)
Category 8 (%)

Fixed earnings
61
59

Company benefits
12
11

Guaranteed pay
73
70

Variable income
27
30

Total remuneration
100
100

* This remained unchanged for both years
EX15IAR20CATEGORY4.JPG EX15IAR20CATEGORY8.JPG

Each component includes the following:
Fixed earning: Basic pay, service increment, 13th cheque, living out allowance
Variable income: Average overtime, shift allowance, average bonus, meal allowance, Unemployment Insurance Fund/skills development levy, insurance benefit
Company benefits: Employer provident/pension fund and medical aid


176



NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES
Market comparisons, the fiduciary risks carried by non-executive directors, their workload, time commitments, expertise and preparation expected of each non-executive director are considered when reviewing our non-executive director fees. Harmony’s philosophy regarding the remuneration of non-executive directors is to ensure that they are fairly rewarded for their contribution to the company’s governance. Non-executive directors’ fees are reviewed annually and are compared to the market median of companies of comparable size and complexity to ensure that they remain fair and competitive.
During September 2020, the remuneration committee considered an industry benchmark of non-executive directors’ fees. The fees still lag the market to some extent and supports the continued implementation of increases in excess of inflation over a three-year period to bring non-executive directors fees in line with the market. However, it was decided to provide an increase more in line with expected inflation this year. This decision was taken in response to the increased uncertainty due to the Covid-19 crisis and the likelihood of some comparator companies not providing any increase this year. The annual increase of 4.5% to non-executive director fees is in line with executive increases.
In line with the recommendations of King IV, our non-executive directors are paid a retainer for board meetings and an attendance fee for every board meeting attended. Non-executive directors also receive a retainer for serving on a committee. In addition, a per-day ad hoc fee is paid for special meetings or attending to company business.
Non-executive directors do not receive share options or other incentive awards correlated with the share price or group performance as these may impair their ability to provide impartial oversight and advice. The proposed fees for FY21 are set out in the notice of annual general meeting in the Report to shareholders 2020.
Performance of management
The personal performance of employees will not be taken into account in the determination of the total incentive plan outcome. Harmony follows a team-based balanced scorecard approach in determining incentive awards. All management employees are assessed every year against set key performance indicators which are used to guide the development and promotion of such employees.
For more information on the assessment of the performance of the chief executive officer, please refer to Corporate governance.
Contracts, severance and termination
Executive directors and executive managers have employment contracts with Harmony, which include notice periods of up to 90 days. There are no balloon payments on termination, automatic entitlement to bonuses or automatic entitlement to share-based payments other than in terms of the company’s approved share incentive plans.
Malus and clawback
Malus is the forfeiture of a variable pay award before it vests or is settled, and clawback refers to a requirement to repay some or all of an award after it has vested or is settled.
The remuneration committee has a discretion to determine that a prescribed officer’s or executive manager’s total share plan award is subject to reduction, forfeiture or clawback (in whole or in part) if:
there is reasonable evidence of misbehaviour or material error by a prescribed officer or executive manager (as the case may be) or
the financial performance of the group, the company, the employer company or the relevant business unit for any financial year, used to determine an award, have subsequently appeared to be materially inaccurate or

177



the group, the company, the employer company or the relevant business unit suffers a material downturn in its financial performance for which the prescribed officer or executive manager (as the case may be) can be seen to have some liability or
the group, the company, the employer company or the relevant business unit suffers a material failure of risk management for which the prescribed officer or executive manager (as the case may be) can be seen to have some liability or in any other circumstances if the remuneration committee determines that it is reasonable to subject the awards of one or more prescribed officers or executive managers (as the case may be) to reduction or forfeiture
Procedures to impose any malus or clawback provisions must be initiated within three years of the award. To eliminate doubt, the provisions of this malus and clawback policy do not detract from any other legal rights or measures the company has as recourse for acts of fraud, wrongdoing and/or negligence by its prescribed officers or executive management.
Non-binding advisory votes
Shareholders are requested to cast non-binding advisory votes required by King IV on Part 1 and Part 2 of this remuneration report. For more information, refer to the notice of the annual general meeting. In the event that either the remuneration policy or the implementation report or both are voted against by 25% or more of the voting rights exercised at the 2019 annual general meeting, the committee will in good faith and with the best reasonable effort engage with its shareholders to ascertain the reasons for the dissenting votes and appropriately address legitimate and reasonable objections and concerns raised, which may include amending the remuneration policy or clarifying or adjusting the company’s remuneration governance and/or processes.
Shareholder feedback
We maintain open communication channels with our shareholders, listen to feedback and take action where this is deemed to be in the best interests of the company.


178



PART 2: REMUNERATION IMPLEMENTATION REPORT ON THE POLICY APPLICABLE IN FY20
This section of the report includes details of the implementation and outcomes of the remuneration policy for FY20. We report on increase in guaranteed packages, the performance outcomes for the total incentive plan and for the 2016 performance shares vesting based on the three-year performance period ending this year.
We have also included the disclosure of the total single figure of remuneration, the schedule of unvested awards and cash flows for the executive directors and prescribed officers in line with the applicable King IV requirements, and with the guidance statement from the Institute of Directors and the South African Reward Association. The remuneration of the non-executive directors is disclosed as required by King IV and the Companies Act.
INCREASES TO GUARANTEED PACKAGES DURING THE YEAR
An assessment of executive remuneration was undertaken during the year. Taking into consideration the prevailing market conditions, affordability and shareholders’ expectations, an average increase of 5% to guaranteed remuneration packages of management was made during the 2020 financial year. The average percentage increases awarded to executives, management and unionised staff during the 2018, 2019 and 2020 financial years are illustrated in the accompanying graph.
EX15IAR20REMUNERATIONREPORT5.GIF
PAY FAIRNESS AND EQUALITY
In the 2020 financial year, an average increase of 5% in guaranteed remuneration packages for management and executives and 7.82% for unionised employees was approved. Unionised employees have consistently received above-inflation increases for the past six years. The average total monthly remuneration of our category 4-8 employees is tabulated in the accompanying table. We continue to focus on remuneration of our employees at this level to address the challenges of inequality and poverty.
Grade
 
Fixed earnings (R)

Company benefits (R)

Variable income (R)

Total per month (R)

Category 4 underground employee (general worker)
13 468

2 720

5 897

22 085

Category 8 underground employee (team leader)
17 525

3 280

8 753

29 558

Refer to Employee Relations for more information.

179



INCENTIVE PAYMENTS ATTRIBUTABLE TO FY20
Total incentive plan
Actual performance outcomes based on the FY20 balanced scorecard for the period 1 July 2019 to 30 June 2020:
FY20 scorecard result for the group
Scorecard component
 
Group weighting (%)
% of
plan achieved
Final
outcome
 (%)
Shareholder value (measured over a trailing three-year period)
Total shareholder return (absolute)
8.34
345
8.34
Total shareholder return (relative to the JSE Gold Index)*
8.33
48
8.33
Total shareholder return (relative to FTSE Gold Mines Index)
8.33
154
8.33
Financial and operational
Production Kilograms total Harmony (Jul 19 to Mar 20)**
15
91
0
Production Kilograms total Harmony (Apr 20 to Jun 20)**
5
111
5
Total production cost (South Africa operations)
12
105
12
All-in sustaining cost (South-east Asia operations)
3
98
1.56
 
Free cash flow
10
122
8.97
Growth
Development (only applicable to South Africa operations and Southeast Asia operations)
-
-
-
Additions to mineral reserves
10
87.5
5.25
Project execution (for future measurement)
-
-
-
Sustainability
Safety performance: Lost-time injury frequency rate
15
92
-
Environment, social and governance (ESG) criteria
5
100
5
Total
 
100
 
62.78
* Sibanye-Stillwater was removed from the JSE Gold index during February 2020. In determining the relative total shareholder return performance Sibanye-Stillwater was therefore removed from the index history
** Production kilograms split between nine months performance against FY20 board approved budget and three months performance against Covid-19 adjusted FY20 board approved budget
The outcome of the award, under the FY20 scorecard, is calculated as follows:
FY20 total incentive award calculation
EX15IAR20REMUNERATIONREPORT1.GIF
* Please refer to the table on total single figure remuneration on page 183

Share appreciation rights allocated in November 2014
The 2014 allocation vested in November 2017 and can be exercised in equal thirds on the subsequent anniversaries of the vesting. The 2014 allocation will lapse on 15 November 2020. The value or reward that accrues is based on the positive appreciation of the share price over time.
Performance shares awarded in November 2016
The vesting percentage of performance shares was based on the total shareholder return of the company, comprising of two components: absolute and relative performance over the full three-year period. The performance conditions were not met, resulting in a zero vesting and forfeiture of these awards during November 2019.


180



REMUNERATION OF EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND PRESCRIBED OFFICERS
Total single figure remuneration
Executive director and prescribed officer remuneration, in terms of total single figure remuneration, as required by King IV and in line with the guideline note issued by the Institute of Directors South Africa and the South African Reward Association, is detailed below.

Remuneration paid for the year ended 30 June 2020
 
Salary and benefits

Retirement savings and contributions

Total Incentive Cash Portion Accrued

Total Incentive Deferred Share Portion Accrued

Total Single Figure of Remuneration

Less: Amount accrued not settled in FY20

Plus: Amount of previous accruals settled in FY20

Total Cash Remuneration

Executive directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PW Steenkamp
8 034 124

1 453 961

6 192 246

9 288 369

24 968 700

(15 480 616
)
2 433 227

11 921 311

F Abbott 1
5 677 957

668 000

3 370 779

5 056 169

14 772 905

(8 426 948
)
1 438 036

7 783 993

BP Lekubo 2
1 704 528

132 252

3 754 244

5 631 366

11 222 391

(9 385 610
)

1 836 781

HE Mashego
4 148 738

614 024

2 747 848

4 121 772

11 632 382

(6 869 620
)
1 037 758

5 800 520

Prescribed officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B Nel
4 544 176

790 819

2 774 704

4 162 057

12 271 756

(6 936 761
)
1 030 833

6 365 828

P Tobias
4 699 062

667 460

3 204 488

4 806 731

13 377 741

(8 011 219
)
1 210 213

6 576 736

J van Heerden 3
8 294 000

261 000

4 004 670

6 007 005

18 566 676

(10 011 676
)
2 003 000

10 558 000

1  Retired 30 September 2020
2 Appointed financial director 3 March 2020
3 Salary is paid in AU$ and is influenced by the movement in the exchange rate

Schedule of unvested awards and cash flows
A schedule of the unvested awards and cash flows from long-term incentive awards of the executive directors and prescribed officers, as required by King IV and in line with the guideline note issued by the Institute of Directors South Africa and the South African Reward Association, is provided below.

Table of Unvested Awards and Cash Flows for FY20
 
Share Award
Award Date
Vesting Date
Award Price R

Opening
Awarded
Number Forfeited
Settled
Closing
Cash on Settlement R
Year-end Fair Value R

Executive directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Peter Steenkamp
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

420 423
 
420 423
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

596 427
 
 
 
596 427
 
34 527 159

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
15 567
 
 
15 567
 
901 174

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
15 567
 
 
15 567
 
901 174

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
15 568
 
 
15 568
 
901 232

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
15 568
 
 
15 568
 
901 232

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
15 568
 
 
15 568
 
901 232

 
Vested Awards Pledged towards the minimum shareholding requirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares Pledge
 
 
 
512 000
 
 
 
512 000
 
29 639 680

Total
 
 
 
 
1 528 850
77 838
420 423
0
1 186 265
0
68 672 881


181



Frank Abbott 1 
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-13
Nov-18
33.18

52 951
 
 
52 951
 
707 748
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 1 and 2
Nov-14
Nov-18
18.41

42 414
 
 
42 414
 
1 223 066
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 3
Nov-14
Nov-19
18.41

21 208
 
 
 
21 208
 
837 292

 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

330 833
 
330 833
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

489 890
 
 
 
489 890
 
28 359 732

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
9 200
 
 
9 200
 
532 588

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
9 200
 
 
9 200
 
532 588

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
9 200
 
 
9 200
 
532 588

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
9 201
 
 
9 201
 
532 646

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
9 201
 
 
9 201
 
532 646

 
Vested Awards Pledged towards the minimum shareholding requirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 Performance Shares Pledge
 
 
 
84 952
 
 
 
84 952
 
4 917 871

 
2014 Performance Shares Pledge
 
 
 
141 075
 
 
 
141 075
 
8 166 832

Total
 
 
 
 
1 163 323
46 002
330 833
95 365
783 127
1 930 814
44 944 783

Boipelo Lekubo 2
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

225 313
 
 
 
225 313
 
13 043 370

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
6 694
 
 
6 694
 
387 516

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
6 695
 
 
6 695
 
387 574

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
6 695
 
 
6 695
 
387 574

Total
 
 
 
 
225 313
20 084
0
0
245 397
0
14 206 032

1  Retired 30 September 2020
2 Appointed financial director 3 March 2020
Mashego Mashego
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-13
Nov-18
33.18

38 212
 
 
38 212
 
510 798
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-14
Nov-19
18.41

45 913
 
 
45 913
 
1 333 619
 
 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

152 091
 
152 091
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

251 722
 
 
 
251 722
 
14 572 187

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
6 639
 
 
6 639
 
384 332

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
6 639
 
 
6 639
 
384 332

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
6 639
 
 
6 639
 
384 332

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
6 640
 
 
6 640
 
384 390

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
6 640
 
 
6 640
 
384 390

Total
 
 
 
 
487 938
33 197
152 091
84 125
284 919
1 844 417
16 493 961

Prescribed Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beyers Nel
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-13
Nov-18
33.18

26 459
 
 
26 459
 
412 157
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-14
Nov-19
18.41

37 480
 
 
37 480
 
1 225 247
 
 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

177 366
 
177 366
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

318 487
 
 
 
318 487
 
18 437 212


182



 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
6 595
 
 
6 595
 
381 785

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
6 595
 
 
6 595
 
381 785

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
6 595
 
 
6 595
 
381 785

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
6 595
 
 
6 595
 
381 785

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
6 596
 
 
6 596
 
381 842

 
Vested Awards Pledged towards the minimum shareholding requirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Performance Shares Pledge
 
 
 
24 933
 
 
 
24 933
 
1 443 371

Total
 
 
 
 
584 725
32 976
177 366
63 939
376 396
1 225 247
21 789 564

Phillip Tobias
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 1 and 2
Nov-14
Nov-17
18.41

31 232
 
 
31 232
 
963 244
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 3
Nov-14
Nov-19
18.41

15 618
 
 
 
15 618
 
616 599

 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

177 366
 
177 366
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

324 720
 
 
 
324 720
 
18 798 041

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
7 742
 
 
7 742
 
448 184

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
7 743
 
 
7 743
 
448 242

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
7 743
 
 
7 743
 
448 242

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
7 743
 
 
7 743
 
448 242

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
7 743
 
 
7 743
 
448 242

 
Vested Awards Pledged towards the minimum shareholding requirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 Performance Shares Pledge
 
 
 
31 166
 
 
 
31 166
 
893 529

Total
 
 
 
 
580 102
38 714
177 366
31 232
410 218
963 244
22 549 322

Johannes van Heerden
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2013 SARs tranche 1, 2 and 3
Nov-13
Nov-18
33.18

38 212
 
 
38 212
 
595 221
 
 
2014 SARs tranche 3
Nov-14
Nov-19
18.41

15 305
 
 
15 305
 
731 827
 
 
Performance Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2016 Performance Shares
Nov-16
Nov-19
32.12

152 091
 
152 091
 
 
 
0

 
2017 Performance Shares
Nov-17
Nov-20
24

293 554
 
 
 
293 554
 
16 993 841

 
Deferred Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 1
Sep-19
Sep-20
46.89

 
12 313
 
 
12 313
 
712 800

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 2
Sep-19
Sep-21
46.89

 
12 313
 
 
12 313
 
712 800

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 3
Sep-19
Sep-22
46.89

 
12 313
 
 
12 313
 
712 800

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 4
Sep-19
Sep-23
46.89

 
12 313
 
 
12 313
 
712 800

 
2019 Deferred Shares tranche 5
Sep-19
Sep-24
46.89

 
12 314
 
 
12 314
 
712 857

Total
 
 
 
 
499 162
61 566
152 091
53 517
355 120
1 327 048
20 557 897



183



NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS’ FEES
On the recommendation of the remuneration committee, the board proposed an average increase in fees of 6.7% for non-executive directors, which was approved at the annual general meeting held in November 2019. Non-executive director fees paid during FY20 are included in the table below:
Director (R000)
Note
1 2020
1 2019
Dr Patrice Motsepe
 
1 377
1 365
Joachim Chissano
 
611
570
Fikile De Buck
 
1 479
1 486
Ken Dicks 2
 
670
769
Dr Simo Lushaba
 
1 205
1 153
Grathel Motau
 
572
79
Modise Motloba
 
1 592
1 406
Mavuso Msimang
 
822
960
Karabo Nondumo
 
852
969
Vishnu Pillay
 
1 023
1 096
Given Sibiya
 
669
79
Max Sisulu 2
 
382
508
John Wetton
 
1 033
1 031
André Wilkens
 
933
971
Total
 
13 220
12 442
Notes
1 Directors’ remuneration excludes value-added tax
2 Resigned 30 September 2020
 
 
 

ENGAGEMENT WITH SHAREHOLDERS
We received positive feedback from shareholders on our remuneration policy and remuneration report with positive votes of 98.35% and 97.93% respectively. Notwithstanding this support we continue to engage with our shareholders and proxy voting agencies to enhance our governance and disclosure. Although the Glass-Lewis proxy report recommended support for the Policy and the Implementation Report they noted that “some shareholders may be concerned with a single incentive plan structure with part of the metrics based on one-year performance period”. In response to this comment we note that:
Shareholders were consulted extensively about the single incentive approach before it was adopted and an overwhelming majority (99.3%) voted to approve the Plan
The longer-term performance alignment is achieved by the 60% portion of the single incentive that is delivered in shares over a five year vesting period. This point is acknowledged by Glass Lewis
Our minimum shareholding requirements policy further enhances the long term nature and shareholder alignment of the executive Reward Policy
Although the ISS recommended support for both the Remuneration Policy and the Implementation Report they noted that: there is no disclosure of targets which apply to long-term performance conditions and there is general limited disclosure on the nature of certain Deferred Share Plan performance conditions which assess annual performance. Our responses in this regard are:
The long-term incentive awards are legacy awards, which will no longer be awarded in the future, and their performance conditions and targets were disclosed in the policy section of previous reports
Considerable detail is already provided on the measures and the weightings for the Deferred Incentive and the percentage achievement of the actuals vs the targets


184



AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE: CHAIRPERSON’S REPORT

This report, for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 (FY20), considers those material matters on which the audit and risk committee deliberated during the year. These matters extend beyond just statutory compliance and relate to the committee’s role in supporting value creation and delivery on Harmony’s strategic objectives.

INTRODUCTION
The audit and risk committee is an independent, statutory committee whose members are appointed annually by Harmony’s shareholders in compliance with section 94 of the South African Companies Act of 2008, as amended (the Act), and the principles of good governance. In addition to this Act, the committee’s duties are guided by the JSE Listings Requirements, the King IV Code on Corporate Governance, 2016 (King IV) and its terms of reference. In addition, the board of directors delegates oversight of specific functions to the committee.

TERMS OF REFERENCE
The committee’s formal terms of reference, available on our corporate website www.harmony.co.za, are reviewed and updated annually (or more frequently if required) by both the committee and the board. The committee is satisfied that it has conducted its affairs and discharged its responsibilities in accordance with its terms of reference.

COMPOSITION AND FUNCTION
The committee’s diverse perspectives, independence, knowledge and experience enhance our governance structures. As at the date of this report, the committee has five members all of whom are independent non-executive directors. For further detail on their qualifications, expertise and experience, refer to Corporate governance.
Recommendations on the appointment of committee members for the new financial year are detailed in the notice of annual general meeting in the Report to shareholders 2020.
The group chief executive officer and financial director - together with members of the executive team and senior managers representing areas relevant to the discussions at the audit committee, as well as the external auditors, the chief internal audit executive and ESG assurance providers attend meetings either by standing invitation or as and when required.

RESPONSIBILITIES
The committee’s primary responsibilities are:
to ensure the integrity of financial statements and related reporting, that they comply with IFRS and fairly represent the financial position of the group, the company and our operations
to monitor internal controls, the internal audit function, combined assurance, and matters pertaining to the external auditors
to oversee corporate governance, particularly in relation to legislative and regulatory compliance
to oversee the management of risk, as well cyber security
The committee believes that it complied with its legal, regulatory and other responsibilities during the past financial year. No major concerns were raised in FY20. For more on the committee and its activities during the year, see Corporate governance.

Reporting
The committee reviewed the following 2020 reports and their related processes:
Integrated Annual Report and its related FY20 suite of reports
Mineral Resource and Mineral Reserve statement
Annual financial statements and accounting practices
Annual report filed on Form 20-F with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
The committee submits that these reports represent a balanced view of the group’s performance for FY20 and recommended them to the board for its approval.


185



External auditor - appointment, independence and tenure
Having considered the external auditor’s previous appointments and the extent of other work undertaken for the group, the committee is satisfied that PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) is independent of the group, as per section 94(8) of the Act. The committee is also satisfied as to the suitability of PwC and the designated audit partner.
A formal procedure has been adopted to govern the process whereby the external auditor may be considered for non-audit services and the extent of these services is closely monitored by the committee. Total fees paid to the external auditor for the year were R40 million, of which R38.5 million was for audit related services, R1.1 million for non-audit services and R0.4 million for tax services.
PwC has been Harmony’s external auditor for 70 years. At the annual general meeting held on 22 November 2019, PwC was reappointed as the independent external auditor and undertook to hold office until the end of the 2020 annual general meeting on 20 November 2020.
As audit firm rotation will be mandatory from the financial year beginning on or after 1 April 2023, this will apply to the company from FY24. To ensure continuity during the company’s growth phase, and because audit firm rotation is not yet compulsory, the audit and risk committee is of the opinion that PwC should remain as the company’s external auditor for the ensuing year.
The committee recommended to the board that PwC be re-appointed as the group’s independent external auditor, to hold office until the conclusion of the 2021 annual general meeting. The directors will propose the re-appointment of PwC at the annual general meeting to be held on 20 November 2020. Details can be found in the notice of the annual general meeting in the Report to shareholders 2020.
The individual registered audit partner responsible for the audit for the financial year ended 30 June 2020 was Mr HP Odendaal. As PwC is required to rotate the audit partner responsible for the group audit every five years, the current lead audit partner will be required to change from FY21 onwards.
Harmony’s commitment to transformation extends to the external audit. During the current year, PwC continued to use staff from Ngubane & Co, a level 1, broad-based black economic empowerment company, as part of its audit team. To facilitate the transfer of skills in the audit of mining companies and registrants on the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States, staff from Ngubane & Co, assisted PwC on the audit of our South Africans operations. PwC had overall responsibility for the audit and signed off the financial statements.

Internal controls and internal audit
Having reviewed the design, implementation and effectiveness of the group’s system of internal financial controls, the committee is satisfied that these are effective and form a reliable basis for the preparation of the financial statements. No findings came to the attention of the committee to indicate any material breakdown in internal controls during the past financial year.
In terms of internal audit, the committee is responsible for:
Ensuring that the group’s internal audit function is independent and has the necessary resources, standing and authority within the group to enable it to perform its duties
Overseeing co-operation between internal audit and the external auditors, and serving as a link between the board of directors and these functions
In line with King IV and its recommendations, the committee has confirmed the effectiveness of the group chief audit executive, Ms Besky Maluleka-Ngunjiri, and is satisfied that she has the appropriate expertise and experience to meet the responsibilities of this position. The group chief audit executive reports quarterly, or as necessary, to the committee on internal audit and has direct access to the committee, primarily through its chairperson.
The committee is satisfied that internal audit follows an approved risk-based internal audit plan and regularly reviews the group’s risk profile. Internal audit submits an overall statement on the effectiveness of the group’s governance, risk management and control processes.

Combined assurance
The combined assurance model was refined during the course of the year.
The committee is satisfied that the group has optimised the assurance coverage obtained from management, and internal and external assurance providers. The committee is also satisfied that the various external assurances that are obtained and related systems and procedures are effective in achieving the following objectives:
Enabling an effective internal control environment
Supporting the integrity of information used for internal decision-making by management, the board and its committees
Supporting the integrity of external reports
Minimising assurance fatigue

186




Governance of risk
The audit and risk committee fulfils a dual function - as an audit committee and as a risk committee. Internal audit conducts regular and full assessments of the risk management function and framework, on which it reports to the committee. The committee is satisfied with the effectiveness of its oversight of risk governance in the group.
A detailed report on risk and its management, as recommended in King IV, is contained in this integrated annual report. See Managing our risks and opportunities. A report on risk is also shared with the board on a quarterly basis.
While the committee oversees the management of risks and opportunities on behalf of the board, it also has responsibility for particular risks, namely: increasing costs and declining margins, the increasing cost of regulatory compliance and its potential to compromise our licence to operate, and the technology upgrades.
In the past year, the committee oversaw the development of a new enterprise risk management and resilience policy, risk management guidelines and a new risk management framework to ensure continued focus on the company’s material risks are considered. A risk workshop was also held with a majority of the board which included training on risks, assessing risk appetite and tolerance and the ten strategic risks of the company.

Oversight of hedging programme
The committee also monitors and reviews the group’s hedging strategy. The hedging programmes currently in place were introduced in FY16. In terms of these programmes, 20% of gold production is hedged and 25% of foreign exchange earnings. For more on how these hedging programmes have performed, see the Financial director’s report.

Technology and information governance
We recognise the increasing importance that technology has as both a source of future opportunities and as a means by which we conduct our business and improve organisational efficiencies. The audit and risk committee monitors the governance of information and communication technology on a quarterly basis.
The audit and risk committee has delegated responsibility management for digitising the company, implementing the policy on enterprise-wide technology and information management, and for embedding this policy into the day-to-day, medium- and long-term decision-making activities and culture of the organisation. All of this is integral to ensuring operational excellence and delivery on our first strategic pillar.
Given the multiple critical information system changes currently being implemented simultaneously across the organisation, this was a major focus area for the committee during the year. Progress was closely monitored with management providing detailed quarterly updates on this as well as on the challenges encountered and the steps taken to address such challenges.
In particular, during the past year, as part of the process to digitise the company, the committee oversaw management’s implementation of two significant upgrade projects aimed at improving our operating and business efficiencies. The first of these entails the transformation of human resources management and its migration to a centralised system. The second is the Oracle upgrade project to ensure the integrity of our group enterprise resource planning system. This project is on track to be completed in 2021. Ernst & Young is providing assurance for both projects. No material issues or risks have been identified.
A cyber security assessment was also undertaken during the year to identify potential exposure to various information technology and cyber attack risks and to develop and confirm in detail with management those mitigating controls to be put in place to address any gaps identified.

GOING CONCERN
The audit and risk committee has reviewed a documented assessment, including key assumptions, prepared by management, of the going-concern status of the group. The board’s statement on this status, as supported by the committee, appears in the Directors’ report.

EVENTS POST YEAR END
For information and detail on post year-end events, see subsequent events in the Financial Report 2020.

CONCLUSION
On behalf of the audit and risk committee, I would like to thank Frank Abbott for all the years he has worked with the audit and risk committee as the financial director, until 2 March 2020. I welcome Boipelo Lekubo, who brings a wealth of experience, as the new financial director of Harmony, effective 3 March 2020.

187




I would also like to thank management for all the hard work done during these unprecedented times and circumstances.

Fikile De Buck
Chairperson: Audit and risk committee
23 October 2020

188



SOCIAL AND ETHICS COMMITTEE: CHAIRPERSON'S REPORT
DEAR STAKEHOLDER
The year just passed came to be characterised and overtaken by events in the latter part of the year. The Covid-19 pandemic – which took the world by storm in March 2020 – and its consequences presented an enormous challenge to protect and sustain lives and livelihoods.
This was the first time that a crisis of this magnitude and this nature had had to be navigated, not only by Harmony but by the countries in which we operate and the world. The crisis highlighted the vulnerability and interconnectedness of the relationships between Harmony and society at large. It is now more important than ever that we consider all aspects of our business in relation to the world in which we operate.
The pandemic has given added impetus and reinforced our commitment to environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters and to sustainable development. We recognise the meaningful role to be played in preventing and mitigating the impact of Covid-19 in the mining industry. Our social compact has never been tested more robustly than during this pandemic. Harmony, known as a resilient and experienced gold miner, demonstrated its agility by implementing various protective and mitigating measures to ensure the safety, health and well-being of our various stakeholders. Our response to the pandemic clearly demonstrated that the “S” in ESG is part of Harmony’s DNA. Caring for those who contribute to and support and benefit from our company has been key to our success – in the past, the present and, we are convinced, in the future as well.
Stakeholder engagement was key in addressing the multi-faceted challenges of Covid-19. This required a holistic, collaborative, integrated approach in South Africa and in Papua New Guinea, and involved consultation with many stakeholders – various levels of government and government departments, labour unions, employees and communities, the Minerals Council South Africa and the Papua New Guinea Chamber of Mines. We adopted Covid-19 specific operating procedures, undertook wellness programmes throughout the company, launched communication initiatives to ensure employees were aware and informed, engaged frequently with shareholders to address their concerns, interacted with suppliers to agree on mutually beneficial terms during highly uncertain times and distributed food parcels, care kits and face masks to the most vulnerable, especially child- and youth-headed households, in our communities.
For more detail on the steps taken to combat the pandemic, see the Chief executive officer’s review, Safety and health, Employee relations and Socio-economic development - uplifting communities.
Sustainable development, which encompasses our ESG performance, informs every decision made by the social and ethics committee. Key areas of the committee’s oversight include governance and ethics, stakeholder engagement, socio-economic development and corporate social responsibility, environmental management, employee health and well-being, human resources, and public safety. In this role, the social and ethics committee regularly reviews and monitors related policies, strategies, performance and material issues.
Note that employee safety is monitored and reviewed by a separate board committee, the technical committee. A report on safety forms part of the chief executive’s board report and further feedback on safety is shared at the board by the chairman of the technical committee chairman. Although the technical committee reviews the technical aspects of safety, the social and ethics committee considers and reviews the social impact of safety on our employees and affected families. Our role also extends to oversight on public health and safety where we operate.It was especially encouraging to have met with senior officials of the Department of Minerals and Energy in November 2019 to discuss our overall safety performance and share views on how to jointly implement actions to ensure a safe working environment.
While the Covid-19 pandemic became all-consuming during the last four months of FY20, we continued with other initiatives and actions aimed at delivering on our commitments to sustainable development as embodied in the fourth pillar of our overall strategy – responsible stewardship.
The committee’s role in terms of governance, ethics and stakeholder engagement is especially pertinent in relation to SDG 16 – Peace, justice and strong institutions and SDG 17 – Partnerships for the goals. These SDGs are linked to how we implement and practice corporate governance, and to our roles of ethical leadership and responsible corporate citizenship.

WHAT WE HAVE DONE THIS YEAR
In recent years, we have focused on actively implementing key tenets of our sustainable development framework – from building our portfolio of assets for profitable ounces to managing and mitigating our water and climate risks, embedding our proactive safety and healthcare strategies and building trust in the communities in which we operate.

189



Early in FY20, we reviewed and updated our sustainable development framework, aligning it with the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and related targets. Importantly, we also made good progress with our work to adopt the World Gold Council Responsible Gold Mining Principles, following board approval. And this year we have produced our first report in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). There is more detail on these aspects below.
Our inclusion in several indices acknowledges our ESG performance. In response to the progress being made in promoting gender diversity and equality, Harmony was included for the second consecutive year in the 2020 Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index. This index, which includes 325 companies across 50 industries, measures gender equality across five aspects: female leadership and talent pipeline; equal pay and gender pay parity; inclusive culture; sexual harassment policies; and pro-women brand.
Transformation of our supply chain has been a key focal area. Harmony put in place an aggressive strategy approved by board to promote empowerment and inclusivity of black suppliers within our supply chain. It is a five-year programme which intends to drive sourcing locally from host communities and it has a strong bias to women- and youth-owned businesses. We continue to improve our performance in this area.
We have again been included in the latest FTSE4Good Index Series which measures the ESG performance of companies listed on the JSE. Harmony’s overall score improved to 3.8 from 3.7 in FY19.
We have considered various ESG measures that are published globally. Following careful assessment and engagement with peers and stakeholders, we believe that the following principles and standards are the ones that best fit an emerging market gold mining company with deep-level underground mines and related risks:

World Gold Council Responsible Gold Mining Principles
The World Gold Council Responsible Gold Mining Principles acknowledge the unique role gold and gold mining has and has had in many countries and communities. In South Africa especially, the gold mining industry has a unique role. These principles address key environmental, social and governance issues – 10 in all – and provide a single, consolidated framework that clearly sets out what constitutes responsible gold mining. This provides trust for consumers, investors and the downstream gold supply chain that the gold we produce has been responsibly mined and produced.
Harmony espouses responsible mining and believes that this framework will further reinforce good practices at our operations. We have therefore taken the decision to implement the framework.

Reporting on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
For the first time, our 2020 suite of annual reports will include a report published in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures. Previously, for 10 years, we had submitted reports to the CDP Climate Change and CDP Water (formerly the Carbon Disclosure Project). This change in our reporting has been made to improve our risk management processes and to more clearly articulate the likely financial impact of climate change on the company’s balance sheet and income statement. Once this has been quantified, we will be better placed to make financial provisions to mitigate any climate-related risks.
As an initial step in determining these risks, we undertook a climate change scenario analysis, which considered financial risks relating to production costs and supply chain vulnerabilities, physical risks such as interruptions to the water supply owing to flood damage and, thirdly, transitional risks such as general market behaviour or regulatory changes such as the Carbon Tax Act in South Africa. This will aid better understanding of the implications, financial and otherwise, for Harmony of climate change and facilitate our evolution as a company to a low carbon economy.
Our first 2020 TCFD report records our baseline data in terms of which we will monitor our performance going forward in relation to climate change – our impact on climate change and its effect on Harmony’s performance. In addition, we will monitor our progress in achieving the related targets that have been set. See Environmental management and stewardship.

Sustainable Development Goals
We have further interrogated the individual SDGs and our contribution to achieving these goals by 2030 - see Sustainable development - delivering on responsible stewardship and the SDGs, where we explain those goals that are central to our core business and strategy (tier 1), and those to which we can contribute through our socio-economic development activities (tier 2).
While these goals are aimed at a national level, it is our responsibility as a private sector company to do all we can to contribute to them.

190



A recently released report 1 on progress being made by countries at a national level towards achieving the SDGs indicates that for South Africa, the one goal attained is SDG 17 - partnerships for the goals, and that some progress is being made in relation to SDG 4 - quality education. In Papua New Guinea, the targets in relation to SDG 13 - climate action have been met, with some progress being made towards SDG 8 - decent work and economic growth. Regrettably, for both countries, there are many challenges, often significant, in meeting the remaining SDGs. This reinforces the importance of our role as a responsible corporate citizen in doing what we can to contribute to the SDGs. For more detailed information on what Harmony is doing to contribute to the SDGs, see Socio-economic development - uplifting our communities, Environmental stewardship and management, Employee relations and Safety and health.

IN CONCLUSION
Strong governance and ethical leadership inform and guide our journey of creating sustainable gold. We have had a meaningful impact on the countries in which we operate – partnering with stakeholders to demonstrate that we are responsible gold miners. Our intention and commitment remain to continue focusing on: ensuring employee safety and health, contributing to self-sustaining communities and responsible closure planning, mitigating the environmental impacts of our mining activities, ensuring an enabling culture and empowering our workforce and navigating political and regulatory uncertainty.
The secret to our success? Engagement. Connecting. Listening.


Dr Simo Lushaba
Chairman: Social and ethics committee
23 October 2020


1 United Nations, The Sustainable Development Goals Report 2020
https://unstats.un.org/sdgs/report/2020/The-Sustainable-Development-Goals-Report-2020.pdf


191
Index to Financial Statements
Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited Page
Page
 
 
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2
Group Income Statement for the years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018
F-7
Group Statement of Comprehensive Income for the years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018
F-8
Group Balance Sheet at 30 June 2020 and 2019
F-9
Group Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018
Group Cash Flow Statement for the years ended 30 June 2020, 2019 and 2018
Notes to the Group Financial Statements


F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited


Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying group balance sheets of Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019, and the related group income statements, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flow statements for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2020 including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 30 June 2020 in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 June 2020 based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Change in Accounting Principle

As described in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2020.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 15B. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also

F-2


included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Impairment of goodwill and mining assets

As described in Notes 2.5, 4, 6, 13 and 14 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill has a carrying value of R520 million and mining assets, which include mine development costs and mine plant facilities, have a carrying value of R22,147 million. No impairment was recorded in relation to goodwill or mining assets, and no reversal of impairment on mining assets was recorded for the year ended 30 June 2020. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Management conducts an impairment test for other non-financial assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount for each cash generating unit (“CGU”) exceeds its recoverable amount. Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible indicators of reversal of impairment when there is objective evidence to indicate that the asset is no longer impaired. The recoverable amount of CGU’s, including allocated goodwill and mining assets, is determined utilising real discounted future cash flows or resource multiples in the case of undeveloped properties and certain resource bases. Management’s future cash flows included significant judgements

F-3


and assumptions for the calculations of the CGU’s recoverable amounts relating to the commodity prices, resource values, marketable discount rates, exchange rates and annual life-of mine plans. In determining the commodity prices and resource values to be used, management assesses the long-term views of several institutions on commodity prices and based on this, derives the commodity prices and resource values. Gold mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the group’s properties. The life-of-mine plans are based on proved and probable reserves as included in the Reserve Declaration, which are determined in terms of the South African Code for the Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (SAMREC), as well as resources where management has high confidence in the orebody and economical recovery of gold, based on historic and similar geological experience. Due to the volatilities experienced in the markets and the uncertainty in forecasting future cash flows due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, management used various probability scenarios in determining the recoverable amounts for the CGUs. Key assumptions applied in the various probability scenarios include, infection rates and the timing of expected peaks in the provinces in which management’s operations are situated, based on models prepared by the South African government; expected disruptions to production together with mitigation strategies management has in place; potential duration of the impact of the virus and related restrictions in operations; and potential changes to the timing of various cash flows due to the shortened production breaks.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the impairment of goodwill and mining assets is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment applied by management in determining the recoverable amount for each CGU; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s future cash flows and significant assumptions, including commodity prices, resource values, market discount rates, exchange rates, the annual life-of-mine plans as well as management's probability scenarios used in determining the recoverable amount for each CGU as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialised skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained from these procedures.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management's impairment calculations, including controls over management’s process for developing their estimate of the recoverable amount for each CGU and controls over significant assumptions in the calculation. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing the recoverable amount for each CGU, evaluating the appropriateness of the discounted cash flows and resource values per CGU, testing the completeness, accuracy and relevance of the underlying data used in the discounted cash flows and resource values, and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management. These significant assumptions included commodity prices, market discount rates, exchange rates, annual life-of-mine plans, management’s probability scenarios and resource values. Evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to life-of-mine plans and resource values involved (i) evaluating the reasonableness of the cash flow forecasts used in the life-of-mine plans and resource values by comparing the cash flow forecasts to current and historical operational results, the reserves and resources declaration, and final approved budgets, (ii) evaluating the consistency of the prior period forecast to the current year’s forecast, (iii) evaluating the reasonableness of the allocation of the resource values by comparing the resources incorporated in the current year plan to what is included as part of the Reserves Declaration, as well as resources where management has high confidence in the orebody and economical recovery of gold, based on historic and similar geological experience, (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s commodity price, market discount rates, exchange rates against external market and third party data, and (v) evaluating the reasonableness of judgements made in determining the potential impact of COVID-19 on production, the duration of the disruption period and direct costs relating to the pandemic. Professionals with specialised skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of management’s

F-4


impairment calculation and certain significant assumptions including commodity prices, exchange rates, marketable discount rates, management’s probability scenarios and resource values.

Deferred taxes

As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, a deferred tax asset of R531 million was recorded for the year ended 30 June 2020, arising within two companies (Harmony Company and Randfontein Estates). Due to the significant expected increase in the short-term Rand gold price used in the estimation of future taxable profits for the mining operations when compared to prior years, management considered it probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available against which the tax loss and current deductible temporary differences existing at 30 June 2020 can be utilised. The future profitability of each mine is determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan for that operation and is influenced by factors as described in note 13 in the consolidated financial statements, which includes the significant judgements and assumptions. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. When different tax rates apply to different levels of taxable profit, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the average tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit (or tax loss) of the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. Following the completion of the annual life-of-mine plans, management revised the weighted average deferred tax rates for all the South African operations.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to deferred taxes is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment applied by management when determining future taxable profits to assess the recoverability of the deferred tax assets and determining the deferred tax rates; (ii) a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s forecasted cash flows used to determine future taxable profits which are impacted by significant assumptions, including commodity prices, exchange rates, annual life-of-mine plans as well as management's probability scenarios used to determine forecasted cash flows as a result of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic; and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialised skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence obtained from these procedures.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management's deferred tax calculations, including management’s recoverability assessment on deferred tax assets and, in turn, controls over management’s process for determining the life-of-mine plans. These procedures also included, among others, testing management’s process for developing forecasted cash flows to determine future taxable profits, testing the completeness, accuracy and relevance of the underlying data used in the forecasted cash flows, and evaluating the significant assumptions used by management. These significant assumptions included commodity prices, exchange rates, and annual life-of-mine plans. Evaluating management’s significant assumptions related to life-of-mine plans involved (i) evaluating the reasonableness of the cash flow forecasts used in the life-of-mine plans by comparing the cash flow forecasts to current and historical operational results, the reserves and resources declaration, and final approved budgets, (ii) evaluating the consistency of the prior period forecast to the current year’s forecast, (iii) evaluating the accuracy and completeness of the life-of-mine cash flows included in the determination of the taxable income and the appropriateness of the deferred tax rates,(iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s forecasted commodity price and exchange rates against external market and third party data, and (v) evaluating the reasonableness of judgements made in determining the potential impact of COVID-19 on production, the duration of the disruption period and direct costs relating to the pandemic. Professionals with specialised skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of management’s deferred tax calculations, to assess the viability of management’s deductions applied against taxable income and whether or not these were

F-5


permitted by taxation legislation and certain significant assumptions including commodity prices, exchange rates and management’s probability scenarios used in determining forecasted cash flows.



/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Inc.

Johannesburg, Republic of South Africa
29 October 2020

We have served as the Company's auditor since 1950.



F-6




GROUP INCOME STATEMENT
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Notes
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
5
29 245

26 912

20 452

Cost of sales
6
(25 908
)
(28 869
)
(23 596
)
 
 
 
 
 
Production costs
 
(22 048
)
(20 324
)
(15 084
)
Amortisation and depreciation
 
(3 508
)
(4 054
)
(2 570
)
Impairment of assets
 

(3 898
)
(5 336
)
Other items
 
(352
)
(593
)
(606
)
 
 
 
 
 
Gross profit/(loss)
 
3 337

(1 957
)
(3 144
)
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
 
(611
)
(731
)
(813
)
Exploration expenditure
 
(205
)
(148
)
(135
)
Gains/(losses) on derivatives
18
(1 678
)
484

99

Other operating expenses
7
(1 201
)
(186
)
(667
)
 
 
 
 
 
Operating loss
 
(358
)
(2 538
)
(4 660
)
Share of profits from associate
20
94

59

38

Acquisition-related costs
12
(45
)

(98
)
Investment income
8
375

308

343

Finance costs
9
(661
)
(575
)
(330
)
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before taxation
 
(595
)
(2 746
)
(4 707
)
Taxation
10
(255
)
139

234

 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the year
 
(850
)
(2 607
)
(4 473
)
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
Non-controlling interest
 
28



Owners of the parent
 
(878
)
(2 607
)
(4 473
)
 
 
 
 
 
Loss per ordinary share (cents)
 
 
 
 
Total loss
11
(164
)
(498
)
(1 003
)
 
 
 
 
 
Diluted loss per ordinary share (cents)
 
 
 
 
Total diluted loss
11
(166
)
(500
)
(1 004
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7




GROUP STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Notes
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
 
Net loss for the year
 
(850
)
(2 607
)
(4 473
)
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax
 
(1 958
)
(684
)
(660
)
 
 
 
 
 
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
24
(1 998
)
(677
)
(647
)
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange translation gain/(loss)
 
1 199

(50
)
83

Remeasurement of gold hedging contracts
 
(3 197
)
(627
)
(730
)
 
 
 
 
 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
24
40

(7
)
(13
)
Gain on assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
 
25



Remeasurement of retirement benefit obligation
 
 
 
 
Actuarial gain/(loss) recognised during the year
 
17

(7
)
(11
)
Deferred taxation thereon
 
(2
)

(2
)
 
 
 
 
 
Total comprehensive income for the year
 
(2 808
)
(3 291
)
(5 133
)
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
 
 
Non-controlling interest
 
12



Owners of the parent
 
(2 820
)
(3 291
)
(5 133
)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8




GROUP BALANCE SHEET

 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Notes
At 30 June
2020

At 30 June
2019

 
 
 
 
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
13
29 186

27 749

Intangible assets
14
536

533

Restricted cash
15
107

92

Restricted investments
16
3 535

3 301

Investments in associates
20
146

110

Inventories
22
47

43

Deferred tax assets
10
531

1

Other non-current assets
17
388

333

Derivative financial assets
18
50

197

 
 
 
 
Total non-current assets
 
34 526

32 359

 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories
22
2 421

1 967

Restricted cash
15
62

44

Trade and other receivables
19
1 308

1 064

Derivative financial assets
18
18

309

Cash and cash equivalents
 
6 357

993

 
 
 
 
Total current assets
 
10 166

4 377

Total assets
 
44 692

36 736

 
 
 
 
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share capital and reserves
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Attributable to equity holders of the parent company
 
23 371

22 614

Share capital and premium
23
32 937

29 551

Other reserves
24
3 017

4 773

Accumulated loss
 
(12 583
)
(11 710
)
Non-controlling interest
 
4


 
 
 
 
Total equity
 
23 375

22 614

 
 
 
 
Non-current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
10
996

688

Provision for environmental rehabilitation
25
3 408

3 054

Provision for silicosis settlement
26
717

942

Retirement benefit obligation
27
193

201

Borrowings
30
7 463

5 826

Other non-current liabilities
29
101

5

Derivative financial liabilities
18
879

172

 
 
 
 
Total non-current liabilities
 
13 757

10 888

 
 
 
 
Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for silicosis settlement
26
175


Borrowings
30
255

89

Trade and other payables
31
3 006

2 875

Derivative financial liabilities
18
4 124

270

 
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
 
7 560

3 234

Total equity and liabilities
 
44 692

36 736


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-9




GROUP STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 
Number of ordinary shares issued

Share capital and premium

Accumulated loss

Other reserves

Non controlling interest

Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes
23

23

 
24

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figures in million (SA Rand)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance – 30 June 2017
439 957 199

28 336

(4 486
)
5 441


29 291

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issue of shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
– Shares issued and fully paid
55 055 050

1 004




1 004

– Exercise of employee share options
5 239 502






Share-based payments



374


374

Net loss for the year


(4 473
)


(4 473
)
Other comprehensive income for the year



(660
)

(660
)
Reclassification from other reserves


10

(10
)


Dividends paid


(154
)


(154
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance – 30 June 2018
500 251 751

29 340

(9 103
)
5 145


25 382

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impact of adopting IFRS 9



82


82

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Re-presented opening balance - 1 July 2018
500 251 751

29 340

(9 103
)
5 227


25 464

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issue of shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
– Shares issued and fully paid
11 032 623

211




211

– Exercise of employee share options
21 856 821






– Harmony ESOP Trust
6 700 000






Share-based payments



230


230

Net loss for the year


(2 607
)


(2 607
)
Other comprehensive income for the year



(684
)

(684
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance – 30 June 2019
539 841 195

29 551

(11 710
)
4 773


22 614

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Issue of shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
– Shares issued and fully paid
60 278 260

3 386




3 386

– Exercise of employee share options
3 023 251






Share-based payments



186


186

Recognition of non-controlling interest


5


(5
)

Net loss for the year


(878
)

28

(850
)
Other comprehensive income for the year



(1 942
)
(16
)
(1 958
)
Dividends paid




(3
)
(3
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance – 30 June 2020
603 142 706

32 937

(12 583
)
3 017

4

23 375


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-10




GROUP CASH FLOW STATEMENT
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Notes
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash generated by operations
32
5 031

5 052

4 289

Interest received
 
86

69

82

Interest paid
 
(370
)
(387
)
(180
)
Income and mining taxes paid
 
(24
)
(55
)
(307
)
 
 
 
 
 
Cash generated by operating activities
 
4 723

4 679

3 884

 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Increase in restricted cash
 
(21
)
(15
)
(32
)
Decrease in amounts invested in restricted investments
16
5

187


Acquisition of Moab Khotsong
12


(3 474
)
Additions to intangible assets
14
(8
)
(1
)
(9
)
Redemption of preference shares from associates
20
59

32


Capital distributions from investments
17
7

30


Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment
 
2

5

2

Additions to property, plant and equipment
 
(3 602
)
(5 035
)
(4 562
)
 
 
 
 
 
Cash utilised by investing activities
 
(3 558
)
(4 797
)
(8 075
)
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings raised
30
6 541

1 522

6 937

Borrowings repaid
30
(5 661
)
(1 353
)
(4 063
)
Proceeds from the issue of shares
23
3 466

211

1 003

Dividends paid
11
(3
)

(154
)
Lease payments
28
(38
)


 
 
 
 
 
Cash generated from financing activities
 
4 305

380

3 723

Foreign currency translation adjustments
 
(106
)
25

(72
)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
 
5 364

287

(540
)
Cash and cash equivalents - beginning of year
 
993

706

1 246

 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents - end of year
 
6 357

993

706


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-11




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 30 June 2020

1
GENERAL INFORMATION

Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited (the company) and its subsidiaries (collectively Harmony or the group) are engaged in gold mining and related activities, including exploration, extraction and processing. Gold bullion, the group’s principal product, is currently produced at its operations in South Africa and Papua New Guinea (PNG). Uranium and silver are produced as by-products.

The company is a public company, incorporated and domiciled in South Africa. The address of its registered office is Randfontein Office Park, Corner Main Reef Road and Ward Avenue, Randfontein, 1759.

The consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the board of directors on 29 October 2020.

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES

BASIS OF PREPARATION

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements have been consistently applied in all years presented except for the changes as described under "Recent accounting developments" below.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) Interpretations (collectively IFRS).

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared to the nearest million and rounding may cause differences.

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards adopted by the group

During the financial year, the following new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards were adopted by the group. No other standards and amendments to standards that became effective during the 2020 year had a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

Impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases

Scope of IFRS 16
IFRS 16 replaces the previous accounting standard on leases, IAS 17 Leases and related Interpretations. The new standard introduces a single lease accounting model and requires a lessee to capitalise most leases with certain exemptions. A lessee is required to recognise a right-of-use asset representing its right to use the underlying leased asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease payments.

Transition
The group has elected to apply IFRS 16 utilising the modified retrospective approach, under which the cumulative effect of adopting the new standard is recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at 1 July 2019 with no restatement of comparative information. The cumulative effect of adopting the standard had no impact on opening retained earnings and resulted in the recognition of right-of-use assets, lease liabilities and the resultant deferred tax. The group has reassessed all contracts in determining the lease population. Refer to note 28 for details on the amount of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recognised as well as the incremental borrowing rates used.

Transition options
The group has elected to recognise the right-of-use assets at an amount equal to the lease liability at 1 July 2019 together with the ability to set off deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the leased assets and liabilities. The lease liabilities were measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments at 1 July 2019 and discounted using the relevant incremental borrowing rate; and
The accounting for operating leases with a remaining lease term of less than 12 months as at date of adoption have been classified as short-term leases and have not been recorded on the balance sheet.

F-12




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS continued

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards adopted by the group continued

Impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases continued

Practical expedients applied
The low value lease exemption - the group has elected to take the low value exemption with a value of R50 000 for the individual leased asset value and also applied its accounting policy on capitalisation of assets based on IAS 1 materiality assessment;
The short-term lease exemption - leases with a duration of less than a year will be expensed in the income statement on a straight-line basis;
Use of hindsight, such as in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease where appropriate;
Non-lease components - the group has applied the practical expedient not to separate non-lease components from lease components, and instead account for each lease component and any associated non-lease components as a single lease component for the classes of underlying asset where it is appropriate to do so; and
Exclusion of initial direct costs for the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application.

Accounting policy
The leases accounting policy is applicable from 1 July 2019. Refer to note 28 for the policy.

IFRS 16 Leases (Amendment)

On 1 June 2020, the IASB issued COVID-19-Related Rent Concessions, which amended IFRS 16 Leases.The amendment permits lessees, as a practical expedient, not to assess whether particular rent concessions occurring as a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic are lease modifications and instead to account for those rent concessions as if they are not lease modifications. The amendment does not affect lessors. To provide the practical expedient when needed most, the IASB enabled immediate application of the amendment in any financial statements—interim or annual—not authorised for issue at the date the amendment was issued. The amendments did not have a material impact on the group.

IAS 19 Employee Benefits (Amendment)

The amendments require an entity to use the updated assumptions from a remeasurement of net defined benefit liability or asset resulting from a plan amendment, curtailment or settlement to determine current service cost and net interest for the remainder of the reporting period after the change to the plan. The amendments apply for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019.
The amendments did not have a material impact on the group.

IAS 23 Borrowing Costs (Amendment)

The amendments clarify that if any specific borrowing remains outstanding after the related asset is ready for its intended use or sale, that borrowing becomes part of the funds that an entity borrows generally when calculating the capitalisation rate on general borrowings.The amendments apply for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The amendments did not have a material impact on the group.

IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures (Amendment)

The amendments clarify that an entity applies IFRS 9 to long-term interests in an associate and joint venture that form part of the net investment in the associate or joint venture but to which the equity method is not applied. The amendments apply for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The amendments did not have a material impact on the group.

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments

The interpretation specifies how an entity should reflect the effects of uncertainties in accounting for income taxes and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRIC 23 specifically clarifies how to incorporate this uncertainty into the measurement of tax as reported in the consolidated financial statements. The interpretation does not introduce any new disclosures but reinforces the need to comply with existing disclosure requirements about judgements made, assumptions and other estimates used and the potential impact of uncertainties that are not reflected. The interpretation did not have a material impact on the group.


F-13




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS continued

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted

At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the standards, amendments to standards and interpretations listed below were in issue but not yet effective. These new standards and interpretations have not been early adopted by the group and the group plans on adopting these standards, amendments to standards and interpretations on the dates when they become effective.

IFRS 3 Business Combinations (Amendment)

These amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 and make it easier for companies to decide whether activities and assets they acquire are a business or merely a group of assets. The amendments:
Confirm that a business must include inputs and a process, and clarified that: (i) the process must be substantive and (ii) the inputs and process must together significantly contribute to creating outputs;
Narrow the definitions of a business by focusing the definition of outputs on goods and services provided to customers and other income from ordinary activities, rather than on providing dividends or other economic benefits directly to investors or lowering costs; and
Add a test that makes it easier to conclude that a company has acquired a group of assets, rather than a business, if the value of the assets acquired is substantially all concentrated in a single asset or group of similar assets.

All acquisitions going forward will be assessed using these amendments. Refer to note 12. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the group.

IFRS 7 Financial Instrument: Disclosures and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (Amendment)

The IASB issued an amendment to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 insofar as they are affected by the Interest Rate Benchmark Reform and uncertainty during the reform period. The amendment addresses only the following hedge accounting requirements that are based on a forward-looking analysis:
The highly probable requirement;
Prospective assessments; and
Separately identifiable risk components.

The amendments also require companies to provide additional information to investors about their hedging relationships which are directly affected by these uncertainties. Other than these specific amendments, the hedge accounting requirements would be unchanged. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the group.

IFRS 7 Financial Instrument: Disclosures and IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (Amendment)

The IASB has published 'Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2 (Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16)' with amendments that address issues that might affect financial reporting during the reform of an interest rate benchmark, including the effects of changes to contractual cash flows or hedging relationships arising from the replacement of an interest rate benchmark with an alternative benchmark rate (replacement issues). The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2021, with earlier application permitted. Harmony is still assessing the impact of this amendment. 

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments (Amendment)

The amendment to IFRS 9 clarifies the fees a company includes when assessing whether the terms of a new or modified financial liability are substantially different from the terms of the original financial liability. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. The amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the group.

IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements (Amendment)

The IASB issued amendments to IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements to clarify its requirements for the presentation of liabilities in the statement of financial position. The amendments are effective from annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2023. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the group.

IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements and IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors
(Amendment)

The amendments, effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020, clarify and align the definition of "material" and provide guidance to help improve consistency in the application of materiality whenever it is used in IFRS Standards.




F-14




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS continued

New standards, amendments to standards and interpretations to existing standards that are not yet effective and have not been early adopted continued

IAS 16 Property, Plant and Equipment (Amendment)

The IASB issued Property, Plant and Equipment—Proceeds before Intended Use, which prohibit a company from deducting from the cost of property, plant and equipment amounts received from selling items produced while the company is preparing the asset for its intended use. Instead, a company will recognise such sales proceeds and related cost in profit or loss. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. Management is currently assessing the impact this would have on the group.

IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets (Amendment)

The IASB issued Onerous Contracts–Cost of Fulfilling a Contract, which specifies which costs an entity includes in determining the cost of fulfilling a contract for the purpose of assessing whether the contract is onerous. This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2022. The amendment is not expected to have a material impact on the group.

MEASUREMENT BASIS

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention except for certain financial assets and financial liabilities which are measured at fair value through profit or loss or other comprehensive income - refer to note 37.

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Accounting policies are included in the relevant notes to the consolidated financial statements and have been highlighted between red lines in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies that follow are applied throughout the financial statements.

2.1
Consolidation

The group recognises that control is the single basis for consolidation for all types of entities in accordance with IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements.

The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of the company, its subsidiaries, interest in associates and joint arrangements and structured entities. Where the group has no control over an entity, that entity is not consolidated.

Control
The group, regardless of the nature of its involvement with an entity, shall determine whether it is a parent by assessing whether it controls the investee.

The group controls an entity when it is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity.

(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities over which the group has control. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the group up until when that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

The group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of an acquiree is the fair value of the assets transferred, liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the group recognises any non-controlling interests in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.

The excess of the sum of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement below operating profit or loss.

F-15




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

2.1
Consolidation continued

(ii) Associates
Associates are entities in which the group has significant influence, but not control, over operational and financial policies. This may be when there is a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights or when significant influence can be otherwise demonstrated, for example where the group has the right of representation on the board of directors, or other governing body, of the entity.

Investments in associates are accounted for by using the equity method of accounting, and are initially recognised at cost. The group’s investment in associates includes goodwill identified on acquisition. Cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. The group’s share of the associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the income statement, and its share of post acquisition movement in reserves is recognised in other reserves. When the group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, the group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.

The carrying value of an associate is reviewed on a regular basis and, if impairment in the carrying value has occurred, it is written off in the period in which such impairment is identified.

Accounting policies of associates have been reviewed to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the group.

(iii) Joint arrangements
Joint arrangements are arrangements of which two or more parties have joint control and are contractually bound. The joint arrangement can either be a joint operation or a joint venture. A joint operation is a joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement and have the right to the assets, and obligations for the liabilities, relating to the arrangement. These parties are called joint operators. A joint venture is a joint arrangement where the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. Those parties are called joint venturers.

For interest in joint operations, the group includes its share of the joint operations' individual income and expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in the group’s financial statements.

Where an additional interest in a joint operation is acquired, the principles of IFRS 3 are applied to account for the transaction.

The group recognises the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets by the group to the joint operation that is attributable to the other joint operators. The group does not recognise its share of profits or losses from the joint operation that results from the purchase of assets by the group from the joint operation until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realisable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognised immediately.

The group recognises its interest in a joint venture as an investment and accounts for it using the equity accounting method.

(iv) Structured entities
A structured entity is an entity that has been designed so that voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed by means of contractual arrangements.

The accounting treatment for a structured entity will fall into one of the aforementioned categories (i to iii) depending on whether the group has control over that structured entity.

2.2
Foreign currency translation

(i) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in South African Rand, which is the group’s presentation currency.

References to “A$” refers to Australian currency, “R” to South African currency, “$” or “US$” to United States currency and “K” or “kina” to Papua New Guinean currency.

(ii) Transactions and balances
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of foreign currency transactions and from the translation to year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income statement. This includes the gains and losses on the translation of the US$-denominated facilities. Gains and losses recognised in the income statement are included in the determination of other operating expenses.


F-16




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

2.2
Foreign currency translation continued

(iii) Group companies
The results and financial position of all group entities (none of which has the currency of a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet while equity items are translated at historic rates;
Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (the rate on the date of the transaction is used if the average is not a reasonable rate for the translation of the transaction);
All resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of other comprehensive income.

On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to other comprehensive income. When a foreign operation is sold or control is otherwise lost, exchange differences that were recorded in other comprehensive income are recognised in profit or loss in the period of the disposal or change in control. Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.

2.3
Derivatives and hedging activities

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value at the end of each reporting period. The accounting for subsequent changes in fair value depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.

The difference between the fair value of the derivative at initial recognition and expected forward transaction price is deferred and recognised as a day one gain or loss. The day one gain or loss is amortised over the derivative contract period and recognised in profit or loss in gains/losses on derivatives.

The full fair value of a derivative is classified as a non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is more than 12 months; it is classified as a current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is less than 12 months.

(i) Cash flow hedge
The group designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with the cash flows of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). At inception of the hedge relationship, the group documents the economic relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items including whether changes in the cash flows of the hedging instruments are expected to offset changes in the cash flows of hedged items. The group documents its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking its hedge transactions.

The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss within gains/losses on derivatives.

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified to profit or loss in the periods when the forecast sale that is hedged takes place and affects profit or loss. The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of the Rand and US$ gold forward sales contracts is recognised in profit or loss within revenue.

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction that was hedged is ultimately recognised in profit or loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately reclassified to profit or loss.

(ii) Derivatives not designated for hedge accounting purposes
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value as well as gains and losses on expiry, disposal or termination of any derivative instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised immediately in profit or loss and are included in gains/losses on derivatives.



F-17




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

2.4
Exploration expenditure

The group has elected to expense all exploration and evaluation expenditures until it is concluded that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable, and that future economic benefits are therefore probable. The information used to make that determination depends on the level of exploration as well as the degree of confidence in the ore body as set out below.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure on greenfield sites, being those where the group does not have any mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the technical and commercial viability of the project has been demonstrated usually through the completion of a final feasibility study. However, in certain instances, the technical and commercial viability of the deposit may be demonstrated at an earlier stage, for example where an extended feasibility study is conducted and the underlying feasibility study in respect of specific components of the mineral deposit has advanced to such a stage that significant commercially viable reserves has been established, and the other criteria for the recognition of an asset have been met. At this point the expenditure is capitalised as mine development cost to the extent that future economic benefits are expected.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure on brownfield sites, being those adjacent to mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, is expensed as incurred until the group is able to demonstrate that future economic benefits are probable through the completion of a feasibility study, after which the expenditure is capitalised as mine development cost to the extent that future economic benefits are expected. A ‘feasibility study’ consists of a comprehensive study of the viability of a mineral project that has advanced to a stage where the mining method has been established, and which, if an effective method of mineral processing has been determined, includes a financial analysis based on reasonable assumptions of technical, engineering, operating economic factors and the evaluation of other relevant factors. The feasibility study, when combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property that is adjacent to mineral deposits that are already being mined or developed, allows the group to conclude that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable.

Exploration and evaluation expenditure relating to extensions of mineral deposits which are already being mined or developed, including expenditure on the definition of mineralisation of such mineral deposits, is capitalised as a mine development cost following the completion of an economic evaluation equivalent to a feasibility study. This economic evaluation is distinguished from a feasibility study in that some of the information that would normally be determined in a feasibility study is instead obtained from the existing mine or development. This information, when combined with existing knowledge of the mineral property already being mined or developed, allows the directors to conclude that the project is technically feasible and commercially viable.

2.5
Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation or depreciation and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication of impairment.

Assets that are subject to amortisation are reviewed annually on 30 June for impairment or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

An impairment loss is recognised in the income statement for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash generating unit or CGU). Each operating shaft, along with allocated common assets such as plants and administrative offices, is considered to be a cash generating unit as each shaft is largely independent from the cash flows of other shafts and assets belonging to the group.

Fair value less cost to sell is generally determined by using discounted estimated after-tax future cash flows. Future cash flows are estimated based on quantities of recoverable minerals, expected commodity prices (considering current and historical prices, price trends and related factors), production levels and cash costs of production, all based on life-of-mine (LoM) plans. Future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a post-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and risk specific to the asset. Refer to note 13 for detail.

The term “recoverable minerals” refers to the estimated amount of gold that will be obtained from reserves and resources and all related exploration stage mineral interests (except for other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential discussed separately below) after taking into account losses during ore processing and treatment. Estimates of recoverable minerals from such related exploration stage mineral interests will be risk adjusted based on management’s relative confidence in such materials.

In estimating future cash flows, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of cash flows from other asset groups. With the exception of other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, estimates of future undiscounted cash flows are included on an area of interest basis, which generally represents an individual operating mine, even if the mines are included in a larger mine complex.


F-18




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

2
ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

GROUP ACCOUNTING POLICIES continued

2.5
Impairment of non-financial assets continued

In the case of mineral interests associated with other mine-related exploration potential and greenfields exploration potential, cash flows and fair values are individually evaluated based primarily on recent exploration results and recent transactions involving sales of similar properties, if any. Assumptions underlying future cash flow estimates are subject to significant risks and uncertainties.

Impairment losses on goodwill are recognised immediately in the income statement and are not reversed. The impairment testing is performed annually on 30 June or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that it may be impaired.

Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed annually for possible reversal of the impairment at 30 June. Reversal of impairments is also considered when there is objective evidence to indicate that the asset is no longer impaired. Where an impairment subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset or CGU is increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, but not higher than the carrying value that would have been determined had no impairment been recognised in prior years.

2.6
Operating profit

The group defines operating profit as the profit earned from the normal core mining operations. In reporting operating profit in the income statement, transactions for capital transactions involving subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are excluded from operating profit as these are not considered to be part of the mining operations of the Harmony group. Any gains or losses on capital transactions are presented below the operating profit line.

3
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the group’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as well as disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Refer to the specific notes below for further information on the key accounting estimates and assumptions applied.

Estimate of taxation – note 10;
Recognition of deferred tax asset – note 10;
Gold mineral reserves and resources – note 13;
Production start date – note 13;
Stripping activities – note 13;
Impairment of assets – note 13;
Depreciation of property plant and equipment – note 13;
Exploration and evaluation assets – note 13;
Impairment of goodwill – note 14;
Valuation of interest in associate – note 20;
Provision for stock obsolescence - note 22;
Estimate of exposure and liabilities with regard to rehabilitation costs – note 25;
Estimate of provision for silicosis settlement – note 26;
Estimate of employee benefit liabilities – note 27;
Leases - note 28;
Fair value of share-based payments – note 34;
Assessment of contingencies – note 36; and
Valuation of derivative financial instruments – note 37.

4.
COVID-19 IMPACT

SOUTH AFRICA

On 27 March 2020, South Africa was placed under national lockdown, to curb the spread of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) and allow the country time in which to prepare for the demands the pandemic would have on its health care system. All of Harmony’s underground operations were placed on care and maintenance, with the surface operations permitted to continue working at close to full capacity.

Harmony rolled out a risk assessment-based COVID-19 prevention strategy across all of its operations before the lockdown was announced. The objective of the risk assessment was to identify, evaluate and rank the hazards associated with any exposures to COVID-19 and potential infections. It allowed the company to reduce or eliminate the probability of an employee contracting COVID-19 and to limit the severity should an employee be infected.


F-19




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

4.
COVID-19 IMPACT continued

SOUTH AFRICA continued

Harmony has been managing COVID-19 related health risks through the following measures:
a risk awareness campaign through various communication channels;
identification of high-risk employees;
the compulsory use of preventative personal protection equipment, which includes face masks, in designated areas in the workplace, increased hand washing and social distancing;
the sanitation of common areas and surfaces on a regular basis during the day;
placement of hand sanitisers and additional hand washing stations at the surface areas of the mines;
group meetings are avoided and where possible, meetings are conducted virtually in the form of tele-conferences or video-conferences;
implementation of work from home practices for central services and corporate office;
implementation of a comprehensive employee wellness monitoring and support programme, which includes a COVID-19 hotline.

On 1 May 2020, South African underground operations were granted concessions to start producing at a maximum capacity of 50% and as of 1 June 2020, operational restrictions were lifted further to allow the mining industry to operate at 100% of its labour capacity. Harmony’s COVID-19 Standard Operating Procedure (SOP) was adopted and rolled out, ensuring a safe return to work for each of its employees. Harmony’s SOP was informed by guidelines provided by the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy, the National Council for Infectious Diseases and the World Health Organisation.

The SOP included the transport of South African employees from remote labour-sending areas back to the company's mines. All requisite staffing, facilities and equipment were put in place to ensure rigorous screening as employees return to work and when at work, as well as isolate or quarantine employees infected by or exposed to COVID-19, with subsequent testing and treatment. Return to work has progressed smoothly albeit slowly, with the return of foreign nationals to South Africa taking longer than anticipated.

PAPUA NEW GUINEA

Harmony’s Hidden Valley mine in Papua New Guinea has continued to operate at 100% of its labour capacity during the COVID-19 State of Emergency declared in that country. The delivery of essential supplies to the mine has continued, with strict isolation control measures in place. All non-essential staff has been removed from site and certain activities and expenditures have been curtailed to focus on safe, profitable operations during the pandemic. Protocols were adopted to allow the safe movement of personnel to and from site during this period.

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The effects of COVID-19 and other macro developments have increased financial risks such as exchange rate, interest rate and commodity price volatility, while also impacting on liquidity and credit risk. Management has put various measures in place to mitigate and/or manage the risks and continues to monitor the situation closely. Refer to note 37 for additional detail.

Balance sheet protection and liquidity measures

The company committed to several measures to protect its balance sheet in the face of the global pandemic. These included cash preservation, the suspension of exploration and major capital projects and declaration of force majeure on select supplier agreements. Specific measures aimed at ensuring liquidity were undertaken, such as restructuring a portion of the derivatives maturing during April and May 2020 into the first three quarters of the new financial year, as well as drawing down on the Rand and US Dollar facilities.

During June 2020, the company's lenders agreed to relax certain requirements for compliance with debt covenants until December 2020. Refer to note 30 for disclosures on debt covenants.

Market impact

Exchange rates

Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Rand has weakened significantly from the beginning of the 2020 calendar year, which was at levels of around R14.00/US$1, to its weakest level at the beginning of April 2020 of R19.05. The Rand strengthened through May and June and the Rand closed at R17.32 on 30 June 2020. The Rand started weakening against the Australian dollar in April 2020 and closed at R11.96/A$1 on 30 June 2020, a 21% decrease in value. These movements in the currencies expose the group's operations to foreign currency gains and losses on foreign-denominated receivables and liabilities, including derivatives, and also impact the group’s translation of its international operating results and net assets into its Rand presentation currency, which resulted in a foreign exchange translation movement of R1.2 billion in other comprehensive income.

The most significant impact was on the increase in the Rand gold price Harmony received on its gold sales, of which R2.3 billion of the increase in revenue can be attributed to the weakening of the Rand. This was calculated by multiplying actual kilograms sold in the 2020 financial year by the variance in the average exchange rates year on year and 2019's average US$ gold price received.


F-20




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

4.
COVID-19 IMPACT continued

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

Market impact continued

Commodity prices

Gold prices have rallied to an all-time high following the global economic fallout of COVID-19 and ongoing geopolitical uncertainty supporting its safe haven status with investors. The price of gold in US$ terms increased significantly over the period, closing at US$1 781/oz on 30 June 2020. This is a 26% increase from the closing price of US$1 410/oz on 30 June 2019. The average spot gold price received (that is, excluding the impact of hedging gains or losses) for the 2020 financial year was 21% higher at US$1 529/oz than in 2019 (US$1 263/oz), contributing approximately R5.2 billion to the increase in revenue year on year. This was calculated by multiplying actual kilograms sold in the 2020 financial year by the variance in the average US$ gold price year on year and 2020's average R/US$ exchange rate.

Interest rates

The US Federal Reserve lowered interest rates several times during the year, the majority unrelated to the COVID-19 pandemic. The rate cuts of 25 basis points were made on each of the following dates, 31 July 2019, 18 September 2019, 30 October 2019 and 3 March 2020. At an unscheduled meeting on 15 March 2020, an additional cut of 100 basis points was announced, reducing the rate to a range of between 0% and 0.25% as a benchmark for most interest rates.

The South African Reserve Bank (SARB) announced similar decreases in the repo rate during the year. The adjustment in the repo rate then affects the prime lending rate at which commercial banks lend money. The repo rate was cut by 25 basis points at the July 2019 and January 2020 SARB meetings respectively. Following the interest rate cut by the Federal Reserve in March 2020, the SARB also announced a 100 basis point cut. At a special unscheduled meeting in April 2020, the SARB cut the rate by a further 100 basis points. During the scheduled May 2020 meeting, another 50 basis point cut was decided on, bringing the prime lending rate to 7.25% and the total cuts for the 2020 financial year to 300 basis points.

These decreases have had a favourable impact on the cost of debt, as the debt facilities are linked to variable rates, US LIBOR and JIBAR specifically. However, the finance cost on the US-denominated debt is impacted by the movement in the Rand/US$ exchange rate.

IMPACT ON PRODUCTION

Management has worked with suppliers to ensure that there are minimal disruptions to the supply chain, which would otherwise impact negatively on the ability to continue with production. Stock levels for critical production and safety items were increased to cover an additional four weeks. In South Africa, some issues have been experienced where raw materials are imported as well as where certain manufacturers have been affected by absenteeism due to COVID-19. Supplies to the operations in Papua New Guinea have not been affected as management has been able to find alternative sources where necessary.

CONTRIBUTING TO COMMUNITIES

Harmony’s response to COVID-19 demonstrated once again its ability to respond quickly to challenging issues; in this case, protecting the lives and livelihoods of its employees, ensuring the continued viability of the business, and contributing to the wellbeing of surrounding communities and countries in which the group operates.Notwithstanding the challenges the group faced during the pandemic, Harmony provided emergency help and support in various forms to families most in need in host and neighbouring communities, both in South Africa and Papua New Guinea.

TAXATION

In response to challenges faced by companies during the COVID-19 pandemic, governments have implemented various stimulus packages to provide some relief to companies. In South Africa, various taxes have been delayed, such as carbon tax, where the first payment has been postponed to October 2020. In addition, a tax holiday of the skills development levy was introduced.

IMPACT ON CRITICAL ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The uncertainty of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy caused significant volatility in the markets, as discussed above. This impacted on certain assumptions and estimates as at 30 June 2020 that management used in calculations which are revised annually or assessed at each reporting date.

Key assumptions for the calculation of the mining assets' recoverable amounts include commodity prices and exchange rates. The increase in the US$ gold price and the weakening of the Rand against the US$ affected the short- and medium-term views in the forecasts management received from various institutions in order to determine the assumptions for impairment testing. However, management determined its reserves using the long-term price of US$1 350/oz or R630 000/kg and prepared the life-of-mine plans for the 2021 financial year at this price. Refer to note 13 for further details on the assumptions used in the impairment test.

F-21




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020


4.
COVID-19 IMPACT continued

IMPACT ON CRITICAL ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS continued

The valuation of the derivatives was also impacted by the changes in the commodity prices and Rand/US$ exchange rate. Refer to notes 18 and 37 for details of the fair value movements at 30 June 2020.

The changes in the interest rates impacted on discount rates that are based on risk-free rates. These include, but are not limited to, the provisions for environmental rehabilitation, silicosis settlement and post-retirement benefits, the determination of recoverable amounts for testing impairments of non-financial assets as well as in recoverability of financial assets. Where possible and deemed relevant, management used weighted averages over a period of time to determine the estimated rates. In all cases, the discount rate decreased, the quantum of the decrease depending on whether the rate was a short-, medium- or long-term rate.

5
REVENUE
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Revenue from metal sales include the sale of gold, silver and uranium. Revenue from metal sales is recognised when the group satisfies its performance obligations under its contract with the customer, by transferring such metals to the customer's control. Transfer of control is generally determined to be when the risk and title to the metals passes to the customer. Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in the contract with the customer and is driven by the quoted market prices of the metals.

The effective portion of gains or losses on the derivatives designated as cash flow hedging items (forecast sales transactions) are recognised in revenue when the forecast sales transactions occur. See the accounting policy for derivatives and hedging activities in note 2.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Revenue from contracts with customers
30 642

26 459

19 255

  Gold
29 704

25 693

19 162

  Silver1
839

589

74

  Uranium2
99

177

19

Hedging gain/(loss)3
(1 397
)
453

1 197

 
 
 
 
Total revenue4
29 245

26 912

20 452

1 
Derived from the Hidden Valley operation in Papua New Guinea.
2 
Derived from the Moab Khotsong operation.
3 
Relates to the realised effective portion of the hedge-accounted gold derivatives. Refer to note 18 for further information.
4 
A geographical analysis of revenue is provided in the segment report in note 39.

The points of transfer of control are as follows:
• Gold: South Africa
Gold is delivered and certificate of sale is issued.
• Gold and silver: Hidden Valley
For sales up to 13 February 2019: metal is delivered and metal account credited by the customer.
 
Sales from 14 February 2019 onwards: metal is collected from Hidden Valley and a confirmation of collection is sent to and accepted by the customer.
• Uranium
Confirmation of transfer is issued.

The increase in gold and silver revenue for 2020 is mainly due to the higher commodity prices. The increase in gold revenue is offset by the decrease in production of 15% from 44 734kg in the 2019 to 37 863kg in the current year. Silver produced increased by 11% to 97 332 kg from 87 325 kg in the prior year. The decrease in uranium revenue is due to lower sales volumes as a result of the South African nationwide lockdown that took place due to COVID-19.

F-22




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

5
REVENUE continued

Below are the average commodity prices received for the financial years:
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Gold1
 
 
 
– US$ per ounce (US$/oz)
1 461

1 287

1 380

– Rand per kilogram (R/kg)
735 569

586 653

570 709

 
 
 
 
Silver
 
 
 
– US$ per ounce (US$/oz)
16.85

15.00

16.88

– Rand per kilogram (R/kg)
8 485

6 837

6 974

 
 
 
 
Uranium
 
 
 
– US$ per pound (US$/lb)
25.34

26.23

23.71

– Rand per kilogram (R/kg)
875

820

672

 
 
 
 
1 
The gold price includes the realised effective portion of the hedge-accounted gold derivatives.

6
COST OF SALES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Production costs (a)
22 048

20 324

15 084

Amortisation and depreciation of mining assets (b)
3 409

3 961

2 468

Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets (b)
99

93

102

Rehabilitation expenditure (c)
47

33

67

Care and maintenance costs of restructured shafts
146

134

128

Employment termination and restructuring costs (d)
40

242

208

Share-based payments (e)
130

155

244

Impairment of assets (f)

3 898

5 336

Other
(11
)
29

(41
)
 
 
 
 
Total cost of sales
25 908

28 869

23 596


(a)
Production costs include mine production and transport and refinery costs, applicable general administrative costs, movement in inventories and ore stockpiles, ongoing environmental rehabilitation costs and transfers for stripping activities. Employee termination costs are included, except for employee termination costs associated with major restructuring and shaft closures, which are separately disclosed.

Production costs increased during the 2020 year mainly in line with expectations, with the South African national lockdown from the end of March 2020 due to COVID-19 impacting on production volumes while the cost base remained mostly unchanged. Contributing to the increase year on year is a decrease of R557 million in the capitalised stripping credit related to the Hidden Valley operation.


F-23




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

6
COST OF SALES continued

(a)
Production costs continued

Production costs, analysed by nature, consist of the following:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Labour costs, including contractors
13 004

12 715

9 750

Consumables
5 441

5 532

3 418

Water and electricity
3 664

3 398

2 551

Insurance
154

126

86

Transportation
377

354

121

Change in inventory
(70
)
(166
)
(211
)
Capitalisation of mine development costs
(1 485
)
(1 880
)
(1 552
)
Stripping activities
(675
)
(1 197
)
(167
)
Royalty expense
327

193

121

Other
1 311

1 249

967

 
 
 
 
Total production costs
22 048

20 324

15 084


(b)
Lower production volumes during the 2020 year, partially due to the closure of underground mines following the announcement of the South African national lockdown due to COVID-19, impacted on the depreciation recorded and contributed to the decrease year on year. The completion of the mining of Stage 5 at Hidden Valley during the December 2019 quarter also contributed to the decrease. The impairments recognised on certain operations in South Africa during the 2019 year significantly impacted on the base which depreciation is calculated on and the lower carrying values contributed to the lower total compared to the comparative period.

Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets includes the amortisation of intangible assets.

(c)
For the assumptions used to calculate the rehabilitation costs, refer to note 25. This expense includes the change in estimate for the rehabilitation provision where an asset no longer exists as well as costs related to the rehabilitation process. For 2020, R47 million (2019: R86 million) (2018: R94 million) was spent on rehabilitation in South Africa. Refer to note 25.

(d)
The employment termination and restructuring expenditure for 2020, 2019 and 2018 relates to the voluntary severance program in place to reduce labour costs.

(e)
Refer to note 34 for details on the share-based payment schemes implemented by the group.

(f)
Management performed an assessment for impairment triggers as well as indications of reversal of previously recorded impairment losses at 30 June 2020. Due to the uncertainty of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the South African national lockdown would have on the South African underground operations, as well as the increase in the short-term gold price, the recoverable amounts for these cash-generating units (CGUs) were calculated.

Based on the impairment tests performed, no impairments were recorded for the 2020 year. Where CGUs had previously been impaired, management considered whether the impairment loss (or the contributors to the previously recognised impairment loss) no longer exists or might have decreased. Management considered general and specific factors for each CGU and concluded that although overall the gold price had improved from the time that the impairment losses had been recognised, the specific circumstances that led to the original impairments had not reversed.  Management also considered the level of uncertainty of the impact of COVID-19 on production and therefore on the cash flows. Due to the volatility embedded in the potential upside driven by the higher gold prices in the short to medium term, coupled with the fact that the factors resulting in the previously recognised impairment losses had not reversed, management resolved it to be appropriate for no reversal of previously recognised impairment losses to be recorded for the period under review.

Refer to note 13 for further information.


F-24




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

6
COST OF SALES continued

(f)
Impairment continued

The impairment of assets consists of the following:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Tshepong Operations

2 254

988

Kusasalethu

690

579

Target 1

312

699

Target 3

318


Joel

198

160

Other mining assets

120

319

Bambanani

6


Doornkop


317

Unisel


487

Masimong


329

Target North


1 458

 
 
 
 
Total impairment of assets

3 898

5 336


There was no reversal of impairment for the 2020, 2019 or 2018 financial years.

The recoverable amounts for these assets have been determined on a fair value less costs to sell basis using the assumptions per note 13 in discounted cash flow models and attributable resource values. These are fair value measurements classified as level 3.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs where impairments were recognised as at 30 June 2019 are as follows:
 
SA Rand
 
Recoverable amount
Figures in million
Life-of-Mine plan

Resource base

Total

 
 
 
 
Tshepong Operations
 
 
 
The impairment was due to the increased costs to exploit the resource base as well as a lower expected recovered grade. The decrease in the recovery grade is as a result of the change in the dilution factors applied to the outside life of mine resources.
3 811

2 055

5 866

Kusasalethu
 
 
 
The decrease in grade and increased estimated costs in the resource base resulted in a lower recoverable amount. The decrease in the recovery grade is as a result of the change in the dilution factors applied to the outside life of mine resources.
1 297


1 297

Target 1
 
 
 
The recoverable amount decreased as a result of increased costs and decrease in grade in the resource base together with the estimated impact of carbon tax. The increase in discount rate due to increased risk factors also negatively impacted on the recoverable amount.
467

609

1 076

Target 3
 
 
 
The operation remained under care and maintenance. A change in valuation method from discounted cash flow model to resource multiple approach reduced the recoverable amount.
None

182

182

Joel
 
 
 
The increased capital costs in the resource base together with carbon tax negatively impacted the net present value of expected cash flows.
765

87

852

Other mining assets
 
 
 
The updated life-of-mine plans for the CGUs in Freegold and Avgold resulted in the impairment of other mining assets.
335

None

335

Bambanani
 
 
 
The impairment of goodwill reduced the carrying amount of intangible assets. As goodwill is not depreciated, it resulted in an impairment as the life of the operation shortens.
763

None

763

 
 
 
 

F-25




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

6
COST OF SALES continued

(f)
Impairment continued

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs where impairments were recognised as at 30 June 2018 are as follows:
 
SA Rand
 
Recoverable amount
Figures in million
Life-of-Mine plan

Resource base

Total

 
 
 
 
Tshepong Operations
 
 
 
The impairment was mainly driven by sensitivity to fluctuations in the gold price. Furthermore the updated life-of-mine for the Tshepong operations presented a marginal decrease in recovered grade.
4 279

3 147

7 426

Kusasalethu
 
 
 
Kusasalethu's old section of the mine at the operation was excluded in the FY19 life-of-mine plan.
1 019

1 119

2 138

Target 1
 
 
 
Exploration drilling results during the year pointed towards lower grade estimates within certain blocks that have now been excluded from the life-of-mine plans.
471

746

1 217

Joel
 
 
 
The updated life-of-mine for the Joel operation presented a marginal decrease in recovered grade.
540

336

876

Other mining assets
 
 
 
The updated life-of-mine plans for the CGUs in Freegold and Harmony resulted in the impairment of other mining assets.
366

None

366

Doornkop
 
 
 
The impairment of Doornkop is primarily as a result of a decrease in the Kimberley Reef's resource values.
1 552

1 178

2 730

Unisel
 
 
 
Excluded the Leader Reef from the life-of-mine plan to focus on the higher grade Basal Reef. This reduced the life-of-mine from four years to eighteen months.
38

None

38

Masimong
 
 
 
The impairment at Masimong was as a result of the depletion of the higher grade B Reef and subsequent reduced life-of-mine.
58

None

58

Target North
 
 
 
The impairment of Target North was as a result of a decrease in resource values.
None

3 681

3 681

 
 
 
 

7
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Social investment expenditure
143

155

73

Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment (a)
62

21

1

Foreign exchange translation loss (b)
892

86

682

Silicosis settlement provision/(reversal of provision) (c)
36

(62
)
(68
)
Reversal of provision for ARM BBEE Trust loan (d)


(43
)
Loss allowance
63

7

12

Other (income)/expenses - net
5

(21
)
10

 
 
 
 
Total other operating expenses
1 201

186

667


(a)
These losses arise from the derecognition of property, plant and equipment that is no longer in use. No future economic benefits are expected from the use or disposal of these assets. Refer to note 13 for further detail.

(b)
The foreign exchange loss is driven primarily by the prevailing exchange rates at the drawdown and repayment dates of the  US$-denominated loans as well as the exchange rate movements during the year. Refer to note 30 for the details of the foreign exchange translation loss on the US$ borrowings.

(c)
Refer to note 26 for details on the movement in the silicosis settlement provision.


F-26




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

7
OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES continued

(d)
Pursuant to the adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 July 2018, the ARM BBEE Trust loan is carried at fair value through profit or loss with the movement in fair value recognised in net gains on financial instruments (refer to note 8). In 2018, the provision was reversed following an increase in African Rainbow Minerals Limited's share price and dividends paid in the period between July 2017 and June 2018, which form part of the recoverability test at 30 June 2018. Refer to note 17 for further details on the loan.

8
INVESTMENT INCOME
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Interest income is recognised on the effective interest method, taking into account the principal outstanding and the effective rate over the period to maturity, when it is determined that such income will accrue to the group. Dividend income is recognised when the shareholder's right to receive payment is established. This is recognised at the last date of registration.

Cash flows from interest and dividends received are classified under operating activities in the cash flow statement.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Interest income from financial assets at amortised cost
257

244

272

Net gain on financial instruments1
118

64

71

 
 
 
 
Total investment income
375

308

343

1 
Primarily relates to the environmental trust funds and the Social Trust Fund (refer to note 16) and also includes the fair value movement of the ARM BBEE Trust loan (refer to note 17).

9
FINANCE COSTS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Borrowing costs are capitalised to the extent that they are directly attributable to the acquisition and construction of qualifying assets. Qualifying assets are assets that take a substantial time to get ready for their intended use. These costs are capitalised until the asset moves into the production phase. Other borrowing costs are expensed. The foreign exchange translation loss is included in the borrowing cost calculation to the extent that it is considered to be a part of interest.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Borrowings
424

402

227

Other creditors and liabilities
9

2

1

 
 
 
 
Total finance costs from financial liabilities
433

404

228

 
 
 
 
Non-financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Post-retirement benefits
19

17

18

Time value of money component of silicosis settlement provision
69

79

76

Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs
194

208

191

 
 
 
 
Total finance costs from non-financial liabilities
282

304

285

Total finance costs before interest capitalised
715

708

513

Interest capitalised (a)
(54
)
(133
)
(183
)
 
 
 
 
Total finance costs
661

575

330


F-27




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

9
FINANCE COSTS continued

(a)
The capitalisation rate used to determine capitalised borrowing costs is:
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Capitalisation rate
9.4
%
10.4
%
10.5
%
 
 
 
 

The decrease in the borrowing costs capitalised in 2020 is due to Joel's decline project reaching commercial levels of production as well as the cessation of capitalising borrowing costs for Wafi-Golpu. For Joel, the capitalisation of borrowing costs ceased and depreciation commenced as of 1 January 2020. Refer to note 13 for further detail.

10
TAXATION
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Taxation is made up of current and deferred taxation. The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the group operates and generates taxable income.
Management periodically evaluates positions taken in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred taxation is recognised on temporary differences existing at each reporting date between the tax base of all assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts. Substantively enacted tax rates are used to determine future anticipated effective tax rates which in turn are used in the determination of deferred taxation, except to the extent that deferred tax arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and does not affect the accounting or taxable profit or loss at the time of the transaction. Deferred tax is charged to profit or loss, except where the tax relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in which case the tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. The effect on deferred tax of any changes in tax rates is recognised in the income statement, except to the extent that it relates to items previously charged or credited directly to equity.

The principal temporary differences arise from amortisation and depreciation on property, plant and equipment, provisions, unutilised tax losses, unutilised capital allowances carried forward and unrealised gains and losses on the gold forward sale contracts. Deferred tax assets relating to the carry forward of unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital allowances are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the unutilised tax losses and unutilised capital allowances can be utilised. The recoverability of these assets is reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted if recovery is no longer probable.

Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The group is subject to income tax in several jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes due to the complexity of legislation. There are many transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain during the ordinary course of business. Where the final tax outcome is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. When different tax rates apply to different levels of taxable income, deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the average tax rates that are expected to apply to the taxable profit (tax loss) of the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. At the group’s South African operations, such average tax rates are directly impacted by the profitability of the relevant mine. The deferred tax rate is therefore based on the current estimate of future profitability of an operation when temporary differences will reverse, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. The future profitability of each mine, in turn, is determined by reference to the life-of-mine (LoM) plan for that operation. The LoM plan is influenced by factors as disclosed in note 13, which may differ from one year to the next and normally result in the deferred tax rate changing from one year to the next.

Management has to exercise judgement with regard to deferred tax assets. Where the possibility exists that no future taxable income may flow against which these assets can be offset, the deferred tax assets are not recognised.
 

F-28




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

10
TAXATION continued

The taxation (expense)/credit for the year is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
SA taxation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mining tax (a)
(56
)
(19
)
(42
)
 - current year
(61
)
(14
)
(42
)
 - prior year
5

(5
)

 
 
 
 
Non-mining tax (b)
(2
)
(124
)
(163
)
 - current year
(2
)
(121
)
(163
)
 - prior year

(3
)

 
 
 
 
Deferred tax (c)
(197
)
282

439

 - current year
(197
)
282

439

 
 
 
 
Total taxation (expense)/credit
(255
)
139

234


(a)
Mining tax on gold mining taxable income in South Africa is determined according to a formula, based on the taxable income from mining operations. 5% of total revenue is exempt from taxation while the remainder is taxable at a higher rate (34%) than non-mining income (28%) as a result of applying the gold mining formula. Mining and non-mining income of Australian entities and PNG operation are taxed at a standard rate of 30%.

All qualifying mining capital expenditure is deducted from taxable mining income to the extent that it does not result in an assessed loss. Accounting depreciation is eliminated when calculating the South African mining tax income. Excess capital expenditure is carried forward as unredeemed capital to be claimed from future mining taxable income. The group has several tax paying entities in South Africa. In terms of the mining ring-fencing application, each ring-fenced mine is treated separately and deductions can normally only be utilised against mining income generated from the relevant ring-fenced mine.

(b)
Non-mining taxable income of mining companies and the taxable income for non-mining companies are taxed at the statutory corporate rate of 28%.The expense for the 2019 and 2018 years relates to non-mining tax arising from derivative gains (realised and unrealised) recognised on the foreign currency derivatives as well as the realised gains on the commodity forward sale contracts. During 2020, the losses on the derivative contracts resulted in non-mining tax losses. See discussion on deferred tax below. Refer to note 18 for details on the group's derivative gains and losses recorded.

(c)
The deferred tax rate used to calculate deferred tax is based on the current estimate of future profitability when temporary differences will reverse based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted at the balance sheet date. Depending on the profitability of the operations, the deferred tax rate can consequently be significantly different from year to year.

Following the completion of the annual life-of-mine plans, management revised the weighted average deferred tax rates for all the South African operations. The higher short-term gold price assumption used resulted in an increase in the estimated profitability and consequently higher rates than in the prior year. Refer to note 13 for the assumptions used. These changes, together with changes in the temporary differences, had the following impacts:
The change in rates on temporary differences at the individual company level, other than hedge accounted derivatives, resulted in an increase in the deferred tax expense and liability to the amount of R493 million.
Unwinding of temporary differences related to unredeemed capital expenditure balance resulted in an increase of R298 million in the deferred tax expense.
The weakening of the Rand against the US$ and the increase in the commodity prices negatively impacted on the valuation of the derivative financial instruments. Refer to notes 18 and 37 for detail. The temporary differences related to the Rand gold derivatives changed from taxable temporary differences (ie resulting in a deferred tax liability) to deductible temporary differences (resulting in a deferred tax asset). Management assessed the rates at which the temporary differences are expected to reverse and as the expected non-mining losses can be set off against the mining profits, the rates have been revised from the non-mining tax rate of 28% to the weighted average deferred tax rate. This accounts for R510 million of the deferred tax credit directly charged to other comprehensive income.

F-29




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

10
TAXATION continued

(c)
Deferred tax continued

The net deferred tax positions for each of the group's entities are assessed separately. Two companies have net deferred tax asset positions and therefore recoverability of these assets was considered. The position at 30 June 2020 was as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Harmony Company

Randfontein Estates

 
 
 
Deductible/(taxable) temporary differences
1 079

(155)

Tax losses
574

534

Total
1 653

379

 
 
 
Deferred tax rate
29.8
%
10.1
%
Deferred tax asset
492

39

 
 
 

At 30 June 2020, management considered whether the unrecognised deferred tax asset (DTA) related to the Harmony company should be recognised, partially or in full. A portion of the DTA relates to a tax loss of R574 million, which primarily arose due to the foreign exchange translation losses and losses on derivatives recorded in 2020. The company's operations include the Central Plant Reclamation (CPR), a tailings retreatment facility. As a low cost producer, its profit margins are highly sensitive to fluctuations in the gold price. In addition, the higher short-term gold price also significantly benefits Masimong's profitability, which following the revision of its life-of-mine at 30 June 2020 has two years remaining of its life. Due to the significant expected increase in the short-term Rand gold price used in the estimation of future taxable profits for the mining operations owned by the Harmony company, it is considered probable that sufficient future taxable profits will be available against which the aforementioned tax loss and the current deductible temporary differences existing at the reporting date can be utilised. Consequently, a deferred tax asset of R492 million has been recognised, consisting of R171 million relating to the tax loss and R321 million relating to deductible temporary differences.

Management believes there will be sufficient future taxable income from the operations owned by Randfontein Estates Limited and therefore the entire balance of R39 million was recognised at 30 June 2020.


F-30




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

10
TAXATION continued

INCOME AND MINING TAX RATES

The tax rate remains unchanged for the 2018, 2019 and 2020 years.

Major items causing the group's income tax provision to differ from the South African mining statutory tax rate of 34% were:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Tax on net loss at the mining statutory tax rate
202

934

1 600

Non-allowable deductions
(221
)
(241
)
(513
)
 
 
 
 
Share-based payments
(62
)
(70
)
(104
)
Impairment of assets

(2
)
(219
)
Loan-related costs
(19
)
(18
)
(24
)
Exploration expenditure
(55
)
(36
)
(74
)
Finance costs
(76
)
(68
)
(54
)
Other
(9
)
(47
)
(38
)
 
 
 
 
Movement in temporary differences related to property, plant and equipment
(355
)
(1 388
)
(1 248
)
Movements in temporary differences related to other assets and liabilities
(452
)
98

55

Difference between effective mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on mining income
10

(175
)
(550
)
Difference between non-mining tax rate and statutory mining rate on non-mining income

19

35

Effect on temporary differences due to changes in effective tax rates1
(469
)
83

675

Prior year adjustment
5

(8
)

Capital allowances2
766

684

604

Deferred tax asset not recognised3
34

133

(424
)
Deferred tax asset previously not recognised now recorded4
225



 
 
 
 
Income and mining taxation
(255
)
139

234

Effective income and mining tax rate (%)
(43
)
5

5

1 
This mainly relates to movements in the deferred tax rate related to Harmony (25.7% to 29.8%) (2019: 10.5% to 25.7%) (2018: 19.4% to 10.5%), Freegold (8.1% to 11.4%) (2019: 8.7% to 8.1%) (2018: 12.5% to 8.7%), Randfontein Estates Limited (Randfontein) (4.5% to 10.1%) (2019: 1.8% to 4.5%) (2018: 3.8% to 1.8%) and Moab (4.7% to 17.3%) (2019: 9.1% to 4.7%) (2018: 9.1%).
2 
This relates to the additional capital allowance that may be deducted from taxable income from mining operations in South Africa. A significant portion relates to Avgold Limited (Avgold) which has a 0% effective tax rate.
3 
This relates to tax losses and deductible temporary differences for which future taxable profits are uncertain and are not considered probable.
4 
Harmony company has sufficient future profits as well as taxable temporary differences which the deductible temporary differences can be reversed against. Therefore the deferred tax asset not recognised in the 2019 year has been recognised.


F-31




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

10
TAXATION continued

DEFERRED TAX

The analysis of deferred tax assets and liabilities is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Deferred tax assets
(1 803
)
(550
)
Deferred tax asset to be recovered after more than 12 months
(1 091
)
(49
)
Deferred tax asset to be recovered within 12 months
(712
)
(501
)
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities
2 268

1 237

Deferred tax liability to be recovered after more than 12 months
2 034

1 125

Deferred tax liability to be recovered within 12 months
234

112

 
 
 
Net deferred tax liability
465

687


Deferred tax liabilities and assets on the balance sheet as of 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 relate to the following:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Gross deferred tax liabilities
2 268

1 237

 
 
 
Amortisation and depreciation
2 211

1 229

Other
57

8

 
 
 
Gross deferred tax assets
(1 803
)
(550
)
 
 
 
Unredeemed capital expenditure1
(4 923
)
(4 044
)
Provisions, including non-current provisions
(1 156
)
(844
)
Derivative financial instruments
(505
)
(88
)
Tax losses2
(1 718
)
(1 209
)
Deferred tax asset not recognised3
6 499

5 635

 
 
 
Net deferred tax liability
465

687

1 
Unredeemed capital expenditure mainly consists of Hidden Valley R4 555 million (2019: R3 745 million).
2 
The majority of the amount relates to Hidden Valley's tax losses of R1 327 million (2019: R1 066 million).
3 
The majority of the deferred tax asset not recognised of R6 499 million relates to Harmony's PNG operations (2019: R5 293 million).

Movement in the net deferred tax liability recognised in the balance sheet is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
687

1 145

Expense/(credit) per income statement
197

(282
)
Tax directly charged to other comprehensive income
(419
)
(177
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
465

687

Deferred tax asset per balance sheet
(531
)
(1
)
Deferred tax liability per balance sheet
996

688


F-32




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

10
TAXATION continued

DEFERRED TAX continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
As at 30 June, the group had the following potential future tax deductions:
 
 
 
 
 
Unredeemed capital expenditure available for utilisation against future mining taxable income1
43 395

39 725

Tax losses carried forward utilisable against mining taxable income2
7 356

5 494

Capital Gains Tax (CGT) losses available to be utilised against future CGT gains4
570

571

 
 
 
 
 
 
As at 30 June, the group has not recognised the following deferred tax asset amounts relating to the above:
14 618

12 935

 
 
 
The unrecognised temporary differences are:
 
 
Unredeemed capital expenditure3
40 330

35 038

Tax losses2
5 156

5 109

CGT losses4
570

571

 
 
 
1  
Includes Avgold R21 483 million (2019: R19 086 million), Randfontein R2 261 million (2019: R2 134 million), Moab Khotsong R625 million (2019R1 755 million) and Hidden Valley R18 847 million (2019: R16 333 million). These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
2 
Relates mainly to Hidden Valley and the PNG exploration operations. These have an unlimited carry-forward period.
3 
Relates to Avgold and Hidden Valley.
4 
The CGT losses relate to the gross CGT losses available to be utilised against future CGT gains.

DIVIDEND TAX (DT)

The withholding tax on dividends remained unchanged at 20%.

11
EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

BASIC EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to shareholders by the weighted number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Ordinary shares in issue ('000)
603 143

539 841

500 252

Adjustment for weighted number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
(61 306
)
(12 974
)
(54 304
)
 
 
 
 
Weighted number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
541 837

526 867

445 948

Treasury shares ('000)
(6 501
)
(3 058
)
(52
)
 
 
 
 
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
535 336

523 809

445 896

 
 
 
 
 
SA Rand
 
2020

2019

2018

Total net loss attributable to shareholders (million)
(878
)
(2 607
)
(4 473
)
Total basic loss per share (cents)
(164
)
(498
)
(1 003
)

DILUTED EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE

For diluted earnings/(loss) per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all potential dilutive ordinary shares as a result of share options granted to employees under the share option schemes in issue. A calculation is performed to determine the number of shares that could have been acquired at fair value, determined as the average annual market share price of the company's shares, based on the monetary value of the subscription rights attached to the outstanding share options. The number of shares calculated as above is compared with the number of shares that would have been issued assuming the exercise of the share options.


F-33




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

11
EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE continued

DILUTED EARNINGS/(LOSS) PER SHARE continued
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue ('000)
535 336

523 809

445 896

Potential ordinary shares1 ('000)
11 858

9 537

19 423

 
 
 
 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares for diluted earnings per share1 ('000)
547 194

533 346

465 319

 
SA Rand
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Total diluted loss per share (cents)2
(166
)
(500
)
(1 004
)
1 
Due to the net loss attributable to shareholders, the inclusion of the share options as potential ordinary shares had an anti-dilutive effect on the loss. The issue price and the exercise price of share options issued to employees include the fair value of any service to be supplied to the entity in the future under the share option or other share-based payment arrangement.
2 
The dilution is as a result of the potential reduction in earnings attributable to equity holders of the parent company as a result of the exercise of the Tswelopele Beneficiation Operation (TBO) option. TBO contributed a profit for the six months ended 31 December 2019 and therefore the reduction in earnings attributable to Harmony would increase the loss and loss per share. Following the vesting of the option (refer to note 34), there has been no further impact.

DIVIDENDS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Dividends declared are recognised in the period in which they are approved by the board of directors. Dividends are payable in South African Rand.

Cash flows from dividends paid are classified under financing activities in the cash flow statement.
 

On 17 August 2017, the board declared a final dividend of 35 cents for the year ended 30 June 2017. R154 million million was paid on 16 October 2017. No dividends were paid on ordinary shares by Harmony during the 2020 and 2019 financial year. The payment in 2020 relates to the non-controlling interest in Tswelopele Beneficiation Operation. Refer to note 34.
Harmony declares an annual preference share dividend to the Harmony Gold Community Trust (the Trust). On 30 July 2019, Harmony declared a preference dividend of R9 million to the Trust which was paid on 2 September 2019. As the Trust is consolidated by Harmony, the dividend is eliminated on consolidation.

 
SA Rand
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Dividend declared (millions)


154

Dividend per share (cents)


35


12
ACQUISITIONS AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

ACQUISITION OF ANGLOGOLD ASHANTI'S REMAINING SOUTH AFRICAN OPERATIONS

TRANSACTION

On 12 February 2020, Harmony announced that it has reached an agreement with AngloGold Ashanti Limited (AGA) to purchase AGA's remaining South African producing assets and related liabilities. The transaction includes the following assets and liabilities:
The Mponeng mine and its associated assets and liabilities;
The Tau Tona and Savuka mines and associated rock-dump and tailings storage facility reclamation sites, mine rehabilitation and closure activities located in the West Wits region and their associated assets and liabilities;
First Uranium (Pty) Limited which owns Mine Waste Solutions (Pty) Limited and Chemwes (Pty) Limited as well as associated tailings assets and liabilities (the FUSA Group);
Covalent Water Company (Pty) Limited (CWC), AngloGold Security Services (Pty) Limited and Masakhisane Investments (Pty) Limited; and
Certain rock-dump reclamation, mine rehabilitation and closure activities located in the Vaal River region and their associated assets and liabilities (the VR Remaining assets).

F-34




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020


12.
ACQUISITIONS AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS continued

TRANSACTION continued

Consideration for the transaction is a cash payment of US$200 million, due on the closing date, and a contingent consideration subject to the following criteria:
US$260 per ounce payable on all underground production from the Mponeng, Savuka and Tau Tona mines in excess of 250 000 ounces per year for six years commencing 1 January 2021; and
US$20 per ounce payable on underground production from the Mponeng, Savuka and Tau Tona mines sourced from levels
developed in the future below the current infrastructure.

At 30 June 2020, the closing of the transaction was still subject to certain conditions precedent. Refer to note 38.

FUNDING OF ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION THROUGH DEBT AND SHARES

Harmony concluded a bridge loan to fund the acquisition consideration. Refer to note 30 and note 38 for further detail.

As part of the funding strategy, Harmony approached its shareholders for authorisation to issue shares up to US$200 million to fund the acquisition consideration through:
A general authority to issue ordinary shares for cash, subject to the restrictions set out in the JSE Listings Requirements including that only public shareholders may participate;
A vendor consideration placement as set out in the JSE Listings Requirements, which would enable non-public shareholders to participate subject to certain conditions; and
Or a combination of the above.

An Extraordinary General Meeting was held on 11 June 2020 and the requisite majority of the shareholders approved all of the ordinary and special resolutions. Following this, on 24 June 2020 Harmony successfully completed the share placement of
60 278 260 new ordinary shares in Harmony with existing and new institutional investors at a price of R57.50 per share, raising the proceeds of US$200 million (R3 466 million). The shares issued represented, in aggregate, approximately 11.1% of Harmony’s issued ordinary share capital before the placing. The placing price represented a discount of 5.4% to the closing share price on 24 June 2020 and a 3.5% discount to the 30-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP). The shares were issued on 30 June 2020 and the proceeds were received on the same day. The share issue costs amounted to R80 million.

ACQUISITION AND INTEGRATION COSTS

In anticipation of the transaction, Harmony has incurred various costs directly attributable to the acquisition process. These costs include attorney and advisory fees as well as costs related to the bridge loan. The acquisition-related costs are shown as a separate line in the income statement.

There have also been costs incurred in preparation for the integration of the acquired assets into Harmony's existing structures and systems. These costs amount to R4 million for the 2020 year and have been included in corporate, administration and other expenditure.

ACCOUNTING CONSIDERATIONS

Management has performed an initial assessment of the assets to be acquired and has determined that they meet the definition of a business per IFRS 3, Business Combinations (as amended and applicable to Harmony from 1 July 2020).

Following the fulfilment of the conditions precedent, management will begin with a fair value exercise in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 3 for the business combinations. The process is expected to take several months to complete.

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Refer to note 38 for developments after the reporting date.

ACQUISITION OF THE MOAB KHOTSONG OPERATIONS

Effective 1 March 2018 the group acquired the Moab Khotsong and Great Noligwa mines and related infrastructure as well as gold-bearing tailings and the Nufcor uranium plant (collectively the Moab Khotsong operations) from AGA on a going concern basis. The combined assets acquired and liabilities assumed constitute a business as defined by IFRS 3. The cash consideration paid to acquire the Moab Khotsong operations amounted to R3 474 million ($300 million). The group incurred acquisition-related costs of R98 million on advisory and legal fees. These costs were recognised as acquisition-related costs in the income statement. Furthermore, the group incurred R63 million on the integration of the operation in 2018 and R8 million in 2019. These costs were recognised as corporate, administration and other expenditure in the income statement in the relevant years.


F-35




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Mining assets
22 174

20 549

Mining assets under construction
2 714

2 964

Undeveloped properties
4 024

3 965

Other non-mining assets
274

271

 
 
 
Total property, plant and equipment
29 186

27 749


MINING ASSETS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Mining assets including mine development costs and mine plant facilities are initially recorded at cost, whereafter they are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Costs include expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.

The net assets of operations placed on care and maintenance are impaired to their recoverable amount. Expenditure on the care and maintenance of these operations is charged against income, as incurred. Mineral and surface use rights represent mineral and surface use rights for parcels of land both owned and not owned by the group.

Mineral and surface rights include acquired mineral use rights in production, development and exploration phase properties. The amount capitalised related to a mineral and surface right, either as an individual asset purchase or as part of a business combination, is the fair value at acquisition.

The group’s mineral use rights are enforceable regardless of whether proved or probable reserves have been established. In certain limited situations, the nature of use changes from an exploration right to a mining right upon the establishment of proved and probable reserves. The group has the ability and intent to renew mineral use rights where the existing term is not sufficient to recover all identified and valued proved and probable reserves and/or undeveloped mineral interests.

Depreciation

Depreciation of mining assets is computed principally by the units-of-production method over life-of-mine based on estimated quantities of economically recoverable proved and probable reserves, which can be recovered in future from known mineral deposits.

In most instances, proved and probable reserves provide the best indication of the useful life of the group’s mines (and related assets). However, in some instances, proved and probable reserves may not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of the mine (and related assets). This may be the case, for example, where management is confident that further inferred resources will be converted into measured and indicated resources and if they are economically recoverable, they can also be classified as proved and probable reserves. Management is approaching economic decisions affecting the mine on this basis, but has chosen to delay the work required to designate them formally as reserves.

In assessing which resources to include so as to best reflect the useful life of the mine, management considers resources that have been included in the life-of-mine plan. To be included in the life-of-mine plan, resources need to be above the cut-off grade set by management, which means that the resource can be economically mined and is therefore commercially viable. This consistent systematic method for inclusion in the life-of-mine plan takes management’s view of the gold price, exchange rates as well as cost inflation into account.

In declaring the resource, management would have had to obtain a specified level of confidence of the existence of the resource through drilling as required by the South African Code for Reporting Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves (SAMREC).

Additional confidence in the existence, commercial viability and economical recovery of such resources may be based on historical experience and available geological information, such as geological information obtained from other operations that are contiguous to the group’s as well as where the group mines continuations of these other operations’ orebodies and reefs. This is in addition to the drilling results obtained by the group and management’s knowledge of the geological setting of the surrounding areas, which would enable simulations and extrapolations to be done with a reasonable degree of accuracy.


F-36




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY continued

Depreciation continued

In instances where management is able to demonstrate the economic recovery of such resources with a high level of confidence, such additional resources, which may also include certain, but not all, of the inferred resources, as well as the associated future development costs of accessing those resources, are included in the calculation of depreciation. The future development costs are those costs that need to be incurred to access these inferred resources, for example the costs to complete a decline or level, which may include infrastructure and equipping costs. These amounts have been extracted from the cash flow projections for the life-of-mine plans.

Mineral rights associated with production phase mineral interests are amortised over the life of mine using the units-of-production method in order to match the amortisation with the expected underlying future cash flows.

Impairment

Testing for impairment is done in terms of the group policy as discussed in note 2.5.

Scrapping of assets

Where significant adverse changes have taken place relating to the useful life of an asset, that asset is tested for impairment in terms of the group policy as discussed in note 2.5. Whether or not an impairment is recognised, it is then necessary to review the useful lives and residual values of the assets within the CGU – this is reviewed at least annually. Where necessary, the useful lives and residual values of the individual assets are revised.

Where the useful life of an asset is nil as a result of no future economic benefit expected from the use or disposal of that asset, it is necessary to derecognise the asset. The loss arising from the derecognition is included in profit or loss in the period in which the asset was derecognised.

Stripping activities

The removal of overburden and other mine waste materials is often necessary during the initial development of an opencast mine site, in order to access the mineral ore deposit. The directly attributable cost of this activity is capitalised in full within mining assets under construction, until the point at which the mine is considered to be capable of commercial production.

The removal of waste material after the point at which a mine is capable of commercial production is referred to as production stripping.

When the waste removal activity improves access to ore extracted in the current period, the costs of production stripping are charged to the income statement as operating costs in accordance with the principles of IAS 2, Inventories.

Where production stripping activity both produces inventory and improves access to ore in future periods the associated costs of waste removal are allocated between the two elements. The portion which benefits future ore extraction is capitalised within stripping and development capital expenditure. If the amount to be capitalised cannot be specifically identified it is determined based on the volume of waste extracted compared with expected volume for the identified component of the orebody. Components are specific volumes of a mine’s orebody that are determined by reference to the life-of-mine plan.

In certain instances significant levels of waste removal may occur during the production phase with little or no associated production. The cost of this waste removal is capitalised in full.

All amounts capitalised in respect of waste removal are depreciated using the units-of-production method based on proved and probable ore reserves of the component of the orebody to which they relate.

The effects of changes to the life-of-mine plan on the expected cost of waste removal or remaining reserves for a component are accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate.
 


F-37




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – GOLD MINERAL RESERVES AND RESOURCES

Gold mineral reserves and resources are estimates of the amount of ounces that can be economically and legally extracted from the group’s properties. In order to calculate the gold mineral reserves and resources, estimates and assumptions are required about a range of geological, technical and economic factors, including quantities, grades, production techniques, recovery rates, production costs, commodity prices and exchange rates.

Estimating the quantities and/or grade of the reserves and resources requires the size, shape and depth of the orebodies to be determined by analysing geological data such as the logging and assaying of drill samples. This process may require complex and difficult geological judgements and calculations to interpret the data.

Because the economic assumptions used to estimate the gold mineral reserves and resources change from year to year, and because additional geological data is generated during the course of operations, estimates of the mineral reserves and resources may change from year to year. Changes in the reserves and resources may affect the group’s financial results and financial position in a number of ways, including:
Asset carrying values may be affected due to changes in estimated cash flows;
Scrapping of assets to be recorded in the income statement following the derecognition of assets as no future economic benefit expected;
Depreciation and amortisation charged in the income statement may change as they are calculated on the units-of-production method;
Environmental provisions may change as the timing and/or cost of these activities may be affected by the change in mineral reserves; and
Useful life and residual values may be affected by the change in mineral reserves.

At the end of each financial year, the estimate of proved and probable gold mineral reserves and resources is updated. Depreciation of mining assets is prospectively adjusted, based on these changes.
 

SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS – GOLD MINERAL RESERVES AND RESOURCES EFFECT ON DEPRECIATION

The group includes certain inferred resources in the denominator and future development costs in the numerator when performing the depreciation calculation for certain of its operations, where proved and probable reserves alone do not provide a realistic indication of the useful life of mine (and related assets). During periods presented, this mainly related to Doornkop. Had the group only used proved and probable reserves in its calculations, depreciation for 2020 would have amounted to R3 533 million (2019R4 116 million) (2018: R2 753 million), compared with the reported totals of R3 508 million (2019: R4 054 million) (2018R2 570 million).
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – PRODUCTION START DATE

Various relevant criteria are considered in order to assess when the mine is substantially complete and ready for its intended use and moves into the production phase. Some of the criteria would include but are not limited to the following:
The level of capital expenditure compared to the total project cost estimates;
The ability to produce gold in a saleable form (where more than an insignificant amount of gold has been produced); and
The ability to sustain the ongoing production of gold.
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – STRIPPING ACTIVITIES

The determination of the volume of waste extracted and the expected volume for the identified component of the orebody is dependent on an individual mine’s design and life-of-mine plan and therefore changes to the design or life-of-mine plan will result in changes to these estimates. Identification of the components of a mine’s orebody is made by reference to the life-of-mine plan. The assessment depends on a range of factors including each mine’s specific operational features and materiality.
 


F-38




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

The recoverable amount of mining assets is generally determined utilising real discounted future cash flows (post tax). Management also considers such factors as the quality of the individual orebody, market risk, asset specific risks and country risk in determining the fair value.

Key assumptions for the calculations of the mining assets’ recoverable amounts are the commodity prices, resource values, marketable discount rates, costs to sell, exchange rates and the annual life-of-mine plans. In determining the commodity prices and resource values to be used, management assesses the long-term views of several reputable institutions on commodity prices and based on this, derives the commodity prices and resource values.

The life-of-mine plans are based on the proved and probable reserves as included in the Reserve Declaration, which are determined in terms of SAMREC, as well as resources where management has high confidence in the orebody and economical recovery of gold, based on historic and similar geological experience.

During the year under review, the group calculated the recoverable amounts (generally fair value less costs to sell) based on updated life-of-mine plans and the following gold price, silver price and exchange rates assumptions:
 
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
US$ gold price per ounce
 
 
 
– Year 1
1 610

1 325

1 250

– Year 2
1 558

1 310

1 250

– Year 3
1 469

1 290

1 250

– Long term (Year 4 onwards)
1 350

1 290

1 250

US$ silver price per ounce
 
 
 
– Year 1 and Year 2
17.00

15.75

17.00

– Long term (Year 3 onwards)
17.00

17.00

17.00

Exchange rate (R/US$)
 
 
 
– Year 1
16.72

14.43

13.30

– Year 2
15.47

14.25

13.30

– Year 3
15.29

14.11

13.30

– Long term (Year 4 onwards)
14.51

14.11

13.30

Exchange rate (PGK/US$)
3.45

3.34

3.17

Rand gold price (R/kg)
 
 
 
– Year 1
865 000

615 000

535 000

– Year 2
775 000

600 000

535 000

– Year 3
722 000

585 000

535 000

– Long term (Year 4 onwards)
630 000

585 000

535 000

 
 
 
 

The following is the attributable gold resource value assumption:
 
South Africa
Hidden Valley
US dollar per ounce
2020

2019

2018

2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Measured
25.00

25.00

25.00

n/a

n/a

n/a

Indicated
8.00

8.00

8.00

8.00

8.00

5.84

Inferred
2.80

2.80

2.80

n/a

n/a

5.84

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The recoverable amount of mining assets is determined utilising real discounted future cash flows or resource multiples in the case of undeveloped properties and certain resource bases.

One of the most significant assumptions that influence the group's operations' life-of-mine plans, and therefore the impairment assessment, is the expected gold price. Due to the increase in the US$ commodity price and weakening of the rand against the US$ at the end of the financial year, management decided it would be appropriate to differentiate between short-, medium- and long-term assumptions used in the models.

F-39




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS continued

The long-term price was determined as part of the annual budgeting process and is used in the life-of-mine plans and is also the cut-off price for calculating reserves included in the declaration of reserves and resources in terms of SAMREC. The resource multiple values are unchanged from the prior year, given the long-term nature of the projects that are valued in this manner.

Due to the volatilities experienced in the markets and the uncertainty in forecasting future cash flows due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, management has used various probability scenarios in determining the recoverable amounts for the CGUs at 30 June 2020.

The following were factored into management's judgements:
Infection rates and the timing of the expected peaks in the provinces that Harmony's operations are situated in, based on models prepared by the South African government;
Expected disruptions to production together with the mitigation strategies management has in place;
Potential duration of the impact of the virus and the related restrictions in operations; and
Potential changes of the timing of various cash flows due to shortened production breaks.

Management included estimates of the staffing costs for screening and monitoring employees at work as well as those that are in quarantine. The cost estimates also include the accommodation expenses for employees in quarantine or isolation as well as the treatment cost for those with mild symptoms and those with severe symptoms that need to be hospitalised. These estimates were based on actual costs incurred for the period March to June 2020.

In preparing the various scenarios, management considered and varied:
The potential impact on production and therefore on the revenue cash flows, based on historical trends that have been extrapolated to account for varying disruption levels;
The duration of potential disruptions to production, ranging from 12 months to 24 months;
The infection rates and associated costs. Where infections were assumed to continue into Year 2, the rate was dependant on the assumed infections in Year 1, with a higher rate in Year 1 resulting in a lower rate in Year 2, and vice versa.

Management assumed that the production costs would be largely unaffected as employees would either be at work or on sick leave, while the strategy of moving crews around would ensure production carried on without undue disruption and therefore would not impact on costs such as consumables and electricity.

The calculated cash flows were then weighted based on management's expectation of each of the scenarios occurring. The resulting amounts were discounted using the specific discount rate for each operation in order to determine the recoverable amount.

The post-tax real discount rate for Hidden Valley was 9.02% (2019: 10.13%) (2018: 9.91%) and the post-tax real discount rates for the South African operations ranged between 9.62% and 11.53% (2019: 8.90% and 11.10%) (2018: 8.35% and 10.25%), depending on the asset, were used to determine the recoverable amounts. Cash flows used in the impairment calculations are based on life-of-mine plans which exceed five years for the majority of the mines. Cash flows from potential projects, life-of-mine extensions and residual ounces can also be included in the impairment assessment where deemed appropriate. An additional risk premium is added to the post-tax real discount rates in these instances.

Refer to note 6 for details of impairment testing performed and impairments recorded.

Should management’s estimate of the future not reflect actual events, further impairments may be identified.

Factors affecting the estimates include:
Changes to proved and probable ore reserves;
Economical recovery of resources;
The grade of the ore reserves may vary significantly from time to time;
Review of strategy;
Unforeseen operational issues at the mines;
Differences between actual commodity prices and commodity price assumptions;
Changes in the discount rate and foreign exchange rates;
Changes in capital, operating mining, processing and reclamation costs;
Mines' ability to convert resources into reserves;
Potential production stoppages for indefinite periods;
The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy, commodity prices and exchange rates, as well as the impact in the countries the group operates in, resulting in production curtailment; and
Carbon tax.
 


F-40




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued
 

SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS - IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS

One of the most significant assumptions that influence the life-of-mine plans and therefore the impairment assessment is the expected commodity prices. The sensitivity scenario of a 10% decrease or increase in the commodity price used in the discounted cash flow models and the resource values used (with all other variables held constant) would have resulted in the following impairment being recorded as at 30 June 2020 and 2019:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
- 10% decrease
 
 
Tshepong Operations
3 352

7 155

Target 1
804

1 278

Joel
716

984

Kusasalethu
441

1 962

Bambanani1
94

331

Other Freegold assets
20


Moab Khotsong1
15

2 758

Unisel
6

45

Doornkop

1 350

Hidden Valley

749

Target 3

337

Target North

291

Other surface operations

178

Masimong

105

Kalgold

39

 
 
 
+ 10% increase
 
 
Target 3

300

 
 
 
1 
The carrying amounts of these CGUs include goodwill and any impairment losses are allocated first to goodwill and then to the identifiable assets.

At all other operations, a 10% increase in the gold price would have resulted in no impairments being recorded.
 


F-41




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS continued

The movement in the mining assets is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
53 629

49 741

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(302
)
Additions1
3 180

4 113

Disposals
(85
)
(16
)
Scrapping of assets
(268
)
(117
)
Adjustment to rehabilitation asset
(48
)
(439
)
Transfers and other movements
1 348

801

Translation
1 980

(152
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
59 736

53 629

 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
33 080

25 538

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(302
)
Impairment of assets

3 880

Disposals
(70
)
(16
)
Scrapping of assets
(206
)
(96
)
Depreciation
3 563

4 184

Translation
1 195

(108
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
37 562

33 080

Net carrying value
22 174

20 549

1 
Included in additions for 2020 is an amount of R97 million (2019: R173 million) for capitalised depreciation associated with stripping activities at the Hidden Valley operations.

Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment

Refer to note 7 for details.

Stripping activities

Included in the balance for mining assets is an amount of R84 million (2019: R48 million) relating to Kalgold and R598 million (2019: R1 160 million) relating to Hidden Valley. Depreciation of R17 million (2019: R13 million) and R668 million (2019: R89 million) was recorded for Kalgold and Hidden Valley respectively.

Transfer of assets

Transfer of assets mainly relates to assets under construction transferred to mining assets.

Hidden Valley
During the 2020 year an amount of R438 million (2019: R607 million) was transferred to mining assets at Hidden Valley. This related to ongoing mining development costs.

Joel
At 1 January 2020, management performed an assessment of Joel's Level 137 decline project to determine whether it had reached commercial levels of production. It was considered substantially complete and ready for its intended use as:
Capital expenditure is 98% of project cost estimates;
More than an insignificant amount of gold is being produced in a saleable form; and
The level has the ability to sustain the ongoing production of gold.
The capitalisation of borrowing costs ceased and depreciation commenced as of 1 January 2020. An amount of R897 million was transferred to mining assets.


F-42




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS UNDER CONSTRUCTION
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

At the group’s surface mines, when it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of establishing proved and probable reserves, costs incurred to develop the property are capitalised as incurred until the mine is considered to have moved into the production phase. These costs include costs to further delineate the orebody and remove overburden to initially expose the orebody. At the group’s underground mines, all costs incurred to develop the property, including costs to access specific ore blocks or other areas of the underground mine, are capitalised to the extent that such costs will provide future economic benefits. These costs include the cost of shaft sinking and access, the costs of building access ways, lateral development, drift development, ramps, box cuts and other infrastructure development. Revenue earned during the pre-production phase is credited to the asset.

Where a depreciable asset is used in the construction or extension of a mine, the depreciation is capitalised against the mine’s cost.

Exploration properties acquired are recognised in the balance sheet within development cost and are shown at cost less provisions for impairment determined in accordance with the group’s accounting policy on impairment of non-financial assets.

Mineral interests associated with development and exploration phase mineral interests are not amortised until such time as the underlying property is converted to the production stage.

Capitalisation of pre-production costs ceases when commercial levels of production are reached. Commercial levels of production are discussed under “production start date” above.
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS – EXPLORATION AND EVALUATION ASSETS

The recoverability of exploration and evaluation expenditure is assessed at the end of each reporting period. Significant judgement is required as to whether an area of activity is to be carried forward on the balance sheet, or written off through the identification of areas of activity which have not yet reached a stage that permits a reasonable assessment of the existence of economically recoverable reserves, where there is no continuing significant activity plan in relation to the area.
 

The movement in the mining assets under construction is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
2 964

2 528

Additions
687

1 070

Depreciation capitalised1
4

50

Finance costs capitalised2
54

133

Transfers and other movements
(1 334
)
(802
)
Translation
339

(15
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
2 714

2 964

1 2020 relates to Tshepong only. 2019 relates primarily to Hidden Valley.
2 Refer to note 9 for further detail on the capitalisation rate applied.

Wafi-Golpu development

Capitalisation of certain project expenses on Wafi-Golpu was halted from 1 July 2019 following delays in the permitting of the project (see below). The ongoing expenses in the 2020 financial year were for holding purposes and did not result in future economic benefit. These have been included in exploration expenditure in the income statement and amounted to R123 million for the 2020 year.


F-43




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

MINING ASSETS UNDER CONSTRUCTION continued

Wafi-Golpu development continued

Following submission of the Special Mining Lease (SML) and Environment Impact Statement applications to the regulators in March 2018 and July 2018 respectively, the Wafi-Golpu joint operation entered into a memorandum of agreement with the Papua New Guinea government (the State) in December 2018, targeting an SML grant by June 2019. The milestones set for assessment of the applications and associated permitting work streams are not being achieved, and as a result the project permitting roadmap and timeline remain uncertain. Delays in discussions with the State are attributed to the judicial review of the memorandum of agreement initiated by the Governor of the Morobe Province in May 2019. This judicial review was concluded on 11 February 2020 with the National Court dismissing the case on the basis that the State’s withdrawal from the memorandum of agreement rendered the matter nugatory. The stay order issued by the National Court in that connection was lifted. On 20 March 2020, the Morobe Governor appealed the dismissal of the action to the Papua New Guinea Supreme Court, and intends to seek reinstatement of the stay order.

Management is confident that the permitting process will continue, given the progress to date on the various agreements required for the permitting process and granting of a Special Mining Licence. Key permitting activities are continuing and are fully supported and resourced.

UNDEVELOPED PROPERTIES
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Undeveloped properties are initially recognised at cost, which is generally based on the fair value of resources obtained through acquisitions. The carrying values of these properties are tested annually for impairment. Once development commences, these properties are transferred to mining properties and accounted for in accordance with the related accounting policy.
 

The movement in the undeveloped properties is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
5 437

5 446

Translation
62

(9
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
5 499

5 437

 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning and end of year
1 472

1 472

Translation
3


 
 
 
Balance at end of year
1 475

1 472

Net carrying value
4 024

3 965


OTHER NON-MINING ASSETS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Land is shown at cost and not depreciated. Other non-mining fixed assets are shown at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Other non-mining fixed assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Vehicles at 20% per year.
Computer equipment at 33.3% per year.
Furniture and equipment at 16.67% per year.

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date.
 


F-44




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

13
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT continued

OTHER NON-MINING ASSETS continued

The movement in the non-mining assets is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
658

609

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(9
)
Additions
39

59

Transfers and other movements

1

Translation
6

(2
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
703

658

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Accumulated depreciation and impairments
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
387

345

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(9
)
Depreciation
38

39

Impairment

12

Translation
4


 
 
 
Balance at end of year
429

387

Net carrying value
274

271


14
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Intangible assets consist of all identifiable non-monetary assets without physical substance. They are stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. The following are the main categories of intangible assets:

Goodwill

Goodwill is an intangible asset with an indefinite useful life which is not amortised but tested for impairment on an annual basis, or when there is an indication of impairment. The excess of consideration transferred over the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of any previously held equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries, joint operations and businesses is included in intangible assets. Goodwill on acquisition of associates is included in investments in associates and tested for impairment as part of the overall balance.

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those cash generating units or groups of cash generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose. If the composition of one or more cash generating units to which goodwill has been allocated changes due to a re-organisation, the goodwill is re-allocated to the units affected.

The gain or loss on disposal of an entity includes the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Technology-based assets

Acquired computer software licences that require further internal development are capitalised on the basis of costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These technology-based assets are classified as intangible assets with a finite useful life. These assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are reviewed annually, as follows:
• Computer software at 20% per year.

F-45




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020



CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS - IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL

Due to the wasting nature of mining assets and the finite life of a mine's reserves, the allocation of goodwill to a mine or cash generating unit will eventually result in an impairment charge for the goodwill. The group tests annually whether separately identifiable goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2.5. These calculations use estimates as per note 13.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Goodwill
520

520

Technology-based assets
16

13

Total intangible assets
536

533


GOODWILL

The movement in goodwill is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning and end of year
2 675

2 675

 
 
 
Accumulated amortisation and impairments
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
2 155

2 149

Impairment1

6

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
2 155

2 155

Net carrying value
520

520

 
 
 
The net carrying value of goodwill has been allocated to the following cash generating units:
 
 
Bambanani
218

218

Moab Khotsong
302

302

 
 
 
Net carrying value
520

520

1 
In 2020 no impairment on goodwill was recorded as the recoverable amounts exceeded the carrying values. In 2019 an impairment of R6 million on goodwill was recorded for Bambanani as the carrying values exceeded the recoverable values of the related cash generating units. Refer to note 6 for further details on the impairment assessment.

TECHNOLOGY-BASED ASSETS

The movement in technology-based assets is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cost
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
39

48

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(10
)
Additions
8

1

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
47

39


F-46




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

14
INTANGIBLE ASSETS continued

TECHNOLOGY-BASED ASSETS continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Accumulated amortisation and impairments
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
26

29

Fully depreciated assets no longer in use derecognised

(10
)
Amortisation charge
5

7

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
31

26

Net carrying value
16

13


 

ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL ASSETS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 15, 16, 17, 18 AND 19)

Financial assets are initially recognised when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements. On initial recognition, a financial asset is classified as measured at:
Amortised cost;
Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI); or
Fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL).

A financial asset is classified as measured at amortised cost if it is held within the business model whose objective is to hold assets to collect contractual cash flows and its contractual terms give rise, on specified dates, to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

The group measures a financial asset initially at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at FVTPL, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVTPL are expensed. The subsequent measurement of financial assets is discussed below.
Financial asset category
Description
 
 
Debt instruments at amortised cost
Financial assets at amortised cost consist of restricted cash, restricted investments, loans, trade receivables and cash and cash equivalents. Interest income from these financial assets is included in investment income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss. Impairment losses are presented in other operating expenses in the income statement.
Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Equity-linked investments which are held to meet rehabilitation liabilities are classified as FVTPL. Debt instruments where the contractual cash flows fail to meet the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) criteria are also classified as FVTPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVTPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within investment income in the period in which it arises. On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the proceeds received or receivable and the carrying amount of the asset is included in profit or loss.
Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI
The group's equity investments are designated as FVTOCI. The group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the group's management has elected to present fair value gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments are recognised when the group’s right to receive payments is established either in profit or loss as other income or as a deduction against the asset if the dividend clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of the investment. Residual values in OCI are reclassified to retained earnings on derecognition of the related FVTOCI instruments.
 
 

Impairment losses on financial assets at amortised cost are assessed using the forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) approach. ECLs are a probability-weighted estimate of credit losses. Credit losses are measured as the present value of all cash shortfalls (i.e. the difference between the cash flows due to the entity in accordance with the contract and the cash flows that the group expects to receive). At each reporting date, the group assesses whether financial assets carried at amortised cost are credit impaired. A financial asset is ‘‘credit-impaired’’ when one or more events that have a detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset have occurred. Trade receivable loss allowances are measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs. Loss allowances are deducted from the gross carrying amount of the assets.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.



F-47




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 

ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL ASSETS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 15, 16, 17, 18 AND 19) continued

Accounting policy applicable before 1 July 2018

Financial assets are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements, with the exception of loans and receivables which are recognised on origination date. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of financial instruments, with the exception of financial instruments classified at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial assets is discussed below.

A financial asset is derecognised when the right to receive cash flows from the asset has expired or the group has transferred its rights to receive cash and either (a) has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or (b) has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the assets.

On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount and the sum of the consideration received and any cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is recognised in profit or loss.

Financial assets and liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

The group classifies financial assets as follows:

Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans and receivables are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Loans and receivables include trade and other receivables (excluding VAT and prepayments), restricted cash and cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, deposits held at call with banks and short-term highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less. Cash and cash equivalents exclude restricted cash.
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment. If collection of the trade receivable is expected in one year or less it is classified as current assets. If not, it is presented as non-current assets. A provision for impairment of receivables is established when there is objective evidence that the group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows, discounted at the effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision for impairment (allowance account) and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement. When a trade receivable is uncollectible, it is written off against the allowance account for trade receivables. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited in the income statement.

Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivatives that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless the investment matures or management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Available-for-sale financial assets are subsequently carried at fair value. The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the fair value for a financial instrument cannot be obtained from an active market, the group establishes fair value by using valuation techniques. The group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired.

Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that the group’s management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. The group’s held-to-maturity investments are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is objective evidence that a held-to-maturity investment is impaired as a result of an event.

A portion of restricted investments held by the trust funds (refer to note 16) are classified as held-to-maturity investments.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss have two sub-categories: financial assets held-for-trading, and those designated at fair value through profit or loss at inception. Derivative assets are categorised as held for trading unless designated as hedging instruments (refer to note 2.3). These assets are subsequently measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in fair value recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.
 

F-48




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

15
RESTRICTED CASH
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Non-current (a)
107

92

Current (b)
62

44

 
 
 
Total restricted cash
169

136


(a)
The amount primarily relates to funds set aside to serve as collateral against guarantees made to the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy (DMRE) in South Africa for environmental and rehabilitation obligations. Refer to note 25. The funds are invested in short-term money market funds and call accounts.

(b)
Cash of R22 million (2019: R20 million) relates to monies released from the environmental trusts as approved by the DMRE which may only be used for further rehabilitation. Cash of R32 million (2019: R24 million) relates to monies set aside for affected communities in the group’s PNG operations. Cash of R8 million relates to monies held by Harmony Gold Community Trust.

16
RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Investments held by environmental trust funds
3 513

3 273

Investments held by the Social Trust Fund
22

28

 
 
 
Total restricted investments
3 535

3 301


ENVIRONMENTAL TRUST FUNDS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Contributions are made to the group's environmental trust funds, created in accordance with statutory requirements, to fund the estimated cost of pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure at the end of the life of the group's mines. The trusts are consolidated into the group as the group exercises control of the trusts. The measurement of the investments held by the trust funds is dependent on their classification under financial assets. Income received and gains are treated in accordance with these classifications. The equity-linked notes are classified and measured at fair value through profit or loss whilst the interest-bearing short-term investments are classified and measured as debt instruments at amortised cost.
 

The environmental trust funds are irrevocable trusts under the group's control. Contributions to the trusts are invested in interest-bearing short-term and medium-term cash investments and medium term equity-linked notes issued by commercial banks that provide guaranteed interest and additional interest or growth linked to the growth of the Top 40 index of the JSE. These investments provide for the estimated cost of rehabilitation at the end of the life of the group's mines. Income earned on the investments is retained in the funds and reinvested.

The environmental trust funds consist of:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Fixed deposits
2 632

2 015

Cash and cash equivalents
66

30

Equity-linked deposits
815

1 228

 
 
 
Total environmental trust funds
3 513

3 273



F-49




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

16
RESTRICTED INVESTMENTS continued

ENVIRONMENTAL TRUST FUNDS continued

Reconciliation of the movement in the investments held by environmental trust funds:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
3 273

3 238

Interest income
163

168

Fair value gain
77

48

Equity-linked deposits (matured)/acquired
(490
)
300

(Maturity)/acquisition of fixed deposits
456

(481
)
Net transfer of cash and cash equivalents
34

183

Withdrawal of funds for rehabilitation work performed

(183
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
3 513

3 273


THE SOCIAL TRUST FUND

The Social Trust Fund is an irrevocable trust under the group's control. The purpose of the trust is to fund the social plan to reduce the negative effects of restructuring on the group's workforce, to put measures in place to ensure that the technical and life skills of the group's workforce are developed and to develop the group's workforce in such a manner as to avoid or minimise the effect of job losses and a decline in employment through turnaround or redeployment strategies.

The Social Trust Fund investment comprises a unit trust portfolio that is exposed to the fair value changes in the equity market and is classified as a fair value through profit or loss investment.

17
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Debt instruments
311

274

Loans to associates (a)
116

116

Loan to ARM BBEE Trust (b)
306

271

Other loans
5

3

Loss allowance (a)
(116
)
(116
)
 
 
 
Equity instruments
77

59

Rand Mutual Assurance (c)
69

52

Other investments
8

7

 
 
 
Total other non-current assets
388

333


The movement in the loss allowance for debt instruments during the year is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
116

119

Impact of adoption of IFRS 9 (b)

(3
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
116

116


(a)
A loan of R116 million (2019: R116 million) owed by Pamodzi Gold Limited (Pamodzi) who were placed into liquidation during 2009 was provided for in full. Harmony is a concurrent creditor in the Pamodzi Orkney liquidation.


F-50




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

17
OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS continued

(b)
During 2016, Harmony advanced R200 million to the ARM BBEE Trust, a shareholder of African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM). The trust is controlled and consolidated by ARM, who holds 12.38% of Harmony's shares at 30 June 2020. Harmony is a trustee of the ARM BBEE Trust. The loan is subordinated and unsecured. The interest is market related (3 months JIBAR plus 4.25%) and is receivable on the maturity of the loan on 31 December 2022.

On adoption of IFRS 9 in 2019, it was assessed that the contractual cash flows fail the solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) characteristics and that the loan will therefore be carried at fair value through profit or loss and the previously recognised provision was derecognised.The group determined that the contractual terms include exposure to risk and volatility that is inconsistent with a basic lending arrangement. In making this assessment the group considered contingent events that would change the amount and timing of cash flows and potential limits on the group's claim to cash flows from specified assets (e.g. non-recourse asset arrangements).

At 30 June 2020 the loan has been remeasured to its fair value of R306 million (2019: R271 million) using a discounted cash flow model. The fair value adjustment is recorded in gains on financial instruments - refer to note 8.

(c)
On adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 July 2018, an irrevocable election was made to classify the equity instruments previously classified as available-for-sale as at FVOCI. The new standard impacted the measurement of the group's unquoted equity investments as IFRS 9 eliminated the exemption provided under IAS 39 where unquoted equity investments were measured at cost when fair value could not be reliably measured. This change resulted in revaluing the unlisted investment in Rand Mutual Assurance, which had a cost of Rnil to fair value of R82 million in 2019. The difference between the carrying amounts of financial instruments before the adoption of IFRS 9 and the new carrying amount calculated in accordance with the standard at 1 July 2018 was recognised directly in the opening balance of equity. Refer to the statements of changes in equity.

The movement in the investment in Rand Mutual Assurance is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
52


Fair value on adoption of IFRS 9

82

Capital dividend received
(7
)
(30
)
Fair value gain
24


 
 
 
Balance at end of year
69

52


On 6 December 2019, RMA declared a dividend that relates to the first tranche of the contingent consideration for the sale of shares in one of its subsidiaries.The dividend is seen as a recovery of capital as it reduced Harmony's effective share in the investment. The dividend relating to the second tranche of the contingent consideration is expected to be received during the 2021 financial year. The fair value gains are a result of the favourable financial position of the total investment. Please refer to note 37 on the fair value valuation technique.

F-51




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

18
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The group has the following derivative financial instruments:
Figures in million (SA Rand)
Rand gold hedging contracts (a)

US$ gold hedging contracts (b)

US$ silver contracts (b)

Foreign exchange contracts (c)

Rand gold derivative contracts (a)

Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial assets
19

8

11

30


68

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current
10

5

5

30


50

Current
9

3

6



18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial liabilities
(3 626
)
(356
)
(4
)
(760
)
(257
)
(5 003
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current
(717
)
(96
)
(1
)
(65
)

(879
)
Current
(2 909
)
(260
)
(3
)
(695
)
(257
)
(4 124
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net derivative financial instruments
(3 607
)
(348
)
7

(730
)
(257
)
(4 935
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unamortised day one net loss included above
18

8




26

Unrealised losses included in other reserves, net of tax
3 053

342




3 395

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Movements for the year ended 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realised losses included in revenue
(1 263
)
(134
)



(1 397
)
Unrealised losses on gold contracts recognised in other comprehensive income
(4 820
)
(391
)



(5 211
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains/(losses) on derivatives


6

(1 235
)
(174
)
(1 403
)
Unrealised losses reclassified to profit or loss as a result of discontinuance of hedge accounting
(235
)




(235
)
Day one loss amortisation
(34
)
(6
)



(40
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gains/(losses) on derivatives
(269
)
(6
)
6

(1 235
)
(174
)
(1 678
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedge effectiveness
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
(4 820
)
(391
)



(5 211
)
Changes in the fair value of the hedged item used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
4 820

391




5 211

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-52




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

18
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued
Figures in million (SA Rand)
Rand gold hedging contracts (a)

US$ gold hedging contracts (b)

US$ silver contracts (b)

Foreign exchange contracts (c)

Rand gold derivative contracts (a)

Total

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial assets
45

5


456


506

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current
23

1


173


197

Current
22

4


283


309

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative financial liabilities
(322
)
(55
)
(2
)
(2
)
(61
)
(442
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current
(158
)
(14
)



(172
)
Current
(164
)
(41
)
(2
)
(2
)
(61
)
(270
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net derivative financial instruments
(277
)
(50
)
(2
)
454

(61
)
64

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unamortised day one net loss included above
36

5




41

Unrealised losses included in other reserves, net of tax
165

49




214

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Movements for the year ended 30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realised gains included in revenue
453





453

Unrealised gain/loss on gold contracts recorded in other comprehensive income
(302
)
(49
)



(351
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains/(losses) on derivatives


13

554

(51
)
516

Day one loss amortisation
(31
)
(1
)



(32
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gains/(losses) on derivatives
(31
)
(1
)
13

554

(51
)
484

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hedge effectiveness
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
(302
)
(49
)



(351
)
Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument used as the basis for recognising hedge ineffectiveness
302

49




351

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Figures in million (SA Rand)
Rand gold hedging contracts (a)

US$ gold derivative contracts (b)

US$ silver contracts (b)

Foreign exchange contracts (c)

Rand gold derivative contracts (a)

Total


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Movements for the year ended 30 June 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Realised gains included in revenue
1 197





1 197

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealised gains on gold contracts recognised in other comprehensive income
413





413

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gains/(losses) on derivatives
(12
)
29

6

113


136

Day one loss amortisation
(37
)




(37
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gains/(losses) on derivatives
(49
)
29

6

113


99



F-53




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

18
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

Hedge accounting
Harmony has entered into gold forward sale derivative contracts to hedge the risk of lower gold prices. Cash flow hedge accounting is applied to the majority of these contracts, resulting in the effective portion of the unrealised gains and losses being recorded in other comprehensive income (other reserves - refer to note 24). Refer to note 37 for a summary of the risk management strategy applied and the balances relating to designated hedging instruments as at reporting date.

Hedge effectiveness is determined at the inception of the hedge relationship and through periodic prospective effectiveness assessments. The group enters into gold forward contracts that have similar terms as the hedged item, such as notional amount, maturity date and reference gold spot price thereby ensuring that an economic relationship exists between the hedging instrument and the hedged item and resulting in a hedge ratio of 1:1. Potential sources of hedge ineffectiveness include counterparty and own credit risk, day one gains and losses, a mismatch in the timing of the derivative and underlying gold sale maturities, location differential and the refining margin. Hedge ineffectiveness is measured by comparing the change in the expected cash flows from a forward sale contract versus the sale of an equivalent quantity of gold in the open market. Ineffectiveness results when the changes in the fair values in the hedging instruments exceed the fair value changes in the hedged item. A negligible amount of hedge ineffectiveness was experienced in the years presented.

The gains and losses from derivative contracts to which hedge accounting is not applied is included in gains/(losses) on derivatives in profit or loss.

(a)
Rand gold contracts

Discontinuance of hedge accounting

As a result of the original 21-day lockdown announced in South Africa, effective 27 March 2020, aimed to slow the spread of COVID-19, Harmony placed all deep-level underground mines in South Africa on care and maintenance. As a result, a significant volume of the underlying exposure that was originally intended to be hedged was delayed.

A total of 63 400 ounces of gold forwards were originally set to mature in the months of April and May 2020. After assessing forecasts of gold production at 1 April 2020, the hedged items, being the sales of gold, relating to 30 500 ounces of gold forwards were assessed to no longer be probable. The hedged items relating to the remaining balance of gold forwards were still considered to be highly probable.

Due to the fact that the occurrence of the forecast transactions/hedged items were no longer considered probable, there was no longer an effective hedging relationship and therefore hedge accounting for these hedges was discontinued. Unrealised losses relating to the hedges amounting to R48 million and R187 million of restructured contracts discussed below, previously recognised in other comprehensive income, were immediately reclassified to profit or loss as gains/losses on derivatives.

Restructuring of contracts

In response to the gold forwards’ hedged items no longer being probable and in order to better match the cash flows relating to the underlying exposure, certain of the Rand gold forwards with maturities between 15 April 2020 and 31 May 2020 were effectively extended to mature between the periods July 2020 and March 2021.

The restructured gold forwards retained the pricing of the original forwards. They were not designated as hedging instruments as the difference in the costing structure would have required a different effectiveness assessment than currently used by management. Unrealised losses relating to the hedges amounting to R187 million, previously recognised in other comprehensive income, were immediately reclassified to profit or loss as gains/losses on derivatives. All future gains and losses on the restructured hedges will be recognised in profit or loss. Subsequently, losses of R70 million have been recognised in profit or loss.

(b)
US$ commodity contracts

Harmony maintains a derivative programme for Hidden Valley by entering into commodity derivative contracts. The contracts comprise US$ gold forward sale contracts as well as silver zero cost collars which establish a minimum (floor) and maximum (cap) silver sales price. Hedge accounting is applied to all US$ gold forward sale contracts entered into from 1 January 2019 and these are shown separately from the silver zero cost collars that are not hedge accounted.

(c)
Foreign exchange contracts

Harmony maintains a foreign exchange derivative programme in the form of zero cost collars, which sets a floor and cap Rand/US$ exchange rate at which to convert US dollars to Rands, and foreign exchange forward contracts. Hedge accounting is not applied to these contracts.


F-54




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

18
DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS continued

The following table shows the open position at the reporting date:
 
FY2021
FY2022
 
TOTAL
 
Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

Q1

Q2

Q3

Q4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Zero cost collars
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m
116

115

99

65

47

42

27


511

Average Floor
15.36

15.40

15.44

15.91

16.32

16.93

17.99


15.81

Average Cap
16.45

16.58

16.62

17.28

17.90

18.54

19.65


17.09

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward contracts
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$m
66

44

35

12

9

9

8


183

Average Forward rate
15.83

15.82

16.13

16.93

18.18

18.41

18.71


16.38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R/gold
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'000 oz - restructured
8

8

8






24

'000 oz - cash flow hedge
80

78

77

71

61

44

25

10

446

Average R'000/kg
673

679

691

737

806

851

950

1037

743

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$/gold
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'000 oz - cash flow hedge
12

12

12

12

12

12

10

5

87

Average US$/oz
1 413

1 442

1 489

1 521

1 561

1 606

1 710

1 760

1 543

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total gold
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'000 oz
100

98

97

83

73

56

35

15

557

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$/silver
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
'000 oz
360

340

300

270

230

90

10


1 600

Average Floor
17.47

17.87

18.01

18.17

18.21

17.86

18.40


17.91

Average Cap
18.92

19.37

19.50

19.70

19.75

19.44

20.15


19.41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Refer to note 37 for the details on the fair value measurements.


F-55




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

19
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
Trade receivables (metals)
623

448

Other trade receivables
215

230

Loss allowance
(135
)
(68
)
 
 
 
Trade receivables - net
703

610

Interest and other receivables
88

7

Employee receivables
13

10

 
 
 
Non-financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
Prepayments
79

67

Value added tax and general sales tax
425

281

Income and mining taxes

89

 
 
 
Total trade and other receivables
1 308

1 064


The movement in the loss allowance for trade and other receivables during the year was as follows (refer to note 37 for details):
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
68

60

Increase in loss allowance recognised during the year
104

47

Reversal of loss allowance during the year
(37
)
(39
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
135

68

The loss allowance for 2020 includes R53 million relating to a mining company who is in financial difficulties due to the impact of the South African national lockdown as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The remaining movement relates to various other individually immaterial debtors.

The loss allowance for trade and other receivables stratified according to the ageing profile at the reporting date is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Gross

Loss allowance

 
 
 
30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Not past due1
702

31

Past due by 1 to 30 days
9

3

Past due by 31 to 60 days
5

3

Past due by 61 to 90 days
21

8

Past due by more than 90 days
51

45

Past due by more than 361 days
50

45

 
 
 
 
838

135

 
 
 
30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
Not past due1
562


Past due by 1 to 30 days
3


Past due by 31 to 60 days
30


Past due by 61 to 90 days
9


Past due by more than 90 days
12

11

Past due by more than 361 days
62

57

 
 
 
 
678

68

1 
The gross amount includes the full trade receivables (metals) balance, which has no attributable loss allowance.

F-56




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

19
TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES continued

During 2019 and 2020 there was no renegotiation of the terms of any of the receivables. As at 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019, there was no collateral pledged or held for any of the receivables.

20
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The investments in associates are evaluated for impairment by comparing the entire carrying value of the investment (including loans to associates and preference shares) to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value in use or fair value less costs to sell. Discounted cash flow models are used to calculate the net present value of the investments. The cash flows in the models include expected interest and capital payments on loans, dividends, redemption amounts and proceeds on disposal.
 

(a)
Harmony acquired a 32.4% interest in Pamodzi on 27 February 2008, initially valued at R345 million. Pamodzi was listed on the JSE and had interests in operating gold mines in South Africa. Pamodzi was placed in liquidation in March 2009. As at 30 June 2020, the liquidation process has not been concluded. Refer to note 17(a) for details of the loan and provision of impairment of the loan.

(b)
Rand Refinery provides precious metal smelting and refining services in South Africa. Harmony holds a 10.38% share in Rand Refinery. This investment is a strategic investment for the group as Rand Refinery is the only company that provides such services in South Africa. Although the group holds less than 20% of the equity shares of Rand Refinery, the group is able to exercise significant influence by virtue of having a right to appoint a director on the board. Through the 10.38% shareholding and the right to appoint a director on the board, the investment has been accounted for as an associate.

In December 2014, Rand Refinery drew down on a shareholder's loan of which Harmony's portion thereof was R120 million. Following an amended loan agreement signed in June 2017, the loan was converted into cumulative redeemable preference shares of no par value. During 2020, Rand Refinery redeemed preference shares to the value of R58 million (2019: R32 million).

Rand Refinery has a 31 August financial year-end.

The movement in the investments in associates during the year is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
110

84

Redemption of preference shares
(58
)
(32
)
Share of profit in associate
94

59

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
146

110


21
INVESTMENT IN JOINT OPERATIONS

The group has a 50% interest in certain mining and exploration assets located in the Morobe province, PNG. Newcrest Mining Limited owns the remaining 50% interest in these assets. The asset in the joint arrangement is the Wafi-Golpu project. The joint arrangement is accounted for as a joint operation.

Under the conditions of the Wafi-Golpu exploration tenements, the State has reserved the right prior to the commencement of mining to take up an equity interest of up to 30% of any mineral discovery within the Wafi-Golpu tenements. The right is exercisable by the State once at any time prior to the commencement of mining. If the State exercises this right, the exercise price is a pro-rata share of the accumulated exploration expenditure. Once the right is exercised, the State is responsible for its proportionate share of ongoing exploration and project development costs. During February 2012, the State indicated its intention to exercise its option. As at 30 June 2020, this option has not been exercised.

The carrying amount of the project amounts to R3.0 billion at 30 June 2020.

F-57




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

22
INVENTORIES
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Inventories, which include bullion on hand, gold-in-process, gold in lock-up, ore stockpiles and consumables, are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is assessed at each reporting date and is determined with reference to relevant market prices.

The cost of bullion, gold-in process and gold in lock-up is determined by reference to production cost, including amortisation and depreciation at the relevant stage of production. Ore stockpiles are valued at average production cost. Stockpiles and gold in lock-up are classified as non-current assets where the stockpile's volume exceeds current processing capacity and where a portion of static gold in lock-up is expected to be recovered more than 12 months after balance sheet date.

Gold in-process inventories represent materials that are currently in the process of being converted to a saleable product. In-process material is measured based on assays of the material fed to process and the projected recoveries at the respective plants. In-process inventories are valued at the average cost of the material fed to process attributable to the source material coming from the mine or stockpile plus the in-process conversion costs, including the applicable depreciation relating to the process facility, incurred to that point in the process. Gold in-process includes gold in lock-up which is generally measured from the plants onwards. Gold in lock-up is expected to be extracted when plants are demolished at the end of their useful lives, which is largely dependent on the estimated useful life of the operations feeding the plants.

At the group’s open pit operations, gold in-process represents production in broken ore form.

Consumables are valued at weighted average cost value after appropriate allowances for slow moving and redundant items.
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Judgement is applied in estimating the provision for stock obsolescence. The provision is recognised on items not considered critical as a percentage of the value of the inventory depending on the period elapsed since the inventory was purchased or issued. Inventory held for longer than five years is written down to zero unless there is sufficient evidence of a recoverable amount.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Gold in lock-up
47

43

Gold in-process, ore stockpiles and bullion on hand (a)
936

780

Consumables at weighted average cost (net of provision) (b)
1 485

1 187

 
 
 
Total inventories
2 468

2 010

Non-current portion of gold in lock-up and gold in-process
(47
)
(43
)
 
 
 
Total current portion of inventories
2 421

1 967

 
 
 
Included in the balance above is:
 
 
Inventory valued at net realisable value
47

334


(a)
The run-of-mine (ROM) stock at the Hidden Valley operations increased R294 million year on year following the commencement of the stage 6 cut-back. The increase includes approximately R72 million which is attributable to translation. This was offset by gold in-process which decreased R169 million year on year due to the lower production during the last quarter of the 2020 financial year as well as the plants being cleaned out during the South African COVID-19 national lockdown.

(b)
The consumables’ balance increased R298 million year on year, primarily as a result of the impact of the weakening of the Rand against the Australian dollar from R9.91/A$1 at 30 June 2019 to R11.96/A$1 at 30 June 2020 and the resultant movement when translating the balance for the Hidden Valley operations at year-end.

During the year, an increase of R51 million (2019: R1 million decrease) to the provision for slow-moving and redundant stock was made. The total provision at 30 June 2020 was R331 million (2019: R281 million).

F-58




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

23
SHARE CAPITAL
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Ordinary shares are classified as equity, incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

The cost of treasury shares is eliminated against the share capital balance.
 

AUTHORISED

1 200 000 000 (2019: 1 200 000 000) ordinary shares with no par value.
4 400 000 (2019: 4 400 000) convertible preference shares with no par value.

ISSUED

603 142 706 (2019: 539 841 195) ordinary shares with no par value. All issued shares are fully paid.
4 400 000 (2019: 4 400 000) convertible preference shares with no par value.

SHARE ISSUES

Share placing
During June 2020, Harmony conducted a placement of ordinary shares with existing and new institutional investors. A total of 60 278 260 new ordinary shares were placed at a price of R57.50 per share, raising gross proceeds of approximately R3.466 billion. The Placing Shares issued represent, in aggregate, approximately 11.1% of the group's issued ordinary share capital before the Placing. The Placing Price represents a discount of 5.4% to the closing share price on 24 June 2020 and a 3.5% discount to the 30-day volume-weighted average price (VWAP). The Placing Shares rank pari passu in all respects with the existing Harmony ordinary shares, including the right to receive all dividends and other distributions declared, made or paid after the date of issue thereof. The proceeds of the Placing will be used by Harmony to discharge the US$200 million cash consideration to acquire AGA's remaining South African assets (refer to note 12). The share issue costs amounted to R80 million.

Accelerated bookbuild
During June 2018, Harmony conducted a placement of 55 055 050 new ordinary shares to qualifying investors through an accelerated bookbuild. ARM subscribed for an additional 11 032 623 shares at R19.12 a share, totalling R211 million, in July 2018. The issue resulted in ARM maintaining its shareholding of 14.29% post the placement of shares. In total, gross proceeds of R1.26 billion were raised to fund part of the outstanding bridge loan raised for the acquisition of the Moab Khotsong operations.

Share issues relating to employee share options
An additional 3 023 251 (2019: 21 856 821) shares were issued to settle the exercise of share options by employees relating to Harmony's management share option schemes. During the 2019 financial year, Harmony implemented a new employee share option scheme referred to as the Sisonke Employee Share Ownership Plan. An amount of 6 700 000 shares were issued to the Harmony ESOP Trust as part of the new scheme. Note 34 sets out the details in respect of the share option schemes.

Convertible preference shares
On 20 February 2019, Harmony issued 4 400 000 convertible preference shares to the Harmony Gold Community Trust. The convertible preference shares carry a minimum annual preference dividend of R2 per share and are convertible into ordinary shares on a 1:1 basis after the tenth anniversary of the date on which the shares were issued. The conversion is at the election of Harmony.


F-59




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

23
SHARE CAPITAL continued

TREASURY SHARES

Included in the total of issued shares are the following treasury shares:
 
Number of shares
 
2020

2019

 
 
 
Ordinary shares
 
 
Lydenburg Exploration Limited1
335

335

Kalgold Share Trust2
47 046

47 046

Harmony ESOP Trust2
6 335 629

6 592 900

 
 
 
Convertible preference shares
 
 
Harmony Gold Community Trust3
4 400 000

4 400 000

 
 
 
1 
A wholly-owned subsidiary.
2 
Trust controlled by the group.
3 
The issue of the convertible preference shares did not impact the group's consolidated financial statements as the Harmony Gold Community Trust is controlled by the group.

24
OTHER RESERVES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Foreign exchange translation reserve (a)
3 588

2 389

Hedge reserve (b)
(3 395
)
(214
)
Share-based payments (c)
2 950

2 764

Post-retirement benefit actuarial gain/(loss) (d)
(4
)
(19
)
Acquisition of non-controlling interest in subsidiary (e)
(381
)
(381
)
Equity component of convertible bond (f)
277

277

Repurchase of equity interest (g)
(98
)
(98
)
Equity instruments designated at fair value through other comprehensive income (h)
104

79

Other
(24
)
(24
)
 
 
 
Total other reserves
3 017

4 773


(a)
The balance of the foreign exchange translation reserve movement represents the cumulative translation effect of the group's off-shore operations.

(b)
Harmony has entered into gold hedging contracts. Cash flow hedge accounting is applied to these contracts, resulting in the effective portion of the unrealised gains and losses being recorded in other comprehensive income (other reserves). Refer to note 18 for further information.


F-60




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

24
OTHER RESERVES continued

(b)
Hedge reserve continued

The reconciliation of the hedge reserve is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
(214
)
413

 
 
 
Remeasurement of gold hedging contracts
(3 197
)
(627
)
Unrealised gain/(loss) on gold hedging contracts
(5 211
)
(351
)
Unrealised losses reclassified to profit or loss as a result of discontinuance of hedge accounting
235


Released to revenue on maturity of the gold hedging contracts
1 397

(453
)
Foreign exchange translation
(37
)

Deferred taxation thereon
419

177

Attributable to non-controlling interest
16


 
 
 
Balance at end of year
(3 395
)
(214
)
 
 
 
Attributable to:
 
 
Rand gold hedging contracts
(3 053
)
(165
)
US dollar gold hedging contracts
(342
)
(49
)
 
 
 

(c)
The reconciliation of the movement in the share-based payments is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
2 764

2 534

Share-based payments expensed (i)
186

230

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
2 950

2 764


(i)
The group issues equity-settled instruments to certain qualifying employees under an employee share option scheme and employee share ownership plan (ESOP) to award shares from the company’s authorised but unissued ordinary shares. Equity share-based payments are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date and are expensed over the vesting period, based on the group’s estimate of the shares that are expected to vest. Refer to note 34 for more details.

(d)
The actuarial gains or losses related to the post-retirement benefit obligation will not be reclassified to the income statement. The movement is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
(19
)
(12
)
Actuarial gain/(loss)
17

(7
)
Deferred tax
(2
)

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
(4
)
(19
)

(e)
On 15 March 2004, Harmony announced that it had made an off-market cash offer to acquire all the ordinary shares, listed and unlisted options of Abelle Limited, held by non-controlling interests. The excess of the purchase price of R579 million over the carrying amount of non-controlling interest acquired, amounting to R381 million, has been accounted for under other reserves.

(f)
On 24 May 2004, the group issued a convertible bond. The amount representing the value of the equity conversion component is included in other reserves, net of deferred income taxes. The equity conversion component is determined on the issue of the bonds and is not changed in subsequent periods. The convertible bonds were repaid in 2009.


F-61




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

24
OTHER RESERVES continued

(g)
On 19 March 2010, Harmony Gold Mining Company Limited concluded an agreement with African Vanguard Resources (Proprietary) Limited (AVRD), for the purchase of its 26% share of the mining titles of the Doornkop South Reef. The original sale of the 26% share in the mining titles was accounted for as an in-substance call option by AVRD over the 26% mineral right. The agreement to purchase AVRD's 26% interest during the 2010 financial year was therefore considered to be a repurchase of the option (equity interest). The 26% interest was transferred from AVRD to Harmony in exchange for Harmony repaying the AVRD Nedbank loan and the issue of 2 162 359 Harmony shares. The difference between the value of the shares issued of R152 million, the liability to the AVRD and transaction costs, have been taken directly to equity.

(h)
Includes R106 million (2019: R82 million) related to the fair value movement of Harmony's interest in Rand Mutual Assurance. Refer to note 17.

 

ACCOUNTING POLICY - PROVISIONS (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 25, 26, 27 AND 29)

Provisions are recognised when the group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events where it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate of the amount of the obligation can be made.

The amount recognised as a provision is the net present value of the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at balance sheet date using a pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessment of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation. The estimate takes into account the associated risks and uncertainties. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. If it is no longer probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required, the provision is reversed.
 

25
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Estimated long-term environmental obligations, comprising pollution control, rehabilitation and mine closure, are based on the group’s environmental management plans in compliance with current technological, environmental and regulatory requirements.

Based on disturbances to date, the net present value of expected rehabilitation cost estimates is recognised and provided for in full in the financial statements. The estimates are reviewed annually and are discounted using a pre-tax risk-free rate that is adjusted to reflect the current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the obligation.

Annual changes in the provision consist of finance costs relating to the change in the present value of the provision and inflationary increases in the provision estimate, as well as changes in estimates. The present value of environmental disturbances created are capitalised to mining assets against an increase in the rehabilitation provision. If a decrease in the liability exceeds the carrying amount of the asset, the excess is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the asset value is increased and there is an indication that the revised carrying value is not recoverable, impairment is performed in accordance with the accounting policy dealing with impairments of non-financial assets (refer to note 2.5). Rehabilitation projects undertaken included in the estimates are charged to the provision as incurred. The cost of ongoing current programmes to prevent and control pollution is charged against income as incurred. Over time, the liability is increased to reflect an interest element, and the capitalised cost is depreciated over the life of the related asset.
 


F-62




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

25
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Significant judgement is applied in estimating the ultimate rehabilitation cost that will be required in future to rehabilitate the group’s mines, related surface infrastructure and tailings dams. Ultimate cost may significantly differ from current estimates. The following rates were used in the calculation of the provision:
 
2020
2019
2018
 
%
%
%
 
 
 
 
South African operations
 
 
 
Inflation rate
 
 
 
- short term (Year 1 and Year 2)
4.50
5.25
5.50
- long term (Year 3 onwards)
5.00
5.25
5.50
Discount rates
 
 
 
- 12 months
3.90
6.50
6.70
- one to five years
5.55
6.85
7.00
- six to nine years
8.20
8.50
8.20
- ten years or more
10.95
9.60
8.60
 
 
 
 
PNG operations:
 
 
 
Inflation rate
6.28
5.00
6.00
Discount rate
5.50
6.25
6.25
 
 
 
 

The group’s mining and exploration activities are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations. The group has made, and expects to make in the future, expenditures to comply with such laws and regulations, but cannot predict the full amount of such future expenditures. Estimated future reclamation costs are based principally on legal and regulatory requirements.
 

The following is a reconciliation of the total provision for environmental rehabilitation:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
3 054

3 309

Change in estimate - Balance sheet1
(48
)
(439
)
Change in estimate - Income statement
47

33

Utilisation of provision
(47
)
(86
)
Time value of money and inflation component of rehabilitation costs
194

208

Transfer 

37

Translation
208

(8
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
3 408

3 054

1 In 2019 the biggest contributor was Moab Khotsong where a decrease of R240 million was recognised while movement in 2020 is minimal.

The environmental provision for PNG amounts to R1 267 million (2019: R994 million) and is unfunded due to regulations in the operating country.


F-63




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

25
PROVISION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL REHABILITATION continued

While the ultimate amount of rehabilitation costs to be incurred in the future is uncertain, the group has estimated that, based on current environmental and regulatory requirements, the total undiscounted cost for the operations, in the current monetary terms, is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Future net undiscounted obligation
 
 
 
 
 
Ultimate estimated rehabilitation cost
4 600

4 139

Amounts invested in environmental trust funds (refer to note 16)
(3 513
)
(3 273
)
 
 
 
Total future net undiscounted obligation
1 087

866


The group's mines are required to comply with the National Environmental Act's (NEMA) financial provision requirements, and are required to substantively review and align their financial provision in accordance with these regulations during the relevant transitional period, which was to expire in February 2020, but has now been extended to 19 June 2021.

The group intends to finance the ultimate rehabilitation costs from the money invested in environmental trust funds as well as the proceeds on sale of assets and gold from plant clean-up at the time of mine closure. The group has guarantees in place, some cash-backed, relating to some of the environmental liabilities. Refer to notes 15 and 36.

26    PROVISION FOR SILICOSIS SETTLEMENT
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Significant judgement is applied in estimating the cost that will be required in future to settle any claims against certain of the group’s mines. The ultimate cost may differ from current estimates.

The provision amount was based on estimates of number of potential claimants, levels of disease progression and take-up rates. These estimates were informed by historic information, published academic research and professional opinion. The key assumptions that were made in the determination of the provision amount include:
• Silicosis prevalence rates;
• Estimated settlement per claimant;
• Benefit take-up rates;
• Disease progression rates; and
• Timing of cash flows.

A discount rate of 7.6% (2019: 8.5%) (2018: 8.5% ) was used, based on South African government bonds with similar terms to the obligation.

There is uncertainty with regards to the rate at which potential claims would be reported as well as the benefit take-up rates. Refer to sensitivity analysis on the key assumptions below.
 

Consolidated class action

Harmony and certain of its subsidiaries (Harmony group), together with other mining companies, were named in a class action suit for silicosis and tuberculosis which was certified by the Johannesburg High Court in May 2016. On 26 July 2019, the Johannesburg High Court approved the R5.2 billion settlement of the silicosis and tuberculosis class action suit between the Occupational Lung Disease Gold Working Group (the Working Group) – representing Gold Fields, African Rainbow Minerals, Anglo American SA, AngloGold Ashanti, Harmony and Sibanye Stillwater – and lawyers representing affected mineworkers (settlement agreement). The mandatory three-month period, during which potential beneficiaries could opt out of the settlement agreement and the audit thereof was completed in December 2019. The Tshiamiso Trust will oversee the tracking and tracing of class members, process all submitted claims, including the undertaking of benefit medical examinations, and pay benefits to eligible claimants. A jointly controlled Special Purpose Vehicle has been set-up to act as an agent for the Working Group in relation to certain matters set out in the settlement agreement and trust deed.

The Working Group has paid the legal costs of the claimants’ attorneys and other initial amounts as set out in the settlement agreement. On 31 January 2020, the Working Group commenced the payment of their quarterly administration and benefit contributions to the Tshiamiso Trust to enable the trustees to settle benefits of eligible claimants.

Harmony has provided for the estimated cost of the settlement based on actuarial assessments. A portion of the provision has been transferred to current liabilities.The nominal amount for Harmony group is R1.14 billion.

F-64




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

26
PROVISION FOR SILICOSIS SETTLEMENT continued

The following is a reconciliation of the total provision for the silicosis settlement:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
942

925

Change in estimate
36

(62
)
Time value of money and inflation component
69

79

Payments to Tshiamso Trust and claimant attorneys
(155
)

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
892

942

 
 
 
Current portion of silicosis settlement provision
175


Non-current portion of silicosis settlement provision
717

942


Sensitivity analysis

The impact of a reasonable change in certain key assumptions would increase or decrease the provision amount by the following amounts:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Effect of an increase in the assumption:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit take-up rate1
72

66

Change in silicosis prevalence2
72

66

Change in disease progression rates3
36

33

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of a decrease in the assumption:
 
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit take-up rate1
(72
)
(66
)
Change in silicosis prevalence2
(72
)
(66
)
Change in disease progression rates3
(36
)
(33
)
 
 
 
1 
Change in benefit take-up rate: the take-up rate does not affect the legal cost allocation, but a 10% change results in a proportionate change in the other values.
2 
Change in the silicosis prevalence: the assumptions that will result in a change in the estimated number of cases are either a 10% change in the assumed labour number or a 10% change in the disease risk.
3 
Change in disease progression rates: a 10% shorter/longer disease progression period was used. This assumption is not applicable to the dependant or TB classes.

The above sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. A change in the settlement claim amount would result in a change in the provision amount on a Rand for Rand basis.

The ultimate outcome of this matter remains uncertain, with the number of eligible potential claimants successfully submitting claims and receiving compensation being uncertain. The provision recorded in the financial statements is consequently subject to adjustment or reversal in the future.

27
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The group provides medical cover to current employees and certain retirees through certain funds. The medical accounting costs for the defined benefit plan are assessed using the projected unit credit method. The health care obligation is measured at the present value of the estimated future cash outflows using government bond interest rates consistent with the terms and risks of the obligation. Actuarial gains and losses as a result of these valuations are recognised in other comprehensive income (OCI) at revaluation date. Actuarial gains and losses recognised in OCI will not be recycled to profit or loss. The future liability for current and retired employees and their dependants is accrued in full based on actuarial valuations obtained annually.
 

F-65




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

27
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

An updated actuarial valuation is carried out at the end of each financial year. Assumptions used to determine the liability include a discount rate of 11.2%, no increases in employer subsidies (in terms of the agreement), mortality rates according to the SA 1956/62 mortality table (SA “”a mf”” tables) (retirement age of 60) and a medical inflation rate of 8.5% (2019: discount rate of 9.7%, retirement age of 60 and 7.8% inflation rate) (2018: discount rate of 9.8%, retirement age of 60 and 7.9% inflation rate).

Management determined the discount rate by assessing South African government bonds with similar terms to the liability. The changes to the discount rate and medical inflation rate are similar to changes in interest and inflation rates in South Africa.
 

(a) Pension and provident funds

The group contributes to several pension and provident funds governed by the Pension Funds Act, 1956 for the employees of its South African subsidiaries. The pension funds are multi-employer defined contribution industry plans. The group’s liability is therefore limited to its monthly determined contributions. The provident funds are funded on a “monetary accumulative basis” with the member’s and employer’s contributions having been fixed in the constitution of the funds.

The Australian group companies make contributions to each employee’s superannuation (pension) funds in accordance with the Superannuation Guarantee Scheme (SGS). The SGS is a Federal Government initiative enforced by law which compels employers to make regular payments to regulated funds providing for each employee on their retirement. The SGS were set at a minimum of 9.5% of gross salary and wages for the 2020 year (2019: 9.5%). The fund is a defined contribution plan.

The PNG Superannuation Act 2002 requires a compulsory employer contribution of 8.4% (2019: 8.4%) into an approved superannuation (pension) fund if an employee is appointed for a period of three months or more. The approved superannuation funds are defined contribution plans.

Substantially all the group’s employees are covered by the above mentioned retirement benefit plans. Funds contributed by the group for the 2020 financial year amounted to R842 million (2019: R766 million).

(b) Post-retirement benefits other than pensions

Harmony inherited a post-retirement medical benefit obligation, which existed at the time of the Freegold acquisition in 2002. The group also inherited various post-retirement medical benefit obligations with the acquisition of the Moab Khotsong operations in 2018. Given the insignificant values attributed to the Moab Khotsong obligations, the details have not been included in the discussion below. Except for the abovementioned employees, Harmony has no other post-retirement benefit obligation for the other group employees.

The group’s obligation is to pay a subsidy of 2% for every completed year of employment up to a maximum of 50% of total medical aid contributions, commencing on date of retirement. Should the employee die, either in service or after retirement, this benefit will transfer to his/her dependants. The medical aid tariffs are based on the Bestmed medical scheme (Bestmed) options.

The principal actuarial assumptions used to determine the present value of unfunded obligations are discussed above. In addition the following was also considered:
It is assumed that all Continuation and Widow Members (CAWMs) will remain on the current benefit option and income band. For employed members, post-employment contributions were assumed to be equal to the average payable for the current CAWMs membership;
It is assumed that not all employed members will remain employed until retirement therefore estimated resignation and ill-health retirement rates are also taken into account;
It is assumed that 90% of employed members will be married at retirement or earlier death and that wives are four years younger than their husbands.

Through the post-employment medical plan, the group is exposed to a number of risks, the most significant of which are discussed below:
Change in bond yields: A decrease in the bond yields will increase the plan liability.
Inflation risk: The obligation is linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to a higher liability.
Life expectancy: The obligation is to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plan’s liabilities.

The liability is unfunded and will be settled out of cash and cash equivalents when it becomes due. The liability is based on an actuarial valuation conducted during the year ended 30 June 2020, using the projected unit credit method. The next actuarial valuation will be performed on 30 June 2021.

F-66




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

27
RETIREMENT BENEFIT OBLIGATION continued

(b) Post-retirement benefits other than pensions continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Present value of all unfunded obligations
193

201

 
 
 
Current employees
56

54

Retired employees
137

147

 
 
 
 
 
 
The movement in the retirement benefit obligation is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
201

186

Contributions paid
(12
)
(12
)
Other expenses included in staff costs/current service cost
2

3

Finance costs
19

17

Net actuarial (gain)/loss recognised in other comprehensive income during the year
(17
)
7

 
 
 
Balance at end of year
193

201


The net actuarial gain for 2020 was mainly caused by an increased discount rate as well as a decline in members (2019: net actuarial loss was mainly due to an increase in subsidy inflation).
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
The net liability of the defined benefit plan is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Present value of defined benefit obligation
193

201

Fair value of plan assets


 
 
 
Net liability of defined benefit plan
193

201


The effect of a percentage point increase and decrease in the assumed medical cost trend rate is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Effect of a 1% increase on:
 
 
 
 
 
Aggregate of service cost and finance costs
3

2

Defined benefit obligation
22

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of a 1% decrease on:
 
 
 
 
 
Aggregate of service cost and finance costs
(2
)
(2
)
Defined benefit obligation
(19
)
(19
)
 
 
 

The above sensitivity analysis is based on a change in an assumption while holding all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some of the assumptions may be correlated. The analysis is performed on the same basis for 2019.

The group expects to contribute approximately R11 million to the benefit plan in 2021. The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 12.5 years.

F-67




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

28 LEASES
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The leases accounting policy is applicable from 1 July 2019.

The group assesses the presence of a lease in a contract as at the commencement date of the agreement. Having determined that a contract contains a lease asset (and respective contractual cash obligations), Harmony recognises a right-of-use asset and lease liability. The group discloses expensed amounts for contracts assessed as variable leases, low value asset leases and short-term leases. The disclosed value of these expensed leases is either determined on a straight-line basis over the duration of the lease or on a systematic basis that fairly indicates the consumption of the lease contract. All expensed lease contracts are recognised in production costs, corporate, administration and other expenditure in the income statement.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted by using the rate implicit in the lease. If this rate cannot be readily determined, the group uses its incremental borrowing rate. The group has applied the IFRS 16 portfolio approach in determining the discount rate for leases. As such a single discount rate has been used for contracts that share similar characteristics. The group has determined that a portfolio of contracts that are denominated in the same currency may use a single discount rate. This rate has been determined using various factors including in-country borrowings as well as other sources of finance. The nature of the right-of-use assets was also considered.

Lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise:
Fixed lease payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives;
Variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate, initially measured using the index or rate at the commencement date;
The amount expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;
The exercise price of purchase options, if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise the options; and
Payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the exercise of an option to terminate the lease.

The non-current and current portions of the lease liability is included in other non-current liabilities and trade and other payables in the balance sheet respectively.

The lease liability is subsequently measured by increasing the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability (using the effective interest method) and by reducing the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made. The group remeasures the lease liability (and makes a corresponding adjustment to the related right-of-use asset) whenever:
The lease term has changed or there is a change in the assessment of exercise of a purchase option, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate;
The lease payments change due to changes in an index or rate or a change in expected payment under a guaranteed residual value, in which cases the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using the initial discount rate (unless the lease payments change is due to a change in a floating interest rate, in which case a revised discount rate is used).
A lease contract is modified and the lease modification is not accounted for as a separate lease, in which case the lease liability is remeasured by discounting the revised lease payments using a revised discount rate.

The right-of-use assets comprise the initial measurement of the corresponding lease liability, lease payments made at or before the commencement day, any initial direct costs and restoration costs as described below. They are subsequently measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses.

The lease term shall be determined as the non-cancellable period of a lease, together with:
Periods covered by an option to extend the lease if management is reasonably certain to make use of that option; and / or
Periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if management is reasonably certain not to make use of that option.

Whenever the group incurs an obligation for costs to dismantle and remove a leased asset, restore the site on which it is located or restore the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease, a provision is recognised and measured under IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets. The costs are included in the related right-of-use asset, unless those costs are incurred to produce inventories.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the shorter period of lease term and useful life of the underlying asset. If a lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset or the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the group expects to exercise a purchase option, the related right-of-use asset is depreciated over the useful life of the underlying asset. The depreciation starts at the commencement date of the lease.

The right-of-use assets are presented in the property, plant and equipment line in the balance sheet. The group applies its existing accounting policy on impairment of non-financial assets to determine whether a right-of-use asset is impaired and accounts for any identified impairment loss accordingly.
 

F-68




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

28
LEASES continued
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Key judgements applied in determining the right-of-use assets and lease liability were:
Assessing whether an arrangement contains a lease: various factors are considered, including whether a service contract includes the implicit right to the majority of the economic benefit from assets used in providing the service;
Determining the lease term: management considers all facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the lessee. The company applies the considerations for short-term leases where leases are modified to extend the period by 12 months or less on expiry and these modifications are assessed on a standalone basis; and
Determining the discount rate: in determining the incremental borrowing rates, management considers the term of the lease, the nature of the asset being leased, in country borrowings as well as other sources of finance.
 

The movement in the right-of-use assets is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Balance at beginning of year

Impact of adopting IFRS 16 at 1 July 2019
81

Additions
106

Depreciation
(45
)
Terminations
(8
)
Translation
17

 
 
Balance at end of year
151


The non-current and current portions of the lease liability is included in other non-current liabilities and trade and other payables in the balance sheet respectively.

The movement in the lease liabilities is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Balance at beginning of year

Impact of adopting IFRS 16 at 1 July 2019
81

Additions
93

Interest expense on lease liabilities
8

Lease payments made
(46
)
Terminations
(8
)
Translation
13

 
 
Balance at end of year
141

 
 
Current portion of lease liabilities
60

Non-current portion of lease liabilities
81


The maturity of the group's undiscounted lease payments is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Less than and including one year
67

Between one and five years
86

Five years and more

 
 
Total
153


F-69




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

28 LEASES continued

Reconciliation between lease commitments at 30 June 2019 and IFRS 16 lease liability at 1 July 2019:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Lease commitments at 30 June 20191
38

Effect of options to extend the lease term
64

Discounting of lease liabilities
(21
)
 
 
Impact of adopting IFRS 16 at 1 July 2019
81

1 
The lease commitments represent solely payments under non-cancellable periods per the contracts and exclude any options to extend the lease term.

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application is 9.82% for the South African operations and 5.84% for the South-east Asian region.

The amounts included in the income statement relating to leases:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Depreciation of right-of-use assets1
45

Interest expense on lease liabilities2
8

Short-term leases expensed3, 4
96

Leases of low value assets expensed3
19

Variable lease payments expensed3, 5
690

 
 
1 
Included in depreciation and amortisation.
2 
Included in finance costs.
3 
Included in production costs and corporate, administration and other expenditure.
4 
The amount includes leases that expire within 12 months of adoption as management elected the short-term expedient.
5 
These payments relate mostly to mining and drilling contracts. Variable lease payments made comprise 81% of the total lease payments made during the period. The majority of the variable lease payments made relate to the contracting of specialists for mining operations at Harmony's open pit mines and are determined on a per tonne or square metre basis.

The total cash outflows for leases are:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

 
 
Lease payments made for lease liabilities
46

Short-term lease payments
96

Lease payments of low value assets leased
19

Variable lease payments
690

 
 
Total cash outflows for leases
850


29
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sibanye Beatrix ground swap royalty1
15

2

Lease liability - non-current2
81


Provision for Harmony Education Benefit Fund
5

3

 
 
 
Total non-current liabilities
101

5

1 
The increase is mainly due to the estimated gold allocation increasing from 220kgs to 1 862kgs based on approved life-of-mine plans.
2 
Refer to note 28 for an analysis of the lease liability.


F-70




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

 

ACCOUNTING POLICY - FINANCIAL LIABILITIES (APPLICABLE TO NOTES 30 AND 31)

Financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value when the group becomes a party to their contractual arrangements. Transaction costs are included in the initial measurement of financial liabilities, with the exception of financial liabilities classified at fair value through profit or loss. The subsequent measurement of financial liabilities is discussed below. A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. The group classifies financial liabilities as follows:

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs incurred and subsequently measured at amortised cost, comprising original debt less principal payments and amortisation, using the effective yield method. Any difference between proceeds (net of transaction cost) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowing using the effective interest rate method.

Fees paid on the establishment of the loan facilities are capitalised as a pre-payment and amortised over the period of the facility to which it relates, to the extent it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is expensed.

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance sheet date.

Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Payables are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within a year or less. If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
 


F-71




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

30
BORROWINGS

SUMMARY OF FACILITIES' TERMS
 
Commenced
Tenor (Years)
Matures
Secured
Security
Interest payment basis
Interest charge
Repayment term
Repaid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Existing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R2 billion facility
November 2018
Four
November 2022
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
 
 
n/a
- R600 million term loan
 
 
 
 
 
 
JIBAR + 2.9%
Eight equal quarterly instalments starting from February 2021 with the final instalment on maturity
 
- R1.4 billion revolving credit facility
 
 
 
 
 
 
JIBAR + 2.8%
On maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$400 million facility
September 2019
Three
September 20231
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
 
On maturity
n/a
- US$200 million revolving credit facility
 
Extendable by 1 Year
 
 
 
 
LIBOR + 2.9%
 
 
- US$200 million term loan
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBOR + 3.05%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$24 million Westpac loan
July 2018
Four
July 2022
Yes
Cession and pledge of vehicles and machinery
Variable
LIBOR + 3.2%
Quarterly instalments
n/a
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$200 million bridge loan
June 2020
One
June 20212
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
 
On maturity
n/a
 
 
 
 
 
 
First 6 months
LIBOR + 1.8%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Next 3 months
LIBOR + 2.4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Last 3 months
LIBOR + 3.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

F-72




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

SUMMARY OF FACILITIES' TERMS
 
Commenced
Tenor (Years)
Matures
Secured
Security
Interest payment basis
Interest charge
Repayment term
Repaid
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Matured
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R1 billion revolving credit facility
February 2017
Three
February 2020
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
JIBAR + 3.15%
On maturity
November 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$350 million facility
July 2017
Three
July 2020
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
 
On maturity
October 2019
- US$175 million revolving credit facility
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBOR + 3.00%
 
 
- US$175 million term loan
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIBOR + 3.15%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
US$200 million bridge loan
October 2017
One
October 2018
Yes
Cession and pledge of operating subsidiaries' shares and claims
Variable
 
On maturity
July 2018
 
 
 
 
 
 
First 6 months
LIBOR + 2.5%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Next 3 months
LIBOR + 3.0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Last 3 months
LIBOR + 3.5%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 
The syndicate of lenders for the US$400 million facility agreed to the one year extension during July 2020, extending the maturity date to September 2023. Refer to note 38 for details on subsequent events.
2 
This facility was subsequently cancelled on 6 July 2020. Refer to note 38 for details on subsequent events.

F-73




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

30
BORROWINGS continued

DEBT COVENANTS

The debt covenant tests for both the Rand and US dollar facilities are as follows:

The group's interest cover ratio shall be more than five times (EBITDA1/ Total interest paid);
Tangible Net Worth2 to total net debt ratio shall not be less than four times or six times when dividends are paid;
Leverage3 shall not be more than 2.5 times.

1 
Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) as defined in the agreement excludes unusual items such as impairment and restructuring cost.
2 
Tangible Net Worth is defined as total equity less intangible assets. During June 2020, lenders agreed to relax the Tangible Net Worth to total net debt covenant from four times to two times until December 2020, in order to provide flexibility to the group following the disruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic.
3 
Leverage is defined as total net debt to EBITDA.

No breaches of the covenants were identified during the tests in the 2019 and 2020 financial years.

INTEREST BEARING BORROWINGS
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Non-current borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
R1 billion revolving credit facility


 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year

497

Draw down

500

Refinancing

(997
)
 
 
 
R2 billion facility
1 351

1 489

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
1 489


Refinancing

1 000

Draw down
1 100

700

Repayments
(1 100
)
(200
)
Transferred to current liabilities
(150
)

Issue cost

(16
)
Amortisation of issue cost
12

5

 
 
 
Westpac fleet loan
132

194

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
194


Draw down

322

Repayments
(96
)
(64
)
Transferred to current liabilities
(16
)
(89
)
Translation
50

25

 
 
 
US$350 million facility

4 143

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
4 143

4 427

Repayments
(4 465
)
(422
)
Amortisation of issue costs
24

44

Translation
298

94

 
 
 
US$400 million facility
5 980


 
 
 
Draw down
5 441


Issue cost
(95
)

Amortisation of issue costs
12


Translation
622


 
 
 
Total non-current borrowings
7 463

5 826


F-74




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

30
BORROWINGS continued

INTEREST BEARING BORROWINGS continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Current borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
R1 billion revolving credit facility


 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year

3

Refinancing

(3
)
 
 
 
R2 billion facility
150


 
 
 
Transferred from non-current liabilities
150


 
 
 
Westpac fleet loan
105

89

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
89


Transferred from non-current liabilities
16

89

 
 
 
US$200 million bridge loan


 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year

687

Repayments

(667
)
Translation

(20
)
 
 
 
Total current borrowings
255

89

 
 
 
Total interest-bearing borrowings
7 718

5 915

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
The maturity of borrowings is as follows:
 
 
 
 
 
Current
255

89

Between one to two years
405

4 232

Between two to four years
7 058

1 594

 
 
 
 
7 718

5 915

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Undrawn committed borrowing facilities
 
 
 
 
 
Expiring within one year


Expiring after one year
1 366

1 277

 
 
 
 
1 366

1 277



F-75




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

30
BORROWINGS continued

EFFECTIVE INTEREST RATES
 
2020
2019
 
%
%
 
 
 
R1 billion revolving credit facility
10.1
R2 billion facility
9.3
10.0
Westpac fleet loan
4.4
5.5
US$400 million facility
3.7
US$350 million facility
5.6
5.6
US$200 million bridge loan
5.1
 
 
 

Refer to note 38 for subsequent events relating to the borrowings.

31
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The group accrues for the cost of the leave days granted to employees during the period in which the leave days accumulate.
 
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Trade payables
706

763

Lease liability - current1
60


Other liabilities (a)
204

167

 
 
 
Non-financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Payroll accruals
616

548

Leave liabilities (b)
537

540

Shaft related accruals
585

556

Other accruals
213

148

Value added tax
85

98

Income and mining tax

55

 
 
 
Total trade and other payables
3 006

2 875

1 Refer to note 28 for an analysis of the lease liability.

(a)
Includes a loan from Village Main Reef Limited of R55 million. The loan was taken on with the acquisition of the Moab Khotsong operations. The loan is unsecured, interest free and has no fixed terms of payment.

(b)
Employee entitlements to annual leave are recognised on an ongoing basis. An accrual is made for the estimated liability for annual leave as a result of services rendered by employees up to the balance sheet date. The movement in the liability recognised in the balance sheet is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
540

504

Benefits paid
(567
)
(537
)
Total expense per income statement
538

575

Translation (gain)/loss
26

(2
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
537

540


F-76




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

32
CASH GENERATED BY OPERATIONS
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of loss before taxation to cash generated by operations:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loss before taxation
(595
)
(2 746
)
(4 707
)
Adjustments for:
 
 
 
Amortisation and depreciation
3 508

4 054

2 570

Impairment of assets

3 898

5 336

Share-based payments
180

230

363

Net decrease in provision for post-retirement benefits
(12
)
(12
)
(10
)
Net decrease in provision for environmental rehabilitation

(53
)
(27
)
Loss on scrapping of property, plant and equipment
62

21

1

Profit from associates
(94
)
(59
)
(38
)
Investment income
(375
)
(308
)
(343
)
Finance costs
661

575

330

Inventory adjustments
(70
)
(166
)
(211
)
Foreign exchange translation difference
989

95

668

Non cash portion of gains/losses on derivatives
1 382

(429
)
549

Day one loss amortisation
40

32

37

Silicosis settlement provision
(119
)
(62
)
(68
)
Other non-cash adjustments
22

(16
)
(72
)
 
 
 
 
Effect of changes in operating working capital items
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(Increase)/decrease in Receivables
(349
)
32

(106
)
(Increase)/decrease in Inventories
(150
)
(88
)
(351
)
Increase/(decrease) in Payables
(49
)
54

368

 
 
 
 
Cash generated by operations
5 031

5 052

4 289


ADDITIONAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The income and mining taxes paid in the statement of cash flow represents actual cash paid less refunds received. Investment income from restricted investments is considered non-cash for the purposes of the cash flow statement. Included in investment income is interest earned from restricted investments of R163 million (2019: R168 million) (2018: R157 million).

At 30 June 2020, R1 366 million (2019: R1 277 million) (2018: R845 million) of borrowing facilities had not been drawn and are therefore available for future operational activities and future capital commitments. Refer to note 30.

The share issue costs were accrued at year-end and do not reflect in the financing section of the cash flow.

(a)
Acquisitions of investments/business

The conditions precedent for the acquisition of Moab Khotsong operations were fulfilled in 2018 and the transaction was completed. Refer to note 12 for details on the consideration paid.

(b)
Principal non-cash transactions

Share-based payments (refer to note 34).


F-77




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

33
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Pension, provident and medical benefit plans are funded through monthly contributions. The group pays fixed contributions into a separate entity in terms of the defined contribution pension, provident and medical plans which are charged to the income statement in the year to which they relate. The group's liability is limited to its monthly determined contributions and it has no further liability, legal or constructive, if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employees the benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods. Refer to note 27 for details of the post-retirement medical benefit plan.

Termination benefits are payable when employment is terminated before the normal retirement date, or whenever an employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for these benefits. The group recognises termination benefits at the earlier of the following dates: (a) when the group can no longer withdraw the offer of those benefits; and (b) when the entity recognises costs for a restructuring that is within the scope of IAS 37, Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets, and involves the payment of termination benefits. In the case of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy, the termination benefits are measured based on the number of employees expected to accept the offer. Benefits falling due more than 12 months after balance sheet date are discounted to present value.
 
 
2020

2019

 
 
 
Number of permanent employees as at 30 June:
 
 
 
 
 
South African operations
31 504

31 199

International operations1
1 589

1 638

 
 
 
Total number of permanent employees
33 093

32 837

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Aggregate earnings
 
 
 
 
 
The aggregate earnings of employees including executive directors were:
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and wages and other benefits (excluding share-based payments)
10 540

10 623

Retirement benefit costs
842

766

Medical aid contributions
276

259

 
 
 
Total aggregated earnings2
11 658

11 648

1 
The Wafi-Golpu joint operation's employees included in the total is 81 (2019: 194).
2 
These amounts have been included in cost of sales, corporate expenditure and capital expenditure.

During the 2020 financial year, R122 million (2019: R248 million) was included in the payroll costs for termination costs. Termination costs include the cost relating to the voluntary retrenchment and restructuring process as well as retrenchments due to shaft closures.


F-78




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

The group operates the following employee share incentive plans where the group granted share options to certain employees in exchange for services received:
The 2006 equity-settled share-based payments plan;
The equity-settled Sisonke Employee Share Ownership Plan (ESOP) awarded in 2019; and
The equity-settled Management Deferred Share Plan (DSP) awarded during the 2020 financial year.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value that includes market performance conditions but excludes the impact of any service and non-market performance conditions of the equity instruments at the date of the grant. The share-based payments are expensed over the vesting period, based on the group's estimate of the shares that are expected to eventually vest. The group used an appropriate option pricing model in determining the fair value of the options granted. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At each balance sheet date, the estimates of the number of options that are expected to become exercisable are revised.

The impact of the revision of original estimates, if any, is recognised in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. The proceeds received (if any) net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital and premium when the options are exercised.
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

The fair value of options granted under the 2006 plan was determined using a Monte Carlo valuation model. The significant inputs into the model are: vesting period, risk free interest rate, volatility, price on date of grant and dividend yield. There were no options granted under the 2006 plan in the current financial period. The fair value of the options granted under the Sisonke ESOP was based on the Harmony spot share price of R28.29 at grant date as there were no market conditions attached to the grant. The fair value of the options granted under the DSP was based on the Harmony spot share prices of between R45.89 and R56.87 at grant date as there was no market condition attached to the grant.
 

EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

The objective of these schemes is to recognise the contributions of employees to the group's financial position and performance and to retain key employees.

The total cost relating to employee share-based payments is made up as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
2006 share plan
83

197

Sisonke ESOP
73

33

Management DSP
30


 
 
 
Total employee share-based payments
186

230


The directors are authorised to issue up to 60 011 669 ordinary shares to participants who have received awards in accordance with Harmony's employee share incentive schemes. Subsequent to the annual general meeting held on 1 December 2010, 40 573 097 shares have been issued in terms of the various share schemes. At 30 June 2020, 12 792 357 share option awards are outstanding in terms of the authorisation and relate to the 2006 share plan.

In December 2018, the board approved the new Total Incentive Plan for management which includes deferred shares. The first allocations under the new plan occurred in October 2019. Our shareholders have authorised up to 25 000 000 shares of the issued share capital to be used for this plan.

F-79




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

Options granted under the 2006 share plan

The 2006 share plan consists of share appreciation rights (SARs), performance shares (PS) and restricted shares (RS). The share plan is equity-settled.
Award
Vesting
Performance criteria
 
 
 
SARs
SARs will vest in equal thirds in year three, four and five, subject to the performance conditions having been satisfied.

The SARs will have an expiry date of six years from the grant date and the offer price equals the closing market prices of the underlying shares on the trading date immediately preceding the grant.
2013 to 2014 allocation:
The group's headline earnings per share must have grown since the allocation date by more than the South African Consumer Price Index (CPI).
PS
The PS will vest after three years from the grant date, if and to the extent that the performance conditions have been satisfied.
2015 to 2017 allocation:
• 50% of the number of rights awarded are linked to the total shareholder return of the group on an absolute basis.
• 50% of the number of rights awarded are linked to the total shareholder return of the group as compared to that of the South African gold index.
RS
The RS will vest after three years from grant date.
The participant is still employed within the group.

Termination of employees' participation in the share plan is based on "no fault" and "fault" definitions.
• Fault
All unvested and unexercised SARs and all PS and RS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
• No fault
Accelerated vesting occurs and all unvested and unexercised share options are settled in accordance with the rules of the plan.

Executive management is encouraged to retain performance shares when they vest and a minimum shareholding requirement has been introduced to achieve this. This shareholding is meant to align shareholder and executive objectives to grow total shareholder return.

Activity on share options
 
SARs
PS
RS
Activity on options and rights granted but not yet exercised
Number of options and rights

Weighted average option price (SA Rand)

Number of rights

Number of rights

 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
6 713 044

26.45

21 007 596


Options exercised
(6 086 252
)
50.16



Options forfeited and lapsed
(249 459
)
23.97

(8 592 572
)

 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
377 333

18.41

12 415 024




F-80




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

Options granted under the 2006 share plan continued

Activity on share options continued
 
SARs
PS
RS
Activity on options and rights granted but not yet exercised
Number of options and rights

Weighted average option price (SA Rand)

Number of rights

Number of rights

 
 
 
 
 
For the year ended 30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
9 847 860

50.20

42 427 284

550 996

Options exercised
(1 564 486
)
27.50

(20 166 093
)
(550 996
)
Options forfeited and lapsed
(1 570 330
)
56.29

(1 253 595
)

 
 
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
6 713 044

26.45

21 007 596



 
SARs
PS and RS
Options and rights vested but not exercised at year end
2020

2019

2020

2019

 
 
 
 
 
Options and rights vested but not exercised
377 333

5 692 965



Weighted average option price (SA rand)
18.41

27.89

n/a

n/a

 
 
 
 
 

List of options and rights granted but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)
Number of options and rights

Award price (SA Rand)

Remaining life (years)
 
 
 
 
As at 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Share appreciation rights
 
 
 
17 November 2014
377 333

18.41

0.4
 
 
 
 
 
377 333

 
 
 
 
 
 
Performance shares
 
 
 
15 November 2017
12 415 024

n/a

0.4
 
 
 
 
 
12 415 024

 
 
 
 
 
 
Total options and rights granted but not yet exercised
12 792 357

 
 

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Gain realised by participants on options and rights traded during the year
142

484

 
 
 
Fair value of options and rights exercised during the year
144

489



F-81




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

Options granted under the Sisonke ESOP

In December 2017 Harmony approved the establishment of the Sisonke ESOP with the aim to facilitate beneficial interest and ownership by non-managerial employees in South Africa (the beneficiaries) of Harmony shares in order to:
Facilitate economic empowerment of Harmony’s employees;
Incentivise Harmony’s employees, so as to promote the shared interests of employees and shareholders in the value growth of Harmony; and
Further align the interests of the Harmony shareholders and those of the employees of Harmony.

The shares were issued to the Harmony ESOP Trust (the Trust) on 15 January 2019 which is also the date on which the required service period of three years commenced. Each beneficiary under the scheme was awarded 225 Participation Units (PU). The Sisonke ESOP is equity-settled.
Award
Vesting
Performance criteria
 
 
 
PU*
The PU will vest after three years from the date on which the service period commenced
The participant is still employed within the group
*
The term Participation Units means the vested rights of a beneficiary to an equal number of Harmony shares held by the Trust.

Termination of employees' participation in the share scheme is based on "no fault" and "fault" definitions.
• Fault
All unvested and unexercised DS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
• No fault
Accelerated vesting occurs and all unvested and unexercised DS are settled in accordance with the rules of the plan.

Activity on share options
 
Number of PU
Activity on PU granted but not exercised
2020

2019

 
 
 
Balance at beginning of year
6 819 025


Options granted
366 960

6 974 500

Options vested
(257 271
)
(107 100
)
Options forfeited and lapsed
(160 152
)
(48 375
)
 
 
 
Balance at end of year
6 768 562

6 819 025


 
2020

2019

 
 
 
Gain realised by participants on options exercised during the year (R'million)
12

3

Weighted average share price at the date of exercise (SA Rand)
48.21

27.16

Remaining life (years)
1.5

2.5

 
 
 


F-82




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

EMPLOYEE SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

Options granted under the Management Deferred Share Plan

Harmony implemented the Total incentive Plan, comprising a long-term Deferred Share Plan (DSP) and a short-term annual cash payment with effect from 1 July 2019. The total incentive for each management-level employee is determined every year through a balanced scorecard calculation.

The balanced scorecard result includes a number of key short- and long-term company performance measures (to be measured over trailing three- and one-year periods). The measures are reviewed and defined annually with appropriate weightings. A portion of the total incentive is paid immediately in cash and the balance is settled by means of deferred shares, which will vest at a rate of 20% per annum over the following five years for the executive managers and prescribed officers, and one-third per annum over the following three years for qualifying management.
Award
Vesting
Performance criteria
 
 
 
DS*
The awards will vest at a rate of 20% per annum over the following five years for executive directors and prescribed officers, and one-third per annum over the following three years for qualifying management.
The participant is still employed within the group
*
Deferred shares

Termination of employees' participation in the share plan is based on "no fault" and "fault" definitions.
• Fault
All unvested and unexercised DS not yet vested are lapsed and cancelled.
• No fault
Accelerated vesting occurs and all unvested and unexercised DS are settled in accordance with the rules of the plan.

Activity on share options
 
Number of DS
Activity on DS granted but not exercised
2020

 
 
Balance at beginning of year

Options granted
1 218 013

Options exercised

Options forfeited and lapsed
(55 861
)
 
 
Balance at end of year
1 162 152

List of options granted but not yet exercised (listed by grant date)
Number of options

Remaining life (years)
 
 
 
As at 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred shares
 
 
18 September 2019 - 3 years
871 859

2.2
18 September 2019 - 5 years
290 293

4.2
 
 
 
Total options granted but not yet exercised
1 162 152

 

F-83




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

34
SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS continued

OTHER SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS

On 20 March 2013 Harmony signed transaction and funding agreements to give effect to an empowerment transaction to dispose of 30% of its Free State based Phoenix operation (Phoenix) to BEE shareholders, which includes a free-carry allocation of 5% to a community trust that has been created and is currently controlled by Harmony. The transaction closed on 25 June 2013, following the fulfilment of the last condition precedent. In terms of the agreements Phoenix was transferred to a newly incorporated subsidiary; 'PhoenixCo' which subsequently changed its name to Tswelopele Beneficiation Operation (TBO).

The awards to the BEE partners have been accounted for as in-substance options as the BEE partners will only share in the upside, and not the downside of their equity interest in TBO until the date the financing provided by Harmony is fully repaid. On this date the options will be exercised and a non-controlling interest in TBO will be recognised. The award of the options to the BEE partners is accounted for by the group as an equity-settled share-based payment arrangement. The in-substance options carry no vesting conditions and the fair value of the options of R23 million was expensed on the grant date, 25 June 2013.

On 31 December 2019, the loans were settled in full and the option was exercised. The portion of the BEE shareholders' interest in TBO was measured at the net asset value of negative R5 million and reclassified to non-controlling interest on this date. On initial recognition, TBO's negative net asset value of R5 million consists of accumulated profits of R222 million and a historic debit common control reserve of R250 million.

The total comprehensive income attributable to the BEE shareholders allocated to non-controlling interest for the six months ended 30 June 2020 was R12 million and includes a portion of the unrealised loss from the hedges in other reserves. A dividend was declared by TBO on 5 March 2020 and the portion to non-controlling interests amounted to R3 million.

35
RELATED PARTIES

None of the directors or major shareholders of Harmony or, to the knowledge of Harmony, their families, had an interest, directly or indirectly, in any transaction from 1 July 2017 or in any proposed transaction that has affected or will materially affect Harmony or its subsidiaries, other than as stated below.

DIRECTORS AND OTHER KEY MANAGEMENT

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the group, directly or indirectly, including any director (whether executive or otherwise) of the group.

The directors' remuneration is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Executive directors

Non- executive directors

 
 
 
2020
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries
19


Retirement contributions
3


Bonuses
5


Exercise/settlement of share options
9


Directors' fees

13

 
 
 
 
36

13

 
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries
18


Retirement contributions
3


Bonuses
14


Exercise/settlement of share options
30


Directors' fees

12

 
 
 
 
65

12


In January 2020, Harmony announced the appointment of Ms Boipelo Lekubo as financial director of the company, effective 3 March 2020. Mr Frank Abbott, Harmony’s long-serving financial director, remained on the board as an executive director and assumed responsibility for business development, effective from 3 March 2020.

F-84




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

35
RELATED PARTIES continued

DIRECTORS AND OTHER KEY MANAGEMENT continued

The following directors and prescribed officers owned shares in Harmony at year-end:
 
Number of shares
Name of director/prescribed officer
2020

2019

 
 
 
Directors
 
 
 
 
 
Peter Steenkamp
512 000

512 000

Andre Wilkens
101 301

101 301

Frank Abbott1
1 142 010

1 142 010

Harry 'Mashego' Mashego2

593

Ken Dicks3
35 000

35 000

 
 
 
Prescribed officers
 
 
 
 
 
Beyers Nel
42 486

42 486

Johannes van Heerden
160 000

160 000

Philip Tobias
169 294

169 294

 
 
 
1 Frank Abbott retired as an executive director effective 30 September 2020.
2 The movement in shares for the 2020 financial year includes the sale of ordinary shares.
3 Ken Dicks resigned as a non-executive director effective 30 September 2020.

Modise Motloba, Harmony’s deputy chairman, is a director of Tysys Proprietary Limited (Tysys). Tysys entered into a contract with the group during the 2017 financial year to provide services relating to the group’s small and medium enterprise development projects. The contract has a value of up to R5 million per annum. Approximately R5 million (2019: R4 million) was paid during the 2020 financial year relating to services rendered in the current and prior financial years. The contract has a 30-day notice period.

Refer to note 38 for subsequent events relating to changes to the directors and prescribed officers. There were no other changes to the directors' interest between the reporting date and the date of the approval of the financial statements other than indicated above.

OTHER RELATED PARTIES

All the production of the group’s South African operations is sent to Rand Refinery in which Harmony holds a 10.38% interest. Refer to note 20.
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sales and services rendered to related parties
 
 
 
 
 
Joint operations
3

3

 
 
 
Total
3

3

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Purchases and services acquired from related parties
 
 
 
 
 
Directors
5

4

Associates
39

40

 
 
 
Total
44

44



F-85




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

36
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Capital expenditure commitments
 
 
 
 
 
Contracts for capital expenditure
262

313

Share of joint operation's contracts for capital expenditure
106

105

Authorised by the directors but not contracted for
1 314

1 499

Total capital commitments
1 682

1 917


Contractual obligations in respect of mineral tenement leases amount to R19 million (2019: R83 million). This includes R18 million (2019:R81 million) for the Wafi-Golpu joint operation.

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Guarantees
 
 
 
 
 
Guarantees and suretyships
143

143

Environmental guarantees1
479

479

 
 
 
Total guarantees
622

622

1 At 30 June 2020 R104 million (2019: R89 million) has been pledged as collateral for environmental guarantees in favour of certain financial institutions. Refer to note 15.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS

Contingencies will only realise when one or more future events occur or fail to occur. The exercise of significant judgement and estimates of the outcome of future events are required during the assessment of the impact of such contingencies.

Litigation and other judicial proceedings as a rule raise difficult and complex legal issues and are subject to uncertainties and complexities including, but not limited to, the facts and circumstances of each particular case, issues regarding the jurisdiction in which the suit is brought and differences in applicable law. Upon resolution of any pending legal matter, the group may be forced to incur charges in excess of the presently established provisions and related insurance coverage. It is possible that the financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the group could be materially affected by the outcome of the litigation.
 

The following contingent liabilities have been identified:

(a)
On 1 December 2008, Harmony issued 3 364 675 Harmony shares to Rio Tinto Limited (Rio Tinto) for the purchase of Rio Tinto’s rights to the royalty agreement entered into prior to our acquisition of the Wafi deposits in PNG. The shares were valued at R242 million on the transaction date. An additional US$10 million in cash will be payable when the decision to mine is made. Of this amount, Harmony is responsible for paying the first US$6 million, with the balance of US$4 million being borne equally by the joint operators.

F-86




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

36
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES continued

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES continued

(b)
The group may have a potential exposure to rehabilitate groundwater and radiation that may exist where the group has and/or continues to operate. The group has initiated analytical assessments to identify, quantify and mitigate impacts if and when (or as and where) they arise. Numerous scientific, technical and legal studies are underway to assist in determining the magnitude of the contamination and to find sustainable remediation solutions. The group has instituted processes to reduce future potential seepage and it has been demonstrated that Monitored Natural Attenuation (MNA) by the existing environment will contribute to improvement in some instances. Water treatment facilities were successfully implemented at Doornkop, Tshepong Operations and Kusasalethu. These facilities are now assisting in reducing our dependency on state supplied potable water and will be key in managing any post closure decant should it arise.

In terms of Free State operations, Harmony has taken the initiative to develop a comprehensive regional closure plan in addition to updating the regional water balance, which will ensure that there is sufficient water for our organic growth initiatives. The geohydrological studies confirm that there is no risk of decant in Welkom.

Should the group determine that any part of these contingencies require them being recorded and accounted for as liabilities, that is where they become estimable and probable, it could have a material impact on the financial statements of the group.

(c)
Due to the interconnected nature of mining operations in South Africa, any proposed solution for potential flooding and potential decant risk posed by deep groundwater needs to be a combined one, supported by all the mines located in these goldfields. As a result, the Department of Mineral Resources and Energy and affected mining companies require the development of a regional mine closure strategy. Harmony operations have conducted a number of specialist studies and the risk of surface decant due to rising groundwater levels has been obviated at the entire Free State region and Kalgold. In addition, the decant from the KOSH groundwater system tied with our Moab Khotsong operation has been managed through an appropriate groundwater closure plan and sufficient provision has been set aside for this. Therefore, there is no contingency arising from these operations. Additional studies have been commissioned at Doornkop and Kusasalethu. Studies that have been conducted indicate that there is no risk of decant from Doornkop and Kusasalethu, but it is recommended that confirmatory studies be completed. In view of the limitation of current information for accurate estimation of a liability, no reliable estimate can be made for these operations.

(d)
The individual Harmony mining operations have applied for the respective National Water Act, Section 21 Water Use Licenses (WUL) to the Department of Water and Sanitation (DWS). The respective Water Use License Applications (WULA’s) have subsequently not yet been approved by DWS. Two WUL have been issued by DWS for Kalgold and Kusasalethu (amendment currently being drafted for both operations), with neither licence having any material impact to the operation. The remaining WULA’s have not yet been approved by DWS. The WUL conditions for the respective operations are subsequently not yet known and the subsequent potential water resource impact liability as part of the mine rehabilitation and closure process (to which DWS is an important participant and decision maker) is uncertain. The existing WUL for Moab Khotsong, which was recently acquired by Harmony, has already been approved by the DWS. The transferral of the licence and its conditions to Harmony is currently being processed. All operations continue to operate legally and responsibly.

(e)
In terms of the sale agreements entered into with Rand Uranium, Harmony retained financial exposure relating to environmental disturbances and degradation caused by it before the effective date, in excess of R75 million of potential claims. Rand Uranium is therefore liable for all claims up to R75 million and retains legal liability. The likelihood of potential claims cannot be determined presently and no provision for any liability has been made in the financial statements.


F-87




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The group's operating activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including commodity price risk, currency risk, cash flow interest rate risk and other price risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The group may use derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures.

The group's financial assets and liabilities are classified as set out below:
Figures in million (SA Rand)
Debt instruments at amortised cost

Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash
169






Restricted investments
2 698




837


Other non-current assets
5

77



306


Non-current derivative financial instruments


15

35



- Rand gold hedging contracts


10




- US$ gold hedging contracts


5




- US$ silver contracts



5



- Foreign exchange contracts



30



- Rand gold derivative contracts






Current derivative financial instruments


12

6



- Rand gold hedging contracts


9




- US$ gold hedging contracts


3




- US$ silver contracts



6



Trade and other receivables
804






Cash and cash equivalents
6 357






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current derivative financial instruments


813

66



- Rand gold hedging contracts


717




- US$ gold hedging contracts


96




- US$ silver contracts



1



- Foreign exchange contracts



65



Current derivative financial instruments


3 169

955



- Rand gold hedging contracts


2 909




- US$ gold hedging contracts
 
 
260




- US$ silver contracts



3



- Foreign exchange contracts



695



- Rand gold derivative contracts



257



Borrowings





7 718

Other non-current liabilities





96

Trade and other payables





970

 
 
 
 
 
 
 


F-88




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued
Figures in million (SA Rand)
Debt instruments at amortised cost

Equity instruments designated at fair value through OCI

Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges

Derivatives at fair value through profit or loss

Debt instruments at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at amortised cost

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
At 30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Restricted cash
136






Restricted investments
2 045




1 256


Other non-current assets
3

59



271


Non-current derivative financial instruments


24

173



- Rand gold hedging contracts


23




- US$ gold hedging contracts


1




- Foreign exchange contracts



173



Current derivative financial instruments


26

283



- Rand gold hedging contracts


22




- US$ gold hedging contracts


4




- US$ silver contracts






- Foreign exchange contracts



283



Trade and other receivables
627






Cash and cash equivalents
993






 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current derivative financial instruments


172




- Rand gold hedging contracts


158




- US$ gold hedging contracts


14




Current derivative financial instruments


205

65



- Rand gold hedging contracts


164




- US$ gold hedging contracts


41




- US$ silver contracts



2



- Foreign exchange contracts



2



- Rand gold derivative contracts



61



Borrowings





5 915

Other non-current liabilities





2

Trade and other payables





930

 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Risk management is carried out by a central treasury department (Group treasury) under policies approved by the board of directors. Group treasury identifies, evaluates and hedges certain selected financial risks in close cooperation with the group's operating units. The audit and risk committee and the board provides written principles for overall risk management, as well as written policies covering specific areas, such as commodity price risk, foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and the investment of excess liquidity.

Since March 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic has impacted on various aspects of Harmony's operating environment. Where relevant, reference is made to certain impacts in the discussions below, however a detailed discussion thereof is included in note 4.



F-89




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

MARKET RISK

Foreign exchange risk

The group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with respect to the US dollar (US$). Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions or recognised financial assets or liabilities are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. Harmony’s revenues are sensitive to the R/US$ exchange rate as all revenues are generated by commodity sales denominated in US$. Harmony may enter into hedging transactions to reduce this risk. The limit currently set by the board is 25% of the group's foreign exchange risk exposure for a period of 24 months. Refer to note 18 and the fair value determination for financial assets and liabilities section below for details of the contracts. The audit and risk committee review the details of the programme quarterly.

The Rand has weakened significantly during the 2020 year, especially during the June 2020 quarter as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, closing at R17.32/US$1 on 30 June 2020 (2019: R14.13/US$1).This negatively impacted on the valuation of contracts that matured during the quarter and that were outstanding at 30 June 2020. However Harmony continues to enjoy favourable foreign exchange pricing on the uncovered portion of its exposure, while simultaneously locking-in the current higher prices as part of its derivative programme.

The group is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from borrowings and cash denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of that entity (refer to note 2.2 for details on the group's functional currencies). These exposures are mainly to the US$. The Rand's levels impacted negatively on the translation of the US$ debt facilities at 30 June 2020. Refer to note 30 for further detail.

Translation of the international net assets was impacted by a similar weakening of the Rand against the Australian dollar from R9.91/A$1 at 30 June 2019 to R11.96/A$1. A gain of R1.2 billion has been recognised in other comprehensive income.

The group has reviewed its foreign currency exposure on financial assets and financial liabilities and has identified the following sensitivities for a 10% change in the exchange rate that would affect profit or loss. Management considers a range between 10% and 20% to be a reasonable change given the volatility in the market. The analysis has been performed on the same basis for 2019.

 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis - borrowings
 
 
 
 
 
Rand against US$
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 30 June
5 990

4 143

Strengthen by 10%
599

414

Weaken by 10%
(599
)
(414
)
 
 
 
Closing rate
17.32

14.13

 
 
 
US$ against Kina
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 30 June
237

283

Strengthen by 10%
21

26

Weaken by 10%
(27
)
(31
)
 
 
 
Closing rate
0.29

0.30



F-90




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

MARKET RISK continued

Foreign exchange risk continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis - financial instruments
 
 
 
 
 
Rand against US$
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 30 June
(731
)
454

Strengthen by 10%
954

567

Weaken by 10%
(1 106
)
(1 511
)
 
 
 
Closing rate
17.32

14.13

 
 
 
US$ against AUD
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 30 June
339


Strengthen by 10%
31


Weaken by 10%
(38
)

 
 
 
Closing rate
0.69

0.70

 
 
 
US$ against Kina
 
 
 
 
 
Balance at 30 June

211

Strengthen by 10%

19

Weaken by 10%

(23
)
 
 
 
Closing rate
0.29

0.30



F-91




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

MARKET RISK continued

Commodity price sensitivity

The profitability of the group’s operations, and the cash flows generated by those operations, are affected by changes in the market price of gold, and in the case of Hidden Valley, silver as well. Harmony entered into Rand gold and US dollar forward gold sale contracts to manage the variability in cash flows from the group’s production, in order to create cash certainty and protect the group against lower commodity prices. The general limit for gold hedging currently set by the board is 20% for a 24-month period. The limit set by the board is 50% of silver exposure over a 24-month period. Management continues to top up these programmes as and when opportunities arise to lock in attractive margins for the business, but are not required to maintain hedging at these levels. The audit and risk committee review the details of the programme quarterly.

The exposure to the variability in the price of gold is managed by entering into gold forward sales contracts for a portion of the group's production. A portion of the production of the South African operations is linked to Rand gold forward contracts and US$ gold forward contracts were entered into for the production from Hidden Valley. The exposure to the variability in the price of silver for Hidden Valley is managed by entering into US$/silver zero cost collars. These contracts have not been designated as hedging instruments for hedge accounting and the gains and losses are accounted for in the income statement. Refer to note 18 and the fair value determination for financial assets and liabilities section below for further detail on these contracts.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, markets experienced extreme volatility in the last four months of the 2020 financial year. As a result of the heightened risk globally, the price of gold in US$ terms increased significantly over the period with the spot price increasing by 26% year on year. This increase, together with the weakening of the Rand discussed above, had a negative impact on the contracts that matured during the June 2020 quarter as well as those that were outstanding at 30 June 2020. However Harmony continues to enjoy favourable commodity and foreign exchange pricing on the unhedged portion of its exposure, while simultaneously locking-in the current higher prices as part of its hedging programme.

The group has reviewed its exposure to commodity linked instruments and has identified the following sensitivities for a 10% change in the commodity price specified per contract that would affect other comprehensive income and profit or loss. Management considers a range between 10% and 20% to be a reasonable change given the recent volatility in the market. The analysis has been performed on the same basis for 2019.
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis
 
 
 
 
 
Rand gold derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
Profit or loss
 
 
Increase by 10%
(91
)
(76
)
Decrease by 10%
102

79

 
 
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
Increase by 10%
(1 279
)
(1 162
)
Decrease by 10%
1 433

1 174

 
 
 
 
 
 
US$ gold derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
Profit or loss
 
 
Increase by 10%

(20
)
Decrease by 10%

20

 
 
 
Other comprehensive income
 
 
Increase by 10%
(258
)
(110
)
Decrease by 10%
279

113

 
 
 
 
 
 
US$ silver derivatives
 
 
 
 
 
Profit or loss
 
 
Increase by 10%
(40
)

Decrease by 10%
41

4

 
 
 

F-92




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

MARKET RISK continued

Other price risk

The group is exposed to the risk of fluctuations in the fair value of fair value through profit or loss financial assets as a result of changes in market prices (other than changes in interest rates and foreign currencies). Harmony generally does not use any derivative instruments to manage this risk.

Sensitivity analysis

Certain of the restricted investments are linked to the Top 40 Index on the JSE. A 10% increase in the Top 40 index at the reporting date, with all other variables held constant, would have increased profit or loss by R79 million (2019: R76 million); an equal change in the opposite direction would have decreased profit or loss by R42 million (2019: R17 million).

Interest rate risk

The group's interest rate risk arises mainly from long-term borrowings. The group has variable interest rate borrowings. Variable rate borrowings expose the group to cash flow interest rate risk. The group has not entered into interest rate swap agreements as this is a risk that management is prepared to take as the risk is deemed to be low. The audit and risk committee reviews the exposures quarterly.

The interest rate cuts by both the US Federal Reserve and the SARB had a favourable impact on the cost of debt during the year. This was offset by the weakening of the Rand on the cost for the US$ facilities, as well as the increased debt levels, especially in the last quarter, as discussed in Capital Risk Management below.

Interest rate risk arising from long-term borrowings is offset by cash, restricted cash and restricted investments held at variable rates. A change of 100 basis points in interest rates at the reporting date would have increased/(decreased) profit or loss before tax by the amounts shown below. This analysis assumes that all other variables remain constant. The analysis has been performed on the same basis for 2019.
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis - borrowings (finance costs)
 
 
 
 
 
Increase by 100 basis points
(77
)
(59
)
Decrease by 100 basis points
77

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis - financial assets (interest received)
 
 
 
 
 
Increase by 100 basis points (a)
58

44

Decrease by 100 basis points (a)
(58
)
(44
)
 
 
 

(a) The computed sensitivity analysis permissibly excludes cash received on 30 June 2020 as a result of the the equity raise on 24 June 2020 in note 12.

F-93




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

CREDIT RISK

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty may default or not meet its obligations in a timely manner. Financial instruments which are subject to credit risk are restricted cash, restricted investments, derivative financial instruments and cash and cash equivalents, as well as trade and other receivables (excluding non-financial instruments).

Assessment of credit risk

In assessing the creditworthiness of local institutions, management uses the national scale long-term ratings. The credit risk arising from restricted cash, cash and cash equivalents, restricted investments and derivative financial assets is managed by ensuring amounts are only invested with financial institutions of good credit quality based on external credit ratings. The group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. The audit and risk committee reviews the exposure on a quarterly basis. Exposure to credit risk on trade and other receivables is monitored on a regular basis by management.

Predominantly as a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic, on 27 March 2020, Moody's Investor Service downgraded the South African government's long-term foreign currency and local currency issuer ratings to Ba1 from Baa3, which is a sub-investment grade rating. The country’s sovereign downgrade prompted a re-rating of the five major banks’ international credit ratings as the local banks cannot have a rating higher than the country's sovereign rating.

Furthermore, on 31 March 2020, Fitch Ratings (Fitch) downgraded South Africa’s five major banks citing an adverse impact (driven by the virus) on the banks' operating environment and key financial metrics, notwithstanding any uncertainty on the full economic and financial market implications.

Taking the above events into consideration, the effects of COVID-19 have resulted in the credit ratings of financial institutions dropping by a notch, however, the national scale investment grade rating of these banks is still high, between A+ and AA, and in line with the group's credit risk policy. An assessment of the expected credit losses for the financial assets measured at amortised costs at 30 June 2020 resulted in an immaterial amount for each instrument, in line with the assessment performed in 2019 (refer to Expected credit loss assessment below for further detail). The downgrade therefore had an immaterial effect on these financial instruments.

Management will continue to review the underlying strength of the South African economy as well as the creditworthiness of the financial institutions during this uncertain time and make any changes deemed necessary to safeguard the assets and reduce the credit risk.

The group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of all financial assets determined to be exposed to credit risk, amounting to R11 244 million as at 30 June 2020 (2019: R5 837 million).

The Social Trust Fund of R22 million (2019: R28 million) has been invested in unit trust investments comprising shares in listed companies.


F-94




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

CREDIT RISK continued

Assessment of credit risk continued

Financial institutions' credit rating by exposure (Source: Fitch Ratings and Global Credit Ratings)
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
 
 
 
 
AA

671

AA-
6 357

322

 
 
 
 
6 357

993

 
 
 
Restricted cash
 
 
 
 
 
AA

109

AA-
169

27

 
 
 
 
169

136

 
 
 
Restricted investments (environmental trusts)
 
 
 
 
 
AA

3 273

AA-
3 513


 
 
 
 
3 513

3 273

 
 
 
Derivative financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
AA
10

393

AA-
41

69

A+
15

44

 
 
 
 
66

506


Expected credit loss assessment

The group recognises loss allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs) on financial assets measured at amortised cost. The group's debt instruments at amortised cost consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, a portion of restricted investments and trade and other receivables. The assessment of ECLs for the different debt instruments is discussed below:

Cash and cash equivalents
The cash and cash equivalents are held with banks and financial institutions which are rated AA- (see above). The ECL on cash and cash equivalents has been determined using the simplification that allows the group to assume that the credit risk on financial instruments determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date, has not increased significantly since initial recognition of the financial instrument. The ECL was estimated with reference to a probability of default model using external credit ratings in determining the default risk of counterparties. The ECL was determined to be immaterial.

Restricted cash and investments
The restricted cash and investments relate largely to the environmental trust funds. These funds are held with banks and financial institutions which are rated AA- (see above). Impairment of these investments has been determined using the simplification that allows the group to assume that the credit risk on financial instruments determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date, has not increased significantly since initial recognition of the financial instrument. The group considers that its restricted investments and cash have low credit risk based on the external credit ratings of the counterparties with which the funds are deposited with. The ECL was estimated with reference to a probability of default model using external credit ratings in determining the default risk of counterparties.

Concentration of credit risk on restricted cash and investments is considered minimal due to the group’s investment risk management and counterparty exposure risk management policies. The ECL was determined to be immaterial.


F-95




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

CREDIT RISK continued

Expected credit loss assessment continued

Trade and other receivables
The group’s exposure to credit risk arising from trade receivables (metals) and other trade receivables is influenced mainly by the individual characteristics of each customer.

Trade receivables result largely from the sale of gold and are fully performing. Exposure to credit risk on receivables from gold sales is limited through payment terms of two to three days after recognition of revenue for gold sales. The majority of other receivables comprise of a limited number of individually significant customers. The group determines the ECL on trade receivables and individually significant other receivable balances with reference to a probability of default model using external credit ratings in determining the default risk of counterparties. The external credit ratings used range between A+ to AA. The ECL was determined to be immaterial.

Loss allowances on individually insignificant other trade receivables has been determined using the simplified ECL approach using a provision matrix and reflects the short-term maturities of the exposures and past experienced credit judgement. Refer to note 19 for details on the amount of the loss allowance recognised and the stratification of trade and other receivables for purposes of the assessment.

LIQUIDITY RISK

Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, and the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed credit facilities.

In the ordinary course of business, the group receives cash from its operations and is required to fund working capital and capital expenditure requirements. Management prepares cash flow forecasts weekly and ensures that surplus funds are invested in a manner to achieve market-related returns and to provide sufficient liquidity at the minimum risk. The group maintains and refinances committed credit facilities as medium-term forecasts require. The audit and risk committee reviews the updated forecasts quarterly. The group is able to actively source financing at competitive rates. Where necessary, funds will be drawn from its revolving credit facilities (refer to note 30).

The following are the undiscounted contractual maturities of financial liabilities (including principal and interest payments assuming the closing R/US$ exchange rate and interest rate at year end):
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Current

More than 1 year

 
 
 
2020
 
 
 
 
 
Other non-current liabilities

101

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
969


Derivative financial liabilities
4 238

962

Borrowings
 
 
Due between 0 to six months
257


Due between six to 12 months
399


Due between one to two years

779

Due between two to four years

7 536

 
 
 
 
5 863

9 378



F-96




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

LIQUIDITY RISK continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
Current

More than 1 year

 
 
 
2019
 
 
 
 
 
Other non-current liabilities

2

Trade and other payables (excluding non-financial liabilities)
930


Derivative financial liabilities
280

194

Borrowings
 
 
Due between 0 to six months
242


Due between six to 12 months
241


Due between one to two years

4 578

Due between two to four years

1 624

 
 
 
 
1 693

6 398


CAPITAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The primary objective of managing the group’s capital is to ensure that there is sufficient capital available to support the funding requirements of the group, in a way that optimises the cost of capital and matches the current strategic business plan.

The group manages and makes adjustments to the capital structure, which consists of debt and equity, as and when borrowings mature or when funding is required. This may take the form of raising equity, market or bank debt or hybrids thereof. In doing so, the group ensures it stays within the debt covenants agreed with lenders. The group may also sell assets to reduce debt or schedule projects to manage the capital structure.

On 30 June 2020 the group received R3 466 million, through an equity raise, in order to fund the acquisition of AGA's remaining South African assets (refer to note 12). This capital injection has in part attributed to the increase in cash reserves and the consequential decline in the net debt balance.

Harmony drew down additional funds from its debt facilities to sustain ordinary operations and resist any detrimental impacts of COVID-19, resulting in an increase in borrowings (refer to note 30). The levels in Rand terms were also impacted by the translation of US dollar denominated borrowings following the weakening of the Rand.

It is the group's objective to adhere to a conservative approach to debt and maintain low levels of gearing.

Net debt is as follows:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
6 357

993

Borrowings
(7 718
)
(5 915
)
 
 
 
Net debt
(1 361
)
(4 922
)

There were no changes to the group's approach to capital management during the year.


F-97




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

37
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT continued

FAIR VALUE DETERMINATION FOR FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

The fair value levels of hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1:
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets;
Level 2:
Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from other prices);
Level 3:
Inputs for the asset that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs).

The following table sets out the group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value by level within the fair value hierarchy:
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
At 30 June 2020
 
At 30 June 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Level 2
Level 3
Level 2
Level 3
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value through other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
Other non-current assets (a)

77


59

Fair value through profit or loss
 
 
 
 
Restricted investments (b)
837


1 256


Derivative financial assets (c)
68


506


Derivative financial liabilities (c)
(5 003
)

(422
)

Loan to ARM BBEE Trust (d)

306


271

 
 
 
 
 

(a)
The increase in level 3 fair value measurement relates to the equity investment in Rand Mutual Assurance previously carried at cost. The fair value of the investment was estimated with reference to an independent valuation. A combination of the "Embedded Valuation" and "Net Asset Value" techniques were applied to revalue the investment as at 30 June 2020. In evaluating the group's share of the business, common practice marketability and minority discounts as well as additional specific risk discounts were applied.

(b)
The majority of the balance is directly derived from the Top 40 index on the JSE, and is discounted at market interest rate. This relates to equity-linked deposits in the group's environmental rehabilitation trust funds. The balance of the environmental trust funds are carried at amortised cost and therefore not disclosed here.

(c)
The mark-to market remeasurement of the derivative contracts was determined as follows:
Foreign exchange contracts comprise of zero cost collars and FECs: The zero cost collars were valued using a Black-Scholes valuation technique derived from spot Rand/US$ exchange rate inputs, implied volatilities on the Rand/US$ exchange rate, Rand/US$ inter-bank interest rates and discounted at market interest rate (zero-coupon interest rate curve). The value of the FECs is derived from the forward Rand/US$ exchange rate and discounted at market interest rate (zero-coupon interest rate curve).
Rand gold contracts (forward sale contracts): spot Rand/US$ exchange rate, Rand and dollar interest rates (forward points), spot US$ gold price, differential between the US interest rate and gold lease interest rate which is discounted at market interest rate.
US$ gold contracts (forward sale contracts): spot US$ gold price, differential between the US interest rate and gold lease interest rate and discounted at market interest rate.
Silver contracts (zero cost collars): a Black-Scholes valuation technique, derived from spot US$ silver price, strike price, implied volatilities, time to maturity and interest rates and discounted at market interest rate.

(d)
The increase in level 3 fair value measurement relates to the ARM BBEE loan that was carried at amortised cost prior to 1 July 2018. Refer to note 17. The fair value was calculated using a discounted cash flow model taking into account projected interest payments and the projected share price for African Rainbow Minerals Limited (ARM) on the expected repayment date. A 10% change in the discount rate of 9.8% would not cause a material change to the fair value of the loan. The fair value of the loan balance is limited to the sum of the capital amounts plus cumulative interest not paid, being R316 million.

The carrying values (less any impairment allowance) of short-term financial instruments are assumed to approximate their fair values. This includes restricted investments carried at amortised cost.

The fair values of borrowings are not materially different to their carrying amounts since the interest payable on those borrowings is at floating interest rates. The fair value of borrowings are based on discounted cash flows using a current borrowing rate. The determination of the fair values are level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to the use of unobservable inputs, including own credit risk.


F-98




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

38
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

(a)
On 6 July 2020 Harmony and its subsidiaries cancelled the bridge loan of US$200 million (refer to note 30). The cancellation followed the successful equity raise on 24 June 2020 (refer to note 12).

(b)
On 6 July 2020 a payment of R300 million was made on the R2 billion facility while two payments of US$20 million each were made on 2 July 2020 (R340 million) and 8 July 2020 (R339 million) respectively on the US$400 million facility. Additional payments were made on the R2 billion facility and US$400 million facility of R600 million on 6 October 2020 and of US$30 million (R497 million) on 8 October 2020 respectively.

(c)
The syndicate of lenders for the US$400 million million facility agreed to the one year extension during July 2020, extending the maturity date to September 2023.

(d)
On 14 August 2020, Ms Shela Mohatla was appointed as Group Company Secretary by the board of directors. At the same time Mrs Marian van der Walt was appointed as Senior Group Executive: Enterprise Risk and Investor Relations and will be regarded as a prescribed officer going forward.

(e)
By 1 September 2020, Harmony had completed the recall of all operational employees.

(f)
The last condition precedent for the acquisition of AGA's remaining South African assets (refer note 12 for further detail) was fulfilled during September 2020. The cash consideration of US$200 million was paid on 30 September 2020 and amounted to R3.366 billion based on the average exchange rate set out in the agreement. Control transferred to Harmony on 1 October 2020.

Following the effective date, management has started with a fair value exercise process in accordance with IFRS 3, Business Combinations. An updated life-of-mine plan will be prepared for the various operations that have been acquired.

(g)
On 30 September 2020, Harmony announced the resignations of Mr Ken Dicks and Mr Max Sisulu as independent non-executive directors as well as the retirement of Mr Frank Abbott as executive director with immediate effect.

39
SEGMENT REPORT
 

ACCOUNTING POLICY

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the CEO's office.
 

The group has one main economic product, being gold. In order to determine operating and reportable segments, management reviewed various factors, including geographical location as well as managerial structure. It was determined that an operating segment consists of a shaft or a group of shafts or open pit mine managed by a single general manager and management team.

After applying the qualitative and quantitative thresholds from IFRS 8, Operating Segments, the reportable segments were determined as: Tshepong Operations, Moab Khotsong, Bambanani, Joel, Doornkop, Target 1, Kusasalethu, Masimong, Unisel and Hidden Valley. All other operating segments have been grouped together under all other surface operations.

The CODM has been identified as the CEO's office consisting of the chief executive officer, financial director, executive director: new business development, executive director: corporate affairs, chief operating officer: new business development, corporate strategy and projects, chief executive officer: South-east Asia and chief operating officer: South Africa operations. During 2020, the executive: business development was added to the CEO's office, following the appointment of a new financial director. When assessing profitability, the CODM considers the revenue and production costs of each segment. The net of these amounts is the production profit or loss. Therefore, production profit has been disclosed in the segment report as the measure of profit or loss. The CODM also considers capital expenditure, gold production and tonnes milled when assessing the overall economic sustainability of each segment. The CODM, however, does not consider depreciation or impairment and therefore these amounts have not been disclosed in the segment report.

Segment assets consist of mining assets and mining assets under construction included under property, plant and equipment which can be attributed to the segment. Current and non-current group assets that are not allocated at a segment level form part of the reconciliation to total assets.

A reconciliation of the segment totals to the group financial statements has been included in note 40.


F-99




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

39
SEGMENT REPORT continued
 
Revenue
30 June
Production cost
30 June
Production profit/(loss)
30 June
Mining assets
30 June
Capital expenditure#
 30 June
Kilograms produced*
30 June
Tonnes milled*
30 June
 
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
2020
2019
2018
 
Rand million
Rand million
Rand million
Rand million
Rand million
Kg
t'000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
South Africa
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Underground
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tshepong Operations
5 452

4 685

5 389

4 298

3 973

3 799

1 154

712

1 590

6 733

6 297

8 078

930

1 130

1 008

7 293

7 967

9 394

1 417

1 612

1 716

Moab Khotsong
5 008

4 470

1 672

3 344

3 101

952

1 664

1 369

720

3 842

3 634

3 670

498

559

173

6 592

7 928

3 296

746

970

327

Bambanani
1 591

1 477

1 616

1 040

994

896

551

483

720

443

562

659

50

61

64

2 132

2 515

2 821

200

230

233

Joel
1 037

957

954

1 010

971

920

27

(14
)
34

1 080

947

995

151

187

250

1 391

1 567

1 635

349

429

454

Doornkop
2 270

1 931

1 958

1 730

1 564

1 411

540

367

547

2 841

2 759

2 721

281

308

274

2 994

3 273

3 429

681

730

696

Target 1
1 524

1 585

1 630

1 499

1 491

1 318

25

94

312

1 276

1 076

1 260

347

297

309

2 244

2 653

2 854

543

588

680

Kusasalethu
2 293

2 975

2 483

2 577

2 395

2 026

(284
)
580

457

1 253

1 300

2 151

188

316

289

3 015

4 989

4 429

615

742

670

Masimong
1 401

1 359

1 505

1 258

1 205

1 154

143

154

351

41

106

57

24

109

129

1 999

2 309

2 623

489

602

647

Unisel
681

713

733

580

564

771

101

149

(38
)
6

46

38

7

45

85

982

1 212

1 280

219

256

376

Surface
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All other surface operations
3 302

2 403

2 009

2 135

1 938

1 521

1 167

465

488

745

724

553

118

84

136

4 349

4 099

3 570

16 264

15 931

14 143

Total South Africa
24 559

22 555

19 949

19 471

18 196

14 768

5 088

4 359

5 181

18 260

17 451

20 182

2 594

3 096

2 717

32 991

38 512

35 331

21 523

22 090

19 942

International
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Hidden Valley (a)
3 748

3 591

409

1 639

1 362

234

2 109

2 229

175

3 810

3 694

3 884

959

1 591

1 563

4 872

6 222

2 862

3 906

3 886

2 499

Total international
3 748

3 591

409

1 639

1 362

234

2 109

2 229

175

3 810

3 694

3 884

959

1 591

1 563

4 872

6 222

2 862

3 906

3 886

2 499

Total operations
28 307

26 146

20 358

21 110

19 558

15 002

7 197

6 588

5 356

22 070

21 145

24 066

3 553

4 687

4 280

37 863

44 734

38 193

25 429

25 976

22 441

Reconciliation of segment information to the consolidated income statement and balance sheet
938

766

94

938

766

82



12

22 622

15 591

15 455

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29 245

26 912

20 452

22 048

20 324

15 084

7 197

6 588

5 368

44 692

36 736

39 521

3 553

4 687

4 280

37 863

44 734

38 193

25 429

25 976

22 441

# 
Capital expenditure for international operations excludes expenditure spent on Wafi-Golpu of R54 million (2019: R350 million) (2018: R288 million).
(a) 
Capital expenditure for 2018 comprises of expenditure of R2 609 million net of capitalised revenue of R1 046 million. No revenue was capitalised in 2019 or 2020.
*
Production statistics are unaudited.

F-100




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

40
RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT INFORMATION TO CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS AND BALANCE SHEETS
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of production profit to consolidated profit/(loss) before taxation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue per segment report
28 307

26 146

20 358

Revenue per income statement
29 245

26 912

20 452

Other metal sales treated as by-product credits in the segment report
(938
)
(766
)
(93
)
Other adjustments


(1
)
 
 
 
 
Production costs per segment report
(21 110
)
(19 558
)
(15 002
)
Production costs per income statement
(22 048
)
(20 324
)
(15 084
)
Other metal sales treated as by-product credits in the segment report
938

766

93

Other adjustments


(11
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Production profit per segment report
7 197

6 588

5 356

Revenue not included in segments


1

Production costs adjustments not included in segments


11

Cost of sales items other than production costs
(3 860
)
(8 545
)
(8 512
)
 
 
 
 
Amortisation and depreciation of mining assets
(3 409
)
(3 961
)
(2 468
)
Amortisation and depreciation of assets other than mining assets
(99
)
(93
)
(102
)
Rehabilitation expenditure
(47
)
(33
)
(67
)
Care and maintenance cost of restructured shafts
(146
)
(134
)
(128
)
Employment termination and restructuring costs
(40
)
(242
)
(208
)
Share-based payments
(130
)
(155
)
(244
)
Impairment of assets

(3 898
)
(5 336
)
Other
11

(29
)
41

 
 
 
 
Gross profit/(loss)
3 337

(1 957
)
(3 144
)
Corporate, administration and other expenditure
(611
)
(731
)
(813
)
Exploration expenditure
(205
)
(148
)
(135
)
Gains/(losses) on derivatives
(1 678
)
484

99

Other operating expenses
(1 201
)
(186
)
(667
)
 
 
 
 
Operating loss
(358
)
(2 538
)
(4 660
)
Share on profit from associate
94

59

38

Acquisition-related costs
(45
)

(98
)
Investment income
375

308

343

Finance costs
(661
)
(575
)
(330
)
 
 
 
 
Loss before taxation
(595
)
(2 746
)
(4 707
)


F-101




NOTES TO THE GROUP FINANCIAL STATEMENTS continued
for the year ended 30 June 2020

40
RECONCILIATION OF SEGMENT INFORMATION TO CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS AND BALANCE SHEETS continued
 
SA Rand
Figures in million
2020

2019

2018

 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of total segment assets to consolidated assets includes the following:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Property, plant and equipment
7 116

6 604

6 903

Intangible assets
536

533

545

Restricted cash
107

92

77

Restricted investments
3 535

3 301

3 271

Investments in associates
146

110

84

Inventories
47

43

46

Deferred tax assets
531

1


Other non-current assets
388

333

264

Derivative financial assets
50

197

84

 
 
 
 
Current assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inventories
2 421

1 967

1 759

Restricted cash
62

44

38

Trade and other receivables
1 308

1 064

1 139

Derivative financial assets
18

309

539

Cash and cash equivalents
6 357

993

706

 
 
 
 
 
22 622

15 591

15 455



F-102